Skip to main content

Full text of "The Quarterly journal of the Geological Society of London"

See other formats 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at  http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/| 


The  Quarterly  journal  of 

the  Geological  Society  of  London 

Geological  Society  of  London 


^mmS^^m§ 


WHITNEY  LIBRARY, 
HARVARD  UNIYERSITY. 


JUw6 


THE  GIFT  OF 
J.    D.    WHITNEY, 

Sturgit  Hooper  Proftuor 


HUSEUM  QF  OOMFABATIYE  ZOdLOGT 


%m 


\\^'h. 


Transferred  to 

CABOT  SCIENCE  LIBRARY 

June  2005 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


l'^ 


THB 


QUARTERLY  JOURNAL 


GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


IDITID  BT 


THE  ASSISTANT-lffiCBETABT  OF  THE  OEOLOQICAL  SOCIETY. 


Qnod  d  cni  BMMrtalinm  eordU  et  com  tit  noa  tantam  inT«atb  harere,  atque  iU  uti,  Md  ad  vlterioia 
p«oeCnn;  atqaeiMm  dltpata&doadT«miiam,Md  opeie  natnnun  viiicere;  deniqacnon belle  eCprobabUitar 
opinari,  oed  earto  eC  oatanahre  aefara;  like,  tanqnam  irari  aeieatiamin fllU,  nobia  (d  Tidabitnr)  m  a4iaii§aat. 
^Nmrum  Orgmmtm,  PntftMn, 


VOLUME  THE  EIGHTEENTH. 

1862. 


PART  THE  FIRST. 
PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


LONDON: 
LONGMAN,  GREEN,  LONGMANS,  AND  ROBERTS. 

PABI8}~rBI£D.  KUNCKSISOK,  11  BUB  DB  LILLBt  BAUDBT,  9  BUB  DU  COQ, 
i'  i  PBB8  LB  LOUVBBi  LBIPZIO,  T.  O.  WBIOBL. 

•OLD  ALSO  AT  THB  APARTMBNTS  OP  THB  SOCIBTT. 


4     MDCOCLXII. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


tisit 


OF  THS 


.    aFFI€EB8 

OV  TbB 

GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

Elected  Febnuuy  21st^  1862. 


Professor  A.  C.  Bamsay,  F.R.S. 

Sir  P.O.  Egerton,  Rart.»M.P.,F.R.S.  &  L.S.  I  J.  Carrick  Moore,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.It.S. 
Sir  Chtries  Lyell,  F.R.S.  &  L.S.  |  Pibf.  John  Morris. 

Prof.  T.  H.  Huxley,  F.R.S.  &  L.S. 
Warington  W.  Smyth,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.S. 

dTortign  i^enttatp. 

William  John  Hamilton,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Prestwich,  Esq.,  F.1LS. 


@®yii^@DIL. 


John  J.  Bigsby,  M.D. 
Sir  Charles  Bunbury,  Bart.,  F.R.S.  &  L.S. 
Robert  Chamben,  Esq.,  F.ILS.E.  &  L.S. 
Sir  P.  G.  Egerton,  Bart.,  M.P.,  F.R.S.&L.S. 
Earl  of  Enniftkillen,  D.C.L.,  F.ILS. 
Hugh  Falconer,  M.D.,  F.ILS. 
William  John  Hamilton,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 
Leonard  Homer,  Esq.,  F.R.S.  L.  &  E. 
Prof.  T.  H.  Hnxley,  F.R.S.  &  L.S. 
John  Lnbbock,  Esq.,  F.R.S.  &  L.S. 
Sir  Charles  Lyell,  F.R.S.  k  L.S. 
Edward  Meryon,  M.D. 


John  Carrick  Moore,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.S. 

Prof.  John  Morris. 

Sir  R.  L  Mnrchison,  G.CStS.,  F.R.S.  &  L.S. 

Robert  W.  Mybe,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 

Joseph  Prestwich,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 

Prof.  A.  C.  Ramsay,  F.R.S. 

G.  P.  Scrope,  Esq.,  M.P.,  F.R.S. 

Warington  W.  Smyth,  Esq.,  M  Jl.,  F.R.S. 

Alfred  Tylor,  Esq.,  F.L.S. 

Rer.  Thomas  Wifuhire,  M.A. 

S.  P.  Woodward,  Esq. 


9iUiAXmU^ttttiBxiif  ^JUbtwAm,  atitr  Curator. 

T.  Rnpert  Jones,  Esq. 

Clerit. 

Mr.  G.  E.  RoberU. 

Itbrarp  antr  fRxiittxm  liMiiiwai. 

Mr.  H.  M.  Jenkins. 


;  r 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


— r^ 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS, 


PAET  L— OBIGINAL  COMMUNICATIONS. 

BscKLBSy  S.  Ry  Esq.  On  some  Natural  Casts  of  Reptiliaii  Footprints 
intheWealdenBedsofthelsleof  Wightandof  Swanage 443 

BiNMBYy  R  W.,  Esq.  On  some  Fossil  Plants,  showing  StnictureL 
from  the  Lower  Coal-measmes  of  Lancashire.  (Wim  8  Plates.)  106 

.  On  some  Upper  Coal-measuxes,  containing  a  bed  of  limestone, 

at  Catrine  in  Ayrshire 437 

Bolton,  J.,  Esq.  On  a  Deposit  with  Insects^  Leaves,  &&,  near 
Ulvenrton 274 

Cabbttthxbs,  W.,  Esq.    On  a  Section  at  Junction-Boad,  Leith  . .  460 

Clabkb,  The  Rev.  W.  R  On  the  Occurrence  of  Mesosoic  and 
Permian  Faunaa  in  Eastern  Australia  244 

Davidson^  T.,  Esq.  On  some  Carboniferous  Brachiopoda  collected 
in  India  by  A.  Fleming,  M.D.,  and  W.  Purdon,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
(Witii  2  Plates.) 25 

DAWKms,  ^.  Boyd,  Esq.  On  a  fiysana-den  at  Wookey-Hole,  near 
Wells 116 

Dawson,  Dr.  J.  W.  Notice  of  the  Discovery  of  Additional  Remains 
of  Land-animals  in  the  Coal-measures  of  the  South  Joggins, 
Nova  Scotia 5 

On  the  Flora  of  the  Devonian  Period  in  Nortii-eastem 

America.    (With  6  Plates.) 296 

Dbnison,  Sir  W.  On  the  Death  of  Rshes  during  the  Monsoon  off 
the  Coast  of  India    ' 463 

EvBBBST,  The  Rev.  R.  On  the  Lines  of  Deepest  Water  around  the 
British  Isles.    [Abridged.] 87 

Falooneb,  Dr.  H.  On  the  Disputed  Affinity  of  the  Mammalian 
Genus  BagimdaXf  from  the  Purbeck  Beds 348 

Fi8HKB,TheRev.O.  On  the  Braddesham  Beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight 
Basin 66 

Gbixib,  a.,  Esq.  On  the^  Date  of  the  Last  Elevation  of  Central 
Scotland .,, 218 

GxMMBLLAiio,  Sign.  G.  G.  On  the  Volcanic  Cones  of  Patem6  and 
Motta  (Sta  Anastaoa),  Etna 20 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


iv  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

Pag« 
GBBNBBy  Br.  A.     On  the  Petroleum-eprinM  in  North  America. 
[Ahetrtct] 3 

HABXNB88,  Pro!  R.  On  ihe  Metamorphic  Rocks  of  the  Banffihire 
Ooasty  the  Scarabina,  and  a  Portion  of  East  Sutherland    831 

.   On  the  Position  of  the  Pteraspis-beds,  and  on  the  Sequence  of 

the  Stzata  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  Series  of  South  Perthshire.  253 

k    On  the  Sandstones  and  their  associated  Deposits  in  the  Vale 

of  the  Eden,  the  Cumberland  Plain,  and  the  South-east  of  Dum- 
friesshire  205 

Hauohton,  The  Rev.  S.  Experimental  Researches  on  the  Granites 
oflieland.    Part  m.  On  the  Ghranites  of  Donegal    403 

HsxiLProflO.  On  certain  Fossil  Plants  from  the  Hempstead  Beds 
or  the  Isle  of  Wight :  with  an  Introduction,  by  W.  Pbnoblly, 
Esq.    (With  1  iKto.)  869 

HisLOP,  The  Rev.  S.  Supplemental  Note  on  the  Plant-bearinff 
Sandstones  of  Central  tiidia  3^  118 

HoNBTiCAN,  The  Rev.  D.  On  the  Geology  of  the  Gold-fields  of  Nova 
Scotia.    [Abridged.] .T 842 

Hull.  R,  Esq.  On  Iso-diametric  Lines,  as  means  of  representinji; 
tne  Distnbution  of  Sedimentary  Clay  and  Sandy  Stmta,  as  di- 
stinguished from  CslcareouB  Strata,with  special  reference  to  the 
CarboniferouB  Rocks  of  Britain.    (With  1  Plate.) 127 

HuxLBY,  Prof.  T.  H.  On  a  Stalk-eyed  Crustacean  from  the  Carboni- 
ferous Strata  near  Paisley 420 

^     On  new  Labyrinthodoi^.from  the  Edinburgh  Coal-field. 

(With  1  Plate.)  ..291 

— — .  On  the  Premolar  Teeth  of  Diproiodony  and  on  a  new  Species 
of  that  Genus.    (With  1  Plate.)  ..., 422 

JAMIB80N,  T.  F.,  Esq.    On  the  Ice-worn  Rocks  of  Scotland  .. 164 

Jukes,  J.  B..  Esq.  On  the  Mode  of  Formation  of  some  of  the  River- 
yalleysm  the  South  of  Ireland.    (Wit£  2  Plates.)    878 

Kbt,  J.  H.,  Esq.    On  the  Bovey  Deposit    [^Abridged.] 0 

KiRKBT,  J.  W.,  Esq.  On  some  Remains  of  ChiUm  from  the  Moun- 
tain-limestone of  Torimhire   233 

LiSTB&y  The  Rer.  W.  On  the  Drift  containing  Recent  Shells,  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Wolyerhampton 159 

MoRBis,  Profl  J.,  and  G.  R  Robbbts,  Esq.  On  the  Caiboniferoua 
Limestone  of  Oreton  and  Fariow,  Clee  Hills,  Shropshire;  with 
a  Description  of  a  new  Pteriehtkui,  by  Sir  P.  db  M.  G.  Egbbton, 
Bart    (With  1  Plate.) 94 

Mobton,  G.  H.,  Esq.  On  Glacial  Surface-  markings  on  the  Sand- 
atone  near  liveipool   877 

NiooL,  Pro!  J.  On  the  Geological  Structure  of  the  Southern  G^ram- 
piana.    [Abstract] 448 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS.  v 

Pag« 
OwBN,  Pro£  R.    Description  of  Specimens  of  Fossil  Reptilia  dis- 
covered in  the  Coal-measures  of  the  South  Joggins,  Noya  Scotia, 
by  Dr.  J.  W.  Dawson,  F.G.S.    (With  2  Pktes.)   288 

Palioebi,  Sicn.  L.  On  some  Volcanic  Phenomena  lately  observed 
at  Torre  del  Greco  and  Resina.    [Abstract] 126 

PowBiB,  J.,  Esq.    On  the  Old  Red  Sandstones  of  Fifeshire 427 

Ramsay,  Prof.  A.  C.  On  the  Glacial  Ori^  of  certain  Lakes  in 
Switzerland,  the  Black  Forest,  Great  Britain,  Sweden,  North 
America,  and  elsewhere.    (With  1  Plate.) 186 

Salter,  J.  W.,  Esq.  On  a  Crustacean  Track  in  the  Llandeilo  Flags 
of  Chirbury,  Shropshire.    [Abstract] , . . .  347 

.  On  jytocariSf  a  new  G^nus  of  Silurian  Crustacea.   [Abstract]  347 

.  On  some  Fossil  Crustacea  firom  the  Coal-measures  and  Devo- 
nian Rocks  of  British  North  America.     [Abstract] 346 

.  On  some  Species  of  Euryptenu  and  Allied  Forms.  [Abstract]  346 

Sandbbrgbb,  Prof.  F.  On  Upper  Eocene  Fossils  from  the  Isle  of 
Wight  330 

Sebbes,  M.  Mabcbl  db.  Note  on  the  Bone-caves  of  Lunel-Viel, 
Herault    [Abridged.]    1 

Smith,  J.,  Esq.  On  a  Split  Boulder  in  Little  Cumbra,  Western  Isles.  162 

Thobnton,  R.,  Esq.    On  the  Geology  of  Zanzibar    447 

TcHiHATCHBFF,  M.  P.  DB.  On  the  recent  Eruption  of  Vesuvius  in 
December  186L    [Abstract] 126 

Tylob,  a.,  Esq.  On  the  Footprints  of  an  Iguanodon,  lately  found 
at  Hastings  247 

Vbttch,  J.  G.,  Esq.  On  a  Volcanic  Phenomenon  witnessed  in 
M^inillA. 8 

Whitaxbb,  W.,  Esq.  On  the  Western  End  of  the  London  Basin ; 
on  the  Westerly  Thinning  of  the  Lower  Eocene  Beds  in  that 
Basin )  and  on  the  Greywethers  of  Wiltshire 258 

Whitlby,  N.,  Esq.  On  some  Flint  Arrow-heads  (P)  from  near  Baggy 
Point,  North  Devon.    [Abstract]    114 

Wtatt,  J.,  Esq.  On  some  further  Discoveries  of  Flint  Implements 
in  the  Gravel  near  Bedford.    [Abstract]     113 


Annual  Report i 

Anniversary  Address xxvii 

List  of  Foreign  Members    xx 

List  of  the  WoUaston  Medalists    xxi 

Donations  to  the  Libraiy  (with  Bibliography) x,  43,  147,  278,  454 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 


Flatk  Pack 

"^  J  [  Garbonifkroub  Bbaohiopoda  fbom  Ikdu,  to  illustrate  Mr.  Da- 
^  Yj*  4      yidson'flpaper  on  Carboniferous  Brachiopoda  collected  in  India 

[     by  Pr.  Fleming  and  Mr.  Purdon  tofaoepage    35 

^  III.  FiSH-RUfAiKS  FROM  Orston  akd  Farlow,  to  illustrate  the  paper 
by  Mesors.  Morris  and  Boberts  on  the  Carboniferous  Limestone 
of  Oreton  and  Farlow  105 


^     IT.  \  SiGILLARU  VASCULARIS  AKD  LePIDODBHDROH  VASCULARE,  to  lllus- 

f     V.  >     trato  Mr.  Binney's  paper  on  some  Fossil  Plants  from  die  Lower 
»r    VI.I     Coal-measures  of  Lancashire    


Ill 


f  VII.    Map  of  Ekglakd,  Wales,  and  part  of  Scotland,  to  illustrate 

Mr.  Hull's  paper  on  the  Distribution  of  the  Carboniferous  Strata.  146 

VIII.    Sketch-map  of  part  of  the  Ancient  Glaciers  of  Switeerland, 

to  illustrate  Prof.  Bamsay's  paper  on  the  Glacial  origin  of  Lakes.  204 

"    IX.  f  I^'K'^*^*^^  Bemains  from  Nova  Scotia,  to  illustrate  Prof.  Owen's 
'^  \      paper  on  Fossil  Beptilia  discovered  in  the  Coal-measures  of  the 
^     ^\     South  Joggins,  Nova  Scotia 244 

^  XI.    Carboniferous  Labyrinthodonts,  to  illustrate  Prof.  Huxley's 

paper  on  new  Labyrinthodonto  from  the  Edinburgh  Coal-field.  296 


'xn. 

kXIIL 
^  XIV. 
^   XV. 

ixvi. 
vxvn.; 


Devonian  Plants  from  North-babtbrn  America,  to  illustrate 
Dr.  Dawson's  paper  on  the  Flora  of  the  Devonian  Period  in 
North-eastern  America   


'  XVin.  Fossil  Plants  from  the  Hempstead  Beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight, 
to  illustrate  Dr.  O.  Beer's  paper  on  Fossil  Plants  from  the 
Hempstead  Beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight 376 


^  XIX. 
^    XX. 


Geological  Map  of  parts  of  the  Counties  of  Cork  and  Water, 
ford,  and  Sections  across  some  of  the  Biver-vallets  in  the 
South  of  Ireland,  to  illustrate  Mr.  Jukes's  m^r  on  the  mode  of 
Formation  of  some  of  the  Biver-valleys  in  tiie  South  of  Ireland.  402 


^  XXI.    Teeth  of  Diprotodon  from  Queensland,  to  illustrate  Prof  Hux- 
ley's paper  on  Diprotodon  427 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


LIST  OF  THE  FOSSILS  FIGURED  AND  DESCRIBED 
IN  THIS  VOLUME. 


[In  this  list,  those  fossils  the  names  of  whieh  are  printed  in  Roman  type  have 
been  pre?ioasly  described.] 


Name  of  Species. 


Formation. 


Locality. 


Page. 


Vlavtm,    (77.) 


Jeantkqpkjftcn  tpmotum.    PI.  xii.  f.  6. 

Andromeda  reticulata.  PL  xviiLf.  12,13 

Ammlaria  acummaia,    PL  xiii.  f.  21 ... 

Aporoxylon 

Jiterophylliiei  aeieularii,  PL  xiii.  f.  16. 

laii/oUa.    PL  xiii,  f.  17 

longifolia 

—  parvula  

licutigera,    PL  xiii  f.  18-20   ... 

Calamites  cannseforrois  

^— monui/ttf.    PLxriit56  

—  Transitionis    

Cardioearpum  eonmium.  PL  xiii.  f.  23, 

24 

'•'•^  obliquum,    PLxiii.f.25 

CarpotiihetffloMm.  PL  xviiL  f.  14-16. 

CharaEscheri 

tubercnlata,  var. 

Cordaites  angnstifolia # 

Robbii.    PL  xiv.f.  31    

(?).   PLxvi.f.59  

Cychpterit  BrownH.    PL  xlL  f.  9 

Halliana.    PL  x^U.  f.  54,  55 

inceritu    PLxtLf:44   

— ^  Jacksoni 

obtnsa.    PLxY.f.33 

—  voiMfa.    PKxiriLf.52   

PLxv.f.34   


Cyperiie$  ForbtH.    PL  xriii.  f.  20, 21. 

JkOogyUm  Haim.    PL  xiiL  f.  11 

•— ^  (Araucarites)  Ouangondiannm ... 
Didymqpkjflhm   ren(forme,      PL  xiii, 

f.l5 

HymmophylUte9   euriUobut.     PL  xr. 

f.39 

GersdorffiL    Pl.xv.f.37  


Devonian... 
f  Hempstead 
I      Beds. 


Devonian. 


Hempstead 
^     Beds. 


Devonian. 


"  Hempstead 
Beds. 


Devonian. 


New  York   

Isle  of  Wight  .. 

/^Carlton 

Seneca  Ld&e    .. 

St.  John 

St.  John 

N.-E.  America., 

St.  John  

N.-E.  America., 

Carlton    

Cayuga  Lake  .. 
St.  John  


St.  John 
,  St.  John 


Isleofl%ht 


/'St.  John 

St.  John 

British  N.  Amer. 

Perry  

New  York   .... 

New  York   .... 

Perry   

St.  John 

St.  John  

^  N.-E.  America . 

Isle  of  Wight  . 

/'New  York    .... 
St.  John  


New  York 


St.  John 
(,  St.  John 


324 

373 

312 
306 
310 
311 
311 
311 
311 
310 
310 
309 

324 
324 
375 
375 
376 
318 
316 
318 
320 
318 
320 
319 
319 
319 
319 

373 

306 
306 

809 

321 
322 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


TIU 


Name  of  Species. 


Formttioii. 


Locality. 


Page. 


Plants  (coii/tmiMf). 


Lepidodendron  Chemimgeiise  

corrugatam.    PI.  xii.  f.  10   ... 

Gaspianam.     PL  xiv.  f.  26-28, 

and  PI.  xTii.  f.  58   


PL  xii. 


—  Tascalare.    PI.  vi.  f.  1-5 

Lepidostrobut  ^obosos 

Richardsoni  

Leptophkntm    rhombieum, 

f.8.andPLxviLf.53    

Lycopodites  Matthewi  

VomxemiL    PLxTiLf.57  .. 

Megaphyton  (?)  

Nelambium  Bachii.    PL  xviiL  f.  19 

Netaropieru  poiymorpkm.   PLxt.  f.36. 
$errulata.    PL  xy.  f.  35 


Nymphaea  Doris.    PL  xriiL  f.  8-1 1 

Pecopterit  (Alethopieris).  PL  xti.  f.  49. 

diterepant.    PL  xv.  t  40  , 

ingetu.     PL  xv.  f.  41 

Pinnulaiia  diipalans.    PL xiii.  f.  22  ... 
PtUopkytfm  etepam.    PL  xir.  f.  29, 30, 

and  PL  XT.  f.  42  

—  ?|rto*n«m   

princeps 

Rhaekiopterii  eyelopterwdet , 

phmata,    PLxvLf.60 

jnmeiaia,    PLxflfcCl 

tiriata    , 

temUtiriaia.    PL  xiy.  f.  32,  and 

PL  xvi.f.  45,46 

Sabal  major,  sp.  (?) 

Selaginites  formosas 

Sequoia  Couttsiae.    PL  xviiL  f.  1-7 

SigiUaria  paJpebra,    PI.  xiiL  f.  12... 

Simplicitas 

VanuxemiL    PL  xiL  f.  7  

Tascnlaris.     PL  iv.  f.  1-6,  and 

PLv.f.  1-5 

Sphenophyilnm  antiquum 

S^thenopterit  HarttU,    PL  xvi.  f.  48 . . 

Hiicheoekuma.    PLxvi.f.51  .. 

margmata,    PLxy.f.38  

Stigmaria  exigua.    PLxiii.f.  13   

flcoides,  var.  

Sgrmgodendron  graeite.    PL  xiii.  f.  14. 
Syrmgoxglon  mirabUe,    PL  xii.  f.  1-5. 

Trichomanitea  (?).    PL  xvi.  f .  50 

Trigfmoearpum  raeemotum.    PL  xvi. 

f.47 

Uphantaenia  Chemungensia.    PL  xviL 

f.62 


Lower  Coal- 

1 


Devonian. 


Devonian., 


"Hempstead 
Beds. 

Devonian.... 

Devonian.... 
/Hempstead 
I     Beds. 


Devonian.. 


/  Hempstead 
\     Beds. 

Devonian.... 

Hempstead 
Beds. 


Devonian. 


Lower  Coal- 
measures. 


Devonian.. 


New  York    .. 
Nova  Scotia.. 


St.  John  

Lancashire  

Perry,  Maine   ... 
Perry,  Maine  ... 

British  N.  Amer. 

St.  John 

New  York    

,  British  N.  Amer. 

Isle  of  Wight 

Carlton    

St.  John  


Isle  of  Wight  .. 

St.  John  

St.  John  

St.  John  

N.-E.  America.. 

Carlton    

N.-E.  America.. 

Gasp^  

New  York    

New  York    

New  York   

Ohio 


iPerry  

Isle  of  Wight 
Gasp^  


Isle  of  Wight 

St.  John 

Lake  Erie    ... 
Oswego    

Lancashire  ... 


St.  John  .. 
St.  John  .. 

Perry   

St.  John  .. 
New  York 
St.  John  .. 

Ohio 

Lake  Erie 
St.  John  .. 


St.  John  

i  New  York  &Ohio 


313 
313 

312 

112 

314 
314 

316 
314 
314 
318 

374 

320 
320 

374 

322 
322 
322 
312 

315 
315 
315 
323 
323 
323 
323 

323 

373 

316 

372 

307 
308 
307 

rill 

I  112 
312 
321 
321 
321 
308 
309 
308 
305 
322 

324 

325 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


u 


Name  of  Species. 


Fomuitioii. 


Locality. 


Page. 


FOAAMINIFBm. 


Nmnmulina  planulata,  var. 
wichiana. 


Prest. 


}i^« {r7«^^*''i}  93 


MOLLUSCA.      (30.) 

{Braehkpoda.) 


Athyris  RoyasiL    Pl.i.f.  6    

sttbtilita,  var.  grandla.  PL  Lf.  7,8 

Jml09ieff€8  DaihoutH,    PI.  ii.  f.  7  ... 
Camaropkoria  PureUnU.    PL  iL  f.  4 

Orthis  resnpinata.    PLLf.  15  

Prodactns  Cora 

cosutus.    PI.  L  f.  20, 21  

HnmboldtiL    PLu.f.6   

longispiniu.    PL  L  f.  19   

PwrdonL    Pl.u.f.5 

—  semireticiilatos 

gtriatiu.    PLLf.  18 

Retzia  radialis,  rar.  Krandlcosta.    PL  L 

f.5  

Rhynchonella  pleurodoo    

Spirifera  lineata.     PL  ii.  f.  3 

MootakkaUentig.    PL  ii.  f.  2. . . , 

striata.    PLLf. 9, 10  

Spiriferina  octoplicata.    PL  i.  f.  12, 13 

Streptorhynchus  crenistria    

^■^  crenistria,  var.  robostns.     PL  i. 

f.l6 

pecih^fbrmig.    PLLf.  17    

Strophalosia  Morrisiana.    PL  ii.  f.  8. . , 
Terebratola  biplicata.  Tar.  problema- 

tica.    PLLf. 3  

{"veiWaldheimia) FkmingH.  PLL 

f.  1, 2  

HimalajfmuiM.    PL  ii.  f.  1 

nAnericuUxrit.    PL  L  f.  4 


Carboniferons 


Punjaab . 


27 
28 
32 
30 
31 
31 
31 
32 
31 
31 
31 
31 

28 
29 
29 
28 
28 
29 
30 

30 
30 
32 

26 

26 
27 
27 


{Gatteropoda.) 


Chiton  Burrowiamis.  Woodcttts,f.l,2 

cohrahu.    Woodcots,  f.  3-6  ... 

?    Woodcuts,  f.  7, 8 

(sp.  nov.  ?).    Woodcuts,  f.  9, 10 


Mountain 
Limestone 


h  Yorkshire. 


234 
234 
235 
236 


Crustacbum. 
Pygocephalns  (?).    Woodcut   |  Coal-measures   |  Paisley 


.|    421 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Nime  of  Species. 


Fonnation. 


Locality. 


Page. 


P18CB8.   (y) 


Cladodui.    PL  ill.  f.  6    

DeUodw.    Pl.iU.f.2,3,4 

Palaial  tooth  {Deltodui}).      PI.  iiL 

tla,lb  

A  palate.    PLiiLf.5 

Ptericktkjf9  maeroeephaku.      Ft.  iii. 

f.  7»  8, 9 ;  and  Woodcuts,  f.  1, 2, 3.  . 


Carboniferous 
Limestone 


Shropshire 


103 


RSPTILIA.     (12.) 


Dendrerpeton.    Pl.ix.f.l5   

Acadianum.    PLx.f.5-7    ... 

Hylerpetom.    PLix.f.17,18 

Dawtoni,    PLix.f.l6 

HjfUmomut  aeiedentaiui,    PL  is.  f.  7  a, 

9,10    

Lyelli,    PI.  ix.  t  1-6,  14,  and 

PLx.  f.3,4 

ITymamu.    PI.  ix.  18, 11, 12, 13 

?    Pl.x.f.1,2  

Iguanodon  Footprints.    Woodcuts 
Lovomma  AUmatmi.    Pi.  xL  f  .  1 , 2 
PhoHdoifatterpiieiformii.  PI. xi. f.3,4 
Reptilian  Footprint.    Woodcuts,  f.  2-4 


Coal-measures 


Wealden 

Coal-measures 
Coal-measures 
Wealden 


Mammalia.    (7.) 


Cheiromys  Madagascariensis.    Wood- 
cut, f.  20 

Diprotodon  australis  .>    PI.  xxi.  1 1-3 

minor.    PI.  xxi.  f.  4-6 

Hypsiprymnus  Gaimardi.     Woodcut, 
f.6  

Plagiautax  BecklesiL  Woodcuts,f.  1-5, 
11,12,13    

—  minor.    Woodcut,  f.  15    

Thylacoleo   Carnifex.      Woodcuts, 
f.  16-19  


Recent  . 
Tertiary . 
Tertiary. 

Recent   . 

Purbeck. 
Purbeck . 

Tertiary . 


NoYa  Scotia  ...< 


Hastings 

Gilmerton  .... 
Gilmerton  .... 
Isle  of  Wight 

Madagascar  . 
Queensland  . 
Queensland    , 

Australia    .... 

Swanage , 

Swanage 

Australia    .... 


244 
242 
241 
241 


238 
240 
242 
248 
291 
294 
445 


368 
422 
422 

366 

366 
367 

368 


MiSCKLLANBOUB. 

Flint  Implement.    Woodcuts,  f.  2-5. . .  IPleistoceue  ? 


key] 

irW( 


ells. 


118 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ERRATA  ET  CORRIGENDA. 


Part  I. — PROCEXDINGS. 


Page  xxxiii,  line  20,  for  flints  rtad  fluids. 

„    TTiHT,  lines  3  and  4  from  bottom,  trcaiBpou  of  which  and  position  of. 

„      16,  line  10,  for  Fluoric  rtad  Hydrofluoric. 

„      69,  description  of  the  woodcut,  for  the  upper*  ready,. 

„     100,  line  28  of  Table,  for  Cricacathus  read  Oricacanthus. 

„     107,  line  3,  after  as  insert  in. 

„     109,  line  21,  for  with  read  as  to  the  woodj  cylinder  in. 

„    131,  line  24  from  bottom,  for  vlaley  read  TaJlej. 

„    133,  line  9,  afitr  had  insert  their. 

„     137,  line  35,  for  Chamworth  read  Chamwood. 

„       „    last  line,  insert  during  the  deposition  of  that  rook. 

„     138,  line  41,  /or  in  read  on. 

„    198,  line  26,  for  685  read  646. 

„       „    line  28, /or  1940  r«wi  1979. 

„  201,  line  15,  for  1992  read  1979 ;  for  1043  read  1229. 
Pages  238-244.  Dr.  Dawson  having  informed  the  Editor  of  the  Quartorlj  Journal 
of  the  Geological  Society  that  some  errors  in  Professor  Owen's  paper 
on  FossU  Beptilia  from  the  Coal-measures  of  the  South  Jogffins  had 
been  caused  by  an  accidental  intermixture  of  the  specimens,  which  was 
not  detected  until  after  the  publication  of  the  August  Number  of  the 
Journal,  a  complete  list  of  the  Birrata  thus  renderea  necessary  has  been 
given  in  the  Appendix  at  page  244. 
Page  263,  Diagram-section,  for  6*  rem  sea-level ;  below  6*  insert  I?. 

„    271,  line  8,  for  Woolwich  read  the  Isle  of  Sheppey. 

„    275,  line  17,  add  Shaft  No.  10. 

„    276,  line  1 1,  <mW  Shaft  No.  1 1. 

„    279,  last  line,  and  line  7  from  bottom,  for  Hall  read  Hull 

„    280,  line  28,  after  Proceedings  insert  vol.  iv.  No.  53,  1861. 

„    281,  line  24,  qfter  Epoch  insert  (10  plates). 

„    283,  line  27,  for  Tynside  read  Tyneside. 

„      „     last  line,  cfier  portion  insert  (21  plates). 

„    284,  line  4,  after  grandis.)  insert  (7  plates). 

„      „     line  6,  after  wyxMon  insert  (13  plates). 

„    ^7,  line  27,  for  Bamell  read  Biimeil. 
Pages  296-^29   inclusive.  A  delay  in  the  transmission  to  Dr.  Dawson  of  a 
proof  of  his  paper  bavins  occurred,  the  Author's  corrections  were  not 
received  until  imer  its  publication,  and  the  following  list  of  Errata  has 
conseouently  become  necessary : — 
Page  299,  line  30,  for  M^Clakenev's  read  M*aoskeney's. 

„      „     line  30,  for  Cones  read  Coves. 

„      „     line  39,  for  Fort  House  read  Fort  Howe. 

„    305,  line  8,  second  column,  for  deeurrens  read  discrepans. 

„      ,.     line  11,  first  column,  for  Goeppertreud  Lesquereux, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Xll 

F^  309,  line  26, /or  Sfameatales  read  Sheneotales. 

„  310,  line  4  fiK>in  bottom,  for  specimen  read  Bpeoimens. 

„  313,  line  14,  for  Haughton  read  Houghton. 

„  314,  line  9  horn,  bottom,  for  pinnaformia  read  pefintrformis. 
„      „     line  7  from  bottom,  for  were  read  wae. 

„  321,  line  25,  for  Davallioides  read  DavaUia, 

„  323,  line  27,  for  Bimeriana  read  RcBmeriana, 

„  324^  line  5,  for  Mr.  Lann  read  Mr.  Lozm. 
„      „     last  line,  for  Uneaia  read  hirsuta. 

,,  ^25,  line  12,  for  invested  read  inverted, 

„  327,  Table,  No.  57,  for  decurrene  read  diBcrepans. 

„  329,  Description  of  Plate  XIII.  fig.  25,  for  C.  aeuium  read  C.  obliqutem. 
„      „  „  „     XV.  fig.  39,  for  ohtusilobua  read  eurtHobus. 


„    flf.  40,  for  decurrens  read  diacrepans. 
3ix  to  Dr. 


(See  sJflo  the  Appendix  to  Dr.  Dawson's  paper,  p.  329.) 

Page  342,  line  8  from  bottom,  for  mispickle  read  mispibkel. 
„    395,  line  1,  for  suppositian  read  supposition. 
„      „     line  7,  for  that  Tallej  read  Con  yalley. 
„    400,  line  4  from  bottom,  for  E.S.E.  read  W.S. W. 
„    401,  line  2,  for  N.N.E.  read  N.N.W. 
„      „    line  8,  for  E.S.E.  read  W.8.W. 
„      „     lines  14  &  15,  for  Dranse  and  Durance  and  their  tributaries  read 

Dranoe  and  its  tributaries. 
„    402,  line  9,  for  Durance  and  Dranse  read  Dranoe. 
„    421,  line  4,  (^er  Paisley  insert  (Twice  the  natural  size.). 
„    541,  line  4,  b^ore  Yery  insert  6. 

Part  II.-— MiSCKLLAKBOVB. 

Page   6,  ({fter  line  35,  insert  Br  Fr.  tor  Hauxb. 
„     10,  line  36,  for  those  reaa  then. 
„    28,  line  5,  for  seiner  read  seinen. 
„      „  line  33,  for  rom  read  from. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


AmrUAL  GENERAL  MEETING,  FEB.  21,  1862. 

BKPOBT  OF  THE  COUIICIL, 

Ths  Council  of  the  Geological  Society,  in  presenting  their.  Annaal 
Eeport  to  the  Fellows,  have  great  satisfaction  in  pointing  out  the 
increasing  numbers  and  geneial  usefulness  of  the  Society. 

They  have,  in  common  with  the  entire  nation,  to  lament  the  loss  of 
H.E.H.  the  Prince  Consort,  one  of  our  extraordinary  Membeis,  from 
the  small  number  of  whom  we  have  also  lost  H.M.  King  Frederick 
William  IV.  of  Prussia. 

In  all,  the  Society  has  lost  by  death  twenty-seven,  some  of 
whom  were  among  the  oldest  and  most  highly  honoured  of  its 
Members.  But  during  the  past  year  forty  new  Fellows  have  been 
elected,  thirty-four  of  whom  have  duly  paid  their  fees,  which,  with 
eight  previously  elected,  who  have  since  paid  their  admission-fees, 
makes  up  the  considerable  number  of  forty-two  new  Fellows. 

The  resignation  of  three  persons  has  been  accepted.  Two  Foreign 
Members  have  died  during  the  past  year,  and  the  place  of  one  of 
them  has  been  filled  by  the  election  of  a  new  Member.  The  total 
number  of  Fellows  at  the  dose  of  1860  was  922 ;  at  the  dose  of 
1861,  939. 

During  the  years  1860  and  1861,  some  heavy  special  expenses 
have  been  incurred,  by  order  of  the  Council,  winch  have  been 
defrayed  out  of  a  spedal  source  of  income,  viz.  the  Bequest-fund, 
of  which  ^£500  have  been  drawn,  leaving  a  balance  of  ^00  yet 
undrawn.  Taking  these  unusual  sources  of  income  and  expenditure 
into  account,  the  Income  of  the  Sodety  for  the  past  year  has  ex- 
ceeded the  Expenditure  by  the  sum  of  ^125  3«.  8^. 

The  amount  of  the  Funded  property  of  the  Society  is  ^350. 

Among  the  unusual  items  of  expenditure  may  be  cited  the 
donation  of  £10  to  Mr.  Nichols,  the  Society's  late  derk,  authorized 
by  the  Oenorpl  Meeting;  X50  ordered  by  the  Council  towards  the 

VOL.  xvin.  a 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


11  AJiJNlVJ£H8ABT  MEETDfTO, 

fortlier  arraDgement  and  naming  of  the  Foreign  Collections ;  X40 19«. 
for  Cabinets  for  Australian  spedmens ;  and  a  sum  of  £48  9«.  Qd, 
for  the  library. 

The  Council  have  to  announce  the  completion  of  Vol.  XVll.  of 
the  Quarterly  Journal,  and  the  First  Part  of  Vol.  XVIII.  They 
have  authorized  the  distribution  of  the  Journal  to  the  Foreign 
Members  of  the  Society. 

The  arrangement  of  the  Foreign  Collections  has  been  diligentiy 
continued,  and  for  this  purpose  the  second  temporary  Assistant, 
engaged  at  the  recommendation  of  the  Special  Museum  Committee, 
has  been  retained  up  to  the  present  time. 

Thd  questioti  c^the  Amount  and  liatore  of  the  p^nnalietit  attdstance 
required  for  the  efficiency  of  the  library  and  Museum  has  engaged 
the  attention  of  the  Council,  and  is  at  present  in  the  hands  of  a 
Special  Committee. 

Witii  reference  to  the  Oreenough  Map,  the  Council  have  to  an- 
nounce thaty  after  uaavoidaUe  ddays^  the  third  sheet  wiU  soon  be 
ready  for  publication. 

In  conclusion,  the  Council  have  to  report  that  they  have  awarded 
the  WoUaston  Medal  to  Mf.  Kobert  A.  C.  Godwin- Austen,  for  his 
various  researches  during  the  last  tweniy-eight  years,  illustrating 
bi  n  "f^iy  (Mrigitial  and  remarkable  tnanner  the  j^ysical  geography 
of  a  large  region  of  Europe  during  by-gone  periods,  as  ttuunly  oom- 
prised  under  the  four  following  heads  t^» 

1st.  For  his  elaborate  <'  Memoir  on  the  Geology  of  the  Bouth-^east 
df  l)etonshire;"  wh^tnn  he  pointed  out  the  difierent  periods  c^ 
disturbance  firom  palnocmo  to  almost  recent  times  in  that  ootnplicated 
tract,  as  based  upon  actual  observations  made  between  the  yeans 
1684  and  1840,  both  inclusive*. 

2ndly.  For  Us  obs^^ations  cm  the  Geology  of  the  Soutii-east  of 
lStm«yt%  whiohi  with  his  Memoir  on  the  Gravel  Aooumulations  of 
ihe  Vauey  <^  Uie  Weyj:,  are  explanatory  of  the  changes  of  land 
and  watiM^  in  the  South-east^n  region  of  England  and  a^aoent 
parts  oi  France)  whilst  his  pap^  " On  the  Sands  of  Farringdon " 
treated  (^  that  deposit  as  anintermede  between  the  Lower  Orecoisand 
(Neoooffiian)  and  the  Portland  Oolite§.  This  memoir,  togeth^  witii 
othAr  papers  in  our  Journal,  indicate  his  views  c^  the  probaUe  goU" 
figtaOMiak  of  the  land  and  water  in  the  Western  European  area 
during  the  Mesozoic  or  Secondary  period  ||. 

9tdlj%  For  his  ori^nal  and  stiiking  Memoirs  on  the  Valley  of 
the  fiolglish  Channel  and  the  superficial  accumulations  on  its  coasts^ 
•which  d^nd  the  former  physical  geography  of  the  South  of  England 
imd  ftc^ae^t  parts  of  F^oei  particularly  during  the  FM^ocene 
period*    And^ 

4thly.  For  his  bold  tind  ing^ous  hypothesis,  founded  on  the 
relations  of  the  older  rocks  in  the  Nwth  ^  France  and  the  South  of 

*  Geol.TrafL8.fitad«eri60»YoLri.iK43di    t  JPn>c.Qeelfioo.ToLiT.i^lW,  196. 

I  Quart  JouriL  Q«ol.  SoOi  voL  rii  p.  27d. 

I  Quart  Joum.  GeoL  600.  toL  vi.  p.  454. 

I  Qtiart  Jourh.  Q«ol.  Boo.  tol  ti.  p.  69|  and  vol*  YiL  pi  118» 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AHinrAXi  xiFOBi.  iii 

Eng^dy  which  Boggeeted  the  prohable  ezteziBion  of  the  younger 
pal^eosoio  (GarboniferoiiB)  depoaits*  beneath  the  GretaoeouB  group 
around  our  metropolis^  to  the  ezduaion,  in  that  aroa,  of  the  TAauic, 
liaadcy  and  Oolitio  depodtst. 

The  balance  of  the  proceeds  of  the  WoUaston  Fund  haa  been 
awarded  to  Frofossor  Heer^  to  assifft  him  in  hia  important  InTOsti* 
gationa  into  the  fossil  botany  of  the  Tertiary  Strata. 


Sq^  of  the  Library  and  Museum  CmmUUe,  1861-62. 
7^  Museum. 

Your  Committee  have  much  pleasure  in  reporting  that  several 
important  additions  have  been  made  to  the  Foreign  ^Uection  since 
the  last  Anniversary.  Among  them  may  be  noticed  the  large 
collections  of  Books  and  Fossils  &om  several  German  localities, 
presented  by  the  President ;  a  most  valuable  series  of  Beptilian  and 
other  fossils^m  the  coal  of  Nova  Scotia,  presented  by  Dr.  Dawson, 
F.G.S.  Fossils  from  Gothland,  presented  by  Dr.  landstrom,  and 
from  the  Andes  b^  Mr.  David  Forbes,  F.G.S.  Also  a  number  of 
South  African  specimens,  presented  by  Dr.  Bowerbank,  Dr.  G.  Grey» 
Mr.  G.  W.  Stow,  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  and  Dr.  A,  6, 
Atherstone;  while  Bocks  and  Fosidls  frt)m  BiitLui  Iocaliti«e  have 
been  presented  by  the  President  and  other  donors. 

The  library  and  Museum  Committee  stated  in  their  laat  Beport 
that  the  collection  of  European  Fossils,  occupying  48  cabinets  oon- 
taining  336  drawers,  had  been  nearly  re-arranged  according  to 
the  plan  determined  upon  by  the  Special  Museum  Committee  at 
their  Meeting  on  the  25th  of  June,  1860,  and  that  a  catalogue  of 
those  collections  had  been  prepared  by  the  President. 

Since  that  time  the  remaining  Foreign  Collections  have  been 
sdmilarly  re-arranged  under  the  direction  of  the  President  and 
Assistant-Secretary,  and  Catalogues  of  them  have  been  made  by  the 
President  uniform  with  that  of  the  European  Collections,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  wish  expressed  by  the  Committee  in  their  last  Beport. 
They  occupy  68  cabinets,  containing  490  drawers  as  follows : — 


OUrineta. 

Dmwen. 

Asia 

21     

145 

Africa  

12     

72 

North  America 

24     

144 

Wert  Indiea 

5     

35 

Boath  America 

2     

22 

Anetralasia 

8     

48 

Miscellaneoos  ... 

1     

24 

68  490 

*  Quart  Joum.  GeoL  Soo.  roL  liz.  p.  S84. 

t  fieo  Notioes  of  tiw  Ph)oeediiigi  of  the  Boyia  Inslitali^ 

a2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


IV  AjnnrsBSABT  mormro. 

On  the  19th  of  April,  1861^  the  Council  granted  the  sum  of 
JS50  to  the  Special  Committee,  to  be  expended  in  re-naming  the 
specimens  in  the  Enropean  CoUections ;  and  the  services  of  Mr.  J. 
W.  Salter,  F.G.S.,  Mr.  R.  Etheridge,  F.G.8.,  of  Mr.  H.  Woodward, 
and  of  Mr.  8.  P.  Woodward,  F.G.S.,  were  secored  for  that  purpose. 
Of  the  specimens  named  by  them  the  following  have  been  placed 
upon  tablets,  labelled,  and  nnmbered ;  and  a  detailed  catalogue  of  the 
contents  of  each  drawer  has  been  made  and  placed  therein. 

Drawen« 

Norway Silurian 5 

Uddevalla,  &c Postpliooene   ....  2 

Sweden Silurian 2 

Antwerp     Pliocene 1 

Toundne Miocene 2 

Paris  Basin    Eocene    9 

Normandy Jurassic 6 

North  America  ....     Cretaceous 1 


The  naming  of  the  Tertiary  fossils  has  not  yet  been  verified  by 
Mr.  S.  P.  Woodward :  for  the  accuracy  of  the  rest,  Messrs.  Salter 
and  Etheridge  are  responsible. 

Furthermore,  ten  drawers  of  fossils,  chiefly  from  the  Eifel  and  the 
Ehenish  provinces,  have  been  tabletted,  labelled,  and  named,  but 
not  arranged  zoologically  or  certified. 

The  Rev.  T,  Wiltshire,  F.G.S. ,  is  making  progress  with  the  re- 
naming and  re-arrangement  of  the  British  specimens  of  Cretaceous 
fossils,  which  he  has  been  good  enough  to  undertake. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  Report  of  the  work  done  in  the 
Museum  during  the  past  year,  the  Committee  subjoin  for  the  in- 
formation of  the  Council  the  following  summary  of  the  present  state 
of  the  Foreign  Collection  as  a  whole,  viz, : — 

28  Drawers  of  Fossils  ore  now  completely  arranged  and 

named. 
10  Drawers  of  Fossils  are  nearly  complete. 
479  Drawers  of  Fossils  are  arranged,  but  require  naming. 
And  234  Drawers  of  Rock-specimens  are  arranged,  but  not  named. 

761 

A  series  of  Coloured  Maps,  illustrative  of  the  Geological  Areas  to 
which  the  several  divisions  of  the  Foreign  Collection  belong,  have 
been  provided  under  the  care  of  the  President 

Those  specimens  of  Fossils  from  Foreign  localities,  which  are  too 
bulky  to  be  placed  in  drawers,  have  been  carefully  washed  and 
labelled ;  each  one  has  also  been  packed  in  a  separate  paper,  and  the 
name,  locality,  &c.  written  upon  its  outside. 

The  glass  doors  of  an  old  cabinet  have  been  converted  into  a  wall- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AXSVAL  SBPOBT.  T 

case  for  the  teception  of  a  number  of  large  spedmens,  chiefly  coal- 
plantB  from  Nova  Scotia  and  Cape  Breton. 

Two  new  cabinets,  ordered  by  the  Council  at  the  cost  of  £44  lis,, 
have  been  supplied  for  the  reception  of  certain  of  the  Foreign 
Collections ;  one,  consisting  of  24  drawers,  contains  specimens  from 
the  West  Indies  and  South  America ;  the  other,  consisting  of  64 
drawers,  contains  the  Australasian  Collections.  The  latter  cabinet 
is  placed  in  the  tea-room. 

The  Special  Committee  have  distributed  duplicates  to  public 
bodies,  donations  haTUig  been  made  to  the  British  Museum,  the 
Museum  of  Uniyersity  College,  and  the  Eoyal  Uilitazy  College  at 
Sandhurst  A  considerable  number  of  duplicates  still  remains  for 
disposal. 

In  conclusion,  the  Committee  desire  to  record  their  sense  of  the 
great  and  unremitting  labour  (whose  value  has  already  been  recog- 
nized by  the  Council)  which  the  President  has  bestowed  on  the 
re-axTangement  and  general  superintendence  of  the  Museum. 

TkeLibranf. 

In  addition  to  the  usual  increase  by  donation  and  purchase,  the 
library  has  receiyed  important  additions  in  consequence  of  the 
special  yote  by  the  Council  of  £35,  for  the  purchase  of  yarious 
dedderata,  among  which  may  be  mentioned — 

Kaup's  'Urweltiiche  Saugethiere,'  Pander's  Monographs  upon 
Silurian  and  Deyonian  Pishes,  Sartorius's  'Atlas  yon  ^tna,' 
Bammelsberg's  'Mineralchemie,'  Cams  and  Engelhardt's  'Bibliotheca 
Zodogica,'  H.  D.  Eogers's  *  Geology  of  Pennsylyania,'  lire's  *  Dic- 
tionary of  Arts,  Manufactures,  and  Mines/  and  Dumont's  Geological 
Map  of  Europe. 

The  supply  of  periodicals  by  exchange,  gift,  and  purchase  con- 
tinues to  be  large.  Books  and  pamphlets,  presented  or  purchased, 
haye,  as  usual,  been  catalogued,  shelyed,  and,  when  necessary, 
bound. 

The  Assistant-Secretary  reports  that  he  has  receiyed  yaluablo 
assistance  in  the  Library  and  Museum  from  Mr.  Jenkins  and  Mr. 
Stair. 

The  Committee  are  glad  to  find  that,  though  on  an  ayerage  aboyo 
100  works  are  simultaneously  absent  from  the  Library,  and  in  use 
by  the  Pellows  of  the  Society,  but  one  case  of  irregularity  in  the 
return  of  such  books  has  come  under  their  notice,  one  Member  of  the 
Society,  notwithstanding  repeated  applications,  having  as  yet  failed 
to  return  a  work  taken  out  by  him  two  years  ago. 

JOm^  J.  BIGSBY. 
EGBERT  W.  MYLNE. 
THGMAS  WILTSHIRE. 
THGMAS  H.  HUXLEY. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


n.  AHJUVJSUBABT  MBKCOTO. 

OcmparoAve  Statemmt  cf  (he  Number  of  the  Seeiety  at  the  close  of 
the  years  1860  and  1861. 

Deo.  31, 1860.  Dec  31, 1861. 

Componiiden   119     126 

•BendentB 214     225 

Non-raddeats 531     535 


864 

886 

Honomiy  Hemben 

5            

4 

FonJgn  Hemben 

60            

49 

Feno&agw  of  Boyal  Blood 

8-68     

1-64 

922  940 

Oeneral  Statement  ea^lanatory  of  the  Alteration  in  the  Number  of 
Fdlcws,  Honorary  Members,  ^e.  at  the  dose  of  the  years  1860  and 
1861. 
Numbed  of  Compounders,  Eesidents,  and  Non-iesidents, 

December  3lBt,  1860 864 

Fellows  reported  as  dead  in  two  successiye  Beports, 

1859  and  1860     2 

FellowB  not  included  in  last  Beport  (Besidents)    . .  2 


Add  Fellows  elected  in  1860  and  ] 
paid  in  1861 


Besidents    0 

'  Non-residentB     ....  8 

Besidents    13 

Md  FeUows  elected  and  paid  in  I  STnird^te'"". ! '.  15 

Non-res.-oom- 

pounders     4 

—    34 
Add  Fellow  re-admitted     1 


■1' 


911 

Jkdmet  Gompounden  deceased 3 

Besidents  „       6 

Non-residents     „       10 

Besidents  sesigned 3 

—  22 

889 

Number  of  Honorary  Members,  Foreign  Members,  and  1  -^ 

Personages  of  Boyal  Blood,  Dec.  31, 1860 J  ^^ 

Add  Foreign  Member  elected  during  1861     1 

59 

Dedfict  Foreign  Members  deceased 2 

Honorary  Members  deceased  1 

Penonages  of  Boyal  Blood  deceased  2 

—  5 

As  above     54 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AKinrAXi  BXPOBT. 


Til 


Number  ofIMow9  Uahle  to  Annual  O&ntribuHon,  iuBe»ldmt9,  ^  A# 
chse  of  1861,  tuith  the  aU&raUont  duiHng  the  y^or. 

Number  at  ttie  dose  of  1860  »...,..*        2U 


4dd  Eleetad  and  paid  in  I860,  bat  not  indoded  in  laat ' 
Beport    , , , . , 

Jbii  Fellow  ooqnted  as  Non-residoiit  m  makiiig  out  last ' 
Beport 

4di  ElecM  in  fiinner  yeani;  and  paid  in  1861 


S 


13 


Fellow  re-admitted , r .  • . .     1 

~   20 

"54 

Dedtiet  Deceased 0 

Bfiiignod ,,. S 

—      9 


Asf^boye. 


Dr.  Fitton. 


PscBiifisn  Fbixowb. 

Persoiuxges  of  Royal  Blood  (2). 

His  Boyal  Highnesa  tbe  Frinpe  Oopaort, 
HiB  Majesty  &e  King  of  Pru^siQ* 

Con^pQundera  (3). 

J     F.  Perkins,  Esq. 
lieut-Gen.  Sir  C.  Pasley. 


T.  W.  Atkinson,  Esq. 
Sir  W.  Cubitt. 
lieat-Col,  Dawson, 


Bmd&nt8(6), 

J,  Ott^,  Esq. 

Dr.  A.  E.  Sutherland. 

O,  E.  JL,  Vernon,  £sq. 

Non-residents  (10). 


Bir  A,  de  Capel  Brooke,  Bart. 
Sir  T.  Cartroght. 
J.  J,  Forrester,  Esq. 
A.  Hambrough,  Esq. 
Bey,  Prof,  HeiMiIow, 


E.  Hodgkinson,  Esq. 
W.  Hutton,  Esq, 
J.  Mao  A  dam,  Esq. 
Col.  Hon.  M.  L.  OnsloWf 
Eev.  J,  M,  Tn^me, 


Jf .  Cordier, 


Foreign  Members  (2). 

I       M.  C.  Lardi. 


The  following  Persona  were  elected  Fellows  during  the  year  186  J. 

ij^annary  9th. — ^William  Charles  Lacy,  Esq.,  Olouoester;  Bobert 
Dnkinfield  Darbishire,  Esq.,  B.A.,  1  Heald  Oroye,  Busholme, 
Manehester ;  George  Charles  Wallich,  M.D.,  17  Campd«ii  Hill 
Bead,  KensGigton. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


nii  AmnYBBSABT  MSExnre. 

January  23rd. — William  Weston,  Esq.,  of  Birkenhead. 

February  6th. — ^William  Bntherford  Ancram,  Esq.,  75  Inverness 

Terraoe,  Kensington  Gardens ;    Thomas  William  Jeffcock,  C.E., 

Woodside,  Sheffield. 

—  20th.— J.  Frederick  Davis,  Esq.,  Walker  Iron-works,  New- 
castle-npon-Tyne^  John  Frederick  Collingwood,  EBq.,13  Old  Jewry 
Ghamb^;  Joseph  Milligan,  Esq.,  F.L.S.,  Hobart  Town,  Tas- 
mania ;  Heniy  Porter,  M.I).,  Fellow  of  Queen's  GoU^ge,  Bir- 
mingham, Peterborough ;  Bichard  Charles  Oldfield,  Esq.,  Bengal 
Givil  Serrice,  Farley  Hill,  Beading. 

March  6th.— Erands  George  Shirecliff  Parker,  lient.  H.M.  54th 
Begiment,  Boorkee;  J.  Gwyn  Jeffireys,  Esq.,  F.E.S.,  25  Devon- 
shire Place,  Portland  Place. 

April  10th.— James  Hector,  M.D.  Edinb.,  13  Gate  Street,  Lmcoln's- 
Inn-Fields. 

—  24th.-— Daniel  liCackintosh,  Esq.,  Chichester;  Bichard  Payne 
Cotton,  ILD.,  Fellow  B.  CoU.  Phys.  Lend.,  46  Glarges  Street, 
Piccadilly. 

Hay  8th.— Bobert  Mills,  Esq.,  F.S.A.,  Bochdale ;  Edmund  William 
Ashbee,  Esq.,  14  Butland  Street,  Momington  Crescent;  Captain 
Willoughby  Osbom,  C.B.,  Madras  Army,  Brunswick  Hotel, 
Jermyn  Street. 

—  2^d. — Silas  Bowkley,  Esq.,  Mining  Engineer,  Batman's  Hill, 
near  Bilston,  Staffordshire ;  John  Edward  Forbes,  Esq.,  3.Fau]kner 
Street,  Manchester ;  Captain  Francis  William  Heniy  Pelaie,  H.M. 
11th  Begiment,  Portsmouth. 

June  5th.— Joseph  Tolson  White,  Esq.,  Mining  Engineer,  Wake- 
field, Yorkshire;  William  Boyd  Dawkins,  Esq.,  B.A.,  Jesus 
College,  Oxford. 

19th. — John  Atkinson,  Esq.,  Mem.  Phil.  Geol.  Soc.,  Man- 
chester, Thelwall  near  Warrington;  Major  Nathaniel  Vicary, 
Wesigate,  Wexford;   Lord  BoUo,  18  Upper  Hyde  Park  Gar- 


November  20th. — Charles  Sanderson,  Esq.,  C.E.^  Engineer-in-Chief, 
Bombay  and  Baroda  Bailwaj,  Surat,  Bombay ;  Balph  Tate,  Esq., 
Teacher  of  Natural  Science,  Philosophical  Institution,  Belfast,  42 
Eglington  Street,  Belfast;  James  Bay  Eddy,  Esq.,  C.E.,  Carleton 
Grange,  Skipton ;  Henry  Worms,  Esq.,  of  tiie  Inner  Temple,  27 
Park  Crescent,  Portland  Place ;  Haddock  Dennys,  Esq.,  3  Percy 
Terrace,  Lower  Boad,  Islington. 

December  4th. — Samuel  Harradan,  Esq.,  6  Westboume  Terrace, 
Bamsbury,  London;  Frederick  Merryweather  Burton,  Esq., 
(Gainsborough ;  Jonathan  Sparrow  Crowley,  Esq.,  Lavender  Hill, 
London,  S.W; ;  William  Henry  Paine,  Esq.,  Stroud,  Gloucester- 
shire; Edwin  WitchcU,  Esq.,  Stroud,  Gloucestershire;  Henry 
Tibbats  Stainton,  Esq.,  F.L.S.,  Mountsfield,  Lewisham,  Kent; 
Captain  Auguste  Frederic  Lendy,  F.L.S.,  Sunbury  House, 
Sunbury,  Middlesex ;  Isaiah  Booth,  Esq.,  Mining  Engineer,  Oaks 
CoHiery,  Oldham ;  Don  Bamon  da  Silva  Ferro,  Consul  for  Chile, 
43  Moorgate  Street,  E.G. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AHirUAL  BBFOBI*  IZ 

ThefoOowmg  Perw/iag^  woi  deeted  a  Foreign  Mmhtr* 
Profeflsor  Onstav  Bisohof,  UniTeisity  of  Bonn. 

The  foUowing  Donations  to  the  MrssiTx  have  been  receiTed  since 
the  last  Anniversaiy. 

British  Spedmaa* 

Specimens  of  Corals  firom  the  lias ;  presented  by  the  Be?.  P«  B. 

Brodie,  F.G.S. 
Two  spedmens  of  Flint  mth  mammillated  surface  from  chorch- 

tower^  in  illustration  of  Mr.  Bose's  observations,  published  in  the 

Froc.  Oeol.  Assoc.,  No.  5,  p.  624;  presented  hj  the  Bev.  J.  S. 

Henslow,  F.G.8. 
313  specimens  of  British  Bocks  and  Fossils;   presented  by  L. 

Homer,  Esq.,  Ftes.G.S. 
Specimen  of  Cjrena-bed  &om  STew  Cross ;  presented  by  J.  Sparks, 

Esq. 
Specimens  of  Mountain-limestones  (rocks  and  fossils)  from  cuttings 

at  Casterton,  near  Eirkby  Lonsdale,  on  the  line  of  the  Lune 

Yalley  Bailway ;  presented  by  G.  Jackson,  Esq. 
Large  mass  of  Anthracosia,  &om  Coal-bed  near  Oldham ;  presented 

}aj  J.  0.  Middleton,  Esq. 
Plant-bed  £com  Upper  Tilestones  of  Kidderminster,  with  Lycopodites 

(Pachyiheea  spharica) ;  presented  by  Mr.  G.  E.  Boberts. 
Cast  of  Flint-Implement  from  Icklington;  presented  by  J.  Evans, 

Esq. 
Suite  of  Fossils  from  Coniston  Limestone  and  Shale ;  presented  by 

J.  0.  Middleton,  Esq. 
Boulders  from  the  Gravel  of  Kelsey  Hill  and  the  Boulder-day  of 

Paul  Cliff,  near  Hull;  presented  by  J.  Prestwich,  Esq.,  F.G.S., 

and  F.  J.  Smith,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
Two  specimens  of  Boulders  (Granite)  from  the  West  Bosewame 

Mine,  Gwinear,  Cornwall;  presented  by  H.  C.  Salmon,  Esq., 

F.G.S. 
Specimens  of  Bones  and  Bocks  from  the  Cuttings  and  Tunnels  of  the 

Worcester  and  Hereford  Bailway;  presented  by  the  Bev.  W.  S. 

Sjinonds,  F.G.S. 
Specimen  of  Conglomerate  with  Tin-stone,  from  Belistian  Mine, 

Cornwall ;  by  A,  Majendie,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
Specimens  of  Bones  of  Mammalia,  from  Wickham-lane  Brick-field ; 

presented  by  W.  E.  Dawson,  Esq. 
Specimens  of  Ventriculites,  Serpul»,  &c.,  Upper  Greensand,  Compton 

Bay,  Isle  of  Wight;  presented  by  Major  B.  J.  Garden,  F.G.S. 

Foreign  Specimens. 

105  specimens  of  Foreign  Bocks  and  Fossils;  presented  by  L, 

Homer,  Esq.,  Pres.G.S. 
Specimens  of  Fossils  from  the  Bolivian  Andes;  presented  by  D. 

Forbes,  Esq.,  F.G.8. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


X  AJUmTJUtiLBT  Mll'I'liO* 

A  group  of  Kraussia  rubra  from  Algoa  Baji  and  spedmeni  of  Fossil 

Ferns,  &g,,  from  South  A&ica;  presented  by  Dr.  A*  G.  Ather- 

stone. 
A  suite  of  spedmeoB  from  Natal,  coUeoted  by  A.  Holdeni  Esq. ; 

presented  by  the  Eoyal  Geograi^cal  Sooiety. 
Nine  specimens  of  Flint-Tools  -with  specimens  of  Gravel,  Brick-earth, 

and  Bones  from  St.  Acheulf  Amiens ;  presented  by  T.  E.  Jones, 

Esq.,  F.G.S. 
A  suite  of  Bocks  and  FossDs  fi^m  Western  Australia;  presented  by 

T.  F.  Gregory,  Esq. 
Speelmena  fS  !Ktaniferoua  Iron-sand  firom  Taranaki,  New  Zealand, 

and  of  Stream-tin,  South  Australia ;  presented  by  Prof.  Tennant, 

F.G.B. 
Specimens  of  Bones  in  Stalactite  from  Natal ;  presented  by  Ibgor 

B,  J.  Garden,  F.G.B. 
Suite  of  Fossils  from  Pangadi,  India ;  presented  by  Captain  Stoddard, 
Suite  of  Fossils  f^m  Sunday  BiTor,  South  Afirioa  |  presented  by 

G.  W.  Stow,  Esq.,  and  Captain  Bock. 
Bpeolmens  fiiom  the  Bryozoan  limestone  of  Mount  Gambier,  South 

Australia;  presented  by  the  Bev.  J.  £.  Woods,  F.G.S. 
118  specimens  of  Books  and  Fossils  from  26  localities  in  Saxony, 

85  specimens  of  Bocks  and  FossUs  from  15  localities  in  Bohemia, 

and  7  specimens  of  Fossil  Plants  from  (Eningen ;  presented  by  Ih 

Homer,  Esq.,  Pres.G.S. 
Specimens  of  Fossils  from  near  Harrow,  on  the  Biyer  Glenelgi 

Victoria ;  presented  by  the  Bev.  J.  E.  Woods,  F.G.S. 
A  suite  of  Upper  Silurian  Fossils  from  Gothlaud ;  presented  by  Dr. 

lindstrSm. 
Specimens  of  Volcanic  Bocks  from  lipari  and  Ascension ;  presented 

by  Sir  C,  Bunbury,  Bart.,  F.G.S. 
Twenty  Book-specimens  from  Borneo ;  presented  by  Mr.  Buasell. 
Fossil  Bird-bone  and  Fossil  Bone  of  M!ammal  from  New  Zealand ; 

presented  by  Prof.  Huxley,  Sec.G.S. 
Ten  specimens  of  Weelden  Coal,  <&c.,  from  Obemkirchen,  Domberg, 

Osterwald,  &c. ;  presented  by  T.  B.  Jones,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
JE^pedmens  of  Dicynodon  firom  Cradock,  South  Africa;  presented  by 

Dr.  G.  Grey. 
Specimens  of  Fossil  Bones  from  Lunel  Viel;  presented  by  M. 

Ghrestien. 
Specimens  of  Fossils  from  South  Africa ;  presented  by  Dr.  Bower- 
bank,  F.G.S. 
Specimens  of  Posidonise,  Jurassio  and  Deronian,  from  Germany ; 

preoented  by  T.  B.  Jones,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
Speaimens  of  Books  from  the  Interior  of  Australia,  collected  by 

Mr.  Macdougall  Stewart;  presented  by  Sir  B.  I.  Murchison, 

V.P.G.S. 

Ohaxtb,  Maps,  xto.  pbxsextxd. 

Section  of  a  Well  at  Hastings;  Seetion  of  Mr.  Gumey's  Well  at  Bed 
Hill;  Section  of  the  Well  at  the  Northampton  Water-worka; 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AinrvAi  BiPOBt.  zi 

Section  of  a  Well  at  Warnham,  SuBBex ;  Section  of  Well  at  Birken- 
head Water-works ;  presented  by  G.  R.  Bumell,  Esq.,  F,G.8, 
Section  of  Well  at  Thames  Bank ;  presented  by  T.  B.  Jones,  F.G.8. 
Geological  Map  of  Western  Anstmlja,  from  the  researches  of  Mesns. 

Gregory ;  presented  by  J,  Azrowsmith,  Esq.,  F.B.G.8,    . 
MS.  GeologiciEd  Map  of  Cornwall  and  part  of  Devon,  showing 

tiie  strike  of  the  Slate-beds,  1858 ;  presented  by  £•  Whitley,  Esq. 
Carte  Hydrdi^ne  de  la  Yille  de  Paris,  par  M.  Delesse;  presented 

by  M.  iDelesse,  For.M.G.8. 
Garte  0^oI(kgiqne  eouterraine  de  la  Yille  de  Paris,  1868.    A,  Delesse, 

For:M:.G.8. 
Carte  des  andens  Glaciers  dn  Yersaiit  Italien  des  Alpes,  par  Gabriel 

de  Mortillet}  presented  by  M.  G,  de  MortUlet, 
Carte  G^logique  de  la  IT^rlande,  Nos.  19,  20 ;  presented  by  the 

Gedogioal  Conunission  of  the  Netherlands. 
Sixty-six  Hydrographig   Charts  and   Plaiis;    presented   by  the 

Ministre  de  la  Manne,  Paris. 
Geological  Map  of  a  portion  of  Central  India ;  Savgor  and  Nerbudda 
.    Territories  J  presented  by  Prof.  Oldham,  F.G.S.,  Director  of  the 

Geological  Survey  of  India* 
Geological  Map  of  a  part  of  Bundelcund ;  H,  B.  Medlioott»  Esq.,  F.G,S. 
Map  d^  Sarawak ;  presented  by  Mr»  Bnssell,  F.G.S, 
Physical  Atlas  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  by  Walter  M^^Leod, 

F.E.G.S.I  presented  by  W.  M^'Leod,  Esq. 
Carte  Physique  et  Industrielle  de  la  N^lande  (in  16  sheets); 

presented  by  the  Geological  Commission  of  the  Netherlands. 
Eorten  und  ICttheilungen  des  Mittelrheinischen  Geologischen  Ye* 

reins :  Section  Diebuig  von  F.  Becker  und  B.  Ludwig.   Presented 

by  the  Ge<dogioal  Society  of  the  Middle  Bhine, 
Map  of  the  British  Coal-fields,  showing  the  extent  and  depth  of  the 

Cosl-formation,  by  E.  Hull ;  presented  by  E.  Hull,  B.A.,  F.G.S. 
Geological  Survey  of  Great  Britain.    Yertioal  Section,  Sheet  26. 

Horizontal  Sections,  Sheets  58  to  61.     Whole  sheets,  I^os.  12 

and  13.    Quarter  sheets,  Nos.  45  N.W.--53  N.E. )  53  S j:.---63 

SJE.;  80N.W.;  82-89  8.W. 
Chart  of  the  British  Isles,  showing  the  lines  of  Deepest  water,  and 

lines  of  Depression  and  Elevation,  1861.    The  Bev.  B.  Everest, 

F.G.S. 
Schoolkaart  voor  de  Natuurknnde  en  de  YolksvHjt  van  Nederland. 

I860.    16  sheets.    Dr.  W.  C.  H.  Staring. 
Photograph  of  a  remarkable  sur&ce  of  Coal-measure  Sandstone  at 

Swansea ;  presented  by  M.  Moggridge,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
lithographed  Panoramic  Yiew  of  the  Kashmir  Mountains,  by  T.  Q. 

Montgom6rie,1859;  presented  by  B.  Godwin-Austen,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

The  following  lists  contain  the  Ifames  of  the  Persons  and  Public 
Bodies  from  whom  Donations  to  the  Library  and  Museum  have  been 
received  since  the  last  Anniversary,  February  15^  1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


zu 


AinaVBB8ABT  XBBTIirO. 


I.  list  of  Societies  and  Pablio  Bodies  from  whom  the  Society  has 
received  Donations  of  Books  since  the  last  Anniversaiy  Meeting, 


Basely  Natural  History  Society  of. 

Berlin^  German  Geological  Society 
at. 

f  Boyal  Academy  of  Sciences 

at. 

Berwick.  NatoraHst's  Field  Club. 

Bogota.  Natural  History  Society 
of  New  Granadians. 

Bordeanzy  Soci^t^  linn^enne  de. 

Boston  (U.  S.),  Natural  History 
Society  of. 

Breslau.  Silesian  Society  for  Fa- 
therland Eiiowledge. 

— — •  Imperial  Leopold  Aca- 
demy of  Naturalists  of  Ger- 
many. 

British  GoTemment. 

British  Museum,  Trustees  of. 

Brussels.  L'Acad^mie  Boyale  des 
Sciences. 

Caen.  Bod^t^  linndenne  de 
Normandie. 

Calcutta.  Geological  Survey  of 
India. 

-»-•    Bengal  Asiatic  Society. 

Cambridge  (Mass.).  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Canada,  Geological  Survey  of. 

Cherbouig,  Soci^t^  des  Sciences 
Naturelles  de. 

Christiania,  Boyal  University  of. 

Copenhagen.  Boyal  Danish  Aca- 
demy of  Sciences. 

Cornwall,  Boyal  Polytechnic  So- 
ciety of. 

Darmstadt.  Geological  Society  of 

the  Middle  Ehine. 
Dijon,    Academy    of    Natural 

Sciences  of. 
Dorpat,  Natural  Histoiy  Society 

of. 
Dublin,  Geological  Society  of. 
— — ,  Boyal  Irish  Academy  at. 

Edinbuighy  Boyal  Society  of. 


France,  Geological  Society  of. 
Frankfurt,  Senckenberg  Natural 

History  Society  of. 
—    (Kentucky).     Geological 

Survey  of  Eentudcy. 

Geneva.  La  Soci^t^de  Physique 
et  d'Hlstoire. 

Halle,  Saxony  and  Thuringian 
Natural  Society  in. 

Hambuig.  Natural  History  So- 
ciety. 

Hanau.  Natural  History  Society 
of  the  Wetterau. 

Heidelberg,  Natural  History  So- 
ciety of. 

HobartTown.  Geological  Survey 
of  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

India,  Secretary  of  State  for. 

Lausanne.  Sod^t^  Yaudoise  des 
Sciences  Naturelles. 

Leeds,  Philosophical  Society  of. 

Li^,  la  Society  Boyale  de. ! 

Liverpool.  Lancashire  and  Che- 
shire Historical  Society. 

' ,  Philosophical  Society  of. 

,  Geological  Society  of. 

London  Commissioners  for  the 
Exhibition  1861-1862. 

London.  Geological  Survey  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

.  Boyal  Astronomical  So- 
ciety. 

.  Boyal  Asiatic  Society  of 

Great  Britain. 

f  Art-Union  of. 

.    British  Association. 

,  Chemical  Society  of. 

.    College  of  Surgeons   of 

England. 

.   Coll^  of  Physicians  of 

England. 

.  BoyolGcographicalSociety. 

.    Geologists'  Association. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AimUAL  BBPOBT. 


ZIU 


London^  Boyal  HoTtioaltaral  So- 
ciety of. 

.    Institate  of  Actuaries  of 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

.  Institate  ofCivilEngineeis. 

•    King's  College. 

,  Linnean  Society  of. 

,  Mendicity  Society  of. 

f  Meteorological  Society  of, 

-^9  Microscopical  Society  of. 

,  Fhotographio  Society  of. 

,  PalflBontological  Society  of. 

— ,  Boyal  Society  of. 

.  Boyal^Institotian  of  Great 

Britain. 

.  Science  and  Art  Depart- 
ment. 

,  Statistical  Society  of. 

,  Zoological  Sodety  of. 

— — .    London  Institution. 

.  Board  of  English  Ord- 
nance. 

Louis.    Academy  of  St.  Louis. 

Lyons,  les  CommisBionnairesHy- 
drom^ques  de. 

Madrid,  Academy  of  Sciences  of. 

Mandiester,  (Geological  Society  of. 

Melbourne.  Mining  Surveyors  of 
Yictoria. 

.    Colonial  Mining  Journal. 

Milan,  Imperial  Institute  of. 

Montreal,  Natural  History  So- 
ciety of. 

Moscow,  Imperial  Academy  of 
Naturalists  of. 

Munidi,  Academy  of  Sdenoes  of. 

Netherlands,  Geological  Com- 
mission of. 

New  Haven  (U.S.).  Editor  of 
American  Journal  of  Science. 

New  York.  Cooper  Union  for 
Advancement  of  Science  and 
Art 

,  State  library  of. 

,  Lyceum  of  Natural  His- 
tory df. 


Offenbach,  Natural  History  So- 
ciety of. 

Palermo.  Agricultural  Society  of 
Sicily. 

Paris,  r  Acaddmie  des  Sciences  de. 

,  Depot  Gdn^rale  d'Annales 

des  Sciences  Naturelles  k, 

,  Ddpdt  de  la  Marine  L 

.  Imp^riale  Zoologique  d' Ac- 

dimatation. 

•  L'Ecole  des  Mines. 

Pesth,  Academy  of  Sciences  of. 

Philadelphia,  Academy  of  Na- 
tural Sciences  of. 

Plymouth  Institution. 

Puy-en-Yelay,  la  Soci^t^  d'Agri- 
culture  et  Sciences  du. 

Stockholm,  Academy  of. 

St.  Petersburg,  Imperial  Aca- 
demy of. 

Stuttgart.  Fatherland  Natural 
History  Society  of  Wurtem- 
berg, 

Toronto  (Government  of  Canada), 
Public  Library  of. 

.  Canadian  Institute. 

Turin,  Academy  of  Sciences  at. 
Tyneside  Naturalists'  Field  Club. 

Yienna,  Geological  Institute  of. 
,  Imperial  Academy  of. 

Warwickshire  Naturalists'  Field 
Club. 

Washington.  United  States  War 
Department. 

.  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Wiesbaden.  Natural  History  So- 
ciety of  the  Grand  Duchy  of 
Nassau. 

Yorkshire  (West  Biding).  Geo- 
logical and  Polytechnical  So- 
ciety. 

,  Philosophical  Society  of. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


m 


ASmynBBBASY  msbtdto. 


n.  list  containing  the  names  of  the  Persons  from  whom  Donations 
to  the  Library  and  Museum  have  been  received  since  the  last 
Anniversaiy* 


American  Journal  of  Science  and 

Art,  Editor  of  the. 
Arkanisas^  Governor  of. 
Arrowsmith,  J.,  Esq. 
Athenaeum   JoumaL  Editor  of 

the. 
Atherstone,  Sr.  A.  G. 
Atlas  Newroaper,  Editor  of  the. 
Austin,  Maj(»,  F.G.B. 

Barrande,  M.  J.,  Por.M.G.B. 
Beke,  Dr. 
Belt,  T.,  Esq. 
Biden,  W.  D. 
Binkhoorst,  M. 
Bland,  T.,  Esq.,  P.G.8. 
Botfteld,  B.,  Esq.,  M.P.,  P.G.S. 
Bowerbank,  Dr.,  F.G.S. 
Bristow,  H.  W.,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
Bronn,  Prof.,  For.M.G.S. 
Bunbuiy,  Sir  C,  Bart.,  F.G.S. 
Bumell,  G.  R.,  Esq. 

Cabral,  Don. 

Carpenter,  Dr.  W.  B.,  F.G.S. 

Chapuis,  M.  P. 

Charlton,  Mr. 

Chemist  and  Druggist,  Editor  of 

the. 
Chrestien,  M. 

Clarke,  Rev.  W.  B.,  F.G.S. 
Colliery  Guardian,  Editor  of  the. 
Critic,  Editor  of  the. 
Cumming,  Bev.  J.  G.,  F.G.S. 

Daubeny,  Dr.,  P.G.S. 
Daubr^,  M.  A. 
Davidson,  T.»  Esq.,  P.G.8. 
Dawson,  Dr.  J.  W.,  F.G.S. 
Dawson,  W.  E.,  Esq. 
Delesse,  H.,  Por.M.G.S. 
Deshayee,  Prof.,  For.M.G.S. 
Deslongchamps,  M.  E.  E.,  For. 
M.Q.B. 

Evans,  J.,  Esq.,  P.G.S. 


Favre,  M.  A. 
Ferrd,  W.,  Esq. 
Forbes,  D.,  Esq.,  P.G.S. 
Forbes,  Prof.,  P.G.S 
Foumet,  Prof. 
Preke,Dr. 

Gabb,  Dr. 

Garden,  Ks^or,  P.G.S. 

Gaudry,  M. 

Gemmellaro,  Sig.  G.  G. 

Geologist,  Editor  of  the. 

Gibb,  Dr.  G.  D.,  F.G.S. 

Godwin-Austen,R.,Esq.,  F.G.S. 

Grant,  Dr. 

Gray,  Dr.  Asa. 

Gregory,  T.  P.,  Esq. 

Grey,  Dr.  G. 

Guyot,  Dr. 

Haast,  J.,  Esq. 

Hall,  Prof.,  For.M.G.S. 

Hauer,  H.  von. 

Haughton,  Rev.  S.,  F.G.S. 

H^rt,  M.  E. 

Hector,  Dr.,  F.G.S. 

Heer,  Prof.  0. 

Helmersen,  G.  von,  For.M.G.S. 

Henslow,  Rev.  J.  S.,  F.G.S. 

Henwood,  W.  J.,  F.G.S. 

Hopkins,  E.,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

Homer,  L.,  Esq.,  Pres.G.S. 

Horton,  W.  S.,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

Hull,  E.,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

Huxley,  Prof.  T.  H.,  SecG.S. 

Jackson,  G.,  Esq. 
Jamieson,  T.  P.,  Esq.,  P.G.B. 
Jeffreys,  J.  G.,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
Jones,  T.  R.,  Esq.,  P.G.S. 

King,  Prof.  W. 

Lartet,  M.,  Por.M.G.S. 
Lea,  Dr.  I. 
Lindsay,  Dr. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AjnVAL 

JAndsMm^  Dr.  0. 

literary  Gazette,  Eclitor  of  the. 

London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin 

Philotophioal  liagaiine,  Editor 

of  the. 
London  Eeriow,  Editor  of  the. 
Longman  and  Ck).^  Kessra, 
Longman,  W.»  Esq.,  F.O.B. 
Lov^,  M.  8. 
Lubbodk,  J.»  Eiq.»  F.O.S. 
Lyell,  Sir  C,  P.G.S. 

IC^'Androwi  J^  Esq. 

M^Leod,  W.,  Esq. 

Higendie,  A.,  EAq.»  F.O.S. 

Marcou,  M.  J. 

Meohanioi'  Magadne»  Editor  of 

the. 
Michelin,  K. 
Ifiddldton,  J.  0.,  Esq. 
lOning  Eeview,  Editor  of  the, 
Koggridge,  M.,  Esq.,  RO.S. 
Mortillet,  M. 
Mttrohison,  Sir  E»  L>  Y»F.O.S. 

Naumann,  Dr.  C.  F.,  For.M.G.S. 

Newberry,  J.  S.,  Esq^. 

New  Zealand  Ezammer,  Editor 

of  the. 
Niool,  Prof. }.,  F.6.B. 

Oldham,  Dr.,  F.G.S. 

Ordway,  A. 

Owen,  Prof.  B.,  F.G.8. 

Parker,  V.  K.,  Esq. 


Penv,  M^ 

Perthes,  7' 


,  B.  de. 
Pictet,  M.  F.  J. 
Pirona,  Dr. 
Porter,  Dr.,  P.0.8. 


BIPQIT* 

Prestwioh,  J.,  Esq.,  F.G.8. 


XT 


Quarterly  Journal  of  Mierosco^ 
^cal  Sdenoe,  Editor  of  the. 

Qnarteriy  Journal  of  theChemical 
Socie^,  Editor  of  the. 

Bamsay,  Prof.  A.  0.,  F.O.a 
Beeve,  L.,  Esq.,  F.O.S. 
BuaMll,Prof. 
Butimeyer,  Dr. 

Salmon,  H.  0.,  Esq.,  F.O.S. 

Sandberger,  Dr. 

San,  Dr.  M. 

Soharff,Dr. 

Schvarcs,  Dr. 

Soott,  B.  W.,  Esq. 

Sorbv,  H.  0.,  Esq.,  F.O.S. 

Sparks,  J.,  Esq. 

Stoddard,  Captain. 

Stoliocka,  M.  F. 

Stoppani,  A. 

Stow,  G.  W.,  Esq. 

Street,  G.,  Esq. 

Studer,  Prof.  B.,  For.M.G.S. 

Suess,  Prof.  E. 

Symonds,  Bev.  W.  S.,  F.G.8. 

Tonnant,  Prof.  J.,  F.G.S. 
Tylor,  E.  B.,  Esq. 
Tyson,  P.,  Esq, 

Weizel,  T.  0. 

Whitley,  N.,  Esq. 

Whitley,  B.,  Esq. 

Willis  and  Sotheran,  Messrs. 

Woods,  Bev.  J.  E.,  F.G.S. 

Zigno,  Signer  A.  de. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


XVi  ANNTVSBSABT  ICBETZNO. 

.List  o/Fapbrs  read  since  the  last  Anniversary  Meeting, 
Feln-uary  17th,  1861. 
1861. 
Fob.  20th. — On  the  Coincidence  between  the  Stratification  and 

Foliation  of  the  Altered  Books  of  the  Scottish  Highlands,  by  Sir 

R.  I.  Murchison,  V.P.G.S.,  and  A.  Geikie,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
— ^— On  the  Eolations  of  the  Strata  of  some  parts  of  the 

Scottish  Highlands  (Sonth  of  the  Caledonian  Canal)  and  in  the 

North  of  Ireland,  by  Prof.  Harkness,  F.G.S. 
Harch  6th. — On  the  Succession  of  Beds  in  the  Hastings  Sand,  by 

F.  Drew,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
— »— ^-^—  On  the  Permian  Bocks  of  South  Yorkshire,  and  their 

Palffiontological  relations,  by  J.  W.  Eirkby,  Esq.;  communicated 

by  T.  Davidson,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
Han^  20th. — ^Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Fossil  Plants  from  N<Sgpur, 

by  Sir  C.  J.  F.  Bunbury,  F.G.S. 

■  On  the  Age  of  the  Foesiliferous  Thin-bedded  Sand- 
stone and  Coal  of  the  Province  of  N^ur,  India,  by  the  Bev. 

Stephen  Hisbp ;  communicated  by  the  I^^dent. 

On  the  Belative  Positions  of  certain  Plants  in  the 


Coal-bearing  beds  of  Australia,  by  the  Bev.  V.  B.  Clarke,  F.G.S. 

Apnl  10th. — On  Elevations  and  Depressions  of  the  Earth  in  North 
America,  by  Dr.  Abraham  Gesner,  F.G.S. 

■  On  the  ecology  of  tiie  Country  between  Lake  Su- 

perior and  the  Pacific  Ocean  (between  the  48th  and  54th  parallels 
of  latitude)  visited  by  the  Government  Exploring  Expedition 
under  the  command  of  Captain  J.  Palliser  (1857-60),  by  J.  Hec- 
tor, M.D. ;  communicated  by  Sir  B.  I.  Murchison,  V.P.G.S. 

April  24th. — On  the  Occurrence  of  the  Oyrena  flvminalis,  together 
with  Marine  Shells  of  Becent  Species,  in  beds  of  Sand  and  Gravel 
over  beds  of  Boulder-day  near  Hull ;  with  an  Account  of  some 
Borings  and  Well-sections  in  the  same  District,  by  J.  Prestwich, 
Esq.,  Treas.G.S. 

^ On  the  "  Symon  Fault "  in  the  Coalbrook-dale  Coal- 
field, by  M.  V.  T.  Scott,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

May  8th. — On  two  Bone-caverns  in  the  Montague  du  Eer  at  Mas- 
sat,  in  the  Department  of  the  Ari^ge,  by  M.  Alfred  Fontan; 
communicated  by  M.  Lartet,  For.M.G.S. 

■  Notes  on  some  further  discoveries  of  Flint  Imple- 
ments in  Beds  of  Post-pliocene  Gravel  and  Clay;  with  a  few 
Suggestions  for  Search  elsewhere,  by  J.  Prestwich,  Esq.,  Treas.G.S. 
.  On  the  Coiiicula  (or  Oyrena)  flunwnaUs  geologically 


considered,  by  J.  Gwyn  Jeffireys,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
May  22nd.— On  the  G^logy  of  a  part  of  Western  Australia,  by 

F.  T.  Gregoiy,  Esq.;   communicated  by  Sir  B.  I.  Murchison, 

V.P.G.S. 
— — —  On  the  Zones  of  the  Lower  lias  and  the  Avxeula  e(m'- 

torta  Zone,  by  C.  M(A>re,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
June  5th. — On  the  Occurrence  of  laige  Granite  Boulders,  at  a  Great 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


-  AmruAL  BEPOBT.  kvii 

1861. 
Depth,  in  Vest  Rosewarne  Mine,  Gwinear,  Cornwall,  by  H.  C.  Sal- 
mon, Esq.,  F.G.8. 

June  5th. — On  an  erect  SigiUaria  from  the  South  Jogging,  N(Jva 
Scotia,  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Dawson,  F.G.8. 

Note  on  a  Carpolite  from  the  Coal-formation  of  Cape 

Breton,  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Dawson,  F.G.8. 

On  some  of  the  Higher  Crustacea  from  the  British 


Coal-measures,  by  J.  W.  Salter,  F.G.8. 

On  a  Eeconstructed  Bed  on  the  top  of  the  Chalk  and 


underlying  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds,  by  W.Whitaker,  B.A., 

F.G.S. 
June  19th. — On  the  Lines  of  Deepest  "Water  around  the  British  Isles, 

by  the  Rev.  E.  Everest,  F.G.S. 
On  the  Old  B«d  Sandstone  Rocks  of  Forfershire,  by 

James  Powrie,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

•  On  the  Ludlow  Bone-bed  and  its  Crustacean  Remains,, 


by  J.  Harley,  M.B. ;  communicated  by  Prof.  Huxley,  Sec.G.S. 

On  the  Outburst  of  a  Volcano  near  Edd,  on  the 


African  Coast  of  the  Red  Sea,  by  Capt.  R.  L.  Playfair;  commu- 
nicated by  Sir  R.  I.  Murchison,  V.P.G.S. 

Notice  of  the  Occurrence  of  an  Earthquake  on' the 


20th  of  March,  1861,  in  Mendoza,  Argentine  Confederation,  South 
America,  by  C.  Murray,  Esq. ;  communicated  by  the  President. 

On  the  Increase  of  Land  on  the  Coromandel  Coast, 


by  J.  W.  Dykes,  Esq. ;  from  a  letter  to  Sir  C.  LyeU,  F.G.S. 
Nov.  6th.— On  the  Bone-caves  of  Lunel-Viel,  Herault,  by  M.  Marcel 

de  Serres ;  communicated  by  the  President. 
On  the  Petroleum-springs  of  North  America,  by  Dr. 

A.  Gesner,  F.G.S. 

On  a  Volcanic  Phenomenon  witnessed  at  Manilla,  by 


J.  G.  Veitch,  Esq. ;  communicated  by  Dr.  Hooker. 

Notice  of  the  Discovery  of  Additional  Remains  of 


Land  Animals  in  the  Coal-measures  of  the  South  Joggins,  Nova 

Scotia,  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Dawson,  F.G.S. 
Nov.  20^. — On  some  Volcanic  Cones  at  the  foot  of  Etna,  by  Prof. 

GemmeUaro ;  communicated  by  Sir  C.  LyeU. 
On  the  Deposits  at  Bovey  Tracey,  Devon,  by  J.  H. 

£ey,  Esq. ;  communicated  by  Sir  C.  Lyell,  F.G.S. 

>  On  some  Carboniferous  Brac^iiojpoda  from  the  Pun- 


jab, by  T.  Davidson,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
Dec.  4th.— On  the  Bracklesham  Beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight  Basin,  by 

the  Rev.  0.  Fisher,  F.G.S. 
1862. 
Jan.  8th. — On  the  Carboniferous  Limestones  of  Oreton  and  Farlow, 

Clee  Hills,  Shropshire,  by  Prof.  J.  Morris,  V.P.G.8.,  and  Mr.  G.  E. 

Roberts ;  with  a  note  on  a  new  Plerichthys,  by  Sir  P.  do  M.  Groy 

Egerton,  Bart.,  F.G.S. 

On  somo  Fossil  Plants  showing  Structurc,  from  the 

VOL.  xvin.  h 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862. 

Lower  Coal-fiddf  of  lanotahire,  by  E.  W^Binnej,  Esq.,  F.II.S., 

F.G.S. 
Jan.  22nd.^— On  the  ftiriher  DiBCoyery  of  Flint  Implements  in  Gravel 

near  Bedford,  by  J.  Wyatt,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 
■■ ■■■    OnFHntAnw*heads(?)fromtfael)riftinNorthItovon, 

by  N.  Whitley,  Esq. ;  communicated  by  J.  B.  :^y8,  Esq.,  F.GJ3. 
On  the  Hynna-^den  at  Wookey-hol%  near  Wells,  by 

W.  Boyd  Dawkins,  Esq.,  F.G.8. 

After  the  Beports  had  been  read  It  was  resolved,— 

That  they  be  received  and  entered  on  the  minutes  of  the  Meeting ; 

and  that  snoh  parts  of  them  as  the  Council  shall  think  fit  be  printed 

and  distributed  among  the  Fellows. 

It  was  afterwards  resolved, — 

1.  That  the  thanks  of  the  Society  be  given  to  Sir  R.  I.  Mnrchison, 
Prof.  John  Phillips,  and  G.  P.  Scrope,  retiring  from  the  office  of  Vice- 
President* 

9.  That  the  thanks  of  the  Society  be  given  to  Dr.  J.  D.  Hooker, 
Prof.  W.  H.  Miller,  Prof.  J.  Phillips,  Maior-General  Portlook,  and 
T.  Sopwith,  Esq.,  retiring  from  the  Council. 

After  the  Balloting-ghisseB  had  been  duly  closed,  and  the  lists 
examined  by  the  Scrutineers,  the  following  gentlemen  were  declared 
to  have  been  duly  elected  as  the  Officers  and  Council  for  the  ensuing 
year:— 

OFFICERS. 


PSESWENT. 
Professor  A.  C.  Bamsay,  F.R.S. 

riCB-PRESlDENTB. 
Sir  P.  G.  Egerton,  Bart.,  M.P.,  F.R.S.  &  L.S. 
Sir  Charles  Lyell,  F.R.S.  <fe  L.S. 
J.  Carriek  Moore,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 
Professor  John  Morris. 

BE0BETARIE8. 
Prof.  T.  H.  Huxley,  F.R.S.  &  L.S. 
Warington  W.  Smyth,  Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.S. 

FOREIGN  SECRETABY. 
William  John  Hamilton,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 

TREASURER. 
Joseph  Preetwich,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AKNUAXi  SBPOBT. 


ZIZ 


COUNCIL. 


John  J.  Bigsby,  M.D. 
Sir    Charles    Bunbury,    Bart, 
r.R.s.  &  LS. 

Robert  Chambers,  Esq.,  F.B.S.E. 

qL  Ii.S« 

Sir  P.  G.  Egerton,  Bart.,  M.P., 

r.E.S.  &  L.S. 
Earl    of    Enniskillen,    D.C.L., 

r.R.s. 

Hugh  Falconer,  M.D.,  F.RS. 
William  John  Hamilton,  Esq., 

F.R.8. 
Leonard  Homer,  Esq.,  F.R.S, 

L.  &E. 
Prof.  T.H.  Hnxley,  F-RS.  Aj  L.S. 
John  Lubbock,  Esq.,F.R.S.&L.S. 


Sir  Charles  Lyell,  F.B.S.  &  L.a 

Edward  Meryon,  MJD. 

John  Carrick  Moore,  Esq.,  F.R.S. 

Prof.  John  Morris. 

Sir  B.  L  Muiehiflon,  6«G.8t.8., 

F.B.S.  &  L.8. 
Eobert  W.  Myhie,  E^.,  F.R.S. 
Joseph  Presiwich,  Esq.,  F.B.S. 
Prof.  A.  C.  Bamsay,  F.B.S, 
G,  P.  Scropef,  ESq.,MJP.,F.K.eL 
Warington  W.  Smyth,Eiq.,  M.A., 

F.B.8. 
Alfred  Tylor,  Esq.,  P.L.& 
Bev,  Thomas  Wiltshirei  M.A, 
8.  P.  Woodward,  Esq, 


62 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


xz 

LIST  OF 

THE  FIFTY  FOREIGN  MEMBERS 

OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON,  is  1862. 


median, 

1817.  Professor  Karl  Ton  Raomer,  ilftiitu*^. 

1818.  Professor  G.  Ch.  Gmelin^  Tubingen. 

1819.  Count  A.  Breunner,  Vienna, 
1819.  Sign.  Alberto  Parolini,  Bassano, 
1822.  Count  Vitiano  Borromeo,  MHan. 

1828.  Professor  Nils  de  Nordenskiold,  HMngfors, 

1825.  Dr.  G.  Forchhammeri  Copenhagen, 

1827.  Dr.  H.  von  Dechen,  Oberbeighauptmann,  Bonn, 

1827.  Herr  Karl  von  Oeynhausen,  Oberbeighauptmann,  Breslau, 
182a  M.  J.  M.  Bertrand  de  Doue,  Ay-en-  Velay. 

1828.  M.  L^nce  Elie  de  Beaumont,  Sec  Perp^tuel  de  llnstit  France, 

For.  Memb.  R.  S.,  Paris, 

1828.  Dr.  B.  Silliman,  New  Haven,  Connecticut, 

1829.  Dr.  Ami  Bou^,  Vienna, 

1829.  J.  J.  d'Omalius  d^Halloj,  Namur, 

1882.  Professor  Eilort  Mitscherlich,  For.  Mem.  R.  S.,  Berlin. 

1839.  Dr.  Ch.  G.  Ehrenberg,  For.  Mem.  R.  S.,  Berlin. 

1840.  Professor  Adolphe  T.  Brongniart,  For.  Mem.  R.  S.,  Paris. 

1840.  Professor  Gustav  Rose,  Berlin. 

1841.  Dr.  Louis  Agassiz,  For.  Mem.  R  S.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 
184L  M.  G.  P.  Deshayes,  Pam. 

1844.  Professor  William  Burton  Rogers,  Boston,  U.S. 

1844.  M.  Edouard  de  Vemeuil,  Paris. 

1847.  Dr.  M.  C.  IL  Pander,  JZ^o. 

1847.  M.  le  Vicomte  B.  d'Archiac,  Paris, 

1848.  James  Hall,  Esq.,  Albany, 
1860.  Professor  Bernard  Studer,  Berne. 

1860.  Herr  Hermann  von  Meyer,  Frankfort  on  Maine. 

1861.  Professor  James  D.  Dana,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 
1861.  Professor  H.  G.  Bronn,  Heidelberg. 

1861.  Colonel  G.  von  Helmersen,  St.  Petersburg. 

186L  Hofrath  W.  K,  Haidinger,  For.  Mem.  R.  S.,  Vienna. 

1861.  Professor  Angelo  Sismonda,  Turin, 

1863.  Count  Alexander  von  Keyserling,  ItevaL 

1863.  Professor  Dr.  L.  G.  de  Koninck,  Li^ge. 

1864.  M.  Joachim  Barrande,  Prague. 

1864.  Professor  Dr.  Karl  Friedrich  Naumann,  Zeipsic. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1856. 
1857. 
1857. 
1857. 
1857. 

185a 
185a 

1850. 
1859. 
1860. 
186L 
1862. 
1862. 
1862. 


Profeesor  Dr.  Robert  W.  Bunsen,  Heidelberg. 

Professor  Dr.  H.  R.  Goeppert,  Breslau. 

M.  E.  Lartet,  Parte. 

Professor  Dr.  H.  B.  Geiiutz,  Dreeden, 

Dr.  Hennann  Abich,  SL  Peiereburg. 

Dr.  J.  A.  R  Deslongchampe,  Qten. 

Heir  Am.  Escher  von  der  Linth,  Zurich, 

M.  A.  Deleese,  Parie. 

Professor  Dr.  Ferdinand  Roemer,  Breelau. 

Professor  Dr.  H.  Milne-Edwards,  For.  Mem.  R.  S.,  Paris. 

Professor  Gustav  Bischo^  Bonn. 

Se&or  Casiano  di  Prado,  Madrid. 

Baron  Sartorius  Waltenhausen,  GoUingen, 

FxofoB&ot  Piexre  Merian,  Basle, 


AWARDS  OP  THE  WOLLASTON-MEDAL 


UNDER  THE   CONDITIONS   OF   THE   '' DONATION-FUND '^ 


B8TABLI8H1D  BT 

WILLIAM  HYDB  WOLLASTON,  MJ).,  PJl.8.,  F.GJ3.,  Ac., 

'^To  promote  researches  eonoeming  the  mineral  slmctupe  of  the  earth| 
and  to  enable  the  Council  of  the  (Geological  Society  to  reward  those 
indiyiduals  of  any  coontry  by  whom  such  researches  may  hereafter  be 
made;" — ''such  indiyidual  not  being  a  Member  of  the  CoundL" 


1831.  Mr.  William  Smith. 
1836.  Dr.  G.  A.  Mantell, 
1836.  M.  L.  Agassiz. 
1M7  i  Capt  P.  F.  Cautley. 
^^'-  I  Dr.  H.  Falconer. 
183a  Professor  R  Owen. 
1830.  Professor  C.  G.  Ehrenbeig. 

1840.  Profidssor  A.  H.  Dumont 

1841.  M.  Adolphe  T.  Brongniart 

1842.  Baron  L.  von  Buch« 

IM.  R  de  Beaumont 
M.  P.  A  Dufir^noy. 
1844  The  Rev.  W.  D.  Conybeare. 

1845.  Professor  John  Phillips. 

1846.  Mr.  William  Lonsdale. 

1847.  Dr.  Ami  Bou4. 

184a  The  Bey,  Dr.  W.  BucUand. 


184a 


1849. 
1850. 
185L 
1852. 

1863. 

1854. 
1855. 
1856. 
1857. 

185a 

1859. 
1860. 
1861. 
1862. 


Mr.  Joseph  Prestwich,  jun. 
Mr.  William  Hopkins. 
The  Rev.  Prof  A.  Sedgwick. 
Dr.W.H.Fitton. 

)M.  le  Vicomte  A.  d'Archiac 
M.  R  de  y  emeuiL 
Dr.  Richard  Griffith. 
Sir  H.  T.  De  la  Beche. 
Sir  W.  R  Logan. 
M.  Joachim  Barrande. 

(Herr  Hermann  von  Meyer. 
Mr.  James  HalL 
Mr.  Charles  Darwin. 
Mr.  Searles V.Wood. 
Prof  Dr.  H.  G.  Bronn. 
Mr.  Robert  A.  C.  Godwin- 
Austen* 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Estimates /or 

INCOHS  BXFECTBD. 

£    f  •    d.     £  s,   d. 
Due  for  SnbacriptionB  on  Qnarteriy  Jooxnsl  (con- 
sidered good)  • 60    0    0 

Dae  for  Aathors' Correctionfl  18  IST    0 

Doe  for  Arrears  (See  Valoation-Bheet)    •....  1S7  16    0 

196  13    0 

Ordinary  Income  ftnr  1661  (estimated). 

Annual  Contributions : — 

232  Resident  Fellows  at  jCS  3« .699    6    0 

48  Non-resident  Fellows  at  ^ei  119..  6d  ...    76  12    0 

774  18    0 

Admission-fees  (supposed)    200    0    0 

Compositions  (supposed) 150    0    0 

Dividends  on  Consols    •• •••••• • •••  ^31  12    0 

Sale   of  Transactions,     Proceedings,   Geological  Map,   li- 
brary-catalogues«  and  Ormerod's  Index   •••., 60    0    0 

Sale  of  Quarterly  Journal • 200    0    0 

DuefromLongmanandCo.  in  June..... 60    9    4 

Balance  due  from  Bequest-Fund  on  account  of  Expenditure 
on  Map»  Museum*  and  Library «...«»» 106  IT    .3 


Feb.  5,  1862. 


£1870    9    7 
JOSEPH  PRESTWICH,  Tr»as. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


the  Year  1862. 

EXPSNDITURB  B6TIMATBD. 

£  9.  d.    €    $,   d. 

Genenl  Expenditure : 

Tines  and Intmanoe  ••  40  0  0 

Honae-Repain     ••»•» »  80  0  0 

Furniture     »•••# 20  0  0 

Foel , 35  0  0 

liipht    .,.. 35  0  0 

BfisceUanecms  HooBe-expenaet  60  0  0 

Statienery    30  0  0 

Mijcellaneoqa  Printing,  inclnding  Abstracts . . . .  30  0  0 

Tea  for  Meetings 20  0  0 

§90    0    0 

Salaries  and  Wngea : 

Aasistaat4(eorstary fOO    0    0 

Clerk 90    0    0 

Assistants  in  Library  and  Museum 100    •    0 

Porter  .,.., 90    0    0 

Housemaid #••.••    40   0    0 

Occasional  Attendants    .*. , fO    0    0 

Collector 30   6    0 

670    0    0 

library:  Ordinary  and  Special  Expenditure  * 10    0    0 

Museum :  Ordinary  Expenditure • • ..•••    60    0    0 

Diagrams  at  Meetings •••..•• 6    0    0 

Miscellaneous  Scientific  Expenditure 60    0    0 

Publications :  Quarterly  Journal 630    0    0 

„  Transactions  • f9».»     10    0    0 

„  Geological  Map»  special  expenditure ,..    80    0    0 

£1775    0    0 
Balance  in  favour  of  tbe  Society  95    9    7 


jC1870    9    7 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Income  and  Expenditure  during  the 

INCOBfE. 

£     9,     d.      £     i.     d* 

Balance  at  Banker's.  January  1.  1861 19    8  10 

Balance  in  Clerk's  hands ^ 15     3     6 

Compositions  received,  1861 141   15     0 

Arrears  of  Admission-fees     50     8     0 

Arrears  of  Annual  Contributions 63     0    0 

Admission-fees  for  1861    214    4    0 

Annual  Contributions  for  1861,  viz. — 

204  Resident  FeUows    £636  16    6 

36  Non-Resident  Fdlows  ...     51  19    0 

688  15     6 

Dividends  on  Consols 13118    8 

Dividends  on  New  Soudi  Wales  Bond. , . ,       7    4    4 

139    3    0 

Publications : 

Longman  and  Co.,  for  Sale  of  Quarterly  Journal 

inl860 63  12    3 

Sale  of  TrantactionB 16    8    0 

Sale  of  Proceedings 0  10    0 

SaleofJoomal,  Vols.  1-6  10    2    6 

„            Vols.7-12 17  17    6 

„             Vols.13-15  19    9    0 

„            Vol.  16     50  12    6 

VoL  17* 94  10  10 

Sale  of  Geological  Map  6  12    3 

Sale  of  library-catalogues 2  18    6 

Sale  of  Onnerod's  Index     3    5    4 

285  18     8 

Journal-Compositions    18    0    0 

Portion  of  the  Greenough  and  Brown  Bequest- 
Fund,  ordered  by  Sie  Council  to  be  sold 

out  on  account  of  Special  Expenditure 
on  Map,  Library,  Museum,  and  House- 
repairs,  as  per  general  estimates  for  the 

year  1861t     490    2     6 

Donation  from  Mr.  Alfred  Tylor 52  10    0 


We  have  compared  the  Books  and 
Vouchers  presented  to  us  M'ith  these 
Statements,  and  find  them  correct. 


THOMASF.  GIBSON,!    .   ..,  -oi7q    o    n 

ALFRED  TYLOR,        )  •^''^*'^''*-  ^^'^^    ^    ^ 

Feb.  1,  1862. 

*  Due  from  Messrs.  Longman  and  Co.,  in  addition  to  the  above, 

on  Journal,  Vol.  XVll £60    9    4 

Dne  from  Fellows  for  Journal  SubscripUon  50    0    0 

t  Balance  due  from  the  Bequest-Fund  for  expenditure  on  Map. 

Library,  and  Museum 106  17    3 


X217    6 

Digitized  b^"*""^*"*" 


Year  ending  December  3Uty  1861. 

fiXPBNDITURE. 

General  Expenditure :  £  $,  d.        £     $.   4. 

Taxes 28    8  4 

Plre-Insunnce   3    0  0 

Hoote-Repain :— Ordloary  ....  £\h  14    6 

Special 148    4    6 

163  19  0 

Fuel 34  3  0 

Light 32  18  9 

Misoellaneoos  House-expenditorey  including 

Postage^tamps 87  4  7 

Stationery *.. •••..,,,,  23  17  2 

Miscellaneous  Printing 20  8  6 

Tea  for  Meetings 17  15  8 

o  ,    .  .  «r  ^^^  ^5     0 

Salanea  and  Wages : 

Assistant-Secretary 200  0  0 

Clerk 76  5  0 

Assistants  in  Library  and  Moseum 91  o  0 

Porter 90  0  0 

Housemaid 40  0  0 

Donation  to  Mr.  Nichols 70  0  0 

Occasional  Attendance 21  19  6 

Collector    25  ft  9 

■ 614  10    3 

Library: — Ordinary  Expenditure 56     6    2 

Special         ditto        43     9    6 

99  15    8 

Museum: — Ordinary  Expenditure    37  13    9 

Special.  Foreign  Collection  . .     50    0    0 

Ditto.  Cabinets    40  19    0 

—  128  12    9 

Diagrams  at  Meetings 0  10    0 

Miscellaneous  Scientific  Expenses    17  18  10 

Publications : 

Geological  Map 55    4    3 

Transactions  and  Ormerod's  Index 6    3    5 

Proceedings  and  Abstracts   8    0    6 

Journal,  Vols.  Vll.-XII 0  15    3 

„        V0U.XIIL-XV. 2    0    8 

„        V0I.XVI 4  13    7 

.,        V0I.XVII 616    3  10 

693     1     6 

Balance  at  the  Banker's  and  at  Messrs.  Longman's, 

Dec.  31,  1861    192     6     1 

Balance  in  Clerk's  hands 19  is  H 


£2178    9    0 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


>5 


i-J 

c8  -t; 

5 

O 

^  Q 

"3 

-S(5i 

s 

< 

t 

ti'- 

00 

O) 

«»o 

«♦ 

-♦ 

D 

■^ 

CO 

«l 

I  ^  O  O  ^  ^ 


5     O)  O  O  40  C9  Ob 

o 


5  j  :2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


PROCEEDINGS 


ATZHX 


ANNUAL    GENERAL    MEETING, 
21w  FEBEUAET,  1862. 


AWABO  OV  THB  WoLLAtXOV  MeDAL. 


The  Chairman,  Sib  Bodbbxck  Mitbchibov,  then  addnaaed  Hr. 
GoDwnr'AiTaxBV  aa  folbws : — 

Mr.  GbDwiK-AxrsiEir, — ^Yalimig  as  I  do  the  services  you  haTe 
rendered  to  geological  science,  I  consider  myself  very  fortunate  in 
ooonpying  this  chair  to  perform  the  duty  of  the  President  in  his 
unayoidable  absence,  by  placing  the  Wollaston  Medal  in  your  hands. 

Although  there  are  two  points  in  your  numerous  writings  in  which 
I  have  differed  from  you,  viz.,  your  theory  of  the  synchronism  of  the 
Upper  Silurian  and  Devonian  rocks,  and  your  view  of  the  lacustrinio 
or  terrestrial  nature  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  yet  even  in  these 
views  I  admire  your  originality  of  thought;  whilst  on  all  other 
grounds  I  am  bound  to  say  that  I  am  convinced  of  the  sonndneas  of 
your  speculations. 

In  truth,  all  your  associates,  as  well  as  myself,  are  aware  that  you 
have  distinguished  yourself  during  a  Long  series  of  years  by  your 
SDCceBsful  inquiries  into  the  former  changes  of  land  and  wat^  from 
the  Falffiozoic  age  to  modem  times. 

PeiBistentLy  keeping  that  great  object  in  view,  you  have  put  forth 
well-founded  hypotheses,  based  on  actual  and  numerous  observations, 
which  have  raised  the  philosophical  character  of  our  science.  Your 
sedulous  study  of  the  organic  remains,  as  well  as  thematerialiof  the 
beds  ihemselves  of  each  formation  which  you  have  examined,  and 
your  laborious  tracings  of  various  lines  of  ^location,  have  all  been 
made  subsesrient  to  that  one  great  end;  andl  amtherabreproud  to 
announce  that  you  are  this  day  justly  rewarded  with  the  Wollaston 
Medal  as  being  pre^-eminently  the  physical  geograpber  of  bygone 
periods. 

hi  your  latest  remarkable  reseoroheS;  yon  have,  by  fidr  indneliTe 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ZZVIU  PBOCEESnrGS  OF  THE  GEOLOOICAL  SOCIETY. 

reasoning,  brought  to  the  mind's  eye  of  geologists  the  high  probability 
of  the  extension  of  Upper  Falseozoic,  if  not  of  Garbomferous  strata 
beneath  the  surface  of  the  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous  rocks  surrounding 
our  metropolis ;  and  you  have  thus  made  the  value  and  importance 
of  our  science  apparent  even  to  the  commercial  classes  of  the  country. 
Pray  receive  this  Medal  as  the  hearty  expression  of  otir  approba* 
tion ;  and  may  it  stimulate  you  to  extend  to  the  study  of  the  subsoil 
of  those  foreign  lands  into  which  you  are  about  to  toivel  the  same 
ener^  and  talent  which  enabled  you  to  elaborate  so  ingeniously  and 
so  skilfolly  the  former  changes  of  land  and  water  over  so  lai^  an 
area  in  the  west  of  Europe. 

Hr.  GoDWQr- AuszEV,  on  receiving  the  Hedali  thus  replied  :-^ 

I  have  so  frequently  been  a  member  of  the  Council  of  this  Society 
when  the  award  of  the  WoUaston  Hedal  has  been  under  considera* 
tion,  I  so  well  know  how  many  qualifications  have  been  taken  into 
account  in  its  adjudication,  that  I  am  enabled  to  appreciate  in  the 
fullest  the  very  high  honour  which  I  now  recdve,  at  your  hands, 
from  this  Society.  I  am  proud  of  such  a  record  of  the  estimation 
in  which  the  part  which  I  have  taken  in  our  common  work  has  been 
held  by  you.  But  when  I  speak  in  this  way  of  the  WoUaston  Medal, 
I  beg  that  you  will  feel  assured,  and  by  no  idle  form  of  words,  that 
I  should  almost  regret  the  honour  if  I  thought  for  a  moment  that  I 
could  thereby  deceive  myself.  I  know  how  very  unequal  are  tiie 
degrees  of  merit  of  those  who  receive  the  same  honours ;  and  I  can 
myself,  as^well  as  anybody,  draw  the  broad  line  which  must  separate 
me  from  others  whom  you  have  already  placed  in  that  distinguished 
list. 

Tou  have  been  pleased.  Sir,  to  refer  to  some  of  those  contributiona 
which  have  been  fevourably  considered  by  the  Council.  I  will  not 
follow  you  over  that  ground ;  but  perhaps  I  may  be  allowed  to  say 
this  much,  that  in  every  contribution  I  have  endeavoured  to  work 
out  and  apply  what  has  been  seen  and  recorded  to  some  of  the  ulti- 
mate aims  and  objects  of  geological  investigation.  It  may  have  been 
no  veiy  difficult  matter  to  restore  the  physical  features  of  the  north 
hemisphere  for  the  Tertiary,  or  even  for  the  Cretaceous  and  Oolitic 
periods  of  past  time.  The  Permian  area  and  that  of  old  Coal-growths 
are  both  easy  enough  of  definition.  But,  standing  before  you  as  I  now 
do,  I  am  forcibly  reminded  that  when  it  came  to  the  consideration  of 
those  vast  masses  of  early  Palaeozoic  deposit,  now  raised  up  into 
the  mountains  of  Wales,  so  large  a  portion  of  which  go  to  form  your 
Silurian  series,  that  then  for  the  first  time  all  landmarks  seem  to 
disappear,  and  that  I  was  driven  to  steer  for  a  Western  Atlantis  older 
and  larger  far  than  that  of  Plato. 

Such  speculations  may  by  some  have  been  thought  hazardous ;  but 
littie  by  littie  this  Western  sub- Atiantic  land  has  acquired  wonderful 
distinctness,  and  towards  this  chapter  in  ancient  geography  those  re- 
searches which  you  haverecentiy  been  engaged  in  in  the  nortii-westem 
regions  of  these  our  British  Islands  have  lent  a  most  important  aid. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AITNIVEBSABT  ADDBEfiS.  XXIX 

You  have  alladed  to  the  period  of  my  connection  with  this  Society : 
twenty-seven  years  become  a  serious  retrospect  to  every  man.  I 
might  perhaps  not  have  thought  so  mudi  of  it,  but  it  now  strikes  me 
that  I  lived  too  much  in  the  Castle  of  Indolence :  this  Medal  almost 
seems  to  reproach  me  by  the  suggestion  that  I  might  and  ought  to 
have  done  more.  However,  we  are  told  '^  that  it  is  never  too  late  to 
mend ;"  and  I  hope  to  bear  away  this  Medal,  not  as  a  solatium  for 
labours  that  are  ended,  but  as  an  incentive  to  work  which  may  yet 
be  accomplished, 

AWABD  OF  THS  WoLLASTON  DoNAIION-FtTin). 


In  delivering  the  purse  containing  tho  balance  of  the  proceeds  of 
the  Wollaston  Fund  to  Pbofessob  Huxley,  the  Chairman  said : — 

Mr.  SscRBTAitY, — ^In  handing  to  you  the  purse  containing  the 
proceeds  of  the  Wollaston  Fund,  and  in  requesting  you  to  convey  it 
to  Professor  0.  Heer,  it  is  enough  for  me  to  remind  the  Meeting 
that  this  eminent  botanist  and  entomologist  has  rendered  great 
services  to  geology  by  his  remarkable  works  on  the  *  Tertiary  Insects 
of  Oeningen  and  Eadoboj,'  by  his  *  Tertiary  Flora  of  Switzerland,'  by 
his  *  V^ietation  and  Climate  of  the  Tertiary  Period,'  and  recently  by 
throwing  light  on  the  true  age  of  the  lignite  deposit  of  Bovey  Tracey. 
For  these  important  works  Professor  Heer  is  indeed  well  entitled 
to  any  honour  we  can  give  him ;  and  these  proceeds  are  awarded  to 
him  to  enable  him  to  prosecute  with  greater  ease  his  praiseworthy  and 
enlightened  researches. 

Tho  Chairman  next,  before  reading  tho  following  letter  firom  the 
President,  regretting  his  unavoidable  absence  in  Italy,  expressed  his 
sense  of  the  eminent  services  rendered  to  the  Society  since  its  foun- 
dation by  Mr.  Leonard  Homer. 

Florence,  11th  Febroaiy,  1862. 

To  Sir  Boderick  I.  Murchison,  F.RJ3.,  Vtce-President  of  the  Geo- 
logical Society, 

Mt  deas  Sib  Eodebick, — ^You  are  aware  that  it  was  indispensable 
for  me  to  leave  England  last  autumn  to  pass  the  winter  in  Italy,  for 
the  benefit  of  a  member  of  my  family  who  had  been  long  in  bad 
health. 

As  senior  Vice-President,  you  will,  I  hope,  be  in  the  chair  at  the 
ensuing  Anniversary,  and  I  request  that  you  will  assure  the  Meeting 
that  no  other  consideration  would  havo  induced  me  to  absent  myseK 
from  my  duties  as  President.  Tho  honour  conferred  upon  me  of 
being  elected  a  second  time  to  the  highest  office  in  the  Society  I 
felt  as  a  very  great  distinction.  It  is  now  ^nearly  fifty-four  years 
since  I  began  to  take  an  active  part  in  the  affiurs  of  the  Society ;  and 
to  have  be^  called  upon  to  exert  myself  for  its  honour  and  interest,  I 
felt  as  a  renewal  of  tiio  pleasure  of  my  younger  days. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


PBOCEEDnrOfl  OF  THE  0X0100100.  80CIETT. 

I  b^  you  to  convey  my  rery  sincere  thanka  to  the  Members  of 
the  Gonndl  and  to  the  Society  at  large  for  the  kind  support  I  nni- 
formly  experienced  from  them  on  all  occasions.  So  long  as  life  and 
health  may  be  left  to  me,  I  shall  continue  my  devotion  to  geological 
science,  and  my  attachment  to  the  Society  which  has  done  so  much 
to  promote  it. 

I  am,  my  dear  Sir  Boderick, 

Faithfully  yours, 

Leokabb  Hobkzk. 

The  Chairman  then  proceeded  to  read  the  following  Obituary 
Notice  of  Dr.  Fitton. 

The  record  of  the  decease  of  Fellows  of  the  Geological  Society  is 
naturally  commenced  this  year  with  a  sketch  of  the  life  of  one  of 
our  most  distinguished  leaders.  The  late  Dr.  W.  H.  Fitton,  who 
was  bom  in  Dublin  in  January  1780,  and  died  in  London  on  the 
13th  May,  1861,  at  the  mature  age  of  81,  was  truly  one  of  the 
British  worthies  who  have  raised  modem  geology  to  its  present 
advanced  position. 

Descended  from  an  ancient  family  in  Cheshire,  whose  tombstones 
are  still  to  be  seen  in  the  parish  church  of  Gawsworth,  Dr.  Fitton's 
ancestors  had  been  long  settled  in  Ireland.  As  a  little  boy,  he  fre- 
quented the  same  school  in  Dublin  as  Thomas  Moore,  the  poet,  and 
Eobert  Emmett,  the  United  Irishman ;  and  already  in  1798,  through 
his  proficiency  in  classics,  he  gained  the  Senior  Scholarsliip  of  Trinity 
College,  which  he  held  till  1803,  whilst  as  early  as  1799  he  became 
Bachelor  of  Arts  in  that  University.  Even  in  those  troublous  times, 
as  I  am  informed  by  his  old  friend,  that  distinguished  linguist  and 
geographer,  the  Eev.  G.  B.enouard,  young  Fitton  began  to  collect 
foB^,  in  doing  which,  having  been  unjustly  suspected  to  be  a  rebel, 
he  was  for  a  short  time  kept  in  militaiy  durance. 

From  letters  addressed  to  his  leamed  friend,  the  Rev.  J.  Eogers, 
of  Mawnan,  in  Cornwall,  we  loam  that  he  made  visits  to  that 
county  to  acquire  a  knowledge  of  its  mineral  stmcture ;  and  in  one 
of  these  letters,  dated  from  Trinity  College,  Dublin,  in  November 
1807,  we  find  that  he  had  then  determined  the  heights  of  the 
principal  Irish  mountains  by  barometrical  admeasurement.  In  that 
letter  he  also  speaks  of  an  associate  who  has  since  given  to  the  world 
the  best  geological  map  of  Ireland — our  eminent  fdlow-labourer  the 
present  ^  Eichard  Griffith. 

Originally  destined  for  the  church,  Mr.  Fitton  was  soon  attracted 
to  the  medical  career  and  the  pursuits  of  physical  science  by  entering 
into  tho  studies  of  the  University  of  Edinburgh  (1808-9),  then  so 
justly  celebrated  for  its  great  philosophical  teachers.  There  it  was 
that  he  formed  intimacies  with  other  students  of  medicine  who  after- 
wards reached  the  summit  of  their  profession.  Attending  the  lectures 
of  Professor  Jameson,  he  then  made  the  acquaintance  of  the  Rev. 
Dr.  John  Fleming  and  other  young  men  of  science.  There  it  was 
also  that  he  learnt  to  admire  the  writings  as  well  as  to  imbibe  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AmmVBflABT  ADSBBSB.  XXXk 

libend  aentimentB  of  Sydney  Bmith,  Jeffirey,  Bzongham,  and  the 
fonndeiB  of  that '  Edinbuigh  Beview '  to  whidi  in  subsequent  yean 
he  himself  became  a  distinguished  contributor.  Bemoying  to  Lcmdon 
in  1809  or  1810|  ho  kept  house  with  his  widowed  mother  and  his 
three^  sisters— studying  medicine  and  chemistry  assiduously^  and 
asBOGiAting  with  aU  the  rising  men  of  science  in  that  day,  par- 
ticularly with  Wollaston,  Holland,  Boget^  Ghambers,  Bright,  and 
othera* 

In  1811  Br*  litton  commenced  to  write  on  our  soienoe  by  commu- 
nicating, throng  our  respected  Frcsidenty  Leonard  Homer,  to  the 
then  young  Gedogical  Society  a  memoir  <<  On  the  Geological  Struc- 
ture of  the  Vicinity  of  Dublin,"  which  appears  in  the  1st  volume 
of  our  Transactions  (Old  Series).  Again,  in  *  Nidiolson's  Journal ' 
of  1813  we  find  one  of  his  essays  on  the  Geological  System  of  Werner, 
as  doubtless  derived  from  his  Scottish  studies  in  the  days  of  Jameson, 
Hall^HuttoUi  andPlayfair ;  and  in  the  following  year  he  wrote  upon 
the  Porcelain  Bodu  of  Cornwall,  which  he  had  personally  ezaminedi 
and  also  gave  out  his  views  on  a  new  system  of  ventilating  mines. 
In  1812  he  removed  with  his  mother  and  sisters  to  Northampton,  to 
which  place  he  was  attracted  chiefly  through  the  patronage  of  the 
then  Earl  and  Countess  Spencer,  and  in  the  hope  of  succeeding  to 
the  practice  of  the  venerable  Ihr.  Kerr,  the  father  of  Lady  Da^y. 
Practising  for  eight  years  as  a  physician  at  Northampton,  it  appears 
that  in  1816  he  was  admitted  ^'  ad  eundem"  M.D.  of  the  University 
of  Cambridge. 

In  1817  Dr.  Eitton  b^gan  that  series  of  artides  in  the  'Edinburgh 
Beview,'  to  which  he  contributed  at  intervals  untQ  the  year  1841, 
and  wluch  proved  him  to  be  a  just  and  enlightened  commentator 
on  the  progress  of  geological  science  during  the  eventful  thirty  years 
of  whidi  he  treated.  Thus,  when  we  look  back  to  his  first  article^ 
which  analysed  the  *  Transactions  of  the  Geological  Society  *  since  its 
establishment  in  1804  up  to  the  publication  of  a  new  volume  in 
1817,  or  refer  to  his  review  in  the  following  year  of  the  first  geolo- 
gical map  of  England^  and  the  other  original  efforts  ef  William 
Smith,  we  at  once  see  how  happily  he  seued  upon  and  illustrated 
the  prominent  features  in  the  foundations  of  our  sdenoe,  and  the 
establishment  of  that  British  nomenclature  which  has  become  so 
generally  current.  Then  again  in  1823,  when  he  indited  his  stirring 
pages  on  Buckland's  *  Beliquiie  Diluviansd/  or  in  1839,  when  he 
reviewed  the  <  Elementary  Geology '  of  Lyell,  and  put  forUi  so  much 
knowledge  respecting  the  Huttonian  theory  of  the  earth,  or  in 
1841,  when  he  reviewed  the  succession  of  palseozoic  periods,  as 
ezplfldned  in  the  Silurian  System  of  Murduson*,  we  see  how  vigor- 
ously he  watched  over  and  rejoiced  in  the  progress  of  all  inquiries 
which  unfolded  the  history  of  bygone  ages  and  enabled  us  to  read 
off  the  ancient  legends  of  the  former  inhabitants  of  the  earth,  as 

*  Br.  Fitton  olio  contributed  to  the  •Edinburgh  Beview'  two  articles  oon- 
iieoied  with  big  profenion  M  a  medical  man*  tu.  "  Keport  on  Lonatic  ABylums," 
ToL  zzriu..  May  1817i  and  **  Laney's  Siiigioal  Campaign,"  voL  zxxi.  No.  02, 
March  1819. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ZZXU  PB0CEEDIN06  OF  THE  OEOLOGIGAL  80CIBTT. 

well  as  the  mntations  by  which  the  present  outline  of  our  planet  has 
been  brought  about. 

The  researches,  however,  by  which  the  name  of  William  Henry 
Fitton  will  be  most  surely  handed  down  to  posterity  are  those  by 
whichy  during  twelve  active  years  of  his  life  (from  1824  to  1836), 
he  laboriously  developed  the  true  descending  order  of  succession  from 
the  Chalk  downwanls  into  the  Oolitic  Eormations,  as  exhibited 
in  the  south-east  of  England*  and  in  the  adjoining  ^mrts  of  France. 
Before  these  labours  commenced,  geologists  had  confrised  notions 
only  as  to  the  order  of  the  strata  beneatii  the  Chalk,  as  well  as  of 
the  imbedded  fossil  remains  c^  each  stratum.  It  was  Fitton  who 
made  the  Gfreensand  Formations  his  own,  by  clearly  defining  the 
position  and  character  of  the  Upper  and  the  Lower  Greensands,  as 
separated  by  the  Gault.  On  this  point,  the  writer  of  this  sketch  may 
well  gratefully  testify  to  the  deamess  and  truthfulness  of  the  views 
of  his  lamented  friend,  and  the  hearty  zeal  with  which  they  were 
communicated ;  for  it  was  through  the  instruction  given  to  him  in 
the  field  by  Dr.  Fitton,  in  1825,  that  he  was  enabled  to  write  his  first 
paper  in  the  *  Transactions '  of  this  Society  t. 

Ever  striving  to  advance  his  favourite  science,  Dr.  Fitton  was  the 
zealous  instructor  not  only  of  young  geologists,  but  also  of  many 
travellers  and  naval  officers;  and  among  those  to  whom  he  volunteered 
to  give  practical  lessons.  Captain  Philip  King,  R.N.,  Admirals  Sir 
Johii  Franklin  and  Sir  Geoige  Back,  as  well  as  Sir  John  Eichard- 
Bon,  may  be  cited.  He  also  devoted  much  of  his  time  to  the  writings 
.  of  his  friends,  invariably  labouring  zealously  to  improve  their  com- 
positions. 

Such  gratuitous  efforts,  the  care  of  a  family,  and  other  occupations 
necessanly  delayed  the  completion  of  his  great  work  on  the  Green- 
sand  Formations ;  but  at  length  those  memoirs  were  completed,  both 
by  very  elaborate  details  regarding  the  succession  of  these  deposits 
in  various  parts  of  England,  in  separating  ihem  from  the  iron- 
sands  of  the  inferior  Wealden  Formation,  and  also  by  showing  how 
that  great  freshwater  deposit  passes  down  into  the  Purbeck  beds, 
and  from  them  into  the  Portland  Rock. 

On  various  occasions  of  his  life  Dr.  Fitton  displayed  much  honesty 
of  purpose  and  a  strong  sense  of  the  value  of  independence  of  cha- 
racter. Of  his  associates  who  survive,  Herschel  and  Babbage,  as  well 
as  Lyell  and  myself,  can  well  remember  when  H.  E.  Highness  the 
Duke  of  Sussex  was  suddenly  brought  forward  as  a  candidate  for  the 
Chair  of  the  Eoyal  Society,  that  among  the  large  body  of  men  of 
science  who  then  stood  forward  to  vindicate  the  rights  of  their  order, 
no  one  was  a  more  ardent  supporter  of  Herschel,  in  opposition  to  the 
Eoyal  Prince,  than  the  warm-hearted  and  honest  Fitton,  united  as 
he  then  was  with  WoUaston,  Eobert  Brown,  and  aU  the  notabilities 
in  science. 

One  of  the  claims  of  Dr.  Fitton  on  the  gratitude  of  geologists 
is,  that  after  having  been  the  Secretary  of  the  Society  during  some 

*  Trans.  Geol.  See.,  2nd  series,  vol.  iv.  pp.  103  to  388. 
t  Trana.  Geol.  Soc.,  2nd  series,  vol.  ii.  p.  97. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AKNIVEBSABT  ADDEE3S*  IQmn 

years  of  his  life,  no  sooner  did  ho  attain  the  honour  of  our  Chair,  than 
he  established  tho  publication  of  those  '  Proceedings '  which  are  tho 
true  synopsis  of  our  labours,  and  have  been  imitated  by  the  Royal 
Society  and  most  of  the  scientific  societies  in  the  metropolis.  He  was 
also  the  first  of  our  Presidents  who  adopted  the  practice  of  deliyer- 
ing  an  Anniyersary  Address,  which  under  his  management  was  a 
wdl-eomposed  and  accurate  sketch  of  the  progress  we  had  made. 
Let  me  here  add,  that  his  two  addresses  contained  much  good  matter 
in  a  yery  small  compass ;  for  the  first  of  them  occupied  eJeyen  pages, 
and  the  second  twenty-two  pages  only  of  our  *  Proceedings.' 

In  the  first  of  these,  Dr.  Pitton  energetically  adverted  to  the  then 
imperfect  condition  of  our  knowledge  concerning  the  distribution  of 
phuits  upon  the  former  surfaces  of  the  globe  during  epochs  of  geolo- 
gical deposition,  as  well  as  to  the  yariationd  which  such  distribution 
may  have  undergone  from  changes  of  climate,  either  by  alteration 
of  internal  temperature  or  elevation  above  tho  sea.  Then  let  us 
turn  to  his  just  eulogy  of  the  labours  of  von  Buch,  Humboldt,  and 
McCulloch^  in  supporting  the  theory  of  Hutton,  as  illustratod  by 
Playfair  and  Hall^  and  verified  in  Anglesea  by  the  striking  observa- 
tions of  Kenslow,  as  well  as  by  Davy's  experiments  on  the  flints  in 
the  cavities  of  crystals. 

Then,  again,  let  us  look  at  his  well-merited  encomium  on  the 
wondrous  effect  in  the  progress  of  English  Geology  as  produced  by  the 
publication  of  the  *  Outlines  of  England  and  Wales,'  by  Conybcare  and 
Phillips,  which  volume  was  well  said  by  him  to  have  had  an  effect 
to  which  nothing  since  tho  institution  of  the  Geological  Society  and 
the  diffusion  of  geological  maps  could  then  be  compared.  With  just 
pride  did  he  affirm  that  that  work  "  acquired  a  new  and  a  more 
dignified  interest  when  we  reflected  that  this  island  is  in  a  great 
measure  a  general  epitome  of  the  globe,  and  that  the  observer  who 
made  himself  &miliar  with  its  strata  and  the  fossil  remains  which 
they  include,  had  not  only  prepared  himself  for  similar  inquiries  in 
other  quarters,  but  was  alre^y  acquainted  by  anticipation  with  what 
he  may  expect  to  find  there."  It  can  with  truth  be  said  that  this 
advice  and  the  exhortation  which  followed,  calling  upon  all  those 
who  had  leisure,  health,  and  talent  for  such  inquiries  to  carry  them 
out,  were  truly  the  incitements  which  roused  the  then  ScK^retary 
of  tiie  Geological  Society,  who  pens  this  sketch,  to  undertake  ex* 
plorations  abroad  by  which  he  has  endeavoured  to  bring  the  struc- 
ture of  other  countries  into  direct  comparison  with  those  of  our 
own  land. 

It  is  indeed  most  gratifying  to  one  of  the  olden  time  to  reperuse 
in  the  address  of  Dr.  Fitton  of  1829  the  brief,  touching,  and  just 
eulogy  which  he  pronounced  on  the  character  of  our  then  recently 
decc^ised  Member,  the  illustrious  WoUaston.  The  words  came  from 
his  heart,  and  specially  marked  the  penetration,  correct  judgment^ 
and  high  moral  character  of  the  deceased  philosopher. 

Dr.  Fitton  further  signalized  his  presidency  by  drawing  to  the 
Society  and  engaging  in  its  service,  as  Assistant  Secretary,  that  re- 
markable man  William  Lonsdale,  whose  acquaintance  it  was  my  good 

VOL.  XVIIt.  € 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


iaapr  psocEEDiirGS  or  xhb  eEOLoeiOAL  socistt. 

forhme  to  have  made  in  the  fields  and  to  have  recommended  strongly 
to  the  notice  of  the  President.  To  no  one  man  certainly  has  our 
body  been  more  indebted  than  to  the  excellent  and  gifted  Lonsdale, 
whether  for  his  publications,  his  conduct  of  our  afiBedrs,  or  the  zealous 
and  disinterested  labour  he  bestowed  in  aiding  and  improving  the 
works  of  his  associates. 

Retiring  from  active  partidpation  in  our  business  during  the  last 
fiBW  years  of  his  life^  Dr.  Mtton  still  earnestly  watched  and  ap^ 
predated  our  progress,  and  no  act  was  ever  more  grateful  to  the 
feelings  of  the  Council  and  of  the  then  President,  Mr.  W.  Hopkina, 
than  when  in  1852  they  conferred  on  their  veteran  associate  the 
highest  honour  in  their  gift,  the  Medal  founded  by  his  dear  Mend 
WoUaston* 

United  in  marriage  in  the  year  1820  to  Miss  James,  a  most 
amiable  lady,  who  brought  to  him  the  means  of  a  comfortable  ez^ 
istence.  Dr.  Fitton  not  only  reared  his  five  sons  and  three  daughters 
with  untiring  solicitude,  but,  just  as  in  previous  years  he  had  been 
the  solace  of  his  venerable  mother,  so  he  continued  to  be  the  pride  of 
his  sisters,  the  youngest  of  whom,  Miss  Sarah  Fitton,  still  living, 
possesses  much  of  the  genius  of  her  lamented  brother,  and  has  dis- 
tinguished herself  in  natural-history  pursuits. 

Giving  throughout  his  life  constant  proofs  of  his  hospitable  and 
generous  disposition,  he  opened  his  house  during  his  Presidency  to 
all  the  Fellows  at  evening  soir^,  when  his  dieerfiil  and  joyous 
countenance  and  kind  manner  encouraged  many  a  beginner.  Fol- 
lowing the  example  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  who  was  pro^bly  the  most 
popular  President  the  Eoyal  Society  ever  possessed.  Dr.  Fitton,  as 
wdl  as  his  predecessor,  Mr.  Greenough,  held  these  agreeable  scientific 
conversazioni  on  Sunday  evenings.  Up  to  that  time,  few  persons 
thought  there  was  any  sin  in  so  spending  the  latter  part  of  a  Sabbath 
eve ;  but  remonstrances  commencing  on  the  part  of  the  rigid  Sabba- 
tarians, a  stop  was  put  to  those  instructive  and  innocent  recreations ; 
and  the  only  remaining  relic  of  that  which  was  so  long  the  custom  of 
this  land  is  now  confined,  as  for  as  1  know,  to  the  social  Sunday- 
evening  meetings  of  the  Dilettanti  Society  of  Antiquaries. 

It  is  however  fair  to  observe,  that  the  parties  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks, 
Mr.  Greenough,  and  Dr.  Fitton  were  composed  chiefly  of  a  few  scien** 
iific  men ;  the  large  and  mixed  assemblies  which  now  flock  to  the 
0oir^  of  the  Presidents  of  Societies  being  scarcely  compatible  with 
the  quiet  of  an  English  Sunday  night. 

In  conclusion  it  may  well  be  said,  that  Dr.  Fitton  was  so  nngle» 
minded,  guileless,  and  affectionate,  that  every  one  who  knew  him 
loved  hhn ;  and  as  his  memory  is  cherished  by  cdl  his  contemporaries, 
so  is  this  the  fitting  occasion  to  record,  however  imperfectly,  the 
virtues  and  deeds  of  so  good  a  man  and  so  sound  a  geologist. 
1  Dr.  Fitton  became  a  Fellow  of  the  Boyal  Society  in  1815 ;  and 
he  was  also  a  Fellow  of  the  linnean^  Astronomical,  and  Boyal 
Geographical  Societies* 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AinTIYXBSABT  ADDfiBSS.  XZXV 

Ur.  W.  W.  Smyth>  Secretary^  next  proceeded  to  read  the  follow- 
ing Obituary  Notices. 

Sir  ABTHim  DE  Gapell  Bboics^  Bart.,  of  Oakley  Kall^  in  Nortk* 
amptonshire,  although  not  a  contributor  to  the  litetature  of  our 
science,  is  known  to  the  world  as  the  author  of  several  valuable  books 
of  travels,  some  of  which  were  magnificently  illustrated.  More  partiL* 
cularly  may  be  cited  his  *  Travels  in  Lapland  and  to  the  North  Cape/ 
and  his  *  Sketches  of  Spain  and  Morocco/ 

The  Bev.  Jakss  B.  Piooot  Dskvib  took  his  degree  as  a  member 
of  Queen's  College,  Oxford,  and  resided  for  many  yean  at  ^e  town 
of  Bury  St.  Edmunds.  Mjr.  Dennis  devoted  mudi  of  his  time  to 
microscopical  researches  bearing  on  geology,  such  as  examinationi 
into  the  structure  of  bone,  and  was  the  author  of  papers  commu- 
nicated to  our  Society  and  to  the  '  Journal  of  Microscopical  Sdenoe.* 
He  died  at  the  early  age  of  45. 

General  Sir  C.  W.  Paslbt,  K.C.B.  This  veteran  offteer,  who  died 
19th  April,  1861,  at  the  age  of  80,  was  actively  engaged  in  warlike 
operations  as  a  Eojal  Engineer  for  many  years  in  the  Mediterranean 
and  in  the  Peninsula,  commencing  with  the  defence  of  Gaeta  in  1806. 
After  his  publication  of  a  work  on  Chatham's  military  policy,  which 
excited  great  interest  at  the  time,  he  was  appointed  in  1812  Di- 
rector of  the  Engineer  Establishment  at  Woolwich,  which  was 
established  at  his  instigation  for  the  training  of  the  young  officers 
in  Practical  Military  !&igineering ;  and  he  devoted  hmiself  to  nu- 
merous inquiries  in  solving  the  application  of  science  to  the  military 
art,  and  became  the  author  of  several  works  on  purely  professionsd 
subjects,  as  well  as  of  one  '  On  Limes  and  Cements,'  which  exhibits 
a  great  amount  of  industry  in  the  examination  of  the  various  mineral 
substances  of  this  and  of  other  countries,  which  had  been  or  might 
be  employed  for  such  purposes.  When  it  was  determined  in  1839 
to  attempt  the  removal  of  the  wreck  of  the  '  Boyal  George '  at  Spit- 
head,  the  operations  were  confided  to  Colonel  Pasley,  who,  during  the 
years  1840-1-2,  succeeded  so  fully  in  accomplishing  the  object— 
Igniting  charges  of  gunpowder  by  the  galvanic  battery — that  he 
became  the  chief  authority  on  similar  subjects,  and  his  results  con« 
tributed  greatly  to  the  success  with  which  galvanic  blasting  has 
since  been  introduced  on  a  large  scale  into  various  engineering 
operations. 

The  Bev.  John  Stevens  Henslow,  Among  the  scientific  men  of 
the  present  century  there  are  few  whose  career  has  been  so  fraught 
with  usefVilness  to  the  public  as  that  of  the  late  Professor  Henslow» 
He  was  bom  at  Bochester  in  1796,  and  at  a  very  early  age  dis* 
played  a  love  of  natural  history,  which  was  inherited  fi^m  his 
fSather,  who  practised  in  that  town  as  a  solicitor.  In  1818  he  gra- 
duated at  Cambridge  as  16th  wrangler,  and  declining  to  compete 
for  the  higher  academic  position^  which,  with  his  mathematical 

e2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


XXXn  PBOCBBDIKOS  07  THE  QBOLOOICAL  BOCIETT. 

powers,  he  might  easily  have  attained,  he  studied  chemistry  under 
Professor  Gumming,  mineralogy  under  Dr.  Clarke,  laboured  hard  at 
geology  as  an  original  inquirer,  and  became  a  Fellow  of  this  Society 
in  1819. 

In  1821,  at  the  early  age  of  23,  he  communicated  to  the  Society 
his  "  Supplementary  Observations  on  Dr.  Berger's  Account  of  the  Isle 
of  Man,"  containing  a  map  and  sections,  to  the  preparation  of  which 
he  had  devoted  his  spare  time  whilst  spending  two  long  vacations  in 
the  island  with  pupils.  At  about  the  same  period  he  was  led  to 
explore  the  geology  of  Anglesey,  and  embodied  the  results  in  a  most 
elaborate  paper,  printed  in  the  first  volume  of  the  '  Cambridge  Philo- 
sophical Transactions.'  This  paper  raised  its  author  at  once  to  a 
high  position  among  observers,  and  may  to  this  day  be  quoted  as  a 
model  of  truthful  and  sagacious  scientific  research.  It  possesses 
also  rare  merit,  as  combining  with  groat  power  of  co-ordinating 
physical  features  skill  and  accuracy  in  the  application  of  chemistry, 
mineralogy,  mathematics  and  drawing  to  the  illustration  of  a  very 
complicated  region. 

In  1822  he  was  appointed  to  the  Professorship  of  Mineralogy,  a 
post  which  he  held  for  three  years,  and  in  1825  resigned  it  in  order  to 
succeed  Professor  Martyn  in  the  chair  of  Botany,  a  subject  to  which 
he  had  devoted  much  labour  for  some  years  preceding.  His  lectures 
inaugurated  a  new  era  in  botanical  teaching  at  the  University,  and, 
aided  by  frequent  excursions,  awakened  interest  in  a  study  to  which 
some  of  the  mathematicians  of  Cambridge  had  hitherto  hardly  ac- 
corded the  dignity  of  a  science. 

In  this  career,  as  well  as  in  the  character  of  a  country  clergyman, 
when  appointed  by  the  Crown,  in  1833,  to  the  rectory  of  Hitcham 
in  Sufiblk,  his  admirable  personal  qualities  endeared  him  to  all  who 
were  bi-ought  in  contact  with  him,  and  enabled  him  successfully  to 
overcome  difficulties  which  would  have  presented  serious  obstacles  to 
a  man  endowed  with  less  perseverance,  mental  power,  and  invari- 
able good  temper.  Among  the  special  services  which  he  rendered  to 
the  scientific  world  must  be  particularly  noticed  the  clear  and  judi- 
cious arrangement  which  he  imparted  to  the  Cambridge  Botanical 
Museum,  to  the  collections  in  the  Royal  Gardens  at  Kew,  and  to  the 
Museum  of  Ipswich,  which  last,  pUumed  and  carried  out  under  his 
guidance,  stands  out  in  striking  contrast  to  so  many  of  our  local 
museums  as  an  institution  in  which  the  objects  preserved  have  really 
an  educational  and  scientific  value. 

The  attention  of  Professor  Henslow  was  constantly  directed  to 
subjects  of  geological  interest,  and  frequently  to  phenomena  little 
observed  by  others,- of  perhaps  obscure  character,  but  into  the  caus- 
ation of  which  his  ingenuity  delighted  to  inquire.  Of  this  order 
was  the  peculiar  disintegration  of  flints,  and  the  concentric  bands  of 
various  colour  often  found  in  flint  and  other  silicious  pebbles.  And 
he  was  equally  ready  in  turning  to  practical  account  the  results  of 
his  scientific  observations.  Thus  his  acquaintance  with  the  chemistry 
of  agriculture  enabled  him  at  once  to  appreciate  the  value  to  the 
farmer  of  the  phosphate-nodules  which  abound  in  the  Tertiary 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AKKmSBSABT  ADDBSSS.  XXXYU 

Fonnations  of  the  Eastern  Counties.  No  credit^  no  reward,  no  con- 
siderationy  even  as  tho  discoverer,  was  claimed  by  him,  but  he  at  once 
freely  gave  the  widest  publicity  to  his  discovery ;  and  the  result  has 
been  that  an  enormous  store  of  wealth  has  accrued  alike  to  landlord 
and  tenant  over  a  very  largo  area  of  country,  whilst  up  to  the  day  of 
his  death  no  acknowled^ent  was  ever  made  of  his  services  to 
the  public  weal. 

His  sympathies  were  enlisted  in  every  branch  of  science,  and  in 
many  educational  efforts.  He  was  one  of  the  first  Examiners  in  the 
University  of  London,  and  was  up  to  the  last  an  efficient  member  of 
its  Council.  He  aided  actively  in  the  Society  for  the  Diffusion  of 
Useful  Knowledge,  and  m  the  working  of  the  Bay  Club  and  Falseon- 
tographical  Society ;  and  when  assistance  was  needed  for  the  pub- 
lication of  a  useful  work,  or  the  relief  of  the  needy  in  his  own  pro- 
fession, or  among  naturalists,  the  kindly  heart  of  Professor  Henslow 
was  never  appealed  to  in  vain, 

Joseph  James  Pobbesteb,  created,  for  his  services  in  develop- 
ing the  resources  of  Portugal,  Baron  de  Forrester  in  that  counti^, 
was  a  man  of  unusual  vigour  of  intellect,  who,  in  his  capacity  of  a 
vine-grower  in  the  Alto  I)ouro  district,  paid  much  attention  to  the 
geological  character  of  the  subsoils.  Several  works  published  by  him 
on  the  capabilities  of  Portugal  and  on  the  port- wine  trade,  and  tho 
elaborate  map  of  the  river  Douro,  which  he  exhibited  at  the  Universal 
Exposition  of  Paris  in  1855,  attest  the  perseverance  of  his  obser- 
vations, and  awakened  a  regret  that,  apart  frt)m  his  loss  as  an  active 
and  useful  citizen  of  the  world,  we  should  so  soon  have  lost  a  pro- 
mising Fellow  of  the  Society.  It  was  one  of  his  great  pleasures  to 
ascend  and  descend  the  Douro  in  his  own  boat,  sketching  and  photo- 
graphing the  granite  rocks,  and  the  peculiarities  of  their  junction 
with  tho  clay-slate ;  and  it  was  in  one  of  these  expeditions  that  he 
was  unfortunately  drowned,  at  the  age  of  51,  by  the  upsetting  of  his 
boat  in  the  rapids. 

Mr.  WnxiAM  Huttok,  of  West  Hartiepool,  was  remarkable  as 
one  of  the  chief  contributors  to  the  geology  and  fossil  botany  of  our 
northern  coal-fields.  In  1830  ho  communicated  to  tho  Natural 
History  Society  of  Newcastio  "  Notes  on  the  New  lied  Sandstone,'* 
and  in  the  next  following  years  contributed  to  our  Society  papers 
**  On  the  Stratified  Basalt  associated  with  the  Carboniferous  Forma- 
tions of  the  North  of  England,"  "  On  Coal,"  and  "  On  the  Occurrence 
of  certain  Minerals  in  Northumberland." 

Jahes  MacAdau  was  bom  at  Belfast  in  January  1801,  and  died 
1st  June,  1861.  His  family  belonged  to  the  commercial  class,  and 
he  was  himself  actively  engaged  in  business  throughout  his  life. 
From  boyhood  he  had  a  taste  for  classics,  for  continental  literature, 
and  for  different  departments  of  physical  science.  In  early  life 
ho  attended  some  of  the  college  classes  in  the  Koyal  Academical 
Institution  of  Belfast,  and  after  a  lapso  of  some  years,  amid  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


:paviii  PBooEEDiNes  of  the  osoLoeicAi^  sogtett. 

turmoil  of  oonunerce,  he  became  a  graduate  of  Trinity  College^ 
Publin. 

He  was  one  of  the  eight  original  founders  of  the  Natural  History 
and  FhiloBophical  Society  of  Belfast,  established  in  1821 ;  he  took  an 
active  part  in  promoting  the  erection  of  their  museum  in  1830,  and 
filled  the  ofice  of  Fresident  of  that  Society  at  the  time  of  his  death. 
He  was  also  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Botanic  Garden  at  Belfast. 
He  took  a  warm  and  active  interest  in  the  various  educational  and 
scientifio  institutions  of  his  native  town,  ond  his  time  and  advice 
were  ever  at  the  service  of  the  young  who  were  entering  on  their 
studies  and  stood  in  need  of  the  encouragement  ard  assistance  of 
their  seniors.  In  this  and  various  other  ways,  he  exerted  great  local 
influence  for  the  promotion  of  physical  science,  and  especially  of 
geology,  his  own  favourite  pursuit. 

Por  a  long  period,  the  intervals  of  relaxation  from  business  were 
steadily  devoted  by  Mr.  MacMam  to.  the  investigation  of  the  geor 
logical  structure  of  the  north  of  Ireland ;  the  results  being  occasionally 
made  known  through  the  Geological  Society  of  Bubliuj  the  volimes 
of  whose  *  Transactions '  bear  testimony  to  his  industry  and  ability  as 
a  geologist.  The  most  important  of  his  papers  published  there  is 
one  upon  the  structure  of  a  very  interesting  district  in  the  county  of 
PonegaL  But  the  service  rendered  to  our  science  by  his  papers  is 
perhaps  less  important  than  one  which  he  was  not  spared  to  complete. 
By  personal  exertion  continued  through  upwards  of  twenty  years, 
and  by  expending  considerable  sums  of  money  in  employing  intelligent 
collectors,  he  had  succeeded  in  bringing  together  a  vast  assemblage 
of  fossils  from  the  Upper  Secondary  Hocks  of  Ireland;  and  in  the 
arranging  and  naming  of  these  he  was  stiU  actively  engaged  at  the 
time  of  his  last  illness.  This  collection  is  believed  to  contain  many 
rare  and  not  a  few  new  species.  It  was  intended  to  be  emplo/ed 
in  illustrating  a  memoir  on  the  north-east  of  Ireland,  to  be  contri- 
buted to  our  Society  under  the  joint  authorship  of  himself  and 
Dr.  Bryce  of  tjHasgo^,  formerly  of  Belfast.  A  paper  by  the  latter 
gentleman,  on  a  portion  of  the  Antrim  coast,  has  already  appeared 
in  our  *  Transactions ;'  and  we  may  hope  that  he  will  in  a  short  time 
carry  out  the  plan  arranged  between  him  and  his  departed  Mend^ 
and  thus,  while  completing  the  survey  of  that  coast,  make  known 
the  riches  of  this  fine  coUectioii  of  fossils,  and  the  various  important 
observations,  hitherto  unpublished,  which  have  been  made  by  our 
late  associate. 

Eatow  Hodgkikson,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  the  Mechanics  of  Engi- 
neering  in  the  University  College,  London,  was  bom  at  Anderton, 
near  Northwich  in  Cheshire,  on  the  26th  February,  1789,  and 
died  at  Eaglesfield  House,  Manchester,  on  the  18th  June,  1861,  He 
lost  his  father  in  childhood,  and  was  sent  to  the  grammar-school 
at  Northwich.  He  was  originally  intended  for  the  church ;  but  his 
mother's  circumstances  having  compoEed  him  to  renounce  this  pro- 
ject and  enter  into  trade,  he  went  to  reside  in  Manchester.  During 
his  residence  in  that  dly  for  nearly  half  a  century,  he  devoted  his 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


time  to  making  ezpenmeats  on  the  strength  of  iron,  stone,  andwood, 
and  gave  to  tiie  world  the  formulce  for  solid  and  hollow  pillars  of 
iron,  whidi  have  been  adopted  in  England  and  the  Continent,  and 
which  are  now  the  basis  of  calculation  for  all  structnres  made  of  that 
metal,  Mr.  Hodgldnaon  was  probably  the  most  laborious  and  care- 
M  experimenter  that  has  ever  devoted  himself  to  the  study  of  the 
laws  which  regulate  the  strength  of  materials ;  and  all  his  great 
labours  were  given  to  the  investigation  of  truth  for  its  own  sake, 
without  any  pecuniary  returns,  but  at  a  considerable  loss  to  himself. 
He  was  for  some  years  President  of  the  Manchester  Literary  and 
FbOpsophioal  Society^  in  whose  Memoirs  most  of  his  papers  appeared. 
Although  he  did  not  write  much  on  geology,  he  was  warmly  attached 
to  the  science,  and  possessed  a  good  collection  of  coal-measure  plants, 
which  he  delighted  in  showing  to  his  friends.  In  private  life  his 
simple  habits  and  kindly  disposition  endeared  him  to  a  large  circle 
of  acquaintances,  who  have  sustained  a  loss  which  will  not  soon  be 
replaced. 

Thomas  William  Atkhtson  became  a  Fellow  of  this  Society  in 
1850,  on  his  return  from  the  long  wanderings  in  Asiatic  Eussiaj 
described  in  his  ^Travels  in  Siberia.'  Originally  an  architect,  he 
added  high  qualifications  as  an  artist  to  the  energy  and  endurance 
that  distinguished  him  as  a  traveller.  It  may,  however,  be  regretted 
that  his  connection  with  our  Society  had  not  commenced  before  rather 
than  after  his  travels,  destined  as  he  was  to  visit  so  many  of  the 
most  interesting  districts  of  the  Altai  and  of  the  chains  bordering  on 
the  Kirghis  Steppe. 

Sir  Chables  Fellows  was  bom  in  1799,  and  became  well  known 
to  the  public  on  producing,  in  1838,  the  Journal  of  his  <  Excursions 
in  Asia  Minor,'  memorable  for  the  discoveries  of  ancient  buildings  in 
the  valley  of  the  Lycian  Xanthus.  He  subsequently  published 
several  other  works  on  the  antiquities  of  the  same  region,  in  the 
exploration  of  which  he  was  associated  with  Edward  Forbes,  Captain 
Graves,  and  Captain  Spratt.  Sir  Charles  resided  latterly  in  the  Isle 
of  Wight,  where  he  took  a  leading  part  in  the  question  of  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  local  museum,  geological  and  antiquarian,  at  Caris- 
brook  Castle. 

M.  L.  A.  Necxsb  de  Saussueb,  elected  in  1808  a  Foreign  Member 
of  the  Society,  was  at  one  time  Professor  of  Mineralogy  at  Geneva ; 
and  although  for  the  last  twenty  years  he  had  buried  hunself  in  close 
retirement  at  Portree  in  the  Isle  of  Skye,  where  he  died,  was  in  the 
earlier  part  of  his  life  an  active  contributor  to  scientific  literature. 
In  our  own  volumes  he  published  papers  ''  On  a  probable  Cause  of 
certain  Earthquakes,"  and  on  the  geological  laws  which  govern  the 
of  which  metidHferous  deposits  wi^  regard  to  the  rock-formations 
position  of  the  crust  of  the  earth  is  formed. 

Hi9  *  Travels  in  Scotland,'  published  in  Paris  in  1821,  record  his 
observations  made  in  1806, 1807, 1808,  in  the  scientific  part  of  which 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Zl  PBOCEBBIlf  eS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CISTT. 

work  be  endeavours  judiciously  to  describe  and  explain  pbenomena 
without  having  recourse  to  the  extreme  views  of  either  Werner  or 
Hutton^  between  whose  rival  schools  the  controversy  at  that  time 
ran  high.  In  the  ^Edinburgh  Philosophical  Journal'  and  in  the 
*  Biblioth^ue  Universel '  he  published  views  on  mineralogy  which 
he  afterwards  gave  to  the  world,  in  1835,  under  the  title  of  <<  Le 
B^gne  Mineral  ramen^  aux  m^thodes  de  I'Histoiro  Katurelle."  In 
this  work  ho  avoided  the  extreme  views  of  previous  authors,  who  had 
ascribed  too  great  importance  exclusively  to  external  properties  or 
to  mere  composition^  and  in  a  series  of  analytical  tables  conferred  a 
great  boon  on  the  student  working  practically  at  the  discrimination 
of  minerals. 


THE  ANNIVERSAEY  ADDBE8S. 
Bt  Pbof.  T.  H.  Httxlet,  Sbc.G.S.,  &c.,  &c. 

MsBCHAirrs  occasionally  go  through  a  wholesome,  though  trouble- 
some and  not  always  satis&ctory,  process  which  they  term  *^  taking 
stock."  After  all  the  excitement  of  speculation,  the  pleasure  of 
gmn,  and  the  pain  of  loss,  the  trader  makes  up  his  mind  to  face  facts 
and  to  learn  Uie  exact  quantity  and  quality  of  his  solid  and  reliable 
possessions. 

The  man  of  science  does  well  sometimes  to  imitate  this  procedure ; 
and,  forgetting  for  the  time  the  importance  of  his  own  small  win- 
nings, to  re-examine  the  common  stock  in  trade,  so  that  he  may 
make  sure  how  far  the  store  of  bullion  in  the  cellar — on  the  faith  of 
whose  existence  so  much  paper  has  been  circulating — w  reaUy  the 
solid  gold  of  truth. 

The  Anniversary  Meeting  of  the  Geological  Society  seems  to  bo 
an  occasion  well  suited  for  an  undertaking  of  this  kind — for  an  in- 
quiry, in  fact,  into  the  nature  and  the  value  of  the  present  results 
of  palajontological  investigation  ;  and  the  more  so,  as  all  those  who 
have  paid  close  attention  to  the  late  multitudinous  discussions,  in 
which  palaeontology  is  implicated,  must  have  felt  the  urgent  neces- 
sity of  some  such  scrutiny. 

First  in  order,  as  the  most  definite  and  unquestionable  of  all  the 
results  of  paleontology,  must  be  mentioned  the  immense  extension 
and  impidse  given  to  botany,  zoology,  and  comparative  anatomy 
by  the  investigation  of  fossil  remains.  Indeed,  the  mass  of  biologicid 
facts  has  been  so  gicatly  increased,  and  the  range  of  biological 
speculation  has  been  so  vastly  widened,  by  the  researches  of  the 
geologist  and  palaeontologist,  that  it  is  to  be  feared  there  are 
naturalists  in  existence  who  look  upon  geology  as  Brindley  re- 
garded rivers.  "  llivcrs,"  said  tho  great  engineer,  **  were  made  to 
feed  canals;"  and  geology,  some  seem  to  think,  was  solely  created 
to  advance  comparativo  anatomy. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ANZVIYSBSABT  ABSBESS.  xU 

Wore  Buch  a  thought  justifiable,  it  oould  hardly  expect  to  be 
reoelTed  with  favour  by  this  assembly.  But  it  is  not  justifiable. 
Your  favourite  science  has  her  own  great  aims  independent  of  all 
others;  and  if,  notwithstanding  her  steady  devotion  to  her  own 
progress,  she  can  scatter  such  rich  alms  among  her  sisters,  it  should 
be  remembered  that  her  charity  is  of  the  sort  that  does  not  im- 
poverish, but  *'  blesseth  him  that  gives  and  him  that  takes.'' 

Eegard  the  matter  as  we  will,  however,  the  facts  remain.  Nearly 
40,000  species  of  animals  and  plants  have  been  added  to  the  Sy- 
stema  Naturse  by  palseontologicid  research.  This  is  a  living  popu- 
lation equivalent  to  that  of  a  new  continent  in  mere  number;  equi** 
valent  to  that  of  a  new  hemisphere^  if  we  take  into  account  the 
small  population  of  insects  as  yet  found  fossil,  and  the  large  pro- 
portion and  peculiar  organization  of  many  of  the  Yertebrata. 

But,  beyond  this,  it  is  perhaps  not  too  much  to  say  that,  except 
for  the  necessity  of  interpreting  palaontological  &cts,  the  laws  of 
distribution  would  have  received  less  careful  study ;  while  few  com- 
parative anatomists  (and  those  not  of  the  first  order)  would  have 
been  induced  by  mere  love  of  detail,  as  such,  to  study  the  minuties 
of  osteology,  were  it  not  that  in  sudi  minutisB  lie  the  only  keys  to 
the  most  interesting  riddles  offered  by  the  extinct  animal  world. 

These  assuredly  are  great  and  soHd  gains.  Surely  it  is  matter 
for  no  small  congratulation  that  in  half  a  century  (for  paheontology, 
though  it  dawned  earlier,  came  into  full  day  only  with  Cuvier)  a 
subordinate  branch  of  biology  should  have  doubled  the  value  and 
interest  of  the  whole  group  of  sciences  to  which  it  belongs. 

But  this  is  not  all.  AlUed  with  geology,  paleontology  has  estab- 
lished  two  laws  of  inestimable  importance :  the  first,  that  one  and 
the  samo  area  of  the  earth's  surface  has  been  successively  occupied 
by  very  different  kinds  of  living  beings ;  the  second,  that  the  order 
of  succession  established  in  one  locality  holds  good,  approximately, 
in  all. 

The  first  of  these  laws  is  universal  and  irreversible ;  the  second  is 
an  induction  £rom  a  vast  number  of  observations,  though  it  may 
possibly,  and  even  probably,  havo  to  admit  of  exceptions.  As  a 
consoquencc  of  the  second  law,  it  follows  that  a  peculiar  relation 
frequently  subsists  between  series  of  strata,  containing  organic  re- 
mains, in  different  localities.  The  scries  resemble  one  another,  not 
only  in  virtue  of  a  general  resemblance  of  the  organic  remains  in  the 
two,  but  also  in  virtue  of  a  rosemblanco  in  the  order  and  character 
of  the  serial  succession  in  each.  There  is  a  resemblance  of  arrange- 
ment ;  so  that  the  separate  terms  of  each  scries,  as  well  as  the  whole 
series,  exhibit  a  correspondence. 

Succession  implies  time ;  the  lower  members  of  a  series  of  sedi- 
mentary rocks  are  certainly  older  than  the  upper ;  and  when  the 
notion  of  age  was  once  introduced  as  the  equivalent  of  succession, 
it  was  no  wonder  that  correspondence  in  succession  came  to  be 
looked  upon  as  correspondence  in  age,  or  " contemporaneity."  And, 
indeed,  so  long  as  relative  age  only  is  spoken  of,  correspondence  in 
euccessio)!  is  correspondence  in  age ;  it  is  relative  contemporaneity. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


tUi  PBocEEDsree  ov  xhb  qboiooigai  soczett. 

But  it  would  have  been  very  mnoli  better  for  geology  if  so  loose  ftUd 
ombigaoufl  a  word  as  <'  contemporaneous  "  had  been  excluded  from 
her  terminology,  and  if,  in  its  stead,  some  term  expressing  similarity 
of  serial  relation,  and  exdudiog  the  notion  of  time  altogether,  had 
been  employed  to  denote  oorrespondenoe  in  position  in  two  or  more 
series  of  strata. 

In  anatomy,  where  such  ooirespondence  of  position  has  eon* 
stantly  to  be  spoken  of,  it  is  denoted  by  the  word  <'  homology  "  and 
its  deriyatiyes ;  and  for  Geology  (which  after  all  is  only  the  anatomy 
and  physiology  of  the  earth)  it  might  be  well  to  inyent  some  single 
word,  9uch  as  ^'  homotaxis  "  (similarity  of  order),  in  order  to  express 
an  essentially  similar  idea.  This,  howeyer,  has  not  been  done,  and 
moat  probably  the  inquiry  wiU  at  once  be  made — ^To  what  end 
burden  science  with  a  new  and  strange  tenn  in  place  of  one  old, 
familiar,  and  part  of  our  common  language  ? 

The  reply  to  this  question  will  become  obyious  as  the  inquiry 
into  the  results  of  palaeontology  is  pushed  further. 

Those  whose  business  it  is  to  acquaint  themselyes  specially  with 
the  works  of  pakeontologists,  in  fact,  will  be  fully  aware  that  yery 
few,  if  any,  would  rest  satisfied  with  such  a  statement  of  the 
conclusions  of  their  branch  of  biology  as  that  which  has  just  been 
giyen. 

Our  standard  repertories  of  palaeontology  profess  to  teach  us  for 
higher  things — to  disclose  the  entire  succession  of  Hving  forms  upon 
tiie  surface  of  the  globe ;  to  tell  us  of  a  wholly  different  dutribution 
of  dimatio  conditions  in  ancient  times ;  to  reyeal  the  character  of 
the  first  of  all  Hying  existences ;  and  to  trace  out  the  law  of  pro- 
gress from  them  to  us. 

It  may  not  be  unprofitable  to  bestow  on  these  professions  a  some- 
what  more  critical  examination  than  they  haye  hitherto  reoeiyed,  in 
prder  to  ascertain  how  &r  they  rest  on  an  irrefragable  basis,  or 
whether,  after  all,  it  might  not  be  well  for  palaeontologists  to  leam 
a  litUe  more  carefully  that  scientific  ''  ars  artium,"  the  art  of  saying 
<<I  don't  know."  And  to  this  end  let  us  define  somewhat  more 
exactly  the  extent  of  these  pretensions  of  palaeontology. 

Every  one  is  aware  that  Professor  Bronn's  <  Untersuchungen ' 
and  Professor  Pictet's  '  Traits  de  Paleontologie '  are  works  of  stan- 
dard authority,  familiarly  consulted  by  cyery  working  palaeontologist. 
It  is  desirable  to  speak  of  these  excellent  books,  and  of  theirdi^tias. 
guished  authors,  with  the  utmost  respect  and  in  a  tone  as  &r  as 
possible  remoyed  from  carping  criticism ;  indeed,  if  they  are  spe- 
cially cited  in  this  place,  it  is  merely  in  justification  of  the  assertion 
that  the  following  propositions,  which  may  be  found  implicitly  or 
explicitly  in  the  works  in  question,  are  regarded  by  the  mass  of 
palaeontologists  and  geologists,  not  only  on  the  Continent  but  in  this 
country,  as  expressing  some  of  the  best-established  results  of  palae- 
ontology.   Thus : — 

Animals  and  plants  began  their  existence  together,  not  long  after 
the  commencement  of  the  deposition  of  the  sedimentary  rocks,  and 
tben  suQoeeded  one  another  in  sudi  a  manner  that  totally  distinct 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


▲mnrXBSABT  ADDBBB8.  USSi 

faun®  and  flone  occupied  the  whole  surface  of  the  earth,  one  after 
the  other,  and  during  distinct  epochs  of  time, 

A  geological  formation  is  the  simi  of  all  the  strata  deposited  over 
the  whole  surface  of  the  earth  during  one  of  these  epochs :  a  geo* 
logical  fauna  or  flora  is  the  sum  of  all  the  species  of  animals  or 
plants  which  occupied  the  whole  surface  of  the  globe  during  one  (k 
these  epochs, 

.  The  population  of  the  earth's  surface  was  at  first  very  similar  in 
all  parts,  and  only  from  the  middle  of  the  Tertiary  epoch  onwards 
began  to  show  a  distinct  distribution  in  zones. 

The  constitution  of  the  original  population,  as  well  as  the  numerical 
proportions  of  its  members,  indicates  a  warmer  and,  on  tiie  wnole, 
somewhat  tropical  climate,  which  remained  tolerably  equable 
throughout  the  year.  The  subsequent  distribution  of  living  beings 
in  zones  is  the  result  of  a  gradual  lowering  of  the  general  tempe«< 
rature,  which  first  began  to  be  felt  at  the  poles. 

It  is  not  now  proposed  to  inquire  whether  these  doctrines  are  true 
or  false ;  but  to  direct  your  attention  to  a  much  simpler  though  Veiy 
essential  preliminary  question — ^What  is  their  logical  basis  ?  what 
are  the  fundamental  assumptions  upon  which  they  all  logically  de- 
pend ?  and  what  is  the  evidence  on  which  those  fundamental  propoA" 
tions  demand  our  assent  ? 

These  assumptions  are  two :  the  first,  that  the  o(»nmenoement  of 
the  geological  record  is  coeval  with  the  commencement  of  life  on  the 
globe ;  the  second,  that  geological  contemporaneity  is  the  same  thing 
as  chronological  synchrony.  Without  the  first  of  these  assumptions 
there  would  of  course  be  no  ground  for  any  statement  respecting  the 
commencement  of  life ;  without  the  second,  all  the  other  statements 
dted,  every  one  of  which  implies  a  knowledge  of  the  state  of  dif- 
ferent paits  of  the  earth  at  one  and  the  same  time,  will  be  no  less 
devoid  of  demonstration. 

The  first  assumption  obviously  rests  entirely  on  negative  evidenooi 
This  is,  of  course,  the  only  evidence  that  ever  can  be  available  to 
prove  the  commenc^nent  of  any  series  of  phenomena ;  but,  at  the 
same  time,  it  must  be  recollected  that  the  vdue  of  negative  evidence 
depends  entirely  on  the  amount  of  positive  corroboration  it  re* 
oeives.  If  A  B  wishes  to  prove  an  alM,  it  is  of  no  use  for  hun  to 
get  a  thousand  witnesses  simply  to  swear  that  they  did  not  see  him 
in  such  and  such  a  place,  unless  the  witnesses  are  prepared  to 
prove  that  they  must  have  seen  him  had  he  been  there.  But  the 
evidence  that  animal  life  commenced  with  the  lingula-flags,  €,ff,, 
would  seem  to  be  exactiy  of  this  unsatisfactory  uncorroborated  sort. 
The  Cambrian  witnesses  simply  swear  they  *'  haven't  seen  anybody 
their  way ;"  upon  which  the  counsel  for  the  other  side  immediately 
puts  in  ten  or  twelve  thousand  feet  of  Devonian  sandstones  to  make 
oath  they  never  saw  a  fish  or  a  moUusk,  though  all  the  worid  knows 
there  were  plenty  in  their  time. 

But  then  it  is  urged  that,  though  the  Devonian  rocks  in  one  part 
of  the  world  exhibit  no  fossils,  in  another  they  do,  while  tbs  lowor 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Zliv  PBOCEEDIKGS  OF  THE  GXOLOGICiL  BOCIETT. 

Cambrian  rocks  nowhere  exhibit  foesils^  and  hence  no  living  being 
could  have  existed  in  their  epoch. 

To  this  there  are  two  replies:  the  firsts  that  the  obeervational 
basis  of  the  assertion  that  the  lowest  rocks  are  nowhere  fossiliferons 
is  an  amazingly  small  one^  seeing  how  veiy  small  an  area,  in  com- 
parison to  tluit  of  the  whole  world,  has  yet  been  fiilly  searched :  the 
second^  that  the  argoment  is  good  for  nothing  unless  the  unfossili- 
ferouB  rocks  in  question  were  not  only  contemporaneous  in  the  geo- 
logical sense,  but  synchronous  in  the  chronological  sense.  To  use 
the  aUhi  illustration  again.  K  a  man  wishes  to  prove  he  was 
in  neither  of  two  places,  A  and  B,  on  a  given  day,  his  witnesses 
for  each  place  must  be  prepared  to  answer  for  the  whole  day.  If 
they  can  only  prove  that  he  was  not  at  A  in  the  morning,  and  not  at 
B  in  the  afternoon,  the  evidence  of  his  absence  from  both  is  nil, 
because  he  might  have  been  at  B  in  the  morning  and  at  A  in  the 
afternoon. 

Thus  everything  depends  upon  the  validity  of  the  second  assump- 
tion. And  we  must  proceed  to  inquire  what  is  the  real  meaning 
of  the  word  "  contemporaneous  '*  as  employed  by  geol<^ts.  To 
this  end  a  concrete  example  may  be  taken. 

The  lias  of  England  and  the  lias  of  Germany,  the  Cretaceous 
rocks  of  Britain  and  the  Cretaceous  rocks  of  Southern  India,  are 
termed  by  geologists  '^  contemporaneous "  formations ;  but  when- 
ever any  thoughlful  geologist  is  asked  whether  he  means  to  say  that 
they  were  deposited  synchronously,  he  says  "  No, — only  within  the 
same  great  epoch."  And  if,  in  pursuing  the  inquiry,  he  is  asked 
what  may  be  the  approximate  value  in  time  of  a  "  great  epoch  " — 
whether  it  means]  a  hundred  years,  or  a  thousand,  or  a  million,  or 
ten  million  years— his  reply  is,  "  I  cannot  tell." 

If  the  further  question  be  put,  whether  phyidcal  geology  is  in 
possessioii  of  any  method  by  which  the  actual  synchrony  (or  the 
reverse)  of  any  two  distant  deposits  can  be  ascertained,  no  such 
method  can  be  heard  of;  it  being  admitted  by  all  the  b^t  autho- 
tities  that  neither  similarity  of  mineral  composition,  nor  of  physical 
character,  nor  even  direct  continuity  of  stratum,  are  ahsohUe  proo& 
of  the  synchromsm  of  even  approximated  sedimentary  strata :  while, 
for  distant  deposits,  there  seems  to  be  no  kind  of  physical  evidence 
attainable  of  a  nature  competent  to  decide  whether  such  deposits 
were  formed  simultaneously,  or  whether  they  possess  any  given  differ- 
Oiice  of  antiquity.  To  return  to  an  example  already  given.  All 
competent  authorities  will  probably  assent  to  the  proposition  that 
physical  geology  does  not  enable  us  in  any  way  to  reply  to  this 
question — ^Were  the  British  Cretaceous  rocks  deposited  at  the  same 
time  as  those  of  India,  or  are  they  a  million  of  years  younger  or  a 
million  of  years  older? 

Is  palaeontology  able  to  succeed  where  physical  geology  fails? 
Standard  writers  on  palaeontology,  as  has  been  seen,  assume  that  she 
can.  They  take  it  for  granted,  that  deposits  containing  similar  organic 
remains  are  synchronous — at  any  rate  in  a  broad  sense ;  and  yet, 
those  who  will  study  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  chapters  of  Sir  Henry 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AinmrsssART  addbbsb.  xlv 

De  la  Beche's  remarkable  <  Besoarches  in  Theoretical  Oeology/  pub- 
lished now  nearly  thirty  years  ago,  and  will  carry  out  the  argaments 
there  most  luminously  stated  to  their  logical  consequences,  may 
yery  easily  convince  themselyes  that  even  absolute  identity  of  organic 
contents  is  no  proof  of  the  synciirony  of  deposits,  wMIe  absolute 
diversity  is  no  proof  of  differenco  of  date.  Sir  Henry  De  la  Beche  ^ 
goes  even  further,  and  adduces  conclusive  evidence  to  show  that 
the  different  parts  of  one  and  the  same  stratum,  having  a  similar 
composition  throughout,  containing  the  same  organic  remains,  and 
having  similar  beds  above  and  below  it,  may  yet  differ  to  any  con- 
ceivable extent  in  age. 

Edward  Forbes  was  in  the  habit  of  asserting  that  the  similarity 
of  the  organic  contents  of  distant  formations  yroBprimd  facie  evidence, 
not  of  their  similarity,  but  of  their  difference  of  age  ;  and  holding  as 
he  did  the  doctrine  of  single  specific  centres,  the  conclusion  was  as 
legitimate  as  any  other ;  for  the  two  districts  must  have  been  occupied 
by  migration  from  one  of  the  two,  or  from  an  intermediate  spot,  and 
the  chances  against  exact  coincidence  of  migration  and  of  imbedding 
are  infinite* 

In  point  of  fact,  however,  whether  the  hypothesis  of  single  or 
of  multiple  specific  centres  be  adopted,  similarity  of  organic  contents 
cannot  possibly  afford  any  proof  of  the  synchrony  of  the  deposits 
which  contain  them ;  on  the  contrary,  it  is  demonstrably  compatible 
with  the  lapse  of  the  most  prodigious  intervals  of  time,  and  with 
interposition  of  vast  changes  in  the  organic  and  inorganic  worlds, 
between  the  epochs  in  which  such  deposits  were  formed. 

On  what  amount  of  similarity  of  their  faunae  is  the  doctrine  of  the 
contemporaneity  of  the  European  and  of  the  North  American  Silu-» 
rians  based  ?  In  the  last  edition  of  Sir  Charles  Lyell's  ^  Elementary 
Geology '  it  is  stated,  on  the  authority  of  a  former  President  of  this 
Society,  the  late  Daniel  Sharpe,  that  between  30  and  40  per  cent,  of 
the  species  of  Silurian  Mollusca  are  common  to  both  sides  of  the 
Atlantic.  By  way  of  due  allowanco  for  further  discovery,  let  us 
double  the  lesser  number  and  suppose  that  60  per  cent,  of  the 
species  are  common  to  the  North  American  and  the  British  Silurians. 
Sixty  per  cent,  of  species  in  common  is,  then,  proof  of  contempo-> 
raneity. 

Now  suppose  that,  a  million  or  two  of  years  hence,  when  Britain 
has  made  another  dip  beneath  the  sea  and  has  come  up  again, 
some  geologist  applies  this  doctrine,  in  comparing  the  strata  laid 
bare  by  the  upheaval  of  the  bottom,  say,  of  St.  George's  Channel 
with  what  may  then  remain  of  the  Suffolk  Crag.  Baasoning  in  the 
same  way,  he  will  at  once  decide  the  Suffolk  Crag  and  the  St* 
George's  Channel  beds  to  be  contemporaneous ;  although  we  happen 
to  know  that  a  vast  period  (even  in  the  geological  sense)  of  time, 
and  physical  changes  of  almost  unprecedented  extent,  separate 
the  two. 

.  But  if  it  be  a  demonstrable  fact  that  strata  containing  more  than 
60  or  70  per  cent,  of  species  of  Mollusca  in  common,  and  compara-* 
tively  dose  together,  may  yet  be  separated  by  an  amount  of  geolo-^ 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


^Vi  PROCEEDINGS  OV  XHB  OSOIOOICAL  SOGXETT. 

gioal  tiine  Boffioient  to  allow  of  some  of  the  greatest  physical  changes 
the  world  has  seen,  what  becomes  of  that  sort  of  contemporaneity  tiie 
Bole  evidence  of  which  is  a  similarity  of  fades,  or  the  identity  of  half 
a  dozen  species,  or  of  a  good  many  genera? 

And  yet  there  is  no  better  evidence  for  the  contemporaneity  as- 
sumed by  all  who  adopt  the  hypotheses  of  ttniversal  faunas  and  flor», 
of  a  mdyersally  tmiform  climate,  and  of  a  sensible  cooling  of  the 
globe  during  geological  time. 

There  seems,  then,  no  escape  from  the  admission  that  neither 
physical  geology  nor  palaeontology  possesses  any  method  by  which  the 
absolute  syncb^nism  of  two  strata  can  be  demonstrated.  All  that 
geology  can  prove  is  local  order  of  succession.  It  is  mathematically 
certain  that,  in  any  given  vertical  linear  section  of  an  undisturbed 
series  of  sedimentary  deposits,  the  bed  which  lies  lowest  is  the  oldest. 
In  any  other  vertical  linear  section  of  the  same  series,  of  course, 
corresponding  beds  will  occur  in  a  similar  order ;  but,  however  great 
may  be  the  probability,  no  man  can  say  with  absolute  certainty 
that  the  beds  in  the  two  sections  were  synchronously  deposited* 
For  areas  of  moderate  extent,  it  is  doubtless  true  that  no  practical 
evil  is  likely  to  result  from  assuming  the  corresponding  beds  to  be 
synchronous  or  strictly  contemporaneous ;  and  there  are  multitudes 
of  accessory  circumstances  which  may  faHj  justify  the  assumption 
of  such  synchrony.  But  the  moment  the  geologist  has  to  deal  with 
large  areas  or  with  completely  separated  deposits,  then  the  mischief 
of  confounding  that  <<  homotaxis  "  or  <'  similarity  of  arrangement," 
which  can  be  demonstrated,  with  "synchrony"  or  "identity  of 
date,''  for  which  there  is  not  a  shadow  of  proof,  under  the  one  com- 
mon term  of  "  contemporaneity "  becomes  incalculable,  and  proves 
the  constant  source  of  gratuitous  speculations. 

For  anything  that  geology  or  palaeontology  are  able  to  show  to 
the  contrary,  a  Devonian  fauna  and  flora  in  tiie  British  Islands  may 
have  been  contemporaneous  with  SUurian  life  in  North  America,  and 
with  a  Carboniferous  fauna  and  flora  in  Africa.  Geographical  pro- 
vinces and  zones  may  ha/e  been  as  distinctly  marked  in  the  Palaeozoic 
epoch  as  at  present,  and  those  seemingly  sudden  appearances  of  new 
genera  and  species,  which  we  ascribe  to  new  creation,  maybe  simple 
results  of  migration. 

It  may  be  so ;  it  may  be  otherwise.  In  the  present  condition  of^" — 
our  knowledge  and  of  our  methods,  one  verdict—"  not  proven,  and 
not  proveable" — ^must  be  recorded  against  all  the  grand  hypotheses 
of  the  palaeontologist  respecting  the  general  succession  of  life  on 
the  globe»  The  order  and  nature  of  terrestrial  life  as  a  whole  are 
open  questions.  Geology  at  present  provides  us  with  most  valuable 
topographical  records,  but  she  has  not  the  means  of  working  them 
up  into  a  universal  history.  Is  such  a  universal  history,  then,  to  be 
regarded  as  unattainable  ?  Are  all  the  grandest  and  most  interest- 
ing problems  which  offer  themselves  to  the  geological  student  essen- 
tifdly  insoluble?  Is  he  in  the  position  of  a  scientiflc  Tantalus^-* 
doomed  always  to  thirst  for  a  knowledge  which  he  cannot  obtain? 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AimiTBlUSABT  ABDBXBS.  zlvU 

The  reverse  is  to  be  hoped ;  nay,  it  may  not  be  impofiaible  to  in- 
dicate the  Bonroe  whence  help  will  come. 

In  oommendng  these  remarks,  mention  was  made  of  the  great 
obligations  under  which  the  naturalist  lies  to  the  geologist  and 
palBBontoiogiBt  Assuredly  the  time  will  come  when  these  obliga- 
tions will  be  repaid  tenfold,  and  when  the  maze  of  the  world's  past 
history,  through  which  the  pure  geologist  and  the  pure  pala^nto- 
logist  find  no  guidance,  will  be  securely  threaded  bj  the  due  fdr- 
nuhed  by  the  naturalist. 

All  who  B^  competent  to  express  an  opinion  6n  the  subject  are 
at  present  agreed  that  the  manifold  varieties  of  animal  and  vegetable 
form  have  not  either  come  into  existence  by  chance,  nor  result  from 
capricious  exertions  of  creative  power ;  but  ^at  they  have  taken  place 
in  a  definite  order,  the  statement  of  which  order  is  what  men  of  science 
term  a  natural  law.  Whether  such  a  law  is  to  be  regarded  as  an 
expression  of  the  mode  of  operation  of  natural  forces,  or  whether 
it  is  simply  a  statement  of  the  manner  in  which  a  supernatural 
power  has  thought  fit  to  act,  is  a  secondary  question,  so  long  as 
the  existence  of  the  law  and  the  possibility  of  its  discovery  by  the 
human  intellect  are  granted.  But  he  must  be  a  half '-hearted  philo- 
sopher who,' believing  in  that  possibilit},  and  having  watched  the 
gigantic  strides  of  l^e  biological  sciences  during  the  last  twmty 
years,  doubts  that  science  will  sooner  or  later  make  this  further  step, 
so  as  to  become  possessed  of  the  law  of  evolution  of  organic  forms — 
of  the  unvarying  order  of  that  great  chain  of  causes  and  effects  of 
which  all  organic  forms,  ancient  and  modem,  are  the  links.  And 
then,  if  ever,  ^e  shall  be  able  to  begin  to  discuss,  with  profit,  the 
questions  respecting  the  commencement  of  life,  and  the  nature  of 
tiie  successive  populations  of  the  globe,  which  so  many  seem  to  think 
are  abeady  answered. 

The  preceding  arguments  make  no  particular  claim  to  novelty; 
indeed  they  have  been  floating  more  or  less  distinctly  before  l^e 
minds  of  geologists  for  the  last  thirty  years ;  and  if,  at  the  present 
time,  it  has  seemed  desirable  to  give  them  more  definite  and  syste^ 
matio  expression,  it  is  because  paleeontology  is  every  day  assuming 
a  greater  importance,  and  now  requires  to  rest  on  a  basis  whose 
firmnecs  is  thoroughly  well  assured.  Among  its  fundamental  con- 
oeptions,  there  must  be  no  contoi<>n  between  what  is  certain  and 
what  is  more  or  less  probable*.  But,  pending  the  construction  of 
a  surer  foundation  than  palsBontolc^  now  possesses,  it  may  be  in- 
structive) assuming  for  the  nonce  the  general  <torrectness  of  the 
ordinary  hypothesis  of  geolo^cal  contemporaneity,  to  eonsider 
whether  the  deductions  wMch  are  ordinarily  drawn  from  the  whole 
body  of  palseontological  facts  are  justifiable. 

The  evidence  on  which  such  conclusions  are  based  is  of  two 
kinds,  negative  and  positive.  The  value  of  negative  evidence,  in 
connexion  with  this  inquiry,  has  been  so  fiilly  and  clearly  discossed 


nette 


'<  Le  pluB  gnnd  Beryioe  qu'on  puiaee  rendie  &  la  sciekioa  est  d*y  faire  place 
i  avBut  d*y  riai  eonefaruire.**— Wfwr. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Zlviii  PAOCSEDTNOS  OF  THE  aSOIXK^ICAL  BOCIETT. 

in  an  addross  from  tho  chair  of  this  Society  *,  which  none  of  us  have 
forgotten,  that  nothing  need  at  present  ho  said  ahout  it ;  tho  more, 
as  tho  considerations  which  have  heen  laid  before  you  have  certainly 
not  tended  to  increase  your  estimation  of  such  evidence.  It  will  be 
preferable  to  turn  to  the  positive  facts  of  palseontology,  and  to  in« 
quire  what  they  tell  us* 

We  are  all  accustomed  to  speak  of  the  number  and  the  extent  of 
the  changes  in  the  living  population  of  the  globe  during  geological 
time  as  something  enormous ;  and  indeed  they  are  so,  if  we  regard 
only  the  negative  differences  which  separate  the  older  rocks  firom  the 
more  modem,  and  if  we  look  upon  specific  and  generic  changes  as 
great  changes,  which  from  one  point  of  view  they  truly  are.  But 
leaving  the  negative  differences  out  of  consideration,  and  looking 
only  at  the  positive  data  furnished  by  the  fossil  world  from  a  broader 
point  of  view — ^from  that  of  tho  comparative  anatomist  who  has 
made  the  study  of  the  greater  modifications  of  animal  form  his  chief 
business — a  surprise  of  another  kind  dawns  upon  the  mind ;  and 
under  ihis  aspect  the  smaUness  of  the  total  change  becomes  as 
astonishing  as  was  its  greatness  under  the  other. 

There  are  two  himdrcd  known  orders  of  plants ;  of  these  not  one  is 

certainly  known  to  exist  exclusively  in  the  fossil  state.    The  whole 

.JapscLDf-geological  time  has  as  yet  yielded  not  a  single  new  ordinal 


type  of  vegetable  structuref. 

The  positive  change  in  passing  from  the  recent  to  the  ancient 
animal  world  is  greater,  but  still  singularly  small.  No  fossil  animal 
is  so  distinct  from  those  now  living  as  to  require  to  be  airanged 
even  in  a  separate  class  from  those  which  contain  ^existing  foims. 
It  is  only  when  we  come  to  the  orders,  which  may  bo  roughly  esti- 
mated at  about  a  hundred  and  thirty,  that  we  m^et  wiUi  fossil 
animals  so  distinct  from  those  now  living  as  to  reqiiire  orders  for 
themselves ;  and  these  do  not  amount,  on  the  most  li1;^ral  estimate, 
.to  more  than  about  ten  per  cent,  of  the  whole. 

There  is  no  certainly  known  extinct  order  of  Proto  W ;  theire  is 
but  one  among  the  CcBlenterata — that  of  the  rugose  morals ;  there 
is  none  among  the  MoUusca ;  there  are  three,  the  Cystideffl,  Blastoidea, 
and  Edrioasterida,  among  tiie  Echinoderms ;  and  two,  ithe  Trilobita 
and  Eurypterida,  among  the  Crustacea ;  making  altogether  five  for 
the  great  subkingdom  of  Annulosa.  Among  Yertebratdb-*  ihere  is 
no  ordinally  distinct  fossil  fish :  there  is  only  one  extinct  order  of 
Amphibia — ^the  Labyrinthodonts ;  but  there  are  at  least  four  distinct 
orders  of  Eeptilia,  viz.  the  Ichthyosauria,  Plesiosauiia,  Pterosauria, 
Dmosaurii^  and  perhaps  another  or  two.  There  is  no  known  extinct 
order  of  .Birds,  and  no  certainly  known  extinct  order  of  Mammals, 
the  ordinal  distinctness  of  the  ^<  Toxodontia  "  being  doubtful. 

The  objection  that  broad  statements  of  this  land,  after  all,  rest 
largely  on  negative  evidence  is  obvious,  but  it  has  less  force  than 
might  at  first  be  supposed;  for,  as  might  be  expected  from  the 

*  Annivetsaiy  Addrese  for  1851,  Qoart  Joam.  Qeol.  Soc.  vol.  vii. 
t  See  Hooker'6  '  Introductory  Esaay  to  the  Flora  of  Taemania,'  p.  zziiL 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AmdVNBAMJ  ADDBBiS.  xliz 


ciroiuiistaaoes  of  the  case,  we  possess  more  abundant  positiTe  evidence 
regarding  Fishes  and  marine  Mollnsks  than  respecting  any  other  forms 
of  animal  life ;  and  jet  these  offer  ns,  through  the  whole  range  of 
geological  time,  no  species  ordinally  distinct  from  those  now  living ; 
while  the  far  less  numerous  dass  of  Echinoderms  presents  three, 
and  the  Crustacea  two  such  orders,  though  none  of  these  come  down 
later  than  the  PalflBozoic  age.  Lastly,  the  Beptilia  present  the  ex- 
traordinary and  exceptional  phenomenon  of  as  many  extinct  as 
existing  orders,  if  not  more ;  the  four  mentioned  maintaining  their 
existence  from  the  lias  to  the  Chalk  inclusive. 

Some  years  ago  one  of  your  Secretaries  pointed  out  another  kind 
of  positive  palseontological  evidence  tending  towards  the  same  con- 
clusion— afforded  by  ti^e  existence  of  what  he  teimed  "  persistent 
types  "  of  vegetable  and  of  animal  life*.  He  stated,  on  the  authority 
of  Dr.  Hooker,  that  there  are  Carboniferous  plants  which  appear  to 
be  generically  identical  with  some  now  living ;  that  the  cone  of  the 
Oolitic  Arauearia  is  hardly  distinguishable  from  that  of  an  existing 
species ;  that  a  true  Pinus  appears  in  the  Purbecks  and  a  Juglam 
in  the  Chalk;  whUe,  from  tiie  Bagshot  Sands,  a  Banksia  whoso 
wood  is  not  distinguishable  from  that  of  spedes  now  living  in  Aus- 
tralia had  been  obtained. 

Turning  to  the  animal  kingdom,  he  affirmed  the  tabulate  corab 
of  the  Silurian  rocks  to  be  wondeifally  like  those  which  now  exist ; 
while  even  the  families  of  the  Aporosa  were  all  represented  in  the 
older  MesoKoio  rocks. 

Among  the  MoUusca  similar  facts  were  adduced.  Let  it  be  borne 
in  mind  that  Avicula,  MytiluSy  Chiton^  Natica,  Patella,  Trochus, 
Dueina,  Orhicula,  Lingtda,  Ehyruihondla,  and  Nautilus,  all  of  which 
are  existing  genera,  are  given  wiUiout  a  doubt  as  SUurian  in  the 
last  edition  of  <  Siluria';  while  the  highest  forms  of  the  highest 
Cephalopoda  are  represented  in  the  lias  by  a  genus,  Belemnoteuthis, 
which  presents  the  dosest  relation  to  the  existing  Loligo, 

The  two  highest  groups  of  the  Annulosa,  Insecta  and  Arachnida,. 
are  represented  in  the  Coal  either  by  existing  genera  or  by  forms 
differing  from  existing  genera  in  quite  minor  peculiarities. 

Tundog  to  the  Yertebrata,  the  only  palesozoic  Elasmobranch  Fish 
of  which  we  have  any  complete  knowledge  is  the  Devonian  and  Car- 
boniferous Plewracarihuay  which  differs  no  more  from  existing  Sharks 
than  these  do  from  one  another. 

AgaiA,  vast  as  is  the  number  of  undoubtedly  Ganoid  fossil  Fishes, 
and  great  as  is  thdr  range  in  time,  a  large  mass  of  evidence  has  re- 
cently been  adduced  to  show  that  almost  aU  those  respecting  which 
we  possess  suffident  information  are  referable  to  the  same  subordinal 
groups  as  the  existing  Lepidosteus,  Pohfpterus,  and  Sturgeon ;  aild 
that  a  aingnlar  relation  obtains  between  the  older  and  the  younger 
Fishes ;  the  former,  the  Devonian  Ganoids,  being  almost  all  members 

*  See  the  abrtraet  of  a  Leefcure  "On  the  FeniBtent  Types  of  Animal  Life," 
in  the '  Notices  of  the  Meetings  of  the  Boyal  InstitutLon  of  Gtreat  Britain/  June  3| 
^*'^,voLiii.p.l61. 

d 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1  PBOCESBIKOB  OT  THB  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT. 

of  the  Bame  suborder  as  Polypterm^  while  the  Mesozoic  Ganoids  are 
almost  aU  similarly  allied  to  Lepidosteus* . 

Again,  what  can  be  more  remarkable  than  the  singular  constancy 
of  structure  preserved  throughout  avast  period  of  time  by  the  family 
of  the  Pycnodonts  and  by  that  of  the  true  Coelacanths ;  the  former 
persisting,  with  but  insignificant  modifications,  from  the  Carbonife- 
rous to  the  Tertiary  rocks,  inclusive ;  the  latter  existing,  with  still 
less  change,  from  the  Carboniferous  rocks  to  the  Chalk,  inclusive. 

Among  Beptiles,  the  highest  living  group,  that  of  the  Crocodilia,  is 
represented  at  the  early  part  of  the  Mesozoic  epoch  by  species  identical 
in  the  essential  characters  of  their  organization  with  those  now  living, 
and  differing  from  the  latter  only  in  such  matters  as  the  form  of  the 
articular  facets  of  the  vertebral  centra,  in  the  extent  to  which  the 
nasal  passages  are  separated  from  the  cavity  of  the  mouth  by  bone, 
and  in  the  proportions  of  the  limbs. 

And  even  as  regards  the  Mammalia,  the  scanty  remains  of  Triassic 
and  Oolitic  species  afford  no  foundation  for  the  supposition  that  the 
organization  of  the  oldest  forms  differed  nearly  so  much  from  some 
of  those  which  now  live  as  these  differ  from  one  another. 

It  is  needless  to  multiply  these  instances ;  enough  has  been  said 
to  justify  the  statement  that,  in  view  of  the  immense  diversity 
of  known  animal  and  vegetable  forms,  and  the  enormous  lapse  of 
time  indicated  by  the  accumulation  of  fossiliferous  strata,  the  only 
circumstance  to  be  wondered  at  is,  not  that  the  changes  of  life,  as 
exhibited  by  positive  evidence,  have  been  so  great,  but  that  they 
have  been  so  small. 

Be  they  great  or  small,  however,  it  is  desirable  to  attempt  to 
estimate  them.  Let  us  therefore  take  each  great  division  of  the 
animal  world  in  succession,  and  whenever  an  order  or  a  family  can 
bo  shown  to  have  had  a  prolonged  existence,  let  us  endeavour  to  ascer- 
tain how  far  the  later  members  of  the  group  differ  from  the  earlier 
ones.  If  these  later  members,  in  all  or  in  many  cases,  exhibit  a  certain 
amount  of  modification,  the  fact  is,  so  far,  evidence  in  favour  of  a 
general  law  of  change ;  and,  in  a  rough  way,  the  rapidity  of  that 
change  vnll  be  measured  by  the  demonstrable  amount  of  modification. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  must  be  recollected  that  the  absence  of  any 
modification,  while  it  may  leave  the  doctrine  of  the  existence  of  a 
law  of  change  without  positive  support,  cannot  possibly  disprove  all 
forms  of  that  doctrine,  though  it  may  afford  a  sufficient  refutation 
of  many  of  them. 

The  Protozoa, — ^The  Protozoa  ai'e  represented  throughout  the  whole 
range  of  geological  scries,  from  the  Lower  Silurian  formation  to  the 
present  day.  The  most  ancient  forms  recentiy  made  known  by 
Ehrenberg  are  excessively  like  those  which  now  exist :  no  one  has 
ever  pretended  that  the  difference  between  any  ancient  and  any 
modem  Foraminifera  is  of  more  than  generic  value ;  nor  are  the 

*  *  Memoirs  of  the  Qeological  Survey  of  the  United  Kinfldom.— Decade  x. 
P^minary  Eflsay  upon  the  Systematic  Arrangement  of  the  Fishes  of  the  Dero- 
'    LSpoch.' 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


^MJ^i^^jr^ 


u 

»ren- 

the 
:  the 


/    fthe 

less 
r  the 
aiian 
irvla 

than 

I  are 

live, 
fthe 
.^and 

thiTii 

most 
ay  of 

finsy 
iding 

very 
hthe 

per-* 

>  the 

:iialk 
ii«  of 

iassic 
ceons 
more 

>  em« 
n;  or 

These  examples  might  be  almost  indefinitely  mnltiplied,  but  snrely 
they  are  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  only  safe  and  unquestionable 
testimony  we  can  procure— positive  evidence — ^fails  to  demonstrate 
any  sort  of  progressive  modification  towards  a  less  embryonic  or  less 
generalized  type  in  a  great  many  groups  of  animals  of  long-continued 
geological  existence.  In  these  groups  there  is  abundant  evidence  of 
variation — ^none  of  what  is  ordinaiily  understood  as  progression ;  and. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


lii  PBOCESDnras  ov  xhx  esoiOtficAL  socibtt. 

if  fhe  known  geological  record  is  to  be  regarded  as  even  any  consider- 
able fragment  of  tbe  whole,  it  is  inconceivable  that  any  theory  of 
a  necessarily  progressiye  development  can  stand,  for  the  numerous 
orders  and  families  cited  afford  no  trace  of  such  a  process. 

But  it  is  a  most  remarkable  fact,  that,  while  the  groups  which 
have  been  mentioned,  and  many  besides,  exhibit  no  sign  of  pro- 
gressive modification,  there  are  others,  coexisting  with  them,  under 
the  same  canditions,  in  which  more  or  less  distinct  indications  of 
such  a  process  seem  to  be  traceable.  Among  such  indications  I  may 
remind  you  of  the  predominance  of  Holostome  Gasteropoda  in  the 
older  rocks  as  compared  with  that  of  Siphonoetome  Gasteropoda  in 
the  later.  A  case  less  open  to  the  objection  of  negative  evidence, 
however,  is  that  afforded  by  the  Tetrabranchiate  Cephalopoda,  the 
forms  of  the  shells  and  of  the  septal  sutures  exhibiting  a  certain 
increase  of  complexity  in  the  newer  genera.  Here,  however,  one 
is  met  at  once  with  the  occurrence  of  Orihoeeras  and  Baculiks  at 
the  two  ends  of  the  series,  and  of  the  feu^t  that  one  of  the  simplest 
genera,  NatOiluSy  is  that  which  now  exists. 

The  Crinoidea,  in  the  abundance  of  stalked  forms  in  the  ancient 
formations  as  compared  with  their  present  rarity,  seem  to  present 
us  with  a  fair  case  of  modification  from  a  more  embryonic  towards 
a  less  embryonic  condition.  But  then,  on  careful  consideration  of 
the  facts,  the  objection  arises  that  the  stalk,  calyx,  and  arms  of 
the  palssozoic  Crinoid  are  exceedingly  different  from  tiie  corresponding 
organs  of  a  larval  Oomaiula ;  and  it  might  with  perfect  justice  be 
argued  that  Actinoorinus  and  Eucal^toorinta,  for  example,  depart 
to  the  full  as  widely,  in  one  direction,  from  the  stalked  embryo  of 
Qomattilaf  as  Comatvla  itself  does  in  the  other. 

The  Echinidea,  again,  are  frequentiy  quoted  as  exhibiting  a  gradual 
passage  from  a  more  generalized  to  a  more  specialized  type,  seeing 
that  tiie  elongated,  or  oval,  Spatangoids  appear  after  the  spheroidal 
Echinoids.    But  here  it  might  be  argued,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the 

r'  roidal  Echinoids,  in  reality,  depart  further  frt)m  the  general 
and  from  the  embryonic  form  than  tiie  elongated  Spatangoids 
do;  and  that  the  pecuUar  dental  apparatus  and  the  pedicelhuin 
of  the  former  are  marks  of  at  least  as  great  differentiation  as  the 
petaloid  ambulacra  and  semitsB  of  the  latter. 

Once  more,  the  prevalence  of  Macrurous  before  Brachyuroua 
Podophthalmia  is  apparentiy  a  fear  piece  of  evidence  in  favour  of 
progressive  modification  in  the  same  order  of  Crustacea ;  and  yet  the 
case  will  not  stand  much  sifting,  seeing  that  the  Macrurous  Podoph- 
thalmia depart  as  far  in  one  direction  frt>m  the  common  type  of 
Podophthalmia,  or  from  any  embryonic  condition  of  the  Brachyura, 
as  the  Brachyura  do  in  the  other ;  and  that  the  middle  terms  be- 
tween Macmra  and  Brachyura — ^the  Anomura — are  littie  better  re- 
presented in  the  older  Mesozoic  rocks  than  the  Brachyura  are. 

None  of  the  csbos  of  progressive  modification  which  are  cited  from 
among  the  Invertebrata  appear  to  me  to  have  a  foundation  less  open 
to  criticism  than  these ;  and  if  this  be  so,  no  careful  reasoner  would, 
I  think»  be  inclined  to  lay  very  great  stress  upon  them.    Among 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AmflTEBlBAJBY  ABDBBSS.  llli 

the  Yertebrata,  however,  there  are  a  few  examples  which  appear  to 
be  fax  less  open  to  objection. 

It  is,  in  &ct,  tme  of  several  groups  of  Yertebrata  which  have  4ived 
through  a  considerable  range  of  time,  that  the  endoskeleton  (mora 
particularly  the  spinal  column)  of  the  older  genera  presents  a  less 
ossified,  and  so  fkr  less  differentiated,  condition  than  that  of  the 
yojnger  genera.  Thus  the  Devonian  Ganoids,  though  almost  all 
members  of  the  same  suborder  as  Fol^terus,  and  presenting  nume- 
rous important  resemblances  to  the  existing  genus,  which  possesses 
biconcave  vertebrse,  are,  for  the  most  part,  wholly  devoid  of  ossified 
vertebral  centra.  The  Mesozoic  Lepidosteidee,  again,  have  at  most 
biconcave  vertebrsB,  while  the  existing  Lqndosteus  has  Salamandroid^ 
op-'sthoooBloas,  vertebrae.  So,  none  of  the  Palaeozoic  Sharks  have 
shown  themselves  to  be  possessed  of  ossified  vertebrae,  while  the 
majority  of  modem  Sharks  possess  such  vertebrae.  Again,  the  more 
ancient  Crocodilia  and  Lacertilia  have  vertebrae  with  the  articular 
facets  of  their  centra  flattened  or  biconcave,  while  the  modem  mem- 
bers of  the  same  group  have  them  proooelous.  But  the  most  remark- 
able examples  of  progressive  modification  of  the  vertebral  column, 
in  correspondence  with  geological  age,  are  those  afforded  by  the 
Pycnodonts  among  fish,  and  the  Labyrinthodonts  among  Amphibia. 

The  late  able  idithyologist  Heckel  pointed  out  the  fact,  that,  while 
the  Pycnodonts  never  possess  tme  vertebral  centra,  they  differ  in  the 
degree  of  expansion  and  eidiension  of  the  ends  of  the  lx)ny  arches  of 
the  vertebrae  upon  the  sheath  of  the  notochord ;  the  Carboniferous 
forms  exhibiting  hardly  any  such'  expansion,  while  the  Mesozoic 
genera  pi^esent  a  greater  and  greater  development,  until,  in  the 
Tertiary  forms,  the  expanded  ends  become  suturally  united  so  as  to 
form  a  sort  of  false  vertebra.  Hermann  von  Meyer,  again,  to  whose 
luminous  researches  we  are  indebted  for  our  present  large  know- 
ledge of  the  organization  of  the  older  Labyrinthodonts,  has  proved 
that  the  Carboniferous  Archegosaurus  had  very  impeifectly  deve- 
loped vertebral  centra,  while  the  Triassic  Mastodonsaurus  had  the 
ejime  parts  completely  ossified*. 

The  regularity  and  evenness  of  the  dentition  of  the  AnoptoHhi' 
rium  as  contrasted  with  that  of  existing  Artiodaetyles,  and  the 
assumed  nearer  approach  of  the  dentition  of  certain  ancient  Carni- 
vores to  the  typic^  arrangement,  have  also  been  cited  as  exempli- 
ficrdons  of  a  law  of  progressive  development,  but  I  know  of  no 
other  cases  based  on  positive  evidence  which  are  worthy  of  particular 
notice. 

What  then  does  an  impartial  survey  of  the  positively  ascertained 
tmths  of  palaeontology  testify  in  relation  to  ihe  common  doctrines 
of  progressive  modification,  which  suppose  that  modification  to  have 
taken  place  by  a  necessary  progress  from  more  to  less  embiyonio 
forms,  or  from  more  to  less  generalized  types,  vrithin  the  limits  of 
the  period  represented  by  the  fossiliferous  rocks  ? 

»  As  thiB  Address  is  passme  through  the  press  (March  7, 1862),  evidenoe  lies 
before  me  of  the  existence  of  a  new  Labjnnihodont  (Pholidoffotter),  from  the 
fidinlnirgh  ooal-field,  with  well-ossified  vertebral  centra. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


liv  FBOCESDHrOS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  BOCISTT. 

It  negatives  those  doctrines ;  for  it  either  shows  us  no  evidence  of 
any  such  modification,  or  demonstrates  it  to  have  been  very  slight ; 
and  as  to  the  nature  of  that  modification,  it  yields  no  evidence 
whatsoever  that  the  earlier  members  of  any  long-continued  group 
were  more  generalized  in  structure  than  the  later  ones.  To  a 
certain  extent,  indeed,  it  may  be  said  that  imperfect  ossification 
of  the  vertebral  column  is  an  embryonic  character ;  but,  on  the  other 
hand,  it  woiild  be  extremely  incorrect  to  suppose  that  the  vertebral 
columns  of  the  older  Yertebrata  are  in  any  sense  embryonic  in  their 
whole  structure. 

Obviously,  if  the  earliest  fossiliferous  rocks  now  known  are  coeval 
with  the  commencement  of  life,  and  if  their  contents  give  us  any 
just  conception  of  the  nature  and  the  extent  of  the  earliest  fauna 
and  flora,  the  insignificant  amount  of  modification  which  can  be 
demonstrated  to  have  taken  place  in  any  one  group  of  animals  or 
plants  is  quite  incompatible  with  the  hypothesis  that  all  living 
forms  are  the  results  of  a  necessary  process  of  progressive  develop- 
ment, entirely  comprised  within  the  time  represented  by  the  fossili- 
ferous rocks. 

Contrariwise,  any  admissible  hypothesis  of  progressive  modification 
must  be  compatible  with  persistence  VTithout  progression  through 
indefinite  periods.  And  should  such  an  hypothesis -eventually  be 
proved  to  be  true,  in  the  only  way  in  which  it  can  be  demonstrated, 
viz.,  by  observation  and  experiment  upon  the  existing  forms  of  life, 
the  conclusion  will  inevitably  present  itself,  that  the  PalsDOZoic,  Meso- 
zoic,  and  Cainozoic  faunas  and  fioraB,  taken  together,  bear  somewhat 
the  same  proportion  to  the  whole  series  of  living  beings  which  have 
occupied  this  globe,  as  the  existing  fauna  and  flora  do  to  them. 

Such  are  the  results  of  palaeontology  as  they  appear,  and  have  for 
some  years  appeared,  to  the  mind  of  an  inquirer  who  regards  that 
study  simply  as  one  of  the  applications  of  the  great  biologiccd  sciences, 
and  who  desires  to  see  it  placed  upon  the  same  sound  basis  as  other 
branches  of  physical  inquiry.  If  the  arguments  which  have  been 
brought  forward  are  valid,  probably  no  one,  in  view  of  the  present 
state  of  opinion,  will  be  inclined  to  think  the  time  wasted  which 
has  been  spent  upon  their  elaboration. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


THE 


QUAETERLY  JOURNAL 


OF 


THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


PROCEEDINGS 


THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


NOVEMBBB  6,  1861. 

The  following  oommunications  were  read : — 

1.  Nate  on  the  Bowb-Cavbs  of  Luitel-Vibl,  Hbrault.  By  Monsieur 
Mabcel  db  Sebbbs,  Professor  at  the  ''Faculty  des  Sciences/' 
Montpellier. 

[Abridged.] 

The  disooveiy  of  the  bone-caves  on  the  Mazet  estate,  near  Lunol- 
Yiel,  already  dates  back  thirty-eight  years.  Since  then  I  have 
visited  some  twenty  otheis,  of  which  the  names  are  solely  known  by 
the  descriptions  given  of  them  by  myself  and  my  ooUaboratenrs. 

The  femnr  of  an  Aurochs  brought  me  by  Colonel  Frost  and  Captain 
Bompleur,  E.E.,  led  me  to  presume  that  it  had  been  transported  into 
the  caves  of  M.  Bouquet  and  belonged  to  a  bone-deposit  of  late  geo- 
logical date.  The  partial  search  that  I  immediately  made  juslified 
my  predictions,  and  the  government  accorded  me  a  sum  sufficient  for 
me  to  collect  every  specimen.  I  had  the  soil  containing  the  bones 
sifted,  and  I  was  Uius  able  to  collect  a  large  number  of  the  bones, 
which  are  now  in  the  collection  of  the  **  Faculty  dee  Sciences." 

Unfortunately  several  of  the  bones  were  taken  from  me  by  some 
persons  more  alive  to  the  marvellous  than  to  the  interests  of  science. 

VOL.  XVni. PABT  I,  B 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


2  PBOCEEDINGB  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [NoV.  6, 

I  still  regret  this  loss — a  loss  the  more  felt  as  those  who  permitted 
themselves  the  pilfering  did  so  out  of  mere  curiosity,  and  I  found  it 
impossible  to  recover  them.  I  am  ignorant  to  what  species  these 
purloined  specimens  may  have  belonged. 

The  discovery  of  the  large  cavern  was  soon  followed  by  that  of 
several  others.  I  have  specified  them  all  in  my  work  under  the  de- 
signation of  "  fissure  "  and  *'  gut,"  in  consequence  of  their  small  size 
compared  with  the  first  cave*.  The  fissure  was  filled  with  bones  of 
different  animals ;  there  were  almost  as  many  as  in  a  grave-yard. 
We  do  not  yet  know  the  opening  by  which  the  bones  were  carried 
into  the  principal  cave  on  ihe  Bouquet  property ;  for  that  by  which 
you  now  enter  is  in  some  degree  artificial.  The  entrance  was  not, 
in  fact,  perceived  until  a  mass  of  calcareous  freestone,  35  metres 
thick,  haii  been  removed.  Subsequently  enlarged^  and  closed  by  a 
door,  it  now  forms  the  only  way  into  the  principal  cavern. 

These  first  points  recognized,  and  the  age  of  the  Miocene  lime- 
stone established,  we  soon  comprehended  that  there  was  nothing  in 
common  between  the  formation  of  these  cavities  and  their  filling  up. 
In  fact  these  caves  belong  to  the  Tertiary  period,  whereas  the  earth 
(with  rolled  pebbles)  containing  the  bones  and  the  excrements  es 
clearly  belong  to  the  Drift-period  (terrains  de  transport  andens)  or 
to  the  most  recent  geological  timest. 

Later  we  perceived  that  these  rolled  pebbles  and  the  fragments  of 
rock  were  always  accompanied  by  bone-remains,  and  after  a  great 
number  of  observations  we  recognized  that  the  presence  of  the  trans- 
ported materials  was  essential  to  the  presence  of  the  bones.  In  feet, 
where  none  of  the  former  exist,  none  of  the  latter  are  met  with ;  so 
that  on  entering  a  subterranean  cavity  which  has  not  been  explored, 
one  can  decide  beforehand  whether  or  not  the  remains  of  animals  of 
geological  antiquity  exist  there.  In  other  caverns,  on  the  contrary, 
one  can  feel  sure  that  there  is  every  probability  of  finding  organic 
remains,  especially  if  a  layer  of  stalagmite  covers  the  pebbly  loam. 
It  is,  nevertheless,  well  worth  while  to  observe  that  the  phenomenon 
of  the  bone-caves  is  accompanied  by  the  same  circumstances  all  the 
world  over.  The  bones  are  to  be  referred,  some  to  animals  of  extinct 
species,  and  others  to  races  not  to  be  distinguished  from  those  now 
living ;  and  these  are,  notwithstanding,  mixed  together  indiscrimi- 
nately in  the  same  soil. 

Finally,  the  last  question  which  remains  is  not  the  least  important. 
It  is,  to  learn  to  what  cause  ought  to  be  attributed  the  singular  as- 
semblage together  of  so  many  bones,  often  accumulated  in  such  large 
quantities  that  they  are  as  plentiful  as  in  a  cemetery. 

What  we  have  already  said  about  the  ahnost  constant  presence  of 
bones  in  caves  where  there  occur  at  the  same  time  transported 
materials,  leads  to  a  strong  presumption  that  these  remains  have  been 

*  "Recherohes  sur  lee  oavemes  k  ossements  de  Lunel-Yiel,  Montpellier." 
Boehm  ^tcup,  1839. 

t  At  the  period  of  the  discovery  of  the  bone^sayes  of  Lunel-Yiel  none  had  been 
previousljr  diBooyered  in  Tertiary  formations ;  since  then  we  have  found  several 
in  formations  of  that  age. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  MABCSL  DE  8fiKR£S— ^BONE-CAVES.  3 

carried  in,  since  they  are  always  accompanied  by  alluvial  deposits. 
If  the  Camivora  alone  had  been  the  cause  of  such  phenomena,  they 
ought  to  be  found  in  all  ossiferous  caves,  whereas  it  is  far  from 
being  so.  A  very  great  number  of  them  offer,  in  fact,  only  herbivo- 
rous, without  a  trace  of  carnivorous  animals. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  condition  of  the  cave-bones  proves  that 
they  had  been  deprived  of  their  flesh  and  integuments  before  they 
were  carried  into  the  caves.  The  numerous  fissures  connected  witii 
them,  and  the  red  earth  with  which  these  are  filled,  even  the  nar- 
rowest of  them,  prove  in  the  clearest  manner  that  the  bones  must 
have  been  transported  into  their  present  position  merely  as  bare  bones, 
and  not  otherwise.  K,  therefore,  there  are  in  some  caves  some  bones 
which  have  been  gnawed,  that  may  have  happened  before  they  were 
swept  into  the  caves. 

The  excrements  of  Hyaenas  are  in  no  wise  a  proof  that  these 
animals  lived  in  the  caves  where  they  are  discovered.  Their  solidity 
and  their  rounded  form  would  render  their  transport  easily  effectea. 
How  otherwise  can  we  suppose  that  carnivorous  animals  of  very 
unequal  strength  should  live  in  conmion,  and  with  a  good  mutual 
understanding,  as  must  have  happened  with  the  lions,  bears,  wolves, 
foxes,  otters,  beavers,  and  so  many  others,  which  are  found  in  the 
caverns  of  Lunel- Viel. 

It  would  be  very  easy  to. mention  many  other  caves,  even  of  less 
size,  in  which  animals  of  habits  not  less  dissimilar  are  met  with ;  but 
the  caves  of  the  neighbourhood  of  Montpellier  seem  to  us  to  suffice 
for  the  demonstration  of  a  fact  verified  by  so  many  observations. 

I  will  end  this  note  with  an  observation  of  the  illustrious  physidst 
so  recently  lost  to  science.  Htunboldt  observes  that,  when  a  pheno- 
menon is  general  and  repeated  under  the  same  conditions,  as  has 
been  the  case  in  the  filling  of  the  longitudinal  and  vertical  fissures 
of  calcareous  rocks,  such  a  phenomenon  must  have  been  produced 
by  a  cause  as  general  as  the  effects  which  group  round  it.  Accord- 
ing to  this  double  condition,  which  is  presented  in  all  caves  where 
remains  of  animals  of  geological  date  are  found,  it  is  impossible  to 
attribute  it  to  any  other  cause  than  to  violent  inundations. 


2,  On  the  PsTBOLBTJM-sPBmGS  in  Nobth  America. 

By  Abkaham  Gbsnsb,  M.D.,  F.G.S. 

[Abstract.] 

The  ample  information  on  this  subject  already  published  renders  it 

desirable  to  make  use  only  of  the  subjoined  portion  of  Dr.  Gesner's 

conmiunication. 

The  petroleum  is  obtained  by  borings,  to  a  depth  of  from  150  to 
600  feet.  No  reliable  record  of  these  borings,  or  the  strata  through 
whidi  they  pass,  has  yet  been  kept.  As  a  general  rule  the  sections 
may,  however,  be  represented  as — Ist.  Soil,  ferruginous  clay,  and 
boulders;  2nd.  Sandstone  and  conglomerates;  3rd.  Shale;  4th. 
Bituminous  shale ;  and  5th.  Oil,  underlaid  by  an  oil-bearing  stratum 

b2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


4  PROCEEDINGS  OF  fOR  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [NoV.  6, 

of  fire-clay,  containing  fragments  of  Stigmaria  and  other  coal-plants. 
In  the  deeper  sinkings,  sandstones  and  bituminous  shales  are  brought 
up  by  the  borers ;  but  in  every  instance  the  petroleum  appears  4x) 
be  underlaid  with  a  tight  stratum  of  fire-clay.  As  soon  as  the  oil- 
bearing  stratum  is  reached,  there  is  usually  an  escape  of  carburetted 
hydrogen  gas,  and  it  is  discharged  with  such  force  that  the  boring- 
rods  are  often  blown  into  the  air,  as  if  they  had  been  discharged  from 
a  piece  of  ordnance.  The  gas  is  followed  by  a  mixture  of  oil  and 
gas,  and  finally  by  the  oil  itself,  which  is  thrown  in  a  jet  upwards, 
sometimes  to  the  height  of  100  feet.  The  bore  of  the  well  is  usually 
about  4  inches  in  diameter,  being  an  iron  tube  let  down  as  the  boring 
proceeds.  When  the  oil  appears,  the  workmen,  as  soon  as  they  can 
approach  the  spot,  drive  a  wooden  plug  into  the  iron  pipe,  and  thus 
prevent  the  flow  of  oil,  until  they  are  prepared  to  receive  it.  Finally, 
when  the  natural  flow  ceases,  a  pump  is  applied,  and  the  raising  of 
the  petroleum  proceeds.  Some  wells  at  &e  outset  have  produced 
no  less  than  4000  gallons  of  oil  in  twenty- four  hours.  At  some  sites 
the  shallow  wells  have  run  out  or  been  exhausted;  but  by  sinking  them 
deeper  still  greater  supplies  have  been  obtained,  and  which  at  present 
appear  to  be  inexhaustible.  It  seems  very  certain,  therefore,  that 
the  reservoirs  of  oil  are  fissures  penetrating  certain  oil-bearing  strata 
and  the  intervening  deposite. 

The  specific  gravity  of  the  petroleums  varies  from  -795  to  '881. 
In  general  they  are  of  a  dark-brown  colour.  A  few  wells  have  pro- 
duced oils  quite  clear  and  transparent ;  and  simple  distillation  renders 
them  quite  pure  and  suitable  for  lamps.  The  inflammability  of  the 
vapour  of  the  mineral  oil  has  given  rise  to  accidents.  In  one  case  an 
oil,  tapped  by  a  bore  at  830  ^t,  rose  in  a  fountain  100  feet  high, 
was  soon  afterwards  ignited,  and  burned  for  two  months  before  the 
workmen  could  plug  the  iron  tube. 

After  some  observations  on  the  antiquity  of  the  use  of  mineral  oil 
in  North  America  and  elsewhere,  and  on  the  present  condition  of  the 
oil-  and  gas-springs  and  the  associated  sulphur-  and  brine-springs 
in  the  United  States,  the  author  stated  that  50,000  gallons  of  mineral 
oil  are  daily  raised  for  home  use  and  for  exportation.  The  oil-region 
comprises  parts  of  Lower  and  Upper  Canada,  Ohio,  Pennsylvania, 
Kentucky,  Virginia,  Tennessee,  Arkansas,  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and 
California.  It  reaches  from  the  65th  to  the  128th  degree  of  longi- 
tude west  of  Greenwich ;  and  there  are  outlying  tracts  besides. 

The  oil  is  said  to  be  derived  from  Silurian,  Devonian,  and  Car- 
boniferous rocks.  In  some  cases  the  oil  may  have  originated  during 
the  slow  and  gradual  passage  of  wood  into  coal,  and  in  its  final  trans- 
formation into  anthracite  and  graphite, — the  hydrogen  and  some 
carbon  and  oxygen  being  disengaged,  probably  forming  hydrocarbons 
including  the  oils.  In  other  cases,  animal  matter  may  liave  been 
the  source  of  the  hydrocarbons. 

Other  native  asphalts  and  petroleums  were  referred  to  by  the 
author,  who  concluded  by  observing  that  these  products  were  most 
probably  being  continually  product  by  slow  chemical  changes  in 
foesiliforous  rocks. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  OAWSOK — ^REPTILES  TS  THE  COAL.  5 

3.  Notice  of  the  Discoyb&t  0/ ADBrrioNAL  Remains  of  Land  Animals 
in  ike  Coal-Measubbs  of  the  South  Joggins,  Nova  Scotia.  By 
J.  W.  Dawson,  LL.D.,  F.G.S.,  Prindpal  of  McGill  College. 
In  the  long  range  of  rapidly  wasting  clifib  at  the  South  Joggins, 
every  successive  year  exposes  new  examples  of  erect  trees  and  other 
fossils ;  and,  as  the  removal  of  the  fallen  dehris  is  equally  rapid 
with  the  wasting  of  the  cliff,  it  is  only  hy  repeated  visits  that  the 
geologist  can  thoroughly  appreciate  the  ridmess  of  this  remarkable 
section,  while  every  renewed  exploration  is  certain  to  be  rewarded 
by  new  &cts  and  specimens.  The  present  notice  is  intended  to 
record  the  gleanings  obtained  in  my  last  visit,  in  connexion  with  the 
presentation  to  the  Society  of  a  suite  of  specimens  of  the  fossil 
Reptiles  and  other  land-animals  of  the  locality,  which  I  desire  to  de- 
posit in  the  Museum  of  the  Society,  that  tiiey  may  be  more  fiilly 
studied  by  comparative  anatomists,  and  may  remain  as  types  of  the 
species,  accessible  to  British  geologists. 

In  the  bed  which  has  hitherto  alone  afforded  reptilian  remains  in 
its  erect  trees,  two  additional  examples  of  these  were  exposed.  One 
was  on  the  b^ich,  and  in  part  removed  by  the  sea.  The  other  was 
in  the  cliff,  but  so  far  disengaged  that  a  miner  succeeded  in  bringing 
it  down  for  me.  In  the  first  comparatively  little  was  found.  It 
afforded  only  a  few  sheUs  of  Pupa  vetugta,  and  scattered  bones  of  a 
full-grown  individual  of  Dendrerpeton  Acadianum, 

The  second  tree  was  more  richly  stored ;  and,  being  in  evhn,,  was 
very  instructive  as  to  the  mode  of  occurrence  of  the  remains.  Like 
all  the  other  trees  in  which  reptilian  bones  have  been  found,  it  sprang 
immediately  from  the  surface  of  the  six-inch  coal  in  Group  XY.  (^ 
my  section*,  which  is  also  Coal  No.  16  of  Sir  W.  E.  Logan's  section  f. 
Its  diameter  at  the  base  was  2  feet,  and  its  height  6  feet,  above  which, 
however,  an  appearance  of  additional  height  was  given  by  the  usual 
funnel-shaped  sinking  of  the  overlying  beds  toward  the  cavity  of  the 
trunk.  The  bark  is  well  preserved  in  the  state  of  bituminous  coal, 
and  presents  externally  a  longitudinally  wrinkled  surface  without 
ribs  or  leaf-scars ;  but  within,  on  the  ''  ligneous  "  surface,  or  that 
of  the  inner  bark,  there  are  broad  flat  ribs  and  transversely  elongated 
scars.  The  appearances  are  precisely  those  which  might  be  expected 
on  an  old  trunk  of  my  Sigillaria  Brawnii,  to  which  species  this  tree 
may  have  very  well  belongedit- 

The  contents  of  the  trunk  correspond  with  those  of  others  pre- 
viously found.  At  the  bottom  is  the  usual  layer  of  mineral  charcoal, 
consisting  of  the  fallen  wood  and  bark  of  the  tree  itself.  Above 
this,  about  2  feet  of  its  height  are  filled  with  a  confused  mass  of 
vegetable  fragments,  consisting  of  Cordaites,  Lepidodendron,  DIo- 
dmdron,  Lepidostrohus,  Calamites,  Trigonocarpum,  stipes  and  fronds 
of  Ferns,  and  mineral  charcoal ;  the  whole  imbedded  in  a  sandy  paste 
blackened  by  coaly  matter.  In  and  at  the  top  of  this  mass  occur 
the  animal  remains.     The  remainder  of  the  trunk  is  occupied  with 

*  Quart.  Joom.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  ix.  p.  68,  and  vol.  x.  p.  20. 
t  Bqwrto  of  Geol.  Survey  of  Canada,  1845. 

♦  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  No.  68.  p.  523. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


6  PBOCEEDIKeS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CTETT.  [NoV.  6, 

grey  and  buff  sandstone,  containing  a  few  fragments  of  plants,  but 
no  remains  of  animals. 

Portions  of  six  reptilian  skeletons  were  obtained  from  this  trunk. 
The  most  important  of  these  is  a  large  and  nearly  complete  skeleton 
of  Dendrerpeton  Acadianum — by  far  the  most  perfect  example,  as  I 
suppose,  of  any  carboniferous  reptile  hitherto  found.  I  shall  not 
attempt  to  describe  this  specimen,  and  the  new  points  of  structure 
which  it  illustrates ;  but  I  send  the  specimen  itself,  in  the  hope  that  its 
details  may  be  examined  and  described  by  the  eminent  naturalist  by 
whom  the  species  was  originally  named  and  characterized.  Another 
specimen  found  in  this  trunk  is  a  jaw  of  an  animal  about  the  size  of 
Dendrerpeton  Acadianum,  but  with  fewer  and  larger  teeth.  I  send 
this  specimen,  which  may  possibly  indicate  a  new  species.  The  re- 
maining skeletons  were  imperfect,  and  belonged  to  a  smaU  individual 
of  Dendrerpeton  Acadianum,  two  of  Hylommus  Lyelli,  and  one  of 
ffylonomus  Wymani,  The  dislocated  condition  of  these  and  other 
skeletons  is  probably  due  to  the  circumstance  that,  when  they  were 
introduced,  the  matter  filling  the  trunk  was  a  loose  mass  of  fragments, 
into  the  crevices  of  which  the  bones  dropped,  on  decay  of  the  soft; 
parts.  Most  of  the  skeletons  lie  at  the  sides  of  the  trunk,  as  if  the 
animals  had  before  death  crept  close  to  the  walls  of  their  prison.  At 
the  time  when  the  reptiles  were  introduced,  the  hollow  trunk  must 
have  been  a  pit  4  feet  in  depth. 

A  number  of  specimens  of  Pupa  vetusta  and  Xylohius  SigiUarias 
were  found,  but  nothing  throwing  further  light  on  these  species. 

I  found  in  this  trunk,  for  the  fibret  time,  indications  of  the  presence 
of  Insects,  The  remains  observed  were  disjointed  and  crushed  frag- 
ments, and  as  they  did  not  include  wings  or  elytra,  I  cannot  give 
any  decided  opinion  as  to  the  orders  to  which  they  may  have  belonged. 
The  most  probable  conjecture  would  be  that  they  were  Neuroptera  or 
Orihoptei^a  of  large  size.  The  most  interesting  fragment  obtained  is 
a  compoimd  eye,  imbedded  in  coprolitic  matter,  along  with  obscure 
portions  of  limbs  and  abdominal  segments.  Its  facets  are  perfectly 
preserved,  and  are  lined  with  a  brownish  bituminous  matter,  simu- 
lating the  original  pigment.  These  remains  are  at  least  sufficient 
to  prove  that  in  Nova  Scotia,  as  in  Europe,  Insects  inhabited  the 
coal-forests,  and  that  they  furnished  a  portion  of  the  food  of  Den- 
drerpeton or  its  allies.  I  may  mention  here  that  in  other  coprolites 
quantities  of  segments  of  Xylobius  occur,  and  that  there  are  some 
little  groups  of  bones  of  very  small  reptiles,  which  are  probably  co- 
prolitic. 

The  beds  on  a  level  with  the  top  of  this  erect  tree*are  arenaceous 
sandstones,  with  numerous  erect  Catamites,  I  searched  the  surfaces 
of  these  beds  in  vain  for  bones  or  footprints  of  the  Reptiles  which 
must  have  traversed  them,  and  which,  but  for  the  hollow  erect  trees, 
would  apparently  have  left  no  trace  of  their  existence.  On  a  surface 
of  similar  character,  60  feet  higher,  and  separated  by  three  coals 
with  their  accompaniments,  and  a  very  thick  compact  sandstone,  I 
observed  a  series  of  footprints  which  may  be  those  of  Dendrerpeton  or 
ffylonomus.    The  impressions  are  too  obscure  to  show  the  toes  di- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Id61.]  DAWBON — ^bsphlbs  in  thb  coil.  7 

Btinctly.  They  are  half  an  inch  in  length,  with  a  stride  of  about  2 
inches.  On  neighbouring  layers  were  pits  resembling  rain-marks, 
and  trails  or  impressions  of  a  kind  which  I  have  not  before  observed. 
They  consist  of  rows  of  transverse  depressions,  about  an  inch  in 
length  and  |  of  an  inch  in  breadth.  Each  trail  consists  of  two  of 
these  rows  running  parallel  to  each  other,  and  about  6  inches  apart. 
Their  direction  curves  abruptly,  and  they  sometimes  cross  each  other. 
From  their  position  they  were  probably  produced  by  a  land  or 
freshwater  animal — ^possibly  a  large  Crustacean  or  gigantic  Annelide 
or  Myiiapod.  In  sice  and'general  appearance  they  slightly  resemble 
the  curious  ClimaeHchniUs  of  Sir  W.  £.  Logan,  from  the  Potsdam 
Sandstone  of  Canada. 

I  have  long  looked  in  vain  for  remains  of  land-animals  in  any  other 
situation  than  the  erect  trees  of  the  bed  above  referred  to ;  but  on 
my  last  visit  I  was  much  gratified  by  finding  sheik  of  Pupa  vetusta 
in  a  bed  1217  feet  below  the  former,  in  the  upper  part  of  No.  8  of 
my  section,  or  about  15  feet  below  Coal  No.  37  of  Logan's  section. 
The  bed  in  question  is  a  grey  and  greyish-blue  under-clay,  full  of 
Stigmarian  rootlets,  though  without  any  coal  or  erect  trees  at  its 
sui^ace.  It  is  7  feet  thi{£,  with  sandstone  above  and  below.  The 
shells  occur  very  abundantly  in  a  thickness  of  about  two  inches. 
They  have  been  imbedded  entire ;  but  most  of  them  have  been  crushed 
and  flattened  by  pressure.  They  occur  in  all  stages  of  growth ;  but 
the  most  careftd  examination  did  not  enable  me  to  detect  any  new 
species,  "^ith  them  were  a  few  fragments  of  bone,  probably  repti- 
lian. This  discovery  establishes  the  existence  of  Pupa  vetusta  in  this 
locality  during  the  deposition  of  twenty-one  coal-seams,  and  the 
growth  and  burial  of  at  least  twenty  forests ;  and  from  the  occur- 
rence of  numerous  specimens  at  both  extremes  of  this  range,  without 
any  other  species,  it  would  seem  as  if,  for  this  locality  at  least,  this 
was  the  only  representative  of  the  shell-bearing  Pulmonates. 

I  append  a  list  of  the  specimens  forwarded  to  the  Museum  of  the 
Society,  and  which,  with  those  formerly  sent,  constitute  a  complete 
collection  of  the  air-breathing  animals  hitherto  recognized  in  the 
Coal-measures  of  Nova  Scotia. 

List  of  speeimens  of  Reptiles,  Sfc^from  the  Coal-formation  of  Nova 
Scotia,  accompanying  this  paper, 

1.  Hylonomus  LyeUu   A  nearly  complete  skeleton,  and  the  maxillary 

bone  and  teeth  of  another  specimen. 

2.  ff,  adedentatus.    Maxillary  bone,  vertebrae,  ribs,  scales,  and  foot. 

3.  H,  Wymani,    Lower  jaw,  vertebras  and  other  bones,  and  scales. 

4.  Jaw  of  a  Reptile,  supposed  to  be  new. 

5.  Skin  and  dermal  plates  of  Hylonomus. 

6.  Dendrerpetan  Aeadianum,  Owen.     A  nearly  complete  skeleton. 

7.  Pupa  vetusta^.    From  a  bed  1217  feet  below  that  in  which  the 

species  was  originally  recognized. 

*  I  obwrre  that  ProfeMor  Owen  proposes  the  name  *'  Jkndropupa  "  (*  Palieon- 
iologj,'  1860»  p.  79)  ;  but  I  hsTe  retained  Pupa  for  the  present,  not  being  satisfied 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


8  PEocBSDnras  of  the  gbolooical  societt.        [Not.  20, 

4,  On  a  VoLCAKic  Fhsvomenok  witnuud  in  Manilla.. 
By  Jomr  G.  Veitch,  Esq. 
[Extract  of  a  Lotter*  to  Dr.  J.  D.  Hooker,  F.R&,  F.OJS.] 
Ok  the  Ist  ult.  a  portion  of  the  Biver  Pasig,  on  the  banks  of  which 
the  city  of  Manilla  is  situated,  presented  an  extraordinary  appearance, 
which  continued  with  but  slight  interruption  from  6  to  10  a.x.    The 
oldest  inhabitant  never  remembers  having  seen  or  heard  of  a  similar 
phenomenon. 

The  river,  for  the  epaoe  of  a  quarter  of -a  mile  from  east  to  west, 
and  having  at  this  point  a  depth  of  15  to  18  feet,  appeared  in  a  state 
of  violent  fermentation,  as  if  some  commotion  were  taking  place  in 
parte  invisible  to  the  eye. 

Quantities  of  air-bubbles  rose  to  the  surface,  until  the  river  became 
eovered  with  foam,  and  presented  the  appearance  of  simmering  water. 
The  temperature  of  the  water  where  this  appeared  was  100^  to  105^ 
Fahr.,  that  of  the  remainder  of  the  river  bcnng  80°.    • 

The  most  remarkable  circumstance  was  the  effect  produced  on  the 
bed  of  the  river.  Mounds  of  mud  were  raised  several  feet  above  the 
surface  of  the  water,  and  appeared  as  if  a  hnge  bank  of  mud  had 
been  permanently  thrown  up  in  the  midst  of  the  river. 

The  temperature  of  the  soil  thrown  up  was  60°  to  d5°  only ;  but 
it  smelt  so  offensively  as  to  taint  the  atmosphere  for  a  considerable 
distance  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood. 

After  having  been  thus  disturbed  for  the  space  of  four  hours,  the 
bed  subsided,  and  the  river  again  resumed  its  ordinary  appearance. 

I  trust  this  imperfect  description  may  enable  you  to  judge  as  to 
the  cause  of  so  curious  a  commotion.  Here  it  is  generally  looked 
upon  as  being  of  volcanic  origin. 


NOVEXBBR  20, 1861. 

Charles  Sanderson,  Esq.,  O.E.,  Engineer-in-Chief  of  the  Bombay 
and  Baroda  Bailway,  Surat,  Bombay ;  B.alph  Tate,  Esq.,  Teacher  of 
Natural  Science,  Philosophical  Institution,  Belfast ;  James  Ray  Eddy, 
Esq.,  C.E.,  Oarleton  Grange,  Skipton  ;  Henry  Worms,  Esq.,  of  the 
Inner  Temple,  272  Park  Crescent,  Portland  Place ;  and  Haddock 

that  there  is  anj^  eood  generic  distinction ;  thooffh  I  admit  that  the  form  of  the 
aperture  soggests  we  poesibilitj  of  afflnify  to  Bmimus  as  well  as  to  Pujkl 

Mr.  J.  G-.  Jeffreys,  F.G.S.»  who  oonriders  the  shell  to  he  a  true  Pupa,  has  kindly 
directed  my  attention  to  traces  of  ridges  oheerrable  on  the  columella  of  one  spe- 
cimen,  and  which  he  regarded  as  eorrespon^Ung  with  the  aorew-like  plates  in  the 
.young  of  PujMi  umbilieata  and  P,  Hnffena,  This  appearaine  I  have  obeerred  in 
specimens  now  in  my  poeaession ;  and  at  one  time  I  supposed  that  I  had  made 
out  a  distinct  tooth ;  but,  not  findinff  this  in  other  and  less  Compressed  indiri- 
duals,  I  concluded  that  it  was  an  effect  of  pressure;  in  which,  howersr,  I  may 
have  been  mistaken,  as  Mr.  Jeffireys  states  that  these  processes  hare  no  connection 
with  the  teeth  in  adult  specimens,  and  that  eren  the  toothless  rariety  of  P.  umbiU' 
cafa  is  furnished  with  tliem. 

*  Dated  «*  Manilla,  June  1861." 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  KBT — BOVBT  DBP06IT.  9 

Dennys,  Esq.,  3  Percy  Terrace,  Lower  Eoad,  laliHgton,  were  elected 
FeUowB. 

The  following  communicatioiis  were  read : — 

1.  0»  t^  BoTET  Deposit.     By  J.  H.  Eet,  Esq. 

(Commonioated  by  Sir  0.  Lyell,  F.Gh.S.) 

[Abridged.] 

IntrodvcHon. — ^Singularly  enough,  as  geologists  approach  our  own 
era  the  difficulty  of  determining  the  relative  age  of  a  particular  stra- 
tum generally  increases;  and  it  is  in  the  more  modem  tertiaries,  or 
deposits  succeeding  to  these,  that  the  greatest  amount  of  difficulty 
occurs.  Among  the  strata  not  yet  referred  to  any  certain  epoch, 
but  hroadly  designated  "  tertiary/'  are  the  day-,  sand-  and  li^te- 
beds,  known  to  geologists  as  the  '*  Boyey  deposit^."  Haying  been 
for  the  last  ten  years  engaged  in  working  and  boring  the  yarious 
beds  of  clay,  I  may  have  become  possessed  of  facts  not  generally 
known  to  geologists,  bearing  on  the  origin  and  nature  of  the  deposit, 
and  which  may  assist  in  some  degree  to  fix  its  relatiye  age. 

The  phydcal  features  of  the  bakn, — ^The  Boyey  basin  is  a  depres* 
sion  breath  the  leyel  of  the  surrounding  country ;  its  length,  from 
Boyey-Tracey  to  about  two  miles  south  of  Kingskerswell,  is  about 
10  nules ;  its  breadth  at  the  upper  end  about  2^  miles,  becoming 
much  narrower  towards  its  southern  extremity.  Two  riyers,  the 
Teign  and  the  Boyey,  both  having  their  sources  in  the  granite  of 
Dartmoor,  run  into  this  basin,  meet  above  Stover,  and  £bJ1  into  the 
sea  at  Teignmouth.  The  Teign,  the  larger  and  more  circuitous,  for 
about  13  or  14  miles  before  entering  the  Bovey  basin,  flows  through 
the  slate ;  and  the  Bovey  Biver,  rising  near  the  centre  of  the  moor, 
crosses  for  a  short  distance  the  slate,  and  runs  into  the  basin  at  its 
upper  end.  All  the  drainage  of  the  basin  flows  to  the  estuary  of 
the  Teign  through  an  opening  between  Buckland  Point  and  Hackney, 
about  half  a  mile  wide. 

The  deposit,  surrounded  by  hills  fQrming  the  margin  of  the  basin, 
presents  to  the  eye  for  the  most  part  a  level  plain ;  a  large  portion 
immediately  above  the  point  where  the  Teign  meets  the  tide  being 
of  a  very  low  flat  character,  subject  to  floodings  at  high  spring-tides 
and  heavy  rains ;  from  this  point  it  rises  gradually,  on  the  one  hand, 

*  The  clays  and  ligmtes  of  Bore^-Traocr^  haye  been  more  or  leas  fully  described 
by  Dr.  Jeremiah  MUles  in  the  '  Pmlosophical  Transactions '  for  1753 ;  by  James 
Parkinson  and  Robert  Seammell  ('Organic  Bemains,'  p.  123,  Ac,)  in  1811 ; 
C.  Hatchett^  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  toL  it.  p.  138,  &o. ;  and  Phil.  Trans.  1804,  p.  390, 
&C.;  J.  Macculloch,  Gfeol.  Trans.  1814,  toI.  ii.  p.  18;  Mr.  Einnton,  *Mine- 
ralcwy  of  Teienmouth';  Conybeare  and  Phillips,  'Outlines  of  we  Geology  of 
England  and  Wales,'  p.  328,  and  p.  346. 

A  rSaumi  of  the  facts  and  opimons  offered  by  the  aboTe-mentioned  writers  was 
given  by  Mr.  £.  W.  Bradley  m  Moore's  '  History  of  DeTonshire,'  1829,  vol.  i 
p.  380,  dec.  Further  notices  hare  been  made  by  Mr.  Gk>dwin- Austen  in  1834  and 
subseguentlT  (Geol.  Proceed,  vol.  ii.  p.  108,  and  Geol.  Trans.  2nd  ser.  vol.  xi. 
p.  439,  &c);  by  Sir  H.  De  la  Beohe  in  1839  (Geol.  Beport  Devon  and  Corn- 
wall, p.  246,  &c.) ;  by  Dr.  Hooker  in  1855  (Quart.  Joum.Geol.  Soc.  vol.  zl  p.  566)  r 
and  by  Dr.  Croker  in  1856  (Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  zii.  p.  354).— Edit. 
Q.J.a.S. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


10  PBOCEEBINOS  OF  THE  eSOLOOICAL  80CIETT.  [NoV.  20, 

towards  Kingskerswell  and  Torquay,  and  on  the  other,  towards  the 
Bovey  and  !^iighton  Heaths,  where  the  deposit  attains  its  greatest 
eleyation,  151  feet  above  the  mean  level  of  the  sea ;  farther  north  it 
sinks  again  abmptly,  before  reaching  the  slate-hiUs  of  Bovey- 
Tracey,  into  the  valley  occupied  by  the  Bovey  Pottery.  The  excep- 
tions to  the  generally  flat  appearance  of  the  lower  portion  of  the 
deposit  occur  where  the  hiUs  forming  the  border-line  of  the  basin 
are  composed  of  loose  material,  when  it  would  appear  as  if  portions 
had  been  washed  into  the  depression  oyer  the  deposit,  breaking  the 
general  level ;  this  is  observ^  at  Stover,  at  Sandy  Gate,  and  below 
Baker's  Hill. 

For  more  than  a  hundred  years  the  Bovey  basin  has  been  worked 
for  pipe  and  potter's  clay,  sending  off  annually  large  quantities  from 
its  shipping  port,  Teignmouth,  to  all  the  principid  sea-ports  of  the 
United  Kingdom.  In  the  northern  part  of  the  basin,  near  Bovey- 
Tracey,  an  extensive  pottery  has  been  established,  excavating  the 
greater  part  of  its  ftiel  for  many  years  from  the  adjoining  beds  of 
brown-coal  or  lignite ;  although  at  present,  I  believe,  from  exhaus- 
tion of  the  beds  near  the  surface,  sea-borne  coal  is  used  to  a  consider- 
able extent. 

In  penetrating  beneath  the  soil  of  this  deposit  in  any  part,  the 
borer  meets  with  nothing  harder  than  gravel  or  beds  of  lignite,  with 
the  exception  of  an  occasional  boulder  near  the  surface ;  the  whole 
basin  being  filled  up  with  loose  material,  consisting  of  various  kinds 
of  clay,  silt,  sand,  lignite,  and  gravel,  deposited  in  beds,  with  con- 
siderable regularity.  At  one  place  it  has  been  bored  to  a  depth  of 
200  feet,  and  in  many  places  130  to  150  feet,  without  meeting  rock. 

The  strata  of  the  Bovey  Basin. — Commencing  on  Knighton  Heath, 
and  running  down  the  eastern  side  of  the  basin,  are  three  principal 
parallel  beds  of  clay  (used  in  commerce),  resting  on,  separated,  and 
covered  by  other  parallel  beds  of  muddy  clay,  silt,  sand,  and  gravel, 
all  having  a  western  inclination  or  dip^.  South  of  the  Newton 
Bailway  Station  the  beds  of  fine  clay  thin  out  to  a  mere  trace,  but 
occur  again  at  the  Decoy,  as  a  well-defined  and  regular  deposit ;  but 
here  the  dip  is  changed  from  the  west  to  the  east,  the  pipe-clay  now 
being  found  to  the  west,  and  the  potter's  clay,  accompanied  by  seams 
of  lignite,  to  the  east.  Further  south,  the  beds  of  fine  day  thin  out 
again,  still  keeping  their  eastern  inclination ;  become  again  well 
defined  at  Aller,  especially  as  regards  the  potter's  clay  and  lignite 
(the  pipe-clay  having  here  lost  its  distinctive  qualities,  being  mixed 
up  with  sand  and  stained  with  ochreous  matters) ;  and  onwards  in 
the  valley  leading  to  Torquay  traces  of  the  clay  may  be  found  as  far 
as  the  Atmospheric  Engine-house,  above  the  Torr  Bailway  Station. 

As  r^ards  the  strike  of  the  strata  on  the  western  side  of  the 
deposit  (its  central  and  upper  portion),  not  so  much  is  known ;  no 

*  On  tho  plan  of  the  Bovey  basin  presented  to  the  Society  (not  published)  the 
bed  to  the  east,  marked  red,  is  the  pipe-claj  (called  locally  the  "  white  body  "), 
the  two  western  beds,  marked  green,  potter^s  clay  (or  the  "  black  bod^  "^,  and 
the  parallel  beds  of  coarse  olay,  sand,  &o.,  marked  brown.  A  bed  of  lignite,  in 
some  places  well  defined,  but  m  others  forming  merely  a  trace,  accompanies  the 
middle  bed  of  potter's  day — the  lignite  marked  black  m  the  plan. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  KBY — BOTET  DEPOSIT.  11 

regular  workings  have  been  carried  on  there,  as  on  the  eastern  side, 
the  day  found  by  boring  being,  for  the  most  part,  unsuitable  for 
commerce;  it  is  highly  stained  with  red  matter,  and  gravelly. 
The  little  that  is  known  tends  to  prove  that  the  strike  of  the  beds  of 
clay,  sand,  and  gravel,  on  the  western  side,  corresponds  in  direction 
to  an  extended  outline  of  the  hills  on  that  side,  the  dip  of  the  beds 
being  the  same  as  at  the  Decoy,  to  the  east. 

The  north-western  part  of  the  basin  is  better  known :  here  occur 
large  deposits  of  "  Bovey-coal "  or  lignite, — an  accumulation  of 
tangled  masses  of  vegetation,  deposited  in  regular  beds,  of  various 
thickness,  separated  by  rough  clays  and  sand.  At  the  Bovey  Pottery, 
where  they  have  been  worked  extensively,  the  beds  dip  to  tihe  south- 
east, and  the  strike  of  the  strata  runs  about  south-west.  The  dip 
of  the  beds  is  about  11  inches  in  a  fathom  ;  and  their  vertical  thick- 
ness is  about  100  feet.  The  lower  beds  are  those  worked  for  fuel ; 
the  upper  beds  being  very  loose  and  irregular,  and  mixed  with  coarse 
clay  and  quartzose  gravel.  The  whole  is  covered  by  a  deep  "  head  " 
of  gravel,  such  as  would  be  washed  from  disintegrated  granite. 

Fig.  1. — Section  of  the  Lignite-heds  at  the  Bovey  Pottery,     (Taken  by 
Dr.  Croker  in  1841.)     Scale  ^th  inch  to  a  fathom. 


a.  "  Head  "  of  rough  mvel. 

h.  Imperfect  beds  of  Lignite,  separated  bj  thin  seams  of  rough  clay  and 
sand. 

c.  Yellowish  sand,  9  feet  thick,  with  bluish  clay,  sand,  and  pebbles  at  the 

bottom. 

d.  Ten  beds  of  lignite,  separated  bj  thin  seams  of  clay,  mixed  with  vege- 

table matter. 
The  beds  dip  to  the  South-east,  with  an  inclination  of  1  foot  in  11. 

The  order  of  deposition  observed  in  this  section  corresponds 
with  what  would  be  expected  to  result  were  a  river,  bringing 
various  kinds  of  sediment,  to  discharge  itself  into  a  deep  lake.  (See 
further  on,  page  17.)  In  the  regularity  of  the  ten  lower  beds  of 
lignite,  separated  by  thin  seams  of  fine  clay  and  vegetable  matter, 
are  discerned  the  characteristics  of  deposits  gradually  formed,  in  deep 
and  comparatively  still  water,  as  the  lake  became  filled  up  with 
sediment,  and  the  water  became  shallower,  and  the  current  there- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


12  PB0CESBIN6S  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCISTT.  [NoV.  20, 

fore  more  rapid ;  the  beds  of  lignite  becoming  more  and  more  irre- 
gular, and  separated  by  coarser  and  coarser  materials.  At  length, 
as  the  sediment  approached  the  surface,  the  lignite  ceased  to  be  de- 
posited ;  the  speofic  gravity  of  the  trees  not  being  sufficient  to  with- 
stand the  current ;  and  very  rough  granitic  gravel  was  alone  allowed 
to  become  fixed. 

Fig.  2  is  a  section  across  the  beds  of  pipe-  and  potter's  clay,  on 
the  eastern  side  of  the  basin,  near  New  Gross.  It  is  constructed  on 
data  obtained  from  the  inspection  of  deep  and  shallow  pits  from 
Knighton  to  Newton-marsh,  from  reports  of  the  workmen,  from 
borings,  and  frt)m  the  superintendence  of  the  Newton-marsh  Clay- 
works.  This  section  will  nearly  represent  the  stratification  of  the 
continuous  day-deposit  from  near  Knighton,  on  the  north,  to  the 
Newton  Bailway  Station ;  with  this  difference,  that  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  deposit  the  seams  of  fine  clay  are  thin,  somewhat 
irregular,  and  to  some  degree  mixed  with  quartz-gravel.  The  dip 
is  also  greater  than  in  the  section ;  and  in  several  places  the  clay- 
beds  show  the  action,  apparently,  of  running  water,  portions  of  the 
fine  material  having  been  evidently  washed  away,  so  that  the  fine 
clay  runs  down  to  a  considerable  depth  almost  perpendicularly. 

From  Knighton  southwards  the  beds  of  fine  day  increase  in  thick- 
ness, purity,  and  regularity  to  below  New  Cross,  where  they  begin 
to  diminish  in  thickness,  until  lost  south  of  the  Newton  Bailway 
Station.  In  two  or  three  places  narrow  bands  of  coarser  clay, 
generally  stained,  run  across  the  finer  clay ;  and  in  several  places 
the  pipe-day  forms  two  beds. 

Fig.  3  represents  a  section  of  the  beds  of  day,  &c.,  at  the  Decoy*, 
and  has  been  constructed  from  numerous  observations  made  at  the 
spot  and  in  its  vicinity  during  ten  years.  All  the  seams  of  clay  shown 
in  the  section  have  been  worked  for  considerable  distances  longitudi- 
nally, from  60  to  100  feet  transversely,  and  to  depths  of  from  30  to  90 
feet.  The  inclination  of  the  strata  here  is  much  greater  generally 
than,  and  in  the  opposite  direction  to,  that  in  the  section  ^,  2.  It 
will  be  observed,  however,  that  the  superposition  of  the  beds  is 
almost  identical  with  that  in  the  last-mentioned  section,  taken 
in  the  upper  part  of  the  basin :  the  pipe-day,  it  is  true,  is  divided 
into  three  distinct  beds,  against  two  in  section  fig.  2 ;  but  the  order 
of  deposition  is  the  same,  and  the  description  of  one  would  suit  the 
other.  Taking  the  beds  in  order  upwards,  we  shall  have  rough 
clays,  pipe-clay,  stiff  clay,  dark  fine  day,  rough  muddy  clays,  pot- 
ter's clay,  and  lignite.  In  section  fig.  2,  ti^ere  are  two  beds  of 
potter's  day  shown ;  at  the  Decoy  also  there  is  to  the  east  a  small 
second  seam  of  fine  day  resting  on  the  one  shown  in  fig.  3. 

Several  seams  of  lignite,  almost  perpendicular  in  dip  for  the  first 
15  or  18  feet  from  the  surface,  and  separated  by  thin  divisions  of 
dark  day  and  vegetable  matter,  lie  immediately  below  the  bed  of 
potter's  clay  in  fig.  3. 

The  pipe-day  at  the  Decoy  has  been  worked  about  90  feet  deep, 

*  This  is  tlie  "  deep  watercourse  below  Woolborough,"  in  Mr.  Oodwin-Austcn's 
Memoir,  Geol.  Trans.  2nd  eer.  vol.  ri.  p.  451. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.] 


KET — BOVBT  DEPOSIT. 


13 


i 
I 

a 
3 

.a 

% 
•I 


1 . 


I 

I 
s 


i 

I 

gS 

s 

•g 


"seuag  iCtqa-edij 


■sauag  ^«p-adij 


•9 

i 
I 


C 


t 


"8 


I 


I 


k  ^ 


♦llllillls 

Q  ^  (H  CO  "oi*  >d<di>^oi? 

'89U9S 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


14  PROCEEDINOS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [NoV.  20, 

and  bored  to  about  120  feet ;  but  the  clay-seams  gradually  thin  out, 
in  depth,  as  shown  in  fig.  3.  The  pipe- clay  and  stiff  clay  in  some 
places  run  down  almost  perpendicukurly,  as  shown  in  bed  3  in  fig.  3, 
representing  the  appearance  of  haying  been  partially  washed  away 
by  a  stronger  current  than  at  first  deposited  the  bed  ;  and,  wherever 
this  occurs,  the  deposit  lying  on  the  bed  so  partially  washed  away 
is  of  very  much  rougher  texture — generally  fine  or  coarse  sand  or 
gravel. 

Here  and  there  a  smooth  water-worn  stone,  generally  of  quartz, 
but  sometimes  slate,  is  found  imbedded  in  the  clay.  Nodules  of 
iron-pyrites,  of  all  sizes,  from  that  of  small  shot  to  that  of  an  egg, 
are  in  some  places  abundant.  Detached  pieces  of  lignite,  too,  are 
very  common — sometimes  with  the  surface  changed  into  mundic. 

The  clay  and  accompanying  beds  at  the  Decoy  rest  against  the 
Greensand  hills  surrounding  this  portion  of  the  basin ;  and  the  strike 
of  the  beds  forms  a  segment  of  a  circle,  somewhat  conformable  in 
direction  to  the  shape  of  the  hills. 

Fig.  4. — Section  of  Clays  and  Lignites  at  Alter,     Scale  ^th  inch  to 

a  fathom. 


1.  "  Head"  of  gravel.  8.  Three  seama  of  lignite,  separated  by  fine  clay. 

2.  Sand.  9.  Fine  day. 

3.  Muddy  clay.  10.  Bough  clay. 

4.  lignite.  11.  Fine  day. 

5.  Clay.  12.  Bough  clay  with  gravel. 

6.  Lig^te.  13.  Bough  sand  and  muddy  day. 

7.  Clay.  The  beds  dip  to  the  East. 

Fig.  4  shows  a  section*  of  the  potter's  clay  and  lignite-beds  at 
AUer.  Hero  the  lignite,  separated  by  beds  of  clay,  is  more  developed 
than  at  the  Decoy.  No  fine  pipe-clay  has  been  found  at  Aller ;  but 
underlying  the  beds  shown  in  the  section,  and  occupying  the  posi- 
tion of  the  pipe- clay,  are  rough  clays,  highly  stained  with  ochre,  all 
having  an  eastern  dip. 

It  will  be  observed  in  all  the  sections  here  given  that  the  dip  of 
the  beds  increases  from  the  sides  towards  the  centre  of  the  basin ; 
and  this  I  believe  to  be  generally  the  case  throughout  the  deposit. 

The  clay-beds  throughout  the  deposit  show  no  sign  of  disturbance 
by  slips  or  faults ;  they  seem  perfectly  unaffected  by  any  other  power 
than  that  of  water. 

*  Constructed  firom  numerous  observationB  whilst  superintending  the  works 
during  several  years. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  KEY — ^BOVET  DEPOSIT.  16 

Such  is  the  maimer  in  -which  the  days  and  other  beds  filling  the 
basin  are  arranged ;  but,  to  complete  the  sketch,  a  description  of  the 
"  Head  "  (seen  in  the  various  sections)^  covering  the  more  regularly 
stratified  beds,  is  necessary. 

Lying  unconformably  on  the  upturned  edges  of  the  claj-beds,  and 
becoming  considerably  deeper  towards  the  centre  of  the  basin  (in 
some  places  30  to  40  ft.,  in  ethers  not  more  than  3  feet  deep),  is  an 
accimiidation  of  clay,  earthy  matter,  gravel,  rolled  stones,  and  boul- 
ders, with  but  little  stratification.  This  is  called  the  "  Head  "♦.  In 
some  places  the  gravel  and  boulders,  in  others  the  earth  and  clay, 
preponderate ;  and  in  many  places  the  '<  Head  "  partakes  of  the  cha- 
racter of  the  adjacent  hills,  particularly  if  they  be  of  loose  material. 
At  the  Decoy,  for  instance,  the  ^'  Head"  is  composed  of  flint-nodules, 
quartz,  boulders,  and  gravel,  mixed  with  clay  and  earthy  matter, 
and  containing  also  the  fossils  proper  to  the  adjoining  hills.  In  the 
upper  portion  of  the  basin,  the  ''  Head  "  is  composed  of  boulders  of 
schorl,  quartz,  and  slate^  with  sand  and  gravel. 

In  the  low  marshes  near  Newton,  the  "  Head  "  over  the  day-beds 
is  stratified  in  the  following  manner : — ^From  the  surface  to  the  depth 
of  3  to  5  feet,  loose  silt,  without  shells ;  then  from  3  inches  to  2  feet 
of  dark  silt,  containing  a  very  few  shells  of  the  oyster  and  cockle, 
and  a  great  number  of  the  shells  now  common  in  liie  estuary  below. 
Immediately  under  the  silt  containing  shells,  in  one  place,  there  is  a 
narrow  basin-shaped  stratum  of  peat,  from  3  to  18  inches  thick, 
lying  on  which  I  found  the  rib  and  jaw  of  a  Deer.  Below  the 
peat  is  coarse  clay  from  6  to  7  feet  thick,  in  which  are  boulders  of 
granite,  slate^  and  quartz;  and  then  the  true  stratified  beds  of 
day. 

The  shelly  bed  described  above  is  not  found  in  the  higher  portions 
of  the  basin,  but  only  near  where  the  Biver  Teign  runs  into  the  salt 
water;  indeed  the  shells  are  all  found  under  high -water  mark. 

Materials  andprohahle  mode  of  formation  of  ihe  Bovey  Deposit, — 
On  submitting  the  pipe-day  to  analysis  it  is  found  to  contain  aboutt 
63  per  cent,  of  silica,  27  to  29  per  cent,  of  alumina,  some  oxide  of 
iron,  and  a  trace  of  lime.  The  stiff  day  has  considerably  more  silica, 
and  in  larger  partides ;  the  potter's  clay  nearly  the  same  amount  of 
silica  and  alumina  as  the  pipe-clay,  with  a  little  carbon,  from  the 
lignite,  I  suppose,  to  which  it  also  owes  its  dark  colour. 

The  sand  and  sUty  beds  on  and  under  the  day  are  composed 
chiefly  of  minute  pieces  of  quartz,  with  some  schorl  and  date ;  and 
in  the  finer  beds  of  silt  there  are  also  numerous  shining  partides  of 
mica. 

The  greater  part  of  the  materials  composing  the  Bovey  deposit 
are,  therefore,  identical  with  the  component  parts  of  granite,  or  such 

*  Some  aooount  of  the  "Head,''  and  of  ita  local  differenoeB,  10  giren  by  Mr. 
Qodwin-Auflten  at  pp.  438  k  440  of  his  Memoir,  GeoL  Trans.  2nd  ser.  vol.  vi. — 
Edit. 

t  I  say  tbat  the  pipe-day  oontains  about  63  per  cent  of  silica,  because  all 
clays  being  meohaniauly,  and  not  chemicall^p',  combined,  samples  of  pipe-  and 
potter^s  day  are  found  to  differ  much  in  thor  relative  proportions  of  sihca  and 
alnmina. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


16  PBOCEEDTKOS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOaETT.  [NoV.  20, 

as  would  be  expected  to  be  brought  to  and  deposited  in  a  lake  *  by 
a  river  flowing  over  decomposed  granite.  A  common  variety  of 
granite  is  frequent  in  Devonshire  and  Cornwall,  containing — 

Silica 73-04 

Alumina 18-83 

Potash 8-51 

Magnesia     0-83 

lime    0-44 

Oxide  of  iron 1-73 

Fluoric  acid     0-18 

By  looking  at  the. above-mentioned  plan  of  the  basin,  it  will  be 
seen  that  the  day  is  continuously  deposited  in  the  valley  leading  to 
Torquay ;  therefore,  if  a  lake  once  existed,  in  order  to  deposit  the 
day,  the  current  must  have  run  in  the  direction  of  Kingskerswell 
and  Torquay,  and  did  not,  as  now,  find  an  exit  to  the  sea  by  the  way 
of  Teignmouth. 

In  corroboration  of  this  view  appears  the  striking  fact,  that,  were 
the  opening  in  the  chain  of  hills  surrounding  the  basin  between  the 
hills  in  the  rear  of  Hackney  and  Buckland  Point  (now  allowing 
the  Biver  Teign  and  other  streams  to  escape  to  the  sea  by  the  way 
of  Teignmouth)  fiUed  up,  the  water  would  accumulate  until  an  ex- 
tensive lake  would  be  formed,  having  its  outline  indicated  by  the 
dark  line  around  the  margin  of  the  basin  on  the  plan,  and  discharg- 
ing its  surplus  water  at  the  point  where  now  stands  Lawe's  Bridge, 
taking  the  road  over  the  railway  above  the  Torr  Station ;  from  ^is 
point  the  water  of  the  lake  would  flow,  with  a  rapid  current,  through 
a  well-marked  channd  still  existing  for  some  distance,  past  the  Torr 
Railway-station,  and  at  the  foot  of  the  site  of  Torr  Abbey,  to  the  sea 
in  Torbay. 

The  height  of  this  bridge  above  the  mean  levd  of  the  sea  (as 
kindly  communicated  to  me  by  Mr.  Appleton,  surveyor,  of  Torquay, 
and  taken  by  him  for  the  Torquay  Water-supply)  is  171  feet ;  but, 
on  examining  the  nature  of  the  ground  around  this  bridge,  it  is  found 
to  be  an  accumulation  of  red  brick-earth,  evidently  washed  from 
the  immediate  neighbourhood, — ^no  doubt  choking  up  the  andent 
channel  of  the  river  for  some  considerable  depth,  certainly  for  18  or 
20  feet,  as  seen  in  the  cutting  below  the  bridge.  Deducting  20  from 
171,  we  have  151  feset  for  the  height  of  the  surface  of  the  lake 
above  the  mean  level  of  the  sea.  Now  this  agrees  remarkably  well 
with  the  physical  features  of  the  basin.  I  refer  to  the  fact,  that  the 
outline  of  the  lake  at  that  height  nearly  indicates  the  outline  of  the 
Bovey  deposit,  no  marked  member  of  the  deposit  being  found  above 
that  line  t ;  and  also  that  many  of  the  hills  forming  the  margin  of 

*  That  the  area  of  Borey-Heathfield  and  Bellamanh  was  onoe  a  lake  waa 
argued  by  Mr.  Godwin- Austen  in  1834  (GeoL  Proceed.  toL  ii.  p.  103) :  the 
upper  aooumidation  ('*  Head")  alone,  however,  was  supposed  to  be  referable  to 
suob  a  condition ;  the  lower  sands  and  days,  which  are  destitute  of  chalk-flint 
detritus,  not  being  included  in  that  lacustrine  series,  but  (at  least  those  near 
Newton)  referred  to  the  Cretaceous  series  by  Mr.  Godwin-Austen,  Geol.  Trans. 
loc.  cit.  p.  461.—BD.  Q.  J.  G.  S. 

t  The  highest  part  of  the  deposit  is  151  feet  abore  tlie  mean  level  of  the  sea, 
on  Knighton  Heath. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  ZXJ — BOVET  DEPOSIT.  17 

tho  basin  present  traces  of  a  horizontal  ridge  at  from  130  to  150 
feet  above  the  sea,  particularly  tho  older  and  firmer  formations, — 
for  instance,  Backland  Point,  Knowles,  tho  hill  over  Kingskerswell 
Church,  west  of  the  road,  and  many  others,  indicating,  it  may  be 
supposed,  the  line  of  wash  near  the  surface  of  tho  lake  around  its 
maigin. 

It  is  easy  to  conceive  the  chain  of  hills  around  tho  basin  to  have 
been  unbroken  at  some  former  period,  and  the  consequent  existence 
of  a  lake,  extending  from  Bovey-Traoey  to  near  Torr,  ramifying  far 
up  into  the  lateral  valleys,  receiving  into  it  the  rivers  and  streams 
that  now  run  over  its  bed.  Either  by  the  advance  of  the  sea  from 
without,  or,  more  probably,  by  the  gradual  opening  of  a  channel 
between  the  hills  behind  Hackney  and  Buokland  Point  ftt)m  within, 
by  the  action  of  the  surface-wash  of  the  lake  (the  waves  of  which 
must  have  attained  considerable  power,  driven  by  north  or  west 
winds  on  the  point  indicated),  the  lake  grow  shallower,  until  it  ulti- 
mately disappeared. 

In  order  to  prove  beyond  doubt  that  the  surplus  water  of  the  lake 
discharged  itself  at  the  point  mentioned  (Lawe'sBridge),it  would  have 
been  desirable  to  find  some  beds  of  sand  or  gravel,  indicating  the  bed 
of  a  river  between  Lawe's  Bridge  and  the  sea ;  but  the  loose  brick- 
earth  forbids.  Corroborative  evidence,  however,  of  the  former  chan- 
nel is  found  in  the  bed  of  peat  ♦  on  the  beach,  under  Torr  Abbey ; 
showing,  no  doubt,  that  a  small  lake  had  existed  here  on  the  course 
of  the  river,  and  which,  after  tho  river  had  ceased  to  run  in  this 
direction,  became  filled  with  a  growth  of  peat.  On  the  beach,  too, 
near  the  peat,  are  spots  of  very  white  sandy  clay,  resembling  that  of 
the  Bovey  deposit,  whiter,  I  think,  than  any  which  could  be  washed 
from  the  Red  Sandstone  cliff;  and  these  may  be  small  portions  of  a 
larger  bed,  deposited  by  the  river  before  the  sea  had  penetrated  so 
far  inland. 

The  evidence  offered  by  the  strata  of  tho  Bovey  deposit  itself  is, 
perhaps,  the  most  conclusive  as  to  the  existence  of  this  lake ;  the 
more  prominent  facts  to  bo  gathered  from  the  plan  and  sections  being 
these : — 

1.  That  the  Bovey  deposit  is  composed  of  various  beds  almost 
identical  with  the  component  parts  of  granite. 

2.  That  the  strata  run,  for  the  most  part,  parallel  with  an  ex- 
tended outline  of  the  marginal  hills,  and  dip  from  the  sides  towards 
the  centre  of  tho  basin, — the  nearer  the  centre,  the  greater  being 
the  dip. 

3.  That  the  finer  material  is  deposited  towards  the  sides,  and  the 
coarser  towards  the  centre. 

4.  That  where  the  basin  contracts  in  width,  the  finer  beds  con- 
tract in  thickness,  and  sometimes  disappear ;  on  the  contrary,  where 
the  basin  widens  the  purest  and  most  regular  beds  of  day  arc  found. 

6.  That  the  northern  part  of  the  deposit  is  at  first  irregular, 
and  composed  of  coarser  substances  than  the  central  and  lower 
portions. 

*  Bones  of  Deer  have  been  found  in  tliis  peat. 

VOL.  XVni. — PABT  I. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


iS  PB0CEEDIN68  OP  THE  GEOLOeiCAL  SOCIETT.  [NOTt  20) 

6.  That  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  basin  the  beds  of  fine  material 
are  more  deyeloped  than  on  the  western  side. 

7.  And^  lastly,  that  the  varioos  beds  ran  in  the  direction  of,  and 
seem  to  point  to,  the  Biyer  Bovey  as  the  sonrce  from  whence  they 
were  derived. 

The  anthor  then  considers  the  probable  conditions  of  a  lake  of  the 
size  of  the  BoTcy  basin,  elongate,  but  contracted  in  the  middle,  fed 
by  a  rapid  river  entering  the  lake  at  its  upper  end,  and  having  its 
tnbutanes  in  hills  cloi£ed  with  forest-trees,  and  consisting  of  de- 
composing granite,  such  as  is  seen  at  present  on  the  sonth-westem 
slopes  of  Dartmoor,  and  at  the  China-clay-works  of  St.  Austell  and 
St.  Stephen's,  Cornwall,  where  the  felspar  of  the  granite  has  decom- 
posed into  a  soft  white  powder,  and  the  quartz  and  mica  form  loose 
sand  and  gravel  of  all  degrees  of  size,  for  a  depth,  in  some  places,  of 
more  than  40  fathoms. 

The  materials  brought  by  the  river  to  the  lake  would  (the  author 
states)  mainly  consist  of — ^first,  clays  of  diflferent  d^^rees  of  fineness, 
derived  from  the  decomposed  felspar ;  secondly,  earthy  matter,  from 
the  vegetable  mould ;  thirdly,  siliceous  sand  and  gravel,  of  all  de- 
grees of  size ;  fourthly,  vegetable  matter,  forest-troes  and  plants  of 
various  kinds,  fit)m  the  river,  in  time  of  flood  or  otherwise,  under- 
mining its  soft  banks  clothed  with  vegetation ;  and,  lastly,  stones 
and  boulders  of  various  kinds. 

The  particular  plan  of  deposition,  and  often  redeposition,  of  these 
matericds  is  then  described  by  the  author,  and  illustrated  by  a 
diagram-plan ;  and  he  remarl^  that  the  various  strata,  consequent 
on  the  fluctuating  quantity  of  water  discharged  by  the  river,  would 
not  be  deposited  horizontally  over  the  bottom  of  the  lake,  but  would 
incline  more  or  loss  frt)m  the  sides  towards  the  centre,  or  towards 
the  current,  the  degree  of  inclination  being  regulated  chiefly  by  the 
strength  of  the  current.  "Where  the  lake  became  very  narrow,  the 
beds  of  sediment  would  be  thin,  and  the  dip  great ;  and  where  the 
lake  was  wide,  the  dip  would  be  comparatively  small ;  the  dip  being 
probably  caused  by  less  material  being  allowed  to  permanently  fix 
itself  at  the  centre  than  at  the  sides ;  tiierefore  the  beds  would  have 
a  tendency  to  thicken  near  the  surface,  and  thin  out  below,  causing 
the  dip  to  increase  towards  the  centre  of  the  basin.  The  dip,  too, 
would  not  be  of  the  same  angle  throughout,  but  would  be  less 
towards  the  bottom ;  the  section  of  such  beds  assuming  a  slightly 
concave  form. 

Thus  the  lake  would  go  on  filling  with  sediment,  the  coarse  irre- 
gular deposit  of  the  delta  advancing  downwards,  overlying  the  more 
regular  parallel  beds  of  the  fine  material  beneath :  the  materials  of 
the  delta  would  be  very  thickly  deposited  towards  the  centre,  and 
more  thinly  where  the  beds  of  fine  material  approach  the  surface, 
and  it  would  thus  form  a  coarse  unstratified  ''  Head,"  overiying  the 
finer  stratified  deposits. 

Mr.  Key  observes  that  the  strata  of  the  Bovey  basin,  on  com- 
parisou;  will  be  found  to  comply  in  every  material  circumstance  with 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861*]  HET-^BOTET  DEP06IT.  19 

what  would  be  expected  under  the  eonditioiiB  above  giTon ;  and  that 
though  in  the  Bovey  deposit  we  do  not  find  a  uniform  arrangement 
of  strata  on  each  side  of  the  basin,  but  a  great  development  of  fine 
material  on  one  side,  attended  by  a  corresponding  regularity, — and 
a  paucity  of  day  and  much  irr^:ularity  on  the  other,  yet,  supposing 
that  the  rivers  and  streams  of  the  ancient  lake  ran  into  it  firom 
similar  situations  to  those  now  running  into  its  bed,  we  oould  not 
expect  the  same  degree  of  regularity  as  in  the  mcnre  simple  form  of 
the  supposed  lake  and  single  river. 

Before  the  lake  became  drained  by  the  bursting  through,  ot  wear- 
ing down,  of  the  channel  between  Buckland  Point  and  Hackney, 
the  "  Head  '*  on  the  day  had  probably  run  out  over  the  greater  por* 
tion  of  the  higher  part  of  the  deposit,  every  little  stream,  of  course, 
bringing  its  own  formation  from  the  hills ;  hence  the  flint,  dieft^ 
and  fossils  from  the  Greensand.  After  the  waters  had  retreated, 
the  Teign,  the  Bovey,  and  other  streams  must  have  channelled  out 
tho  loose  material  of  the  ''  Head  "  considerably ;  and  to  this  cause 
may  be  attributed  the  valley  at  the  upper  part  of  the  basin,  and 
others  carrying  dtnall  watercourses. 

The  author  proceeds  to  state  his  belief  that  the  Bovey  deposita 
were  composed  of  detritus  derived  from  the  surrounding  hills,  and 
quietly  deposited,  with  no  more  disturbance  than  the  oecasiolial 
flood :  that  if  the  relative  level  of  sea  and  land  has  been  disturbed, 
it  has  been  over  a  large  area,  leaving  the  physical  characters  of  the 
country  comparatively  unaltered ;  because  he  does  not  observe  similar 
deposits  on  the  neighbouring  hills ;  because  the  basin  appears  to 
have  been  always  limited  by  the  existing  hills ;  because  there  are 
no  slips  or  faults  in  the  deposit;  because  the  mode  of  deposition  would 
account  for  the  inclination  of  the  beds,  and  for  their  local  variations. 
8ome  of  the  beds  have  a  dip  of  46®  or  60®,  and  the  lignite  at  the  Deooy 
(flg.  3)  is  almost  perpendicular ;  but  this  is  only  for  about  16  ar  18- 
feet ;  afterwards  it  takes  an  angle  of  40®  or  60®,  The  perpendi^ 
cularity  of  these  beds  is  accounted  for  by  the  author,  bv  the  supposi- 
tion that  they  have  been  bent  outwards  by  the  slippmg  or  forcing 
out  of  the  lower  wedge-shaped  beds,  when  in  a  soft  state,  pressed 
down  by  the  weight  of  the  "  Head." 

Recurring,  says  the  author,  to  the  opinion  I  have  heard  expressed 
by  some  geologists,  that  the  Bovey  deposit  is  a  portion  of  more  widely 
spread  beds  that  once  existed  over  a  large  area,  I  can  only  say,  it  may 
be  so;  but  up  to  the  present  time  I  have  never  seen  the  least  sign  of 
the  clay  and  accompanying  beds,  either  in  the  valley  of  the  Dart,  on 
tho  one  hand,  or  that  of  the  Exe,  on  the  other.  On  the  northern  slope 
of  Dartmoor,  it  is  true,  near  the  village  of  Merton,  there  is  a  deposit 
much  resembling  that  of  the  Bovey  basin,  both  in  regard  to  ttie 
quality  of  the  clay  and  the  manner  in  which  it  lies ;  but  the  great 
similarity  in  general  features  of  the  Merton  basin  with  that  of  Bovey 
explains  the  derivation  of  the  clay-beds,  and  adds  additional  proof 
that  my  view  of  the  Bovey  beds  is  correct.  The  Merton  clays  are 
deposited  in  beds  sloping  at  angles  similar  to  those  of  Bovey ;  the 
deposit  is  entirely  surrounded  by  hills,  except  at  one  point,  wh^:e  a 

c2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


20  P&0C££I>INOS  dJ  tKA  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [NoV,  20, 

chasm  of  but  short  width  has  been  worn  away,  affording  a  passage 
to  the^  drainage  of  the  basin  into  the  Torridge.  It  is  plain  that  a 
freshwater  lake  has  existed  liere,  in  which  clays,  brought  by  streams 
from  the  northern  slopes  of  Dartmoor,  became  deposited ;  and  that, 
by  the  wearing  down  of  the  chasm,  the  lake  has  drained  itself,  and 
the  clays  have  become  exposed  in  the  same  manner  as  are  those  of 
Bovcy  basin. 

In  conclusion  Mr.  Key  observes — How  strange  it  is  that,  amid  the 
proofs  of  teeming  vegetation  scattered  throughout  the  Bovey  deposit, 
not  a  fragment  of  bone  or  shell  should  indicate  the  existence  of 
animal  life !  Besides  Coniferce  (of  which  the  mass  of  the  lignite  is 
supposed  to  be  composed),  numerous  relics  of  dicotyledonous  plants 
— Cleaves  and  seeds — have  been  collected  by  Mr.  Key,  chiefly  from 
the  clays  at  the  Decoy;  and  original  sketches  of  these  remains 
accompanied  the  paper.  Pyritous  concretions,  probably  formed 
around  some  vegetable  nuclei,  occur  abundantly,  and  are  also 
illustrated  in  Mr.  Key's  MBS.  After  some  notes  on  the  indications 
of  an  abundant  flora,  so  weU  worth  attentive  and  extended  study, 
and  the  apparent  absence  of  animal  remains,  the  author  remarks, 
that,  with  our  present  amount  of  knowledge,  we  can  only  suppose 
either  that  no  animals  existed  around  the  old  lake,  or,  what  is 
more  probable,  that  the  conditions  of  the  strata  were  inimical  to  the 
preservation  of  animal  remains. 


2.  On  the  Volcanic  Cones  of  Patern6  and  Motta  (Sta.  An  astasia), 
Etna.     By  Signer  G.  G.  Gemmellabo. 

tCommunicated  by  Sir  C.  LyeU,  F.B.S.,  F.G.S.] 

The  base  of  that  portion  of  the  ancient  basin  of  the  Simeto  which 
extends  from  Catania  to  the  Carca  di  Patemo  is  formed  of  pleistocene 
clay,  which  is  particularly  exposed  at  the  Siete  della  Motta  and  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  Vcdley  of  St.  Biagio.  The  post-pliocene 
conglomerate,  with  beds  of  yellow  sand  and  bands  of  clay,  overlies 
it,  and  forms  the  upper  part  of  the  hills  of  Terre-forti,  extending 
down  their  southern  flanks  as  far  as  the  broad  plain  of  Catania,  whilst 
the  freshwater  calcareous  tuif,  which  is  above  it,  completes  for  the 
neighbourhood  of  Patem6  the  series  of  sedimentary  materials  of  the 
Baid  basin. 

This  fertile  district,  in  addition  to  having  been  exposed  to  the 
pyroxenic  lava-streams  from  Etna,  has  been  disturbed  by  the  de- 
structive agency  of  volcanic  cones.  In  the  pleistocene  period  the 
intrusion  of  the  basalt,  coeval  with  that  of  Aci-CastoUo,  ravaged 
the  district  of  Valcorrente ;  and  at  a  subsequent  period  two  centres 
of  volcanic  action  existed  at  Patemo  and  at  Motta  (Santa  Anastasia), 
of  which  the  traces  only  now  remain.  These,  however,  offer  such 
interesting  phenomena,  that  I  think  it  desirable  to  confine  my  remarks 
in  this  notice  exclusively  to  them. 

Volcanic  Com  of  Patemd. — ^The  beautiful  city  of  Patemo,  in  the 
Province  of  Catania,  is  partly  built  on  a  mass  of  doleritic  rock,  which^ 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  OEMMELLABO— VOLCANIC  CONES,  21 

according  to  Hofimann^  rises  to  the  height  of  620  metres  aboTe  the 
level  of  the  sea,  and  is  distant  about  12  miles  from  the  existing  axis 
of  Etna.  After  a  careful  examination  of  it,  the  circumference  being 
about  a  mile,  we  can  make  out  the  central  nucleus,  the  lava,  and  the 
broken  or  fragmentary  materials, — all  of  which  are  elements  con- 
curring to  the  formation  of  a  volcanic  cone. 

The  central  doleritic  nucleus  rises  up  directly  from  below ;  its  hard 
crests,  still  rugged  and  angular,  are  exhibited  at  the  rock  of  St.  Mark, 
that  of  La  Scala,  and  near  the  old  Norman  tower,  and  on  the  S.W., 
W.,  and  N.W.  sides  of  the  rock,  which  are  entirely  exposed  and 
perpendicular,  and  are  denuded  of  all  the  fragmentary  materials 
which  formed  the  corresponding  flanks  of  the  cone.  This  consists 
of  a  compact  dolerite  of  a  dark-ashy  colour,  tending  to  black,  with 
conchoidal  firacture  and  porphyritic  structure,  in  which  olivine 
occurs,  varying  in  quantity  in  different  portions  of  the  same  rock ; 
nor  is  it  difficult  to  find  au^te  and  labradorite.  Some  blocks  of  this 
rock,  broken  away  fi-om  the  sides  of  the  diff,  have  fallen  down  on 
splitting  at  the  siuf ace,  which  shows  itself  with  an  earthy  fracture ; 
whilst  christianite  in  small  crystals  abounds  in  the  vesicular  hollows, 
as  well  as  in  the  incomplete  fractures,  together  with  incrustations  of 
blue  phosphate  of  iron,  which  I  have  not  found  in  the  rock  in  situ 
and  not  decomposed.  The  character  of  this  dolerite  is  that  of  large 
ovoidal  masses  laterally  depressed,  the  larger  diameter  varying  from 
2  to  4  metres ;  they  chiefly  occur  on  the  S.W.  side  of  the  cliffy,  near 
the  Bock  of  St.  Peter;  and  here,  as  well  as  under  the  Norman  Tower, 
it  assumes  a  prismatic  form,  which  in  the  former  locality  is  in  largo 
irr^^ar  prisms  from  1  to  3  metres,  whilst  in  the  latter  they  are 
smaller  and  more  regular.  On  the  N.W.  side  of  the  cliff  the  dolcrito 
is  impregnated  with  petroleum. 

In  a  kind  of  articulated  junction  between  the  crests  of  the  nodidar 
dolerite,  there  is  found  on  the  Rock  of  St.  Peter  a  projecting  mass  of 
day  with  pebbles  of  sandstone  (gres),  and  another  smaller  one  on 
the  south  side  of  the  Rock,  in  the  same  matrix ;  and  those  sediment- 
ary rocks,  anterior  in  ago  to  tho  volcanic,  have  been  metamorphosed 
and  transported,  during  the  very  act  of  the  intrusion  of  the  dolerite, 
at  the  commencement  of  this  volcanic  action. 

The  lava  in  this  volcanic  cone  is  easily  distinguished.  It  comes 
out  from  the  upper  part  of  the  cone,  from  the  very  spot  where  now 
stand  the  Church  and  Garden  of  the  Capuchines,  which  is  the  most 
elevated  portion  of  the  Rock,  and  in  which  are  found  large  quantities 
of  scoriae  and  volcanic  bombs.  The  lava,  when  issuing  from  the 
crater,  flowed  in  two  directions,  tho  one  due  east,  and  tho  other 
S.W.  This  latter  stream  near  its  mouth  of  eruption  is  seen  to  bi- 
furcate into  two  branches,  one  of  which  forms  the  Rock  of  Calacala, 
and  the  other  flows  due  south.  The  eastern  stream  extends  as  far  as  the 
Chiesa  della  Consolazione,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  which  it  has  been 
cut  through  by  the  road  also  called  that  of  the  Consolation.  During 
tho  whole  of  this  course,  which  is  about  60  metres,  it  appears  scoriatcd 
on  tho  upper  surface,  to  a  varying  depth  of  from  3  decimetres  to  a 
metre,  while  tho  rest  of  the  mass  is  compact  and  of  great  thickness. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


92  PBO<;;BSBnr<38  ev  thb  OBO]iO«iOA£  sogiett.        [I^ot,  20j 

and  does  not  oeenr  as  one  homogeneous  mass,  like  the  ordinary  lavas 
of  Etna,  but  in  gigantic  OToidal  masses,  articulating  one  with  another. 
It  rests  on  the  outer  flank  of  the  cone,  formed  principally  of  volcanic 
peorise  which  have  hpen  altered  by  the  effect  of  the  fumarole  of  the 
voleanio  current,  which,  however,  it  is  impossible  to  describe  satis* 
factorily,  or  to  trace  to  its  termination,  in  consequence  of  the  ground 
toeing  in  an  advanced  state  of  cultivation,  and  modified  by  the  con- 
struction of  the  more  outlying  dwelling-houses  of  Pateni6,  which 
extend  on  that  side  of  the  hill  to  the  extreme  point. 

The  other  stream  extending  to  the  8.W.  is  different.  The  branch 
which  forms  the  Bock  of  Calacala — so  called  in  Sicilian  dialect  on 
liccount  of  the  great  steepness  of  the  lava — extends  in  length 
about  55  metres  j  it  presents  a  front  of  about  25  metres,  is  very 
oompact  in  the  centre,  and  slightly  scoriform  on  the  lower  surface, 
very  much  so  on  the  upper ;  it  has  an  average  thickness  of  about 
8  metres,  has  an  inclination  of  36^,  and  rests  on  the  volcanic 
conglomerate,  containing  rounded  pebbles  of  sandstone  and  clay 
which  have  been  altered  by  the  action  of  the  fumaroles  of  tho 
lava  itself.  This  conglomerate  forms  part  of  the  outer  flank  of  tho 
cone.  The  other  branch,  which  flows  to  the  south,  has  not  pre- 
served its  characteristic  features  so  completely;  but  neither  of  these 
two  branches  of  the  volcanic  stream  reaches  the  base  of  the  cone, 
nor  can  their  continuation  be  traced  in  the  plain  below ;  which  proves 
that  the  lava  did  not  extend  beyond  the  side  of  the  cone ;  and  tho 
base,  which  was  formed  of  loose  fragmentary  materials,  having  been 
carried  away  by  the  action  of  water,  it  haa  partly  fallen  down,  the 
upper  portion  of  it  still  remaining  in  situ. 

This  volcanic  cone,  even  though  it  may  have  been  denuded  by  the 
action  of  water,  nevertheless  still  affords  a  large  quantity  of  fragment- 
ary materials.  At  the  Garden  of  the  Capuchmes,  in  which  tho  crater 
formerly  existed,  the  scoriae  are  of  a  black  colour,  with  a  slight  reddish 
tinge,  very  cellular  and  fragile ;  there  also  occur  metamorphosed  pre- 
existing sedimentary  rocks.  Scoriae  are  found  in  great  abundance 
along  the  Strada  della  Consolazione,  under  one  of  the  ridges  of  the  Eock 
of  St.  Peter  (and  near  the  Church  of  St.  Mark),  which  originally 
belonged  to  the  inner  side  of  the  cone,  being  found  in  immediate 
proximity  to  the  doleritic  excrescence,  and  in  a  state  of  compact  vol- 
canic agglomeration,  owing  to  the  pressure  of  the  overlying  materials 
which  formed  the  outer  flank ;  whilst  the  materials  which  are  soon 
metamorphosed  by  an  arm  of  the  lava-stream  near  the  Eock  of  Calu- 
oala,  those  of  the  Strada  della  Consolazione  to  the  south  of  the  rock, 
and  those  which  are  seen  on  the  old  road  leading  to  the  Salinelle,  to 
the  north  of  this  same  mass  of  rocks,  are  a  portion  of  the  fragmentary 
materials  which  formed  the  outer  flank  of  the  volcanic  cone  of  Patem6, 
which  are  still  liable  to  removal,  and  in  great  measure  have  been 
carried  away  by  the  action  of  rain-water  and  the  Biver  Simeto,  which 
is  constantly  extending,  with  the  materials  which  it  carries  along 
with  it,  the  plain  of  Catania. 

The  rocky  elements  which  constitute  the  fragmentary  portion  of 
t}iis  cone  are  as  follows:  viz.,  doleritic  scoriae,  more  or  less  altered; 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ISdl.]  CKBMyKT.T.AKO — TOLCAnC  CONXS.  23 

day  in  every  state  of  metamorphiam,  passing  even  into  thennantite ; 
and  pebbles  of  sandstone  (gr^s),  some  of  which  have  been  roasted  and 
fall  to  pieces  with  the  slightest  tonch,  while  others^  on  the  contrary^ 
have  passed  into  the  state  of  qnartzite, 

Tie  country  around  Patem6,  is,  from  north  to  east,  entirely  covered 
with  the  pyroxenic  lavas  from  Etna;  whilst  the  alluvial  soil  which 
forms  the  plain  of  Catania  is  exposed  to  the  south  and  shows  a  hori^ 
2ontal  stratification,  as  the  freshwater  calcareous  tuff,  which  overlies 
it,  rests  on  the  west  side  of  the  rock.  This  recent  calcareous  tuff 
contains  many  fossil  plants  and  land-shells,  amongst  which  can  be 
made  out  Btdimus  deeoUatus,  Brug.,  Eelia  vermiculata,  L.,  Heluo 
aspersa,  Miill.,  &o,, — species  which  are  still  living  and  abundant  in  the 
neighbourhood. 

Volcanic  Cone  of  Motta  (Sta,  Anastasia). — The  village  of  Motta 
(Sta.  Anastasia)  is  also  built  on  the  remains  of  a  volcanic  cone.  It  is 
elevated  about  813  Paris  feet  (Koffinann)  above  the  level  of  the  sea^ 
distant  about  thirteen  miles  from  the  present  axis  of  Etna,  and  offers 
on  a  smaller  scale  the  same  phenomena  as  we  have  observed  at 
Patemd. 

The  sides  of  the  Bock  of  Motta  (6ta.  Anastasia),  from  west  to  north, 
are  in  connection  with  the  pre-existing  sedimentary  formations;  but 
tho  village  being  almost  entirely  buUt  on  it,  it  is  impossible  to  de-; 
scribe  it  satisfactorily.  The  doleritic  nucleus  is  almost  perpendicular 
on  tho  south  side,  the  lower  portion  of  which  consists  of  large  and 
irregular  prisms,  which  from  below  up'Vfrards,  for  about  25  mc^treSi 
converge  to  the  centre,  whilst  in  the  upper  portion  the  dolerite  loses 
this  character  and  becomes  amorphous.  To  the  S.E.  it  is  connected 
with  great  masses  of  conglomerate,  of  volcanic  scoriae,  day,  and 
pebbles  of  sandstone  (gres),  altered  like  those  of  Patemo,  On  the 
east  side,  this  nudeus  is  cut  through  by  a  road,  which  has  exposed 
between  the  articulated  joints  of  one  of  its  outer  ridges  a  great  masi^ 
of  clay,  with  sand  and  pebbles  of  grit,  altered  and  contorted  by  the 
pressure  of  the  doleritic  nucleus,  and  which  at  the  time  of  its  intru- 
sion were  also  carried  up.  On  the  S.W.  side  the  same  amorphous 
nucleus  is  also  seen,  and  in  connection  with  great  masses  of  volcanic 
conglomerate  which  overlie  it  from  the  base  up  to  the  rugged  crests, 

In  this  eruption  the  lava-stream  also  issued  from  the  upper  part 
of  the  oone.  It  issued  from  the  side  to  the  west  of  the  Norman 
Tower,  and  flowed  towards  tho  B.  W.,  and  can  be  traced  as  far  as  the 
Church  della  Immacolata,  This  lava,  however,  is  less  dearly  made 
out  than  that  of  Patem6,  being  cut  through  and  broken  away  in  many 
places  for  the  construction  of  the  houses  and  roads  of  the  upper  part 
of  the  village ;  it  is  nevertheless  easily  made  out  at  the  commence- 
ment, and  its  course  can  be  traced,  being  very  cellular  on  its  upper 
surface,  compact  in  the  centre,  and  about  3  metres  thick  in  some 
places. 

The  frtigmentary  materials  consist  of  scoriflB,  clay,  sand,  and  pebbles 
of  sandstone  (gr^),  altered  by  the  igneous  action  of  the  volcanic  rock, 
and  which,  being  hero  and  there  in  contact  with  the  doleritic  nudens, 
constitute  the  foundations  of  the  internal  sides  of  the  cone.    The 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


24  PKOCEBDiyQS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [NoT.  20, 

volcanic  scorioe  near  the  Chiesa  Madre  and  the  Norman  Tower,  which 
are  close  to  the  source  of  the  lava-stream,  are  further  proofs  to  en- 
able us  to  fix  accurately  the  site  of  the  crater,  while  the  moveable 
materials  which  form  its  outer  sides  have  been  carried  away  by  the 
action  of  waters. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  doleritic  rock  offers  a  smaller 
number  of  phenomena  than  that  of  Patomo,  in  consequence  of  its 
smaller  diameter  and  the  ground  being  more  changed ;  but  it  is  more 
interesting  on  account  of  the  clear  connection  which  the  volcanic 
products  show  with  the  pre-existing  sedimentary  formation  which 
has  not  been  invaded  by  lavas  fix)m  Etna.  The  pleistocene  clay  and 
the  post-pliocene  conglomerate  are  closely  connected  together  on  the 
west  and  north-west  sides^  where  no  kind  of  alternation  can  be  seen 
between  these  two  rocks— either  the  volcanic  or  the  sedimentary — as 
occurs  in  many  other  cases  of  extinct  volcanos  in  the  Val  di  Note 
and  in  the  Vallone  della  Pulicera,  in  which  the  stratification  of  the 
sedimentary  deposit  can  be  distinctly  seen  for  a  great  distance ;  tho 
day  and  the  conglomerate  are  perfectly  horizontd. 

Conclusion, — ^From  these  observations  we  may  conclude, — 1st. 
That  at  Patem6  and  Motta  (Sta.  Anastasia)  are  the  remains  of  two 
doleritic  volcanic  cones,  because  we  there  find  the  essential  elements 
of  volcanos,  viz.,  a  central  nucleus,  lava,  and  fragmentary  materials. 
2nd.  That  these  volcanic  phenomena  were  contemporaneous,  and  oc- 
curred during  the  post-pliocene  period,  previous  to  the  deposit  of  the 
freshwater  calcareous  tuff  of  the  neighbourhood  of  Patemo,  because 
in  the  fragmentary  materials  of  the  two  cones  we  find  clay  and 
pebbles  of  sandstone  (grds) — pre-existing  rocks,  and  no  calcareous 
tuff.  3rd.  These  are  cones  of  eruption  and  not  of  elevation,  as  some 
persons  have  lately  endeavoured  to  prove,  because  the  pre-existing 
sedimentary  deposits  of  the  neighbourhood  do  not  show  any  modifi- 
cation in  the  direction  of  their  strata.  4th.  These  eruptive  cones  are 
independent  of  Etna,  because  the  doleritic  nuclei  have  been  brought 
up  at  once  fi-om  below,  and  the  lavas  have  issued  from  their  terminal 
portions ;  whei-eas  in  all  tho  parasitical  cones  of  Etna  the  streams 
follow  the  direction  of  the  longitudinal  fractures,  which  extend  from 
the  volcanic  axis  to  the  periphery  ;  and  the  lavas  do  not  issue  fix)m 
the  upper  portion  of  the  parasitical  cones,  but  from  their  bases,  or  at 
some  greater  distance.  The  bursting  forth  of  lava  from  the  throat 
or  crater  is  a  peculiarity  of  central  eruptions,  but  not  of  those  which 
are  lateral  or  parasitic. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  DAVIDeOK — ^BBACHIOPODA,  8A1T-BAK0E.  25 

3.  On  some  CARBOniPEKors  BRAcnioroDA  collected  in  Ijcdix  hy  A. 
Fleming,  M.D.,  and  W.  Pubdoic,  Esq.,  F.G.S.  By  T.  Dayidson, 
Esq.,  F.K.8.,  F.G.S. 

[Plates  I.  &IL] 

I.  Brachiopoda  of  the  Carboniferous  Period,  collected  in  ^e  Punjab 
by  A,  Fleming,  M.D,,  during  the  years  1848  and  1852. 

DuRmG  his  geological  survey  of  the  Salt-range  in  the  Punjah,  Dr. 
A.  Fleming  had  opportanities  of  collecting  a  considerable  number  of 
fossils,  which  he  sent  to  England  in  1849  and  1852,  and  of  which  a 
portion  were  at  the  time  cursorily  examined  by  M.  Do  Vemeuil, 
myself,  and  one  or  two  other  paleontologists.  Some  few  of  these 
fossils  have  been  already  recorded  in  a  paper  by  Dr.  Fleming,  pub- 
lished in  the  9th  volume  of  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological 
Society  (1853),  also  in  the  Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal 
for  1853,  as  well  as  in  the  same  author's  excellent  *  Beport  of  the 
Geological  Structure  and  Mineral  Wealth  of  the  Salt-range  in  the 
Punjab,'  printed  at  Lahore  in  1854 ;  and  at  the  author's  request  I 
have  recently  re-examined  all  the  species  of  Brachiopoda  of  the  Car- 
boniferous age  which  he  had  collected,  with  the  view  of  completing 
in  this  respect  the  imperfect  list  published  in  1853  *. 

It  will  not  be  necessary  to  dwell  upon  the  geological  features  of 
the  Carboniferous  rocks  of  the  district,  as  I  could  only  repeat  those 
details  that  have  been  made  known  in  the  report  and  papers  above 
referred  to.  It  will  suffice  for  my  present  purpose  to  mention  that 
the  fossils  occur  in  several  beds  differing  mineralogically,  some  being 
crystalline  and  very  hard,  and  others  argillaceous :  a  few  of  the  fossils 
occur  in  a  magnesian  limestone ;  but  the  same  bed  may  be  magnosian 
in  one  locality,  and  at  a  few  miles  distance  bo  purely  calcareous. 
Thus  Dr.  Fleming  separates  the  Carboniferous  i-ocks  of  the  Salt- 
range  into  three  divisions : — 

f .  Upper  Limestone.     Brachiopoda  and  other  fossils  occur  through- 
out the  formation. 
b.  Grey  sandstone  and  shales,  in  which  but  few  fossils  have  been 

foimd. 
a.  Lower  limestone,  mth  calcareous  sandstone.  This  limestone 
generally  abounds  in  largo  Brachiopoda  and  other  fossils. 
It  is  also  necessary  to  mention  that  the  richest  localities  for  Carboni- 
ferous fossils  were  Moosakhail,  in  the  Salt-range  proper,  and  Kafir 
Koto  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Indus  at  about  twenty-five  miles  below 
Kalabag,  where  the  western  prolongation  of  the  Salt-range  stretches 
down  to  the  very  bank  of  the  Indus ;  and  Dr.  Fleming  informs  me, 
moreover,  that  from  these  two  localities  the  larger  number  of  his 
fossils  were  procured,  though  of  course  they  may  also  be  found  at 
intervening  localities,  such  as  Chederoo,  Vurcha,  Nidlc,  &c.  Dr. 
Fleming  assures  me,  likewise,  that  he  is  quite  convinced  that  all  the 
species  about  to  be  enumerated  were  derived  from  rocks  of  the  Car- 

*  The  following  arc  tlio  species  identified  by  M.  Dc  Vemeuil  and  myeelf  in 
1853: — Athftii  Uoyssiiy  a  /^Hfera  nearly  related  to  S.  lincaia^  Strcpfornynchm 
Crenistria,  Productw  Cora,  P.  Flcmtngit\  P,  costatusj  and  P.  Humlotdtii, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


fi6  PBOCBSPnres  of  thb  gbolooioa]^  bopibtt.       [Not.  20^ 

boniferous  period ;  and  this  I  hasten  to  announce,  because  two  of 
the  species  of  Terel>t*attila  have  puzzled  me  much,  and  raised  scmic 
doubto  in  my  mind  as  to  their  age ;  for  they  remind  me  more  of 
what  we  should  expect  to  find  in  the  Jurassic  or  even  Cretaceous, 
than  in  Carboniferous  strata. 

Oarboniferous  Brachiopoda  eoUeeted  by  Dr.  Fleming  in  the  Punjab, 

Torebratula   (vel  Waldheimia)    Fle- 

mineii,  Dav, 
biplioats,   BroocJU   (?).       Var, 

problematics,  Dav, 

HimalayeiiBis,  Dav. 

Bubyesicularis,  Dav. 

AUiyris  Bo^ii,  DEveUU,  sp. 

subtihta,  HaU^  «p.    Var,  grandiB, 

Dav. 
BeUia  radialifl,  Pkiil^  tp,      Var, 

Orandicosta,  Dav. 
Spirifera  striata,  Martin,  sp. 

MooBakhailensis,  Dav. 

lineata,  Martin,  tp.     Var. 

Spirif^rina  octoplicata,  Sow.,  ap. 


Bhynohonella  Pleurodon,  Phillips,  sp. 
Camarophoria  Purdoni,  Dav. 
StreptorbynohuB  Crenistria,  PkilUps, 
sp. 

:.    Var.  robustus,  Hall, 

pectiniformiB,  Dav. 

Orthis  reeupinata,  Martin,  sp. 
Productus  striatus,  Fischer,  sp. 

longispinus,  Sow. 

Cora,  D  Orbigny. 

semireticulatusi  Sow. 

oostatus,  Sow. 

Purdoni,  Dav. 

Humboldtii,  D  Orbigny. 

StrophalofiiaMorriaiaiia,Ju>ty(?).  Var, 


1.  Terbbba^txtla  (vel  Waldhemia)  FLEiONGn,  Dav.    PI.  I.  figs.  1, 2. 
Shell  variable  in  shape — ovate,  longitudinally  oval,  or  slightly 

pentagonal;  valves  almost  equally  deep  and  convex,  but  usually 
much  depressed ;  surface  evenly  smooth,  without  sinus  or  fold.  Beak 
and  foramen  small  and  slightly  separated  from  the  hinge-line  by  a 
dcltidium  in  two  pieces ;  lateral  ridges  of  the  beak  continued  along 
the  sides.     Margin  of  the  valves  straight.     Interior  unknown. 

Of  this  species  I  have  examined  a  number  of  specimens,  which 
were  all  derived  from  a  bed  which  first  appears  in  the  Nilawan 
ravine,  and  which  Dr.  Fleming  considered  to  mark  the  commencement 
of  the  Carboniferous  formation,  which  gradually  increases  in  thickness 
as  we  proceedwestwards  towards  the  Indus.  The  shell  could  not,how- 
ever,  be  identified  with  any  Terebratula  of  the  Carboniferous  age  from 
any  other  part  of  the  world,  with  which  I  am  at  present  acquainted, 
while  its  affinities  would  on  the  contrary  recall  to  our  mind  certain 
forms  of  the  Jurassic  period  and  more  particularly  those  of  the  1\ 
numismalis  group.  The  largest  example  measured  13  lines  in  length, 
11  in  width,  and  8  in  depth,  and  was  proportionally  much  more 
convex  than  the  other  specimens. 

2,  Tebebbatula  biflioata,  Brocchi  (?),  var.  pboblekatica,  Dav. 

PL  I.  fig.  3. 

Shell  oblong,  obscurely  pentagonal ;  dorsal  valve  convex,  rather 
deeper  than  the  opposite  one,  and  prominently  biplicated ;  ventral 
valve  flattened  along  the  middle  to  a  certain  distance  from  the  beak, 
where  a  median  rounded  rib  with  a  sulcus  on  either  side  is  produced 
and  extends  to  the  front.  Beak^small,  and  truncated  by  a  foramen 
of  moderate  size.  Margins  of  the  valves  sinuous.  Interior  unknown. 
Length  20,  width  8  lines. 

Of  this  species  I  am  acquainted  with  but  a  single  example,  stated 
by  Dr.  Fleming  to  have  been  found  by  himself  in  the  Carboniferous 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  BATIBSOlf — ^BRiCHIOPODAy  SlLtNBAVeB.  ST 

Limestone  of  Mposakhail;  and  although  the  shell  is  silicified^  like 
many  of  the  other  fossils  from  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  in  the 
Punjab,  I  cannot  help  repeating  what  I  said  with  reference  to  the 
preceding  species,  viz.  that  it  has  much  more  the  appearance  of  a 
Jurassic  or  Cretaceous  form,  e,  g.  of  T.  hiplicata,  Brocchi,  than  of  any 
shell  of  the  Carboniferous  period  with  which  I  am  acquainted. 

I  would  therefore  call  the  attention  of  geologists  and  palaeontolo- 
gists who  may  visit  the  district,  to  the  two  last-described  shells,  so 
as  to  ascertain  whether  they  do  really  belong  to  the  Carboniferous 
age  as  stated  by  Dr.  Fleming,  or  whether  they  mig^t  not  have  been 
derived  from  some  less  ancient  formation. 

8.  Tebbbbatula  Hdcaiayeksis,  Dav.    PI.  11.  fig.  1. 

Shell  ovate  or  ovato-pentagonal,  longer  than  wide ;  valves  almost 
equally  and  moderately  convex,  without  sinus  or  fold ;  beak  rather 
small,  gently  incurved,  and  truncated  by  a  circular  foramen,  which 
slightly  overlies  the  umbone  of  the  opposite  valve  and  thus  conceals 
the  deltidium  to  a  greater  or  lesser  extent.  The  surface  of  both 
valves  is  smooth  up  to  within  two  or  three  lines  of  the  margin,  where 
a  small  number  of  rounded  ribs  are  developed,  of  which  four  or 
five  occupy  the  front,  while  two  or  three  ornament  each  of  the  lateral 
portions  of  the  valves ;  so  that  eleven  of  these  short  rounded  ribs  may 
bo  counted  round  the  margin  of  each  of  the  valves.  The  largest 
specimen  I  have  seen  measured  in  length  11,  width  9,  depth  6  linos. 

This  appears  to  be  a  common  and  characteristic  species  of  the^ 
Carboniferous  Limestone  of  the  Punjab.  All  the  specimens  fron^ 
Moosakhail  are  silicified. 

4.  Terebbatula  stjbvesicularis,  Dav.    PI.  I,  fig.  4, 

Shell  small,  ovato-pentagonal,  longer  than  wide ;  valves  unequally 
convex,  the  ventral  one  being  the  deepest ;  beak  incurved,  and  trun- 
cated by  a  smaU  oval-shaped  foramen,  which  overlies  the  umbone  of 
the  opposite  valve.  Sur&ce  smooth  to  about  half  the  length  of  the 
valves  from  the  beak,  while  seven  small  ribs  are  developed  near  the 
margin :  in  the  dorsal  valve  one  or  two  of  these  occupy  a  slight 
mesial  depression ;  so  that  the  frontal  margin  of  the  valve  is  usually 
triundate,  from  one  or  two  of  the  central  ribs  being  on  a  lower  level 
than  the  lateral  ones :  in  the  ventral  valve  the  ribs  are  somewhat 
similarly  arranged.  Dimensions  generally  small ;  an  average-sized 
specimen  measured  7  lines  in  length  by  6|  in  breadth. 

This  form  does  not  appear  rare  in  a  darkish  limestone  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Moosa^ail,  and  differs  from  T.  vesicidaris  and 
T,  Himalaymsis  by  the  arrangement  of  its  mai^al  ribs. 

5.  Athtbis  RoTssn,  L'Eveilld,  sp,     PL  I.  fig.  6. 

This  characteristic  and  well-known  species  is  very  abundant  at 
Moosakhail,  and  in  several  other  localities  in  the  Salt-range.     It  is 
identical  in  shape  with  our  European  specimens,  and  has  been  also 
ound  in  the  black  shales  in  the  Chor  HoU  Pass  by  Capt.  Straohey. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


28  VnOCEEDWOB  OF  THB  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [NoV.  20, 

6.  Atxttris  subtilita  (Hall,  sp.),  var.  gbandis,  Dav.    PL  I.  figs.  7, 8. 

Terehratula  suhttlita,  Hall  (?)  in  Howard  Stansbury's  Exploratioa 
of  the  Valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  of  Utah,  p.  400,  pi.  2. 
figs.  1,  2 ;  1852. 

This  appears  to  be  a  common  species  in  the  Punjab,  having  been 
found  in  several  localities,  but  more  abundantly  at  Moosakhail. 
It  varies  also  considerably  in  shape  and  size ;  so  that  (as  justly  ob- 
served by  Dr.  Shumard  while  describing  this  shell  from  the  Carbo- 
niferous strata  of  the  Bed  River  of  Louisiana)  we  are  very  liable  to 
multiply  species  from  its  varieties,  unless  a  large  number  of  speci- 
mens are  under  examination.  Some  of  our  Indian  examples  are 
exactly  similar  to  those  from  Iowa,  or  from  Pecos  Village  in  New 
Mexico,  whence  the  type  of  the  species  was  obtained ;  while  others 
are  larger  and  more  inflated  or  globose  than  any  I  have  hitherto 
seen  from  either  Europe  or  America,  although  these  last  would  agree 
very  well  with  certain  specimens  described  by  Dr.  Shumard  from 
Washington  county,  Arkansas.  The  largest  Punjab  specimen  which 
has  come  under  my  observation  measured  in  length  21,  width  18, 
depth  17  lines. 

7.  Retzia  badiaus  (Phillips,  sp.),  var.  Gbakdicosta,  Dav.    PL  I. 

fig.  6. 

Shell  longitudinally  oval  or  ovate,  with  almost  equally  deep  or 
convex  valves ;  the  beak  is  produced,  and  truncated  by  a  small  cir- 
cular foramen,  which  is  slightly  separated  from  the  hingo-linc  by  a 
small  hinge-area ;  each  valve  is  ornamented  with  about  thirteen  or 
more  angular  ribs,  of  which  the  central  one  is  somewhat  the  largest, 
and  corresponds  to  a  groove  of  greater  depth  in  the  ventral  valve. 

Our  British  specimens  of  E.  radialis  are  extremely  variable  in  size 
and  plication.  In  the  typical  form  the  ribs  are  smaller  and  more 
numerous  than  in  the  Punjab  variety ;  while  identical  specimens  of 
this  last  have  been  found  in  England,  as  well  as  in  the  Carboniferous 
rocks  of  Bolivia.  Dr.  Fleming  states  that  he  has  found  this  shell 
rather  abundantly  near  Moosakhail. 

8.  Spibifeba  stbiata,  Martin,  sp.     PI.  I.  figs.  9, 10. 

Of  this  shell  Dr.  Fleming  was  able  to  procure  but  three  or  four 
fragmentary  specimens,  which  could  not  be  distinguished  from  simi- 
lar British  examples  of  Martin's  species.  It  occurs  at  Nullc,  Che- 
deroo,  and  several  other  localities. 

9.  Spibifeba  Moosakhailensis,  Dav.    PL  II.  ^g.  2. 

Shell  transversally  subrhomboidal ;  valves  almost  equally  deep 
or  convex ;  hinge-line  variable  in  length,  sometimes  not  half  as  long 
as  the  breadth  of  the  shell,  while  at  times  it  is  as  long.  Ventral 
area  of  moderate  width ;  fiissure  wide  and  partially  arched  over  by  a 
pseudo-deltidium.  Dorsal  valve  sublinear;  beak  small  and  mode- 
rately incurved.  In  the  dorsal  valve  there  exists  a  ^nde,  elevated 
angular  fold,  and  in  the  ventral  one  a  corresponding  sinus.  The 
whole  surface  of  the  shell  is  covered  with  numerous  small  ribs,  which 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  DAVTDSON — ^BRACHTOPODA^  B.iLT-RAXOB.  29 

cluster  into  fasciculi,  soyen  or  eight  being  collected  into  groups,  which 
give  to  the  yalvcs  the  appearance  of  a  double  plication,  many  of  the 
smaller  ribs  being  due  to  interpolation ;  while  the  whole  surface  and 
ribs  are  closely  intersected  by  numerous  sharp,  projecting,  concentric, 
undulating  laminaD,  of  which  four  or  more  may  be  counted  in  the 
breadth  of  a  line.  Dimensions  very  Tariable :  a  huge  example 
measured  26  lines  in  length  by  39  in  width  and  18  or  19  in  depth. 
It  was  not  until  after  much  hesitation  that  I  have  ventured  to 
propose  a  new  name  for  the  Sjpirifera  under  description.  In  external 
shape  as  weU  as  by  the  grouping  of  its  ribs,  it  bears  much  resemblance 
to  several  known  species  of  Sptrifera,  and  especially  to  that  figured 
in  Owen's  *  Geol(^cal  Survey  of  Wisconsin  and  Minnesota '  (pi.  6. 
fig.  4)  under  the  name  of  Spirifer  fasciger,  Keyserling  ? ;  but  I 
partake  of  that  author's  doubts  while  referring  the  shell  in  ques- 
tion to  De  Eeyserling's  Kussian  species.  It  approaches  also  by  its 
shape  to  certain  examples  of  D'Orbigny's  Sp,  Condor,  Sp,  cameratus, 
Hall,  as  well  as  to  some  exception^  British  specimens  of  Sptrifera 
striata ;  but  in  none  of  these  do  we  perceive,  nor  does  any  author 
describe,  the  peculiar  and  beautifully  regular,  closely  disposed,  sharp, 
projecting,  concentric,  undulating  lamina),  which  resemble  so  closely 
those  ofSp.  laminosa,  and  which  give  to  the  shell  its  beautiful  sculp- 
tured appearance.  Sp,  Moosakhailtnsis  is  common  in  the  Punjab^ 
at  Moosakhail,  Chederoo,  Kafir  Eote,  &c. 

10.  Spikifbra  LiiTEATA,  Martin,  sp.,  var.    PI.  II.  ^,  3. 

Martin's  shell  varies  considerably  in  shape,  but  has  nowhere,  to 
my  knowledge,  attained  the  large  proportions  of  certain  Punjab  spe- 
cimens ;  and  indeed  I  was  for  some  time  uncertain  whether  these 
last  did  really  belong  to  our  well-known  European  species ;  but,  after 
the  attentive  examination  of  some  smaller  Indian  examples,  I  found 
these  last  to  be  undistinguishable  from  many  specimens  of  Martin's 
type.  The  peculiar  arrangement  of  spinules,  so  well  displayed  in 
some  Scottish  examples  of  Sp,  lineata,  could  also  be  observed  hero 
and  there  upon  the  Punjab  silicified  specimens.  The  largest  Indian 
example  I  have  seen  measured  3  inches  2  lines  in  length,  by  3^  in 
width  and  1  inch  7  lines  in  depth.  Another,  identical  with  one 
from  Derbyshire,  measured  in  length  22,  and  in  width  23  lines.  It 
occurs  at  Chederoo  and  Moosakhail.  This  is  the  shell  which  in 
1853  M.  De  Vemeuil  and  myself  considered  to  be  nearly  related  to 
Sp,  lineata. 

11.  Spimpkhina  octoplicata,  Sow.,  sp.     PL  I.  figs.  12, 13. 

The  Moosakhail  specimens  exactly  resemble  our  British  Cnrboni- 
ferous  examples ;  they  show  the  same  variations  in  shape  and  num- 
ber of  ribs. 

12.  Rhywchonella  PLEimoDoy,  Phillips,  sp. 

One  or  two  examples,  which  appear  to  agree  with  our  British 
type,  have  been  found  by  Dr.  Fleming  at  Moosakhail. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


30  PBOCBSBnros  of  ths  GEOioeicAi;  bocibtt,         [Not.  20, 

13.  Cahabophobia  Pubdoki,  Dav.    H.  II.  fig.  4. 

Shell  somewhat  obscurely  subrhomboidal  or  deltoid^  wider  than 
long.  Valves  almost  equally  conyex^  with  a  wide  mesial  fold  of 
moderate  elevation  in  the  dorsal  valve,  and  a  corresponding  sinus  in 
the  ventral  one.  The  surface  of  each  valve  is  ornamented  with  from 
eighteen  to  twenty-two  angular  ribs,  of  which  from  seven  to  eight 
occupy  the  fold,  and  from  six  to  seven  the  sinus.  The  beak  is  small 
and  much  incurved ;  so  that  the  foramen,  which  is  situated  under 
the  angular  extremity  of  the  beak,  is  but  sHghtly  seen.  No  marginal 
expansions  could  be  perceived. 

This  species  does  not  appear  to  be  rare  in  the  Punjab;  it  occurs  at 
Moosakhail,  Yurcha,  &c. 

14.  Stkeptohhyitchits  Crekisteia,  Phillips,  sp. 

Some  very  large  examples,  which  entirely  agree  with  our  British 
specimens,  have  been  found  at  Moosakhail,  at  Vurcha,  and  in  other 
localities ;  one  in  particular  measured  nearly  4  inches  in  length  by 
about  6  in  width  and  IJ  in  depth.  The  specimens  are  usually  very 
irregular  in  their  shape,  from  contortion  and  malformation,  but  agree 
in  all  their  characters  with  Phillips's  type. 

16,  Streptoehtkchtjs  Crenistbia  (Phillips),  var.  bobusttjs,  Hall. 
PI.  I.  fig.  16. 

Orthis  rohusta,  Hall,  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  State 
of  Iowa,  p.  713,  pi.  28.  fig.  3 ;  1858. 

Shell  somewhat  marginally  pentagonal  and  plano-convex ;  hinge- 
line  nearly  as  long  as  the  width  of  the  shell.  Dorsal  valve  semi- 
circular and  gibbous:  ventral  valve  pentagonal  and  nearly  flat; 
area  triangular  and  wide,  with  a  narrow  pseudo-deltidium.  Surface 
marked  by  small  radiating  strifiB  with  interspaces  of  almost  equal 
width,  wlule  at  variable  distances  from  the  beak  finer  interpolated 
striflB  occur  between  the  larger  ones.  The  valves  are  ako  crossed  by 
numerous  concentric  lines  or  striae.  A  specimen  from  the  Carboni- 
ferous Limestone  of  Yurcha  measured  21  lines  in  length  by  23  in 
breadth  and  14  in  depth. 

The  Punjab  examples  of  this  variety  of  8,  Crenistria  so  closely  re- 
semble a  specimen  of  Orthis  rohusta,  Hall, 'from  the  Lower  Coal- 
measures  of  St.  Clair  County,  Illinois,  in  North  America,  that  I  am 
induced  to  consider  them  identical. 

16.  SrREPTOBirTNcnus  pectikipobmis,  Dav.     PL  I.  fig.  17. 

Shell  scallop-shaped;  valves  equally  convex ;  hinge-line  sometimes 
less,  rarely  longer,  than  half  the  width  of  the  shell,  with  projecting 
angular  extremities.  Ventral  area  triangular,  usually  higher  than 
wide,  and  longitudinally  divided  by  a  narrow  convex  pseudo-delti- 
dium. The  beak  is  pointed  and  tapering  at  its  extremity,  which  is 
generally  bent  or  twisted  more  to  one  than  the  other  side.  Dorsal 
valve  pecten-shaped,  very  convex  at  the  umbono,  with  small  oared 
02cpansionS;  this  valve  being  also  slightly  depressed  along  the  middle. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861^]  BATID80K— 'BKAesiOPODA^  SAIT-BAKeBk  81 

The  Talves  are  omamented  irith  from  twelve  to  fourteen  angidar 
ribs ;  whOe  the  ratire  surfiAce  (area  excepted)  is  coyered  with  a  great 
number  of  minute  cienulated  strife^  which  increase  in  number  by  the 
interpolation  of  smaller  Btrise^  especially  doee  to  the  margin.  The 
lai^est  example  I  hare  aeen.  measured  20  lines  in  length,  by  about 
the  same  in  width  and  14  in  depth. 

This  beautiful  shell  is  not  rare  in  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  of 
Moosakhail,  Chederoo^  Nolle,  and  Kafir  Kote ;  and  appears  to  me 
to  be  quite  distinct  from  any  of  its  congeners. 

17.  Oethm  besttfinata,  Martin,  sp.    PI.  I.  fig.  15, 

Of  this  well-known  species  one  or  two  examples  have  been  cA^ 
looted  by  Dr.  Fleming  in  the  Punjab. 

18.  Pbodfctus  stbiatus,  Fischer,  sp.    PI.  I.  fig.  18. 

This  European  Carboniferous  shell  does  not  appear  rare  in  a  light* 
yellow  limestone  at  Ehond  in  the  Punjab. 

19.  PBODircTiTs  LONsispiinrSy  Sow*  (=sP.  ELEntNon  ^usd.).    PL  I. 
fig.  19. 

Two  specimens  exactly  agreeing  with  Sowerby^s  type  have  been 
found  by  Br.  Fleming,  at  Moosakhail  in  the  Punjab,  and  at  Brinug-* 
gar  in  Kashmir ;  the  specimen  figured  in  my  plate  is  the  one  iden* 
tified  by  M.  De  Vememl  and  myself  in  1863. 

20.  Pboducttjs  CoBAy  D'Orbigny. 

Specimens  identical  with  those  of  America  and  Europe  havd  been 
found  at  Kafir  Kote,  Moosakhail,  &c. 

21.  PkODFCTUS  SEmBBTIClTLATUS,  SoW. 

Of  this  species  two  or  three  specimens  have  been  found  in  the 
Punjab  by  Dr.  Fleming. 

22.  PBOBTJCTtJS  C08TATUS,  SoW.      PI.  I.  figB.  20,  21. 

This  appears  to  be  one  of  the  most  common  species  in  the  Carboni- 
fbrous  Limestones  of  the  Punjab.  It  occurs  at  Moosakhail,  Kafir 
Kote,  &c.,  where  it  has  sometimes  attained  lai^e  proportions,  as  may 
Ik)  seen  from  the  specimen  figured  in  my  plate.  The  Indian  ex- 
amples are  exactly  similar  to  those  we  find  in  Europe. 

23.  Peoductits  PrmnoNi,  Dav.    PI.  11.  fig.  6. 

Shell  longitudinally  oval,  broadest  at  two-thirds  the  length  from 
the  beak ;  ventral  valve  moderately  convex,  fiattened  along  the  middle 
and  longitudinally  divided  into  two  lobes  by  a  deep  sinus,  which  com- 
mences at  the  extremity  of  the  beak  and  extends  to  the  front.  Beak 
and  ears  small ;  hinge-line  very  short,  and  generally  not  exceeding 
half  the  breadth  of  tiie  shell.  The  dorsal  valve  is  very  much  flat^ 
tcned  until  within  a  short  distance  from  the  margin,  where  it  be* 
comes  concave,  and  is  divided  by  a  mesial  elevation,  which  commences 
close  to  the  hinge-line  and  extends  to  the  fnmt»    Exteriorly  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


32  PB0CEEDIKG9  OF  THE  QEOLOOIOAL  SOCIETY.  [NoV.  20, 

Burfoco  of  the  ventral  valve  is  entirely  covered  with  minute,  narrow, 
elongated  tubercles,  from  which  rise  numerous  small  tubular  spines, 
both  the  tubercles  and  spines  becoming  smaller  and  shorter  as  they 
approach  the  margin.  The  dorsal  valve  is  covered  with  small  pits 
and  tubercles,  jfrom  which  also  rise  slender  spines,  but  apparently 
less  abundantly  than  on  the  ventral  one.  A  large  specimen  measures 
2  inches  5  lines  in  length,  by  2  inches  2  lines  in  breadth  and  1 
inch  in  depth. 

Of  this  interesting  species  I  have  seen  several  specimens  from 
Chederoo  ond  Moosakhail. 

24.  Productus  Humboldtii,  D'Orbigny.     PL  II.  fig.  6. 

Producim  IlumbolMi,  D'Orb.,  Paldont.  du  Voyage  dans  FAmc^riquo 
Meridionalc,  pi.  5.  figs.  4,  7 ;  1842. 

Shell  marginally  transverse,  rotundato,  quadrate;  ventral  valve 
moderately  convex,  with  a  wide  shallow  longitudinal  sinus  commen- 
cing at  a  short  distance  from  the  extremity  of  the  beak  and  extend- 
ing to  the  front.  Beak  small  and  incurved ;  hinge-line  rather  shorter 
than  the  greatest  width  of  the  shell.  Dorsal  valve  almost  flat  for 
some  distance,  becoming  slightly  concave  close  to  the  margin,  and 
with  a  small  mesial  fold  or  elevation  perceptible  only  close  to  the 
front.  The  siuface  of  the  ventral  valve  is  covered  with  numerous 
small  elongated  tubercles  arranged  somewhat  in  quincunx,  and  from 
which  rise  short  tubular  spines. 

The  largest  of  Dr.  Fleming's  specimens  measured  13J  lines  in 
length  by  16  in  width  and  6^  in  depth.  Dr.  Fleming  found  his 
specimens  at  Kafir  Koto  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Indus.  D'Or- 
bigny's  examples  were  obtained  from  Yarbichambi,  on  the  Bolivian 
table-land  of  the  Andes.  I  must,  however,  observe  that  several  of 
the  Indian  examples  bear  so  closo  a  resemblance  to  some  of  our 
British  specimens  of  P,  scahinculus,  that  they  could  be  with  difficulty 
distinguished. 

25.  Steopiialosia  Morbisiana,  King  (?),  var.    PI.  II.  fig.  8. 

Among  the  fossils  stated  to  have  been  procured  at  Moosakhail,  I 
found  two  specimens  of  a  shell  which  so  closely  resembled  certain  ex- 
amples of  the  Permian  StrophaUsia  Moimsiana,  that  neither  Messrs. 
Kirkby,  Howse,  nor  myself  were  able  to  distinguish  it.  In  shape 
it  is  nearly  circular,  with  the  same  convexity  of  the  ventral,  and  con- 
cavity of  the  dorsal  valve,  the  same  relative  proportions  of  the  dorsal 
and  ventral  areas,  and,  lastiy,  the  presence  of  the  same  elongated 
adpressed  spines  which  adorn  the  surface  of  the  ventral  valve  in  the 
Permian  specimens ;  while  the  only  difierence  consists  in  the  appa- 
rent absence  of  those  minute  radiating  raised  striae  observable  in  the 
perfect  shell  of  King's  species :  but  it  must  also  be  remembered  that 
this  point  of  difference  is  only  a  negative  one,  and  of  slight  value ; 
for  some  specimens  of  the  species  from  Tunstall  Hill  do  not  show 
the  character.  The  material  at  my  command  is  not,  however,  suf- 
ficient to  enable  mo  to  positively  affirm  the  identity ;  so  that  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  OAYIDSON — ^BRACHIOPOBA,  flALT> RANGE.  I^ 

safest  plan  will  be  for  the  present  to  consider  the  Punjab  shell  as  a 
variety  of  S,  Morrisiana  *. 

II.  Braehiapoda  of  the  Carboniferous  Period,  collected  in  India 
by  W.  Purdon,  Esq,,  F.G.S,  ' 

At  Mr.  Pardon's  request  I  have  examined  the  Brachiopoda  collected 
by  himself  during  his  survey  of  the  Punjab  and  N.E.  Himalayan 
districts  of  India. 

Mr.  Purdon's  collection  contained  many  interesting  and  fine  exam- 
ples of  the  following  species  f: — 

1.  Terebratula  Himalayensis,  Dav. ;  2.  Athyris  Boyssii,  L'Eveille; 
3.  Athyris  »uhtilita,Hal\  (2),  y&r, ;  4.  Spirlfera  MoosakhailensiSfJkLV.; 
5.  8p.  Uneaia,  Martin,  var. ;  6.  Ehynchonella  Pleurodon,  Phillips, 
var. ;  7.  Camarophoria  Purdoni,  Dav. ;  8.  Streptorhynchtu  Crenistria, 
Phillips;  9.  Strept,  pectiniformis,  Dav.;  10.  Productus  striatus, 
Fischer;  11.  P.  C7om,D'Orb. ;  12.  P.  Purdoni,  Dav. ;  13.  P.  costatus. 
Sow.;  14.  P.  ffumboldHi,B'OTh, ;  15.  P. senUreticulatus,  Sow.;  16. 
Strophalosia  Morrisiana,  Xing  (?),  var. ;  17.  Aidosteges  Dalhousii, 
Dav.;  18.  Crania  (sp.  undeterminable). 

Having  already  described  the  sixteen  first-named  species  in  my 
preceding  communication,  all  that  remains  for  me  to  do,  in  order  to 
complete  the  notice  of  what  has  been  up  to  the  present  time  dis- 
covered, is  to  describe  the  Aulosteges  DaUiousii  from  the  very  inter- 
esting specimen  found  by  Mr.  Purdon  in  the  Carboniferous  (?)  rocks 
of  the  Punjab. 

AxTLOSTEOBs  Dalhottsh,  Dav.     PL  n.  fig.  7. 

Subtrigonal  marginally,  wider  than  long ;  anterior  angles  rounded ; 
moderately  indented  in  front ;  hinge-line  slightly  exceeding  half  the 
vridth  of  the  shell.  Ventral  valve  convex,  divided  by  a  wide  and 
deep  mesial  sulcus  or  sinus ;  beak  nearly  straight,  but  inclining  more 
to  the  one  than  the  other  side ;  area  flat,  irregularly  triangular, 
forming  an  obtuse  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  dorsal  valve,  and  di- 
vided along  the  middle  by  a  narrow  convex  pseudo-deltidium,  the 
entire  surface  (area  excepted)  being  closely  covered  with  slender 

*  In  1857  Messrs.  Howse,  Eirkby,  and  myself  entertained  the  opinion  that  ths 
British  Permian  8.  Morrisiana  should  be  considered  identical  with  the  S.  lameUasa 
of  QeinitE,  or  as  nothing  more  than  a  variety  of  it ;  but  although  we  are  not  yet 
prepared  to  abandon  that  view,  it  must  be  mentioned  that  Dr.  Geinitz  has  ex- 
pressed a  contrary  opinion  in  his  recently  published  work,  ^  Dyas  oder  Zeohst./  etc., 
wherein  he  asserts  that  8.  lamellosa  and  8,  Morrisiana  are  entirely  distinct  species. 
It  must  not,  howeyer,  be  forgotten  that  8.  UtmeUaea  appears  to  have  been  a  very 
variable  species,  and  to  haye  suffered  great  modifications  of  general  form,  mode 
of  growth,  and  of  spine-arrangement,  such  as  changes  ia  physical  condition  would 
necessarily  induce,  and  which  should  never  be  oyenookea  in  taking  philosophical 
views  of  species. 

t  It  was  not  my  intention  to  have  alluded  to  the  species  collected  in  the  Punjab 
by  Mr.  Purdon  until  the  publication  of  that  gentleman's  memoir  upon  the  geo- 
logT  of  the  district ;  but,  as  I  had  also  promised  Dr.  Fleming  to  describe  those  he 
had  found  in  the  same  localities,  I  thought  it  desirable  to  delay  no  lonnr  the 
mention  of  those  collected  by  lir.  Purdon,  and  to  give  him  fall  credit  for  his 
disooveriea. 


VOL.  XVni. — ^PABT  I. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


34  pROCEXDnras  of  the  gsolooical  socixtt.        [Not.  20, 

tubular  spLaes,  which  appear  to  have  exceeded  in  certain  places  4  or 
5  lines  in  length.  The  spines  lie  rather  dose  to  the  sur&oe  of  the 
valves, with  their  extremities  directed  towards  the  margins  of  the  shell. 
The  dorsal  valve  is  convexo-concave,  that  is  to  say,  gently  convex 
until  within  a  short  distance  of  the  margin,  where  the  valve  becomes 
concave  or  bent.  The  dorsal  area  is  narrow  and  linear ;  and  the 
entire  sur&ce  of  the  valve  appears  to  have  been  covered  with  slender 
spines.  In  the  interior  of  the  dorsal  valve  the  cardinal  process  is 
tiilobed ;  and  on  either  side  may  be  seen  some  slight  indications  of 
dental  sockets :  a  small  longitudinal  ridge,  which  fi^t  appears  under 
the  cardinal  process,  extends  to  rather  more  than  half  the  length  of 
the  valve ;  and  on  either  side  are  situated  two  elongated-oval-shaped 
dendritic  muscular  scars,  which  are  no  doubt  referable  to  the  adductor 
or  occlusor  muscle.  From  the  inner  extremities  of  these  depart  the 
so-called  reniform  impressions,  which  extend  by  an  outward  oblique 
curve  to  near  the  margin,  and,  turning  abruptiy  backwards  and  in- 
wards, terminate  at  some  short  distance  from  their  first  point  of  de- 
parture.    The  interior  of  the  ventral  valve  could  not  be  observed. 

An  attentive  examination  of  this  interesting  species  has  led  me 
to  consider  that  its  affinities  lie  more  with  Helmersen's  subgenus 
Aulosteges  than  with  King's  Strophalosia.  Specifically  speaking,  it 
bears  some  resemblance  to  A,  Wangenhdmi  (s=^.  variabilis,  Hebner- 
sen);  but  it  may,  I  think,  be  distinguished  by  its  shape,  larger 
dimensions,  and  internal  details. 

The  species  composing  the  subgenera  Aulosteges  and  Strophalcsiay 
though  represented  in  the  Carboniferous  period,  appear  in  Europe  to 
be  more  specially  characteristic  of  the  Permian  epoch ;  and  it  may 
therefore  remain  a  question  whether  in  the  Punjab  there  does  not 
exist,  above  all  well- authenticated  Carboniferous  strata,  some  small 
bed  representing  the  Permian  age,  and  &om  which  A.  Dalhovaii 
and  the  variety  of  Stroph,  Morrisiana  we  have  described  might  have 
dropped  and  become  mixed  with  shells  of  the  Carboniferous  period. 
We  may  also  here  remind  the  reader  that  another  species  oiStropha-- 
losia  (S.  Oerardi,  King)  was  some  years  ago  discovered^by  Dr.  Gerard 
in  the  Himalayan  range  at  17,000  feet  above  the  sea. 

Of  Aulosteges  Dalhousii  a  single  example  has  been  hitherto  pro- 
cared  from  the  Carboniferous  limestone  (?)  of  Moosakhail. 

In  conclusion,  we  may  observe  that  the  total  number  of  Car- 
boniferous Brachiopoda  hitherto  discovered  by  Dr.  Fleming  and 
Mr.  Purdon  in  the  Salt-range  of  the  Punjab  amounts  to  about 
twenty-eight  species,  of  which  thirteen  at  least  are  common  to 
European  rocks  of  the  same  period,  although  several  of  these  have 
in  India  attained  larger  proportions.  It  is  also  very  probable  that 
further  research  among  the  Carboniferous  deposits  of  the  Punjab 
would  bring  to  light  several  more  species  in  addition  to  those  here 
enumerated. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


.J 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  HTSXOP — PlvUSTT-^BPB  OF  INPIA,  35 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES  I,  &  II. 

PliATEl. 

Bpeeimeiu  in  Dr.  Ileming'B  colleotioQ,  and  in  tha  Oeologioal  Bo&iely's 

Uusenm. 

Fig.  1,  2.  TWebraitUa  (rel  WaWtmmia)  Flemin^i,  Par, 

3.  7*.  bipHeata,  Bvochi  (?X  tbt.  probisnudica,  \}%y. 

4.  7!  sahvesicularis,  Dar. 

5.  Betsia  rodialiSy  Phil.,  var.  Orandicoata,  Day, 

6.  4Mym  Z?w«i»;  L'BreilW. 

7.  8.  ^.  subeihta.  Hall,  var.  grcnUUs^  Dar, 
9,  10.  Sptrifera  $iriiftay  Martin. 

11-14  Gpiiiferina  octopUeaia^  Sow. 

15.  0^^A»  rempinata,  MarUn. 

16.  Streptorhynchus  Crenistria,  Phil,,  var.  robiuivs,  HaU, 

17.  /8f.  7i«?ftnv!>f?»Mi  I>*v. 

la  Producing  striatuSy  FimAief, 
19  P,  longiapinuB,  Sow, 
20,21.  P.ca8tait^,BoMr, 

PliATBlL 

SpeoimeiiB  collected  by  W.  Pardon,  Esq.,  and  now  fonning  part  of 
Mr.  DBvidson'g  coJIcotion. 

Fig.  1.  Th^ebrahda  Sknalaymaia,  Day. 

2.  Spirifera  MooiokhailensU^  Dav. :  2  c,  a  young  example. 

3.  B,  Urmata,  Martin^  var.^  Sc,  Crania  (?), 

4.  Camarophoria  Purdoni^  Dav. 
6.  Productus  Purdoni,  Dav, 

6.  P.  HumboldHi,  D'Orb. 

7.  Aaiottege*  JkOhoniiis  Da^. 

3.  Strophahsia  JlfarrmanOt  King(f)i  var. 


p2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


36  PBOCEEDDfOS  OF  THB  GE0L06ICAI.  SOCIETY.  [NoV.  20. 


Supplemental  Note  on  the  PLAKT-BEAKUfa  SAin)8T0irB8  of  Ckktral 
India  *.     By  the  Kev.  Stephen  Hislop. 

(In  a  Letter  to  the  Attistant-Secretaiy,  dated  Nagpnr,  July  19, 1861). 

[Bead  at  the  Eyenizi^-inoeting,  January  8,  1862;  and,  by  Permiasion  of  the 
Council,  printed  in  the  February  Number  of  the  Journal.] 

**  Eecentlt  I  have  obtained  more  Insect-remains  t  from  Kot^,  with 
a  morsel  of  Sphenopteris  in  the  limestone;  also  Kalekthyolite,  probably 
JEchmodue  Egertoni. 

''  1  think  there  are  strong  reasons  for  believing  that  the  ichthyo- 
litic  beds  of  Kot<i  are  superior  to  our  plant-sandstone  and  coal  t;  and 
hence,  if  the  former  be  Lower  Jurassic,  the  latter  must  be  older. 

*'  In  the  sandstone  at  Sironcha,  six  miles  further  down  the  Eiver 
Pranhita,  there  is  an  abundance  of  compressed  stems  identical  with 
those  at  Silewac^a ;  so  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  argil- 
laceous sandstone  there  is  of  the  '  Damuda  group.'  This  sandstone 
of  Sironcha  is  stated  by  Mr.  Wall  to  underlie  almost  immediately  the 
Koti  limestone." 

After  remarking  that  the  genus  Tcmicpteris  occurs  both  in  the 
Bajmahal  Beds  of  Bengal  and  in  the  "  Damuda  Beds  "  of  Nagpur, 
Mr.  Hislop  proceeds  to  state  that  the  largest  Tceniopteris  from 
Kampti  (near  Nagpur)  is  exceedingly  like  T»  lata  and  T,  multinervis 
of  the  Bajmahal  Beds.  The  ToeniopterideSy  thus  closely  approaching 
in  form,  prove,  in  his  opinion,  that  the  Damuda  and  the  Kajmahd 
Beds  cannot  be  widely  separated. 

*  See  Quart  Joum.  G«ol.  Soc.  toL  xvii.  p.  346  et  aeq. 

t  The  asBodated  Estheria  {Joe.  cit.  p.  356)  has  been  carefully  examined,  and 
appears  to  be  different  fifom  that  found  at  Mangali :  both  are  new  species;  the 
liuter,  however,  is  very  similar  to  an  Estheria  found  living  in  Palestine. — ^T.B.  J. 

X  An  opinion  coincident  with  Dr.  Oldham's :  see  Mem.  G«ol.  Sury.  Lidia^  iii. 
p.202.— T.B.J. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


37 


PROCEEDINGS 


OT 


THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


POSTPONED    PAPER. 


On  ihe  Lznbs  of  Deepest  Waieb  anmnd  (he  Bbhish  Isles. 

By  the  Bey.  E.  Etebest,  F.G'.S. 

(Bead  Jane  19,  1861*.) 

•     [Abridged.]  • 

Fbox  two  papers  by  Mr.  Gk)dwin-Au8tent  we  learn  that  the  English 

Channel  was,  in  aU  probability,  a  valley  of  depression.     K,  by  the 

light  thus  afforded  ns,  we  examine  the  locality  as  laid  down  in  a 

good  chart,  we  shall  see  that  as  there  is  a  valley  of  depression,  so  is 

there  also  an  axis  of  depression,  if  the  term  may  be  used.    We  have 

in  common  nse  the  term  **  axis  of  elevation  "  to  signify  the  line  of 

greatest  elevation  in  a  mountain-range ;  and  in  a  siioilar  way  we 

would  employ  the  phrase  **  axis  of  depression  "  to  mean  the  line  of 

deepest  water  in  a  narrow  sea. 

If  we  take  a  point  (see  Map)  nearly  south  of  Dungeness  in  Kent, 
or  in  north  lat.  about  50^  30',  and  east  long,  rather  less  than  P,  and 
from  this  draw  a  straight  line  a  little  to  the  south  of  west,  passing 
through  the  middle  of  the  deep  water,  and  meeting  about  north  lat. 
48^  20',  and  west  long.  8^20',  and  another  line  of  a  similar  kind  pass- 
ing through  the  deepest  water  of  the  St.  George's  Channel  between 
Ireland  and  England,  we  find,  tracing  the  course  of  our  line,  that  it 
first  passes  between  the  two  pits,  called  "  North  Deep  "  and  "  South 
Deep,"  in  the  same  longitudmal  or  axial  direction  as  both  of  them ; 
it  cuts  the  "  "West  Deep"  in  its  deepest  part,  and  nearly  in  the  same 
longitudinal  direction ;  it  passes  through  the  '<  Hurds  Dyke  "  from 
end  to  end,  and  meets  successively  the  projecting  easternmost  points 
of  the  lines  of  40  to  50,  50  to  60,  and  60  to  70  fathoms.  Beyond 
this  last,  the  lines  of  equal  depth  are  but  triflingly  affected  by  the 
entrance  to  the  Channel.     See  the  Admiralty  C!hart8. 

We  would  now  wish  to  draw  attention  to  the  above-mentioned 
longitudinal  pits,  remarkable  as  they  are  for  their  great  length,  and 
for  lying,  all  of  them,  nearly  in  the  same  direction. 

It  has,  I  think,  been  suggested  that  a  laige  river  once  passed 

*  For  the  other  papers  read  at  the  Eyening-meeting,  tee  Quart.  Joum.  QteoX. 
Soc  Tol.  xvii.  p.  533,  Ac. 
t  Quart  Joum.  Geo!.  Soc.  1850-51 ;  vol.  vi.  p.  69 ;  vol.  viii.  p.  118. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


38  PB0CEBBIN08  OV  THE  GBOLOOICAL  SOCIETY. 

through  the  bed  of  the  Channel,  when  it  was  above  the  level  of  the 
sea ;  but  the  action  of  mnning  water  cannot  be  considered  sufficient 
to  have  hollowed  out  troughs  of  this  kind,  with  no  exit  or  open 
passage  at  either  end.  We  should  rather  wonder  that  they  have  not 
yet  been  filled  up  by  the  deposits  that  must  have  been  poured  into 
them.  Here  we  have  a  long  narrow  cavity  (**  Hurds  Dyke  *')  sur- 
rounded by  water  of  the  depth  of  about  30  fathoms  up  to  its  sides, 
and  having  in  its  centre  a  depth  of  72  faUioms,  or  about  240  foet 
more  than  its  edges.  It  therefore  seems  probable,  from  what  we 
know  on  the  subject,  that  the  remark  of  Sir  Henry  De  la  Beche 
respecting  a  similar  pit  (the  "  Silver  Kt "  off  the  coast  of  lincoln- 
shire)  would  apply  to  these,  viz.  that  they  were  the  remains  of  ancient 
cracks  or  fissures  in  the  earth. 

The  chemical  theory  of  volcanos,  the  subterranean  solution  of 
felspathic,  calcareous,  and  other  rooks  l^  water,  and  the  crumpling 
of  strata*  appear  to  account  for  the  ongin  of  cavities  beneath  the 
crust  of  the  earth,  and  its  consequent  during. 

From  the  point  first  taken,  nearly  to  the  south  of  Bungeness,  the 
line  of  deepest  water  takes  a  north-easterly  course  to  a  little 
above  lat.  52P  N. ;  a  winding  course,  like  that  of  the  English  Channel, 
if  observed  only  for  a  short  distance,  but  in  long  distances  deviating 
not  much  from  a  straight  one.  From  the  point  last  mentioned,  in 
lat.  52°  K.,  the  line  appears  to  turn  in  a  direction  somewhat  to  the 
west  of  the  north ;  but  beyond  this  it  rapidly  becomes  shallower, 
indeed  below  30  fathoms.  It  may  be  traced,  however,  with  a  depth 
of  between  20  and  30  fathoms  to  a  little  north  of  lat.  53°  K.,  and 
there  ceases  as  a  continuous  line,  though  there  are  detached  pits, 
such  as  the  "  Silver  Pit "  above  alluded  to,  with  a  depth  of  from  40 
to  50  fathoms.  But,  generally  speaking,  a  bank  here  runs  across  the 
Channel  all  the  way  from  England  to  Holland,  so  that  a  rise  of  20 
fathoms  (120  feet)  in  the  bed  of  the  sea  would  enable  us  to  walk 
across  to  Holland  diyshod,  all  the  way  from  the  Wash  to  the  Elbe. 

As  the  line  of  deepest  water  has  now  terminated  in  this  locality, 
we  must  turn  to  anotiier,  and  endeavour  to  recover  it.  To  the  north- 
east of  the  Shetland  Isles  we  meet  with  the  100-fathom  line,  which 
passes  round  the  western  coasts  of  Scotland  and  Ireland.  North  of 
the  Shetlands  it  takes  a  bend  to  the  east,  and  runs  in  a  direction 
nearly  west  to  east ;  then  sweeps  round  to  the  north,  until  it  termi- 
nates its  course  in  that  direction  almost  in  a  point,  and  then  runs 
away  in  a  south-cast  direction,  following  the  Une  of  the  coast  of 
Norway.  But  during  the  short  distance  that  it  has  run  from  west  to 
east,  it  gives  off  a  deep  channel  to  the  south ;  so  that  in  an  easterly 
direction  from  the  north  point  of  the  Shetlands  there  is,  after  passing 
over  the  shoal  water  near  the  land,  a  channel  of  frx>m  80  to  100 
fathoms  in  depth,  then  a  bank  of  from  60  to  70  fathoms,  and  beyond 
that  the  deep  channel  which  runs  conformably  to  the  coast  of  Norway, 
to  the  depth  of  200  fathoms  or  more.  There  is  a  deficiency  of  deep- 
sea  soundings  from  about  lat.  60°  30'  to  59°  30' ;  but  the  channel  we 
have  mentioned,  divided  from  the  deep  water  on  the  coast  of  Norway, 
»  See  De  U  Beche,  Mem.  Geol.  Surr.  vol  i.  p.  237. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


EYEBEST ^POLTGONAL  AEEAS.  39 

maj  be  traced  all  the  way,  nearly  in  a  sontheily  direction,  at  a  depth 
of  70  to  80  fathoms,  having  on  its  eastern  side  the  bank  of  00  to  70 
fietthoms,  which  separates  it  from  the  Norway  Sea.  At  about  lat. 
68*^  40',  where  the  soundings  are  more  regularly  given  on  the  charts, 
we  find  again  the  deep  channel  of  from  80  to  100  fathoms,  running 
in  a  direction  nearly  south,  with  a  slight  inclination  to  the  east, 
having  on  either  side  a  depth  of  70  to  80  feithoms,  and  outside  of  that 
again  a  depth  of  60  to  70  fathoms.  Here  we  observe  that  it  must 
have  divided  into  two,  after  passing  the  northern  point  of  the 
Bhetlands,  though  the  soundings  are  too  impeifect  to  enable  us  to 
say  where  the  division  took  place.  We  find,  however,  two  channels 
of  70  to  80  fjEtthoms  in  depth,  with  a  bank  between  them.  The 
easternmost  or  principal  cbmnel  is  continued  to  below  lat.  58°  at 
the  depth  of  above  80  fathoms,  and  a  little  farther  at  the  depth  of 
above  70  fiithoms.  It  continues  at  a  depth  of  50  to  60  fitthoms  to 
below  56^  dO',  and  there  merges  into  a  broad  expanse  of  40  fathoms 
depth.  The  westernmost  or  side  channel  appears  to  conform  more  to 
the  line  of  the  coast  than  the  other.  It  gives  off  a  branch  into  the 
Moray  Firth,  and  another  into  the  Firth  of  Forth.  Lower  down  it 
runs  conformably  to  the  line  of  coast,  and  ends  in  about  54°  10'  lat. 
in  a  rounded  point  at  the  depth  of  30  fathoms, — ^unless  indeed  we 
suppose  the  detached  pits,  the  "  Silver  Pit,"  the  "  Sole  Pit,"  the 
"Cole  Pit,"  and  the  "Outer  Silver  Pit,"  to  be  continuations  of  it, 
which  is  probable.  The  first  appears  to  branch  aside  in  the  direction 
of  the  "  "Wash ;"  the  second  and  third  to  continue  in  the  direction 
of  the  channel  which,  as  we  saw,  ends  in  lat.  54°  10' ;  and  the  last 
runs  in  a  direction  west  to  east,  whence  it  may  be  traced  in  the  chart 
all  the  way  to  the  mouth  of  the  Elbe. 

Now,  take  a  central  point,  at  the  end  of  the  principal  or  eastem 
channel,  which  we  saw  was  in  about  lat.  56°  26',  and  draw  a  straight 
line  from  that  to  the  point  which  we  have  before  taken  in  lat.  52° ; 
then  produce  the  strait  line  so  formed  until  it  meets  the  line  drawn 
from  the  projecting  angle  of  the  100-fathom  line,  west  of  the  He- 
brides, towards  the  projecting  angle  of  the  same  line  which  lies  to 
the  north-east  of  ihe  Shetlands;  from  the  first  point  draw  a 
straight  line  to  the  next  projecting  point  of  the  100-fathom  line  in  a 
S.W.  direction,  which  lies  between  lat.  53°  and  54°  N.,  off  the  west 
coast  of  Ireland ;  from  this  last  point  draw  a  straight  line  to  the 
point  we  have  before  taken  at  the  entrance  of  the  British  Channel, 
in  lat.  48°  20'  N.  and  long.  8°  30'  W. :  we  have  now  completed  an 
unequal-aded  hexagonal  figure,  which  may  be  said  very  nearly  to 
represent  the  lines  of  deepest  water  round  the  British  Isles.  It  is 
obvious,  on  referring  to  the  Map,  that,  starting  from  the  last-named 
point,  in  lat.  48°  20'  N.,  a  similar  process  may  be  repeated  for 
Ireland ;  and  we  then  get  a  pentagonal  figure,  the  third  side  of  which, 
running  between  the  coasts  of  Ireland  and  Scotland,  passes  along  a 
remarkeible  pit,  30  to  40  miles  long,  3  to  4  miles  broad,  and  100  to 
150  fiithoms  deep,  or  as  much  as  70  to  80  fathoms  (420  to  480  feet) 
deeper  than  the  water  at  its  edges.     See  the  Admindty  Charts. 

It  may  be  objected,  that  in  these  two  figures  we  have  t«ken,  on 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


40  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETr. 

the  western  or  oceanic  iacee,  the  100-fathom  line  of  equal  depth, 
which  is  a  different  tiling  from  a  line  or  lines  of  greatest  depth.  To 
which  we  can  only  answer,  that  the  100-fathom  line  is  the  greatest 
depth  for  which  the  necessary  soundings  have  been  given  to  enable 
us  to  construct  a  continuous  line  for  the  whole  distance.  There  are 
indications  of  a  line  of  greatest  depth  outside  of  this,  and  which  may 
be  distinctly  traced  iu  the  channel  between  the  Eerroe  Islands  and 
the  Orkneys,  and  between  Bockall  and  the  Hebrides ;  but,  as  the 
necessary  soundings  are  not  given  for  the  southern  part  of  its  course, 
we  do  not  insist  on  it. 

This  form  of  an  irregular  polygon,  usually  the  pentagonal  or  the 
hexagonal,  is  the  form  that  bodies  approximate  to,  more  or  less,  in 
shrinking,  either  when  cooling  down  from  a  great  heat  or  when 
drying.  Of  the  former  process  basaltic  columns  afford  familiar  ex- 
amples ;  and  the  same  kmd  of  thing  may  be  seen  in  large  surfaces 
of  river-mud  drying  under  the  influence  of  a  hot  sun ;  and  from 
what  we  know  otherwise,  the  probable  inference  is  that  the  con- 
traction or  shrinking  in  question  (from  whence  these  large  polygonal 
areas  appear  to  have  had  their  origin)  has  arisen  from  cooling,  and 
the  falling  in  of  cavities  occasioned  by  upheaval. 

The  difference  between  the  deep  isolated  pits  and  simple  lines 
of  depression  appears  to  be  this,  that  in  the  one  case  the  strata 
are  more  unyielding  than  in  the  other.  The  area  of  the  English 
Channel  has  been  shown  to  be  a  valley  of  depression,  from  the 
terrestrial  remains  fished  up  in  it,  and  the  sunken  forests  on  its 
edges.  The  same  thing  is  known  of  that  part  of  the  Gferman  Ocean 
which  is  south  of  lat.  53°.  There  can  then  be  no  improbability  in 
assigning  a  similar  origin  to  the  northern  part  of  it.  We  have, 
therefore,  two  antagonistic  forces  in  operation — the  one  an  elevating 
and  expanding  force,  the  other  depressing  and  contracting,  both 
acting,  if  not  in  lines  exacUy  straight,  at  least  nearly  so.  If  the 
bed  of  the  English  Channel,  east  of  the  Start  Point,  were  upheaved 
30  fathoms  or  180  feet  perpendicular,  it  would  present  the  ap- 
pearance of  a  chain  of  lakes,  similar  to  what  is  seen  in  the  inland 
valley  (the  Great  Glen)  through  which  runs  the  Caledonian  Canal. 
Does  it  not  then  appear  probable  that  the  latter  vaUey  has  also  had  a 
similar  origin,  lying  as  it  does  between  two  lofty  mountain -chains  ? 
The  furrow  has  run  parallel  to  the  ridges  on  either  side  of  it.  That 
it  has  been  upheaved  above  the  level  of  the  sea  by  an  after-process 
may  be  inferred  from  this,  that  the  narrow  trough  at  the  western 
end  of  it  (the  linnhe  Loch),  and  the  Moray  Eirth  at  its  eastern 
entrance,  have  both  the  same  maximum  depth  of  water,  viz.  100  to 
120  fathoms. 

The  line  of  100  fathoms  on  the  western  face  of  the  islands  is  the 
greatest  depth  at  which  numerous  soundings  are  given,  and  thus 
yields  better  data  for  a  continuous  line. 

We  will  commence  at  its  north-eastern  end,  to  the  north-east  of  the 
Bhstland  Isles,  where  it  forms  a  remarkable  projection  into  the  deep 
water  beyond.  (1)  From  this  point,  it  keeps  a  westerly  direction 
until  north  of  the  Shetlands,  and  then  bends  somewhat  to  the  south 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ETEBEST — POLTOOITAL  AREAS.  41 

in  a  line  nearly  straight,  until  off  the  Hebrides,  (2)  when  it  again 
makes  a  bend  to  the  soath.  It  continues  in  this  direction  until  about 
lat.  53^  20',  (3)  when  it  again  bends  to  the  south,  and  continues 
nearly  as  a  north  and  south  line  to  a  little  above  49°  20',  (4)  when 
it  takes  a  sudden  bend  to  the  south-east,  and  runs  in  that  durection 
all  the  way  across  the  Bay  of  Biscay  to  the  western  foot  of  the 
Pyrenees.  It  will  be  observed  that  between  these  projecting  points 
(see  Map)  the  line  bends  inwards,  like  a  slackened  rope  between 

Map  of  ihe  British  Isles,  showing  the  lOO-fathom  line  and  the 
Hexagonal  Area. 


its  poiuts  of  support,  and  the  cracks  or  rents  we  have  been  discuss- 
ing begin  between  the  points  of  support  at  the  deepest  point  of  the 
curve.  It  will  be  observed  also,  that  this  100-fathom  line  par- 
takes but  little  of  the  irregular  shape  of  the  coast;  but  that  the 
shallower  the  water  becomes,  the  more  does  the  line  of  equal  depth 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC  ^— 


42  PBOCEEDINaS  OF  THE  aSOLOGICAL  SOCIETT. 

conform  to  the  outline  of  the  dry  land  opposite  to  it.  May  we  not 
then  explain  these  appearances  hy  saying,  that  as  the  mass  was 
upheaved  from  the  bed  of  the  ocean,  the  sides  opened,  in  a  degree, 
with  the  strain  and  shrank  inwards  or  towards  the  land,  so  as  to 
produce  (in  the  case  of  the  channel  to  the  north-east  of  the  Shetlands, 
the  northern  entrance  of  the  Irish  Channel,  and  the  entrance  of  the 
English  Channel)  a  great  crack  or  rent,  which  opened  more  and 
more  as  the  mass  rose  into  shallower  water  ?  This  appearance  in 
the  last  case,  at  the  entrance  of  the  English  Channel,  can  be  best 
studied  in  Maury's  small  Chart  of  the  North  Atlantic. 

The  relations  of  the  strong  projections  or  angles,  and  the  weaker 
sides,  of  the  half-hexagonal  figure  thus  described  are  then  treated  of 
by  the  author ; — ^the  analogous  irregularly  hexagonal  outline  of  the 
Isle  of  Arran  and  of  the  Spanish  Peninsula,  and  its  100-fathom 
line, — ^the  absence  of  such  a  line  of  angles  on  the  eastern  side  of 
England,  where  the  strata  are  softer, — and  the  bearings  that  certain 
lines  drawn  across  the  British  Isles  from  the  projecting  angles  of  the 
polygon  appear  to  have  on  the  strike,  and  other  conditions  of  the 
strata — were  described.  After  some  remarks  on  the  probable  effect 
that  shrinkage  of  the  earth's  crust  must  have  on  tiie  ejection  of 
molten  rock,  the  author  observed  that,  in  his  opinion,  the  action  of 
shrinking  is  the  only  one  we  know  of  that  will  afford  any  solution 
of  the  phenomena  treated  of  in  this  paper,  namely,  long  lines  of 
depression  accompanied  by  long  lines  of  elevation,  often,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  British  Isles,  Spain  and  Portugal,  and  elsewhere,  belong- 
ing to  parts  of  huge  polygons  broken  up  into  small  ones,  as  if  the 
surface  of  the  earth  hiad  once  formed  part  of  a  basaltic  causeway. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


43 


DONATIONS 


TO  THE 


LIBRARY  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

From  July  Ut  to  October  dlst,  1861. 


I.  TRANSACTIONS  AND  JOURNALS. 

Presented  by  the  respective  Societies  and  Editors. 

American  Joumal  of  Science  and  Arts.    Second  Series.    Vol.  xzzii. 
No.  94.    July  1861. 

H.  How.-^Natro-boro-calcite  and  another  Borate  oocnrrmg  in  the 

Gypsum  of  Nova  Scotia,  9. 
— .    Gyrolite  occurring  with  Calcite  in  Apophyllite  in  the  Trap  of 

theBayofFundy,  13. 
:.— The  r 


L.  Leeouereuz.— The  Coal-formations  of  the  United  States,  16. 

R  W.  EvanB.--The  Guernsey  County  (Ohio)  Meteor  of  May  Ist, 
1860,  30. 

£.  R  Andrew8.-^Rock*oil ;  its  G^logical  RelationB  and  Distribu- 
tion, 86. 

R  J.  Brush. — Crystalline  form  of  Hydrate  of  Magnesia  fix>m  Texas 
in  Pennsvlyama,  94 

The  Tunnel  of  Mont  Cenis,  101. 

G.  Rose. — ^Deportment  of  Carbonate  of  Lime  at  a  high  temperature, 
112. 

Geological  Surrey  of  Kentucky,  118. 

J.  H.  M'Chesney. — ^New  Fossils  from  the  Palssoioic  Rocks  of  the 
Western  States,  123. 

W.  Haidinger. — ^Meteors,  136. 

Earthquake  at  Mendoza,  148. 

Assurance  Magazine  and  Journal  of  the  Institute  of  Actuaries. 
VoLix.    Parte.    No.  46.    July  1861. 

Athenaum  Joumal.     Nos.  1758-1774.    July-October  1861. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

E.  Hull's  <The  Coal-fields  of  Great  Britain,'  noticed,  22. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


44  DOKAiioirs. 

Athenaeum  Journal.     Nos.  1758-1774  (continued). 

R.  Chamber's  '  Ice  and  Water,'  noticed,  63. 

T.  BeU's  'Mineral  Veins/  noticed,  101. 

Meeting  of  the  Britbh  Association,  313,  343,  378,  411. 

Murchison  aad  G^eikie's  '  Geological  Map  of  Scotland,'  noticed,  322, 

'Our  Black  Diamonds,'  &c,  noticed,  401. 

Bengal  Asiatic  Society.     New  Series.     No.  107.     1861,  No.  2. 
T.  G.  Montgomerie. — ^Progress  of  the  Kashmir  Survey,  99. 

Berlin,  Abhandlungen  der  konigl.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.  zu.     Aus  dem 
Jahre  1860.     1861. 

Beyrich. — ^Ueber  Setnnojnthecus  petUelieuSy  1  (plate). 
HenseL — Ueber  Htpparion  medUerraneum,  47  (4  plates). 

.  Qucestiones  quas  Academife  Eegiee  Scientiarum  BorussicaB 
Classis  physica  et  mathematica  certamini  litterario  in  annum 
MDCccLXiv.  proponit,  &c. 

.    Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.   Vol.  xii. 

Parts  3  and  4.     1860. 

Protokoll,  361,  617.    Briefliche  Mittheilungen,  373. 

H.  V.  Strombeck. — ^Ueber  die  Trias-Schichten  mit  Myophoria  pes- 

anserisj  Schlot.,  auf  der  Schafweide  zu  LUneberg,  381. 
Th.  Kjerulf.— Ueber  das  Friktions-Phanomen,  389. 
M.  Sars. — ^Ueber  die  in  der  norwegischen  post-pliocanen  oder  gla- 

cialen  Formation  Torkommenden  MoUusken,  ^)9. 
A.  Delesse. — Ueber  das  Vorkommen  des  Stickstoffes  und  der  oigani- 

schen  Stoffe  in  der  Erdrinde,  429. 
Fr.  Pfaff.— Beitrajge  zur  Theone  der  Erdbeben,  461  (plate). 
H.  B.  Geinitz. — ^r  Faima  des  RothHegenden  und  Zechsteins,  467. 
O.  Speyer. — Ueber  Tertiar-Conchylien  von  SoUingen  bei  Jerxheim 

im  Ilerzogthum  Braunschweig,  471  (plate). 
R  Weiss.— Ueber  ein  Megc^h^m  der  Steinkohlen-Formation  von 

Saarbriicken,  609. 
H,  Wolf  und  Ferd.  Roemer. — Nachricht  von  dem  Vorkommen  der 

Posidonotnya  Becheri  in  den  Sudeten  imd  in  Mahren,  613. 

F.  von  Richthofen. — Bemerkungen  iiber  Ceylon,  623. 

.    Ueber  den  Gebirgsbau  an  der  Nordkdste  von  Formosa,  632. 

—  Unger. — ^Der  Sdiwefelkies-Bergbau  auf  der  Insel  WoUin,  646 
(plate'). 

G.  Sandberger.— Versuch,  das  geolo^sche  Alter  einer  Therme,  der- 
jenigen  von  "Wiesbaden,"  zii  bestimmen,  667. 

R.  Andree. — ^Zur   Kenntniss   der  Jurageschiebe  von   Stettin   und 
Konigsberg,  673  (2  plates). 

Boston  and  Cambridge,  U.S.     American   Academy  of  Arts   and 
Sciences.    Memoirs.     Vol.  i.    Boston,  1785. 

Williams. — ^Earthquakes  of  New  England,  260. 

D.  Jones. — West-Kiver  Mountain,  and  the  appearance  of  there  having 

been  a  volcano  in  it,  312. 
C.  Alexander. — Account  of  Eruptions  and  present  Appearance  in 

West-River  Mountain,  316. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOlTATIOira.  45 

Boston  and  Cambridge,  U.S.     American  Academy  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.     Memoirs.     Vol.  i.     Boston,  1785  (continued), 

B.  Lincoln. — Several  Strata  of  Earth  and  Shells  on  the  Banks  of 

York  River,  Vimnia  ;  Springs  in  Pennsylvania,  &c.,  372. 
J.  Belknap. — ^Fossu  substance  containing  vitriol  and  sulphur,  377. 

.    .    .     Vol.  ii.     Part  1.    Boston,  1793. 

S.  Tenny. — Medicinal  Springes  at  Saratoga,  N.Y.,  43. 

S.  Hitchcock. — Fro^  found  in  the  Earth,  63. 

Parsons. — ^Discoveries  made  in  the  Western  Country,  119. 

S.  West — ^A  Letter  concerning  Gay  Head,  147. 

W.  Baylies.— Description  of  Gay  Head,  150. 

R.  Annan. — Account  of  a  Skeleton  of  a  large  Animal  found  in 

Hudson's  River,  160. 
T.  Edwards. — ^Description  of  a  horn  or  bone  lately  found  in  the  River 

Chemung  or  Tyoga,  164 

.    .    .     VoL  ii.     Part  2.    Charlestown,  1804. 

R  de  Witt. — ^Mineral  productions  of  the  State  of  New  York,  73. 
0.  Fisk. — ^Account  of  the  Resuscitation  of  a  Mouse,  found  in  a  torpid 
state  enclosed  in  a  fossil  substance,  124 

,    ,    .     New  Seriee,     Vol.  i.    Cambridge,  1833. 

ir. — Mineralogy  and  Geology  of  N 

— .    .    .    .    Vol.  vi.     Part  2,     Cambridge  and 

Boston,  1859. 

Proceedings.     Vol.  iv.    From  May  1857  to  May 


C.  T.  Jackson  and  F.  Alger. — Mineralogy  and  Geology  of  Nova 
Scotia,  217. 


1860.     1860. 

A.  Ghray. — ^Botany  of  Japan  compared  with  that  of  Asia.  Europe,  and 

North  America,  131, 171, 195,  411,  424 
C.  T.  Jackson. — ^Analysis  of  Bomite  from  Georgia,  196. 
P.  Cleaveland,  R.  Brown,  and  A.  Humboldt,  Obituary  Notices  of, 

226. 
C.  T.  Jackson.— Frozen  Well  in  Brandon,  Vermont,  269. 
S.  S.  Lyon  and  S.  A.  Casseday. — Syncmvmic  list  of  the  Palteozoic 

Echinodermata  of  North  America,  282. 
—  Shaw.— Granite  as  a  Building  Material,  353. 

. Vol.    V.     Sheets    1-30.    May    1860-April 

1861. 

S.  A.  Cassedav  and  S.  S.  Lyon. — Fossil  Crinoidea  from  Lidiana  and 

Kentud^,  16. 
F.  H.  Storer  and  C.  W.  Eliot — Chromate  of  Chromium  and  Black 

Oxide  of  Manganese,  192. 

Breslau.  Abhandlimgen  der  Schlesischen  Geeellschaft  fur  vater- 
landische  Cultur.  Philosopbiseh-bistoiiBche  Abtheilong.  1861. 
Heft  I. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


46  POITATIOITB. 

Broslati.  Abhandlnngen  der  Scblosischeii  GMellsdhaft  fUr  viater* 
l^ndisohe  Caltar.  Abtheilting  fiir  NatarwiBsensohafteQ  nnd 
Medidn.     1861.    Hefte  L  and  11. 

H.  R.  Goeppert — ^Ueber  dae  Vorkoinmeu  yon  laas-Pflanzen  im 

EaukasuB  und  der  Albonis-Eettey  189. 
,    Ueber  die  Tertiiurflora  der  Polaigegenden,  196. 

.    Acht    und    dreiasigster   Jahres-Bericht    der    Sohlesiachen 

Gesellachaft  filr  yaterlandiaehe  Enltur.    Arboiten  und  Yeribi- 
derungen  der  Ges.  hn  J.  1860.     1861. 

—  Ton  CamalL — ^Ueber  die  Lagening  der  SteinkoblenflOtze  in  Ober- 

Bcblesien,  28. 
C.  Beinert — ^tleber  die  G^Bchiebe  in  den  Conglomeratbimkeii  der 

Grauwacke-Fonnation  bei  Schweidnitz,  Seifenraoxf und  Gablau,  30. 
H.  R.  GiMppert — ^VerzeichniBa  der   Meteoriten  der   Minetalien- 

Sammlung  der  Schlesischen  GesellBcbailfcy  32. 

,    Ueber  Liasflora  RusslandB,  38, 

,    Ueber  die  Eohlen  Oentral-RusalandB,  34 

.    Ueber  die  polare  Terti&r-Floray  34. 

British  Aasooiation  for  the  Advancement  of  Seienoe,  Report  of  the 
Thirtieth  Meeting  of  the,  held  at  Oxford,  1860.     1861. 

J.  Anderson* — ^Excavations  in  Dora  Den,  32. 

R.  P.  Greg.— Catalogues  of  Meteorites  and  Fireballs  from  A.n.  2  to 

A.D.  1860,  48. 
W.  Vernon  Harcourt — ^Efiect  of  long-continued  Heat,  illostmtive 

of  Geological  Phasnomena,  175. 
J.  A.  Brown. — ^Magnetic  Rocks  in  South  India,  24 
W.  R.  Birt — ^Forms   of  certain  Lunar  Craters  indicative  of  the 

Operation  of  a  peculiar  degrading  Force,  34. 
H.  Hennessj. — ^Possibility  of  Studying  the  Earth's  Internal  Structure 

from  Phenomena  observed  on  its  Surfkce,  36. 
H.  Moselej. — ^The  Cause  of  the  Descent  of  Glaciers^  48. 
F.  Anca. — Two  newlj  disoovered  OssifSorous  Caves  m  Sicily,  73. 
P.  B.  Brodie. — Stratigraphical  Position  of  certain  Species  of  Corals 

in  the  Lias,  73. 
J.  A.  Broun. — ^Velocity  of  Barthquake-shocks  in  the  l4aterite  of 

India,  74. 
J.  C.  Clutterbuck. — ^The  Course  of  the  Thames  from  Lechkde  to 

Windsor,  as  ruled  by  the  Geological  Formations  over  which  it 

passes,  75. 
Daubeny. — ^The  Elevation-theory  of  Volcanos,  76. 
J.  B.  P.  Dennis.— On  the  Mode  of  Flight  of  the  Pterodactyles  of  the 

Coprolite-bed  near  Cambridge,  76. 
J.  Dingle. — Corrugation  of  Strata  in  the  Vicinity  of  Mountain- 
ranges,  77. 
P.  de  M.  G.  Egerton.— The  Ichthyolites  of  Famell  Road,  77. 

.    A  New  Fonn  of  Ichthyolite  discovered  by  Mr.  Peach,  78, 

A.  Favre.— Circular  Chains  in  the  Savoy  Alps,  78. 

A.  Gages. — Some  Transformations  of  Iion-pyntes  in  connexion  with 

Org^c  Remains,  70. 
H.  B.  Geinitz.^The  Siluxian  Formation  in  tha  district  of  Wilsdruff, 

79. 
T.  RH.  owney. — Analvsis  of  some  Connemara  Minerals,  71. 
.    Composition  ot  Jet,  72. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOITATIOm.  47 

British  Afisociatioii  for  the  AdTaacemont  of  Science,  Beport  of  the 
Thirtieth  Meeting  of  the,  held  at  Oxford,  1860  {continued). 

R.  Harknefls. — ^The  Metamorphic  Rocks  of  the  North  of  Ireland, 
79. 

Hector. — ^The  Geology  of  Captain  Palliser'8  Expedition  in  British 
North  America,  80. 

R  Hull. — ^The  Blenheim  Iron-ore ;  and  the  Thickness  of  the  Forma* 
tions  below  the  Great  Oolite  at  Stonesfield,  Oxfordshire,  81. 

T.  S.  Himt. — Some  Points  in  Chemical  G^logy,  83. 

J.  B.  Jukes. — ligneous  Rocks  interstratified  with  the  Carboniferous 
Limestones  of  the  Basin  of  Limerick,  84. 

J.  A.  Knipe.— The  Tynedale  Coal-field  and  the  Whin-sill  of  Cum- 
berland and  Northumberland,  86. 

W.  L.  Lindsay.— The  Eruption  in  May  1860  of  the  Kotltig3&  Volcano 
in  Iceland,  86. 

W.  Lister.-— Some  Reptilian  Foot-prints  from  the  New  Red  Sand- 
stone north  of  Wolverhampton,  o7. 

C.  Moore.— The  Contents  of  Three  Cnbic  Yards  of  Triassic  Drift, 
87. 

W.  Molynenx.— Fossil  fish  from  the  North  Stsfibrdshire  Coal-fields, 
88. 

J.  Powrie. — ^A  Fossiliferous  Deposit  near  Famell,  in  For&rshire, 
N.B.,  89. 

J.  Prestwich. — Some  new  facts  in  relation  to  the  Section  of  the 
OiSk  at  Mundesley,  Norfolk,  90. 

W.  Pengelly. — ^The  Chronological  and  Geographical  Distribution  of 
the  Devonian  FossHs  of  Devon  and  Cornwall,  91. 

G.  N.  Smith. — Three  tmdescribed  Bone-caves  near  Tenby,  Pembroke- 
shire, 101. 

W.  S.  Symonds. — ^The  selection  of  a  peculiar  geological  habitat  by 
some  of  the  rarer  British  Plants,  102. 

H.  B.  Tristram. — ^The  Geological  System  of  the  Central  Sahara  of 
Algeria,  102. 

J.  F.  Whiteaves. — ^The  Invertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Lower  Oolites  of 
Oxfordshne,104. 

T.  Wright — ^The  Avicula  contorta  beds  and  Lower  Lias  in  the  South 
of  England,  108. 

J.  Rae.— Icebergs  and  Ice-«ction  as  observed  in  the  Hudson's  Bay 
and  Straits,  174 

Canadian  Journal.    New  Series.    No.  34.    Jnly  1861. 

C.  Robb. — ^Petroleum  Springs  of  Western  Canada,  314 

E.  Billings.— Devonian  Fossils  of  Canada  West,  329. 
£.  J.  Chapman. — ^Elaprothine  or  LazuHte,  363. 

R  Lartet. — Coexistenoe  of  Man  with  certain  extinct  Quadrupeds, 
368. 

Chemical  Society.  Quarterly  Journal.  Vol.  ziv.  Parts  2  and  3. 
Nos.  54  and  55.    July-October  1861. 

R.  Adie  and  E.  Frankland. — Ground-ice,  112. 

F.  Field. — Some  Minerals  from  Chile,  153. 

V.  Harcourt — ^Peroxides  of  Potassium  and  Sodium,  267. 

Christiania.  Solennia  Academioa  Univendtatis  Literariie  Regis 
FrederioianflB  ante  l.  annos  oondits  die  2  Septembris  anni 
MDCccLxi.  celebranda  indidt  Senatus  Aoademicus.     1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


48  lyovjLTiovs. 

Colonial  Mining  Journal  (Melbourne).  Vol.  iii.  Nos.  7  and  8. 
March  and  April  1861. 

P.  Niaser. — Origin  of  the  Metals  in  the  Pleistocene  detritus,  09,  111. 

H.  Mackworth*s  *  Pocket-metra,'  116. 

J.  Brady. — ^Bendigo  Waterworks,  120  (map). 

Critic.     Vol.  xxii.     Nos.  574-500.    Jnly-October  1861. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c 

H.  W.  Bristow's  *  Glossary  of  Mineralogy,'  noticed,  423. 

Darmstadt,  Notizblatt  das  Vereins  fiir  Erdkonde  und  verwandte 
Wissenschaften  zn,  und  des  Mittebheinischen  geologischen 
Vereins.     Vol.  ii.     Nos.  32-40.     1860. 

Seibert — Mineralogisch-geognoetiche  Notizen  fiir  Excursionen  in 

der  Umgegend  von  Bensheim  mid  Auerbach,  66. 
H.  Tasche. — ^Zu  den  Sectionen  Alsfeld  und  AUendorf,  69. 

.    Zur  Section  Giessen,  86. 

A.  Gross. — Fossile  Pflanzen  im  Taunusquarzit  bei  Ockstadt,  71. 

R.  Ludwig. — ^Lagerungsverhaltnisse    des    Quarzites    und   Sericit- 

schiefers  bei  Bingen,  Schloss  JohumiBberg  und  Riidesheim,  71. 
A.  Gross. — Aus  der  Section  Fauerbach-Usingen,  83. 
Seibert — Versteinerungen  aus  der  Section  Worms  (links  Rhein- 

seite),  86. 
R.  Ludwig. — ^Kalk,  Schiefer  und  Eisenstein  von  Walderbach  ohnfem 

Strombergi  86. 
Seibert — Beobachtungen  aus  den  Sectionen  Erbach  und  Michelstadt. 

87.  .  . 

R.  Ludwig. — ^Kramenzel,  EieselBchiefer  und  flotzleerer  Sandstein 

bei  Butzoach,  99. 
O.  Buchner*s  '  Die  Feuermeteore,'  102. 
F.  Scharff.— Die  Quarzgange  des  Taunus,  116, 123. 
Seibert — Die  Buntsancbteinformation  im  ostliche  Theile  der  Section 

Erbach,  126. 

.    .    Vol.  iii    No8. 41-60.     1861. 

Seibert — Die  crystallinischen  Gesteine  des  Odenwalds,  2. 

R.  Ludwig. — ^Animalische  Reste  aus  der  westfiilischen  Steinkohlen- 

formation,  10. 
C.  Koch. — Das  Vorkonunen  von  Schwefelkiesen  und  Pseudomor- 

phosen  nach  denselben  in  der  Krammenzelformation,  12,  21. 
R.  Ludwig.— :Die  f^tstehung  von  Siisswasserquellen  bei  Homburg 

am  Taunus,  18. 
.    Das  Verhaltniss  der  Braunkohlenabhigerung  der  Grube  Jager- 

thai  bei  ZeU  zu  den  Vogelsberger  Basalten,  29,  §9. 

,    Die  Braunkohlen  von  Wolfen  in  der  Nahe  von  Halle,  66,  62. 

.    Geologisches  aus  Russland,  66. 

..    Die  B£neralquellen  zu  Homburg  vor  der  Hohe,  82,  89,  98, 

107,  116  (plate). 
C.  Koich. — Vitrioleier,  6. 
Seibert — Knochenreste  bei  Heppenheim,  7. 

,    Aus  der  Section  Worms,  23. 

.    Aus  der  Section  Hirschhom,  132.^ 

.    Versteinerungen  aus  dem  Bensheim-Heppenhemier  tertiaren 

Meersandstein,  118. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONATIONS.  .49 

Darmstadt,  Notizblatt  des  Ycroins  fur  Erdkunde  and  verwandte 
Wissenschaften  zvl,  und  dos  Mittelrhoinischen  geologischen 
Vereins.     Vol.  iii.     Nos.  41-60.     1S61  (continued). 

Tasche. — ^Breccio  aus  Fischzahnen  und  Knochonstiicken  boi  Angera- 

bach,  118. 
A.  Delease^s  <  Uebor  die  Entstehung  der  sogenannten  Massenge« 

steine/  24, 

Dijon.  Mcmoires  de  rAcademio  Imp.  d.  Se,,  Arts  et  Belles-Lettres  de 
Dijon.    Deux.  Scr.     Vol.  viii.     1861. 

A.  Perrey. — Documents  sur  les  Trcmblements  do  Terre  et  los  phd- 
nom^nes  volcaniqucs  dans  TArchipel  des  Philippines,  85  (map). 

Dorpat.  Archiv  fiir  die  Naturkimdo  Liv-,  Esth-,  und  Kurlands, 
Herausgegobcn  von  dcr  Dorpator  Naturforscher-GosoUschaft. 
Zweiter  Serie.    Biologischo  Naturkunde.    Vols.  ii.  and  iii.     1860. 

Frankfort.  Abhandlungen,  horausgcgeben  von  dcr  Sonckenbergis- 
chen  Natnrforschenden  Gesellschaft.     Vol.  iii.     Part  2.     1861. 

Fr.  Hassenberg. — ^Mineralogische  Notizen,  255  (S  plates). 

P.  A.  Kesselmeyer. — Ueber  den  Ursprung  der  Metcorsteine,  313  (3 

maps). 
O.  Buchner. — Quellenverzeichniss  zur  Literatur  der  Meteoriten,  455. 

Geologist.    Nos.  43-46.    July-October  1861. 
R.  N.  Rubidge.— Metalliferous  Saddles,  281. 
F.  W.  Ilutton.— The  Darwinian  Theory,  288. 
W.  Pengelly.— Deer's  Horns  in  Brixham  Cave,  288. 
Foreign  Correspondence,  280. 
Proceedings  of  Societies,  294,  364,  375. 
Notes  and  Queries,  306,  366,  383. 
Reviews,  313,  356,  399,  463. 
W.  Pengelly.— The  Devonian  Age,  332. 
J.  W.  Salter. — AremcoUtes  in  Bonemia,  347. 

F.  Drake. — Human  Remains  in  the  Drift  of  Belvoir,  349. 

0.  Fisher. — ^Fossil  Deer's  Horn  with  marks  of  Human  Operation  at 

Clacton,  352. 
C.  C.  Blake. — MacraucJtema  in  Bolivia,  354. 
S.  J.  Mackie.— Turbane  Hill  Mineral,  369. 
J.  Anderson. — New  Fossils  in  the  Old  Red,  386. 
A.  Deleaae. — ^Minerals  of  the  Metallic  Veins  of  Freiberg,  387. 
A.  R  Rcuss.— C/yfi'a  LeacJui,  392. 
C.  C.  Blake. — ^Association  of  Human  Remains  with  those  of  Extinct 

Animals,  395. 
S.  J.  Mackie.— The  Lunar  Seas,  409. 
T.  Grindlcy.— The  Darwinian  Thcorv,  410. 
J.  II.  W. — ^Human  Remains  in  the  Valley  of  the  Trent,  415. 
\V.  Haidingcr. — ^Meteoritc^,  420. 

G.  E.  Roberts.— Coal-field  of  Wyre  Forest,  421  (plate). 

R.  I.  Murchison. — Address  to  the  Geological  Section  at  Manchester, 

428. 
R  W.  Binnev. — Geology  of  Manchester,  443. 
R.  Owen. — Hesiosaurus  amtralts  from  New  Zealand,  44  L 
A.  B.  Wynne.— Geology  of  Knocksigowna,  445. 
W.  Pengelly. — ^Encroachments  of  the  Sai  at  Torbay,  447. 
J.  Yatea. — ^Excess  of  Water  in  the  Region  of  New  Zealand,  453. 

VOL,  XVm, — PABT  I.  E 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


&3  poFAnoire. 

Oeologist.    Nob.  43-46  (eorUtnued). 

E.  HulL — ^Distribution  of  the  Carboniferoiifi  Sediments;  454. 
W.  Pengelly. — ^New  Bone-cavern  at  Brixham.  456. 
H«  Seeley.— Elsworth  Rock  and  Bluntisham  Claj,  460. 
J.  Hector. — ^Pleistocene  Deposits  of  North  America,  461. 

Great  Britaiii.  Geological  Stmrey.  Annual  Beport  of  the  Director- 
General  for  1860.    1861. 

,    .     Memoirs : — 

The  Geology  of  the  Warwickshire  Coal-field  and  the  Permian  Bocks 

and  Trias  of  the  surrounding  District    By  H.  H.  Howell.    1859. 
The  Geology  of  the  Leicestershire  Coal-field,  and  of  the  Country 

around  Ashby-de-la-Zouch.    By  R  HuU.     1860. 
The  Iron-ores  of  Great  Britain : — 

Part  1.  Iron-ores  of  the  North  and  North-Midland  Counties  of 

England.    By  J.  Percy,  W.  W.  Sm^h,  and  others.     1856. 
Part  2,  Iron-ores  of  South  Staffordshire.    By  Jukes,  Dick,  and 

others.    1858. 
Part  3.  Iron-ores  of  South  Wales.     By  R  Rogers,  Ratdiife, 
Salter,  and  others.    1861. 
The  (Geology  of  the  Country  around  Wi^.    By  R  HulL    1860. 
The  (Jeology  of  the  Country  around  Nottingham.    By  W.  T.  Aveline. 

1861. 
The  Geology  of  Parts  of  Nottinghamshire,  Yorkshire,  and  Derbyshire. 

By  W.  T.  Aveline.    With  Lists  of  Fossils  by  J.  W.  Salter,  F.G.S. 

18S1. 
The  Geology  of  the  Country  around  Prescot,  Lancashire.    By  E. 

HulL    1860. 
The  Geology  of  Parts  of  Oxfordshire  and  Berkshire.    By  R  Hull  and 

W.  Whitaker.    With  List  of  Fossils  by  R.  Etheridge.    1861. 
The  (Geology  of  the  Country  around  Woodstock,  Ozfordshiie.    By 

R  HulL    With  List  of  Fossils  by  R.  Etheridge.     1859. 
The  Geology  of  Part  of  Leicestershire.    By  W.  T.  Aveline  and  H.  H. 

HowelL    With  List  of  Fossils  by  R.  Etheridge.    1860. 
The  Geology  of  Part  of  Northamptonshire.    By  W.  T.  Aveline  and 

R.  Trench.    With  List  of  Fossils  by  R.  Etheridge.    1860. 
The  Geology  of  Parts  of  Northamptonshire  and  Warwickshire.    By    • 

W.  T.  Aveline.    With  List  of  Fossils  by  R.  Etheridge.     186L 
The  Geology  of  the  Country  around  Altrmcham,  Chesnire*    By  R 

HulL    1861. 
Description  of  Horizontal  Sections,  Sheets  46,  47,  and  52.    By  R 

Hull  and  H.  W.  Bristow.    1859. 
Description  of  Geological  Map,  Sheet  No.  78.    By  A.  C.  Ramsay. 
The  Geoloffv  of  the  Neighbouriiood  of  Edinburgh.    By  H.  H.  Howell 

and  A.  Geikie.    With  Appendix  and  List  of  Fossils  by  J.  W, 

Salter.    London.    186L 

Hamburg.  Abhandlungen  aus  dem  Gebiete  dcr  Natarwissenschaften, 
herausgegeben  von  dem  naturwissenschaftlichen  Yerein  in  Ham- 
burg.   Vol.  iv.    Part  2.    1860. 

Heidelberg,  Yerhandlung  des  naturhistorisch-medizinisclien  Yereins 
zu.    Ypl.  ii.    Part  4, 
Bunsen. — ^Ueber  Rubidium  und  Caesium,  128. 
Kirchhofil — ^Ueber  den  Spectral- Apparat,  129. 
Blum.— U?ber  «ia  M^t^owiwa  Ton  Daimstadt^  164. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOFATIOVS.  51 

lostitate  of  Aotoaries.    list  of  Members.    1861. 

Institution  of  Civil  Engineers.    Premiums.    Session  1860-61. 

Leeds.    Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society  of  the  West  Biding  of 
Yorkshire.    Report  of  the  Proceedings  for  1860.     1861. 

J.  Watson.— Geology  of  the  Esk  Valley,  91. 

R.  Hunt — Iron-ore  ^Deposits  of  Lincolnshire,  97. 

R.  Carter. — Colliery-ventilation,  110, 

W.  R.  Milner. — ^Explosions  in  Coal-pits  and  state  of  the  Barometer, 

119. 
J.  Jebson. — ^Water-springs,  and  their  relation  to  Manufactures,  122. 
—  Drayson. — ^Relative  Chcmges  of  Land  and  Sea,  Expansion  of  Strata, 

&C.,  180. 

Philosophical  and  Literary  Society.     Report  for  1860-61. 

1861. 

Li<%e.    M^moires  de  la  Soc.  Roy.  dee  Sciences  de  Ii<%o.    Vol.  xvii. 
1861. 

T.  Davidson  et  L.  de  Koninck. — Sur  les  Brachiopodes  munis  d*appen- 
dices  spiraux,  et  sur  leurs  esp^ces  d^couvertes  dans  les  couches 
caifoonif&res  des  lies  Britanniques,  1  (2  plates). 

Literary  Gazette.      Now  Ser.    Tol.  vi.  Nos.  143,  145,  146,  157; 
Vol.  vii.  Nos.  158-174. 

Notices  of  the  Meetings  of  Scientific  Sodeiiee,  &c 
Meeting  of  the  British  Association,  229,  252,  278,  802, 829. 

Liverpool  literaiy  and  Philosophical  Society.    Proceedings.   No.  15. 
1861. 

H.  H.  Hig^  and  C.  Collingwood.— The  Darwinian  Theory,  42, 81, 

186. 
G.  H.  Morton.— Coal-measures  of  Liverpool,  193. 

London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine.  4th  Series. 
Vol.  xxii.    Nos.  144-147.    July-October  1861. 

W.  Thomson. — ^Underground  Temperature,  23, 121. 

M.  W.  T.  Scott— The  Symon-fault  of  Coalbrookdale,  77. 

J.  Prestwidi. — CyrenaflummaUa  fossil  at  Kelsey  Hill,  78. 

E.  J.  Chapman. — ^Klaprothine  or  Lazulite  of  North  Carolina,  81. 
R.  P.  Grep.— New  Falls  of  Meteoric  Stones,  107. 

J.  TyndalL — ^Physical  Basis  of  Solar  Chemistrv,  147. 

A.  Fontan. — ^Bone-caves  in  the  Languedoc,  1^ 

J.  Prestwich. — Flint  Implements  in  the  Dim.  166, 

J.  G.  Jefi&eys. — Corhicutajlummdlis  geologically  considered,  165. 

Holzmann.— Cerium  compounds,  216, 

F.  T.  Gregory. — Geology  of  a  part  of  Western  Australia,  246. 
C.  Moore. — ^Zones  of  the  Lower  Lias,  246. 

H.  C.  Salmon.— Granite-boxilders  in  Rosewame  Mine,  324, 
J.  W.  Dawson.— Erect  Sigillaria  at  the  South  Jogjnns,  325. 

.     Trigonocarpon  Hookeri  firom  Cape  Breton,  325, 

W.  Whitaker.— Reconstructed  Chalk,  825. 

J.  W.  Salter. — Crustacea  in  the  Coal-measures,  325. 

H.  How.^Analysis  of  Gyrolite^  326, 

s2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


52  BO^ATIOAS. 

London  Review.     Vol.  iii.     Nos.  53-69.    July-October  18G1. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 
What  Lj  Coal  ?  20L 

ISritish  Association,  Geological  Section,  344. 
Compressed  Coal,  363. 

Longman's  Monthly  List.     No.  226.    October  1861. 

Notes  on  Books.     Vol.  ii.     No.  26.     August  31,  1861. 

J.  R.  Greene's '  Manual  of  the  Subkingdom  Cajlentcrata,'  noticed,  157. 

Manchester  Geological  Society.     Transactions.     No.  6.     1861. 

R  W.  Binney  and  others.— Safety-lamps,  86,  ia3. 

Obituary  Notice  of  Ellas  Ilall,  92. 

E.  W.  Binney.— The  Drifb-dopoeits  near  Llandudno,  97  j  Hnematites 

of  Ulverstone,  &c.,  102. 
.    Coal ;  SigiUaria  and  its  Roots,  110. 

Mechanics'  Magazine.    New  Series.    Vol.  vi.    Nos.  132-148.    July- 
October  1861. 

Notices  of  Scientific  Meetings,  &c. 

Tunnel  through  the  Alps,  32. 

Gentili. — Causes  of  Earthquakes,  47. 

Oil-springs  in  America,  lob. 

British  Association  Meeting  at  Manchester,  147, 165. 

Milan.     Atti  del  R.  Istit.  Lombardo  di  Sc,  Lett,  ed  Arti.     Vol.  ii. 
Ease.  1-3  (in  one).     1860. 

Belli. — Intomo  a  diverse  particolariti  della  crosta  terrostre,  apnrossi- 
mativamente  dedotte  da  alcuni  calcoli  sulla  dissipazione  del  calor 
centrale  della  terra,  45. 

.     Memorie  del  R.  Istit.  Lombardo  di  Sc.,  Let.  ed  Arti.  Vol.  viii. 

(2nd  Series,  Vol.  ii.).     Ease.  2  and  3.    1860.  . 
Verga. — ^Della  nuova  fonte  salso-jodica  di  Miradolo,  67. 

Montreal.     Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.    Vol.  vi.    Nos.  1-4, 
Eobruary-August  1861. 

R.  Bell. — Occurrence  of  Freshwater  Shells  in  some  of  the  Post- 
tertiary  Deposits  of  Canada,  42. 

A.  Guyot — ^Physical  Geography  of  the  Appalachian  Mountain  Sy- 
stem, 51. 

T.  Sterry  Hunt — Some  points  of  American  Geology,  81. 

J.  Barrande,  AV.  E.  Logan,  and  J.  Ilall.— The  Taconic  System,  106. 

J.  W.  Dawson. — Geology  of  Murray  Bay,  138. 

.    Pre-carboniferous   Flora  of  New  Brunswick,  Maine,    and 

Eastern  Canada,  161. 

T.  Sterry  Himt.— Origin  of  some  Magnesian  and  Aluminous  Rocks, 
180. 

G.  D.  Gibb.— On  Canadian  Caverns,  184 

Duke  of  Argyll. — Flint-drift  and  Human  Remains,  190. 

W.  E.  Logan. — Quebec  Group  and  the  Upper  Copper-bearing  Rocks 
of  Lake  Superior,  109. 

J.  PhUlips's  '  Life  on  the  Earth,'  noticed,  207. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOVATIOKS.  bd 

Montreal.    Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.    Vol.  vi.    Nos.  1-4. 
Pebniary-August  1861  {continued). 

J.  Sterry  Hunt — History  of  Petroleum  or  Rock-oil,  241. 

E.  Billings. — Bocks  andPossils  occurring  near  Phillipsburgh,  Canada 

East,  310. 
How.^New  Mineral  (Cryptomorphate),  333. 

Munich.    Sitznngsberichte  der  konigl.  Bayer.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.  zn 
Miinchen.    Vol.  i.  Parts  1-3.    1861. 

H.  R  Goeppert. — ^Ueber  die  KoMen  von  Malowka  in  Central-Russ- 

land,  199. 

,    Ueber  die  Verbreitung  der  Liasflora,  210. 

,    Ueber  einen  bei  Ortenoerg  gefundenen  I^aromuSf  211. 

A.  Wamier. — ^Zur  Feststellimg  des  Artbegriffes,  316. 

.    Ueber  die  Auffindung  von  Lophiodon  in  einer  Bohnerzgrube 

bei  Heidenheim^  358. 

Newcastle-on-Tyne.     Bules  of  the  Tyneside  Naturalists'  Field- 
dub.    1861. 

— .    Transactions  of  the  Tyneside  Naturalists' Field-dub.   Vol.  v. 
Parti,    1861. 

New  York,  Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of.    Vol.  i. 
1824. 

W.  Coo^r. — Remains  of  the  Megatherium  recently  discovered  in 

Geor^a,  114. 

.    I>iscovery  of  a  Skeleton  of  the  Mastodon  giganteum*  143. 

J.  R  Dekay. — Organic  Remains  termed  BHobiic9  from  the  Kaats- 

kill  Mountains,  45. 
.    Structure  of  Trilobites;  and  description  of  an  apparently  new 

genus,  174 
J.  Delafield. — ^New  localities  of  simple  mineral)  along  the  North 

Coast  of  L«ake  Superior,  &c.,  79. 
E.  James. — Identity  of  the  supposed  Pumice  of  the  Missouri,  with  a 

varietv  of  Amygdaloid  found  near  the  Rocky  Mountains,  21. 
S.  L.  Mitchell. — Teeth  of  the  Megatherium  recently  discovered  in 

the  United  States,  58. 
J.  Renwick. — ^Mineral  from  Andover  Furnace,  Sussex  County,  Ntw 

Jersey,  87. 
.    On  the  Geological  Position  of  the  Trilobites  foimd  at  Trenton 

Falls,  185. 
J.  Torrey. — ^Locality  of  Yenite  in  the  United  States,  51. 
»    Columbite  of  Haddam,  Connecticut}  and  notice  of  several 

other  North  American  Minerals,  89. 
J.  G.  Totten,    New  supports  for  minerals  subjected  to  the  action  of 

the  blowpipe,  100. 
J.  J.  Bigsby. — Sketches  of  the  Geology  of  the  Island  of  Montreal,  108. 
J.  Cozzens. — ^Iron-oros  from  the  northern  part  of  the  State  of  New 

York,  378. 
J.  E.  Deka}'. — Observations  on  a  Fossil  Cnistaceous  Animal  (Eurg- 

pterus)  from  Westmoreland,  Ouelda  County,  New  York,  375. 
H.  R.  Schoolcraft — Native  Silver  from  Michigan,  217. 
J.  Van  Rensselaer. — Fossil  Crustacea  from  Now  Jersey^  105, 
.    Supplement  to  this  notice,  240. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


64  DOKATIONB. 

New  Yorki  Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of.    Vol.  ii, 
1828. 

W.  Cooper. — ^Further  discovers  of  Fossil  Bones  in  (Jeorria,  267. 

J.  F.  Dana.— -Analysis  of  the  Copper-ore  of  Franconia,  New  Hamp- 
shire ;  with  remarks  on  Pyritous  Copper,  263. 

J.  £.  Dekay. — Several  multiloculflr  SheuB  from  the  State  of  Delaware ; 
with  observations  on  a  second  specimen  of  the  genus  Min/pterus, 
278  (plate). 

.    Fossil   Skull  of  the  genus  JBoa,  from  the  Banks  of  the 

Mississippi,  280. 

Mitchill,  J.  A.  Smith,  and  Cooper. — ^Discovery  of  a  Fossil  Wabrus  in 
Virginia,  271« 

•    VoLiH.    1828-36. 

T.  Thomson. — Chemical  Examination  of  some  Minerals,  chiefly  from 

America ;  with  Notes  by  John  Torrey,  9, 
W.  Cooper. — ^Fossil  Bones  of  the  Megcuonyx  from  Virginia,  &c.,  160. 
J.  E.  D^y. — ^Remains  of  Extinct  Eeptiles  from  New  Jersey  \  and 

on  the  occurrence  of  Coprolites  in  the  same  locality,  134 
,    Fossil  Jaw  of  a  species  of  Gavial  from  West  Jersey,  158. 

. •     Vol.v.     No.  2.     1850. 

.; .    VoLvL    Nos.  1-13.    1853-58. 

J.  D.  Dana. — ^Homoeomorphism  of  Mineral  Species  of  the  Trimetric 

System,  37. 
T.  Prime.— Three  new  Species  of  Pisidium,  p.  64. 

.    VoLvu.    Nos.  1-9.    1859-60. 

T.  Prime. — List  of   the  known    Species  of  Pisidiumf  with  their 

Synonymy,  94. 
S.  Smitli. — Moihisca,  Peconic  and  Gardiner's  Bays,  Long  Island, 

N.Y.,147.  Jf         ^  > 

R  P.  Stevens.— Taconic  System,  276. 

Oriental  Translation  Committee.    Export,  &c.  1861. 

Palermo,  Atti  della  Society  di  Acclimazione  o  di  Agricoltora  in 
Sidlia.    Vol.i.    Nos.  1-4.     1861. 

Paris.    Annales  des  Minos.     5«  S^.    Vol.  xix.    2*  et  3®  livr.  do 
1861. 

Oruner  et  Lan. — ]£tat  present  de  la  m^tallurgie  du  fer  en  Angleterre, 
13L 

De  Senarmont — Extraits  de  mindralo^o,  249. 

Callon. — Statistique  min^rale  de  Tempire  d'Autriche,  286. 

Limp^rani. — Sur  la  ddcouverte  de  gisements  aurif^res  dans  la  pro- 
vince de  Valdivia  (Chili),  488. 

Gauldr^e-Boilleau.— Sur  les  gisements  de  cuivre  nouvellement  d^- 
converts  au  Canada,  489. 

De  la  Fosse. — Sur  le  traitement  des  minerais  de  fer  a  Tanthracite  en 
Pennsylvanie,  490. 

Hocquaid. — Sur  la  d^couverte  d'un  gisement  de  houille  au  Mon- 
t^n^gro,  495. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKAIIOVS,  60 

Paris.    Bulletin  de  la  Bodit6  O^Iogique  de  Eranoe.     Deux.  S^r. 
Vol.  xvii.  Feuil.  53-57.     1861. 

^,       Reunion  eziraordinaire  a  Beean^on  (Doubs))  810. 
.    .    Vol.  xviii.  Feuil.  22-43.    1861. 

Bureau. — Sui  le  termin  d^yoii£en  de  la  Basse-Loire,  337. 

De  Vemeuil  et  de  Kejseriing. — Coupes  du  yersant  meridional  des 

Pyrenees  (pi.  vi.),  341. 
Ebra^. — Sur  les  faunes  des  couches  A  oolithes  ferrugineuseSy  667. 
Bounot  et  P.  Mar^s. — Sur  P&ge  difl^rentiel  des  roches  qui  constituent 

le  massif  d'Alger,  359,  365. 
Deshajes. — ^Distribntion  des  mollusqnes  ao^phalte  dans  le  bassin  ter- 

tiaire  de  Paris,  370. 
Albert  Gaudry.---Sur  les  Antilopes  trouvdes  A  Pikermi   (Ghrdce) 

(pL  vii.  viii.  ix.^,  388. 
Saemann. — Addition  k  sa  communication  du  4  fiSyrier  dernier,  322, 

406. 
Ed.  Suess. — ^Extrait  d'une  lettre  A  M.  Deshayes  sur  la  gtelogie  de 

Viemie  (Autriche),  407. 
Albert  Oaudiy  et  J.  Barrande. — Sur  la  long^yit^  in^gale  des  animaux 

sup^rieurs  et  des  animaux  infi^rieurs  dons  les  demidres  p^riodes 

ffdologiques,  408^  412. 
MdleTiJie.-j-De8cnption  g^ologique  de  la  montagne  de  Reims  et  des 

pays  Yoisins,  417. 
£mile  Goubert. — Coupe  dans  les  sables  moyens,  &  Lisy-sur-Ouroq 

rSeine-et-Mame),  M6. 
D'Arcbiac. — Observations  critiques  sur  la  distribution  stratigraphique 

et  la  synonymie  de  quelques  rbizopodes,  461. 
Daubr^e. — ^Etudes  et  experiences  synthetiques  sur  le  metamoiphisme 

et  la  formation  des  roches  cristallines  (K^sume),  468. 
Marcel  de  Serres. — ^Note  additionnelle  sur  la  troncature  ncnmale  des 

coquilles  foesiles,  409. 
Th.  Ebray. — Stratiffraphie  du  syst^me  oolithique  inCdrieur  du  ddpartoi- 

ment  au  Cher,  501. 
J.  Bairande. — Sur  deux  ouyrages  de  MM.  Eoetting  et  Ed.  Zeis,  617. 
Emile  Goubert  et  Zittel. — Sur  le  gisement  et  les  fossiles  de  Glos 

(Calyados),  520. 
D'Archiac. — Reponse  k  quelques  observations  critiques  de  M.  Co- 

quandy  522. 
Albert  Gaudry.— Sur  les  camaasiers  fossiles  de  Pikermi  (Gr^)  (pL  z. 

et  xi.),  52L 
Gosselet — Sur  des  fossiles  siluriens  ddcouverts  dans  le  massif  rh^nan 

du  Condros,  538. 
Delesse. — ^Etudes  sur  le  metamorohisme  des  roches,  541. 
Nogu^. — Sur  le  terrain  cretacd  de  Tercis  ([Landes),  548. 
D'Archiac-— Sur  quelques  fossiles  tertiaires  et  cretac^e  de  TAsie 

Mineure,  552. 
De  Raincourt. — Sur  les  sables  moyens  de  Vemeuil  (Mame),  564. 
D'Archiac.— Sur  Texistence  du  second  ^tage  du  has  prds  d'Hinon 

(Aisne),  567. 
E.  Piette. — Sur  un  gite  coquillier  h  Maubert  (Ardennes),  672. 
E.  Bumortier. — Sur  le  calcaire  k  Fucoides,  base  de  Toolithe  inf^n- 

eure  dans  le  bassin  du  Rh6ne  (pL  xii.),  679. 
Albert  Gaudry. — Sur  la  Girafe  etrHeUsidotherium  tiouv^s  k  Pikermi 

(Gr^e)  (pL  xiiL),  587. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


50  DONATIONS, 

Paris.    Bulletin  do  la  Socidt^  Gdologique  de  Franco.     Deux,  Sdr. 
Vol,  xriii.  Feuil.  22-43.     1861  (continued). 

Jaubert  et  Ed.  Hubert. — Sup  la  grande  oolithe  de  la  Provence,  699, 

611. 
G.  Cotteau. — Sur  la  famillc  des  Sal^nid^es,  614. 
Kaulin. — ^Notice  indicative  des  Pholadomyes  tertiaires,  627. 
D'Archiac  et  De  Roys. — Sur  la  faune  tertiaire  moyenno  des  environs 

de  B^ziers  et  de  Narbonne,  630,  638. 
Jules  Martin. — ^De  Tdtage  bathonien  dans  laC6te-d*0r  (pi.  xiv.),  640. 
Alph.  Milne  Edwards.---Sur  les  crustac^  fossiles,  656. 
Paul  Dalimier. — Sur  la  stratigraphie  des  terrains  primaires  dans  la 

presqu*ile  du  Cotentin^  663. 
lyArchiac — Sur  les  fossiles  recueillispar  feu  M.  de  Boissy  au  plateau 

du  Four  (Loire-Inf^rieure),  666. 
Clarke. — Sur  la  formation  carbonift^re  de  TAustralie,  660. 
Ed.  Jannettaz  et  Delanoue. — Sur  la  formation  du  cacholong  dans  les 

silex  de  Champigny,  673,  674. 
Edm.  Pellat. — Sur  I'existenco  aux  environs  d'Autun  d^ossements  de 

Sauriens  dans  une  assise  calcaire,  676. 
J.  Foumet — Sur  les  roches  druptives  modemes  du  Lyonnais,  677. 
Naumann. — Sur  les  pseudomorphoses  (extrait  d'une  Icttre  k  M, 

Delesse),  678. 

.     L'Acad.  d.  So.     Comptes  Rendus  hebdom.     1861.     Prem. 

Scmeetre.  Vol,  lii.   Nos.  21-25.  Deux.  S4r.  Vol.  liii.  Nos.  1-11. 

Photographic  Society.    Journal.    Nos.  111-114.   July-Oct.  1861. 

Plymouth  Institution  and  Devon   and  Cornwall  Natural   History 
Society.    Annual  Export  and  Transactions,  1860-61.     1861. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science.    New  Series.    Nos. 
2,  3,  4.     April,  June,  October,  1861. 

Boyal  Asiatic  Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     Vol.  xviii. 
Part  2,  and  Vol.  xix.  Part  1.     1861. 

Royal  Astronomical  Society.    Memoirs.    Vol.  xxix,     1801. 
A.  R.  Clarke.— The  Figure  of  the  Earth,  25. 

Royal  Geographical  Society.     Proceedings.     Vol.  v.  No.  3.    1861. 

Royal  Horticultural  Society.     Proceedings.     Vol.  i.     Nos.  26-29. 

Royal  Institution  of  Great  Britain.     Notices  of  the  Proceedings. 
Part  xi.     1860-01. 

U.  Faraday.— ^Platinum,  321. 

H.  D.  Rogers.--Parallel  Roads  of  Glen  Roy,  341. 

.     List  of  Members,  &c.,  1861. 

.     Additions  to  Library  (No.  4)  from  July  1800  to  July  1801. 

Royal  Society.     Proceedings.     Vol.  xi.     Nos.  44,  45,  40. 
II.  Moseley. — Descent  of  Glaciers,  168. 
R.  Mallet. — Wave-transit  in  rock-formations,  362. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKATIOKS.  67 

St.  Louis.  Academy  of  Science.  Transactions.  Vol.  i.  No.  4.    1860. 

A.  11.  Worthen.— Fossils  from  the  Mountain-limestone  of  Illinois 
and  Iowa,  569. 

H.  A.  Prout — Palajozoic  Bryozoa  from  the  Western  States,  671. 

B.  F.  Shumard. — Cretaceous  Strata  of  Texas,  582. 
.    Cretaceous  Fossils  from  Texas,  500. 

J.  Marcou. — Geology  of  Kansas  and  Nebraska,  610. 

S.  S.  Lyon.— Rocks  of  Kentucky,  612. 

B.  F.  Shumard. — Meteoric  Iron  from  Texas,  622  (plate). 

.    Palfeozoic  Fossils  from  Texas.  624. 

S.  S.  Lyon. — Blastoidea  from  Kentucky,  628  (plate). 
G.  C.  Swallow. — Carboniferous  and  Devonian  Fossils  from  Missouri; 
636. 

St.  Petersburg.    Bulletin  de  TAcad.  Imp.  d.  Sc.  de  St.  Pctcrsbourg. 
Vol.  ii.  Nos.  4-8.     1861. 

K.  R  de  Baer. — Sur  une  loi  g^n^rale  de  la  formation  du  lit  des 

rivieres,  362. 
H.  Abich. — Sur  un  aerolithe  tombd  k  Stavropol,  404,  433. 

.    Sur  son  voyage  au  Daghestan,  443. 

J.  F.  Brandt — La  pal^ontologie  de  la  Russie  mdridionale,  60L 
— — .    Sur  un  squelette  de  Mastodon,  607  (plate). 

.    .    VoL  iii.    Nos.  1-6.    1861. 

G.  de  Helmersen. — G^logie  de  la  voll^  du  cours  inf<^rieur  de  la 

Narova,  12  (map  and  plate). 
J.  F.  Brandt — La  paldontologie  de  la  Russie  m^ridionale,  74. 
^— .    Sur  Textinction  de  la  vie  animale  dans  la  Bale  de  Balaklava, 

par  suite  de  la  putrefaction  d*une  grande  quantity  de  poissons,  84. 
J.  Fritzsche.— Siu-  le  Ret^n,  88. 

.    Sur  un  sel  double  de  carbonate  et  de  chlorure  de  Calcium,  286. 

II.  R.  Goeppert — Sur  les  plantes  du  terrain  liassiquo  du  Caucase  et 

de  TElbrous  en  Perse,  2fife. 

,    Mdmoircs  do  I'Acad.  Imp.  des  Sciences  do  St.  Pdtersbourg. 

Vol.  iii.  Nos.  2-8.     18C0. 

N.  V.  Kokscharow. — ^Die  nissischen  Topase  (3  plates). 

G.  V.  Helmerscn. — Steinkohlenlager  des  Gouvermcnts  Tula. 

— ^.    Das  Olonezer  Bergrevier  geologisch  untersucht  in  den  Jahren 

1856-59  (map). 
N.  V.  Kokscharow. — Die  russischen  Epidot  und  Orthit  (6  plates). 

Society  of  Arts.   Journal.    Vol.  ix.  Nos.  460-463,  405,  466.  July- 
Oct  1861. 

W.  P.  Jervis.— Mansfeld  Copper-mines,  598,  603,  616,  627. 

Consular  Information,  0'*$2 ;  FDianionds  and  Nitrate  of  Soda,  San 
Domingo,  &c.]  647,  760,  780,  793. 

New  Paint  from  Antimony,  769. 

A.  K.  Irbister. — Discoveiy  of  Gold  in  the  Valley  of  the  Saskat- 
chewan, 759. 

W.  Vivian.— Structure  of  Metals,  782. 

Stuttgart.    Wiirtcmbcrp:ischc  naturwisscnsch.  Jahrcshcftc.     Sieben- 
zehnlcr  Jahrgang.     Erstcs,  zweitcs  und  drittes  Heft,  18C1. 

0.  Frnas. — Ueber  Stmiomtus  imd  einige  Keupcr-Conchylien,  81 
(plate). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


58  Dovixion. 

Stuttgart.  WiirtemborgiBche  naturwiflsensoh.  Jahreehefte.  Bieben- 
zehnter  Jahrgang.  Erstes,  zweites  und  drittes  Heft|  1861  (eon- 
tintud), 

A.  OppeL — Die  Arten  der  Oattongen  Glyphea  und  BMudoglyphea.  108. 
0.  Iraas. — ^Die  Mammuths-Auflgrabuiigen  zu  Oannstatt  im  Jalire 

1700,112. 
A.  OdimbL — Ueber  die  weissen  und  rothen  Ealke  von  Vila  in  Tyrol, 

129  (2  plates). 
C.  Dernier. — Die  Lagerungs-VerhaltiniBse  zwischen  Schonbuch  und 

Schurwald,  170  (map  and  plate). 

Vienna.  Denkschriften  der  kais.  Akad.  der  Wissensch.  Math.- 
naturw.  Classe.    Yol.  xix.    1861. 

Unger. — Sylloge  plantanim  fossilium.  Sammlung  fossiler  Pflanzen, 
l^onders  aus  der  Tertiar-Formation,  1  (21  i)lateB). 

Ileckel  und  Kner. — ^Neue  Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  foasilen  Fische 
Oesterreichs^  49  (10  plates). 

S.  von  Mohrenstem. — Ueber  die  Familie  der  Riasoiden,  71  (11 
plates). 

.    Sitzungsberichte  der  kais.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.   Matb.-nat. 

Classe.  Band  xliii.  Heft  1.  Jahrgang  1861.  Jiinner.  Ersto 
Abtheilung  (Mineralogie,  Botamk,  Zoologie,  Anatomie,  Qeologic 
und  Palaontologle). 

A.  E.  Reuss. — ^Ueber  die  fossile  Oattung  Acicularia,  D'Archiac,  7 


(plate). 
ILEn 


Smmrich. — ^Zur  Kenntniss  der  siidbaj'rischen  Molasse,  13. 
A.  Pokomy. — Ueber  die  Torfinoore  Ungams,  67  (map). 


— — ,    -— .    — ,  ZweiteAbtiieiling(Mathematik,  Physik,^.). 

.    .    Heft  2.    Februar.     Erste  and  zweite  AbtheH. 

F.  Stoliczka. — Ueber  die  Gastropoden  und  Acephalen  der  Hierlatz- 
Schichten,  157  (7  plates). 

Washington.    Smithsonian  Institution.    Bmithsonian  Contributions 
to  Ejiowledge.    Vol.  xii.    I860. 

.    .    Annual  Report  for  1869.    1860. 

R.  Mallei — ^Earthquake  phenomena,  408. 

Wiesbaden.  Jahrbucher  dee  Vereins  f  iir  Naturkunde  im  Herzogthum 
Nassau.    Heft  xiv.    1869. 

W.  Casselmann. — ^Ueber  die  Zusammensetzimg  der  in  der  Nahe  yon 

Dillenbuig  yorkommenden  Nickelerze,  424. 
.    Vebet  ein  Qraphityorkommen  in  der  Nahe  yon  Montabaur. 

432. 
E.  Hildenbrand. — ^Analyse  des  Manganspathes  yon  Obemeisen,  434. 
C.  Hielt  und  R.  Rohr. — Chemische  tJntersuchung  des  Mineral- 

wassers  im  Badehause,  436. 
A.  Oker. — Chemische  Analyse  eines  Spirifersandsteins  yon  Kem- 

menar,  Amts  Nassau,  447. 
Berichte,  &c.,  460. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOVAnoir9.  60 

Zoological  Society  of  London.     Proceedings  (Qlastrated)^  1861. 
Part  1.    Januaiy-March. 

E.  Vansittart  Neale.— Typical  Selection^  1. 

.    Proceedings  for  1861.    Part  2.    March-June.    1861. 

.    Transactions.    Vol.  iv.    Part  7.    Section  1.    1861. 


n.  PEMODICAIS  PUBCHASED  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.    8rd  Series.    Vol.  yiii. 
No8.  43-46.    July-October,  1861. 

H.  Seel^. — New  Eehinoderms  from  tho  Upper  Greensand,  16. 

J.  F.  Whiteaves. — Palsdontology  of  the  Coralline  Oolites  of  Oxford, 

142  (plate). 
W.  K  Parker  and  T,  R.  Jones. — ^Nomenclature  of  the  Foraminifera 

(AlveoUna),  161. 
II.  C.  Sorby. — ^The  organic  origin  of  the  so-called  "  Crystalloids"  of 

the  Chalk,  103. 
W.  K.  Parker  and  T.  R.  Jones. — ^Nomenclature  of  the  Foramimfera 

Opercultna  and  NummuUna),  229. 
H.  J .  Carter. — Structure  of  fossil  Foraminifera  from  Scinde,  309. 
H.  Falconer. — Synonymy  of  Echmodon,  Owen,  34L 

Edinbui^h  New  Philosophical  Journal.    New  Series.  Nos.  27,  28. 
Vol.  xiv.  Nos.  1,  2.    July  and  October  1861. 

W.  King. — Certain  species  of  Permian  shells  said  to  occur  in  the 

Carboniferous  Rocks,  37. 
D.  M.  Holme. — Ancient  glaciers  of  Chamouni,  46. 
A.  Geikie, — Rise  of  the  Coast  of  Frith  within  tiie  Historical  Period; 

102. 
H.  How. — ^Natroborocalcite  and  another  borate  in  the  Oypsiun  of 

Nova  Scotia,  112. 
,    Oyrolito  with  Caldte  in  ApophyUite  in  the  Trap  of  the  Bay 

ofFundy,ll7. 
D.  Pa^'s  <The  Past  and  Present  Lifid  of  tho  Globe,'  noticed,  129. 
A.  Geude. — Chronology  of  the  Trap-rocks  of  ScoUanc^  143, 
A.  Biyson. — ^Aqueous  origin  of  Granite,  144. 
Obituary  notice  of  the  Rev.  J.  S.  Henslow,  169. 
R.  Edmonds. — ^Earthquakes  and  extraordinary  agitations  of  the  soa, 

203. 
W.  S.  Symonds.— The  Drifts  of  the  Severn,  Avon,  Wye,  and  Usk, 

T.  Oldham.— Skte  in  India,  327. 

Institut,  r.    !-•  Section.    Nos.  1434-1450.    June-October,  1861. 

.  2™  Section.    Nos.  306-309.    June-September,  1861. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


60  DONATIOira. 

Leonhard  nnd  Bronn's  Neues  Jahrbuch  fiir  Min.,  &c.  Johrg.  1861^ 
drittcs  Heft. 

G umbel. — ^Ueber  das  Alter  der  Miinchberger  Gneiss-Parthie  im 

Fichtelgebirge,  257. 
C.  F.  Peters. — -Ein  Beitrag  zur  Entwickelim^gescliichte  des  Azurits 

und  Malacliits  ron  Moldava  im  Banato^  2/8. 
J.  Barrande. — Ueber  die  geologischen  und  palaontologiBchen  £r- 

scheinungen  in  Canada,  286. 
QuenBtadt — ^Bemerlnmgen  zum  Archegosattrusy  294  (plate). 
C.  V.  Fellenbei^. — Einige  neuere  Mineral- Vorkommnisse  ausUngam 

und  Siebenbiirgen,  801. 
Letters ;  Notices  of  Books,  Minerals,  Geology,  Fossils. 

-^— .  Beilagcn-Heft.  Ueber  die  Ursacben  dor  in  den  Jahren  1850 
bifl  1857  stattgefdndcnen  Erd-Erzchiittenmgcn,  und  die  Bezic- 
hungen  derselben  za  den  Vulkanen  und  zur  Atmosphare,  von  Dr. 
K.E.Klug.    1861. 

PalsDontograpbica  von  H.  von  Meyer.  VoL  vii.  Parts  6  &  6. 
June  and  September,  1861. 

H.  von  Meyer. — ^Reptilien  auB  dem  Stubensandstein  des  oberen  Eeu- 
pers,  253  (20  plates). 


III.  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  BOOKS. 
Names  of  Donors  in  Italics, 

Austin,  T,  On  a  new  Genus  of  Echinodcrm ;  and  Observations  on 
the  Genus  Palcechinus,     1860. 

.     On  Lower  Silurian  Rocks  in  the  South-east  of  Ireland ;  and 

on  a  Human  Skeleton  in  an  elevated  Sea-margin.     1860. 

Becker,  F.,  und  R.  Ludwig.  Geologische  Spocialkartc  des  Grosshcr- 
zogthums  Hessen  und  der  angranzendcn  Landcsgebiote  im  Maas- 
stabo  vom  1 :  50000.  Herausgegeben  vom  mittelrheinischen  geo- 
lo^schen  Vorein.  Section  Dicburg  (Darmstadt).  From  tJu 
MiddU  Rhine  Oeologtcal  Society, 

Selce,  C,  T,  On  the  Mountains  forming  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
Basin  of  the  Nile,  and  the  origin  of  the  designation  '^  Mountains 
of  the  Moon,"  as  applied  to  them.     18C1. 

Biden,  W,  D.  Rules,  Formula)  and  Tables  for  the  Valuation  of 
Estates  in  possession  or  in  reversion,  with  new  rules  and  tables  for 
ascertaining  the  correct  market  value  or  fair  price  to  be  given  for 
Annuities,  Reversions,  Advowsons,  and  Next  Presentations.  1816. 

Bosquet,  J,  Notice  sur  lo  genre  Sandbergia,  genre  nouveau  de 
mollusques  gastcropodes  de  la  &mille  Cerithiopsid<e.     1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONATIOKS.  61 

BrUiow,  H.  W.    A  Glossary  of  Mineralogy.     1861. 

Cahral,  F,  A.  de  F.  A,  P.  Memoria  Geologica  sobro  os  torrcnos  do 
Curral-alto  e  s^rro  do  Roque  na  Provincia  de  S.  Pedro  do  Sul. 
1851. 

Carpenter,  W.  B,  Kescarches  on  Foraminifera.  Part  IV,  Poly^ 
stomdla,  Cal^arina,  IHnoponis  and  Carpenterta,     1861. 

Cumming,  J,  O,  The  Isle  of  Man.  A  Guide  to  the  Isle  of  Man, 
with  the  means  of  access  thereto,  and  an  introduction  to  its 
Scenery.     1861. 

Daiibree,  A.  Experiences  sur  la  possibilitt^  d'une  infiltration  capil- 
laire  au  travcrs  des  matiiires  poreuses  malgrc  une  forte  contre- 
pression  de  vapour,  applications  possibles  aux  ph^nom^nes  gee- 
logiques.     1861. 

Davidson,  T.    On  Recent  Terebratuhc.    1861. 

Deane,  J.  Ichnographs  from  the  Sandstone  of  Connecticut  River. 
1861.     From  A.  A.  Gould,  Esq. 

Delesse,  A.    Etudes  sur  lo  Metamorphisme  des  Roches.     1861. 

Delesse,  BeauUeu  et  Yveri,  nommds  experts  par  lo  Conseil  de  Pre- 
fecture de  la  Seine  au  sujet  de  I'lnondation  souterraine  qui  s'est 

•  produite  dans  les  quartiers  nord  do  Paris  en  1856,  Rapport  de 
MM.    1861. 

DesTiayes,  G.  P,  Distribution  des  MoUusques  acdphaies  dans  le 
bassin  tertiaire  de  Paris.     1861. 

.     Description  des  Animaux  sans  Vertebres,  dccouverts  dans  le 

Bassin  de  Paris.    Vol.  i.  livr.  17-20, 1858 ;  Vol.  ii.  livr.  21  &  22. 
1861. 

Ebray,  T.  Sur  la  composition  de  I'appareil  apicial  de  certains 
echinodenns  et  sur  le  genre  Protophites.  1860,  From  Sir  O.  Lyell, 
F.G.8. 

Fuhlrott,  C.  Menschliche  Ueberreste  aus  einer  Felsengrotte  des 
Dusselthals.     1859.    From  Sir  C.  Lyell,  F.G.S. 

Gastaldi,  B.  Cenni  su  alcune  armi  di  pietra  e  di  bronze  trovate 
nell'  Lnolese,  nolle  mamiere  del  Modenese  e  del  Parmigiano  e 
nolle  torbiere  della  Lombardia  e  del  Piemonte.     1861, 

Gaudry,  A,  Note  sur  quelques  os  gigantesques,  provenant  des 
nouvelles  fouilles  entreprises  en  Grece. 

.    R^sultats  des  Fouilles  ex^cutees  en  6r^  sous  les  auspices 

de  rAcaddmie.     1861. 

.  Sur  la  longevity  inhale  des  animaux  superieurs  et  des  ani- 
maux inferieurs  dans  les  demidres  p^riodes  gdologiques,    1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


63  oovATioira. 

Oemmellaro,  G,    Ulteriori  oonsideraiioni  sol  Basalto.    1860. 

Gould,  G.  Heport  on  a  bed  of  Dysodil  near  the  Biver  Mersey,  Tas- 
mania.   1861. 

.    Report  on  the  Coal-fields  of  the  Break-o'-day  Valley,  and 

upon  a  portion  of  the  East  Coast  of  Tasmania.    1861. 

Grant,  B.  E.  Tabular  View  of  the  Primary  Divisions  of  the  Am'mal 
Kingdom,  intended  to  serve  as  an  Outline  of  an  Elementary  Course 
of  Recent  Zoology  (Cainozoology)  or  the  Natural  History  of  Ex- 
isting Animals.     1861. 

Gmscardi,  G.  Su  la  presenxa  di  combinazioni  del  titanio  e  del 
boro  in  alcune  sublimazioni  Vesuviane.     1860. 

Giiyot,  A,  Carl  Ritter ;  an  address  to  the  American  Qeographical 
and  Statistical  Society.     1860. 

.    On  the  Appalachian  Mountain-System.    1861. 

Hector,  J.,  and  W,  S,  Vaux.  Notice  of  the  Indians  seen  by  the 
Exploring  Expedition  under  the  Command  of  Capt.  Palliser.   1861. 

Hunt,  jT.  8.    On  some  Points  in  American  Geology.     1861. 

James,  H.  Abstracts  of  the  Principal  lines  of  Spirit-levelling  in 
England  and  Wales.  1861.  Fr(m  ihe  Secretary  of  State  for  War. 

.    .     Plates.  1861.  From  the  Secretary  of  State  for  War. 

— — .  Instructions  for  taking  Meteorological  Observations.  1860. 
From  the  Secretary  of  State  for  War, 

Jarvis,  W.  P.    On  the  Copper-mining  District  of  Mansfeld.    1861. 

Jeffreys,  J,  G.  Report  of  the  results  of  deep-sea-dredging  in  Zet- 
land, with  a  notice  of  several  species  of  MoUusca  new  to  Science 
or  to  the  British  Isles.    1861. 

Jcitteles,  L.  H.  Versuch  einer  Geschichte  der  Erdbeben  in  den 
Karpathen-  und  Sudeten-Landem  bis  zu  Ende  des  achtzehnten 
Jahrhundcrts.     1861.     From  Sir  G.  Lyell,  F.G.S. 

Kane,  E.  K.  Tidal  Observations  in  the  Arctic  Seas.  Reduced  and 
discussed  by  C.  A.  Schott.  1860.  From  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution* 

King,  W.    Geology  briefly  explained.    2nd  edition.    1861. 

.    Synoptical  Table  of  British  aqueous  rock-groups  arranged 

in  their  order  of  Superposition  and  in  Chronologicid  Sequence. 
1861. 

M'Leod,  W.  Physical  Atlas  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland^  with 
illufitratiYe  letterpress.    1861, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


dovahoks.  63 

Malaise^  d  H^oire  ear  les  d^uvertee  pal^ntologiqnes  faites  en 
Belgiqae  juBqu'^  ce  jour.     1860.    From  Sir  O.  Lyell,  F.QJS. 

Michelin,  H.    Monographie  des  Cljp^tres  foesiles.    1861. 

Morlot,  A.  Legon  d'ouverture  d*un  cours  sur  la  Haute  Aniiquit*^, 
fait  k  TAcad^mie  de  Lausanne  en]  I^ovembre  et  D^mbre  1860. 
1861.     From  Sir  C.  Lyell,  F.O.S. 

MortilUt,  G,  de.    Notes  O^logiques  sur  la  Savde.    1861» 

Murchison,  B.  I,  Address  to  the  Geological  Section  of  the  British 
Association  at  Manchester,  September  5, 1861.     1861. 

Owen,  D.  D.  Second  Report  of  a  Oeological  Eeconnaissance  of  the 
Middle  and  Southern  Counties  of  Arkansas,  made  during  the  years 
1859  and  I860.     1860.    livm  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Parlcer,  W.  K,,  and  T,  B,  Jones.  On  the  Nomenclature  of  the 
Foraminifera.    Part  YI.  Alveolina.    1861. 

.    .    Part  Vn.  Operculina  and  IfummuUna.    1861. 

Perrey,  A,  Note  sur  les  tremblements  de  terre  en  1857^  ayeo  sup- 
plements pour  les  anndes  ant^rieures.    1869. 

Perthes,  S.  de.  De  la  Q^ndration  Spontan^.  Avons-nous  en  p^re 
et  m&re.    1861. 

■■  N^gre  et  Blanc !  de  qui  sommes-nous  fils  ?     Y  a-t-il  une 

ou  plusieurs  espdces  d'hommes  ?     1861. 

•*-> — .  (Euvres  de  M.  Boucher  de  Perthes.  Histoire,  sdenoes^ 
dconomie,  littdrature  &c.  (1).     1861. 

Plctet,  F.  J.    Note  sur  la  Succession  des  MoUusques. 

Pirona,  0.  A.    Oenni  goognostici  sul  Friuli.    1861. 

Bath,  G.  V.  Ein  Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  der  Trachyte  des  Siebenge- 
birges.     1861.    From  Sir  C.  LyeU,  F.OJS. 

Report.  Annual  Report  of  the  Progress  of  the  several  Surveys 
carrying  on  under  the  Three  Presidencies  as  called  for  in  Letter 
No.  102,  dated  6th  November,  1833,  from  the  Honourable  the 
Court  of  Directors  of  the  East  India  Company,  being  from  1st 
October,  1869,  to  1st  October,  1860.  1861.  From  the  Secretary 
of  State  of  India. 

.     Papers  relative  to  the  Exploration  by  Capt.  Palliser  of  that 

portion  of  British  North  America  which  lies  between  the  Northern 
Branch  of  the  River  Saskatchewan  and  the  Frontier  of  the  United 
States,  and  between  the  Red  River  and  Rocky  Mountains,  and 
thence  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.     1869.    From  Dr.  J.  Hector,  F.O.S. 

.    Further  papers,  &c.    1860.    From  Dr.  J.  Hector^  F.OJS* 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


G4  DOKATIOKS. 

Report,  statistical  Report  on  the  Sickness  and  Mortality  in  the 
Army  of  the  United  States,  compiled  from  the  Records  of  the 
Surgeon-Gcnerars  Office ;  embracing  a  period  of  five  years  from 
January  1855  to  Januar}- 1860.  1860.  Fmn  the  United  States' 
Government. 

of  Explorations  and  Surveys  to  ascertain  the  most  practicable 

and  economical  route  for  a  Railroad  from  the  Mississippi  River  to 
the  Pacific  Ocean,  made  in  1853-55.  Vol.  xii.  Parts  1  &  2. 
1860.     From  the  United  States'  Qovernme^it. 

Rutimeycry  L,  Die  Fauna  der  Pfahlbauten  in  dcr  Schwciz.  Un- 
tcrsuchungon  iibcr  die  Geschiehto  dcr  wilden  und  der  Haus- 
Siiugethiere  von  Mittcl-Europa.     1861. 

Sandberger,  F.  Die  Conchylien  dcs  Mainzer  TertiUrbeckcns.  Fiinfte 
Liefcrung.     1861. 

Sorhy,  H.  C.  On  the  Organic  Origin  of  the  so-called  "  Crystalloids" 
of  the  Chalk.    1861. 

Stoliezha,  F,  Ueber  die  Gasteropoden  und  Acephalen  der  Hierlatz- 
Schichten.     1861. 

Suessy  E,  Ueber  die  grossen  Raubthiere  der  osterreichischen  Ter- 
tiar- Ablagerungcn.     1861. 

Ttjsony  P.  T.  First  Report  of  Philip  T.  Tyson,  State  Agricultural 
Chemist,  to  the  House  of  Del^;atcs  at  Maryland,  January  1860. 
1860. 

Wyatty  J,  On  the  Flint  Implements  in  the  Drift,  discovered  near 
Bedford.    1861. 

ZignOy  A,  de,    Sopra  un  nuova  genere  di  Feloo  fossile.     1861. 

.    Sulla  constituzione  geologica  dei  Monti  Euganei.     1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


THE 


QUAETEELY  JOUENAL 


OF 


THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


PROCEEDINGS 


or 


THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


Dbgembeb  4, 186L 

Samuel  Harradan,  Esq.,  6,  Westbonme  Terrace,  Bamsbtuyy 
London;  Frederick  Merryweatlier  Burton,  Esq.,  Gainsborough; 
Jonathan  Sparrow  Cowley,  Esq.,  Lavender  Kill,  London,  S.W. ; 
William  Henry  Paine,  Esq.,  Stroud,  Gloucestershire ;  Edwin  WitcheU, 
Esq.,  Stroud,  Gloucestershire ;  Henry  Tibbats  Stainton,  Esq.,  E.L.S., 
Mountsfield,  Lewisham,  Kent;  Captain  Augoste  Frederic  Lendy, 
F.L.S.,  Sunbnry  House,  Sunbury ;  Isaiah  Booth,  Esq.,  Mining  En- 
gineer, Oaks  Colliery,  Oldham ;  and  Don  Bamon  da  ^va.  Consul  for 
Chile,  43,  Moorgate  Street,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communication  was  read : — 

Oft  the  Bbacklesham  Bbds  of  the  Islb  of  Wight  Basin. 
By  the  Rev.  Osmond  Fisheb,  ILA.,  F.G-S. 


COHTENTB. 


Introdnetlon. 

BracUeflhamBedB  at  White  Ciiff  Bay. 

at  BraoUeBham  Bay. 

^at  the   Park,  Sel0ea»  and 

the  Mizen  Bockk 

at  Bury  Crofls. 

at  Fort  Cbmer. 

—  at  Fort  Bowner. 

at  Stubbington. 

at  Netier. 

in  fciie  ifew  Forest 

at  Hunting  Bridge. 

VOL.  XVni. PART  I. 


Brackleaham  Beds  at  Bramshaw;  Shep- 
herd's Gutter. 

at  Brook. 

in  their  western  ranje. 

near  Poole  and  Corfe. 

at  Alum  Bay. 

High  Cliff. 

The  Pebble-beds  of  the  Biaeklesham 
series. 

Conclusion. 

Appendix  A.  (Correlation  of  beds.) 

B.  {Nummulina  Presiwichiana.) 

F 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


66  PR0CEEDIK08  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [DoC.  4, 

Introduction, — ^We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Prestwich  for  a  dear  con- 
ception of  tbe  age  of  the  Bracklesham  series,  and  of  its  place  among 
the  Eocene  Tertiaries ;  while  the  late  Mr.  Dixon  has  described  the 
fossils  of  Bracklesham  and  Selsea,  and  given  a  very  interesting 
account  of  the  coast  of  that  part  of  Sussex.  In  the  course,  however, 
of  collecting  specimens  from  these  beds  during  the  last  eight  years, 
I  have  been  led  to  think  that  there  are  many  points  of  interest  on 
which  a  more  minute  description  of  the  succession  of  their  subordi- 
nate divisions,  and  of  the  fossiliferous  localities,  might  be  acceptable. 

The  term  "  Bracklesham  Beds"  is  applied  to  the  group  of  strata, 
many  of  them  rich  in  organic  remains,  the  greater  part  of  which  are 
seen  displayed  at  low  water  upon  the  shore  of  Bracklesham  Bay  in 
Sussex.  But  I  shall  include  under  that  name  beds  that  are  above 
any  seen  at  Bracklesham  Bay,  because,  when  the  deposits  of  Stub- 
bington  and  of  the  New  Forest  come  to  be  described,  it  will  appear 
that  many  of  the  fossil  forms  peculiar  to  the  Bracklesham  Beds 
range  higher  than  the  highest  stratum  seen  at  the  Bay.  In  other 
words,  I  shall  group  certain  strata,  which  appear  to  intervene 
between  the  base  of  the  Barton  series  and  the  highest  beds  of 
Bracklesham  Bay,  among  the  Bracklesham  Beds,  on  account  of  their 
containing  an  assemblage  of  fossils  more  akin  to  the  fauna  of  the 
latter  than  of  the  former. 

As  regards  the  inferior  limit,  I  have  not  seen  anywhere  any  marine 
fossiliferous  beds  below  the  lowest  at  Bracklesham  Bay  until  we 
reach  the  Bognor  Bock  or  the  London  Clay,  except  it  be  in  a  thin 
stratum  of  day  at  the  very  base  of  the  Bracklesham  series  at  White 
Cliff  Bay. 

Many  species,  as  is  well  known,  range  uninterruptedly  from  the 
Bracklesham  Beds  into  the  "  High  CHff  Sand"  (by  which  term  I  do 
not  intend  the  sands  at  the  base  of  High  Cliff,  but  those  about  its 
middle  portion,  so  long  known  for  the  richness  of  their  fossil-beds), 
and  a  considerable  proportion  into  the  stiU  higher  beds  of  Barton 
Cliff.  (See  ^.  2,  p.  87.)  For  the  purposes  of  this  paper  I  shall 
foUow  Mr.  Prestwich  in  considering  the  High  Cliff  Sand  as  a  part 
of  the  Barton  series  *. 

The  Cardita  planico8ta\  Fecten  comeus,  Sanguinolaria  HoUowaysii, 
Solen  ohliquus,  Cytherea  isuherycinoides,  Voluta  ciihara,  and  Turri- 
UUa  suldfera  range  throughout  the  group,  and  seem  to  be  confined 
to  it,  with  the  single  exception  that  Pecten  comeus  is  rarely  met  with 
in  the  High  Cliff  beds.  There  are  certain  spedes  which  have  a 
much  more  confined  range  t,  and  by  means  of  these  I  have  divided 

*  Quart  Joum.  CteoL  See.  voL  v.  p.  44. 

t  The  geniiB  Pleurotoma  affords  great  help  in  subdiyiding  the  beds,  as  Dr. 
Wright  and  others  have  remarked  of  the  Ammonites  in  the  Mesosoio  rocks. 
Wi^  a  few  exceptions,  the  range  of  the  yarious  species  seems  very  confined. 
Pleurotoma  plebeia  has  a  very  extended  range,  eren  throughout  the  Eocene 
period.  Plmrotxmajprisca  ranges  throughout  a  great  portion  of  the  Bracklesham 
and  Barton  beds.  I'hese  are  the  chief  exceptions.  The  great  abundance  of  the 
individuals  generally  adds  to  the  value  of  this  genus  in  correlating  beds ;  while 
the  complete  Monograph  of  Mr.  Edwards  renders  their  determination  com- 
paratively easy. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  TI8HEB — BBACKT.TWFAM  BBDS.  67 

the  whole  series  into  four  principal  groups  of  strata  distingaished  by 
the  letters  A,  B,  C,  D. 

A  is  the  upper  group,  generally  abounding  in  Oasterapoda,  and 
has  one  of  its  foB»l-beds,  in  the  eastern  part  of  its  range,  fiill  of 
Ntmmidina  variolaria.  It  contains  four  principal  fossil-beds,  di- 
stinguished by  the  letters  a,  b,  c,  d, 

B  is  the  next  member  of  the  group,  more  sandy  in  its  general 
condition  than  the  last,  and  marked  by  the  presence  of  Cerithium 
gigantevm.  It  contains  two  fossil-beds,  e,  /,  of  which  /  is  the  most 
noteworthy.  JNwnmulina  variolaria  is  found  in  this  member  of  the 
group  at  White  Cliff  Bay. 

C,  the  next  division,  is  sandy,  like  the  laat,  but  rendered  remark- 
able by  the  profusion  of  NummtdinoB  IcgvigatoB  which  crowd  its  prin- 
cipal fossil-bearing  bed,  g*. 

D  embraces  the  lowest  fossiliferous  sands  of  Bracklesham  Bay. 
The  distinctive  shells  are  Cardita  acuHcosta  and  Oyprcea  tuber- 
culosa. 

The  whole  group  consists  of  alternations  of  beds  of  sand  and  sandy 
day, — the  days  being  more  prevalent  in  the  highest  member,  and  the 
sands  in  the  lower.  Green  grains  abound  in  all  the  beds.  Many  of 
the  beds  are  laminated,  being  formed  by  alternations  of  very  thin 
bands  of  clay,  separated  by  sandy  layers.  Such  are  generally  devoid 
of  shells,  but  contain  mudi  vegetable  matter.  They  appear  to  have 
been  caused  by  the  deposit  of  sediment,  in  a  quiet  estuary,  from  a 
great  river,  the  changes  to  the  coarser  sediment  being  caused  by  the 
state  of  flood. 

The  beds  of  sand  point  to  a  shallower  condition  of  the  sea-bottom, 
aubject  to  drifting  water.  The  sheUs  in  such  beds  are  often  drifted 
into  patches,  and  are  sometimes  exceedingly  abundant  at  one  spot, 
while  a  few  yards  off  scarcely  a  specimen  will  be  found.  The  beds 
of  day  were  deposited  in  a  deeper  sea,  and  the  spedes  found  in  them 
agree  with  such  a  supposition. 

Bracklesham  Beds  at  WUU  Cliff  Bay, — ^The  Bracklesham  Beds 
are  unquestionably  better  exhibited,  in  respect  conjointly  of  develop- 
ment and  display,  at  Bracklesham  Bay  than  at  any  other  place. 
But,  because  many  parts  of  the  series  are  there  covered  up  by  more 
modem  deposits,  while  the  relation  of  the  whole  to  overlying  and 
underlying  deposits  is  indifferentiy  shown,  the  section  at  White 
Cliff  Bay  becomes  of  much  value ;  for  there  we  have  an  unbroken 
sequence  throughout,  from  the  Chalk  to  the  Bembridge  Marlsf. 
Mr.  Prestwich  has  given  a  detailed  account  of  this  section  in  the 

*  Sir  C.  Lyell  found  the  same  6faaiifi»  in  the  spedes  of  the  Nummulites  at  the 
Ceritlmim  gigantewn  bed  at  Cassel.    Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  yd.  yiii  p.  328. 

t  When  examining  the  White  Cliff  Bay  section,  I  was  much  interested  in 
finding  the  equivalent  to,  and  so  fixing  me  position  of,  the  yery  remarkable 
fossili&rous  bed  of  Broclranhurst  It  occurs  in  the  upper  part  of  bed  No.  21  of 
Mr.  Prestwich's  section,  Quart  Joum.  Gteol.  Soc.  vol.  u.  pi.  9.  p.  253.  In  plate 
10  (by  E.  Forbes  and  W.  H.  Bristow)  of  the  Memoir  on  the  Isle  of  Wight  (GeoL 
Sury.  1856),  it  ib  described  as  "brown  clay,  with  irregular  fracture,  shaly  in 
plaoes,  often  with  dayey  nodules,  containing  fish  and  marine  ^SosXIa-— Cardita 
aeuHcosta'*  {dettoidea,  Edw.  MS.). 

v2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


68  PR0CEED1KG8  OF  THB  GBOLOOICAL  SOCHETT.  [BeC.  4, 

2nd  volmne  of  the  Societ3r'8  Journal,  in  his  paper  on  the  Isle  of 
Wight  Tertiaries.  I  have  compared  his  section  with  the  beds  on 
the  spot,  and  found  it  very  correct.  But,  inasmuch  as  some  parts  of 
the  series  seem  better  exposed  at  the  present  time,  and  since  my 
object  in  this  paper  is  more  especially  to  disUngtdsh  the  fossiUferous 
bedSf  I  shall  give  a  part  of  his  section  somewhat  more  in  detail 
(fig.  1),  together  with  lists  of  fossils  made  from  my  own  observation. 

The  Bracklesham  Beds  resting  on  the  Lower  Bagshot  Sands  may 
be  considered  to  commence  in  ascending  order  with  No.  6  of  Mr» 
Prestwich's  section,  where  their  base  is  a  bed  of  rolled  flint-pebbles, 
from  10  inches  to  a  foot  in  thickness*,  incomparably  the  most 
marked  bed  of  pebbles  in  the  section.  Immediately  above  the 
pebbles  impressions  of  bivalve  shells  occur  in  clay ;  they  are  scarce, 
and  difficult  of  determination.  One  looks  like  a  Cytherea,  and 
another  like  a  Tellina,  But  their  presence  is  interesting,  because 
the  next  200  feet  of  sands  and  finely  laminated  clays  and  sands 
contain  apparently  no  oi^;anic  remains  except  vegetable  impressions 
and  lignite.  A  thin  band  of  impure  pipe-clay  may  be  made  out  in 
this  part  of  the  series,  with  vegetable  impressions  very  inferior  to, 
but  possibly  corresponding  with,  the  leaf-bed  of  Alum  Bay. 

There  is  much  difficulty  in  fixing  here  a  superior  limit  to  the 
Bracklesham  Beds.  It  is  true  that  the  series  is  complete ;  but  the 
highest  fossiliferous  bed  which  can  be  satisfeustorily  made  out  un- 
doubtedly belongs  to  the  Bracklesham  series. 

Above  this  we  do  not  know  our  whereabouts  for  certain,  until  we 
reach  the  Headon  Sands.  The  intervening  beds  are  badly  displayed, 
and  appear  to  contain  very  few  fossils,  and  those  not  very  typical. 
Provisionally,  No.  18  of  Mr.  Prestwich's  section  t  may  be  taken  to 
represent  that  stratum  of  the  Barton  series  usually  known  as  the 
«  High  Cliff  Sand ;"  and  then  No.  19,  and  possibly  part  of  the  Sand- 
bed  No.  20,  which  Prof.  Forbes  found  to  contain  '<  abundant  impres- 
sions of  marine  shells,  apparently  of  Barton  species'' :(,  will  represent 
the  upper  part  of  the  Barton  series  §.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  strata 
of  No.  17  of  Mr.  Prestwich's  section  are  much  obscured  by  the  con- 
dition of  the  diff.  If  we  give  the  whole  of  this  portion  to  the 
Barton  series,  we  shall  not  be  able  to  allow  as  much  thickness  to 
the  superior  part  of  the  Bracklesham  Beds  as  the  Stubbington  section 
and  the  New  Forest  beds  would  lead  us  to  attribute  to  them.  It 
therefore  seems  most  probable  that  the  line  of  separation  at  this 
place  is  to  be  sought  somewhere  in  the  concealed  portion  of  No.  17 
(No.  XDC.  of  the  following  section).  The  upper  part  is  probably  the 
equivalent  of  a  bed  near  the  base  of  the  Barton  series,  which  is  52 
feet  thick  at  Alum  Bay,  and  at  that  place  very  fossiliferous,  having 
been  formed  under  a  less  deep-water  condition.    The  next  portion 

*  A  pebble-bed,  forming  the  base  of  the  BraoUesham  series,  is  very  fully 
developBd  at  Bishopstoke.    See  Geol.  Surrey  Map,  sheet  No.  xi. 

t  See  Quart.  Journ.  Qeol.  Soc.  vol.  iL  p.  264. 

t  Memoirs  of  the  GwL  Survey,  Isle  ofWight,  1856. 

%  Even  at  Alum  Bay  the  dark  clays  of  the  central  portion  of  the  Barton  series 
are  replaced  by  sands. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.J 


FISHER — ^B&AGKLBSHAM  BED6. 


69 


11 


*&> 


8    S 


^1 


«  .5. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


70  PBOCEEBIKeS  07  TEK  GEOLOOIOAL  80CIETT.  [BeC.  4, 

will  be  the  equiyalent  of  the  green  bands  which  form  the  base  of  the 
Barton  beds  at  High  Cliff  and  Alum  Bay,  and  there  contain  the 
Ntimmtdina  planuJaia,  var.  Prestwichiana,  while  the  lower  part  will 
represent  the  upper  beds  of  the  Bracklesham  group  as  seen  at  Stub- 
bington  and  Hunting  Bridge.  No.  16  of  Mr.  Prestwich  (Nos.  xviu. 
&  XYU.  of  the  following  section)  undoubtedly  belongs  to  the  Brac- 
klesham group,  as  I  shall  prove  when  speaking  of  the  New  Forest 
beds.  It  is  on  the  horizon  of  the  highest  bed  seen  at  Bracklesham 
Bay,  and  locally  known  as  the  "  Clibs  ^  •. 

In  the  following  section  the  numerals  within  brackets  agree  with 
those  in  Mr.  Prestwich's  section,  where  the  numbers  run  through- 
out all  the  Eocene  beds  seen  at  the  Bay.  The  Roman  numerals 
refer  to  the  Bracklesham  Beds  alone,  which  I  have  subdivided  some- 
what more  minutely.  It  is  well  to  premise  that  the  colours  of  the 
strata  at  this  locality  are,  for  the  most  part,  much  altered  by  recent 
weathering,  and  their  lithological  characters  a  good  deal  changed 
from  the  same  cause. 

Descending  Section  of  the  Bracklesham  Beds  at   White  Cliff  Bay, 
Isle  of  Wight 

[NoTB. — o,  by  Cf  &0.,  denote  the  more  important  fossil-bedB,  which,  by  means 
of  tiiese  letters,  may  be  identified  at  the  Tarious  localities  t.] 

Somewhere  in  this  portion  commences  the-— 

Brackleshax  Seeies. 

[Qxoap  A.] 

Not.  inlCr. 

P-SJi'-  m.  Feet. 

(17)  a  Greenishand  blue  days 162 

At  24  feet  from  the  top  is  a  band  of  small  shells  im- 
perfectly exhibited. 

Ostrea  flabellula.  Cardita,  a  small  species  like  C. 

Mytilus,  a  small  species.  oblonga, 

xvin. 
(16)      Dark-blue  day,  weathering  brown  22 

xvn. 
h  Nummtdina  variolaria  in  blue  clay.    The  clay  is  crowded 
with  Nummulites,  which  are  often  black 10 

Tm^inolia  sulcata.  Cassidaria  nodosa. 

Nummulina  variolaria.  Fleurotoma  inflesa. 

Quinaueloculina  Hauerina.  —  plebeia. 

Alyeolina  sabulosa.  scalarata. 

Rotalia  obscura.  FisherL 

FusuB  longsevus.  Voluta  nodosa. 

—  pyros.  Mitra  labratula. 

*  Dixon's  Foss.  and  Geol.  Sussex,  p.  25. 

t  Many  of  the  species  were,  on  account  of  their  fragile  and  weakened  con- 
dition, necessarily  determined  and  noted  on  the  spot.  It  is  possible  that  a  few 
errors  may  thus  haye  arisen ;  but  the  author  hopes  th^  are  but  few. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  FIflHSR — BRACKLESHAU  BESS.  71 

Mitanparra.  Cardiuxn?  parile. 

,  var.  ?  Lucina. 

Turritella  sulcifera.  Cardita  planiooeta. 

Bentalium  politum.  CnaBateUa  (the  spedeB  found  also 

?  staiaioni.  at  Brook). 

Binoa  oochlearella.  Corbulapisom, 

Pecten  oomeiu.  ouspidata. 

XVI.  Feet 

(15)  c  light-coloured  sand,  with  two  beds  of  sand-rock.     TeU 
Una  and  small  Univalyes  in  the  bottom  of  the  lower 

rock    6 

Natica.  Tellina  donacialis.  T.  plagia. 

XV. 

(14)      Sandy  day,  paadng  into  lead-coloured  compact  clay ....     10 

Echinoderm  in  sand.  Ancillaria  canalifera  in  day. 

XIV. 

d  Dark  sandy  (day,  with  grains  of  black  sand,  fiill  of 
Corbtda  pisum  in  the  upper  part,  and  with  numerous 
shells  below;  passes  into  dark  clayey  sand  with 
PecUn  comeus 3 

Nommulina     yariolaria  Turritella  imbricataria. 

(common).  sulcata. 

Bostellaria  subludda.  Ditrupa  plana. 

Murez  asper.  Fecten  comeus. 

Fusus  pyrus.  Pinna  margaritacea. 

Strepsidura  turgida.  Nucula  Dixoni,  Edw.  M8, 

CaasidAria  nodosa.  Leda. 

Pleurotoma  plebeia.  Gnusatella  (the  Brook  spedes). 

Yoluta  nodosa.  Gorbula  pisom  (abundant). 

Selsdenab.  —  oostata. 

Ceritbium  tritropis,  Edw,  MS.  CTtherea  ludda. 

Calyptrsea  troduformis.  Oultellus. 

xni. 
Beds  not  exposed ;  apparently  days 39 

[Oronp  B.] 

xn. 
Streaked,  whitish-yellow,  and  foxy  sands 10 

XI. 

e  Sandy  days,  weathering  grey  and  yellow.  There  is  a 
layer  of  casts  of  shells  where  it  passes  into  the  next 
bed,  Satiguinolaria  HoUowaysii  being  extremely 
abundant    4 

Turritella  sulcifera.  Cytherea  lucida. 

Pecten  comeus.  Sanguinolaria  Hollowajsii. 

Pectunculus  pulyinatus.  Solen  obliquus. 

X. 

Sand,  weathering  ycUow  and  grey 7 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


72  PBOCBEBDrOS  OF  THE  0EOLOOICAL  80CIETT.  [BeC.  4, 

IX.  Feet 

(13)  /Bzownish  sandy  cby,  with  shells  aoid  pebbles  at  the 
bott(»n.  Hie  shdly  layer  appears  to  be  a  lenticular 
mass,  and  not  to  be  persistent 6 

NummuliaA  Tviolark.  Oetrea  ?  lozuilata. 

Muraz  xninaz.  Area. 

Voluta  nodosa.  Peotonculiu  pulyinatiis. 

Tunitella  imbrioatBri&  Chama  gigantoa, 

~ —  solciferm.  Craflnatella  oompraeea. 

Natica  ?  labeUata.  Csrdita  ploniooBta. 

Hucola?  subtransfena.  Corbuk  piaum. 

TeUina?  plagia.  Sangninolaria  HoUoiroyni 


Peoten  90-nSati]» 


[droap  C] 


vm. 
(12)     Foliated,  datrk,  sandy  days,  weathering  brown;  with 
T^;etable  matter  interspersed.    There  is  a  layer  of 
casts  of  shells  at  the  junction  with  the  next  bed 46 

vn. 
g  Oreen  sand,  in  which  Soingvinolaria  HoUowaysii  is  very 

abundant    15 

(NummuliTia  laevigata  occurs  in  a  mass  four  feet  from 
the  bottom.) 
Nammalina  loffigatia.  Sanguuiokria  HoUowaysii 

VI. 

(11)  h  light-  anddark-ooloured  green  sands,  with  many  shells 

in  the  upper  part.    (A  ^ring  at  the  base  of  the  diff.)    62 

Ifummqiina  liengata.  Peoten  oomeua. 

FuflUB  longfeTUB.  MytiluB. 

—  pymt.  Nuoula. 

Voluta  nodosa.  Leda. 

spinom.  liUcina. 

Pleorotoma  dentota.  Gardita  planiooeta. 

Natica  (small).  TeUina  plagia. 

Turritella  sulcata.  Sanguinolaria  Hollowaysii. 

sulcifera.  Solan  obliquus. 

terobeUata.  Corbula  (  f  Gallica). 

Oalyptxtta  trochifbrmia.  pisum. 

[Oxoap  D.] 


(10)     Laminated  grey  day,  with  some  beds  of  calcareous  green- 
sand,  and  a  few  beds  of  lignite ^    76 

IV. 

(9)  k  Calcareous,  clayey,  green,  and  iron  sand,  with  numerous 
shells  in  seams.  The  base  seems  washed  into  the 
next  bed 52 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  FISHIR — BBACKLE8HAM  BEDS.  73 

KiiTninnlinft  UBvigata  (rare).  Ostrea  flabellula. 

Fusiu  pvniB.  Cardita  planiooeta. 

Metola  (Buodnum)  junoea.  Cytherea  ludda. 

FleuTotoma  (small).  C.  suberyoinoidea. 

Voluta  nodoea.  Tellina. 

Naidoa.  Panopflsa. 

Tonitella?  imbricataria.  Oorbula  pisum. 
Oalyptnea  troofaifomua. 

ni.  Feet 

(8)  Altematmg  beds  of  green  sand  and  finely  laminated 
day,  weathering  grey  and  brown ;  with  thin  seams 
of  lignite     18 

n. 
(7)     Yellow  sand    10 

I. 
(6)  Sandy  day,  weathering  grey  and  brown,  finely  laminated 
with  yellow  sand.  There  are  casts  of  bivalve  shells 
in  a  band  of  day  at  the  bottom.  It  is  based  on  from 
10  to  18  inches  of  black  rounded  flint  pebbles,  often 
as  large  as  swans'  eggs 95 

653 

This  section  will  be  used  as  a  typical  section,  the  beds  being 
referred  to  by  means  of  the  Boman  numerals. 

BraMesham  Bay, — I  will  now  shortly  describe  the  principal 
localities  where  the  Bracklesham  Beds  yidd  a  harvest  to  the 
collector. 

Among  these,  Bracklesham  Bay,  both  for  interest  and  display  of 
the  beds,  undoubtedly  holds  the  highest  place,  although  it  is  ex- 
tremely difficult  to  preserve  the  fossils  found  there,  on  account  of 
their  perishable  condition  *. 

The  beds  are  exposed  on  the  shore  of  a  shallow  bay ;  their  strike 
is  about  W.  by  8.  and  E.  by  N.,  and  they  dip  slightly  S.  by  £. 
There  is  no  opportunity  given  to  measure  tihe  dip  or  the  thickness 
of  the  beds  with  accuracy.  In  the  following  section  the  order  of 
the  beds  is  correctly  noted ;  and  the  distances  between  the  outcrops 
on  the  shore  may  be  taken  to  give  the  proportions  of  the  thicknesses 
of  the  lower  beds  approximately ;  but  towards  Sebea  Bill,  where 
the  upper  beds  are  exposed,  their  strike  is  nearly  tangential  to  the 
coast,  and  consequenlly  we  continue  upon  the  same  outcrop  for  a 
considerable  distance.  Here,  as  at  White  Cliff  Bay,  the  chief  dif- 
ficulty in  determining  the  relation  of  the  beds  occurs  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  section.  At  the  extreme  southern  point,  at  low  water 
at  spring-tides,  a  few  septaria  crop  out,  resting  on  a  very  sandy 
day,  weathered  greenish,  and  containing  the  remains  of  fossils. 
Among  these  I  distinguished  Cassidaria  eorwuUa  and  Metula  (Bue- 
ctnum)  juneea ;  but  the  relation  of  this  bed  to  the  rest  of  the  section 

*  I  have  used  isinfflaM  diMolyed  in  gin  for  this  porpoee.  Mr.  Dixon  recom- 
mended a  mixture  of  diamond-oement  and  water. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


74  PB0GEBDIVG8  OF  THB  OBOLOeiCAL  80GISTT.  [DeC.  4, 

was,  when  I  saw  it,  very  obscure;  whether  above  or  below  the 
Nummtdina  variolaria  bed,  I  could  not  satisfy  myself.  The  dip  of 
the  strata  would  appear  to  make  it  the  Cyprsaa-bed  of  Dixon  (c2, 
below) ;  but  its  liihological  character  is  different.  I  will  give  ^e 
sequence  of  the  beds  round  Selsey  BiU  as  I  observed  them,  merely  as 
a  guide  to  those  who  may  visit  the  spot. 

Commencing  at  a  spit  of  gravel  seen  at  low  water,  brought 
together  by  the  meeting  of  the  tides  from  the  Park  and  Bracklesham 
Bay,  and  going  westward,  we  have  this  apparently  ascending  sec- 
tion:— 

PaooB. 

Beds  oovered  with  aea-fland .^ 600 

Outcrop  of  Beptaria,  restmg  on  sandy  day,  weathered  green,  with 
remains  of  sbella ;  just  seen. 

Beds  coyered  with  sea-eand 127 

Hard,  dark-grey,  sandy  bed,  Nummalitio  in  the  upper  part  Num- 

muiites  abundant  at  216  paces.    Concretions  at  226  paces  420 

Nommulites  and  other  Foranunifera  in  day 324 

The  Nummulite  of  these  beds  is  NummuUna  variolaria. 
Taking  up  the  last-named  bed  again,  as  being  the  highest  cer- 
tainly distinguishable  at  this  place,  we  have  the  general  descending 
series  along  nearly  3  miles  of  the  shore  as  follows : — 

Descending  Series  at  Bracklesham  Bay  *. 

Paces. 

^22  (b)  Clay,  weathered  erey,  crowded  with  Nummultna  varioktriOj 
Alveolina  aabtuosot  Quingueloculina  Hauerina,  BUoculina 
ringensy  BotaUa  obxura,  Turbinolia tulcaia,  &c.  ("Clibs")    324 

Beds  covered  with  sea-sand 185 

21  (c)  Hard  calcareous  sand,  with  comminuted  shelly  matter  and 
numerous  TeUiiuB  and  other  fossils  ('*Hard  Bed"t). 
Many  of  the  Foranunifera  of  No.  22  are  common  in 

this  bed  140 

Concretionaiy  lumps  at  the  bottom  of  the  above  105 

.      i  20        Greyish  clay,  with  Corbula  and  Nummulinm  at  38  paces . . .     120 
'  '^  19  (<Q  The  day  becomes  darker  and  more  sandy,  and  fosdls  increase 
in  number.    They  are  most  abundant  towards  the  middle 

of  the  bed  (Cypraea-bed  of  Dixon) 460 

18  Sandy  clay,  firmer  than  the  last,  containing  many  of  the 
same  shells,  but  not  so  abundantly ;  seldom  seen :  it  was 

exposed  in  Aug.  1857    66 

17        Sandy  clay,  weathered  green  (Pleistocene  weathering  |); 

remains  of  fossils  in  the  upper  part 194 

Pleistocene  mud    112 

Qreen  sandy  day  300 

«  This  list  of  beds  was  made  in  May  1861.  The  beds  were  then,  on  the 
whole,  very  favourably  exposed ;  but  occasions  sometimes  occur  when  they  are 
still  better  seen.  I  saw  them  better  than  I  have  ever  seen  them  before  or  since, 
in  June  1856. 

The  fossils  of  the  different  beds  of  Bracklesham  Bay,  and  of  the  other  most 
celebrated  localities,  will  be  given  in  a  catalogue  which  is  in  preparation. 

t  The  local  names  are  those  used  by  W.  Woodland,  of  Medmery  Farm,  who 
collects  for  sale. 

I  Not  the  least  interesting  phenomena  at  Bracklesham  Bay  are  those  con- 
nected with  the  Pleistocene  beds.  The  greater  part  of  that  area  has  been 
occupied  with  forest-ground ;  and  during  the  period  that  it  was  dry  land  the 
Eocene  beds  formed  the  subsoil,  and  that  weathering  took  place  which  is  so  fre- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.] 


FISHSB — ^BBACKLESHAM  BEDS. 


B. 


^  16  (e)  Send  fall  of  casts  of  biyalves,  weolihered  yellow  and  reddish, 

partly  ooyered  by  sea-sand  

Pleistocene  mud    

15        Hard  sand,  weathered  yerdif;ris-green    

14        Shelly  sand,  weathered  greenish  brown,  full  of  fossils ;  small 

CwUhia  and  Cythena  striaittla  common.  ( **  Little  Bed.") 

13        Dark  sandy  cUy,  with  numerous  TiirriteUa  vmbricatcarim, . . 

Pleistocene  sandy  clay,  laminated,  with  a  bed  of  (k^rea 

edtUMKoidi  other  sheUs  at  the  bottom 

12  (/)  Dark  clayey  sand  with  numerouB  specimens  of  CerUMiim 
giganteuTth,  PectuncultupiUvinatus,  and  other  shells    ... 
Septaria,  resting  on  a  bea  of  shelly  sand,  with  black  flint 
pebbles* 


11 


75 

Paces. 

218 
80 
70 


240, 
124 
163 
150 


Laminated  liyer-coloured  clays ;  more  sandy  towards  the 

bottom    

9        Osirea  tenerahed:  a  congeries  of  Oysters,  about  18  inches 

thick    

8  Dark-green  sand,  full  of  broken  shells — Peciuncttlus  jntlvi- 
ncUuSf  Lucina  (unnamed),  BuUa  Edwardsii^  &o.,  towards 
upper  part  (79  paces) ;  less  shelly  in  the  middle  (48) ; 
abouncung  in  TurriteUa  terebeUata  at  the  base  (48) :  m  lUl 

7        Soft  laminated  dark-coloured  day 

Pleistocene  mud,  out  of  which  in  places  protrudes  a  day, 

weathered  green 

^'  -{    6  (ti^)  Nummulina  UBvigata  bed,  with  numerous  fossils  ("  Little 

ParkBed")t 

5        Sandy  day,  weathered  green    

Beds  covered  partly  wi&  sea-sand  and  partly  with  Pleisto- 
cene mud    

4  (A)  Dark,  mottled,  sandy  day,  with  perished  shells  and  scattered 
Kummulites,  fish-,  and  serpent-remains.   (** Palate-bed" 

of  Dixon)  

Coyered  with  sea-sand 

3        Dark  sandy  clay    

Dark  sandy  day,  with  soft  broken  shells  

Coyered 

(  2        TurriteUa-bed ;  Turrii^la  imbricataria,  and  T.  mlcifera... 

1  ik)  Septaria;   containing  shells  and  occasionally  BosteUaria 

ampla  (68  paces),  resting  on  a  mass  of  Cardita  pianicoaia 

and  C.  aeuticosta.    The  lower  part  of  the  bea  is  green 

sand,  crowded  with  shells,  among  which,  immedutely 


175 
177 

288 

40 
107 

105 


134 
96 
53 

111 
30 


quently  referred  to  in  the  text.  It  will  be  observed  that^  wherever  a  tract  of 
Pleistocene  forest  is  approached,  the  bordering  Eocene  deposit  is  **  weathered ; " 
but  if  Uie  Pleistocene  oe  subaqueous  at  that  spot,  the  bordering  Eocene  retains 
its  original  colour.  Weathering  is  caused  by  ue  atmospheric  air  which  the  rain 
carries  down  with  it  as  it  percolates  the  soil.  Another  interesting  phenomenon 
here  is  the  furrowed  condition  of  the  surface  of  the  Eocene  beds,  caused  by  the 
coursing  of  drifting  gravel  over  them.  The  furrows  are  filled  with  large  flints 
and  bomders  from  the  older  rocks,  in  many  places  undisturbed,  but  sometimes 
washed  out  by  the  present  waves  and  redeposited  in  the  furrows  along  with 
shingle  £rom  the  present  beach. 

*  Fossil  shells,  in  a  beautiful  state  of  preservation,  are  frequently  washed  up 
by  the  sea  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Geritbium-bed.  They  probably  are 
derived  from  lenticularpatches  of  shells  on  the  horizon  of  No.  11,  ana  correspond 
with  the  fossil-bed  of  Blill  Head,  near  Stubbington. 

t  Concretions  containing  this  Nummulite  are  often  washed  up  by  the  sea. 
They  are  probably  derived  from  No.  4.  The  Nummulite-bed  No.  6  is  ereen  in 
Bracklesluun  Bay,  but  yellow  at  the  Park,  where  it  has  suifered  Pleistocene 
weatliering. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


76  PBOCBBDIKQS  OP  THB  OEOLOOICAL  80CIBTT.  [DoC.  4, 

Paces, 
beneath  the  Cardita,  the  CyprtBa  tuberctUosa  *  may  be 
found.  The  bed  then  becomes  lees  foseiliferouB,  and 
D.  •{  passes  into  a  dark-grey  hmiinated  clay,  broken  up  and 
rearranged,  mixed  with  dark  sand  and  black  pebbles. 
"Bam-bed"  of  Dixon 330 


5016 

Below  this  the  beds  are  coyered  np,  and  no  fossils  are  to  be  found. 
I  belieTe  it  is  the  lowest  fossiliferous  bed  of  the  series ;  for  it  is  a 
fortunate  circumstance  to  the  collector  that  the  presence  of  fossils, 
and  the  calcareous  matter  derived  from  them,  impart  a  hardness  to 
the  matrix,  which  causes  the  fossiliferous  beds  to  resist  the  action 
of  the  water,  so  as  to  be  always  more  exposed  to  view  than  un- 
fossiliferous  beds. 

TJie  Park,  on  the  east  side  of  Selsea,  and  (he  Mixen  BocJcs, — On 
the  eastern  side  of  the  Selsea  peninsula  there  is  also  a  display  of  a 
part  of  the  same  series.  The  highest  bed  seen  is  on  the  horizon 
of  yn., — ^the  Nummulina  loemgata  bed  being  better  developed  there 
than  elsewhere,  and  abounding  in  fossils.  All  the  succeeding  beds, 
down  to  the  CardUa  planicosta  bed.  No.  1,  are  usually  e2q>osed  upon 
that  part  of  the  coast  which  is  called  "  The  Park." 

There  is  a  ledge  of  rocks  off  at  sea,  about  a  mile  south  of  Selsea 
Bill,  called  the  Mixen  Bocks:  they  consist  of  a  sandy  limestone, 
made  up  almost  entirely  of  Foraminifera,  principally  of  a  MUiola 
and  an  Alveolina,  I  believe  the  rock  to  be  nothing  more  than  a 
continuation  of  No.  22  (5)  under  a  more  calcareous  condition  f. 

Bury  Cross. — In  following  the  course  of  the  Bracklesham  Beds 
westward,  the  next  section  is  that  at  the  Gosport  Water-works  at 
Bury  Cross,  of  which  Mr.  Pilbrow  has  supplied  a  section  in  vol.  xvi. 
of  the  Journal,  at  p.  447. 

I  have  examined  the  series  of  specimens  preserved  at  the  office 
of  the  Water-works  at  Gosport,  and  was  much  interested  by  their 
striking  resemblance  to  the  lower  part  of  the  Bracklesham  Bay 
beds.  The  following  abstract  of  the  section  is  made  from  these 
specimens,  which  were  taken  at  the  depths  noted : — 

ft.  in. 

Lammated  clay  (weathered) 11    9 

Laminated  day  and  dark  sand 37    3 

Nummulina  livwaia  bed  67    3 

Very  green  sand,  with  a  few  specimens  of  Nummulina  la* 

irigata 75    0 

Turritella-bed,  a  conglomerate  of  shells,  as  at  Bracklesham, 

here  containing  Cardita  planicosta 96  0 

(k)  Cardita-bed;  shells  rather  smaller  104  0 

Shaly  and  peaty  days 109  0 

In  Mr.  Pilbrow*s  section  he  has  given  sandy  day  and  black  peb- 
bles, 1  foot  3  inches  thick,  at  329  feet ;  and  the  boring  was  carried 

*  This  is  not  an  extremdv  rare  shell,  though  TOiy  difficult  to  obtain  perfect ; 
but  it  is  seldom  that  the  bea  is  suffidently  exposed  to  a£ford  a  fair  opportunity 
of  observing  them. 

t  For  a  description  of  this  part  of  the  coast  of  Sussex,  see  Dixon*s  '  Fossils 
and  Geology  of  Sussex,*  chap.  ii. 


D. 


Digitized  byCjOOQiC 


1861.]  FISHER — BBACKLBSHAM  BEDS.  77 

only  2  feet  3  inches  Airther  in  hard  clay.  If  I  were  to  hazard  an 
opinion,  I  should  say  that  the  water  was  obtained  in  the  London 
Clay  series,  and  that  the  Bracklesham  Beds  ended  at  a  depth  of 
201  feet  9  inches.  The  green  sand  (with  water),  20  feet  6  inches 
thick,  would  then  belong  to  the  Lower  Bagshot  Sands.  There  is  a 
remarkable  thinning-out  of  the  lower  fossiliferous  beds  here,  as 
compared  with  the  section  at  White  Cli£f  Bay ;  while  beneath  them 
the  unfossiliferous  laminated  clays  and  sands  continue  of  nearly  the 
same  thickness.  We  haye  an  interval  from  vn.  to  iv.  at  White 
Cliff  Bay,  198  feet;  at  Bury  Cross,  47  feet:  interval  from  iv.  to 
I.  at  White  Cliff  Bay,  119  feet ;  at  Buiy  Cross,  118  feet  ♦. 

Fort  Ocmer, — ^At  the  new  works  at  Fort  Gomer,  south  of  Bury 
Cross,  are  to  be  seen  the  beds  on  the  horizon  of  xtu.  near  the 
upper  part  of  the  series.  NummtUina  variolarxa  and  PecUn  comeus 
occur  in  blue  sandy  day. 

Eowner  Fort. — ^At  Bowner  Fort,  now  in  process  of  construction, 
some  sand  frt>m  a  shallow  well  contained  comminuted  shells,  among 
which  TurriteUa  imhricataria  was  distinguishable,  but  no  traces  of 
Nummulites.    There  was  not  sufficient  evidence  to  identify  the  bed. 

StuhbingUm. — ^The  next  locality  to  which  I  refer  is  Stubbington. 
This  is  a  place  of  some  interest,  having  long  been  known  for  ita 
Eocene  fossils ;  but  they  were,  I  believe,  formerly  collected  from 
only  one  or  two  beds  in  the  upper  part  of  the  series.  I  was  myself 
the  fortunate  finder,  in  March  1856,  of  the  very  rich  deposit  of 
fossils  on  the  horizon  of  ix./. 

The  beds  here,  as  at  Bracklesham,  do  not  admit  of  convenient 
measurement.  They  are  seen,  at  intervals,  beneath  gravel  at  the 
base  of  the  low  cliffs  west  of  Brown  Down.  But  a  more  complete 
section  may  be  obtained  by  noticing  their  outcrop  at  low  water. 
The  dip  of  the  beds  is  nearly  8.  by  W. ;  their  dip  in  the  direction  of 
the  shore  is  but  slight,  and  consequently  we  continue  a  long  distance 
upon  the  same  bed.  The  proportion  of  the  thickness  to  this  distance 
is  nearly  uniform  for  all  the  beds,  because  the  shore  is  very  nearly 
straight. 

Commencing  from  a  point  in  a  line  with  two  large  boulders  on 
the  shore,  and  opposite  a  hut  upon  the  cliff,  near  the  eastern  end 
of  Stokes  Bay,  and  going  westward,  we  have  the  following  descend- 
ing  section  t.  ^^^^ 

Paces,      ft.  in. 

Shingle  and  8imd  (beds  not  exposed)  130 

Sunk  forest  (Pleistocene) 60 

Bedsnotseen 46 

A.  •<  21        Lieht-ffreeniBh-blue  sandy  clay,  laminated 219        14    6 

Brackletiham  Beds: — 
20  (a)  Light-greenish  sandy  clay,  containing  rather  abon- 

•  Quart  Joum.  Geol.  Soo.  vol.  xvi.  p.  448. 

t  By  measuring  the  dip  of  the  nodules  in  the  cliffy  I  obtained  a  dip  of  about 
5^  feet  in  64  paces ;  and  by  comparing  the  thickness  of  the  Nunmiulitic  bed 
with  its  extension  on  the  sliore,  we  get  a  dip  of  4^  feet  in  74  paces ;  taking  the 
mean  of  these,  we  find  the  factor  which,  multiplied  bjr  the  extension  in  paces, 
will  give  the  thickness  of  the  beds  in  feet,  to  be  approximately  -066. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


78  PROOEEDINOS  OP  THE  OEOLOOICAL  SOCIETY.  [DcC.  4, 

dantly  a  Coral  like  Paraeyaihm  carvophyUm  ^^^^'    ^  ^' 

(see  Falaeont.  Soc.  Monogr.  toL  for  1850,  pt.  1) 

and  cnished  DerUaHa^  with  a  few  Biyalyes, 

speoiee  undistinguishable.      (The   equivalent 

tied  is  found  at  Hunting  Bridge,  in  the  New 

Forest.)    It  ends  not  far  east  of  some  rails  on 

thecliff 8  0    6 

19        Greenish-blue  sandj  clajr ;  no  fossils  seen 339        22    4 

18        The  same,  rather  more  laminated    114  7    6 

17        The  same,  with  Pleistocene  weatherme  and  roots 

of  trees,  opposite  the  mouth  of  a  yafiej 43  2    9 

16  {b)  Nummtdina  variolaria  bed ;  with  Pecten  comeus 
at  the  top,  and  CardUa planicosta  at  the  bottom. 
(This  bed  was  proved  to  be  4^  feet  thick  bj 
digging  through  it) 74  4    6 

15        liver-ooloured  stiff  clay  49  3    3 

14        Dark-greenish-blue  day,  crowded  with  CorbtUa 

pisum 62  4    0 

13  (d)  Very  dark  clayey  sand,  with  many  fossils  and  a 

layer  of  large  Cardita  planicosfa  at  the  bottom    97  6    4 

12        Clay  greyer  and  less  sandy,  fewer  fossils,  but 

Vormua  common  15  Oil 

11  Clay  darker  and  more  sandy ;  flat  septaria,  usually 
formed  on  drifi-wood  bored  by  Teredines. 
There  is  sometimes  coarse  drift-sand  on  the 
eastern  side  of  the  logs.  Pinna  margaritacea 
abundant    100  6    7 

10        Strata  not  seen;  presumed,  from  what  appears 

in  the  cliff,  to  be  soft  sand,  with  small  shells...  152 
9        Dark  sand;  very  few  shells 105 

8        Bed  of  great  septaria  in  dark  sand,  which  weathers 

of  a  greenish  yellow  in  the  cliff  57 

7        Dark  sandy  clay    39 

6(«?)Dark  sandy  day,  with  broken  fosdls.  (This  is 
seen  as  the  most  westerly  fossiliferous  bed  in 
the  cliff.)  Denialium  and  Oytherea  lucida 
common 66  4    3 

5        Dark-green  sand :  Cardium  ?  Edwardsi,  var.,  very 

common 24  16 

4        The  same :  P«?^c»  comewa  very  common    48  3    1 

3        Darker  and  coarser  sand 26  18 


10 

0 

6  11 

3 

8 

2 

6 

Total 106    9 

From  this  point  the  section  is  nearly  obscured  for  about  half  a 
mile;  but  soffident  is  exposed  to  show  that  it  consists  almost 
wholly  of  sands  belonging  to  Group  B. 

Then,  in  the  old  diff,  at  Hill  Head,  at  the  point  where  the  word 
"  fossils  "  is  engrayed  in  the  map  of  the  (Geological  Survey,  there  is  a 
bed  of  large  septaria  in  sand,  resting  upon  laminated  clay.  Here  I 
found,  in  1856,  a  lenticular  mass  of  fossil  shells  with  Certthium  gigan- 
teum,  washed  together,  partly  concreted  into  septaria,  and  partly  free. 
The  position  in  the  section,  as  well  as  the  assemhlage  of  shells, 
prove  it  to  be  on  the  horizon  of  ix.*  Beyond  this  point  the  beds 
consist  of  sands,  weathered  yellowish  and  bluish  green,  and  rather 
micaceous.    Further  east,  near  Meon,  are  greenish  sands,  with 

*  An  extension  of  this  bed,  with  similar  fossils,  seems  to  occur  beneath  low- 
water  mark,  at  the  furthest  extremity  of  the  spit  of  shingle  opposite  Stubbington 
Lane-end,  where  specimens  may  be  found  washed  in  by  the  sea. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  7ISHEB — ^BEAOKLESHAK  BEDS.  79 

casts  of  TumteUa,  but  with  no  distinct  indication  of  their  place  in 
the  series. 

Netley, — Following  the  shore  of  the  Southampton  Water,  we  find 
the  strata  un&Tourably  exposed.  At  Netley  Hospital,  Pecten  comeus 
occurs  in  clay;  and  other  common  Bracklesham  fossils,  in  dark 
sand,  were  brought  up  from  a  well.  At  Netley  Cliflf,  casts  of  uni- 
valves may  be  seen  in  bluish-green  sand;  while  at  Southampton 
Docks,  Nummulina  Icevigata  occurred.  This  fixes  the  horizon  of  the 
beds  at  group  C. 

The  New  Forest. — ^Within  the  last  few  years  the  cabinets  of 
collectors  of  Eocene  fossils  have  been  enriched  with  specimens 
from  Bramshaw  and  Brook,  in  the  New  Forest.  The  first  intelli- 
gence which  I  received  of  the  occurrence  of  fossils  in  this  neigh- 
bourhood was  from  Mr.  Bristow,  of  the  Geological  Survey,  who 
discovered  them  here  in  the  year  1854.  I  believe  H.  Keeping  had 
become  acquainted  with  the  spot  about  the  same  time.  In  the  course 
of  my  own  working  in  that  neighbourhood,  I  found  other  places 
which  yielded  many  specimens.  The  strata  where  these  beds  occur 
are  coloured  as  belonging  to  the  Barton  series  in  the  Geological 
Survey  Map,  the  line  of  demarcation  being  drawn  at  the  commence- 
ment of  the  sands  which  characterize  the  2nd  fossiliferous  horizon  B 
of  the  Brackleshams  on  the  Cerithium  giganUum  division.  The 
richness  of  the  deposits  in  this  neighbourhood  exceeds  that  of  the 
relative  beds  at  any  of  the  places  I  have  mentioned. 

Hunting  Bridge. — ^The  highest  fossil-bearing  bed  belonging  to  the 
Bracklesham  senes  which  has  been  met  with  in  the  New  Forest  is 
near  a  place  called  Hunting  Bridge,  in  an  artificial  watercourse  in  an 
enclosure  near  the  letter  **c^"  in  "Lynwood  Coppice  "  on  the  Ordnance 
Map.  This  fossil-bed  was  discovered  only  within  the  last  month,  by 
Henry  Keeping,  of  Freshwater,  who  collected  for  me  the  specimens 
from  which  the  following  list  is  taken,  and  to  whom  I  am  indebted 
for  the  stratigraphical  particulars  of  this  locality.  His  section 
gives — 

ft.   in. 
(a)  Bluiah-green  clay,  full  of  large  Dentalia  (sp.  nov.)  and  Corals. . .    0    6 
Dark-green  nsiij  clay,  with  foBsils  scattered  throughout,  about 

perhaps  20    0 

I  have  not  yet  had  an  opportunity  of  visiting  Hunting  Bridge. 
The  specimens  which  I  have  received  therefrom  are — 

Bostellaria  ampla  (fine).  FseudoliTa  oralis. 

rimosa.  Caasidaria  nodosa. 

arcuata.  coronata. 

minax.  Pleurotoma  prisca. 

Murex  asper  (common)  plebeia. 

Fasdolana  uniplicata.  planetica. 

Fusus  No«.  crassioosta. 

pyrus.  li^ta. 

carinella  (common).  Voluta  labrella. 

interruptuB.  nodosa. 

?  n,  B.,  found  also  at  Alum  maga. 

Bay  and  Hill  Head.  Natica  Willemetil 

Strepsidura  turgida.  ?  ambulacrum. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


80  PB0CKEDING8  OF  THB  eSOLOOICAL  80CIBTT.  [DoC.  4, 

Torritella  suloifera.  LimopsiB  (nov.  up.) 

Turritella  ?  nov.  sp.  Cytherea  ludda. 

FhoruB  agglutiiiaiiB.  ?  sp. 

?  exoaTatcui,  Edw,  MS.  Gardiuin  parile. 

Calyptnea  trochiformis.  pormosum  (U8te  Keeping). 

Bulla  (?)  Edwardflu.  Oardita  elegans. 

Dentahum  (large  and  yerj  common),     Crnanatella  (found  also  at  Brook). 

noT.  sp.  PectunculuB  pulyinatus  (common). 
SerpulorcnsomatuB?  (rather common).     Tellina    (?)    Branderi,   Tar.    (rather 
Niso  terebellatus.  common). 

Peoten  comeua  (not  common).  Corbula  Qallica  (teste  Keeping). 

Area  barbatula.  Pinna  margaritaoea. 

prope  avioulina.  (  ?  n.  s.)  Nummnlina  (apparently  N,  variolaria) 

SpondyluB  rarispina.  on  Pkorus  aggUUina$u, 

The  upper  layer  of  blniah-green  day  at  this  place  seems  un- 
doubtedly to  be  tiie  equivalent  of  the  bed  No.  20  (p.  77),  with  Corals 
and  Dentalia,  at  Stubbington,  which  I  have  taken  as  the  highest  of 
the  Bracklesham  series  at  that  place.  The  lower  portion,  which  has 
afforded,  with  very  little  working,  the  above  list  of  species,  does  not 
appear  to  have  an  equivalent  fossil-bed  there ;  or,  if  it  has,  I  have 
overlooked  it.  The  species  are  so  decidedly  of  a  Braokleshsjn  type, 
that  I  have  no  hesitation  in  dassiog  the  deposit  as  a  part  of  that 
series ;  and,  as  I  have  prendsed  when  speaking  of  its  limits,  I  am 
obliged  to  extend  the  classification  under  that  head  to  beds  above  any 
seen  at  Bracklesham  Bay,  where  the  section  terminates  with  the 
"  Clibs."  Those  "  Clibs "  are  the  equivalent  of  the  NummuUna 
variolaria  bed.  No.  16,  of  Stubbington,  which  is  more  than  30  feet 
lower  than  the  ooral-bed  corresponding  with  the  upper  part  of  the 
Hunting  Bridge  Bed.  Nevertheless  the  character  of  the  matrix  at 
Hunting  Bridge  approaches  more  nearly  to  some  of  the  Barton  de- 
posits than  to  any  of  the  Bracklesham  strata. 

Bramshauf ;  Shepherd^ $  Outter. — ^The  nature  of  the  surface  does 
not  admit  of  giving  complete  sections  in  the  forest ;  but  the  general 
stratification  of  the  district  leaves  no  doubt  of  the  last-mentioned 
fossil-bed  being  followed  in  descending  order  by  the  Shepherd's 
Gutter  Bed,  wMch  is  to  be  met  with  at  Three-water  Gutter,  about 
half  a  mile  to  the  south-east  of  Hunting  Bridge.  The  spot  where 
this  bed  was  originally  found  on  Shepherd's  Gutter,  and  which  is 
indicated  in  Mr.  Edwards's  monographs  as  the  <*  Bramshaw"  lo- 
cality, may  be  found  by  drawing,  on  tiie  Ordnance  Map,  a  straight 
line  from  the  first  "B"  in  "Bumtford  Bridge"  to  the  "tt"  in 
«  Bramble  Hill  Lodge." 

Passing  through  some  soft  blue  clay,  the  first  part  of  the  fossili- 
ferous  bed  reached,  about  a  foot  thick,  is  crowded  with  Turritella  ca^ 
rinifera  in  day.  Then  we  have  a  few  inches  of  stiff  blue  clay,  in  which 
occur  Triton  nodulotus,  Edw.  MS.,  and  PUurotoma  ligata,  and  then 
from  three  to  four  feet  of  very  dark  clayey  sand,  with  abundant  shells. 
The  larger  shells  are  at  the  bottom  of  the  bed.  At  the  base  is  a  layer 
full  of  Pecten  eomeus  and  many  specimens  of  Conus  deperditus. 
The  whole  rests  on  a  dark-grey  sand,  with  fragments  of  Pecten 
cometu,  which  have  lost  their  fresh  brown  tint.  The  Nummulina 
variolaria  \a  by  no  means  uncommon  in  this  bed,  and  is  usually  to 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  FISHER — ^BRACKLBSHAM  BEDS.  81 

be  found  attached  to  the  specimens  of  Phorvs  aggltUinans,  Beneath 
this  bed  are  days,  perhaps  10  feet  thick  ;  and  then  a  thin  fossil-bed, 
with  Pecten  comeua  abundant,  and  many  of  the  smaller  sheUs  of 
the  bed  just  described.  This  is  succeeded  by  dark  and  very  sandy 
clay,  with  scarcely  any  traces  of  fossils.  Cardita  planicosta  is  rare 
at  this  locality.  On  following  the  brook  a  few  hundred  yards  down- 
wards, through  the  length  of  two  fields,  the  Corbula-days,  belonging 
to  the  next  succeeding  fossil-bed  (d),  may  be  made  out  in  a 
weathered  condition  in  the  bank  of  the  stream.  A  very  few  feet 
beneath  this  stratum,  coarser  sands  with  grains  of  silicate  of  iron 
come  in.  I  place  the  Bramshaw  or  Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed  on  the 
horizon  of  xtii.  (b). 

The  argument  for  the  position  of  the  Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed  is 
of  this  kind.  It  is  succeeded  at  the  interval  of  a  few  feet  (there 
is  no  opportunity  of  taking  a  measurement,  but  it  may  be  20  or  30 
feet^)  by  the  *^  Brook  "  Bed,  a  deposit  of  a  marked  character  (see 
p.  83).  The  extraordinary  abundance  of  Corbula  pisum  in  the 
upper  portion  of  this  bed,  the  abundance  of  Pleurotoma  cUUnuata, 
elsewhere  rare,  and  the  presence  of  Valuta  horrida  render  it  peculiar. 
There  is  also  an  individuality  about  a  fossil-bed  which  cannot  be  folly 
appreciated  except  by  one  who  has  personally  worked  it.  The  cha- 
racters of  the  "  Brook  Bed "  belong  also  to  bed  No.  13  at  Stub- 
bington  and  to  the  Cyprsea-bed,  No.  19,  of  Selsea,  in  Bracklesham 
Bay;  there  is  therefore  a  presumption  that  the  three  are  equi- 
valent. Now  there  is,  at  a  short  interval  above  the  beds  13  of 
Stubbington  and  19  of  Selsea,  a  remarkable  deposit  of  Nummulina 
variolaria :  at  Selsea  that  Nummulite  is  accompanied  by  AlveoliwE 
in  abundance,  and  by  other  Eoraminifera.  Thus  we  have  two  beds 
at  Stubbington  and  Selsea  similar  in  their  general  character,  and 
also  similar  in  sequence.  Passing  to  White  Cliff  Bay,  we  find 
a  Nummulina  variolaria  bed,  No.  xvn.,  intermediate  in  character 
between  those  of  Stubbington  and  Selsea,  containing  a  larger 
proportion  of  Nummulites  than  at  Selsea,  but  with  AheoUncB  and 
other  Foraminifera  of  Selsea  which  are  not  found  at  Stubbington. 
The  bed  is  based  on  a  sandy  deposit,  as  is  that  at  Selsea,  containing 
in  both  places  numerous  TeUinas,  The  sand-rock  is  soon  succeeded 
by  a  bed  (xiv.)  full  of  Corbula  pisum,  which,  as  far  as  1  was  able  to 
examine  it,  appeared  to  agree  with  the  Cypraea  or  "  Brook  "  Bed  (d) 
of  the  New  Forest,  Stubbington,  and  Selsea.  Thus  it  seems  to  admit 
of  little  doubt  that  the  Nummulina  variolaria  bed  (the  "  dibs  ")  of 
Selsea,  the  NummuUna-bed  of  Stubbington,  and  Nummtdina  vario- 
laria bed  of  White  Cliff  Bay  are  equivalent. 

Now,  the  Nummulina  variolaria  bed  of  White  Cliff  Bay  contains 
rather  a  peculiar  assemblage  of  Pleurotomas  as  well  as  tiie  Itissoa 
cochhareUa,  which  are  found  at  Shepherd's  Gutter,  as  are  also  all  its 
fossils,  except  the  Alveolina,  absent  also  at  Stubbington ;  and  it  is 
shown  to  occupy  a  position  with  regard  to  bed  d  similar  to  that 
occupied  by  the  Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed ;  therefore  the  argument 

*  All  the  beds  in  thii  part  of  the  series  appear  thicker  in  the  New  Forest  than 
to  the  south-east. 


VOL.  XVm. — ^PART  I. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


82  PR0CEEDIN08  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [DcC.  4, 

from  fossil  contents  and  sequence  renders  it  most  probable  that  the 
two  are  equivalent,  and  therefore  that  the  Shephei^'s  Gutter  Bed  is 
equivalent  also  to  the  Nurmmdina  variolaria  beds  of  Stubbington  and 
(the"aibs")of8elsea. 

But  the  argument  is  still  further  strengthened  thus.  Let  it  be 
granted  that  the  Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed  is  equivalent  to  No.  xvn. 
of  White  Cliff  Bay ;  it  is  therefore  equivalent  to  the  Nummulina 
variolaria  bed  of  Stubbington.  Now,  there  is  at  Stubbington,  about 
thirty  feet  higher  up,  a  very  remarkable  bed,  No.  20,  containing 
Paracyathus  caryophyllus  and  DentaUa ;  whilst  a  bed  with  similar 
contents  is  also  found  in  the  New  Forest,  at  Hunting  Bridge, 
not  many  feet  above  the  Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed.  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  above  contains  also  the  data  upon  which  I  have  ventured  to 
differ  horn,  former  observers*  respecting  the  line  of  separation 
between  the  Bracklesham  and  Barton  Beds  at  White  Cliff  Bay,  and 
to  place  it  slightly  higher  up. 

At  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter  S.  by  W.  of  Shepherd's  Gutter, 
near  the  letter  "  it "  in  "  Brook  Common  "  on  the  Oninance  Map,  at 
the  comer  of  Prior's  Acre,  is  a  fossil-bed,  in  its  leading  features 
very  similar  to  that  at  Shepherd's  Gutter.  The  stratum  covering 
the  fossil-bed  is  soft  blue  clay.  To  this  succeeds  a  bed  of  day 
crowded  with  7\irriUlla  imbricataria  and  T,  carinif^a,  and  then  a 
bed  of  dark  sand  with  many  shells.  This  last  is  not  so  thick  as  at 
Shepherd's  Gutter,  averaging  about  1^  foot.  There  are  not  so 
many  broken  shells ;  but  the  percentage  of  tolerably  perfect  shells  is 
perhaps  larger.  Beneath  it  we  find  decayed  Pectines  comei  in  a 
sandy  day.  Cardita  planicosta  is  very  rare.  This  bed  is,  I  believe, 
a  continuation  of  the  Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed,  and  is  on  the  horizon 
of  xvn. 

A  section,  by  digging  and  boring,  gave —  £^  j^, 

Superficial  Boil 2  0 

Soft,  weathered,  blue  clay,  with  selenitet  and  Turritella 7  0 

Foasil-bed  (b)      1  0 

Stifi'ilate^louredclay 3  6 

Ail:nnfo8Bal'hed,vn.ihPectencomeu8X  say  0  3 

PurpliBh,  very  sandy  clay  (not  pierced),  probably  c  of  Bracklesham  2  0 

Brook, — About  a  quarter  of  a  mile  down  the  brook  or  "  gutter  " 
called  King's  Garden  Gutter,  in  which  the  last-mentioned  bed  was 
reached,  occurs  a  second  rich  fossil-bed,  which  lies  beneath  it.  It 
is  that  dted  by  Mr.  Edwards  §  as  the  ''  Brook "  locality.  After 
passing  through  a  covering  of  clay,  a  thin  bed  of  dark-green  sand 

*  Prestwich  on  Baffshot  Sands,  Quart  Joum.  Geol.  Soo.  vol.  iii.  p.  388. 

t  A  collector  should  keep  a  look-out  for  selenite,  because  it  la  often  the 
only  indication,  seen  on  the  buHSbum,  of  the  neighbourhood  of  fossil  shells.  When 
day  contains  fossil  shells  and  sulphuret  of  iron,  the  change  which  takes  place  in 
the  course  of  weathering  is  this: — The  sulphur  combines  with  the  oxygen 
of  the  atmosphere  to  form  sulphuric  add ;  thiB  combines  slowly,  as  it  is  formed, 
with  the  carbonate  of  lime  of  the  sheUs,  and  crystallizes  into  selenite,  the  shell 
being  ultimately  entirely  removed. 

\  Corresponding  probably  with  the  thin  fossil-bed,  containing  Pecten  comeus, 
mentioned  as  occumnff  at  Shepherd's  Gutter. 

$  Pakeontographical  Sodety*s  Monographs,  1858,  p.  270. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  nSHEB — BSACSLBSHAM  BESS.  83 

is  reached,  full  of  shells.  Single  valves  of  Cardita  planicosta  are 
commoiu  There  are  nomerous  small  CeritfUa  in  this  bed,  of  several 
species,  Fusw  polpgonus  is  also  not  uncommon,  as  also  Pseudoliva 
ovalis.  The  bed  is  about  8  or  10  inches  thick.  Beneath  it  we  come 
upon  very  stijQP  lead-coloured  claj,  in  which  Carbula  pisum  soon  be- 
gins to  make  its  appearance ;  and,  after  passing  through  about  4  feet 
of  this  clay,  we  reach  a  sandy  layer,  of  a  somewhat  greenish  tint. 
In  this  many  good  specimens  are  to  be  found,  especially  of  Plewro- 
tama  aMmwUa.  The  day  then  becomes  less  sandy,  and  is  crowded 
with  Corbtda  pisum,  other  fossils  occurring  sparingly  for  about  2j^ 
feet.  We  then  reach  a  bed  of  dark  sand  with  shells,  chiefly  (but  by 
no  means  all)  broken.  Thero  are  a  large  number  of  single  valves 
of  CardUa  planicosta  at  this  level ;  and,  when  these  are  passed,  an- 
other layer  of  shells,  mostly  broken,  is  usually  found,  containing  seve- 
ral rare  species,  and  among  them  many  specimens  of  VoltUa  horrida, 
a  species  known  only  by  a  single  broken  specimen  from  Bracklesham 
before  I  found  it  at  this  place.  Hard  grey  day,  with  intermittent 
layers  of  Corbulas,  and  but  few  other  spedes,  succeed  this  bed. 

I  consider  the  Brook  Bed  to  be  on  the  horizon  of  xrv.  (d).  It  is 
the  bed  most  constant  in  its  character  of  any,  and  differs  so  little  at 
White  Cliff  Bay  (where,  however,  it  is  difBicult  to  find,  as  it  lies  in 
a  vertical  position  at  the  bottom  of  a  small  streamlet),  Bracklesham 
Bay,  Stubbington,  and  Brook,  that  it  affords  a  very  satisfactory 
presumption  of  its  being  quite  possible  to  divide  the  Bracklesham 
series  iuto  successive  beds,  each  recognizable  by  its  lithological  cha- 
racters, position,  and  fossil  contents. 

The  "  Brook  Bed "  crops  out  in  the  ditch  by  the  side  of  Sir 
F.  Pollock's  Wood,  in  Canterton  Lane ;  and  it  may  be  seen  there,  as 
well  as  in  Shepherd's  Gutter,  that  it  is  soon  succeeded  by  sands, 
which  are  no  doubt  the  sands  belonging  to  the  horizon  of  ix. 

Western  Range  of  the  Bracklesham  Beds.  Poole  and  Corfe, — ^I  have 
thus  described  the  character  and  sequence  of  the  Bracklesham  Beds 
as  they  occur  at  intervals  throughout  the  eastern  and  northern  parts 
of  the  Isle  of  Wight  Basin.  I  have  now  to  speak  of  their  western 
development  near  Poole,  at  Alum  Bay,  and  at  High  Cliff.  There  is 
a  specimen  in  the  Museum  at  Dorchester,  which  I  have  been  credi- 
bly informed  came  from  a  sand-pit  at  Lytchett,  near  Poole.  It  is  a 
concretion  of  ferruginous  sand,  formed  upon  a  mass  of  Carditce 
planicostcB  and  Turritelke  (probably  T.  imbrieatarice),  the  casts  only 
remaining.  This  is  an  interesting  specimen,  because  it  shows  that 
the  sea  of  the  Bracklesham  period  was  tenanted  by  such  forms  very 
near  the  district  of  Poole  and  Bournemouth,  where  the  only  remains 
hitherto  observed  have  been  those  of  vegetables  and  insects.  I 
have,  however,  seen  a  small  round  Oyster  from  Furzeybrook  day- 
pit,  near  Corfe, — the  only  instance  on  record,  as  I  believe,  of  a  marine 
shell  from  these  Corfe  Beds  *. 

*  Large  palm-leaTtes  are  not  imoommon  at  Furzeybrook,  which  seems  to 
show  thttt  a  subtropioal  climate  waa  shared  in  by  the  land  as  well  as  bj  the 
ocean,  during  the  Bracklesham  period.  A  specimen  of  these  palms  was  ex- 
hibited when  the  paper  was  read. 

q2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


84  PR0CEKDIKG8  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [DeC.  4, 

These  facts  seem  to  point  to  the  coast-line  of  the  sea  of  the 
period  having  passed  near  the  area  in  which  these  pipeclay-beds 
occnr.  The  prevailing  character  of  the  Corfe  deposits  is  such  as 
would  indicate  them  to  have  been  derived  from  land  consisting  of 
granitoid  rocks,  while  the  days  and  sands  of  the  beds  which  lie  to 
the  north  and  east  have  been  partly  derived  from  rocks  of  the 
Secondary  and  Older  Tertiary  Periods,  supplying  the  dark  clays  and 
the  flint-pebbles  which  abound  in  them. 

There  remain  but  two  localities  of  which  I  shall  speak,  namely. 
Alum  Bay  and  High  Cliff  near  Christchurch. 

Alum  Bay. — At  Alum  Bay,  the  greater  part  of  the  fossiliferous 
beds  included  in  No.  29  of  Mr.  Prestwich's  section  ♦  may  be  satis- 
factorily correlated  with  those  usually  known  as  the  Barton  and 
High  Cliff  series.  There  is  a  well-known  and  marked  seam  of 
dark-green  sandy  clay,  containing  abundance  of  Nummulina  Prest- 
wiehiana  f.  It  contains  Barton  forms ;  and  therefore  we  may 
safely  carry  the  Barton  series  down  so  far,  though  it  is  lower  in  the 
series  than  any  bed  from  which  fossils  have  hitherto  been  collected 
at  High  Cliff.  The  same  Nummulite-bed  occurs  there  also.  Com- 
mencing with  this  bed,  a  descending  section  brings  us,  in  about 
15  feet,  into  beds  of  Bracklesham  age. 

ft.  in. 

10.  Dark-greenish,  coarse,  sandy  clay   3    0 

(Crowded  with  Nummtdina  Frestwichtana.) 

Bostellaria  ampla.  Fleurotoma?  sp. 

rimoBa.  Yoluta  othleta. 

Murex  aaper.  ^—  depauperata. 

TyphiB  pungens.  *—  maea. 

Canoellaria.  —  nodosa. 

Fymla  nexiliB.  Mitara  panra. 

I^iisiiB  bulbus.  Marginelia. 

^—  oarinelia.  Natica  labellata. 

^—  errans.  Turritella  imbricataria. 

intemiptufl.  Phonis  agglutinans. 

—  longiBTUB.  Calyptreca  obliqua. 

Noffi.  Dentaliam. 

regulariB.  Ostrea  flabelluhk 

mdcarinatuB.  ?  donata. 

n.  sp.,  as  at  Hunting  Br.  Peoten  oomeus. 

and  Hul  Head.  Cardium  (small  species,  like  that  of 
Strepsidura  turgida.  High  Cliff). 

Cassidaria  ambigua.  Corbula  pisum, 

Ancillaria.  Pholadomya. 

Fleurotoma  torbida.  Echinoderm. 

oonoides.  Operculina. 

-^—  plebeia.  Nummulina  Prestwichiana. 

9  (5).  Lead-coloured  day,  with  few  fossils 3    0 

Bostellaria  macroptera.  Corbula  pisom. 

*  Quart  Joum.  Geol.  Soo.  vol.  ii  pi.  9.  See  also  the  elaborate  section  at 
p.  136,  and  pL  9,  Mem.  Geol.  Surr.,  Isle  of  Wight,  1856. 

t  See  note,  on  the  determination  of  this  NummuUto  by  Mr.  T.  B.  Jones,  to 
the  piMper  by  Sir  C.  Lyell  on  the  Belgian  Tertiaries,  Quart.  Joum.  GeoL  Soc 
▼oL  Tin.  p.  334.    See  also  Appendix  B,  p.  93. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1«61.] 


FI8HBB — ^BBACKLBSHAlf  BEOS. 


85 


8  (a).  Dark  sandy  claj^  with  fossils  (principally  small 


Area  ayicalina. 
Leda  (oommon). 
NuculiBk 

Oardium  parile. 
Cardita  globooa. 
CultelluB. 
Corbula  pisum. 


ft.  in. 
9     0 


Bostellaria  ampla. 
FosuB  (?  regnlariB). 
Flearotoma  exorta. 
Yoluta  nodosa. 
Turritella  imbricataria. 
?Melania. 
CaljptraBa. 
Solarium  plicatom. 


Braekleaham  Series. 

7.  Dark  sandy  day  16     6 

6.  Indurated,  dark-greenish,  sandy  clay,  with  impressions 

of  fossils , 1     0 


Cytherea  ladda. 

suberycinoides. 

Sanffuinolana  HoUowaynL 

Mooiola. 

Tellinaplagia. 

?  Branderi   (oommon 

at  Hunting  Bridge). 

?8p. 

Area  aTioulina. 


5.  Dark  sandy  day,  containing  a  bed  of  septaria,  like 
those  heneath  Bothsay  Castle,  High  CM 11    0 

4.  Indurated,  greyish,  sandy  day,  with  impressions  of 

fossils 0    7 


Fu8U8  ?  undoflus. 
MurexaBper. 
Fymla  nexiliB. 
Turritella  imbricataria. 
Natioa  ambulacrum. 
Bentalium,^bably  the  BpedeB 

found  at  Hunting  Bridge. 
Cardiimi  parile. 
Gkurdita  ?  Bp.  (abundant) ;  ribe 

acute  and  numerous,  rather 


Cardita  (with  fewer  ribe; 

rare). 
Cytherea  obliqua. 

suberycinoides. 

lucida. 

Tellina  ?  tumescens. 

?8p. 

?Bp. 

Sanguinolaria  Hollowaysii. 

Panopoea  oomigata. 

Leda. 

Modiola(or  Mytilwi)^  n.  sp. 


Fu8US?undosu8. 

Yoluta  nodosa. 

Natica. 

Phorus  agglutinans. 

Turritella  sulcifera. 

Bentalium. 

Teredo  (in  wood). 

Pecten  comeus. 

Cardium  parile. 

^—  (ratner  small  and  broad 
species,  unknown). 

Caraita  (rather  small,  with  nu- 
merous acute  ribs;  yery 
abundant,  the  same  as  in  the 
last  bed). 

3.  Dark  sandy  day,  weathering  greenish-grey,  containing 

carbonaceous  matter 16     0 

2.  Conglomerate  of  large  flint-pebbles 0  10 

1.  Sands  of  various  shades  of  yellow,  white,  and  crimson. 

The  lower  43  feet  of  this  section  appear  to  belong  to  the  Brackle- 
sham  Beds. 

Mr.  Prestwich  has  remarked  on  the  change  of  character  in  the 
otganic  remains  towards  the  lower  part  of  his  stratum  No.  29  (Joum. 
vol.  ii,  p.  242).  The  species,  as  he  observes,  are  those  of  a  shallow 
sea.    But  if  I  have  determined  them  aright,  several  of  them  bdong 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


86  PEOCEEUINOS  OF  THE  OE0IX)OrCAL  80CTETT.  [DeC.  4, 

to  the  Bracklesham  series,  and,  as  1  shall  show  hereafter,  are  in  a 
part  of  the  series  which  Mr.  Prestwidi  has  placed  among  the 
Bracklesham  Sands  at  High  Cliff. 

Here,  then,  we  have  a  proof  that  the  Bracklesham  Beds  have  not 
all  heoome  unfossiliferons  at  Alum  Bay  *,  hot  the  same  shelving  of 
the  sea-hottom  towards  the  coast-line  t,  which  has  here  given  an 
estaarine  condition  X  to  the  shallower  seas  of  the  lower  and  middle 
beds  of  the  northern  and  eastern  area,  has  converted  the  deep  sea 
of  the  upper  part  into  a  shallow  sea,  represented  by  beds  6  and  4 
of  the  section. 

This  shallower  condition  may  account  also  for  the  disappearance 
at  Alum"  Bay  of  the  Nummuiina  variolaria.  The  water,  already  con- 
verted from  an  estuary  into  a  diallow  sea,  seems  to  have  continued  to 
deepen  § ;  and  at  No.  10  Nummulites  come  in  abundantly.  But  the 
variety  is  not  identical  with  that  found  in  the  upper  beds  d  the 
Bracklesham  series  || ;  and  the  list  of  fossils  from  that  bed  contains 
species  of  a  Barton  type,  viz.  PUurotOfna  twrbida  (coIoh),  P.  conoides, 
and  Castidaria  ambigua. 

High  Cliff. — ^The  weU-known  series  of  fossUiferons  sands  and 
sandy  clays  of  Barton  Cliff  and  High  Cliff  terminate  downwards 
in  a  series  of  dark-green  sandy  days^,  which  are  based  upon 
light-coloured  sands**.  These  Mr.  Prestwich  considers  to  belong 
to  the  Bracklesham  series. 

There  is  an  advantage  in  studying  these  beds  at  High  Cliff,  f^m 
the  flEtct  that  the  same  strata  are  visible  for  a  considerable  distance  in 
the  cliff  (fig.  2) ;  so  that  the  changes,  due  to  horizontal  range,  which 
took  place  in  them  can  be  observed, — an  advantage  whidi  is  not 
offered  by  the  vertical  strata  at  Alum  Bay  and  White  Cliff  Bay. 

*  Quart  Joum.  GeoL  Soc.  vol.  iii.  p.  394. 

t  "  Physical  Geography  of  the  Tertiary  EBtuary  of  the  Isle  of  Wight,"  by  H. 
C.  Sorby,  Esq.,  Edin.  New  Phil.  Joum.,  Apr.  1857. 
X  Memoir  of  G^L  Survey  on  Isle  of  Wight,  p.  34. 

I  Edin.  New  Phil.  Joum.  ibid. 
See  Sir  C.  Lvell's  paper  on  the  Belgian  Tertiaries  fGeol.  Soc.  Jonra.  vol.  viii. 
p.  334,  fiote).  Mr.  T.  K.  Jones  informs  me  that  this  Nummulite  is  a  variehr  of 
N.  planulata^  as  also  is  N.  variolaria.  The  common  Nummulite  of  the  High 
Cliir  Sands  is  N.  vQriol4iria.  The  Alum  Bay  variety  is  here  called  N.  Prestwich' 
iana.    See  Appendix  B,  page  93. 

^  The  green  colourinff-matter  which  is  so  common  in  the  Middle  Eocene  beds 
is  remarkably  abundant  here.  It  occurs  in  grains,  which,  when  separated  from 
the  matrix,  have  the  size  and  form  of  trains  of  fine  gunpowder. 

Professor  liveing  has  kindly  fumished  me  with  the  following  analysis  of  this 
substance,  and  informs  me  that  it  does  not  differ  materially  from  the  colouring- 
matter  of  the  Qreensand  bed  at  the  base  of  the  Lower  Chalk  of  Cambridge- 
shire:— 

Water 10-02 

Silica ftOll 

Iron,  protoxide 26-04 

Aluinma 612 

M^gi^esia    3-14 

Potash    517 

99-60 
«*  See  Mr.  Prestwich's  paper  "On  the  Strato  of  Christchurdi  Harbour,'' 
Quart.  Joum  Oeol.  Soo.  vol  v.  p.  44. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.] 


FISHBK — BBACKLKHHAM  BEOS. 


87 


It  has  been  seen^  in  the  lists  of  fossils  from  the  Alum  Bay  beds, 
that  the  NummvUna  Frestwichiana  bed  contains  Barton  forms,  viz. 
Pleurotoma  turbida,  P.  conaides,  and  Cassidaria  ambiguOy  while  the 
superior  beds  at  that  place  s^ord  assemblages  of  fossils  exactly 
analogous  to  the  well-known  High  Cliff  and  Barton  types.  1  have 
therefore  assumed  the  Nummtdina  Prestwiehiana  bed  at  Alum  Bay 
to  belong  to  the  Barton  series. 

Fig.  2.—8tcti^  of  High  Cliff  and  Barton  Cliff.    Length  2  miles. 


w. 


BothMy 
Castle. 


HighCUff. 


Chewton 
Banney. 


BwtonCliC 


1.  White  silioeous  BMid« 

2.  Band  of  flint-pebbles. 

3.  Sands,  with  a  huid  of  iron- 

stone septaria. 

4.  Pebble-bed  and  fossils. 


5.  Dark-men  sandy  day.  ^ 

6.  Sli^tfy  indurated  marly  day. 
Bradde-      7.  Nunmulina  Prestwiehiana  bed. 

'  sham  beds.    8.  Chrey  days. 

9.  "High  Cliflf  Sands."       * 
10.  "Barton  days." 


Barton 
beds. 


I  find  a  bod  containing  Nummutina  Prestwiehiana^  at  High  Cliff, 
analogous  to  that  at  Alum  Bay.  I  believe  it  has  hitherto  been  over- 
looked, but  it  may  easily  be  recognized  by  the  following  indication : 
— ^There  will  be  observed  extend^g  along  all  the  central  portion  of 
High  Cliff,  not  far  overhead,  as  you  walk  upon  the  beach,  a  narrow 
band  of  hard  marly  day  ♦,  not  quite  a  foot  thick,  weathering  of  a 
reddish  foxy  tint,  and  projecting  slightly  beyond  the  general  fece  of 
the  cliff*  Immediately  above  this,  in  marked  contrast  of  colour,  is 
a  narrow  green  band  of  coarse  sandy  day,  about  8  in.  thick.  This 
is  the  iVtitwmwZina  Prestwiehiana  bed.  It  is  much  thinner  than  at  Alum 
Bay,  and  the  Nummulites  are  less  profusely  scattered  in  it.  At  this 
place  they  are  pyritized.  They  are  entirely  distinct  in  appearance 
from  the  N,  variolaria  of  the  sands  in  the  beds  above.  Now,  here 
this  bed  is  thin,  and  poor  in  fossils ;  but,  judging  from  the  equi- 
valent bed  at  Alum  Bay,  it  belongs  to  the  Barton  series ;  and  I  have 
seen  nothing  above  it  which  would  lead  me  to  place  it  otherwise. 
I  therefore  commence  my  High  Cliff  section  with  this  bed,  as  has 
been  done  already  in  the  Alum  Bay  section  t. 

*  This  is  the  band  of  tabular  soft  septaria,  mixed  with  green  sand,  of  Mr. 
Prestwich's  section  (Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  See.  Yol.  v.  p.  44). 

t  The  upper  part  of  this  section  was  made  more  to  the  east  than  Mr.  Prest- 
wich^s,  as  ma^  be  seen  by  the  position  of  the  flint  gravel  which  caps  his  section. 
The  slight  differences  in  the  measurements  are  uius  accounted  lor.  It  is  also 
carried  rather  further  down.  The  lower  part  is  often  obscured  by  talus,  but 
was  better  exposed  than  usual  when  I  last  saw  it. 

The  fossils  of  this  locality,  having  lost  all  their  shelly  matter,  are  the  less  easy 
of  determination.  On  that  account  the  lists  here  given  must  not  be  looked  upon 
as  beyond  question.  Nevertheless  the  characters  of  the  species  are  better  pre- 
served than  in  ordinary  casts. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


88  PROCEEDIKeS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  DeC.  4y 

Section  at  JBigh  Cliff.  ^    . 

7.  Nwnmtdina  Prestwichiana  bed,  in  coarse,  green,  sandy 
day  with  grains  of  quartz.  The  tool  gives  a  bright- 
green  streak.  This  bed  passes  beneati^  the  beach  at 
about  760  yards  westof  Chewton  Bunny 0    8 

Nummulina  Preetwiohiiios.  Gardita  (small,  ribbed). 

Natica  (smalll  Cytherea. 

Gaidiuin  parile. 

6.  Slightly  indurated  marly  day,  motiled  green  and 
brownish  grey.  It  weathers  of  a  foxy-red.  "  Ta- 
bular soft  Septaria  " 0     7 

Nnmmnlina  Preshrichiana.  Cardium  parile. 

Ancillaria  canalifera.  Oardita  (small,  ribbed). 

Voluta    (small,    with  distant  Modiola. 

ribs).  Corbula  pisum. 

•  (?  nodosa).  Thracia. 

Turritella  imbncataria  Echinoderm. 

6.  Dark-green,  coarse,  sandy  clay,  giving  a  bright-green 

strei^  with  the  tool.     **  Clayey  green  sand  " 9     0 

Fusus  pyrus.  Cardita  (small,  ribbed). 

Pyrula  nexOii.  Cytherea  (a  Bajrton  species). 

Voluta  ?  nodosa.  Craasatella  oostata. 

Dentalium.  Corbula  pisum. 
Cardium  semistriatum. 

(Bracklesham  Series,) 

4.  Pebble-bed  towards  the  west,  changing  towards  the 
east  into  a  soft,  dark,  sandy  day,  with  scattered 
pebbles,  and  full  of  impressions  of  fossils.  <<  Rounded 
flint-pebbles"    1     6 

Murex  minax.  Cytherea  (?  lucida). 

Fusus  carinella  (common).  subwycinoides  (common). 

Voluta  nodosa.  —  ?  trigonula. 

Serpula.  Crassatella  sulcata. 

Dentalium  (large  species).  ?  compressa. 

Area  duplicata.  Sanrainolana  HoUowaysii. 

Cardium  parile.  Corbula  GhJlica. 

ponuosimi.  pisum. 

Cardita  (ribbed).  Panopeea. 

3.  Sands,  clayey  at  the  bottom.  Towards  the  west  these 
are  clearly  stratifled  in  three  beds ;  but  soon  the 
middle  division  suddenly  thins  out,  and  the  upper 
and  lower  divisions  com©  into  contact,  with  very  con- 
fused bedding.  The  colour  also  changes  from  white 
to  a  brownish  hue.  Vegetable  matter  is  abundant 
throughout;  and  impressions  of  fossils  abound  to- 
wards the  east.  There  is  a  band  of  ironstone -sep- 
taria in  these  sands  which  \a  not  persistent 33    0 

Turritella  imbricataria.  Pecten  ?  30-costatus. 

Area  aviculina.  Tellina  dis-stria. 

Pecten  oomeus.  Cardium  parile. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.] 


FISHER — BRACITLSSHAH  BEDS. 


8^ 


Cjtherea  suberycinoidfis  (com-  Solen  (long  and  narrow), 

mon).  Panopsa. 

lucida.  Modiola. 

?trigonula. 

It.  in. 

2.  Band  of  flint-pebbles,  engaged  in  the  base  of  the  last 

bed.     They  have  become  white  and  friable 0     6 

1.  White  siliceous  sand ;  the  bottom  is  not  seen 6    0 

The  list  of  fossils  from  No.  4  agrees  well  with  its  assigned  position 
in  the  Bracklesham  series ;  while  I  have  seen  no  species  in  No.  5  to 
bring  it  within  that  category.  Moreover  there  is  every  indication  of 
No.  4  having  formed  the  bottom  of  the  sea  for  a  long  period,  during 
which  the  sediment,  small  in  quantity,  differed  from  ti^at  which  after- 
wards constituted  bed  No.  5.  From  these  two  considerations,  it  may 
appear  admissible  to  place  the  line  of  division  where  nature  seems 
to  have  placed  it,  viz.  above  the  pebble-bed ;  and  I  have  endeavoured 
to  place  it  in  the  corresponding  point  at  Alum  Bay.  This  pebble- 
bed,  which  is  strictly  a  fossil-bed,  seems  to  be  contemporary  with 
No.  6  at  Alum  Bay,  and  is  probably  a  shallower  condition  of  the 
Hunting  Bridge  Bed.  There  are  two  species,  not  usually  at  all 
abundant  in  the  other  beds  of  the  series,  which  appear  rather 
common  at  Hunting  Bridge  and  in  these  highest  Bracklesham  beds 
at  Alum  Bay  and  High  Cliff;  they  are  Fusus  carinella  and  TelUna 
Branderi,  var. 

Figs.  3  and  4. — Comparative  Sections  of  the  Strata  at  Alum  Bay  and 
High  Cliff,     Scale  Jth  of  an  inch  to  a  foot. 

Fig.  3.— Alum  Bay.  Fig.  4.—Btgh  Cliff. 


Barton 


Bnckle- 


NummuUna  Prefiwickiana  bed. 
<*^«^y-  Barton 


L 


J)ark  sandy  clay,  with 
■mall  biVuves. 

Dark  sandy  clay. 

Fossils  in  the  state  of  casts.    Braokle- 
Dark  sandy  day.  ^^6* 

Septaria  of  ironstone  (tab. ). 
Fossils  in  the  state  of  casts. 

Bark  sandy  clay. 

Pebble-bed. 
Coloured  sands. 


Indurated  brownish-fp«y 

day,  mottled  witii  green. 
Coarse,  green,  sandy  day. 
Pebbles  and  casts  of  fossils. 

Casts  of  fossils  in  brown 
sand. 


Septarii 
fir). 


Pebbles. 
White  sai 


Present  beach. 


ia  of  ironstone  (tabu- 


A  comparison  of  the  sections  near  the  junctions  at  Alum  Bay  and 
High  Cliff  will  render  the  correlation  of  the  beds  at  those  places  dear. 
It  appears  that  all  the  strata  in  this  part  of  the  series  are  thicker 
at  Alum  Bay  than  at  High  Cliff.  The  Nummulina  Prestwichiana 
Bed  may  be  taken  as  a  safe  horizon  at  the  two  localities.    Seeing 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


90  PROCEEDINQS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  DcC.  4, 

that  the  upper  pehhle-bed  of  High  Cliff  changes  into  a  fossil-hed,  with 
8C6UX!ely  any  pehhles,  in  the  range  of  ahout  a  mile^  it  is  not  surprising 
to  find  no  pehhle-bed  in  its  place  at  Alum  Bay.  The  tahular  iron- 
stone septaria  hold  a  similar  place  in  each  section,  and  are  identical 
in  appearance.  The  great  pehhle-hed  of  Alum  Bay  appears  to  be 
equivalent  to  the  lower  and  less  important  one  of  High  Cliff,  and  the 
coloured  sands  of  Alum  Bay  to  represent  the  white  sand  at  the  base 
of  the  High  Cliff  section.    (See  %s.  3  <S&  4.) 

The  casts  of  fossils  at  both  these  localities  are  in  a  rather  peculiar 
condition.  They  are  not  casts  of  the  inner,  but  of  the  outer  surfaces 
of  the  shells.  After  the  shell  had  been  dissolved  away,  the  matrix 
which  filled  it  appears  to  have  been  pressed  into  the  mould  left  by 
the  outer  surface ;  and  in  some  cases  traces  of  the  epidermis  seem  to 
have  remained.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  these  casts  are  more  suited 
to  the  determination  of  species  than  is  usually  the  case. 

It  may  also  be  noticed  that  High  Cliff  is  the  only  locality  referred 
to  where  there  appears  to  be  a  natural  physical  break  and  distinct 
change  in  the  character  of  the  deposit  between  the  Bracklesham  and 
Barton  beds.  The  division  is  probably,  in  reality,  one  of  convenience 
only,  the  two  groups  forming  a  continuous  series  changing  gradually 
throughout  in  its  Uthological  character  and  &una.  And  if  we  take 
a  comprehensive  view  of  these  two  portions  of  the  Eocene  series  in 
Hampshire,  it  will  appear  that  the  amount  of  depression  of  the  sea- 
bottom*,  on  the  whole,  exceeded  the  depth  of  sediment  deposited 
during  the  Bracklesham  period,  while  the  reverse  was  the  case  during 
the  Barton  period ;  so  that  the  tendency  in  the  former  case  was  from 
an  estuarine  to  a  deep-sea  condition,  while  towards  the  dose  of  the 
Barton  period  an  estuarine  condition  again  prevailed.  Tins,  how- 
ever, again  gave  way  to  a  marine  condition  during  the  deposition  of 
the  Hempstead  series ;  and  we  have  no  means  of  canning  the  record 
further  in  our  district. 

Pebble-beds.— At  White  Cliff  Bay,  Alum  Bay,  and  High  Cliff,  and 
in  a  less  degree  at  Bracklesham,  we  meet  with  several  pebble-beds ; 
and  the  sequence  in  which  they  occur  seems  usually  be  this : — The 
character  of  the  deposits  in  ascending  order,  that  is,  in  the  order  of 
events,  changes  gradually  from  clay  to  sand ;  and  when  a  sandy 
condition  has  obtained  for  some  time,  we  meet  with  a  bed  of  pebbles ; 
these  are  again  followed  by  clay,  and  a  like  sequence  recommences. 
It  is  also  very  evident  that  the  pebble-beds  at  localities  not  far 
distant  from  each  other  occur  on  different  horizons. 

Now  the  pebble-bod  at  High  Cliff  affords  an  opportunity  for 
studying  one  of  these  deposits  for  about  a  mile ;  and  the  changes  in 
it  in  that  short  distance  are  very  remarkable.  At  the  western  part, 
where  a  fallen  block  fortunately  gave  me  an  opportunity  of  studying 
it,  it  is  a  conglomerate  of  rolled  pebbles  of  flint,  with  a  few  of  quartz 
and  other  rocks,  imbedded  in  a  clayey  matrix,  which  contains  im- 
pressions of  fragments  of  shells  and  of  vegetable  matter.  But  as  it 
is  followed  towards  the  west  the  pebbles  become  gradually  less 
numerous,  until,  at  the  point  where  it  sinks  beneath  the  beach, 

*  Prestwich,  Quart.  Joum.  Qeol.  Soc.  vol.  ii.  p.  251. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1861.]  FISHER — B&ACKLE8HAM  BEDS.  91 

there  are  few  to  be  met  with,  while  the  shells  are  much  less  broken. 
This  shows  that  the  pebble-bed  was  a  very  local  condition  of  the 
sea-bottom  of  that  period,  either  caused  by  the  spot  being  subject  to 
stronger  currents,  or  to  its  being  a  littoral  zone.  The  matrix,  how- 
erer,  in  which  the  pebbles  are  imbedded  is  of  a  different  character 
from  the  bed  beneath,  being  finer  and  more  argillaceous.  There 
must,  therefore,  have  been  a  change  in  the  conditions  of  deposition 
accompanying,  or  immediately  succeeding,  the  dispendon  of  the 
pebbles.  And  one  new  condition  seems  to  have  been,  that  the 
amount  of  deposit  for  a  long  period  of  time  was  comparatively  very 
small,  so  that  the  exuvisB  of  many  generations  of  moUusks  were  ac- 
cumulated in  a  small  vertical  range.  Afterwards  the  amount  of 
deposit  increased,  and  simultaneously  the  Bracklesham  types  dis- 
appeared from  the  locality.  There  is  another  pebble-bed  at  High 
CUiff,  lower  in  the  series ;  and  a  similar  change  in  the  deposit  occurs 
there  also.  From  a  sharp  sand  we  pass  upwards  into  a  sandy  day, 
and  the  pebbles  are  imbedded  in  the  base  of  the  bed  of  clay. 

In  short,  it  appears  as  if  a  pebble-bed  usually  accompanied  a 
change  from  a  shallow  to  a  dee^r  condition  of  tiie  sea.  Can  the 
dispersion  of  these  pebbles  have  been  owing  to  sudden  subsidence  of 
the  sea-bottom  ?  This  is  a  question  which  has  much  interest ;  and, 
when  we  consider  the  local  condition  of  the  area,  it  does  not  appear 
to  surest  an  improbable  solution  of  the  phenomena.  Such  move- 
ments would  have  distributed  pebbles  to  a  certain  distance  from 
the  marginal  zone,  or  from  such  other  accumulations  as  may  have 
been  subject  to  their  influence. 

Sir  Charles  Lyell  has  brought  together  proofs  that  the  Weald  had 
begun  to  be  elevated  before  the  Eocene  period*.  The  elevation  of  the 
Chalk  of  the  Isle  of  Wight  is  imdoubtedly  a  part  of  the  same 
system  of  disturbances ;  and  the  present  contorted  form  which  it 
has  assumed  is  merely  an  intensified  condition  of  a  form  that  it  had 
begun  to  assume  before  the  Eocene  period.  Anticlinals  were  then 
probably  forming  where  anticlinals  exist  now ;  and  the  synclinals 
occupy  the  same  positions  that  they  did  of  old. 

Moreover  the  whole  effect  was  produced  by  lateral  pressure. 
When,  then,  at  any  period  the  pressure  had  accumulated  to  such  an 
extent  that  the  beds  gave  way,  the  anticlinals  would  be  raised  and 
the  synclinals  be  depressed  relatively,  if  not  absolutely ;  and  thus 
(the  curves  occupying  but  moderate  intervals)  areas  not  far  distant 
would  be  raised  and  depressed  simultaneously.  Nor  does  it  appear 
necessary  that  an  equal  amount  of  disturbance  should  take  place 
along  the  axis  of  the  country  at  the  same  period;  but  a  portion 
towards  the  east  might  be  more  affected  at  one  time,  and  towards 
the  west  at  another. 

Movements  are  still  going  on  in  the  island.  Mr.  Godwin- Austen, 
amongst  other  evidences  of  change  of  level,  refers  to  an  old  well,  near 
Brading,  which  is  now  rendered  useless,  being  covered  by  the  sea 
at  high  tidef.    The  opposite  coast  of  Sussex  has  been  not  unfre- 

*  Manual  of  Geology,  5th  ed.  p.  282. 
t  Quart.  Joum.  G^l.  Soc  vol.  xiii.  p.  66. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


92  PBOCESDTKGS  OP  THE  0E0L06ICAL  SOCIETY.  [DcC.  4, 

qaently  visited  by  earthquakes :  sack  are  recorded  as  having  occurred 
in  recent  times,  and,  of  late  years,  in  December  1824  (Portsmouth, 
Chichester,  and  the  neighbourhood),  in  1833  (Horsham,  Sussex), 
and  in  January,  August,  and  October  of  1834  (Qiichester,  &c)*. 

Condtmon. — Before  concluding  this  paper,  there  is  one  point  to 
which  I  would  refer.  It  seems  that  in  a  series  of  deposits  like  that 
of  the  Bracklesham  and  Barton  beds  we  have  the  best  field  for  the 
investigation  of  the  great  problem  of  the  succession  of  species.  We 
have  in  these  an  extended  series  of  beds  in  which  the  record  seems 
nearly  perfect.  It  is  true  that  we  have  occasionally  physical  breaks 
in  the  sequence;  but  stiU  we  have  long  intervals  in  which  the 
species  change  and  no  physical  breaks  can  be  detected.  I  would 
suggest  that  a  genus  shoidd  be  taken  in  hand,  such  as  Valuta  or 
Pleurotoma,  and  that  intermediate  forms  between  species  succeeding 
each  other  in  time  should  be  sought  out,  not  necessarily  on  the  same 
spot,  but  in  beds  of  the  same  or  intermediate  age  in  other  parts  of 
l^e  area  occupied  by  eocene  deposits. 

I  should  ill  repay  the  kindness  of  Mr.  F.  E.  Edwards  did  I  omit 
to  acknowledge  the  invaluable  assistance  I  have  received  from  him 
towards  naming  the  specimens  in  my  collection,  by  the  aid  of  which 
I  have  been  enabled  to  give  the  Hsts  of  fossils  from  the  various 
localities.  Mr.  T.  R.  Jones  has  also  helped  me  most  materially 
with  respect  to  the  Foraminifera,  and  likewise  by  pointing  out 
many  references  to  the  works  of  other  geologists,  who  have  preceded 
me  in  this  most  interesting  field  of  research. 

APPENDIX  A. 

On  the  Correlation  of  the  FossUiferous  Localities  of  the  Bracklesham 
Beds  (descending). 

{Some  portion  of  No.  xrx..  White  Cliff  Bay. 
Coral-bed  (No.  20)  of  Stokes  Bay,  Stubbington. 
Coral-bed  and  Shell-bed  of  Hunting  Bridge,  New  Forest. 
Pebble-bed  (No.  4),  with  casts  of  shells,  at  High  Cliff. 
Bed  (No.  6),  with  casts  of  shells,  Alum  Bay. 

^Nummulina  variolaria  bed  (No.  xvn.),  White  Cliff  Bay. 
N,  variolaria  bed  (No.  22)  (the  "CUbs")  and  Mixen  rocks 

of  Selsea. 
N.  variolaria  bed  (No.  16)  of  Stubbington. 
Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed  of  Bramshaw,  New  Forest. 
Threewater  Gutter  Bed  of  Brook,  New  Forest. 

{Sand-rock  (No.  xvi.),  White  Cliff  Bay. 
Hard  bed  (No.  21),  opposite  Medmery  Farm,  Selsea. 
Liver-coloured  clay  (No.  15),  Stubbington. 
Purplish  sandy  clay^  beneath  the  Shepherd's  Gutter  Bed, 
New  Forest. 

*  See  Mallet's  *  Earthquake  Catal(>gue/ 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ft.< 


1861.]  FISH£B — BRACKLBSHAM  BESS.  03 

^Dark  sandy  clay  (No.  xiv.),  White  Cliff  Bay. 
Clay  bed  (No.  19),  west  of  Medmery  Fann-house,  Selsea. 
It  is  the  Gyprasa  (Bawerbankii)  bed   of  Dixon,   from 
,    I      which  most  of  the  Selsea  fossils  have  been  collected. 
^'  \  Cardita-bod  (No.   13),   Stubbington.      It   is   the    oldest 
known  collecting-ground  of  that  place. 
King's  Garden  Gutter   Bed,   New  Forest,   cited  by  Mr. 
1^     Edwards  as  the  "  Brook  "  locality. 

{Sandy  clay  (No.  xi.),  White  Cliff  Bay. 
Sand  (No.  16),  Bracklesham  Bay. 
Sandy  clay  (No.  6),  Stubbington. 

(SheU-  and  pebble-bed  (No.  ix.).  White  Cliff  Bay. 
Ceriihium  giganteum  bed  (No.  12),  half  a  mile  west  of  Thor- 
ney  Station,  Bracklesham  Bay. 
HiU  Head,  Stubbington. 

Nummulina  Icevigata  bed  (No.  tu.).  White  Cliff  Bay. 

**  Park  Bed,"  on  the  west  of  the  Selsea  Peninsula,  near 

the  "  Barracks." 
"  Little  Park  Bed  "  (No.  6),  Bracklesham  Bay. 
In  the  well  at  Bury  Cross,  Gosport  Waterworks. 
At  the  Southampton  Docks. 

Bed  No.  VI.,  White  Cliff  Bay. 

"Palate-bed"  of  Dixon:  No.  4,  Bracklesham  Bay,  nearly 
half  a  mile  east  of  the  spot  where  the  Bracklesham  Home- 
stead formerly  stood. 

It  is  also  to  be  found  at  "  The  Park,"  Selsea. 

Bed  No.  IV.,  White  Cliff  Bay. 

"  Venericardia  (Cardita)  bed  "  of  Dixon :  No.  1,  Brackle- 
sham Bay,  opposite  where  Bracklesham  formerly  stood. 
It  also  occurs  at  "  The  Park." 


Jc. 


APPENDIX  B.     (See  pages  86  ^nd  87.) 

Note  on  Nummulina  planulata,  Lamarck,  sp.,  var.  Prestwichiana, 
Jones.    By  T.  Rupebt  Jones,  F.G.S. 

This  little  Nummulite  is  discoidal,  smooth,  and  flat,  rarely  in  any 
d^ree  biconvex,  even  in  the  young  state,  unless  the  outer  whorl  has 
been  flattened  by  pressure  ;  about  ^th  inch  in  diameter,  and  Xth 
in  thickness.  The  gently  sigmoid  and  semitranslucent  edges  or  the 
septa  appear  at  the  surface,  and  but  seldom  rise  above  it  (except 
when  the  specimens  are  mechanically  compressed,  which  is  a  common 
condition).  The  whorls  (three  in  large  specimens)  are  all  visible  in 
empty  shells  made  transparent  by  water  or  Canada-balsam ;  they 
are  proportionally  wide  for  Nummulina  (the  outer  whorl  making  half 
the  width  of  the  disk).  The  chambers  are  about  half  as  long  as 
wide,  neatly  curved,  but  subject  to  irregularity  of  growth.  The 
lateral  portions  of  the  chambers,  though  very  shallow,  are  continued 
over  the  surface  towards  the  centre  on  each  face,  and  are  rather 
straighter  in  old  specimens  than  in  the  young. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


94  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Jan.  8, 

This  neat  and  delicate  variety  of  Nwmmidina  planulata,  Lamarck, 
sp.,  has  long  been  known  in  a  clay  containing  much  green  sand,  at 
Alum  Bay,  Isle  of  Wight  (lower  part  of  the  bed  '  No.  29 '  of  Mr. 
Prestwich's  Section,  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  ii.  p.  257,  pi.  9. 
fig.  1.)  ;  but  it  has  not  hitherto  been  described  *.  It  is  near  to  MM. 
d'Archiac  and  Haime's  *  Nwnmtdites  planulataf  var.  a,'  from  Jette, 
Belgium  t;  but  the  latter  has  a  biconvex  centre  (opake  when 
mounted  in  balsam),  has  narrower  whorls  (in  the  proportion  of  1  to 
4,  instead  of  1|  to  4),  and  grows  to  a  somewhat  larger  size.  To 
distinguish  our  variety  (which  characterizes  a  weU-marked  geological 
zone),  I  propose  to  give  it  the  name  of  Prestwichiana ;  and,  as  the 
small  biconvex  variety  of  Nummvlina  planuUitu  passes  binomially  as 
N.  variolaria,  so  this  small  depressed  variety  of  the  same  species  may 
be  allowed  to  stand  on  a  similar  footing,  and  be  known  as  N.  Prest- 
wichiana, 

In  the  sandy  clay-bed  at  Alum  Bay  the  shells  of  this  little  Nummu- 
lite  are  very  numerous,  and  often  well  preserved,  but  not  unfrequently 
much  crushed  by  pressure.  In  many  specimens,  especially  large 
ones,  the  chambers  are  occupied  by  iron-pyrites ;  and  neat  casts 
may  be  obtained  by  carefdlly  dissolving  ilie  shell  in  weak  dilute 
acid.  In  the  day  at  High  GHff  the  shells  are  not  so  numerous,  are 
very  much  compressed,  and  so  highly  pyritized  that  they  are  readily 
destroyed  by  the  atmosphere. 


Januabt  8, 1862. 

Charles  Sturtirant  Wood,  Esq.,  Geological  Survey  of  Otago,  New 
Zealand ;  Robert  Harris  Valpy,  Esq.,  Enbome,  near  Newbury ;  and 
William  Shepherd  Horton,  Esq.,  10  Church  Street,  Liverpool,  were 
elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1.  On  the  Cakbonifeboxts  Lihestone  of  Orbtow  and  Farlow,  Cleb 
Hills,  Shropshire.     By  Prof.  John  Morris,  V.P.G.S.,  and  Mr. 
George  E.  Roberts.    With  a  Description  of  a  New  Pterichthys  ; 
by  Sir  Philip  db  M.  G.  Eoerton,  Bart.,  M.P.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S. 
[Plate  HI.] 

COKTEIfTS. 

1.  Cbographical  Position  of  the  Series. 

2.  Relation  of  the  Yellow  Sandstone  to  the  Carboniferous  Limestone. 

3.  Nature  and  Character  of  the  Carboniferous  limestone. 

4.  Its  Fossil  Contents. 

§  1.  The  general  physical  and  palseontological  features  of  the  small 
district  referred  to  in  these  notes  having  been  carefully  and  clearly 

*  "Nummulites  lavtaatus  and  N.  elegarts**  are  incorrectly  referred  to  as  occur- 
ring in  this  bed,  No.  29,  op.  cit.  p.  257. 

t  See  *Foe8.  de  I'lnde,'  pp.  l6,  144;  and  also  Quart  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol. 
viii  p.  333,  note. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]        MORBIS  Ain>  BOBERTS OABBOIOFEBOUS  LIMESTONE.  95 

described  by  Sir  Roderick  Murchison  in  his  classic  work  '  The  Siiu* 
nan  System/  the  additional  facts  which  a  visit  paid  to  it  during  the 
past  autumn  enables  us  to  record  may  be  considered  simply  as  a 
continuation  of  those  previously  observed. 

The  thin  beds  of  limestone  which  form  the  basement  of  the  Titter- 
stone  Clee  Coal-field  are  well  exposed  in  a  marginal  flexure  of  the 
strata  north-eastward  of  the  hill,  at  Oreton  and  Farlow,  and  also^ 
at  a  somewhat  higher  level,  around  its  southern  abutments.  Our 
observations  upon  the  character  of  the  beds  and  their  fossil  contents 
have  been  confined  to  the  exposures  in  tho  first-named  localities. 

The  geographical  relations  of  this  limestone  ridge  with  the  near- 
lying  millstone-grit  and  coal-measures,  in  their  turn  covered  up  by 
the  sheets  of  erupted  basalt  which  form  the  high  summits  of  the 
Clee,  arc  well  seen  from  the  igneous  knoll  of  Kinlet,  three  miles  to 
the  eastward. 

§  2.  Immediately  below  the  summit  of  the  ridge  at  Farlow,  and 
on  the  northern  side,  is  a  quarry  of  yellow  sandstone,  from  which 
recently  a  large  quantity  of  stone  has  been  obtained  for  the  rebuild- 
ing of  the  church. 

It  is  a  thick-bedded,  fine-grained  sandstone,  having  ripple-marked 
surfaces,  and  occasionally  containing  disseminated  pebbles  of  quartz. 
The  colour  of  the  stone  is  a  pale  yellow,  in  places  slightly  stained 
by  ferruginous  oxidation.  Bemains  of  fossil  Fishes  were  first  de- 
tected in  this  quany  in  1856 ;  these  consisted  of  dermal  plates  of 
Pterichihys,  or  an  aUied  genus ;  and  from  it  was  subsequently  ob- 
tained by  Mr.  T.  Baxter,  F.G.8.,  the  anterior  portion  of  a  Pteruih^ 
ihys,  of  a  new  species,  which  is  now  in  the  collection  of  Sir  Philip 
Egerton.  It  is  described  by  Sir  Philip  at  the  end  of  this  paper. 
Several  other  specimens  (one  nearly  perfect)  of  this  new  species  have 
lately  been  obtained  by  us  from  some  large  slabs  of  this  yellow 
sandstone,  as  well  as  fragments  of  a  larger  Pterickihys,  and  de- 
tached soJes  of  a  small  Holoptychitis,  probably  of  an  undescribed 
species.  A  single  plate  of  the  well-known  ffohptychius  gigantevLS 
also  rewarded  our  search.  No  remains  of  Testacea  (with  the  ex- 
ception of  frtigments  of  Conularice)  nor  of  Plants  have  yet  been  de- 
tected in  these  beds. 

The  measures  lying  between  this  Pterichthys-bearing  sandstone, 
and  the  Old  Red  rocks  which  form  a  wide  surface  to  the  northward, 
are  the  following,  given  in  descending  order : — coarse  yellow  sand, 
without  pebbles ;  yellow  sand  with  loosely  laid  pebbles  of  quartz ; 
a  thin  .bed  of  similar  pebbles,  compacted  into  a  conglomerate ;  and 
fissile  yellowish  sandstones.  The  precise  junction  of  this  lowest 
bed  with  the  red  rocks  having  comstone-bands  is  not  at  present  to 
be  seen,  but  a  roadway  now  in  pr(^ess  of  cutting  wiU  probably 
expose  it. 

Above  the  Pterichthys-bed,  a  nearly  similar  series  of  alternating 
sands,  with  and  without  pebbles,  lead  up  to  compact  pebbly  sand- 
stones and  coarse  grits ;  and  these  are  capped  near  the  summit  of  the 
ridge  by  fissile  yellow  sandstones.  About  thirty  feet  of  unknown 
ground  lies  between  this  and  the  beginning  of  the  limestone  series. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


96  PB0CEEDIK68  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIBTT.  [Jan.  S, 

Passing  southward  over  the  ridge,  and  at  a  point  immediately  helow 
its  summit,  the  upper  beds  of  this  sandstone  series  are  observed, 
underlying  and  passing  into  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  series 
above. 

This  junction  with  the  superincumbent  limestone  beds  is  clearly 
to  be  seen  in  a  quany  8.  of  the  road,  in  a  line  with  the  one  we 
have  been  describing.  The  general  relations  of  the  series  are  seen  in 
the  following  section.  The  strata  dipping  to  the  S.E.  at  an  angle 
of  60°. 

All  the  beds  in  this  section,  and  more  especially  the  oolitic  lime- 
stone, are  seen  to  increase  in  thickness  as  we  trace  them  eastward 
from  Farlow  to  Oreton. 

Many  Cestradont  palatal  teeth  and  Brachiopodous  shells  have 
been  obtained  from  this  opening  into  the  limestone  ridge,  so  graphi- 
cally described  by  Murchison.  Half-a-mile  eastward  of  it  are  the 
greater  quarries  of  Oreton.  There  is  evidence  in  the  intermediate 
apace  of  the  limestone  having  been  formerly  worked ;  for  numerous 
hollows,  from  which  stone  has  been  got,  make  the  irregularly 
undulating  ground  still  more  uneven. 

We  are  indebted  to  the  Bev.  J.  Williams,  of  Farlow,  for  some 
valuable  information  relating  to  a  recent  exposure,  in  one  of  the 
deepest  of  the  Oreton  quarries,  of  the  subterranean  stream  which 
has  long  been  known  as  flowing  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  ridge. 
This  "  mole  river  "  loses  itself  in  a  hollow  called  the  Foxholes,  at  ttie 
western  extremity  of  the  limestone,  and,  taking  an  N.N.E.  course, 
reappears  at  the  distance  of  a  mile,  about  300  yards  from  its  con- 
fluence with  the  River  Rea.  Two  of  the  quanymen,  who  had  struck 
upon  it  at  the  depth  of  about  fifty  feet  from  the  surface,  described 
it  as  a  constant  stream,  occasionally  greatly  swollen  by  floods.  An 
interesting  account  of  an  accidental  stoppage  at  its  inlet  during  one 
of  the  great  floods  of  last  year  was  furnished  us  by  Mr.  Williams. 
He  stated,  from  his  own  observation,  that  two  and  a  half  acres  of  the 
hollow  were  covered  to  an  average  depth  of  fifteen  feet  by  the  dam- 
ming up  of  its  course.  Forty-eight  hours  sufficed  to  drain  away  this 
accumulation  of  water  through  its  underground  passage.  From  the 
data  supplied  by  the  careM  observations  of  Mr.  Williams,  whose 
residence  is  above  the  stream,  the  lake  thus  formed  must  have  con- 
tained one  million  six  hundred  and  thirty-five  thousand  cubic  feet 
of  water ;  and  the  rate  of  its  subsidence  was  not  less  than  thirty- 
four  thousand  cubic  feet  per  hour.  It  appears  from  this  that  the 
fissure  through  which  the  stream  flows  is  of  no  insignificant  dimen- 
sions. 

§  3.  The  quarries  at  Oreton  are  very  extensively  worked,  and 
afford  a  good  section  of  the  general  thickness  and  character  of  this 
limestone  in  its  northern  area.  In  the  order  of  the  beds,  the  deposits 
are  a  repetition,  in  greater  thickness,  of  those  exposed  at  Farlow.  The 
variable  character  of  this  limestone,  and  its  thinning  out  at  each 
extremity,  have  been  alluded  to  in  '  The  Silurian  System,'  and  are 
interesting  as  showing  the  different  conditions,  within  a  limited 
area,  whidi  obtained  during  its  deposition.    As  a  rule,  the  middle 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  MOBBIS  AWD  B0BXBI8 — CAMOKIFKROUS  LIMB8T0KE.  97 

•ad  lower  parts  of  the  limestone  series  are  more  fossiliferous  than 
the  upper ;  and  these  indicate  a  deep-sea  condition,  hy  the  abundance 


CT  «^  C^  ^  f-H  ^- ^-^  ^H     f-H       ^H^HF-^^H^ 


of  Brachiopodous  shells,  and  the  absence  of  large  Lamellibranchiate 
bivalves.  The  most  important  physical  feature  of  the  series  are  the 
bands  of  oolitic  limestone,  which  indicate  by  their  structure  similar 
agencies  of  formation  to  those  which  have  |>roduced  like  beds  in  the 

TOL.  XVni. — PUtT  I.  IT 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


98  PBOCEEDnres  of  the  eBOLoeiCAL  socdbtt.  [Jan.  S, 

Carboniferous  limestones  of  Bristol  and  along  the  maigins  of  the 
8outh- Wales  Coal-field. 

Most  of  the  larger  palatal  teeth  lie  in  the  specular  limestone,  and 
in  this  the  oolitic  grains  are  associated  with  fragments  of  Bra^o- 
podsy  BryosEoa,  and  Crinoids. 

As  the  lim^(tone-bands  differ  in  character,  some  being  more  shelly 
than  others,  some  oolitic,  and  a  third  group  slightly  argillaceous  and 
sandy,  they  necessarily  vary  in  commercial  value,  and  are  used  for 
sundry  purposes,  among  which  lime-making  and  building-stone  ap- 
pear to  be  chief.  The  thickest  of  the  oolitic  beds  has  been  worked 
to  a  considerable  extent  for  decorative  purposes ;  this  is  locally  called 
«  jumbles,"  but  is  elsewhere  known  as  ''  Clee  Hill  marble." 

§  4.  But,  besides  its  economic  value,  this  quarry  is  particolaiiy 
interesting  and  important  to  the  palaeontologist,  with  regard  to  the 
fossil  fauna  of  the  period,  in  the  comparative  abundance  of  well- 
preserved  ichthyic  remains,  chiefly  Cestraciont  teeth  and  fin-spines. 
We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Weaver  Jones,  of  Geobury  Mortimer,  for 
the  preservation  of  some  of  the  finer  and  more  remarkable  of  these, 
especially  the  great  Deltadi,  which  probably  belong  to  an  undesciibed 
species.  The  attention  of  another  gentieman,  Mr.  E.  Baugh,  of 
Bewdley,  has  been  directed  of  late  years  to  the  fossil  contents  of 
these  limestones ;  and  with  much  assiduity  he  has  collected  every 
fragment  of  organism  which  could  add  to  our  knowledge. 

The  following  genera  are  represented  by  palatal  teeth : — Oradut 
(specimens  of  0.  ramosits  of  unusual  sixe  are  occasionally  met  with, 
—one  of  those  we  exhibit  exceeds  the  largest  figured  by  Agassiz), 
ffclodus,  Cochliodtis,  Cladodtu,  P^ammodus,  DeUodua  (examples  of 
a  new  species  of  this  form  of  tooth,  of  great  dimensions,  which  have 
been  found  several  times  of  late,  are  here  figured),  and,  more  rarely, 
the  cusped  Prisiicladodus  Oovghii, 

With  these,  fin-spines  of  great  size  are  occasionally  found  asso- 
•iated.  The  form  most  commonly  met  with  is  that  of  a  Ctenacanthus ; 
but  the  series  of  tubercles,  more  or  less  compressed,  which  are  ar- 
ranged perpendicular  to  its  length,  do  not  agree  with  any  published 
figure.  Bpecimens,  however,  less  ornamented,  and  which  appear  to 
be  Ctenacanthtis  hrevis,  are  al^  met  with. 

No  other  ichthyic  remains,; save  a  few  undeterminable  fragments, 
probably  of  dermal  plates,  ^^e  come  under  our  notice. 

Zones  of  shells  also  occur  in  these  limestones,  both  above  and 
beloT^  the  beds  which  contain  the  fish-fossils,  but  very  rarely  asso- 
ciated with  them.  These  are  principally  Brachiopods,  of  which 
SjnrifercB  and  BhynchonellcB  are  the  most  abundant.  The  species  are 
but  few  in  number ;  but  an  instructive  series  of  intermediate  forms 
— as,  for  example,  those  which  appear  to  link  together  Spirifer  ei»- 
pidatiM  and  Sj>,  distant — ^may  be  collected. 

Among  the  BhyrushoneUcB,  E.pleurodon  is  found  in  great  abundance 
at  the  bottom  of.  the  series,  though  we  have  met  with  no  instance  of 
its  occurrence  in  the  previously  Laid  sandstones. 

Terebratfdas  are  nearly,  if  not  quite,  absent ;  and  Disdnce  are  only 
represented  by  one  species — D.  niHda. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


MORRIS  AlTD  R0BXRT8 — CARBOITIFKROITS  LIMESTONIS. 


99 


Of  Ougteropoda  we  have  only  seen  EuomphaLus  pentangulatuB. 

The  Crustacea  are  as  poorly  represented ;  one  imperfect  specimen  of 
PhUl^psia  mucronata,  from  the  lower  beds,  being  our  sole  illustration. 

Bryozoan  remains  are  numerous,  though  they  appear  to  be  con- 
fined within  the  narrow  limits  of  the  crinoidal  band.  Several  species 
of  FenesteUa  make  a  seeming  confusion  upon  some  sur£BU)es  in  this 
bed,  by  the  wildness  and  luxuriance  of  their  growth ;  of  these,  the 
commonest  are  Fenestella  plebeia  and  F,  MorrigiL  Associated  with 
them  is  the  elegantly  sculptured  Vincularia  megastama,  and  some 
other  slightly  branching  Bryozoa. 

No  weU-defined  remains  of  Crinoidea  have  been  found,  although 
one  band  of  rock  appears  to  be  made  up  of  the  separated  ossicula 
and  pelvic  plates  of  these  animals,  chiefly  referable  to  Poteriocrinus 
gfueUiSf  Cyathocrintu  nuierocheirus,  and  C.  qmnqua/ngiilaris. 

The  fish-remains  tabulated  below,  and  contrasted  with  those  from 
the  Mountain  limestone  of  other  districts,  though  numerous,  do  not, 
as  we  believe,  exhaust  the  series.  Some  of  the  smaller  forms  of 
Jffdodus  and  PiammoduSf  unrepresented  in  the  Oreton  column  of  the 
annexed  Table,  probably  occur  in  those  limestones,  but  we  are  unable 
at  present  to  verify  this  assumption. 

In  concluding  our  remarks,  we  have  to  express  regret  that  the 
distance  and  the  difficulty  of  removing  the  large  collection  liberally 
offered  us  for  study  by  Mr.  Weaver  Jones  prevent  us  now  entering 
upon  other  questions  of  interest  connected  with  the  relative  value  of 
the  palaBontol(^cal  contents  of  this  interesting  locality;  for  we 
see  in  this,  as  in  other  instances,  the  possibility  of  giving  decudons 
of  value,  by  carefully  elaborating  the  treasured-up  systems  of  organic 
life  preserved  by  a  single  district. 


TahU  showing  the  Geographical  Bangs  of  the  Fishes  of  (he  Mountain- 

Limestone. 

[Nate. — ^The  materials  of  this  Table  are  deriyed  from  the  following  authori- 
ties :  the  British  species  from  Amdz  and  "Mi^Coj ;  the  Belgian  from  De  Koninok ; 
and  the  Russian  from  those  cited  hy  E.  d'Eichwald  in  his  *  Lethiea  Bossica,' 
1861.  The  column  for  &eland  ii  chiefly  made  up  from  the  Armagh  spedmens, 
and  indudee  the  new  species  with  MS.  unpublished  names  contained  in  the 
cabinet  of  the  Earl  of  Emuskillen,  upon  which  it  is  the  intention  of  Professor 
Agassis  to  publish  papers ;  and  alsio  tnoae,  from  the  Lower  Carboniferous  rooks, 
dted  by  M*Cot.  The  column  for  North  Britain  refers  to  the  Lower  Carboni- 
ferous  rooks  of  Westmoreland,  Northumberland,  and  Scotland.] 


Oretoii 

and 
Fwlow. 

Bristol 

and 
Derbyshin. 

Ireland 

North 
Britain. 

Acrolepis  Hopkinsii,  M^  Coy  . . . 
Aateropfychius  omatus,  Ay.   ... 
Garcharopsis  prototypus,  Jy.,.. 
TofUhdlm,  Ay.   

Charaoodus  angulatus,  J^. 

'  # 

■» 

* 
* 

* 

» 

Chdrodus  pes^rans,  APC^  ... 
Chomatodus  ductus,  Ay 

h2 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


100 


PBOQKBDnrea  or  zb>  ^ko/mioal  socebit. 


[Jan,  8, 


Oratoa 

■nd 
Fnlow. 

BriftoL 

TotUin 

and 
DoVjihin 

ImlMid 

(chieflr 
Anni«li). 

North 
Britain. 

GhonuOodiu  claTatiu»  M'Coy,,, 
denticulatiu,  ibrCb^  

* 

* 

* 
• 

« 
••  ... 

* 

« 
• 

* 



« 

* 

* 

* 
* 

* 

« 
* 

* 
* 

« 

—  obliquus,  Bi^Chy 

CladacanthoB  panidoxiu,  Jg.... 
GladoduB  acutuBi  .^^. 

ba<ali>,^. 

Imwv^dt&y  

ClimazodoB  iinbriefitoa»  JJfChy 
?Gooo(M(eas  carbonariiu,  dPCoy 
Cochliodus  oontortufl,  ^ 

ttnaJboB  (?\  Ji. 

J n.  8 

Oopodufl  oomatuB,  Jff 

Gricacathufl  Jonmii,  .4^. 

cremjlaJbu,  Jg.  

diMtaoB,  APCoy   

heterogyrus,  Ag 

•"•%|^;"  1   «y . 

Deltoc  lu  sabbeyifl.  ^ 

DeltopJTchias  aoutUB,  jfy 

DimySiiB  wJSii,  Jg'Z'Z'.'Z 

Dipriaouithiu  faloatus,  ATCoy 

Stokesii,  M*Cdy 

ErumaosnUius  Jonesii,  Jii^Ooy 
Glonodee  linguA-boviB,  M*Ooy 

marffnaHxm,  M'Ooy    

Oyraoanthui  tabeicalatafl,  Jg, 

Harpaoodus  dentatas,  Jg 

HelodoB  appendioolatna,  APCoy 

flUbUlNB,  ^.   

8p 

Holopfejehiui  Hibbertii,  Jg,  ... 
Homacanthiu  maorodaa,  M^Coy 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]        HOKBIS  AHV  BOBXBIB — ClBHiOIlIRBOXni  UUWlOint. 


lOi: 


Oreton 

sad 

Pwlow. 

Bristol. 

TorkahiM 

and 
Derbjahire. 

Ireland 

(cUefly 

Ammgh}. 

North 
Britain. 

Homacanihiu  miorodiia,  M*Coy 

protofypitt,  4^. 

Leptacanlibtifi  junoeufl,  ITCby. . . 

* 



* 
» 

* 
* 

..... 

* 
* 

* 
* 
* 

» 
* 

•     * 

* 

* 
* 

: 

* 

* 
* 
* 

* 

# 

t 
* 
* 

-SenkiiucMS,  itCoy 

Mesogomphns  lingua,  Jg. 

Mylaoodufl  qiuidrataB,  Ag* 

MylaxbatoideB,  ^^. 

NemaoanUiuB  priscus,  M^Coy... 
Onfbng  faWtat,  4g    

ifi^fobltmi  Jg,   

OraisanthuB  oon&eiu,  Ag, 

MiUeri,  Ag, 

minor,  Ag 

pustuloBUfl,  ^^.  

Orodus  angoBtuB,  Ag 

—  oompraMOs,  M*Coy 

ffibbns,  Aa 

poroflnis  Af' Cbjr  

ramoflufs,  ufy.  

Petalodiu  aeominatoB,  Ag 

Hastingsue,  Ofoin 

marginalis,  ^^ 

lagittatas,  Ag 

Petarodus  petalliformis,  M'Cog 

PinaoodoB  gelaonofl,  4^.    

gon<n>laz,  Ag, 

PhyBonemuB  arcuafcuB,  M^Coy. . . 

PlatjoanthoB  isoBoeleB,  JiPOig 
PlduroeomphuB  annculatuB,  Ag, 
PoBciloduB  aliformiH,  M*€k>y  ... 
foveolatuB,  JITOjy 

obliquuB,  ikd' 

PolyrhizoduB  puailluB)  M'Chy. . . 

Pri^tfodflB  fa1<Mi^u,  Ag 

PriflticladoduB  dentatuB,  APOoy 
PBammoduB  Gbughii,  M*  Coy. . . 

PaephoduB  magnuB,  Ag 

RhuoduB  ferox,  Owen 

StrebloduB  Colei,  ^y. 

EMrUmi,  Ag 

TomoduB  oonvexoB,  Ag 

XystrodoB  augUBtUB,  Ag 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


102 


FBOGEEDnrGS  OF  THB  eBOLOCHECAL  80CIXTT.  [Jan.  8, 


Btbonnf . — {From  De  Koninck.) 
Helodiis  kBTiBBiinua,  Jff. 
Orodus  ramonu,  Aff, 
FMunmodus  porosos,  Jff, 

OmcAirr. 

PMmmoduB  rngosoB,  Ag. 

NoBTH  Ajcxrica. — (Lord  EmuBkillfln.) 
PsammoduB  poro0a«,  Aff,  (Wanaw 

in  Illinois.) 
PsephoduB  magnua,  Ag, 
dadoduB. 


BU88IA.— <From  E.  d'Eiehwald.) 
Cladodns  mirabiliB,  A^. 
Ciodiliodiu  oontortuB,  Aff. 
Gtenoptjchius  denticulatu8(?),  Aff, 
Dierenodus  Okenos,  Bom, 
HdoduB  gibberuIuB^  Ajf, 

leTiBBumu,  Aff. 

Hjbodua  pol^rion  (?),  Ag. 

Panaen,  Eickio. 

LeptaoanthuB  remotiu,  Etekw. 
PetaloduB  acuminatna,  A^, 
PoBoiloduB  BoflsieuB,  K^$. 
PBammodoB  porOBUB,  Aff. 


For  revismg  this  list,  and  for  much  aaaiBtance  in  correcting  the 
names  of  the  species  examined  by  M.  Agassiz  during  his  last  visit 
to  England  in  1859,  we  are  greatly  indebted  to  the  Earl  of  Ennis- 
killen  and  Sir  Philip  Egerton.  In  explanation  of  the  changes  in 
many  names  of  genera  and  species  referred  to  in  the  Table,  we  have 
been  fayoured  by  these  gentlemen  with  the  following  notes : — 

Fcmnd  at  Is  now  the 

CoehHodua  moffnua BriBtol Tomodvs  oonvesus. 

C.  magniu    Armagh,  Biohmond,  and 

Kendal   P^ephodtu  mantis. 

C.aoutuB Armagh  Dekontyehius  acutuM. 

a  aaOus Bristol D.  g&bendus. 

C.cblotiffus  Armaeh  Sirisblodus oblonffus, 

Cobloiupa HookPoint»  Co.  Wexford  8.  ^ertoni, 

Cobiongm Armagh  8,  Colei, 

^  .jL.-.w(...  /  Armagh  XvMirodua  siriaiua, 

^•"^'^'*^  lAimagh  ,. ^anffuHw. 

Glotaodes  lifngua-iova  Agaadz  Bapposes  to  be  the  front  tooth  of  Sahdia 
didymuM ;  but  he  haa  taken  the  Bi>ecimen  to  America. 

ndodtts  planut  is  now  memd  into  JPsephodtts  magnu$. 

nuUa  is  suppoaed  by  A^aBsiz  to  be  a  young  tooth. 

Orodus  ramosuB  occurs  also  m  Monmouthshire. 

Petaiodtu  acuminaiua  and  P.  HaxtmgtiuB  are  said  to  be  of  the  same  spedes ;  if 
so,  the  name  must  remain  P.  HoMHngM,  The  localities  for  this  species  are 
Biohmond  in  Yorkshire  and  Ticknall  in  Derbyshire.  It  is  not  found  at 
Armagh. 

Fe^dodus  radieans  is  now  Pofyrkieodtts  radicans ;  and  P^talodua  rectus  is  a 
young  tooth  of  the  same  species. 

Petalodus  paittacmus  is  now  Pettdorkytwhus  pdttacmus, 

FucUodus  sublavis         „      Deltodus  sublavts, 

P.  paraUekts  is  a  second  tooth  of  the  above  speoiee. 

P.  iransvtrmts  is  half  a  tooth  of  Poecilodus  Jonesii, 

Pristodus  faloatus  is  a  new  genus  and  species  from  Mr.  Wood's  collection. 

Psammodus  canaUculaius  is  now  mergea  into  Psammodus  poroaus  and  rugoaus. 

Paammodusrugoaus,   The  type-specimen  of  the  genus  is  firom  Eskey,  Co.  Sligo. 

P.  comutus  is  now  subdiTioed  into  the  following  genera  and  i 

Charaoodus  angulatos   Annagh. 

C.  cuneatus     „ 

Copodus  comutus ,, 

C.  xnrcatus „ 

C.  lunulatns    , 

C.  spatulacus „ 

DimjleusWoodii...  BiehmondfYorks. 
Labodus  planus Armagh. 


LaboduB  protofypus  Armagh. 

Mesogomphus  Ungua ,, 


MjlaooduB  ^uadratus 

Mylax  batoides  

Pinaoodus  gelasinus 

P.  gonoplax    

Pleurogomphus  auriculatus 
Bhymodus  traasrersus  ... 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]         MOBBIS  MJn>  BOmRTEH- CABBONIXBBOI78  LUCESTONE.  103 

On  a  New  Species  of  Ptsbighthts  (Pxebichthts  xacbocephalits, 
Egerton), ^rom  the  Yellow  Sandbtokb  of  Fablow,  Co.  Salop.  By 
Sir  Phtltp  db  Malpab  Gbet  Egebton,  Bart.,  M.P.,  F.R.S., 
F.G.8.,  &c. 

[Plate  HE.  Piga.  7,  8,  9.] 

The  spedmen  of  Pterichthys  diBooYored  by  Mr.  Baxter,  F.G.S.,  in  the 
yellow  sandstone  of  Farlow  is  the  smallest  example  of  the  genus 
which  has  come  under  my  notice.  Its  total  length,  from  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  head  to  the  termination  of  the  dorsal  shield,  is  exactly 
one  inch,  of  which  the  head  occupies  four-tenths.  The  breadth  of 
the  shield  is  half  an  inch.  The  fish  reclines  on  the  ventral  plates, 
thus  presenting  to  view  the  upper  surface  of  the  body.  The  tail  and 
left  pectoral  appendage  are  deficient;  but  the  right  arm  is  pre- 
served, and  measures  eight-tenths  of  an  inch  in  length,  or  two-tenths 
more  than  the  carapace.     See  woodcut,  fig.  1,  and  PI.  III.  fig.  7. 

On  comparing  these  dimensions  with 
those  of  the  other  members  of  the  genus.  Fig.  1. — OtUline  of  Mr, 
it  appears  that,  although  the  small  size  of  Baxter's  Specimen  of 
the  body  suggests  a  resemblance  to  the  Pterichthys  macro- 
Pteriekthys  MiUeri  of  Cromarty,  yet  the  cephalus  from  Far^ 
disproportionate  length  of  the  pectoral  ap-  low.  (See  PI.  III. 
pendages  (a  feature  of  safe  guidance  in  dis-  fig.  7.) 
criminating  the  species)  assimilates  it  more 
closely  to  Pterichthys  hydrophilus  (Paw- 
phractus  of  Agassiz)  found  in  the  yellow 
sandstone  of  Dura  Den  in  Scotland.  It 
differs,  however,  remarkably  from  this 
species  in  the  large  proportionate  size  of 
the  head.  The  breadth  of  this  member 
in  the  Farlow  species  is  just  commensurate 
with  its  length,  whereas  in  Pterichthys 
hydrophilus  it  is  one-third  greater.  The  form  of  the  head  is  also 
very  different  in  the  two  species ;  the  outline  in  the  former  is  nearly 
circular,  whereas  in  the  latter  it  is  subtriangular,  broad  at  the  base, 
and  contracting  towards  the  snout. 

The  length  of  the  pectoral  oars  in  the  PteriMhys  of  Dura  Den 
exceeds  considerably  that  of  these  organs  in  any  other  species,  being 
equal  to  that  of  the  dorsal  shield ;  but  the  English  Pterichthys  (the 
only  one  yet  discovered  on  this  side  the  Border)  transcends  in  this 
respect  that  of  Dura  Den  as  much  as  the  latter  outstrips  its  con- 
geners ;  for  the  arms  project  one-fourth  beyond  the  posterior  margin 
of  the  carapace.  The  plates  of  the  cranium  are  not  sufficiently  per- 
fect for  description. 

I  may  here  remark  that  a  specimen  recently  acquired  by  the  Mu- 
seum of  Practical  Geology,  from  the  Dura  Den  deposits,  fully  bears 
out  the  opinion  advanced  by  the  late  Hugh  Miller  and  myself  in 
1848,  as  to  the  identity  of  the  genera  Pterichthys  and  Pamphractva, 

Since  the  foregoing  description  of  the  solitary  specimen  of  Pter^ 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


104  PBOCBBDnres  of  the  osoLoeiCAL  socofiTT.  [Jan.  8, 

ichthys  disoovered  by  Mr.  Baxter  in  the  Farlow  sandstone  was  penned, 
the  researches  of  Mr.  Boberts  have  brought  to  light  fh>m  the  same 
locality  several  additipnal  specimens  of  the  same  speciee,  which 
enable  me  to  add  the  description  of  the  ventral  and  thoracic  plates. 
The  former  specimen  is  still  so  far  unique  that  it  is  the  only  <me  yet 
discovered  which  gives  a  view  of  the  dorsal  surfiace,  or  reveals  the 
proportions  of  the  head,  from  which  the  specific  title  was  derived. 
One  of  the  more  recently  found  specimens  is  quite  a  gem.  The  fish 
redines  upon  its  back,  and  thus  presents  to  view  the  ventral  ]^tes, 
the  thoracic  plates,  and  their  appendages ;  the  head  and  tful  are 
both  wanting.      See  woodcut,  fig.  2,  and  PI.  lU.  fig.  8  &  9. 

Figs.  2  ft  8. — Outlines  of  Specimens  of  Pterichthys  macrocephalus 
from  Fhrlow.     (See  PI.  III.  figs.  8  &  9.) 

Fig.  2.  Fig.3. 


In  a  former  paper,  read  before  the  Geological  Society  in  April  1848 
(Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  iv.  p.  302),  the  arrangement  of  the 
plates  composing  the  integument  of  this  genus  was  so  folly  described 
that  it  is  needless  to  go  over  that  ground  again.  I  wish,  however, 
to  correct  an  error  in  the  number  of  the  ventral  plates.  Two  plates 
are  there  enumerated  as  the  posterior  ventral  plates,  letter^  h  h 
on  the  outline-figures,  ibid.  p.  805,  which  (as  shown  by  Pro- 
fessor M'Coy)  are  not  independent  elements  of  the  shield,  but 
prolongations  of  the  posterior  ventro-lateral  plates.  I  was  led 
into  this  mistake  by  tiie  semblance  of  a  suture  visible  on  most 
epeoimens,  which  proved  to  be  the  impression  of  the  posterior  mar- 
ginal rim  which  encircles  the  inner  posterior  edge  of  the  dorsal 
plates,  but  traverses  the  inner  surface  of  the  posterior  ventro- 
lateral plates  in  the  direction  of  the  supposed  suture.  The  im- 
pression of  this  marginal  rim  is  distinctly  preserved  in  the  Farlow 
specimens  (figs.  1,  2, — I),  and  affords  a  secure  datum  for  measuring 
the  dimensions  of  the  plates.  The  antero-posterior  dimensions  of  the 
dorsal  surface  were  taken  from  the  front  of  the  first  dorsal  plate  to 
the  posterior  marginal  rim ;  a  similar  measurement  of  the  ventral 
surface,  namely  from  the  anterior  margin  of  the  shield  to  the  impres- 
sion of  the  posterior  marginal  rim,  exactly  coincides  with  the  former ; 
the  width  of  the  body  and  the  length  of  the  arms  also  correspond  so 
exactly  that  the  two  specimens  might  have  been  derived  from  the  same 
individual.  The  hinder  prolongations  of  the  posterior  ventro-lateral 
plates  extend  in  this,  as  in  all  other  species,  beyond  the  termination 
of  the  dorsal  shield.     In  front  of  the  anterior  ventro-lateral  platea 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


12; 
o 

o 


o 


o 


2: 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]        XOBBIB  Ain)  B0BBBT8 — CAXBOXTirSBQVB  LDCB8I0NE.  105 

two  plates  are  Bitoated,  which,  in  the  memoir  before  alluded  to,  I 
named  the  thoracic  plates.  These  oonstitate  an  important  item  in 
Ihe  stractural  economy  of  PteriMkys,  inasmuch  as  they  afford  attach- 
ment to  the  lateral  appendages,  and  form  the  basis  of  support  for 
these  organs  in  all  their  movements.  This  being  undoubtedly  the 
case,  as  shown  in  specimens  of  every  species  I  have  examined,  I  am 
at  a  loss  to  conceive  how  Professor  Pander  can  have  been  led  to  assign 
the  attachment  of  the  arms  to  the  ventro-lateral  plate,  as  shown  in 
the  magnified  figure  on  tab.  6  of  his  magnificent  work  on  the  Devonian 
Fishes,  although  in  the  preceding  plate  these  organs  are  oorreotly 
drawn  as  appended  to  the  thoracic  plate.  The  ^oracio  plates  are 
well  preserved  in  three  of  the  specimens  of  Pterichthys  macrocq>7iaIus, 
and  in  two  of  them  one  or  botii  arms  are  seen  in  their  natural  posi- 
tion. On  comparing  these  plates  with  the  homologous  parts  of 
other  species,  tjiey  differ  so  remarkably,  that,  in  the  absence  of  all 
other  characters,  a  specific  discrepancy  might  be  affirmed.  The 
ordinary  appearance  of  these  plates  when  in  conjunction  is  that  of  a 
narrow  band  or  belt,  hollowed  out  anteriorly  in  a  crescentic  iorm, 
to  allow  space  for  the  vertical  movements  of  the  head.  In  the 
Farlow  species  these  plates  are  quadrilateral,  with  an  anterior  margin 
convex  rather  than  concave,  each  of  them  being  nearly  half  as  long 
as  the  anterior  ventro-lateral  plates  (figs.  2,  3, — i  t).  We  cannot 
but  recognize  in  these  peculiarities  characters  strictly  in  accordance 
with  the  other  deviations  of  structure  from  the  allied  species  de- 
tailed in  the  foregoing  remarks.  The  greater  length  of  the  pectoral 
organs  required  a  stronger  fulcrum,  and  the  large-sized  head  a  firmer 
support.  One  of  the  specimens  last  forwarded  for  examination  shows 
the  character  of  the  suifaoe-omament  of  the  plates.  (See  PL  III. 
fig.  9,  and  woodcut,  ^.  3.)  This  resembles  the  tubercular  pattern 
so  constant  in  Pterichthys  and  Coasosteus,  and  offers  no  peculiarity 
worthy  of  remark.  The  ornamentation  of  the  arms  is,  however, 
more  than  ordinarily  coarse,  and  along  the  outer  margins  of  these 
o]^;ans  the  single  row  of  tuberdes  gives,  in  section,  the  appearance 
of  a  strongly  serrated  border. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  HL 

lUudrative  of  wnu  new  Fith  Bematrufrcm  Farlow  and  Oreton^  Shropshire, 

Fig.  1  a.  Palatal  tooth,  alHed  to  DeUodia  and  Cochliodua  (?). 
Fig.  1  b.  The  same,  edge-view. 
Fig.2tf.  JkltodttSfneyrspeaM, 

kI  2  c  \  '^^  B*™©*  edge-vicw». 

Fig.  3.  DeUodue,  probably  of  the  same  species  as  fig.  2,  but  a  larger 
specimen  (broken). 

Sig.  4.  2>eAi9ai(s,  possibly  of  the  same  species  as  the  foregoing,  but  much 
smaller,  ana  transrersely  sulcated  where  the  surface  of  the 
others  is  but  slightly  unduUted.  A  small,  flat,  quadrate 
palatal  tooth,  flagged  on  two  of  its  edgea,  accompanies  this 
specimen. 

Fig.  5.  A  palate,  or  part  of  a  palate,  oompoied  of  four  Bubquadrate 
and  subocmvex  plates. 

Fig.  6.  Cladodue ;  the  only  specimen  of  this  form* 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


106  PBOCESDIKOfl  OT  THB  QXOLOQICAL  SOdBTT. 

Fig.  7.  PUriehihyi  macrocepkaltUj  Egerton.     Donal  aspect 

CoUeotaon  of  Mr.  T.  Baxter,  F.QB. 
"Fig.  8. YentraL  aspect.    The  head  is  wanting.     In  Mr. 

Boherts's  Collection. 

Fig.  9. Impreadon  of  the  anterior  yentral  and  thorado  plates  and 

of  a  part  of  one  limb.    In  Mr.  Weaver  Jones's  Collection. 

(All  the  figures  are  of  the  natural  size.) 


2.  On  some  Foasn  Plants,  showing  Stbxtctxtbe,  from  the  Lowxr  Coal- 
MxABUSBS  of  Lastcashibe.    By  E.  W.  BimrET,  Esq.,  E.R.S.,  E.G.S. 

[Platm  IV.  V.  VI.] 

Or  all  the  foesil  plants  found  in  the  Coal-measures,  probably  none 
is  more  widely  diffiised,  or  its  whole  internal  structure  considered  to 
be  better  known,  than  the  genus  Lepidoderidron,  The  investi- 
gations of  Messrs.  Witham,  Lindley  and  Hutton,  Corda,  Brongniart, 
and  J.  D.  Hooker  appeared  to  have  almost  exhausted  the  subject, 
so  far  as  the  structure  of  the  stem  was  concerned.  Br.  Hooker, 
after  describing  the  double  system  of  vessels  in  Stigmaria,  first  shown 
by  Goeppert,  and  the  consequent  approach  in  this  respect  to  the 
Diphxyhn  of  Corda,  says — ^*  In  Lepvdodendron,  again,  there  is  the 
same  double  vascular  system ;  but  that  from  which  the  bundles  arise, 
which  proceed  to  the  leaves,  is  placed  externally  to  the  wood,  where 
it  formed  a  continuous  zone  with  a  well-defined  inner  edge  (in  juxta- 
position with  the  outer  circumference  of  the  inner  zone)  and  a  sinuous 
outer  edge  from  which  the  diverging  bundles  are  given  off."*  He, 
as  well  as  all  the  other  authors  before  named,  considered  the  pith  of 
Lepidodendron  to  be  composed  of  cellular  tissue,  and  that  it  was 
surrounded  by  a  zone  of  large  barred  vessels,  of  hexagonal  shape, 
which  was  succeeded  by  a  narrow  circle  of  lesser  hexagonal  vessels, 
also  barred  on  their  sides.  Then  came  the  great  mass  of  cellular 
tissue  containing  the  bundles  of  vessels  which  traversed  it,  leading 
from  the  outer  vascular  cylinder  to  the  leaves.  This  was  succeeded 
by  a  radiated  series  of  elongated  utricles  forming  the  outer  bark  of 
the  tree.  The  whole  of  the  structure,  as  above  described,  was  clearly 
proved  by  the  specimens  of  Mr.  Witham  to  belong  to  Lepidodendron 
ffareourtii.  Corda  proved  Protopteris  Cottonea  to  have  the  same 
structure ;  and  Mr.  Bawes,  of  Smethwick,  near  Birmingham,  pos- 
sesses in  his  cabinet  most  beautiful  specimens  which  fully  confirm 
the  above  views,  and  especially  with  respect  to  the  pith  being  en- 
tirely composed  of  cellular  tissue. 

The  specimens  intended  to  be  described  in  this  communication 
show  that  fossil  plants  having  all  the  external  characters  of  Lepi-- 
dodendron  have  a  pith,  if  it  may  be  so  called,  or,  more  properly 
speaking,  a  central  axis,  composed  not  of  cellular  tissue,  but  of  very 
large  hexagonal  vessels  (a)  mixed  with  smaller  ones,  both  having  aU 
their  sides  barred  with  transverse  strise.    This  is  succeeded  by 

«  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Surrey  of  Gfeat  Britain,  vol.  ii.  part  ii.  p.  436. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


■>■  :  .I'fit  ..  '•>'/.    '//v  ,V  /////. 


---^ 


//*- 


'*F6'!^Sf?^tevCHlOP 


011371 .  .\!uni.Ge.ol.  Soc.Vo]  .X/1  n .  PI . 


€     i 


C- 


DA    FROM    INDIA, 


Digitized  by 


CJobgle" 


JCU 


i        y^ 


':,.  .  .Jo>,  :.:.rf.    -^ri  rf  /////, 


Oi  laH .  .louni.Gool,  Soc.  Vol  ..XVJ 11 .  P! . 


18 


„S^ 


i. 


3DA   FRO-M    INDIA. 


Digiti 


^edby'CSbbgle 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BnnnET — nenxABii  Aim  LEPii>oi)xin>BOir«  107 

hexagonal  vessels  (h)  of  much  less  suse,  ananged  in  radiating  series 
of  a  wedge-shape,  and  divided  by  mednllary  rays  of  finely  barred 
vessels,  as  Stigmaria  and  SigiUaria.  Outside  this  series  are  some 
circular  bundles  of  small  vascular  tissue,  similar  to  those  described 
by  Brongniart  in  Sigillaria  elegans.  Next  comes  a  mass  of  delicate 
cellular  tissue  (d),  which  has  generally  been  destroyed,  and  replaced 
by  mineral  matter.  This  is  succeeded  by  a  zone  of  coarse  cellular 
tissue  (/),  which  gradually  passes  into  the  outer  circle,  composed  of 
small  hexagonal  utricles  Q),  arranged  in  radiating  series ;  and  then 
comes  some  coarse  cellular  tissue,  which  appears  to  have  been  the 
outer  bark  (A). 

The  fossils  were  found  by  me  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Lanca- 
shire coal-measures,  aa  were  also  the  specimens  of  Trigonoearpon 
described  by  Dr.  Hooker  and  myself  in  the  *  Philosophical  Transac- 
tions '  *  for  1855,  but  in  a  different  seam  of  coal.  They  occur  in  cal- 
careous nodules  of  various  shapes,  dispersed  throughout  the  seam,  and 
evidently  afford  a  fair  sample  of  the  vegetable  matter  of  which  such 
coal  was  formed ;  they  having  been  (»lcified,  and  thus  preserved, 
before  the  bitnminizing  process  commenced,  which  ultimately  con- 
verted the  rest  of  the  vegetable  matter  surrounding  them  into  coal. 
The  seam  varies  from  2  to  5  feet  in  thickness.  It  has  a  good  floor, 
full  of  Stigmaria ;  and  its  roof,  a  black  shale  containing  rounded  and 
depressed  nodules  of  calcareous  and  ferruginous  matters,  abounds  with 
remains  of  Avictdapeeten  papyraeeus,  Ghmatitea  Listen,  Nautihis, 
BelleropJion,  and  other  marine  shells,  the  destruction  of  which  has 
most  probably  afforded  materials  for  the  calcification  of  the  nodules 
found  in  the  seam  of  coal.  Although  fossil  shells  occur  abundantiy  in 
the  nodules  found  in  the  roof  of  the  coal,  they  have  not  as  yet  been 
met  with  near  the  locality  wh^re  the  specimens  were  met  with  in 
the  nodules  containing  the  fossil  wood  amidst  the  coal  itself  t. 

The  Lepidodendron  is  the  most  common  plant  in  the  coal  found 
preserved  in  the  nodules,  although  specimens  of  Lepidostrohus,  Halo^ 
nia,  SigiUaria,  Stigmaria,  AnahcMra,  Cdlamites,  Jjycopodites,  and 
other  plants,  idl  more  or  less  showing  structure,  are  frequently  met 
with. 

In  the  present  paper  it  is  my  intention  to  confine  myself  to  the 
description  of  three  specimens  of  fossil  plants  which  would  generally 
have  been  designated  Lepidodendron  in  England,  and  Sagenaria  on 
the  Continent. 

No.  1.  The  specimen  illustrated  in  PI.  IV.  consists  of  a  cylindricid 
stem  -^ths  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  nearly  enveloped  in  its  stony 
matrix,  and  only  showing  its  external  characters  on  one  side.  These 
consist  of  rhomboidal  scars,  of  an  elongated  and  somewhat  irregular 
form,  arranged  in  quincuncial  order,  but  not  so  perfectiy  as  seen  in 
most  species  of  Lepidodendron.  In  the  middle  of  each  scar  there  is 
an  oval  depression,  from  which  rises  a  rounded  prominence  where 
the  leaf  was  attached.    These  scars  resemble  those  of  Lepidodendron 

*  Vol.  cilv.  p.  149,  &c. 

t  I  have  in  some  few  insta^oee  found  noduleB  in  the  ooal  itself  oontaining 
•bellB,  but  these  are  rare. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


108  PBocssDnres  of  the  gsolooicil  bociett.  [Jan.  8, 

selaginoideiy  figured  by  Messrs.  lindley  and  Hutton  in  their  '  FossQ 
Flora/  vol.  i.  fig.  12 ;  but  the  depression  in  the  scar  on  their  speci- 
men is  not  so  marked  as  in  mine. 

In  the  middle  of  the  large  cylinder  last  described  is  a  smaller  one, 
of  abont  -fth  of  an  inch  in  diameter.  This  is  composed  of  large 
hexagonal  yessels,  of  irregular  sizes  (a  a),  placed  one  beside  the  other, 
without  order,  but  becoming  smaller  as  they  approach  the  circmnfer- 
enoe,  all  having  their  sides  barred  with  trcmsverse  stnaB,  and  some  of 
the  smaller  ones  (a'  a')  being  divided  at  short  intervals  by  horizontal 
and  oblique  partitions.  The  outside  of  this  inner  cylinder*  (6  h)  is 
composed  of  hexagonal  vessels  barred  with  transverse  striad,  of  about 
^th  of  the  diameter  of  those  contained  in  the  centre,  arranged  in 
radiating  series  of  a  wedge-shape,  and  divided  by  medullary  rays  or 
vessels  very  finely  barred  (e  c),  as  in  the  vascular  cylinders  of  Sigil- 
laria  and  SHgmaria,  respectively  described  by  Brongniart  and 
Hooker.  Around,  and  placed  next  to,  the  cylinder  are  a  number  of 
round  bundles  of  fine  vascular  tissue  (d  d),  some  of  which  are  oppo- 
site to  the  medullary  rays  or  vessels,  and  others  apparently  away 
from  them  near  the  wedges  of  the  wood.  These  bundles  seem  to 
be  connected  with  the  vessels  which  supply  the  leaves,  but  cannot 
be  well  traced  to  the  medullary  rays  in  all  cases.  It  is  probable 
they  may  be  sections  of  vessels  passing  from  the  medullary  rays 
or  vessels  to  the  leaves.  They  are  evidently  the  same  vessels  as 
are  figured  by  Messrs.  Lindley  and  Hutton  ('  Fossil  Flora,'  vol.  ii. 
pi.  90.  fig.  1),  and  also  resemble  the  vessels  described  by  Brongniart  as 
occurring  on  the  outside  of  the  woody  cylinder  in  Sigillaria  elegans. 
On  the  external  portion  of  the  outer  radiating  cylinder  of  the  specimen 
similar  vessels  can  be  distinctly  traced  into  the  projecting  scan  from 
whence  the  leaves  arise. 

Next  occurs  a  space  of  about  -^tha  of  an  inch  (e  e),  in  which  the 
tissue  has  for  the  most  part  disappeared  and  been  replaced  by  mine- 
ral matter ;  but  it  seems  to  have  been  composed  of  delicate  cellular 
tissue,  which  was  traversed  by  bundles  of  vessels  leading  from  the 
axis  to  the  leaves.  Then  comes  a  zone  of  coarse  cellular  tissue  (//) 
which  gradually  passes  into  small  elongated  utricles,  of  hexagonal 
form,  and  arranged  in  radiating  series,  which  probably  formed  the 
inner  bark.  These,  in  their  turn,  pass  into  a  black  carbonaceous 
matter  {h  h),  the  remains  of  the  outer  bark  of  the  tree.  The  vessels 
traversing  the  external  cylinder  are  of  the  same  character  as  those 
traversing  the  internal  one,  except  that  they  are  of  much  greater 
size,  each  of  the  latter  being  probably  composed  of  two  or  more  of 
the  former,  as  Dr.  Hooker  describes  in  SigiUaria  f.  A  transverse 
section  of  the  specimen  No.  1  is  similar  to  the  same  section  of  SigiU 
laria  elegans,  with  this  exception,  namely,  that  the  inner  lunette- 
shaped  bundles  of  vessels  found  within  and  next  to  the  woody  cy- 
linder in  M.  Brongniart's  specimen  fill  the  whole  of  the  central  axis  in 

*  In  this  spedmen,  by  some  cause,  a  portion  of  the  inner  cylinder  has  been 
destroyed,  eitoer  by  the  section  not  being  cut  true,  or  by  a  put  of  the  woody 
cylinder  having  been  destroyed  in  calcification. 

t  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Ghreat  Britain,  toI.  i.  part  ii.  p.  436. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BINITET — SieiLLAiaA  AlTD  lEPIDODBNSBON.  100 

mine.  At  first  flight,  it  might  haye  been  empposed  that  the  specimen 
oiSigUlaria  elegans  before  named  had  had  some  of  its  middle  portion 
destroyed,  and  that  the  lunette-shaped  bundles  once  occupied  the 
whole  of  the  central  axis;  but  having,  by  the  kindness  of  M. 
Brongniart,  been  permitted  to  examine  the  original  specimen  pre- 
served in  ike  Museum  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  it  appears  to  me 
that  the  learned  author's  description  of  the  specimen,  as  weU  as  the 
figure  in  the  plate,  are  both  remarkably  correct.  Although  his 
specimen  does  not  show  the  external  structure  of  large  Si^Uarice, 
my  own  observations  lead  me  to  the  conclusion  that  we  shall  find  the 
latter  very  much  resembling,  if  not  altogether  identical  in  structure 
with,  SigiUaria  elegans.  In  large  specimens  of  S.  reniformis  and 
S.  organum,  whose  structure  is  preserved,  in  my  own  cabinet,  there 
is  distinct  evidence  of  the  internal  cortical  envelope  formed  of  elon- 
gated cellular  tissue  or  utricles,  and  disposed  in  radiating  series,  in 
all  respects  like  that  described  by  M.  Brongniart  in  his  Autun  spe- 
cimen. 

The  longitudinal  and  tangential  sections  of  my  specimen  show  that 
the  vessels  of  the  central  axis  and  the  woody  cylinder  are  barred 
transversely  on  all  their  sides.  M.  Brongniart  found  this  to  be  the 
case  with  SigUlaria,  and  gives  it  as  diaracteristic  of  SigiUaria, 
Stigmaria,  and  Anabathra*.  Specimens  of  these  three,  now  in  my 
cabinet,  clearly  prove  that  their  central  axes  and  their  woody  cylin* 
ders  are  exactly  the  same  in  structure  and  arrangement;  thus 
affording  evidence  from  structure  that  Stigmaria  is  the  root  of  Sigil^ 
lariay  and  that  Anabathra  is  a  SigiUaria — ^which  has  long  been  ex- 
pected would  prove  to  be  the  case. 

The  specimen  No.  2,  in  PL  V.,  to  a  great  extent  resembles  No.  1 
last  described,  except  that  it  is  not  so  perfect  with  respect  to  the 
outermost  cylinder ;  but  its  external  characters,  its  inner  bark  show- 
ing the  vessels  traversing  it,  its  tangential  section  showing  also  the 
vessels  traversing  the  inner  cylinder,  and  some  singular  delicate  ves- 
sels in  the  centrBd  axis,  render  it  a  valuable  specimen  and  worthy  of 
description. 

It  is  of  somewhat  larger  dimensions  than  No.  1  specimen,  and 
shows  its  external  characters  on  one  side  only  of  the  stem.  These, 
like  those  of  No.  1,  consist  also  of  rhomboidal  scars  arranged  in 
quincuncial  order,  each  scar  having  on  its  upper  part  a  comparatively 
large  circular  cicatrix,  where  the  leaf  was  attached.  The  scar,  like 
that  of  No.  1  specimen,  most  resembles  Lepidodendron  selaginoides 
in  the  rounded  figure  of  the  cicatrix  left  by  the  leaves,  except  that 
it  is  much  larger,  occupying  the  greater  portion  of  the  upper  part  of 
the  surface,  whilst  that  of  the  latter  is  scarcely  one-fifth  of  the  minor 
diameter  of  the  scar.  In  other  respects  it  cannot  be  distinguished 
from  L.  selaginoides  figured  by  Messrs.  lindley  and  Hutton. 

The  internal  cylinder  is  ^^tha  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  is  com- 
posed of  large  hexagonal  vessels  (a  a) ;  those  in  the  middle  being 
more  irregular  in  shape,  placed  wider  apart  from  each  other,  and  in 

*  Sztrait  dM  Ardhives  du  Mufl^uxn  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  p.  424.   Faria,  1899 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


110  PBOGEBDIKeS  OF  THS  GEOLOGICAL  80GIBTT.  [Jan.  8, 

some  instances  snrronnded  by  much  smaller  yessels  (6  h),  than  in  the 
specimen  first  described ;  but  the  outer  range  of  vessels  next  the 
vascular  radiating  cylinder  (b  h)  is,  like  it,  composed  of  smaller  vessels. 
The  extremely  minute  vessels  (a''  a")  seen  in  the  longitudinal  section 
of  the  centred  axis  show  a  remarkably  delicate  tissue,  of  which  the 
first  specimen  exhibits  no  trace.  The  inner  cylinder  is  more  perfect 
than  that  first  described,  owing  to  the  transverse  section  being  cut 
truer,  or  being  better  preserved,  than  that  specimen :  but  the  vessels 
are  of  the  same  size  with  relation  to  the  larger  ones  in  the  centre  ; 
they  are  barred  with  striae  on  all  their  sides ;  and  the  tangential 
section  shows  the  small  openings  for  conveying  vascular  bundles  from 
the  axis  to  the  leaves,  which  is  not  shown  in  the  first  specimen.  In 
all  respects  as  to  its  internal  structure,  so  far  as  it  can  be  examined, 
it  is  the  same  as  No.  1,  with  the  exception  of  the  small  vessels  in  the 
central  axis  (a**  a"),  which  have  not  yet  been  seen  in  that  specimen. 

No.  3  is  an  oval  specimen,  its  original  circular  form  having  been 
changed  by  pressure.  It  is  -^ths  of  an  inch  across  its  greater,  and 
•^ths  of  an  inch  across  its  lesser  axis.  The  external  characters  are 
well  shown  all  round  the  specimen  ;  and  the  scars  are  more  elongated 
and  placed  further  apart  than  in  either  of  those  previously  described, 
like  No.  1,  the  scars  have  in  their  middle  along  their  greater  axil 
a  depression,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  small  projection,  to  which 
the  leaf  was  attached.  The  appearance  of  the  scar  somewhat  re- 
sembles those  of  a  Knorria  described  by  Goldenberg*.  An  oblique 
fracture  of  a  portion  of  the  stem  displays  the  position  of  the  vascular 
bundles  which  traverse  the  stem  and  communicate  between  the 
central  axis  and  the  leaves  (PI.  YI.). 

The  central  axis  much  resembles  that  of  No.  2,  especially  in  the 
fact  of  the  large  hexagonal  vessels  in  the  middle  being  replaced  and 
parted  by  smaller  ones,  and  appearing  in  more  regular  order  near 
the  circumference ;  but  the  radiating  cylinder  of  barred  vessels  de- 
scribed in  specimens  Nos.  1  and  2  is  wanting,  and  a  band  of  fine  cel- 
lular tissue  appears  to  occupy  its  place.  This  tissue  has,  for  the  most 
part,  been  destroyed  in  the  specimen ;  but  traces  of  it  are  left  in  por- 
tions, showing  numerous  round  bundles  of  fine  vascular  tissue  tra- 
versing it,  springing  from  the  side  of  the  central  axis  and  extending 
to  the  leaves,  similar  to  those  bundles  described  in  the  two  preceding 
specimens  as  occurring  on  the  outside  of  the  vascular  cylinder.  In 
this  specimen  a  zone  of  coarse  cellular  tissue  bounds  the  band  of  fine 
cellular  tissue  last  described.  A  small  space  then  appears  which 
has  been  for  the  most  part  destroyed,  but  traces  of  tiie  vascular 
bundles  traversing  the  stem  are  met  with  at  intervals.  Then  again 
coarse  cellular  tissue  occurs,  which  graduates  into  small  elongated 
cellular  tissue  or  utricles  of  hexagonal  form,  arranged  in  radiating 
series  similar  to  that  seen  in  Nos.  1  and  2,  and  most  probably  form- 
ing the  bark  of  the  stem. 

In  the  longitudinal  section  of  the  vascular  axis  about  the  centre 

*  Flora  Sarspontana  foanlis.    Die  PflanzenTeMtoiiierangeQ  des  Steinkohlen- 
gebirgea  von  SaarbrockflQ.    1855,  pi.  iv.  t%,  8a. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BINKET — ftIGI£LARIA  AKD  LEPII>ODS2n>fiON.  Ill 

are  seen  some  of  the  smaller  vessels  (a'  a!)  divided  by  horizontal  and 
oblique  partitions  similar  to  those  before  mentioned  as  occurring  to 
a  less  extent  in  No.  2 ;  but  in  this  specimen  there  is  no  trace  of  the 
fine  tissue  (a"  a!*)  seen  in  the  centre  of  that  stem. 

The  tangential  section  shows  the  vascular  bundles  traversing  the 
cellular  tissue  from  the  axis  to  the  leaves,  in  a  similar  manner  to 
those  described  in  specimens  Nos.  1  and  2. 

Upon  the  whole,  No.  3  may  be  said  to  resemble  Nos.  1  and  2  in 
every  respect,  except  that  the  internal  radiating  cylinder  of  barred 
vessels  is  wanting  in  it.  At  first,  it  was  supposed  that  this  cylinder 
might  have  disappeared  in  the  cutting  and  polishing  of  the  stone ; 
so  several  other  specimens  were  examined,  but  in  all  cases  the 
cylinder  was  found  wanting;  so  there  is  no  doubt  that  this  is  a 
plant  more  nearly  allied  to  the  common  Lepidodendron  than  Nos.  1 
and  2,  which  it  will  be  more  convenient,  for  the  present,  to  class 
under  the  genus  SigtUaria,  on  account  of  their  internal  structure, 
notwithstanding  their  external  characters.  It  is  proposed  to  distin- 
guish these  two  specimens  (Nos.  1  and  2)  by  the  name  SigiUaria 
vtueulartSy  from  the  circumstance  of  each  of  them  possessing  a  central 
axis  composed  of  barred  vessels,  in  the  place  of  the  cellular  tissue  so 
generally  formed  in  piths.  No.  3  it  is  proposed  to  designate  as  a 
Lepidodendron,  and  to  give  it  the  specific  name  of  vascidarey  from 
the  fact  of  its  central  axis  being  also  composed  of  barred  vessels, 
similar  to  those  of  SigiUaria  vascularis. 

EXPLANATION  OP  PLATES  IV.  V.  k  VI. 

Plats  IV.  SigiUaria  vaacularii. 

Fig.  1.  Speomen  (No.  1)  of  a  stem  of  SigiUaria  vaacularia  in  a  caloified  itate, 
found  in  the  Lower  Coal-meosareB  of  Lanoaahire,  in  the  middle  of  a 
■earn  of  coal ;  showing  a  portion  of  the  exterior  sorfaoe,  the  bark  of 
which  IB  preflerved,  displaying  the  leaf-scars  and  the  dcatrioes  whidi 
characterise  this  ffenos. 
Fig.  2.  Transyerae  view  of  uie  same  stem ;  magnified  3}  diameters. 
Fig.  3.  Portion  of  the  same  transrerse  section  of  stem ;  magnified  12  diameters. 

Note. — ^The  same  letters  indicate  the  same  parts  in  this  and  the  pre- 
ceding figures. 

a  a.  The  central  part,  showinff  the  central  axis  or  pith,  composed  of  large 
hezaffonal  Teseels  haTing  all  their  sides  barred. 

a'  a'.  Thd  smaller  hexagonal  vesseb  in  the  axis  or  pith,  found  sometimes 
interspersed  amongst  the  larger  ones. 

a"  a".  Small  vesseb,  of  very  delicate  tissue. 

b  b.  The  vascular  cylinder  of  wedge-shaped  hexagonal  vessels. 

e  c.  The  spaces  wl^re  the  medulluy  rays  passed  between  the  bundles  on 
their  passage  from  the  centre  to  the  leares  at  the  circumference. 
d.  Small  round  bundles  of  fine  vascular  tissue,  placed  next  the  outside 
of  the  woody  cylinder,  often  apparently  displaced  firom  their  original 
position. 

e«.  Space  where  the  fpreater  part  of  the  oeUular  tissue  baa  been  deatroyed, 
and  replaced  by  mineral  matter. 
/.  Coarse  cellular  tissue  arranged  without  order. 
g.  Elongated  tissue  or  utridea,  arranged  in  radiating  series. 
A.  Coarse  cellular  tisane,  forming  the  outer  bark  of  the  tree, 
i.  Indication  of  fibro-yascular  bundles,  which  traTerse  the  bark  to 
oofamonicate  with  the  base  of  the  leaToa, 


Digitized  by 


Google         — 


112  PBOCESDIKGfl'OP  THS  OBOLOeiCAL  80C1ETT.  [Jan.  8, 

Fig.  4.  A  longitudinal  section  of  SigiUaria  wucularisy  from  the  central  axis  to 
the  exterior  of  the  stem,  showing  the  structure  of  the  plant ;  magnified 
12  diameters. 

a  a.  The  central  axis  composed  of  large  vessels,  barred  on  all  their  sides 
by  transrerse  striae. 

a'  a'.  The  smaller  vessels,  divided  into  parts  by  horisontal  and  oblique 
divisions. 

b  b.  The  vascular  cylinder  of  wedge-shaped  hexagonal  vessels,  barred  on 
their  sides  by  transverse  stris. 

d  d.  Traces  of  the  vascular  bundles  of  vessels  oommnnicatang  from  the 
centre  to  the  leaves. 

//.  Coarse  cellular  tissue,  arranged  without  order. 

ff  g.  Elongated  tissue  or  utricles  arranged  in  radiating  series,  forming 
the  inner  bark. 

k  k,  C!oar8e  cellular  tissue,  forming  the  outer  bark. 
Fig.  5.  A  tansential  section  of  SigiUaria  vaaeulari$  at  ricfat  angles  to  the  outer 
radiated  cylinder,  showing  the  vascular  bundus  of  vessels,  d  d,  tra- 
versing the  elongated  tissue  or  utricles,  //;  magnified  12  diameters. 
Fig.  6.  A  transverse  section  of  a  portion  of  the  outer  radiated  cylinder  of  Sigil- 
laria  wueulariSf  showmg  the  vascular  bundles,  d  dy  passing  through 
the  scar  into  the  leaf;  magnified  25  diameters. 

PlatbY.  SigiUaria  vaacularis. 

Fig.  1.  Specimen  (No.  2)  of  this  stem  in  its  calcified  state,  showing  portions  of 
its  external  surface  and  internal  bark,  displaying  the  vascubr  bundles  of 
vessels,  d  d. 

Fig.  2.  Transverse  view  of  the  same  specimen,  showing  the  central  axis,  woody 
ojiinder,  and  bundles  of  vessels  placed  on  uie  outside  of  the  latter; 
magnified  12  diameters. 

Fig.  3.  Longitudinal  section  of  the  same  specimen,  showing  the  vessels  of  the 
central  axis,  a  a,  the  small  vessels  of  very  delicate  tissue,  a"  a'\  some- 
times enclosing  portions  of  barred  vessels,  and  the  small  barred  vesseb 
of  the  woody  cj^linder,  b  b ;  magnified  12  diameters. 

Fig.  4.  Longitudinal  section  of  a  portion  of  the  same  specimen,  showing  the 
smaQ  vessels,  a"  a" ;  magnified  25  diameters. 

Fig.  5.  Tangential  section  of  the  same  specimen,  showing  the  small  vessels  tra- 
versing the  woody  cylinder,  b  b ;  magnified  25aiameters. 

PiiATB  YI.  Lepidodendron  vaaculare. 

Fig.  1.  Specimen  (No.  3)  of  a  stem  of  Lepidodendron  vatculare  in  a  calcified 
state,  showing  portions  of  the  external  sur£EM»  and  its  scars,  as  well 
as  a  portion  or  the  inner  bark,  with  the  vascular  bundles  of  vessels, 
d  df  traversing  it 
Fig.  2.  Transverse  view  of  the  same  specimen ;  magnified  3}  diameters. 
Fig.  3.  Portion  of  the  same  transverse  section  of  the  stem ;  magnified  12  dia- 
meters. 
The  central  axis,  composed  of  larse  barred  vessels,  a  a. 
a'  a\  The  smaller  vessels,  divided  into  parts  l^  horizontal  and  oblique 

divisions. 
d  d.  Traces  of  the  vascular  bundles  of  vessels  communicated  from  the 

centre  to  the  leaves. 
//.  Ck>arse  ovular  tissue,  airanged  without  order. 
gg.  Elongated  tissue  or  utricles  arranged  in  radiating  series,  forming 

the  inner  bark. 
k  h.  Ovular  tissue,  forming  the  outer  bark. 
Fig.  4.  Alongitudinal  section  of  iho Lepidodendron  from  the  central  axis,  showing 
the  structure  of  Che  plant;  magnified  12  diameters. 
The  letters  indicate  the  same  parts  as  in  fig.  3. 
Fig.  5.  A  tangential  section  of  the  coarse  cellular  tissue,  //  traversed  by  the  vas- 
cular bundles  of  vessels  communicating  from  tiie  central  ■■"■  to  the 
leaves;  magnified  12  diameters. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


.-t3 


Vj 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


C2i 


CD 

is 

> 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Cm 


Digitized  by  Google  1 


1862.]  WTATT — FLINT  IMPLEMENTS.  113 

3.  Supplemental  Note  on  the  Plant-beaeino  Sandstones  of  Central 
India.     By  the  Rev.  Stephen  Hislop. 

(In  a  Letter  to  the  Assistant-Secrotaiy,  dated  Nagpur,  July  19,  1861.) 

[Printed  in  the  February  No.  of  the  Journal,  p.  36,  by  permiasion  of  the 
Council.] 


Janitaet  22,  1862. 

Samuel  Sharp,  Esq.,  DaUington  Hall,  near  Northampton,  and 
George  Parks  Wall,  Esq.,  The  Hills,  near  Sheffield,  were  elected 
FeUows.  Senor  Casiano  di  Prado,  Madrid,  was  elected  a  Foreign 
Member. 

The  following  communicationfl  were  read : — 

1.  On  some  further  Discoveries  0/ Flint  Implements  in  the  Gratel 
near  Bedfobd.     By  James  Wyatt,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

(Abstract.) 

Since  Mr.  Prestwich  described  the  occnrrence  of  flint  implements 
near  Bedford  (GeoL  Soc.  Joum.  No.  67,  p.  366),  Mr.  Wyatt,  Mr.  Nail, 
the  Eev.  Mr.  HiUier,  and  Mr.  Berrill  have  added  seven  or  eight  to 
the  list,  from  the  gravel-pits  at  Cardington,  Harrowden,  Biddenham, 
and  Kempston. 

Mr.  J.  G.  Jeffreys,  F.G.S.,  having  examined  Mr.  Wyatt's  further 
collections  of  shells  from  the  gravel-pits  at  Biddenham  and  Har- 
rowden, has  determined  seventeen  other  species  besides  those  noticed 
by  Mr.  Prestwich ;  and  among  these  is  Hydrohia  marginata  (from  the  * 
Biddenham  Pit),  which  has  not  been  found  alive  in  this  country. 
At  Kempston,  Mr.  Wyatt  has  examined  the  sand  beneath  the  gravel 
(which  is  destitute  of  sheUs),  and  at  3  feet  in  the  sand  (19  feet  from 
the  surface)  he  found  Helix,  Succinea,  Bythinia,  Pupa,  FlanorMs,  &c., 
with  a  flint  implement.  The  upper  gravel  contained  several  flint 
flakes. 

Mr.  J.  Gwyn  Jeffreys,  F.K.S.,  F.G.S.,  having  had  the  shells  sub- 
mitted to  him,  says, — 

'^  I  have  carefully  examined  and  assorted  the  shells  sent  to  me  by 
Mr.  Wyatt  from  the  Harrowden  and  Biddenham  Pits,  and  I  And 
that  they  belong  to  the  following  species  (distinguished  by  H.  &  B. 
respectively) : — 

H.  B.  Sphferium  oomeum,  Linn.    (CycloB  cornea  of  authors.) 

H.  B.  Fisidiuni  nitidum,  Jenyns. 

H.  B.  Henslowanum,  Jenyns. 

'     H. ,  monstr.    (P.  sinuatum,  Normand.) 

B.  B^thinia  tentaculata,  MuUer. 

H  B.  Valrata  pisoinalis,  Miill. 

B.  cristata,  MiiU. 

R  Hydrobia  marginata.    {Paludina  marginata^  Miohaud.) 

B.  Suocinea  putris,  Linn, 

H. ,  dwarf  var.  resembling  S.  oblonga^  Drap. 

VOL.  xvin. — paet  I.  I 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


114  PB0CEEDIKO8  OF  THE  OBOLOeiCAL  SOCIETY.  [Jan.  22, 

H.  B.  Helix  hispida,  Miill. 

H.  B.  pulohella,  MiiU. 

B.  ooncinna,  Jejfr. 

H.  B.  Pupa  marginata,  ^op, 

H.  B.  Flanorbis  glaber,  Jeffr.    (Banging  from  Sweden  to  Madeira.) 

H.  B.  TortOT,  Linn. 

H.  leuoostoma,  Michaud.    (P.  apirorbia  of  some  authors.) 

B.  nautileuB,  lAghtfoot. 

B.  marginatuft,  MUU, 

H.  Idmnaeaper^gra,  MuU, 

H.  B.  —  auncularia,  Linn.,  yar.  acuta,  Jejfir. 

H.  B.  Btagnalia,  Linn.    (Var.  HdixfragiUst  Montagu.) 

H.  B.  truncatula,  MuU. 

H. ,  dwarf  var. 

H.  palustris,  Drap. 

H.  B.  Ancjlua  fluTiatilis,  MuU. 

B.  oblongusi  MuU. 

'^The  nature  and  condition  of  the  shells  from  the  Harrowden 
Pit  show  that,  in  all  probability,  the  area  formed  part  of  the  site  of 
a  large  lake  or  piece  of  fresh  water,  having  a  sandy  bottom  and 
banks ;  that  it  was  situated  very  near  an  estuary  or  flat  sea-shore ; 
and  that  a  small  stream  flowed  into  the  lake  at  its  upper  end  from 
a  hill  of  considerable  eminence.  The  lake  must  have  had  water- 
plants  in  it  and  rushes  or  flags  (Iris  pseudacorus)  at  its  mai^;in.  I 
assume  that  all  the  shells  came  from  one  and  the  same  stratum. 

"  The  area  of  the  Biddenham  Pit  did  not  apparently  form  part 
of  the  site  of  the  same  lake  as  at  Harrowden ;  but  it  was,  in  all 
probability,  a  smaller  piece  of  water,  with  more  weeds  in  it.  In 
other  respects,  as  well  as  in  its  being  the  receptacle  of  a  small  stream, 
the  conditions  appear  to  have  been  the  same.  I  take  for  granted  in 
this  case  also  tiiat  all  the  shells  last  named  came  from  only  one 
'stratum.  It  may  be  a  question  as  to  whether  both  these  pieces  of 
water  existed  at  the  same  time.  This  must  in  some  measure  depend 
on  the  relative  position  of  the  fossiliferous  strata  in  each  of  the 
pits  in  which  the  shells  were  found.  The  occurrence  of  Hydrobia 
marginata  in  the  Biddenham  Pit  is  interesting.  See  Sir  Charles 
Lyell's  Paper  in  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society 
"  On  the  Crag  Districts  of  Norfolk  and  Suffolk,"  and  the  Appendix  to 
Searles  Wood's  *  Monograph  on  the  Crag  MoUusca,'  published  by  the 
Palseontographical  Society.  I  lately  noticed  it  in  the  freshwater 
bed  at  Mundesley,  while  in  company  with  Mr.  Preetwich.  It  has 
never  been  found  alive  in  this  country." — J.  G.  J. 


2.  On  some  Fliwt  Akrow-heads  (?)  from  near  Baogt  Point,  North 
Devon.     By  N.  Whitley,  Esq. 

[Communicated  by  J.  S.  Enys,  Esq.,  F.G.S.] 
(Abstract) 

Beneath  the  surface-soil  (at  the  depth  of  18  inches  from  the  top) 
above  the  "  raised  beaches "  of  North  Devon  and  Cornwall,  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWKDJS HTiENA-DEN.  115 

author  has  observed  broken  flints ;  and  even  at  the  SciUy  Isles  such 
flints  are  found.  At  Croyde  Bay,  about  half-way  between  Middle- 
Borough  and  Baggy  Point,  at  the  mouth  of  a  smaU  transverse  valley, 
Mr.  Whitley  found  them  in  considerable  nimiber,  collecting  about 
200  specimens.  About  25  per  cent,  of  the  splintered  flints  at  this 
place  have  more  or  less  of  an  arrow-head  form,  but  they  pass  by 
insensible  gradations  from  what  appear  to  be  perfect  arrow-heads 
of  human  manufacture  to  such  rough  splinters  as  are  evidently  the 
result  of  natural  causes.  Hence  &e  author  suggested  that  great 
caution  should  be  used  in  judging  what  flints  have  been  naturally, 
and  what  have  been  artificially  shaped. 


3.  On  a  HY.fiNA-DKN  at  Wookey-Hole,  near  Wells. 

By  W.  Boyd  Dawkws,  Esq.,  B. A.,  F.G.S.,  Burdett-Coutts  Geological 

Scholar  in  the  University  of  Oxford. 

Of  aU  the  ossiferous  caverns  of  this  country  which  have  from  time 
to  time  been  explored  since  1821,  there  are  none,  perhaps,  which 
form  so  exact  a  parallel  to  the  Hyaena-den  at  Kirkdale  as  that  which 
I  bring  before  your  notice  this  evening. 

Fig.  1. — Diagrammatic  Section  of  the  Hyama-den  at  WooJcey-HoU, 
near  Welh,  Length  of  the  excavation  34  feet ;  maximum  height, 
9  feet ;  width  of  cave  at  the  entrance,  36  ft. 


1.  Canal  for  the  Biver  Axe.  5, 5.  Undisturbed  debris  (cave-earth 

2.  Excavated  portion  of  the  cave.  and  bones). 

3.  Lateral  branch  to  the  left.  6, 6.  Dolomitic  conglomerate. 

4.  Upward  branch. 

It  is  situated  at  Wookey-HoIe,  a  village  on  the  southern  flanks  of 
the  Mendips,  and  about  two  miles  to  the  north-west  of  WeUs.  The 
ravine  in  which  it  was  discovered  is  one  of  the  many  which  pierce 
the  dolomitic  conglomerate,  or  petrifled  sea-beach  of  the  Permian  (?) 
age,  still  underlying  its  ancient  sea-clifl^s  of  Mountain-limestone,  and 

i2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


116  PROCEEDIKaS  OF  THE  OEOLOGICAL  80CIBTT.  [Jan.  22, 

overlying  the  lower  slopes  of  the  Mendips.  Open  to  the  south,  it 
runs  almost  horizontally  into  the  mountain-side,  until  closed  abruptly 
northwards  by  a  perpendicular  wall  of  rock,  200  feet  or  more  in 
height,  ivy- covered,  and  affording  a  dwelling-place  to  innumerable 
jackdaws.  Out  of  a  cave  at  its  base,  in  which  Dr.  Buckland*  dis- 
covered potteiy  and  human  teeth,  flows  the  River  Axe,  in  a  canal  cut 
in  the  rock.  In  cutting  this  passage,  that  the  water  might  be  con- 
veyed to  a  large  paper-mill  close  by,  the  mouth  of  the  Hyeena-den 
was  intersected  some  ten  years  ago;  and  from  that  time  up  to 
December  1859,  it  was  undisturbed  save  by  rabbits  and  badgers  ;  and 
even  they  did  not  penetrate  far  into  the  interior,  or  make  deep 
burrows.  Close  to  the  mouth  of  the  cave  the  workmen  (employed 
in  making  this  canal)  found  more  than  300  Eoman  coins,  among 
which  were  those  of  the  usurper  Allectus  and  of  Commodus.  When 
Mr.  Williamson  and  myself  began  our  exploration  in  1859,  about 
12  feet  of  the  entrance  of  the  eave  had  been  cut  away,  and  large 
quantities  of  the  earth,  stones,  and  animal  remains  had  been  used  in 
the  formation  of  an  embankment  for  the  stream  which  runs  past 
the  present  entrance  of  the  cave.  Of  the  animal  remains,  some  found 
their  way  to  the  British  Museiun  and  to  the  Museum  of  the  Somerset 
Archaeological  Society  at  Taunton;  but  the  greater  portion  were 
either  thrown  away  or  scattered  among  the  private  collections  of  the 
neighbourhood.  According  to  the  testimony  of  the  workmen,  the 
bones  and  teeth  formed  a  layer  about  12  inches  in  thickness,  which 
rested  immediately  upon  the  conglomerate-floor,  while  they  were 
comparatively  scarce  in  the  overlying  mass  of  stones  and  red  earth. 
The  workmen  state  also  that  at  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  the  cave 
the  hill-side  presented  no  concavity  to  mark  its  presence.  When  we 
began  our  exploration,  so  completely  was  the  cave  filled  with  debris 
up  to  the  very  roof,  that  we  were  compelled  to  cut  our  way  into  it. 
Of  the  stones  scattered  irregularly  through  the  matrix  of  red  earth, 
some  were  angular,  others  water- worn ;  all  are  derived  from  the 
decomposition  of  the  dolomitic  conglomerate  in  which  the  cave  is 
hoUowed.  Near  the  entrance,  and  at  a  depth  of  5  feet  from  the 
roof,  were  three  layers  of  peroxide  of  manganese  t,  full  of  bony 
splinters ;  and,  passing  obliquely  up  towards  the  southern  side  of 
the  cave,  and  over  a  ledge  of  rock  that  rises  abruptly  from  the 
floor,  further  inwards  they  became  interblended  one  with  another, 
and  at  a  distance  of  15  feet  from  the  entrance  were  barely  visible. 
In  and  between  these  the  animal  remains  were  found  in  the  greatest 
abundance. 

While  driving  this  adit,  we  found  an  angular  piece  of  flint,  which 

*  Vide  *  Eeliquise  Diluviamc,'  p.  164.  On  examining  this  cave  in  September 
1861, 1  waa  not  fortunate  enough  to  find  human  remams.  During  the  winter, 
the  stream  flowing  through  the  cave  overflows,  and  covers  the  floor  with  a  fine 
red  earthy  sediment,  simitar  in  every  respect  to  that  which  is  found  in  the  hyaena- 
den.    It  varies  in  thickness  from  a  few  inches  to  a  few  feet. 

t  As  in  the  case  of  the  Kirkdale  Cave.  And  here  let  me  mention  that  1  have 
takea  for  mnted  the  fact  of  the  cave  having  heen  filled  with  remains  by  the 
agency  of  hyaenas,  to  avoid  reproducing  Dr.  Buckland's  arguments  about  the 
normal  inhabitants  of  Kirkdale.     Vide  ♦  BeUquiae  Diluvians?.' 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWMNS — HYiBNA-DEN.  117 

had  evidently  been  chipped  by  human  agency,  and  a  water- worn 
fragment  of  a  belemnite,  which  probably  had  been  derived  from  the 
neighbouring  Marlstone-series.  Bones  and  teeth  of  Bhinoceros 
tichorhinus,  Cervus  Bucklandi^  of  other  species  of  Deer,  Irish  Elk, 
Mammoth,  ffycma,  Ursus  spelams,  Wolf,  Fox,  and  Horse,  rewarded 
our  labours ;  and  at  the  mouth  of  the  cave,  and  cemented  together 
by  stalagmite,  were  frogs'  remains.  Remains  of  Felis  spdasa  also 
were  found  at  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  the  cave,  and  are  at 
present  in  the  Museimi  of  the  Somerset  ijchaeological  Society.  The 
teeth  preponderated  greatly  over  the  bones,  and  the  great  bulk  were 
those  of  the  Horse.  The  Hyaena-teeth  also  were  very  numerous, 
and  in  all  stages  of  growth,  from  the  young  unworn  to  the  old  tooth 
worn  down  to  the  very  gums.  Those  of  the  Elephant  had  belonged 
to  a  young  animal,  and  one  had  not  been  used  at  all.  The  hollow 
bones  were  completely  smashed  and  splintered,  and  scored  with 
tooth-marks,  while  the  solid  carpal,  tarsal,  and  sesamoid  bones  were 
uninjured,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Eirkdale  Cave.  The  organic  remains 
were  in  all  stages  of  decay,  some  crumbling  to  dust  at  the  touch, 
while  others  were  perfectiy  preserved  and  had  lost  very  little  of 
their  gelatine. 

In  1860  we  resumed  our  excavations;  and,  in  addition  to  the 
above  remains,  found  satisfactory  evidence  of  the  former  presence  of 
Man  in  the  cave.  One  white  flint  spear-head,  of  rude  workmanship 
(figs.  2-5),  one  chert  arrow-head,  a  roughly  chipped  piece  of  chert,  a 
round  flattened  piece  of  chert,  together  with  various  splinters  of 
flint,  which  had  apparently  been  knocked  off  in  the  manufacture  of 
some  implement,  rewarded  our  search.  Two  rudely  fashioned  bone 
arrow-heads  were  also  found,  which  unfortunately  have  since  dis- 
appeared ;  they  resembled  in  shape  an  equilateral  triangle  with  the 
angles  at  the  base  bevelled  off.  AU  were  found  in  and  around  the 
same  spot,  between  the  dark  bands  of  manganese,  in  contact  with 
some  Hysena-teeth,  at  a  depth  of  4  feet  from  the  roof,  and  at  a 
distance  of  12  feet  from  the  present  entrance. 

That  there  might  be  no  mistake  about  the  accuracy  of  the  observa- 
tions, I  examined  every  shovelful  of  debris  as  it  was  thrown  out  by 
the  workmen ;  while  the  exact  spot  where  they  were  excavating  was 
watched  by  Mr.  Williamson.  The  white  flint  spear-head  was  picked 
out  of  the  undisturbed  matrix  by  him  ;  the  remainder  of  the  imple- 
ments were  found  by  me  in  the  earth  thrown  out  from  the  same 
place.  Thus  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  their  exact  position ;  and 
error  of  observation  is  rendered  very  improbable.  Two  of  the  speci- 
mens are  similar  in  workmanship  and  general  outline,  though  not  in 
size,  with  two  of  the  typical  forms  found  at  Amiens  and  Abbeville, 
which  Evans  terms  respectively  spear-heads  and  sling-stones.  The 
spear-head  is  of  white  flint  (figs.  2-5)  :  in  outline,  size,  and  workman- 
ship it  resembles  a  beautiful  semitransparent  quartz-rock  specimen 
from  the  burial-mounds  of  North  America,  in  the  possession  of  Dr. 
Acland.  The  bone  arrow-heads  resembled  most  strongly  in  size  and 
outline  a  flint  arrow-head,  also  from  the  burial-mounds  of  North 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


118 


PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Jan.  22, 


^ 


I 


i 


Digitized  byCjOOQiC 


1862.]  DAWXIK8 HTiBNA-BSN.  119 

America,  and  in  the  possession  of  Dr.  Acland*.  The  chert  arrow- 
head is  dissimilar  to  any  that  I  have  seen.  A  splinter,  which  is 
bounded  on  one  side  by  a  straight  cutting  edge,  appears  to  me  to 
have  been  used  as  a  knife,  and  to  have  been  intentionally  chipped 
into  its  present  form  for  that  purpose. 

But  what  inference  can  be  drawn  from  these  signs  of  Man's 
presence  in  a  Hysena-den  filled  with  unmistakeable  remains  of  a 
fEiuna  now  extinct  in  Exirope  ?  Was  the  fabricator  a  contemporary 
of  the  British  Cave-bear,  BMnoceros,  Mammoth,  and  their  congeners? 
Or  did  he  leave  his  implements  in  the  cave  at  a  time  posterior  to  that 
of  the  other  creatures  whose  remains  are  associated  with  them  in  the 
Post-glacial  period?  If  the  former  be  answered  in  the  affirmative, 
Man,  instead  of  having  appeared  on  the  earth  some  6000  or  7000 
years  ago,  must  have  ezLsted  at  a  time  anterior  to  the  glacial  epoch  f, 
and  at  a  time  when  the  relations  between  land  and  water  were  alto^ 
gether  different, — ^a  period  that  we  cannot  sum  up  in  years.  But 
if  the  latter,  the  great  antiquity  of  the  implements  is  by  no  means 
proved,  and  they  may  have  belonged  to  any  period  anterior  to  that 
of  the  Saxons.  The  facts  of  the  case,  to  my  mind  at  least,  lead  but 
to  one  conclusion — that  these  implements  were  deposited  in  the  cave 
during  the  Preglacial  period.  The  cave  at  the  time  of  its  discovery 
(assuming  the  statement  of  the  workmen  to  be  true)  was  completely 
blocked  up,  so  that  the  ravine-side  presented  no  concavity  to  indicate 
its  presence ;  there  were  no  traces  of  disturbance  posterior  to  the 
filling  up  of  the  cave  either  on  the  spot  where  they  were  found,  or 
as  we  were  driving  our  adit  thither.  And,  as  12  feet  of  the  former 
mouth  of  the  cave  have  been  cut  away,  we  must  double  the  distance 
from  the  present  entrance  to  the  spot  itself,  which  wiU  thus  be  24 
feet  The  motive  certainly  has  yet  to  be  assigned  that  would  induce 
a  savage  to  excavate  a  trench  24  feet  long  with  his  miserable  stone 
implements,  and  consequently  with  great  labour ;  and,  having  exca- 
vated it,  again  to  fill  it  up  to  the  very  roof  with  the  dibris  which  he 
had  removed — earth,  stones,  and  animal  remains.  The  absence  of 
charcoal,  pottery,  and  human  bones  precludes  the  idea  of  the  cave 
ever  having  been  a  place  of  sepulture,  as  was  the  cave  close  by,  also 
one  on  the  northern  flank  of  the  Mendips  at  Burrington-Comb,  and 
a  third  in  Cheddar  CMat 

But,  on  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  said  that  the  fact  of  their  being 
found  in  and  around  the  same  spot  is  a  weighty  argument  in  favour 
of  their  introduction  in  the  Post-glacial  times.  Had  they  been  sub- 
jected to  violent  watery  action,  ti^ey  would,  like  most  of  the  animal 
remains,  have  been  scattered  confosedly  through  the  matrix,  and 

*  The  chert  of  which  some  of  these  implementB  are  made  appears  to  have  been 
derived  from  the  Qreensand  series  of  Blackdown. 

t  In  making  use  of  the  terms  Preglacial,  Glacial,  and  Foet-fflaoial,  I  hare 
followed  Phillips's  dirision  of  the  Pleistocene.  (  Vide  FhiUipe's  Manual  of  Geo- 
logy, p.  408.) 

I  Kide  Buckland*s  *  Beliquiie  DiluviansB,'  p.  164.  In  one  cave  in  this  Comb 
Dr.  Buckland  found  human  bones  encrusted  with  stalagmite ;  in  another,  about 
two  years  aco  (1859X  I  diMxyvered  numerous  fragments  of  charcoal,  and  one  of 
the  sternal  bones  of  CanU  lupus  mixed  with  numerous  ahells  of  Helix. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


120  PROOEEDIlfGS  OF  THB  GBOLOeiCAL  SOCTBTT.  [Jan.  22, 

would  not  have  been  found  as  they  were  left  by  their  former  possessor. 
They  would  moreover  have  lost  their  sharp  edges.  On  this  point, 
indeed,  they,  as  well  as  a  large  number  of  the  animal  remains,  where 
slender  processes  and  points  of  bone  are  left  uninjured  (as,  for 
instance,  the  palatine  process  of  the  right  maxilla  of  a  Wolf),  agree  in 
showing  that  violent  watery  action  had  a  very  small  share  in  filling 
the  cave. 

I  should  infer  that,  as  the  dolomitic  conglomerate  of  the  roof  and 
walls  gradually  yielded  to  the  attacks  of  the  carbonic  acid  in  the  air, 
the  cUbris  was  gradually  accumulated  at  the  same  time  that  the 
Hyaenas  from  time  to  time  brought  in  the  remains  of  their  victims. 
On  this  hypothesis  the  fact  of  the  occurrence  of  these  implements  in 
the  same  place,  coupled  with  the  absence  of  all  traces  of  an  entrance 
having  been  effected  posterior  to  the  filling  up  of  the  cave,  is  easily 
explicable ;  as  also  is  the  fact  of  the  hemes  and  teeth  being  confusedly 
scattered,  and  yet  in  no  instance  water- worn.  This  gradual  process 
may  at  times  have  been  varied  by  floodings,  by  which  a  large  quantity 
of  earthy  sediment,  derived  from  higher  levels,  may  have  been 
introduced,  as  now  in  a  cave  close  by,  in  which  sediment  similar  in 
every  respect  to  the  red  earth  of  the  bone-cave  is  deposited  during 
a  rainy  season  (p.  116,  note).  Had  the  numerous  lai^  stones  been 
put  in  motion  by  water  in  the  cave,  they  would  soon  have  ground 
down  the  animal  remains  to  an  impalpable  dust. 

Thus,  indeed,  the  discovery  of  these  implements  in  the  same  spot, 
so  far  firom  proving  that  they  were  introduced  subsequently  to  the 
other  remains,  adds  additional  testimony  to  the  metiiod  by  which 
the  cave  was  filled, — that  it  was  fiUed  gradually  and  by  causes  still 
in  operation,  and  not  by  any  great  cataclysm,  by  which  the  contents 
of  numerous  bone-caves  are  supposed  to  have  been  introduced.  And 
the  only  alternative  left  us  is  to  believe  that  they  were  deposited 
during  the  time  that  the  Rhinoceros  tichorhimiSj  Irish  Elk,  and 
Cave-bear  inhabited  the  British  Isles,  and  before  the  great  sub- 
mergence of  land  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere. 

In  April  1861  we  resumed  our  excavations ;  and,  as  we  made 
our  way  inwards,  found  that  the  cave  began  to  narrow,  and  ulti- 
mately to  bifurcate;  one  branch  extending  vertically  upwards, 
while  the  other,  which  is  undisturbed,  appea^^  to  extend  almost 
horizontally  to  the  right  hand.  As  we  reached  the  middle  constricted 
passage,  the  teeth  became  fewer,  while  the  stones  were  of  larger 
size  than  any  that  we  had  hitherto  discovered.  The  great  majority 
of  the  gnawed  antlers  of  Deer  were  found  at  this  part,  also  the  pos- 
terior half  of  a  COTvine  skull,  the  right  maxilla  of  Cants  lupus,  and, 
what  is  more  remarkable,  a  stone  with  one  of  its  surfaces  coated  with 
a  deposit  apparently  of  stalagmite :  this,  however,  was  much  lighter 
than  stalagmite,  and  not  so  good  a  conductor  of  heat;  and,  on 
analysis,  I  found  that  it  consisted  of  phosphate  of  lime,  with  a  little 
carbonate,  and  a  very  small  portion  of  peroxide  of  manganese. 
Doubtless  the  surface  of  the  stone,  covered  with  phosphate  of  lime, 
formed  part  of  the  ancient  floor  of  the  cave,  and  hence  was  coated 
with  excrement,  while  the  lower  part,  being  imbedded  in  the  earth 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWXIN8 ^HYJBNA-DEN.  121 

on  the  floor,  was  not  so  coated.  This  deposit  may,  perhaps,  explain 
the  absence  of  round  balls  of  Album  grcecum,  which,  assuming  that 
the  cave  at  the  time  was  more  damp  than  that  at  Kirkdale,  would 
be  trodden  down  on  the  floor  by  the  hyaenas,  instead  of  presenting 
a  rounded  form.  The  stone  abo  itself  exhibits  tooth-marks,  and 
probably  was  gnawed  by  the  hyaenas,  like  the  necrosed  antlers,  for 
amusement.  Dogs  are  very  fond  of  exercising  their  teeth  in  this 
way.  This  discovery  also  proves  that  violent  watery  action  had  but 
small  share,  if  any,  in  filling  the  cave ;  for  in  that  case  the  soft 
Album  grcecam  would  have  been  removed  from  the  stone. 

The  section  made  in  cutting  this  passage  presented  irregukr  layers 
of  peroxide  of  manganese,  full  of  bony  splinters,  and  in  general 
covered  by  a  layer  of  bones  in  various  stages  of  decay.  These  layers 
disappeared  in  the  upper  portion  of  the  passage.  There  were  masses 
of  prismatized  stalactites  scattered  confusedly  through  the  matrix. 
After  excavating  the  vertical  branch  as  far  as  we  dared  (for  the 
large  stones  in  it  made  the  task  dangerous),  we  were  compelled  to 
leave  off,  having  penetrated  altogether  only  34  feet  from  the  cave's 
mouth.  In  this  vertical  branch,  the  bones,  stones,  and  red  earth  are 
cemented  together  by  carbonate  of  lime, — a  circumstance  which 
added  materially  to  the  difficulty  of  the  excavation. 

A  short  distance  from  the  entrance  the  cave  gives  off  a  lateral 
branch  to  the  left,  which  tends  obliquely  upwards,  and  is  abruptly 
closed  by  stalagmite.  This  forms  a  marked  contrast  to  the  rest  of 
the  cave,  being  covered  with  stalactite  and  stalagmite,  and  free  frt)m 
debris ;  while  the  other  parts  are  full  of  debris,  and  at  the  same  time 
free  from  any  but  the  merest  traces  of  carbonate  of  lime,  except  in 
the  case  of  the  vertical  branch  above  mentioned,  where,  however,  it 
does  not  assume  a  stalagmitic  form. 

There  are  numerous  caverns  in  the  vicinity  which,  in  all  proba- 
bility, are  connected  with  the  one  under  notice,  and  which,  to  say 
the  very  least,  are  parts  of  the  same  great  system*,  and  all  open 
upon  the  same  ravine.  And  even  this  probably  is  but  a  cavern 
unroofed  by  the  chemical  action  of  the  carbonic  acid  in  the  air, 
by  which  the  insoluble  carbonate  of  the  stone  is  changed  into  the 

*  By  a  syBtem  of  caverns  1  mean  all  those  which  open  upon  a  common  ravine. 
Through  this  a  stream  often  flows,  supplied  in  many  cases  by  feeders  out  of  one 
or  more  cayems.  On  close  examination  of  a  number  of  the  caves  in  the  Mendips, 
I  find  them,  in  the  main,  ranged  round  their  ravines  as  branches  are  arranged 
on  a  tree.  Burrington-Comb,  Cheddar  Pass,  and  Wookey-Hole  Ravine,  each 
surrounded  by  its  system,  are  eminently  typical.  I  do  not  see  the  reason  why 
the  change  of  insoluble  carbonate  into  soluble  bicarbonate  of  lime,  by  which 
swallow-holes  and  parte  of  caverns  are  perpetually  and  gradually  being  enlarged, 
should  be  limited  in  ite  effecte,  if  infimte  time  be  granteid,  and  why  it  should  not 
have  been  the  chief  agent  in  forming  the  ravines  so  common  in  all  limestone  dis- 
tricte.  By  this  process  one  of  the  caverns  at  the  top  of  Cheddar  Pass  is  gradually 
being  unroofed,  and  is  becoming  a  miniature  ravine.  On  this  view,  the  great 
majority  of  limestone  ravines  are  but  ruined  caverns.  The  loose  stones  on  the 
summit  of  the  Mendips  in  many  cases  present  a  ground-plan  of  a  system  of 
caverns  on  the  upper  surface,  by  tlie  chemical  action  of  the  carbonic  acid,  the 
main  channel  being  surrounded  by  numerous  accessory  ones,  which  collect  all 
the  moisture  on  the  surface  in  their  ramifications. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


122  PR0CEBDIN8S  OF  THE  OXOLOOICAL  SOGIETT.  [Jan.  22, 

soluble  bicarbonate,  and  conveyed  away  atom  by  atom.  It  probably 
was  tbe  main  trunk  fed  by  numerous  tributaries,  now  represented 
by  caverns,  all  of  which  are  dry,  with  the  exception  of  that  at  the 
head  of  the  ravine,  through  which  the  drainage  still  passes,  though 
not  to  the  same  degree  as  formerly. 

On  measuring  the  cave,  we  found  that  the  maximum  height  of  the 
entrance  was  8  feet  and  the  width  36  feet ;  in  the  interior  the  max- 
imum height  was  9  feet. 

Organic  Bemains. — I  will  now  proceed  to  a  description  of  the 
organic  remains  found,  selecting  out  of  my  descriptive  catalogue 
those  which  present  points  of  the  greatest  interest. 

To  begin  with  the  Perissodactyles.  The  remains  of  Equvs  by  far 
predominate  over  the  rest :  4  astragali,  os  calcis  of  colt,  metatarsals 
and  carpals,  a  distal  end  of  tibia,  more  than  70  molars,  7  in- 
cisors, and  one  canine  attest  how  numerous  Horses  were  at  this 
period  in  the  West  of  England.  And  here  let  me  remark  that 
the  vast  preponderance  of  the  teeth  of  Bos  in  the  Eirkdale  Cave 
over  those  of  Equus  seems  to  indicate  that  the  Ox  preponderated 
over  the  Horse  in  Yorkshire,  at  the  same  time  that  Horses  were 
more  abundant  than  Oxen  in  the  plains  of  Somerset.  The  remains 
show  that  Equus  was  of  the  ordinary  size.  Of  the  Ehinoceros  ti- 
chorhinus  also  14  lower  and  10  upper  molars,  and  2  molars  in  the 
possession  of  Williamson,  also  the  proximal  ends  of  3  ulnas,  frac- 
tured exactiy  in  the  same  place,  a  metacarpal,  astragalus,  and  2 
phalanges  rewarded  our  seardi.  And  one  upper-jaw  deciduous  molar, 
of  the  right  side,  presents  this  difficulty — ^that,  while  the  posterior 
island  of  enamel  in  its  depth,  and  the  shape  of  the  valley  advancing 
obliquely  outwards,  approximate  closely  to  the  typical  species  (B. 
tichorhinus)*,  the  broad  entrance  of  the  valley,  and  the  presence  of 
a  small  cusp  in  it,  at  first  sight  appear  to  be  referable  to  Bhinoceros 
lepiorhinus.  The  absorbed  fangs  and  the  small  size  indicate  a 
deciduous  tooth.  In  another  upper  molar  of  the  left  side,  according 
in  every  other  respect  with  this,  the  cusp  is  absent. 

The  Artiodactyle  division  of  Herbivores  is  represented  by  the  re- 
mains both  of  Bovidas  and  Cervidm,  Of  the  remains  of  Bosprimi- 
genius,  one  os  calcis  was  far  larger  than  any  in  the  Oxford  Museum,  and 
about  twice  the  size  of  an  average  recent  Ox;  another  was  of  the  same 
size  as  those  from  Wirksworth,  Kirkdale,  Ban  well,  and  Plymouth ;  a 
ri^t  astragalus  was  larger  than  three  out  of  four  specimens  from 
Xu^kdale,  but  was  identical  with  one  from  Caswell  Bay  near  Swansea. 
A  phalanx  larger  than  any  which  I  have  seen,  a  scapho-cuboid  of  the 
same  size  as  those  from  Kirkdale,  a  frtigment  of  left  femur,  identi- 
cal in  size  with  those  found  at  Banwell,  and  three  molar  teeth  were 
also  found.  Of  the  remains  of  the  Cervidce,  I  regret  to  say  that  I 
have  been  unable  to  identify  more  than  three  species : — 1.  Megaceros 
Hihemims ;  four  premolars,  and  one  molar  of  the  upper  jaw,  four 
molars  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  two  fragments  of  the  lower  jaw  con- 
taining respectively  P.  M.  2-3|  and  |M.  12-3t. 

*  Comp.  Owen's  British  Fois.  Mam.  p.  374. 

t  In  identifying  teeth  and  bones,  I  have  found  that  a  concise  mode  of  distin- 
guishing right  from  left  was  extremely  useful,  as  it  adds  great  precision  to  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.1  DAWXIKS — HTJENA-DEN.  123 

The  accessory  column  in  the  interspacee  between  the  lobules  of 
the  crowns  of  tiie  true  molars  ♦  on  the  outer  side  in  the  lower  jaw, 
and  on  the  inner  of  the  upper  jaw,  is  rudimentary,  being  developed 
basally  as  a  small  tubercle.  These  tubercles  are  much  narrower 
than  ^ose  in  specimens  in  the  Oxford  Museum,  from  a  turbary,  and 
consequently  are  more  pointed,  and  do  not  keep  the  lobules,  as  it 
were,  so  far  apart. 

2.  Antlers  of  Cervtis  Bucklandi  t  characterized  by  the  brow-antler 
arising  at  a  distance  of  2^  inches  or  more  from  the  base  of  the  beam. 
These  had  fallen  off  by  necrosis.  Two  antlers  of  Cervus  QuettardiX : 
the  one,  a  mere  fragment  and  broken  in  exactly  the  same  feushion  as 
one  from  the  cavern  of  Breugue,  figured  in  the  fourth  volume  of  Cu- 
vier's  ^Ossemens  Eossiles,'  pi.  6.  fig.  15;  the  other  also  is  exactly 
similar  to  ^.  17  of  the  same  plate,  and  is  characterized  by  the  brow- 
antler  arising  2^  inches  from  the  base  of  the  beam,  and  by  the  bez- 
antler  arising  from  the  posterior  and  opposite  side.  The  beam  is 
round,  and  in  circrmiference  is  2  inches,  and  in  length  14  inches. 
The  branches  have  a  tendency  to  become  palmated. 

Among  the  equivocal  cervine  remains  is  the  posterior  portion  of 
a  skull  §,  which  in  the  posterior  position  of  the  antler-basement,  and 
in  general  form,  strongly  resembles  that  of  Cervus  Tarandus,  figured 
in  Owen's  '  Fossil  Mammals '  and  in  the  '  Ossemens  Eossiles,'  and 
one  in  the  British  Museum.  The  antler-basements  are  but  one  inch 
removed  from  the  occipital  crest,  and  are  about  one  inch  and  a  half  in 
diameter.  On  comparing  this  latter  measurement  with  the  diameter 
of  the  necrosed  bases  of  antlers  of  Cervus  Bucklandi^  I  find  that  it 
exactly  coincides  with  one  of  them,  and  with  the  short  diameter 

inquiry.  To  effect  this  I  use  a  yertical  hne,  which  is  supposed  to  represent  tbe 
median  Hue  of  the  animal,  putting  teeth  and  bones  of  the  right  side  to  its  right, 
and  of  the  left  side  to  its  left,  as  in  the  text.  This  method  isvery  useftd  in  cata- 
loguing. 

«  See  Owen's  British  Foss.  Ifam.  pp.  449, 450. 

t  Dimensions  of  two  fragments  of  antlers  of  Cervus  Bucklandi : — 

in.  lin.      in.  lin. 

Distanoeofbrow-antlerfrom  the  base  of  beam    2     6         2     6 

Circumference  near  the  base 6     0         6     3 

Diameter  at  the  base 16-9     16 

Both  are  rounded  basally  and  rather  flattened  where  the  brow-antler  is  given. 

in.  Un. 

X  Length ofbeam 14    0 

Brow-antler,  distance  from  base 2    6 

Bez-antler  8    9 

Circumference  of  rounded  beam 2    0 

§  Dimensions  of  skull : — 

in.  Un. 

Diameter  of  antler-basement  or  frontals 1  6 

Distance  between  antler-basements 1  9 

Distance  of  antler-basement  from  occipital  crest  1  0 

From  the  summit  of  median  crest  on  occipital  to  foramen  ma^um  2  3 
From  the  summit  of  mastoid  to  the  superior  and  median  portion  of 

foramen  magnum,  where  the  crest  on  ocdpitals  impinges  upon  it  2  9 
Diameter  of  occipital,  measured  between  the  points  where  the  squa- 
mous portion  of  the  temporal  impinges  upon  the  occipital  crest. . .  3  6 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


124  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [Jan.  22, 

of  the  other,  the  length  being  1  inch  9  lines.  This  similarity  is 
striking,  though  perhaps  it  is  a  mere  coincidence.  An  antler  with 
rounded  beam  and  brow-antler  arising  close  to  the  base,  and  having 
a  circumference  at  the  base  of  3  inches  3  lines,  and  at  mid-beam 
2  inches  6  lines,  probably  belonged  to  Cervus  Tarandus.  There  are 
also  numerous  pieces  of  palmated  antlers,  which  either  belonged  to 
Cervus  Datna,  C.  Tarandus,  or  G.  Ouettardi.  There  are  also  teeth, 
fragments  of  carpals  and  tarsals,  and  other  fragments,  which  are 
imdoubtedly  cervine,  though  I  have  not  been  able  to  make  out  the 
species. 

Of  Elephas  primigenius  the  only  remains  found  were  a  portion  of 
a  tusk  of  a  large,  and  the  second  molar  of  a  small  individual  *.  Of  these 
latter,  one  has  not  been  used  at  all,  and  the  other  is  hardly  worn. 

Of  Ursus  spelceusf,  the  only  representative  of  the  Plantigrade 
family  in  the  cave,  were  found  the  left  humerus  (of  the  same  size  as 
some  from  Gailenreuth),  also  canines  and  molars.  The  latter  are 
larger  than  any  from  Quinger  or  Gailenreuth,  in  the  Oxford  Museum. 
The  humeri  and  tibiae  of  the  Fox  indicate  a  creature  of  the  average 
size.  On  the  other  hand,  the  upper  jaw  and  sectorial  upper  molar,  and 
humerus  of  Canis  lupus  are  much  larger  than  any  of  the  recent  spe- 
cimens with  which  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  comparing  them. 
But,  to  pass  from  the  Canidoi  to  the  cognate  family  of  Hycmidm,  as 
at  Kirkdale,  the  normal  inhabitants  of  the  den,  numerous  teeth  of  all 
ages,  the  ilium  and  metacarpals  and  jaws,  which  were  in  various 
stages  of  decay,  rewarded  our  research.  The  great  preponderance  of 
teeth  t  may  perhaps  in  some  degree  be  accounted  for  by  the  decay 

in.  lin. 

*  Length  of  crown  of  perfect  molar 2    6 

Breadth  of  ditto 1     0 

It  is  broader  posteriorlj  than  a  molar  from  Eirkdale,  in  the  Oxford  MuBeum, 
and  figured  in  the  '  Beliquias.' 

t  The  third  molar  of  the  upper  jaw  (M.  3)  is  2  inches  in  antero-posterior 
length,  and  in  breadth  0*875  of  an  inch;  while  the  largest  from  Quinger 
and  Gailenreuth  (in  Oxford)  measures  but  1*875  in  length  and  0*75  in  breadth. 
The  canines  are  smaller  than  the  largest  from  Quinger,  but  of  equal  size  with 
others: — 

in.  lin. 

Length  of  perfect  canine 4    3 

Circumference  at  base  of  crown 2    3 

}  In  identifying  the  premolars,  I  made  out  the  following  points  which  may 
perhaps  be  found  useful.  A  ridge  passing  over  the  crown  in  the  lower-jaw  series 
divides  it  into  two  equal  or  subequal  parts,  while  in  the  upper  jaw  it  circum- 
scribes the  inner  third  only  of  the  crown,  or  at  least  divides  it  very  unequally. 
Of  the  lower  jaw,  premolar  2  (P.  M.  2)  is  characterized  by  the  small  crown,  large 
posterior  talon,  and  by  having  its  anterior  fang  suddenly  reflected  to  afford  room 
for  the  root  of  the  canine  ;  premolar  3  (P.  M.  3)  by  the  slight  backward  curvature 
of  the  anterior  feng,  coupled  with  the  transverse  compression  of  tlie  posterior 
talon ;  premolar  4  (P.  M.  4)  by  the  straight  diverging  fangs  and  the  enormous  deve- 
lopment of  the  posterior  talon,  the  posterior  and  inner  side  of  which  is  bevelled 
off  obliquely  to  allow  of  the  close  apposition  of  (M.  1)  the  molar.  In  the  upper 
jaw,  the  first  premolar  has  its  single  root  incurved,  the  second  has  its  crown 
divided  into  two  unequal  portions  and  its  fangs  diver/^ent ;  while  the  length  and 
great  curvature  of  the  fangs,  the  incurved  crown,  and  the  ridge  circumscribing 
its  inner  third  characterize  the  third  premolar.  About  the  fourth  no  mistake 
can  be  made. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWKIK8 — HYiENA-DEy.  125 

of  the  jaws  while  the  teeth  remained  perfectly  sound ;  though,  in 
the  main,  as  in  the  case  of  the  solid  bones,  their  rejection  by  the 
Hyaenas  was  the  main  cause.  One  jaw,  which  I  did  not  see  dug 
out,  is  stated  by  the  workmen  to  have  been  found  in  two  por- 
tions, the  one  at  least  a  foot  &om  the  other,  in  the  undisturbed 
matrix.  Supposing  this  to  be  true  (and  the  fracture  of  the  parts 
appears  to  be  old),  I  have  had  the  satisfaction  of  putting  together 
what  the  Hyeenas  left  dissociated,  and  additional  testimony  is  afforded 
that  the  contents  of  the  cave  were  never  subjected  to  violent  watery 
action.  This  was  found  about  13  feet  from  the  entrance,  and  at  a 
considerable  depth  from  the  roof.  Fragments  of  bone  are  polished 
by  the  tread  of  the  Hyaenas,  as  at  Kirkdale. 

The  absence  of  the  Water-rat  and  Hippopotamus  from  these  re- 
mains seems  to  indicate  that  the  cave  was  further  removed  from  a 
river  or  lake  than  the  Hyaena-den  at  Kirkdale. 

In  conclusion,  I  will  only  add  that,  after  carefully  weighing  the 
facts  of  the  case,  on  the  site  of  our  excavation,  I  cannot  but  infer, 
from  the  evidence  afforded  by  this  cave  alone,  that  Man  was  a  con- 
temporary of  the  gigantic  Ursits  spelams,  the  Hyaena,  the  Mammoth, 
and  their  congeners ;  and  I  feel  convinced  that  the  cave  was  filled 
with  its  present  contents,  not  by  a  violent  cataclysm,  but  by  the  or- 
dinary operations  of  nature  now,  as  then,  in  progress;  with  this 
difference  only,  that  the  remains  of  Poxes  and  Badgers  are  now  being 
entombed  in  the  caverns  still  open  in  the  district,  instead  of  the 
extinct  preglacial  fauna. 

List  of  Mammalian  Remmns, 
CARNTVORA. 

HTiSNiDiE.     Hyttna  »p€l<Ba^  4  jaws,  49  teeth,  left  ilium,  2  metacarpals, 

portion  of  right  rib,  and  right  maxillary. 
Cavidje.     Cants  vtilpes^  4  humeri,  3  ulnw,  5  tibiae,  left,  radius. 

Cani9  lupus,  right  maxillnc  with  P.  M.  4  and  incisors  2,  right  humerus. 
Ursida     IJrsus  spelants,  3  molars,  2  canines,  left  humerus. 

PERISSODACTYLA. 

SoLiDUNQULA.    Equus,  OS  calcis,  4  astra^iali,  metacarpal,  metatarsal,  distal 

end  of  tibia,  upwards  of  70  molars,  7  incisors,  one  canine. 
MuLTUNGULA.    Ekinoceros  tichorhinus^  3  proximal  ends  of  ulnae,  astragalus, 
phalanges,  29  molars. 

ABTIODACTYLA. 

BoYiDiB.    Bo8  primigenittSy  2  ossa  calcis  fright),  astragalus,  phalanx,  portion 

of  shaft  of  femur,  scapho-cuboid,  2  molan. 
Certid^.    Teeth,  antlers,  and  various  fragments. 
Megaceros  Hibemtcus,  7  molars,  fragment  of  jaw  containing  M.  1,  2, 3. 
Cervus  Bucklartdi,  2  antlers  (skuU?). 
C.  Guettardiy  2  antlers. 
C.  Tarandus  (?),  (skuU?),  (antler?). 
C.  Dama  (?),  nragments  of  antlers. 

Feoboscidia. 
Elepkas  pritnigenittSf  2  second  molars,  portion  of  tusk,  innumerable  splin- 
ters. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


126  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOeiCAL  BOCXETT.  [Feb.  5, 

February  6, 1862. 

Captain  WiUiam  Henry  Mackesy  (79th  Highlanders),  Waterford ; 
Harry  Seeley,  Esq.,  Woodwardian  Museum,  Cambridge ;  and  Thomas 
Francis  Jamieson,  Esq.,  Ellon,  Aberdeenshire,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1.  On  some  Yolcakic  Phenomeka  lately  observed  at  Tobee  del  Greco 
and  EjBsnrA.  By  Signer  Luigi  Palioeri,  Director  of  the  Boyal 
Observatory  on  Vesuvius. 

fin  Letters  addressed  to  H.M.  Consul  at  Naples,  and  dated  December  17, 1861, 
and  January  3, 1862.    Sent  from  the  Foreign  Office,  by  order  of  Earl  BusseU.] 

(Abstract) 

The  evolution  of  gases,  the  outburst  of  springs  of  acidulous  and  hot 
water,  and  particularly  the  upheaval  of  the  groimd  at  Torre  del 
Greco  to  a  height  of  1*12  metre  above  the  sea-level,  are  mentioned 
in  this  communication. 


2.  On  the  recent  Eruption  of  VESFvnrs  in  Decexbeb  1861. 
By  M.  Pterbe  de  Tchihatchefp. 

[Communicated  by  Sir  B.  I.  Murchison,  Y.P.G.S.] 
(Ahitract.) 

On  the  8th  of  December  the  ground  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Torre  del 
Greco  was  shaken  by  repeated  earthquakes  from  dawn  up  to  3  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon.  As  many  as  twenty-one  distinct  shocks  were  counted 
there,  but  only  one  of  them  was  felt  at  Naples.  At  the  hour  above 
mentioned  the  atmosphere  over  Torre  was  wrapt  in  complete  darkness, 
clouds  of  ashes  having  been  projected  from  several  mouths  which 
had  opened  on  the  slope  of  Vesuvius,  a  short  distance  above  the  town. 
Early  on  the  next  day  (the  9th)  I  visited  Torre  del  Greco,  and  leaving 
the  town  below,  mounted  towards  the  stream  of  lava  which  had  in 
the  preceding  night  poured  forth  from  the  apertures  already  men- 
tioned. It  had  cooled  so  rapidly  that  I  was  enabled  to  walk  upon 
the  scoriaceous  crust,  though  the  interior  was  so  hot  that  my  stick 
took  fire  on  being  thrust  into  its  cracks. 

After  proceeding  about  600  metres  to  the  N.E.,  I  came  to  the 
smoking  hills,  whidi  were  stiU  vomiting  glowing  scorise  and  ashes  so 
abundantly  as  to  prevent  a  near  approach.  The  white  steam  and 
black  ashes,  ejected  from  them  with  violent  shocks  resembling  the 
intermittent  pufib  of  a  steam-engine,  rose  in  globular  masses  so  as  to 
form  a  columnar  shaft,  which,  spreading  laterally  at  a  great  height, 
reproduced  the  "  pine  "  of  Pliny.  On  my  return  to  Torre  del  Greco  I 
saw  two  new  mouths  open  before  me.  About  this  time  the  central  cone 
of  Vesuvius,  which  had  been  tranquil  hitherto,  began  to  eject  steam 
and  ashes  in  thick  clouds,  attended  by  frequent  flashes  of  lightning. 
The  explosions  of  the  new  craters,  as  well  as  the  flow  of  the  lava, 
ceased  almost  wholly  about  the  third  day,  viz.  by  the  12th  of  December. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


':^jiarl  Jounx  L>ol  Soc  Vol  Y/IH,PI  VU. 


J.  W.  Lc  wry.  fcxi  Ip  * 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HT7LL — CABBONIFEBOT78  STRATA.  127 

On  the  16th  heavy'  rams  fell,  the  weather  having  heen  quite 
dear  and  tranquil  up  to  that  time.  On  a  second  visit  made  on  the 
23rd  of  December,  I  ascertained  the  number  of  openings,  marked  by 
minor  cones  with  funnel-shaped  craters,  that  had  been  formed  on 
the  flank  of  the  moimtain  were  about  twelve — ^ranged  dose  together 
on  a  line  from  E.N.E.  to  W.8.W.  at  the  distance  of  about  600  metres 
8.8.E.  from  the  old"  lateral  crater  whence  the  lava-stream  of  1794 
proceeded  which  had  poured  down  on  Torre  dd  Greco.  Thus  it 
appears  that  a  fissure  had  on  this  occasion  been  formed  in  the  sidd 
of  the  mountain,  either  on  the  prolongation  of  that  of  1794,  or 
paraMel  and  close  to  it.  The  lavas  produced  by  the  two  eruptions  are 
also  almost  identical  in  mineral  character,  being  very  poor  in  leudte, 
but  rich  in  augite  crystals. 

On  returning  to  Torre  dd  Greco,  I  was  surprised  to  find  the  prin- 
dpal  fountains  of  the  town  overflowing  with  an  excessive  supply  of 
water,  as  in  general  during  eruptions  the  springs  are  rather  apt  to 
fedl.  Bubbles  of  carbonic  add  gas  were  rising  abundantly  from  the 
water.  Many  of  the' cracks  which  had  been  formed  by  the  earth- 
quakes in  the  pavement  of  the  streets  of  the  town  were  seen,  it  is 
said,  to  emit  small  flames  (of  carburettod  hydrogen  ?).  It  is  certain 
that  the  shore  beneath  Torre  del  Greco  was  permanently  elevated  by 
above  a  metre^ — a  long  white  line  composed  of  moUusks  and  zoophytes 
attached  to  the  rock,  which  only  live  under  water,  being  now  gene- 
rally raised  that  much  above  the  sea-level,  through  a  space  of  at 
least  two  kilometres. 

The  cone  of  Vesuvius  continued  to  smoke  at  intervals  for  several 
days.  On  the  23rd  of  December  ashes  fell  abundantly  in  the  streets 
of  Naples — a  circumstance  that  has  not  occurred  since  1822. 


3.  On  Iso-DiAKETBTC  LiNBS,  OS  mtans  of  representing  the  Distbibution 
of  Sbdimentaky  Clay  and  Sandt  Strata,  as  distinguished  from 
Calcareous  Strata,  with  special  reference  to  the  Garbonxfbrous 
-  Books  of  Britain.     By  Edward  Hull,  B; A.,  FiG.S.,  of  the  Geo- 
logical Survey  of  Great  Britain. 

[Plate  VII.]' 

I:  Introduction. — Comparison  of  Argillaoeo-arenaceous  Vith  CalcareouB  Sedi- 
ments, as  to  their  ran^  in  Modem  and  Ancient  Seas. 

Eeoent — Caribbean  Sea,  Ac.  •  "         ' 

Past — Oolites  of  Oxfordshire  and  Yorkshire. 

Permian  Strata  of  Ensland. 

Lower  Carboniferous  Strata  of  Belgium  and  Westphalia. 

Nature  of  Calcareous  Deposits. 

Contemporaneity  of  the  Deposits  and  Oscillation  of  the  Land. 

Threefold  arrangement  of  Groups  with  a  calcareous  centre. 

Iso-diametric  aspect  of  Strata. 
II.  Carboniferous  Land-surface  of  Central  England— Existence  of  an  old  £.  and 
W.  Barrier. 


Digitized  by  V^OOQIC 


128  PROCEEDINOS  OP  THB  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Feb.  5, 

1.  Begion  North  of  the  Barrier. — South-easterly  Attenuation  of  the  Argil- 

laceo-arenaoeouB  Strata. — ^North-westerly  Attenuation  of  the  Calcareous 
Strata. 
Distribution  of  the  " Sedimentary"  Strata  and  of  the  Limestones  of  the  Car- 
boniferous Period : — 

South  Staffordshire.  Anglesea. 

Warwickshire  Coal-field.  Notts,  Derbyshire,  and  Yorkshire. 

Leicestershire  Coal-field.  Lancashire.* 

North  Staffordshire.  Cumberland. 

Flintshire  and  Derbyshire.  Scotland. 

2.  Begion  South  of  the  Barrier. — Eastwly  Attenuation  of  the  Argillaoeo-arena- 

oeous  Strata. — ^Westerly  Attenuation  of  the  Calcareous  Strata. 

3.  North  Atlantic  Continent. — Northerly  Drift  of  Sediment  during  the  Car- 

boniferous and  Mesozoic  times. 
m.  Summary  of  Conclusions. 

\Not€. — In  the  following  pages  the  term  "Sedimentary**  is  used  to  denote 
exclusively  such  inoi^nic  strata  as  sandstones,  clay,  shales,  &c.,  in  opposition  to 
Calcareous  strata  or  mnestones.] 

§  1. — Introduction, — ^A  large  and  interesting  field  of  inquiry  is 
open  to  us  in  comparisons  of  the  relative  distribution  of  the  calca- 
reous and  the  truly  sedimentary  members  of  different  geological 
formations.  We  have,  as  it  appears  to  me,  been  too  much  in  the 
habit  of  classing  limestones  (whether  coralline,  crinoidal,  shelly, 
or  oolitic)  as  strictly  sedimentary ;  yet  it  will  be  found,  by  such 
comparisons  as  those  alluded  to,  that  the  relation  which  is  borne 
by  sandstones  and  shales  to  limestones  is  one,  not  of  similarity,  but 
of  contrast.  In  other  words,  that  where  we  have  a  group  of  strata, 
as,  for  example,  the  Lower  Carboniferous,  composed  partly  of  "  sedi- 
mentary "  and  partly  of  calcareous  members,  it  will  generally  be 
found  that  the  one  series  is  complemental  of  the  other,  and  developed 
from  opposite  directions.  This  arises  from  the  differences  in  the 
origin  of  the  two  classes  of  stratified  rocks,  the  calcareous  being 
essentially  organic,  and  the  "  sedimentary  "  essentially  mechanical ; 
so  that  where  the  forces  and  agencies  tending  to  the  accumulation  of 
the  latter  are  in  active  operation,  these  very  forces  and  agencies  arc 
in  direct  antagonism  to  the  other,  and,  as  a  result,  calcareous  strata 
are  either  not  formed  or  only  sparingly*. 

(a.)  Of  these  two  ever-acting  principles  we  have  numerous  ex- 
amples both  in  recent  and  in  geologic  periods.  If  we  take  as  an  illus- 
tration the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  West  Indian  Islands,  we  find 
the  sediment  brought  down  by  the  Mississippi  forming  deposits  of 
sand  and  clay  which  are  spread  along  the  cocist  and  far  out  to  sea 
by  the  Gulf-stream,  while  around  the  West  Indian  Islands  coralline 

*  That  limestones  are  either  directly  or  indirectly  the  production  of  animals 
is  now  so  generally  admitted  that  it  seems  scarcely  necessary  to  cite  authorities. 
Bischoff  in  his  work  on  Chemical  Geology  (vol.  iu.  p.  35)  says,  "  So  long  as  the 
formation  of  mechanical  deposits  was  predominant^  the  organic  action  of  the 
marine  animals  that  separate  limestone,  or  at  least  that  of  the  corals,  could  not 
be  exercised.*'  This  passage  (which  did  not  come  under  my  notice  until  these 
pases  had  been  brought  before  the  Oeologioal  Society)  fully  bears  out  the  prin- 
ciple of  opposition  tetween  the  origin  of  the  two  classes  of  rocks,  which  1  am 
now  endeaTouring  to  illustrate.  See  also  lieut.  Nelson's  '  Account  of  the  Ber- 
muda Coral-formations,*  Trans.  G^l.  Soc.  2nd  series,  vol.  y. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HULL CABBONTFEBOUS  STRATA.  129 

limestones  are  being  accumnlated  in  a  dear  ocean*.  If  we  take  the 
North  Atlantic,  we  find  reason  for  believing,  on  the  evidence  of  the 
deep-sea  soundings,  that  the  central  area  is  composed  of  a  fine  cal- 
careous mudt,  the  production  of  Forarrdnifera  and  other  marine  ani- 
mals, while  along  the  shores  of  the  American  continent  and  those 
of  Europe  deposits  of  sand,  gravel,  and  day  are  in  course  of  accumu- 
lation. If  these  regions  were  elevated  into  land,  we  should  probably 
find  a  formation  composed  in  one  direction  of  limestone,  like  dialk, 
and  in  the  other  of  sandstones  and  shales,  both  classes  of  material 
being  developed  from  opposite  areas  of  dispersion. 

Indeed,  the  representative  positions  of  liie  pelagic  and  littoral  for- 
mations— the  one  calcareous,  the  other  sedimentary — are  very  dearly 
stated  by  Sir  C.  Lyell,  who  says  J,  "It  has  been  ascertained  by  sound- 
ings in  all  parts  of  the  world,  that  where  new  deposits  are  taking  place 
in  the  sea,  coarse  sand  and  small  pebbles  commonly  occur  near  the 
shore,  while  further  from  land  and  in  deeper  water  finer  sand  and 
broken  shells  are  spread  over  the  bottom  ;  still  farther  out,  the 
finest  mud  and  ooze  are  alone  met  with.  Mr.  Austen  observes  that 
this  is  the  rule  in  every  part  of  the  English  Channel."  I  think,  how- 
ever, that  experience  will  bear  us  stUl  further  than  this,  and  that 
we  may  regard  the  predominance  of  sedimentary  strata  as  highly 
unfavourable  to  the  development  of  calcareous,  in  the  same  group  of 
rocks. 

(6.)  The  same  general  principle  is  in  force  over  our  globe  at  the 
present  day,  and  probably  has  been  from  the  times  when  calcareous 
strata,  which  are  the  representatives  of  marine  life,  first  began  to  be 
formed.  Wherever  large  rivers  pour  sediment  into  the  ocean,  or 
where  currente  take  up  and  distribute  this  sediment  over  the  sea-bed, 
there  limestones  will  be  very  sparingly  formed.  On  the  other  hand, 
where,  from  certain  causes,  such  as  the  great  distance  from  land,  or  the 
absence  of  such  rivers  and  currents,  the  water  of  the  sea  is  dear  and 
fru  from  mvd  within  the  temperate  or  tropical  regions,  there  calca- 
reous matter  will  be  accumulated.  Of  the  strata  at  present  forming, 
the  great  calcareous  members  are  to  be  found  occupying  prindpally 
mid-oceanic  regions,  and  their  representative  sedimentary  members 
range  themselves  in  the  direction  of  the  coaste.  Still  there  may  be 
fr^uent  cases  where  the  limestones  may  be  formed  along  the  coasts 
of  large  tracts  of  land,  as  on  the  shores  of  Australia  and  Southern 
India,  but  in  every  such  case  there  is  an  absence  or  scarcity  of  sandy 
or  muddy  sediment  §.  Keverting  to  geologic  periods,  I  have  no  wish 
here  to  repeat  what  has  been  frequently  shown  by  Lyell,  Darwin, 
Phillips,  Godwin- Austen,  and  other  writers,  that  calcareous  forma- 

*  For  this  illustration  I  am  indebted  to  my  friend  Dr.  J.  Hector,  lately  Surgeon 
and  G^lodst  to  the  exploring  expedition  under  Capt.  Falliser. 

t  Capt.  Maury's  '  Physical  Geography  of  the  Sea.*  A  very  interesting  account 
of  these  soundings  has  been  pubiiuied  by  Dr.  Wallich  for  private  distnbution. 

t  *  Principles  of  Geolocy/  8th  edit  p.  770. 

I  On  this  point  Ehrenberg  states  "  that  he  nerer  saw  corals  grow  where  the 
sea  was  frequently  rendered  turbid  by  shifting  sand,  but  only  where  it  was  clear 
and  pure."^ — PoggendoriTs  Annal.  The  same  UatA.  is  stated  by  Bir.  Jukes,  Mr. 
Darwin,  and  other  writers. 

VOL.  XVni. PABT  I.  K 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


130  PR0CEEDIM06  OF  TH£  QSOLOeiCAL  SOCIETT.  [Feb.  5, 

tions  of  one  region  are  represented  by  shales  and  sandstones  in 
another ;  but  the  point  I  wish  to  urge  particularly  is  that  such  con- 
temporaneous strata  are  necessarily  developed  &om  opposite  direc- 
tionsy  and  that  the  region  over  which  one  of  these  classes  of  strata 
is  most  fully  represented  is  that  in  which  the  other  has  been  most 
sparingly  deposited.  Thus  the  White  Chalk  of  Europe  is  replaced 
by  sandstones,  shales,  and  lignite  in  America*,  in  which  there  is  very 
little  calcareous  matter.  We  ^lay  therefore  believe  that  a  dear  ocean, 
uncontaminated  by  muddy  sediment,  overspread  the  greater  part  of 
Europe,  while  the  waters  of  North  America  were  chained  with  sedi- 
ment. The  cause  of  the  change  of  mineral  character  is  here  sufficiently 
evident.  The  animals  which  flourished  in  the  clear  waters  of  Europe, 
and  by  whose  vital  powers  the  soluble  calcareous  matter  was  con- 
verted into  chalk,  were  incapable  of  living  where  the  sea  was  turgid. 
In  this  case  the  animals  were  Corals,  Sponges,  Bryozoa,  Cyiheridae^ 
and  Foraminifera, 

(c.)  Confining  our  view  to  narrower  limits,  let  us  take  for  another 
illustration  the  Great  Oolite  as  it  occurs  in  Oxfordshire  and  on  the 
east  coast  of  Yorkshire.  In  Oxfordshire  the  most  conspicuous  member 
is  the  ''  White  Limestone  "  (not  unlike  hardened  chalk),  interposed 
between  the  Btonesfield  Slate  series  f  and  the  Forest-marble.  The 
White  Limestone  is  generally  very  free  &om  any  admixture  of  sand 
or  day,  and  is  essentially  organic  in  its  composition.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  Forest-marble  and  Stonesiield  Slate  contain  a  large  admix- 
ture of  sedimentary  ingredients ;  but  neither  of  them  is  as  thick  as 
the  White  Limestone.  Yet,  when  traced  to  the  coast-section  of  Scar- 
borough, a  great  change  is  found  to  have  taken  place  in  the  relative 
development  of  these  three  members  of  the  Great  Oolite.  The 
lowest  and  highest  members  have  expanded  by  an  accession  of  sedi- 
mentary materials.  They  are  (as  it  seems  to  me)  the  ''  lower  "  and 
'<  upper  sandstone  and  shale  series,"  stated  by  Prof.  Phillips  to  be 
700  feet  in  thickness  (but  possibly  more),  wlule  the  central  calca- 
reous member  has  become  so  thin  and  debased  as  to  be  scarcdy  re- 
cognizable. 

(d,)  We  may  also  instance  the  Permian  Hocks  of  England.  Thus 
we  find  the  calcareous  members  attaining  their  maximum  development 
of  600  feet  according  to  Prof.  Sedgwick,  or  600  feet  according  to  Mr. 
Kirkby,  in  Durham,  dwindling  to  440  feet  in  South  Yorkshire ;  and 
when  last  exposed  towards  Sottinghaja,; showing  evident  symptoms  of 
debasement.  Over  these  di^cts  the  Lower  Permian  strata  are  but 
sparingly  represented,  but  as  we  proceed  south-westward  are  found 
gradually  to  augment,  till  in  Warwickshire  and  Salop  they  attain  their 
full  thickness  of  1500  or  2000  feet,  the  whole  of  which  is  formed  of 
sandstones,  shales,  breccias,  and  conglomerates.  It  will  be  observed 
that  the  points  of  maximum  development  of  the  calcareous  and  sedi- 

*  Lyell*8  Manual  of  Elem.  Qeol,  6th  edit.  p.  255 ;  Dr.  Hector,  Quart.  Joum. 
Qeol.  Soc.  vol.  xvii.  p.  412,  &c. 

t  In  the  Memoirs  of  the  G^logical  Surrey,  1858,  the  White  Limestone  is 
called  "  the  Upper  Zone,"  and  the  Stonesfield  Slate  "  the  Lower  Zone  *'  of  the 
Great  Oolite. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HT7IX CARB0NIFBB0U8  STRATA.  131 

mentary  elements  are  situated  at  opposite  extremities  of  the  area 
occupied  by  the  Permian  group. 

Fig.  1. — Comparative  Sections  in  Oxfordshire  and  Yorkshire,  showing 
the  Changes  in  the  Sedimentary  and  Calcareous  Members  of  the  Great 
Oolite,  when  traced  from  SovUh  to  North, 

8<mri>orough. 

:1 


1.  Cornbraah.  «!.  Oombnwh. 

2.  Forest-marble.  «2.  Upper  Sandstone  and  Shale. 

^'  ^Ht^***^'^  ""  ^^^  ^°*  ^"^  ^'^' }  =^-  I^estone. 

4.  Stonesfield  Slate,  or  Lower  Zone.  ■>4.  Lower  Sandstone  and  Shale. 

(«.)  To  take  another  example  of  development,  from  opposite  direc- 
tions, of  calcareous  and  sedimentary  strata,  we  may  select  the  Lower 
Carboniferous  Rocks  of  Belgium  and  Westphalia,  which  present  phe- 
nomena analogous  to  t^ose  of  the  same  formations  in  our  own  country. 
In  Belgium  the  Coal-measures  rest  upon  a  thin  floor  of  sandstone 
representing  the  Millstone-grit.  Below  this  is  the  Carboniferous 
limestone  in  great  thickness,  which  in  turn  rests  on  a  thin  series 
of  shales.  On  tracing  these  strata  north-eastward  towards  the  vla- 
ley  of  the  Bhine,  they  are  found  to  undei^  marked  changes  in  their 
development,  as  shown  by  Sir  R.  Murchison  and  Prof.  Sedgwickt. 
The  limestone  thins  away,  while  the  grits  and  shales  proportionably 
expand.  Thus  it  is  found  that  the  series  which  underlies  the  Coal- 
measures  of  Westphalia  resembles  the  Lower  Carboniferous  series  of 
Scotland,  consisting  of  sandstones  (Flotz-leerer  Sandstein)  and  shales 
with  Posidonomya  Becheri,  the  limestone  itself  having  disappeared*. 
These  changes  I  consider  to  be  intimately  connected  with  those  under- 
gone by  t^e  same  formations  in  Britain,  and  to  be  due  to  the  same 
general  cause,  namely,  the  northerly  drift  of  sediment  during  the 
Carboniferous  Period. 

Similar  illustrations  might  be  multiplied,  did  space  permit ;  but, 
without  here  entering  farther  into  the  general  principle,  I  will 
merely  state  my  belief  that  a  comparison  of  the  relative  distribution 
of  the  calcareous  as  distinguished  from  the  argillo-arenaceous,  or 
sedimentary,  strata  of  the  Carboniferous,  Devonian,  and  Upper  Silu- 
rian formations  would  show,  as  a  general  rule,  that  the  regions  of 
maximum  development  <^  the  one  series  are  those  of  minimum  de- 

*  "fiihiria"  2Bd  edit  p.  ^27. 

t  Although  there  is  a  marked  unconformity  between  the  Lower  and  ih&  Upper 
Oarbontfsrons  Rooks  of  Westphalia,  I  do  not  oonnder  it,  of  itself,  suffiaent  to 
aoooont  for  ihe  interchange  of  dcTclopment  between  the  arenaceo-aigilkceoos 
and  tiie  caloaraoiia  strata. 

k2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


132  PE0CKED1NO8  OP  THE  OBOLOOICAL  80CIBTT.  [Feb.  5, 

velopment  of  the  other,  and,  consequently,  that  the  relationship  of 
the  two  classes  of  rocks  is  complemental. 

Fig.-  2. — Section  of  the  Carboniferous  Rocks  of  Belgium  and  Westr- 
phalia,  showing  the  augmentation  in  the  thickness  of  the  "  Sedimen- 
tary "  Strata,  and  the  simultaneous  thinning-out  of  the  Carhoni" 
ferous  Limestone  towards  the  North-east. 

B.W.       Belgium.  The  Bhine.  Weetphdut.  N.B. 


1.  Coal-measures. 

2.  MillBtone-grit  (Flotz-leerer  Sandfltein). 

3.  Carboniferous  Limestone  (absent  in  Westphalia). 

4.  Lower  Shales,  expanding  in  Westphalia. 

*  DeTonian  Schists,  &c.  at  the  base  of  the  Carboniferous  Bocks. 

(/.)  I  have  already  hinted  at  the  cause  of  thia  inherent  distinction, 
but  it  may  be  as  well  to  state  it  in  more  precise  language.  As  lime- 
stones are  by  universal  consent  allowed  to  have  resulted  from  the 
exuviffi  of  living  animals,  they  will  be  accumulated  in  greatest 
quantity  wherever  the  conditions  of  life  are  most  favourable.  Now, 
tiie  fact  that  limestones,  when  they  occur  in  considerable  thick- 
ness, are  generally  pure,  and  free  from  foreign  matter,  shows  that 
one  of  the  first  requisites  for  limestone-making  animals  is  that  they 
should  inhabit  waters  free  from  mud  or  sand.  Where  the  White 
Chalk  is  in  greatest  thickness,  it  is  pure  ;  the  same  is  the  case  with 
the  OoHte  limestones  and  with  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  of  Derby- 
shire, which  is  of  enormous  thickness  and  contains  very  few  beds  of 
shale ;  but  whenever  these  massive  calcareous,  rocks  begin  to  be 
split  up  by  the  admixture  of  shales  or  sandstones,  they  become  im- 
poverished in  mineral  character  and  diminished  in  thickness*.  The 
formations  in  which  these  phenomena  occur  show  us  that  the  Mol- 
lusca  are  to  some  degree  independent  of  such  changes,  as  the  remains 
of  animals  of  this  class  are  often  abundant  in  sandy  and  muddy 
deposits  containing  small  quantities  of  lime ;  but,  as  a  general  state- 
ment, it  may  be  affirmed  Uiat  clear  and  unpolluted  water  was  essen- 
tial to  the  full  development  of  those  delicately  organized  animals,  the 
Foraminifera,  Zoophyta,  Polyzoa,  and  Crinoidea,  which  are,  and  have 
ever  been,  the  most  efficient  elaborators  of  limestone  rocks. 

It  is  almost  superfluous  to  observe,  that,  in  speaking  of  the  neces- 
sity of  pure  water  to  the  full  development  of  the  marine  animala 
above  named,  carbonate  of  lime  in  solution  is  not  understood  as  a 
source  of  impurity.  This  mineral  must  necessarily  be  present  as  the 
material  from  which  the  Zoophytes  and  other  animals  construct  their 

*  The  limestones  of  the  Culm  of  Devonshire,  as  compared  with  their  repre- 
sentatiTes  at  Bristol,  are  illustrations  of  this  principle.  At  Bristol,  where  it 
occurs  in  great  force,  the  limestone  is  pure  and  Grystelline ;  but  in  Devonshire, 
where  black  shales  are  largely  distributed  amongst  the  beds  of  limestone,  these 
latter  are  frequently  of  so  poor  a  quality  that  '•  even  in  the  richer  portions  there 
is  seldom  more  than  a  third  or  fourth  part  which  is  actually  burnt  for  lime.*' 
See  Memoir  of  Sedgwick  and  Murchison,  in  QeoL  TmoM.  2nd  ser.  toL  t.  p.  67i. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HXTLL CARBONIFEEOirS  STRATA.  133 

fitony  skeletons  and  habitations.  Carbonate  of  lime/  however,  when 
dissolved  by  the  agency  of  free  carbonic-acid  gas,  does  not  interfere 
with  the  transparency  of  the  water ;  and  this  transparency  is  the  all- 
important  condition  to  the  organic  growth  of  limestones.  And  not- 
withstanding that  the  amount  of  carbonate  of  lime  in  solution  in  the 
mid-ocean  is  often  extremely  minute,  yet  its  solubility  enables  it  to 
be  carried  to  all  parts  of  the  ocean  where  no  particle  of  sand  or  day 
can  reach ;  and  thus  it  may  be  possible  that  all  sedimentary  forma- 
tions have  had  contemporary  calcareous  representatives  at  some  one 
or  more  parts  of  the  globe. 

(g,)  There  is  one  objection  which  may  be  urged  against  this  view 
of  the  relations  of  true  sedimentary  and  the  calcareous  strata.  In  the 
cases  just  cited  of  the  Carboniferous  Eocks  of  Belgium  and  West- 
phalia, and  of  the  Great  Oolite  of  our  own  country,  the  development 
of  the  sandstones  and  shales  from  the  one  direction,  and  of  the  lime- 
stones from  the  opposite,  are  not  strictly  contemporaneous.  Thus  the 
lower  and  upper  sandstone  and  shale  of  the  Great  Oolite,  which  are 
thickest  in  the  North,  are  earlier  and  later  than  the  "  white  lime- 
stone," which  is  most  highly  developed  in  the  South.  This,  however, 
arises  from  the  very  slow  progress  of  those  changes  in  the  character 
of  the  land  and  sea  which  have  conduced  to  the  differences  of  the 
strata  formed  in  each  district.  While  the  low6r  series  of  sandstones 
and  shales  were  being  formed  over  the  Yorkshire  area,  the  sea-bed 
was  gradually  preparing  for  the  future  development  of  calcareous 
strata  over  the  Oxfordshire  area ;  and  while  limestones  were  forming 
under  Oxfordshire,  the  sea  of  Yorkshire  was  still  sufficiently  charged 
with  sand  and  mud  to  prevent  their  full  development  in  that  quarter. 
Another  change  occurred :  the  Yorkshire  sea  again  became  charged 
with  sand  and  mud,  which  so  far  extended  its  influence  to  Oxford- 
shire as  to  check  the  formation  of  pure  limestone. 

In  this  instance,  as  in  others,  there  was  a  series  of  oscillations  as 
the  two  agencies  alternately  predominated ;  but,  while  each  in  turn 
obtained  the  ascendency,  the  influence  of  the  other  never  entirely 
ceased  within  certain  Umits.  Thus,  while  sandstones  and  shales 
were  accumulating  in  Yorkshire,  sandy  limestones  and  calcareous 
shales  were  forming  in  Oxfordshire,  as  the  influence  of  the  calcareous 
element  was  always  more  or  less  in  force  in  the  southern  direction, 
when  it  was  entirely  overpowered  by  the  ascendency  of  the  sedi- 
mentary element  in  the  north.  And  if  we  adopt  the  conclusion  of 
Bischof,  that  it  is  impossible  for  any  carbonate  of  lime  to  be  preci- 
pitated at  the  bottom  of  the  open  sea  by  chemical  action,  but  only  by 
the  intervention  of  organized  beings,  we  must  allow  that  tiiese 
agencies,  by  whatever  terms  they  may  be  designated,  are  not  mere 
figures  of  speech,  but  real  and  ever-acting  forces*  of  nature. 

It  is  difficult  to  represent  by  means  of  a  diagram  what  is  here 
discussed;  but  perhaps  fig,  3,  representing  the  Great  Oolite  of 
Yorkshire  and  Oxfordshire,  may  assist  in  rendering  my  meaning 
more  dear*.     (See  also  fig.  1,  p.  131.) 

*  I  am  aware  that  Dr.  Wright,  than  whom  there  is  no  better  authorify,  calls 
in  question,  on  palaontolqgi(^  eyidenoe,  the  parallelism  here  stated,  which  is,  I 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


134 


pBocBEDnres  op  the  esoLoeiCAX  societt. 


[Feb.  5, 


Pig.  3. — Showing  ihe  JHttrUmtion  of  the  Calcareous  tmd  ^^Sedimen- 
tary'' Strata  of  the  Oreat  OoliU. 


Soatli 
Ozfordahire. 


8andiUme) 


Il^;arding,  then,  the  calcareous  strata  as  differing  in  their  origin 
and  in  their  mode  of  distribution  from  the  other  stratified  rocks  with 
which  they  are  associated,  it  appears  to  me  that  it  is  incorrect  to 
class  them  together  under  the  same  term  of  "  sedimentary."  I  there- 
fore propose  to  eliminate  the  limestones  from  this  category,  and  to 
place  them  as  a  distinct  class  of  rocks,  confining  the  term  "  sedi- 
mentary "  to  gravels,  sandstones,  shales,  and  clays,  with  their  vari- 
ations. The  presence  of  each  class  of  rock  in  the  same  geological 
group  is  no  argument  in  favour  of  their  similarity.  Whenever  inter- 
stratifications  occur,  they  may  be  regarded  as  occupying  the  neu- 
tral ground  between  their  respective  areas  of  dispersion  ;  and  I  have 
little  doubt,  could  it  be  possible  to  trace  the  sources  of  the  "  sedi- 
mentary "  strata  of  any  formation  on  the  one  hand,  and  of  the  lime- 
stones on  the  other,  they  would  be  found  expanding  in  opposite  di- 
rections, and,  as  it  were,  originating  at  opposite  poles.  The  relation- 
ship here  contended  for  wiU  be  rendered  more  clear  in  the  case  of 
the  British  Carboniferous  Kocks  by  the  iso-diametric  lines  presentiy 
to  be  described. 

(A.)  Cause  of  the  frequent  occurrence  of  a  Threefold  Arrangement  in 
Groups  of  Rochsy  with  a  central  Calcareous  Member. — We  cannot  fail 
to  have  observed  that  many  groups  have  a  tendency  to  arrange  them- 
selves into  threefold  divisions,  the  upper  and  lower  being  composed 
of  sands  or  clays,  the  middle  of  limestone.  This  has  been  remarked 
as  the  result  of  his  observations  on  the  continent  by  Sir  R.  Murchi- 
son,  and  we  have  many  examples  in  tins  country.  Thus  in  the 
Upper  Silurian  Rocks  there  is  a  calcareous  centre.  This  is  also  the 
case  in  the  Devonian  group  of  Devon  and  Cornwall,  the  Carboni- 
ferous, the  Permian,  the  Triassic  (when  complete),  and  the  Jurassic 
Rocks. 

Phenomena  of  so  general  a  character  cannot  be  accidental,  but 
must  be  in  accordance  with  the  system  of  nature.  May  not  the  fol- 
lowing be  the  true  (explanation  ? 

bdiieye,  in  aooordanoe  with  the  order  of  luooession  determined  by  Prof.  Phillips. 
Kotwithstandiiiff,  however,  the  existence  in  the  Scarborough  Limestone  of  an 
Ammonite  which  is  characteristic  of  the  Inferior  Oolite  in  Gloucestershire,  I  am 
ilrongly  inclined  to  beUere,  on  stradgraphical  grounds,  that  there  has  been  a 
"  migration"  of  species ;  and  that  this  is  a  case  where  identity  of  fossil  remains 
does  not  prove  that  the  strata  are  contemporaneous.  In  eidber  case,  the  illus- 
tration is  of  equal  value  for  my  purpose. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HULL — CAHBONIIXROITS  STEA.TA.  135 

We  may  consider  a  group  of  rocks  as  primarily  representing  thiee 
periods :  the  first  of  movement,  the  second  of  quiescence,  the  third 
of  movement  again.  We  have  already  seen  that  the  formation  of 
calcareous  strata  depends  mainly  on  the  absence  of  sandy  or  muddy 
matter  in  the  sea,  which  we  may  believe  would  be  most  likely  to 
occur  during  a  long  period  of  repose  from,  oscillations  of  land,  as 
every  movement  of  that  kind  would  tend  to  increase  the  quantity  of 
sediment  poured  into  the  sea.  Hence  we  have  the  following  paral- 
lelism in  the  three  stages : — 

Upper  stage  preseniinff  moremeiit  reauUinff  in  Bedimentaiy  strata. 
Middle  gt^        „        quieeoenoe  „  calcareous  strata. 

Lower  stage         ,,        moTement  ,»  sedimentary  strata. 

The  movements  of  the  introductory  stage  have  generally  been 
more  powerM  than  those  of  the  closing  stage ;  and  thus,  while  we 
seldom  or  never  find  a  Geological  Epoch  introduced  with  the  forma^ 
tion  of  limestones,  we  sometimes  fibad  limestones  maintaining  their 
position  to  the  close,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Clymenia-limestone  of  the 
Upper  Devonian  of  the  Rhine,  and  in  the  Upper  Silurian  Group  of 
North  America.  The  earliest  stage  is  generally  formed  of  sandstones 
and  conglomerates,  representing  those  physical  changes  which  intro- 
duced the  new  epoch. 

(t.)  IsO'diametrie  Lines, — ^We  may  regard  all  formations  composed 
of  sedimentary  materials  as  exhibiting  in  cross-section  a  figure  in- 
cluded by  the  arc  of  a  curve  and  its  chord  (fig,  4).  The  end  of  the 
figure  which  tapers  the  more  rapidly  will  represent  the  shore,  the 
other  the  sea-deep ;  and  the  form  of  the  figure  will  be  variously  mo- 
dified by  circumstances.  The  thickest  or  deepest  portion  will  be  not 
at  the  centre,  but  between  the  centre  and  the  shore. 

Kg.  4. — Diagram  representing  the  Primary  Section  of  a  Formation, 

Shore. 

0     d       o  Beft-BorCgtoe.  The  Deep. 


0 


Now,  if  we  divide  this  figure  by  a  series  of  lines  (A,  B,  C,  &e.,  and 
a,  by  c,  &c.),  each  decreasing  by  the  same  amount,  and  trace  these 
lines  over  the  region  occupied  by  the  formation,  each  will  be  a 
sort  of  stratigraphical  contour ;  but,  instead  of  representing  equal 
altitudes,  will  show  equal  thicknesses.  As  such,  these  lines  should 
properly  be  called  iso-picthic ;  but  this  word  is  so  difficult  of  pro- 
nunciation that  I  prefer  the  term  iso-diametrie,  or  simply  isometric. 
Such  lines  are  not  intended  to  show  the  present  or  actusd  thickness 
of  the  strata,  which  may  have  been  in  part  denuded,  but  the  original 
dwehpment  before  denudation,  and  may  thus  be  traced  over  areas 
where  the  whole  has  been  swept  away.  In  tracing  out  such  lines, 
it  is  necessary  to  make  accurate  comparisons  of  sections  scattered 
over  the  entire  area,  and  of  the  original  thickness  of  the  strata  which 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


13d  PBOCEBDDrOS  OF  TEE  OEOLOeiCAL  BOdETT.  [Feb.  5, 

are  either  partially  or  altogether  denuded,  estimated  upon  certain 
definite  principles.  Of  such  principles  the  development  of  calcareous 
and  *'  sedimentary ''  strata  from  opposite  directions  is  one  of  the 
most  important. 

It  will  be  perceived  that  isometric  Unes  may  be  used  in  repre- 
senting the  thickness  of  an  individual  stratum,  as  well  as  of  forma- 
tions, groups,  or  systems ;  and  the  chief  point  to  be  attended  to  in 
tracing  them  is  that  the  calcareous  elements  be  eliminated  from  the 
"  sedimentary." 

In  the  case  of  ''  sedimentary  **  strata,  a  series  of  isometric  lines, 
each  representing  an  equal  increase  or  diminution  in  thickness,  will 
become  nearer  or  wider  apart  as  they  approach  or  recede  from  the 
centre  of  maximum  development. 

In  the  case  of  calcareous  formations,  the  focus  or  centre  of  nuud- 
mum  development  will  be  at  opposite  points  to  that  of  the  *^  sedi- 
mentary "  in  the  same  group  or  system  of  rocks,  and  the  isometric 
curves  vrill  intersect,  gradually  diminishing  in  force  from  their  re- 
spective centres,  just  as  a  series  of  waves  propagated  from  two  centres 
of  disturbance  cross  each  other  and  gradudly  die  away  in  opposite 
directions.    (See  Map,  PL  VII.) 

§  n.  Carboniferous  Land-surface  of  Central  England, — Having 
thus  explained  the  nature  of  isometric  lines,  we  proceed  to  consider 
their  application  to  the  Carboniferous  Eocks  of  Britain.  I  believe 
they  wUl  be  found  of  essential  service  in  bringing  clearly  and  intel- 
ligibly before  the  eye  several  phenomena  connected  with  the  distri- 
bution of  the  sedimentary  as  compared  with  the  calcareous  portions 
of  this  group. 

It  is  necessary  that  a  few  words  should  be  said  in  reference  to  a 
point  of  interest  in  the  phpical  geology  of  our  island,  which  should 
be  clearly  understood  before  treating  of  the  distribution  of  the  Car- 
boniferous strata.  I  refer  to  the  existence  of  a  barrier  of  land 
which  there  are  grounds  for  supposing  to  have  stretched  from  Wales 
eastward,  skirting  the  southern  ends  of  the  South  Staffordshire  and 
Warwickshire  Coal-fields,  and  including  the  Cambrian  Bocks  of 
Chamwood  Forest.  The  evidences  for  the  existence  of  this  land- 
surface  I  cannot  here  stop  to  point  out  in  detail,  having  already  done 
so  elsewhere  * ;  suffice  it  to  say  that  they  are  numerous  and  satis- 
factory, both  on  general  physical  grounds  and  from  phenomena  ob- 
served in  the  mines  of  the  coal-fields  on  approaching  its  borders. 
This  barrier  (which  possibly  was  an  extension  of  the  Scandinavian 
promontory  on  the  one  hand,  as  very  clearly  indicated  by  Mr.  (God- 
win-Austen, and  thence  stretched  across  the  Insh  Sea  to  embrace 
the  Cambro-Silurian  districts  of  Wicklow  and  Carlow  on  the  other) 
divided  the  Carboniferous  Eocks  of  South  Wales,  Somersetshire,  and- 
Dean  Forest  from  the  coal-tracts  of  Central  and  Northern  England 
and  Scotland  (see  Map) ;  and,  as  we  shall  see,  the  strata  on  each 
side  belong  to  two  distinct  systems  of  distribution,  and  are  due  to 
two  different  sets  of  oceanic  currents. 

•  *  Th6  Coal-fields  of  Grcat  Britain,'  2nd  edit.  p.  246  e^  m^. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  hull — cabbonifssovs  strata.  137 

1.  Bbgion  Nobth  of  the  Barrier. 

(a.)  South-easterly  attenuaUon  of  the  ^'Sedimentary"  Strata; 
North-westerly  attenuation  of  the  Calcareous  Strata. — If  we  take  a 
series  of  vertical  sections  of  the  various  sandstones,  grits,  and  shales 
of  the  Carboniferous  Period,  from  the  midland  counties  of  Lei- 
cester, Warwick,  and  South  Stafford,  then  through  the  adjoining 
districts  to  the  north,  and  ultimately  into  Scotland,  we  shall 
find  a  constant  accession  of  material  edong  this  course.  Thus,  I 
find  that  the  increase  from  Leicestershire  to  Lancashire,  along  a 
line  running  north-west,  is  no  less  than  8000  feet  of  strata  in  a 
horizontal  distance  of  65  miles,  which  gives  a  slope  of  1  in  43,  or 
about  1^  30',  as  the  angle  of  increment  of  sediment  in  this  distance ; 
the  maximum  thickness  of  the  strata  in.  Lancashire  being  12,000 
feet,  and  in  Leicestershire  4000  feet. 

If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  make  a  similar  series  of  sections  of  the 
limestones,  from  Derbyshire  as  a  centre,  either  west,  north-west, 
or  north,  we  shall  find  that  these  calcareous  strata  constantly  di- 
minish in  thickness  in  these  directions.  In  other  words,  the  lime- 
stones become  thin  as  the  sandstones  and  shales  become  thick. 

We  may  thus  regard  Derbyshire  as  a  focus  of  activity  from  whence 
the  calcareous  elements  have  been  propagated  with  constantly 
diminishing  intensity,  at  least  in  the  directions  here  stated.  What- 
ever be  the  extreme  thickness  of  the  Derbyshire  limestone,  it  is 
apparently  not  less  than  5000  feet,  as  determined  by  several  mea- 
sured sections  of  the  Geological  Survey, — ^a  bulk  of  calcareous  matter 
truly  astonishing  when  we  regard  it  in  its  true  aspect  as  the  work 
of  marine  animals.  Nowhere  else  in  Britain  does  the  formation 
attain  such  vertical  dimensions ;  but  they  may  possibly  be  less  than 
those  which  it  reaches  in  the  B.ocky  Mountains  and  elsewhere. 
Traced  northwards  into  Northumberland  and  Scotland,  the  lime- 
stones, as  is  now  well  known,  dwindle  down  in  thickness  as  they 
become  more  and  more  mixed  with  transported  sediment,  and  in 
Lancashire  appear  on  the  point  of  expiring. 

Traced  southwards,  the  limestone  ends  against  the  shelving  shore  of 
the  old  land-surface  of  the  barrier,  as  at  Chamworth  Forest  (fig.  6) ; 

Eig.  5. — Section  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Triassic  Strata  lying  on  the 
edge  of  the  Cambrian  Bocks  of  Chamwood  Forest, 

Chamwood  Forest 


Gk«oe  Bien. 


1.  Triassic  Breocia.  3.  Carboniferous  Limestone. 

2.  Carboniferous  limestone-shale.  4.  Cambrian  slate  and  porphyry. 

or  is  altogether  absent,  as  in  South  Staffordshire*,  on  account  of 
this  district  having  been  above  the  sea,  as  shown  by  Mr.  Jukes  f. 

*  Murchison,  Proc.  Gteol.  Soc.  vol.  ii.  p.  407. 

t  '  Memoir  on  the  South  Staffordshire  Coalfield/  2nd  edit 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


138  PROCEBBINGB  OF  THE  eEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [Feb.  5, 

From  this  old  land,  however,  little  or  no  sediment  was  given  oflf,  as 
the  limestone  attains  a  very  great  thickness,  and  is  pure  dolomite  at 
a  short  distance  from  the  present  site  of  the  Cambrian  rocks  *.  Over 
Derbyshire  the  sea  must  have  been  remarkably  clear ;  but  it  became 
more  muddy  northward,  till  in  Scotland  the  sediment  was  so  abun- 
dant as  to  extinguish  life  in  the  Crinoids  and  Corals,  by  whose 
labours  the  limestone  was  formed.  Hence  we  have  a  clear  proof  thai 
the  sources  of  the  sediment  were  in  the  north. 

In  Yorkdiire  these  variations  in  the  relative  distribution  of  the 
calcareous  and  non-calcareous  strata  of  this  group  have  long  sined 
been  pointed  out  by  Prof.  Phillips.  In  a  diagram  appended  to  '  The 
Geology  of  Yorkslure '  these  variations  are  represented  by  an  in- 
genious design,  <'  and  prove,"  as  the  author  remarks,  '^  that  the 
agencies  which  resulted  in  the  formation  of  the  limestone  acted  with 
greatest  effect  from  the  south-east,  while  those  which  resulted  in 
the  deposition  of  sandstones  and  shales  acted  with  greatest  effect 
from  the  north-west." 

He  then  proceeds  to  trace  the  range  of  the  Lower  Scar-limestone, 
showing  that  towards  the  south-east  of  its  course  between  Bibbles- 
dale  and  Wharfdale  it  is  1000  feet  in  thickness.  Northward  at 
Pen-y-ghent  it  is  about  600 feet;  at  Kirkby  Stephen  even  less.  North 
of  the  Ime  frt>m  Kettlewell  to  Bar  Fell  it  becomes  split  up  by  beds  of 
shale,  grit,  and  coal,  which  continually  augment  northwards,  until  at 
length  it  assumes  all  the  characters  of  the  Lower  Carboniferous 
group  of  Scotland. 

He  then  shows  that  the  Yoredale  series  increases  in  thickness 
towards  the  north-west  (that  is,  in  the  direction  along  which  the 
Umestone  becomes  attenuated),  attaining  at  Bar  Fell  1000  feet  or 
more,  and  dwindling  down  to  300  feet  under  Great  Whemside. 

These  passages  describe  changes  in  the  Lower  Carboniferous  series 
of  Yorkshire,  which  are  applicable  on  a  much  wider  stage  to  Eng- 
land and  Scotland,  from  the  edge  of  the  harrier  northwards.  Had 
Prof.  Phillips  extended  his  observations,  and  followed  out  the  train 
of  thought  upon  which  he  had  entered,  1  can  well  understand  what  a 
fund  of  illustration  and  force  of  reasoning  this  subject  would  have 
received  at  his  hands. 

The  thickness  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  over  every  part  of 
Britain  is  indicated  by  the  isometric  lines  on  the  Map.  These  thick- 
nesses have  been  obtained  from  the  carefully  measured  sections  of 
the  Geological  Survey — so  far  as  it  has  extended,  and  from  the 
published  works  of  various  authors  in  the  northern  districts  of  Eng- 
land and  in  Scotland:  the  following  are  a  few  special  instances. 
Thus,  the  thickness  of  the  Umestone  in  Coalbrook-Dale  is  60  to  1 00 
feet ;  in  Denbighshire,  1000  to  1500  feet ;  in  Flintshire,  1000  to 
1500  feet ;  Anglesea,  360  feet ;  south  side  of  the  Lake  District, 
1500  feet;  Scottish  Borders,  500  feet;  the  Lothians,  162  feet;  and 
Lanarkshire,  less.  In  Fifeshire  it  is  sometimes  on  the  point  of  ex- 
piring. 

*  «  At  Breedon  Cload,  where  its  thickneaa  is  upwards  of  1000  feet,  with  few  or 
no  bands  of  shale. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HULL — CAKBONIFBBOUS  STRATA.  139 

(b,)  Distribution  of  the  '* Sedimentary*^  Strata  of  the  Garhomferovs 
Period, — ^The  isometric  lines  on  the  Map  will  indicate  better  than 
any  description  the  development  of  the  grits,  sandstones,  and  shales, 
from  the  north  towards  the  south,  collected  firom  the  most  reliable 
sources.     We  shall  commence  witii  South  Staffordshire. 

South  Staffordshire, — As  is  well  known,  the  Lower  Carboniferous 
Bocks,  including  the  MiUstone-grit,  are  absent  here,  for  the  same 
reason  that  the  limestone  is  absent,  namely,  that  this  was  a  district 
of  land  forming  a  portion  of  the  northern  side  of  the  barrier  at  this 
period.  As  the  land  became  submerged  during  the  Coal-period,  the 
sea  gradually  encroached,  and  spread  the  Coal-measures  as  far  south 
as  the  Lickey.  Notwithstanding  the  uneven  nature  of  the  Silurian 
sea-bottom  on  which  the  Coal-measures  were  spread,  we  feel  certain 
that  near  Dudley  there  exists  the  fall  series  of  the  Coal-formation, 
as  proved  by  the  fossil  shells  from  the  ironstones,  which  are  iden- 
ticsd  with  those  from  the  Lower  Coal-measures  of  Coalbrook-Bale 
and  Lancashire^.  Here  the  combined  thickness  of  the  lower, 
middle,  and  upper  Coal-measures  (as  determined  by  Mr.  Jukes)  is 
1810  feet,  which  becomes  considerably  expanded  north  of  Wolver- 
hampton. This  northerly  expansion  is  remarkably  exemplified  in 
the  case  of  the  '*  thick  coal "  of  Dudley,  which,  forming  at  tiiat  j^ace 
one  solid  seam  10  yards  in  thickness,  becomes  split  up  into  nine 
distinct  seams  by  the  intercalation  of  420  feet  of  strata  over  the 
northern  area  of  the  coal-field. 

In  the  Warunckshire  Coal-field  we  find  tiie  Coal-series  attaining, 
according  to  Mr.  Howell  t,  a  combined  thickness  of  2950  feet,  in 
addition  to  which  the  Millstone-grit  and  limestone-shale  is  500  feet. 
The  main  coal  here  also  presents  an  example  of  the  thinning  of  the 
strata  tow£u-ds  the  south ;  for,  at  the  north  side  of  the  field,  this 
seam  is  split  into  five  beds  by  the  intervention  of  120  feet  of  strata. 

In  the  Leicestershire  Coal-field,  the  Coal-series  attains  a  thick- 
ness of  about  2500  feet,  while  the  Millstone-grit  and  limestone-shale 
never  exceeds  150  feet.  The  "  main  coal"  of  Moira  offers  another 
illustration  in  addition  to  those  mentioned  above  of  southerly  at- 
tenuation t' 

The  three  coal-fields  of  South  Staifordshire,  Warwickshire,  and 
Leicestershire,  presenting,  as  they  do,  a  somewhat  similar  develop- 
ment of  sedimentary  strata,  lie  in  the  direction  of  the  same  series  of 
isometric  lines,  and  are  to  be  compared  with  the  coal-fields  of  North 
Staffordshire,  Notts,  and  Derbyshire,  immediately  to  the  north  of 
them. 

Nwrih  Staffordshire, — ^The  development  of  the  strata  in  this  coal- 
field, as  compared  with  that  in  any  of  the  three  just  described,  is 

*  The  following  are  some  of  these,  determined  by  Mr.  Salter : — Diacina  nitidti^ 
Producta  xabrictUa,  lAngula  eUiptica. — Mr.  Jokes's  Memoir,  2nd  edit.  p.  27. 
The  presence  of  these  Lower  Coal-measures  is  distinctly  stated  by  Sir  R.  Mur- 
chison  in  his  original  description  of  this  coal-field  (Proc.  G^L  Soc.  vol.  ii.  p.  407). 

t  "  Memoir  on  the  Warwickshire  Coal-field,"  Mem.  Geol.  Surr.  1859. 

\  Memoir  by  the  Author,  "  On  the  G^eology  of  Ashby-de-la-Zoucb,"  &c,  Mem. 
Geol.  Surv.  1860. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


140  FBOCSEDIKQS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIBTT.  [Feb.  5, 

great  indeed.  The  three  divisions  of  the  Coal-measures  attain  a 
thickness  of  6000  feet,  in  addition  to  which  the  Millstone- grit  and 
Yoredale  series  are  about  4000  feet,  forming  in  all  10,000  feet  of 
sedimentary  strata,  which  is  an  increase  of  6550  feet  over  the  War- 
wickshire coal-field.  The  Carboniferous  sands  and  days  appear  to 
have  been  poured  in  greatest  quantity  along  a  tract  of  country 
running  south-eastward  through  this  district,  causing  the  isometric 
lines  to  make  a  southerly  bend  when  crossing  it,  and  entitle  this 
tract  to  be  called  '*  the  line  of  maximum  accumulation  "  *. 

Flintshire  and  Derbyshire, — ^The  development  of  both  the  calca- 
reous and  "  sedimentsj'y  "  elements  in  these  counties  are  probably 
nearly  similar.  The  combined  thickness  of  the  upper,  middle,  and 
lower  Coal-measures  reaches  3000  feet ;  and  the  Millstone-grit  series 
from  800  to  1000 ;  in  all  3800  or  4000  feet.  The  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone varies  from  1000  to  1500  feet  f. 

Anglesea. — ^The  thickness  of  the  Carboniferous  series  in  Anglesea 
(as  determined  by  Prof.  Ramsay)  is  as  follows : — Coal-measures, 
1300  feet ;  Millstone-grit,  200  feet ;  Carboniferous  Limestone  (con- 
taining some  beds  of  sandstone  and  shale),  450  feet  t  •  separating 
the  two  elements  we  may  say  for  the  << sedimentary,"  1600  feet; 
for  the  calcareous,  360  feet.  The  whole  series,  however,  is  not  pre- 
sent, as  the  little  coal-field  has  suffered  from  denudation,  for  which 
allowance  must  be  made. 

NottSy  Derbyshire^  and  Yorkshire, — Crossing  the  limestone  anti- 
clinal into  Derbyshire,  we  find  the  thickness  of  tiie  strata  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Alfreton  as  follows : — lower  (or  Gannister  series),  middle 
and  upper  measures,  3500  feet ;  Millstone- grit  and  Yoredale  series, 
600  feet ;  in  all  4100  feet.  As  we  do  not,  however,  throughout  the 
whole  of  this  great  coal-field  reach  the  top  of  the  Carboniferous 
rocks,  which  have  either  been  denuded  or  are  hidden  beneath  the 
Magnesian  Limestone,  several  hundred  feet  ought  to  be  added  to 
the  above,  making  the  total  thickness  about  4500  feet,  as  compared 
with  2600  feet  in  Leicestershire.  The  thickness  of  these  strata 
augments,  though  not  rapidly,  along  their  extension  into  Yorkshire. 
The  development  of  the  series  in  Durham  varies  from  3500  to  4000 
feet. 

Lancashire, — In  this  county  there  is  a  greater  development  of 
Carboniferous  sedimentary  strata  than  in  any  district  in  England. 
The  upper  Coal-series  of  Manchester  is  2000  feet  in  thickness ;  the 
middle,  3200  feet ;  and  the  lower,  2000  feet ;  the  thickness  of  the 
Millstone-grit  series  is  unascertained,  but  is  at  least  3000  feet ;  and 
the  Yoredale  Eocks,  2000  feet ;  in  all  12,200  feet.  This  thickness  is 

*  I  maj  here  explain  that  it  appears  probable  that  the  barrier  of  land  was 
broken  through  to  the  south  of  Warwickshire,  allowing  the  northern  current, 
which  brought  the  sediment,  to  escape  through  the  opening.  (See  Map.)  On  this 
hypothesis  we  can  explain  the  enormous  accumulation  of  sediment  along  this 
line.  The  thicknesses  of  the  strata  are  taken  from  sereral  sections  made  by  the 
Qeoloeical  Survey. 

t  These  thicknesses  are  taken  from  the  horizontal  section  by  the  Geological 
Surrey. 

I  Horizontal  Sections,  Sheet  40,  with  description. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HTTLL CARBONIFEBOirS  STRATA.  141 

greater  than  that  of  North  Staffordshire  hy  2200  feet^  and  of  War- 
wickshire by  8760  feet*. 

CwmherUmd. — It  might  have  been  expected,  according  to  the 
principle  of  north-westerly  expansion  which  I  am  now  endeavouring 
to  explain,  that  the  sedimentary  series  of  Cumberland  should  be 
even  thicker  than  that  of  Lancashire,  lying,  aa  it  does,  to  the  north 
of  this  latter  county.  This,  however,  is  not  the  case ;  and  to  account 
for  the  meagre  development  of  the  Carboniferous  rocks  there  appeared 
to  me  for  some  time  extremely  difficult.  I  feel  confident,  however, 
it  is  only  an  apparent  anomaly,  and  is  capable  of  explanation.  The 
proximity  of  the  Cumbricm  Mountains  is  evidently  the  primary  cause 
of  the  thinness  of  the  strata ;  and  my  fiiend,  Mr.  Salter,  has  sug- 
gested to  me  that  a  shallow  sea  and  a  shelving  shore  are  sufficient 
to  account  for  these  phenomena.  There  is  at  least  another  explana- 
tion, and  that  is,  that  the  Cumbrian  Mountains  having  been  islands 
in  the  Carboniferous  sea,  and  rising  in  front  of  the  current  which 
brought  the  sediment,  caused  it  to  bend  from  its  course,  and  by  in- 
creasing the  velocity,  prevented  the  deposition  of  the  fiill  supply  near 
their  coasts.     Either  of  these  explanations  appears  sufficient. 

Scotland. — ^From  the  position  of  the  Carboniferous  rocks  which 
occupy  the  great  depression  between  the  Firths  of  Forth  and  Clyde, 
as  compared  with  their  representatives  soutii  of  the  border,  and 
from  the  substitution  of  stratified  shales,  sandstones,  <&;c.,  for  lime- 
stones in  the  lower  portion,  it  seems  probable  that,  when  the  whole 
series  was  originally  deposited,  the  sedimentary  portion  attained 
a  development  unsurpassed  in  any  other  district  in  Britain.  In 
reality,  however,  we  have  no  means  of  judging  of  the  thickness  of 
the  Upper  Coal-series,  as  it  is  incomplete,  a  vast  quantity  of  strata 
having  probably  been  removed  by  denudation  from  off  the  present 
coal-areas. 

The  highest  member  of  the  Carboniferous  series  is  the  **  Flat- 
coal  Group,"  representing  (as  shown  by  Messrs.  Howell  and  GFeikie) 
a  portion  of  the  true  Coal-measures  of  England,  as  being  more  recent 
than  the  Boslyn  sandstones,  the  equivalent  of  the  Millstone-grit f. 
The  thickness  of  this  division  is  1000  feet  in  the  Lothians,  and  840 
feet  in  Lanarkshire,  according  to  Mr.  Ealph  Moore  J.  The  **  Flat- 
coal  Group  "  would  appear  from  the  fosffll  shells,  which  consist  of 
various  species  of  Andiracosia,  to  be  the  equivalent  of  the  Middle 
Coal-series  of  England ;  and  we  have  hitherto  looked  in  vain  for 
representatives  of  the  Lower  Coal-measures,  or  Gannister  Beds,  with 
their  peculiar  Lower  Carboniferous  Mollusca.  The  Millstone  series 
is  then,  compared  with  that  of  Lancashire  or  Staffordshire,  only 
1500  feet,  as  is  also  the  case  with  the  **  Edge-coal  Group,"  while 
the  sedimentary  strata  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  have  enor- 
mously expanded.     It  thus  appears  that  there  has  been  an  increase 

*  Most  of  these  thickneesee  have  been  determined  bj  Mr.  fiinney,  F.B.S.,  with 
the  exception  of  the  Millstone-grit  and  Yoredale  series,  which  were  partlj  mea- 
•tored  bj  myself.  (See  Mr.  Binney's  papers  in  Trans.  Qeol.  Soa  of  Manchester, 
vol.  i.) 

t  "  Memoir  on  the  Geology  of  Edinburgh,"  p.  105. 1861.  }  '*  Yertioal  Sectioa." 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


142  PB0CEEDIN08  OF  THE  OEOLOGICAL  60CIEXT.  [Feb.  5, 

of  sediment  in  the  lower  portion,  and  a  decrease  in  the  upper,  as 
compared  with  the  northern  districts  of  En^nd. 

The  following  seems  to  be  the  correspondingseries  in  both  countries: 

Carboniferous  Series  of  England  and  Scotland, 

England  (Lancashire).  Scotland  (Lothians). 

Feet.  Feet 

1.  Upper  Coal-measupes 2,000  1.  (Lost  by  denudation  ?)    

2.  Middle  Coal-measoree    3,200  2.  rPartiaUj  denuded  ?) 1000 

3.  Lower  Coal-meaBures 2,000  3.  (Supposod  to  be  absent) 

4.  MiUstone^t 3,000  4.  Kosljn  Sandstone  Group    ...  1500 

5.  Yoredale  Rocks  2,000  5.  Edge-coal  Group 900 

6.  Lunestone (no "sedimentary"  6.  Lower  Carboniferous  series  ] 

strata)    2,000  (shales    and  sandstones,  j-  3000 


with  little  limestone) 


"1 


Total  "sedimentary"  strata. . .  12,200  Total  "  sedimentary"  strata. . .  6400 

It  will  thus  be  observed  that,  even  allowing  2000  feet  for  the 
upper  portion  of  the  Scotch  series,  lost  by  denudation,  the  amount  of 
"  sedimentary  "  strata  in  Scotland  could  not  reach  that  of  Lancashire, 
notwithstanding  the  accession  it  receives  in  the  horizon  of  the  Car- 
boniferous Limestone.  Future  investigation  will  probably  result  in 
adding  considerably  to  the  thickness  of  strata,  and  in  throwing  some 
light  on  the  equivalents  of  the  Gannister  Beds,  which  in  the  north 
of  England  form  a  most  interesting  and  important  group  of  strata*. 

Two  other  suppositions,  however,  may  be  advanced,  one  of  which 
is  that  we  have  here  a  case  of  compensation  not  unfrequently  to  be 
observed ;  and  that,  as  the  sedimentary  strata  have  received  so  large 
an  accession  in  the  lowest  member  of  the  series,  they  have  had  a 
corresponding  reduction  in  the  upper  portions  of  the  system,  as  com- 
pared with  England.  But  the  supposition  which  I  regard  as  the 
more  probable  is,  that  we  may  here  have  passed  across  the  position  of 
maximum  accumulation,  and  may  have  reached  the  point  where  the 
beds  begin  to  thin  away  in  the  direction  of  the  old  coast-line,  as 
represented  in  fig.  4,  page  135  f. 

2.  Bsoiov  South  op  the  Barrier. 

We  must  now  retrace  our  steps  to  the  district  south  of  the  barrier, 
which  includes  the  coal-fields  of  South  Wales,  Forest  of  Dean,  Bristol 
and  Somerset — ^Mr.  Godwin-Austen's  hypothetical  trough  of  the 
Thames  Valley,  and  the  culm  series  of  Devonshire. 

The  sedimentary  strata  of  this  region  appear  to  have  been  derived 
not  from  the  north-west,  as  in  the  case  of  Uie  coal-fields  north  of  the 
barrier,  but  from  the  west-south-west,  as  indicated  by  the  isometric 

*  Mr.  Geikie  has  suggested  to  the  author,  as  a  possible  explanation  of  the 
absence  of  the  Gannister  Beds  or  Lower  Coal-measures  of  England,  that  the 
Scottish  area  was  elevated  into  land  during  the  period  in  question. 

t  Taking  tlie  line  A  as  the  point  of  maximum  accumulation,  this  may  represent 
Ibe  Carboniferous  series  of  Lancashire  and  Yorkshire,  while  the  Scottish  Coal- 
fields will  be  situated  at  6,  and  the  English  at  B,  C,  D,  E, — ^E  being  the  THniBfaBiig 
poiat  towards  the  South-east  of  Bngluid. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HXTLL CAKBONIFEBOUS  8TKATA.  143 

lines.  The  variations  of  development  of  the  Carboniferous  rocks  have 
been  fuUy  discussed  by  Sir  H.  De  la  Beche*,  who  shows  that  the 
greatest  vertical  thickness  is  attained  in  Glamorganshire  of  12,000 
feet  or  more,  while  east  of  Bristol  the  same  beds  are  only  5500  feet, 
and  in  the  Forest  of  Dean  3385  feet  thick. 

To  what  extent  the  true  Coal-measures  once  surmounted  the  culm- 
measures  of  Devonshire  it  is,  of  course,  impossible  to  say ;  but,  from 
the  position  of  these  beds  with  reference  to  the  Glcunorganshire 
coal-field,  from  which  they  are  separated  by  an  anticlinal  axis,  there 
was  probably  a  large  amount  of  strata  now  lost  by  denudation.  We 
must,  with  Sir  E.  Murchisont,  regard  the  culm-measures  themselves 
as  the  representatives  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone,  and  probably 
the  Yoredale  series  and  Millstone-grit ;  but,  as  there  are  only  thin 
bands  of  limestone,  with  Posidonomya  Becheri,  to  represent  the  great 
limestone  formation  of  Bristol  and  Chepstow,  it  is  evident  the  "  sedi- 
mentary "  elements  have  predominate  in  Devonshire  to  the  disad- 
vantage of  the  calcareous.  These  changes  I  have  endeavoured  to 
illustrate  by  means  of  the  isometric  curves. 

The  Carboniferous  series,  therefore,  to  the  north  and  to  the  south 
of  the  barrier  belong  to  two  different  systems,  not  of  time,  but  of 
circumstances.  Their  materials  have  been  accumulated  in  nearly 
opposite  directions.  The  sources  of  these  materials  have  been  differ- 
ent, and  also  the  direction  of  the  currents.  That  the  Carboniferous 
series  was  connected  by  sea,  round  the  western  extremity  of  the 
barrier,  is  proved  by  identity  of  fossils  in  the  limestones  and  Lower 
Coal-measures  of  the  North  of  England,  Central  Ireland,  and  South 
Wales,  <fec.  In  each  of  these  districts  Pecten  papyraceus  and  Oonia- 
titea  Listen  occur  in  the  Lower  Coal  series.  The  calcareous  member 
was  more  fully  developed  in  the  east  than  in  the  west,  and  extends 
from  Somersetshire  into  France  and  Belgium,  until,  as  already  stated, 
it  thins  away  on  approaching  the  Rhine. 

3.  North  Atlantic  Continent. 

Readers  of  the  works  of  Sir  C.  Lyell  will  recollect  how  that  author, 
in  treating  of  the  distribution  of  the  Carboniferous  rocks  of  North 
America,  shows  that  the  sedimentary  materials  increase  in  thickness 
and  become  coarser  in  texture  as  they  approach  the  north-eastern 
seaboard.  Thus  in  Nova  Scotia  these  materials  attain,  according 
to  Dr.  Dawson,  a  thickness  of  14,000  feet  J,  in  which  the  limestones 
play  a  subordinate  part,  as  they  do  in  Scotland.  From  the  flanks  of 
the  Alleghany  range,  westward  and  southward,  into  Central  America, 
the  *'  sedimentary  '*  strata  gradually  thin  away,  while  the  calcareous 
as  constantly  augment  in  bulk,  until,  on  reaching  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, they  attain  magnificent  proportions  §,  forming,  as  shown  by 
Sir  J.  Richardson  and  Dr.  Hector,  the  huge  and  rugged  masses  of 
the  central  range.  The  tendency  of  the  calcareous  and  sedimentary 
elements  of  the  system  to  become  developed  in  opposite  directions  is 
therefore  strongly  marked  over  this  Continent. 

♦  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey,  vol  i.    t  "  Siluria,"  2iid  edit.  pp.  298  A, 
\  ''  Acadian  Geology."  §.  Quart  Joom.  GeoL  Soc.  vol.  xriL 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


144  PE0CEEDIWO8  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Feb.  6, 

From  the  north-easterly  expansion  of  the  sandstones  and  shales, 
as  well  as  their  increased  coarseness  in  the  direction  of  the  North 
Atlantic,  Sir  C.  Lyell  has  inferred  the  existence  of  a  continent 
(occupying  the  position  of  this  ocean),  from  the  waste  of  which  these 
strata  have  been  derived.  Mr.  Oodwin- Austen  has  also  indicated 
its  position*.  The  probability  of  such  a  continent  is  reduced  to 
certainty  by  the  similarity  and  frequent  identity  of  the  Carbonife- 
rous flora  of  Europe  and  America,  the  land  having  formed  a  bridge 
for  the  migration  of  the  plants  from  one  country  to  another.  We 
may  suppose  this  land  to  have  included  Greenland,  Iceland,  and 
Scsmdinavia.  Eecollecting,  then,  the  south-westerly  attenuation  of 
the  American  strata,  and  the  south-easterly  attenuation  of  the 
North-British,  can  it  be  doubted  that  the  same  continent  was  the 
parent  of  the  coal-bearing  strata  of  both  countries  ?  This  being  ad- 
mitted, we  may  also  idfer  that  the  shores  of  this  AdarUis  were 
washed  on  the  West  side  by  a  current  running  south-west,  which 
drifted  the  sediment  in  that  direction ;  and  on  the  other  by  a  cur- 
rent running  south-east,  which  carried  the  sediment  over  the  sub- 
merged portions  of  Scotland,  England,  and  Irelandf.  It  may  be 
assumed  as  a  general  principle,  that  all  the  oceanic  currents  north 
of  the  equator  running  west  come  from  the  north,  and  those  running 
east  come  from  the  south.  Hence  we  may  infer  that,  during  the 
Carboniferous  Period,  there  was  open  sea  in  the  arctic  regions  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere,  generating  an  arctic  current — a  proposition 
borne  out  by  the  occurrence  of  plants  and  shells  of  this  period  j:  as 
high  as  lat.  78^ ;  and  on  the  other  hand  we  may  infer  land  to  have 
existed  to  the  north  of  Europe,  or  at  least  of  Britain.,  whose  shores 
were  swept  by  a  current  similar  in  its  direction  to  the  Gulf-stream. 
Throughout  this  long  geological  period  did  these  currents  carry  the 
sands  and  days  southward ;  and  as  the  distance  from  the  sources  of 
these  materieds  increased,  so  did  the  amount  deposited  diminish; 
which  to  my  mind  is  a  satis&ctoiy  explanation  of  Uie  tTiiTining  out  of 
the  strata  in  certain  directions. 

I  would  here  beg  to  remind  the  Society  of  a  former  communica- 
tion, in  which  it  was  attempted  to  be  shown  that  the  sedimentary 
strata  of  the  Lower  Mesozoic  Formations  undergo  a  similar  diminu- 
tion of  volume,  when  traced  from  the  north-west  towards  the  south- 
east of  England.  Now  it  is  remarkable  that  the  line  of  maximum 
development  of  the  Carboniferous  and  the  Mesozoic  Eocks  very  nearly 
correspond  in  each  case,  stretching  from  Lancashire  in  the  direction 
of  London.  So  rapid  does  the  attenuation  of  the  Trias  and  the  Lias 
appear  to  be,  that  I  inferred  that  these  formations  would  be  found 
to  terminate  somewhere  about  the  position  of  the  Chalk  escarp- 

«  In  hiB  elaborate  memoir  "  On  the  possible  Extension  of  the  Coal-measures, 
&0.,"  Quart.  Joum.  GeoL  Soc.  vol.  xii 

t  I  do  not  propose  to  touch  on  the  subject  of  the  deriTation  of  the  Carbo- 
niferous strata  of  Belgium  and  Oermanj ;  but  there  can  be  little  doubt  of  the 
northerly  origin  of  ihe  sedimentary  strata,  drifted  bj  currents  from  land  lying 
to  the  eastward  of  the  Scandinayian  Promontory. 

I  Brought  to  this  country  by  Sir  £.  Belcher. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HULIr— CABBONIFER0173  SI&ITA,  145 

ment*.  Tho  whole  series,  therefore,  may  be  considered  as  a  system 
of  wedges  lying  with  their  thin  edges  pointing  towards  the  escarp- 
ment of  the  Chalk ;  and  the  absence  of  these  formations  under  the 
Cretaceous  Bocks  at  Harwich  (for  an  account  of  which  we  are  indebted 
to  Mr.  Prestwich)  is,  I  submit,  a  proof  of  the  soundness  of  the  views 
here  advancedf. 

Is  it  not  therefore  a  remarkable  circumstance,  that  the  north  has 
been  the  source  for  the  supply  of  so  many  non-calcarcous  formations, 
including  those  of  the  Carboniferous,  Triassic,  liassic,  and  Oolitic 
Periods,  and  that  there  has  been  a  general  *'  northern  drift,"  re- 
peated at  intervals  from  a  period  so  far  remote  (at  least  as  far  as  the 
commencement  of  the  Carboniferous)  until  that  immediately  pre- 
ceding our  own  epoch  ?  Such  a  series  of  events,  when  we  consider 
the  great  physical  changes  which  have  occurred  throughout  this 
enormously  long  period,  must,  I  think,  be  traced  to  some  general  law 
r^^ting  the  course  of  oceanic  currents,  and  exhibits  a  remark- 
able uniformity  in  the  operations  of  nature  through  long  periods  of 
geological  history. 

The  extent  of  the  land  which  was  capable  of  supplying  so  vast  a 
quantity  of  material  must  have  been  very  large,  and,  judging  by  the 
characters  of  some  of  the  Carboniferous  and  more  recent  strata,  seems 
to  have  been  composed  principally  of  granitoid  or  metamorphic 
rocks.  Its  southern  limits  may  have  reached  the  western  and  northern 
coasts  of  Scotland ;  and  the  Highland  mountains  may  have  formed 
outlying  islets  and  headlands. 

§  IIL  Summary  of  Oonelusions. 
(General.) 

1.  It  appears,  from  the  above  considerations  and  examples,  which 
farther  research  will  enable  us  to  multiply,  that  calcareous  strata  are 
distinct  from  argillaceo-arenaceous,  not  only  from  differences  of  ori- 
gin (a  fact  now  generally  admitted),  but  also  in  the  manner  of  their 
distribution ;  so  that  limestones  ought  to  be  removed  from  the  class 
of  rocks  termed  "  sedimentary." 

2«  That  in  any  natural  group  or  system  of  strata,  consisting,  on 
the  one  hand,  of  *^  sedimentary  "  strata,  and  on  the  other  of  calca- 
reous, it  appears  that  the  dir^ion  of  tiie  greatest  vertical  develop- 
ment of  the  one  will  be  that  of  the  smallest  vertical  development  of 
the  other.  In  a  word,  where  the  one  gets  thin,  the  other  gets  thick. 

3.  That,  on  the  principles  here  stated,  the  frequent  occurrence  of 
natural  groups  of  rocks  consisting  of  three  members,  the  first  and 
third  "  sedimentary,"  the  second  (central)  calcareous,  admits  of  ex- 
planation. 

*  ** On  the  Soath-easterlv  Attenuation  of  the  Lower  Secondary  Bocks,  Sec,*' 
Quart  Joum.  Qeol.  See.  toI.  xvi. 

t  In  my  wprk  on  *The  Coal-fielcU  of  Great  Britain/  I  have  given  a  full 
exposition  of  these  views,  and  a  section  showine  the  limits  of  the  Carboniferous 
and  Mesozoic  Bocks  over  the  South-east  of  England  (pp.  253  et  seq.,  2nd  edit). 

VOL.  XVin. PABT  I.  L 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


144  PBOCBBDIKeS  OF  XHS  GBOLOeiOAX  80CIETT. 

(Special.) 

4.  That  a  bairier,  or  tract  of  dry  land,  existed  nearly  across  Cen- 
tral England,  dividing  tke  Carboniferous  Bocks'  into  two  distinct 
regions. 

5.  That  to  the  north  of  this  barrier  the  "  sedimentary  "  strata  of 
the  Carboniferous  Period  become  attenuated  from  north- west  to 
south,  while  the  calcareous  strata  thin  out  from  south  to  north, 
Derbyshire  being  the  centre  of  greatest  development. 

6.  That  to  the  south  of  this  barrier  the  "sedimentary"  strata 
become  attenuated  from  west  to  east ;  while  the  calcareous  thin  out 
tram  east  to  west 

7.  That,  while  on  the  north  side  of  the  barrier  there  was  a  cur- 
rent bringing  the  sediment  from  the  north,  on  the  south  side  there 
was  a  current  bringing  sediment  from  the  west. 

8.  That  richly  productive  Coal-measures  do  not  exist  under  the 
Eastern  Counties. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


147 


DONATIONS 


TO  THK 


LIBRARY  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Frwn  November  let  to  December  Slit,  1861* 


I.  TRANSACTIONS  AND  JOURNALS. 

Presented  by  the  respective  Societies  and  Editors. 

Albany.  Forty-second  Anmial  Report  of  the  Trustees  of  the  New 
York  State  library.  Transmitted  to  the  Legislature,  April  3, 
1860.     1860.  From  the  New  York  State  Library,  Albany. 

.     Forty-third:  April  9, 1861.     1861. 

Seventy-third  Annual  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  Uni- 


versity of  the  State  of  New  York.  Made  to  the  Legblature,  January 
13, 1860.     1860. 

— .    Seventy-fourth:  made  to  the  Legislature,  January  17, 1861. 
1861. 

Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University  of 


the  State  of  New  York,  on  the  condition  of  the  State  Cabinet  of 
Natural  History  and  the  Historical  and  Antiquarian  Collection 
annexed  thereto,  &c.  Made  to  the  Assembly,  March  15, 1859. 
1859. 

J.  Hall. — Contributions  to  the  Palaeontology  of  New  York  (1865- 
58),  7  (woodcuts). 

— .    Thirteenth  Annual  Report  of  the  Regents  of  the  University 
of  the  State  of  New  York.    Made  to  the  Senate,  April  10,  1860. 
1860. 
J.  HalL — Contributions  to  Paleontology  (1858-59),  55  (woodcuts). 

— .    Fourteenth :  made  to  the  Assembly,  April  10, 1861.    1861. 

L.  Lincklaen. — Guide  to  the  Geology  of  New  York,  17  (19  plates). 
J.  Hall-Contributions  to  PalsBontoIogy  (1869-60),  89. 

l2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


148  BOKATIOKS. 

American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.    Second  Series.    VoL  zzxii. 
Nos.  95  and  96.     September  and  November  1861. 

J.  M.  Ordway.— Wateiglass,  153,  837. 

F.  B.  Meek  and  A.  H.  Worthen.— The  age  of  the  Goniatite-lime- 
stone  at  Rockford,  Indiana,  167. 

L.  Lesouereux. — The  Coal-formations  of  North  America,  193. 

6.  H.  Cooke.— The  White  Limestone  at  Sussex  and  Franklin  Zinc- 
mines,  New  Jersey,  208. 

B.  F.  Shumaid.— -The  Primordial  Zone  of  Texas,  with  New  Fossils, 
213. 

F*.  Biiiinffs.— The  Red  Sandstone  of  Vermont,  232. 

S.  W.  Johnson. — ^Agricultural  Chemistry,  233. 

F.  B.  Meek.— The  Cretaceous  and  Carboniferous  Rocks  of  Texas,  278. 

J.  P.  Lesley. — ^The  North  American  Coal-measures,  281. 

T.  S.  Hunt — ^The  origin  of  some  Magnesian  and  Aluminous  Rocks, 

286. 
J.  M.  Gillis. — Earthquake  on  the  island  of  Penang,  297. 
Earthquake  at  Syracuse,  New  York,  297. 
Eckfeldt — ^Natural  dissemination  of  Gold,  297. 
J.  Evans,  Obituary  Notice  of,  by  C.  T.  Jackson,  311. 
L.  Lesquereux. — ^Fossil  Fruits  m  the  lignite  of  Brandon,  Vermont, 

356. 
W.  Fairbaim. — Address  to  the  British  Association,  363. 

C.  W.  Eliot  and  F.  H.  Storer.— Arsenic  and  Zinc,  380. 

0.  C.  Marsh.— Gold  of  Nova  Scotia,  395. 

J.  L.  Cassels. — Meteorite  which  fell  in  Hindostan  in  1857,  401. 
Spectrum-analpis,  408 ;  Caesium  and  Rubidium,  409 ;  Thallium,  411. 
H.  St-Cl.  Deville.— Reproduction  of  certain  Crystalline  Iklinerals, 

415. 
J.  Nickl^ — ^The  so-called  Semi-metals,  416. 
T.  S.  Hunt— On  the  "  Taconic  System,"  427. 

1.  G.  St  Hihdre.— On  Species,  431. 
W.  Haidinger. — ^Meteontes,  440. 

Assurance  Magazine  and  Journal  of  the  Institute  of  Actuaries,  No. 
47.    Vol.  X.     Parti.     October  1861. 

Athenaeum  Journal.    Nos.  1775-1783. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 
Swedish  Expedition  to  Spitzbergen,  760. 
Eruption  of  Vesuvius,  884. 

Berlin.   Zeitschrift  d.  Deutsch.  gool.  Gesellschaft.  Vol.  xiii.  Heft  1. 
1861. 

Proceedings,  1-5;  Letters,  lG-19. 

A.  von  Strombeck. — Ueber  den  Gault  und  insbesondere  die  Qargas- 

Mergel  (Aptien,  d'Orb.)  im  nordwestlichen  Deutschland,  20. 
R.  Bunsen. — Ueber  die  Bildung  des  Granites,  61. 
A.  Streng. — ^Zur  mineraloj^schen  imd  chemischen  Kenntniss  der 

Melaphyre  und  Poiph\Tite  des  sudlichen  Harzrandes,  64. 
C.  Rammelsberg. — Die  Pseudomorphosen  in  Leucitform  von  Boh- 

misch-Wiesenthal,  96. 
M.  Deiters. — Die  Trachytdolerite  des  Siebengebirges,  99  (2  plates). 

Canadian  Journal.     New  Series.     Nos.  35  and  36.     September- 
November  1861. 
T.  S.  Hunt— Canadian  Chloritoid,  484. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKATIOKS.  149 

Canadian  Journal.    New  Series.    Nos.  35  and  36  (continuid). 

R  J.  Chapman. — ^Freshwater  Shells  in  the  Upper  Drift  of  Western 

Canada,  497. 
— .    Minerals  and  Geology  of  Canada,  425,  500. 

.    Lazulite,  465. 

H.  Milne-Edwaids. — ^Molluscs  and  Zoophytes  at  great  sea-depths^ 

518. 
L.  SaBmann. — ^Unity  of  geological  phenomena  in  the  planetary 

system  of  the  sun,  525. 
Coal-deposits  of  British  colonies  in  the  South,  478. 
Mineralogical  Notices,  526;  Notices  of  Books,  528. 

Chiistiania.  Del  Eongelige  Norske  Erederiks  Universitets  Stiftelse 
FremstiUet  i  Anledning  af  dets  Halvhondredaarfest  af  M.  J. 
Monrad.  Universitets-Program.    1861. 

.    Forhandlinger  i  Videnskabs-SelBkabet  i  Christiania.    Aar 

1860.    1860. 

Sars. — Oyer  de  i  vor  Glacialformation  indsluttede  organiske  Lev- 
ninger,  104. 

.    Solennia  Academica  Universitatis  Liter.  Reg.  FredericaneB 

ante  50  annoa  conditse  die  2  Sept.  anni  kdccclxi.  celebranda  in- 
dioit  Senatos  Acad.    1861. 

Colliery  Guardian.    Vol.  ii.    No.  52.    December  28, 1861. 
W.  W.  Smyth.— licctures  on  Mining,  433* 

Critic.    Vol.  xxiii.    Nos.  591-599. 

Notices  of  the  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

D.  Page's  'The  Past  and  Present  Life  of  the  Globe,'  noticed,  543. 
G.  Rorison's  'The  Three  Barriers,'  noticed,  544. 

H.  Miller's  '  Footprints  of  the  Creator,'  noticed,  545. 

Geneva.  Memoires  de  la  Soc.  Phys.  et  d'Hist.  Nat.  de  GeneTe. 
Vol.  xvi.    1st  Part.     1861. 

E.  Ritter. — Recherches  sur  la  figure  de  la  terre,  165. 

Geologist.  Vol.  iv.  Nos.  47  and  48.  November  and  December 
1861. 

S.  J.  Mackie. — Cervus  teiracroceros?  from  Folkestone,  465. 

G.  E.  Roberts. — Deep  sinking  for  coal  in  the  Wyre  Forest  Coal-field, 

468. 
C.  C.  Blake. — ^Distribution  of  Mastodon  in  South  America,  469. 
J.  Delbos.— Geoloffv  of  Biacrritz,  473. 

E.  Hull — Glacial  Phenomena  of  Wastdale,  Cumberland,  478. 
J.  H.  Macalister.— Fossils  of  North  Bucks,  481. 
J.  Plant — ^Human  Remains  in  the  Trent  VaUey,  495. 
K  Suess. — ^Large  Camivora  of  the  Austrian  Tertiaries,  496. 
Report  of  the  Meetings  of  the  German  Association,  501. 
J.  Whitaker  and  T.  T.  Wilkin&on.— The  Burnley  Coal-field,  508. 
T.  A.  Readwin. — Gold  in  Merionethshire,  511. 
H.  Eley. — ^Acciunulation  of  Earth  in  caves,  521. 
C.  C.  Blake.— Creation  by  law,  525. 
A.  C.  Ramsay. — Glaciers  in  Wales,  530. 
J.  W.  Salter.— SigiUaria  and  Bivalves  of  the  Coal-measures,  532. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


150:  BQVATIOKS. 

Geologiflt.    Vol.  iy.    Nog.  47  and  48  (continued). 

-      J.  H.  ftnd  G.  Gladstone. — ^Aluminous  mineral  &om  the  Cluilk  of 
Brighton,  635. 
C.  Gould.— Geology  of  Tasmania,  536. 
R.  R  Scott— Granites  of  Donegal,  537. 
W.  Fabbaim.— Temperature  of  the  Earth's  Crust,  540. 
R.  Mallet. — ^Velocity  of  Earthquake-waves,  542. 
J.  Borwick. — Ebctinct  Volcanos  of  Western  Victoria,  643. 
E.  Belcher. — Glacial  phenomena  of  N.W.  America,  544. 
Vaughan. — Subterranean  movements,  545. 
C.  B.  Gordon. — ^Formation  o  fland,  547. 
Proceedings  of  Geological  Societies,  605,  548. 
Notes  and  Queries,  517,  554;  Reviews,  517,  559. 

Halle.  Zeitschrift  fiir  die  gesammten  NaturwiBsenschaften.  Her- 
ausgegeben  von  dem  Naturw.  Ver.  f.  Sachsen  u.  Thiiringen  in 
Halle,  redigirt  von  C.  Giebel  und  W.  Heintz.     Vol  xf.    1860. 

O.  Heer. — ^Die  klimatischen  Verhaltnisse  des  Tertiarlandes,  1. 
A.  Kenngott. — ^Ue|)er  die  Zusammensetzung  einer  Vesuvlava,  102. 
fl.  Suckow. — ^Ueber  den  Kohlenstoff  in  den  Urgebirgsgesteinen,  275. 
fl.  B.  G^einitz. — Die  Zukunftsgeologie  und  Hm.  Volgers  Schrifb  iibeF 

die  Steinkohlenbildung  Sadisens,  148. 
C.  Giebel.— Ueber  Hm.  von  Schauroth's  Kritik  der  Muschelkalk- 

petrefakten,  42. 
W.  Heintz. — ^Ueber  den  Btassfurtit  und  Boracit,  155. 
W.  Lilljeboig. — ^Fund  eines  fossilen  Walfischskelets  in  Roalag,  279. 
Raman. — Die  Trias  der  Umgegend  Amstadts,  325. 
Notices  of  Geological,  Mineralogical,  and  Palseontological  works. 

.    .     VoLxvi.     1860. 

K  Chop. — ^Ueber  den  Sondershausen  Muschelkalk,  48. 

C.  Darwin. — G^eologi8che  Aufeinanderfolge  organischer  Wesen,  125. 

A.  Delesse. — ^Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Pseudomorphosen,  136. 

C.  GiebeL — Neue  .^chna  aus  dem  lithographischen  Schiefer  Solen- 

hofenj  127  (plate). 
.    Zur  Fauna  der  Braunkohlenformation  voii  Rippersroda,  147 

(plate). 

.    Aechte  Knochenfische  im  Steinkohlen^birge,  324. 

J.  Steenstrup. — ^Die  Knochenbreccien  am  Adnatiscnen  imd  Mittel- 

meere,  183. 
Ft.  Ulrich. — ^Die  Mineralvorkommnisse  in  der  Umgegend  von  Goslar 

nach  ihren  Fundorten  zusammengestellt,  209. 
0.  GiebeL — Der  Lias  in  den  CordiUeren  S.-Amerikas,  54. 
.    Analysen  des  ooUthischen  Thoneisensteinsbei  Sommerschen- 

burg,  339. 
.    Zur  Flora  der  sachsisch-thiiringischen  Braunkohlenforma- 
tion, 517. 
M.  Siewert— Ueber  Wolfiiamstahl,  332. 
E.  S()chting. — ^Ueber  den  Einschluss  von  Fliissigkeiten  in  Minera- 

Uen,460. 
Notices  of  Geological,  Mineralogical,  and  PaliBontological  works. 

Institation  of  Oivil  Engineers.  The  National  Defences,  by  Q.  P. 
Bidder.  1861.  Excerpt,  Minutes  of  Proceedings,  Vol.  zz.  Ses- 
sion  1860-61. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


D0VATI0V8,  Ifil 

InsUtotioii  of  Civil  Engineen.    Abstraoti  of  Frooeediags,     Satrimi 
1861-62.   N08.I-6. 

J.  A.  Longridge.— The  Hooglilj  and  the  MutU  BiTm,  3. 

linnean  Sodeiy.    Journal.    YoL  tL    No.  21.    Noyember  1^  1861. 

literary  Gaiette.    New  Series.    Vol.  Tii.    Nos.  175, 178, 180, 181, 
183. 

Notioes  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  ftc 

liyerpool  Geological  Sooiety.    Froceedings,    S^obs  lit  and  2iid, 
1860-61.    1861. 

Q,  H.  Morton. — ^Basement-bed  of  the  Eeuper  in  Wirral|  4. 

,    Geology  of  Shelve,  Shropshire.  7. 

W.  8.  Horton.— Oolitic  strata  of  Wilts,  Glooeestershin,  and  York- 
shire, 8. 
H.  Duckworth. — ^Fossils  of  Peiim  Island,  Gtdf  of  Oambay,  9. 
G.  S.  Worthy.— Aust  Cliff,  Gloucesterslure,  10. 
D.  Walker.— Arctic  Regions  visited  hj  the  '<Fox  "  in  1867-68,  IL 
G.  H.  Morton. — ^Pleistocene  deposits  in  the  vicinity  of  liveipooli  12, 

.    Laws  and  List  of  Members  1861. 

London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin    Philosophical  Magaiina.     4th 
.    Series.    YpL  ttji,     Nob.  148  and  149.    November  and  December 
1861. 

G.  Eirchhoff  and  R.  Bunsen. — Spectram-analyns,  829. 

W.  Haidinger. — Considerations  on  Meteorites,  3^. 

F.  Field.— Silicates  of  Copper  from  Chili,  86L 

R.  Everest — Deep-water-unes  around  the  British  IsleSi  408. 

J.  Harley. — ^Ludlow  Bone-bed  and  Conodonts,  404. 

J.  Powne.— Old  Red  Sandstone  of  For&rshire,  404. 

J.  L.  Playfiair.— Volcano  at  Edd,  406. 

C.  Murray. — Earthquake  at  Mendoza,  406. 

J.  W.  Dykes. — ^Increase  of  Land  on  the  Coromandel  Cosst,  406. 

W.  Haicunger. — ^Meteorites,  442. 

Frankland. — ^Lithium-spedrum,  472. 

London  Review.    Yol.  ii.  No.  42.    YoL  iii.  Noe.  71-78, 
Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

Longman's  Notes  on  Books.    Vol.  ii.    No.  27.    November  30, 1861. 
H.  W.  BristoVs  '  Glossary  of  Mineralogy,'  noticed,  186. 

Manchester  Geological  Society.    Transactions.     Session  1861-62. 
Nos.  7  and  8. 

R  Lacey  and  E.  W.  Binney. — ^Lead-ore  in  the  coal-measures,  186. 


J.  Taylor. — Pleistocene  Deposits  on  the  Stockport  and  Woodley 

Railway,  147. 
J.  Ghoodwin. — ^Ventilation  of  Mines,  164. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


152  poKATioira. 

Ueohamcs'  Ifagazine.    New  Series.   Vol.  vi.    Nos.  149-157. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

Metallurgy  of  Copper,  289. 

G.  Simpson. — ^Ventilation  of  Mines,  389. 

Hilan*    Memorie  del  R.  I.  Lombardo  di  So.,  Lett,  ed  Arti.    Ser.  2. 
Vol.ii.    rasc.5.    1861. 

.    Atti  del  R.  I.  Lombardo.    Vol.  ii.    Fasc.  10-14.    1861. 

L.  Magrim. — Sulla  Meteora  cbe  nella  sera  del  4  Marzo  1861,  colpiya 
la  Cattedrale  di  Milano,  284 

Mining  Review.    Vol.  iv.    No.  159.    November  6, 1861. 

MontreaL    Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist.     Vol.  vi.     No.  5. 
October  16,  1861. 

K  Billings. — Graptolites  at  the  base  of  the  Lower  Silurian  rocks, 

844. 
T.  S.  Hunt— Barrande's  Primordial  Zone  and  Emmons's  Taconic 

Svstem,  874. 
R.  L  Murchison. — Geological  Address  given  at  Manchester,  898. 

Moscow.    Bulletin  de  la  Soc.  Imp.  des  Nat.  de  Moscou.     Ann^ 
1860,  No.  2.    1860. 

H.  Trautschold. — Ueber  die  stratigraphischen  Verhaltnisse  des  Gou- 

vemement  Kalu^  589. 
V.  Kiprijanoff. — ^Fisdireste  im  Eiu'kischen  eisenhaltigen  Sandsteine, 

601  (4  plates). 

. .    Nos.  3and4.    1860. 

V.  Kiprijanofif. — ^Fichreste  im  Kurkischen  eisenhaltigen  Sandsteine, 

40  (plate). 
R.  Hermann. — Ueber  die  Zusammensetzimg  der  Epidote,  191. 
N.  B.  de  Mamy. — ^Ueber  die  Entdeckung  von  Kammererit  im  Beig- 

bezirke  Ufalensk  (Ural),  200. 
R.Ludwi^. — Die  Lagenmgsverhaltnisse  der  productivenSteinkohlen- 

formation  im  Gouvemement  Perm,  223  (map). 
H.  Trautschold. — Recherches  g^ologiques  aux  environs  de  Moscou : 

couche  jurassique  do  Galiowa,  838  (3  plates). 
W.  Haidmger.— Ueber  das  von  H.  Dr.  J.  Auerbach  in  Moskau 

entdeckte  Meteoreisen  von  Tula,  362. 
E.  von  Eichwald. — Ueber  die  Saugethiere  der  neuem  Molasse  des 

sUdlichen  Russlands,  377. 
R  Hermann. — Ueber  monoklinoedrischcs  Magnesiahydrat  oder  Tex- 

alith,  675. 

.  Nouveaux  Memoires  do  la  Soc.  Imp.  des  Nat.  do  Moscou.  VoL 

xiii.    Livr.  2.    1861. 

Munich.    Sitzungsberichte  der  k.  Bayer.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.  zu 
MUnchen.    1861,  L    Heft  4.    1861. 

Offenbach.    Zweiter  Bericht  des  Gffenbacher  Vereins  fiir  Natur- 
kunde.    1861. 

0.  Volger. — Zur  Kenntniss  der  Orthoceraten  und  Belenmiten,  be- 
senders  der  Belemnitellen,  59  (plate). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


soKAnoKS.  153 

Paris.    L'Ecole  des  Miues ;  Annoles  des  Mines.    5*  B^rio.    Vol.  xx. 
4*  et  6*  livr.  de  1861. 

Groner  et  Lan. — ^Etat  present  de  la  m^tallurgie  du  fer  en  Angleterrei 

109. 
Gallon. — Sur  les  pron^  r^cents  de  Texploitation  des  mines,  279. 
Delesse  et  LaugeL— Kevue  de  geologic  pour  Tann^  I860;  899. 

Philadelpliia.    Academy  of  Natural  Sciences.    1861.    Sheets  5-10. 

F.  B.  Meek  and  A.  H.  Worthen.^New  Palfisozoic  Fossils  from  Illinois 
and  Iowa,  128. 

Photographic  Society.    Journal.    Nos.  115  and  116. 

Boyal  Geographical  Society.    Proceedings.    Vol.  v.    No.  5. 
A.  R.  C.  Selwyn. — Geological  Notes  on  South  Australia,  242. 

Eoyal  Horticultural  Society.    Proceedings.    Vol.  i.    Nos.  27-31. 

Society  of  Arts.    Journal.    Vol.  ix.    Nos.  467-478. 

W.  Vivian.--Structure  of  Metals,  806. 

Consular  Information  [San  Salvador  and  Chantuban,  &c.];  804,  815. 

A.  Macrae.— -Oil-springs  of  America  and  Canada,  89. 

Stockholm.     Kongl.  Svenska  Vet.-Akad.     list  of  Members,  &c. 
May  1861. 

,     Kongliga  Svenska  Vetenskaps-Akad.  Handlingar.      New 

Series.    Vol.  iii.    Parti.    1859. 

.    Ofv^ersigt  af Xongl.  Vetenskaps-Akad.  Forhandlingar.    Sjut- 

tondo  Arg&n^n,  1860.    1861. 

0.  Bystrom. — ^Hum  metallemas  specifika  varme  tillvezen  med  tem- 

peraturen,  307  (2  plates). 
L.  I.  Igelstrom. — Om  ett  aphrosideritlikt  mineral,  453, 

B.  Lindman. — ^Den  blekroaa  faltspathens  sammansattning,  259. 

G.  Lindstrom. — GoUands  Brachiopoder,  337  (3  plates). 

A.  E.  Nordenskjold. — Om  Svenakift  yttrotantal-  och  yttroniob-mine- 
ralier,  27. 

.    Vanadin-  och  molybdensyrans  kristallformer,  299  (plate). 

.    Oxidemas  kristallformer,  439  (2  plates). 

och  J.  J.  Chydenius. — ^Kiistalliserad  thonord  och  tantalsyra, 

133  (plate). 
H.  V.  Post—Om  gyttja,  dy,  torf  och  myUa,  41. 
J.  Steenstrup. — Om  JBenbreccioma  vid  Adriatiska  och  Medelhafvet, 

121. 

Turin.    Memorie  dolla  Reale  Accad.  d.  Scienze  di  Torino.     Serie 
Sec.    VoLxix.    1861. 

Perazzi. — ^Formazione  cuprifera  contemporanea  al  terrene  inferioie  al 
calcare  liassico  nella  provincia  di  Nizza,  Lxn. 

B.  Castaldi. — Cenni  sm  vertebrati  fossili  del  Piemonte,  19  (10  plates). 
G.  L.  Montefiore. — Sopra  una  nuova  lega  cristallizzata  di  nicheHo  e 

ferro,  119. 
G.  Capellini. — Cenni  geologicisulgiadmento  delleligniti  dellabassa 

yal  di  Magra,  xc,  367  (4  plates). 
£.  Sismonda. — Appendice  alia  descrizione  dei  Pesci  e  dei  Crostacei 

fossili  nel  Piemonte,  453  (plate). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


154  BOKAnomi. 

Yienna.    Feierliohe  Sitzung  der  kais.  Akad.  der  Wissenschaften  am 
31  Mai  1861.     1861. 
Fr.  von  Hauer. — Die  Geologie  und  ihre  Pflege  in  Oesterreich,  119. 

— .     Sitzungsberichte  der  kais.  Akad.  d.  Wissen. :  Math.  Nat.  CI. 
Vol.  xlii.     No.  29.     1861. 

W.  Haidinger. — Die  EisverhjQtnisse  der  Donau  in  den  Jahren  1861 

bis  1860,  739. 
— .    Ueber  daa  Rothbleierz  von  den  Philippinen,  742. 
,    Ueber  das  Meteoreisen  von  Nebraska,  744. 

.    .    Vol.  xliii.    3.  Heft.    Jahrg.  1861,  Mara.   I.und2. 

Abtheil. 

E.  Suesfl. — Ueber  die  grossen  Raubthiere  der  osterreicbischen  Ter- 

tiar-Ablagerungen,  217  (2  plates). 
K.  von  Sonklar.— 5)er  grosse  Schuttkegel  von  Wiener-Neustadt,  288 

(map  and  plate). 
G.  TscnermaK. — ^Analyse  eines  dem  Hydrophan  ahnlichen  Minerals 

von  Theben,  381. 
W,  Haidinger. — Ueber  die  Natur  der  Meteoriten,  889. 

.    .     4.  Heft.    Jahrg.  1861,  April.    Erste  AbtheiL 

A.  Bou€. — Ueber  die  Karst-  und  Tricbterplastik  im  Allgemeinen,  283. 

■ .    .    6.  Heft.     Jahrg.  1861,  Mai.     1.  und  2.  Abtheil. 

K.  F.  Peters. — Geologische  und  mineralogische  Studien  aus  dent 

siidostlichen  Un^rU)  385  (map  and  platej. 
T.  Redtenbacher.-— Ueber  die  neuesten  Entdeckungen  durch  die  Spec- 

tralanalyse,  664. 

.    Vol.  xliv.    1.  Heft.    Jahrg.  1861,  Juni.    Zweite  AbtheiL 

W.  Haidinger. — Dr.  IL  v.  Dechen's  geologische  Kaite  von  West- 

phalen  und  der  Rheinprovinz,  28. 
.    Meteoreisen  von  Kogue  River  Mountain  in  Oregon  und  von 

Taos  in  Mexico,  29. 

.    Die  Dandenong-Meteoreisenmasse  in  Melbourne,  31. 

,    Die  Meteoritensammlung  des  k.-k.  Hof-MineraUen-Cabinets 

am  30.  Mai  1861,  31. 

.    Ueber  A.  de  Zigno's  Genus  CSfcadopteris,  32. 

.    Der  Meteorit  von  Yatoor  bei  Nellore  in  Hindostan,  70. 

' .    .    2.  Heft.    Jahrg.  1861,  JuH.    Zweite  Abtheil. 

W.  Haidinger. — Der  Meteorit  von  Pamallee  bei  Madura,  117. 

G.  Tschermak. — ^Untersuchung  des  Cancrinits  von  Ditro  in  Sieben- 

biirgen,  134. 

.    Die  Wanneentwicklung  durch  Compression,  141. 

.    Analyse  des  rhombiscnen  Vanadits  von  Eappel  in  Kamten, 

157. 
J.  Redtenbacher. — ^Untersuchung  einiger  Mineralwasser  und  Soolen 

mittelst  der  Spectralanalyse,  153. 
V.  Forcher. — ^Ueber  Wolfiramverb  ndungen,  159. 
A.  Schrotter. — ^Nachricht  von  zwei  Vorkommen  des  Casiums  und 

Rubidiums,  2ia 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DoiTAnoirs.  15S 

Yiexma.      Jahrbuch  der  k.-k.  geologiflchen  EeichBanstalt,   1860. 
XI.  Jahrgang.    No.  2.     April-December. 

F.  yon  RichthofezL      Stu^lien  aus  den  ungarisch-siebenbiirg^hen 

Trachytgebirgen,  153. 
Aibeiten  in  dem  chemischen  Laboratorium  d.  k.-k.  geolog.  Reichs- 

anstalt,  279. 
Yerhandlungen  der  k.-k.  geoL  Eeicbs.^  101. 

Wiesbaden.    Jahrbiicher  des  Vereins  fiir  Naturkunde  im  Herzog- 
thum  Nassau.    Yol.  xv.     1860. 

B.  FreB^uB. — Ohemische  Untersochiuig  der  wichtigBten  Mineral- 

wasser  des  Herzog.  Nassau,  124. 
W.  Casselmann. — Chemische  Untersuchung  einiger  Mineralquellen 

iU  Soden  und  su  Neuenbeimi  ISd. 


II.  PERIODICALS  PURCHASED  FOR  THE  LIBRABT. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.    Srd  Series.     Yol.  viii. 
Nofl.  47  and  48.    November-December  1861. 

H.  J.  Carter.— Structure  of  Foraminifera  of  Scinde,  866,  446  (3 

plates). 
J.  W.  Salter.— New  PaleBozoic  Star-fishes,  484  (plate). 
W.  W.  Stoddart. — ^A  Microzoal  Bed  on  the  Carboniferous  Limestone 

of  Clifton,  near  Bristol,  486  relate). 
J.  R.  Greene's  ^  Manual  of  the  Coelenterata,'  noticed,  40S. 
H.  Seeley. — ^The  Fen-clay  formation  of  Cambridgeshire,  503. 
M.  F.  Kaner.-^The  Foraminifera  of  the  Yienna  Tertiary  Basin,  607. 

Inatitut,  P.  !'•  Section,  Nos.  1451-1458 ;  2*  Sect.  Nos.  301,  310, 
311. 
Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

Leonhard  und  Bronn's  Neues  Jahrbuch,  Jahrgang  1861.    lY.  Y.  YI. 
Heft. 

F.  Schar£ — ^Ueber  die  Bau-Weise  der  wiirfelformigen  Krystalle, 

385  (3  plates). 
R.  Blum. — ^Foyait.  ein  neues  Gestein  aus  Siid-Portugal,  426. 
C.  F.  Peters. — ^Ueoer  Ealzit  und  die  rhomboedrischen  Earbonspathe 

im  AUgemeine,  434 
A.  Eiiop. — Die  Kupfererz-Lagerstatten  yon  Namaqualand  und  Da- 

maraland,513. 
Gergens. — ^Entstehungvon  Schwefel-Erystallen  in  seiner Miner^lien- 

Sammlung,  551. 
A.  Delesse. — ^Die  hydrolonsche  Karte  der  Stadt  Paris,  553, 


H.  Fischer. — ^Ueber  den  Einziffit,  641 

C.  F.  Peters. — ^Mineralogische  Notizen,  656. 

H.  B.  G«initz. — Ueber  denRiesenhirsch  des  Dresdener  Museums,  669. 

Gergens.^-Ueber  fossile  BLuteffel-Coccons  bei  MaiiuL  670. 

Letters ;  Notices  of  Books,  Mubvals,  Geology,  and  Foesils. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


156  DOHATIOHS. 


m.  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  BOOKS. 

Names  of  Donors  in  Italics, 

Barrande,  J,  Defense  des  Colonies.  Groupe  Frobatoire  compre- 
nant  la  Colonie  Haidinger,  la  Colonie  Erejei  et  la  Coulee  Erejei. 
1861. 

Bidder,  G.  P.  Jun.  The  National  Defences.  1861.  From  the  In- 
stitution of  Civil  Engineers. 

Binhhorst,  J.  T,  B.  van  den.  Monographie  des  Gastdropodes  et  des 
Cephalopodes  de  la  Ciaie  Superieure  du  Limboiii*g.     1861. 

Bland,  T.  On  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  the  genera  and 
species  of  Land  Shells  of  the  West  India  Islands,  with  a  Catalogue 
of  the  Species  of  each  island.     1861. 

Capellini,  G.  Cenni  geologic!  sul  giadmento  delle  ligniti  della  basa 
val  di  Magra.     1860.    From  J.  G.  Jeffreys,  F.0.8. 

Carpenter,  P.  P.  Catalogue  of  the  Eeigen  Collection  of  Mazatlan 
MoUusca.     1860.     From  the  New  York  MtaU-Library. 

Catalogue  of  upwards  of  fifty  thousand  volumes  of  ancient  and 
modem  books,  English  and  Foreign,  in  all  classes  of  literature 
and  the  fine  arts,  by  Willis  and  So^eran.  1862.  From  Messrs. 
WUUs  and  Sotheran. 

Cheney,  T.  A.  Illustrations  of  the  Ancient  Monuments  in  Western 
New  York.    1860.    From  the  New  York  State-Library. 

Deshayes,  G,  P.  Description  des  Animaux  sans  Yertebres  decouverts 
dans  le  bassin  de  Paris,  pourservir  de  supplement  h,  la  description 
des  coquilles  fossiles  des  environs  de  Paris.    livr.  25  et  26.  1861. 

Dewalque,  M.  G.  Sur  la  constitution  du  Systeme  Eifelien  dans  le 
bassin  anthrazifke  du  Condros.    1861. 

Esposirione  Italiana.  1861.  Classe  YI.  Mineralogia,  MetaUurgia, 
ed  Armi.  Consiglio  dei  Giurati.  1861.  From  L.  Homer,  Esq., 
Pres.  G.S. 

Favre,  A.  Notice  sur  la  B^union  extraordinaire  de  la  Soci^te  Geo- 
logique  de  France  k  Saint-Jean-de-Maurienne  (Savoio)  le  1«' 
Septembre  1861.    1861. 

Gahh,  W.  M.  Synopsis  of  the  Mollusca  of  the  Cretaceous  Formation ; 
geographical  and  stratigraphical.    1861. 

Haast,  J.  Report  of  a  Topographical  and  Geological  Exploration  of 
the  western  districts  of  the  Nelson  Province,  New  Zealand.  1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKATIOKS.  157 

ffaU,  J.    Contributiona  to  PaLeontology  (1858-59).    1860. 

.    .    (1859-60).    1861. 

■I  .     Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Fossils  from  the 

Upper  Helderbeig,  Hamilton^  and  Chemung  Groups.     1861. 

Hector y  J.  On  the  Geology  of  the  country  between  Lake  Superior 
and  the  Pacific  Ocean  (between  the  48th  and  54th  parallels  of 
latitude)  visited  by  the  Government  Exploring  Expedition,  under 
the  command  of  Capt.  J.  Palliser.    (1857-1860).     1861. 

HuTy  0,  Becherches  sur  le  Climat  et  la  Vegetation  du  Pays  Ter- 
tiaire.    Traduction  de  C.  T.  Gaudin.     1861. 

Hopkins,  E,    Fiery  Globe  and  the  Australian  Gold-fields.     1861. 

Horton,  W.  8.  On  the  Geology  of  the  Stonesfield  Slate  and  its  as-* 
sociate  formations.     1861. 

James,  H.  Abstracts  of  the  Principal  Lines  of  Spirit-levelling  in 
Scotland;  and  Plates,  1861.  From  the  Ordnance  Survey  of 
Great  Britain, 

KongHga  Svenska  Fregatten  Eugenics  Itesa  omkring  Jorden  under 
Befal  af  C.  A.  Virgin  &ren  1851-53.     Haft  8.   Fysik,  II.    1861. 

.    .    Haft  9.   Physique,  IL   (French  Translation).    1861. 

.    .    Haft  10.    Zoologi,V.    1861. 

.    .    Haft  11.     Botanik,  II.     1861.     From  the  Swedish 

Oovemment. 

Lartet,  E.  NouveUes  recherches  sur  la  co-existence  de  Thomme  et 
des  grands  mammiferes  fossiles  r^put^s  caract^ristiques  de  la 
demi^re  p^riode  g^ologique.     1861. 

LineMueUy  L,  Guide  to  the  Geology  of  New  York  and  to  the  State 
Geological  Cabinet.     1861. 

Lovhiy  8.   Om  nAgra  i  Vettem  och  Venem  Funna  Crustaceer.  1860. 

MarcoUy  J.  Notes  on  the  Cretaceous  and  Carboniferous  Kocks  of 
Texas,    1861. 

Murchison,  R,  L  On  the  Inapplicability  of  the  new  term  "  Byaa  " 
to  the  **Permian"  group  of  rocks  as  proposed  by  Dr.  Geinitz.  1861. 

Odernheimery  Fr,    Das  Festland  Atistralien.     1861. 

Oweny  R.  Paleaontology,  or  a  systematic  summary  of  extinct 
animals  and  their  geological  relations.    2nd  edit.    1861. 

PeriheSy  B,  de.    De  Thomme  ant^diluvien  et  de  ses  oeuvres.   1860. 

Reevey  L,  Colichologia  Iconica.  Monographs  of  the  genera  Trigonia, 
Scarabus,  Myochama,  Cymhiumy  TerehratuUt,  Argonautu,  Nautilus, 
Melania.    1860-61. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


158  DOKATIOirg. 

Eeport  of  the  Committee  on  the  Decay  of  the  Stone  of  the  ISew 
Palace  at  Westminster.     1861.   FrcmProf.  J.  Tinnant,  F.QJ3. 

Jleport  on  the  Nova  Scotia  GFold-fields,  by  J.  B.  Hea  and  J.  Howe. 
From  Prof esaor  J.  T&nnarU,  F.Q.8. 

Sandherger,  F.   DieConchyliendeslCainMrTertiiirbeckena.   Seohste 
liefenmg. 

Sara,  M.      Om  Siphonodentalium  vitreum  en  ny  alasgt  og  art  af 
dentolidemes  faimlie.    1861. 

.    Oveisigt  af  'Serges  Echinodeimer.    1861. 

Schvarcz,  O.    A  Fajtak^es  SzLnvonala  hirom  ^y  elost.     1861. 

. .    A  Gorogok  geologiaja  jobb  napjaik  ban.     1861. 

.    Foldstani  eLn^etek  a  Hell^na^^  nagy  stfndor  koraig. 

1  Kotet.    1  FuMt.    1861. 

.    .    IKotet.    2Pmtet.    1861; 

.    La  G^logie  Antique  et  lea  Fragments  du  Oayom^en.  1861. 

'■    ■.      Lampsacusi    Strato.      AdalA  a  tudom^y  tort^et^ez. 
IFuzet.    1861. 

.     Becherches  but  les  Th^ries  Geologiquee  des  Grecs.    1861. 

Towson,  J.  T.    Icebeigs  in  the  Southern  Ocean.     1859. 

Welhaven,  L  S.    Cantate  ved  det  Norske  UniTcrsitetB  HalThnndred- 
aarsfest  den  2*«"  September,  1861. 

Zirkel^  F.    De  geognostica  Islanditt  constitutione  obserratioliea. 
1861.     Presented  by  Sir  C.  Lyell,  F.Q.8. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


THE 


QUARTERLY  JOURNAL 


THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


PROCEEDINGS 

or 

THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Fbbbuaky  26, 1862. 

SPECIAL  GENERAL  MEETING. 

It  was  Resolved  that  the^Annual  Contribution  to  be  paid  by  both 
Resident  and  Non-residenl  Fellows  elected  after  the  Ist  of  March 
next  shall  be  Two  Pounds  Two  Shillings  per  annum :  the  Composition 
for  future  Annual  Contributions  being  Twenty-one  Pounds. 


ORDINABY  GENERAL  MEETING. 

George  Charlton,  Esq.,  Mining  Engineer,  Dukinfield,  near  Man- 
chester, and  Julius  Schvarcz,  Ph.D.,  Stuhlweissenburg,  Hungary, 
were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1.  On  the  Drift  containing  Recent  Shells,  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
WoLYEBHAHPTON.     By  the  Rev.  William  Listeb,  F.G.S. 

•    (Abridged.) 

These  drift-deposits  lie  £or  the  most  part  upon  a  nearly  level  surface 
of  Lower  Keuper  Sandstone,  overlooked  eastward  by  a  range  of  low 
Bunter  and  Permian  hills,  of  which  Show  Hill  and  Bushbury  Hill 
are  the  chief.  Other  exposiures  are  upon  Permian  sandstone  in  the 
town  of  Wolverhampton,  ana  upon  the  Coal-measures  of  the  district 
adjoining.  Bushbury  Hill  i^  chiefly  remarkable  for  the  number  of 
travelled  blocks  of  granite  and  greenstone  Ijring  aroimd  its  north- 

VOL.  XVIII. — PART  I.  -  M 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


160  PBOCSEDINGB  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Fcb.  26, 

western  base — ^the  side  lying  most  open  to  bygone  arctic  and  glacial 
influences.  No  boulder-clay  nor  drift;6d  material  of  other  land  is 
associated  with  these  blocks  upon  the  hills  in  this  immediate  neigh- 
bourhood. The  drift  at  three  localities,  viz.,  Bushbury  Junction,  Oxley 
Manor,  and  Wobaston  Big  Meadow,  had  probably  a  paralleHsm  in 
time  of  deposition  and  agency  of  formation ;  though  I  cannot  satisfy 
myself  whether  to  regard  them  as  the  remains  of  a  low  terrace-line 
skirting  the  valley,  or  as  the  result  of  undercurrents,  relaying  the 
derived  material  in  banks  parallel  with  its  strike.  In  the  exposure 
of  this  drift  at  Bushbury  Junction,  where  it  is  an  apparently  un- 
stratifled  bed  of  day  and  sand,  with  an  admixture  of  both  rounded 
pebbles  and  angular  flints,  I  have  met  with  the  following  marine 
shells,  which  have  been  kindly  determined  for  me  by  Mr.  J.  Gwyn 
Jeffireys,  F.G.8.: — Nassa  reticulata^  Tvrritella  communis^  Purpura 
lapilluSf  Littorina  squalida,  Astarte  arctica,  Cardium  edule,  TelUna 
solidula,  and  Cyprina  Islandica. 

Rolled  shells  and  other  fossils  derived  from  Liassic  rocks  accom- 
pany these,  such  as  Ort^hcece,  Ammonites,  Cardinioff  and  Belem- 
nites,  I  have  also  met  with  a  fragment  of  Downton  Sandstone 
(Upper  Silurian),  bearing  a  cast  of  Mhynckonella,  together  with 
pieces  of  coal,  having  rounded  edges  and  strise  upon  their  surfaces, 
and  of  unfossilized  wood  similarly  rounded. 

At  the  exposure  of  this  drift  at  Oxley  Manor,  half  a  mile  N.W.  of 
Bushbury,  its  physical  character  was  that  of  a  day-bed  resting  upon 
sand.  The  following  shells  were  met  with  in  the  clay,  though  the 
condition  of  all  the  imbedded  remains  was  more  fragmentary  than  at 
the  first-named  place : — Cardium  echinatum.  Tapes  vtrginea,  Venus 
striata,  Modiola  modiolus,  and  Turritella  communis.  In  connexion 
with  his  determination  of  these  and  the  before-mentioned  species 
from  Bushbury  Junction,  Mr.  Je£&eys  has  favoured  me  with  the 
following  note : — 

"  All  of  these  shells  are  much  rolled  and  broken,  and  they  appear 
to  have  been  cast  up  by  the  tide  on  a  pebbly  beach.  They  indicate 
also  the  former  presence  of  a  gradually  shelving  tract  of  sand  below 
the  beach  seawards,  as  well  as  of  an  intermediate  belt  of  loose  stones 
or  shingle  in  the  littoral  zone.  It  is  possible  that  these  shells  may 
have  been  carried  off  with  the  pebbles  from  a  beach  in  the  Arctic 
regions  by  an  iceberg,  which,  after  traversing  a  considerable  distance 
in  a  glacial  sea,  may  have  stranded  or  melted,  and  deposited  its  load  in 
the  spot  where  the  shells  and  pebbles  have  now  been  found.  The  pre- 
sent data  are,  however,  insuffident  to  enable  me  to  form  any  opinion 
on  this  point.  All  the  species  now  inhabit  the  Arctic  Sea.  Two  of 
them,  Astarte  arctica  and  Littorina  squalida,  are  not  found  living  in 
our  seas  ;  but  all  the  rest  are  common  British  species.  The  period 
of  this  deposit  in  Staffordshire,  whether  original  or  derivative,  may 
have  been  coeval  with  that  of  the  Kelsey  Hill  formation,  which  has 
been  lately  described  by  Mr.  Prestwich  in  the  *  Quarterly  Journal  of 
the  Geological  Sodety  *.'  Eight  spedes  enumerated  in  his  paper  also 
occur  in  the  deposit  under  notice,  which  in  its  turn  possesses  four 
*  Vol.  xvii.  p.  446. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  LI8TBB — 8HELL9  IK  DRIFT.  161 

(AstarU  arctieay  Cardium  eehtnahmif  Modiola  modiolus,  and  Tapes 
virginea)  wanting  in  the  Eelsey  Hill  catalogae.  The  Cyrena,  or 
Corbicula,  is  absent.'' 

The  third  exposure  of  this  line  of  drift-deposit  is  a  partially  strati- 
fied mound  of  sand  and  gravel,  88  yards  long,  38  yards  wide,  and 
about  2  yards  in  height,  situated  in  Wobaston  Big  Meadow,  about  a 
mile  and  a  half  north  of  Bushbury  Junction.  The  long  axis  of  this 
mound  corresponds  with  the  strike  of  the  before-described  beds,  and 
with  the  direction  of  the  valley,  which  is  due  N.  and  8.  This 
deposit  has  not  at  present  yielded  me  any  shells  nor  specimens  of 
angular  flints.  The  chief  of  its  derived  contents  are  the  following : — 
pebbles  of  limestone,  slate,  quartzite,  vein-quartz,  black  quartz, 
veined  lydian-stone,  a  fragment  of  syenite,  and  a  small  Silurian 
coral  {CyathophyUum  Loveni),  The  part  cut  into  exhibits  the  fol- 
lowing section : — 

ft.    in. 

Vegetable  mould    0     6 

Pebbles  and  sand  (the  pebbles  vary  in  size,  are 
largest  at  the  top  of  the  bed,  and  become  gra- 
dually smaller  below) 2     6 

Bed  of  stratified  sand,  with  a  few  small  pebbles    . .     16 

Two  other  patches  of  drift,  lying  at  a  somewhat  higher  level,  occur 
in  this  imme^te  neighbourhood,  and  are  probably  related  by  coin- 
cidence of  time  and  deposition.  The  first  locality  is  that  of  Gompton 
Holloway,  in  the  parish  of  Tettenhall,  where  day-deposits  are  seen 
to  fill  up  eroded  hollows  of  the  Keuper  Sandstone  on  the  hiU-sides 
west  of  the  plain.  These  contain  derived  fossils  from  liassic  rocks, 
similar  to  those  met  with  at  Bushbury.  A  suite  of  them  has  been 
collected  by  Henry  Hill,  Esq.,  of  Dimstall.  Many  Hke  remains  were 
found  some  years  ago  at  Wightwick,  another  point  at  this  higher  level. 
Here,  however,  the  day  contains  angular  flints,  as  at  Bushbury,  and 
the  low  hills  are  covered  with  scattered  drift-pebbles. 

In  drift-day,  at  about  the  same  level,  near  the  Hospital  in  Wol- 
verhampton, Liassic  OrypTuxcs  have  been  met  with ;  and  fossils  of 
like  age  in  a  similar  bed  at  the  New  Cemetery.  I  am  indebted  to 
Mr.  Henry  Beckett,  F.G.8.,  for  some  notes  respecting  this  easterly 
extension  of  the  boulder-day,  as  also  for  a  notice  of  other  exposures 
at  Penn,  from  two  to  three  miles  south  of  Wolverhampton.  At  Upper 
Penn,  the  day  yidded  pieces  of  wood  and  a  broken  tibia  of  Bos.  I 
am  also  informed  by  Mr.  George  E.  Eoberts  of  a  considerable  exten- 
sion of  these  clays,  with  sandy  layers,  westerly ;  for  they  are  well 
exposed  at  Adeton,  eight  miles  S. W.  of  Bushbury,  and  there  abound 
in  TurriteUcB,  A  recent  exposure  in  that  district  is  at  a  spot  half  a 
mile  north  of  Badger  Hall. 

In  condusion,  I  would  call  attention  to  the  deep  and  wide- 
stretching  sand  deposit  described  by  Prof.  Beete  Jukes  as  lying  in 
immense  quantities  around  West  Bromwich  and  upon  the  district 
east  of  Birmingham*.     In  the  lower  part  of  this  sand,  which  in  places 

*  "  The  South  Staffordflhire  Cod-field,"  p.  326. 

m2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


162  PBOOEEDINGS  OF  THE  GBOLOeiCAL  SQCISTT.  [Feb.  26, 

attains  a  thickness  of  100  fee^  marine  sheUs  identical  with  those 
found  by  myself  at  Bushbnry  and  Oxley  Manor  have  been  detected 
by  Mr.  Beckett,  at  Mr.  Sparrow's  colliery  of  Portobello.  This  feet  is 
valuable  as  a  determination  of  the  relative  position  in  which  we  shall 
be  justified  in  placing  these  shell-bearing  days  in  the  drift-deposits 
of  Staffordshire. 


2.  On  a  Split  Boulder  in  Little  Cijhb&a,  Wsstebn  Isles. 
By  James  Smith,  Esq.,  F.R.8.,  F.G.S.,  of  Jordan  HUl. 

Split  erratic  blocks  are  of  frequent  occurrence  in  Switzerland.  The 
only  explanation  of  this  phenomenon  which  I  have  met  with  is  that 
of  M.  diarpentier,  in  his  "  Essai  sur  les  Glaciers."  Speaking  of  the 
blocks,  he  says,  "  Quelques  uns  sont  fendus,  mais  la  direction  des 
fentes  prouve  jusques  k  I'^vidence  que  les  ruptures  sont  le  r^ultat 
d'une  chute  et  nuUement  d'un  choc  horizontal "  (p.  180).  M.  Char- 
pentier  offers  no  conjecture  as  to  the  height  from  whence  the  blocks 
could  have  fallen ;  but  where  there  is  no  superincumbent  precipice  of 
rock  near,  it  must  have  been  from  one  of  ice.  Indeed,  I  may  say  that  I 
obtained  proof  that  such  was  the  case ;  for  upon  examining  the  frag- 
ments which  lay  at  the  foot  of  the  escarpment  of  ice  which  terminates 
the  Glacier  of  Grindelwald,  I  observed  one  which,  from  the  fr^hness 
of  the  fracture,  I  concluded  must  have  fallen  very  shortiy  before  my 
visit,  and  obviously  from  the  surface  of  the  glacier. 

Such  blocks  occur  occasionally  in  the  basin  of  the  Clyde,  in  situa- 
tions where  there  is  no  adjoining  height  from  which  they  could  have 
fallen, — a  circumstance  which  I  can  only  account  for  by  supposing  the 
former  existence,  in  the  same  localities,  of  ice  in  the  shape  of  glaciers, 
icebei^,  or  coast-ice.  I  may  add  that  some  of  the  split  boulders 
are  also  scratched,  exhibiting  additional  proofs  of  glacial  action. 

To  one  of  these  blocks  I  wish  to  call  the  attention  of  the  Society, 
on  account  of  the  pectdiarity  of  the  circumstances  of  its  present 
position.  There  is  on  the  west  coast  of  Scotland  a  well-marked  cliff 
and  terrace,  indicating  an  elevation  of  about  forty  feet  above  the 
present  sea-level ;  and,  from  the  amount  of  solid  rock  which  has  been 
removed  by  the  washing  action  of  the  sea,  we  may  form  some  con- 
ception of  the  prodigious  lapse  of  time  during  which  the  sea-level  was 
stationary  at  that  height. 

This  is  nowhere  better  seen  than  in  the  Islands  of  Great  and 
littie  Cumbra.  The  larger  island  is  composed  of  red  sandstone, 
traversed  by  trap-dykes ;  the  smaller  one  is  composed  entirely  of  trap. 
The  trap  of  the  dykes,  from  its  greater  hardness,  has  been  worn  away 
more  slowly  than  the  sandstone ;  hence  their  projection  frx)m  the 
sandstone  cliff;  hence  also  the  greater  breadtii  of  the  terrace  in 
Great  Cumbra  than  in  that  of  the  trap  of  the  smaller  island. 

The  terrace  in  Littie  Cumbra,  formed  by  the  wasting  action  of  the 
sea  at  right  angles  with  the  coast-line,  has  been  subsequentiy  ground 
down  and  scratched  by  a  force  acting  parallel  to  it  and  the  ancient 
cliff;  and  it  is  upon  this  that  the  blocks  in  question  must  have  fallen. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  SMITH SPLIT  BOULDERS.  163 

The  block  is  composed  of  trap,  apparently  the  same  as  that  of  the 
island,  but  at  such  a  distance  from  any  neighbouring  height  as  to 
preclude  the  supposition  that  it  could  have  fallen  from  it.  I  see  there- 
fore no  other  hypothesb  by  which  we  can  account  for  its  present 
position  than  that  of  supposing  that  it  must  have  fallen  from  an 
escarpment  of  ice. 

We  have  thus  two  independent  glacial  phenomena  which  belong 
to  a  period  subsequent  to  the  formation  of  the  forty-feet  terrace, 
showing  that  the  lengthened  period  of  its  formation  belongs  to  the 
Glacial  Epoch. 

Sketch  of  the  Split  Boulder  on  Little  Cumbra,  Western  Isles, 


[N.B.  In  the  foreground  the  shore  ehows  glacial  striae.] 

There  is  yet  one  circumstance  connected  with  this  locality  which 
requires  to  be  noticed.  The  scratched  surface  of  the  ancient  terrace 
passes  under  the  sea ;  and  although  it  has  been  exposed  to  its  wasting 
action  for  a  length  of  time  equivalent  in  duration  to  that  of  the 
present  sea-level,  the  strise  have  not  been  obliterated. 

Here  we  have  in  juxtaposition  two  distinct  cases  of  the  efltects 
of  the  wasting  action  of  the  sea.  In  the  most  ancient  of  these,  or  that 
when  the  cliff  and  terrace  were  formed,  we  have  a  removal  of  rock 
amounting  to  at  least  a  hundred  feet ;  in  the  second,  or  that  of  the 
present  sea-level,  the  amount  of  wearing  away  of  the  same  rock 
cannot  exceed  a  small  fraction  of  an  inch. 

I  am  convinced  that  no  decided  change  of  level  has  taken  place  in  the 
West  of  Scotland  during  the  historic  period ;  but  there  may  have  been 
small  changes :  and  it  is  no  objection  to  such  a  supposition  that  they 
have  not  been  observed  and  recorded ;  such  changes  of  level  either  pass 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


164  PBOCEEBINGS  OF  THE  eEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [Feb.  26, 

onobservedy  or  are  ascribed  to  the  retiring  or  encroaching  of  the  sea. 
We  may  suppose,  therefore,  that  in  times  comparatively  recent  a  small 
movement  of  elevation  or  depression  of  the  land  has  taken  place, 
sufficient  to  have  brought  the  rocks  in  question  within  this  wasting 
action  of  the  sea. 


3.  On  the  Icb-wobn  Bocks  of  Scotlakd. 
By  T.  F.  Jamibson,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

CownsmB, 

1.  Erosion  of  the  rooks  beneath  the  Drift. 

2.  loe-aotion  compared  with  torrent-action. — Case  of  the  latter  at  Grinan. 

3.  Beaaons  for  thinking  the  erosion  of  the  rocks  in  Scotland  to  be  due  chiefly  to 

land-ice,  and  not  to  water-borne  ice. 

4.  Bemarkable  instances  at  Ixx^  Treig  and  Glen  Spean. — ^Boulders  lifted  up 

far  aboye  the  parent  rock. — Glen  Boy. 

5.  Example  of  ice-action  at  Enapdale. — Motion  uphilL 

6.  Probaole  solution  of  the  phenomena. — Beference  to  Greenland. 

7.  Difficulty  as  to  climate. — ^Fossil-eridenoe. — ^Probable  period  of  elevation. 

8.  Proofs  of  great  submergence  subsequent  to  period  of  elevation. 

9.  Criteria  for  distinguishmg  action  of  land-ice  from  that  of  floi^ting  ice. 

10.  Denudation. — ^Probable  geological  date  of  the  great  land-glaciation  of  Scotland. 

§  1.  At  the  bottom  of  all  the  Drift-beds  there  is  in  our  northern 
latitudes  a  phenomenon  which,  if  rightly  understood,  would  dispel 
much  of  the  obscurity  that  still  envelopes  the  history  of  that  period ; 
I  mean  that  curious  scoring  and  polishing  of  the  rocky  bed  on  which 
the  Drift  is  found  so  frequently  reposing.  Saussure,  in  his  Alpine 
journeys,  had  often  remarked  those  rounded  masses  which  he  called 
rochea  moutonnSes,  and  also  did  not  omit  to  note  the  polishing  of  the 
rocky  surfiEice ;  curiously  enough,  however,  although  so  familiar  with 
glaciers,  he  did  not  refer  these  appearances  to  their  true  cause,  but 
attributed  this  scoring  of  the  rocks  to  the  passage  over  them  of 
boulders  hurried  along  by  a  rush  of  water.  Colonel  Imrie,  also,  and 
Sir  James  Hall,  who  in  1812  both  described  the  same  appearances 
in  Scotland,  sought  to  explain  them  in  a  similar  manner.  As  this 
theory  of  their  origin  has  found  favour  with  several  geologists,  I  am 
induced  to  describe  here  a  case  of  some  interest  which  came  under 
my  notice,  and  was  peculiarly  fitted  to  test  the  sufficiency  of  a 
powerful  torrent,  carrying  with  it  great  boulders  and  stony  d^ris, 
to  afiect  the  rocks  in  tiie  manner  under  consideration. 

§  2.  In  the  county  of  Argyle  an  artificial  channel  was  cut,  a  good 
many  years  ago,  between  the  Sound  of  Jura  and  Loch  Fyne,  called 
the  Crinan  Canal ;  it  is  about  9  miles  long,  and  lies  in  an  £.  and  W. 
direction,  or  rather  S.E.  and  N.W.  Sloping  up  from  the  south  side 
of  this  canal  there  is  a  range  of  hilly  ground,  where  there  are  a 
few  small  lakes  that  have  been  converted  into  reservoirs  for  regu- 
lating the  supply  of  water,  and  which  are  situated  at  a  height  of 
about  700  feet  above  the  c^ial.  Three  of  these  lakes,  each  of  them 
covering  an  area  of  about  thirty  acres,  have  been  connected,  and  the 
depth  of  their  waters  increased  by  artificial  embankments.  But  in 
February  1859,  owing  to  heavy  floods  or  some  other  cause,  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JAXIESOir— GLAdAHOK  OF  SCOTLAin).  165 

embankment  of  the  uppermost  of  these  three  lakes  gave  way,  and 
its  water,  rushing  into  the  next  one,  caused  it  also  to  burst  its  bar- 
rier ;  and  the  contents  of  both,  now  descending  suddenly  into  the 
lowermost  lake,  broke  the  embankment  of  it  likewise ;  so  that  the 
contents  of  the  whole  three  were  at  once  let  loose,  and  rushed  down 
the  steep  channel  of  a  mountain-stream  with  immense  force.    Owing, 
luckily,  to  the  retired,  barren  nature  of  the  locality,  there  were  no 
houses  in  the  way,  nor  much  else  that  could  sustain  serious  damage, 
except  the  canal,  a  great  part  of  which  was  destroyed,  and  quite  filled 
up  with  stones  and  graved.     It  took  an  expenditure  of  several  thou- 
sand pounds  to  repair  the  injury  done  to  its  channel,  and  the  engi- 
neer who  superintended  the  work  told  me  that  some  of  the  boulders 
he  had  taken  out  of  it  weighed  eleven  tons.     Here,  then,  was  a  great 
volume  of  water  rushing  violently  down  the  flank  of  a  hill,  through 
a  descent  of  about  700  feet,  and  carrying  along  with  it  stony  debris 
and  boulders  of  several  tons  weight.     Having  seen  some  account  of 
the  matter  in  the  newspapers  at  the  time,  I  was  very  glad  when,  in 
August  1860,  I  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  the  scene  of  the 
catastrophe.     By  this  time  the  damage  to  the  canal  had  been  re- 
paired, but  the  channel  of  the  hill-stream  was  very  much  as  the 
torrent  had  left  it.     The  rocks  there  consist  of  firequent  alternations 
of  clay-slate,  greywacke-grit,  and  syenitic  greenstone,  covered  occa- 
sionally by  a  variable  thickness  of  stony  earth  or  drift.    This  cover- 
ing the  rush  of  water  had  in  many  places  quite  cleaned  off,  carrying 
the  boulders  and  stony  d^ris  before  it,  and  throwing  them  down  in 
those  spots  where  the  force  of  the  torrent  began  to  ML.     I  saw  many 
blocks  that  it  had  borne  along,  measuring  3  to  4  feet  in  length,  and 
a  few  even  fix>m  8  to  11  feet.    On  none  of  these  was  there  anything 
at  all  resembling  the  glacial  polish  and  strisB ;  neither  were  there 
any  such  markings  on  the  smaller  pebbles.     Moreover,  the  debris 
was  for  the  most  part  quite  unmixed  with  clay  or  mud,  and  consisted 
either  of  clusters  of  large  boulders,  or  masses  of  washed  gravel, — ^the 
finer  sediment  having  been  carried  away  by  the  retiring  water.    This 
debris  was  therefore  quite  unlike  our  boulder- earth,  and  more  resem- 
bled some  of  the  coarser  kinds  of  what  I  have  elsewhere  described 
as  the  upper  rolled  gravel  that  is  so  frequently  met  with  covering  the 
drift  in  almost  all  our  river-valleys.    I  also  examined  the  rocks 
along  the  bottom  and  sides  of  the  ravine,  to  see  how  they  were 
affected.     Now,  its  direction  is  right  down  the  hill-slope  from  8.  W. 
to  N.E.,  with  occasional  windings,  and  such  was  the  course  of  the 
torrent  in  descending  it ;  but  here  there  was  a  circumstance  which 
added  greatly  to  the  interest  of  the  case.    This  was  the  occurrence  of 
true  glacial  striee  and  scores,  beautifdlly  and  extensively  marked,  and 
running  obliquely  across,  and  sometimes  even  at  right  angles  to  the 
direction  of  tiie  ravine ;  so  that  there  could  be  no  risk  of  confound- 
ing them  with  any  ruts  made  by  the  descending  torrent,  which  by 
washing  off  the  drift  had  finely  exposed  these  markings,  and  they  ^ 
could  be  traced  passing  under  banks  of  undisturbed  drift.    These 
glacial  impressions,  I  may  also  mention,  are  not  confined  to  this 
ravine,  but  are  displayed  over  much  of  the  neighbourhood,  and  will 


Digitized  by 


Google 


166  psocxsBDiea  or  the  esoLOoiCAL  sooisit.        [Feb.  26, 

be  again  referred  to  in  a  subsequent  part  of  this  paper.  But  in  no 
case  could  I  discover  the  least  indication  of  any  such  polish,  or 
straight  parallel  scratching,  due  to  the  action  of  the  torrent;  I 
observed,  however,  in  some  places  on  the  surface  of  the  greenstone, 
many  round  pits  or  dints,  and  short  irregular  scoops  or  furrows, 
seldom  longer  than  a  man's  finger,  caused  apparently  by  the  bumping 
of  the  large  boulders  as  they  rolled  along.  These  markings  were 
irregular  in  their  direction,  like  the  scratching  of  poultry  on  a  gravel 
walk,  and  quite  unlike  the  long,  rectilinear,  parallel  grooves  and 
the  polish  which  are  ascribed  to  &e  action  of  ice.  Here,  then,  it  was 
evident  that  not  only  had  this  violent  torrent  no  power  to  cause  such 
markings,  but,  from  the  shortness  of  its  duration,  it  had  also  failed 
in  most  places  to  obliterate  the  real  glacial  markings  of  a  former 
period. 

Agassiz  likewise  mentions  that  the  dehdde  of  the  Dent  du  Midi — 
another  example  of  a  current  of  water  charged  with  fragments  of 
rocks — ^left  no  trace  of  this  kind  in  any  part  of  its  course*. 

§  3.  In  1837,  the  Swiss  naturalist  whom  I  have  just  mentioned  com- 
municated to  the  Academy  of  Sciences  at  Paris  some  observations  on 
the  mode  in  which  glaciers  thus  affect  their  rocky  bed ;  and  his  force 
of  character,  together  with  the  ardour  he  threw  into  the  pursuit, 
effectually  roused  attention  to  the  subject  f.  In  1840  (nearly  30  years 
after  Imrie  and  Hall  wrote)  he  paid  a  visit  to  this  country,  and,  in  an 
extensive  tour  through  Britain  and  Ireland,  everywhere  recognised 
in  our  rounded,  scored  rocks  appearances  precisely  similar  to  those 
he  had  long  studied  among  the  glaciers  of  his  native  country ;  and 
he  did  not  hesitate  to  express  his  conviction  that  in  Britain  glaciers 
and  large  sheets  of  ice,  "  resembling,"  as  he  says,  "  those  now  exist- 
ing in  Greenland,"  had  formerly  existed,  to  whose  action  these 
markings  are  due.  The  occurrence,  however,  of  marine  remains 
belonging  to  the  Pleistocene  period  at  various  elevations,  and  even  on 
the  tops  of  considerable  hiUs,  together  with  a  great  mass  of  collateral 
evidence  which  went  to  show  that  this  country  had  been  to  a  great 
extent  depressed  beneath  the  sea  during  the  Drift-period,  led  many 
to  believe  that  the  appearances  referred  by  Agassiz  to  glacier-action 
might  be  better  accounted  for  by  the  agency  of  floating  ice ;  while 
the  absence  of  alpine  heights,  and  the  comparative  lowness  of  much 
of  the  country  where  these  markings  occurred,  still  further  conduced 
to  this  opinion. 

When,  therefore,  I  began  the  study  of  the  subject,  it  was  rather 
with  a  disposition  to  refer  these  appearances  to  sea-borne  ice ;  but  a 
careful  examination  of  such  instances  as  have  come  under  my  notice 

*  The  obserrationB  of  Ljell  on  the  Willey  Slide  in  the  White  mountainB  of 
North  America,  and  those  of  Dr.  Hooker  in  the  Himalaya,  go  to  show  that  even 
land-slips  do  not  mark  the  rocks  over  which  they  pass  in  the  same  way  that  a 
glacier  does. 

t  Although  Charpentier,  and  perhaps  others,  had  previously  mentioned  the 

>  erofliye  action  of  glaciers  upon  their  rocky  hed,  yet  Agassiz  comprehended  better 

than  any  the  geological  importance  of  the  phenomenon  ;  and  ne  seems  to  have 

heen  the  first  to  draw  attention  to  the  marked  distinction  that  exists  between  the 

features  of  ioe-wom  and  those  of  water-worn  rocks. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JAMIBdON &LACIATION  OF  SCOTLAITD.  167 

has  led  me  to  believe  that  no  modification  of  this  agency  will  meet 
the  requirements  of  the  case,  and  that,  in  the  great  majority  of 
instances,  this  grinding  down  of  the  rocks  has,  in  Scotland  at  least, 
been  caused  by  the  long-continued  movement  of  land-ice  and  gla- 
ciers ; — that,  in  short,  when  this  abrasion  took  place,  our  country 
stood  quite  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  probably  formed  part  of 
an  extensive  northern  continent ;  and  that  the  submergence  which 
led  to  the  formation  of  the  marine  beds,  with  arctic  shells,  was  a 
phenomenon  subsequent  to  this  great  glaciation. 

One  of  the  first  things  which  convinced  me  that  no  icebergs  run- 
ning aground,  nor  pack-ice  driven  by  the  winds,  nor  coast-ice  lashed 
by  the  breakers,  could  explain  the  case,  was  the  observation  that  it 
was  always  the  land-side  of  the  rocks — the  exposure  facing  the 
highest  mountains  of  the  interior — ^that  was  most  worn  and  polished, 
the  side  fronting  the  sea  being  in  comparison  much  more  rugged  and 
angular.  No  instance  occurred  to  me  that  could  be  explained  by  a 
motion  of  ice  coming  from  the  sea  towards  the  land,  while  the  boul- 
ders and  scratched  pebbles,  when  traced  to  their  sources,  also  indicated 
a  seaward  transport.  Thus,  along  the  eastern  border  of  Aberdeen- 
shire, the  glacial  striae  and  scores  run  from  west  to  east ;  in  my  own 
neighbourhood  at  Ellon,  the  general  direction  is  nearly  due  E.  and  W., 
or  a  few  degrees  to  the  N.  of  W. ;  and  a  low  tract  of  syenitic  greenstone 
has  yielded  a  profusion  of  large  blocks  which  have  been  all  carried 
towards  the  E.,  while  the  smaller  scratched  pebbles  are  of  the  kinds 
which  would  be  got  from  rocks  to  the  W.,  many  of  the  varieties  not 
occurring  in  any  other  direction,  and  it  is  the  western  sides  of  the  rocks 
that  are  most  worn  and  scratched.  Again,  at  Aberdeen,  the  sur&ce 
of  the  granite,  when  newly  uncovered,  shows  the  glacial  striffi  and 
grooves  pointing  a  few  degrees  to  the  S.  of  W.,  in  the  direction  of  the 
valley  of  the  Dee,  the  rounded  and  polished  faces  of  the  rocks  looking 
up  the  valley.  On  the  southern  shores  of  the  Moray  Frith,  between 
Banff  and  Troup  Head,  I  found  glacial  markings  pointing  S.E.  and 
sometimes  S.W.;  and  along  the  £^ores  of  the  f^rth  of  Forth  a  mul- 
titude of  instances  have  been  recorded  by  Kally  Maclaren,  Chambers, 
and  Fleming,  all  indicating  a  movement  from  W.  to  E.,  and  at  Stir- 
ling from  N.W.  Such  is  the  case  in  the  low  grounds  along  the 
east  seaboard  of  the  island.  But  when  I  went  to  study  the  facts  on 
the  west  coast,  I  found  it  was  no  longer  the  same  side  of  the  rocks 
that  had  been  ground  down ;  it  is  there  the  east  and  north-east  fronts 
that  have  suffered  most  abrasion,  and  the  scores  and  striae  that  streak 
the  rocky  ^ores  of  the  fiords  of  Argyleshire  are  just  such  as  might  be 
expected  from  the  action  of  ice  moving  down  from  the  mountains. 
The  markings  along  these  sea-lochs  are  offcen  very  striking,  and 
have  attracted  the  notice  of  Agassiz,  Murchison,  and  Madaren, 
who  have  all  insisted  on  the  fact  of  the  rounded  striated  suifaces 
being  invariably  presented  to  the  interior,  and  the  rough  jagged 
fronts  to  the  sea.  Prof.  Nicol  has  also  chronicled  the  direction  of  the 
striae,  as  noticed  by  Sir  Boderick  Murddson  and  himself,  in  several 
of  the  glens  along  the  eastern,  northern,  and  western  seaboards  of  Ross 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


168  PBOCEBDnres  of  thx  gbolooigal  sogebtt.         [Feb.  26, 

and  Sutherland,  all  pointing  to  the  same  condnsion,  viz.,  that  they 
are  due  to  the  passage  of  ice  down  the  glens. 

Another  consideration  that  impresses  me  in  favour  of  the  theory 
that  land-ice  has  caused  these  appearances,  and  which  was  also 
remarked  by  Forbes  in  Norway,  arises  from  the  fact  that  they  be- 
come more  extensively  and  clearly  developed  as  we  leave  the  low  flat 
r^ons  and  approach  the  mountains.  For  instance,  although  there 
is  good  evidence  that  the  greater  portion  of  England  was  submerged 
during  the  Drift-period,  yet  it  is  only  in  the  hilly  tracts  of  W^es 
and  the  lake-district  that  we  hear  much  of  the  rocks  being  striated 
and  ice-worn ;  and  in  Scotland,  although  no  part  of  the  rocky  floor 
of  the  country  seems  quite  free  from  these  markings,  yet  it  is  in  the 
Highlands  that  they  become  so  striking  and  intensely  marked.  But 
the  instances  I  have  mentioned  above,  being  all  purposely  taken  from 
localities  close  upon  the  present  shores  of  Scotland,  in  my  opinion  go 
to  prove  that  even  in  the  low  grounds  this  glacial  erosion  has  radiated 
from  the  interior ;  and  that  not  only  in  the  mountain-glens  has  this 
action  been  due  to  glaciers,  but  down  to  the  present  coast-line  we 
must  still  ascribe  it  to  an  agent  moving  off  the  land,  and  not  to 
sea-ice. 

The  evidence  required  to  distinguish  glacier-action  from  the  effects 
of  an  icy  dSbdde  rushing  down  the  glens,  caused  by  the  dislocation 
of  sheets  of  ice  owing  to  earthquake-shodcs  or  movements  of  eleva- 
tion, is  somewhat  different  from  what  I  have  brought  forward  in  the 
preceding  paragraphs.  Here  we  have  ice  moving  off  the  land  in  the 
same  direction  as  a  glacier,  or  nearly  so ;  but  in  the  one  case  the 
action  would  be  transient,  and  in  the  other  of  vast  duration.  Now 
I  think  the  amount  of  rock  which  has  been  worn  away,  even  at  the 
mouths  of  the  sea-lochs  of  the  W.  Highlands,  as  at  Loch  Fyne  and 
at  the  Eyles  of  Bute,  opposite  the  steamboat-quay  at  Colintrive,  by 
the  glacial  action,  is  far  too  great  to  be  accounted  for  by  the  passage 
of  even  a  succession  of  such  d^ficles.  The  rounded  outlines  of 
the  tough  gneiss  and  syenite,  which  I  there  saw,  denoted  to  my  mind 
the  long-continued  grinding  action  of  ice  slowly  moving  over  them ; 
for  I  think  the  rapid,  hurried  rush  of  a  sludgy  mass,  even  although 
repeated,  would  not  priduce  such  finely  rounded  contours :  neither 
would  the  grooves  and  frurows  be  so  persistent  and  rectilinear  in  their 
direction ;  for  the  ice  being  in  broken  masses,  and  accompanied  with 
water  and  melting  snow,  would  have  more  freedom  of  movement  than 
the  rigid  mass  of  a  huge  glacier  or  ice-stream  filling  the  valley ;  and 
in  the  lower  open  grounds,  where  there  were  no  heights  to  confine 
the  torrent,  the  straight  persistent  direction  of  the  scores  is  even 
more  striking  than  in  the  glens  and  gorges,  and  to  my  mind  still 
more  inexplicable  by  such  a  catastrophe  or  series  of  catastrophes. 
At  Ellon,  for  example,  on  the  east  side  of  Aberdeenshire,  there  are  no 
hills  exceeding  600  feet  in  height  within  ten  miles,  and  none  exceed- 
ing 1000  feet  within  20  miles ;  yet  the  scores  on  the  rocks  exposed  in 
the  railway-cuttings  and  quarries  have  a  remarkably  uniform  direction, 
and  run  across  hill  and  dale  with  a  perfect  indifference  to  the  minor 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862*]  JAXIBSON — BULCIATIOV  OF  SCIOTLAKD.  169 

contours  of  the  surface.  Now  here,  as  in  the  basin  of  the  Forth, 
no  ordinary  glacier-action  will  suffice  for  the  explanation ;  yet  the 
proof  is  dear  that  the  action  has  come  from  the  west  or  land  side, 
and  not  from  floating  ice  propelled  inwards  or  parallel  to  the  coast. 

§  4.  In  a  paper  in  the  16th  volume  of  the  'Journal  of  the  Geological 
Society/  at  pp.  368  and  370, 1  gave  it  as  my  opinion  that  at  the 
commencement  of  the  Drift-period  this  country  had  stood  as  high  as 
at  present,  or  perhaps  much  higher,  with  an  extensive  development 
of  glaciers  and  land-ice,  like  that  of  Greenland ;  and  I  there  described 
a  case  near  EiUiecrankie,  in  Perthshire,  where  the  flank  of  a  hill  called 
Meal  TJaine  is  rounded,  scored,  and  in  some  places  even  polished, 
as  if  by  the  passage  of  ice  down  the  valley ;  and  I  pointed  out  that, 
as  the  markings  on  the  hill-top  are  about  1800  feet  above  the  pre- 
sent bottom  of  the  glen,  it  was  evident  that,  were  land-ice  the  cause, 
it  must  have  been  in  a  volume  altogether  extraordinary.  My  curiosity 
was  greatly  excited  by  what  I  there  saw ;  and  since  then  I  have  been 
so  fortunate  as  to  discover  some  other  cases  quite  as  remarkable, 
where  the  cause  of  the  phenomena  is  more  clearly  indicated. 

One  of  the  most  complete  of  these  was  in  the  Lochaber  district  of 
Inverness-shire,  so  celebrated  for  its  Parallel  roads  or  terraces. 

High  up  among  a  cluster  of  hills  forming  the  eastern  extension  of 
Ben  Nevis,  there  is  a  mountain-pass,  of  a  beautifully  wild  and 
savage  character,  where  two  streams  take  their  rise,  and  flow  in 
opposite  directions.  One  of  these  runs  to  the  N.W.  down  a  very 
short  glen,  called  the  Lang  Leachach,  into  Glen  Spean.  This  Lang 
Leachach,  or  "  the  Stony  Lang,"  is  at  its  upper  end  very  rocky ;  and 
some  strata  of  quartz,  that  run  vertically  across  the  glen,  show 
abundant  traces  of  glacial  action,  the  hardness  of  the  rock  having 
preserved  even  the  finer  strise  and  scratches :  these  markings  are 
parallel  to  the  direction  of  the  stream,  and  the  abrasion  is  most 
visible  upon  the  faces  of  the  rock  looking  up  the  hollow.  Further 
down  there  is  a  great  deal  of  mondne-matter — ^more  indeed  than  is 
usually  seen,  owing,  I  imagine,  to  the  precipices  and  high  corries 
that  overhung  the  ancient  glacier,  and  had  sent  down  much  rocky 
debris  upon  its  sur&ce. 

The  other  stream,  taking  its  rise  at  this  mountain-pass,  flows  S.E. 
into  the  head  of  Loch  Treig  down  a  much  longer  glen,  known  simply 
as  **  the  Larig."  Similar  evidence  of  glacial  action  occurs  along  its 
course,  but  owing  to  the  nature  of  llie  rock  being  different,  and 
yielding  more  rapidly  to  the  weather,  the  glacial  impressions  have 
not  been  so  well  retconed.  From  this  pass,  therefore,  we  may  sup- 
pose two  ice-streams  to  have  set  out  in  opposite  directions — one  to 
the  N.W.,  the  other  to  the  S.E. 

Two  other  glens,  one  of  them  larger  than  the  Larig,  contribute 
their  streams  to  Loch  Treig — a  beautifdl  sheet  of  water,  about  six 
miles  long,  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction,  and  scarcely  a  mile  broad  at  its 
widest  part.  It  is  enclosed  by  steep  hills  on  both  sides,  and  is  so 
deep  that  I  am  told  it  was  never  known  to  be  frozen  over.  Around 
its  upper  extremity  there  are  many  irregular  hillocks  of  unstratified 
stony  debris,  fuU  of  boulders ;  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  curve 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


170 


PROOEEDINOS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Feb.  26, 


of  the  hill  at  the  south-eastern  end  of  the  lake.    Near  its  outlet  into 
Glen  Spean,  Loch  Treig  tapers  to  a  narrow  point,  owing  to  the  near 

Fig.  1. — (kUUne-map  of  apart  of  Invemess-shire,  showing  ihe  Olacial 
Stria!  and  the  distribution  of  Moraine-matter  on  the  Spean  and 
elsewhere, 

I 


SI'S  a  "8 


N.B. — ^The  sjenitic  area,  finely  dotted  in  the  map.  is  mainly  after  Maoculloch. 
The  boundary  of  the  syenite  on  the  south  side  of  the  Spean  is  unknown 
to  me,  and  even  that  on  the  north  side  is  in  some  parts  conjectural.  There 
is  much  granite  in  the  hill  to  the  N.E.  of  Craig  Dhu ;  but  it  is  of  a  different 
character  from  the  other. — T.  P.  J. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JAMIESON OLACIATION  OP  SCOTLAND.  171 

approach  of  two  moantains,  each  about  3000  feet  high ;  so  that  a 
glacier  filling  the  hollow  of  the  lake  would,  in  issuing  out  into  Glen 
8pean,  be  very  much  compressed  by  the  narrowness  of  the  goige,  and 
therefore  act  more  powerfully  upon  the  rocks  along  which  it  had  to 
force  its  way:  here  then,  if  anywhere,  we  ought  to  expect  some 
tokens  of  its  former  presence.  Accordingly  we  find  that  the  tough 
micaceous  gneiss,  all  around  the  outlet  on  both  sides,  has  a  character 
that  attracts  attention  even  at  a  great  distance.  Although  the 
strata  are  highly  inclined,  and  present  their  outcrop  to  the  lake,  yet, 
notwithstaniSng  this  disadvantageous  position,  they  have  been  ground 
down  into  rounded  flowing  outlines  l&e  those  of  a  feather-bed ;  and 
these  domes  and  bosses  of  rock  are  scored  in  many  places  with  long 
rectilinear  furrows,  in  the  direction  of  the  lake,  spreading  out  to 
either  side  like  a  fan  as  they  recede  from  the  gorge,  just  as  might  be 
expected  from  the  action  of  a  glacier  issuing  from  the  narrow  pass, 
and  dilating  as  it  got  out  into  the  more  open  ground.    One  bare,  flat 

Fig.  2. —  View  of  the  North  Entrance  to  Loch  Treig,  from  the  hiU  on 
the  North  side  of  Olen  Spean, 


1 .  Gr&yei  terraces,  corresponding  in  height  with  the  lowest  of  the  Glen  Boy  lines 
(854  feet  above  the  sea).' 

surface  of  gneiss,  about  30  yards  long,  is  beautifully  smoothed,  and 
covered  wifii  parallel  scratches,  scores,  and  flutings,  running  straight 
from  end  to  end.  The  preservation  of  these  markings  so  distinctly  is 
very  singular :  no  vegetation  or  covering  of  any  kind  appears  to  have 
sheltered  them  from  the  weather,  and  yet  the  frosts  and  storms  of 
many  ages  have  failed  to  wipe  them  out.  It  is  right,  however,  to 
mention  that  such  cases  are  exceptional ;  for  in  most  places,  although 
the  rock  has  a  smooth  rounded  outline,  yet  only  a  few  of  the  ruder 
scores  are  visible,  and  often  none  at  all.  On  the  angle  of  the  hill, 
at  the  west  side  of  the  outlet,  this  worn  character  of  the  rock  is  very 
marked,  up  to  a  height  of  more  than  1000  feet  above  the  present 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


172  PBOCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOOIETT.  [Feb.  26, 

surface  of  tbe  lake,  while  glacial  scores  running  horizontally  along 
the  faces  of  the  rock  were  traced  up  to  1280  feet  (by  aneroid)  *. 
Not  that  I  can  affirm  this  to  be  their  upper  Umit ;  for  on  the  moun- 
tain, at  the  opposite  side  of  the  gorge,  1  found  the  scoring  fade 
away  so  graduaUy  at  these  great  heights,  owing  to  the  weathering  of 
the  rock,  that  I  was  unable  to  satisfy  myself  where  it  ended,  perched 
boulders  and  rounded  surfaces  occurring  much  higher ;  and  even  up 
to  the  top,  which  I  made  out  to  be  about  3055  feet  above  the  sea, 
the  gneiss,  although  it  runs  in  nearly  vertical  stratification  (dipping 
N.W.  at  an  angle  of  about  70°  or  80°),  is  nevertheless  so  free  of  any 
loose  fragments  on  its  surface,  and  the  ends  of  the  strata  are  often  so 
rounded  in  outline,  as  to  raise  a  suspicion  that  some  denuding  agent 
has  flowed  over  it  at  a  period  geologically  recent.  This  absence  of 
fragments  cannot  be  attributed  to  the  eflect  of  the  rain  or  snow 
gradually  carrying  them  down ;  for  it  so  happens  that  some  felspar- 
porphyry  is  occasionally  interbedded  with  the  gneiss:  one  such 
stratum  passes  over  the  highest  point  of  the  hill ;  and  this  porphyry, 
like  similar  beds  lower  down  in  tiie  gorge,  is  covered  with  a  quantity 
of  its  own  angular  d^iis  which  has  not  been  carried  off  by  the 
rains.  If  the  gneiss,  therefore,  had  disintegrated  to  any  extent,  its 
d^ris  ought  still  to  be  found  lying  on  its  surface  like  that  of  the 
porphyry. 

As  I  have  already  said,  the  evidences  of  glacial  action  are  very 
plain  up  to  rather  more  than  1000  feet  above  the  lake,  and  1800 
feet  above  the  sea ;  and  near  the  angle  of  the  mountain,  between 
Loch  Treig  and  Corry  Laire,  I  found  at  this  great  height  moraine- 
matter,  consisting  of  d^ris  of  mica-schist,  gneiss,  quartz-rock,  and 
felspar-porphyry,  forming  a  loose  heap  of  stony  rubbish,  which  the 
rains,  aided  by  the  scraping  of  the  sheep,  had  laid  open  to  a  depth  of 
12  or  15  feet.  The  stones  were  of  all  sizes,  up  to  about  3  feet  in  length, 
and  many  of  them  glacially  striated.  This  moraine-matter  may  be 
traced  down  the  spur  of  the  hill  for  a  long  way,  increasing  in  breadth. 
Corry  Laire,  I  have  no  doubt,  has  also  been  occupied  by  a  glacier ;  and, 
lookmg  down,  I  observed  in  the  bottom  of  the  glen  what  appeared 
to  be  moutonnied  rocks,  but  had  no  time  to  visit  them. 

Nowhere  have  I  met  with  such  impressive  evidence  of  intense 
abrading  force  as  these  rocks  present  all  about  the  outlet  of  Loch 
Treig.  The  rounded  masses  of  tough  gneiss  are  so  extensive  as  to 
form  hills  several  hundred  feet  high,  and  so  smooth  and  bare  that, 
over  extensive  areas,  even  the  moss  and  heather  have  completely 
failed  to  get  a  footing  on  their  surface.  The  amount  of  mineral 
matter  that  has  been  ground  down  testifies  how  lengthened  the 
period  must  have  been  during  which  the  abrasion  had  gone  on ;  and 
the  preservation  of  the  scores  and  scratches  on  the  present  surface, 

*  These  aneroid  meaauremeiits  have,  of  ooone,  no  pretensions  to  aocoracy, 
and  their  results  are  given  merely  as  the  best  approximation  I  can  offer ;  yet  I 
bdieve  they  are  nowhere  so  far  from  the  truth  as  to  disturb  any  of  the  con- 
clusions drawn  from  them.  Indeed,  where  I  have  been  able  to  (meek  them  by 
other  data,  they  have  turned  out  to  be  nearer  the  mark  than  might  have  been  ex- 
pected, being  seldom  50  feet  wrong. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JAMIESON GLACIATION  OF  8C0TLA1TD.  173 

since  the  disappearance  of  the  ice,  is  an  excellent  proof  of  the  tough, 
indestructible  nature  of  the  substance  it  had  to  work  upon.  Well 
might  Agassiz  say  of  it,  ^'  I  do  not  believe  that  a  locality  exists^ 
where  the  facts  indicate  in  a  more  special  manner  the  cause  which 
has  produced  them.'' 

The  River  Spean,  which  receives  the  drainage  of  Glen  Treig,  runs 
from  E.  to  W.  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  of  the  lake ;  and  just 
opposite  the  gorge  ^ere  is  a  mass  of  syenitic  granite,  forming  some 
low  rocks  that  extend  for  some  distance  eastward.  Now  it  is  an 
interesting  fact,  that  this  granite  lying  on  the  north  side  of  Glen  Spean 
is,  as  Agassiz  observed, ''  not  only  polished  with  that  polish  charac- 
teristic of  glacier-action,  but  is,  moreover,  scratched  transversely — 
that  is  to  say,  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  of  the  valley — ^by  a 
cause  which  evidently  proceeded  from  Loch  Treig."  (Ed.  Phil.  Joum. 
xxxiii.  p.  238.)  As  the  existence  of  these  transverse  markings  has 
been  disputed,  I  am  glad  to  be  able  to  confirm  the  accuracy  of  the 
illustrious  Swiss,  and  may  mention  that  an  instance  of  such  marking 
is  to  be  seen  on  the  north  side  of  the  Loch  Laggan  road,  about  200 
yards  west  of  the  thirteenth  milestone  from  Loch  Laggan  Inn.  Pro- 
ceeding down  Glen  Spean,  the  striae  (everywhere  to  be  seen)  are  found 
gradually  to  curve  round  from  N.  and  S.  until  they  finsdly  assume 
a  normal  east  and  west  direction  parallel  to  the  valley,  and  at  right 
angles  to  their  former  course ;  and  along  the  road  for  four  miles  west- 
ward, as  far  as  the  Catholic  Chapel,  the  rocks  are  seen  to  be  ground 
down  more  especially  upon  their  east  side,  and,  where  not  too  much 
weathered,  still  showing  the  glacial  scoring.  Here  I  have  to  men- 
tion an  important  fact  that  seems  to  have  escaped  the  attention  of 
previous  visitors ;  and  it  is  this,  that  from  a  point  in  Glen  Spean 
opposite  the  gorge  of  Loch  Treig,  all  along  the  road  to  Loch  Laggan, 
glaciated  rocks  are  to  be  found,  showing  the  scores  running  psurallel 
to  the  valley,  but  it  is  now  no  longer  the  east,  but  the  west,  side  of 
the  rocky  masses  that  has  sustained  most  abrasion ;  and  far  away, 
even  for  three  miles  to  the  east  of  Loch  Laggan,  I  traced  the  same 
appearances.  For  beyond  the  Pass  of  Makoul,  the  low  rocky  emi- 
nences show  evident  traces  of  the  passage  of  ice  going  out  towards 
the  valley  of  the  Spey ;  as  if  at  a  point  in  Glen  Spean,  opposite  the 
gorge  of  Loch  Treig,  there  had  been  an  immense  accumulation, 
which  had  parted  there  and  gone  out  in  two  great  streams^  one 
taking  an  eastward  route  by  Loch  Laggan  to  the  Spey  basin,  while 
the  o^er  flowed  west,  down  Glen  Spean,  to  swell  the  mass  of  ice  at 
the  mouth  of  the  great  Caledonian  Valley. 

The  following  are  some  striking  facts  that  will  help  to  give  an 
idea  of  the  deptii  and  volume  of  this  great  ice-stream.  Glen  Spean 
is  rather  a  wide  glen,  and,  for  some  miles  below  the  junction  of  the 
Treig,  is  bounded  on  its  north  side  by  a  considerable  hill  called  Craig 
Dhu,  on  whose  flank  the  lowermost  of  the  parallel  lines  of  Glen  Boy 
is  clearly  marked.  The  bottom  of  the  vaJley  is  here  about  400  or 
600  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  while  the  line  is  847  feet,  accord- 
ing to  the  levelling  of  an  engineer  employed  by  Mr.  Eobert  Chambers. 
Tbe  top  of  Craig  Dhu,  by  aneroid  measurement,  I  made  out  to  be 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


174  PB00BEDING8  OP  THE  OEOLOOICAL  SOdBTT.  [Feb.  26, 

about  2100  feet  above  the  sea,  or  1260  feet  above  the  level  of  the  line, 
and,  say,  1600  feet  above  the  bottom  of  the  valley.  Now  I  found 
the  flank  of  this  Cndg  Dhu  strongly  impressed  with  marks  of  glacial 
action  up  to  within  a  hundred  yards  or  so  of  the  very  top.  Bounded 
shoulders  of  rock,  scored  and  fluted  horizontally,  sometimes  even 
polished,  may  be  seen  in  many  places  all  over  the  side  of  the  hill ;  and 
it  is  worthy  of  notice  that  these  appearances  are  well  displayed 
immediately  above,  below,  and  even  on  the  very  line  itself.  The 
highest  well-marked  scores  observed  by  me  were  at  a  level  of  300 
feet  below  the  top  of  the  hill,  or  (say)  1300  feet  above  the  bottom  of 
the  valley  ;  but  transported  boulders  {bhes  perchis)  occur  up  to  near 
the  very  summit.  From  the  brow  of  Craig  Dhu  to  the  brow  of  Ben 
Chlinaig,  on  the  opposite  side  of  Glen  Spean,  is  a  distance  of  two  miles 


Fig.  3. — OtUUne'Section  across  Qlen  Spean 


or  so ;  here,  therefore,  is  a  striking  proof  of  what  a  volume  of  ice 
must  have  swept  down  this  valley,  if  these  scores  were  caused,  as  I 
believe  they  were,  by  this  agency. 

The  rock  of  the  hill,  wherever  I  saw  it,  consists  of  micaceous 
gneiss  or  mica-schist,  dipping  N.W.  at  a  very  high  angle,  with  some 
thin  dykes  or  beds  of  felspar-porphyry.  Now,  the  cropping  out  of 
the  ragged  edges  of  the  gneiss-strata  obliquely  to  the  east  must 
have  c^orded  tough  morsels  for  the  bite  of  even  a  glacier-stream 
moving  westward ;  but  notwithstanding  this  disadvantageous  circum- 
stance of  the  edges  being  presented  towards,  and  their  backs  away 
from  the  stream,  it  became  evident  to  me,  after  a  careM  examina- 
tion of  much  of  the  hill  all  along  its  south  flank,  that  from  top  to 
bottom  the  scoring  agent  had  moved  from  east  to  west.  This  was 
apparent  not  only  from  the  greater  rounding  and  polishing  of  the 
east  faces,  but  a  further  proof  was  afforded  by  the  movement  of  rock- 
masses:  for  instance,  from  a  great  dyke  of  white  quartz  a  large 
angular  block  had  been  torn  off  and  carried  some  yards  to  the  west- 
wu^ ;  also  porphyry  fragments  indicated  a  similar  direction  of  trans- 
port. But  there  was  another  most  striking  and  convincing  proof  of 
this  nature.  The  gneiss  over  the  hill-top  being  quite  bare,  or  covered 
only  by  a  thin  peel  of  turf,  it  was  easily  seen  that  no  other  rock 
was  present ;  it  will  therefore  be  admitted  to  be  a  highly  interesting 
fact  when  I  state  that  large  angular  boulders  of  syenitic  granite, 
precisely  similar  in  mineral  quality  to  the  low  mass  of  that  rock 
which  occurs  in  situ  in  the  bottom  of  the  valley  to  the  eastward, 
opposite  the  gorge  of  Loch  Treig,  are  scattered  in  great  numbers  all 
over  the  brow  of  the  hiU,  resting  on  the  bare  upturned  edges  of  the 
gneiss,  which  is  shorn  and  rounded  into  smooth  outlines ;  and  what 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JAMIE80N— OLACIATlOlf  OF  SCOTLAND.  175 

is  very  remarkable,  the  largest  and  most  angular  blocks  are  more 
numerous  high  up  on  the  very  brow  of  the  hill,  at  a  level  of  from 
130  to  400  feet  from  the  top,  than  they  are  further  down.  Thus,  one 
measuring  12  feet  long,  by  9  broad,  and  6  high,  lay  130  feet  lower 
than  the  summit  of  the  hill ;  a  few  yards  frt)m  it  was  another  9x6x4; 
and  at  a  level  of  about  400  feet  below  the  top,  or  1700  feet  above 
the  sea,  was  a  magnificent  block,  15  feet  long,  by  10  broad,  and  6 
high :  this  was  the  largest,  and,  from  its  conspicuous  position  on  the 
bare  brow  of  the  hill,  may  be  seen  at  a  great  distance,  being  visible 
with  the  naked  eye  frt>m  the  Bridge  of  Eoy  Inn,  four  miles  off. 

This  is  another  very  striking  example  of  boulders  being  carried  up 
far  above  the  source  from  whence  tiLey  were  derived ;  and  I  have 
little  doubt  that  these  granite  blocks  have  come  from  the  patch  of  that 
rock  in  the  bottom  of  the  valley  to  the  eastward ;  for  no  mineral 
mass  of  the  same  kind  is  known  elsewhere  in  thelieighbourhood,  nor 
did  I  see  any  of  it  on  the  sides  of  Loch  Treig,  where,  by  the  by, 
there  is  an  absence  of  these  fragments  also.  It  has  been  suggested 
by  Mr.  Darwin  that  such  cases  might  be  explained  by  supposing  the 
boulders  to  have  been  frozen  into  coast-ice  and  carried  upwards 
during  a  period  of  submergence,  when  the  land  was  gradually  sink- 
ing ;  and  it  is  also  found  to  be  the  case  that  even  the  sea- waves,  un- 
aided by  ice,  can  during  a  heavy  swell  throw  up  boulders  upon  the 
rocks  out  of  deep  water.  But  neither  of  these  explanations  will,  I 
think,  suffice  for  the  phenomena  on  Craig  Dhu ;  for,  in  the  first  place, 
there  are  no  water-rolled  pebbles  accompanying  these  boulders ;  and 
in  the  second  place,  the  repeated  strandmgof  the  blocks  by  coast-ice 
or  a  heavy  suif  would,  as  Darwin  admits,  have  roimded  and  reduced 
them  to  smaller  size  the  farther  up  they  were  carried,  whereas  we 
see  here  that  those  most  conspicuous  for  size  and  angularity  are 
highest  up  on  the  very  brow  of  the  hill.  I  may  also  point  out  that 
the  submergence  of  an  isolated  hill,  like  Craig  Dhu,  would  have  left 
its  top  but  a  little  round  speck  of  an  island,  where  coast-ice  would 
have  had  no  shelter  and  been  readily  driven  away.  The  scoring 
also  of  the  subjacent  rock,  if  caused  by  the  stranding  of  the  boulders 
either  by  coast-ice  or  waves,  would  not  have  been  so  horizontcd  and 
so  steadily  in  one  direction ;  we  should  have  rather  fotind  scores  run- 
ning uphill,  from  the  blocks  being  driven  on  it  by  the  surf. 

The  extraordinary  profusion  of  these  granitic  boulders  all  about 
the  valley,  the  manner  in  which  such  immense  blocks  are  piled  up 
one  over  another  on  the  surface  of  heaps  of  moraine-like  d^ris,  and 
the  way  they  have  been  elbowed  up  the  slope  of  the  hill  opposite  the 
gorge  of  Loch  Treig,  together  with  the  strong  scoring  and  polish  on 
the  rocks, — all  seem  to  me  to  speak  an  unmistakeable  language ;  for 
I  know  of  no  agency,  except  that  of  a  great  glacier-stream,  that  could 
have  effected  all  this. 

The  granite  boulders  have  been  carried  westward  past  Craig  Dhu, 
for  I  found  some  of  them  on  the  top  of  Bohuntine — a  hill  on  the  west 
side  of  Glen  Eoy,  nearly  2000  feet  high,  and  of  a  remarkably  rounded 
outline,  as  if  it  had  been  moulded  by  the  passage  of  ice.  In  an  oppo- 
site direction  they  have  been  carried  towards  Loch  La^;an,  affording 

VOL.  IVni, ^PABT  I.  K 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


176  PBOOSBBuroe  09  thb  osoiooical  sooibtt.        [Feb.  26, 

ftnother  proof  of  what  I  before  stated,  namely,  that  the  ice-stream 
had  parted  and  gone  out  both  to  £.  and  W.  I  even  found  some  of 
them  to  the  east  of  that  loch,  near  Makoul. 

On  looking  up  Glen  Spean  from  the  top  of  one  of  the  hills,  I  was 
struck  by  the  greater  wear  and  smoothness  of  the  hill-slopes  flanking 
the  valley,  below  a  level  of  about  2000  feet  or  so ;  and  this  moulding 
I  could  not  help  attributing  to  the  same  agency  that  had  so  power- 
fully scored  the  rocks  of  Cndg  Dhu. 

I  have  been  induced  to  describe  the  foregoing  case  somewhat 
minutely,  because  not  only  is  it  interesting  from  the  clear  evidence 
it  affords  of  the  extent  to  which  the  ice  had  been  developed,  but  it 
is  further  important  as  affording  a  good  example  of  a  movement  frt)m 
both  8.  and  E.,  thus  enabling  us  to  get  rid  of  the  notion  which 
has  been  so  prevalent,  that  this  great  glacial  action  had  come  invari- 
ably from  the  N.  and  W. 

I  have  still  to  mention  a  circumstance  perhaps  even  more  singular 
than  any  I  have  described,  showing  the  remarkable  state  of  ice- 
development  that  had  once  existed  in  this  region.  Just  below  Craig 
Dhu  there  branches  off  frt)m  Olen  Spean,  in  a  N.  and  N.E.  direction, 
the  well-known  little  valley  called  Glen  Roy,  extending  in  that 
course  to  the  watershed  of  the  Elver  Spey.  Near  the  head  of  the 
Boy,  the  Glen  is  contracted  and  nearly  closed  by  some  rocky  eminences 
which  seem  to  form  its  natural  termination,  and  beyond  which  there 
is  a  wide  hollow  opening  into  Strath  Spey.  Now  the  surface  of  these 
rocky  eminences  presents  dear  evidence  of  glacial  action,  being 
rounded  off  and  scored,  and  also  dotted  with  occasional  perched 
boulders ;  but  I  was  not  a  little  surprised  to  find  it  quite  apparent 
that  the  ice  had  come  frt)m  the  S.W.  up  Glen  Boy,  and  gone  out  in 
a  stream  towards  the  wide  valley  of  the  Spey.  My  first  tiiought  was 
that  glaciers  might  have  descended  frx)m  Glen  Eggie  and  other  litile 
side-glens  which  branch  off  here ;  but,  on  examining  the  rocks  at  the 
junction  of  the  Eggie  and  the  Boy,  I  found  the  furrows  on  the  well- 
moutonn^ed  mica-schist  passing  right  across  the  mouth  of  Glen 
Eggie ;  and  the  strata,  which  are  almost  vertical  in  position,  have 
been  so  blunted  and  rubbed  on  their  «outh-west  exposiu*e  as  plainly 
to  show  that  the  movement  came  from  that  quarter ;  and  high  up  on 
the  brow  of  the  adjoining  hill  (which  is  an  extension  of  that  marked 
Tom  Brahn  on  most  of  the  maps,  but  known  to  the  shepherds  by  the 
name  of  Craig  Corrak)  I  saw  several  very  large  blocks  and  boTdders 
that  appeared  to  have  been  shifted  or  moved  some  distance  by  glacial 
action. 

In  Glen  Boy  itself,  owing  to  the  great  accumulations  of  stratified 
debris,  the  rock  is  not  weU  exposed,  and,  where  seen,  is  often  oi  a 
rotten,  shivery  nature ;  so  that,  although  I  had  remark  d  some  striated 
boulders,  I  had  not  seen  any  ice-worn  surfaces  except  on  the  top  of 
Bohuntine  Hill,  where  however  I  could  detect  no  scores  or  scratches, 
although  the  rock  was  much  ground  down.  But  on  returning  down 
the  glen  my  eye  caught  some  suspicious-looking  lumps  of  rock  on  ihB 
flank  of  Ben  Erin  that  had  been  bared  of  their  earthy  covering  by 
the  water  of  a  descending  rivulet ;  and  on  scrambling  up  to  examine 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1962.]  JAldSBON-^aULCUTIOV  OV  SGOTLAJTD.  177 

tbeniy  I  found  a  £bw  clearly  marked  glaeial  scores  running  horizon- 
tally along,  at  a  height  a  Uttle  below  that  of  the  lowest  Glen  Boy 
line,  while  the  worn  and  rounded  edges  looked  doum  the  glen.  The 
amount  of  rock  exposed  and  thus  marked  was  but  small ;  and  I  should 
have  attached  little  importance  to  the  latter  circumstance  had  it  not 
been  for  the  fact  already  mentioned  of  the  rocks  at  the  head  of  the 
glen  indicating  the  motion  of  ice  coming  up  it,  and  passing  out 
to  N.E. :  for  this  would  seem  to  show  that  Glen  Roy  had  at  one  time 
been  filled  with  ice,  which,  unable  to  get  out  by  way  of  Glen  Spean. 
owing  to  the  vast  accumulation  in  that  direction,  had  been  obliged 
to  discharge  itself  at  the  upper  end  into  the  more  open  outlet  of  the 
Spey  basin.  When  we  consider  the  narrow  character  of  the  gref^t 
Caledonian  VaUey,  bordered  by  lofty  mountains  and  numerous  side- 
glens,  and  choked  up  as  it  must  have  been  at  its  mouth  by  the  jost- 
ling of  all  these  united  ice-streams  pressing  out  past  Ben  Nevis,  and 
recollect  that  proof  has  been  adduced  of  Glen  Spean  being  filled 
with  ice  to  the  level  of  the  top  of  Craig  Dhu,  which  exceeds  by  900 
feet  the  summit-level  of  this  pass  into  Strath  Spey,  the  above  singular 
fact  becomes  less  mysterious. 

§  5.  I  have  yet  another  example  I  should  like  to  give,  as  farther 
illustrating  and  confirming  what  I  have  already  advanced. 

In  Argyleshire  there  is  an  arm  of  the  sea  called  Loch  Fyne,  whose 
upper  branch  stretches  25  miles  from  S.W.  to  N.E.  far  into  the  High- 
lands. The  scored  and  polished  rocks  all  along  its  shores,  from  In- 
verary  down  to  Loch  Gilp,  plainly  indicate  the  former  passage  of  ice 
down  the  loch ;  their  rounded,  worn  sides  facing  the  interior,  and 
the  rough  and  more  jagged  outlines  the  sea.  At  Loch  Gilp  (which 
is  a  small  inlet  off  the  west  side  of  the  lake),  a  low  tracts  forming  the 
bed  of  the  Crinan  Canal,  runs  across  in  an  eastern  direction  to  the 
Sound  of  Jura.  The  rocks  along  this  hollow  are  likewise  much  worn 
and  rounded,  but  chiefly  on  their  eastern  sides,  and  scored  by  glacial 
furrows  pointing  W.,  parallel  to  the  canal,  and  indicating  the  course 
of  an  ice-current  diverging  from  Loch  Fyne. 

On  looking  at  the  map  it  will  be  seen  that,  if  we  produce  the  line 
of  Upper  Loch  Fyne  in  a  south-west  direction,  it  would  run  across 
Knapdale  into  Jura  Sound,  near  Loch  Killisport.  Now,  I  find  the  gla- 
ciation  of  the  rocks  of  Knapdale  looks  as  if  the  stream  of  ice  descend- 
ing Upper  Loch  Fyne  (so  great  had  been  its  volume,  and  so  immense 
the  vis  d  tergo  impelling  it  onwards)  had  gone  right  out,  over  hill 
and  dale,  into  the  Sound  of  Jura.  Let  any  one  who  wishes  to  satisfy 
himself  of  this  examine  fir^t  the  course  of  the  Crinan  Canal,  and  he 
will  find  the  masses  of  syenite,  in  the  hollow  beside  the  Dunartry  locks, 
all  worn  and  rounded  on  their  south-easteiTi  sides ;  and  searching 
where  the  drift  has  recently  been  removed,  he  will  find  scores  and 
polish  indicating  a  motion  to  N.W.  Let  him  then  ascend  the  hill- 
slope  from  Caimbaan,  following  the  course  of  the  ravine  down 
which  the  torrent  came  when  the  reservoirs  burst,  and  he  will  see 
the  scores  at  the  mouth  of  the  stream  running  fix>m  E.  30°  S.  to  W. 
30*^  N. ;  ascending  the  slope  of  the  hill,  he  will  find  the  scores  turn- 
ing gradually  to  due  E.  and  W.,  and,  as  he  goes  higher  up,  curving 

n2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


178  PBOCEEDIirGS  OF  THE  eKOLOOICAL  80CIBTT.  [Feb.  26, 

more  and  more  round  to  the  N.  of  E.,  and,  what  will  probably  sur- 
prise him,  as  it  certainly  did  me,  he  will  see  evidence  that  the  agent 
which  impressed  these  farrows  moved  obliquely  uphill,  mounting  a 
slope  of  700  or  800  feet ;  he  will  then  find  himself  on  a  sort  of  table- 
land spotted  with  several  small  lakes,  and  along  the  rocky  sides  of 
these  reservoir-lakes  he  will  observe  some  of  die  most  beautiful  ex- 
amples of  glaciation  I  have  ever  seen — long  rectilinear  grooves  run- 
ning uninterruptedly  onwards  from  N.E.  to  S.W.  for  many  yards, 
wil£  all  lesser  degrees  of  scratching  and  polish.  Let  him  then 
ascend  over  the  ridges  towards  Cmach  Lussa,  and  he  will  no  longer 

Fig.  4. — Profile  of  the  Ice^wom  KnoUs  of  Gheenstone  at  the  Crinan 

Canal, 


find  these  markings  on  their  bare,  weathered  fronts ;  but  he  will 
notice  the  rounded  snouts  they  present  invariably  to  the  N.E.,  and 
the  more  rugged  outlines  to  the  S.W.  Let  him  then  continue  all 
along  until  he  gains  the  top  of  Cruach  Lussa,  the  highest  point  in 
North  Enapdale  (and  1530  feet  above  the  sea,  according  to  the 
Admiralty  chart),  from  whence,  if  the  day  be  fine,  he  will  have  a 
view  of  one  of  the  most  beautifrd  scenes  in  Scotland,  which  alone 
win  recompense  his  toil  if  he  be  no  geologist. 

§  6.  The  ice,  therefore,  descending  by  Loch  Fyne,  seems  to  have 
passed  round  and  over  this  hilly  ridge,  just  as  ^e  water  of  a  river 
flows  round  and  over  a  large  boulder  in  its  bed. 

It  seems  odd  to  talk  of  a  glacier  doing  this  ;  but  nothing  short  of  ice, 
filling  the  valleys  up  to  the  brim,  and  covering  the  whole  country  in 
one  great  windmg-sheet,  will  meet  the  requirements  of  the  case.  In 
short,  we  should  have  to  describe  it  just  in  the  way  Rink  speaks  of 
Greenland,  when  he  tells  us  that  a  spectator  standing  on  the  top  of 
a  mountain  near  the  coast  sees  the  various  ice-streams  **  approach 
and  unite  in  an  icy  level  occupying  the  whole  of  the  eastern  tract  or 
area  of  the  continent,'^  and  which  annually  discharges  its  enormous 
excess  in  those  great  icebergs  that  infest  Bafi^'s  Bay  and  the  neigh- 
bouring seas.  **  To  have  a  correct  idea  of  the  glacial  accumulations 
in  Greenland,"  says  that  observant  voyager.  Dr.  P.  C.  Sutherland, 
"  we  must  imagine  a  continent  of  ice  fianked  on  its  seaward  side  by  a 
number  of  islfuids,  and  in  every  other  direction  lost  to  vision  in  one 
continuous  and  boundless  plain.  Through  the  spaces  between  these 
apparent  islands  the  enormous  glacial  accumulations  slowly  seek 
their  passage  to  the  sea."  In  Mdville  Bay  (lat.  75P),  it  presents  to 
the  sea  one  continuous  wall  of  ice,  unbroken  by  land  for  a  space  of 
70  or  80  miles;  and  the  average  thickness,  he  tells  us,  is  1200 
to  1500  feet,  but  in  some  of  ti^e  valleys  upwards  of  2400  feet 
(Joum.  of  Geol.  Soc.  ix.  p.  301).    Somewhat  similar,  but  much  more 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JAMiBsoir— oLACiATioir  or  sooiLAin).  179 

extendye,  is  the  ioe-coyering  of  the  Antarctic  Continent,  where  Sir 
James  Bobs  traced  a  continuous  vertical  cliff  of  ice,  more  than  1000 
feet  thick,  for  540  miles ;  and  detached  portions  were  found  60  miles 
from  its  main  edge,  aground  in  1560  feet  of  water. 

We  see,  therefore,  i^at  in  certain  parts  of  the  globe  land-ice  attains 
a  thickness  at  least  as  great  as  is  required  for  the  most  extreme 
cases  I  have  adduced  in  this  paper,  even  allowing  that  the  bottoms 
of  the.  valleys  had  been  as  deep  as  they  are  at  present  when  the  ice 
reached  the  highest  scores  now  found  on  the  flanking  hills,  which  is 
not  at  all  likely ;.  for  I  believe  that  tiie  grinding  of  tiie  ice  for  many 
ages  along  the  glens  must  have  powerfully  eroded  its  bed^  and  worn 
the  bottoms  of  the  valleys  much  deeper  than  they  were  at  the 
commencement  of  tiie  Glacial  period,  and  in  fsust  occasioned  an 
amoimt  of  denudation  of  the  surface  which  has  been  much  too  littie 
allowed  for. 

It  may  seem  more  probable  to  some,  that  the  curious  features  in 
the  erosion  and  scoring  of  Enapdale  may  be  owing  to  tiie  relative 
levels  of  the  district  having  undergone  considerable  derangement 
since  the  time  at  which  the  rocks  were  so  marked ;  and  indeed,  when 
I  first  observed  them,  this  seemed  to  myself  the  most  likely  explana- 
tion; foe  although  I  could  not,  affcer  much  careM  examination, 
resist  the  evidence  of  tiie  movement  having  been  uphill  over  much 
of  the  ridge,  I  felt  much  puzzled  by  the  fact  of  the  rocky  masses  on 
the  top  towards  Cruach  Lussa  being  so  uniformly  worn  on  their 
north-east  exposure,  while  those  in  the  bottom  of  tiie  Crinan  valley 
were  abraded  on  their  east  and  south-east  sides,  indicating  a  move- 
ment diverging  at  right  angles  from  Loch  Eyne,  where  there  is  at 
present  a  wide  opening  to  the  sea.  But  after  studying  Lochaber, 
where  the  facts  seem  to  me  clearly  to  indicate  the  presence  of  land- 
ice  in  a  volume  quite  as  extraordinary  as  would  account  for  the  phe- 
nomena in  Enapdale  (allowing  for  erosion  of  the  bed  of  Loch  Fyne 
by  the  long  passage  of  the  ice,  as  I  have  above  suggested),  I  am 
inclined  to  think  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  require  any  great  local 
derangement  of  level. 

Those  who  would  solve  the  facts  I  have  adduced  in  this  paper  by 
means  of  floating  ice  have  to  show  how  the  winds  or  currents  that 
moved  it  could  have  radiated  from  the  central  heights  of  Scotland  to 
all  points  of  the  compass,  and  in  each  district  have  always  persisted 
so  steadily  in  one  diroction ; — ^how,  for  example,  from  a  point  in  the 
middle  of  Glen  Spean,  at  the  junction  of  the  Treig,  winds  or  currents 
could  have  set  out  in  opposite  directions,  and  in  both  cases  at  right 
angles  to  the  line  of  movement  in  Glen  Treig  ; — ^how  the  movement 
on  one  side  of  Scotiand  should  have  been  continually  from  W.,  and 
on  the  other  from  E.,  and  on  the  north  coast  from  S.,  and  always 
from  the  land  side  ; — ^how  blocks,  15  feet  long,  could  have  been  by 
such  an  agency  lifted  up  out  of  the  bottom  of  a  valley,  and  set  down 
on  the  bare  brow  of  a  hill  hundreds  of  feet  above  their  source.  The 
advocates  of  a  cUbdde  have,  on  the  other  hand,  to  show  how  a  sudden 
and  transitory  movement,  even  although  repeated,  could  have  lifted 
these  blocks  and  have  worn  down  ragged  masses  of  tough  gneiss  at 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


180  pitot^sDnreB  or  ths  ^i^ologicai.  soorferT.        [Feb.  26, 

the  mouthfl  of  the  fiords  of  Argyleehiie,  and  at  Loch  Treig,  into 
smooth  rounded  domes,  and  scored  the  rocks  in  a  direction  so  rigidly 
even ; — ^how,  on  the  brow  of  a  hill  like  Craig  Dhii,  at  the  height  of 
1200  feet  above  the  bottom  of  a  wide  valley,  it  could  impress  hori^ 
tontal  scores  and  fluted  hollows  along  the  face  of  a  shelving  rock- 
surface. 

§  7.  Land-ice  moving  in  a  volume  like  that  deen  in  Gfreenland  or 
in  the  Antarctic  Continent  explains  these  and  many  other  facts  better, 
in  my  opinion,  than  any  other  theory  yet  proposed;  and,  so  far  as  I  can 
see,  the  only  strong  objection  against  it  is  tiie  extraordinary  climate 
for  this  latitude  that  it  requires :  but  some  such  extraordinaiy  climate 
is  quite  necessary  to  account  for  the  fact  of  arctic  quadrupeds,  such 
as  the  Reindeer*,  Musk-ox,  the  Lemming,  and  the  Lagomys,  having 
ranged  into  the  south  of  England  and  the  heart  of  Germany  during 
the  Drift-period ;  and  one  of  these  Lemmings  (Myodes  torquatus)^ 
Whose  remains  were  found  by  Dr.  Hensel  of  Berlin  in  the  Dnft  near 
QuedHnberg,  is  said  to  delight  in  so  arctic  a  climate  as  seldom  to 
ramble  ftirmer  south  than  the  northern  limit  of  the  woods,  and  was 
found  by  Parry  in  latitude  82°  N.  We  cannot  suppose  these  ani- 
mals  to  have  been  mere  stray  wanderers ;  for  in  one  of  the  Welsh 
eaves,  called  Bosco's  Den,  Dr.  Falconer  telk  us,  upwards  <^  one  thou- 
tond  antlers,  mostly  shed,  and  of  young  animals  belonging  to  the 
Ckrvus  Cfuettardi  and  C,  priscus — species  or  varieties  allied  to  the 
Reindeer — ^were  found  in  tiie  bottom  of  the  cavern  ( Joum«  of  Geol. 
Boc.  vol.  xvi.  p.  489). 

Such  facts  as  these,  together  with  boreal  and  even  arctic  shells 
(like  the  Cyprina  Islandica  and  Natica  dausa)  inhabiting  the  Medi^ 
terranean  ^ores  of  Sicily,  bespeak  a  climate  perhaps  as  severe  as, 
with  a  certain  amount  of  elevation,  would  account  for  Greenland  con- 
ditions in  our  latitude.  "  Not  even  on  the  verge  of  the  arctic  province," 
toys  Edward  Forbes,  in  his  last  work,  "  are  we  to  seek  for  the  ana- 
logue of  the  fauna  of  the  Drift,  but  within  its  strictest  bounds ;"  and 
yet  this  marine  Drift  to  which  he  refers  does  not  represent  the  time 
of  severest  cold,  which  was  that  of  the  great  land-glaciation.  We 
have  therefore  two  sets  of  facts  entirely  different  from  each  other, 
one  &om  the  organic,  the  other  from  ike  inoiganic  kingdom,  and 
botJi  alike  demanding  an  arctic  climate  for  their  explanation. 

We  cannot  account  for  such  a  development  of  ice  in  this  country 
without  supposing  the  whole  of  tlie  atmospheric  moisture,  or  nearly 
so,  to  have  fallen  in  a  frozen  or  snowy  condition,  and  to  have  had  to 
find  its  way  off  the  land  in  the  shape  of  sdid  ice ;  and  such  a  climate 
in  the  lati^de  of  Scotland  cannot  with  any  probability  be  supposed 
without  6ome  gt^eat  dianges  in  the  physical  geography  of  the  north-^ 
'em  heraisphei^ ;  for  it  comes  to  this,  that  the  whole  of  Scotland 
must,  during  the  period  of  greatest  glaciation,  have  been  within 
the  snow-line,  which  renders  the  conclusion,  I  think,  probable  that 
our  island  must  have  then  stood  far  higher  above  the  sea-level  than 
it  does  at  present.     Without  supposing  some  such  great  elevrntion, 

*  The  recent  dueoyeries  of  Lartet  in  the  cave  at  Aurignao  Bhow  that  the 
Beitideer  inhabited  «Teii  the  Pyrenees. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  jAXTBSoir — oIiAOutiov  of  scozLAin).  181 

the  case  would  certainly  be  very  marvellotiB ;  for  evexi  in  Oreenland, 
except  at  its  northern  extremity,  the  lower  limit  of  tbe  ice-covering, 
Bink  tells  us,  is  far  above  the  coast-line,  and  it  is  only  the  larger 
glaciers  that  protrude  into  the  sea ;  in  the  intermediate  tracts,  the 
snow  and  ice  lying  below  the  level  of  2000  feet  annually  disappear 
before  the  heat  of  June.  The  whole  of  Norway,  Sweden,  and  Lap- 
land appears  to  be  ice- worn  from  the  mountain-tops  down  to  the  sea, 
and  a  general  view  of  the  whole  brings  out  the  fact  that  the  scores 
radiate  from  the  central  heights  to  all  points  of  the  compass.  Along 
the  coast  of  Norway  they  run  to  W.  and  N.W. ;  in  Lapland,  to  N. 
and  N.E. ;  in  Sweden,  t^  E.  and  S.E.* 

The  phenomena,  as  a  whole,  seem  to  be  better  explained  by  land- 
ice  moving  from  the  central  plateaux  downwards  and  outwards  than 
by  any  other  theory  t.  In  order,  therefore,  to  account  for  this  great 
glaciation  of  Britain  and  Scandinavia  by  land-ice,  it  is  necessary,  I 
thinJk,  to  suppose  that  the  elevation  of  these  countries  above  the  sea 
must  have  been  much  greater  than  at  present.  Ab  regards  Scotland, 
indeed,  there  can  be  little  doubt  of  this,  if  we  admit  the  markings  I 
have  described  to  have  been  caused  by  that  agency ;  for  along  all  the 
wide  mouths  of  its  sea-lochs  or  fiords  the  glacial  scoring  everywhere 
dives  in  fall  development  underneath  the  present  sea-level,  uid  the 
aame  appears  to  be  the  fact  in  Norway  and  Sweden.  Without  sup- 
posing some  such  elevation,  I  do  not  see  how  a  degree  of  cold  at  all 
like  what  seems  to  have  prevailed  can  be  accounted  for,  without  sup- 
posing either  the  sun's  heat  to  have  suffered  some  great  diminution, 
or  the  position  of  the  earth's  axis  to  have  differed  from  what  it  is 
at  present;  and,  even  granting  the  elevation^  the  fact  is  very  re- 
markable. 

§  8,  But,  while  apportioning  to  land-ice  its  due  share  in  the  events 
of  the  Drift-period,  let  us  not  forget  the  strong  evidence  which  we 
possess  of  the  great  submergence  that  took  place  afterwards.  No 
action  of  land-ice,  for  example,  will  account  for  the  monne  shells  and 
ehalk^flints  on  Moel  Tryfan,  in  Wales,  at  the  height  of  1392  feet; 
and  a  mass  of  good  evidence  has  been  collected  to  show  that  this  sub- 
mergence amounted  to  at  least  some  hundreds  offset  in  various  parts 
of  England^  Scotland,  and  Ireland,  as  weU  as  in  the  Scandinaviaji 

*  It  Is  alleged,  howeyer,  b^  Horbye  and  otheri,  that  in  the  midland  region 
there  is  a  remarkable  exception  to  this  rule.  Thej  state,  indeed,  that  between 
lat.  62*^  and  63^*^,  the  eroave  a^t  proceeding  out  of  the  relatively  low  ground 
of  Sweden  has  marched  uphill  ngbt  oyer  the  DoTreQeld !  "  Bans  exception,  toutes 
lea  striea  qui  ee  trouvent  sur  la  m>nti^Be  mentionn^e  entre  le  62*°*  et  d3|  d^grd  de 
latitude  ont  leur  point  de  depart  dans  les  contr^  do  la  Suide  relatiyement 
plus  basses."  (Horbje  sur  les  Ph^nom^nee  d'^rosion  en  Norv^,  p.  40.)  And 
the  autlior  of  the  memoir  quoted  had  traced  this  "  burinagB  erratique "  to  an 
tfkyation  of  4590  Norwegian  feet  above  the  sea :  be  also  quotes  the  authority 
of  M.  Durocher  in  support  oi  this  assertion  as  to  the  ascending  movement  of 
the  erosive  a^gmt. 

t  "We  generally  ifaid  that  the  ])olished  or  opposing  side  (8to&-Seite)  of  the 
rocks  is  turned  towards  the  principal  plateaux  of  these  countries.  It  is  from 
these  plateaux  liiat  the  impelling  power  seems  to  have  originated  which  deter- 
mSned  ihe  direction  of  the  bodies  whidi  scooped  ovot  the  groQFef."  (Bohtliok, 
Ed.  New  Phil.  Joum.  z^xi  p.  253.) 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


182  PBOOBBDDros  OF  THE  esoLO&iCix  80GIBTT.        [Feb.  26, 

peninsula;  sea-shells  being  found  up  to  these  heights  imbedded  in  what 
look  like  marine  strata.  The  mere  presence  of  transported  boulders, 
It  is  evident,  can  no  longer  be  considered  as  a  sufficient  proof  of  sub- 
mergence if  the  existence  of  an  extensive  covering  of  land-ice  be 
once  admitted.  For  the  transport  of  boulders  floating  ice  is  doubtless 
a  very  efficient  cause,  but  equally  so  is  land-ice ;  each  case,  therefore, 
must  rest  on  its  own  merits.  The  polishing  and  scoring  of  the  rocks, 
however,  will,  I  think,  be  found  to  have  chiefly  resulted  from  the  latter 
cause,  at  least  in  this  country ;  but  there  are  some  curious  cases  for 
which  probably  few  will  be  (Usposed  to  admit  this  explanation :  such 
are  the  north-east  striss  at  the  extremity  of  the  Island  of  Anglesea 
and  on  the  Isle  of  Man,  proceeding  apparently  from  a  cause  exterior 
to  these  islands;  also  those  parallel  to  the  coast  at  Bray  Head  in 
Ireland,  pointing  N.E.  However  improbable  it  may  seem,  it  will  be 
well  to  bear  in  mind  that  it  would  be  possible  for  land-ice  to  have 
caused  these  markings,  supposing  it  to  have  been  developed  to  an  ex- 
tent sufficient  to  fiU  the  beid  of  the  Irish  Channel.  Without  venturing 
to  say  that  it  did  so,  I  merely  point  out  that,  had  such  been  the  case, 
it  might  have  marked  these  rocks  in  the  way  we  find  them  to  be. 
The  continental  ice  of  Greenland  fills  areas  more  extraordinary. 

§  9.  It  is  therefore  very  necessary  that  we  should  have  some  criterion 
whereby  we  might  be  able  to  distinguish  glacier-action  from  the  action 
of  floating  ice.  Mr.  Darwin,  in  an  excellent  paper  on  the  glaciers  of 
Caernarvonshire,  suggested  that  boss-  or  dome-formed  rocks  would 
probably  serve  as  such.  Another  circumstance  that,  I  think,  should 
help  us  is  the  case  of  a  deep  hollow  surrounded  by  a  ridge  on  the 
side  from  whence  the  glacial  agent  has  come.  Such  a  ridge  would 
evid^tly  defend  the  hollow  from  the  grounding  of  floating  ice  coming 
frt)m  that  side,  but  would  be  of  no  avail  against  the  erosion  by  a  gla- 
cier. Now,  such  instances  are  fi^uent  in  Scotland.  The  well- 
rounded  and  scored  gneiss  which  I  have  cited  in  the  deep  hollow  of 
the  east  Kyle  of  Bute,  opposite  Colintrive,  is  one ;  that  of  the  Gare- 
loch,  described  by  Mr.  Maclaren,  is  another ;  the  remarkable  case  of 
the  reservoir-lakes  of  Enapdale  may  be  mentioned  as  a  third.  Again, 
the  steadiness  of  the  direction  of  the  striae  would  seem  to  be  incon- 
sistent with  the  action  of  floating  ice,  unless  in  the  case  of  deep- 
swimming  icebergs  in  an  open  sea,  moving  under  the  steady  influence 
of  an  ocean-current ;  and  how  could  these  have  grazed  the  bottoms  of 
our  intricate  glens  ?  In  the  case  of  the  Gareloch,  Maclaren  found  that 
the  bearing  of  the  strise  over  a  length  of  seven  miles  does  not  vary 
more  than  a  point  to  the  right  or  left  of  the  axis  of  the)  lake,  and 
they  are  most  clearly  marked  at  the  lower  levels.  Now,  in  Baffin's 
Bay,  Dr.  Sutherland  tells  us  the  icebergs  tumble  about  and  butt 
against  each  other  in  great  confusion,  like  houses  in  an  earthquake, 
and  also  occusionally  assume  a  rotatory  motion  from  the  pressure  of 
ice-floes  against  them.  Further,  when  an  iceberg  strikes  against  a 
sunken  ridge,  it  will  push  the  broken  fr*agments  of  the  rock  over  into 
the  first  deep  hollow,  and  there  leave  them ;  and,  if  grounded,  it 
would  rock  about  by  the  action  of  the  surf  and  thus  cause  irregular 
curved  markings  unJike  the  straight  ones  that  we  always  find. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JAMIBBOir Q^LAGIITIOH  OV  BCX>ILAin>.  183 

§  10.  In  Scotland  the  whole  d^ris  resulting  from  the  erosion  of 
the  rocks  has  often  been  swept  clean  off, — over  most  of  the  glens 
in  the  North  and  West  Highlands  sach  is  the  case  to  a  remarkable 

f*ig.  5. — Sketch-map  of  Scotland,  showing  the  Direction  of  the  Qladal 
Markings  observed  in  different  parts  of  the  country. 


SCOTLAND 


Wf 


/  \. 


■■% 


K.B. — ^The  headless  arrows  indicate  that  the  side  from  which  the  agent  moved 

is  not  certain. 

— ^-  Direction  of  Glacial  striie. 

Nora. — ^In  this  little  map.  I  haye  avaQed  myself  of  the  material^  contained  in 
a  map  of  the  middle  region  of  Scotland  which  accompanied  an  Excellent  paper 
by  Idjr.  C.  Maclaren  in  the  *  Edinburgh  New  Philosophical  Journal '  for  1849,  and 
likewise  of  various  scattered  notices  by  Murdiison,  Niool,  Milne-Home,  Cham- 
bers, Forhes,  and  Smith  of  Jordan-hill. 


degree.   I  was  much  stmck  with  this  on  the  high  barren  ridge  border- 
ing the  Crinan  Canal,  where  the  reseryoir-ldkes  are  situated.    The 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


184  psocEEDnres  of  the  esoLoeicAL  societt.  piCar.  5, 

upturned  edges  of  the  vertical  strata  there  are  in  many  places  striated, 
and  show  great  marks  of  erosion,  as  I  have  already  mentioned ;  and 
the  interstratified  beds  of  greenstone,  which  are  very  numerous, 
stand  out  like  great  Cyclopean  walls,  running  for  miles  high  above 
the  softer  slaty  beds  that  have  yielded  more  to  the  action  of  the 
ice.  But  almost  the  whole  wreck  of  the  strata  has  been  carried  off, 
as  if  the  rocks  had  been  swept  bare  with  a  great  iron  besom.  Some 
of  the  protruding  trap-dykes  that  attracted  the  notice  of  Macculloch 
in  many  parts  of  the  Western  Isles,  and  were  referred  by  him,  with 
hesitation,  to  the  tedious  operation  of  the  atmosphere,  are,  I  have  no 
doubt,  due  to  this  erosion  of  the  softer  beds  by  the  ice. 

The  geological  period  to  which  this  great  glaciation  of  Scotland 
belongs  was  probably  contemporaneous  with  the  formation  of  those 
"  subaerial "  beds  on  the  borders  of  the  English  Channel,  described  by 
Mr.  Godwin-Austen,  and  referred  by  him  to  the  time  succeeding  the 
Norwich  Crag.  That,  at  least,  it  was  not  of  much  older  date,  I  am  led 
to  think  from  the  discovery  of  some  patches  of  what  appears  to  be  Bed 
Crag  in  the  low  coast-district  of  Slains,  in  Aberdeenshire,  that  have 
partly  escaped  the  denudation  caused  by  the  ice.  In  addition  to  the 
Mollusca  recorded  at  p.  372  of  the  16th  vol.  of  the  Quart.  Joum.  of 
the  Geol.  Soc.,  I  have  since  found  in  these  so-called  "  Crag  "  beds  of 
Slains  what  I  believe  to  be  fragments  of  the  Valuta  Lamberii,  Naasa 
elegans,  and  Nucula  Cobboldice — three  shells  eminently  characteristic 
of  the  Crag-period.  Nowhere,  however,  have  I  found  in  them  any 
glacially  striated  stones ;  and  the  absence  of  these  I  consider  an  im- 
portant fact,  showing  that  glacial  action  had  not  then  begun  in  the 
neighbourhood. 

If  this  development  of  land-ice  coincided  with  an  elevation  of  a 
great  part  of  Europe,  we  may  expect  to  find,  to  the  south  of  the  ice- 
covered  region,  traces  of  contemporaneous  freshwater  deposits,  and 
remains  of  the  continental  fauna  that  flourished  during  the  long 
period  that  the  North  was  covered  with  ice.  The  valley  of  the 
English  Channel  and  the  southern  portion  of  the  German  Ocean 
were  then  probably  dry  land,  and  may  have  been  haunted  by  mam- 
malia of  various  kinds,  and  hence  the  quantity  of  Elephants'  teeth 
and  bones  they  contain.  To  a  part  of  this  period  probably  belongs 
the  **  forest-bed  "  imderlying  the  boulder-day  of  the  Norfolk  coast, 
and  whose  tree-stumps  are  rooted  in  the  Norwich  Crag. 


Maech  6,  1862. 

George  Ford  Copdand,  Esq.,  M.E.C.S.,  6  Bay's  Hill  Villas,  Chel- 
tenham ;  William  James  Dunsford,  Esq.,  14  Taviton  Street,  Gordon 
Square ;  Charles  Henry  Gatty,  Esq.,  F.L.S.,  Felbridge  Park,  East 
Grinstead,  Sussex ;  and  Alexander  Henry  Green,  Esq.,  M.A.,  Fellow 
of  Gonville  and  Cdus  College,  Cambridge,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  oommunication  was  read : — 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by 


Google 


i.:xviiL.PLrviiL 


Digitized  by 


Google 


1862.] 


AAHSAT— GLACIAL  OSleDT  07  LAXX8. 


185 


On  the  Ot.ACiAi.  OBienr  of  certain  Laxbr  in  Swirz£BLAin),  thb  Black 
FoBEST,  Gb£AT  BfiiTAiir,  Sweden,  Nobth  America,  and  eUewhere, 
By  A.  C.  Bahaay,  r.B..8.,  President  of  the  Geological  Society,  &c. 

[Plate  VIII.] 


CoKtXHTS. 


IiXToneous  theories  of  the  Transport 
of  Alpine  Blocks :  reasons  for  aban- 
doning them. 

Old  Distribution  of  the  GretA  Alpine 
Glaciers. 

Connexion  between  Tarns  and  Gla- 
ciers. 

Origin  of  the  Great  Alpine  Lakes. 

The  Great  Lakes  :— 
The  Lake  of  Q^iera. 
TheLakeofThun. 


The  Lake  of  Loceme. 

The  Lake  of  Zurich. 

The  Wallen  See. 

The  Lake  of  Constance. 

The  Italian  Lakes. 
Summary  with  regurd  to  the  Alpine 

Lakes. 
Lakes  of  the  Noithem  HemiapheM 

generally. 
The  Glacial  Theoiy. 


Erroneous  Theories  of  the  Transport  of  Alpine  Blocks, — In  the  year 
1859,  in  a  series  of  papers  by  the  members  of  the  Alpine  dub,  I 
published  a  memoir  in  which  I  compared  the  old  glaciers  of  North 
Wales  with  those  of  Switzerland ;  and  in  it,  among  other  matters,  I 
e3[plained  the  glacial  origin  of  certain  rock-basins  now  holding  lakes, 
on  the  watersheds  and  in  the  old  glacier-valleys  of  both  those 
oountries ;  and  in  a  later  edition  of  the  same  memoir,  published  as 
la  separate  book,  with  additions*,  I  extended  these  generalizations  to 
many  of  the  lakes  in  Sutherlandshire. 

In  the  same  work  I  also  expressed  an  opinion  that  the  blocks  of 
Honthey,  in  the  valley  of  the  Rhone,  and  the  great  erratic  boulders 
that  strew  the  southern  flank  of  the  Jura  had  been  transported  by 
icebergs  derived  from  glaciers  which  descended  in  the  Alpine  valleys 
to  the  sea-level,  during  a  period  of  submergence  in  which  the  low 
country  that  lies  between  the  Jura  and  the  Oberland  was  covered 
with  erratic  drift. 

There  was  nothing  new  in  this  latter  opinion,  for  it  had  previously 
been  held  by  several  distinguished  geologists,  both  English  and  con- 
tinental. 

Since  liien  I  have  twice  revisited  Switzerland,  and  have  seen  good 
treason  to  change  my  opinion  respecting  the  cause  of  the  trans- 
port of  erratic  blocks  to  Monthey  and  the  Jura,  and  of  dShris 
not  remodelled  by  rivers,  &c.,  that  lies  scattered  over  the  lowlands 
of  Switzerland,  or  that  borders,  or  lies  in  great  mounds  well  out  in, 
the  plain  of  Piedmont  and  Lombardy.  I  am  now  convinced,  for 
example,  that  the  vast  circling  moraine  of  Ivrea,  noticed  by  Studer  in 
1844,  was  shed  from  a  glacier,  105  miles  in  length,  that  filled  the 
valley  of  Aosta  to  a  height  of  more  than  2000  feet,  and  protruded  far 
into  the  plain  ;  while  on  tiie  north  a  still  greater  glacier,  long  ago 
described  by  Charpentier,  flowed  from  the  valley  of  the  Ehone  right 
across  the  low  coimtry  until  its  end  abutted  on  the  Jura.  As  tii^e 
are  still  many  persons  in  England  who  doubt  these  conclusions,  it 

*  The  Old  Glaciers  of  North  Wales.*    Longman  k  Go. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


186  FBOCEEBuros  OF  THE  esoLoeicAL  80CIBTT,  [Mar.  5, 

may  not  be  beside  the  question  to  state  the  considerations  that  led 
me  to  reject  the  old  theory. 

Beasans  for  abandoning  the  older  theories. — I  first  began  to  donbt 
the  correctness  of  my  earlier  opinions  in  the  summer  of  I860,  while 
examining  the  country  near  Bonn,  the  banks  of  the  Moselle,  and  the 
Eifel.  Neither  in  the  valleys  nor  on  the  wide  table-lands  on  both 
sides  of  the  Bhine  and  the  Moselle  is  there  any  sign  of  glacial  drift. 
Excepting  alluvial  debris  in  the  valleys,  the  native  rock  is  generally 
quite  bare  of  transported  detritus ;  and  the  only  marks  of  glaciation  lie 
low  on  the  sides  of  the  Moselle,  where  the  floating  down  of  the  river- 
ice  has  frequently  rounded,  polished,  and  striated  the  rocky  banks  in 
the  direction  of  the  flow.  Boulders,  transported  from  further  up  the 
stream,  also  sometimes  lie  on  the  shores.  But,  in  the  absence  of  true 
drift,  I  considered  that,  had  Switzerland  been  depressed  at  least  3000 
feet,  until  its  mountains  were  washed  by  a  sea  that  floated  trans- 
ported blocks  to  the  higher  Jura,  the  table-lands  of  Bhenish  Prussia 
and  Westphalia  would  also  possibly  have  been  submerged,  and  more 
or  less  covered  with  glacial  detritus.  Further  up  the  Bhine  and  in 
the  Black  Forest  the  same  absence  of  marine  drift  prevails.  .  There, 
looking  eastward  towards  the  Rhine,  the  mountains,  chiefly  of  gneiss, 
are  wonderfully  scarred,  telling  the  observer  of  the  wasting  eflects  of 
frost,  ice,  rain,  and  rivers,  probably  ever  since  the  dose  of  the  Miocene 
period.  In  tiie  vaUey  of  Oberweiler,  between  Mullheim  and  the 
watershed,  I  observed  occasional  heaps  of  moraine-Hke  detritus,  in 
which  by  diligent  searching  I  found  a  few  stones  marked  with  the 
familiar  glacial  scratchings. 

In  the  interior  towards  Schonau  and  the  Belchen,  the  rocks  being 
generally  soft  and  schistose,  no  very  decided  signs  of  old  glaciers 
occur,  and  no  part  of  the  country  shows  symptoms  of  the  presence 
of  drift.  Altogether  the  country  looks  as  if  it  had  stood  in  the  air 
for  so  great  a  period  that,  even  if  glaciers  were  once  present,  they 
had  disappeared  so  long  that  aU  the  more  prominent  signs  of  d^ra- 
dation  are  now  due  to  rain  and  running  water.  But  further  in  the 
interior  it  is  altogether  different;  for  the  signs  of  old  glacier-ice 
are  plentifril  enough,  and  for  miles  roimd  the  Feldberg,  which  rises 
4982  Baden  feet  above  the  sea,  the  sides  of  the  valleys  to  the  very 
summits  of  the  mountains  are  often  strikingly  moutonnies,  though 
the  rounded  forms  are  generally  roughened  and  frequently  half 
ruined  with  age.  On  these,  striations,  though  rare,  may  occasionally 
be  discovered  (running  in  the  direction  of  the  valleys),  although 
the  rapid  rate  at  which  the  rock  weathers  is  much  against  their 
preservation.  Moraines  also  are  not  uncommon.  At  the  foot  of 
the  Feldberg,  on  the  east,  there  is  a  beautiful  circular  lake,  called 
the  Feldsee,  surrounded  by  tall  cli£&  of  gneiss  and  granite  in  the 
shape  known  in  Scotland  as  a  corrie^ — a  form  eminentiy  charac- 
teristic of  aU  glacier-countries  past  or  present.  The  outer  side  of 
the  lake  is  danuned  up  by  a  perfectiy  symmetrical  moraine,  curving 
across  the  valley,  and  formed  of  sand,  gravel,  and  of  granite 
and  gneiss,  often  in  large  boulders.  It  is  now  covered  with  pine- 
trees.    The  lake  is  deep,  and  the  moraine  rises  from  25  to  40  feet 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  SAMSAT— GLACIAL  OSIGDr  OF  LAKES.  187 

above  the  water.  Outside  the  moraine  lies  a  flat  marsh,  still 
retaining  traces  of  having  been  a  lake,  once  also  dammed  by  a  second 
and  outer  moraine,  formed  chiefly  of  large  angular  blocks  of  gneiss, 
piled  irregularly  on  each  other  like  the  old  moraine  of  Gwm  Boch- 
Iwyd,  above  liyn  Ogwen  in  Caernarvonshire.  Quantities  of  moraine- 
matter  strew  the  valley  for  two  or  three  miles  further  down  to  the 
little  marshy  lake  at  Waldbauer,  which  is  also  dammed  up  by 
moraine-rubbish,  in  one  place  rudely  stratified,  like  some  of  the  old 
moraine-heaps  on  the  Jura  and  parts  of  the  great  moraine  of  Ivrea ; 
or  like  the  heaps  of  glacier-c2^&m  that  often  border  the  lakes  marshes, 
and  flat  peat-mosses,  once  lakes,  that  diversify  the  lowlands  of 
Switzerland.  At  the  upper  end  of  the  Alb  Thai  also,  at  the  entrance 
of  Menzenschwanden  Alb,  I  saw  four  moraines  curving  across  the 
valley,  arranged  concentrically  one  within  another,  like  those  at 
the  end  of  the  glacier  of  the  Rhone;  and  for  many  miles  in  the 
Alb  YaUey,  both  above  and  below  St.  Blasien,  ro(^  nioutonnSes 
stand  like  islands  through  the  alluvium,  while  it  is  also  plain  that 
the  sides  of  the  mountains  above  have  been  to  a  great  height  smoothed 
by  ice.  Nowhere  however  down  to  Allbruck,  where  the  river  joins 
the  Bhine*,  did  I  see  any ''  drift ;"  and  this  village  lying  close  on  the 
north  side  of  the  Jura,  it  seemed  impossible  that  the  higher  ground 
on  the  south  side  of  that  range,  between  the  Lakes  of  Constance  and 
Geneva,  should  have  been  submerged  during  any  part  of  the  Glacial 
period,  while  the  country  on  the  Bhine  above  Basel  remained  above 
the  sea.  I  therefore  saw  that  the  theory  that  the  Pierre  d  hot  and 
its  companion  blocks  had  been  floated  from  the  Alps  by  marine  ice- 
bergs was  untenable ;  and  a  later  examination  of  a  portion  of  the  Jura, 
partly  under  the  able  guidance  of  Professor  Desor,  fully  convinced  me 
that  the  ice  that  descended  the  great  valley  of  the  Bhone  had  covered 
much  of  the  low  country  and  abutted  on  the  south-eastern  flank  of 
the  Jura. 

Old  Distribution  of  the  Great  Alpine  Olaciers, — ^At  that  period,  then, 
of  extreme  cold,  when  the  glaciers  of  the  Alps  flowed  right  across  the 
Miocene  basin  of  Switzerland,  a  glacier  of  vast  thickness  (No.  1  on 
the  Map,  PL  YIII.),  running  from  end  to  end  of  the  upper  vaUey  of  the 
Bhone,  debouched  upon  the  lowlands  at  what  is  now  the  eastern  end 
of  the  Lake  of  Geneva,  and  spreading  in  a  great  fiEm-shaped  mass 
extended  to  the  south-west  several  miles  down  the  Bhone  below  its 
present  outflow  from  the  lake,  and  north-east  to  the  banks  of  the  Aar, 
about  half-way  between  Solothum  and  Aarau.  The  length  of  this 
fan-shaped  end  of  the  glacier,  from  north-east  to  south- west,  was 
about  130  miles,  and  its  extreme  breadth  about  25  miles.  Another 
great  glacier  (No.  5)  descended  in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  higher 
part  of  the  Bhone  glacier,  through  the  upper  vcdleys  of  the  Bhine, 
and  debouched  upon  a  wide  area  that  extends  from  Kaiserstuhl  on 
the  Bhine,  far  to  the  north-east.  In  the  centre  of  this  area  lies  the 
Lake  of  Constance.  Between  these,  which  were  the  largest  glaciers 
on  the  north  watershed  of  the  Swiss  Alps,  several  smaller,  but  still 
enormous,  glaciers  flowed  in  a  north-westerly  direction  from  the 
*  Between  Basel  and  the  confluence  of  the  Aar  and  (he  Bhine. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


188  PBocBSDiKGfl  07  THS  aEOLooicAi.  socnsTT.         [Har.  5, 

mountamSy-^-oiLe  down  the  Lmth,  through  the  area  now  occupied  by 
the  Lake  of  Zurich  (No.  4),  another  down  the  Upper  Beuss,  across 
the  area  in  which  lie  the  Lakes  of  Lucerne,  Zug,  and  others  (No.  3), 
and  a  third  down  the  valley  of  the  Aar  to  Berne,  through  the  countiy 
that  now  contains  the  Lakes  of  Brienz  and  Thun  (No.  3).  Accord- 
ing to  this  view  (the  result  of  the  researches  of  the  best  Swiss 
geologists),  the  greater  part  of  the  Swiss  Miocene  area  lay  deep  under 
ice*,  and  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  the  country  between  the  great 
old  glaciers  of  the  Beuss,  Aar,  and  Bhone  was  much  more  covered 
with  ice  than  any  map  shows,  the  whole  helping  to  swell  the  pro- 
digious glacier  of  the  Bhone  that  abutted  on  the  Jura. 

Conneanon  between  Tarns  and  Glaciers. — In  '  The  Old  Glaciers  of 
North  Wales '  I  have  shown  that  in  all  glacier-countries,  whether 
past  or  present,  there  is  an  intimate  connexion  between  tarns  and 
glaciers.  Some  of  these  are  dammed  by  old  morainesf,  but  the 
greater  number  lie  in  rock-basins,  formed  by  the  grinding  of  glaciw- 
ice  as  it  passed  across  the  country,  whether  in  valleys,  on  rough  table- 
lands, or  on  the  watersheds  of  passes.  These  lakes  and  pools  are  of  all 
sizes,  from  a  few  yards  in  widUi,  lying  amid  the  mammillations  of  the 
roches  moutonnies,  to  several  miles  in  diameter.  Sometimes  in  the 
convolutions  of  the  strata  (conjoined  with  preglacial  denudation 
subsequent  to  the  contortion  of  the  beds),  softer  parts  of  the  country 
may  have  been  scooped  out,  leaving  a  hollow  surrounded  by  a  frame-* 
work  of  harder  rock ;  but  perhaps  more  generally  they  were  formed 
by  the  greater  thickness  and  weight,  and  consequently  proportionally 
greater  grinding  pressure,  of  glacier-ice  on  particular  areas,  due  to 
accidents  to  which  it  is  now  often  difficult  or  impossible  to  find  the 
due.  Trifling  as  this  phenomenon  at  first  sight  may  seem,  I  yet  bdieve 
the  manner  of  the  formation  of  these  lakes  is  of  much  importance  to 
the  right  understanding  of  the  glacial  theory,  whether  taken  in  con- 
nexion with  the  great  extension  of  extinct  glaciers  in  recognized 
glacier-regions,  or,  farther,  when  viewed  on  a  general  continental 
scale ;  for  the  theory  of  thealacial  origin  of  many  rock^basins  must,  I 
feel  convinced,  be  extended  much  beyond  such  mountain-districte  as 
Switzerland,  Wales,  and  the  Highlands  of  Scotland,  where  they  first 
attracted  my  attention  ;|:. 

Origin  of  the  Great  Alpine  Lakes,  Subject  stated, — From  the  con- 
sideration of  the  origin  of  mountain-lakes  and  tarns,  the  question 
easily  arises, — ^What  are  the  causes  that  have  operated  in  the  formation 
of  the  great  lakes  of  Switzerland,  such  as  those  of  Greneva,  Zurich, 
and  Constance,  and,  south  of  the  Alps,  of  Maggiore,  Lugano,  Como, 

*  The  UmitB  of  the  northern  ffladers  on  the  Map  (PL  VIII.)  are  ehieflj  giyen 
from  a  MS.  map  oompiled  bj  M.  Moriot  Those  on  the  louth  art  taken  mm  ^ 
map  hy  M.  de  Mortillet.    Both  were  lent  me  b?  Sir  Carles  Ljell. 

t  Quart  Joom.  QeoL  3oc.  1851,  toI  viii.  p.  371 ;  and  '  Old  Glaciers  of  North 
Wales.* 

)  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  I  attribute  tiie  origin  of  all  rook-basins  to 
glacial  action.  Many  he  in  the  craters  of  extinct  Tolcanos,  some,  no  doubts  in 
areas  of  special  subsideoce,  and  others  may  be  due  to  causes  of  which  I  know 
nothing.  I  now  confine  my  remarks  to  oo^ain  lakes  common  in  all  highly 
glaciated  regions  such  as  I  know. 


J 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BAM8AT — Q^LACIAL  OBIOIK  OF  LAKES.  189 

and  others  ?  To  answer  this  with  precision,  it  wUl  be  necessary,  first, 
to  examine  several  other  hypotheses  that  by  some  may  be  thought 
sufficient  to  account  for  them. 

It  is  well  known  that  after  the  close  of  the  Miocene  epoch  the 
rocks  of  the  Alps  were  much  disturbed, — a  circumstance  proved  by 
the  contortion  of  the  Miocene  strata,  as  for  instance  in  the  neighs 
bourhood  of  Lucerne,  where,  on  the  Bigi  (and  in  other  conglomeratic 
mountains  on  the  same  strike),  the  strata  are  considered  by  the  best 
Swiss  geologists  to  be  repeatedly  folded  and  fairly  inverted,  so  that 
the  basement-beds  form  the  top  of  the  mountain  instead  of  its 
bottom,  thus,  by  reversal  of  dip,  plunging  under  the  Eocene  and  Cre- 
taceous strata  of  the  mountains  i^ther  south.  The  whole,  as  shown 
by  the  rapid  truncated  foldings  and  the  escarpments  of  the  hills,  has 
since  been  much  denuded,  the  denudation  being  of  a  kind  and  amount 
that,  to  effect  it,  proves  the  lapse  of  a  long  period  of  time.  Wit- 
ness the  outliers  of  Miocene  strata  in  the  upland  vaUeys  of  the  Jura. 
Among  these  disturbed  and  denuded  strata  of  Miocene  and  of  older 
dates,  the  Lakes  of  Geneva,  Thun,  Brienz,  Lucerne,  Zurich,  Constance^ 
the  Wallen  See,  and  the  great  lakes  of  North  Italy  lie.  A  knowledge 
of  the  stratigraphical  structure  of  the  Alps,  in  my  opinion,  proves 
that  these  lakes  do  not  lie  among  the  strata  in  basins  merdy  pro- 
duced by  disturbance  of  the  rocks,  but  in  hollows  due  to  denuding 
agencies  that  operated  long  after  the  complicated  foldings  of  the 
Miocene  and  other  strata  were  produced. 

First,  none  of  these  lakes  lie  in  simple  synclinal  troughs.  It  iM 
the  rarest  thing  in  nature  to  find  an  anticlmal  or  a  synclinal  curve 
from  which  some  of  the  upper  strata  have  not  been  removed  by 
denudation.  I  never  yet  saw  a  synclinal  curve  of  which  it  can  be 
proved  that  the  uppermost  stratum  in  the  basin  is  the  highest  layer 
of  the  formation  that  was  originally  deposited  over  the  area  before 
the  curving  and  denudation  of  the  country  took  place.  The  only 
approach  to  this  may  possibly  be  in  the  upper  valleys  of  the  Jura, 
where  a  part  of  the  3iOoc6ne  beds  lie  in  basins  separated  by  second- 
ary antidinaUy  curved  strata,  the  tops  of  the  anticlinal  bends  having 
been  removed  by  denudation ;  but  these  cases  are  surroujiided  with 
difficulties.  The  lake-hollows  in  the  Alps  are,  however,  encircled  by 
rocks,  the  strikes,  dips,  and  contortions  of  which  often  exhibit  denu- 
dation on  an  immense  scale ;  and  in  no  case  is  it  possible  to  affirm, 
here  we  have  a  synclinal  hollow  of  which  the  original  uppermost 
beds  remain.  If  these  beds  have  disappeared  to  a  great  extent,  then 
it  is  evident  that  denudation  has  followed  disturbance.  The  £rag«- 
mentary  state  of  the  uppermost  Miocene  strata  of  the  lowlands  of 
Switzerland  proves  this  denudation.  Again,  if  it  be  argued  that  in 
the  lake-areas  these  denudations  have  been  produced  by  the  waters  of 
the  lakes,  it  is  r^^ed  that,  though  waves  may  form  cliffii,  neither 
running  nor  still  water  can  scoop  out  deep  trough-shaped  hollows. 

Secondly,  the  same  kind  of  ai^ument  applies  to  areas  of  mere 
watery  erosion  by  rivers.  Eunnijig  water  may  scoop  out  a  sloping 
▼alley  or  gorges  but  (excepting  little  swallow-holes)  it  cannot  form 
and  deepen  a  profound  hoUow,  so  as  to  leave  a  rocky  barrier  all 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


190  PBOCESDIHeS  OF  THE  OEOLOeiCAL  60CIETT.  [Mar.  5, 

round ;  though  it  may  fill  with  sediment  one  that  had  previously  been 
formed. 

Thirdly,  neither  do  most  of  the  Swiss  lakes  lie  in  lines  of  dis- 
location. For  many  reasons  I  do  not  believe  that  any  one  of  them 
among  the  high  Alps  or  on  their  flanks  can  be  proved  to  lie  in  lines 
of  mere  gaping  fracture.  Let  us  consider  the  nature  of  such  fractures. 

In  any  country  where  the  strata  are  comparatively  little  disturbed 
and  lie  nearly  horizontally,  if  it  be  faulted,  there  is  no  reason  why 
the  fractures  should  be  open.  In  the  Oolites,  for  example,  in  the 
South  of  England,  where  faults  are  numerous,  and  in  the  New  Red 
Sandstone  of  the  central  counties,  there  is  generally  a  simple  dis- 
placement of  the  strata  up  or  down,  on  one  side  or  &e  other ;  or,  if 
the  disturbance  go  beyond  this,  it  is  that  along  the  sloping  line  of 
fracture  the  beds  on  the  downthrow  side  are  turned  up,  and  those 
on  the  opposite  side  bent  down,  by  pressure  and  slipping  combined. 
In  more  disturbed  districts,  like  the  Welsh  Coal-measures,  the  same 
phenomena  are  observable :  witness,  for  instance,  the  numerous  sec- 
tions from  accurate  observation,  drawn  on  a  true  scale,  by  Sir  Heniy 
De  la  Beche,  Sir  William  Logan,  and  others.  Experience  both 
above  ground  and  in  mines  proves  ihe  same.  Most  lodes  are  in  frac- 
tures, and  many  lie  in  lines  of  fault.  In  metamorphic,  excessively 
contorted,  and  greatly  fractured  districts  like  those  of  Devon,  Corn- 
wall, and  Wales,  the  cracks,  whether  bearing  metals  or  not,  vary 
from  mere  threads  to  a  few  fathoms  in  width.  They  are  always 
filled  with  quartz  or  other  foreign  substances,  frequently  harder 
than  the  surrounding  matrix.  I  have  often  traced  lodes  on  the 
surface,  in  Wales,  by  the  hard  matter  filling  the  crack  standing 
in  reli^  above  the  surface  of  the  softer  enclosing  rock.  In  lime- 
stone rocks  the  cracks  are  usually  partly  filled  widi  crystallized  car- 
bonate of  lime.  lines  of  fracture  are  not,  therefore,  for  purposes  of 
denudation,  necessarily  lines  of  weakness,  unless  it  happen  that  on 
opposite  sides  of  the  fault  hard  and  soft  rocks  come  together,  when 
of  course  the  softer  rocks  will  wear  away  more  rapidly,  and  generally 
originate  a  straight  valley. 

Again,  in  an  excessively  contorted  country,  such  as  the  Alps,  it  is, 
I  believe,  impossible,  in  consequence  of  that  contortion,  that  there 
fihoidd  be  gaping  fractures  now  exposed  to  view.  Assuming  for  the 
sake  of  argument  the  sudden  violent  contortion  of  the  strata  of  any 
great  tract  of  country,  we  shall  see  that  the  contorted  rocks  now 
cvposed  at  the  surface,  even  if  broken,  would  be  most  unlikely  to 
gape. 

The  expression  "  elevation  of  mountains  "  conveys  to  the  minds  of 
many  persons  the  idea  that  the  elevation  has  been  produced  by  some 
force  acting  from  below,  along  a  Hne  in  the  case  of  a  chain,  and  on  a 
point  of  greater  or  less  extent  when  the  mountains  lie  in  a  cluster, 
as  a  whole,  more  or  less  dome-shaped.  Such  forces  would  stretch  the 
strata ;  and  when  they  could  no  longer  stand  the  tension,  cracks  would 
ensue,  and  many  lines  of  valley  are  assumed  to  lie  in  such  fractures. 
But  in  Wales,  the  Highlands  of  Scotland,  and  more  notably  in  the 
Alps,  the  strata  now  visible  have  been  compressed  and  crumpled. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  SAMBA T GLACIAL  O&IOIN  OF  LAKES.  191 

not  stretched,  and  they  occupy  a  smaller  horizontal  space  than  they 
did  previous  to  the  formation  of  the  chain. 

Let  us  suppose  a  set  of  strata  of  (say)  14,000  to  20,000  feet  in 
thickness,  like  the  rocks  of  North  Wales,  and  let  these  be  spread 
out  horizontally  over  thousands  of  square  miles.  Let  these  strata, 
from  any  cause,  be  compressed  from  the  right  and  left  so  as 
to  be  contorted,  and  occupy  a  smaller  horizontal  area  than  they 
did  before  disturbance.  Then,  at  a  great  depth,  where  the  super- 
incumbent strata  pressed  heavily  on  the  lower  beds,  the  latter  would 
be  crumpled  up,  cleavage  would  often  supervene,  and  gaping  fno" 
tures  would  be  impossible ;  for,  where  mere  fractures  occurred,  the 
walls  of  the  cracks  would  be  pressed  more  closely  together.  But 
nearer  the  surface,  where  there  was  less  weight,  and  at  it,  where 
there  was  none,  the  beds  would  extend  into  larger  curves  than  they 
did  lower  down ;  and  where  the  limits  of  extensibility  were  passed, 
shattering  might  take  place,  and  yawning  chasms  might  ensue.  In 
all  violently  contorted  countries,  however,  as  in  the  cleaved  rocks 
of  North  Wales,  for  instance,  the  present  surface  shows  those  origi- 
nally deep-seated  contortions  that  since  disturbance  have  been  ex- 
posed by  denudation ;  otherwise  the  rocks  would  not  be  cleaved. 
I  therefore  do  not  believe  that  in  any  country  I  have  seen,  such  as 
Wales  or  Switzerland,  there  are  any  lakes  now  occupying  yawning 
fractures,  consequent  in  Switzerland  on  post-eocene  or  post-miocene 
disturbances.  On  the  contrary,  they  lie  in  hollows  of  denudation, 
shortly  to  be  explained,  of  later  date  than  these  disturbances. 

Fourthly,  again,  it  may  be  supposed  that  the  great  lakes  lie  each 
in  an  area  of  special  subsidence;  but,  in  reply  to  this,  it  is  evident  that 
among  the  unnumbered  lakes  of  Switzerland  and  the  Italian  Alps  it 
would  be  easy  to  show  a  gradation  in  size,  from  the  smallest 
tarn  that  lies  in  a  rock-basin  to  the  Lakes  of  Geneva  and  Constance. 
Neither  do  I  see  any  reason  why  mere  size  should  be  considered  the 
test  of  subsidence.  Disallowing  that  test,  we  should  require  a  great 
number  of  special  subsidences,  each  in  the  form  of  a  rock-basin,  in 
contiguous  areas.  Between  the  Seidelhom  and  Thun,  for  example, 
we  should  require  one  for  the  Todten  See,  several  on  the  plateau  on 
the  north  immediately  under  the  Seidelhorn,  one  for  the  lake  at  the 
Grimsel,  another  for  the  drained  lake  at  the  Kirchet*,  and  another 
for  the  lakes  of  Brienz  and  Thun.  In  Sutherlandshire  these  areas  of 
special  subsidence  would  be  required  by  the  hundred,  and  in  North 
America  by  the  thousand. 

Signer  Gastaldi,  in  a  masterly  memoir  on  the  composition  of  the 
Miocene  conglomerates  of  Piedmontt,  considers  witii  reason  that 
the  large  angular  blocks  of  these  strata,  many  of  them  &r-trans- 
ported,  and  some  of  them  foreign  to  the  Alps  and  Apennines,  have 
been  deposited  from  ice-rafts;  and  thence  he  infers  the  exist- 
ence of  glaciers  during  a  part  of  the  Miocene  epoch.  But,  admitting 
this,  it  is  evident  that  the  distribution  of  the  post-pliocene  glaciers  of 

*  See  the  "  Old  Gladen  of  Switierland  and  North  Wales.'* 

t  "Sugli  element!  ehe  oompongono  i  ocrngbmerati  Miooeni  del  Fiemonte.** 

VOL.  XVm. — ^PABT  I.  0 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


192  PBoosxDiireM  or  thx  OKOLoeicAL  socibtt.         [Mar.  6, 

the  Alps  must,  in  all  details^  Lave  been  quite  different  from  those  of 
Miocene  age,  in  consequence  of  the  great  disturbance  that  the  Alpine 
rocks  underwent  after  the  dose  of  the  Miocene  epoch,  and  the  sub- 
sequent formation  of  numerous  new  yaUeys  of  denudation.  Traces 
of  the  long  lapse  of  time  between  the  Miocene  and  ^le  later  Glacial 
epoch  are  in  other  countries  but  imperfectly  preserved  in  the  sub- 
divisions of  the  Crag,  and  of  other  minor  formations  of  still  later 
date.  Of  the  finer  gradations  that  unite  these  subdivisions  few  traces 
have  been  described.  For  long  before,  and  during  all  these  Cra^ 
epochs  and  the  ages  between  them,  of  which  we  have  little  trace, 
and  during  all  the  time  that  elapsed  from  the  close  of  the  Crag  until 
the  period  of  extreme  cold  came  into  action,  the  Alps  stood  above  the 
sea,  and,  sufEering  subaeiial  denudation,  valleys  were  being  formed 
and  deepened.  It  is  possible  that,  while  the  mild  dimates  of  the 
Lower  Crag  epochs  endured,  there  may  still  have  been  gladers  in 
the  higher  Alps;  but  at  whatever  period  the  later  graders  com- 
menced, those  who  allow  the  extreme  slowness  of  geological  change 
will  admit  that  the  period  was  immense  that  elapsed  during  the  gra- 
dual increase  of  the  gladers,  until,  in  an  epoch  of  intensest  cold, 
the  ice  abutted  on  the  Jura  in  one  direction,  in  another  spread 
£eu:  beyond  the  present  area  of  the  Lake  of  Constance,  and  on  the 
south  invaded  the  plains  of  Lombardy  and  Piedmont.  During 
all  that  time  weather  and  running  water  were  at  work  modifying 
the  form  of  the  ground  under  review.  But,  as  I  have  already  ex- 
plained, these  two  agents  were  incapable  of  scooping  out  deep  hol- 
lows surrounded  on  all  ddes  by  rocks,  and  it  therefore  follows  that 
the  lakes  first  appeared  afi;er  the  decline  of  the  gladers  left  the 
surfietce  of  the  country  exposed  approximately  as  we  now  see  it, — 
unless  we  admit,  what  seems  to  me  impossible,  that  fractures,  formed 
at  the  dose  of  the  Miocene  epoch,  remained  filled  with  water  until 
the  great  glaciers  filled  them  with  ice ;  or  believe,  with  De  Mor- 
tillet,  that  the  valleys  and  lake-hollows  were  charged  with  water- 
borne  alluvial  or  diluvial  dSbris  before  the  gladers  ploughed  it  out  *. 

Allowing  the  hypothesis  of  De  Mortillet,  the  rock-basins  mus^ 
have  been  twice  fiO^ed  with  water ;  but,  according  to  my  hypothesis, 
they  did  not  exist  as  lakes  till  after  the  disappearance  of  the 
glaciers. 

But  the  glader  map  of  andent  Switzerland  shows  that  the  areas 
now  occupied  by  the  great  lakes,  both  north  and  south  of  the  Alps, 
have  all  been  covered  with  glaciers.  No  tertiary  deposit  of  an  age 
between  the  close  of  the  Miocene  and  the  commencement  of  the  Gladal 
epoch  lies  between  the  Alps  and  the  Jura ;  and,  had  the  hoUows  of 
the  lakes  existed  prior  to  the  great  Glacial  epoch,  we  ought,  but  for 
some  powerful  wasting  agent,  probably  in  these  hoUows,  still  to  find 

<^  See  an  admirable  memoir  bvG.de  Mortillef^  ''Des  AndenB  Gladers  da 
YerBant  Italien  dea  Alpea."  Milan,  1860.  Though  I  had  seen  his  map,  I  bad 
not  seen  this  memoir  when  I  read  my  paper ;  and  the  passages  in  which  it 
is  mentioned  haye  been  added  as  these  pages  passed  through  the  press.  His 
theory  leaves  the  difficulty  of  the  first  formation  of  the  basins  untouched,  unless 
we  beUere  (which  I  do  not)  that  the  Alpine  valleys  are  lines  of  fimcture. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  &AMBAT — OLACIAL  OBIGIN  OF  LIKES.  193 

some  traces  of  freshwater  deposits,  perhaps  of  the  age  of  part  of  the 
Crag.     No  such  relics  exist. 

The  Oreat  Lakes,  Lake  of  Geneva, — ^The  Lake  of  Oeneva  is  about 
45  miles  in  length  by  about  12  in  breadth,  and  its  delta,  once  part 
of  the  lake,  between  Yilleneuve  and  Bex,  is  12  miles  long.  The 
latter  and  a  small  part  of  the  banks  of  the  lake  beyond  the  mouth 
of  the  river  lie  in  the  great  Bhone  valley,  formed  of  older  Tertiary 
and  Secondary  rocks.  All  the  rest  of  the  lake  is  surrounded  by  the 
low  country  formed  of  the  various  subdivisions  of  the  Moksse  and 
Nagelfluh.  The  lake  is  1230  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  ' 
984  feet  deep  towards  the  eastern  end,  according  to  the  soundings  of 
De  la  Beche  ♦.     See  ^.  1,  p.  194. 

Geneva  itself  stands  on  superficial  dibris;  but  the  solid  rock 
first  appears  in  the  river-bed  below  Geneva,  at  Vernier,  at  the  level 
of  1197  feet  above  the  sear— only  33  feet  below  the  surface  of  the 
lake,  or  951  feet  above  the  deepest  part  of  its  bottom.  Any  one 
acquainted  with  the  remainder  of  the  physical  geography  of  the 
country  will  therefore  see  that  the  water  of  the  lake  lies  in  a  true 
rock-basin.     The  question  thus  arises,  How  was  this  basin  formed  ? 

1st.  It  does  not  lie  in  a  simple  synclinal  basin ;  for,  though  the 
Lake  of  Geneva  lies  in  the  great  synclinal  hollow  of  the  Miocene 
strata  between  the  Alps  and  the  Jura,  it  is  evident  by  an  inspection  of 
the  country  that  the  flexures  of  that  formation  are  of  fietr  greater 
antiquity  than  the  lake.  These  flexures  have  been  denuded,  and  the 
lake  runs  in  a  great  degree  across  their  strike. 

2nd.  For  reasons  already  stated,  it  is,  I  believe,  impossible  to 
prove  that  the  lake  lies  in  an  area  of  special  subsidence,  aH  the  pro- 
babilities being  against  this  hypothesis. 

3rd.  It  is  almost  needless  to  say  that  the  Lake  of  Geneva  is  too 
wide  to  lie  in  a  mere  line  of  fracture ;  and  I  know  of  no  reason  why 
the  valley  of  the  Ehone,  where  occupied  by  the  delta,  should  be 
esteemed  a  line  of  fault  or  gaping  fissure,  any  more  than  many  other 
valleys  in  Switzerland,  which  many  geologists  wiU  consider  with  me 
chiefly  the  result  of  the  old  and  long-continued  subaerial  denudation 
of  highly  disturbed  strata.  I  could  enter  on  details  to  prove  this  point, 
but  they  belong  rather  to  the  rock-geology  of  Switzerland  than  to  the 
matter  in  hand. 

4th.  Those  who  do  not  believe  in  the  existence  and  excavating 
power  of  great  and  sudden  cataclysmal  floods  will  at  once  see  that 
the  area  of  the  lake  cannot  be  one  of  mere  watery  erosion ;  for  ordi- 
nary running  water,  and  far  less  the  still  water  of  a  deep  lake,  can- 
not scoop  out  a  hollow  nearly  1000  feet  in  depth. 

Now,  if  the  Lake  of  Geneva  do  not  lie  in  a  synclinal  trough,  in  an 
area  of  subsidence,  in  a  line  of  fracture,  nor  in  an  area  of  mere 
aqueous  erosion,  we  have  only  one  other  great  moulding  agency  left 
by  which  to  modify  the  form  of  the  groimd,  namely,  that  of  ice. 

When  at  its  largest,  the  great  glacier  of  the  Bhone  (No.  1  of  the 
Map,  PI.  Yin.)  debouched  upon  ti^e  Miocene  beds  where  the  eastern 
end  of  the  Lake  of  Geneva  now  lies.    The  boulders  on  the  Jura,  near 
*  Edinburgh  Phikwophical  Journal,  1820,  Tol.  ii  p.  107,  and  plate  2. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  sA3caAT-^^«Li.aiX  OBiaiBr  op  laxeb.  195* 

Neuchitel;  at  the  point  on  tbe  Map  marked  B^  prove  tliat  this  glacier 
was  about  2200  feet  thick  where  it  abutted  on  the  mountains ;  and, 
where  it  first  flowed  out  upon  the  plain  at  the  mouth  of  t^e  vallej 
of  the  Bhone,  the  ice,  according  to  Charpentier,  must  have  been 
at  least  2780  feet  thick  *.  Add  to  this  the  depth  of  the  lake,  984 
feet,  and  the  total  thickness  of  the  ice  must  have  been  about  3764  feet 
at  what  is  now  the  eastern  part  of  the  lake,  fig.  2  f.  I  conceiye,  then, 
that  this  enormous  mass  of  ice,pushing  first  north-west  and  then  partly 
west,  scooped  out  the  hollow  of  the  Lake  of  Geneva  most  deeply  in  its 
eastern  part  opposite  Lausanne,  where  the  thickness  and  weight  of  ice, 
and  consequently  its  grinding  power,  were  greatest.  This  weight  de- 
Greasing  as  it  flowed  towards  the  west,  from  the  natural  diminution 
of  the  glacier,  possessed  a  diminishing  eroding  power,  so  that  less 
matter  was  planed  out  in  that  direction,  and  thus  a  long  rock-basin 
was  formed,  into  which  the  waters  of  tiie  Bhone  and  other  streams 
flowed  when  the  climate  ameliorated  and  the  glacier  retired. 

Lake  of  Neuchdtel, — The  basins  of  the  Lakes  of  Neuch&tel,  Bienne, 
and  Morat  were,  I  consider,  hollowed  out  in  a  similar  manner,  dif- 
fering in  points  of  detail.  Near  the  Lake  of  Neuchatel,  on  the  flank 
of  the  Jura,  the  fan-shaped  end  of  the  Bhone  glacier  (No.  1)  attained 
its  greatest  height,  swelled  in  size  and  pressed  on  as  it  was  by  others 
that  descended  from  the  north  snow-shed  of  the  mountains  between 
the  Oldeuhom  and  the  great  snow-field  above  Grindelwald.  Accord* 
ing  to  estimates  based  on  the  highest  ice-stranded  boulders,  the  ice 
rose  2203  feet  above  the  present  surface  of  the  lake.  The  lake  is 
now  1427  feet  above  the  sea,  and  480  feet  deep ;  and  the  Lake  of 
Bienne  is  1425  feet  above  the  sea,  and  231  feet  in  depth.  The. 
bottom  of  the  Lake  of  Neuchfttel  is  thus  947  feet  above  the  sea. 
Unless  the  gravel,  therefore,  on  the  banks  of  the  Aar,  immediately 
east  of  the  latter,  be  over  480  feet  deep,  the  hollow  of  the  lake 
near  its  immediate  bounds  is  a  true  rock-basin ;  for  on  the  north, 
south,  and  west  it  is  surrounded  by  solid  Secondary  and  Miocene 
rocks.  Even  if  the  rock  does  not  rise  dose  to  the  surface  in  the 
river  near  the  lake,  still,  at  Solothum,  strata  in  place  come  dose 
to  the  river-bank  on  both  sides,  the  river  being  1414  feet  above  tilie 
sea.  Under  any  circumstances  there  must  therefore  be  a  long,  deep 
trough  between  Solothum  and  the  rocks  a  little  south-west  of  the 
Lake  of  Neuch&teL  How  was  this  basin  formed  ?  When  the  gla^ 
der,  deboudiing  from  the  valley  of  the  Bhone,  spread  out  like  a  fan 
and  pressed  forward  till  it  abutted  on  the  Jura,  its  onward  progress 
was  stopped  by  that  mountain ;  and  direct  farther  advance  being 
hindered,  the  ice  spread  north-east  and  south-west,  to  the  right  and 
left,  and  being  as  a  whole  thickest  and  heaviest  above  the  area  where 
the  lake  now  lies,  a  greater  quantity  of  the  Miocene  strata  on  which 
it  rested  must  have  been  ploughed  out  there  than  further  on  towards 
the  north-east  and  south-west  ends  of  the  glacier,  towards  which 

*  The  Lake  of  Geneva  is  197  feet  lower  than  the  Lake  of  NeuchAtel.  The 

S*  loier  fint  sarmoonted  the  hilU  between  Laiuanne  and  Vevay,  and  then  flowed 
wn  ^e  general  slope  northwards  to  the  Jora. 
t  This  diagram  is  on  a  true  scale  both  horixontally  and  vertaoaUy. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


196  MMTBEDmaS  OF  THE  6B0L0OIGAL  SOGDStT.  [MaT.  6, 

the  ioe,  gradually  dedining  in  thickness,  exercised  less  grinding 
power.  In  this  manner  I  believe  the  troughs  were  formed  in  which 
lie  the  three  lakes  near  Nench&tel ;  and  when  the  ice  finally  retreated, 
the  ordinary  drainage  of  the  country  filled  them  with  water,  the 
difb  on  the  south-eastern  side  of  the  Lake  of  Neuch&tel  and  other 
changes  of  the  form  of  the  ground  having  since  been  produced  or 
modified  by  watery  erosion  and  the  local  deposition  of  sUt  and  allu- 
vial graveL 

The  Lake  of  Thun.— The  Lake  of  Thun  is  1825  feet  above  the 
sea,  and  776  feet  deep.  Its  bottom  is  therefore  1049  feet  above  the 
sea.  It  is  about  10  miles  in  length,  1|  broad,  and  its  length  chiefly 
cuts  across  the  strike  of  rocks  of  Secondary  and  Miocene  age.  The 
Lake  of  Brienz  (about  the  same  size)  is  more  remarkable  ;  for,  while 
its  level  is  1850  feet  above  the  sea,  its  depth  is  more  than  2000  feet : 
so  that  its  bottom  is  at  least  between  100  and  200  feet  below  the 
level  of  the  sea.  Before  the  formation  of  the  alluvial  plain  between, 
these  two  lakes  were  probably  united ;  and  whether  or  not  this  was 
the  case,  it  is  evident,  from  its  great  depth,  that  the  Lake  of  Brienz 
lies  in  a  true  rock-basin.  Even  if  below  Tliun  the  rocks  do  not  crop 
nearer  than  Soloihum,  the  Lake  of  Thun  still  lies  in  a  rocky  hollow 
more  than  600  feet  deep,  both  hollows  having,  I  believe,  been  deep- 
ened by  the  great  old  glacier  of  the  Aar  (No.  2  in  the  Map),  the  ice  of 
which  was  so  thick,  that  above  Brienz  it  overflowed  into  the  valley  of 
Samen  by  the  Brunig,  about  1460  feet  above  the  Aar  below  Meyrin- 
gen,  and  sent  off  a  branch  which  scooped  out  the  hollows  of  the  Lakes 
of  Lungem  and  of  Samen  on  its  course  towards  Alpnach  on  the  Lake 
of  Lucerne. 

The  Lake  of  Zag, — ^The  Lake  of  Zug  is  about  9  miles  long,  from 
1  to  2^  wide,  1361  feet  above  the  sea,  and  1279  feet  deep ;  and 
its  bottom  is  therefore  only  82  feet  above  the  sea.  The  whole  is 
surrounded  by  Miocene  strata,  the  strike  of  which  the  lake  cuts  across^ 
and  its  great  depth  clearly  shows  that  it  lies  in  a  rock-basin. 

The  Lake  of  Lucerne, — ^The  Lake  of  the  Four  Cantons  (Lucerne) 
ramifies  among  the  mountains  and  extends  its  arms  in  various  direc- 
tions. In  its  lower  part,  the  branches  that  run  N.E.  to  Eussnach 
and  S.W.  towards  Gestad  lie  partly  in  the  strike  of  the  Miocene 
and  older  strata ;  but  for  the  most  part  it  runs  across  the  average 
strike  of  the  Eocene  and  Secondary  rocks,  between  banks,  some- 
times precipitous,  that  rise  in  noble  clifEs  sometimes  more  than  2000 
feet  above  the  water.  Its  height  is  1428  feet  above  the  sea,  and 
its  recorded  depth  853  feet ;  but  the  shape  of  the  banks  and  the 
round  number  of  800  French  feet  make  it  likely  that  it  may  con- 
tain deeper  gulfe  than  have  yet  been  plumbed.  If  not,  then  its 
bottom  is  575  feet  above  the  sea ;  and  those  acquainted  with  the 
shape  of  the  ground  by  Lucerne  will  easily  be  convinced  that  the  lake 
lies  in  an  actual  rock-basin.  The  steepness  of  the  walls  of  this  lake 
more  resembles  the  sides  of  a  rent  than  those  of  any  of  the  basins  yet 
described,  and  the  re-entering  angles  of  rock  opposite  curving  bays 
have  been  cited  as  evidences  of  fracture,  one  side  being  suppc^ed  to 
fit  into  the  other.    But  in  most  cli%  valleys  of  aqueous  erosion  there 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  3AMSLT — &LACIAL  OBIQIN  OF  LAKB0»  197 

are  necessarily  sach  re-entering  angles,  firom  the  common  action  of 
running  water;  and,  in  Switzerland,  ere  these  Talleys  were  filled 
with  ice,  they  existed  in  some  shape,  and  were  drained  by  rivers  that 
deepened  them  and  gave  them  a  general  form  preparatory  to  the  flow 
of  the  ice  that  largely  modified  their  outlines.  I  should  no  more 
consider  the  re-entering  angles  a  sign  of  gaping  fracture  in  these 
valleys  than  I  woidd  the  bends  of  the  Welsh  valleys  or  of  the  tortuous 
Moselle.  But  even  if  at  first  sight  one  were  inclined  to  believe  the 
space  between  the  opposite  difEs  between  Brunnen  and  Eluhlen  to  be 
an  open  fracture,  if  we  take  a  moderate  average  slope  for  each  side^ 
say  of  65*^,  and  produce  it  below  the  water,  we  get  a  depth,  ere  the 
lines  meet,  of  between  7000  and  8000  feet — a  very  improbable 
depth  for  the  original  hollow  of  the  lake.  But  it  may  be  said  that 
the  fracture  has  been  much  widened  by  degradation,  ^e  line  of  the 
break  merely  giving  a  line  of  weakness,  along  which  the  surface- 
drainage  might  widen  the  valley.  If,  however,  we  only  take  an  angle 
for  the  sides  of  the  lake  giving  a  moderate  depth,  the  necessity  for  a 
fracture  does  not  exist,  and  we  recur  to  some  process  of  mere  erosion 
for  the  scooping  of  the  hollow  in  which  the  water  lies,  that  process 
having,  I  consider,  been  the  long-continued  grinding  of  the  ice  of 
the  great  glacier  No.  3  of  the  Map. 

Th^  Lake  of  Zuri4sh.— The  Lake  of  Zurich  runs  from  N.W.  to  S.E., 
across  the  average  strike  of  the  Miocene  strata,  which  are  much  dis- 
turbed towards  its  eastern  end.  It  is  bounded  by  high  hills,  much 
scarred  by  the  weather,  on  which  the  different  Miocene  strata  often 
stand  out  in  successive  horizontal  steps.  The  linth  Canal  and  the 
Wallen  See  lie  in  an  eastern  prolongation  of  this  valley,  which  is 
still  frurther  extended  to  the  valley  of  the  Upper  Ehine  at  Sargans. 
The  lake  is  about  25  English  miles  in  length,  by  2^  wide  in  its 
broadest  part.  A  great  moraine  partly  dams  it  up  at  its  outflow  at 
Zurich;  and  a  second  forms  the  shdlowat  Bapperswyl,  where  the  lake 
is  crossed  by  a  long  wooden  bridge.  The  general  level  of  the  water  ia 
1341  feet  above  ti^e  sea,  and  only  about  639  deep ;  and  the  bottom  of 
the  lake  is  therefore  702  feet  above  the  sea.  Gnie  limestone  rocks  at 
Baden,  on  the  Limat,are  1226  feet  above  the  sea ;  and  the  lake  there- 
fore lies  in  a  true  rock-basin,  though  it  is  probable  that  the  old  mo- 
raine at  Zurich  accounts  for  the  retention  of  the  water  of  the  lake  at 
its  precise  level.  The  long  hollow  was  in  old  times  entirely  filled  by 
the  great  glacier  (No.  4  in  the  Map,  PL  VIII.)  which  descended  from 
the  monntaios  between  the  Todi  and  the  Tnnserhom,  through  the 
valley  of  the  linth,  to  Baden. 

The  Wallen  See, — The  Wallen  See  lies  in  a  deep  valley,  whose 
cliffy  slopes  of  Secondary  rocks  rise  from  2000  to  3000  feet,  and  in 
the  Leistkamm  4500  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  lake.  The  lake  itself 
is  1391  feet  above  the  sea ;  and  from  the  great  steepness  of  its  banks  it 
may  be  inferred  that  it  is  exceedingly  deep,  but  none  of  the  authorities 
I  have  consulted  give  its  soundings.  A  large  branch  from  the  great 
Bhine  glacier  (No.  5  on  the  Map)  joined  that  of  the  valley  of  Glarus 
and  Zurich  through  this  wide  gorge,  and  ground  out  the  hoUow  of 
theWaUenSee. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


198  PBOGSSDnroB  of  thx  osolooical  aogistt.  [Mar.  5, 

The  Lake  of  Constance, — ^The  Lake  of  Constance,  the  largest  sheet 
of  water  in  Switzerland,  is  about  50  miles  in  length,  by  about  15 
in  breadth  at  its  broadest  part.  It  is  entirely  surrounded  by  Mio- 
cene strata,  often  considerably  disturbed,  and  forming  great  Mis  to- 
wards the  S.E.,  which  in  a  remarkable  manner  evince  all  the  signs 
of  long-continued  erosion  by  running  water,— conyeying  the  impres- 
sion l£at  chiefly  by  that  means  all  the  deep  valleys  of  the  district 
have  been  worn  since  the  close  of  the  Miocene  epoch.  This  lake  lies 
1298  feet  above  the  sea ;  and,  its  depth  being  912  feet,  its  bottom  is 
only  386  feet  above  the  sea.  The  falls  of  the  Bhine  are  1247  feet 
above  the  sea ;  and  the  lake  therefore  lies  in  an  unmistakeable  rock- 
basin,  the  whole  of  which  was  once  overflowed  by  the  deep  and  broad- 
spreading  glacier  of  the  Upper  Bhine  valleys  (No.  5  of  the  Map), 
which  stretched  far  northward  beyond  the  lake  into  Baden  and 
Wurtemberg.  Being  of  greatest  thickness  where  it  entered  the  region 
of  the  lake,  by  its  enormous  weight  and  grinding  power  it  scooped 
out,  in  the  soft  rocks  below,  the  wide  hoUow  now  filled  with  water. 

The  Italian  Lakes, — If  we  now  turn  to  the  Italian  side  of  the 
Alps,  we  shall  find  the  same  phenomena  prevailing  in  the  Lakes  of 
Maggiore,  Lugano,  and  Como,  the  only  important  lakes  I  have 
yet  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  south  of  the  great  chain.  To 
each  of  these  the  same  reasoning  applies,  modified  only  in  detail ; 
and  I  shall  therefore  briefly  pass  IJiem  over. 

The  most  westerly,  the  Lago  Maggiore,  lies  in  a  winding  valley, 
40  miles  long,  excavated  in  gneissic  and  Jurassic  rocks,  which  rise 
on  either  side  in  lofty  mountains.  The  surface  of  the  lake  is  685 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  near  the  Borromean  Islands  it 
has  the  enormous  depth  of  2625  feet ;  so  that  its  bottom  is  ]  940 
feet  lower  than  the  sea-level.  It  must,  therefore,  be  enclosed  all 
round  by  rocks,  unless  we  suppose  the  narrow  passage  at  Arena, 
near  its  outlet,  to  be  as  deep  as  its  deepest  part,  or  that  the  alluvial 
deposits  of  the  Ticino  and  the  Po  are  more  than  1940  feet  deep — 
an  assumption  no  one  is  likely  to  make. 

Of  all  the  Alpine  lakes,  that  of  Lugano  is  the  most  irregular  in 
form, — in  the  language  of  M.  Desor,  stretching  its  arms  like  a 
great  polyp  among  the  mountains  in  all  directions  *.  Its  surface  is 
938  feet  above  ^e  level  of  the  sea,  and  its  depth  515  feet.  Its 
bottom  is  therefore  only  410  feet  above  the  sea-level,  and  the  shape 
of  the  surrounding  ground  renders  it  impossible  to  believe  that  it  is 
not  entirely  surrounded  by  rocks. 

The  Lake  of  Como,  the  hollow  of  which  has  been  scooped  out  gene- 

*  See  memoirs  "  De  la  Physionomie  des  Locs  SuiBses "  (extrait  de  la  'Revue 
Soisee,'  1860)  and  "  Quelques  Considerations  sur  la  Classification  des  Lacs,  & 
propoB  des  bassins  du  rerers  meridional  des  Alpes,"  by  E.  Desor.  The  opinions 
of  M.  Desor  and  my  own  do  not  agree  on  the  question  of  the  origin  of 
the  lake-basins  of  the  Alps.  His  xiews  are  well  expounded  in  the  above- 
named  memoirs.  It  was  in  oonrersation  with  my  friend,  in  1860,  that  I  first 
proposed  what  1  consider  the  true  solution  of  the  question,  and  to  this  conver- 
sation I  presume  he  alludes  in  the  latter  memoir,  p.  13, — "  On  a  pr^tendu  que 
les  laos  etaient  Teffet  de  Taffouillement  dee  glaciers  qui  auraient  labour^  le  sol  sur 
lequel  ils  B*aTan9aient,"  &o. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BAJffll.T— eUkCIAI.  02IGIN  OP  LAJCBS.  199 

rally  in  the  Bame  set  of  rocks  as  the  other  two  lakes,  is  700  feet  aboye 
the  sea,  and  1929  feet  deep ;  and  its  bottom  is  therefore  1229  feet 
below  the  level  of  the  sea.  On  the  borders  of  these  lakes  the  rounded 
rocks  and  the  well-known  glacier-stranded  boulders,  high  on  the 
mountain-sides,  attest  that  these  deep  vaUeys  were  filled  to  the  brim 
by  a  vast  system  of  glaciers  (Nos.  6  and  7  of  the  Map,  PI.  VIII.)  that 
flowed  southerly  from  the  snow-shed  that  runs  firom  the  eastern  side 
of  Monte  Eosa,  by  the  Bheinwald-hom,  to  the  top  of  the  valley  of 
the  Adda, — a  system  of  glaciers  so  large  that,  like  that  of  Aosta  and 
Ivrea  (No.  8  of  the  Map),  farther  west,  they  protruded  their  ends  and 
deposited  their  moraines  far  south  on  ,the  plains  of  Piedmont  and 
Lombardy. 

The  glacier  of  Ivrea  (No.  8  on  the  Map),  when  it  escaped  from  the 
valley  of  the  Doire,  deposited  a  moraine  at  its  side,  east  of  the  town 
of  Ivrea,  rising  in  mere  debris  1500  feet  above  the  plain,  and 
spreading  out  eastward  in  a  succession  of  fan-shaped  ridges  miles  in 
width.  The  vastness  of  this  mass  gives  a  fair  idea  of  the  huge  size 
of  the  glacier,  and  of  the  great  length  of  time  it  must  have  endured ; 
and  just  as  this  glacier  hollowed  out  the  little  rock-bafiins  in  which 
lie  the  tarns  that  nestle  among  the  large  roches  moutonnSes  be- 
tween the  town  and  the  moraine  *,  so,  deep  as  the  hollows  of  the 
great  Lakes  of  Maggiore  and  Como  are,  I  believe  they  also  were 
scooped  out  by  the  grinding  power  of  long-enduring  ice,  where,  under 
fiEtvourable  circumstances,  the  glaciers  were  confined  between  the 
mountains,  and  therefore  thicker  than  the  glacier  of  Ivrea  where  it 
debouched  on  the  plain.  Diagrams  illustrative  of  this  subject  should 
be  drawn  on  a  true  scale ;  otherwise,  height,  depth,  and  steepness 
being  exaggerated,  the  argument  becomes  vitiated.  I  have  not  the 
data  for  giving  an  actual  outline  of  the  bottom  of  the  Lago  Mag- 
giore ;  but  a  line  drawn  from  the  upper  end  of  the  lake  to  the 
required  depth  near  the  Borromean  Islands  gives  an  angle  only  of 
ahout  3^  in  a  distance  of  abmU  25  miles,  and  from  thence  to  the 
lower  end  of  the  lake  (12  or  13  miles)  of  ahoui  5°.  The  depths  of 
Maggiore  and  Como  do  not,  in  my  opinion,  militate  against  my 
view ;  for,  if  the  theory  be  true,  depth  is  a  mere  indicator  of  time 
and  vertical  pressure  in  a  narrow  space.  It  is  interesting,  and 
confirmatory  of  this  view,  that  the  deepest  part  of  the  Lago  Mag- 
giore is  just  at  the  point  where  the  enormous  glacier  of  the  Yal 
d'Ossola  joined  the  great  ice-stream  that  was  formed  by  the  united 
glacier-drainage  of  the  valleys  above  Bellinzona  and  Locarno.  Where 
these  glaciers  united,  there  the  lake  begins ;  and  where  the  ice  was  on 
the  largest  scale  near  the  Borromean  Islands,  there  the  lake  is  deepest. 

Summary  with  regard  to  the  Alpine  Lakes. — ^And  now,  in  reviewing 
the  subject  of  the  origin  of  the  lakes  of  Switzerland  and  North  Italy, 
I  would  remark — 

Ist.  That  each  of  the  great  lakes  (see  Map)  lies  in  an  area  once 
covered  by  a  vast  glacier.  There  is,  therefore,  a  connexion  between 
them  which  can  scarcely  be  accidental. 

*  There  are  other  well-known  lakes  dammed  up  by  the  moraine  of  this  great 
glacier. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


200  PBocKKDnros  of  thb  asoLoeiCAL  bogibtt.  [Mar.  5, 

2nd.  I  think  the  theory  of  an  area  of  special  subsidence  for  each 
lake  untenable,  seeing  no  more  proof  for  it  in  the  case  of  the  larger 
lakes  than  for  the  hundreds  of  tarns  in  perfect  rock-basins  common 
to  all  glader-countries,  present  or  past,  and  the  connexion  of  which 
with  diminished  or  vani^ed  glaciers  I  proved  originally  in  *  The  Old 
Glaciers  of  North  Wales.'  In  the  Alps  there  is  a  gradation  in  size 
between  the  small  mountain-tarns  and  the  larger  la^es. 

3rd.  None  of  them  lie  in  lines  of  gaping  fracture.  If  old  fractures 
ran  in  the  lines  of  the  lakes  or  of  other  valleys,  and  gave  a  tendency 
to  lines  of  drainage,  they  are  nevertheless,  in  ihe  deep-seated  strata, 
exposed  to  us  as  close  fractures  now,  and  the  valleys  are  valleys  of 
erosion  and  true  denudation. 

4th.  They  are  none  of  them  in  simple  synclinal  basins,  formed 
by  the  mere  disturbance  of  the  strata  after  the  close  of  the  Miocene 
epoch:  nor, 

5th,  Do  they  lie  in  hollows  of  common  watery  erosion ;  for  run- 
ning water  and  the  still  water  of  deep  lakes  can  neither  of  them  ex-» 
cavate  profound  basin-shaped  hollows.  So  deeply  did  PlayfaEur,  the 
exponent  of  the  Huttonian  theory,  feel  this  truth,  that  he  was  fain  to 
liken  the  Lake  of  Geneva  to  the  petty  pools  on  the  New  Bed  Marl 
of  Cheshire,  and  to  suppose  that  the  hollow  of  the  lake  had  been 
formed  by  the  dissolutLon  and  escape  of  salts  contained  in  the  strata 
below. 

6th.  But  one  other  agency  remains — ^that  of  ice,  which,  from  the 
vast  size  of  the  glaciers,  we  are  certain  must  have  exerdsed  a  power- 
ful erosive  agency.  It  required  a  solid  body,  grinding  steadily  and 
powerfully  in  direct  and  heavy  contact  with  and  across  the  rocks,  to 
scoop  out  deep  hollows,  the  situations  of  which  might  either  be  deter- 
mined by  unequal  hardness  of  the  rocks,  by  extra  weight  of  ice  in 
special  places,  or  by  accidental  circumstances,  the  clue  to  which  is  lost, 
from  our  inability  perfectly  to  reconstruct  the  original  forms  of  the 
glaciers. 

7th.  It  thus  follows  that,  valleys  having  existed  giving  a  direc- 
tion to  the  flow  of  the  glaciers  ere  they  protruded  on  the  low  coun- 
try between  the  Alps  and  the  Jura,  these  valleys  and  parts  of  the 
plain,  by  the  weight  and  grinding  power  of  ice  in  motion,  were  modi- 
fled  in  form,  part  of  that  modification  consisting  in  the  excavation  of 
the  lake-basins  under  review. 

In  connexion  with  this  point,  it  is  worthy  of  remark  thatg^iers^ 
many  of  them  very  large  in  the  modem  sense  of  the  term,  on  the 
south  side  of  the  Yallais  (excepting  those  of  Mont  Blanc),  and  the 
large  glaciers  on  the  south  side  of  the  Oberland,all  drain  into  the  Lake 
of  Geneva ;  those  on  the  north  of  the  last-named  snow-fleld,  also 
large  glaciers,  are  drained  through  the  Lakes  of  Brienz  and  Thun. 
These,  among  the  largest  existing  glaciers  of  the  Alps,  are  only 
the  shrunken  tributaries  of  the  greater  glaciers  that  in  old  times 
fllled  and  scooped  out  the  basins  of  the  lakes.  The  rest  of  the 
lakes,  as  already  stated,  are  in  equally  close  connexion  with  the  old 
snow-drainage  of  glacier-regions  on  the  grandest  scale, — all  of  them, 
excepting  those  of  Neuch&td,  Bienne,  and  Morat,  lying  in  the  direct 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862*]  KAICSAT— GLACIAL  OBIGIK  OF  LAXBS.  201 

oottrse  of  gladers  filling  vaUeys  that  extend  right  into  the  heart  of 
the  mountains. 

8th.  Most  of  the  lakes  are  broad  or  deep  according  to  the  size  of 
the  glaciers  that  flowed  through  the  vallejB  in  whidbi  they  lie,  this 
general  result  being  modified  according  to  the  nature  of  the  rock  and 
the  form  of  the  ground  over  which  the  glacier  passed.  Thus,  the  long 
and  broad  Lake  of  Geneva,  scooped  in  the  Miocene  lowlands,  is  984  feet 
deep,  and  over  its  area  once  spread  the  broad  glacier  of  the  Ehone. 
Its  great  breadth  and  its  depth  evince  the  size  of  the  glacier  that  over- 
flowed its  hollow.  The  Lake  of  Constance,  lying  in  the  same  strata, 
and  equally  large,  is  935  feet  deep,  and  was  overspread  by  the  equally 
magnificent  glacier  of  the  Upper  Bhine.  The  Lakes  of  Maggiore  and 
Como,  deepest  of  all,  lie  in  the  narrow  valleys  of  the  harder 
Secondary  rocks  of  the  older  Alps ;  and  the  bottom  of  the  first 
is  1992  feet,  and  the  latter  1043  feet,  below  the  sea-level. 
Both  of  these  lie  within  the  bounds  of  that  prodigious  system 
of  glaciers  that  descended  from  the  east  side  of  the  Pennine 
Alps  and  the  great  ranges  north  and  south  of  the  Yal  Tellina,  and 
shed  their  moraines  in  the  plains  of  Piedmont  and  Lombardy.  The 
depth  of  the  lakes  corresponds  to  the  vast  size  and  vertical  pressure 
of  the  glaciers.  The  circumstance  that  these  lakes  are  deeper  than 
the  level  of  the  sea  does  not  affect  the  question,  for  we  know  nothing 
about  the  absolute  height  of  the  land  during  the  Glacial  period. 

The  Lakes  of  Thun  and  Brienz  form  part  of  one  great  hollow^ 
more  than  2000  feet  deep  in  its  eastern  part,  or  nearly  300  feet 
below  the  level  of  the  sea.  They  lie  in  the  course  of  the  ancient 
glacier  of  the  Aar,  the  top  of  which,  as  roches  moutonnSes  and 
striations  show,  rose  to  the  very  crests  of  the  mountains  between 
Meyringen  and  the  Grimsel. 

The  Lake  of  the  Four  Cantons  is  imperfectly  estimated  at  only 
884  feet  in  depth ;  but  here  we  must  also  take  into  account  the  great 
height  and  steep  inclines  of  the  mountains  at  its  sides.  The  Leke  of 
Zug,  1311  feet  deep,  lies  in  the  course  of  the  same  great  glacier,  the 
gatiliering-grounds  of  which  were  the  slopes  that  bound  the  tributaries 
of  the  Upper  Beuss  and  the  immense  amphitheatre  of  the  Urseren 
Thai,  bounded  by  the  Kroutlet,  the  Sustenhom,  the  Galenstock,  the 
St.  Gothard,  and  the  southern  flanks  of  the  Scheerhom. 

The  lesser  depths  (660  feet)  of  the  Lake  of  Zurich  were  hollowed  by 
the  smaller  but  stiU  large  glacier  that  descended  the  valley  of  the 
linth. 

This  completes  the  evidence. 

Lakes  of  the  Norffiem  Hemisphere  generally, — 1  shall  now  make  a 
few  remarks  on  the  bearing  of  this  subject  on  the  glacial  question 
generally. 

It  is  remarkable  that  in  Europe  and  North  America,  going  north* 
ward,  lakes  become  so  exceedingly  numerous,  that  I  have  been 
.  led  to  suppose  the  existence  of  some  intimate  connexion  between 
their  numbers  and  the  northern  latitudes  in  which  they  occur. 

Let  any  one  examine  the  map  of  North  America^  and  he  wiU 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


202  PBOGBBDIKCHI  OF  THB  OBOLOOICAI.  SOdBTT.  [1^.  5, 

find  thaty  firom  the  Atlantic  coast  to  the  St.  Lawrence,  through  New 
HampshL:^,  Vermont,  the  north  of  the  State  of  New  York,  Maine, 
Nova  Scotia,  New  Bronswick,  QajBp4,  and  Newfoundland,  the  whole 
continent  is  strewn  with  lakes.  North  of  the  St.  Lawrence  and 
the  great  lakes,  as  feu:  as  the  Arctic  Ocean,  the  same  sprinkling  of 
unnumbered  li^es  over  the  entire  face  of  the  country  is  even  more 
remarkable ;  and  it  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  a  large  part  of 
this  vast  area  is  so  low  and  imdulating,  that  some  of  its  lakes  drain 
two  ways — ^towards  the  North  Sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  or  towards 
the  North  Sea  and  the  North  Atlantic.  This  vast  country,  about  as 
far  south  as  lat.  40^,  shows,  almost  universally,  marked  signs  of  the 
strongest  glacial  action,  in  the  moutonnie  forms,  polish,  and  constantly 
recurring  striation  of  the  rocks.  I  have  only  seen  a  few  of  the 
above-mentioned  lakes  south  of  Lake  Ontario ;  but  I  have  closely 
questioned  that  able  observer,  Dr.  Hector,  who  has  examined  the 
country  north  and  west  of  the  great  American  lakes,  and  he  informs 
me  that,  though  unable  to  account  for  it,  he  was  struck  with  the  cir- 
cumstance that  so  many  (he  thought  he  might  say  all)  of  the  smaller 
lakes  are  in  rock-basins,  I  connect  this  circumstance  with  the 
universal  glaciation  of  the  country,  still  evinced  on  the  grandest  pos- 
sible scale  by  every  sign  of  ancient  ice.  These  signs,  I  now  believe, 
are  far  too  imiversal  and  unvarying  in  their  general  directions  to 
have  been  produced  merely  by  floating  ice,  though  in  part  of  the  glacial 
history  of  the  continent  floating  ice  has  undoubtedly  left  large 
traces.  But  the  lake-basins  could  only,  I  believe,  have  been  scooped 
out  by  true  continental  glacier-ice,  like  that  of  Greenland ;  for  the 
lakes  are  universal  in  all  the  ice-worn  region  *. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  Atlantic,  Wales,  Cumberland,  many 
parts  of  Ireland,  the  North  Highlands,  and  some  of  the  Western 
Isles  are  also  dotted  with  unnumbered  lakes  and  tarns.  All 
of  these  are  well-glaciated  countries,  both  high  and  low ;  and  for 
Wales  and  many  parts  of  Scotland,  I  can  answer  that  by  far  the 
greater  proportion  of  these  lakes  lie  in  rock-basins  of  truly  glacial 
origin  f. 

*  Since  this  memoir  was  written,  I  hare  oonyened  on  tbe  sabjeot  with  Sir 
Wm.  Lo|;aa,  Director  of  the  G^logical  Surrey  of  Canada,  who  not  only  agrees 
in  my  Tiews  with  respect  to  the  origin  of  American  lakes  in  general,  out  also 
believes  that  the  great  American  lake-basins  may  have  been  scooped  out  by  the 
same  means.  They  are  all  true  rock-basins,  in  areas  occupied  by  comparatiTely 
soft  rocks  surrounded  by  harder  strata.  Given  sufficient  tune,  I  see  no  difficulty 
in  this  view,  to  which  I  inclined  while  writing  this  paper,  but  refrained  firom 
stating  it,  considering  that  most  readers  would  think  it  too  strong,  and  thus 
that  in  general  opinion  I  might  damage  the  whole  theory.  Sir  William  says 
that  the  arran^;ement  of  the  strata  proves  that  the  great  lakes  do  not  lie  in  areas 
of  special  subsidence. 

t  See  *  The  Old  Glaciers  of  North  Wales.'  When  I  published  my  account 
of  these  glaciers,  I  was  too  timid  to  include  the  Lakes  of  Llanberis,  liyn  Ogwen, 
liyn  Cwellyn,  and  some  others  of  the  larger  lakes  in  this  cat^ory.  I  now 
feel  conyinoed  that  they  are  true  rock-basins,  and  also  that  the  shallower  pools 
of  Liyn  lAegeirin,  Liyn  Felin-y-nant,  and  others  in  An^esea  bad  the  same  origin. 
The  horizontal  striations  far  up  the  side  of  Camedd  Dafydd,  by  Liyn  Ogwen, 
were  probably  made  by  a  glacier  of  immense  thickness  during  the  first  great 
glader-period,  preceding  the  deposition  of  the  stratified  drift 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  &AH8AT — &LJLCIAL  OBIGIK  OT  LAXEB,  203 

Loch  Lomond  and  Loch  Katrine,  probably,  like  the  greater  lakas 
of  Switzerland,  are  of  the  same  kind,  being  merely  Inxge  oases  of 
glacier-erosion,  though  in  the  case  of  the  former  it  may  be  that  the 
alluvial  deposits  on  the  banks  of  the  Leven  prevent  its  being  in- 
vaded by  the  tide.     Its  islands  are  mere  roches  motUonrUes  *. 

In  the  lowlands  of  Scotland  numerous  examples  of  the  same  kind 
of  rock-basins  occur,  some  of  them  certain,  others  doubtful  because 
of  the  surrounding  drift,  which  indeed  in  some  cases  may  be  the  sole 
cause  of  the  retention  of  the  water.  Notable  examples  of  both  kinds 
occur  in  the  lowlands  of  Fife  and  Kinross,  and  of  true  rock-basins 
in  the  Cleish  and  Ochil  Hills,  as  for  instance  Loch  Glow,  Dow  Loch, 
and  the  two  Black  Lochs,  and  more  doubtfully  Loch  Lindores. 

I  have  not  yet  had  an  opportunity  of  visiting  the  Scandinavian 
peninsula,  which,  geologists  are  aware,  is,  through  aU  its  length 
and  breadth,  one  of  the  most  wonderAilly  glaciated  countries  in  the 
world.  On  the  west,  descending  from  the  great  chain,  striated 
roches  moutoniUes  plunge  right  under  the  deep  fiords ;  and  on  the 
east,  in  Sweden,  all  between  the  mountains  and  the  Baltic,  round 
the  Gulfis  of  Bothnia  and  Finland,  and  up  to  the  North  Sea,  the  whole 
country  is  covered  with  a  prodigious  number  of  lakes,  just  like  North 
America,  the  Lewes,  and  the  North  Highlands  of  Scotland.  The 
intense  gladation  which  all  of  these  countries  have  undergone,  their 
similarity,  and  what  I  believe  to  be  the  intimate  connexion  of  sudi 
crowded  lakes  with  the  movement  of  ice,  induce  me  to  believe  that 
in  Sweden  also  a  great  number  of  the  lake-hollows  must  be  true 
rock-basins  scooped  out  by  the  passage  of  glacier-ice  into  the  Baltic 
area.  Furthermore,  as  the  glaciated  sides  and  bottoms  of  the 
Norwegian  fiords  and  of  the  saltwater  lochs  of  Scotland  seem  to 
prove,  each  of  these  arms  of  the  sea  is  merely  the  prolongation  of  a 
valley  down  which  a  glacier  flowed,  and  was  itself  filled  with  a 
glacier ;  for  the  whole  country  was  evidently,  like  the  north  of  Green- 
land, moulded  by  ice.  In  parts  of  Scotland,  some  of  these  lochs  being 
deeper  in  places  than  the  neighbouring  open  sea,  I  incline  to  attribute 
this  depth  to  the  grinding  power  of  ^e  ice  that  of  old  flowed  down 
the  valleys,  when  possibly  the  land  may  have  been  higher  than  at 
present  t.  It  may,  however,  only  arise  from  unequal  deposition  of 
detritus.  If  the  former  view  be  admitted,  raise  the  land  so  as  to  lay 
bare  the  surrounding  ocean-bottom,  and  in  some  respects  of  levels 
and  depth  they  become  approximately  the  counterparts  of  the  deeper 
narrow  lakes  of  Switzerland  and  North  Italy,  glaciers  bounded  by 
mountains  having  flowed  through  both,  and  debouched  upon  the  plains 
beyond. 

The  Glacial  Theory, — Furthermore,  considering  the  vast  areas  over 
which  the  phenomena  described  are  common  in  North  America  and 
Europe,  I  believe  that  this  theory  of  the  origin  of  lake-rock-basins 

*  When  the  lake  was  low,  I  have  seen  in  Looh  Lomond  ice-atriafced  but- 
aoes  of  rock  jost  above  the  water,  the  striationB  running  in  the  direction  of 
the  length  of  the  lake. 

t  But  this  ia  not  essential,  unless  the  lochs  are  so  deep  that  the  ioe  most  have 
been  floated  up  before  reaching  the  deeper  parta. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


204  PBOCSBDnres  or  thb  gkological  socebtt.  [Mar.  5, 

is  an  important  point,  in  addition  to  previous  knowledge,  towards  the 
solution  of  the  glacial  theory ;  for  I  do  not  see  that  these  hollows 
can  in  any  way  be  accounted  for  by  the  hypothesis  that  they  were 
scooped  by  floating  ice*.  An  iceberg  that  could  float  over  the  mar- 
gin of  a  deep  hollow  would  not  touch  the  deeper  recesses  of  the 
bottom.  I  am  therefore  constrained  to  return,  at  least  in  part,  to 
the  theory  many  years  ago  strongly  advocated  by  Agassiz,  that,  in  the 
period  of  extremest  cold  of  the  Glacial  epoch,  great  part  of  North 
America,  the  north  of  the  Continent  of  Europe,  great  part  of  Britain, 
Ireland,  and  the  Western  Isles  t,  were  covered  by  sheets  of  true 
glacier-ice  in  motion,  which  moulded  the  whole  surface  of  the  country, 
and  in  favourable  places  scooped  out  depressions  that  subsequently 
became  lakes. 

This  was  effected  by  the  great  original  glaciers  (probably  con- 
nected with  the  origin  of  the  unstratiJM  boulder-day)  referred  to  in 
my  memoir  on  the  glaciers  of  North  Wales  t,  but  the  magnitude  of 
whidi  I  did  not  then  sufficiently  estimate.  The  cold,  however,  con- 
tinued during  the  depression  of  North  Wales  and  other  districts 
beneath  the  sea,  when  they  received  the  stratified  erratic  drift ;  and 
glaciers  not  only  did  not  cease  at  this  time  of  depression,  but  were 
again  enlarged  during  the  emergence  of  North  Wales  and  other 
countries,  so  as  to  plough  the  drift  out  of  many  valleys.  These 
enlarged  glaciers,  however,  bore  no  comparison  in  size  to  the  great 
original  sheets  of  ice  that  converted  tiie  North  of  Europe  and 
America  into  a  country  like  North  Greenland.  The  newer  develop- 
ment of  glaciers  was  strictly  local.  Amelioration  of  climate  had 
already  far  advanced,  and  probably  the  gigantic  glaciers  of  Old 
Switzerland  were  shrinking  into  the  mountain-vaUeys. 

Finally,  if  this  be  true,  I  And  it  difficult  to  believe  that  the  change 
of  climate  that  put  an  end  to  this  could  be  brought  about  by  mere 
changes  of  physical  geography§.  The  change  is  too  large  and  too 
universal,  having  extended  alike  over  the  lowlands  of  the  Northern 
and  the  Southern  Hemispheres.  The  shrunken  or  vanished  ice  of 
mountain-ranges  is  indeed  equally  characteristic  of  the  Himalaya, 
the  Lebanon,  the  Alps,  the  Scandinavian  chain,  the  great  chains  of 
North  and  South  America,  and  of  other  minor  ranges  and  clusters 
of  mountains  like  those  of  Britain  and  Ireland,  the  Black  Forest^  and 
theYosges. 

*  I  do  not  iD  any  way  wish  to  deny  that  much  of  the  glaciation  of  the  lower 
oountries  that  came  within  the  limits  of  the  Drift  was  effected  hy  floating  ioe  on 
a  large  scale,  which  must  have  both  polished  and  striated  the  rocks  along  which 
it  ground.  I  have,  with  other  authors,  descrihed  this  in  various  memoirs.  But 
the  two  sets  of  phenomena  are  distinct 

t  The  Lewes  is  covered  by  small  lakes. 

1  Quart.  Joum.  G^l.  Soc.  toI.  xriii.  p.  371. 

S  It  has  been  suggested  to  me  by  Dr.  Sibson  that  the  prodigious  waste  of  the 
Alps  by  the  graduafaisintQgration  and  diminution  of  the  upper  snow-fields,  wit- 
nessed by  the  great  moraines  of  North  Italv  and  other  phenomena,  must  hare 
tended  to  lessen  the  glaciers.  Q?his  is  true,  but,  as  he  also  beUeres,  it  is  not  of 
itself  enoueh  to  account  for  the  shrinking  of  the  ioe  into  the  hig^  vaU^s  where 
it  is  now  alone  found. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  habutbss — ^pebmiah  sxrata.  205 

Mabch  19, 1862. 

Elliot  Square,  Esq.,  Gresham  House,  London;  Ernest  SheUey, 
Esq.,  Ayin^n  House,  Winchester;  Edward  Eomilly,  Esq.,  14 
Stratton  Street,  Piccadilly ;  The  Bight  Hon.  Edward  Cardwell,  Esq., 
M.P.,  74  Eaton  Square;  George  W.  Stevenson,  Esq.,  C.E.,  F.S.A., 
Halifax;  George  W.  Hemans,  Esq.,  C.E.,  82  Leinster  Gardens, 
Bayswater ;  and  Harvey  Buchanan  HoU,  M.D.,  Woodgate,  Malvern^ 
were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1,  On  the  SAin)SToirBS  and  their  associated  Deposits  in  {he  Talb  of 
the  Edbn,  tJie  Cttmssblaitd  Plaik,  and  the  South-east  of  Dxtic- 
PBDsssHiBB.     By  Professor  E.  Habkitess,  F.E.S.L.  &  E.,  F.G.S. 

Coi 

1.  Introduction 

2.  Section  near  Eirkby  Stephen. 

3.  Section  from   Great  Ormdde  to 

Bomanfell. 

4.  Country  between  Great  Onnside 

and  Penrith. 

5.  Section  W.  from  Penrith  to  Hart- 

■ide. 


6.  Country  North  of  Penrith. 

7.  Sandstones  of  West  Cumberland. 

8.  Sandstones  of  South-eastern  Dum* 

frieflshire. 

9.  Organic  remains.        10.  St.  Bees. 

11.  Scottish  Permian  Strata — ^their  cha- 

racter and  age. 

12.  Conclusion. 


§  1.  This  memoir  refers  to  an  area  which  commences  a  little  south 
of  Kirkby  Stephen,  in  Westmoreland,  and  extends  N.N.W.  for  50 
miles,  reaching  the  lower  portions  of  the  valleys  of  the  Esk  and 
Annan  in  Dimifriesshire.  In  an  east  and  west  direction,  this  area 
yaries  greatly  in  breadth ;  but,  measured  from  Castle  Carrock  on  the 
east,  to  the  sea  at  Allenby  on  the  west,  the  extent  is  about  30 
miles.  It  occupies  the  whole  of  the  Cumberland  plain,  except  a 
small  portion  of  the  parish  of  Aikton;  and,  in  Westmoreland,  it 
occurs  on  both  sides  of  the  Yale  of  the  Eden.  The  district  under 
consideration  exceeds  800  square  nules. 

The  strata  which  occur  in  this  area  consist  of  sandstones  of  two 
distinct  positions  and  characters,  separated  from  each  other  by  a 
well-developed  series  of  shaly  beds,  in  some  localities  containing  a 
considerable  amount  of  gypsum;  and  calcareous  layers  are  also  some- 
times found  associated  witii  the  shaly  deposits. 

The  arenaceous  strata  of  Cumberland  and  Westmoreland  have 
already  attracted  the  attention  of  geologists.  Those  contiguous  to 
the  Penine  chain  are  referred  to  by  Dr.  Buckland  *.  Those  of  the 
western  side  of  the  area  have  been  alluded  to  by  Prof.  Sedgwick, 
and  their  boundaries  in  this  portion  of  the  north  of  England  have 
been  defined  t. 

These  deposits,  as  they  occur  at  Ejrkby  Stephen,  have  been  noticed 
byProf.  PhilHpst 

Mr.  Binney  has  also  described  the  nature  and  age  of  some  of  these 

•  Geol.  Trans.,  2nd  Series,  toL  iv.  p.  105  et  sm. 

t  Ihid.ToL  iv,  ]p,d83ee§eq.  J  Ibid,  vol  iiL  p.  9. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


206  PBOGXXDnro6  of  the  obological  socibtt.        [Mar.  19, 

deposits  in  his  memoir  ''  On  the  Permian  Beds  of  the  North-west 
of  England*." 

In  these  several  memoirs,  detached  localities  are  principally  treated 
of.  The  ohject  of  this  communication  is  not  only  to  point  out  the 
several  forms  of  rocks  which  occur  in  the  area  under  consideration, 
hut  also  to  indicate  the  relative  ages  of  the  sandstones  and  the 
gypsifsrous  shales;  and  reference  will  ako  he  made  to  the  fossils 
which  these  latter  a£Ebrd. 

§  2.  Section  near  Kirhhy  Stephen,  (Fig.  1.) 

Wharton  Park,  immediately  south  of  Eirkhy  Stephen,  is  the  most 
southerly  limit  of  the  rocks  referred  to.  Here  the  beds  seen  in  the 
Eden  consiBt  of  a  breccia  composed  of  angular  fragments  of  light- 
grey  limestone,  cemented  together  by  a  fine-grained  dark-red  sand- 
stone. 

Fig.  1. — Section  of  Eden  Valley,  iovih  of  Kirhhy  Stephen,  near 
Stenkriih  Bridge.     Length  H  mile. 

BaOwaj-  Rirer 

W.  Station.  Bden.  E. 


5.  Upper  sandstone.  3.  Red  day  (15  feet). 

4.  Upper  breooia  (60  feet).  2.  Lower  breccia. 

1.  Carboniferous  rocks. 

This  rock,  locally  termed  "  hard  brockram,"  has  a  thickness  in 
Wharton  Park  (from  information  received  from  a  quarry- man)  of 
60  feet.  Its  aspect  at  Stenkrith  Bridge,  near  this,  has  been  described  by 
Professors  Berwick  and  Phillips,  and  also  by  Mr.  Binney, — the  latter 
pointing  out  the  superposition  of  this  **  hard  brockram "  on  an 
underlying  mass  of  a  softer  nature,  known  as  "  rotten  brockram,"  the 
latter  resting  on  soft  red  sandstone. 

The  recent  cuttings  of  the  South  Durham  Eailway,  at  the  Kirkby 
Stephen  Station,  have  exposed  a  section  showing  distinctly  the  rela- 
tions of  the  two  "  brockrams."  The  foundations  of  the  bridge  here 
rest  upon  the  "rotten  brockram,"  dipping  east  at  a  low  angle. 
Succeeding  this  is  a  series  of  red  sandy  days,  about  15  feet  thick. 
Upon  the  sandy  clays  the  "  hard  brockram  "  is  seen  extending  to 
Stenkrith  Bridge,  and  having  a  thickness  of  about  60  feet.  These 
three  deposits  conform  to  each  other ;  and  a  little  below  Stenkrith 
Mill,  the  "  hard  brockram  "  is  overlain  conformably  by  thin-bedded 
red  sandstones. 

*  Memoirs  of  the  literary  and  Pbilosopbioal  Society  of  Manchettar,  toIb.  xii 
andziy. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


IS62.'}  HABKNSSS PBSMIAN  8TEATA.  207 

At  the  old  saw-mill  at  Kirkby  Stephen  the  "  hard  brockramB  "  are 
also  well  seen,  but  they  are  much  dwarfed  in  thickness,  and  show 
that  they  are  rapidly  thinning  out.  They  repose  on  the  sandy  days, 
which  continue  northward  on  the  east  side  of  the  Eden,  in  the  form 
of  an  escarpment ;  and  at  the  Brewery,  to  the  west,  the  "  rotten 
brockram  "  again  occurs. 

Northward  fix)m  this,  no  trace  of  the  '*  hard  brockram''  (which 
is  an  extensively  used  and  durable  building-stone)  is  seen. 

The  lower  or  "  rotten  brockram  "  has  a  different  mineral  nature 
from  the  "hard  brockram ;"  it  consists  of  yellow  limestone  fragments, 
imbedded  m  a  matrix  of  light-coloured  sandstone;  and  it  is  more 
persistent  in  its  occurrence.  As  it  is  seen  in  the  Bela  Water  and 
the  neighbourhood  of  Brough,  it  has  been  described  by  Mr.  Binney, 
who  has  also  pointed  out  the  great  abundance  of  soft  sandstones 
which  are  associated  with  it. 

Deposits  of  a  like  nature  occupy  the  country  north  of  Brough,  the 
"  rotten  brockram"  being  seen  west  of  Warcop ;  and  to  the  east  of 
this,  under  the  western  escarpments  of  Komanfell,  the  upper  thin- 
bedded  sandstones  have  been  extensively  worked. 

§  3.  Section  from  Great  Ormside  to  BomanfeU,  (Fig.  2.) 
The  section  showing  most  satisfectorily  the  sequence  of  the  sand- 
stones and  the  accompanying  strata  in  the  north-west  of  England  is 
one  traversing  the  Vale  of  the  Eden,  from  Great  Ormside  on  the  west 
to  Eomanfell  on  the  east. 

Kg.  2.— Section  from  Great  Ormside  to  BomanfeU.    Length  6  miles. 

I 

B.W.^S  £  Hilton.  BomanfeU.  N.B- 

I  r  1  I 


—  6.«.7J.0.1O.11 


11.  TTpper  BandBtones  (700  feet).  4.  Lower  sandstoneB  (2000  ft.). 


8.  Carboniferous  rocks. 

2.  Old  Red  conglomerate  (600 

feet). 
1.  Lower  Silurian  schists. 


10.  Bed  clays  (80  feet) 
9.  Limestone  (7  feet). 
8.  Dark-cobured  sandstone  (6  feet). 
7.  Qtrej  shale  (8  feet). 
6.  Thin-bedded  red  sandstone  (60  ft.). 
6.  Plant-beds  (20  feet). 

Professor  Sedgwick  notices  the  hrockrams  as  they  occur  at  Little 
Ormside,  and  at  Barrels,  a  mile  N.W.  of  Great  Ormside  *. 

»  Oeol.  Trans.  2nd  Series,  toI.  ir.  p.  386. 
VOL.  XVIII. — PART  I.  p 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


208  PBOCSEDINeS  OF  THB  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [Mar.  19, 

In  Oill  Beck,  a  small  brook  N.W.  of  Great  Ormside,  deposits 
appertaining  to  the  Carboniferous  rocks  occur.  Below  these,  in  the 
brook,  breccias  are  seen,  succeeded  by  red  sandstones,  having  an 
E.N.E.  dip  at  10^,  inclining  towards  the  Eden.  East  of  this  river, 
and  west  of  the  Appleby  load,  ridges  of  sand  occur,  as  seen  in  the 
cutting  of  the  Eden  Valley  Railway,  resulting  from  sofb  decom- 
posing sandstones.  At  Coupland  Mill,  immediately  east  of  the  high 
road,  in  the  course  of  the  stream,  red  false-bedded  flaggy  sandstones 
manifest  themselves.  These  have  a  dip  and  nature  similar  to  the 
flaggy  beds  which  are  wrought  near  Penrith.  False  bedding  gives 
to  these  sandstones  an  apparent  W.N.W.  inclination,  but  the  true 
dip  is  E.N.E.  at  a  low  angle. 

East  from  Coupland  Mill  is  an  extensive  moor,  called  Brackenbar, 
along  the  western  and  northern  margin  of  which  a  stream,  called 
Hilton  Beck,  flows.  This  stream  exposes  a  beautiful  section  of  the 
higher  beds  of  the  inferior  sandstones  and  breccias.  Above  the 
false-bedded  sandstones  of  Coupland  Mill,  a  thick  mass  of  soft  deep- 
red-coloured  sandy  beds  is  seen.  These  are  also  greatly  false- 
bedded,  and  have  upon  them  strata  of  a  harder  nature,  in  which 
yellow  breccias  make  their  appearance  in  great  profusion,  conforming 
to  the  low  E.N.E.  dip  of  the  sandstones. 

These  breccias  occur  under  the  same  circumstances  as  those  seen 
in  the  Bela  Water ;  but  they  are  rarely  so  thick  as  those  of  the  latter, 
and  the  interstratifled  sandstones  are  usually  less  false-bedded.  In 
their  higher  beds  these  sandstones  become  lighter  in  colour,  and  are 
conformably  succeeded  by  some  very  interesting  strata.  These 
latter  consist  of  cream-coloured,  tbin-bedded,  arenaceous  layers,  with 
thin,  grey,  shaly  strata ;  and  a  few  thin  beds  of  limestone,  well 
marked  by  their  distinct  jointings ;  the  limestone  is  of  a  brownish 
colour  in  its  interior,  but  weathers  yellow.  The  strata,  although  well 
seen  in  the  brook-course,  are  better  exposed  on  the  face  of  a  small 
difl^  seen  below  the  Appleby  guide-post  on  the  south  side  of  the 
stream.  These  yellow,  thin-bedded  strata  have  a  thickness  of  about 
20  feet.  They  have  a  remarkable  resemblance  to  the  marUslaU  of 
Midderidge,  Durham,  and  they  afford  fosnU. 

The  brook-course  shows  the  following  conformable  succession  above 
the  yellow  beds: — 1st,  very  regular, thin-bedded,  red  sandstones, about 
50  feet  thick ;  2nd,  grey  shale,  imperfectly  seen,  having  a  thickness 
not  exceeding  3  feet ;  3rd,  thin-bedded,  soft,  dark-red  sandstones, 
6  feet ;  4th,  a  thin-bedded,  compact,  brownish-grey  limestone,  with 
drusy  cavities  filled  with  small  crystals  of  calc-spar.  The  limestone 
becomes  darker  in  colour,  and  semicrystalline  in  its  upper  layers ; 
and  papery  bands  of  black  shale  separate  the  strata.  This  limestone, 
which  a£Ebrded  no  trace  of  fossils,  does  not  appear  to  exceed  7  feet 
in  thickness. 

A  series  of  red  clays  overlies  conformably  the  limestone.  The  thick- 
ness of  this,  which  is  probably  80  feet,  cannot  be  exactly  made  out, 
as  d^ris  masks  the  junction  of  this  clay  with  the  upper  sandstones. 
These  latter,  with  associated  clay-beds,  form  the  bed  of  the  brook  to 
beyond  the  village  of  Hilton,  and  they  also  dip  E.N.E.  at  10^. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HARKNB8S — PERMIAN  STRATA.  209 

At  the  smelt-mill,  above  the  village,  the  dip  of  the  upper  sand- 
stones is  reversed ;  but  here  they  are  contiguous  to  the  great  Penine 
fault.  On  the  opposite  or  east  side  of  the  fault,  Lower  Silurian 
rocks  are  seen  dipping  N.N.W.  at  60®;  and  on  the  west  side  of 
Eomanfell  these  have  upon  them  Old  Bed  Sandstones,  about  600  feet 
in  thickness,  dipping  east,  and  passing  regularly  under  the  base  of 
the  Carboniferous  series  of  Warcop  FeU. 

The  section  from  Great  Ormside  to  Eomanfell  affords  means  for 
ascertaining  the  thickness  of  the  inferior  sandstones  and  breccias. 
The  dip  of  these  averages  10®  E.N.E. ;  and  the  distance  from  their 
western  margin  to  the  spot  in  Hilton  Beck  where  the  yellow  series 
occurs  is  about  two  miles,  measured  across  the  dip.  This  would 
give  a  thickness  of  nearly  2000  feet  to  the  inferior  strata.  The 
next  series,  including  the  yellow  sandstones  below  and  the  days 
above,  with  the  intervening  deposits,  has  a  thickness  of  about  160  feet ; 
and  the  upper  sandstones  are  here  about  700  feet  in  thickness. 

§4.  Beference  has  already  been  made  to  the  occurrence  of  the 
breccias  at  Burrels.  These  are  also  seen  on  the  east  side  of  the  Eden, 
immediately  below  Appleby ;  and  at  Bongate,  an  eastern  extension 
of  Appleby  across  the  river,  the  fEdse-bedded  sandstones  also  occur. 
At  Hungrigg,  a  mile  E.N.E.  from  Appleby,  the  higher  members  of 
the  breccia  are  seen,  having  here  been  extensively  worked  for  their 
limestone  fragments ;  and  a  short  distance  from  this  eastwards  the 
clayey  zone  comes  on. 

No  traces  of  the  breccias  occur  north  of  Hungrigg ;  and  with  this 
thinning  out  of  the  coarse  portion  of  the  inferior  series,  we  have  a 
greater  development  of  the  sandstones  proper. 

To  the  norlii  of  Hungrigg  no  section  can  be  obtained  comparable 
to  that  across  the  Eden  fr^m  Ormside  to  Bomanfell,  but  many  ex- 
posures of  rock  are  seen  which  exhibit  the  sequence  of  the  several 
strata. 

At  Long  Marton,  three  miles  north  of  Appleby,  in  the  stream  above 
the  bridge,  the  inferior  sandstone  occurs,  being  the  higher  portion 
of  the  series.  The  clay-beds  also  were  formerly  wrought  on  the 
south  side  of  the  village,  at  Haa  Plaister  Scar,  for  the  gypsum  which 
they  here  afford ;  and  the  upper  sandstones  are  seen  in  the  streams 
between  Bufton  and  Knock.  At  Stamphill,  a  mile  N.W.  of  Long 
Marton,  the  red  clays  and  gypsum  were  also  formerly  worked ;  and 
at  Townhead,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  N.E.  of  Eirkby  Thorpe,  a  good 
exposure  of  these  now  occurs,  for  here  they  are  worked  to  a  consi- 
derable extent.  At  this  spot  a  mass  of  gypsum,  called  "  Haa  Plaister,'' 
about  9  feet  thick,  is  seen  resting  on  bluish  clay,  the  gypsum  itself 
being  capped  by  about  7  yards  of  boulder-day. 

The  level  country  W.  and  N.W.  from  this  affords  no  sections 
until  we  reach  Clibum,  where  the  false-bedded  flaggy  sandstone 
has  been  noticed  by  Prof.  Sedgwick*.  From  Clibum  this  extends 
northward ;  and,  forming  Whinfell,  it  here  exhibits  its  normal  false- 
bedded  character  well  developed.     East  frx)m  Whinfell  this  sand- 

*  Op,  cit.  p.  386. 

p2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


210  PROCEEDIKGB  OF  THE  OEOLOOICAL  SOCIETT.  [MoT.  19, 

stone  is  seen  at  the  bridge  over  the  Eden,  on  the  highway  from 
Appleby  to  Penrith,  to  a  slight  extent.  Near  this  is  Crowdondle 
Beck,  separating  Cvunberland  from  Westmoreland,  in  which  we  have 
a  fine  section  of  the  argillaceous  series.  This  extends  from  Acorn 
Bank  to  beyond  Newbiggin,  and  is  devoid  of  gypsam.  It  exhibits 
the  same  direction  and  angle  of  dip  as  at  Hilton  Beck,  and  is  also 
succeeded  by  the  upper  sandstones,  which  are  extensively  worked  at 
Crowdundle  quarry.  The  same  sandstone  is  also  seen  at  Culgaith, 
and  forms  the  escarpment  known  as  Culgaith  Peel ;  and  immediately 
below  it,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Eden,  the  argillaceous  series  are 
well  exhibited,  forming  Haa  Plaister  Scar,  on  the  property  of  Winder- 
waith. 

The  section  at  "V^derwaith  is  as  follows : — ^The  upper  portion  red 
days,  12  feet  thick,  beneath  which  are  greenish-grey  clays  with  thin 
gypseous  bands,  9  feet;  red  and  grey  days  and  t£in  gypsum,  4  feet; 
a  bed  of  fibrous  gypsum,  2  inches, — ^the  thickest  seen,  resting  upon 
6  inches  of  day,  passing  downwards  into  an  argillaceous  sandstone. 

Down  the  Eden  on  the  east  side,  the  argillaceous  series  forms  a 
well-marked  escarpment;  and  on  the  west  side  of  the  river  the 
inferior  sandstone  is  occasionally  seen.  The  latter  is,  however, 
very  well  exhibited  in  the  Eamont,  a  short  distance  above  its  junc- 
tion with  the  Eden,  for  about  a  mile  and  a  half.  In  this  section 
the  fedse  bedding  is  so  abundant  that  on  account  of  it  no  idea  could  be 
arrived  at  concerning  the  arrangement  of  the  inferior  sandstones. 

§  5.  Section  from  the  West  of  Penrith  to  Hartnde.  (Fig.  3.) 

West  of  Penrith,  the  junction  between  the  Carboniferous  rocks  on 
the  W.  and  the  sandstone  deposits  on  the  E.  is  not  apparent. 

Fig.  3. — Section  from  the  West  of  Penrith  to  the  Penine  Chain. 
Distance  10  miles. 


7.  Trap-pock.  3.  CarboniferouB  rocks. 

6.  Upper  sandstones.  2.  Old  Bed  conglomerate. 

6.  Bed  clay.  1.  Silurian  schists. 

4w  Lower  sandstones  (fidse-bedded, 
5000  feet). 

At  Newton  Raigny  and  Catterlen,  a  purple  grit  of  the  Carboniferous 
series  has  been  noticed  by  Prof.  Sedgwick*.    This  grit  b  seen  in  the 

»  Op.  cit.  note,  p.  387. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HA&KKE88 — PEBMIAN  8TBATA.  211 

Petterill,  about  half  a  mile  below  Newton ;  and  there  is  reason  for 
inferring  that  the  red  sandstone  does  not  extend  further  than  a  mile 
west  of  Penrith.  East  of  this  place  the  sandstone  is  amply  developed 
on  Penrith  Beacon  Hill.  Soft  sandstones,  nearly  in  the  condition  of 
sand,  form  the  lowest  beds  here.  Harder  rocks  succeed  these,  having 
a  fSEdse-bedded  and  flaggy  nature,  the  false  bedding  inclining  west- 
ward, and  the  beds  having  sometimes  a  light  colour. 

The  same  rocks  occur  at  Ck)wrigg  quarry,  about  a  mile  and  a  half 
£.  from  Penrith.  Soft  beds  again  succeed  these,  as  seen  on  crossing 
over  the  Beacon  Hill ;  and  at  Snitteisgill,  a  mile  and  a  half  below 
Langwathby  Bridge,  on  the  west  side  of  the  Eden,  the  higher  beds 
of  l£e  inferior  sandstones  occur  with  a  false-bedded  W.  dip.  On 
the  east  side  of  the  river  the  ridge  of  the  argillaceous  strata  is  seen 
striking  N.N.W.,  the  road  from  Langwathby  to  Hartside  crossing 
this  between  the  village  and  Whinskill  Bridge,  where  the  upper 
sandstones  make  their  appearance  with  an  E.N.E.  dip  at  10^.  lliese 
continue  to  beyond  Melmerby,  and  are  well  seen  in  the  Eake  Beck, 
three-quarters  of  a  mile  E.  from  this,  where  they  come  abruptly 
against  a  mass  of  trap  occupying  the  line  of  the  Penine  fault.  East 
of  this.  Lower  Silurian  rocks,  overlain  by  Old  B«d  Sandstones,  passing 
upward  to  the  Carboniferous  series,  occur.  The  rocks  here  have  been 
alluded  to  by  Dr.  Buckland*. 

The  section  from  Penrith  to  Hartside,  with  the  exception  of  the 
traps,  has  a  great  affinity  to  that  ftom  Great  Ormside  to  Boman- 
fell.  In  the  former,  however,  there  is  a  greater  development  of  the 
inferior  sandstones,  and  a  total  absence  of  the  breccias,  which  are  so 
abundant  in  the  latter.  The  Jlaggy  strata  which  occur  between  the 
soft  sandstones  are  much  more  extensive  in  the  former  than  in  the 
latter,  and  equal  the  total  thickness  of  the  inferior  sandstones  as 
seen  between  Great  Ormside  and  the  plant-beds.  Measured  along 
the  dip,  which  averages  10^,  the  lower  sandstones  of  the  Penrith 
section  extend  more  than  five  miles ;  and  f^m  this  it  would  appear 
that  the  total  thickness  of  this  portion  of  the  rocks  here  woidd  be 
nearly  5000  feet. 

§  6.  North  from  the  line  of  the  last  section,  numerous  exhibitions 
of  rocks  appertaining  to  all  the  three  groups  are  seen.  The  lower 
sandstones  form  the  ridges  which  occur  on  tjie  east  of  the  Lancaster 
and  Carlisle  Eailway,  and  are  extensively  marked  on  Bowscar  and 
at  Browniigg  in  Plumton,  where,  in  a  quarry  affording  flags  remark- 
ably like  those  of  Corncockle  and  Ihunfries,  footprints  similar  to 
those  of  the  Scotch  localities  have  been  found. 

Impressions  of  the  same  nature  have  been  also  noticed  by  Mr. 
Binney  and  the  author  on  the  flaggy  beds  near  Penrith,  but  these 
are  not  so  distinct  as  the  impressions  at  Brownrigg.  On  Lazonby 
Fell  the  same  flaggy  beds,  with  the  false-bedded  westerly  dip,  are  also 
very  abundantly  wrought,  and,  affording  very  superior  flags,  these 
are  often  sent  to  great  distances. 

East  from  this  range  of  hills  we  have  also,  in  the  Valley  of  the 

*  Qeol.  Trans.  2nd  Series,  toL  iy.  p.  112. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


212  PBocEBDDres  of  the  oeolooical  80CIBTT.        [Mar.  19, 

Eden,  the  inferior  sandstones.  They  occur  at  Forge  Mill,  immedi- 
ately opposite  to  Lacy  Oaves,  where  they  are  intersected  by  a  fel- 
stone  dyke ;  at  Scatterbeck,  and  in  the  brook  near  Lazonby  village, 
they  are  also  seen ;  they  form  Blaze  Fell,  and  Great  Barrock ;  and 
east  from  these  we  have  them  well  exhibited  in  the  Eden,  immedi- 
ately above  Armathwaite  Mill,  where  they  are  intersected  by  the 
trap-dyke  which  nms  from  the  Carboniferous  rocks  at  Eenwick,  in 
a  N.W.  direction  to  Petterill  Crooks,  near  the  Wreay  Station  on  the 
Lancaster  and  Carlisle  Eailway.  East  from  Armathwaite,  the  in- 
ferior simdstones  are  found  at  Napestone,  and  amongst  these  are 
hard  coarse  flags  like  those  of  Templand  quarry  near  Corncockle. 

Below  Armathwaite  Bridge  the  inferior  sandstones  are  confined 
to  the  west  side  of  the  Eden.  They  are  worked  at  Little  Barrock 
quarry,  near  the  Wreay  Station ;  but  here  they  have  a  yellow  colour, 
and  no  flaggy  beds. 

Their  most  N.E.  exposure  is  in  the  course  of  a  small  stream  flowing 
into  the  Petterill,  known  as  Howgill  Beck,  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Carlisle  road,  near  Carleton  Hill.  Only  a  small  portion  of  the  higher 
beds  appear  here,  consisting  of  red  sandstones  dipping  W.,  succeeded 
by  nearly  horizontal  layers  passing  conformably  under  the  marls 
and  gypsums  of  the  argillaceous  series,  which  here  dip  N.  at  a  low 
angle. 

The  western  margin  of  the  inferior  sandstones  also  affords  some 
sections.  As  occurring  in  Ive-gill,  they  have  been  described  by 
Prof.  Sedgwick*.  Here  the  upper  part  of  the  stream  is  through 
these  rocks,  which  dip  N.  at  20°. 

Below  these,  purple  Carboniferous  grits  are  seen ;  and  closely  con- 
tiguous to  these  grits  the  red  sandstones  exhibit  reversed  dips,  and 
also  a  thin  bed  of  breccia  composed  of  fragments  of  the  Carbomferous 
grits.  The  Carboniferous  rocks  extend  down  the  stream  to  near 
High-head  Castle,  where  the  inferior  red  sandstones  are  again  seen, 
and  where  their  occurrence  is  mentioned  by  Prof.  Sedgwick.  Well- 
marked  northern  inclinations  obtain  here,  and  continue  to  near  the 
junction  of  Baw  Beck,  below  which  the  sandstones  again  appear, 
and  continue  with  the  same  inclination  to  Stockdalewati^,  where,  for 
a  short  distance.  Carboniferous  rocks  again  occur. 

The  inferior  sandstone,  however,  soon  again  makes  its  appearance, 
forming  the  brook-course  to  below  the  bridge  at  Througholme,  where 
it  passes  conformably  under  the  aigillaceous  series,  which  occurs 
about  200  yards  below  Througholme  Bridge,  dipping  N.  at  10°,  and 
is  about  100  feet  in  thickness. 

Below  the  argillaceous  series,  on  the  east  side  of  the  stream. 
Carboniferous  rocks  again  appear,  and  extend  south-eastward  to 
Broadfleld,  where  they  were  formerly  worked  for  Hme,  as  referred  to 
by  Prof.  Sedgwick  t.  From  Broadfleld  they  extend  still  further  in 
the  same  direction  to  Boughten  Gill,  a  mile  north  of  Southwaith 
Station,  where  they  are  wrought  for  the  ironstone-nodules  which 
they  contain. 

♦  Gcol.  Trans.  2nd  SoricB,  toI.  i>.  p.  406.  t  Op,  cit.  p.  391. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HABsmsfls — pbhmian  strata.  213 

The  rocks  seen  in  Ive-gill  have  the  same  general  arrangement  as 
that  which  obtains  in  the  Valley  of  the  Eden,  the  only  difference 
being  in  the  direction  of  the  dip.  This  change  from  E.N.E.  to  N.  is 
a  gradual  one,  as  is  well  shown  in  the  strike  and  dip  of  the  argilla- 
ceous series. 

Following  the  argillaceous  series  along  its  strike  from  Haa  Flaister 
Scar,  on  the  Eden,  we  find  it  exhibiting  the  following  modifications : — 

At  Langwathby  it  seems  to  consist  solely  of  red  clays.  At  the 
fieum  of  Lang  Meg  und  her  Daughters,  near  Lacy  Caves,  it  consists 
of  gvpsum  and  days,  the  former  having  been  wrought  here.  About 
a  mile  and  a  half  northwards,  at  Glassonby  Beck,  red  days  alone 
occur;  and  at  Bavens  Beck,  east  of  Kirk  Oswald,  where  a  good 
section  is  seen,  the  same  features  are  manifested.  In  the  river 
Croglin,  between  Dale  and  the  Nunnery,  argillaceous  beds  are  the 
sole  constituents  of  this  series.  Here,  below  the  argillaceous  strata, 
a  fine  section  of  the  inferior  sandstones  is  seen  in  the  course  of  the 
Croglin,  and,  above  these,  the  upper  sandstones  are  worked  at  Sevie 
quarry. 

North  of  the  Croglin,  on  the  Armathwaite  road,  at  Cross  House, 
there  are  remains  of  a  quarry  in  the  argillaceous  series,  from  whence 
gypsum  was  formerly  obtained ;  but  here  the  beds  are  thin,  and  not 
profitable,  being  irregular  in  tiieir  occurrence.  The  next  locality 
which  affords  an  exposure  of  the  argillaceous  series  is  the  Haa  Beck, 
at  Ainstable.  The  strata  here  are  only  partially  seen,  but  they  seem 
exclusively  clay-beds.  On  the  west  side  of  the  Eden,  at  High  Stand, 
gypsum  is  now  extensively  worked,  the  section  of  the  quarry  afford- 
ing the  following  beds : — ^The  lowest  (passed  through  in  sinking  a 
well  below  the  floor  of  the  quarry)  consist  of  8  feet  of  fine-grained 
purple  sandstone,  with  thin  layers  of  fibrous  gypsum.  Above  these 
are  three  beds  of  gypsum,  with  a  total  thickness  of  20  feet,  the  whole 
dipping  N.E.  at  an  angle  of  5^.  Similar  gypseous  strata  are  wrought 
at  Carleton  Hill,  three  miles  N.W.  from  High  Stand,  near  the  Carlisle 
high-road.  Here  the  gypsum  is  about  18  feet  thick,  irregular  in  its 
upper  surface,  and  succeeded  by  indurated  day  3  feet  in  thickness, 
upon  which  rests  a  shaly  sandstone  15  feet  in  depth.  Here  the  strata 
have  a  low  N.  dip. 

On  the  east  side  of  the  argillaceous  series,  near  High  Stand,  on 
the  banks  of  the  Eden,  the  upper  sandstone  is  seen  dipping  N.  at  2QP, 
At  Wetheral  Pastures  we  have  also  this  sandstone  dipping  in  the 
same  direction  at  an  angle  of  10°.  At  Corby  the  dip  of  this  sand- 
stone is  N.N.W. ;  and  from  thence  it  extends  eastward  to  beyond 
Castle  Canock,  where,  in  the  Gelt,  it  is  seen  in  dose  proximity  to  the 
Penine  feiult. 

From  this  the  fault  runs  N.  to  Lanercost,  occurring  immediatdy 
bdow  the  bridge.  From  Lanercost  its  course  is  N.N.W. ;  and  it  is 
again  seen  at  Penton  linns,  on  the  Liddel,  as  described  by  Professor 
Sedgwick*. 

§  7.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Carlisle  we  see  the  upper  sandstones  in 

*  Op,  cit  note,  p.  385. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


214  PBOGEEDnres  of  the  geological  bocibtt.        [Mar.  19, 

the  course  of  the  Galdew,  both  below  and  above  Balston,  the  dip  here 
being  N.N.W.  at  10°.  No  trace  of  the  argiUaceous  series  is  seen  in 
thiB  river ;  and  the  only  evidence  it  affords  of  the  inferior  sandstones 
is  at  the  bridge  near  Bose  Castle^  above  which  light-coloured  rocks 
of  Carboniferons  age  occur. 

West  from  the  Caldew,  in  Chalk  Beck,  a  good  exposure  of  the  upper 
sandstones  and  the  argillaceous  beds  appears.  The  former,  which 
dip  N.W.,  have  afforded  the  Bomans  materials  for  the  construction 
of  the  western  portion  of  Hadrian's  Wall ;  and  the  latter  seem  to 
repose  upon  a  breccia,  to  the  south  of  which  occurs  the  fault  sepa- 
rating the  red  sandstones  from  the  Carboniferous  rocks.  The  strata 
here,  and  also  those  which  occur  near  this  at  Westward,  have  been 
described  by  Mr.  Binney  in  the  memoir  before  alluded  to. 

West  of  these  localities  the  vpper  sandstones  strike  W.S.W.,  abut- 
ting directly  against  the  Coal-measures  of  West  Cumberland.  At 
Maryport  these  upper  sandstones  are  seen  in  near  proximity  to  the 
Coal-measures.  They  are  also  well  developed  in  the  cliffs  north  of 
this  place,  where  they  exhibit  the  N.W.  dip  they  usually  assume  in 
the  west  part  of  the  Cumberland  plain. 

On  the  Engb'sh  shore  of  the  Solway  these  upper  sandstones  are 
not  well  seen ;  there  is,  however,  every  reason  to  infer  that  they 
occupy  the  whole  of  the  flat  area  of  N.  Cumberland,  except  the  por- 
tion covered  by  lias  referred  to  by  Mr.  Binney  *  (see  fig.  4). 

The  Scotch  shore  of  the  Solway,  especially  E.  of  Annan,  affi>rds 
these  upper  sandstones.  They  also,  in  Scotland,  occupy  the  south- 
em  halves  of  the  parishes  of  Canobie,  Half  Morton,  and  Eirkpatrick 
Fleming,  the  greater  portion  of  the  parish  of  Annan,  the  southern 
part  of  Cummertrees,  and  also  the  whole  of  Domock  and  Graitney. 

The  Scotch  area  of  upper  sandstone  has  for  its  northern  boundary 
the  same  fault  which  in  Cumberland  separates  it  from  the  Carboni- 
ferous formation ;  but  in  Dumfriesshire  this  fault  has  a  direction 
nearly  E.N.E.  and  W.S.W. 

§  8.  In  Dumfriesshire,  besides  the  fine  section  in  the  Esk,  S.  of 
Knotty  Holm,  the  upper  sandstones  are  seen  in  Half  Morton,  and  at 
Cove,  in  Eirkpatrick,  on  the  west  side  of  the  Caledonian  Eailway. 
They  are  also  veiy  extensively  worked  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Annan.  Their  general  dip  shows  that  they  trough  under  the  Solway, 
and  become  united  with  their  equivalents  on  ^e  south  side  of  the 
Firth :  see  the  section  from  Eirkpatrick  to  the  Chalk  Beck  limestones 
showing  their  arrangement  (fig.  4). 

Little  has  been  said  concerning  the  lithology  of  the  inferior  and 
the  upper  sandstones. 

There  is  a  well-marked  difference  in  this  respect  between  them. 
In  the  former  the  particles  are  more  angular,  often  exhibiting  shining 
facets ;  the  colour  is  also  brighter  than  that  of  the  upper  sand- 
stones, and  there  is  an  absence  of  the  interstratifying  clay-beds 
which  usually  accompany  the  latter.     These  latter  are  more  compact 

*  Quart.  Journ.  Gteoi.  Soc.  Tol.  xt.  p.  549. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


HASKmeas — pebmian  stbata. 


215 


in  their  compoeitLoiiy  and  the  faces  of  the  strata  exhibit  features 
which  are  not  seen  on  the  lower  series,  consisting  of  beautifal  rip- 
plingSy  desiccation-cracks,  rain-pittings,  and  pseudomoiphs  of  salt — 
features  accompanying  the  upper  sandstones  throughout  the  area 
where  they  present  themselves. 

Fig.  4. — Section  across  the  Cumberland  Plain  to  Dumfriesshire. 
Distance  15  miles. 


5.  Lias. 

4.  Upper  sandstone. 


3.  Bed  clay. 

2.  Breccia. 

1.  Carboniferous  rocks. 


§  9.  Organic  Remains. 

Beference  has  been  made  to  the  occurrence  of  fossils  in  the  yellow 
beds  at  Hilton  Beck.  The  strata  affording  these  form  the  lowest 
portion  of  the  argillaceous  series,  and  have,  as  before  stated,  a  great 
affinity  to  the  marl-slates  of  Midderidge.  The  remains  consist  prin- 
cipally of  Plants,  specimens  of  which  were,  through  the  kindness  of 
Sir  Charles  Lyell,  submitted  to  Professor  Heer,  who  determined  their 
general  Coniferous  character.  The  remains  consist  usually  of  leaves 
and  wood,  and  in  one  instance  of  a  cone.  This,  Sir  Charles  Lyell 
suggests,  is  of  some  importance,  especially  if  the  strata  be  Palaeozoic, 
since  the  absence  of  cones  in  Coal-strata  induces  botanists  to  r^;ard 
the  ConifercB  of  the  Carboniferous  epoch  as  having  a  taxoid  character, 
*'  and,  like  a  great  majority  of  the  Coniferas  of  the  southern  hemisphere, 
as  berry-bearing,  and  not  cone-beaiing." 

Through  the  Hndness  of  Mr.  Wood  of  Bichmond,  I  had  an  oppor- 
tunity of  examining  the  marl-slate  of  Midderidge,  and  was  furnished 
by  him  with  fossil  plants  from  this  locality,  which  are  remarkably 
like  the  fossils  from  the  Hilton  beds.  Besides  the  remains  of  coni- 
ferous leaves,  this  locality  affords  ferns  referable  to  Neuropteris  and 
Sphenopteris.  Of  the  latter,  one  form  seems  nearly  akin  to  S.  erosa 
(Morris),  a  species  from  the  Bussian  Permians*.  Bemains  are 
found  which  appear  allied  to  Weissites  (Goppert),  resembling  that 
figured  by  Geinitz  (<  Die  Yersteinerungen  des  Zechsteingebirge  und 
Bothliegenden  oder  des  permischen  Systemes  in  Sachsen,'  tab.  viii. 
fig.  8).  A  form  having  the  aspect  of  Caulerpites  selaginoides 
(Stemb.)  occurs  here ;  and,  with  this,  leaves  identical  with  those  of 
the  Saxon  Zechstein,  as  figured  by  Geinitz  (tab.  viii.  figs.  11, 12, 13), 
are  found.  Detached  leaves,  resembling  Cupressites  UUmanniy  Brongn., 

*  See  *  Bussia  and  the  Ural  Mountains/  plate  C.  fig.  3. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


216  PBocEEBiirGs  OF  THE  exoLooicAL  80CIBTT.        [Mar.  19, 

and  others  attached  to  stems  akin  to  VoUzia  PhiUipsii  (lindley  and 
Hutton),  are  also  seen. 

These  plant-remains  are  usually  in  the  state  of  carbonaceous  mark- 
ings ;  sometimes,  however,  they  occur  not  iwbeddedy  but  enclosed 
between  the  laminsB ;  and  when  in  this  condition,  their  preservation  is 
very  imperfect. 

A  few  traces  of  animals  have  also  been  found  here,  but,  as  yet,  these 
have  been  seen  only  in  the  condition  of  casts.  Crinoid  stems,  of  small 
size,  which  seem  identical  with  the  casts  of  Gyathocrinus  ramosus, 
are  among  them.  Brachiopodous  shells,  which  in  size  and  general 
aspect  resemble  Terel>raiuila  eUmgata,  Schloth.,  present  themselves, 
and  also  other  bivalves  which  are  too  imperfect  to  allow  of  their 
relations  being  determined. 

Although  the  fossils  obtained  at  Hilton  are  as  yet  comparatively 
few,  they  conduce  to  the  conclusion  that  the  strata  which  afford  them 
are  at  the  base  of  the  Zechstein  portion  of  the  Permians,  and  that 
the  overlying  b0ds,  including  the  red  clays,  must  be  regarded  as  the 
representatives  in  the  N.W.  of  England  of  the  higher  members  of 
this  formation ;  while  the  thick  mass  of  underlying  sandstones  and 
breccias  is  the  equivalent  of  the  Bothliegende,  which  attains  its  great- 
est development  in  this  part  of  England. 

§  10.  SU  Bees, — ^Referenceto  strata  which  are  seen  on  the  north- 
east side  of  St.  Bees  Head,  Whitehaven,  and  which  have  been  long 
regarded  as  Permian,  still  further  corroborates  this  conclusion. 

Here,  at  Barrow  Mouth,  reposing  on  purple  sandstones  of  the  Car- 
boniferous age,  is  a  deposit  of  breccia  only  3  feet  in  thickness,  repre- 
senting the  higher  members  of  the  inferior  sandstone. 

Magnesian  limestone,  which  is  worked  on  the  side  of  the  hill, 
occurs  above  the  breccia.  This  limestone,  the  base  of  which  is  not 
here  seen,  contains  Permian  LamelUhrawihicUa.  On  the  shore  it 
reposes  on  the  breccia,  and  its  thickness  at  this  spot  is  about  11  feet, 
being  much  thinner  than  on  the  hill,  and  indicating  a  rapid  thinning 
out. 

Bed  marls,  with  interstratified  gypsum,  about  30  feet  in  thickness, 
succeed  the  limestone,  upon  which  the  fine-grained  red  sandstones 
with  interbedded  days  of  St.  Bees  Head  occur, — these  latter  being  in 
every  respect  identical  with  the  upper  sandstones  of  Eastern  and 
Northern  Cumberland. 

The  absence  of  the  magnesian  limestone,  which  we  have  seen 
is  thinning  out,  would  give  us  here  the  most  common  mode  of  occur- 
rence in  this  county  of  the  argillaceous  series  and  the  upper  sand- 
stones. These  Permians  of  St.  Bees  have  been  described  by  Prof. 
Sedgwick  *,  and  also  by  Mr.  Binney  in  the  memoir  so  frequently 
referred  to. 

§  11.  The  Permians  of  Cumberland,  especially  their  lower  mem- 
bers, have  an  interesting  bearing  on  the  isolated  Permian  patches 
scattered  over  portions  of  the  South  of  Scotland,  and  which,  in  Dum- 
friesshire, affori  footprints. 

*  Geol.  Trans.  2nd  Series,  vol.  ir.  p.  395. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


HABKKB88 PERMIAN  STRATA. 


217 


In  their  mineral  nature  these  Scottish  Permians  have  a  great  affi- 
nity to  the  Rotiiliegende  of  the  N.W.  of  England,  and  especially 
that  portion  which  is  seen  in  the  Ormside  and  Hilton  section. 

The  Corncockle  area  exhibits  the  lowest  beds  of  the  Scotch  equi- 
valents at  several  spots  where  these  abut  against  the  Lower  Silurians. 
These  lowest  beds  are  breccias  made  up  of  fragments  of  the  surround- 
ing Lower  Silurians.  One  locality  in  this  area,  Dalton  Hook,  shows 
the  inferior  sandstones  in  proximity  to  the  Carboniferous  rocks. 
Here  the  breccias  abound  in  Umestone-fragments,  have  the  aspect  of 
the  lower  breccias  of  Burrels,  and,  Hke  these  latter,  were  formerly 
wrought  for  the  limestone  which  they  contain. 

Above  the  lower  breccias  the  sandstones,  with  impressions  as  seen 
at  Corncockle,  occur;  and  any  section  taken  across  this  part  of 
Annandale  would  exhibit  the  arrangement  seen  in  fig.  5,  which  is 
an  extension  of  that  given  by  Sir  Wm.  Jardine  *. 

Fig.  6. — Section  across  the  Permian  Strata  of  Annandale, 
Distance  8  miles. 


8.  Sandstone,  with  Fossil  Footprints  at  Corncockle  Muir. 
2.  Permian  breccia.  1.  Silurian  rooks. 

The  Annandale  Permians  do  not  show  a  full  series  of  the  Eothlie- 
gende :  in  order  to  see  the  other  members,  it  is  necessary  to  have 
recourse  to  the  Nithsdale  areas.  The  one  which  best  exhibits  this 
is  seen  in  the  district  around  Dumfries  (fig.  6),  extending  from  a 

Fig.  6. — Section  of  the  Permian  Strata  of  the  southern  part  of  the 
^  Valley  of  the  Nith.  ^ 

River  Nith.  CrmigB.      Locher  Moss.      Forthorwald. 


Mftbie  HiU>. 


4.  Peat. 


3.  Permian  breccia.  2.  Sandstone  with  Footprints. 

1.  Lower  Silurian  rocks. 


Ichnology  of  Annandale,  p..l6. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


218  PBOcsEDnroa  of  tee  esoLoeiCAL  socnsTr.        [Mar.  19, 

mile  E.  of  the  Nith  to  about  two  miles  W.  thereof.  In  this  section 
the  lowest  strata,  well  seen  at  Craig's  Quarry,  are  red  sandstones  with 
the  same  footprints  as  those  of  Comoockle,  upon  which,  after  passing 
through  false-bedded  sandstone,  the  thick  mass  of  breccia  forming  a 
trough  through  which  the  Nith  flows,  and  which  extends  to  the  Silu- 
rian hill  W.  of  Dumfries,  is  seen. 

The  sections  of  Annandale  and  Nithsdale  collectiyelyfuiniah  the  fol- 
lowing groups  which  compose  the  Permians  of  this  part  of  Scotland : — 
first  and  lowest,  breccias ;  second,  a  thick  series  of  sandstones,  some  of 
the  strata  of  which  are  somewhat  incoherent,  and  some  flaggy,  with 
footprints ;  and  third  and  highest,  a  thick  mass  of  breccias,  lliis  se- 
quence shows  such  an  analogy  to  the  inferior  sandstones  of  Westmore- 
land as  to  justify  the  conclusion  that  in  Scotland,so  &r  as  is  yet  known, 
the  Bothliegende  portion  only  of  the  Permians  is  exhibited. 

Another  important  circumstance  connected  with  the  Scottish  Per- 
mians is  the  position  of  the  footprints.  like  those  occurring  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Penrith,  which  consist  of  Chelichnus  Duneani, 
these  impressions  appear  to  mark  the  middle  portion  of  the  Bothlie- 
gende— a  position  probably  below  that  portion  of  the  inferior  sand- 
stone represented  in  the  East  of  England,  but  which  has  very  likely 
its  equivalent  in  the  well-developed  Bothliegende  of  Saxony. 

No  allusion  has  been  made  to  the  geological  age  of  the  upper 
sandstones  of  the  N.W.  of  England  and  the  S.E.  of  Dumfriesshu^. 
like  similar  strata  in  the  S.E.  of  Durham,  they  succeed  the  Zech- 
stein  representatives  of  the  Eden  valley,  and  might  therefore  be 
regarded  as  Triassic. 

As  Mr.  Binney  has  noticed  the  occurrence  of  liassic  strata  in  North 
Cumberland,  near  the  margins  of  the  Solway  Firth,  which  exhibit 
themselves  in  such  a  position  as  to  lead  to  the  conclusion  that  they 
repose  in  the  trough  formed  by  the  upper  sandstones,  the  Triassic 
age  of  these  arenaceous  deposits,  with  clay-beds,  becomes  highly 
probable*. 

Note, — In  a  memoir  published  in  the  6th  voL  of  the  Quart.  Joum. 
of  the  GeoLSoc.,  having  reference  to  the  sandstones  of  the  Yale  of  the 
Nith,  I  allude  to  them  as  appertaining  to  the  same  age  as  those  of  the 
Cumberland  area,  referring  tiie  whole  to  the  Trias.  This  opinion  I 
adopted  in  consequence  of  its  being  then  a  generally  received  one 
among  geologists.  Subsequently,  in  another  memoir  (vol.  xii.  p.  266), 
1  stated  the  reasons  which  induced  me  to  alter  this  opinion,  and 
to  r^ard  these  deposits  as  belonging,  for  the  most  part,  to  the  Per- 
mian age. 


2.  On  the  Date  of  the  Last  Elevation  of  Csntaal  Scotlaitd.  By 
Akchibald  Geikie,  Esq.,  F.B.S.E.,  F.G.S.,  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  Great  Britain. 

That  the  central  districts  of  Scotland,  together  with  the  greater  part 
of  the  British  Islands,  have  undergone  a  movement  of  upheaval  within 

*  Quart  Joum.  G^eoL  Soc.  vol.  xt.  p.  549. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  GEDCHi — ^ELBYATIOK  OP  SCOTLAin).  219 

a  comparatiyely  recent  geological  period  is  a  fact  which  has  long 
been  familiar  to  the  geologist.  A  line  of  raised  beach,  with  shells 
of  living  species  still  in  a  perfect  state  of  preservation,  fringes  many 
parts  of  the  coast,  at  a  height  of  from  15  or  20  to  upwards  of  40 
feet  above  the  present  sea-level.  This  difference  of  elevation  may 
point  either  to  different  periods  of  upheaval  or  to  one  great  upward 
movement  which  varied  in  intensity  in  different  parts  of  the  island. 
For  facts  so  well  known  it  is  only  necessary  to  refer  here  to  the 
papers  of  Mr.  Smith  of  Jordan  HiU,  Mr.  Maclaren,  Mr.  Chambers, 
and  others  who  have  described  the  evidence  which  different  parts  of 
the  Scottish  coast-line  frunish  as  to  a  recent  rise.  The  object  of  the 
present  communication  is  to  inquire  how  far  we  have  data  for  ascer- 
taining the  time  at  which  at  least  the  later  stages  of  this  rise  took 
place. 

Ever  since  the  publication,  in  1838,  of  Mr.  Smith's  great  paper  on 
the  last  changes  of  level  in  the  British  Islands*,  the  belief  has  been 
universal  that  no  alteration  of  the  relative  position  of  sea  and  land 
has  taken  place  within  the  last  two  thousand  years,  the  coast-line 
being  the  same  now  as  it  was  at  the  time  of  the  Eoman  invasion.  I 
shall  have  occasion,  in  a  subsequent  part  of  this  paper,  to  examine 
the  evidence  on  which  such  a  belief  is  founded.  With  regard  to  the 
centuries  prior  to  the  Christian  era,  Mr.  Smith  remarks  that  probably 
no  change  of  level  has  taken  place  within  the  human  period  f.  For 
this  statement,  however,  he  adduces  no  other  foundation  than  that 
mounds  known  as  British  tumuH,  along  with  vitrified  forts,  exist 
close  to  the  margin  of  the  present  high-water  mark.  The  discovery 
of  canoes  in  an  elevated  part  of  the  old  alluvium  of  the  Clyde,  and 
of  other  antiquities  in  that  of  the  Forth,  tended  to  throw  some  doubt 
on  Mr.  Smith's  assertion.  Mr.  Chambers,  in  his  volume  on  '  Ancient 
Sea  Margins  '  (pp.  18-22),  published  in  1848,  refers  witii  hesitation 
to  the  possibility  of  these  canoes  having  been  in  use  prior  to  the  last 
shift  of  the  land,  and  the  same  view  was  entertained  by  other  geo- 
logists ;  but  in  October  1850  he  published  an  account  of  some  anti- 
quities found  in  the  Carse  of  Gk)wrie  which  he  conceived  to  have  been 
brought  by  an  abnormal  inundation  within  the  historical  period, 
and  he  then  acknowledged  his  belief  that  those  of  Glasgow  had  been 
similarly  imbedded,  and  that  consequentiy  they  afforded  no  evidence 
in  favour  of  a  change  of  level  since  Scotland  had  been  tenanted  by 
mant* 

Such  was  the  state  of  the  question  when,  in  the  spring  of  last  year 
(1861),  I  obtained  evidence  which  seemed  to  show  that  a  portion  of 
the  coast  of  the  Firth  of  Forth  had  been  elevated  not  only  within 
the  human  period,  but  even  since  the  first  years  of  the  Boman 
occupation  §.    This  observation  involved  so  wide  a  departure  from 

*  Edin.  New  Phil.  Jonm.  xxv.  p.  385 ;  and  Mem.  Wern.  Soo.  vol.  viii.  part  i 
t  Mem.  Wern.  8oc.  vol.  viii.  p.  68. 

iSee  Edin.  New  Phil.  Journ.  vol.  xlix.  p.  233. 
Edin.  New  PfaiL  Journ.,  new  series,  toI.  ziv.  p.  107.    Since  this  paper 
was  written,  more  recent  excarations  have  shown  tne  existence  of  mediieTa] 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


220  PROCSBDIKGB  OF  THB  GEOLOGICAL  80CISTT.  [Mar.  19, 

preconceived  opinionB,  and  bore  so  closely  on  questions  of  the  deepest 
moment  regarding  the  antiquity  of  man,  that  I  felt  the  necessity  of 
examining  other  parts  of  the  coast  with  the  view  of  ascertaining  how 
far  the  movement  may  have  been  general  over  the  central  districts  of 
Scotland.  It  seemed  to  me  advisable  also  to  make  a  search  through 
such  archaeological  volumes  aa  treat  of  our  maritime  antiquities,  in 
order  to  see  whether  any  antiquary  had  detected  proofs  of  physical 
changes.  The  results  of  these  inquiries  are  now  communicated  to 
the  Society. 

The  Firths  of  Clyde,  Forth,  and  Tay  are  each  bordered  with  a 
strip  of  flat  land,  varying  in  breadth  from  a  few  yards  to  several 
miles,  and  having  a  pretty  uniform  height  of  20  or  25  feet  above 
high-water-mark.  This  level  terrace  is  the  latest*  and  on  the  whole 
the  most  marked  of  the  raised  beaches.  It  must  have  been  formed 
when  the  land  waa  from  20  to  30  feet  lower  than  at  present,  and 
evinces  an  upheaval  which  was  nearly  uniform  over  the  whole  of 
the  central  valley  of  Scotland.  What,  then,  was  the  date  of  this 
upheaval? 

The  discovery  of  human  remains  in  the  sands  and  days  of  the 
raised  beach  affords  the  only  ground  for  an  answer  to  this  question. 
From  these  strata  canoes,  stone  hatchets,  boat-hooks,  anchors,  pot- 
tery, and  other  works  of  art  have  been  from  time  to  time  exhumed 
on  both  sides  of  the  island.  These  remains  are  usually  claimed  by 
the  antiquary.  He  arranges  them  in  his  museum  according  as  they 
belong  to  the  Ago  of  Stone,  of  Bronze,  or  of  Iron.  He  speculates 
fit)m  them  aa  to  the  character  of  the  early  races,  and  from  the  indi- 
cations which  they  may  afford  he  compUes  his  prehistoric  annals. 
But  the  geologist,  too,  has  an  interest  in  them.  To  him  they  are  true 
fossils,  as  much  as  the  footprint  of  a  Eeptile,  the  track  of  a  Crustacean, 
or  the  tube  of  an  Annelide.  He  deals  with  them  aa  he  deals  with 
other  evidence  of  the  former  presence  of  animal  life.  The  circum- 
stance of  their  occurrence,  the  nature  of  the  material  in  which  they 
lie  imbedded,  the  indications  which  they  may  afford  of  former  di- 
versities of  surface,  whether  of  lake  or  river,  land  or  sea,  their 
association  with  the  bones  of  animals  now  rare  or  extinct,  and  then 

pottery  in  the  sandB  and  silt  of  the  section  described  b^  me  as  occurring  at  Leith. 
Attempts  haye  been  made  to  show  that  the  deposit  in  which  these  fragmet^ts 
occur  IS  merely  artificial  ground.  Since  this  idea  was  suggested  I  hare  sereral 
times  visited  the  sand-pit,  both  alone  and  in  company  witn  obserrers  of  greater 
experience  than  mjseli,  and  hare  been  unable  to  alter  the  opinion  I  originally 
formed  as  to  the  true  aqueous  oriein  of  the  up|)er  silt  and  sand.  A  h^ty  in- 
spection  might  lead  one  to  confound  these  beds  with  an  unconformable  artificial 
earth  which  oTerlaps  them,  and  to  class  together  the  contents  of  two  Yerj  dif- 
ferent formations.  The  occurrence,  howerer,  of  pottery,  to  which  Mr.  franks 
of  the  British  Museum  can  hardly  assi^  a  higher  antiauity  than  700  years, 
seems  to  diow  that  the  upper  parts  of  this  series  of  strata  haTe  been  re-assorted 
in  more  recent  timet  than  I  nad  supposed.  But  the  subject  requires  further 
investigation,  and  until  this  is  given,  I  am  unwilling  to  depart  from  my  original 
conclusion.— July  18,  1862. 

*  There  are  occasional  traces  of  a  later  terrace,  as  along  the  Clyde  at  Glasgow, 
but  these  may  for  the  present  be  disregarded. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OEIKIE — ^BLEVATION  OF  SCOTLAITS.  221 

their  intriiiBic  character  as  illustrations  of  various  stages  in  the 
onward  march  of  human  progress, — ^all  these  are  points  of  view  from 
which  the  geologist  claims  to  study  such  remains.  The  antiquities 
of  man  have  thus  a  geological  as  well  as  an  archaeological  interest. 
The  day,  indeed,  is  perhaps  not  far  distant  when  archaeology  will 
form  wdl-nigh  as  integral  a  part  of  geological  science  as  palaeonto- 
logy does  now.  This  conviction  must,  at  least,  be  my  apology  for 
bringing  before  you  some  parts  of  a  subject  which  is  not  usually 
held  to  come  within  the  scope  of  the  Geological  Society. 

Along  the  mar^  of  the  Clyde  at  Glasgow,  the  raised  beach  ex- 
tends as  a  level  terrace  of  varying  width,  its  surface  lying  about  26 
feet  above  high-water-mark.  This  plain,  when  sections  are  cut 
through  it,  is  found  to  consist  of  alluvial  clay,  silt,  and  sand,  with 
layers  of  shells — ^the  deposits  of  an  ancient  estuary.  Its  presence 
so  high  above  the  limits  of  even  the  extremest  spring-tides  or  the 
highest  recorded  river-floods  can  only  be  accounted  for  by  an  actual 
upheaval  of  the  land.  No  transient  flood,  of  what  magnitude  soever, 
could  deposit  well-stratifled  laminae  of  fine  silt  and  mud  in  regular 
succession  to  a  height  of  26  feet  above  the  ordinary  level  of  the 
estuary.  The  bed  of  the  river,  along  with  the  surrounding  country, 
must  tiierefore  have  been  raised ;  and  hence  any  remains  which  may 
occur  contemporaneously  imbedded  in  these  alluvial  deposits  must 
have  been  involved  in  the  same  upheaval.  If  it  can  be  shown  that 
human  works  of  art  lie  beneath  some  of  the  undisturbed  silt-beds,  it 
will  follow  that  the  elevation  has  been  witnessed  by  man. 

Human  remains  have  been  especially  abundant  in  the  alluvium  of 
the  Clyde.  There  is  comparatively  little  variety,  however,  in  their 
character,  inasmuch  as  they  have  been  almost  entirely  connected  with 
the  primitive  navigation  of  the  river.  Within  the  last  80  or  90 
years  the  huUs  of  no  fewer  than  eighteen  canoes  have  been  exhumed, 
some  of  them  even  from  under  the  very  streets  of  the  city*.  The 
most  important  discoveries  took  place  during  the  progress  of  those 
great  excavations  by  which  the  harbour  of  Glasgow  was  widened  and 
deepened.  Twelve  canoes  were  then  obtained,  the  whole  of  which  came 
under  the  notice  of  the  antiquary,  who  in  1856,  under  the  signature  of 
J.  B.,  communicated  an  account  of  them  in  the  third  volume  of  the 
work  entitled  *  Glasgow,  Past  and  Present.'  With  only  one  exception, 
tl^ey  were  all  formed  of  single  oak-trees.  Two  had  evidently  been 
scooped  out  by  the  action  of  fire ;  others  had  been  hollowed  with  a 
rough  implement,  such  as  a  stone  axe;  while  several  were  cut 
beautifully  smooth,  evidently  with  metal  tools.  Hence  a  gradation 
could  be  traced,  from  a  pattern  of  extreme  rudeness  to  one  showing 
considerable  mechanical  ingenuity.  The  average  depth  beneath  the 
surface  of  the  ground  at  which  the  whole  were  found  was  about  19 
feet,  or  about  7  feet  above  the  level  of  high  waterf.     They  all  lay 

*  For  the  details  of  the  Glasgow  canoes  I  am  indebted  to  an  interesting  paper 
in  '  Glasgow,  Fast  and  Present,'  voL  ii.,  written,  I  believe,  by  that  zealous  anti- 
quary, Mr.  Buchanan. 

t  The  canoe  found  at  an  earlier  date,  on  the  site  of  the  Tontine  Hotel,  laj 
about  21  or  22  feet  above  high-water-mark  in  the  river. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


222  PBOCBBDnres  of  the  esoiooiCAL  socistt.       [Mar.  19, 

at  a  distance  of  more  than  100  yards  back  from  the  margin  of  the 
Clyde  SB  it  existed  before  the  alterations  began,  and  were  diiefly  im- 
bedded in  a  thick  bed  of  finely  laminated  sand. 

Most  of  the  Clyde  canoes  were  formed  out  of  single  oak-stems ; 
but  two  of  them  were  built  of  planks.  Of  these  the  more  elaborately 
constructed  was  discovered  on  the  property  of  Bankton,  in  1853.  A 
large  oak  had  been  cut  longitudinally  into  a  mere  strip,  as  the  back- 
bone of  the  boat,  from  which  a  long  keel  was  formed  underneath  by 
being  simply  left  standing  out,  while  the  back-bone  was  pared  away, 
so  that  the  keel  appeared  a  mere  longitudinal  projection  from  the 
lower  plane  of  the  same  strip.  Strong  transverse  ribs  were  inserted 
for  the  skeleton  of  the  back.  These  were  clothed  outside  with  deals 
about  8  inches  broad,  and  they  overlapped  each  other  precisely  as  in 
modem  clinker-work.  The  stem  was  formed  of  a  thick  triangular- 
shaped  piece  of  oak,  fitted-in  exactly  like  those  of  our  day.  Again, 
the  prow  had  a  neat  cutwater,  rising  about  a  foot  above  the  gunwale, 
and  giving  it  rather  an  imposing  effect,  not  unlike,  on  a  very  small 
scale,  the  beak  of  an  antique  galley.  The  length  of  this  curious 
vessel  was  18  feet ;  width  at  tibe  waist  5  feet,  and  at  the  stem  3^ 
feet.  When  discovered,  it  was  lying  keel  uppermost,  with  the  prow 
pointing  straight  up  the  river.  It  had  probably  been  capsized  in  a 
storm.  The  planks  were  fastened  to  the  ribs,  partly  by  singularly 
shaped  oaken  pins,  and  partly  by  what  must  have  been  nails  of  some 
kind  of  metal.  The  perforations  where  nails  had  been  were  uniformly 
square,  and  the  marks  of  their  broad  heads  driven  home  by  smart 
blows  deeply  into  the  wood  were  very  perceptible.  None  of  the 
nails  themselves  were,  however,  to  be  seen ;  but  several  of  the  oaken 
pins  were  left.  They  were  round,  thicker  than  a  man's  thumb,  and 
ingeniously  formed.  The  pin,  after  being  rounded,  had  been  sliced 
in  two,  and  a  triangular-shaped  tongue  inserted ;  so  that,  when 
driven  into  the  deal,  the  pin  would  firmly  hold  its  place*. 

In  addition  to  these  canoes,  a  polished  celt  of  greenstone,  a  thin 
piece  of  lead  perforated  with  nail-holes,  and  a  plug  of  cork  in  the 
bottom  of  one  of  the  vessels  have  also  been  discovered.  Such  are 
the  remains  of  human  workmanship  which  have  been  found  in  the 
elevated  silt-beds  of  the  Clyde.  Do  they  of  themselves  afford  any 
indication  of  the  probable  period  during  which  this  elevation  was 
effected? 

At  the  outset  it  must  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the  occurrence  of 
these  canoes  in  the  same  upraised  silt  by  no  means  proves  them  to 
be  synchronous,  nor  even  to  have  belonged  to  the  same  archaeological 
period.  The  relative  position  in  the  silt  from  which  they  were  exhumed 
could  help  us  little  in  any  attempt  to  ascertain  their  relative  ages, 
unless  they  had  been  found  vertically  above  each  other.  The  varying 
depths  of  an  estuary,  its  banks  of  silt  and  sand,  the  set  of  its  currents 
and  the  influence  of  its  tides  in  scouring  out  alluvium  from  some 
parts  of  its  bottom  and  redepositing  it  in  others  are  circumstances 
which  require  to  be  taken  into  account  in  all  calculations  as  to  the 
relative  position  of  different  parts  of  the  bed  of  the  stream  in  any 
•  Glaagow,  Pa»t  and  Present,  pp.  565-6. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OXIKIB ELEVATION  OF  SCOTLAND.  223 

former  period.  Hence  mere  coincidence  of  depth  from  the  present 
surface  of  the  ground,  which  is  tolerably  uniform  in  level,  by  no 
means  necessarily  proyes  contemporaneous  deposition.  Nor  would 
such  an  inference  follow  eyen  from  the  occurrence  of  the  remains 
in  distant  parts  of  the  very  same  stratum.  A  canoe  might  be  cap- 
sized and  sent  to  the  bottom  just  beneath  low-water-mark ;  another 
might  experience  a  similar  fate  on  the  following  day,  but  in  the 
middle  of  the  channel.  Both  would  become  silted  up  on  the  floor  of 
the  estuary ;  but  as  that  floor  would  be  perhaps  20  feet  deeper  in  the 
centre  than  towards  the  margin  of  the  riyer,  the  one  canoe  might 
actually  be  20  feet  deeper  in  the  alluvium  than  the  other ;  and  on 
the  upheayal  of  the  alluvial  deposits,  if  we  were  to  argue  merely 
from  the  depth  at  which  the  remains  were  imbedded,  we  should  pro- 
nounce the  canoe  found  at  the  one  locality  to  be  immensely  older 
than  the  other,  seeing  that  the  fine  mud  of  the  estuary  is  deposited 
very  slowly,  and  that  it  must  therefore  have  taken  a  long  period  to 
form  so  great  a  thickness  as  20  feet.  Again,  the  tides  and  currents 
of  the  estuary,  by  changing  their  direction,  might  sweep  away  a  con- 
siderable mass  of  alluvium  from  the  bottom,  laying  bare  a  canoe  that 
may  have  foundered  many  centuries  before.  After  the  lapse  of  so 
long  an  interval,  another  vessel  might  go  to  the  bottom  in  the  same 
locality,  and  be  there  covered  up  with  the  older  one,  on  the  same 
general  plane.  These  two  vesselB,  foimd  in  such  a  position,  would 
naturally  be  classed  together  as  of  the  same  age,  and  yet  it  is 
demonstrable  that  a  very  long  period  may  have  elapsed  between  the 
date  of  the  one  and  that  of  the  other.  Such  an  association  of  these 
canoes,  therefore,  cannot  be  regarded  as  proving  synchronous  deposi- 
tion ;  nor,  on  the  other  hand,  can  we  affirm  any  difference  of  age  from 
mere  relative  position,  unless  we  see  one  canoe  actually  buried 
beneath  another. 

Hence  the  only  evidence  that  remains  is  that  which  may  be 
afforded  by  the  character  of  the  antiquities.  It  is  usual  to  speak  of 
the  canoes  which  have  been  from  time  to  time  exhumed  in  Scotland 
as  of  an  extremely  rude  construction,  and  as  the  relics  of  a  very  bar- 
barous people.  They  are  described  along  with  the  stone  implements 
of  the  Stone  Period,  standing  thus  as  far  back  in  the  past  as  the 
antiquary  can  place  them  *.  But  it  is  manifest  that  most  of  the 
Glasgow  canoes  cannot  be  spoken  of  as  works  of  extreme  rudeness. 
One  or  two  of  them,  indeed,  were  certainly  primitive  enough  in  their 
construction ;  but  the  Bankton  boat  could  not  have  been  built  by  a 
race  of  sayages.  It  is,  indeed,  impossible  to  avoid  the  conviction 
that  the  rough-hewn,  fire-burnt  oak-trunks  must  have  belonged  to 
an  earlier  time  than  that  of  the  smoothly  cut  canoes,  and  that  these 
again  date  further  back  than  the  regularly  built  boat  of  Bankton. 
lie  first  class  may  be  a  relic  of  the  Stone,  the  two  latter  of  the 
Bronze  Period,  if,  indeed,  the  boat  came  not  within  the  Period  of 
Iron.  We  seem  to  see,  in  the  various  stages  of  mechanical  skill 
shown  in  these  primitive  vessels,  a  record  of  the  gradual  progress  of 

*  See  Dp.  Wilson's  •  Prehistoric  Annals  of  Scotland,'  chap.  ii. 
VOL.  XVni. — PABT  I.  Q 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


224  PBOCEEDINOS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Mar.  19, 

advancement  from  a  state  of  comparative  barbarism  to  a  kind  of 
semi-civilization. 

It  is  plain  that  the  islanders  who  built  this  primitive  fleet  were 
not  only  acquainted  with  the  use  of  metal,  but  that  before  they 
could  have  cut  out  the  more  highly  finished  canoes  they  must  have 
been  long  familiar  with  its  use.  They  must  have  had  serviceable  metal 
tools  wherewith  they  could  saw  an  oak  through  deanly  and  sharply 
at  its  thickest  part,  make  thin  oaken  boards  and  plai^,  and  plane 
down  a  large  tree  into  a  smoothly  cut  and  polished  canoe.  They  had 
advanced,  too,  to  a  high  degree  of  mechanical  ingenuity.  We  are 
told,  for  instaiice,  by  Qie  antiquary  whose  account  of  the  discovery  of 
these  canoes  has  been  cited,  that  one  of  them  had  its  open  stem  so 
broad  that  the  builder  seems  to  have  been  imable  to  procure  a  board 
large  enough  to  fill  it.  In  this  dilemma  he  took  two  boards,  fitted 
them  into  the  usual  grooves,  and  inserted  between  them,  along  their 
vertical  line  of  junction,  a  thin  lath  of  oak,  which  dovetailed  them 
together  and  made  them  water-tight. 

What  may  have  been  the  nature  of  the  metal  out  of  which  these 
aboriginal  tools  were  fashioned  has  not  yet  been  ascertained.  The 
square  metal  nails  too,  although  the  marks  of  their  heads  were  still 
visible,  had  themselves  wholly  disappeared.  If  they  were  made  of 
bronze,  we  cannot  assign  to  the  canoes  in  which  they  were  used  a 
date  older  than  some  part,  it  may  have  been  a  very  late  part,  of 
the  Bronze  Period.  If  it  can  be  shown  that  the  metal  employed 
was  iron,  the  age  of  the  antiquities  must,  in  accordance  with  the 
received  archseological  chronology,  be  brought  still  further  down 
towards  the  present  time. 

Two  of  the  canoes  were  built,  not  out  of  a  single  oak-stem,' but  of 
planks.  That  of  Bankton,  already  described,  had  its  deals  &stened 
to  strong  ribs,  like  a  modem  boat ;  its  prow  was  turned  up  ''  like  the 
beak  of  an  antique  galley,"  and  its  whole  build  suggests  that  the 
islander  who  constmcted  it  may  have  taken  his  model,  not  from  the 
vessels  of  his  countrymen,  but  from  some  real  galley  that  had  come 
from  a  foreign  country  to  his  secluded  shores.  Nor  is  this  the  sole 
ground  for  inferring  that,  at  least  at  the  time  indicated  by  some  of 
these  canoes,  the  natives  of  the  west  of  Scotland  had  some  communi- 
cation with  a  more  southern  and  civilized  race.  How  otherwise  are 
we  to  account  for  the  plug  of  cork  ?  It  could  only  have  come  from 
the  latitudes  of  Spain,  Southern  France,  or  Italy.  By  whom,  then, 
was  it  brought  ?  Shall  I  venture  to  suggest  that  the  old  Briton  who 
used  it  was  not  so  ignorant  of  Epman  customs  as  antiquaries  have 
represented  him,  and  that  the  prototype  of  the  galley-like  war-boat 
may  have  come  from  the  Tiber  to  the  Clyde  ? 

But  whether  such  a  suggestion  be  accepted  or  not^  it  is  abundantly 
evident  that  the  elevation  of  the  bed  of  the  estuary,  by  which  the 
canoes  have  attained  an  altitude  of  sometimes  22  feet  above  high- 
water-mark,  cannot  be  assigned  to  the  rude  ages  of  the  Stone  Period, 
but  must  have  taken  place  long  after  the  islanders  had  become  ex- 
pert in  the  use  of  metal  tools J^. 

^  To  the  oonclufion  stated  in  the  text,  the  only  objectioii  with  which  I  am 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OEIKIE — ElEVATTON  OF  SCOTLAND.  225 

If  now  we  cross  the  island  to  its  eastern  coast,  we  shall  find  the 
shores  of  the  Eirth  of  Forth  hordered  with  a  belt  of  upraised  alluyial 
deposits  similar  to  those  of  the  estuary  of  the  Clyde.  This  belt 
reaches  its  greatest  extent  on  the  south  side  of  the  Firth,  where  it 
expands  into  a  broad  plain,  known  as  the  Carse  of  Falkirk,  the  sur- 
face of  which  appears  almost  a  dead  flat,  with  a  general  height  of 
about  20  or  25  feet  above  high-water-mark.  From  Stirling  the 
same  plain  extends  westward  along  both  sides  of  the  sinuous  river 
for  a  distance  of  16  or  18  miles.  This  upper  part  is  called  the  Carse 
of  Stirling.  When  these  carse-lands  are  cut  through  by  drains,  they 
are  found  to  consist  of  fine  dark  silt,  with  layers  of  sand,  and  of 
shells  belonging  to  species  that  still  live  in  the  adjoining  estuary. 
Layers  of  peat,  with  great  numbers  of  oak-stems,  occur  in  the  sUt; 
and  many  parts  of  the  plain,  especially  above  Stirling,  are  at  this 
moment  covered  with  a  thick  stratum  of  peat-moss.  The  occur- 
rence of  finely  laminated  silt,  and  layers  of  marine  shells,  at  a  height 
of  20  or  25  feet  above  the  present  high-water,  and  over  many  square 
miles  of  ground,  implies  a  rise  of  the  land  to  about  the  same  extent 
as  that  indicated  by  the  sUt-beds  of  the  Clyde  ♦. 

That  this  elevation  has  taken  place  within  the  Human  period  is 
proved  by  the  existence  of  human  remains  at  various  localities,  im- 
bedded in  the  upraised  alluvium.  In  the  year  1819,  on  the  carse- 
land  of  Airthrey,  near  Stirling,  the  skeleton  of  a  whale  was  found 
imbedded  in  the  silt  fully  a  nule  back  from  the  river-bank,  and  at 
a  height  of  nearly  25  feet  above  the  high- water-mark  of  spring- tides. 
At  I>unmore,  on  the  south  bank  of  the  estuary,  a  few  years  later,  a 
second  whale  was  disinterred  from  a  stiff  clay  at  a  height  of  23  or  24 
feet  above  high-water-level.  Again,  in  1824,  a  third  wbale-skeleton 
was  exhumed  from  under  a  covering  of  peat-moss  and  clay  at  Blair- 
Drummond,  which  lies  seven  miles  higher  up  the  valley  than  Air- 
threy. Beside  the  bones,  both  at  Blair-Drummond  and  at  Air- 
threy, lay  a  piece  of  perforated  deer's  horn,  unmistakeably  a  work  of 
human  fashioning  f.  They  were,  in  short,  two  harpoons,  one  of 
them  having  stiU  partially  attached  to  it  the  fragments  of  the  wooden 
handle  by  which  it  had  been  wielded.     The  circumstances  under 

acquainted  Ib  a  casual  remark  by  Mr.  Smith,  of  Jordan-hill,  in  his  paper  on  the 
"  Last  Changes  of  Level  in  the  British  IsLands,"  Mem.  Wem.  Soc.  toI.  viii.  p.  58, 
to  the  e£Pect  that  some  British  tumuli  and  vitrified  forts  have  been  formed  with 
a  recard  to  the  present  level  of  sea  and  land.  Now,  in  the  first  place,  we  know 
abeolutcdy  nothing  of  the  age  of  the  vitrified  forts.  Dr.  Wilson,  indeed,  in  his  *  Pre- 
historic Annals  of  Scotland,'  p.  413,  discusses  them  along  with  the  strongholds 
of  the  Iron  Period.  A^^ain,  the  date  of  tumuli,  I  ima^e,  must  be  fixed,  to 
a  large  extent>  if  not  entirely,  by  the  nature  of  the  antiquities  found  within  them. 
A  mere  mound  of  earth  or  stones  may  surely  belong  to  any  conceivable  period  of 
human  history.  The  custom  of  raising  cairns  over  dead  liodiee  or  on  the  scenes 
of  suicide  and  murder  is  still  prevalent  in  some  parts  of  Scotland. 

*  For  an  account  of  the  aUuvium  of  the  Forth,  see  Blackadder,  Mem.  Wem. 
Soc.  voL  V.  p.  424 ;  also,  Chambers's  Ancient  Sea  Margins,  p.  131 ;  New  Statis- 
tical Account  of  Scotland  (Sturlingshire). 

t  For  accounts  of  these  whales,  see  Edin.  Phil.  Joum.  i.  393 ;  Mem.  Wem.  Soc. 
iii.  327 ;  Edin.  Phil.  Joum.  xi.  220,  416 ;  Mem.  Wem.  Soc.  v.  437,440.  See 
also  Wilson's  Prehistoric  Ann.  of  Scot.  p.  33 ;  Owen,  Brit.  Foes.  Mamm.  p.  542. 

q2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


226  pvocBSDiKes  of  thb  geological  socjbtt.        [Mar.  19, 

which  these  remains  were  fbund  leave  no  possibility  of  doubt  that  the 
land  here  has  been  upraised  at  least  24  feet,  and  that  this  upheaval 
has  been  witnessed  by  man.  The  horn  weapons  do  not  indeed 
indicate  an  advanced  state  of  civilization  ;  yet  they  miquestionably 
prove  the  presence  of  a  human  population  perhaps  contemporary 
with  that  which  built  the  ruder  canoes  of  the  primitive  fleet  of 
Glasgow. 

In  the  elevated  alluvial  plains  of  the  Forth,  canoes  similar  to 
some  of  those  of  the  Clyde  have  also  been  found.  One  was  dug  up 
on  the  Carse,  not  fax  from  FaUdrk,  from  a  depth  of  30  feet  Early  in 
the  last  century,  too,  a  flood  of  the  Elver  Carron,  which  flows  through 
the  carse,  undermined  a  part  of  the  alluvial  plain,  and  laid  bare 
what  was  pronounced  at  the  time  to  be  an  antediluvian  boat  It 
lay  15  feet  below  the  surface,  and  was  covered  over  with  layers  of 
clay,  moss,  shells,  sand,  and  gravel.  Its  dimensions  were  greater 
than  those  of  any  other  canoe  yet  found  in  Scotland ;  for  it  reached 
a  length  of  36  feet,  with  a  breadth  of  4  feet  **  It  was  described  by 
a  contemporary  newspaper  as  finely  polished  and  perfectly  smooth, 
both  inside  and  outside,  formed  from  a  single  o^L-tree,  with  the 
usual  pointed  stem  and  square  stem  *." 

These  features  seem  to  harmonize  weU  with  those  of  the  more  per- 
fect of  the  Clyde  canoes,  and  to  justify  the  inference  that  they  were 
produced  by  the  employment,  not  of  stone,  but  of  metal  tools. 

But  in  the  Carse  of  the  Forth  an  implement  of  metal  has  actually 
been  found,  and  one  formed  not  of  bronze,  but  of  iron.  It  was  an  iron 
anchor,  dug  up  a  little  to  the  south-east  of  the  place  from  whence 
the  Dunmore  whale  was  obtained.  The  exact  depth  at  which  it  lay 
is  not  given;  it  wa&  probably  about  20  feet  above  high- water. 
<'  The  flanks  were  much  decayed ;  but  the  beam,  which  was  of  a  rude 
square  form,  with  an  iron  ring,  was  tolerably  perfect.  It  hung 
many  years  in  the  old  tower  near  Dunmore,  but  was  at  length 
stolen  t."  Pieces  of  broken  anchors  have  also  been  found  below 
Larbert  Bridge  and  near  Camelon]:. 

Putting  together,  therefore,  the  arehseological  evidence  to  be 
gathered  from  the  contents  of  the  elevated  silt  of  the  Forth,  the  in- 
ference, I  think,  can  hardly  be  avoided,  that  not  only  was  the  up- 
heaval effected  subsequent  to  the  first  human  immigration,  but  that 
it  did  not  take  place  until  the  natives  along  the  banks  of  the  Forth 
had  learnt  to  work  in  metal,  and  until  vessels  sailing  over  that  broad 
estuary  had  come  to  be  moored  with  anchors  of  iron.  There  is  some 
additional  evidence,  however,  from  another  class  of  works  of  art, 
which  will  more  appropriately  be  discussed  in  a  subsequent  part  of 
this  paper. 

The  Firth  of  Tay,  like  the  estuaries  already  described,  is  bordered 
with  a  flat  plain,  which  on  the  north  side  expands  into  the  broad 
tract  of  country  known  as  the  Carse  of  Gowiie.     Its  general 

*  PrehlBtoric  Ann.  of  Soot.  p.  32. 
t  Edin.  Phil.  Joum.  zi.  p.  416. 

X  Nimmo'B  *  History  of  Stirb'ngshire/  2nd  edit  p.  74;  Chambers's  'Ancient 
Sea  Margins,'  p.  160. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OEIKIB — SLBTATION  OF  flOOTLANI).  227 

eleTatiQii  above  the  level  of  high  water  is  about  the  same  as  that  of 
the  raised  beaches  of  the  Forth  and  Clyde.  like  these  also,  it  con- 
sists of  clay,  sand,  gravel,  and  layers  of  shells,  and  proves  an  up- 
heaval of  from  20  to  30  feet.  The  analogy  holds  still  iiirther ;  for 
the  old  alluvial  deposits  of  the  Tay  fiimish  evidences  that  the  rise 
has  been  effected  within  the  Human  period. 

Mr.  Robert  Chambers*  has  pointed  out  that  along  the  Carse  of 
Gowrie  many  of  the  hillocks  and  eminences  which  rise  above  the 
general  level  of  the  plain  bear  names  in  which  the  Celtic  word  inch 
(island)  occurs ;  such  are  Inchyra,  Megginch,  Inchmichael,  Inch- 
martin,  Inchsture, — **  as  if  a  primitive  pe<^le  had  originally  recog- 
nized tiiese  as  islets  in  the  midst  of  a  shallow  firth.''  But,  besides 
these  names,  the  Carse  is  still  full  of  traditions  that  represent  the  sea 
as  having  once  advanced  inland  a  long  way  from  the  present  maigin 
of  the  Forth.  Time  out  of  mind,  it  has  been  a  popular  belief  in  ^s 
district  that  the  Flaw  Craig,  a  cliff  which  overlooks  the  Carse  be- 
tween Einnaird  and  Fingask,  bore  the  remains  of  a  ring  to  which 
ships  were  fastened  when  the  sea  ran  at  the  base  of  the  hill.  Mr. 
Chambers  adds  that,  a  few  years  before  the  appearance  of  his  volume 
on  <  Ancient  Sea  Margins,'  <<  there  was  a  man  living  who  alleged 
that  he  had  seen  this  ring  in  his  youth,  as  he  climbed  bird-nesting 
along  the  face  of  the  crag.  So  also  it  is  told  that  the  rock  on 
which  Castle  Huntly  stands,  in  the  centre  of  the  Carse,  once  had  rings 
fixed  to  it,  for  mooring  the  boats  formerly  used  in  saUing  over  the 
surrounding  waters  f."  These  circumstances  all  conspire  to  indicate 
that  the  rise  of  the  Carse  of  Gowrie  above  the  limits  of  the  sea  is  a 
comparatively  recent  event.  If  there  were  no  other  evidence,  how- 
ever, such  traditional  beliefs  would  hardly  be  worth  the  serious 
attention  of  the  geologist ;  but  they  acquire  a  peculiar  significance 
from  the  fact  that  they  are  fully  borne  out  by  the  character  of  the 
antiquities  from  time  to  time  exhumed  from  the  clay  and  sand  of 
this  great  plain. 

Between  sixty  and  seventy  years  ago  a  stnall  anchor  was  dug  up, 
not  many  feet  beneath  the  surface,  on  a  piece  of  low  ground  near 
Megginch  t.  Mr.  Chambers  refers  to  anoliier  anchor  as  having  been 
met  with  in  castLog  a  drain  below  the  Flaw  Craig  §.  But  the  most 
important  and  the  most  carefuUy  investigated  relic  yet  discovered  in 
this  district  was  an  iron  boat-hook,  found  in  1837  by  some  work- 
men on  the  farm  of  Inchmichael||.     It  lay  imbedded  under  eight 

*  •  Ancient  Sea  Margins,'  p.  18.  t  Ibid.  pp.  19,  20. 

1  New  Stat.  Aoc.  Scotland,  Perth,  x.  p.  378. 

i  '  Ancient  Sea  Margins,'  p.  19. 

I  Mr.  Chambers,  in  the  work  ahready  cited,  briefly  alludes  to  this  relic ;  but  he 
subsequently  made  it  ^e  subject  of  a  Tery  careful  investigation,  and  published 
the  results  in  a  paper  (Edin.  New  Phil.  Joum.  1850,  p.  233),  from  which  the 
twrticulars  above  given  are  quoted.  From  the  fact  of  the  implement  being  iron, 
he  admitted  that  it  must  have  belonged  to  no  very  remote  period,  and  that  the 
rise  of  the  land,  if  at  least  this  boat-hook  were  to  be  taken  as  evidence,  must  have 
been  greatly  more  recent  than  any  one  had  imagined.  To  such  a  conclusion  he 
demurred,  and  accordingly  he  endeavoured  to  account  for  the  position  of  the 
boat-hook  by  some  other  means  than  an  elevation  of  the  Carse*.  For  this  pur- 
pose he  supposed  that  the  vessel  in  which  it  was  used  may  have  been  swept  inland 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


228  PROCEEDINeS  OF  THE  OBOLOeiCAL  80CIBTT.  [MflT.  19, 

feet  of  stratified  gravel,  at  a  distance  of  a  mile  from  the  margin  of 
the  Firth.  The  sorfjEU^  of  the  groimd  waa  ahout  3  feet  higher  than 
the  level  of  the  surrounding  part  of  the  Carse,  or  ahout  28  feet  above 
high- water-mark ;  so  that  the  height  of  the  boat-hook  above  the 
upper  limit  of  the  tide  was  fully  20  feet.  '<  The  relic  itself,"  says 
Mr.  Chambers,  <'  was  in  no  respect  uncommon.  It  was  pronoiinoed 
by  Bear- Admiral  Sir  Adam  Drummond  of  M^ginch  to  be  such  an 
instrument  of  its  kind  as  would  be  used  in  a  man-of-war's  launch 
or  a  mercantile  boat  of  3  or  4  tons,"  It  is  now  preserved  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Scottish  Antiquaries  at  Edinburgh. 

No  river-flood  or  violent  inundation  will  account  for  the  position 
of  this  interesting  relic.  The  gravelly  ridge  in  which  it  occurs  is 
surrounded  by  the  finely  stratified  silt  of  the  flat  Carse,  and  belongs, 
like  all  the  otiier  similar  moimds  of  the  district,  to  the  ordinary  slow 
deposits  of  the  estuary.  The  inference  therefore  appears  to  me  irre- 
sistible that,  when  this  boat-hook  was  in  use,  the  sea  was  beating 
upon  these  islets  of  gravel,  and  depositing  around  them  the  dark 
mud  on  which  the  fertility  of  the  plain  now  depends.  Hence  the 
elevation  of  this  part  of  the  coast  of  Scotland  must  have  been  efi^ected 
since  the  introduction  of  iron  into  the  country.  And  thus  all  the 
traditions  of  the  district,  the  names  of  its  rising-grounds,  and  the 
character  of  its  antiquities  contribute  each  their  independent  testi- 
mony to  the  fact  that  a  large  accession  of  land  has  been  gained  firom 
the  sea  within  a  comparatively  recent,  if  not  actually  within  the  his- 
torical period.  The  historical  period  dates  in  Scotland  from  the  year 
80  of  our  era,  when  Agricola  first  led  the  Boman  legions  across  the 
Tweed.  Is  there,  then,  any  evidence  to  connect  the  elevation  of  the 
Scottish  coast-line  with  the  time  of  the  Roman  occupation  ? 

Mr.  Smith  of  Jordan  Hill  was  the  first  to  assert  that  since  the 
Antonine  Wall  was  built  (about  a.  d.  140)  there  could  have  been 
no  change  in  the  relative  position  of  sea  and  land,  inasmuch  as  the 
ends  of  the  wall  were  evidently  constructed  with  reference  to  the 
existing  level*.     This  statement  has  been  the  foundation  of  all  the 

during  some  of  the  great  floods  reoorded  in  history.  Such  an  exphmation  I  be- 
liere  to  be  not  only  unlikely,  but  eren  impossible.  The  effects  of  a  storm  must  be 
comparatiTely  slight  in  so  sheltered  an  estuary  as  that  of  the  Tay.  We  can  hardly 
conoeiye  the  sea  rising  upwards  of  28  feet  above  high- water-mark,  and  flowing  for 
more  than  a  mile  inluid.  Still  less  can  we  beliere  that,  if  it  did  so  rise,  it  could 
deposit  8  feet  of  sediment  over  the  surface  of  the  Carse.  The  effect  of  ^preat  floods 
is  not  to  renovate  the  land,  but  to  waste  it ;  and  the  result  of  a  violent  inundation 
of  the  Tay  would  be  to  sweep  away  the  surfiioe-soil  and  carry  it  out  into  the  estu- 
ary. LasUy,  if  we  could  suppose  any  sediment  to  have  been  deposited  by  such  a 
sea-flood,  it  would  not  have  oeen  in  the  form  of  stratified  gravel,  but  of  fine 
mud  and  silt;  for  the  rush  of  water  coming  from  the  sea  comd  only  carry  with 
it  the  fine  muddy  sediment  of  the  estuary,  and  in  crossing  the  Carse  it  could  get 
nothing  but  clav  to  tear  up  and  re-deposit  No  geologist  can  doubt  as  to  the  origin 
of  those  gravelly  mounds  or  inches  of  the  Carse.  Most  assuredly  they  are  not  the 
result  of  violent  inundations,  but  of  the  mingling  currents  of  the  river  and  the  sea, 
irhsn  the  bed  of  the  estuary  stood  at  least  25  feet  lower  than  it  does  now.  As 
they  rose,  and  the  channel  shallowed,  only  the  finest  silt  gathered  round  their 
margins,  forming  now  the  rich  alluvial  soil  of  the  Carse. 

*  Mem.  Wem.  Soo.  viii.  p.  58,  and  Edin.  New  PhiL  Joum.  vol.  xxv.  for  1838, 
p.  385. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OBIKIE — BLBYATIOV  OF  SCOTLAIO).  229 

subsequent  geological  arguments  as  to  the  long  period  at  which  the 
British  Isles  have  been  stationary.  If  it  be  true,  then  we  must 
allow  that  the  upheaval,  of  which  the  evidence  has  been  adduced  in 
the  present  communication,  is  referable  to  a  period  certainly  previous 
to  the  Boman  invasion.  If  the  statement  be  erroneous,  the  other 
alternative  remains,  that  the  upward  movment  may  have  been  wholly 
or  in  part  effected  after  the  Boman  invasion. 

After  carefully  examining  both  extremities  of  the  wall,  and 
reading  the  narratives  of  the  various  antiquaries  who  have  treated 
of  the  Boman  remains  in  Scotland,  I  have  no  hesitation  in  affirm- 
ing that  not  only  is  there  no  evidence  that  the  wall  was  constructed 
with  a  regard  to  the  present  level  of  the  land,  but  there  is  every 
ground  for  believing  that  it  was  built  when  the  land  was  at  least 
20  feet  lower  than  it  is  at  present.  To  begin  with  the  east  end, — 
from  the  Avon  west  of  Borrowstounness  eastward  to  Carriden  the 
ground  rises  from  the  old  coast-line  as  a  steep  bank,  the  summit 
of  which  is  from  50  to  100  feet  above  the  sea ;  between  the  bottom 
of  this  abrupt  declivity  and  the  present  margin  of  the  Firth  there  is 
a  narrow  strip  of  flat  ground,  about  200  yards  broad,  on  which  Bor- 
rowstounness is  built,  and  which  nowhere  rises  more  than  20  feet 
above  high  water.  It  is  a  mere  prolongation  of  the  Falkirk  Carse, 
already  described,  and  beyond  doubt  formed  the  beach  when  the  sea 
broke  against  the  base  of  the  steep  bank.  Now  the  Boman  Wall 
was  carried,  not  along  this  low  land  bordering  the  sea,  but  along  the 
high  ground  that  I'ose  above  it.  The  extremity  at  Carriden,  there- 
fore, instead  of  having  any  reference  to  the  present  limit  of  the  tides, 
actually  stood  on  the  summit  of  a  steep  bank  overhanging  the  sea, 
above  which  it  was  elevated  fully  100  feet.  If  the  land  here  were 
depressed  25  feet,  no  part  of  the  wall  would  be  submerged.  The 
only  change  on  the  coast-line  would  be  in  the  advance  of  the  sea 
across  the  narrow  flat  terrace  of  Borrowstounness  and  Grange,  as 
far  as  the  bottom  of  the  abrupt  declivity 

The  western  termination  of  the  Antonine  Wall  stood  on  the  little 
eminence  called  Chapel  flill,  near  West  Kilpatrick,  on  the  north  bank 
of  the  Clyde.  Between  this  rising-ground  and  the  margin  of  the 
river  lies  the  Forth  and  Clyde  Canal,  the  surface  of  which  is  20  feet 
above  high-water-mark,  and  the  base  of  the  hill  at  least  5  or  6  feet 
higher.  Hence  the  wall  terminated  upon  a  hill,  the  base  of  which 
is  not  less  than  25  feet  above  the  present  level  of  the  sea.  In  making 
the  canal,  a  number  of  Boman  antiquities  were  found  at  various 
depths  in  the  alluvium :  these  seem  to  have  been  part  of  the  ruins 
from  the  fort  above.  If  we  admit  that  the  wall  was  constructed 
previous  to  the  last  elevation  of  the  land,  we  see  a  peculiar  fitness  in 
the  site  of  its  western  termination.  The  Chapel  Hill  must  in  that 
case  have  been  a  promontory  jutting  out  into  the  stream,  and  at 
high  water  the  river  must  have  washed  the  base  of  the  Kilpatrick 
HiUs — a  range  of  heights  that  rise  steeply  from  lower  grounds,  and 
sweep  away  to  the  north-east.  Hence,  apart  altogether  from  consi- 
derations dependent  upon  the  strategic  position  of  the  hills  which  were 
infested  by  the  barbarians,  we  obtain  an  obvious  reason  why  Lollius 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


230  PBOGEEDIKeS  07  THE  eSOLOeiCAL  80CIBTT.  [MaT.  19, 

Urbicus  ended  his  vallum  at  Old  Eilpatiiok.  He  carried  it,  in  fact, 
as  far  westward  as  he  could  carry  it,  and  placed  its  last  fort  on  a 
promontory  which  commanded  the  passage  of  the  Clyde.  He  thus 
drove  the  natives  to  the  necessity  of  making  their  incursions  by 
crossing  further  down  in  the  more  open  and  exposed  part  of  the 
river  below  Dumbarton.  The  Antonine  Wall,  therefore,  yields  no 
evidence  in  favour  of  the  land  having  remained  stationary  since  the 
time  of  the  Romans.  On  the  contrary,  it  appears  to  indicate  that 
since  its  erection  the  land  has  actually  risen. 

I  have  examined  the  sites  of  the  Eoman  harbours  along  the  east 
coast  of  Scotland,  without  obtaining  any  proof  of  a  stability  of  level. 
Inveresk  and  Cranund,  the  chief  seaports,  tend  to  confirm  the  opinion 
that  since  the  Bomans  left  the  country  the  coast  of  the  Forth  has  not 
merely  been  silted  up,  but  has  actually  been  upraised  20  or  25  feet 
above  its  previous  level.  The  position  of  the  remains  of  a  harbour 
mentioned  by  Sir  Bobert  Sinclair  as  having  existed  fully  five  miles 
from  the  present  sea-margin,  in  the  valley  of  the  Cairon,  near  Oamelon 
(the  old  Static  ad  Valium),  along  with  an  anchor  dug  up  at  the  same 
place,  likewise  go  to  corroborate  this  conclusion *.  But  for  this  part  of 
the  evidence  I  may  be  permitted  to  refer  to  the  paper  in  which 
attention  was  first  called  to  this  subject  f. 

Several  antiquaries  have  referred  to  the  difference  between  the 
present  aspect  of  the  Scottish  coast-line  and  that  which  it  must  have 
had  in  some  places  when  seen  by  the  Bomans.  This  evidence  is 
that  of  men  who  had  no  geological  bias,  but  who  drew  their  infer- 
ences chiefly  from  a  consideration  of  the  present  position  of  the 
antiquities  which  they  described.  So  far  as  it  goes,  therefore,  it  is 
not  without  its  value,  adding  as  it  does  another  collatcoral  confirmation 
to  the  proofs  in  favour  of  a  recent  rise  of  the  land.  Thus  Horsley, 
sagaciously  observing  the  disposition  of  the  ground  at  the  western 
end  of  the  Wall  of  Severus,  and  the  necessity  of  defending  this 
point  with  care,  concludes  that  the  Boman  engineers  could  never  have 
allowed  so  long  a  spaoe  to  intervene  between  the  sea-shore  and  the 
end  of  the  wall,  as  that  which  now  separates  them.  The  Solway 
Firth,  he  says,  '^  must  have  reached  much  higher,  both  southward 
and  northward,  than  it  does  now;"  for,  as  the  wall  stands  at  present, 
a  body  of  men  might  easily  march  unperoeived  round  its  end.  He 
abo  states  that,  although  now  so  £eu:  removed  from  the  sea-margin, 
this  rampart  of  Severus  extends  further  seaward  than  the  earlier 
one  of  Hadrian.  How  far  the  change  may  have  been  due  to  a 
sUting  up  of  the  estuary,  or  to  an  actual  elevation  of  the  land,  can 
only  be  determined  by  a  careful  examination  of  the  locality. 

Horsley's  observations  along  the  Solway  prepared  him  for  the 
detection  of  similar  phenomena  along  the  other  Scottish  estuaries. 

*  Sibbald,  Histor.  Inquir.  pp.  34  and  41.  See  also  Gordon's  *  Itinerorimn  Sep- 
tentrionale/  pp.  23, 29 ;  and  Stuart's  *  Caledoma  Boxnana,'  pp.  177-8.  Buchanan 
wrote  that  in  his  tune  ruins  of  the  Roman  Camelon  resembled  those  of  a  modem 
cify ;  and  that  its  ditches^  walls,  and  streets  were  then  apparent  (Hist.  Soot 
lib.  iX 

t  Edin.  New  Phil.  Journ.,  new  series,  vol.  xiv.  p.  107- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  GBIXIE — mJSVATlOTS  07  BCOTLAinO.  231 

'*  There  is  good  reason  to  think/'  we  find  him  remarking,  **  that  both 
the  Solway  Firth  and  the  Firtiis  of  Clyde  and  Forth  were  formerly 
deeper,  and  that  the  tide  has  flowed  further  up  than  it  does  now;" 
and  thus  that  ^*  the  land  seems  to  have  gained  here  *." 

General  Boy,  about  the  middle  of  last  century,  made  the  Roman 
antiquities  of  Scotland  the  subject  of  careful  study,  when  they  re- 
mained much  more  perfect  than  they  do  now,  after  a  hundred  years 
of  advancing  agriculture.  He  surveyed  with  a  military  eye  the 
sites  of  the  forts,  camps,  ramparts,  and  highways  which  the  legion- 
aries had  left  to  mark  their  presence.  **  With  regard  to  the  position 
of  these  forts,"  he  says,  *'  the  Eomans  seem  to  have  been  guided  by 
the  same  general  principles  which  now-a-days  would  direct  in  the 
execution  of  works  of  a  like  nature.  A  high  and  commanding 
situation  hath  therefore  been  their  choice,  from  whence  the  country 
could  be  discovered  to  a  considerable  distance  all  round,  but  espe- 
cially towards  the  north — the  quarter  from  which  they  were  to 
expect  the  enemy, — contriving,  as  often  as  circumstances  would  per- 
mit, that  a  river,  morass,  or  some  difficult  ground,  by  way  of  obstruc- 
tion and  additional  security,  should  extend  at  some  little  way  along 
their  front.  Thus  we  find  that  the  forts  toward  the  right  occupied 
the  heights  which  overlook  the  shores  of  the  Forth,  the  low  carse- 
lands  of  Falkirk,  and  the  banks  of  the  Carron."  He  was  con- 
vinced that  these  low  lands  could  not  have  existed  then  in  their 
present  condition.  "  If,"  he  remarks,  "  the  Falkirk  Carses  were  not 
entirely  overflown  in  the  time  of  the  Romans,  it  is  probable  at  least 
that  they  were  then  salt-marshes,  subject  in  some  degree  to  tem- 
porary inundations  in  high  spring  tides  f." 

Nimmo,  in  his  *  History  of  Stirlingshire,'  published  in  1777,  after 
alluding  to  the  tradition  of  a  harbour  having  existed  on  the  inner 
edge  of  the  Falkirk  Carse,  below  Larbert  Bridge,  and  to  the  fact  that 
pieces  of  broken  anchors  had  been  found  in  that  neighboiurhood 
within  the  memory  of  people  then  living,  contends  that  there  was 
''reason  to  believe  that  the  firth  flowed  considerably  higher  in 
former  ages  than  it  does  at  present  :t*" 

Lastly,  Mr.  Stuart,  the  most  recent  writer  who  has  treated  spe- 
cially of  the  Roman  antiquities  of  Scotland,  is  still  more  explicit. 
He  declares  his  belief  that  **  the  whole  of  this  lower  district  (towards 
the  mouth  of  the  Carron)  had  in  all  likelihood  been  covered  by  the 
sea  when  the  Roman  forces  occupied  the  Wall  of  Antonine.  It  is 
likewise  probable,"  he  adds,  *'  that  the  entire  plain  between  Inner- 
avon  and  Grahamstown  (that  is,  the  whole  of  the  Falkirk  Carse)  was 
at  the  same  period  subject  to  the  influx  of  the  tide,  which  may  even 
have  penetrated  the  deeper  hollows  of  the  Carron  as  far  up  as  Duni- 
pace§." 

*  Hordey's  'BritaimiA,'  pp.  167, 160. 
t  '  Military  Antiq.'  book  it.  chap.  iii.  sect  2. 
I  '  Hist  StarlingBhire,'  Bdinbnrgh,  1777.  p.  63. 
I  *  Caledonia  S^mana,' Edinburgh,  1845,  p.  177- 

I  have  not  deemed  it  necessary  to  increase  the  length  of  this  communication 
by  controverting  the  alleged  Roman  origin  of  certain  roadways  and  other  traces 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


232  PBOCBEDnres  of  thb  esoLoeicAL  society.         [Apr.  2, 

Putting  together  all  the  evidence  which  the  antiquities  yet  dis- 
covered idong  the  Scottish  coast-line  afford  as  to  the  date  of  the  last 
upheaval  of  the  country,  we  are  led  to  infer  that  this  upheaval  must 
have  taken  place  long  after  the  first  human  population  settled  in  the 
island — ^long  after  metal  implements  had  come  into  use,  after  even 
the  introduction  of  iron ;  and  reviewing  the  position  and  nature  of 
the  relics  of  the  Boman  occupation,  we  see  no  ground  why  the  move- 
ment may  not  have  heen  effected  since  the  first  century  of  our  era ; 
nay,  there  appear  to  be  several  cogent  arguments  to  make  that  date 
the  limit  of  its  antiquity. 

Although  lines  of  raised  beach,  or  marine  littoral  deposits,  may 
be  traced  round  the  greater  part  of  the  Scottish  coast-line,  I  am  not 
aware  that  remains  of  art  have  been  found  imbedded  in  any  of 
them,  except  in  the  districts  described  in  the  preceding  pages. 
The  elevation  of  the  land  appears  to  have  been  general  over  the 
whole  of  the  central  districts  of  Scotland  between  the  Firth  of 
Clyde  and  the  Firths  of  Forth  and  Tay.  Whether  or  not  the 
movement  extended  northwards  into  the  Highland  districts,  or  south- 
wards into  England,  must  be  determined  by  ^ture  observation.  In 
the  mean  time,  we  seem  at  last  to  have  a  date  for  one  of  the  latest, 
but  not  least  important,  changes  which  have  affected  a  part  of  the 
British  Isles. 


April  2,  1862. 

Charles  Longman,  Esq.,  Shendish,  Hemel  Hempstead,  and  Thomas 
Wyles,  Esq.,  AUesley  Park  College,  Coventry,  were  elected  Fellows. 
Baron  Sartorius  von  Waltershausen,  Professor  at  the  University  of 
Gottingen,  and  M.  Pierre  Menan,  late  Professor  and  Hector  of  the 
University  of  Basel,  were  elected  Foreign  Members. 

The  following  communications  were  read: — 


of  art  found  along  the  present  coast-line  at  a  height  of  lees  than  20  feet  above 
high-water-mark.  The  cauBeway  of  logs,  for  instance,  which  crossed  a  part  of  the 
Kincardine  Moss,  in  the  Carse  of  Stirling,  is  commonly  spoken  of  as  Boman  ;  but 
this  is  mere  ooivjecture.  The  bronze  vessel  foimd  in  the  same  moss,  and  cited  by 
some  writers  as  a  Boman  camp-kettle,  is  most  certainly  of  ancient  British  work- 
manship. (See  Dr.  Wilson's  *  Prehistoric  Annals,'  p.  247.)  It  is  quite  possible, 
indeed,  that  Boman  masonry  may  be  found  at  a  lower  level  than  20  feet  above 
the  present  high- water-mark,  just  as  in  our  own  day  piers  and  other  pieces 
of  stone-work  are  constructed  which  the  tide  covers  twice  every  twenty-four 
hours.  It  does  not  appear,  however,  that  anything  of  the  kind  has  yet  been 
described.  In  short,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  there  are  no  remains  of  Boman  biiild- 
ings  which  would  be  submerged  by  a  depression  of  the  land  to  the  extent  of  20 
or  25  feet ;  and  there  seems,  therefore,  to  be  no  archaeological  evidence  to  con- 
tradict the  conclusion  that  the  land  has  been  actually  raised  to  that  extent  since 
the  beginning  of  our  era,  while  the  evidence  which  does  exist,  whether  of  anti- 
quaries or  of  antiquities,  tends  materially  to  confirm  that  conclusion. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  KIBKBT — FOSSIL  CHITONS.  233 

1.  On  some  Remains  of  Chiton  from  the  Mountain-limestone  of 
YoRKSHiBE.     By  Jambs  W.  Xirkby,  £sq. 

[Communicated  by  Thomas  DaTidson,  Esq.,  F.B.S.,  F.a.S.] 

The  remains  of  Chiton  noticed  in  the  present  paper  were  sent  to  me 
for  examination  about  two  years  ago  by  Mr.  H.  J,  Burrow,  of  Settle, 
with  permission  to  describe  them  should  it  appear  to  me  desirable 
to  do  so.  Not  being  able  to  identify  any  of  them  with  species 
already  described,  I  agreed  to  draw  up  a  short  account  of  them,  so 
as  to  make  their  discovery  known.  My  delay  in  doing  this  is  mainly 
due  to  an  expectation  of  the  discovery  of  additional  materials ;  but 
as  this  expectation  has  not  been  realized,  it  will  be  well,  perhaps, 
not  to  withhold  their  description  any  longer ;  for  though  the  plates 
already  known  may  probably  give  but  a  very  imperfect  idea  of  the 
species  to  which  they  belong,  they  certamly  seem  of  sufficient  im- 
portance to  allow  of  their  being  brought  before  the  attention  of  palae- 
ontologists. 

There  are  eight  plates  in  the  collection,  four  of  which  are  posterior 
plates,  and  the  others  intermediate ;  and,  notwithstanding  the  small- 
ness  of  their  number,  they  appear  to  belong  to  four  species.  That 
so  many  species  should  be  represented  by  so  small  a  number  of  plates, 
all  from  one  locality,  seems,  I  must  confess,  somewhat  remarkable ; 
but  the  differences  of  the  characters  of  the  plates  are  such  as  to 
render  it  scarcely  possible  for  them  to  belong  to  less  than  the  number 
of  species  named. 

The  specimens  were  found  in  the  Lower  Scar  Limestone,  in  the 
vicinity  of  Settle,  and  apparently  near  the  base  of  that  subdivision 
of  the  Mountain-limestone  of  Yorkshire;  but  I  hero  rely  solely 
upon  the  observation  of  Mr.  Burrow,  whom  it  may  be  well  to  quote. 
He  states,  '<  The  exact  position  of  the  bed  in  which  the  Chitons 
occur  is  rather  difficult  to  determine,  though  it  certainly  belongs  to 
the  Lower  Scar  Limestone  of  Phillips.  So  far  as  I  can  judge,  the 
bed  is  nearer  the  bottom  than  the  top  of  the  Lower  Scar  limestone ; 
but,  from  the  bed  only  occurring  in  one  place,  and  then  where  the 
strata  have  been  disturbed,  I  hardly  dare  venture  to  make  a  guess 
at  the  thickness  of  the  limestone  above  it.  The  place  where  the 
bed  crops  out  is  on  the  very  edge  of  the  Craven  &ult,  by  which,  not 
a  hundred  yards  from  the  spot,  the  Millstone-grit  is  thrown  down 
to  a  level  with  the  Lower  Scar  Limestone.  The  only  place  where 
the  specimens  occur  is  a  field  within  a  hundred  yards  of  a  very 
beautiful  little  waterfall,  called  Scaleber  Foss." 

<<  The  matrix  is  a  dark,  hard  limestone,  and  abounds  in  fossils. 
Among  others  are  Orihoeeras  Ooldfussianum,  De  Kon.,  0,  Muensteria- 
num,  De  Eon.,  Cyrtoceras  Unguis  ?,  De  Eon.,  an  abundance  of  beau- 
tifully preserved  Ooniaiites  striatus,  var.  crenistria,  Phillips,  and 
several  other  species  of  QonifUites,  Orihoeeras,  and  NatUiltis;  also 
f  PateUa  imlyrieata,  a  Buccinum,  Cypricardia  trapezoidalis,  De  Eon.,  a 
large  Pecten^  and  other  Conchifera,  some  in  great  abundance.  The 
principal  Brachiopods  are  Rhync^nella  angulata,  Terehratula  hastata, 
and  ^pirifera  cuspidatay 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


234  PR0CEBDIK08  OF  THE  OSOLOeiCAL  80CIBTT.  [Apr.  2, 

As  the  following  descriptioiis  only  refer  to  the  features  of  the 
plates  discovered,  which  can  only  give  but  imperfect  ideas  of  the 
species  to  which  they  belong,  I  have  thought  it  better  to  leave  two 
unnamed,  so  that  those  who  follow  in  helping  to  work  out  the 
characters  of  the  species  may  have  their  share  of  the  honour  (if 
there  be  any)  of  giving  them  names. 

1.  Chiton  Bubbowiakus,  spec.  nov.     Figs.  1  &  2. 

A  nearly  perfect  posterior  plate  and  a  fragment  of  an  intermediate 
one  represent  the  present  species. 

Posterior  plate  rather  more  than  semi-     Figs.  1  &  2, — Posterior 
circular  marginally,  depressed  posteriorly        Plate  of  Chiton  Bur- 
and  laterally ;  median  elevation  moderate,        rowianus. 
angulation  obtuse;   dorsal  area  oompara-        (Enkirged one-third.) 
tively  long,  flatly  rounded,  terminating  pos- 
teriorly in  a  blunt,  depressed  f^x ;  shell 
thick,  surface  apparently  worn,  lines   of 
growth  fiEdnt;  length  i  inch,  breadth  ^  inch. 

The  fragment  of  the  intermediate  plate 
is  on  the  same  piece  of  limestone  as  the 
one  described.  It  shows  the  apex,  most  of 
the  dorsal  and  small  portions  of  the  lateral 
areas.  The  apex  is  acute  and  depressed ; 
dorsal  area  rounded  and  arched  longi- 
tudinally ;  lateral  areas  slope  rapidly,  al- 
most at  a  right  angle ;  shell  thick,  suiface  j  Upper  view, 
similar  to  t^at  of  the  posterior  plate,  and  2.  Lateral  view, 
size  proportionally  the  same. 

The  near  position  of  these  plates,  and  their  similarity  of  size,  sur- 
face, and  sheU-thickness  lead  me  to  consider  them  to  belong  to  one 
individual,  hence  to  the  same  species. 

As  a  slight  acknowledgment  of  the  value  of  Mr.  Burrow's  re- 
searches in  palaeontology,  particularly  of  his  discovery  of  four 
Chitons  new  to  science,  I  gladly  adopt  his  name  for  the  present 
species. 

2.  Chiton  colobatus,  spec.  nov.    Eigs.  3-6. 

Under  this  name  I  include  an  intermediate  and  a  posterior  plate, 
which,  from  their  size  and  general  character,  appear  to  belong  to 
one  species. 

The  intermediate  plate  is  one-fourth  wider  than  long,  and  much 
longer  medianally  than  at  the  extremity  of  the  lateral  areas,  as  both 
anterior  and  posterior  margins  trend  inwards  as  they  proceed  frt>m  the 
median  line  to  the  lateral  extremities ;  angulation  of  the  plate  more 
obtuse  than  a  right  angle,  though  more  acute  centrally  than  laterally ; 
dorsal  area  (?)  raised  a  little  above  the  general  surface ;  lateral  areas 
obscure ;  later  lines  of  growth  well  marked ;  anterior  portion  of  the 
plate  and  dorsal  area  coloured  black,  the  colour  following  the  con- 
tour of  the  margin  and  the  raised  dorsal  area ;  shell  strong,  length 
•^  inch,  breadth  ^  inch. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


KIBEBT — FOSSIL  CHIT0K8. 


235 


The  posterior  plate  resembles  that  of  many  recent  Chitons ;  it  is 
wider  than  long,  has  a  semicircular  posterior  margin,  an  anterior 
margin  obtusely  angulate,  a  depressed  apex  almost  centrally  placed ; 
shell  strong,  and  its  surface  marked  by  a  few  coarse  lines  of  growth. 

Figs.  3-6. — Plates  of  Chiton  coloratus. 
(Nearly  twice  natural  size.) 


^ 


3.  Intermediate  plate. 

4.  Lateral  view  of  the  same. 


5.  Poflterior  plate. 

6.  Lateral  Tiew  of  the 


The  intermediate  plate  possesses  considerable  interest  on  account 
of  its  colour-marking ;  the  colour  is  very  evident ;  the  uncoloured 
surface  is  grey,  which  is  the  tint  of  the  matrix.  That  this  is  truly 
the  remains  of  the  original  colour  I  can  scarcely  doubt,  considering 
the  symmetry  observed  in  its  arrangement,  which  cannot  be  ascribed 
to  the  accidents  of  fossilization. 

Both  plates  belong  to  the  ordinary  type  of  Chiton,  The  interme- 
diate plate,  from  its  comparatively  great  median  length,  is  probably  the 
second,  or  perhaps  the  penultimate,  of  the  series.  C,  gemmatus,  De 
Kon.,  perhaps  approaches  the  nearest  to  this  species  among  the  fossil 
forms,  particularly  in  the  general  outline  of  its  intermediate  plates. 

3.  Chetoit  ?    Spec.  nov.     Figs.  7  <fe  8. 
A  shield-shaped  plate,  much  wider  behind  than  before,  strongly 


keeled  medianally,  sloping  rapidly  on  each 
side  and  anteriorly ;  apex  prominent,  point- 
ed, and  slightly  depressed ;  two  faint  lines 
diverge  from  the  apex  to  the  antero-lateral 
margin,  being  apparently  analogous  to  the 
lateral  sulcations  that  bound  the  dorsal  areas 
of  many  Chitons;  lateral  areas  evident, 
small ;  surface  rather  coarsely  granulated, 
granulations  arranged  somewhat  concen- 
trically after  the  manner  of  the  lines  of 
growth;  lines  of  growth  faintly  marked, 
regular;  shell  rather  strong ;  length  -j%  inch, 
hieadth  -X  inch. 

The  only  plate  known  to  me  that  has 


Figs*  7  &  S.—PlaU  oj 
Chiton? 
(Enlarged  one-third.) 
7 


7.  Upper  view. 

8.  Lateral  view. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


236  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [Apr.  2, 

any  resemblance  to  the  present  one  is  described  by  Baron  de  Ryckholt 
under  the  name  of  ChttoneUtis  Barrandeanus ;  but,  so  far  as  may  be 
judged  from  De  Ryckholt's  figure  of  the  plate,  the  relationship  does 
not  appear  to  be  specific. 

The  general  form  of  this  plate,  its  great  elongation,  and  the 
merging  of  the  anterior  into  the  lateral  margins  are  features  that 
belong  rather  to  CkitoneUtis  than  to  Chiton  proper.  Not  knowing, 
however,  anything  of  the  form  or  development  of  the  apophyses,  or 
rather  of  that  portion  of  the  plate  which  was  imbedded  in  the 
mantle,  I  have  doubtfully  retained  the  species  in  the  genus  ChUan, 

4.  Chiton.    Spec.  nov.  ?    Figs.  9  <fe  10. 

An  intermediate  plate,  short,  very  transverse,  obtusely  angulated ; 
anterior  margin  concave;   apex  pro- 
jecting, but  not  acute ;   median  line     Figs.  9  &  10. — Intermediate 
arched ;  dorsal  area  obscure,  lateral  Plate  of  Chiton,  sp.  ? 

arcM  not  krge;  apophyses  wide,  semi-  ^^^^  ^^  „^  ^  ^ 

lenticular ;  surface  apparently  worn ; 
length  ^  inch,  breadth  ^  inch. 

There  is  no  mistaking  the  type  of 
Chiton  to  which  the  present  plate 
belongs.  Its  form  is  that  of  the  inter- 
mediate plates  of  many  recent  species 
of  the  common  type.  Had  it  occurred 
in  Permian  strata,  it  would  most  un- 
doubtedly have  been  referred  to  Chiton 
LoftusianuSf^iag,  to  the  middle  plates 
of  which  it  bears  great  resemblance. 
It  would,  of  course,  be  premature  to 
identify  it  with  that  species  at  pre-  9.  Upper  view.  10.  Lateral  view, 
sent,  upon  the  strength  of  a  knowledge 

of  a  single  plate ;  and  it  would  be  just  as  premature  to  say  positively 
that  they  are  distinct,  upon  the  strength  of  their  being  found  in  dif- 
ferent formations,  particularly  as  several  species  of  Mollusca  are  al- 
ready known  to  be  common  to  the  faunae  of  both  periods. 

Besides  the  preceding  plates,  there  is  a  cast  of  a  patelliform  shell 
among  Mr.  Burrow's  specimens  that  may  possibly  be  a  plate  of  a 
Chiton  or  Chitondlus,  It  is  |  inch  long,  rather  convex,  and  slightly 
flanged  marginally ;  and  a  posterior  plate  of  an  undoubted  Chiton 
rests  upon  one  side  of  it.  I  do  not  describe  it  with  the  other  plates, 
because  I  cannot  detect  traces  of  apophyses,  nor  satisfy  myself  as  to 
its  shell-structure,  nor  yet  perceive  anything  conclusive  of  its  rela- 
tion to  this  family. 

These  species  appear  to  be  the  first  Chitons  that  have  been  ob- 
served in  Carboniferous  strata  in  England.  In  the  equivalent  rocks 
of  Belgium  Chitons  have  been  known  to  occur  since  1843,  when 
Professor  De  Koninck  described  two  species  in  his  '  Description  des 
Animaux  Fossiles  du  terrain  Carbonif&re  de  Belgique,'  pp.  321-323. 


'"^ 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  KIRKBT FOSSIL  CHITONS.  237 

Two  years  after  this,  in  1845,  Baron  de  Ryekholt  described  ten  new 
species  from  the  same  formation,  in  a  paper  that  appeared  in  the 
*  Bulletins  de  P  Academic  Boyale  de  Broxelles '  (tome  xii.  no.  7).  In 
1847  the  same  author  noticed  another  species,  which  he  referred  to 
Chitonellus,  in  the  'Bulletins  de  1' Academic  Boyale  de  Belgique' 
(tome  xxiv.  p.  63).  Lastly,  a  species  was  described  by  Mr.  W.  H. 
Baily,  of  the  Geological  Survey,  in  1859,  from  the  Carboniferous 
Limestone  of  Ireland,  in  the  *  Dublin  Natural  History  E^view,'  vol.  viii., 
and  *  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  Dublin,'  vol.  viii.  p.  167. 

The  latter  author  has  also  recently  pubHshed  an  annotated  trans- 
lation of  an  old  though  interesting  paper  by  Professor  De  Koninck, 
on  two  Silurian  species  of  this  genus,  in  which  is  given  a  short 
sketch  of  all  that  had  been  done  in  the  palaeontology  of  the  Chito- 
nidce  up  to  the  date  of  publication  of  the  paper ;  tiie  sketch  being 
accompanied  by  a  Hst  of  fossil  Chitons  from  the  Lower  Silurian  to 
the  UpperTertiary,  and  Mr.  Baily  having  increased  its  value  by  adding 
to  it  the  results  of  recent  discoveries.  Both  in  this  list,  however, 
and  in  the  one  originally  pubHshed  by  De  Koninck,  several  of  Do 
Ryckholt's  species  are  considered  but  varieties  of  those  described 
by  De  Koninck,  or  altogether  ignored ;  hence,  instead  of  eleven, 
only  three  of  De  Ryckholt's  species  are  allowed  in  these  lists.  It  is 
quite  possible  that  Professor  De  Koninck  may  be  right,  to  some  ex- 
tent, in  considering  certain  of  De  Ryckholt's  species  to  be  only 
varieties  of  his  own,  but,  so  for  as  may  be  judged  from  the  descrip- 
tions and  figures  of  the  forms  described  by  the  latter  author  in  his 
valuable  paper  in  the  *  Bulletins  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Brussels,' 
I  see  no  reason  for  adopting  so  sweeping  a  criticism  as  that  which 
De  Koninck  has  virtually  passed  upon  De  Rvckholt's  species ;  tor, 
though  I  have  had  but  ^iight  opportunities  of  examining  specimens 
from  Belgium,  there  seems  evidence  enough  in  the  figures  of  De 
Ryekholt  to  show  that  other  forms,  besides  the  three  allowed  by 
De  Koninck,  possess  peculiar  characters  of  specific  value.  I  include 
therefore,  in  the  following  Hst  of  the  Carboniferous  species  of  this 
family,  all  those  described  as  such  by  Baron  de  Ryekholt ;  it  being, 
in  my  opinion,  only  fair  to  that  palaeontologist  to  acknowledge  his 
species  until  we  have  shown  them  to  be  unworthy  of  such  distinction. 


List  of  Chitones  from  the  Carboniferous  Rocks, 

1.  Chiton  priBCUB,  Munster. 

2.  gemmatuB,  De  Koninck, 

3.  ooncentricufl,  DeKon. 

4.  TomacioolB,  De  Rt/ckholi. 

5.  SoildianuB,  De  Eyck. 

6.  Nemcanus,  De  Ryck. 

7.  Mempiaciw,  De  Ryck. 

8.  MoBenBiB,  Ik  Ryck. 

9.  Viaetioola,  De  Ryck. 

10.  L^giacoB,  De  Ryck. 


1 1 .  Chiton  EburonicuB,  De  Ryck. 

12.  SluoeanuB,  De  Ryck. 

13.  TumaoianuB,  DeRyck. 

14.  ThomondienBiB,  Baily. 

16.  BurrowianuB,  Kirkl^. 

16.  ooloratos,  Kirkby. 

17.  ?,  spec.  nov. 

18.  spec.  nov.  (?). 

*19.  ChitonelluB  BarrandeanuB,  De 

Ryekholt, 


*  The  Chitonellus  cordifer,  which  ProfeBBor  De  Koninck  doubtfully  referred 
to  thiB  fSsunily,  haa  been  Bhown  by  Baron  De  Ryekholt  to  belong  to  the  Cfrinoidea. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


PROCEEDnres  of  thb  exoLoaiCAL  socibtt.  [Apr.  2, 

2.  Description  of  Specimens  of  Fossil  Rsptuja  discovered  in  the 
COAL-MBASVSES  of  the  SouTH  JoBQun,  NoYA  SooTiA,  by  Dr.  J.  W. 
Dawson,  F.G.S.,  <fec.     By  Professor  Owbk,  F.R.S.,  F.G.8. 
[Plates  DL  &  X.] 
The  following  specimens  were  transmitted  to  the  Museum  of  ilie 
Geological  Society  by  Dr.  Dawson,  in  a  series  of  boxes  and  parcels, 
most  of  which  are  numbered  according  to  a  Hst  accompanying  them, 
and  have  been  submitted,  by  his  desire,  to  my  inspection.     The 
descriptions  will  follow  in  the  order  of  that  list. 

"Box  No.  1. — Hyhnomus  Lyelliy  Dawson." 

This  specimen  is  imbedded  in  a  portion  of  a  thin  layer  of  carbo- 
naceous matter,  measuring  six  inches  by  four  inches.  It  consists  of 
scattered  parts  and  impressions  of  vertebne,  ribs,  limb-bones,  and  part 
of  a  cranium  crushed,  including  part  of  a  maxillary  bone  with  teeth 
(PI.  IX.  figs.  1-5).  Not  any  of  &e  bones  are  entire :  all  ilie  long  bones, 
even  the  ribs,  are  hollow;  and  ilie  cavity  is  enclosed  by  a  compact  wall 
of  almost  uniform  thinness  throughout  each  bone,  indicative  that 
such  cavity  was  not  properly  a  medullary  one,  in  Hie  sense  of  having 
been  excavated  by  absorption  after  complete  consolidation  of  the  bone 
by  the  ossifying  process,  but  was  posthumous,  and  due  to  the  solution 
of  the  primitive  cartilaginous  mould  of  the  bone,  which  had  remained 
unchanged  by  ossification  in  the  living  species.  I  conclude,  there- 
fore, that  these  hollow  long  bones  (and,  indeed,  the  bodies  of  the 
vertebrae  seem  only  to  have  received  a  partial  and  superficial  crust 
of  bone)  were  originally  solid,  and  composed,  like  Hie  bones  in  most 
Batrachia,  especially  the  Perennibranchiates,  of  an  external  osseous 
crust,  enclosing  solid  cartilage.  The  body  of  tiie  vertebra  (figs.  1  &  2) 
is  chiefly  represented  by  a  downward  growth  of  ilie  base  of  the  neural 
arch  (n) ;  and  in  the  best-preserved  specimen  there  seems  to  be  a 
distinct  inferior  plate  (c),  with  a  median  longitudinal  channel  on  the 
lower  surface, — such  vertebne  belonging  to  the  dorsal  region :  the 
cylindrical  cavity  of  the  centrum  was  doubtless  occupied  by  the  noto- 
dkord.  The  neural  arch  developes  a  short,  broad  diapophysis  (cQ,  to 
which  the  rib  articulates :  it  also  has  zygapophyses  both  before  (z) 
and  behind  (z'),  and  a  moderately  long  truncate  spine  (n  s),  slightly 
expanding  in  Hie  fore-and-aft  direction  to  its  summit.  The  ribs  are 
of  various  lengths,  the  shorter  ones  straight,  the  longer  ones  slightly 
bent ;  the  best-preserved  of  iliese  have  an  expanded  end,  slightly 
notched  (fig.  3),  but  none  show  a  distinctly  bifurcate  extremity. 
Those  limb-bones,  metapodials  or  phalanges,  which  have  their  arti- 
cular end  preserved,  show  it  to  be  fiattened  (fig.  4), — not  fashioned 
for  a  condyloid  or  trochlear  joint  with  articular  cartilage  and  syno- 
vial membrane,  but  adapted  for  a  simple  ligamentous  union,  as  in 
the  digits  of  the  Salamanders,  Turtles,  Amphiume,  and  Protetts,  One 
end  of  some  of  these  bones  sho¥rs  a  short  longitudinal  impression  at 
the  middle.  The  surface  of  some  of  the  larger  long  bones  shows 
longitudinal  striation,  indicative  of  a  fibrous  structure  like  that  of 
the  bones  in  some  fishes.     The   maxillary  fragment  in  the  slab. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OWEK — ^BBPTILIAH  HBIUIKS.  239 

No.  1,  which  Dr.  Dawson  supposes  to  belong  to  anoilier  individual 
of  HyhnomuBy  ia  figured  of  twice  the  natural  size  in  PI.  IX,  fig.  5. 
The  bone,  in  respect  to  its  proportions  as  to  length  and  depth, 
to  the  number,  size,  and  shape  of  the  teeth  it  contains,  and  to  the 
indications  of  sculpturing  of  the  outer  surfEUse,  resembles  the  maxil- 
lary and  dentary  bones  of  Arckegosaurus,  A  series  of  twenfy-four 
teeth  occupies  a  part  of  the  alveolar  border,  a,  6  millimeters  (nearly  3 
lines)  in  extent ;  but  impressions  and  fragmentary  traces  of  others 
beyond  show  that  there  were  at  least  40  teeth  in  a  row  on  one  side 
of  the  upper  jaw.  There  is  an  indication  of  the  lower  border  of  ilie 
orbit  0,  above  the  hinder  third  of  this  series.  The  teeth  increase 
gradually  in  length  as  they  approach  this  part ;  their  crowns  are 
idender,  subcompressed  transversely,  pointed,  but  not  sharply,  with 
evidence  of  alternate  shedding.  They  are  partially  anchylosed  to 
shallow  alveolar  depressions  on  the  border,  towards  the  inner  side, 
of  the  jaw-bone.  Their  enamelled  surface  is  smooth,  and  shows  a 
whiter  colour  than  the  bone  itself. 

"  Box  No.  2. — Hyhnomus  aciedentatus,  Dawson." 

This  contains  two  portions  of  shaly  carbonaceous  matter.  In  one 
is  imbedded  the  major  part  of  a  maxillary  bone  (PL  IX.  fig.  6),  with  the 
inner  side  exposed,  which  is  smooth,  and  demonstrates  the  fixation  of 
the  teeth  not  to  be  as  in  the  pleurodont  lizard,  but  according  to  the 
acrodont  type ;  the  sockets,  however,  are  shallow,  and  the  simple  bases 
of  ilie  teeth  are  partially  anchylosed  thereto,  as  in  Archegosaurw  and 
Labyrinihodon,  and  that  of  the  largest  tooth  (being  exposed  by  re- 
moval of  the  inner  alveolar  wall)  shows  the  fossa  due  to  the  matrix  of 
the  successional  tooth.  The  teeth  are  not  so  bent  as  to  indicate  which 
is  the  front  or  which  the  hind  end  of  this  maxillary  bone.  The  teeth 
are  the  smallest  at  both  ends,  gradually  increasing  as  they  recede  from 
one  end,  and  rapidly  from  the  other,  near  to  which  are  four  or  five 
teeth,  four  times  the  length  of  the  terminal  ones  of  the  series.  I 
suspect  this  to  be  the  fore  part  of  the  bone.  The  proportions  and 
shape  of  the  crown  are  much  as  in  the  Hylonomus  I^elli ;  but  there 
seems  to  be  a  greater  variety  of  length  in  the  teeth  of  Hylonomus 
aciederUatm,  In  both  species  the  dentition  indicates  a  small  insecti- 
vorous or  vermivorous  reptile. 

A  second  portion  of  coal-shale,  in  box  No.  2  (marked  5  a),  con- 
tains the  impression,  with  a  small  portion  of  one  end,  of  a  dentary 
bone  of  the  lower  jaw,  which  held  a  series  of  at  least  40  teeth 
(PL  IX.  fig.  7a).  These,  in  size  and  proportion,  agree  with  those  of 
Hylonomus  LyelU,  in  No.  1.  The  teetii  very  gradually  decrease 
from,  the  middle  to  the  two  ends,  especially  to  the  auterior  one.  In 
the  number,  proportions,  and  dose  arrangement  of  the  teeth,  this 
dentary  bone  agrees  with  that  of  the  Archegosaurus,  lizards  have 
not  so  many  teeth. 

A  third  portion  of  coal  (5  a),  in  box  No.  2,  contained  the  slender- 
pointed  end  of  a  jaw-bone,  with  a  close-set  series  of  about  25  teeth 
in  an  extent  of  13  millimeters,  or  6^  lines  (PL  IX.  fig.  9).  These  teeth 

VOL.  XVni. — PABT  I.  R 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


240  PROCEEDnres  of  the  oeolooical  societt.  [^P^ •  ^s 

increase  from  the  pointed  end  of  the  bone  to  about  the  tenth  tooth, 
and  thence  continue  with  little  difference  of  size :  the  crown  ex- 
pands slightly  beyond  the  implanted  base,  before  narrowing  to  the 
rather  blunt-pointed  end.  The  outer  surface  of  the  jaw-bone  shows 
a  striated  or  strio-punotate  pattern  of  sculpture. 

A  fourth  portion  (5  6)  included  parts  of  the  bones  of  a  short 
natatory  fore  limb  (PI.  IX.  fig.  10).  The  humerus  (h)  has  an 
expanded  proximal  end,  with  three  ridges,  two  of  them  more  extended 
than  the  other ;  the  shaft  of  the  bone  is  rather  bent.  This  bone  has 
been  dislocated  from  the  radius  (r)  and  ulna  (n),  beyond  whidi  are 
evidences  of  three,  if  not  four,  digits ;  these  progressively  increase 
in  length  to  the  fourth  (iv),  of  wMch,  and  of  the  third,  impressions 
and  parts  of  three  successive  phalanges  are  shown.  These  are 
slightly  expanded  at  their  flattened  articular  ends,  at  which  the 
longitudinal  impressions  may  be  seen  in  two  instances;  but  the 
joints  were  syndesmotic,  as  in  Archegosaurus  and  modem  aquatic 
batrachian  reptiles ;  and  the  humerus  and  antebrachium  are  short  in 
proportion  to  the  manus,  although  not  to  such  a  degree  as  in  Arche- 
gosaurus. 

The  group  of  dermal  scutes  includes  some  (PL  IX.  ^^,  13  h,e)  which 
are  nearly  perfect,  of  an  oval  form,  smooth  on  the  inner  surface,  with 
a  low  longitudinal  ridge,  half  the  length  of  the  scute,  on  the  outer 
surface ;  the  external  layer  is  of  ganoid  hardness ;  the  internal  struc- 
ture is  cellular.  They  indicate  the  nature  of  the  covering  of  one  of 
the  species  of  Ht/lonomus. 

"  Box  No.  3. — HylonomuB  Wymanni,  Dawson." 

The  remains  of  foot-bones  (PI.  IX.  fig.  11)  in  one  of  the  portions  of 
coal-shale  in  this  box  show  a  tridactyle  structure,  with  more  slender 
proportions  than  in  the  Hylonomus  aeiedentatus ;  but  the  phalanges 
have  the  same  flat  joints  and  incomplete  ossification,  a  thin  external 
erust  of  bone  enclosing  a  cavity  which  had  been  occupied  by  cartilage : 
they  much  resemble  the  phalanges  of  the  Axolotl. 

A  second  portion  contains  a  series  of  six  or  seven  crushed  neural 
arches  of  vertebrae  (PI.  IX.  fig.  12),  of  a  length  twice  their  breadth, 
with  horizontal  zygapophyses — the  spines  probably  broken  away.  In 
the  proportion  of  length  to  breadth,  these  vertebrae  resemble  those  of 
Proteus*.  There  is  no  evidence  of  an  ossified  centrum  in  any  part 
of  this  series ;  but  there  are  some  elongated  vacuities,  which  seem 
to  represent  the  unossified  parts  of  centrums,  partially  cased  by  thin 
bone.  The  impressions,  vdth  filmy  remains  of  bones  of  a  second 
series  of  six  vertebrae,  of  similar  slender  proportions,  are  preserved 
in  the  same  portion  of  coal. 

PL  IX.  ^,  13  a  represents  one  of  the  largest  specimens  of  a  rib, 
partly  in  bone,  partly  in  impression,  with  an  expanded,  slightly 
notched  head,  as  in  the  ribs  of  the  Axolotl,  but  of  greater  length  and 
more  curved  than  in  any  modem  naked  Batrachian :  it  is  hollow,  as 
in  the  shorter  specimens,  with  a  thin  outer  crust. 

*  Cuvier,  OssemenB  Foasilw,  v.  pt  ii.  pi.  xxvii.  fig.  14. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OWEN — EEPTILIAN  RBMAIK8.  241 

Near  the  specimen,  and  near  the  jaw  of  Hylonomus  (%.  7a),  are 
specimens  of  the  dermal  scutes.  Ihey  are  oval^  flattened,  smooth 
and  slightly  concave  on  the  inner  side,  with  parallel  curved  stxia- 
tions  on  the  outer  suifiBtce. 

PI.  IX.  fig.  14  is  the  dentary  bone,  with  very  small,  equal,  close- 
set  teeth,  eleven  being  in  the  extent  of  2  millimeters ;  they  best 
accord  in  character  with  those  of  the  upper  jaw  of  Hyhnomus  LyeUi 
(fig.  5),  to  which  species  I  believe  this  lower  jaw  to  belong. 

PI.  IX.  fig.  15  is  part  of  an  upper  jaw,  with  teeth  less  closely 
arranged,  and  very  small  in  proportion,  to  the  breadth  of  the  bone. 
It  is  of  a  Hylonomus,  and  exhibits  on  the  outer  surface  of  part  of 
the  bone  the  pits  and  radiating  furrows  which  characterize  the  outer 
sculpturing  of  the  skull-bones  of  Archegosaurus, 

"  Parcel  No.  4. — Jaw  of  a  Reptile,  supposed  to  be  new." 
ffylerpeton  Dawsani,  Ow.  (PI.  IX.  fig.  16). 

This  specimen  consists  of  the  IdTt  ramus  of  a  lower  jaw,  which 
has  been  dislocated  from  the  crashed  head,  of  which  the  fore  end 
of  the  left  premaxillary  (/>)  is  preserved,  terminating  near  the 
middle  of  the  series  of  the  teeth  of  the  more  advanced  mandible. 
A  fragment  of  the  left  maxillary  (m),  which  has  been  separated  from 
the  premaxillary,  ov^laps  the  hinder  mandibular  teeth.  The  fore 
part  of  the  mandible  is  wanting.  The  teeth  in  the  remaining  part 
are  larger  and  fewer,  in  proportion  to  the  jaw-bone,  than  in  Hyhr- 
nomus  or  Dendrerpeton,  They  have  thicker  and  more  obtusely  ter- 
minated crowns ;  they  are  close-set  where  the  series  is  complete  at 
the  fore  part  oi  the  jaw,  and  their  base  appears  to  have  been  an- 
chylosed  to  shallow  depressions  on  the  alveols^  surface.  The  shape 
of  what  is  preserved  of  the  upper  jaw  affords  the  only  evidence,  and 
not  very  decisively,  that  the  present  fossil  is  not  part  of  a  fish.  It 
inclines  the  balance,  however,  to  the  reptilian  side ;  and,  accepting 
such  indication  of  the  class-relations  of  the  fossil,  it  must  be  referred 
to  a  genus  of  ReptUia  distinct  from  those  it  is  associated  with  in  the 
Nova-Scotian  coal,  and  for  which  genus  I  would  suggest  the  term 
UylerpeUm, 

A  small  part  of  the  external  surface  of  the  dentaiy  bone  shows  a 
longitudinidly  wrinkled  and  striate  or  fibrous  character.  The  outer 
bony  wall,  broken  away  from  the  hinder  half  of  the  dentary,  shows 
a  large  cavity,  now  occupied  by  a  fine  greyish  matrix  (ar),  with  a 
smooth  surface,  the  bony  wall  of  which  cavity  has  been  thin  and 
compact.  We  have  here  the  mark  of  incomplete  ossification,  like 
that  in  the  skeleton  of  Arekegosaurus,  The  crushed  fore  part  of  the 
right  dentary  bone,  with  remains  of  a  few  teeth,  is  below  the  left 
dentary,  and  exemplifies  a  similar  structure.  The  teeth  slightly 
diminish,  though  more  in  breadth  than  length,  towards  the  fore 
part  of  the  series :  here  there  are  nine  teeth  in  an  alveolar  extent  of 
10  millimeters,  or  nearly  5  lines.  The  portion  of  jaw,  figured  of 
twice  the  natural  size,  in  fig.  17,  shows  the  anchylosis  of  the  base  of 
the  teeth  in  a  shallow  groove  or  alveolus :  the  base  of  the  teeth  is 

b2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


242  PROCEKDIKOS  OF  THE  GKOLOQICAL  80CIETT.      [^P^ *  2, 

longitadinally  fissured,  but  the  fissures  do  not  extend  upon  the 
exserted  crown.  In  their  general  characters,  the  teeth  manifest  at 
least  as  close  a  resemblance  to  those  of  Oanocq>hdla  as  of  Lacertia 
or  any  higher  group  of  Beptilia ;  whilst  their  mode  of  implantation, 
with  the  structure  and  sculpturing  of  the  bone,  weigh  in  favour  of 
its  relations  to  the  lower  and  earlier  order  of  the  cold-blooded 
Vertebrates. 

**  No.  5. — Skin  and  dermal  plates  of  Hylanamus  (?),  probably 
H.  Lyemr 

The  specimen  so  marked  shows  three  oblong  plates  (PI.  X.  a,  6, 
c,  fig.  2),  with  a  slightly  concave  surface,  finely  striate  trans- 
versely, and  with  one  margin  free,  obtuse,  and  weU  defined.  Con- 
tinuous with  this  is  a  granulate  surface,  like  shagreen,  of  small, 
dose-set,  subelliptic  scales  or  tubercles  (d). 

Another  portion  of  coal-shale  shows  a  layer,  and  an  impression  of  a 
continuous  part  of  the  same  layer,  of  int^;ument  (PL  X.  fig.  1)  which 
has  been  defended  by  similar  small  and  subimbricate  scales.  From 
their  state  of  preservation,  these  were  probably  bony  or  ganoid.  I 
do  not  know  the  evidence  in  proof  of  their  belonging  to  Hyhnomus, 

PL  X.  fig.  3  is  a  portion  of  the  bones  of  the  cranium,  including 
the  frontal  and  parts  of  the  prefrontal,  postfrontal,  parietal,  post- 
orbital,  and  supertemporal  bones  of  probably  a  Hylonomtu*  They 
show  the  skull  to  have  been  broad  and  much  depressed :  the  super- 
orbital  border  (o)  is  formed  by  the  pre-  and  post-frx)ntals.  In  most 
of  the  bones,  and  especially  the  supertemporal  plate,  s,  the  outer 
surface  is  sculptured  according  to  the  pattern  shown  in  the  skull  of 
Archegosaurw. 

PL  X.  fig.  4  is  a  portion  of  a  jaw,  with  small  equal  teeth  having 
the  characters  of  those  of  HvlonorMss,  and  with  a  sculptured  external 
surface  like  that  in  PL  X.  ^.  3  and  in  PL  DC.  fig.  15. 

Passing  over  the  interesting  examples  of  probably  the  food  of  the 
small  reptiles,  shown  in  No.  5  {Pupa  vetusta,  Dawson)  and  No.  7 
(XyloMtu  siffiUarius,  Dawson),  I  come  to 

"  No.  8.  Loose  specimens  of  Dendrerpeton  Accuiianum,  Ow. 
(a  nearly  complete  skeleton)." 

The  chief  addition  to  the  evidence  already  recorded  of  the  charac- 
ters of  this  reptile*  are,  1st,  the  incompletely  ossified  conditions  of  the 
endoskeleton,  manifested  even  in  the  slender  ribs,  which  have  their 
cavities  filled  with  matrix,  as  formerly  with  the  primitive  cartilage ; 
2nd,  the  shape  of  the  head  (PL  X.  fig.  5  a);  3rd,  the  superficial 
markings  of  the  cranial  bones  (fig.  6)  and  scutes ;  4th,  the  batrachian 
type  of  the  ilium,  and  probably  of  the  pelvis,  fig.  7. 

The  skull  (PL  X.  fig.  5  a)  is  broad,  depressed,  obtusely  rounded 
anteriorly,  rather  Labyrinthodontal  than  Archegosaural  in  shape; 
although,  in  the  species  of  both  these  early  types  of  batrachian  air- 
*  Quart.  Joum.  G«ol.  Soc.  toI.  ix.  p.  64,  &c. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  OWKN — BEPTILIAX  BEKIIKS.  243 

breathers^  there  is  such  a  known  range  of  variation  as  to  detract 
from  the  value  of  the  character  of  the  degree  of  obtuseness  of  the 
muzzle.  Unfortunately,  the  occipital  part  of  the  skull,  which  would 
have  afforded  the  test  of  the  mode  of  its  articulation  with  the  atlas,  is 
wanting.  The  Labyiinthodonts  have  a  pair  of  condyles,  as  in  Bana : 
the  OanoeepTidla,  like  Lepidosiren,  show  no  bony  joint  between  the 
basi-occipital  and  atlas. 

The  under  surfiEice  of  the  bones  forming  the  roof  of  the  skull  is 
exposed  in  this  spocimen.  As  in  Archegosaums  and  HyhnomuSy  the 
frontal  (ii)  is  separated  from  the  orbital  border  (o,  o)  by  the  union  of 
the  post-  (is)  and  pre-  (u)  frontals.  The  temporal  fossso  were  roofed 
over  vnth  bone ;  and  these  cranial  bones  show  their  external  surface, 
fig.  6,  to  be  sculptured  with  the  beautiful  and  characteristic  pattern 
exhibited  in  the  supertemporal  plate  of  the  specimen  of  ffylonamus, 
fig.  3.  This  pattern  may  be  seen  on  the  cranial  bones  of  some 
ganoid  fishes,  and  on  those  of  Archegomurus  and  Labyrinthodon* 
The  orbits  in  Dendrerpetan  are  circular,  divided  by  a  bony  tract  of 
more  than  their  own  diameter :  they  seem  to  have  been  midway 
between  the  two  ends  of  the  skull;  but  the  hinder  part  of  this 
is  not  complete  in  the  specimen.  The  small  nostrils  are  not  midway 
between  the  orbits  and  the  muzzle,  but  nearer  the  latter.  The  few 
teeth  preserved  at  this  part  of  the  skull  show  the  plication  of  the 
base  due  to  the  entering  folds  of  the  cement,  and  yield,  on  a  trans- 
verse section  (fig.  5  h),  the  same  approach  to  the  lab3rrinthic  cha- 
racter as  in  Arehegosaurus.  Their  bases  are  confluent  vdth  the  alveolar 
depressions :  there  are  no  tusks  as  in  Lahyrinthodon, 

A  short  straight  bone,  uniting  with  two  other  divergent  ones,  ap- 
pears to  be  the  ilium ;  and  I  regard  the  specimen  PL  X,  fig.  7  as  part 
of  the  pelvis  of  Dendrerpeton :  tiie  ossified  part  of  each  of  these  bones 
is  a  thin  outer  crust.  The  ilium,  by  its  shortness  and  straight  sub- 
cylindrical  rib-like  form,  agrees  with  that  in  Arehegosaurus  and  in 
modem  Perennibranchiate  reptiles.  In  Lahyrinthodon  the  ilium  ex- 
pands in  some  measure  according  to  the  Crocodilian  type  of  the  bone. 

The  short  proportions  and  simplicity  of  shape  and  structure  of 
the  limb-bones  combine,  with  the  above-mentioned  characters,  to 
demonstrate  the  Ganocephalous  nature  of  this  Nova-Scotian  reptile 
of  the  Coal-period. 

Dendrerpeton,  like  Hylonomus  and  Arehegosaurus,  shows  the 
affinity  (shall  we  call  it  ?)  or  analogy  to  the  ganoid  fishes,  not  only 
in  the  character  of  the  cranial  bones,  but  in  the  retention  of  a  covering 
of  the  body  by  ganoid  scales :  these  are  elliptic,  smooth  on  their 
inner  surface,  with  a  slight  indication  of  a  ridge,  about  half  the 
length  of  the  scale,  on  the  external  surface, — at  least,  in  certain  of 
the  scales,  and  probably  those  along  the  back. 

The  genus  Hylonomus  also,  although  with  more  minute  and  simple 
teeth,  ^d  the  skin  defended  by  similar  elliptic  or  suboval  ganoid 
scales.  Much  remains  to  be  detenmned  as  to  the  structure  of  the 
skull :  nevertheless  such  cranial  bones  as  have  been  obtained  (PI.  X. 
figs.  3,  <&  5a,  6)  exemplify  the  Ganocephalous  sculpturing ;  while  the 
arrested  state  of  ossification  of  the  endoskeleton  and  the  characters 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


244  PB0CEEDIK08  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [-^P^.  ^f 

of  the  limb-bones  sustain  the  reference  of  the  genus  to  the  ordw 
Oanocephakt, 

After  careful  scrutiny  of  all  the  specimens  confided  to  my  inspec- 
tion by  Dr.  Dawson,  I  have  not  met  with  decisire  evidence  of  a 
member  of  any  of  the  orders  of  Eeptilia  represented  by  species  of 
the  Oolitic  or  later  series  of  deposits.  Some,  as  (e.g.)  Baphetes,  may 
be  Labyrinthodont,  but  the  rest  are  Ganocephalous ;  and  Baphetes 
may  possibly  belong  to  this  lower  group  of  palaeozoic  air-breathing 
Vertebrates. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PLATES. 

Plate  IX. 

Fig.  1.  Hylonomus  LyeUi,  dorsal  rertebra,  three  times  magnified:  side  Tiew. 
Fig.  2. '■ — ,   dorsal  vertebra,   three  times  magnified :  transverse 

section. 
Fig.  3. ,  one  of  the  longer  ribs,  twice  nat.  siie;  the  end  showing 

the  hollow. 

Fig.  4.  ,  metapodial  and  phalangial  bones,  twice  nat.  size. 

Fig.  5. ,  upper  maxillarv  and  pitft  of  orbit,  twice  nat  sire. 

Fig.  6.  Part  of  upper  maxillary  and  teeth  of  Hylonomus  aciedmtatua. 

Fig.  7fl.  Impression  and  remains  of  the  dentary  bone  of  the  lower  jaw  of  Htfh- 

nomus  aciedentatns^  and  of  a  scute,  three  times  magnified. 
Fig.  8.  Part  of  the  dentary  bone  of  a  young,  or  snudl  kind  of  HyUmomui,  three 

times  magnified. 
Fig.  9.  The  anterior  end  of  a  jaw-bone  of  HyUmomtts,  twice  nat  sire. 
Fig.  10.  Bones  of  the  fore  hmb  of  Hylonomus,  three  times  magnified. 
Fig.  II.  Bones  of  a  foot  of  Hy'onomus  Wymanni,  twice  nat  size. 
Fig.  12.  Series  of  (caudal?)  vertebm?  of  Hylonomus  Wymanni,  twice  nat  sixe 
Fig.  13.  Rib  (a)  and  two  scutes  (h  and  c)  of  Hylonomus,  twice  nat  size. 
Fig.  14.  Right  dentary  part  of  lower  jaw  of  Hylonomus  Lyelli,  twice  nat.  siie. 
Fig.  15.  Part  of  the  upper  jaw  and  te?th  of  a  Hylonomus,  three  times  magnified. 
Fig.  16.  Parts  of  upper  and  lower  jaws  of  Hylerpeton  Dawsoni,  nat  size. 
Fig.  17.  Small  part  of  jaw  of  Hylerpeton,  showing  the  mode  of  implantation  of 

the  teeth ;  twice  nat.  size. 
Fig.  18.  A  group  of  the  scutes  of  Hylerpefon  (?) ;  twice  magnified. 

Plate  X. 

Figs.  1  &  2.  Dermal  scutes  and  markings  of  the  sldu  of  Hylonomus? 

Fig.  3.  Portion  of  the  frontal  and  contiguous  cranial  bones  of  a  Hyloiwmus,  twice 

nat  size. 
Fig.  4.  Part  of  the  lower  jaw  of  apparently  the  same  species  of  Hylonomtts. 
Fig.  5  a.  Inner  surface  of  upi>er  part  of  the  skull  of  Dendrerpeton  Acadianum^ 

nat  size.     5  h,  magnified  section  of  base  of  tooth. 
Fig.  6.  Outer  surface  of  supertemporal  bone  of  Dendrerpeton  Acadianum^  twice 

nat  size. 
Fig.  7.  Ilium  and  parte  of  pubis  and  ischium  of  Dendrerpefon  Acadianum. 


3.  On  the  Occurrence  of  Mesozoic  and  Permiaw  Faun-2e  m  Eastern 
Australia.     By  the  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke,  F.G.S. 

Since  I  forwarded  my  remarks  on  the  "  Relative  Positions  of  certain 
Plants  in  the  Coal-bearing  Beds  of  Australia,"  which  were  published 
in  the  Quarterly  Journal,  vol.  xvii.  pp.  354-3G2,  I  have  received, 
from  a  friend  who  is  engaged,  under  my  direction,  in  exploring?  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


[Opposite  page  244,  vol.  xviii.] 


Description  of  Specimens  of  Fossil  Rbptilia  discovered  in  the  Coal- 
KSASXTRES  of  the  South  Joggins,  Nova  Scotia,  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Daw- 
son, F.G.S.,  &c.    By  Professor  Owen,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S. 

Appendix. — ^Dr.  Dawson,  of  Montreal,  on  receiving  the  paper  on 
Fossil  Reptilia  discovered  at  the  South  Joggins,  printed  in  the  71st 
Number  of  the  Society's  Quarterly  Journal  (August  1862),  observed 
that  some  of  the  specimens  referred  to  in  that  paper  must  have  been 
displaced  from  their  respective  boxes  before  Professor  Owen  de- 
scribed them,  and  that,  therefore,  he  was  milled  by  the  labels  on 
some  of  the  boxes  as  to  the  nature  of  their  contents.  Dr.  Dawson 
has  therefore  su^ested  some  corrections  for  the  paper  in  question, 
which,  with  Professor  Owen's  sanction,  are  here  enumerated.  The 
Professor  accepts  the  interpretation  of  specific  characters  and  distinc- 
tions arrived  at  by  Dr.  Dawson  through  a  study  of  the  rich  materials 
which  that  gentleman  has  collected  and  worked  out,  in  preference 
to  the  opinion  which  Prof.  Owen  himself  may  have  formed  from  the 
selection  of  specimens  submitted  to  him,  and  under  the  circumstances 
in  which  they  reached  him. 

Page  238,  line  lit  for  This  specimen  read  The  second  specimen. 
,,    239,  lines  1  and  2,  dele  which  Dr.  Dawson  supposes  to  belong  to  another 

individual  of  Hyhnomtts, 
„      „    lines  19  to  36  inclusiye,  transpose  to  p.  238  above  Une  11,  and  under 

BoxNo.l.&c. 
„      „    lines  32  to  35  inclusiye,  dele  the  sentence  commencing  The  proportions, 

&c.,  and  ending  Hylonomus  aciedentatus, 
„      „    line  35,  dele  In  both  species. 
„      „    line  37,  for  A  second  read  The  first. 
„      „    line  46,  for  A  third  read  A  second. 
„     240,  line  6,  for  A  fourth  read  A  third. 

„    241,  line  8,  add  It  was  probably  placed  bv  mistake  in  this  box. 
„      „    after  line  13,  insert  PI.  IX.  fig.  8  is  the  lower  law  of  HyUmomus  Wy^ 

manni.  Its  teeth  somewhat  resemble  those  of  ^.  Lyelli,  but  are  fewer 

and  more  obtuse.  As  in  all  the  species  of  Hylonomtis,  they  are  much 

longer  toward  the  anterior  end  oi  the  jaw. 

Page  244,  Descbiption  of  thb  Plates. 

PL  IX.  Fig.  6,  for  aciedcntatus  read  LijeUi^  twice  the  natural  size. 
„      Fig.  8,  dth  a  young,  or  small  kmd  of:  after  Hylonomus  insert 

Wymanni, 
„      Fig.  9,  after  Hylonomus  insert  aciedcntatus, 
PI.  X.  Fig.  3,  after  Hylonomus  insert  LyeUi, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


N 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Quart.  Joum  Geo! .  Soc.Vol  XVIII.  P! .  K 


V^Cj'' 


J  2 


^ 


'^^^S 


J  Doikd  hth .  WW(MPt  imp 

Ki^PTILIAN  REMAINS  FPX)M  NOVA  SCOTIA. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Quart.  JouTTi  &o].Soc.Vol.XVIlI. ?IX. 


5^ 


WWeci  irnj. 


KEPTTLIAN  KEIvL^IIJS  PKOM  TIOVA   SCOTIA. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQ  IC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.J  CLARKS — AXJSTRALIAir  FOSSILS.  245 

country  between  the  Balonne  and  Maranoa  Elvers  (now  a  portion  of 
the  new  colony  of  Queensland),  a  collection  of  fossils  which  will 
serve,  to  a  certain  degree,  to  meet  the  remark  I  made  at  p.  361, 
respecting  <'  the  want  of  good  unmistakeable  deposits  in  which  the 
animal  remains  will  leave  no  ftirther  room  for  doubt."  Mr.  W.  P. 
Gordon,  a  young  squatter  on  Wollumbilla  Creek,  one  of  the  branches 
of  the  "  Yahoo  River  "  of  Leichhardt,  was  requested  by  me  to  search 
his  neighbourhood  and  the  Fitzroy  Downs  for  fossils ;  and  he  has 
been  enabled  to  send  me  a  very  goodly  collection.  The  specimens  are 
accompanied  by  the  pale  sandstones  of  the  Creek,  and  hard  red 
conglomerates  and  quartzites  from  between  Wollumbilla  and  the 
River  Amby  of  Mitchell,  including  a  tract  on  Fitzroy  Downs  nearly 
halfway  to  Mount  Abundance. 

On  receiving  them,  I  reported  at  once  to  Sir  Henry  Barkly,  the 
Governor  of  Victoria,  who  has  taken  a  deep  interest  in  the  little 
matters  of  difference  in  opinion  between  Prof.  M'Coy  and  myself 
respecting  the  Coal-epochs,  that  I  had  obtained  Mesozoic  evidence 
(enumerating  many  of  the  genera),  and  that  I  should  be  obliged  if 
he  would  submit  them  to  Prof.  M*Coy,  to  whom  I  wished  them 
referred,  because  I  considered  it  was  due  to  Mr.  M'Coy  on  all  accounts 
(specially  as  he  had  examined  my  collections  of  1844,  sent  to  Cam- 
bridge) tiiat  I  should  lay  before  him  such  new  facts  as  I  could  obtain, 
whichever  way  the  evidence  fix)m  them  might  turn. 

Accordingly  Mr.M'Coy  has  very  obligingly  examined  the  specimens, 
and  reports  that  he  considers  them  ''  not  younger  than  the  base  of 
the  Great  Oolite,  and  not  older  than  the  base  of  the  Trias." 

On  this  occasion,  the  departure  of  the  mail,  after  an  interval  of 
only  24  hours  for  correspondence,  prevents  me  from  doing  more  than 
announcing  this  discovery  to  the  Geological  Society,  naming  the 
principal  genera  determined  by  Mr.  M'Coy,  without  any  particular 
arrangement,  but  numbered  as  they  stood  on  my  own  lists  when  I 
broke  the  fossils  out  of  the  matrix. 

The  rock  in  which  they  occur  is  a  bright  calcareous  grit,  passing 
into  an  imperfect  limestone,  which  decomposes  into  a  soft  chalky- 
or  greensand-looking  substance. 

1.  Gigantic  Serpulae. 

2.  Pentacrinus. 

3.  Monotis  (?  lias). 

4.  Pectines  [^  lias). 

5.  linguLe. 

6.  Myacites. 

7.  New  species  of  Aviculae,  of  the  section  Mehagrina, 

8.  Lima. 

9.  Turbo. 

10.  Natica. 

11.  RhynchonellaB. 

12.  Monotis  (?  Saliferian), 

13.  Pectines  (?  Muschelkalk). 

14.  Myophoria,  a  typical  new  species  (?  Muschelkalk). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQ IC  


246  PBOGSEBnrefl  of  the  OEOLoeiciL  sogiett.  [Apr.  2, 

15.  Lamellibranchiate  bivalTe  of  a  new  genus,  between  Mo- 

diola  and  Pachydomus. 

16.  Maeonia  or  Astartilla. 

17.  Lamellibranchiate  bivalTe  of  a  new  genus. 

18.  Avicula. 

19.  Small  Orthoceras  (?). 

20.  Belemnites,  like  B.  giganteus,  and  proposed  by  Mr.  W.  B. 

Clarke  to  be  termed  B.  Barhlyu 

21.  Area. 

22.  Nucula. 

23.  Modiola-like  shell. 

24.  Fossil  Wood. 

26.  Lamelliferons  Coral  (very  like  a  fossil  from  the  Wiana- 
matta  beds,  N.  S.  Wales). 

26.  Fossils,  very  like  fish-teeth,  but  considered  by  Mr.  M*Coy 

to  be  the  spines  of  the  suckers  of  probably  No.  20. 

27.  ?  ScalpeUum. 

28.  Sponge. 

29.  Belemnites  (like  B,  paxiUosus). 

30.  DentaHum. 

There  are  several  other  fossils,  not  yet  examined,  besides  the  above. 
There  are  three  casts  of,  probably,  Eurydesma  or  Astartilla.  These 
come  from  Fitzroy  Downs,  about  13  nules  N.W.  from  Wollumbilla. 
Professor  M*Coy  considers  them  to  be  of  different  age  from  the  pre- 
ceding. 

Moreover  I  submitted  to  him  three  Permian  fossils,  which  I  have 
long  had  in  my  cabinet,  from  the  Mantuan  Downs,  200  nules  north 
of  Wollumbilla,  and  which  he  has  confirmed  as  such,  viz.,  two  very 
like  ProductxAS  calva,  Sow.  (I  have  another  in  my  collection  which 
I  believe  to  be  identical  with  that  species),  and  one  allied  to  Auh- 
sieges  or  Strophalosia,  by  which  latter  name  I  have  marked  it.  These, 
being  shells  which  belong  to  the  Magnesian  Limestone,  indicate  the 
Permian  epoch. 

I  have  had  also  lately  some  fossils  which  were  found  on  the  Dawson 
Biver,  consisting  of  Jhroducta  and  columns  of  Cyathocrintis,  and  are 
therefore  either  Permian  or  Carboniferous. 

Any  frirther  notice  of  these  Queensland  fossils,  with  their  bearing 
on  doubtful  opinions,  must  be  deferred. 

Mr.  M'Coy  believes  the  Wollumbilla  fossils  to  be  the  marine  re- 
presentatives of  the  so-called  Jurassic  Coal-beds  of  New  South  Wales. 
My  own  opinion  is  that  they  represent  the  marine  life  of  the  Wiana- 
matta  formation,  and  are  nearer  Trias  than  anything  else ;  and  with 
this  the  Fitzroy  Down  fossils  and  the  Red  Sandstones  of  the  Amby 
would  well  agree  in  local  position  and  other  circumstances.  I  fed 
confident,  frt>m  what  I  personally  know  of  the  region  from  which  they 
come,  that  they  are  altogether  above  the  Coal-beds  of  the  Hunter 
Biver  and  lUawarra,  distant  about  530  miles,  and  of  which  there 
are  representatives,  with  the  Newcastle  coal-plants,  about  200  miles 
farther  N.W.   at  the  junction    of    the  Comet  Biver  with    ^e 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  TTLOB — ^WBALBEK  P00TPRINT8.  247 

'<  Mackenzie  **  of  Leichhardt.  I  have  inBtitated  a  search  (at  my 
own  expense)  at  the  head  of  the  Maranoa  Elver,  and  shall  be  able, 
I  hope,  to  report  further  discoveries  hereafter.  These  fossils  were 
exhibited  in  Sydney,  and  are  included  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  New 
South  Wales  products  for  exhibition  at  London  in  1862*. 


4.  Onihe  Footprint  of  an  Iguanodon,  lately  found  at  HASTmes. 
By  Alfeed  Ttloe,  Esq.,  F.G.S.,  F.L.S. 

The  occurrence  of  ichnites  or  footprints  in  the  Wealden  strata  has 
on  previous  occasions  been  brought  before  the  notice  of  the  Geolo- 
gical Society  by  both  Tagartf  and  Beckles:^;  and  these  remains 
have  also  been  alluded  to  by  Mantell  in  his  *  Geology  of  the  Isle  of 
Wight '  (1st  edit.,  1847,  pp.  247,  328). 

A  notice  of  the  recent  discovery  of  similar  impressions  may  be 
interesting,  and  may  assist  in  throwing  some  light  upon  their  nature 
and  character,  as  well  as  lead  us  to  some  general  observations  on 
the  strata  in  which  they  are  found. 

By  the  earlier  observers  these  footprints  were  referred  to  gigantic 
birds,  but  subsequently  the  probability  of  their  being  reptilian  has 
been  advanced  §.  This  idea  is  supported  by  the  abundant  occurrence 
of  numerous  bones  of  the  Iguanodon  and  other  Dinosaurians  in  the 
Wealden  deposits.  By  Dr.  Mantell's  exertions  many  of  these  re- 
mains were  brought  before  the  scientific  world ;  and  more  lately 
Professor  Owen,  in  a  monograph  published  by  the  Palseontogra- 
phical  Society  II,  has  figured  and  described,  among  other  fine  speci- 
mens, the  bones  of  the  foot  of  a  young  Iguanodon,  obtained  by  Mr. 
Beckles  in  the  Isle  of  Wight.  This  foot  has  thi'oe  toes,  measures 
21  inches  in  length  and  9j^  in  width,  and  would  form  a  print  or 
"spoor"  similar  in  outline  to  that  shown  by  the  imprint  now 
exhibited,  and  by  the  several  other  imprints  and  natui^  casts  of 
imprints  found  in  the  Wealden  rocks. 

The  footprints  recently  observed  near  Hastings  were  upon  de- 
tached blocks  of  sand-rock  which  had  fallen  in  large  masses  from 
the  upper  part  of  the  cliff  a  little  west  of  Ecclesboume  Glen.  About 
150  yards  of  this  sandstone  in  pieces  was  there  exposed  on  the 
beach,  exhibiting  numerous  footprints  on  the  ripple-marked  sur- 
faces, apparently  in  a  continuous  direction. 

*  These  specimens  have  not  reached  London,  July  20,  1862. — ^Editor. 

t  Quart  Joum.  6^1.  Soc.  vol.  ii.  P- 267. 

t  Ibid.  vol.  vii.  p.  1 17 ;  vol.  viii.  p.  396 ;  and  vol.  x.  p.  456. 

$  In  Tagart's  Letter,  an  abstract  of  which  was  prmted  in  the  6^1.  Joum. 
ToL  ii.  p.  267.  In  this  letter  (dated  March  10. 1846)  he  states  that  *'  Dr.  Harwood 
suspects  them  to  be  the  foot-marks  of  the  Iguanodon.*'  See  also  Rupert  Jones's 
edition  of  Mantell's  *  Wonders  of  Geolorar,*  1857,  vol.  I  p.  383,  and  vol  ii. 
(preface)  1858 ;  and  *  Literary  Gazette,'  N.  S.  vol.  viii.  No.  19^,  March  22, 1862. 

II  *  Monograph  on  the  Fossil  Reptilia  of  the  Wealden  Formation,'  Part  iv. 
1857. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


248  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [Apr.  2, 

Natural  Imprint  of  the  Foot  of  an  Iguanodon  from  the  Cliff  near 
ffastin/s,     (Reduced  ^th  nearly.) 


Cast  of  the  Natural  Imprint  of  the  Foot  of  an  Iguanodon  from  the 
Cliff  near  HaAiings.     (Reduced  ^th  nearly.) 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  TYLOR WEALDEW  FOOTPRnTTS.  249 

The  peculiar  interest  of  the  plaster  cast  now  exhibited  by  Mr.  C. 
S.  Mann,  of  Eltham,  taken  from  one  of  the  best  impressions  visible 
on  the  beach,  is,  that  it  represents  what  I  believe  to  be  the  foot- 
print of  probably  the  hind  foot  of  an  Iguanodon,  standing  upon  a 
ripple-marked  surface  of  sandy  mud  sufficiently  hard  to  retain  an 
exact  impression.  The  pressure  of  the  foot  has  raised  the  sand  sur- 
rounding the  impression  about  half  an  inch  above  the  ripplc-mark, 
at  the  same  time  turning  over  some  shells  of  the  genus  Cyreiia, 
which  may  be  seen  in  the  disturbed  mud. 

Professor  Owen's  figure  of  the  bones  of  the  foot  of  the  Iguanodon, 
above  referred  to,  exhibits  phalanges  having  similar  proportions, 
and  similar  relative  position,  to  the  impressions  visible^  in  the  newly 
discovered  footprint  from  Hastings,  which  measures  24  inches  from 
the  toe  to  the  posterior  margin  of  the  cup-shaped  depression  which, 
I  suppose,  marks  the  heel  of  the  Iguanodon,  and  is  3  inches  in  dia- 
meter and  I  inch  deep. 

The  impressions  made  by  each  of  the  three  toes  are  well  defined : 
the  middle  one  measures  11  inches  in  total  length,  6  inches  at  the 
posterior  margin,  widening  to  7  inches,  and  then  tapering  doAvn 
to  2  inches  at  the  depression  of  its  anterior  extremity,  made  by 
the  ungual  phalanx,  which  probably  penetrated  deeply  into  the 
mud.  The  impression  of  the  dextral  or  exterior  toe  is  9  inches 
in  total  length,  and  6  inches  wide,  tapering  to  an  obtuse  point, 

I  inch  wide  at  the  daw;  that  of  the  sinistral  or  internal  toe  is 

II  inches  long  and  6  inches  vidde,  tapering  to  1  inch,  with  an 
irregular  cup-shaped  termination  as  in  the  right  toe. 

The  posterior  margin  of  the  impression  left  by  the  exterior  toe 
commences  at  a  point  very  much  posterior  to  that  left  by  the  central 
toe ;  while  the  posterior  margins  of  the  central  and  internal  toes  are 
more  nearly  level  with  each  other. 

The  animal  appears  to  have  been  walking  in  a  direction  nearly  at 
right  angles  to  the  ripple-marks,  turning  his  foot  a  little  on  one  side, 
so  as  to  give  a  slightly  oblique  direction  to  the  footprint.  The 
animal  appears  in  this  instance  to  have  left  an  impression  of  a  rest- 
ing foot,  which  is  much  more  distinct  than,  and  also  diflfers  in  cha- 
racter frt)m,  others  of  the  associated  imprints,  which  were  apparently 
made  by  feet  of  an  animal  in  continuous  motion. 

These  remains  occur  in  the  upper  part  of  the  East  Clifi*,  near  the 
junction  of  the  shales  (known  as  "  Tilgate  Beds  ")  and  the  Hastings 
Sand  proper,  corresponding  in  position  with  the  strata  of  other  loca- 
lities in  which  osseous  remains  of  the  Iguanodon  have  been  found. 

If,  as  I  am  disposed  to  do,  we  may  really  regard  these  trifid, 
paehydactylous,  and  apparently  uniserial  imprints  and  casts  of  im- 
prints as  the  **  spoors  "  of  quadrupeds,  and  not  of  bipeds,  and  if  we 
refer  them  to  the  thick- footed,  three-toed  Iguanodon,  we  have  indi- 
cations of  the  tracks  of  that  great  reptile  at  several  places  and  on,  at 
least,  two  horizons  in  the  Wealden  area.  The  footprints  already 
described  by  Beckles  are,  first,  from  grey  sandy  shales  at  and  near 
Couden  and  Bexhill,  west  of  Hastings.  Here  the  tracks  were  repre- 
sented by  numerous  imprints  on  the  surface  of  the  shales.    The  foot- 


Digitized  by.CjOOQlC 


250 


PaOCBSDIVrO«  of  the  OBOLOeiOAl  sooiett. 


[Apr.  2, 


t 


n 


<^ 


•VW|D 


Digitized  byVjOOQlC 


1862.] 


r 
i 


^. 


TTLOB — imALDBJX  VOOTPSnVTS. 


i 


I 


/ 


I 


251 


' 


'•jaAO*).. 


i-( 


!- 


7 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


252  PK0CEEDI5GS  OF  THE  6EOLO01CAL  SOCIETY.  [Apr.  2, 

prints  varied  from  8  inches  to  27  inches  in  length,  with  strides  of 
18  inches  and  upwards,  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  feet.  These 
shales  are  probably  on  the  same  geological  horizon  as  those  at  East 
Cliff,  in  which  natural  casts  of  similar  imprints  frequently  occur. 
2ndly,  from  the  strata  of  the  cliffs  at  Bulverhithe  (including  Galley 
Hill),  east  of  Bexhill.  Here  also  the  footprints  and  their  casts  are 
numerous,  and  sometimes  of  large  size  (27  inches  long).  These 
track-bearing  beds  are  below  the  Couden  shales,  and  probably  on 
the  horizon  of  the  Castle  Rock  (Hastings  Sand  proper)  and  its  under- 
lying shaly  beds.  3rdly,  Mr.  E.  Tagart*  and  Mr.  Beckles  have  noticed 
the  occurrence  of  the  track-marks  on  sandstone  slabs  at  East  Cliff. 
The  place  of  these  shales  and  calciferous  sandstones  is  immediately 
above  the  Castle  Rock ;  and  they  may  be  called  the  "  Endogenites- 
shales,"  as  that  curious  plant  is  of  common  occiurence  in  them, 
both  at  this  cliff,  on  Castle  Rock,  at  St.  Michael's  (Coastguard- 
station,  Hastings),  and  St.  Leonard's.  4thly,  Mr.  Beckles  has  dis- 
covered similar  print-casts  in  the  strata  near  Lee  Ness,  40  feet 
above  the  sea-level.  These  beds  are  much  lower  in  the  series  than 
the  Castle  Rock,  as  shown  by  the  long  section  of  the  Hastings  coast 
now  exhibited,  constructed  from  observations  made  by  Professor 
Morris,  Mr.  Rupert  Jones,  and  myself,  at  various  opportunities  during 
several  years. 

Similar  casts  of  footprints  (about  12  inches  long)  occur  in  the 
thin  sandstones  at  Biggs'  Farm,  near  Cuckfield.  These  were  ob- 
served by  Mr.  Hancock,  of  Tye's  Farm ;  and  a  specimen  is  now 
in  the  Museum  of  Practical  Geology,  Jermjn  Street.  Li  this 
specimen  the  toes  have  made  isolated  prints,  as  in  Mr.  Mann's  cast, 
and  in  some  seen  by  Mr.  Beckles,  the  palm  or  heel  leaving  a 
faint  separate  depression.  The  shales  near  Cuckfield  are  higher  in 
the  series  than  some  of  those  at  East  Cliff,  and  belong  probably  to 
the  "  Wadhurst  Clay  "  of  Mr.  Drew.  As  the  Endogenites-shale  and 
the  Wadhurst  Clay  may  both  be  represented  at  East  Cliff  (see  sec- 
tion), some  of  the  foot-marks  found  on  the  beach  here  may  have 
come  from  the  upper  (Wadhurst)  as  well  as  from  the  lower  (Endo- 
genites)  shales.  The  latter  shales,  however,  certainly  bear  foot-tracks 
at  Hastings ;  for  where  they  come  to  a  low  level,  behind  the  Castle, 
at  the  Waterworks,  the  sinkings  there  exposed  some  specimens  in 
the  calciferous  sandstone  shales. 

The  relations  of  the  strata  are  well  shown  in  the  long  section  now 
exhibited,  made  on  a  horizontal  scale  of  8  inches  to  a  mile,  with 
the  vertical  heights  exaggerated  three  times.  We  here  see  the 
Hastings  Beds,  with  the  overlying  Weald  clay,  arching  across  the 
Wealden  area,  and  forming  low  undulations  dong  the  crown  of  the 
arch.  The  passage  of  some  beds  of  sand-rock  into  day  is  well  shown 
on  the  east  of  Hastings  (from  the  East  Cliff  to  Goldbury  Point) ;  and 
the  thinning  of  the  Castle  Rock  on  the  same  line  is  also  shown. 
The  bearings  of  the  same  strata  to  the  west,  through  St.  Leonard's 
to  Bexhill,  are  of  considerable  interest,  as  they  appear  to  lose  much 
of  their  thickness  before  they  pass  under  the  highest  part  of  the 
Hastings  Sand  series  and  the  overlying  Weald  Clay  of  Pevensey. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HABKNESa PTE1U8PI8-BEDS.  263 

The  occurrence  of  the  imprints,  sometimes  on  the  surfaces  of  sand- 
rock,  but  more  frequently  on  clay-beds,  and  that  probably  along 
definite  geological  horizons,  is  suggestive  of  speculations  as  to  the 
replacement  of  clays  by  sandstones  horizontally  in  delta-deposits ; 
and  on  this  subject,  and  its  connexion  with  the  stratigraphical  cha- 
racters of  the  Wealden  formation,  I  hope  to  offer  some  observations 
on  another  occasion. 


April  16,  1862. 

Thomas  M'Kenny  Hughes,  Esq.,  B.A.,  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Great  Britain,  Jermyn  Street,  and  Edward  Petre,  Esq.,  38  Brook 
Street,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  commimications  were  read : — 

1.  On  the  Position  of  the  Pteraspis  Beds,  and  on  the  Sequence  of  the 
Strata  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  Series  of  South  Perthshire. 
By  Professor  R.  Harkness,  F.R.S.,  F.G.8. 

Introduction, — In  the  *  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society,' 
vol.  xvii.  p.  541,  Mr.  Powrie  mentions  the  occurrence,  for  the  first 
time,  of  Pteraspis  in  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Scotland,  as  developed 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Bridge  of  Allan  in  Perthshire.  The 
specimens  obtained  by  this  geologist  I  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing 
in  his  possession  in  the  early  part  of  this  year.  Being  under  the 
impression  that  this  area  was  occupied  by  that  portion  of  the  Old 
Red  Scries  which  is  so  extensively  developed  in  Fife  and  Kinross, 
and  which  appertains  to  the  upper  portion  of  the  series,  it  occurred 
to  me  that  either  there  was  something  anomalous  in  the  position  of 
these  Pteraspidian  remains,  or  that  the  true  horizon  of  the  strata  in 
this  portion  of  the  southern  margin  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  north 
of  the  Firths  of  Forth  and  Clyde  had  yet  to  be  determined. 

Under  this  impression,  I  was  induced  to  examine  the  district 
around  the  Bridge  of  Allan ;  and  I  was  also  induced  to  extend  my 
observations  north-westward,  across  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  area  of 
this  part  of  Scotland,  to  the  metamorphic  rocks  of  the  southern 
margin  of  the  Grampians,  as  these  occur  N.E.  of  Callander.  The 
result  of  this  has  been  to  ascertain  the  position  of  the  Pteraspis-beds, 
and  likewise  to  show  a  variation  in  this  section  from  the  lithology 
which  usually  obtains  in  the  deposits  which  make  up  the  Old  Red 
Sandstone  areas  lying  to  the  N.E.  of  the  line  of  this  section. 

Commencing  at  the  S.E.  margin  of  the  district  under  consideration, 
we  have,  a  little  to  the  south  of  the  Bridge  of  Allan,  the  great  fault 
which  here  separates  the  Carboniferous  rocks  of  Stirlingshire  on  the 
S.  from  the  Old  Red  Sandstones  of  Perthshire  on  the  N. ;  and  along 
this  line  of  fault,  to  the  W.S.W.,  we  have  that  great  development 
of  trap-rocks  which  forms  the  range  of  the  Campsie  Hills.  To  the 
E.N.E.  this  line  of  fault  traverses  fiie  country  N.  of  the  Ochills,  and 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


254  PBOGEEDnrcm  of  thb  GEOLoeiCAL  BOciBTT.        [Apr.  16, 

passing  through  Perthshire  by  the  Carse  of  Gowrie,  it  separates,  in 
the  latter  area,  the  lower  members  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  on  the 
North  (as  seen  at  Bossie,  Balmdery,  and  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Dundee)  from  the  higher  members  on  the  South,  as  exhibited  at 
Clashbinnie. 

Old  Bed  Sandstone  Series  at  the  Bridge  of  Allan. — ^Immediately  N. 
of  this  line,  in  South  Perthshire,  at  the  Bridge  of  Allan,  the  Old  Bed 
deposits  make  their  appearance.  The  lowest  strata  whidi  occur  here, 
and  which  are  seen  on  the  road  from  the  village  by  the  well  to  Wolfs 
Hole  Quarry,  on  the  Westerton  estate,  consist  of  conglomerates 
made  up  of  fragments  of  trap ;  and  these  conglomerates  have,  as  we 
ascend  in  the  series,  deposits  of  grey  sandstones  intercalated  with 
them. 

These  latter  dip  N.W.  at  an  angle  of  about  20°,  and  they  gra- 
dually become  so  developed  as  to  exclude  the  conglomerates  which 
are  so  abundant  beneath  them. 

These  grey  sandstones  are  now  worked  at  Wolfs  Hole  Quarry ; 
and,  as  seen  here,  they  are  covered  by  a  mass  of  trap.  It  is  in  this 
quarry  that  the  only  recognized  specimens  of  Fteraspis  have  been 
found  in  Scotland ;  and  the  species  appears  to  Prof.  Huxley,  who 
examined  the  specimens  obtained  by  Mr.  Powrie,  to  be  P.  rostratus. 
These  Pteraspidian  remains  are  by  no  means  uncommon  here ;  but 
they  are  usually  in  an  imperfect  condition.  Besides  Pteraspis,  1  have 
procured  from  this  locality  Cq>Jial{ispis ;  and  Mr.  A.  Bryson,  of 
Edinburgh,  informs  me  that  he  also  obtained  this  latter  genus  from 
the  same  locality  some  years  ago. 

The  grey  sandstones  are  well  seen  in  the  course  of  the  Allan  above 
the  last-mentioned  locality.  They  form  the  bed  of  the  river  to  beyond 
EippenroBs  House,  and  are  also  seen  in  ascending  the  stream  to 
beyond  Dunblane;  but  they  gradually  change  ti^eir  colour  and 
become  purple  flaggy  sandstones.  The  north-west  dip  at  the  same 
angle,  however,  prevails  along  the  course  of  the  Allan,  from  the 
Bridge  of  Allan  to  above  Dunblane. 

East  of  the  Bridge  of  Allan, — In  the  district  which  lies  on  the  east 
side  of  ihe  Allan  Water  the  same  grey  sandstones  occur,  succeeded 
by  the  purple  beds.  At  Stonehill  Quarty,  a  mile  and  a  quarter  £. 
from  Dunblane,  the  former  are  wrought,  and  these  quarries  are  the 
source  from  whence  the^  building-stone  of  Dunblane  is  principally 
obtained.  Some  of  the  beds  are  micaceous  and  fioggy ;  and,  on  the 
whole,  the  strata  at  Stonehill  have  a  great  lithologicaL  affini^  to  the 
Forfarshire  flags.  I  learn  from  Mr.  Page  that  Cephalaspis  LyeUii 
has  been  found  in  this  quairy.  The  angle  of  dip  and  the  direction 
here  also  conform  to  the  strata  traversed  by  the  Allan  Water. 

East  from  Stonehill,  and  flowing  along  the  northern  margin  of  the 
Ochills,  is  a  stream  called  Alt  Wharry :  this  separates  the  traps  on 
the  S.  from  the  grey  beds  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  on  the  N. ;  and 
the  character  of  the  vegetation  on  these  respective  rocks  well  marks 
the  difference  in  their  mineral  nature.  The  former  is  clothed  with 
a  fine  green  herbage,  while  on  the  latter  brown  benty  grasses  prevail. 
These  latter  cover  the  surface  of  Sherra  Muir,  which,  where  inter- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HABXITESB — ^PIXBASPJB^BBDf.  255 

aected  by  the  streams  flowing  i&to  the  Allaa^  affordt  exhlhitionH  of 
the  rooks  of  this  area. 

On  Sherra  Muir,  at  Blaokford  of  Bom  Ogihrie»  the  grey  beds 
are  wrought,  and  have  the  N.W.  dip  at  20^  The  tame  beda  are 
seen  on  the  east  side  of  Sherra  Muir,  in  the  conrse  of  the  Millstone- 
bum  which  joins  the  Allan  near  Greenloaning  Station ;  and  in  thia 
stream  we  have  the  sequence  of  the  grey  and  purple  beds  well  shown. 
At  Balhardie  in  the  brook-coarse  the  higher  purple  strata  occur,  and 
are  worked ;  they  are  flaggy,  and  have  green  layers  and-  nodules 
accompanying  them.  The  rocks  here  are  false-bedded,  but  the  pre- 
vailing dip  is  N.W.  at  20^.  This  locality  is  on  the  road  from 
Greenloaning  to  Dunblane ;  and  to  the  S.W.  thereof  we  have,  in  the 
stream  on  1^  road  from  Dunblane  to  Kinbuck,  the  same  purple 
flaggy  strata,  with  the  same  dip  and  direction ;  and  these  false-bedded 
sandstones  have  been  partially  worked  about  a  mile  and  a  half  N.E.  of 
Dunblane,  on  the  east  side  of  the  road. 

North-west  of  the  Bridge  of  AUan, — ^In  the  country  which  lies 
west  of  the  Allan  we  have  strata  of  a  like  nature  manifested ;  but 
in  passing  north-westward  into  the  area  drained  by  the  Teith,  we 
have  oth^  and  higher  strata  exposed  than  those  which  the  Allan 
Water  exhibits.  West  from  the  Bridge  of  Allan,  along  the  esoarp* 
ment  in  the  north  side  of  the  Carse  of  Leckrop,  the  grey  sandstones 
are  seen ;  west  of  this,  at  Craig  Amhall,  these  are  succeeded  by  the 
purple  porticm  of  the  series,  and  in  the  upper  parts  of  these  latter 
intercalated  light-purple  shales  occur.  On  the  nortii  side  of  the 
Teith,  in  Craig  Arnhall  Wood,  the  light-purple  shales  are  exclusively 
seen,  and  these  continue  to  the  Farm  c^  Bow.  The  whole  of  tiiis 
series  of  strata,  as  seen  west  of  the  Bridge  of  Allan,  has  the  N.W. 
dip  at  an  angle  of  about  20^.  In  passing  higher  up  the  Teith  these 
purple  shales  have  interstratifled  with  them  thin  beds  of  fine-grained, 
brown-coloured  sandstones,  which  gradually  increase  until  we  find 
the  higher  strata  entirely  composed  of  the  latter.  This  is  the  case 
at  Ardoch  Bum,  which  flows  past  Doune  Castle ;  and  of  these  brown 
sandstones  this  stronghold  is  built.  As  seen  in  the  stream  at  Doune 
Castle,  the  brown  sandstones  have  in  them  green  laminsB,  and  are 
spotted  with  the  same  colour ;  here  their  dip  is  W.  at  20^.  The 
brown  sandstones  are  also  seen  above  Doune,  in  the  course  of  the  Teith 
at  Deanstown,  and  about  half  a  mile  to  the  W.N.W.  they  have  been 
worked.  Above  Doune  Bridge  they  exhibit  N.W.  inclinations* 
Beyond  Deanstown,  in  the  course  of  tlie  Teith,  they  are  seen  in  the 
grounds  of  Lanrick  Castle  still  with  a  N.  W.  dip,  but  at  a  low  angle ; 
and  they  continue,  as  seen  in  the  Teith,  all  through  the  estate  of 
Lanrick,  becoming  to  the  W.N.W.  by  degrees  almost  flat.  They 
pass  gradually  upwards  into  grey  flaggy  rocks  which,  within  about 
four  miles  of  CaUander,  have  become  nearly  hoiizontaL 

In  the  course  of  the  Teith,  from  about  four  miles  below  Callander 
to  this  place,  no  rocks  are  seen  in  the  river;  at  Callander  on  the 
Muir,  which  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  conglomerates 
make  their  appearance,  made  up  for  the  most  part  of  quartz-frag- 
ments.   These  conglomerates,  which  are  well  developed,  and  which 

VOL.  XVm. — ^PABT  I.  s 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


256  psocsEDiKefl  op  thb  &bolo0ical  sogibtt.        [Apr.  10^ 

are  used  for  boilding-purpoeeB  at  Callander,  have  a  S.E.  dip  at  a 
high  angle.  Their  relation  to  the  strata  dipping  N.W.,  as  seen 
between  the  Bridge  of  Allan  and  Lanrick,  is  not  apparent  in  the 
diBtrict  drained  by  the  Teith ;  bat  in  the  conrse  of  the  Eeltie,  whioh 
joins  the  Teith  fix)m  the  N.,  the  connexion  of  the  conglomerates  of 
Callander  with  the  rocks  on  the  S.E.  can  be  well  made  out. 

In  the  course  of  the  Keltic,  about  half  a  mile  above  the  bridge,  on 
the  road  on  the  north  side  of  the  Teith  leading  from  Callander  to 
Doune,  at  the  Mill  Weir,  the  grey^sandstones  above  referred  to  are 
seen ;  and  here  they  have  a  horizontal  position.  On  ascending  the 
stream  the  same  strata  occur,  and  become  more  highly  inclined ; 
beneath  these  upper  grey  sandstones  there  are  seen  brownish-red 
fl^^gSy  strata,  conforming  to  the  higher  series  in  dip.  The  brownish- 
red  flagstones  gradually  increase  in  dip  to  Bracklin  linns,  where  they 
become  coarser ;  and  some  of  the  beds,  in  consequence  of  containing 
quartz-fragments,  put  on  the  aspect  of  a  fine  conglomerate.  Some  of 
tiie  surfiEtces  of  the  beds  at  Bracklin  linns  exhibit  well-marked 
ripples,  and  here  the  strata  dip  S.E.  at  75^. 

Above  Bracklin  linns  in  the  course  of  the  Eeltie  these  conglome- 
rates and  associated  red  sandstones  also  occur,  the  former  prevailing 
to  a  greater  extent  than  the  sandstone  layers ;  but  these  beds  pass 
downwards  into  thin-bedded  brown  flags,  which  rest  upon  a  series  of 
fine-bedded,  light-purple,  micaceous  sandstones.  Fine  conglomerates, 
with  quartz-pebbles,  are  seen  below  the  purple  micaceous  sandstones ; 
and  under  these  latter  are  reddish-coloui^  shaly  sandstones,  reposing 
upon  sandstones  of  a  grey  colour,  and  bearing  great  affinity  to  the 
grey  sandstones  of  the  Bridge  of  Allan. 

Dtagram-Beetion  from  the  Bridge  of  AUan  to  CaUander, 
Distance  12  miles. 

W.N.W.  E.BA 

Donne  The  Bridge 

Callander.     BnoklinLuina.  Lanriok.   Caatle.   CnigArnhalL       of  Allan. 


8.  Carboniferous  rocks. 

7  &  6.  Brown  sandstone  surmount- 
ed by  erev  sandstone. 

5.  Purple  snale. 

4.  Chrey sandstone  passingupwards 
into  red  sandstone. 

*  Place  where  remains  of  iVfrofpts 


and  Cephalaspia  have  been 

found. 
Sb,  Trappean  conglomerate, 
do.  Conglomerato  of  felstone. 
2.  Trap-rocL 
1.  Metamorphio   Lower  Silurian 

rooks. 


These  latter  are  well  seen  in  the  lower  portion  of  a  beautiful  T.itit^ 
in  the  course  of  the  Eeltie,  about  a  mile  above  Bracklin  linns ;  and 
here  they  rest  upon  brown  sandstones  with  well-developed  oon- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HASXinESS — ptsraspis-beds.  257 

^lomerates  made  up  of  quartz-pebbles,  which  at  this  spot  have 
almost  a  vertical  position.  The  conglomeratic  portion  of  this  series 
becomes  more  prevalent  in  the  lower  members,  and  finally  we  have 
a  very  great  thickness  of  these  latter  exclusively  occurring.  The 
fragments  which  enter  into  the  composition  of  these  last  conglo- 
merates differ  from  those  in  the  higher  beds  of  the  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stones of  the  Keltie;  for  in  these  lowest  conglomerates  rounded 
fragments  of  felstone  almost  solely  make  up  this  portion  of  the  series ; 
and  these  fragments  vary  very  greatly  in  size,  some  being  as  much 
as  two  feet  in  diameter.  The  lower  conglomerates,  which  are  devoid 
of  any  trace  of  stratification,  are  well  seen  in  the  Eeltie  immediately 
opposite  the  small  farm-house  on  the  east  side  of  the  stream.  Above 
these  conglomerates,  which  are  nearly  a  thousand  feet  in  thickness, 
we  come  upon  a  fine  exhibition  of  trap-rocks  occupying  the  line  of 
fault  which  separates  the  Old  Bed  Sandstones  on  the  S.E.  from  the 
metamorphic  rocks  of  the  Grampians  on  the  N.W. 

The  sequence  of  deposits,  as  represented  in  the  course  of  the 
£eltie,  has  a  great  affinity  to  that  which  occurs  on  the  southern 
margin  of  the  Old  Bed  Ssoidstone  of  Scotland  north  of  the  Forth 
and  Clyde,  as  seen  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Bridge  of  Allan  and 
in  the  course  of  the  Teith.  In  the  former  locality  we  have^  how- 
ever, a  much  greater  development  of  the  conglomerate  series  which 
forms  the  lowest  member  in  both  these  areas ;  and  in  both  instances 
we  have  these  conglomerates  succeeded  by  grey  sandstones,  the  latter 
at  the  Bridge  of  Allan  affording  CephalEu^idian  remains.  In  the 
course  of  the  Eeltie  the  grey  sandstones  are  succeeded  by  purple 
beds ;  and  the  like  circumstance  marks  the  superposed  beds  on  the 
grey  sandstones  north  of  the  Bridge  of  Allan.  Upon  these  we  have 
the  purple  shales  of  Leckrop,  which  in  the  Eeltie  section  are  repre- 
sented by  thin-bedded,  light-purple,  micaceous  sandstones;  and 
upon  these  there  are  found  brown  sandstones  and  conglomerates 
which  are  the  equivalents  of  the  brown  sandstones  of  the  Ardoch, 
of  Doune,  and  of  Lanrick.  In  the  Eeltie  and  in  the  Teith  this  por- 
tion of  the  series  has  reposing  upon  it  the  grey  flaggy  strata  which^ 
in  the  section  between  the  Bridge  of  Allan  and  Callander,  form  the 
highest  beds  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstones  in  this  part  of  Scotland. 

With  reference  to  the  thickness  of  the  strata  exhibited  in  the 
Eeltie, — if  we  take  the  distance  from  the  trap-rocks  which  inter- 
vene between  the  metamorphic  Lower  Silurian  rocks  on  the  N.W. 
and  the  spot  where,  in  this  stream,  the  upper  grey  beds  become 
horizontal,  as  two  miles,  measured  along  the  dip,  and  the  average 
angle  of  dip  as  45^  (which  is  most  probably  below  the  mean),  then 
we  have,  in  the  course  of  the  Eeltie,  from  the  lowest  beds  of  the 
conglomerate  to  the  highest  beds  of  the  upper  grey  sandstone  series, 
a  thickness  of  more  than  7000  feet  of  strata  appertaining  to  the 
Old  Bed  Sandstone  in  South  Perthshire.  In  the  arrangement  of  the 
mineral  matter  which  forms  these  Old  Bed  Sandstones  we  have  a 
much  greater  affinity  to  the  deposits  which  represent  this  series  in 
the  N.E.  of  Scotland,  than  to  those  of  the  extension  of  the  Perth- 
shire deposits  as  they  occur  north-eastward  in  Forfarshire  and 

s2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


258  PBooEBBiKos  OF  CHB  ftBOLoeioAL  floconmr.        [Apr.  16, 

Kiticardine,  siiioe  tlie  base  in  South  Perthshire  is  composed  of  a  con* 
gLomeiatic  mass  folly  equal  in  thickness  to  the  lower  oonglomerates 
of  the  country  south  and  east  of  the  Moray  Firth.  In  Forfieur  and 
Kincardine  the  lowest  members  are  composed  of  Forfarshire  flags  and 
inferior  red  shaly  sandstones ;  but  in  the  district  under  consideration 
we  hare,  underneath  the  representatives  of  the  Forfarshire  flags  and 
beds  equiyalent  to  the  infarior  red  shaly  sandstones,  a  thick  oon* 
glomeratic  series,  differing  in  the  nature  of  its  fragments  from  the 
higher  conglomerates ;  and  this,  both  in  position  and  thickness,  can 
only  be  p wiUel  with  the  base  of  the  Old  Bed,  as  occurring  in  the 
countries  which  margin  the  Moray  Firth. 

Organic  remains. — ^Beference  has  already  been  made  to  the  dis- 
covery of  PUnupis  by  Mr.  Powrie  in  the  grey  beds  at  Westertown 
Quarry,  near  the  Bridge  of  Allan.  This  form,  I  leam  from  Prof. 
Huxley,  is  probably  P.  rostraius.  I  have  also  stated  that  Mr.  Bryson 
has  procured  from  the  same  locality  a  specimen  of  CepTuUaspis,  This 
specimen  has  unfortunately  been  mislaid.  From  this  spot  I  have 
l^wise  obtained,  along  with  remains  of  Pteraapis^  the  head  of  a 
Cephalaspu.  Tfais  specimen  is  not  in  a  very  perfect  condition,  and 
the  species  cannot  be  satis&ctorily  made  out  by  Prof.  Huxley ;  it  is 
there^re  desirable  that  the  fossils  frtmi  the  Bridge  of  Allan  idiould 
be  carefully  looked  after  in  order  that  the  form  of  CephdUupia  which 
is  associated  with  Fteraspis  here  may  be  determined. 

No  traces  of  Plants,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  have  been  found  in  this 
neighbourhood,  nor  are  there  any  remains  of  Crustaceans. 

With  reference  to  the  strata  which  overlie  the  grey  sandstones 
reposing  on  the  inferior  conglomerates,  I  have  seen  it  stated  that  the 
brown  sandstones  of  Doune  afford  Cephdkutpis  LyeUii ;  but  this  ii 
a  matter  on  which  I  am  in  doubt,  as  I  can  get  no  satisfactory  evi- 
dence of  the  occurrence  of  this  flsh  in  this  portion  of  the  Old  Bed 
Sandstone  area  of  ScotUind« 


2.  On  ike  WnsTKBir  Ein)  of  the  London  Basiit  ;  on  the  Westbbit 
THimmro  of  the  Lowsb  Eogenb  Beds  in  that  Basdt  ;  and  on  the 
Gkstwethebs  of  WiLTSHiBB.  By  William  Whitakee,  B.A. 
(Lond.),  F.G.8.,  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Great  Britain. 

COXTBITS. 

Introduction. 
I.  Tertiary  Outliers  hi  the  N.E.  part  of  Sheet  14  of  the  Map  of  the  Geological 
Surrey  of  Qtest  Britain. 
Surfisuse-deposlti  on  tlie  top  of  the  Chalk-hiUa  in  the  aboye  diatrict. 
II.  Thanet  Sand. 

Woolwich  and  Beading  Beda. 

{Baaement-bed  of  the  London  Clay. 
London  Chty, 

££QMst  of  the  Westerly  Thinning  of  the  Lower  Booene  Beda. 
HI.  QreywetherB. 

The  Sanda  of  Ketley  and  Headley  Heaths  (Surrey). 

Introduction, — ^The  above  three  subjects  are  closely  akin  to  one 
another.    The  sections  that  will  be  described  in  the  first  part  of  this 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  WHITAXSB — ^LOKDOK  BA81K.  259 

paper  show  that  the  *'  thinning^'  treated  of  in  the  Beoond  is  greater 
than  has  been  hitherto  thought ;  and  the  extent  of  this  latter  mucrt 
muoh  change  our  notiona  as  to  the  formation  from  which  have  come 
the  greater  part  of  those  loose  blooks  of  Greywether-sandstone  that, 
in  many  places,  lie  on  the  surfeice  of  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  beds. 

The  age  of  the  sands  noticed  in  the  third  part  may  also  have  some 
beaiing  on  that  of  the  Greywethers. 

The  data  on  which  a  great  part  of  this  paper  is  fonnded  haye  been 
in  my  hands  for  some  time ;  and  the  condusion  that  I  have  come  to 
with  regard  to  the  age  of  the  Greywethers  at  the  western  end  of  the 
London  Basin  has  been  shortly  giyen  in  the  Geological  Survey 
Memoir  on  Sheet  13  (p.  48).  I  haye  great  pleasure  in  knowing 
that  Prof.  Bamsay  wholly  agrees  with  my  views  of  the  beds  in  that 
district,  to  which  this  paper  chiefly  refers.  The  thinning-out  of  the 
London  day  in  Marlborough  Forest  has  also  been  noticed  at  p.  54 
of  the  above-mentioned  memoir. 

The  new  points  of  tins  paper,  which  treats  of  the  London  Tertiary 
District  alone,  are — the  proof  of  the  occurrence  of  the  London  day 
and  the  Lower  Bagshot  Sand  further  westward  than  they  have  been 
before  noticed* ;  tiie  thinning  of  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds 
west  of  Hungerford ;  the  proof  that  the  London  day  thins  much 
more  quickly  westward  from  Beading  than  has  been  hitherto  thought, 
and  that  in  Marlborough  Forest  it  has  thinned  out  altogether ;  the 
inference  from  the  above  that  further  westward,  where  the  Grey- 
wether-blocks  abound,  the  Bagshot  Beds  probably  rested  at  once  on 
the  dialk ;  the  natural  conclusion  that  the  greater  part  of  those  blocks 
came  from  that  formation,  and  the  frirther  evidence  in  support  of  this 
theory  tiiat  may  perhaps  be  given  by  certain  sands,  as  yet  of  donblful 
age,  tihat  are  found  here  and  there  on  the  dialk  of  Surrey  and  Kent. 

I  must  state,  hovrever,  that  the  idea  that  the  Greywethers  once 
formed  a  part  of  the  Bagshot  Beds  is  not  by  any  means  new ;  but  it 
has  of  late  years  been  given  np  in  favour  of  Mr.  Frestwich's  theory 
that  they  for  the  most  part  belonged  to  the  Woolwich  and  Beading 
Beds.  With  the  data  that  Mr.  Frestwich  had,  I  do  not  see  how  he  could 
have  come  to  any  other  conclusion  than  the  one  so  ably  and  logically 
worked  out  in  the  latter  part  of  his  paper  in  vol.  x.  of  the  Society's 
Journal  (p.  123);  but  I  t^nk  that  the  further  data  given  in  the  first 
part  of  the  present  paper,  and  the  conclusions  to  which  I  have  shown 
that  they  lead,  in  the  second  part,  must  lead  us  back  again  to  the  old 
doctrine  that  the  greater  part  (not  the  whole)  of  the  Greywethers  are 
of  Bagshot  age.  The  Hertfordshire  '<  paddmg-stone  "  I  agree  with 
Mr.  Frestwich  in  referring  to  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds. 

Fabt  L — ^The  first  part  of  this  paper  refers  chiefly  to  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Bedwin  and  Savemake  (or  Marlborou^)  Forest,  in  Wilt- 
shire, mapped  in  the  north-eastern  comer  of  Sheet  14  of  the  Map 

*  Except  on  Sheets  12  and  14  of  the  Map  of  the  Geological  Surrey,  and  in 
the  Memoirs  on  the  former  and  on  Sheet  13.  The  most  western  Tertiary  outliers 
in  the  London  Basin  (in  Sheet  14)  have  not  been  hitherto  described  with  any 
detaiL 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


260  PBOGBBDIflTOS  07  THE  aBOLOOIOAL  80CIBT7.  [Apr.  16, 

of  the  (Geological  Survey  of  Ghreat  Britain.  As  that  sheet,  which 
was  published  in  1857,  is  not  illustrated  by  a  memoir,  like  those 
descriptive  of  many  of  the  sheets  of  later  date,  and  as  some  changes 
were  made  in  the  mapping  of  the  Tertiary  beds  in  its  north-eastern 
part  in  1859, 1  shall  give  a  short  notice  of  the  ten  Tertiary  outliers 
that  have  been  there  mapped.  The  country  included  in  the  S.E. 
comer  of  the  sheet  to  the  north  (Sheet  34)  will  also  be  noticed.  Here 
also  the  Tertiary  beds  have  been  resurveyed,  which  has  made  needful 
some  corrections  in  the  next  edition  of  ^e  Memoir  illustrating  that 
sheet. 

The  Tertiary  beds  that  are  found  in  this  district  are — ^the  ''  Lower 
Bagshot  Sand,"  the  "London  Clay,"  and  the  "Woolwich  and 
Beading  Beds  "  (or,  for  shortness,  the  "  B.eading  Beds  ").  It  will  be 
convenient  to  work  from  the  east  westward,  and  to  notice  all  the  for- 
mations together,  as  they  occur,  instead  of  treating  of  each  separately. 

It  is  well  first  to  state  that  it  would  seem  that,  when  Mr.  Prest- 
wich  examined  this  district,  before  the  publication  of  his  papers  on 
the  Lower  Tertiary  beds,  sections  were  neither  so  plentiM  nor  so 
clear  as  when  the  Geological  Survey  was  in  progress  (1858-59). 
Thus  Mr.  Prestwich  says  (in  1850),  "  The  first"  (that  is  to  say,  the 
most  westerly)  "point  where  we  meet  with  some  uncertain  indications, 
without  sections,  of  the  basement-bed  of  the  London  Clay  is  capping 
the  summit  of  Bagshot  Hill,  between  Great  Bedwin  and  Hungerfoni*  " 
(Map  12) ;  and  again  (in  1853),  "In  Marlborough  Forest  the  Ter- 
tiary beds  are  so  ti^,  and  so  disturbed  by,  or  mixed  with,  drift,  that 
no  good  section  can  be  obtainedf."  I  shall  show  that  there  is 
London  Clay  three  miles  or  more  to  the  west  of  Bagshot  Hill,  and 
moreover  that  the  Bagshot  Sand  ranges  still  further  westward. 

Tertiary  outlurs  in  Sh$et  14  of  the  Oeohgieal  Survey  Map. — ^At 
the  western  edge  of  the  map  (14),  east  of  Great  Bedwin,  there  are 
three  patches  of  the  Beading  Beds,  the  middle  one  capped  with 
London  Clay,  forming  parts  of  a  large  and  well-marked  outlier,  the 
greater  part  of  which  is  in  the  map  to  the  east  (Sheet  12).  lliere 
is  a  section  of  the  Beading  Beds  in  the  brickyard  at  Folly  Farm,  and 
northwards  there  are  two  other  brickyards,  the  pits  in  which  show 
the  junction  of  the  London  Clay  and  the  Beading  Beds.  An  act^unt 
of  these  sections  will  be  found  at  p.  26  of  the  Geological  Survey 
Memoir  illustrating  Sheet  12. 

At  Castle  Hill,  south  of  Great  Bedwin,  there  is  an  outlier  of  the 
Beading  Beds,  probably  capped  by  London  Clay  at  the  top  of  the 
hill  (judging  by  its  height  alone,  there  being  no  section  of  ^e  latter 
formation).  Tliis  outlier,  which  is  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter  in 
length  from  north  to  south,  but  nowhere  half  a  mUe  in  breadth,  is 
well  marked ;  the  Tertiary  beds,  for  the  most  part  covered  with  wood, 
rising  sharply  from  the  Chalk.  On  its  eastern  side,  in  a  chalk- 
pit half  a  inile  a  little  £.  of  S.  of  Broil  Farm,  there  may  be  seen  an 
irregular  junction  of  the  "  bottom-bed  t "  of  the  Beading  Beds  with 

♦  Quart.  Jooni.  Geol.  Soo.  toL  Ti  p.  267.  t  Ibid.  toI.  x.  p.  85. 

I  For  an  aoootmt  of  thia  bed,  see  Memoir  illaatrating  Sheet  13  of  the  Map  of 
the  Geological  Surrej  of  Qreat  Britain,  p.  23. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  wmTAKIB — ^LONDOK  BAflHT.  261 

the  Ohalk*  The  former,  heife  many  feet  thick,  consists,  in  descend- 
ing order,  of  hluish-grej  clay  (partly  mottled  yellow),  light-green 
sandy  day,  and  light-green  san<L  .  I  saw  no  flints  in  it.  South  of 
this  there  are  '^  swallow-holes*"  at  the  junction  of  the  Beading' 
Beds  and  the  Chalk. 

West  of  Castle  Hill  there  is  another  outlier,  equally  well  marked, 
forming  the  wooded  hill  that  stretches  for  three-quarters  of  a  mile 
from  the  northern  end  of  Wilton  Common  nearly  to  Broil,  and  the 
top  of  which  consists,  without  doubt,  of  London  Clay ;  for  at  Wilton 
Eiln,  at  the  southern  end  of  the  outiier  (where  the  dip  is  sharp  to 
the  north),  whilst  in  places  the  brown  and  light-coloured  sandls  of 
the  Beading  Beds  are  found  at  the  surface,  I  saw,  dose  by  the  edge 
of  the  wood,  and  near  the  middle  of  the  brick-fidd,  about  four  feet 
of  stiff  bluish-grey  and  brown  London  Clay,  with  a  line  of  ironstone 
containing  fosols.  The  fossils  were  all  easts,  and  amongst  them  I 
made  out  Nau^us  (casts  of  detached  chambers),  GalyptrcMy  Fusus 
(or  Pleurotoma),  Cardium,  and  Ostrea, 

On  the  line  of  hill  to  the  west  of  the  Bedwins  there  is  a  lai^ 
outlier  of  Lower  Bagshot  Sand,  London  day,  and  Beading  Beds, 
forming  the  high  ground  from  Chisbury  Barrow  to  the  south-eastern 
part  of  Tottenham  Park,  a  distance  of  about  two  and  a  half  miles 
nearly  N.£.  and  S.W.  The  outlier  is  from  a  quarter  to  three-* 
quarters  of  a  mile  in  breadth ;  its  boundary  is  for  the  most  part 
well  marked,  and  along  it  there  are  many  swallow-holes,  especially 
within  a  radius  of  half  a  mile  from  Stoke  F«rm  to  the  west  of  Great 
Bedwin.  At  the  southern  end,  near  the  Chalk  escarpment,  the  dip 
is  fairly  sharp ;  but  it  soon  lessens  northward,  and  the  beds  become 
flat  or  nearly  so :  perhaps,  indeed,  the  direction  of  the  dip  may  haye 
ehanged  from  north  to  south  at  the  northern  end  of  the  outlier ;  but 
not  having  any  datum-heights  by  which  to  judge,  I  cannot  say  with 
certainty.  Down  the  northern  flank  of  the  hill  just  south,  of  Stoke 
Farm  deep  drains  were  made  in  January  1869,  and  I  was  fortunate 
enough  to  see  part  of  the  work  in  progress.  The  following  beds 
were  cut  into,  beginning  at  the  bottom  of  the  hill,  and  taking  tiliem 
in  ascending  order : — 

1.  OhaJk  (and  the  reconstructed  bed  described  in  Quart*  Joum. 
GeoL  Soc.  vol.  xvii,  p.  627). 

2.  BeaMng  Beds. — ^Yarioudy  coloured  mottled  plastic  day,  with  a 
little  sand. 

3.  London  Clay. — Stiff  blue  and  brown  mottled  day,  not  plastic, 
with  large  rounded  flints  at  the  lower  part  (basement-bed). 
Higher  up  the  clay  is  sandy. 

4.  Lwoer  Bagshot  Sand. — ^Brown  and  buff  sand,  partly  dayey. 

*  For  an  aooount  of  these  underground  water-oourseBi  see  a  paper  by  Mir. 
Prestwich,  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  toI.  x.  p.  227 ;  and  also  the  Memoir  iluutra- 
ting  Sheet  13  of  the  Map  of  the  Ghologicd  Survejr,  p.  24.  In  the  latter  tbar 
fre(}uent  oocorrence  near  the  junction  of  the  Teroaiy  beds  and  the  Chadk  ia 
noticed. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


fi62  PSOOEEDIHflM  OV  XHS  6S0L0OI0AI.  BOCOTT,  [Apr.  16, 

ThiB  leefion  shows  fhat  neither  the  London  Clay  nor  ihe  Beading 
Bed$  aire  here  more  than  from  12  to  15  feet  Mdlc,  and  therefore  (hat 
the  Bagehot  Sand  ie  only  25  or  30  feet  from  the  Chalk.  In  the  London 
da  J  there  were  many  pieces  of  ironstone,  as  at  Wilton  Kiln  ;  and  in 
one  of  them  I  fonnd  a  cast  of  an  Ostrea.  This  formation  covers  the 
Beading  Beds  over  a  great  part  of  the  outlier ;  but  Hie  patch  of  Bag- 
shot  Sa^  the  boundary  of  which  is  partly  marked  by  a  sliglit  rise  of 
the  ground,  only  stretches  about  a  tiiird  of  a  mile  botili  northward  and 
aoutibward  of  Stoke  Farm.  On  the  south-west  of  the  farm,  I  saw  a 
deep  and  long  ditch,  freshly  cut,  in  the  sand ;  and  along  the  road,  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  north-east  of  the  farm,  sand  is  again  shown.  Further 
northwards  the  beds  are  much  hidden  by  pebble-gravel  (drift)  and 
by  wood.  At  Chisbury  Barrow  there  is  a  section  along  the  road- 
cutting  up  the  southern  side  of  the  hill,  showing  sands,  with  a  little 
day,  fhim  the  top  of  the  Chalk  up  to  the  gravel  that  caps  the  MQ. 
These  must  altogether  be  some  40  or  60  feet  in  thickness.  As  I 
have  shown  that,  in  another  part  of  the  outlier,  the  Beading  Beds 
are  not  more  than  16  feet  thick,  it  seems  unlikely  that  here  they 
should  be  three  times  that  thickness ;  I  should  conclude,  therefore, 
that  the  sands  of  Ghisbury  Barrow  do  not  belong  wholly  to  that  for- 
mation ;  but  rather  that  tlie  upper  beds,  which  in  look  are  like  those 
above  the  London  Clay  at  Stoke  Farm,  are  also  like  them  in  age,  tiiat 
is  to  say,  are  a  part  of  the  Lower  Bagshot  Sand,  wTneh  formation 
therefore  here  reete  directly  on  ihe  Beading  Bede,  the  London  Clay 
having  thinned  out,  I  should  not  have  ventured,  however,  to  colour 
those  beds  as  Lower  Bagshot  on  the  Oeologioal  Survey  Map,  had  not 
sneh  a  step  been  confirmed  by  a  section  in  an  outlier  further  west, 
where  a  thin  pebble-bed,  representing  the  basement-bed  of  the 
London  Clay,  is  all  that  separates  the  Beading  Beds  f^m  an  over- 
lying mass  of  sand. 

A  little  west  of  the  large  outlier  just  described  are  three  smaller 
outiJiers  of  the  Beading  Beds.  Tottenham  House  stands  on  one, 
f^rom  below  which  the  Chalk  rises  sharply  to  ^e  south ;  another 
caps  the  Chalk  over  a  great  part  of  Bedwin  Common,  but  is  much 
hidden  by  a  clayey  drift ;  and  between  these  two  there  is  a  small  patch, 
barely  separated  from  tiie  first. 

Farther  westward  is  a  more  important  outlier,  stretching  from 
the  house  at  the  western  end  of  Terrace  HOI  in  a  north-westerly 
direction  for  a  mile  and  a  quarter.  At  its  southern  end  the  Chalk 
rises  up  sharply  to  the  soutii  from  beneath  the  Tertiary  beds ;  but, 
as  usual,  the  dip  soon  decreases  towards  the  north.  At  the  brick- 
yard on  the  eastern  side  of  the  outlier,  the  sections  in  different  parts 
of  the  pit  seem  to  show  that  the  Tertiary  beds  here  rest  unevenly  on 
the  Chtdk ;  for  although  ^e  junction  is  not  seen,  the  waved  lines  of 
bedding  in  the  sands,  &c.,  look  as  if  caused  by  the  beds  having  given 
way  here  and  there,  and  filled  pipes  and  hollows  iu  the  underlying 
Chalk.  The  section  does  not  show  an  unbroken  series  of  the  Tertiary 
beds  f^m  top  to  bottom ;  but  the  upper  beds  are  clear.  Plastic  clay,  of 
the  Beading  Beds,  chiefly  green,  has  been  found  above  the  Chalk ;  but 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


•X9ddt 


WEITAKSR — ^LOITDON  BIMK. 


.pi 


qSv 


s 

a 


8    :3 


1  I 


t§ 


3 


ill! 


^fl 


I 

i 
I 

^    oeeo         o      c' 
B    oooo         o     ji 

LI  n  f  HT1    r5 

I 


III   i   ^ 

Mil 


I 


1^ 


ll;!-1 


I 


Jipi 

•I   Sf-s 


Digitized  byCjOOQiC 


264  psooEm)iiro6  of  thb  exoLooioAL  sogibtt.        [Apr.  16^ 

whether  &6  ''bottom-bed^'  occurs  here  or  not,  I  do  not  know. 
Higher  np,  the  sands  and  clays  of  the  Reading  Beds  are  overlain  by 
a  continuous  bed,  a  few  inches  thick,  of  black  flint-pebbles  of  yarious 
sixes,  many  large ;  and  above  this  pebble-bed  there  are  white  and 
light-coloured  sands,  with  thin  seams  of  pipe-clay,  about  12  or  15 
feet  thick.  Now  in  the  sections  of  the  Reading  Beds  in  the  western 
part  of  the  London  Basin  pebbles  are  very  rardy  seen,  except  in  the 
green  sand  (''  bottom-bed  ")  lying  directly  on  the  Chalk ;  in  that  bed 
they  are  not  always  found,  and  when  they  do  occur  it  is  not  in  great 
numbers  nor  of  large  size :  I  have  never  seen,  in  that  district,  any 
regular  pebble-bed  in  the  Reading  Series  *.  The  basement-bed  of 
the  London  day,  however,  usually  contains  pebbles,  and  generally 
many  of  large  size,  as  was  found  to  be  the  case  at  Stoke  Farm,  in 
the  mass  of  London  day  nearest  to  the  section  now  under  notice ; 
and  very  often  there  is  a  layer  of  them  at  the  lowest  part  of  this 
bed.  I  have  therefore  no  doubt  whatever  that  tJie  pebble-bed  of  this 
section  belongs  to  the  hasement-hed  of  the  London  Cflay  ;  and  therefore 
that  the  overlying  sands  are  part  of  the  Bagshot  Beds,  and  that  the 
London  Clay  proper  has  here  thinned  out.  The  section  would  then 
stand  thus : — 

1.  Lower  Bagshot  Beds. — ^Light-coloured  sands,  with  seams  of  pipe- 

day about  12  or  15  feet. 

2.  Basement-bed  of  the  London  day. — A  pebble-bed. .  a  few  inches. 

3.  Reading  Beds. — Sanda  and  plastic  days   about  15  feet. 

I  will  now  try  to  show  that  the  above  condusion  is  borne  out  by 
other  facts.  We  have  seen  that  at  Stoke  Farm  the  Reading  Beds 
and  the  London  day  are  neither  more  than  15  feet  thick.  That 
the  latter  thins  westward  from  London  has  been  shown  by  Mr.  Prest* 
wichf,  although  he  seems  to  have  underrated  the  extent  of  the 
thinning ;  and  as  from  Reading  to  Great  Bedwin,  a  distance  of  about 
28  miles,  it  has  dwindled  from  350  feet  to  15  (or  at  the  rate  of  about 
12  feet  in  a  mile),  one  can  have  no  difficulty  in  inferring  that  two 
miles  further  westward  it  has  thinned  out  altogether  (with  the  ex- 
ception of  part  of  its  basement-bed).  Moreover  the  upper  sands  of 
the  section  in  question,  with  their  seams  of  pipe-clay,  are  lithologi- 
cally  more  like  Lower  Bagshot  Beds  than  anything  else. 

At  the  brickyard  on  the  western  side  of  the  outlier  (dose  to  the 
yard  just  noticed)  the  section  was  not  very  clear  when  I  saw  it  (in 
May  1859).  diiefly  sands  were  shown ;  and  at  one  part  there  was, 
at  tiie  top,  a  small  irregular  patch  of  green  sand :  could  this  be  a  part 

*  The  statement  of  Bir.  Plrestwioh  (in  Quart  Journ.  Geol.  Soo.  toL  z.  p.  79) 
with  regard  to  Marlboroueh  Forest,  that  *'  the  neater  part  of  these  fine  woods 
are  planted  on  a  thin  and  irregular  capping  of  the  clays  and  {>ebble-beds  [of  the 
Beading  Beds!  on  the  Chalk,"  is  likely  to  mislead,  aluough,  in  a  foot-note,  Mr. 
Prestwich  includes  also  "  a  day  and  ^yel  drift"  Onlj  a  small  part  of  the 
Forest,  not  more  than  a  square  mile  indeed,  is  on  Lower  Tertiaiy  beds ;  but  a 
very  large  part  is  on  the  drift-day,  brick-earth,  and  clayey  pebble-gravd  so 
abundant  in  this  neighbourhood. 

t  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Boc.  vol.  x.  p.  401. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  WHTTAKSB — ^LOKDOK  BASIV.  265 

of  the  Braokleshain  (or  Middle  Bagshot)  Beds? — ^if  so,  the  Lower 
Bagshot  Sand  must  be  thin  here. 

A  little  to  the  north-west  of  the  northern  end  of  the  above  outlier 
there  is  a  patch  of  sand,  thickly  overgrown  with  wood. 

At  Leigh  Fill  is  another  sand-outlier,  the  boundary  of  which  is 
not  quite  dear.  There  are  some  very  large  and  fine  Scotch-firs  on 
and  near  this  the  most  western  mass  of  Lower  Tertiary  beds  in  the 
London  Basin. 

Surface-deposits  on  the  Chalk  of  this  District. — ^These  are  of  two 
sorts — ^the  more  widely  spread  being  a  stiff  clay  of  a  brown  or  red 
colour  with  angular  flints,  which  I  term  "  Clay-with-flints  *; "  the 
other  and  more  valuable  one  being  a  loam  or  sandy  clay  of  various 
colours,  mostly  fit  for  making  bricks  of,  and  known  therefore  as 
"  Brick-earth." 

The  Clay-with-flints  lies  very  irregularly  on  the  Chalk,  for  the 
most  part  filling  pipes  in  that  rock.  The  Brick-earth  is  generally 
underlain  by  the  day. 

As  there  is  no  Survey-memoir  illustrating  Sheet  14,  it  will  be  well 
to  note  here  the  range  of  these  surface-beds,  which  were  at  first 
mapped  and  published  as  Eocene  in  that  sheet.  The  Clay-with- 
flints  rarely  occurs  on  the  top  of  the  great  Chalk-escarpment  over- 
looking the  Vale  of  Pewsey ;  but  it  covers  the  Chalk  over  nearly  the 
whole  of  the  higher  grounds  from  the  eastern  part  of  the  district 
westward  to  near  East  Kennet — ^not,  however,  in  one  continuous 
sheet,  but  forming  many  separate  patches.  The  Tertiary  beds  are  free 
from  it ;  indeed  the  Clay-with-flints  does  not  seem  to  occur  else- 
where than  on  the  Upper  Chalk,  as  I  have  before  noticed  (in  the  Geo- 
logical Survey  Memoir  on  Sheet  13,  p.  55). 

Over  this  widespread  bed  of  clay  tiiere  is  here  and  there  a  mass 
of  the  more  sandy  Brick-earth.  Near  Tevals  Farm,  about  two  miles 
S.S.W.  of  Marlborough,  there  is  a  brickyard ;  there  is  another  by  the 
turnpike-road  about  a  mile  S.E.  of  the  same  town ;  and  a  third  on 
the  west  of  Hens  Wood,  some  three  mUes  to  the  E.N.E.  Without 
doubt  there  are  many  other  masses  of  Brick-earth,  which  perhaps 
may  be  too  thin  or  too  ML  of  pebbles  to  be  worked.  The  bricks  made 
from  this  bed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Marlborough  are  remarkable 
for  their  beautiM  rich  crimson  colour,  as  may  be  seen  in  many  of 
the  buildings  in  that  town.  These  surface-beds  are  not  marked  by 
features  as  the  outliers  of  true  Tertiary  beds  are  for  the  most  part* 
Thus  whilst  the  latter  rise  from  above  the  surrounding  Chalk,  the 
former  merely  fill  hollows  in  that  rock,  and  have  only  been  saved 
from  denudation  by  their  sheltered  position.  As  to  tiieir  age  and 
origin  I  do  not  feel  able  to  give  an  opinion  with  any  certainty. 

Pabt  II. — ^This  part  does  not  refer  to  structure,  but  simply  to 
thickness ;  in  it  I  shall  make  use  largdy  of  the  sections  given  hj 
Mr.  Prestwich  in  his  papers  "On  the  Thanet  Sands t,"  "On  the 

*  See  Memoir  illurtrating  Sheet  13  of  Uie  Map  of  Uie  Qeologioal  Surrey, 
p.  54. 
t  Quart  Joum.  GeoL  Soo.  YoL  viiL  p.  236. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


266  PBOcESDiKoe  of  thb  geological  80GIBTT.        [Apr.  16, 

Woolwich  and  Beading  Series  *,"  and  <'  On  the  Thickneas  of  the 
London  day  t."  It  will  be  better  to  hegin  with  the  lowest  fonnation, 
and  to  work  upwards. 

The  Thanet  Sand, — ^Mr.  Prestwich  has  fully  noted  the  westerly 
thinning  out  of  this  bed  of  fine  soft  light-coloured  sand ;  and  I  can- 
not do  better  therefore  than  quote  his  words  on  the  matter,  firom 
the  first  of  the  aboye-mentioned  papers  (p.  241).  **  In  some  parts 
of  the  neighbourhood  of  Canterbury  they  cannot  be  much  less  than 
80  to  90  feet  thick.  They  then  apparently  maintain  a  tolerably 
uniform  thickness  of  from  60  to  70  feet,  as  far  as  Chatham,  Upnor, 
and  Gfrayesend.  At  Bexley  Heath  they  have  been  ascertained  to 
yary  in  thickness  from  45  to  55  feet,  and  at  Woolwich  I  find  that 
they  are  60  feet  thick.  Beneath  London  their  thickness  averages 
from  30  to  40  feet.  They  then  become  more  rapidly  thinner  as  they 
trend  underground  further  westward,  being  only  20  feet  thick  at 
Wandsworth,  17  feet  at  Isleworth,  7  feet  at  Twickenham,  and  3  feet 
at  Chobham,  beyond  which  they  thin  out,  although  I  believe  that 
originally  they  probably  had  a  range  westward  coextensive  in  some 
measure  with  the  green-coated  flints  overlying  the  Chalk  t" 

Along  its  line  of  outcrop  in  Surrey,  the  Thanet  Sand  thins  west- 
ward from  Croydon  and  Beddington  (where  it  is  fall  30  feet  thick), 
until  at  Ashstead  it  is  but  a  few  feet  in  thickness.  Further  to  the 
west  I  know  of  no  section  in  it. 

Its  thickness  beneath  London  and  the  country  to  the  west  is  known 
by  means  of  wellnsections :  thtis  near  Westboume  Grove  it  was  found 
to  be  18  feet  thick  §.  Mr.  Prestwich  says, "  At  WiUesden  there  are 
several  deep  wells,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  obtain  an  exact  sec- 
tion of  any  of  them.  From  a  good  supply  of  water,  however,  being 
obtained  before  reaching  the  Qialk,  it  is  probable  that  the  Thanet 
Bands  have  here  commenced  || ."  At  the  Hyde,  2|  miles  north  of  the 
village,  the  following  beds  were  found : — 

1.  London  day,  and  its'' basement-bed"    66feet 

2.  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds. — Sands^days,  and  pebbles  84  ft.  8  in. 
a.  Chalk. 

*  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soa  vol.  x.  p.  75.  t  Ibid.  p.  401. 

}  I  hardly  think  that  auch  ia  the  oaae ;  for  tiie  bed  of  green-coated  flinta  abore 
tiie  Chalk  in  BerkBhire,  Ac.,  ia  a  purt  of  the  "bottom-bed"  of  the  Beading 
Beda,  which  liea  on  the  top  of  the  Thanet  Sand  when  that  formation  is  present 
and  ia  therefore  not  to  be  confounded  with  the  bed  of  flinta  at  its  base.  It  ia 
poaaible,  however,  that  (aa  Mr.  Preatwich  believea)  the  two  beda  may  join  together 
to  ihe  weat  of  London  where  the  Thanet  Sand  haa  thinned  out,  and  thua  that 
the  rou^y  laminitted  grey  day  and  the  cUvey  green  aand,  with  ojater-eheUa 
and  groen-coated  flinta,  that  OTerlie  the  ChaU  at  Beading  and  Newborr  (aee 
Memoir  illuatrating  Sheet  13  of  the  Map  of  the  Geological  Sonrey,  p.  23,  and 
alao  the  Memoir  on  Sheet  12,  p.  27)  may  repreaent  the  bottom-lied  not  only 
of  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beda,  but  alao  of  the  Thanet  Sand.  Speaking 
generally,  where  the  Thanet  &nd  ia  preaent  the  bottom-bed  of  the  Woolwich 
and  Beading  Beda  doea  not  contain  toe  green-coated  angvUar  flinta  ao  common 
in  Berkahire,  Ac,  bat  the  flints  are  in  the  atate  of  pebblee :  4hia  need  caoae  no 
aurpriae,  however,  aa  where  the  latter  formation  waa  not  depoeited  directly  on  the 
Chalk,  it  is  not  likely  that  it  ahould  contain  Ufitoom  flinta  that  muat  be  derired 
directly  from  that  rock. 

§  Quart  Joum.  GeoL  Soc.  toI.  z.  p.  96.  |1  Ibid.  p.  95. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  WHrrAXBB — uoisdos  basis.  267 

80  that  the  Thanet  Band  is  absent,  as  is  also  the  case  farther 
northward. 

At  Oastlebear  Hill,  near  Ealing,  and  at  the  Hanwell  Lnnatio 
Asylum,  the  Woohfich  and  Beading  Beds  were  found  directly  above 
the  Chalk  * ;  and  the  Thanet  Sand  does  not  occur  anywhere  farther 
to  the  west. 

The  TTooZu/tc^i  am2.fi6a^tYi^j9^  seem  to  hare  their  greatest  tfaiok« 
ness  near  London,  bat  do  not  vary  mnch  in  this  respect  eastward  of 
Hnngerford  (not  taking  into  account  any  northerly  thinning). 

With  regard  to  the  beds  S.E.  and  E.  of  London,  I  do  not  agree 
with  Mr.  Prestwioh  in  dassbg  the  thick  pebble-bed  of  Bladcheath 
&c,f  with  the  basement-bed  of  the  London  day :  I  take  it  rather  to 
be  the  top  part  of  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds.  In  the  neig^-* 
bourhood  in  question  the  former  really  consiBts  of  a  clayey  pebbles- 
bed,  from  a  few  inches  to  rather  more  than  three  feet  in  thickness. 
It  may  be  seen  at  Loam-pit  HDl  (Lewisham),  in  the  cutting  on  the 
London  and  Brighton  Bailway  south  of  the  New  Cross  Station,  in 
that  (on  the  Croydon  and  Epsom  Bailway)  S.W.  of  West  Cbroydon 
Station,  in  that  (on  the  Mid-£ent  BaUway)  east  of  Bedcenham,  and 
in  a  brickyard  about  hsK-way  between  the  Bromley  and  Biokley 
Stations.  At  the  eastern  end  of  the  long  cutting  at  Biokley,  I  saw 
it  (in  November  1860)  overlain  by  London  Clay,  and  overlying  a 
Bandy  pebble-bed,  like  that  of  Bladdieath,  which  is  here  the  top  bed 
of  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Series.  In  the  clayey  **  basement-bed  ^ 
ike  pebbles  were,  as  usual,  without  any  orderly  arrangement ;  whilst 
thoise  of  the  underlying  bed  were  arranged  in  lines  of  flalse  bedding 
(with  a  westerly  dip  of  10°  to  20°)  through  the  whole  length  of  the 
section  (about  400  yards).  The  sides  of  this  cutting  have  since  been 
covered  up. 

I  am  dso  inclined  to  think  that  in  a  more  eastern  part  of  Kent 
Mr.  Frestwich  has  again  been  too  generous  to  the  basement-bed  of 
the  London  Clay.  La  the  neighbourhood  of  Heme  Bay  he  includes 
in  it  a  bed  of  sand  underlying  the  true  London  Clay,  but  which,  for 
my  part,  I  would  rather  class  with  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds* 
At  the  southern  end  of  the  large  cutting  on  the  Sheemess  Branch 
Bailway,  about  a  mile  and  a  quarter  north  of  Sittingboume,  I  saw, 
in  December  1860,  the  following  section  (quite  clear,  and  of  some 
length): — • 

London  Clay,  partiy  of  a  greemsh  colour ;  no  pebbles  at  the  base, 
and  nothing  like  the  usual  basemeHt-bed  to  be  seen* 

Light-coloured  sand ;  at  the  base  a  bed  of  shells,  in  a  bad  state  of 
preservation about  6  feetw 

Brown  clayey  sand,  with  obscure  casts  of  shells  (Cyrena  cuneiformist 
and  C.  cordata?)  and  a  few  flint-pebbles about  1  foot 

White  and  light-coloured  sand,  with  beds  of  shells,  very  perfect,  but 
very  easily  broken  (Cvrena  cuneiformis,  0,  cordata,  Ostrea,  ifd- 
lania  inquinata,  CerUnium),  of  which  there  was  to  be  seen 

about  8  feet. 

*  Quart.  Joum.  Qeol.  Soo.  vol.  z.  p.  94. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


:268  PBocEEDnrefl  of  thx  OEOLoeicix  soobtt.        [Apr.  16, 

That  this  lower  sand  belongs  to  the  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds 
there  can  be  but  little  donbt,  as  it  abounds  in  some  of  the  character- 
istio  fossils  of  that  formation.  The  upper  sand  groups  itself  naturally 
with  the  lower,  the  only  difference  being  that  the  former  contains 
but  few  fossils.  If  sudi  be  the  case,  it  follows  that  the  basement- 
bed  of  the  London  Clay  is  here  altogether  absent.  It  is  possible, 
howerer,  that  the  upper  sand  and  the  loamy  bed  beneath  may  belong 
to  it,  although  the  former  is  utterly  unlike  the  undoubted  basement- 
bed  wherever  I  have  seen  it,  that  is,  from  Marlborough  Forest  to 
near  Hemel  Hempstead  on  the  northern  side  of  the  London  Basin, 
and  from  Feckham  and  Croydon  to  Chiselhurst  on  the  southern. 

It  is  but  light  to  state  that  Mr.  Frestwich  is  very  doubtful  in 
separating  tibe  Blackheath  pebble-bed  from  the  Woolwich  and  Beading 
Beds,  and  that  he  has  also  some  doubt  as  to  the  place  which  should 
be  given  to  the  sands  that  underlie  the  London  day  near  Heme 
Bay.  Thus  he  says,  **  The  difficulty  is,  whether  we  are  to  consider 
any  of  the  peculiar,  fossiliferous,  sandy,  or  conglomerate  beds  of 
Woolwich,  Bromley,  and  adjacent  districts  as  a  frdler  development 
of  the  basement-stratum  of  the  London  Clay,  or  whether  they  all 
belong  to  a  distinct  and  underlying  series.  /  am  rather  inclined,  on 
ttruetural  evidence,  to  the  latter  opinion ;  nevertheless  on  palsDonto- 
logical  grounds  it  might  be  presumed  that  a  passage  here  exists 
between  the  two  series*:"  and  again,  "I  feel  slightly  doubtful 
whether  some  of  the  thick  pebble-beds  under  and  around  Shooter's 
Hill  may  not  belong  to  the  upper  part  of  the  Woolwich  series,  ratiber 
than  to  the  basement  of  the  London  Clay ;  the  beds  which  at  XJpnor 
and  Heme  Bay  I  have  included  in  the  '  Basement-bed '  may  also 
possibly  belong  to  the  upper  section  of  the  Woolwich  series.  I 
mention  these  doubts,  which,  however,  do  not  affect  the  superposition 
and  grouping  of  the  three  divisions  here  proposed  "  (Basement-bed  of 
London  Clay,WoolwichandReadingBeds,andThanet8and),"although 
it  would  modify  the  exact  lines  of  separation,  in  order  to  direct  atten- 
tion to  any  new  fia^ts  which  may  arise  to  throw  light  upon  those  ques- 
tions where  I  consider  the  evidence  not  quite  conclusive  t»" 

If  the  upper  sands  of  XJpnor,  <kc.,  be  classed  with  the  Woolwich 
and  Beading  Beds,  we  need  feel  no  surprise  at  so  many  fossils  of  that 
formation  being  found  in  them. 

If  the  above-noticed  beds  be  classed  with  the  Woolwich  and 
Beading  Beds,  that  formation  will  have  a  thickness  of  about  50  feet 
near  Heme  Bay,  instead  of  only  30 ;  and  at  Croydon  of  45  feet,  instead 
of  36.  At  New  Cross  they  are  54  feet  thick ;  under  parts  of  London 
from  40  to  70  feet ;  at  Ealing  60  feet ;  at  Hanwell  75  feet,  and  at 
Isleworth  and  Chiswick  as  much  as  87  and  90  feet  respectively^. 

From  London  westward,  by  Windsor,  Beading,  Newbury,  and 
Hungerford,  the  Beading  Beds  have  a  general  thidbiess  of  from  40 
to  60  feet  (being  subject  to  slight  loccd  changes),  until  near  Great 
Bedwin,  to  the  west  of  which  place  I  have  ej^own,  in  tiie  first  part 

•  Quart.  Joum.  G«ol.  Soo.  vol.  vi.  p.  262.      t  Ibid.  vol.  x.  p.  IdO^  foot-note, 
t  Ibid.  pp.  94,  96,  105,  and  142  to  151. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  imnAXER — London  basin.  269 

of  this  paper,  that  tiiej  are  not  more  than  15  feet  thick.  They  do 
not  increase  forther  westward  in  Marlborough  Forest,  the  last  point 
where  they  occur  in  the  London  Basin. 

There  is  one  other  fact  that  seems  to  point  to  a  thinning  of  the 
Beading  Beds,  though  in  what  direction  is  not  dear.  In  the  western 
part  of  the  London  Basin,  the  basement-bed  of  the  London  Clay  is 
remarkable  for  the  common  occurrence  of  large  rounded  flintsin  it 
(generally  in  a  line  at  its  lowest  part),  often  6  or  8  inches  in  their 
longest  diameter,  and  sometimes  as  much  as  14  inches*,  besides  the 
ordinary  flint-pebbles.  Now,  where  any  pebbles  are  found  in  the 
Beading  Beds  in  the  same  district,  they  are  not  of  large  size.  The 
most  westerly  placet  where  I  have  seen  rounded  flints  of  any  great 
size  in  that  formation  is  at  Chorley  Wood  Kiln,  about  two  miles 
W.N.W.  of  Bickmansworth  (in  an  outlier) ;  and  these  were  in  the 
'^  bottom-bed,"  which  there  oonsiBts  of  10  or  12  feet  of  green  sand 
full  of  pebbles.  It  would  seem  likely,  therefore,  that  the  large 
rounded  JUnts  of  the  "  hasement-hed  *'  of  the  London  Clay  were  derived 
at  once  from  the  Chalk,  or  thai,  if  they  came  from  the  Beading  Beds, 
it  was  from  the  lower  part  of  that  formcUion ;  or,  in  other  words,  that 
the  London  Clay  sea  stret^ud  over  the  Chalk  where  the  latter  was 
either  wholly  uncovered,  or  InU  slightly  covered,  by  any  older  Tertiary 
formation.  In  conflrmation  of  this,  I  may  quote  Mr.  Prestwich's 
words :  *'  It  is  probable  that  the  denuding  action  (which  accompanied 
the  formation  of  the  basement-bed  of  the  London  day)  acted  not 
only  on  the  mottled  days  and  the  pebble-beds  forming  the  upper  part 
of  the  underlying  series,  but  that  it  in  places  extended  to  tiie  Chalk 
itself  t."  Mr.  Prestwich,  however,  thinks  that  the  rounded  flints 
were  all  derived  from  older  Tertiary  beds,  and  not  directly  from  the 
Chalk. 

TJie  Basement-bed  of  the  London  Clay. — ^This  bed§  seems  to  reach 
its  greatest  thickness  near  Beading,  where  the  Hght-brown  loam,  with 
green  sand,  shells,  flint-pebbles,  and  masses  of  Umestone  and  of  iron- 
stone, of  which  it  there  consists,  is  5  to  12  feet  thick,  whilst  at 
Northcot  (to  the  west)  and  at  Nettlebed  (to  the  north)  it  is  9  feet  ||. 

In  well-sections  in  and  near  London  it  has  been  found  to  be  from 
2  to  5  feet  thick.  Near  New  Cross  it  is  only  about  a  foot  (in  one  of 
the  sections  at  Loam-pit  Hill,  near  Lewisham,  it  is,  however,  only 
three  inches),  and  near  Bromley  from  a  foot  to  3  feet.    Further 

*  ThiB  great  size  is  noted  by  Mr.  Preitwich  in  Quart.  Joum.  Oeol.  Soo.  toI.  Ti 
p.  259  (explanation  of  fig.  4). 

t  I  speak  of  the  northern  outcrop  of  the  Beading  Beds.  According  to  the 
sections  given  by  Mr.  Prestwich  (in  Quart.  Joum.  G«ol.  Soo.  toI.  x.)  and  by 
Mr.  Bristow  (in  Uie  Geological  Surrej  Memoir  on  Sheet  12),  day  chiefly  prerails 
along  the  southern  outcrop  at  the  western  part  of  the  London  Bamn,  and  the  sands 
do  not  contain  pebbles. 

I  Quart.  Joum.  Qeol.  Soc  toI.  tL  p.  277. 

$  Not  including  iherein  the  pebble-bed  of  Blackheath,  &a,  nor  the  sands  just 
beneath  the  London  Clay  near  Heme  Bay.    (See  above»  p.  267.) 

II  See  Memoir  illustratinff  Sheet  13  of  the  Maps  of  the  Geological  Surrey, 
pp.  49,  40,  52.  Mr.  Prestwich  is  mistaken  in  saying  that  "  westward  of  London 
in  no  case  does  the  basement-bed  of  the  London  Clay  present  a  tfaickness  of 
more  than  5  feet ''  (Quart.  Joum.  QeoL  Soo.  toL  tl  p.  280). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


270  pBOGKEDnres  of  the  OEOLoeicAi.  sogustt.        [Apr.  16, 

eastward  it  seems  to  be  tfain ;  and  if  we  class  the  upper  sands  near 
Heme  Bay,  ^.,  with  the  underlying  Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds, 
*^  the  basement-bed  itself  might  be  considered  in  this  area  to  meige 
into  the  thin  seam  of  sandy  day  just  at  the  base  of  the  great  mass 
of  the  London  Clay*."  Westward  of  Beading  it  is  from  2  to  6  feet 
thick,  and  in  Marlborough  Eorest  it  has  been  c^o wn  to  consist  merely 
of  a  line  of  pebbles  (see  p.  262), 

London  Clay. — Of  the  London  Gay  itself  Mr.  Prestwich  has 
observed  the  westerly  thinning,  as  before  stated.  To  quote  his  words, 
**  It  would  appear  that  the  London  day  gradually  expands  as  it 
ranges  fix>m  west  to  east,  at  first  rather  rapidly  until  it  attains  4 
thickness  of  from  300  to  400  feet,  and  then  very  gradually  until,  in 
the  nei^bourhood  of  London,  it  ayerages  from  400  to  440  feet  thi<^ 
In  the  Isle  of  Bheppey,  and  on  the  opposite  Essex  coast,  however,  it 
reaches  its  greatest  deyelc^ment,  being  there  apparently  as  much  as 
470  to  480  feet  thickf."  The  thinning  is,  however,  much  shaiper 
on  the  west  of  Beading  than  Mr.  Frestwich  has  supposed*  He  shows 
that  a  few  miles  to  the  south-east  of  that  town  the  London  Clay  can- 
not be  less  than  370  feet  thick ;  and  says,  *^  there  exist  no  definite 
measurements  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Hungerford  or  Newbury; 
taking,  however,  into  consideration  the  dip  of  the  beds  and  the 
height  of  the  lulls,  I  do  not  think  that  the  entire  thickness  of 
the  London  day  there  exceeds  200  to  260  feet|."  During  the 
progress  of  the  Geological  Survey  the  data  wanted  for  the  measure- 
ment  of  the  thickneas  of  the  London  day  were  found,  and  my  friend 
and  colleague  Mr.  Bristow  tells  me  tiiat  its  thickness  on  tfa^  south 
of  Newbury  is  not  more  than  50  or  60  feet,  and  that  westward 
towards  Hungerford  it  is,  if  anything,  less.  I  have  shown  that  at 
Oare,  on  the  north  of  Newbury,  it  is  less  than  20  feet,  the  Bagshot 
Sand  being  there  within  that  vertical  distance  of  the  Beading  Beds§. 
On  the  west  of  Great  Bedwin  it  has  been  proved  to  be  not  more  thaA 
15  feet  thick ;  and  in  Marlborough  Forest  the  London  day  proper 
seems  to  have  wholly  thinned  out  ||,  all  that  there  remains  of  the  for- 
mation being  a  pebble^bed  forming  part  of  its  '*  basement^bed/' 

Of  the  Bagshot  Beds,  which  belong  to  the  Middle,  and  not  to  the 
Lower  Eocene  Series,  I  do  not  now  treat.  Enough  to  say  that  Mr. 
Bristow  tells  me  that  south  of  Newbury  the  Lower  Bagahot  Sands 
are  at  least  100  feet  thick ;  but  that,  as  they  are  not  capped  by  any 
of  the  Middle  Bagshot  Beds  within  some  miles  distance,  their  frJl 
thickness  cannot  be  given. 

Effect  of  the  Westerly  Thinmng  of  the  Lower  Eoeenee.'^The  result 
of  Vie  westward  thinning  of  the  Lower  Eocene  strata  is,  that  in 
that  direction  the  Bagshot  Beds  gradually  get  nearer  to  the  dialk. 
In  Marlborough  Forest  we  have  seen  (p.  262)  that  there  is  but  15  feet 

*  Qnari  Joam.  Qeol.  See  vol.  x.  p.  IdO,  fooe-note. 

t  IWd.  voL  tp.  407.  t  Ibid.  voL  x.  p.  402. 

$  Msmmr  illiutnUdng  Sheet  13  of  the  Map  of  the  Geologioftl  Boirev,  p.  64. 

I  This  thiimingH>Qt  does  not  neaeaeanly  indicate  the  origmal  edge  of  the 
bann,  bat  mij  be  for  the  moet  part  due  to  denudation  befofe  the  depoiitkNi  of 
the  Bagthot  Beds. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  WHTTAXXR — ^LOin>OK  BASIN.  271 

between  those  formatioiiB.  Now,  if  the  thinning  shonld  continue 
(as  there  is  good  reason  to  suppose,  from  its  constancy  in  the  dis- 
tricts where  enough  of  the  beds  to  show  their  order  and  thickness 
has  escaped  denudation),  still  farther  west  the  Bagshot  Beds  would 
rest  directly  on  the  GhaOe,  all  the  Lower  Eocene  strata  having  thinned 
out.  This  will,  perhaps,  be  made  clearer  by  the  diagram-section, 
p.  263,  which  e^owb  the  thickness  of  the  yarious  Lower  Eocene  beds 
from  Woolwich  to  Marlborough  Forest. 

Pabt  in.  Age  of  the  Qreywethers. — ^Mr.  Prestwich  has  inferred  * 
that  the  blocks  of  Qreywether-sandstone  scattered  over  the  surface 
of  the  Chalk  and  other  formations  have  once  formed  part  of  the 
Woolwich  and  Beading  Beds.  His  reasons  are,  that  their  distribution 
is  <<  in  accordance  with  the  range  of  the  Lower  London  Tertiaries '' 
[the  basement-bed  of  the  London  Clay,  the  Woolwich  and  Beading 
Beds,  and  the  Thanet  Sand]  ''  rather  tihan  with  that  of  the  Bagshot 
Sands ;"  and  that,  as  there  is  no  reason  for  supposing  them  to  haye 
come  from  either  the  basement-bed  or  the  Thanet  Sand,  they  must 
be  referred  to  the  intermediate  Beading  Beds ; — ^that  this  conclusion 
is  borne  out  by  the  facts  that  the  occurrence  of  the  greywethers  '<  is 
exactly  coincident  with  the  deyelopment  and  preponderance  of  the 
sand-beds  of  the  mottled  day  "  (that  is,  the  Woolwich  and  Beading) 
'< series,''  and  that  ''the  lithological  structure  of  each  yariety  is 
respectiyely  in  accordance  with  the  mineral  ccxnponents  forming  the 

strata  in  the  immediate  yidnity i,e,  that  the  concretionary 

stone  in  eadi  case  represents  the  component  parts  of  some  portion 
of  the  adjacent  Woolwich  and  Beading  series ;"  thus, ''  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Hatfield,  Hertford,  and  Ware,  the  sands  of  the  Beadmg 

Series are  often glutted  with  flint-pebbles ;  it  is 

oyer  this  area  more  particularly  that  the  Hertfordshire  pudding- 
stones  are  so  abundant." 

Speaking  of  the  grayel-drift  around  Newbury,  which  contains  many 
blocks  of  greywether-sandstone,  Mr.  Prestwich  says, "  The  course  of 
this  drift-is  towards,  and  not  from,  the  area  of  the  Bagshot  Sands ; 
and  as  we  haye  no  proof  of  the  extension  of  this  formation  oyer  the 
chalk-downs,  whereas  we  know  that  detached  outliers  of  the  Lower 
Tertiary  sands  extend  far  oyer  those  hills,  we  should  expect  to  find 
in  the  drift  the  dihris  deriyed  from  the  latter  and  from  the  Chalk, 
and  not  from  the  Bagshot  Sands." 

I  think,  howeyer,  that  what  has  been  said  in  the  former  parts  of 
this  paper  must  lessen  the  force  of  Mr.  Prestwich's  ai^^^mient,  founded 
as  it  is  on  eyidence  "  circumstantial  rather  than  direct."  I  haye  not 
only  proyed  the  extension  of  the  Bagshot  Sand  oyer  the  chalk-downs, 
but  haye  shown  that  in  Marlborough  Forest,  owing  to  the  dying-out 
of  the  London  Clay  and  the  thinning  of  the  Beading  Beds,  that  for- 
mation is  but  15  feet  or  so  from  the  top  of  the  Chalk.  K  the  Beading 
Beds  became  still  thinner  further  westward,  as  is  most  likely  to  haye 
been  the  case  (unfortunately  there  are  no  outliers  of  any  Tertiary 
bed  on  the  Chalk  in  that  direction),  the  Bagshot  Sand  would  gradually 
*  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  toI.  x.  pp.  123-130. 

VOL.  lyill. PART  I.  T 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


272  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  OEOLOOICAL  80CIETT.  [^V^'  ^^t 

get  nearer  to  the  Challe,  and  at  last  would  lie  on  thai  rock.  Now  it 
18  just  at  the  part  where  one  would  ea^ect  this  to  happen  that  the  grey- 
wethers  occur  in  by  far  the  greatest  number,  which  naturally  leads  to 
the  inference  that  they  have  some  connexion  witii  that  formation, 
and  indeed  have  most  likely  been  derived  from  it. 

On  the  surface  of  the  chalk-country  westward  of  Marlborough 
(Sheets  14  and  34  of  the  Geological  Survey  Map)  there  are  literally 
tens  of  thousands  of  greywethers.  Speaking  of  their  occurrence  in 
this  district,  Prof.  Ramsay  says, — "  A  few  of  the  places  where  they 
are  most  numerous  are  marked '  large  stones '  on  the  Ordnance  Map ; 
but  these  yield  no  idea  of  their  surprising  number,  or  of  the  extent 
of  ground  they  cover,  no  indication  being  given  of  their  occurrence 
over  many  large  areas  where  they  strew  the  ground  so  thickly  that 
across  miles  of  country  a  person  might  leap  from  stone  to  stone 
without  touching  the  ground  on  which  they  He.  Many  of  these  flat 
masses  of  grit  are  four  or  five  yards  across,  and  they  are  often  four 
feet  in  thickness  ♦."  I  saw  one  block,  in  a  valley  on  the  northern 
side  of  the  Eennet,  that  measured  13  x  10  x  7  feet,  that  is  to  say, 
contained,  allowing  for  irregularity  of  surface,  about  850  cubic  feet. 
In  the  distance  it  looked  like  a  small  hut. 

Greywethers  are  not  only  found  on  the  surfSace  of  the  Chalk  and 
older  formations,  but  also  on  the  London  Clay  (though  not  in  such  large 
numbers),  and  that  too  at  a  distance  of  some  miles  frt)m  the  outcrc^ 
of  the  underlying  Woolwich  and  Reading  Beds,  as  is  the  case  to  the 
north-west  of  London ;  which  fact  favours  the  notion  that  they  have 
come  from  the  overlying  Bagshot  Beds  rather  than  from  a  formati<m 
below  the  London  (&ay. 

As  it  is  known  that  here  and  there  sandstone  occurs  in  various 
parts  of  the  Bagshot  Series,  there  is  nothing  unlikely  in  the  view  that 
greywethers  may  have  been  thonoe  derived.  Indeed  Mr.  Prestwich 
has  noticed  that  most  of  the  stones  have  ^'  a  Uthological  structure 
very  similar  to  that  of  the  blocks  found  irr^^arly  dispersed  some- 
times in  the  lower,  but  more  especially  in  the  upper  division  of  the 
Bagshot  Sands  between  Esher  and  Strathfieldsaye." 

I  do  not  think,  however,  that  all  greywethers  came  from  the  Bag- 
shot  Sands.  Many,  I  have  no  doubt,  have  been  derived  from  the 
Woolwich  and  Reading  Beds ;  indeed  I  have  seen  a  large  mass  of 
sandstone  in  place  in  an  outlier  of  that  formation  at  Langley  Park, 
near  Beedon,  to  the  north  of  Newbury  f.  Again,  on  the  south-east 
of  London  there  is  a  thick  pebble-bed  in  that  formation,  which  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Bromley  is  often  hardened  into  a  pudding-stone, 
large  blocks  of  which  may  be  seen  in  the  railway- cutting  at  Beoken- 
ham.  The  blocks  of  pudding-stone  so  common  on  the  surface  of  the 
chalk-district  of  HertfordsMre,  &c.,  I  think  (with  Mr.  Prestwich) 
also  belong  to  this  Series.  Other  greywethers  possibly,  but  not  lai^ 
ones,  came  from  the  Basement-bed  of  the  London  Clay,  which  in 
some  places  contains  a  bed  of  sandstone.  But  I  hold  that  the  occur- 
rence, in  vast  numbers,  of  these  sandstone-blocks  westward  of  Marl- 

*  Memoir  illustrating  Sheet  34  of  the  Geological  Surrey  Map,  p.  41. 
t  See  Memoir  illustrating  Sheet  13  of  the  Geological  Surrey  Map,  p.  35. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  WHITAKBR — LONDON  BASIN.  273 

borou^,  just  where  we  should  expect,  on  quite  independent  grounds, 
that  tiie  Bagshot  Sand  at  one  time  rested  at  once  on  the  Chalk, 
proves,  as  far  as  indirect  evidence  can,  that  there  they  have  come 
from  that  formation ;  and  it  seems  to  me  that  their  sudden  abundance 
in  that  neighbourhood,  where  they  ahnost  form  a  giant  pavement 
along  some  of  the  valleys,  cannot  be  in  any  other  way  so  well  ac- 
counted for  as  by  that  westerly  thinning  of  the  Lower  Eocene  beds 
treated  of  in  the  second  part  of  this  paper,  and  the  result  of  which 
has  been  to  bring  the  Bagshot  Series  without  doubt  veiy  near  to, 
and  most  likely  actually  on,  the  Chalk  in  that  neighbourhood. 

According  to  this  view,  it  is  in  that  district  where  the  greywethers 
have  suffered  least  vertical  displacement  (through  the  denudation  of 
the  softer  beds  of  the  formation  to  which  they  belonged),  in  their 
subsidence  from  their  original  position  to  the  one  they  now  occupy, 
that  they  occur  in  the  greatest  abundance. 

On  the  Sands  of  Netley  and  HeadUy  Heaths, — It  may  be  as  well 
to  mention  here  that  Mr.  Godwin- Austen  is  disposed  to  class  with 
the  Lower  Bagshot  Beds  some  outliers  of  sand  that  occur  on  the 
Chalk  of  Surrey,  to  the  east  of  Guildford.  For  my  own  part,  how- 
ever, I  do  not  think  that  the  sands  of  Netley  Heath  and  Headley 
Heath  are  of  so  great  an  age.  I  take  them  to  belong  to  the  same 
set  of  beds  as  the  sands  of  Chipeted  (south  of  Croydon)  and  Paddles- 
worth  (near  Folkestone),  which  have  been  referred  by  Mr.  Prestwich 
to  the  age  of  the  Crag  *.  I  think  that  their  method  of  occurrence, 
or  their ''  lie,"  is  too  irregular  to  allow  us  to  class  them  with  the 
Lower  Bagshot  Beds.  At  Headley  they  seem  to  abut  against  an 
outlier  of  the  Lower  Eocene  Beds,  with  which  series  most  surely 
they  have  no  kinship ;  and  they  here  and  there  spread  some  way 
down  the  slopes  of  the  valleys. 

From  what  has  gone  before  it  is  clear  that,  just  to  the  north  of 
the  district  where  these  sands  are  found  (in  Surrey),  the  London 
Clay  is  not  less  than  400  feet  thick :  I  cannot  think  it  likely  that 
that  formation  should  thin  off  so  suddenly  southwards,  without  any 
sign,  and  that  the  Lower  Bagshots  should  also  cut  through  the  Wool- 
wich and  Beading  Beds  and  the  Thanet  Sand  to  the  Chalk.  This 
would  show  a  great  unconformity  between  the  Middle  and  Lower 
flocene  Series,  which  we  have  no  other  reason  to  look  for;  the 
resting  of  the  Bagshot  Beds  on  the  Chalk,  that  I  have  shown  to  be 
most  likely  to  take  place  at  the  western  end  of  the  London  Basin 
(see  p.  262),  being  caused  chiefly  by  "  overlap." 

Nevertheless,  as  all  that  one  can  say  of  the  Headley  Sands  is  that 
they  are  newer  than  the  London  Clay,  there  is  just  a  possibility  that 
they  may  belong  to  the  Bagshot  Series ;  but,  from  what  I  have  seen 
of  Ihem  (in  many  places),  I  take  this  opportunity  of  stating  my  beHef 
that  they  are  much  more  likely  to  belong  to  the  Crag,  or  even  to  a 
later  formation,  though  I  can  as  yet  see  no  evidence  as  to  their 
exact  place  in  the  geological  series. 

However,  should  they  turn  out  to  belong  to  the  Bagshot  Beds, 

*  Quart  Journ.  Qeol.  See.  vol.  xIt.  p.  322. 

T  2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


274  PB0CXEDIN08  OF  THE  eSOLOGICAL  flOGIXTT.  [Apr.  16, 

they  will  give  fdriheT  eyidence  in  favour  of  the  theory  that  the 
greater  part  of  the  Greywethers  have  come  from  that  formation ; 
for  patches  of  them  occur  in  many  places  along  the  Chalk-range  of 
Kent,  in  which,  and  on  the  surface  of  the  older  cretaceous  beds  rising 
from  its  base,  there  are  many  greywethcr-blocks,  that  in  this  case 
would  here,  as  near  Marlborough,  have  some  connexion  with  the 
range  of  the  Bagshot  Beds,  being  more  plentiful  where  that  Series 
is  least  separated  from  the  Chalk. 

I  have  noticed  the  sands  of  Netley  and  Headley  Heaths  but  shortly. 
A  more  detailed  account  of  them  will  be  given  in  a  memoir  (now 
preparing)  to  illustrate  Sheet  8  of  the  Hap  of  the  Geological  Survey 
of  Great  Britain.  All  that  is  needful  here  is  to  note  the  bearing 
that  they  may  have  on  the  Greywether-question. 


S.  On  a  Deposit  with  Insects,  Leaves,  4c^,,  near  Ulvebston. 
By  John  Boltov,  Esq. 

[Communicated  by  the  President.] 

The  deposit  described  in  this  communication  has  been  sunk  through 
during  the  progress  of  works  undertaken  by  the  lindale  Cote  Iron- 
ore  Company,  for  drainage-purposes.  The  mines  are  situated  iu  the 
well-known  haematite  district  of  Low  Fumess,  about  three  miles 
S.W.  of  Ulverston,  in  a  valley  between  two  ranges  of  low  hills 
belonging  to  the  Mountain-limestone  series.  The  physical  geology 
is  varied  in  character, — a  fine  sequence  of  the  following  beds  in 
descending  order  frt)m  the  Upper  Silurian  occurring  in  the  hills 
lying  norUi  of  this  valley,  viz..  Lower  Ludlow  Bocks,  Upper  Ireleth 
Slates,  Lower  Ireleth  Slates,  Coniston  Grit,  Coniston  Flags,  Coniston 
Limestone  (equivalent  to  the  Bala  Slates),  and  Green  Slates  with 
Porphyry,  which  last  rocks  extend  northward  for  many  miles  beyond 
the  boundary  of  Fumess.  South  of  the  valley  in  which  these  mines 
are  situate,  the  Mountain-limestone  is  developed  on  a  bu^  scale, 
being  upwards  of  six  miles  in  breadth.  The  exact  position  of  Lindale 
Cote  Mine,  upon  the  promontory  of  Fumess,  is  about  halfway  be- 
tween Morecombe  Bay  and  the  estuary  of  the  Duddon. 

In  sinking  shafts  to  a  water-way  driven  from  the  Lindale  Cote 
to  Urswick  Tam,  in  1855,  down  the  course  of  a  valley  lying  about 
100  feet  below  the  table-land,  and  receiving  the  drainage  of  about 
600  acres,  a  deposit  of  greenish-drab  clay,  six  feet  in  thickness,  was 
met  with  at  a  depth  of  forty  feet  frt)m  the  surface,  in  the  shaft  nearest 
but  one  to  the  mines,  and  at  the  highest  '*  level."  This  clay-bed 
contained  pieces  of  unfossilized  wood,  associated  with  numerous  leaves, 
seed-vessels,  and  other  vegetable  remains.  Among  the  few  which 
can  be  determined  are,  leaves  of  Beech,  with  the  epicarp  of  the  frmt- 
receptacle,  and  a  well-preserved  branch  of  Sphagnum.  A  few  well- 
preserved  Insects  also  occurred  in  the  deposit.  Of  these  some  have 
been  determined  by  Mr.  Stainton,  F.G.S.,  as  fragments  belonging 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BOLTON ULTKBaXON.  275 

apparently  to  a  land  Hemipterous  insect,  and  one  as  a  portion  of  an 
Oilliopterons  wing.  Three  nearly  perfect  specimens  of  Apterous 
Hemiptera  he  referred  to  Oimex,  or  an  allied  genus.  Microscopical 
examination  of  this  clay  shows  us  the  conditions  under  which  it  was 
deposited*.  It  is  seen  to  be  chiefly  composed  of  lacustrine  Diaio- 
maceag,  the  fades  of  which  point  directly  to  a  mountain-tarn  as  the 
origin  and  support  of  their  existences.  The  list  of  forms  obtained 
from  it  is  nearly  paralleled  by  those  which  Dr.  Balfour  and  other 
gatherers  of  DiatomaeecB  have  obtained  from  subfossil  clay-  and 
peat-deposits  in  the  Hull  of  Cantire  and  elsewhere.  The  genera 
represented  are  Oomphonema,  Tribtmella,  Epiihemia,  SurirelUiy 
Cocconeis,  OydoteUa,  Pleurongma,  Campylodiseus,  Navieula,  Tetra- 
eyclus,  OdorUidiwn,  Cymatopleura,  Cymhella,  Stauroneis,  Pinnularia, 
Synedra,  and  Bunotia.  These  have  been  kindly  determined  for  me 
by  Dr.  Wallich,  F.G.S.  Siliceous  spicules  of  freshwater  Sponges 
also  occur  in  this  deposit. 

Fig.  1. — Section  of  a  Shaft  at  the  Lindale  Cote  Mines,  near  Ulverston. 


a.  Soil ;  3  feet  e.  Clay  bed  with  yegetable  matter  and 

b.  "  Pinel "  (Bubble) ;  10  feet.  Inaect-rexnains ;  6  feet 
e.  Orayel;  12  feet                            /.  Black  muck;  14  feet 

d.  Black  mock ;  16  feet  y.  Limestoiie ;  12  feet 

h.  Water-way. 

The  length  of  the  water-way  driven  from  the  mines  to  the  tarn  is 
a  mile  and  a  quarter ;  and  in  the  portion  tunnelled  twelve  vertical 
shafts  were  sunk  at  convenient  distances — ^nine  in  the  bare  Hountain- 
limestone  at  the  lower  end  of  the  adit,  and  the  remaining  three 
through  the  overlying  Drift,  which  at  No.  10  shaft  was  thirty  feet 

*  To  Miss  E.  Hodgson,  of  UlTerston,  ia  due  the  credit  of  examining  this  de- 
posit for  Diatomacea,  and  mounting  the  specimens  that  are  here  referral  to. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


276  PBOCESDTNCM  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [Apr.  16, 

in  thidmesgy  at  No.  11  sixty  feet,  and  at  No.  12  thirty  feet  It 
is  therefore  eyident  that  a  basin  in  the  limestone  was  crossed  by  the 
line  of  the  work. 

Probably  these  days  have  a  considerable  extension  to  the  N.E. 
and  S.W. ;  for  thin  beds  of  the  same  deposits  were  met  with  in  a 
trial-shaft  snnk  by  the  lindale  Cote  Company  at  the  hi^est  part 
of  the  table-land,  one-third  of  a  mile  S.W.  of  No.  11  shaft,  and  at 
the  same  level.  Here,  as  in  the  first-proved  locality,  the  days 
yielded  vegetable  remains  and  Diatomacem,  The  accompanying 
section  is  ^t  of  the  shaft  in  question : — 

Fig.  2. — Section  of  a  Shaft  at  the  Lindale  Cote  ARnes,  near  Ulventon. 


a.  Bartaoo-BoH  (and  Boadway) ;  1  foot 

b.  Hard  reddish  rubble  ("  Pmel ") ;  68  feet. 

c.  Grayel ;  8  feet. 

d.  YellowiBh  sandy  material ;  16  feet. 

f .  Greenish  days,  with  plant-remains ;  3  feet. 

/  Clay,  ooloured  blue  m  patches  by  phosphate  of  iron,  and  with  woody 
fragments  similarly  coloured ;  2  feet. 

a.  Sand;  6  feet. 

n.  Very  soft  sandy  limestone,  abounding  with  characteristic  Mountain- 
limestone  fossils ;  22  feet. 

t.  The  North  Drift,  with  the  Iron-ore  in  the  Limestone. 

The  eight  feet  of  gravel  alluded  to  in  this  section  is  of  the  ordinary 
alluvial  character,  made  up  of  water-rolled  pebbles  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Silurian  rocks,  bedded  in  quartz-sand.  There  is  dsewhere 
evidence  of  this  drift- deposit  having  resulted  from  north-westerly 
currents. 

From  the  lowest  part  of  the  soft  Hmestone  thus  pierced,  a  hori- 
zontal drift  was  driven  northward  in  search  of  iron-ore;  and  in 
progress  of  the  work,  it  was  found  that  the  limestone  and  the  lowest 
superimposed  beds  had  a  steep  downward  inclination ;  also,  that  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BOLTOH — ULVBB8T0N.  277 

plant-bearing  deposit,  when  cnt  through  by  the  gallery,  had  thickened 
to  fifteen  feet.  The  wood  imbedded  in  tbe  lower  seams  of  the  clay 
was  partly  converted  into  a  soft,  blue  pigment,  having  phosphate  of 
iron  for  its  colouring-matter. 

Thus  it  appears  evident  that  the  areas  anciently  covered  by  the 
lake-water  were  those  of  the  long  valleys  which  course  sinuously 
between  the  low  hills  of  Fumess. 

A  second  adit,  driven  southward  from  the  bottom  of  the  shaft,  cut 
into  a  good  bed  of  iron-ore  at  twenty  feet  from  the  commencement. 

Glancing  backwards  for  a  moment  at  this  scant  record  of  a  local 
and  comparatively  insignificant  deposit,  I  diffidently  claim  a  value 
for  it  in  any  scheme  cast  for  the  determination  of  Pleistocene  time. 
In  the  absence  of  great  and  sudden  cataclysmal  irruptions  of  water 
which  could  fill  valleys  with  drifted  material,  and  of  which  I  conceive 
we  have  no  settled  evidence,  it  appears  to  me  that  the  time  required 
for  the  deposition  of  this  great  thickness  of  nearly  100  feet  of 
transported  material  upon  the  comparatively  flat  surface  of  this 
lacustrine  clay  by  the  ordinary  degradation  of  the  low  hills  around 
it  must  be  one  far  extended  beyond  our  ordinary  notions.  The 
material  of  which  the  whole  thickness  of  the  superimposed  deposit 
is  composed  is  of  strictly  local  origin,  and,  in  the  absence  of  violent 
sweeps  of  north-lying  water,  and  sudden  fillings-up,  by  such  means, 
of  the  shallow  valleys  by  the  locally  derived  detritus,  I  am  at  a  loss 
to  see  how  the  distribution  could  have  been  effected,  except  by 
ordinary  aqueous  and  pluvial  agencies  extended  through  a  long 
period  of  time. 

P.S. — Since  the  above  paper  was  communicated,  the  miners  have 
exhausted  the  iron-ore  in  the  pit,  section  fig.  2 ;  and  then  they  sank 
to  a  further  depth  of  about  30  feet,  but  without  getting  through 
the  soft  limestone.  They  have  now  left  it  altogether,  and  have  sunk 
another  shaft  about  220  yards  to  the  north  of  it ;  and  at  about  the 
same  relative  depth  they  have  found  the  same  deposit,  containing 
vegetable  remains,  &c.,  but  not  in  abundance.  The  miners  say  also 
that  they  found  the  same  material  in  a  shaft  about  200  yards  north 
from  this  new  shaft,  that  is,  about  420  yards  north  of  No.  2  section. 
If  this  be  correct  (and  I  have  no  reason  to  doubt  it),  it  demonstrates 
that  the  deposit  covers  a  triangular  area,  the  three  sides  of  which 
are  respectively  420,  450,  and  600  yards  in  length.— May  24, 1862, 
J.B. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


278 


DONATIONS 


TO  THE 


LIBRARY  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

From  January  Ist  to  March  dlst,  1862. 


I.  TRANSACTIONS  AND  JOURNALS. 

Presented  by  the  respective  Societies  and  Editors. 

American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.    Second  Series.    Vol.  xzxiii. 
No.  97.     January  1862.     From  Prof.  SilUman,  For.  Mem.  QJS. 

R.  I.  MurchiBon. — ^Thirty  Years'  Retrospect  of  the  Progress  in  our 
Knowledge  of  the  Geology  of  the  Older  Rocks,  1. 

J.  M.  Ordway.— Water-glaaa,  27. 

L.  Saemann. — ^Unity  of  Geological  Phenomena  in  the  Solar  System, 
86. 

A.  H.  Worthen. — Age  of  the  *'  Leclare  Limestone  "  of  Iowa,  46. 

F.  V.  Hayden. — ^Primordial  Sandstone  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  68. 
£.  Billings. — ^Red  Sandrock  formation  of  Canada  and  Vermont,  100. 
W.  E.  Loflan.— Age  of  the  Quebec  Rocks,  105. 

J.  Hall.— Potsdam  Sandstone  and  Hudson-River  Rocks  in  Vermont, 

106. 

.    Reply  to  criticisms  on  some  palsdozoic  fossils,  127. 

Depth  of  the  Ocean,  121. 

American  mode  of  working  Platinum,  124. 

Saurian  remains  in  the  Eeuper  of  the  Jura,  188. 

Obituary  Notice  of  M.  Grateloun,  149. 

Geological  and  Mineralogical  collections  in  the  Italian  Exhibition  at 

Florence,  163. 

Assurance  Magazine.     No.  46.    January  1862. 

AthenaBum  Journal.     Nob.  1784-1796. 

Notices  of  Meetinffs  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

G.  H.  Makins's  *  Manual  of  Metalluigy,'  noticed,  22. 
Eruption  of  Vesuvius,  68,  120,  200. 

L.  A.  Neckar,  Obituary  notice  of,  84. 

C.  Collier's  *  Gatherinss  from  the  Pit-heaps,'  noticed,  217. 

A.  Newton. — ^Volcan  ae  Fuego  in  Guatemala,  881. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONATIONS.  279 

Basel,  Verhandlungen  der  Natuifonchenden  Geeellschaft  in.  Vol.  iii. 
1.  und  2.  Heft.     1861. 

B.  Cartier. — ^Der  obere  Jura  zu  Oberbuchsiteii;  48. 
A.  MiiUer. — Vorlegung  der  ffeognostischen  Earte  des  Kantons  Basel 
und  der  angrenzenden  Geoiete,  66  (plate). 

Bombay.     Jonmal  of  the  Bombay  Branch  of  the  Boyal  Asiatic 
Society.     Vol.  vi.    No.  21.     January  1862. 

H.  J.  Carter. — ^Foraminifera  of  Scinde,  81. 

—  Lnpey. — ^Ammonitiferous  Limestone  near  Jevsehneer,  161. 

—  FuDgaines. — Geolojofy  of  the  North  Bank  of  the  Nurbudda,  168. 
A.  Roflrers. — Nummulitic  limestone  at  Turkeysur^  164. 

H.  J.  Carter. — (Geology  of  the  leJands  around  Bombay,  167. 
.    Pegmatite  in  a  Basaltic  Dyke  in  the  Island  of  Carinjay  178. 

—  Leith. — Organic  remains  and  minerals  in  the  Trap  of  Bomoay,  180. 
H.  J.  Carter.— Trap  of  the  Western  Ghauts,  181. 

F.  Phillips.— Coal-deposits  in  the  L^eah  Valley,  Sind,  182. 

H.  Cook.— Geology  of  the  Valley  or  Relet,  Beloochistan,  184 

S.  Hislop. — Geology  of  Nligpur,  194 

H.  J.  Ciurter. — Foasil  Bones  from  N&rr&yanpur,  and  Reptilian  Bones 

in  the  Museum  of  the  Bombay  Asiatic  Society,  204. 
.    Index  to  Papers  and  Compilations,  235. 

Calcutta.     Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.     No.  282.    New 
Series,  108.     1861,  No.  3. 

J.  C.  Harris. — ^Rain-fiill  in  the  Basin  of  the  Riyer  Mahanuddy,  216. 
Sarel. — ^The  Riyer  Yang-tse-kiang,  from  Hankow  to  Pingshan,  223 
(map). 

Chemical  Society.     Quarterly  Journal.     No.  56.     Vol.  xyi.  Part  4. 
January  1862. 

F.  A.  Abel  and  F.  Field. — Analysis  of  Conpers  of  commerce;  290. 
F.  Field. — Bismuth  in  Copper-minerals,  304. 

Nos.  57  and  58.    Vol.  xy.    Noa.  1  and  2.    January 


and  February  1862. 

Bolley.— Alloys  of  Tin  and  Lead;  30. 

Smith. — Composition  of  a  Boiling  Spring  in  New  Zealand;  57. 

Colliery  Guardian.     Vol.  iii.     Nos.  53-65. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies;  &c. 

M.  W.  T.  Scott— The  Symon  Fault  of  the  Coalbrookdale  Coal- 
field. 5  (map). 

G.  C.  Greenwell  and  T.  Y.  HalL— The  Great  Northern  Coal-field;  6. 

W.  W.  Smyth.— I^tures  on  Mining;  9,  26,  49;  66, 105;  127, 145, 
185;  205,  225.  243. 

H.  Cosham.— Coal,  28. 

£.  HalL— Lancashire  and  Cheshire  Coal-fields;  102. 

H.  C.  Salmon. — ^Different  systems  of  working  mines  and  coUieries; 
142. 

A.  Knowles. — Bank-top  and  Hagside  PitS;  and  the  proying  of  faults, 
168. 

The  Coal-oO  of  Pennsylyania,  173. 

£.  Hall.— Burnley  Coal-field,  182. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


280  SOITATIOVS, 

« 

Colliery  Guardiaii.     Vol.  iii.     Nos.  53-65  (eonUnued), 

J.  GK>odwin. — Ventiktion  of  Mines,  185. 
Gold  in  Wales,  209. 

The  Laws  legating  the  descent  of  water  below  the  smfiskce  of  the 
Earth,  228. 

Critic.    VoLxxiv.    Nob.  600-612. 

Notices  of  Meeting  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c 
J.  Percy's  '  Metalfuivy,'  noticed,  80,  55. 
R  Hunt's  'Mineral  Statistics,'  noticed,  SO,  55. 
W.  Haidinger.— Aeroliths,  102. 

Dublin  Geological  Society.   Journal.    Vol.  ix.  Part  1 :  for  1860-61. 
1861. 

S.  Han^ton. — Nickeliferous  Magnetic  Pyrites  from  Co.  Galway,  1. 
J.  Apj^. — ^Two  minerals  (Bamourite  and  Andaluaite)  £rom  Co. 

Galway,  2. 
T.  Stanley.— Faults  in  the  Gravel  of  Ireland,  a 
G.  Ma>owelL— The  Wolfhill  and  Modubeagh  Coal-fields,  Queens 

Co.,  7  (map). 
W.  B.  Browniigff  and  T.  Cooke.— Geology  of  the  district  between 

Dungarvan  and  Annestown,  Co.  Waterford,  8  (plate). 
S.   Haughton. — ^Flora  of  the  Yellow  Sandstone  of  Donegal,  13 

(8  plates). 
A.  Smith. — ^Pyrognostic  arrangement  of  Irish  Minerals,  14. 
R  Griffith. — ^Lo^ties  of  Iriui  Carboniferous  Fossils,  21. 
A.  Smith. — Blowpipe-characters  of  Minerals,  156. 
S.  Haughton. — ^Annual  Address,  211. 

Edinburgh  Geological  Society.    Conatitutioii  Laws.     1862. 

.     Eoyal  Society.     Proceedings. 

Duke  of  Argyll. — ^AnniYersary  Address,  860, 


W.  L.  Lindsay. — ^Volcanic  phenomena  and  products  in  Iceland,  887. 
EL  How. — GKrolite  occurring  with  Calcite  in  Apophyllite  in  the 

Trap  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  426. 
.    Natro-boro-calcite    and   another  Borate    occurring  in  the 

GyjMSum  of  Nova  Scotia,  428. 
A.  Geikie.— Chronology  of  the  Trap-rocks  of  Scotiand,  458. 
D.  M.  Home. — ^Ancient  Glaciers  or  Chamouni,  454. 
A.  Bryson. — ^Aqueous  origin  of  Granite,  456. 

.    .    Trausactions.     Vol.  xxii.  Part  3.     1860-61. 

H.  Cleffhom.— Anamalai  HiUs,  India,  579  (7  plates). 

A.  Geikie. — Chronology  of  the  Trap-rocks  of  Scotland,  683  (map). 

A.  Bryson. — Memoir  of  the  Rev.  John  Fleming,  655. 

Geologist.     Vol.  iv.     Supplement.     February  1, 1862.     From  S.  J, 
MadcU,  Esq.,  F.G.S. 

.     Vol.  V.  Nos.  49,  50.    January  and  February  1862.     From 

LoveU  Beeve,  Esq.,  KO,S. 

S.  J.  Mackie.— Fossil  Fruits  and  Wood  from  the  Chalk,  1  (plate^. 
R.  I.  Murchison. — ^Inapplicability  of  the  term  "  Dyas  "  to  the  Per- 
mian group  of  Rocks,  4. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOVATioirs.  281 

Geologist.     Vol.  V.  TSoa.  49^  50  (cofUiriued). 

W.  Pengelly. — ^Deyonian  FossiIb  of  Devon  and  Cornwall,  10. 

C.  C.  Blake.— Skull  of  the  Cainotkerimny  82. 

J.  Elliott — ^Hunian  lemainB  in  Heatheory  Bum  Cave  near  Stan- 
hope, 34. 

Proceeding  of  Geological  SocietieBy  87. 

Correspondence,  8d,  §5. 

Notes  and  Queries,  89,  72. 

S.  P.  Woodward. — Cuphoaoma  Koenigi,  41  (plate). 

A.  Taylor.— Torbane  Hill  Mineral,  48. 

R  N.  Kubidge. — ^Metamoiphosis  of  Rocks  in  South  A£icay  47. 

C.  C,  Blake.— Fossil  Elephant  from  Texas,  67  (plate). 

T.  Rupert  Jones. — Microscopical  Examination  of  tiie  Bracklesham 
Beds,  59. 

W.  Murray. — ^Peculiar  substance  in  limestone-cayes  in  South 
Australia,  63. 

Foreign  Correspondence,  76. 

Reyiews,  76. 

Geologists'  Association.     list  of  Members,  1862. 

Great  Britain.  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  United 
Kingdom.  Figures  and  Descriptions  illustratiye  of  British  Or- 
ganic Remains.    Decade  10.    1861. 

T.  H.  Huxley  and  P.  de  M.  G.  Egerton.— Fishes  of  the  Deyonian 
Epoch. 

.    Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Great  Britain,  and  of 

the  Museum  of  Practical  Geology. 

H.  W.  Bristow.  W.  Whitaker,  and  R.  Etheridge.— The  Geology  of 
parts  of  Berkshire  and  Hampshire  (GeoL  Sury.  Map,  Sheet  12). 

Institution  of  Civil  Engineers.  Address  of  John  Hawkshaw,  Esq., 
F.R.S.,  January  14,  1862. 

. .   Proceedings.   Session  1861-62.  Nos.  7, 9, 10, 12, 13. 

C.  A.  Hartley.^Delta  of  the  Danube. 

Intellectual  Observer.  Vol.  i.  Nos.  1  and  2.  February  and  March 
1862. 

Notices  of  the  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

Copper,  67. 

Notes  and  Memoranda,  82. 

Literary  Gazette.  New  Series.  Vols.  vii.  and  viii.  Noe.  179,  182, 
184-196. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

T.  H.  Huxley.— Fbssil  Remains  of  Man,  167. 

Fossil  Footprints  at  Hastings,  282. 

Works  of  Man  (P)  in  Eocene  Beds  near  Laon  in  France,  266. 

T.  Rupert  Jones. — Fossil  Footprints  at  Hastings,  281. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


282  DONATIONS. 

London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dnblin  Philosophical  Magazine.  4th  Series. 
Vol.  xxiii.  Nos.  151-163.  Januaiy-March,  1862.  From  Dr, 
W.  Francis,  FGJS. 

S.  Haughton. — ^Notes  on  Mineralogy  (Aeroliths^  Hislopite,  Hunterite, 
Dolomites]),  47. 

R.  L  Murchison. — ^Inapplicability  of  the  term  "  Dyas  "  to  the  Per- 
mian group  of  rocks,  65. 

J.  Russdl  and  A.  Matthiessen. — Vesicular  structure  in  copper,  81. 

A.  H.  Church. — Composition,  structure,  and  formation  orBeekite, 
95  (plate). 

RodoszkovskL — ^A  new  mineral  (Wagite)  from  the  Ural,  160. 

S.  V.  Wood. — ^Land-areas  of  the  Secondaiy  and  Tertiary  Periods,  161. 

M.  de  Serres. — ^Bone-caves  of  Lunel  Viel,  239. 

A.  Gesner. — Petroleum-s{>rinffs  of  North  America,  239. 

J.  W.  Dawson. — Land-animus  in  the  Coal-measures  of  Nova  Scotia, 
239. 

J.  G.  Veitch. — ^Volcanic  Phenomenon  at  Manilla,  240. 

J.  tt  Key.— The  Bovey  Basin,  Devonshire,  240. 

G.  G.  G^mmellaro. — ^Volcanic  cones  at  the  base  of  Etna,  241. 

T.  Davidson. — Carboniferous  Brachiopoda  of  the  Punjab,  241. 

O.  fisher.— Bracklesham  Beds  of  the  isle  of  Wight  Basin,  241. 

J.  Morris  and  G.  £.  Roberts. — Carboniferous  Limestone  of  the  Clee 
Hill8.24d. 

R  W.  Finney.— Stigmarias  and  Lepidodendron  from  Lancashire,  244. 

S.  Hislop.— Flant-beds  of  Central  India,  244 

London  Review.     Vol.  iv.     Nos.  79-91. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

Australian  Gold-helds,  10. 

W.  Wallace's  '  Lead-ore  in  Veins,'  noticed,  19. 

CoUiery  Accidents,  103. 

T.  a  Huxley.— Fossil  Men,  162. 

Longman's  Monthly  List.     New  Series.     No.  229.    Jan.  1,  1862. 

.     Notes  on  Books.    Vol.  ii.     No.  28.     Feb.  28, 1862. 

Madras.  Government  Central  Museum.  Circular  Letter.  By  £. 
Balfour.     1855. 

Manchester  Geological  Society.     Transactions.     No.  10.     1862. 

A.  Knowles. — ^The  Bank-top  and  Hag-side  Pits,  and  the  proving  of 

Faults,  190. 
J.  Goodwin. — ^The  Ventilation  of  Mines,  202. 

Mechanics'  Magazine.     New  Series.     Vol.  vii.    Nos.  158-170. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

A.  Macrae. — CHI-springs  of  North  America  and  Canada,  3. 

Jewellers'  Gold,  11. 

J.  Percy. — ^Lectures  on  Metallurgy,  15,  29. 

Fuel,  44,  61, 77,  95,  135, 190. 

G.  R.  Bumell.— Deep  Wells  and  Borings,  80. 

A.  H.  Church.— Preservation  of  Stone,  121. 

Quartz-crushing  at  Sydney,  208. 

Petroleum,  208. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONATIONS.  283 

Mining  and  Smelting  Magazine.     Vol.  i.    Nos.  1-3.     January- 
March  1862.     From  H.  C,  Salman,  &q.,  KG.S, 

E.  Hull.— Britigh  Coal-trade,  1. 

M.  Frjar. — ^Working  aud  Tentilatinff  Coal-mines,  4 

Separation  of  Wolfram  and  Black  lin,  12. 

Machinery  for  dressing  ores,  16, 18. 

Mineral  Statistics  of  nidia,  20. 

Miscellaneous  and  Reviews,  26,  107,  124,  174,  201. 

J.  A.  Phillips.— Gold-deposits  of  Nova  Scotia,  81. 

E.  Hull — ^Lancashire  and  Cheshire  Coal-fields,  86  (map). 

J.  Napier. — ^Mexican  Method  of  Amalgamation,  101, 16o. 

E.  Hull.— Burnley  Coal-field,  Lancashire,  163. 

Munich.    Yerzeichniss  der  Mitglieder  der  k.  bay.  Akad.  der  Wiss. 
1860. 

.     Sitzungsberichte  d.  k.  bayer.  Akad.  der  Wiss.  zu  Miinchen. 

1861,1.    Hefts.     1861. 

A.  Wagner. — Ueber  die  fossilen  Keptilien  des  lithographischen 
SchiSers  in  Bayem,  497. 

.     .     1861,  IL     Heftl. 


A.  Wagner. — Zur  Eenntniss  der  fossilen  Hufthier-Ueberreste  von 
Pikermi,  78  (plate). 

Abhandlungen  der  Math.-physik.  Classe  der  k.  bayer.  Akad. 


d.  Wwaen.    Vol.ix.  Part  1.     1861. 

A.  Wa^er. — ^Neue  Beitrage  zur  Eenntniss  der  urweltlichen  Fauna 
des  bthographischen  Scmefers,  66  (6  plates). 

Neogranadinas  (BogotJi).     Proceedinga.     Pages  23-46,  63-122. 

Newcastle-upon-Tyne.     Transactions  of  the  Tynside  Naturalists' 
Field-club.     Vol.  ii.  Part  2.    1861. 

R  Howse. — ^Fossil  Mammalia  in  the  Counties  of  Northumberland 

and  Durham,  111  (2  plates). 
R.  C.  Clapham. — ^Analyses  and  Description  of  Magnesian  Limestone 

from  the  Trow  Rocks,  122. 

New  York,  Annals  of  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History  of.     Vol.  vii. 
Nos.  10-12  (in  one).    Jan.-June  1861.     1861. 

New  Zealand  Government  Gazette  (province  of  Wellington).     Vol. 
viii.     Nos.  36,  40. 

J.  C.  Crawford. — Geology  of  the  Waiiarapa  and  East-coast  Countxy, 

239. 
.    Search  for  Gold  in  the  province  of  Wellington,  269. 

Pateontographical  Society.     Monographs.     1861.     (Issued  for  the 
year  1869.) 

T.  Davidson. — A  Monograph  of  British  Carboniferous  Brachiopoda. 
Part  V.    4th  portion. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


284  DOVATIOnB.] 

PalsBontographical  Society.     Monographs  (continued), 

R.  Owen. — ^Mono^phs  on  the  British  Fossil  Reptilia  from  the 
Oolitic  Fonnations.  Part  I.  (SoeUdosaunu  JSdrmomi  and  FHo' 
saurus  ffrandu,) 

S.  V.  Wood. — ^Monogn^h  of  the  Eocene  Mollosca.  Part  I.  (Bi- 
valyes.)    Ist  portion. 

Palermo.    Atti  della  SocietJi  di  Acdimazione  e  di  Agricoltura  in 
SidUa.    Vol.  i.    Nos.  6,  7. 

Paris.    Archiyes  da  Mus^nm  d'Histoire  Naturelle.    Vol.  z.  livr. 
3«  et  4«.     1861. 

.    Bulletin  de  la  Soc.  Gdol,  de  France.     Deux.  S^.     Vol.  xix. 

FeuiU.  1-6.     1861. 

A.  Delesse. — Cartes  g^ologique  et  hydrologique  de  la  ville  de  Paris, 

12. 
Emile  Bormoy. — ^Allure  g^n^rale  du  hassin  houiller  du  nord  de  la 

France,  22  (pkte  1). 
Th.  Ebray. — Stratigraphie  du  systdme  oolithique  inf(Srieiir  de  la  C6te 

Cabany.^^ur  une  petite  couche  de  cannel-coal  trouv^e  k  la  fosse  de 

B(Bnlz9  49. 
Dalmas.---Sur  la  configuration  des  massifs  de  I'Ard^he,  GO. 
A.  Bou6.— Sur  une  communication  faite  par  M.  A.  Wagner  k  TAca- 

d^mie  de  Munich^  66. 
Ed.  d'Eichwald.— Sur  le  terrain  k  Orthoo^ratites  de  Poulkova,  67. 
— .    Sur  un  crinoide  hhistoi'de  d^couvert  pr^  de  Poulkova  (figure), 

62. 
A.  Delesse. — Sur  I'eau  dans  Tint^rieur  de  la  terre,  64. 
P.  de  RouTille.^-Sur  la  faune  tertiaixe  moyenne  des  environs  de 

B^ziers  et  de  Narhonne,  91. 
Noguds. — Sur  les  environs  d^Am^e-les-Bains  (Pyr^n^s-Orientales), 

.     BuUetin  Mensnel  de  la  Sod^t^  Imp^riale  Zoologique  d'Ac- 

dimatation.     Vol.  iii.  No.  11.     November  1861. 

Pesth.    Magyar  Akademiai  Ertesfto.  Math,  es  term^szett.  oszi&tly. 
Vol.i.    I-IV.  Szdm.     Pest.     1860. 

Term^ettodomiCnyi     Pdlyamnnkrfk.      Eiadja  a'  Magyar 


Tud6flTteaB^.    I.-HI.  Kotet.     Bud^.    1837-1844. 
— .     Mathematical  Pfdyamunk^.    I.  Eotet.     Bnd^n.     1844. 


.     Elmdlked^k  a'  Physiologia  es  Psychologia'  Eor^ben  Eii- 

lonos  Tekintettel  a  Polgiiri  es  Erkolcsi  Nevelesre.    Irta  D.  Mocsi 
Mih%.     Buddn.     1839. 

— .    Felsobb  Egyenletek  egy   Ismeretlennel.      Irta  D.  V^as 
Antal.     Elso  Fiixet.     Bud^n.     1842. 

— .     A  Felsobb  Analysis'  Elemei.    Irta  Gyory  B^dor.    I.  es  II. 
FiiTOt.     Buditn.     1836-40. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKATTOHB.  285 

Pesth.     A  Hangrendszer  EiazimiUz&r6\  ds  Zongordk  HangoUsdnSl 
m^^et  n^iil  tiszta  viszonyok  szerint.     Irta  Gyory  Sibdor. 
(A  Magy.  Akad.  Erkonyvek  IX.  Eot.  III.  darabja.)  4to.  Buddn. 
1858. 

.     A  Pnhi&nyok  IzomroBtjairol.     Dr.  Maigo  Tiyadart61.     (A 

Magyar  Akad.     Eyron  X.  Eotet.  lY.  darabja.)    4to.    Pesten. 
1861. 

Photographic  Society.     Journal.     Nos.  117-119.     January-March 
1862. 

Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science.     New  Series.     No.  5. 
January  1862. 

Boyal  Asiatic  Society.    Vol.  xix.  Part  2.     1861. 

Royal  College  of  Physicians.     list  of  Fellows,  &c,    1861. 

Royal  Dublin  Society.     Nos.  20  and  21  (in  one),  Nos.  22  and  23 
(in  one).    January-October  1861. 

E.  St-G.  Noble. — ^Analysis  of  Crinoidal  Limestone  from  Go.  Meath, 

133. 
C.  Giesecke. — Catalogue  of  Minerals  from  the  Arctic  Regions,  108. 

Royal  (Jeographical  Society.     Proceedings.   Vol.  vi.  No.  1.    1862. 

Royal  Horticultural  Society.     Vol.  ii.  Nos.  1  and  2.     1862. 

.     List  of  Fellows.     January  1862. 

Royal  Society.     Proceedings.     Vol.  xi.    No.  47. 

W.  Pengelly. — ^Limites  and  Clays  of  Bovey  Tracey,  449. 
O.  Heer.— Fossil  flora  of  Bovey  Tiacey,  453. 

St.  Petersburg.     Bulletin  de  I'Acad.  Imp.  d.  Sciences  de  St.  Peters- 
bourg.     Vol.  iii.  Nos.  6-8.     1861. 

E.  R  de  Baer. — Sur  Textinction  des  esp^ces  animale^  369. 

H.  R.  Goeppert — Sur  la  houille  de  Maliofka  et  de  Tavarkova  dans 

le  Gouvemement  de  Toula,  446. 
.    Sur  la  fiore  de  la  formation  tertiaiie  de  la  i^gion  arctique, 

448. 

.    .    VoL  iv.  Nos.  1,  2.     1861. 


E.  E.  de  Baer. — Salzgehalt  der  Ostsee,  119  (map). 

.     Memoires  de  I'Acad.  Imp.  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersbourg. 

7-  Ser.    Vol.  iii.  Nos.  10-12.     1861. 

Smith's  Books  of  the  Month.     No.  11.     February  1861. 

Society  of  Arts.   Journal.   Vol.  x.   Nos.  476-488.    January-March 
1862. 

Auriferous  Rocks  of  Victoria^  Australia^  101. 

Consular  Information  [Nitrate  of  Soda,  Peruj  Seville],  102, 117. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


286  DOKATIOnB. 

Society  of  Arts.     Jomnal.     Vol.  z.  {continued). 

Ghnndeau. — Ciesium  and  Rubidium,  117. 

Consular  Infonnation  (Moscow),  152. 

G.  R.  BumelL — Some  deep  Wells  and  Borings,  156. 

H.  C.  Salmon. — ^Different  systems  of  woildng  Mines  and  Collieries, 

J.  Morris.— The  Mauritius,  261. 


II.  PERIODICALS  PURCHASED  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Nat.  Hist.    3rd  Series.  Vol.  ix.  Nos.  49-^1. 
January-March  1862. 

F.  M'Coy. — ^Ancient  and  Recent  Natural  History  of  Victoria,  137. 
J.  Hall  and  J.  D.  Whitney's  '  Report  of  the  Gfeological  Survey  of 

the  State  of  Iowa,'  noticed,  165. 
D.  D.  Owen's  '  Second  Geological  Report  of  Arkansas,'  noticed,  168. 
W.  Pengelly. — Lignites  and  Clays  of  Bovey  Tracey,  Devonshire,  17S. 

C.  Heer.— Fossil  Flora  of  Bovey  Tracey,  176. 

L.  Agassiz. — Reptilian  Remains  from  the  South  Joggins,  258. 
Saurian  Remains  in  the  Eeuper  of  the  Jura,  258. 
A.  Stoppani. — ^The  Avicvla  cantarta  Beds,  259. 

Edinbuj^h  New  Philosophical  Jounial.      New  Series.      No.  29. 
VoL  XV.  No.  1.     January  1862. 

J.  H.  Timins. — Chemical  Geologv  of  the  Malvern  Hills,  1. 
A.  Brvson. — ^Aqueous  ori^  of  Granite,  52. 

R.  I.  Murchison.— Inapphcability  of  the  term  "  Dyas  "  for  the  Per- 
mian group  of  rocks,  71. 
J.  Percy.— Coal,  145. 

D.  D.  Owen. — Coal  and  Lignites  of  Arkansas,  151. 
H  B.  Medlicott — Subhimuayan  Rocks,  154. 

Institut,!'.    l~Sect.     Nos.  1459-1470. 

.     2«Sect.     Nos.  312,  313. 

Neues  Jahrbuch  fiir  Mineralogie,  Geognode,  dbc.     1861.     7.  Heft. 

H.  C.  Sorby. — Ueber  die  Anwendung  des  Mikroskops  zum  Studium 

der  physikalischen  Geolone,  769. 
H.  G.  Bronn. — ^Zur  nahere  Kenntniss  der  Sippe  Meritta  von  Suesa, 

772  (pUte). 
R  Kluge. — ^fjeber  Bewegunffen  in  Gewassem  bei  Erdbeben,  777. 
Letters )  Notices  of  Books,  Minerals,  Geology,  and  Fossils. 

Palseontograpbica  (W.  Dunker).    VoL  ix.  Part  2.    January  1862. 

D.  Brauns. — ^Der  Sandstein  bei  Seinstedt  unweit  des  Fallsteins  und 
die  in  ihm  vorkommenden  Pflanzenreste,  47  (3  plates). 

W.  T.  G.  Kretschmar. — Ueber  die  Siphonalbildung  der  vorweltlichen 
Nautilinen,  68  (pkte). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


SOlTAXXOHf.  287 

PalflBontographica  (W.  Donker).    Vol.  ix.  (eanthvued), 

O,  Speier.— Uebep  einige  Tertiar-Conchylien  von  Weetergeln  im 

Magdeburgischen,  80. 
W.  Dimkep.— Ueber  die  im  plaeticlien  Thone  von  GroflsalnierQde 
vorkonunenden  MoUusken;  06  (plate). 

(H.  von  ICeyer).    Vol.  x.  Part  1.    December  1861. 

H.  von  Uejer.'^Pterofhdf^  ipecUUnUs  ftos  dem  lithogmphitohen 

Schiefep  von  Eichstatt,  1  (plate). 
R.  Ludwig.^Oalamiten-Fruchte  aua  dam  Spatheiaepgteio  von  mt- 

tingen  an  der  Ruhr;  11  (plate). 
,  SilBswaflser-Conchylien  aus  der  Steinkoblen-FonoatiaD  dai 

Ural's,  17  (plate). 
.    SuBSwasser-Gonchylien  ans  dem  Ealkstein  dee  Rothliegenden 

von  Kungur,  24  ^late). 
.    Fflanzenreste  aus  der  SteinkoUen-Formation  dee  Ural's,  27 

(8  plates). 
H.  von  Meyer.— PfeuroMurttf  OMfiuri  aus  dem  lithograpbiachen 

Schiefer  von  Daiting,  87  (plate). 


m.  GEOLOaiCAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  BOOKS. 
Names  of  Donors  in  ItaiUes. 

Anonymoua.  Ereter  Berioht  Uber  Wm.  An&rmaim's  Verfahreii  ror 
Concentration  von  Erzen.    1861. 

BakeweU,  F.  0.  Cpneiderations  respecting  the  Fignraof  the  Earth 
in  relation  to  the  action  of  centnfdgal  force  and  to  the  attempts 
to  determine  the  elliptieity  of  the  Globe  by  pendulum-observa- 
tions.   1862. 

Bamell,  O.  B.  On  some  recently  executed  deep  Wdl^  and  Boxings. 
1862,    From  Prof.  J.  Tennant,  F.GJ3. 

Catalogue  annuel  de  la  Libralrie  Frangaise.  Tome  iv.,  1861.  1862. 
From  M.  0.  Beinwald. 

.    Inventory  Catalogue  of  the  Specimems  illustrating  the  com- 

position,  structure,  and  other  charaoters  of  the  Irish,  Biitishy 
and  foreign  Rocks  in  the  Collection  of  tiie  Museum  of  Irish 
Industry,  Dublin.     1862.    From  J.  B.  Jukes,  Ssq.,  F.0.8. 

of  the  Natural  and   Industrial  Products  of   New  South 

Wales  exhibited  in  the  School  of  Arts  by  the  International  Ex- 
hibition Commissioners,  Sytbey,  October  1861.  1861.  From  the 
Commissioners. 

Ohapuis,  F  Nouvelles  Becherohee  sur  les  Fossiles  des  Tenrains 
Secondaires  de  la  Province  de  Luxembourg.  Premiere  Partie. 
1858. 

VOL,  XTin,— PABT  I.  V 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


288  DONATioini* 

Cflarhe,  TT.  B.  Bdcent  Geological  Obeervations  in  AostralaBia. 
Second  edition.    1861. 

BawsoUj  /,  W.  On  the  recent  Disooyeriee  of  Gold  in  Nova  Scotia. 
1861. 

Ball,  J.    Pakeontology  of  New  York.    Vol.  iii.  and  Atlas.    1861. 

'-  Bejoinder  to  the  Criticisms  of  the  American  Journal  of 

Science  and  Arts  on  his  Contribntions  to  Palaeontology.    1862. 
Fivm  the  Editors  of  the  American  Journal  of  Science  and  Art. 

Harlest,  E.  Grenzen  nnd  Grenzgebiete  der  physiologischen  For- 
schung.    1860. 

Hawkshaw,  J.  Addreas  on  his  Election  as  President  of  the  Insti- 
tution of  Civil  Engineers.  Session  1861-62.  1862.  Fr<m  the 
Institute  of  Civil  Engineers, 

India.  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.  Paheontolog^ 
Indica.  I.  The  Fossil  Cephalopoda  of  the  Cretaceous  Bocks  of 
Southern  India  (Belemnitidao — ^NautilidsB).  By  H.  F.  Blanford. 
1861.  From  Dr.  T.  Oldham^  F.Q.S.y  Director  of  ike  Qeoloffical 
Survey  of  India. 

Jouvencel,  P.  de.  Gen^  selon  la  Science.  La  Tie.  Deuzieme 
^tion.    1862. 

«.— .    ,    Lea  Commencements  du  Monde.    Deuzi&me  ^tion. 

1862. 

—— •    — -.    LesIWluges.    Premiere  Partie :  Geologic.    1862. 

Karrer,  F.  TJeber  das  Auftreten  der  Foraminiferen  in  dem  marinen 
Tegel  des  Wiener  Beckons.    1861. 

Lipoid,  M.  F.  TJeber  Herm  J.  Barrande's  "Colonien"  in  der 
Silur-Formation  Bohmens.    1862. 

LubhoekfJ,    On  the  Ancient  Lake-habitations  of  Switzerland.  1862. 

Luhboeky  J.  W.  On  the  Theory  of  the  Moon  and  on  the  Perturba- 
tions of  the  Planets.    Part  X.    I860* 

Mareou,  J.  The  Taconic  and  Lower  Silurian  Bocks  of  Yennont  and 
Canada.    1862. 

Owen,  B.  Sur  le  Gorille  {Troglodytes  OoriOa),  Sav.  Traduit  par 
M.  Eudes-Desbngchamps.    1861.    From  M.  E.-DesUmgchamps. 

Fetius,  J.  Fleta  Minor.  The  Laws  of  Art  and  Nature  in  knowing, 
judging,  assaying,  fining,  refining,  and  inlarging  the  Bodies  of 
confin'd  Metals.    1683.    Fh>m  Professor  J.  Tennant,  F.0J3. 

Pratt,  H.  F.  A.  The  Genealogy  of  Creation,  newly  translated  from 
the  unpointed  Hebrew  Text  of  the  Book  of  Genesis ;  showing  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


BOKATIOKS,  289 

general  scientific  accuracy  of  the  Cosmogony  of  Hoses  and  the 
Philosophy  of  Creation,     1861, 

Eeport  on  the  Survey  of  India  for  the  three  years  ending  1858-59, 
By  Iieut.-CoL  Sir  A,  S,  Waugh.  1861,  From  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  India, 

Scotty  W,  Stourbridge  and  its  Vicinity,  containing  a  topogram 
phical  description  of  the  parish  of  Old  Swinford,  Binder,  Fed- 
more,  and  Halesowen ;  observations  on  Hagley,  Inville,  Himloy, 
dent,  &c.  Antiquities,  Itinerary,  Memorable  Occurrences ;  and 
Memoirs,  Geological,  Mineralogical,  Botanical,  &c,  1832,  From 
Mr.  0.  E.  Roberts, 

SmiAf  A.J  8.  Haughtony  and  B.  H,  Scott,  The  Blow-pipe  Vade- 
mecum.    1862, 

Staring,  W,  C,  H.  Notice  sur  les  restes  du  Mosasaurus  et  de  la 
Tortue  de  Maasbricht,  conserves  au  Musde  de  Teyler  h,  Harlem, 
1862, 

TiminSf  J.  H,  On  the  Chemical  Geology  of  the  Malvern  Hills,  1862. 

Wagner,  A.    DenkredeaufGotthilfHeinrich  von  Schubert,  1861, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


THE 


QUAETEELY  JOUENAL 


OP 


THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON, 


PROCEEDINGS 

OP 

THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


Mat  7, 1862. 


The  Eev,  R.  Stopford  Brooke,  Fern  Lodge,  Campden  Hill, 
Kensington;  Henry  Francis  Blajiford,  Esq.,  Bouvcrie  Street; 
Edward  Fitton,  Esq.,  6  Gloucester  Crescent,  Westbonme  Terrace ; 
Frederick  Hill,  Esq.,  Penhellis,  Helston,  Cornwall ;  John  Langloy 
King,  Esq.,  66  Wells  Street,  London ;  and  Charles  Bogors,  Esq.,  16 
Beaufoy  Square^  Maida  Vale,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1.  On  new  Labykikthodokts  yrom  the  EmyBUBGn  Coal-fibld. 

By  Professor  Htjxlet,  F.R.S.,  Sec.G.S.,  &c. 

[Plate  XI.] 

1.  Note  respecting  the  Discovery  of  a  new  and  large  Lahgrinthodoni 
(Loxomma  Allmanni,  Hvjcley)  in  the  Qilmerton  Ironstone. 

DuKiwo  my  visit  to  Edinburgh  in  January  last,  my  friend  Professor 
Allman,  becoming  aware  that  I  was  engaged  in  collecting  materials 
for  the  study  of  the  genus  Bhizodus  (Owen),  very  libendly  granted 
me  free  access  to  the  large  collection  of  vertebrate  fossils  tcom  Bur- 
die  House  and  Gilmerton,  in  the  Museum  of  the  University. 
I  thus  became  acquainted,  for  the  first  time,  with  the  upper  and 

vol,  ZVin. — ^PABX  I.  X 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


292  PBOOEEDnros  ojr  ihe  gsoIiOgigal  sogieit.  [Hay  7> 

under  aspects  of  the  head^  and  with  the  indubitable  scales  of  this 
remarkable  fish ;  and,  patting  the  information  thus  obtained  with 
that  derived  from  the  study  of  specimens  in  many  other  collections, 
I  am  now  in  a  position  to  prove  that  Ehizodus  is  one  of  the  cycliferous 
GlyptodipterinL 

But,  while  looking  through  the  large  series  of  remains  from  the 
Gilmerton  ironstone  in  the  Edinburgh  Museum,  most  of  which  are 
referable  to  Ehizodus,  I  came  upon  two  or  three  specimens  of  a  veiy 
different  character.  The  most  important  and  significant  of  these  is 
the  frtigment  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  upper  wall  of  a  large  cranium 
(PL  XI.  fig.  1)  presenting  its  smooth  ioner,  or  under,  surfEuse  to  the 
eye.  Where  the  substance  of  the  bone  has  been  broken  away,  however, 
the  impresisled  surface  of  the  matrix  shows  that  the  outer,  or  upper, 
surface  was  ornamented  with  strong  inosculating  ridges  separated 
by  intermediate  grooves^  The  serrated  sutores  of  the  bones  com- 
posing this  fragment  of  a  skoU  are,  for  the  most  part,  distinctly 
traceable,  and  prove  it  to  be  composed  of  two  quadrate,  supraocdpitcd 
elements,  with  two  elongated  parietal  bones,  the  apposed  edges  of 
which  are  deeply  notched  at  the  jimction  of  their  middle  with  their 
posterior  third,  so  as  to  give  ri^  to  a  rounded  parietal  foramen, 
-A^ths  of  an  inch  wide.  The  parietals  unite,  in  ^nt,  with  a  pair 
of  frontals,  which  are  narrow  behind,  but  expand  anteriorly,  and 
then  become  broken  and  disfigured.  An  arcuated  postfrontal  is 
connected  with  the  posterior  moiety  of  the  outer  edge  of  each  frontal, 
and  with  the  antero-extemal  edge  of  the  parietal.  Externally,  its 
smooth,  almost  vertically  bevelled,  margin  bounds  the  inner  and 
posterior  part  of  the  orbit.  The  latter  cavity  has  an  irregolarly  oval 
shape,  the  long  axis  of  the  oval  beLog  directed,  from  witi^out  and  in 
front,  obliquely  inwards  and  backwards,  at  an  angle  of  about  45° 
with  the  long  axis  of  the  skull.  '  The  anterior  and  outer  part  of  the 
wall  of  the  orbit  is  broken  away ;  but,  internally,  it  is  bounded  by  a 
stout  prefrontal,  on  the  under  face  of  which  is  the  indication  of  a 
ridge^  now  broken  away,  but  which  once  projected  towards  the  palate. 
The  prefrontal  joins  the  pos^bntal  and,  just  in  front  of  the  junc- 
tion, expands,  somewhat  suddenly,  outwards,  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of 
promontory  which  disturbs  the  even  contour  of  the  orbit  on  its  inner 
side. 

The  postero-lateral  boundary  of  the  orbit  is  formed,  in  its  hinder 
half,  by  a  postorbital  bone,  and,  in  its  anterior  half,  by  what  appears 
to  be  the  jugal  bone.  All  that  remains  of  the  outer  boundary  is  a 
trihedral  bar  of  bone  0*5  inch  wide,  which  I  take  to  be  the  hinder 
part  of  the  maxilla,  though  it  may  be  the  continuation,  forwards,  of 
the  jugal.  This  bony  bar  is  concave  on  its  outer  or  upper  surface, 
whidi  is  coarsely  sculptured,  while  its  inner  and  outer  sur&ces  slope 
towards  one  another,  so  as  to  form  an  edge  below,  which  is  sharp  in 
front  and  gradually  dies  away  behind.  The  outer  face  is  flat»  and 
exhibits  a  delicate  rugose  sculpture :  the  inner  is  slightly  excavated. 

Behind  the  orbit  the  lateral  part  of  llie  roof  of  the  cranium  widens, 
and  is  produced,  at  its  external  and  posterior  angle,  into  a  broad, 
expanded,  and  irregularly  shaped  plate,  whose  extreme  outer  point 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HTZLET— CASBONIFEROUS  LABTBINTHOBONTB.  293 

is  broken  away.  In  consequence  of  the  projection  of  this  plate 
beyond  the  general  contour  of  the  skull^  the  lateral  margin  of  the 
latter  curves  suddenly  outwards,  midway  between  the  orbit  and  the 
postero-lateral  extremity,  and  then  passes  into  the  straight  outer  edge 
of  the  plate  in  question.  This  plate  appears  to  be  mamly  formed  by 
the  quadrate  and  squamosal  bones.  Internally  it  presents  a  cuired 
contour,  convex  inwards,  which  sweeps  round  when  it  reaches  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  skuU,  and  then  passes  backwards  into  the 
lateral  boundary  of  the  epiofic  bone.  The  posterior  contour  of  the 
skull,  consequently,  presents  a  deep  notch  between  the  epiotic  bone 
and  the  plate  in  question.  The  epiotic  bone,  small  and  pointed 
posteriorly,  is  wedged  in  between  the  supraoccipital  element,  the 
parietal,  and  the  squamosal. 

The  description  here  given  refers  chiefly  to  the  right  (proper) 
half  of  the  skull.  The  left  half  is  broken  away,  so  as  to  leave  only 
the  left  supraoccipital,  the  left  parietal,  and  part  of  the  left  frontal 
and  post&ontal.  The  complete  preservation  of  the  latter  bone  for- 
tunately enables  one  to  form  an  accurate  judgment  of  the  minimum 
width  of  the  interorbital  space. 

The  structure  of  the  cranial  fragment  which  has  been  described 
proves  it,  without  doubt,  to  belong  to  a  Labyrinthodont  Amphibian, 
and  affords  sufficient  evidence  of  the  character  of  the  whole  skull. 
The  straightness  of  what  remains  of  the  external  edge  renders  it 
probable  diat  the  skull  was  elongated,  like  that  of  Arehegataurua ; 
and  on  completing  the  left  side  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  skuU  by 
the  aid  of  the  right  side,  and  restoring  the  general  contour  on  the 
basis  of  Archegosaurus,  we  get  a  diagram  of  the  whole  skull  which 
is  probably  not  very  hi  removed  from  the  trufli. 

Posteriorly  the  skull  had  a  width  of  10|  inches ;  and  if  the  snout 
were  even  less  acute  than  that  of  Arch^osaurus,  its  total  length 
would  be  about  14  inches.  The  largest  Archegosaurus  skull  known 
does  not  exceed  12  inches  in  length. 

From  the  skull  of  Archegosaurtts,  and  £rom  that  of  all  other 
Labyrinthodonts  at  present  known,  the  present  specimen  is  distin- 
guished by  the  proportional  size,  backward  position,  form,  and 
veiy  oblique  disposition  of  the  long  axes  of  the  orbits.  And  as  the 
orbits  of  species  of  known  genera  of  Labyrinthodonts  do  not  differ 
from  one  another  in  any  essential  respect,  I  conceive  this  character 
to  be  of  generic  importance ;  and  I  propose  the  name  of  Loxomma 
for  the  new  genus  l^us  characterized.  The  species  may  be  termed 
Loxomma  AUmanni,  after  the  eminent  Professor  of  I^atural  History 
in  the  University  of  Edinburgh,  who  aided  me  so  essentially  in  dis- 
covering it. 

The  skull,  however,  was  not  the  first  relic  of  this  interesting 
Amphibian  which  came  to  light.  What,  in  fact,  originally  led  me  to 
divine  the  existence  of  a  large  new  Labyrinthodont  in  the  Scotch 
coal-field,  was  the  discovery  of  a  rhomboidal  plate  of  bone  so  ex- 
tremely similar  to  the  middle  sternal  plate  of  a  Labyrinthodont  as 
at  once  to  awaken  suspicion.  Subsequently  I  found  another  speci- 
men, exhibiting  this  median  plate  witii  the  triangular  lateral  plates, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


2^4  pRocssDnras  or  the  esoioaiCAX  sociEir.  [May  7, 

which  are  oonnected  with  its  antero-lateral  edges  in  Labyrinthodonts, 
in  situ.    This  specimen  is  represented  in  fig.  2. 

The  median  plate  is  5|  inches  long,  by  at  least  2|  inches  broad  at  its 
widest  part.  Its  anterior  eztremi^  is  broken  away,  but,  I  think, 
not  for  any  great  extent  Its  posterior  end  (almost  entire)  is  abmptly 
truncated,  and  |^  of  an  inch  wide.  It  continues  of  about  the  same 
width  for  nearly  an  inch,  and  then  its  edges,  becoming  thinner, 
sweep  outwards  with  a  slight  curve  until  the  plate  attains  the 
maximum  width  I  have  mentioned,  at  a  distance  of  2^  inches  from 
its  hinder  end.  Here  it  becomes  so  completely  overlapped  by  the 
lateral  plates,  that  no  more  can  be  said  about  its  lateral  contour.  A 
fragment  of  a  somewhat  larger  plate  of  the  same  kind  leads  me  to 
believe,  however,  that  the  bone  does  not  attain  any  much  greater 
width  anteriorly.  The  middle  of  the  plate  is  thicker  than  its  edges  ; 
and  shallow^  slightly  reticulated  grooves  diverge  from  the  couched 
centre  of  the  bone,  towards  its  thin  edges,  before  reaching  which 
they  are  lost.  The  form  of  what  remains  of  the  lateral  plates  is 
given  in  the  figure;  they  are  thicker  internally,  and  exhibit  the 
same  radiating  grooved  sculpture  as  the  median  plate.  The  grooves 
diverge  from  the  middle  of  die  inner  margin  of  each  plate. 

2.  Description  of  a  new  Lahyrinthodont  (Pholidogaster 
pisciformis,  Huxley). 

Loxomma  is  not  the  only  Labyrinthodont  in  the  Edinburgh  coal- 
field. Some  years  ago  a  remarkable  fossil  was  obtained  from  the 
same  district  by  Sir  Philip  Egerton  and  the  Earl  of  EnniskiUen,  but 
as,  on  mature  consideration,  it  appeared  to  them  not  to  be  a  fish,  it 
was  handed  over  to  the  British  Museum.  My  attention  was  long 
ago  drawn  to  this  specimen  by  Mr.  Davis,  of  tiiat  Institution,  who, 
at  the  same  time,  very  justly  remarked  upon  the  resemblance  m  the 
arrangement  of  iiie  scales  between  this  animal  and  Archegomwus. 

A  recent  careful  study  of  the  fossil  has  fully  borne  out  Mr.  Davis's 
suspicion,  and  has  convinced  me  that  the  fossil  is  an  Amphibian  allied 
to  Areh^osawrus^  though  it  differs  from  the  latter  in  the  form  of  the 
head,  the  extent  to  which  the  ossification  of  the  vertebral  column 
has  proceeded,  and  in  the  characters  of  its  dermal  armour.  It  shares 
with  Archegosaurus,  however,  the  peculiarity  of  having  its  over- 
lapping scales  arranged  in  double  oblique  series  between  the  pectoral 
and  pelvic  arches  only,  whence,  and  on  account  of  its  fiah-like  form, 
I  propose  the  name  of  Pholidogaster  pisciformis  for  the  genus  and 
species. 

The  specimen  (PI.  XI.  fig.  3)  is  in  a  very  indifferent  state  of  pre- 
servation, and  is  so  disposed  in  the  matrix  as  to  show  the  under  or 
ventral  surface  of  the  head  and  body..  Its  total  length  is  about  43 
or  44  inches,  of  which  the  head  occupies  less  than  ^th,  the  ramus  of 
the  lower  jaw  being  7  inches  long.  At  its  hindmost  or  widest  part» 
the  head  measures  about  5  inches  in  transverse  diameter.  In  shape  it 
resembles  an  oval  bisected  along  its  short  diameter,  the  snout  being 
completely  rounded  off.  In  front  of  the  symphysis  of  the  mandible, 
the  under  surface  of  the  premaxiUa  is  visible,  bearing  the  stumps  of 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  ai^CLBT— CABBOiriFBBOtTS  LABTBIKTHODOSIS.  295 

two  teeth.  These  teeth  are  situated  at  some  distance  (about  0*7  of 
an  inch)  from  the  middle  line^  and  pass  outside  the  ramus  of  the 
mandible.  They  are  oonicaly  and  round  in  transverse  section. 
Neither  is  entire ;  but  the  fragment  on  the  right  side  is  the  longer 
(0-2  inch),  and  is  slightly  curved,  its  convexity  being  directed  for- 
wards. The  bases  of  the  teeth  are  marked  by  strong  longitudinal 
grooves. 

The  right  ramus  of  the  mandible  is  better  shown  than  the  left;, 
though  both  rami  are  more  or  less  distorted  and  crushed.  The 
angcdar  piece  is  large,  and  has  the  form  and  scolpture  common 
among  lAbyxinthodonts, 

Between  the  hinder  parts  of  the  rami  of  the  mandible,  but  nearer 
the  left  than  the  right,  are  two  bony  plates,  having  the  form  of  right- 
angled  triangles,  with  tiieir  bases  backwards,  and  their  perpen^ca- 
lars  directed  inwards,  close  to  and  parallel  with  one  anotiier.  Here 
of  the  right  p^ate  is  visible  than  of  the  left,  and  its  outer  angle  is 
seen  to  he  produced  into  a  process  which  is  bent  at  a  right  angle 
towards  the  dorsal  side  of  the  body.  A  coarse  sculpture,  consisting 
of  ridges  which  radiate  fanwise  from  the  outer  angle  of  each  plate 
towards  its  inner  edge,  and  anastomose,  so  as  to  leave  elongated  pits, 
marks  the  surface  of  these  plates. 

I  conceive  that  these  oorzespond  with  the  lateral  thorado  plates  of 
the  Labyrinthodonts,  thrown  out  of  their  proper  places  and  approxi- 
mated, so  as  to  hide  the  anterior  half  of  the  lozenge-shaped  median 
plate,  distinct  traces  of  the  posterior  half  of  whidi  plate  appear  to 
me  to  be  still  visible. 

The  ventral  armour  commences  behind  these  thoracic  plates,  and 
forms  an  oblong  sheet  of  scales,  about  4  inches  broad  and  17  inches 
long,  whUe  each  scale  may  measure  half  an  inch  long  by  45  broad. 
Wben  the  scales  are  well  preserved  and  separately  distingoishable, 
they  are  seen  to  be  somewhat  oat-shaped,  the  outer  end  being  much 
more  pbtnse  in  some  scales  than  in  otners.  The  scale  is  thick,  and 
rises  to  a  sort  of  ridge  in  the  middle.  The  inner  end  of  its  outer 
face  is  commonly  bevelled  gS,  or  grooved,  so  as  to  receive  the  outer 
end  of  the  next  scale  in  .front  of  and  internal  to  it.  The  scales  are 
so  arranged  as  to  form  oblique  series,  directed  inwaida  and  f orwards^ 
and  meeting  in  the  ^niflfHe  line. 

Posteriorly  (fig.  4)  the  scales  seepi  to  become  longer,  so  as  to  aasome 
a  bar-Kke  character ;  and  at  the  extreme  posterior  end  of  the  shield 
there  are  two  irregcdar,  broad,  flat  plates,  apparently  bony,  and  each 
rather  more  than  half  an  inch  wide.  The  structure  of  tiie  fossil  is 
here,  however,  very  obscure. 

Vertebral  centra  become  distinctly  visible  on  the  left  side  of  tbe 
posterior  third  of  the  dermal  shield.  None  of  them  are  completely 
exposed ;  but,  firom  what  appears,  they  measure  rather  less  than  half  an 
indi  anterb-posteiiorly,  and  a  little  more  in  a  direction  at  right  angles 
to  this.  They  are  well  ossified,  slightly  constricted  in  the  middle, 
and  have  either  flat  or  biconcave  artioolar  ends — ^probably  the  latter. 
The  under  surface,  w^ch  is  exposed^  exhibits  a  median  ridge  and 
two  lateral  depressions. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


296  pBOCEEBiNOS  OF  THS  6E0L0OIC1I S0CIBI7.         [May  7^ 

The  characters  of  the  neural  arches  can  nowhere  be  distinctly 
made  out,  though  well-marked  traces  of  them  are  discemible,  par* 
ticularly  in  the  caudal  region,  where  indications  of  subvertebral 
arches^  or  cheyron-bones^  are  also  to  be  foimd. 

At  a  distance  of  about  19  inches  from  the  hinder  end  of  the  ramus 
of  the  mandible,  and  about  17  inches  from  the  end  of  the  tail,  a 
stout  bone^  1*6  inch  long,  broad  at  each  end  and  thinner  in  the 
middle,  lies  obliquely  across  the  axis  of  the  body.  Its  vertebral  end 
is  half  an  inch  wide,  and  has  a  well-marked,  though  shallow,  groove 
or  longitudinal  depression  on  its  outer  surface.  An  oval  depression, 
fiUed  with  matrix,  occupies  the  anterior  face  of  the  opposite  end  of 
this  bone.  There  are  fragments  of  one  or  two  other  long  bones 
behind  this ;  and  the  ventral  armour,  which  ends  about  an  inch  in 
frx)nt  of  the  bone  described,  is  connected  posteriorly,  as  I  have  stated 
above,  with  two  much-broken,  broad,  thin,  bony  plates. 

I  teke  these  parts  to  be  the  remains  of  the  pelvic  girdle  and 
member^  though  their  condition  is  such  as  to  render  it  dmost  im- 
possible to  decipher  their  precise  nature. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  PLATE  XI. 

Fig.  1.  Craniam  of  Loxomma  AUmanni^  one-third  the  natural  size. 
Fig.  2.  Median  and  lateral  sternal  plates  of  the  same  Labyrinthodont* 
Fig.  3.  PhoUdoff aster  pisciformiSf  one-fifth  the  natural  8ize» 
Fig.  4.  Scales  of  Phomogaster,  of  the  natoral  size. 


2.   On  (he  Floba  of 
America.    By  J.  W.  Dawson,  LL.D.,  F.G.8.,  Principal  of  M*GiIl 
College^  Montreal. 

[Plates  XIL-XVn.] 

C0NTE2fTS. 

I.  Kotioea  of  the  localities  of  the  Devonian  Plants. 

1.  State  of  New  York.  I  3.  Canada. 

2.  Maine.  I  4.  New  Brunswick. 


Acrc^enous  Cryptogams. 
Ljoopodiaoeee. 
Filioes. 
Incertse  sedis. 
Alg». 
in.  Conclusion. 


n.  Descriptions  of  the  species. 
Angiospermous  Dicotyledon. 
Exogenous  Gynmosperms. 

Coniferte, 

Sidllarijc. 

Cuamitete. 

AsterophyUitese. 

The  existence  of  several  species  of  land-plants  in  the  Devonian  rocks 
of  New  York  and  Pennsylvania  was  ascertained  many  years  ago  by 
the  Geological  Surveys  of  those  States,  and  several  of  those  plants 
have  been  described  and  figured  in  their  Reports*.  In  Canada 
Sir  W.  £.  Logan  had  ascertained,  as  early  as  1843,  the  presence  of 
an  abundant,  though  apparently  monotonous  and  simple,  flora  in  the 

*  Hall  and  Vanuxem,  Beports  on  the  Geology  of  New  York ;  Kogers,  Beport 
on  Penn^ylyania. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


I 

3 


Jos  DmkEl  Hdi.  auitial,. 


CAE^ONIFEIDUS 

Digitized  byCjOOQiC 


Quart.  Joum  Geo!  SocYol.XOTII.  KH. 


:aABYRINTHQDONTS. 


i 


Wffeetjnsp. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAV80N — ^DBYOlflAir  PLAITEB.  297 

DeTonian  strata  of  Gasp^;  but  it  was  not  until  1859  that  these 
plants  were  described  by  the  author  in  the  'Proceedings'  of  this 
Society*.  More  recently  Messrs.  Matthew  and  Hartt,  two  young 
geologists  of  St.  John,  New  Brunswick,  have  found  a  rich  and  interest- 
ing flora  in  the  semi-metamorphic  beds  in  the  vicinity  of  that  dty ,  in 
which  a  few  fossil  plants  had  previously  been  observed  by  Dr.  Gesner, 
Dr.  Bobb,  and  Mr.  Bennett  of  St.  John;  but  they  had  not  been 
figured  or  described.  These  plants^  however^  I  described  in  the 
'Canadian  Naturalist 'f,  together  with  some  additional  species,  of 
the  same  age,  found  at  Perry,  in  the  State  of  Maine,  and  preserved 
in  the  collection  of  the  Natural  History  Society  of  Portland.  The 
whole  of  the  plants  thus  described  1  summed  up  in  the  paper  last 
mentioned  as  consisting  of  21  species,  belonging  to  16  genera,  ex* 
dusive  of  genera  like  Stentibergia  and  Le^idoBtrohus^  whic^  represent 
parts  of  plants  only. 

In  the  past  summer  I  visited  St.  John ;  and,  in  company  with 
Messrs.  Matthew  and  Hartt,  explored  the  localities  of  the  plants 
previously  discovered,  and  examined  the  large  collections  which  had 
been  formed  by  those  gentlemen  since  the  publication  of  my  previous 
paper.  The  material  thus  obtained  proving  unexpectedly  copious 
and  interesting,  I  was  desirous  of  having  opportunities  of  fuller 
comparison  with  the  Devonian  Flora  of  New  York  State ;  and,  on 
application  ta  Prof.  Hall,  that  gentleman,  with  consent  of  the 
B^nts  of  the  University  of  New  York,  kindly  placed  in  my  hands 
the  whole  of  his  collections,  embracing  many  new  and  remarkable 
forms.  Prof.  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  State-geologist  of  Maine,  had  in  the 
meantime  farther  explored  the  deposits  at  Perry,  and  has  com- 
municated to  me  three  new  species  discovered  by  him.  The  whole 
of  these  collections,  amounting  in  all  to  more  than  sixty  species, 
constitute  an  addition  to  the  Devonian  Flora  equal  in  importance  to 
all  the  plants  previously  obtained  fix>m  rocks  of  this  age,  and  establish 
for  some  of  the  species  a  very  extensive  distribution  both  geologically 
and  geographically ;  they  allow,  also,  more  satisfactory  comparisons 
than  were  heretofore  practicable  to  be  instituted  between  the  Devo- 
nian Flora  and  that  of  the  Carboniferous  Period. 

I  shall  first  shortiy  notice  the  geological  character  of  the  localities, 
with  lists  of  the  fosols  found  in  each,  and  shall  then  proceed  to  de- 
scribe the  new  species. 

I.   NonCBS  07  THB  LoCALTTIES  OF  IHB  DsVOKIAlf  PlANIS. 

1.  State  of  New  York. — ^The  geology  of  this  State  has  been  so 
folly  illustrated  by  Prof.  Hall  and  his  colleagues,  and  the  parallelism 
of  its  formations  with  those  of  Europe  has  been  so  extensively  made ' 
known  by  Murchison  and  others,  that  it  is  only  necessary  for  me  to 
state  that  the  fossils  entrusted  to  me  by  Prof.  Hall  range  from  the 
Marcellus  Shale  to  the  Catskill  group  inclusive,  and  thus  belong  to 
the  Middle  and  Upper  Devonian  of  British  geologists.  The  plants 
are  distributed  in  the  subdivisions  of  these  groups  as  follows : — 

*  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  toI.  xv.  p.  477.  t  Vol.  vi^  May  1861.     . 

Digitized  by  Google 


PB0CSSDZRG6  OF  THS  QXOLOOICAL  iOCXXTT. 


[May  7, 


Uppbb  Dbyokiait. 
CatdciU  Orovp* 


Aporoxvloo* 

Sigillana  Simplicitas,  Vamtxem, 
L^idodeadion  GkMpianum,  JktwBon. 
Pfuophyton  prinoeps,  Ikmrnon. 


Crelopteris  Jadcfoni,  Dawmm. 
Siluchiopteris  pmiotatB»  ep.  noT« 
cydopteroideB,  sp.  qot. 


Chemung  Cfroup 

SigiUaria  yanozemii,  Chtpperi, 
^yringodendron  gradle,  sp.  noT. 
Stignuuria  ezigaa,  sp.  nor. 
Cepidodaidnni  ChemongenBe,  HaU. 
- —  oormgatum,  Vaiumn, 


Lyoopodites  Vanuxemii,  sp.  nor. 
C^clopteriB  Hftlliiuia,  Gappert. 
Pnlo^yton  prinoeps^  Dcncwm. 
Acanthophyton  ■^OBom,  ip.  nor. 
BhachiopteriB  ■trtate,  sp.  nor. 


Middle  Deyonian. 
HamiUon  Group, 


Piilophytoii  prinoMM)  Ditwtont^ 
€k>rdutes  Bobfaii  (7),  Dammm. 

,  8p.  nov. 

angufltifolia,  DawBon. 

Cyolopteris  inoeitai  ip.  nor. 
Bhachioptons  Btriatay  sp.  nov. 
—  tenoiBtriata,  Bp.  nov. 
pmnafca^  Bp.  nov. 


Syringozylon  mimbile,  Bp.  noT. 

IJiMloiyloii  Hallii,  sp.  nor. 

Aporox^lon. 

Si^lillana. 

Bidymophyllnm  reniforme,  Bp.  nov. 

CalamiteB  TranBitioniB  (?),  Gwppert, 

"'—  inomatoB,  n>.  nor. 

LBpidodendron  GaBpianum,  2>aiUf909u 

—— »  oorragatum,  i/otfAm. 

2.  Maine. — ^The  only  locality  in  this  State  that  has  hitherto 
afforded  fossil  plants  is  Perry,  near  Eastport,  in  the  eastern  part  of 
the  State.  The  plant-bearing  rocks  are  grey  sandstones,  resembling 
those  of  Gasp^,  and  associated  with  red  conglomerate  and  trappean 
or  tufaceous  rocks,  which^  according  to  the  recent  observations  of 
Prof.  C.  H.  Hitchcock*,  rest  nnconformably  on  shales  or  slates  hold- 
ing Upper  Silurian  fossils  t.  I  bare  little  doubt  that  these  beds  at 
Perry  are  a  continuation  of  part  of  the  series  observed  at  St.  John, 
New  Brunswick ;  and  it  is  probable  that  they  are  Upper  Devonian. 
The  following  species  occur  at  this  place : — 

Lepidodendron  Qa^iannxn,  Daw$on. 
LepidoBtroboB  BidhardBonii,  Dawton, 

globoBUA,  Jktwson, 

Psilopiiytoii  prinoeps,  Dawmn, 
LeptophlcBum  rhombioum,  Bp.  nor. 


M^gaphyton? 
Aporoxylon? 
CjblopteriB  Jaokfloni,  Daw9on, 

Brownii,  Bp.  nov. 

SphenopteriB  Hitchoookiaiia»  Bp.  nor. 


3.  Canada, — ^Devonian  beds  holding  fossil  plants  occur  in  Eastern 
Canada,  in  Gasp^,  and  in  Western  Canada,  at  Kettle  Point,  Lake 
Huron.  At  the  former  place  there  is  an  extensive  series  of  sand- 
stones and  shales,  regarded  by  Sir  W.  E.  Logan  as  representing  the 
whole  of  the  Devonian  series,  and  containing  plants  throughout,  but 

*  Beport  on  the  Geological  Surrey  of  Maine,  now  in  the  preBs. 
t  See  alBO  notices  by  iSr,  JaolcBon  and  Pft>f.  Bogen  in  tl)e  *  Proceedings  of  the 
Boston  Society  of  Natural  Histoiy.' 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWSON — ^DEYOiriAN  VLASTB.  299 

more  abundantly  in  its  central  portion*.  At  the  latter  a  few  plants 
have  been  found  in  shales  of  Upper  Beyonian  age.  The  plants  found 
at  Gasp^  were  described  in  my  former  paper^  and 

Prototaadtes  Logani,  Dotoacm. 
Lepidodendron  Ghtfpianum,  Dawton, 
Psuophyton  prinoeps,  Dawson, 


Pnloph^oii  robastiofl,  Dawaon, 
Selaffinites  formosiu,  Dawson. 
Cor£dtes  anguatifolijs  Dawson, 


The  plants  from  Kettle  Point,  noticed  with  doubt  in  my  former 
paper,  I  may  now  refer  to  the  following  species : — 

Sageaaria  VeLtheimiana,  Chtpperi.         \  Calamites  inomatoa,  sp.  nor. 

4.  New  Brvmswick. — ^The  rocks'  in  the  yicinity  of  the  city  of 
St.  John,  constituting  a  part  of  the  coast  metamoiphic  series  of 
New  Brunswick,  have  been  described  in  the  official  reports  of  Dr. 
Gesner  and  Dr.  Bobbf ;  and  additional  facts  respecting  their  strati* 
graphical  relations,  ascertained  by  Hr.  Matthew,  were  stated  in  my 
paper  in  the  '  Canadian  Naturalist,'  already  referred  to.  The  new 
interest  attached  to  these  beds,  in  consequence  of  the  discovery  of 
their  copious  fossil  flora,  induced  me  to  re-examine  all  the  sections, 
in  company  with  Mr.  Matthew,  during  my  late  visit;  and  that 
gentleman  has  recentiy  extended  the  lunits  of  our  observations  east- 
ward in  the  direction  of  Mispec.  The  results  of  these  observations 
I  shall  state  in  some  detail,  as  the  predse  age  of  the  St.  John  series 
has  not  until  now  been  determined. 

The  oldest  rocks  seen  in  the  vicinity  of  St.  John  are  the  so-called 
syenites  and  altered  slates  in  the  ridges  between  the  city  and  the 
Kennebeckasis  Eiver.  These  rocks  are  in  great  part  gneissose,  and 
are  no  doubt  altered  sediments.  They  are  usually  of  greenish 
colours ;  and  in  places  they  contain  bands  of  dark  slate  and  reddish 
febite,  as  well  as  of  grey  quartzite.  In  their  upper  part  they 
alternate  with  white  and  graphitic  crystalline  limestone,  which 
overlies  them  in  thick  beds  at  M'Clakeney's  and  Drury's  Cones  on 
the  KennebeckasiB,  and  again  on  the  St.  John  side  of  an  anticlinal 
formed  by  the  syenitic  or  gneissose  rocks,  at  the  suburb  of  Portland. ' 
These  limestones  are  also  well  seen  in  a  railway-cutting  Ave  miles 
to  the  eastward  of  St.  John$,  and  at  lily  Lake.  Near  tiie  Eenne- 
beckasis  they  are  unconformably  overlain  by  the  Lower  Carboni- 
ferous conglomerate,  which  is  coarse  and  of  a  red  colour,  and  con- 
tains numerous  fragments  of  the  limestone. 

At  Portland  the  crystalline  limestone  appears  in  a  very  thick  bed, 
and  constitutes  the  ridge  on  which  stands  Fort  House.  Its  colours 
are  white  and  grey,  with  dark  graphitic  laminae ;  and  it  contains 
occasional  bands  of  olive-coloured  shale.     It  dips  at  a  very  hig^ 

*  Beports  of  the  G^olodcal  Surrey  of  Canada ;  paper  on  the  Deronian  Plants 
of  Gaep^  Quart.  Jonm.  Qeol.  See.  toL  xr. 

t  Gmner's  Second  and  Third  Beporta  on  the  G^eologioal  Survey  of  New 
Brunswick ;  Bobb,  in  Johnston's  Beport  on  the  Agriculture  of  New  Brunswick. 

I  At  this  place  tiie  limestone  is  penetrated  by  a  thick  vein  of  erephio  granite, 
holding  black  tourmaline ;  and  at  Drury's  Cove,  not  far  distant,  it  contains  dykes 
of  dark-coloured  trap. 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


300 


PBOCSBDHrGft  OP  THE  OBOIOeiCAL  80CIETT. 


[May  7, 


g  *9A03 


«Amafwn- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.}  BA'WBOV — ^DXVOHIAN  FIAKT8.  801 

angle  to  the  south-east.  Three  heds  of  impure  graphite  appear  in 
its  upper  portion.  The  highest  is  about  a  foot  in  tidckness^  and  rests 
on  a  sort  of  underday.  The  middle  bed  is  thinner  and  less  perfectly 
exposed.  The  lower  bed,  in  which  a  shaft  has  been  sunk,  seems  to 
be  three  or  four  feet  in  thickness.  It  is  very  earthy  and  pyritous. 
The  great  bed  of  limestone  is  seen  to  rest  on  flinty  slate  and  syenitio 
gneiss,  beneath  which,  however,  there  appears  a  minor  bed  of  lime- 
stone. Above  the  great  limestone  are  beds  of  a  hard  grey  meta- 
morphic  rock,  apparently  an  indurated  volcanic  ash,  associated  with 
some  sandstone ;  and  this  is  succeeded  by  the  great  series  of  grey, 
olive,  and  black  shales  and  flags  which  underlie  the  city  of  St.  John. 
These  roeks  are  well  exposed  on  both  sides  of  Courtney  Bay,  in  the 
city  of  St.  John,  and  in  Carlton.  Though  somewhat  contorted,  they 
have  a  general  dip  to  the  south-east  at  angles  of  50^  to  70^.  In 
some  of  the  beds  there  are  great  numbers  of  lAngvlaij  which  have 
not  as  yet  been  identified  wi^  any  described  species.  There  are  also 
trails  of  Worms,  and  scratches  which  may  have  been  produced  by 
the  feet  of  Crustaceans  or  the  flns  of  Eishes. 

The  comparatively  coarse  shales  above  described  are  succeeded  by 
a  thick  band  of  black  papyraceous  shale,  much  contorted,  and  with  a 
few  thin  seams  of  calcareous  matter  arranged  in  the  concretionary 
form  known  as  cone-in-cone.  No  fossils  were  found  in  them,  but 
two  thin  seams  of  anthracitic  coaly  matter  are  stated  to  have  been 
seen  on  their  line  of  strike  eastward  of  Courtney  Bay*. 

Overlying  these  beds  is  a  group  of  very  different  character.  It 
consists  of  purplish-red  and  green  grit  and  shale,  with  beds  of  red 
conglomerate  and  red  sandstone.  Interstratifled  with  these  are 
massive  beds  of  a  greenish  rock,  consisting  of  trappean  and  felspathio 
fragments,  imbedded  in  a  shining  reddish  paste,  or  sometimes  pre- 
senting the  appearance  of  a  compact  trap  or  am3rgdaloid.  This  rock 
usually  presents  an  appearance  of  greater  alteration  than  the  neigh- 
bouring beds,  and  contains  veins  of  epidote,  quartz,  and  calc-spar. 
Its  hard  and  massive  character  causes  it  to  resust  denudation,  and  to 
project  above  the  surfiace  in  irregular  masses.  It  has  usually  been 
regarded  as  a  trap ;  I  am  disposed,  however,  to  consider  it  as  more 
probably  a  tufaceous  or  volcanic  ash  rock,  except  in  a  few  places, 
where  it  is  either  an  amygdaloidal  trap  or  a  mass  of  fragments  of 
such  material  too  intimately  connected  to  be  separated  from  each 
other.  It  is  evidently  a  stratified  member  of  the  series,  though  its 
beds  are  very  unequal  in  hardness  and  texture,  and  probably  also  in 
thickness.  This  portion  of  the  series  is  well  exposed  on  the  east  side 
of  Courtney  Bay,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  city  of  St.  John,  and 
in  the  direction  of  Carlton,  where  its  tufaceous  or  trappean  members 
QOnstitute  prominent  elevations.  It  seems  also  to  be  this  member 
of  the  series  which,  turning  to  the  south,  constitutes  Cape  Meogenes. 

Reposing  on  the  rocks  last  described  is  the  most  interesting 
member  of  the  series,  consisting  of  hard  buff  and  grey  sandstones, 
with  black  and  dark-grey  shales.  The  sandstones  contain  numerous 
Coniferous  trunks;   and  the  shales,  which  are  sometimes  highly 

*  Gesner^s  Seoond  Beport 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


302  TWocEEBaw  OF  THx  oBOLoeicAL  sodXTT.  [May  Tf 

graphitic,  abound  in  delicate  vegetable  remains,  often  in  a  very  per- 
fect state  of  preservation.  These  rocks  appear  on  the  east  side  of 
Courtney  Bay,  near  Little  River,  at  the  extremity  of  the  point  of 
land  on  which  the  city  of  St.  John  stands,  and  in  the  ledges  and 
elifb  on  the  shore  westward  of  Carlton.  In  all  these  places  they  are 
quite  conformable  with  the  underlying  rocks,  though  the  dip  gra- 
dually diminishes  in  ascending. 

No  rocks  newer  than  the  above  are  seen  at  Carlton  or  in  the  city 
of  St.  John ;  but  near  Little  River  a  few  beds  of  red  shale  and  coarse 
sandstone  seem  to  indicate  the  commencement  of  a  new  member  of 
the  series,  the  coast-section  failing  at  this  point.  Mr.  Matthew  has, 
however,  succeeded  in  finding  a  continuation  of  the  section  further 
inland,  exhibiting  first,  in  ascending  order,  grey  sandstone  and  grit, 
with  dark  shale  holding  fossil  plants,  among  which  is  Calamites 
Trangitionts.  This  may  perhaps  be  regarded  as  the  top  of  the  group 
last  mentioned.  Above  it,  and  passing  into  it  at  their  base,  are  reddish 
sandstones,  grits,  and  conglomerate,  alteTnating  with  green,  greenish- 
grey,  and  red  diale.  Resting  on  these  is  a  thick-bedded,  coarse, 
angular  conglomerate,  succeeded  by  evenly  bedded  shales,  shaly 
sandstones,  and  grits,  of  dark-red  and  purplish  colours.  These  are 
the  highest  beds  seen,  as  beyond  this  place  they  are  bent  in  a  syn- 
clinal, and  reappear  with  reversed  dips. 

Another  most  important  observation  of  Mr.  Matthew  is  that  near 
Red  Head  the  member  of  the  St.  John  series  last  described  is  over- 
lain unconformablyby  a  conglomerate  similar  to  that  of  the  Eenne- 
beckasis,  and  probably  the  Lower  Carboniferous  conglomerate.  It 
dips  to  tiie  north-west,  or  in  the  opposite  direction  from  that  of  the 
underlying  beds,  at  an  angle  of  30^;  but  Mr.  Matthew  regards  the 
dip  as  due  in  part  to  false  bedding. 

The  whole  of  the  deposits  above  described  may  be  summed  up  as 
follows,  the  thicknesses  stated  being  from  measurements  and  esti- 
mates made  by  Mr.  Matthew,  and  to  be  regarded  as  merely  approxi- 
mate* (see  figs.  1  &  2). 

Oarh<miferou8  System. 

Coarse  red  conglomerate,  with  pebbles  of  the  underl3ring  rocks.    Feet 
and  constituting  in  this  vicinity  the  base  of  the  Carboni- 
ferous System. 

Devonian  System  (or  perhaps,  in  part,  Upper  Silurian). 

1,  Dark-red  and  greenish  shales ;  flaggy  sandstones  and  grits ; 

coarse  anguish  conglomerate   1850 

*  In  my  paper  in  the  *  Canadian  Natttraliat*'  I  fvve  a  tectional  Tiew  of  the 
general  arrangement,  as  obeerred  on  a  line  of  leotion  from  the  Kennebec^aais 
piveap  to  the  extremity  of  the  peninaula  on  which  St.  John  atands.  The  aeo- 
tions  referred  to  in  the  text  repreeent  the  same  series,  as  seen  on  the  east  side  of 
Courtney  Bay,  immediately  to  the  east  of  St.  John,  with  the  continuation  ascer- 
tained by  Mr.  Matthew  towards  the  Mispec  BiTsr. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAW80V — ^DEVONlAir  PLANTS.  303 

2.  Reddish  oonglomerate,  with  quartz  pebbles ;  reddish,  pur-  Feet- 

pie,  and  grey  sandstones  and  grits ;  deep-red,  grey,  and 
pale-green  shales.    A  few  fossil  plants 2350 

3.  Blackish  and  grey  hard  shale  and  arenaceous  shale ;  buff 

and  grey  sandstone  and  flags.  Many  fossil  Plants; 
Crustaceans  and  Spirorhis  2000 

4.  Beddish  conglomerate,  with  slaty  paste  and  rounded  pebbles; 

trappean  or  tufiaceous  rock;  red,  purplish,  and  green 
sandstones  and  shales.    Thickness  variable    1000 

5.  Black  papyraceous  shale,  with  layers  of  cone-in-cone  con- 

cretions         400 

6.  Hard,  generally  coarse  and  micaceous,  grey  shales  and  flags, 

of  various  shades  of  colour,  and  with  some  reddish  shale 
and  tufaceous  or  trappean  matter  at  the  bottom.  Lin- 
gulcB,  Burrows,  and  Trails  of  animals 3000  feet  or  more. 

7.  White  and  grey  crystalline  limestone,  with  bands  of  shale 

and  beds  of  graphite 600  feet  or  more. 

8.  Gneissose  and  other  metamorphic  beds,  with  bands  of  quartz- 

rock  and  slate.    Thickness  unknown. 

The  Deyonian  age  of  the  upper  members  of  this  great  series  of 
beds  1  regard  as  established  by  their  fossils*,  taken  in  connexion 
with  the  unconformable  superposition  of  the  Lower  Carboniferous 
conglomerate.  The  age  of  Uio  lower  members  is  less  certain.  They 
may  either  represent  the  Middle  and  Lower  Devonian,  or  may  be  in 
part  of  Silurian  age.  Their  only  determinable  fossil,  the  LinguJa  of 
the  St.  John  shales,  affords  no  decisive  solution  of  this  question,  and 
the  evidence  of  mineral  character  is  not  to  be  relied  on  in  the  case  of 
beds  so  remote  from  those  regions  in  which  the  Devonian  rocks  of 
America  have  been  most  minutely  studied. 

In  mineral  character,  Nos.  1  &  2  of  the  above  sectional  list  might 
very  well  represent  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  or  Catskill  group  of  the 
New  York  geologists.  Nos.  3  <fe  4  might  be  r^;arded  as  the  ana- 
logues of  the  Chemung  and  Portage  groups.  No.  5  would  represent 
the  Genesee  Slate ;  No.  6  the  remaiader  of  the  Hamilton  group ; 
No.  7  the  Comiferous  Limestone;  and  ^o.  8  might  be  regarded  as  a 
metamorphosed  equivalent  of  the  Oriskany  and  Schoharie  Sandstones. 
The  entire  want  of  the  rich  marine  fauna  of  these  formations  is, 
however,  a  serious  objection  to  this  parallelism.  If,  on  the  other 
hand,  we  employ  as  our  scale  of  comparison  the  development  of  the 
Devonian  system  in  Gasp^,  Nos.  1^2  will  correspond  very  well 
with  the  upper  member  of  ilie  Gasp^  series,  and  No.  3  with  the  rich 
plant-bearing  beds  of  the  middle  of  that  series;  but  no  mineral 

*  The  acanhr  animal  remains  of  the  plant-beda  No.  3  accord  very  well  with 
the  eridence  of  the  fosnl  Plants.  They  are  a  small  Trilobite,  apparently  a  Phil- 
Upsia,  three  other  Crustaceans,  one  of  which  is  probably  a  Stylonurui,  another  a 
Eurypterus,  and  the  third  a  Decapod  not  apparently  reSenhle  to  any  described 
genus.  These  Crustaceans  are  now  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Salter.  (See  his  paper 
on  these  fossils,  read  before  the  Society,  May  21,  1862.)  Thero  is  also  a  shell, 
apparently  a  Loxonmna,  and  a  Spirorins. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


304  PR0GSKDIHG8  OV  THE  GBOLOeiCAL  80GIBTT.  [}^J  7, 

equiyalent  of  the  St.  John  shales  and  limestoneB  ocean  at  Gafp^yiinleBS 
we  seek  for  it  in  the  Upper  Silurian. 

The  rocks  of  the  St.  John  gronp  extend  along  the  coast  as  far  as 
the  frontier  of  Maine,  and  there  can  scarcely  he  any  douht  that  the 
plant-hearing  heds  at  Perry  represent  some  portion  of  the  St.  John 
series,  most  probably  Nos.  2  <fe  3  of  our  sectional  list.  At  Perry  the 
plant-beds  rest  on  a  trappean  bed,  which  may  be  the  equivalent  of 
our  No.  4,  a  member  of  the  series  much  more  constant  in  its  occur-^ 
rence  than  would  be  anticipated  from  its  composition.  According 
to  Prof.  Hitchcock,  this  last  bed  at  Perry  rests  unconfonnably  on 
shales  containing  a  Lingttla  which  may  be  identical  with  that  of 
St.  John,  and  also  other  fossils  of  distinct  Upper  Silurian  forms. 
The  analogy  of  Perry,  therefore,  as  well  as  of  Gaspe,  would  point  to 
an  Upper  Silurian  age  for  the  lower  members  of  l^e  St.  John  series, 
though  at  St.  John  they  appear  to  be  conformable  with  the  over- 
lying beds.  On  the  other  hand,  the  unconformabOity  at  Perry 
renders  it  possible  that  the  lower  members  of  the  St.  John  series 
may  be  wanting  there ;  and  to  assign  a  Silurian  date  to  the  lower 
beds  at  St.  John  would  imply  the  entire  absence  of  the  copious  and 
characteristic  Lower  Devonian  marine  fauna  observed  at  Gasp^  and 
in  Nova  Scotia,  as  well  as  in  Maine,  though  not  in  immediate  con- 
nexion with  the  Perry  beds ;  while,  if  the  whole  series  of  St.  John 
be  Devonian,  the  absence  of  tliis  fauna  would  be  accounted  for  by  the 
metamorphism  of  the  lower  beds. 

In  the  present  state  of  the  evidence,  it  would  be  premature  to 
decide  this  question,  which  may  be  settled  either  by  the  discovery  of 
portions  of  the  lower  beds  in  a  less  altered  state,  or  by  tracing  the 
St.  John  series  into  connexion  with  the  similar  deposits  in  Maine. 
In  the  meantime,  therefore,  we  may  be  content  to  regard  the  upper 
members  of  the  series  as  belonging  to  the  later  part  of  the  Devonian 
Period,  leaving  the  lower  members  to  be  regarded  as  Lower  Devo- 
nian or  possibly  Upper  Silurian. 

The  fossilif erous  portion  of  the  St.  John  series  presents  the  richest 
local  flora  of  the  Devonian  Period  ever  discovered.  It  far  excels,  in 
number  of  genera  and  species,  the  Lower  Carboniferous  flora  as  it 
exists  in  British  America,  and  is  comparable  with  that  of  the  Middle 
Coal-measures,  from  which,  however,  it  differs  very  remarkably  in 
the  relative  development  of  different  genera,  as  well  as  in  the  species 
representing  those  genera. 

It  is  only  just  to  observe,  that  the  completeness  of  the  following 
list  is  due  to  the  industrious  labours  of  an  association  of  young 
gentiemen  of  St.  John,  who,  under  the  guidance  of  Messrs.  Matthew 
and  Hartt,  have  diligentiy  explored  every  accessible  spot  within 
some  distance  of  the  city,  and  have  liberally  placed  their  collections 
at  my  disposal  for  the  purposes  of  this  paper. 


Dado^lon  Oaangondianum,  Datoson. 
SiffUlarift  palptebra,  sp.  noY. 
Btiemaria  fiooidee  (yar.),  Bronffn, 
Cauunites  transitionis,  Gceppert, 
cannsformis,  Branfn. 


Asterophyllites  acioulariB,  sp.  noT. 
— ^  latifolia,  Bp.  noY. 
— —  Bcutigera,  sp.  dot. 

longuolia,  Bnmgn, 

paiTula,  DaiDson. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


DAWSOK — ^DEYOKIAN  PLANTS. 


305 


Annularis  acuminata,  sp.  noT. 
SphenophjUum  antiquum,  Daumm. 
Pmnularia  diBpalans,  ep.  noY. 
Lepidodendron  Cbapianum,  Iktwson, 
Lyoopoditee  Matthewi,  Dawtotu 
Pailophjton  elegans,  ep.  nor. 

glabrum,  sp.  nov. 

Gordaitee  Bobbii,  JDawaon. 

anguatifolia,  Bawson. 

Cjclopteria  Jacksoni,  Daumon, 

obtusa,  Gceppert. 

Taiia,  sp.  nov. 

yalidfi,  ep.  nor. 

Neuropterif  serrulata,  sp.  noT. 
— *  poljrmorpha,  sp.  noY. 


Sphenopteris  Hoeninghausi,  Br<mgn. 

marglnata,  sp.  noY. 

Haittii,  sp.  noY. 

Hitrhoockiana,  sp.  noY. 

HjrmenophYllites  Ctendorffii,  Geeppert. 

obUisuobus,  Gctppert, 

curtilobas,  sp.  noY. 

Peoopteris  (Alethopteris)  deeurreos, 
sp.  noY. 

( J  ingene,  sp.  noY. 

( ^  obBCura(?),  Lesquereux, 

Trichomanites,  sp.  noY. 
Cardiocarpum  oornutum,  sp.  noY. 

obliquum,  sp.  noY. 

Trigonooarpum  raoemoaum,  sp.  noY. 


n.  Descriptioks  of  the  Species. 
(Angiospermous  Dicotyledon.) 

1.  STEnrooxTLON  MiBABiLE,  gen.  et  sp.  nov.     PI.  XII.  figs.  1  to  5. 

Woody  tissue  dose,  thiek-waUed.  Ducts  many  times  the  diameter  of 
ike  wood-cells,  thin-walled,  tvi^  transverse  pores  in  several  series. 
Medullary  rays  of  two  or  more  series  of  muriform  cells.  Growth- 
rings  distinct. 

This  genus  and  species  are  founded  on  a  small  fragment  of  wood, 
mineralized  by  carbonate  of  lime,  silica,  and  iron-pyrites.  It  is 
evidently  the  wood  of  an  angiospermous  exogen,  and  does  not  di£fer 
materially  from  that  of  some  modem  trees.  It  is,  in  so  £eu:  as  I  am 
aware,  the  first  instance  of  such  wood  in  Palaeozoic  rocks,  and  would 
imply  the  existence  in  the  Devonian  Period  of  trees  of  a  higher 
grade  than  any  that  are  known  in  the  Carboniferous  System.  This 
fact  is  not,  however,  in  itself  more  remarkable  than  the  occurrence 
of  a  single  Land-snail  in  the  €k)al-formation,  more  especially  when 
we  consider  the  perishable  character  of  the  wood  of  angiosperms  as 
compared  with  that  of  gymnosperms  and  cryptogams,  and  the  small 
amount  of  attention  usually  bestowed  by  geologists  on  fragments  of 
mineralized  wood.  It  is  also  to  be  remarked  that,  as  I  have  else- 
where had  occasion  to  note,  the  Devonian  flora  has  in  other  points  a 
more  modem  aspect  than  that  of  the  Coal — a  circumstance  which  may 
perhaps  relate  to  a  different  distribution  of  land  and  water,  and  to 
the  comparative  absence  of  the  wide  inundated  flats  of  the  Coal- 
period.  It  may,  however,  merely  result  from  the  unequal  and 
fortuitous  preservation  of  some  descriptions  of  plants  rather  than 
others  in  the  beds  of  one  or  both  of  these  periods. 

The  specimen  is  labelled  as  from  Eighteen-mile  Creek  on  Lake 
Erie,  and  was  collected  several  years  ago  by  Prof.  Hall  from  a  lime- 
stone in  the  upper  part  of  the  Hamilton  group.  It  has  unfortu- 
nately no  matrix  attached  to  it;  but  Prof.  Hall  assures  me  that  he 
has  no  reason  to  doubt  its  genuineness. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


30G  PH0CSBDINQ8  OP  THE  OEOLOOICAL  SOCIXTT.  [^J  7> 

(Exogenous  OytnnospertM,) 
(Coniferog.) 

2.  Dadoxtlon  (Abavcabitkb)  Ovavgovdiakuk,  BawBon. 

<  Canad.  Naturalist/  toL  vi.  pp.  165, 166,  figs.  1  to  4. 

**  Branching  trunks,  with  distinct  zones  of  growth,  and  a  pith  of  the 
Stembergia  type,  Wood-ceUs  very  large,  with  three  to  five  rows  of 
contiguious,  alternate,  hexagonal  areoUs  with  oval  pores,  Med^ 
lary  rays  wiih  one  to  three  series  ofeeUs,  and  as  many  as  14  rows 
of  cells  superin^posed  on  each  other*,'* 

In  sandatone  at  St.  John,  where  many  large  trunks  occur,  calcified 
and  silicified,  and  in  part  converted  into  anthracite  and  graphitef. 
My  specimens  are  from  the  collection  of  Mr.  Matthew,  and  are  de- 
scribed at  length  and  figured  in  the  paper  referred  to  in  the  foot- 
note. I  have  no  doubt  that  this  is  ^e  Coniferous  tree  referred  to 
by  Dr.  Gesner,  <  Second  Beport,'  p.  12. 

3.  Dadoxtlok  Halui,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XIII.  fig.  11. 

Wood-cells  very  large,  with  five  rows  of  contiguous,  altemaie,  hexa^ 
gonal  areoles.  Medullary  rays  very  frequent,  and  with  as  many  a* 
thirty  rows  of  eeQs  superimposed. 

This  spedes  occurs  in  a  pyritized  state  at  Hemlock  Creek, 
Ontario  County,  New  York,  in  beds  of  the  Hamilton  group.  It 
resembles  2>.  Owmgondianwn  in  the  great  size  of  the  wood-ceUa 
and  the  numerous  rows  of  areoles,  but  dififers  so  markedly  in  the 
development  of  the  medullary  rays  that  I  regard  it  as  certiunly  be- 
longing to  a  distinct  species.  The  specimen,  being  completely  pyri- 
tized, can  be  examined  only  as  an  opaque  object,  so  that  some  of  the 
details  of  its  structure  cannot  be  made  out ;  but  the  forms  of  the 
wood-cells  and  their  areoles,  and  of  the  medullary  rays,  are  so 
beautifully  modelled  in  pyrites  that  no  uncertainty  exists  as  to  the 
points  of  structure  above  specified.  I  have  dedicated  this  species  to 
Prof.  Hall,  its  discoverer. 

4.  Apoboxtlok. 

Among  Prof.  Hall's  specimens  is  one,  from  Seneca  Lake,  which 
may  possibly  be  allied  to  the  plant  on  which  Unger  has  founded  the 
genus  above  named.  It  is  a  flattened  pyritized  stem  or  branch,  one 
inch  and  a  quarter  in  breadth  at  the  larger  end,  and  slightly  tapering, 
and  ten  inches  ia  length.  It  is  marked  with  spirally  arranged  dis- 
tant scars,  as  if  of  excurrent  branches ;  and  it  seems  to  have  been 
woody,  with  a  thin  bark  and  a  large  pith.    The  wood  is  imperfectly 

*  In  the  case  of  this  and  other  species  described  in  mj  paper  on  the  Pre- 
carboniferous  Flora  of  New  Brunswick,  I  shall  copy  in  this  paper  the  specific 
characters  merely,  referring  for  fuller  descriptions  to  my  paper  in  the  *  Canadian 
Naturalist,'  toL  yL  pp.  161  e^se;. 

t  This  and  other  fossil  nlants  found  at  St  John  afford  remarkable  examples 
of  the  oonyersion  of  vegetable  matter  into  graphite,  without  loss  of  its  form  or 
even  of  its  internal  structure. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BAWSOK — ^DBYOWIAN  PLAJTW.  307 

preserved,  but  shows  slender  cylindrical  fibres  destitute  of  markings^ 
and  with  mere  traces  of  medullary  rays.  The  general  arrangement 
of  parts  resembles  that  in  Prototaxites,  but  the  markings  on  the  cell- 
walls  are  absent.  I  regard  it  as  quite  possible  that  this  may  merely 
be  wood  of  Dadoxylon  or  PrototaxiteSy  in  which  casts  of  the  interior 
cavities  of  the  ceUs  may  have  been  taken  in  pyrites,  while  the  oeU-> 
walls  and  medullaiy  rays  have  been  destroyed,  and  the  spaces 
occupied  by  them  partially  obliterated  by  pressure.  Whatever  its 
precise  character,  it  must  have  been  an  excurrent  stem  with  many 
small  branches  proceeding  from  it,  in  the  manner  of  ordinaiy  coni* 
ferous  trees*. 

In  the  collections  made  by  Mr.  Richardson  (of  the  Canadian  Geo* 
logical  Survey)  at  Perry  are  fragments  of  stems  or  branches  having 
a  structure  somewhat  similar  to  that  above  described^  but  still  more 
imperfectly  preserved. 

(Sigitlarice.) 

5.  SiGILLARU  PAtPEBBA,  Sp.  UOV.      PL  XIII.  fig.  12. 

Ribs  narrow,  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  vndth.    Leaf -scars  troM^ 
versely  aoufninate,  smaU. 

My  only  specimen  is  a  small  fitigment,  showing  three  or  four  ribs, 
and  with  only  a  few  of  the  scars  preserved.  The  most  perfect  leaf- 
scars  are  shaped  much  like  a  half-closed  eye ;  but  the  specimen  is 
only  a  cast,  and  very  imperfect.    Locality,  St.  John. 

6.  SioiLLABiA  Vanuxemii,  Gooppcrt.    PI.  Xn.  fig.  7. 

Hall's  <  Report  Geol.  New  York/  p.  184,  fig.  61;   Goeppert^s 
<  Flora  Silurisch.'  p.  546, 

AreoUs  hexagonaly  rather  longer  ^lan  broad.  Vascular  scars  indi-^ 
stincif  apparently  two  in  each  areole,  Barh  thick.  Ligneous  sur^* 
face  obscurely  ribbed,  with  small  elongated  scars  in  the  furrows^ 
Woody  axis  sulcated  longitudinally ;  its  diameter  equal  to  one^ 
fourth  that  of  the  stem.  There  are  about  twelve  rows  of  areoles  on 
a  stem  half  an  inch  in  diameter. 

This  beautiful  little  Sigillaria  is  figured,  but  not  named  nor  de* 
scribed,  in  Vanuxem's  <  Report  on  the  Geology  of  New  York,'  fig.  61, 
p.  184.  It  is  named  and  described  by  Gosppert  from  Yanuxem's 
figure  f.  An  examination  of  the  original  specimen — a  sandstone-cast 
six  inches  in  length,  imbedded  among  brachiopodous  shells — enables 
me  to  give  the  above  more  complete  description.  The  bark  is  in  a 
coaly  state,  and  the  woody  axis,  though  flattened,  is  quite  manifest, 
and  still  retains  some  carbonaceous  matter,  though  destitute  of  struc- 
ture. The  plant  must  have  been  of  slender  growth,  unless  it  were 
a  branching  species.  It  approaches  8.  minima  of  Brongniart,  but 
is  smaller  and  not  ribbed ;  in  which  last  respect  it  resembles  S.  elc^ 

*  Similar  stems,  more  nearly  re8ombling.tho33  deacribod  by  Unger  in  oxtdmal 
form,  occur  in  the  Catskill  group. 

t  *  Flora  der  Siluriscben,'  &c  p.  540. 
VOL.  XVm. — ^PABT  I.  Y 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


80$  PBOC^BBXHOS  OF  THB  OXOLOGICAL  SOCHETT.  [May  7, 

gans,  of  which  it  may  bo  regarded  as  a  diminutiTe  DeTonian  proto- 

Its  locality  is  Allen's  quarry,  near  Oswego,  and  fhe  formation  is 
the  Chemung  group, 

7*  SienxiBiA.  SmpnorcAS,  Yannzem. 

Vannxem's  *  Eeport  Geol.  New  York/  p.  190,  flg.  64. 

JJigneous  mrfaee  with  narrow,  slightly  rugose  elevated  ribs,  about  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  wide,  in  a  stem  Jive  inches  in  diameter.  Leaf- 
scars  indistinct. 

Under  the  above  name  Yannxem  has  figured  a  SigiUaria,  the 
only  specimen  of  which  is  a  portion  of  a  decorticated  stem,  with  only 
scarcely  distingnishable  traces  of  the  leaf-scars.  It  is  from  the 
Catskm  group,  between  Mount  Upton  and  N.  Bainbridge. 

In  Prof.  Hall's  collection  there  is  a  specimen  in  a  similar  con- 
dition, with  wider  ribs,  and  which  may  have  belonged  to  another 
species,  though  it  is  possibly  a  part  of  an  older  stem  of  the  above. 
It  is  from  the  Hamilton  group,  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  near  Buffalo*. 

8.  STBiKCK>i>Ein)BOK  6RACILE,  sp.  uov.    PL  XTTT.  fig.  14. 

Bihs  about  a  line  in  breadth,  with  elevated  elongated  areoles,  each  with 
three  puncHform  vascular  sears  in  a  vertical  line.  Areoles  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch  distant  vertkaUy.  Baric  marked  with  delicate 
strive  converging  toward  the  areoles.  •  On  the  inner  sutface  of  the  bark 
are  fine  longitudinal  and  transverse  strice,  and  the  scars  aj^pear  as 
elongate  digressions. 

This  species  is  described  from  a  small  fragment  of  the  bark  in  a 
slab  from  the  Hamilton  group  of  Akron,  Ohio,  in  the  collection  of 
Prof.  Hall.  It  resembles  in  some  respects  S.  jpachyderma,  but  is 
smaller  and  has  thinner  bark  and  more  elongated  areoles.  On  the 
same  slab  are  Oyperites,  which  may  have  been  tiie  leaves  of  this  plimt, 
fi*agments  of  stipes  of  Ferns,  and  branchlets  of  Psilophyton, 

9.  BnoiCABIA  EXIGXTA,  sp.  uov.     PI;  XIII.  fig.  13. 

Scars  small,  in  depressed  spaces,  six  in  an  inch  vertically.  Stem  cy-- 
lindrieal,  an  inch  in  diameter. 

This  diminutive  Stigmaria  was  probably  the  root  of  one  of  the 
slender  Sigillaroid  trees  above  described.  It  is  evidently  quite  di- 
stinct from  Stigmaria  minuta,  Lesquereux,  which  is,  however,  a 
similar  species  of  nearly  as  great  age.  Like  many  others  of  the 
Devonian  plants  from  New  Yorl^,  it  occurs  in  a  marine  bed;  and  the 

*  Some  obacorel^  marked  fragments  in  m^  collection,  from  Qnsp6  and  St 
John,  appear  to  indicate  the  exiBtence  of  a  species  with  wider  ribs  than  the  above. 
Neither  Yannxem's  specimens  nor  these  are  sufficiently  perfect  to  admit  of 
description ;  and  the  somewhat  sin^uhir  name  which  I  have  quoted  from  him 
may  therefore  be  taken  as  representmg  one  or  more  speciee  of  aigiUaria  imper- 
fectly known. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWBOir— DBVONUK  PLAltW.  309 

cylindrical  cavity  within  the  bark  has  been  filled  with  sand  and  the 
stems  of  a  small  branching  Coral,  which  may  perhaps  have  grown 
within  the  hollow  bark,  which  in  this  case,  as  in  that  of  the  <8f%- 
marice  of  the  Coal-measures,  seems  to  have  been  almost  indestruc- 
tible. The  specimen  is  from  the  Chemung  group,  at  Elmira,  New 
York. 

10.  SnGXABiA  TiooiDXS  (variety),  Brongniart 

Large  roots  of  Stigmaria,  in  some  instances  with  rootlets  attached, 
occur,  though  rarely,  in  the  sandstone  or  arenaceous  shale  near  St. 
John— only  two  or  three  specimens  having  been  found.  They  are 
not  distinguishable  from  some  varieties  of  the  Siigmaria  Jkoides  of 
the  Coal-measures. 

11.  BmnCOPHTLLTTlI  BEKIFOBICE,  Sp.  UOV.      PI.  XIII.  fig.  16. 

Areoles  prominent,  spirally  arranged,  reniform ;  each  resefnhUng  a 
pair  of  8maU  Stigmaroid  areoles  attached  to  each  other.  Areoles 
•^th  of  an  inch  in  transverse  diameter,  and  about  ^th  of  an  inch 
distant  transversely,  and  ^ihs  vertically,  in  a  stem  ^ths  of  an  inch  in 
diameter. 

The  genus  DidymophyUum  was  established  by  Oceppert  for  a  plant 
of  the  Lower  Carboniferous  series  of  Silesia,  resembling  Stigmaria, 
but  with  double  rootlets.  The  present  plant,  though  specifically 
distinct,  comes  fairly  within  the  characters  of  tbe  genus.  I  believe 
it  to  have  been  a  slender  Stigmaroid  root  or  rhizome,  sending  out  its 
rootlets  in  pairs  instead  of  singly.  It  occurs  as  a  cast  with  the  thin 
coaly  bark  in  part  preserved,  and  is  from  the  Hamilton  group,  near 
Skaneatales  Lake,  New  York.  A  flattened  specimen,  apparently  of 
the  same  species,  occurs  on  a  slab  frx>m  the  Maroellus  ^lale.  Both 
are  in  Prof.  Hall's  collection. 

(fialamitece* ,) 
12.  Calamttes  Tbansitionis,  Gceppert. 
'  Canad.  Nat.'  vol.  vi.  p.  168,  ^^.  5. 

This  species,  so  characteristic,  according  to  Goeppert,  of  the  Tipper 
Devonian  and  Lower  Carboniferous  series  in  Europe,  is  abundant  at 
St.  John,  both  in^the  sandstone  containing  Coniferous  trees,  and  the 
shales  which  afford  Ferns,  Cordaites,  &c.  Some  of  the  beds  of  the 
latter  are  filled  with  flattened  stems.  This  was  one  of  the  first 
fossils  recognized  in  the  St.  John  rocks,  spedmens  having  been 
shown  to  me  in  1867  by  the  late  Prof.  Robbt. 

A  small  specimen  in  Prof.  Hall's  collection,  frt)m  the  Hatniltoii 
group,  may  possibly  belong  to  this  species,  though  proportionally  8ome« 

*  In  placing  the  CdUtmites  here,  I  do  not  mean  to  affirm  that  all  the  planti 
usually  mcluc^  in  that  genua  are  gjmnoapennoua ;  but  I  believe  that  many  of 
them  are. 

t  Dr.  Gemer  mentions  ('Second  Report*,  1840,  p.  12)  a  Calamite  (probably 
this  Bpedea)  as  occurring  near  Little  BiTer. 

t2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


310  PBOCEEDIKGS  OF  THE  6EOI.OaiOAL  SOCIETT.  [May  7, 

what  wider  in  its  ribs.  Being  only  a  part  of  a  single  intemode,  it 
cannot  be  certainly  determined,  though  it  appears  at  least  to  indicate 
the  presence  of  a  species  of  Catamites  in  that  group. 

13.  Calaiotes  cannjsfobjcis^  Brongniart. 

This  species,  presenting  the  characters  which  it  exhibits  in  the 
Coal-measures,  occurs  in  the  ledges  west  of  Carlton ,  associated  with  the 
last  species,  but  in  much  less  abundance.  It  is  a  widely  distributed 
species,  but  has  not,  I  belieye,  been  found  preyiously  in  rocks  older 
than  the  Lower  Carboniferous, 

14.  Caiaicites  nroBNATXJS,  sp.  nov.    PL  A.V11.  fig.  56. 

Jtihs  continuous,  as  in  C.  Transitionis,  hutflai  and  broad,  the  breadth 
of  each  being  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  a  stem  four  inches  in  diameter. 
Nodes  distinct,  prominent  in  the  flattened  stem,  owing  to  their  greater 
density  as  compared  with  the  intemodes. 

This  species  is  allied  to  C,  Transitionis,  but  has  much  wider  ribs. 
It  was  a  woody  plant,  as,  when  flattened,  a  stem  four  inches  in  dia- 
meter affords  a  film  of  compact  coal  about  a  Hne  in  thickness,  which  is 
quite  as  much  as  a  SigiUnria  or  even  a  Conifer  of  the  same  size  would 
yield  under  similar  circumstances.  It  much  resembles  Goeppert's 
figure  of  C,  variolatus,  but  wants  the  stigmata  said  to  be  character- 
istic of  that  species, — instead  of  which,  it  has,  in  the  coaly  matter 
representing  &e  stem,  numerous  irregularly  disposed  round  spots 
surrounded  by  concentric  circles ;  but  these  are  evidently  concre- 
tionary, and  of  the  same  nature  with  the  beautiful  concentric  con- 
cretions which  appear  in  some  specimens  of  cherry-coal  and  of 
albertite. 

The  specimen  above  described  is  in  Prof.  Hall's  collection  from 
the  Genesee  slate,  from  the  shore  of  Cayuga  Lake.  A  comparison  of 
this  specimen  with  the  obscure  Calamite-like  fossils  from  Kettle  Point, 
Lake  Huron,  in  the  collection  of  the  Canadian  Survey,  referred  to  in 
my  former  paper,  satisfies  me  that  they  probably  belong  to  the  same 
species. 

{AsterophyUiteas.) 

15.  AsTEROPirrLLrrES  AacuLABis,  sp.  nov.    PI.  Xm.  fig.  16. 

Stems  slender,  striated,  thickened  at  the  nodes,  leafy.  Leaves  one^ 
nerved,  linear,  slightly  araiate,  ten  to  fifteen  in  a  whorl,  longer  than 
the  intemodes.    Length  of  leaver  one-half  to  three-fourths  of  an  incfi. 

This  plant  is  abundant  in  some  layers  of  shale  near  St.  John.  It 
resembles  A.  foliosa,  L.  &  H.,  but  the  leaves  are  longer,  less  ciured, 
and  more  numerous  in  a  whorl.  Some  of  the  specimens  show  that 
the  stem  was  leafy,  as  well  as  the  branches ;  and  I  have  a  specimen, 
apparently  the  termination  of  a  main  stem,  showing  the  whorls  of 
leaves  diminishing  in  size  toward  the  apex.  My  specimen  of  this 
and  the  following  species  of  Asterophyllites  are  from  the  collections  of 
Messrs.  Matthew  and  Hartt,  and  wore  obtained  from  the  lodges  and 
cliflfe  west  of  Carlton. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWSON — ^DEVONIAN  PLAKTS.  311 

16.   ASTEBOPHTLLITES  LATIFOLIA,  Sp.  nOV.      PI.  XIU.  ^g.  17. 

Stem  somewhat  slender,  with  enlarged  nodes.  Leaves  ohlong-lanceO" 
late,  about  thirteen  in  a  whorl,  one-nerved,  longer  than  the  inter- 
nodes.  Length  of  leaves  varying  from  one-fourth  of  an  hich,  near 
the  ends  of  branches,  to  an  inch  or  more. 

This  species  abounds  in  the  same  locality  with  the  preceding,  and 
is  often  very  perfectly  preserved.  It  has  some  resemblance  to  A, 
galioides,  L.  &  H.,  and  to  A.  fertilis,  Sternberg ;  but  it  differs  from 
the  former  in  the  number  and  form  of  the  leaves,  and  from  the  latter 
in  the  acuteness  of  their  points. 

17.  ASTEBOPHYLUTES?  SCITTIGEBA,  Sp.  UOV.    PI.  XIIT.  figS.  18,  19,  20. 

Stems  simple,  elongated,  attaining  a  diameter  of  half  an  inch,  obscurely 
striated ;  bearing  on  the  nodes  whorls  of  round  or  oval  scales,  or 
flattened  nutlets,  which  at  the  ends  of  the  stems  are  crowded  into  a 
sort  of  spilce,  while  on  other  parts  of  the  stems  the  nodes  are  some" 
times  an  inch  apart. 

This  is  a  plant  of  uncertain  nature,  which  I  place  only  con- 
jecturally  in  this  genus.  The  stems,  which  are  very  long,  may  have 
been  hoiizontal  or  immersed,  and  the  apparent  scales  may  either  have 
constituted  a  sort  of  sheath,  as  in  ^.  coronata,  linger,  or  may  have 
been  seeds  or  nutlets  flattened  like  the  rest  of  tiie  plant.  Near  some 
of  the  specimens  are  fragments  of  linear  leaves,  which  may  have 
belonged  to  this  plant,  ^ough  I  have  not  found  them  attached. 
When  flattened  obliquely,  the  stems  appear  as  rows  of  circular  marks, 
which  represent  the  harder  tissue  of  the  nodes,  and  have  a  very 
singular  appearance.  This  plant,  though  found  with  the  preceding, 
does  not  occur  in  the  layers  which  contain  the  other  plants ;  and  tlus 
may  possibly  mark  a  difference  of  habitat. 

18.  AsTEBOPHTiLiTES  tONGiFOiiA,  Brougniart. 

In  the  shales  containing  the  preceding  species  are  some  frag- 
ments of  an  Astercphyllites  with  slender  stems,  intemodcs  about 
an  inch  in  length,  and  linear  leaves  two  or  three  inches  in  length, 
and  about  6  to  8  in  a  whorl.  It  may  belong  to  the  species  here 
named ;  but  the  remains  are  not  sufficiently  distinct  to  render  this 
certain. 

19.  ASTEEOPHYLLITES  PARVTJLA,  DaWSOU. 

*  Canad.  Nat.'  vol.  vi.  p.  168,  figs.  6  a,  b,  c. 

*' Branchlets  slender.  Leaves  6  or  6  in  a  whorl,  std)idat^,  curving 
upward,  half  a  line  to  a  line  long,  Internodes  equal  to  the  length 
of  the  leaves  or  less.  Stems  ribbed,  with  scars  of  verticillate  branch- 
lets  at  the  nodes,'* 

This  diminutive  species  was  originally  found  by  Mr.  Matthew  in 
the  graphitic  shale,  associated  with  the  conifer-sandstone,  at  the 
southern  part  of  the  city  of  St.  John.  Small  fragments  of  it  have 
subsequently  been  obtained  from  the  shales  of  Carlton* 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


312  PBOoxxDnres  of  teb  oioLoaiGAL  societt.         [May  7, 

20.  Akkxtlabu  aoxtmikata^  sp.  nov.    PI.  XTTI.  fig.  21. 

Leaves  ohhng,  acuminate,  one^nerved,  6  to  9  in  a  whorl,  erect  or  slighily 
spreading  *     Whorls  usuaJh/ found  disconnected. 

Detached  whorls  of  this  species  occur,  though  rarely,  on  the  sur- 
fJBtces  of  tiie  shales  of  Carlton.  It  seems  to  be  a  plant  of  the  same 
type  with  A.  sphenophyUoides,  linger,  which,  according  to  Lesque- 
reuz,  occurs  in  the  Coal-formation  of  Pennsylvania. 

21.  Sphekophtllxtm  AirnQUTJM,  Dawson. 

<  Canad.  Nat.'  vol.  vi.  p.  170,  fig.  7- 

^'  Lea/lets  euneate,  onc^dghih  of  an  inch  wide  at  the  qpex,  and  less 
than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  long.  Nerves  three,  bifurcating  equally 
near  the  base,  the  divisions  terminating  at  the  (vpices  of  six  obtuse, 
acuminate  teeth,**    About  8  leaves  in  a  whorl. 

This  plant  was  described  from  a  few  detached  leaflets  from  the 
graphitic  shale  of  St.  John,  which  preserved  their  form  and  venation 
in  the  most  wonderful  perfection,  though  they  were  completely 
changed  into  films  of  shining  graphite.  I  have  since  obtained  from 
Mr.  Hartt  a  specimen  found  at  Carlton,  which,  though  the  individual 
leaflets  are  more  indistinct,  shows  their  general  arrangement  in  whorls 
of  6  or  9  on  a  slender  stem.  It  is  a  beautifully  symmetrical  little 
plant,  quite  distinct  from  any  of  the  species  in  the  Coal-measures. 

22.  PnmuLAKU  dispaxaito,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XITT.  fig.  22. 

Smooth  slender  stems,  producing  nearly  at  right  angles  long  branchlets, 
some  of  which  produce  secondary  branchlets  in  a  pinnate  manner. 
Stem  and  branches  having  a  slender  vascular  axis. 

This  plant  was  not  veiy  disRimilar  from  some  common  forms  of 
Carboniferous  Pinnularia,  Its  main  stem  must  once  have  been 
cylindrical,  and  had  a  delicate  central  axis,  now  marked  by  a  darker 
line  of  graphite  in  the  flattened  specimens.  The  branches  were  not 
given  off  in  one  plane,  and  also  ^ow  traces  of  an  axis.  There  are 
indications  that  the  stems  grew  in  bundles  or  groups.  It  was  pro- 
bably, as  has  usually  been  supposed  in  the  case  of  the  species  in  the 
Coal-formation,  an  aquatic  root  or  submerged  stem  of  an  Astero- 
phyUites  or  some  similar  plant. 

(Acrogenous  Cryptogams.) 
(LyccpodiacecB.) 

23.  LspiiK)DEin)BON  Gaspiaihtic,  Dawson.    PI.  XIY .  figs.  26, 27, 28 ; 

and  PI.  XVII.  fig.  68. 

Dawson,  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soo.  vol.  xv.  p.  483,  figs.  3  aS  d. 

This  species,  originally  discovered  in  Gasp^,  and  described  in  my 

paper*  on  the  plcmts  of  that  locality,  was  afterwards  recognized 

among  the  fossOs  from  Perry,  and  more  recently  at  St.  John ;  and 

numerous  and  beautiful  specimens  are  contained  in  Prof.  Hallos 

*  Quart  Joum.  Q«oL  Soc.  vol.  xv.  p.  483. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWSOW — VKVOVIAX  PLAinS.  313 

collections  firom  New  York  State^  where  fhe  species  occnrs  in  the 
base  of  the  Catskill  group  and  in  the  npper  part  of  the  Hamilton 
group.  The  varied  aspects  of  the  species  presented  in  the  numerous 
specimens  thus  submitted  to  me  would,  with  a  less  perfect  suite  of 
examples,  afford  grounds  for  specific  or  even  generic  distinctions. 
Flattened  specimens,  covered  with  bark,  present  contiguous,  elliptical, 
slightly  elevated  areoles,  with  an  indistinct  vertical  line  and  a  small 
central  vascular  scar  (fig.  58).  Decorticated  specimens,  slightly 
compressed,  show  elliptical  depressed  areoles,  not  contiguous,  and 
with  only  traces  of  the  vascular  scars  (fig.  26).  In  more  slender 
branches  the  areoles  are  often  elevated  at  one  end  in  the  manner  of 
a  Knorria  (fig.  28) ;  and  in  some  specimens  the  areoles  are  indistinct, 
and  the  vascular  scars  appear  as  circular  spots,  giving  the  appearance 
presented  by  the  plants  named  CydosHgma  by  Haughton  (fig.  27). 
All  these  forms  are,  however,  merely  different  states  of  preservation 
of  the  same  species. 

This  plant  is  closely  allied  to  Z.  nothrjim,  Unger,  but  differs  in  its 
habit  of  growth  and  in  the  size  of  the  areoles  relatively  to  that  of 
the  branches.  The  branches  were  long  and  slender,  bifurcating 
rarely,  and,  unless  they  were  very  woody,  must  have  been  pendent 
or  decumbent.  No  1^^  trunks  have  been  seen.  It  was  a  widely 
distributed  and  abundant  species  in  the  Upper  and  Middle  Devonian 
Periods.  The  plant  figured  by  Frof.  Rogers  in  the  'Keport  on 
Pennsylvania,'  p.  829,  ^,  677,  can  scarcely  belong  to  any  other 
than  this  species ;  and  it  is  also  figured  in  Yanuxem's  '  Report  on 
New  York,'  p.  191,  fig.  55,  and  p.  157,  fig.  38. 

24.  Lbpidodendbok  Chskukqissse,  HalL 

HaU's  '  Report  Geol.  New  York,'  p.  275,  fig.  127. 

Decorticated  stem  covered  with  oval,  acuminate,  icaU-lUce  areoles,  more 
acute  and  smaller  in  jproportion  to  the  size  of  the  stem  than  in 
L.  Qaspianum. 

The  only  specimen  I  have  seen  is  a  curved  branch,  very  well 
figured  in  Prof.  Hall's  '  Report  on  the  Geology  of  New  York,'  p.  275, 
fig.  127.  It  is  a  Knorria  state  of  a  Lqndodendron  or  Sagenaria,  of 
more  robust  growth  than  L.  Qaspianum,  but  with  smaller  areoles. 
It  much  resembles  a  decorticated  branch  of  L.  elegans  of  the  Lower 
Coal.  (Jceppert  includes  it  in  his  protean  species  Sagenaria  Velthei^ 
rmana,  but  it  does  not  correspond  precisely  with  any  of  the  forms 
figured  by  him.  I  think  it  best,  therefore,  to  retam  Prof.  Hall's 
specific  name,  until  better  specimens  shall  enable  a  satisfEUjtory  com- 
parison to  be  made.  Its  locality  is  Elmira,  New  York,  and  its  geo- 
logical position  is  the  Chemung  group. 

25.  LEPii>ODEin)BOir  cobbxtoatum,  Dawson.    PI.  XIT.  fig.  10. 

Dawson,  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xv.  p.  68,  fig.  2. 

Areoles  elliptical,  distant,  and  separated  by  a  flat  surface  of  corru- 
gated bark.     Vascular  scar  central,  oval,  or  linear. 

In  Prof.  Hall's  collection  are  specimens  from  the  Chemung  and 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


314  PBOCEEDIKGS  OF  THE  GEOLOaiCAL  SOCIETY.  [Moy  7, 

Hamilton  groups^  from  Akron,  Ohio,  which  I  cannot  distinguish 
from  the  above  species,  first  recognized  by  me  in  the  Lower  Coal- 
moasiircs  of  Nova  Scotia,  and  noticed  in  my  paper  on  the  "  Lower 
Carboniferous  Coal-measures  of  British  America,"  Quart.  Joum.  Geol. 
<Soc.  1858,  vol.  XV.  p.  68.  L,  corrugatumy  like  other  Lepidodendra, 
presents  many  varieties  of  growth  and  preservation ;  but  Prof.  Hall's 
specimens  are  quite  undistinguishable  from  some  of  those  in  my 
cabinet  from  the  Lower  Coal-measures  of  Horton,  Nova  Scotia. 

26.  Lemdosteobus  Richardsoni,  Dawson. 

*  Canad.  Nat.'  vol.  vi.  p.  174,  hg.  10. 

*^  Axis  not  distinctly  preserved ;  form  cylindrical  (^)  ;  scales  ohlongy 
with  an  obscure  midriW^    From  Perry,  Maine. 

27.  Letidostbobus  globosus,  Dawson. 

Mound  or  roundish  oval,  covered  with  obscure  pointed  scales. 

This  and  the  preceding  are  very  distinct  but  puzzling  objects, 
collected  by  Mr.  Richardson  at  Peny,  and  are  probably  the  fructi- 
fication of  Lepidodendra  or  allied  plants. 

2^.  Ltcopobites  Matthewi,  Dawson. 

'Canad.  Nat.'  vol.  vi.  p.  171,  fig.  8. 

*^  Leaflets  one-veined,  narrowly  ovate-acuminate,  one-tenth  to  one- 
fourth  of  an  inch  in  length,  somewhat  loosely  placed  on  a  very 
slender  stem,  apparently  in  a  pentasticJious  mamier,*' 

This  species  was  described  from  specimens  found  by  Mr.  Matthew 
in  the  graphitic  shale  in  the  city  of  St.  John.  Somewhat  larger 
specimens  have  since  been  obtained  from  the  same  bed ;  but  I  have 
not  seen  the  plant  elsewhere. 

29.  Lycopobites  Vanuxemii,  sp.  nov.     PI.  XVII.  fig.  57. 

HaU's  '  Report  on  the  Geology  of  New  York/  p.  273,  fig.  125 ; 
Vanuxcm's  '  Report,  Geol.  New  York,'  p.  175,  fig.  46. 

Stem  slender*  Leaves  pinnate,  contiguous,  linear,  about  half  an  inch 
in  length. 

This  plant  appears  as  graceful,  feathered  stems,  apparently  grow- 
ing in  groups.  It  seems  to  bo  very  closely  allied  to  Z.  pinnaformis, 
Gocppert,  differing  chiefly  in  its  more  slender  stem  and  shorter  pin- 
nules. Still  it  is  very  doubtful  if  it  were  really  a  Lycopodiaccous 
plant.  Its  leaves  were  certainly  [in  one  plane,  and  some  of  tho 
specimens  show  that  they  were  flattened  horizontally,  like  the  fila- 
ments of  a  feather.  It  may  have  been  related  to  Ferns  rather  than 
to  Lycopodiacece*  It  occurs  in  the  Chemung  group,  at  Ithaca,  New 
York.  It  is  well  figured  in  Hall's  *  Report/  p.  273,  ^g.  125,  and  in 
Vanuxem's  '  Report/  p.  175,  fig.  46. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  PAW80K — DEVOKUK  PLAKTS.  815 

30.  PsiLOPHTTON  PRiNCEPs,  Dawson. 

Quart.  Jottm.  Gcol.  Soc.  vol.  xv.  p.  479,  figs.  1  a  to  1 1. 

This  remarkable  plant,  so  characteristic  of  the  whole  Devonian 
system  at  Gaspe,  filling  many  bods  with  its  rhizomes,  in  the  manner 
of  the  Stigmaria  of  tho  Coal-measures,  and  preserved  in  such 
abundance  and  perfection  that  it  is  much  better  known  to  us  in  its 
form,  structure,  and  habit  of  growth  than  any  other  plant  of  tho 
period,  proves,  as  might  have  been  anticipated,  to  have  had  a  wide 
distribution  in  space  as  well  as  in  time.  Fragments  of  its  stems  are 
distinguishable  in  the  sandstones  of  Perry,  and  numerous  fine  speci- 
mens occur  among  the  plants  fix)m  New  York  State  committed  to 
me  by  Prof.  Hall.  It  occurs  in  the  Hamilton  group  at  Schoharie, 
New  York,  and  at  Akron,  Ohio,  in  the  Chemung  group  at  Cascade 
Falls,  and  in  the  Catskill  group  at  Jeflferson.  Most  of  the  specimens 
are  stems,  which  show  tho  habit  of  growth  very  perfectly.  They 
confirm  my  inference  from  the  structure  of  the  Gaspd  specimens  that 
tho  plant  was  woody  and  rigid,  as  they  often  do  not  lie  in  one  plane, 
but  extend  upward  and  downward  in  the  manner  of  firm  branches 
buried  in  sand.  Most  of  tho  New  York  specimens  seem  to  have  been 
drifted;  but  groups  of  rhizomes,  possibly  in  situ,  occur  in  argillaceous 
sandstone  from  Fullenham,  Schoharie,  and  in  similar  beds  at  Caze- 
novia  and  Cascade  Falls.  These  are  the  only  instances  presented  by 
Prof.  Hall's  collections  of  root-beds  resembling  those  of  Gasp^.  In 
New  York  only  the  Upper  and  Middle  Devonian  have  as  yet  aflbrded 
land-plants ;  but  in  Gaspe  Psilophyton  princeps  occurs  in  the  Lower 
Devonian,  and  fragments  which  may  have  belonged  to  it  occur  in 
the  Upper  Silurian. 

31.  PsiLOPHTTON  ELEGANs,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XIY.  figs.  29,  30;  and 

PI.  XV.  fig.  42. 

Stems  slender,  produced  in  tufts  from  ihin  rhizomes,  bifurcating  and 
curving  at  their  summits.  Surface  S7nooih,with  very  delicate  wrinJcles, 
FTTUctiJication  in  groups  of  small,  broadly  oval  scales,  borne  on  the 
maiji  stem  below  the  points  of  bifurcation, 

I  distinguish  this  species  from  Psilophyton  princeps  by  its  smaller 
size,  its  smoother  surface,  its  growth  in  tufts,  and  the  different  form 
of  its  organs  of  reproduction.  Still  it  must  be  admitted  that  im- 
perfect specimens  could  not  readily  be  distinguished  from  branchlets 
of  P.  princeps.  It  was  found  by  Mr.  Matthew  in  the  shales  near 
Carlton. 

32.  Psilophyton  ?  glabbum,  sp.  nov. 

Smooth,  flattened,  bifurcating  stems,  two  lines  in  width,  with  a  slender 
woody  axis. 

These  are  objects  of  doubtful  nature.  They  must  have  been  stems 
or  roots,  bifurcating  in  the  manner  of  Psilophyton,  but  having  a 
very  slender  woody  axis.  They  may  have  been  either  roots  of  some 
plant,  or  stems  of  a  smooth  and  comparatively  succulent  species  of 
Psilophyton. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


816  PBocEEDnros  of  the  eBOLoeiCAL  bocxett.         O^J  ?> 

33.  Selaoinites  fobkosxts^  Dawson. 

'Canad.  Nat.'  vol.  vi.  p.  176,  figs.  11,  12;  Knorria(^),  Quart. 
Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xv.  p.  486,  fig.  5. 

**  8tem8  covered  with  flat,  broad,  angular,  imbricating  scales  of  uneqwd 
size,  and  ornamented  with  minute  scaly  points,'' 

This  is  the  plant  noticed  in  my  paper  on  the  plants  of  Gaspe*  as 
probably  a  Knorria,  Better  specimens  have  subsequently  enabled 
me  to  describe  it  as  above,  and  to  refer  it  to  Selaginites,  without, 
however,  maintaining  that  it  is  certainly  a  Lycopodiaceous  plant. 
It  occurs  in  the  shales  associated  with  ^o  Devonian  coal-seam  at 
Gasp^. 

34.  Leptophixeuh  bhombicxjx,  nov.  gen.  et  sp.     PL  XII.  ^.  8 ;  and 

PI.  XVn.  fig.  63. 

Stem  covered  unth  contiguous  rhombic  areoles,  eaxih  with  a  single  smaU 
scar  a  little  above  its  centre,  and  above  this  a  very  slight  furrow. 
Decorticated  stems  with  spiral  punctiform  scars  in  slight  depressions. 
Bark  thin.  Pith-cylinder  very  large,  with  transverse  markings  of 
the  character  of  Stembergia. 

This  plant  seems  to  have  presented  a  straight  cylindrical  stem, 
supporting  leaves  with  thick  bases,  and  of  which  only  traces  remain. 
Its  bark  was  thin ;  and  it  seems  to  have  had  a  thin  woody  cylinder, 
within  which  was  a  very  large  Stembergia-^iih,  One  specimen 
shows  a  growth  of  young  wood  at  the  extremity  of  the  stem,  on 
which  the  rhombic  scars  are  only  imperfectly  developed ;  and  at  the 
extremity  of  this  younger  portion,  the  transverse  structure  of  the 
pith  exhibits  itself  through  the  thin  bark  in  such  a  manner  that  this 
portion,  if  separated  from  the  remainder  of  the  stem,  might  be 
described  as  a  Stembergia,  This  is  another  peculiar  phase  of  these 
remarkable,  transversely  wrinkled  piths  that  seem  to  have  belonged 
to  so  many  of  the  Carboniferous  and  Devonian  plants.  The  mark- 
ings on  the  Burfaoe  of  the  stems  of  this  plant  somewhat  resemUle 
those  of  Lepidodendron  tetragonum,  Ulodmdron  minus,  and  Loma^ 
tofloyos  orassicaule,  but  the  vascular  scars  and  the  general  structure 
of  the  stem  are  quite  different.  Still  I  believe  this  plant  to  be  more 
nearly  allied  to  Ulodendreas  and  Lepidodendreoi  than  to  any  other 
plants. 

35.  CoBDAiTEs  EoBsn,  Dawson.    PL  XTV.  fig.  31  a,  6,  e. 

Leaves  elongated,  lanceolate,  sometimes  three  inches  wide  and  afoot 
in  length.  Veins  equal  and  parallel.  Base  broad,  da^ng  the  stemy 
point  acuminate. 

When  this  species  was  described  in  my  paper  in  the  'Canadian 
Naturalistt/  only  very  imperfect  specimens  were  in  my  possession ; 
but  numerous  and  fine  specimens  recently  found  now  enable  me 
more  perfectly  to  characterize  the  species.  The  leaves  vary  much  in 
form ;  and  in  their  young  state,  as  represented  in  fig.  31  a,  were 

*  Quart  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xy.  p.  486.  t  May  1861,  p.  168. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DA.WSOK — DEVOKIAlir  PLAHTfl.  817 

often  of  a  regularly  oblong  fonn.  They  have  numerous  equal 
parallel  nervnres,  which  were  probably  fibre- vascular,  like  those  of 
Ferns,  as  they  present  precisely  the  same  appearance  as  the  ner* 
vures  of  the  plants  of  this  fam&y  preserved  with  them,  and  which, 
in  these  beautiful  graphitized  specimens,  are  traced  in  deeper  lines 
of  graphite  than  the  film  of  the  same  material  which  represents  the 
intervening  parenchyma.  In  the  best-preserved  specimens,  the 
leaf  is  quite  smooth ;  but  in  some  the  space  between  the  nervures 
rises  into  little  ridges,  so  as  to  give  a  striated  appearance.  These 
different  aspects,  however,  often  occur  on  different  portions  of  the 
same  leaf.  The  present  species  so  closely  resembles  C.  horassi- 
folia  of  the  Coal-formation  that  it  might  readily  be  mistaken  for 
it ;  but  it  differs  somewhat  in  the  form  of  the  leigrf,  and  still  more 
in  the  venation,  the  nervures  in  the  present  species  being  perfectly 
equal*. 

In  the  paper  already  referred  to,  I  have  stated  at  length  my  reasons 
for  preferring,  in  the  case"  of  this  plant  and  G.  horassifolia,  the  generic 
name  Oordaites,  to  PoaciUs,  Flahellaria,  and  Noeggerathiay  all  of  which 
have  been  applied  to  such  plants,  together  with  others  having  no  affi- 
nity to  them.  To  the  name  Pychnophyllum,  proposed  by  Brong- 
niart,  this  objection  does  not  apply ;  but  Cordaites,  1  believe,  has 
priority,  and  is  due  to  the  describer  of  the  typical  species. 

I  associate  the  genus  Cordaites  with  Lycopodiaceous  plants  without 
hesitation,  notwithstanding  the  peculiar  character  of  its  foliage, 
because  Corda  has  shown  that  its  stem  is  strictly  acrogenous  in 
structure,  and  of  the  same  type  with  those  of  Lomatofloyos  and 
Ulodendron — a  fact  which  excludes  it  alike  from  association  with 
Monocotyledonons  plants  and  with  Ferns. 

It  is  worthy  of  notice  that,  while  tiie  leaves  of  Cordaites,  unlike 
those  oiSigillaria  and  Lejpidodendron,  were  not  attached  by  narrow 
bases,  but  clasping,  they  were  still,  like  those  of  nearly  all  other 
Devonian  and  Carboniferous  plants,  deciduous  and  capable  of  dis- 
articulation, as  is  proved  by  the  immense  abundance  of  fallen  leaves, 
while  the  stems,  probably  remaining  attached  to  the  soil,  are  rare. 
It  is  further  to  be  observed  that  these  leaves  were  rigid,  and  long 
resisted  decomposition ;  on  which  account,  no  doubt,  ^ey  formed  a 
favourite  base  of  attachment  for  the  little  Spirorbes  which  swarmed 
both  in  the  Devonian  and  Carboniferous  Periods.  At  St.  John  many 
of  these  leaves  are  covered  with  these  little  shells. 

The  leaves  of  the  present  species  are  very  abundant  in  the  shales 
of  the  vicinity  of  St.  John,  and  indeed  are  eminently  character- 
istic of  them ;  and  on  this  account  I  regard  the  dedication  of  it  to 
my  late  lamented  friend,  Dr.  Eobb,  as  specially  appropriate.  I  have 
not  recognized  this  plant  in  the  specimens  from  Gasp^  or  Ferry ; 
and  the  only  indication  of  it  in  the  New  York  collection  is  a  frag- 
ment of  a  leaf  from  the  Hamilton  group  of  Cazenovia,  New  York, 
not  sufficiently  perfect  to  render  its  identification  certain. 

*  The  nemires  in  C,  horassifolia  are  alternately  thick  and  thin ;  but  there  ia  an 
ondeecribed  species  in  the  Upper  Coal-meaflures  of  lioTa  Scotia  which  has  equal 
nerrureflL 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


818  FBOCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GSOLOOICAL  80CIETT.  [Hay  7f 

86.  COBDAITES  AlfGUSTIFOLIA,  DaWBOn. 

Leaves  linear^  miich  elongated,  one-tenth  to  one-fourth  of  an  inch 
broad,  with  delicate,  equal,  parallel  nervures. 

This  species,  originally  described  from  specimens  collected  at 
Gaspe,  where  it  abounds  in  the  roof  of  the  little  Devonian  coal- 
seam ,  occurs  also  at  St.  John,  and  in  the  Marcellus  Shale  of  New 
York ;  and  it  has  also  been  found  by  Sir  -W.  E.  Logan  in  the  Upper 
Silurian  of  Cape  Gaspe,  together  with  fragments  which  may  hare 
belonged  to  Psilophyton,  It  usually  occurs  as  long  riband-like 
detached  leaves,  not  always  easily  distinguishable  from  the  flattened 
stems  and  roots  of  other  plants  found  in  the  same  beds.  I  have  not 
seen  the  apex  nor  the  base  of  the  leaf,  but  among  Prof.  Hall's  spe- 
cimens from  the  Marcellus  Shale  is  one  which  appears  to  consist  of 
the  remains  of  several  leaves,  attached  to  a  short  stem,  of  which  the 
structure  and  markings  have  perished. 

Plants  closely  resembling  this  are  described  by  Unger  and  Goep- 
pert,  from  the  Devonian  of  Europe ;  but  the  characters  given  do  not 
enable  me  to  identify  any  of  them  with  the  present  species.  Such 
plants  are  placed  by  those  writers  in  the  genus  Noeggerathiay  which 
I  reject  for  the  reasons  above  stated. 

87.  COBDAITES  (?).     PI.  XVI.  fig.  69. 

One  of  Prof.  Hall's  specimens  from  the  Hamilton  group  is  a  cast 
of  a  stem  which  appears  to  have  produced  closely  adpressed  clasping 
leaves,  obscurely  striated,  and  widening  upward.  I  refer  it  to  this 
genus,  but  cannot  determine  whether  it  belonged  to  either  of  the 
species  above  described  or  to  a  third,  though  perhaps  the  latter  is 
the  more  probable  supposition. 

88.  Megaphtton  (?). 

An  obscurely  marked  stem  in  Mr.  !Richardson's  collection,  from 
Perry,  appears  to  indicate  a  plant  of  this  genus,  but  does  not  afford 
sufficient  characters  for  description. 

(Mlices.) 

89.  CrcLOPTEBis  Halltana,  GoDppert.    PI.  XVII.  figs.  54,  55. 

Goeppert,  *  Flora  Silurisch.'  p.  498;  Sphenopteris  laoea,  Hall,  *Eeport 
GeoL  New  York,'  p.  275,  fig.  127. 

The  original  specimen  of  this  beautiful  plant  has  been  submitted 
to  me  by  Prof.  Hall,  and  corresponds  very  closely  with  the  figure 
above  referred  to,  and  with  Goeppert's  description,  based  on  that 
figure.  The  nervures,  which  Goeppert  notes  as  simple  or  dichoto- 
mous,  are  apparently  the  latter,  and  the  pinnules  seem  to  have  been 
slightly  lobed  at  the  margins  as  in  Adiantum,  Its  densely  leafy 
rachis,  with  its  rich  terminal  pinnules  and  delicate  drooping  lateral 
pinnae,  give  it  an  appearance  at  once  unique  and  graceful ;  while 
the  form,  arrangement,  and  venation  of  the  pinnules  are  peculiar 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWBOK — ^DEVONUK  PLANTS.  319 

features  of  that  antique  group  of  Cyclopteroid  Ferns  so  highly 
characteristic  of  the  Devonian  and  Lower  Carboniferous  beds. 

This  group  of  Ferns,  including  the  present  species,  with  C,  Jacksoni, 
O.  ohliqua^  C,  Hthemica,  and  others,  is  no  doubt  generically  distinct, 
as  Lesquereux  very  properly  maintains,  from  the  Cychptendes  of  the 
Coal-meaBures ;  but  ihis  industrious  observer  has  unfortunately 
applied  to  it  the  generic  name  Nceggeraihia,  which  is  used  by  linger, 
Goeppert,  and  others  for  leaves  with  parallel  striation  and  supposed 
to  be  monocotyledonous.  On  this  account,  rather  than  increase  the 
confusion  of  &e  nomenclature,  I  in  the  meantime  retain,  with  the 
above  explanation,  the  name  Oyelopteris.  The  present  species  occurs 
in  the  Chemung  group  of  New  York. 

40.  CrcLOPTEBis  JACKSom,  Dawson. 
'Canad.  Nat.'  vol.  vi.  p.  173,  fig.  9. 

^'  Frond  hipinnate;  raehis  stout  and  Icmgitudinally  furrowed  ;  pinna 
dUemate;  pinnules  obliquely  ohovate,  irnhricate,  narrowed  at  the 
base,  and  apparently  deeurrent  on  the  petiole  ;  nerves  nearly  parallel^ 
dichotomous  ;  terminal  leaflet  large,  broadly  obovate  or  lobed.** 

This  species,  first  described,  in  my  paper  in  the  *  Canadian  Natu- 
ralist,' from  a  specimen  foxmd  at  Perry,  occurs  also  in  small  frag- 
ments at  St.  Jolm,  and  large  specimens  occur  in  the  collection  of  Prof. 
Hall  from  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Montrose,  New  York.  It  is 
closely  allied  to  0.  Bibemiea,  and  is  its  American  representative. 

41.  Cycioptebis  obtusa,  Lesquereux.    PI.  XV.  fig.  33. 

To  this  species,  described  by  Lesquereux,  from  the  Old  Red  Sand- 
stone of  Pennsylvania,  I  refer  a  beautiful  Fern  not  unfrequent  in  the 
shales  near  St.  John.  Lesquereux  places  it,  for  the  reasons  above 
mentioned,  in  the  genus  Nceggerathia, 

42.  CrcLOPTBRis  VAMDA,  sp.  uov.    PL  XVII.  ^^.  52. 

Tripinnate;  primary  divisions  of  the  raehis  stout  and  wrinkled. 
Pinna:  regularly  alternate.  Lower  pinnules  nearly  as  broad  as 
long,  deeply  and  obtusely  lobed,  narrowed  and  deeurrent  at  the 
base  ;  regularly  diminishing  in  size  and  breadth  toward  the  pointy 
and  the  last  pinnules  narrowly  obovate  and  confluent  with  the  ter^ 
minal  pinntUe,    Nerves  delicate,  several  times  dichotomous. 

This  is  the  most  perfect  and  beautiful  of  the  St.  John  Ferns.  It 
resembles  at  first  sight  Sphenopteris  madlenta,  L.  <&  H. ;  but  on 
examination  it  differs  materially  in  details.  It  is  an  elaborate  and 
ornate  example  of  the  peculiar  type  of  Cyclopteris  already  referred 
to  as  characteristic  of  the  Upper  Devonian  Period. 

43.  Cycloptkris  vama,  sp.  nov.    PL  XV.  ^g.  34. 

Pinnate  (or  bipinnate),     Pinnce  with  a  thicJc  petiole.    Pinnules  de- 

creasing  i7i  size  to  ihe  terminal  one,  which  is  ovate  and  lobed.  Pin- 

'  nules  oblique,  deeurrent  on  one  side.  Nerves  frequently  dichotomous* 

This  Fern  has  been  found  only  in  fragments.    It  seems  to  have 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


320  PEOCEEDnffGS  OP  THB  GEOLOGICAL  BOCIETT.  [May  7, 

been  a  thick  fleshy  frond^  but  the  specimens  are  insufficient  to  show 
its  habit  of  growth.  Its  nearest  allies  seem  to  be  C.  VUUersif 
Sternberg  (Neuropteria  ViUiem,  Brongn.),  and  Cyclopterii  Tietero- 
jphylla,  (keppert;  but  it  differs  fiK>m  both. 

44.  Ctcloptkbis  Bbownh,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XTT.  fig.  9. 

Pinnules  large,  cuneate,  with  distant,  once-forJced  nerves,  and  waved 
margins. 

This  is  a  mere  fragment,  but  indicates  a  yery  distinct  plant  from 
any  known  to  me  elsewhere.  It  was  collected  at  Perry  by  Prof.  C. 
H.  Hitchcock,  and  is  named  in  honour  of  Mr.  Brown,  of  Perry,  one 
of  the  earliest  explorers  of  the  beds  at  that  place. 

45.  Ctclopteeis  ikcebta,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XVI.  fig.  44. 

Stipes  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  giving  off  branches  at  acute  angles, 
on  which  are  home,  hehtu,  branching  \and  recurved  remains  offerttU 
pinnules  and,  above,  traces  of  terminal  obovate  pinnules, 

I  describe  this  plant  rather  as  an  indication  of  a  species  than  as 
one  actually  known.  The  parts  remaining  are  similar  in  arrange- 
ment to  those  of  Cydopteris  Acadica  of  the  Lower  Coal-measures  of 
Nova  Scotia,  and  prove  the  existence  of  a  somewhat  similar  species 
during  the  era  of  die  Hamilton  group  in  New  York,  firom  which  tliis 
specimen  is  derived. 

46.  NsTTBOPTEBis  SEBBULATA,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XV.  fig.  36  a,  h, 
Bipinnate*  Bachis  thin  and  slender.  Pinna  alternate,  sparsely  placed, 

and  of  few  pinnules.  Pinnules  obovate,  narrowed  at  base,  sessile, 
delicately  but  sharply  serrate,  especially  at  the  apex.  Terminal 
leaflet  rounded  and  lobed,  scarcely  serrulate.  Midrib  visible  nearly 
to  the  apex.    Pinnules  about  two  lines  in  length. 

From  the  St.  John  shales,  where  it  seems  to  be  rare.  It  is  a 
delicate  little  species,  quite  distinct,  in  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  firom 
any  heretofore  described. 

47.  NEtJKOPntBis  POLYMOBPHA,  sp.  uov.    PL  XV.  fig.  86  a,  h,  e. 

Pinnate  or  bipinnate,  Bachis  or  secondary  rachis  irregularly  striate. 
Pinnules  varying  from  round  to  oblong,  unequally  cordate  at  base, 
varying  from  obtuse  to  acute.  Terminal  leaflet  ovate,  acute,  angu- 
lated  or  lobed.  Midrib  delicate,  evanescent,  Nervures  slightly 
arcuate,  at  acute  angles  with  the  midrib. 

This  Fern  is  very  abundant  in  ^e  shales  near  Carlton,  at  St.  John. 
At  first  sight  it  appears  to  constitute  several  species,  but  careful 
comparison  of  numerous  specimens  shows  that  all  the  various  forms 
figured  may  occur  on  the  same  frond.  In  its  variety  of  forms  it 
resembles  N.  heterophyUa,  Brongn.,  or  N,  hirsuta,  Lesquereux ;  but  it 
differs  from  the  former  in  its  delicate  midrib  and  acutely  angled 
nervures,  and  from  the  latter  in  its  smooth  sur&ce. 

48.  Sphekoptebis  HcBNiNGHArsi,  Brongniart. 

One  of  the  Ferns  frx)m  the  shales  near  St,  John  appears  to  be 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWSON — ^DETONIAN  PLArfre.  321 

identical  with  the  above  species^  which  belongs  to  the  Lower  Carboni- 
ferous of  Europe. 

49.  Sphenoptebis  maboinata^  sp.  nov.    PL  XY.  fig.  38  a,  h. 

This  resembles  the  last  Species  in  general  form^  hut  is  larger ^  with  the 
pinnules  round  or  round-ovate,  divided  into  three  or  Jive  rounded 
lobes,  and  united  by  a  broad  base  to  the  broadly  winged  petiole. 

Found  with  the  preceding.  One  specimen,  given  to  me  by  Mr. 
Hartt,  shows  a  frond  6  inches  in  lengtii. 

50.  Sphknoptems  Habtth,  sp.  nov.    PL  XVI.  fig.  48  a,  6. 

Bipinnate  or  tripinnate.  Divisions  of  the  rachis  margined.  Pinnules 
oblique,  and  confluent  with  the  margins  of  the  petiole ;  bluntly 
and  vnequaUy  lobed.    Nerves  small,  oblique,  twice-forked. 

This  beautiful  Fern  very  closely  resembles  8.  alata  fix>m  the 
coal-field  of  Port  Jackson,  but  differs  in  several  of  its  details.  I 
name  it  in  honour  of  Mr.  Hartt,  the  discoverer  of  several  of  the 
St.  John  Ferns.    Found  with  the  preceding. 

61,  Sphbnoptekis  Hitchcockiana,  sp.  nov.   PI.  XTT.  fig.  51  a,  b,  r. 

Stipes  stout,  straight,  rugose,  giving  off  slender  secondary  petioles, 
which  ramify  dichotomously  and  terminate  in  minute  obovate 
leaflets. 

This  beautiful  plant,  from  Perry,  which  I  name  in  honour  of  its 
discoverer,  who  worthily  bears  a  name  long  noted  in  American  Geo- 
logy, has  the  aspect  rather  of  a  stem  with  excurrent  branchlets  than 
of  a  frond.  Its  venation  cannot  be  distinguished.  It  belongs  to  a 
peculiar  group  or  subgenus  (Davallioides  of  Qoeppert)  characteristio 
of  the  Devonian  and  Lower  Carboniferous,  and  represented  in  Europe 
by  such  plants  as  8.  petiolata,  Fnger,  8,  refracta,  Gosppert,  and 
8,  Devonica,  Unger.  Some  of  these  plants  (and  this  applies  to  the 
one  now  noticed)  convey  the  impression  that  they  may  be  sub- 
aquatic  portions  of  Ferns  bearing  pinnules  of  different  form  in  the 
air.  Immense  numbers  of  leaflets,  apparently  of  this  species,  are 
scattered  over  certain  surfaces  of  tiie  St.  John  shales,  but  have  not 
yet  been  seen  in  connexion  with  their  rachis;  and  one  of  Prof. 
Hall's  specimens  from  New  York  exhibits  a  stipe  quite  like  that  of 
the  present  species,  but  with  mere  traces  of  the  pinn®. 

52.  Hthznophtllites  cttrtilobus,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XV.  fig.  39. 

Bipinnate.  Rachis  slender,  dichotomous,  with  divisions  margined. 
Leaflets  deeply  cut  into  suhe^pwl  obtuse  lobes,  each  one-nervea,  and 
about  one-twentieth  of  an  inch  wide  in  ordinary  specimens^ 

According  to  Lesquereux,  the  genus  ffymenophylUtes  is  character- 
istic in  America  of  the  Upper  Devonian.  In  Europe  it  is  repre- 
sented also  in  the  Lower  Coal.  I  have  not  seen  any  species  in  the 
Carboniferous  rocks  of  Nova  Scotia  or  New  Brunswick.  The  present 
is  the  only  new  species  occurring  at  St.  John.    It  resembles  a  gigantio 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


822  PBOCEfiDiKoe  of  the  oeolooical  society.  [May  7^ 

Tariety  of  H.  ohtusilohus,  Gocppert  {Sphenopteris  trichomancid^, 
Brongn.). 

53,  Hticbkophtllttes  obtusilobtts,  Goeppert. 
Found  with  the  preceding, 

64.  HTicBiroPHTLLiTEs  GEiisDORFPir,  Gooppcrt.    PI.  XV,  fig,  37. 
Found  with  the  preceding. 

65.  Pecoptbeis  (Alethoptbbis)  decueeens,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XV.  fig. 

40  a,  hy  c. 

BipinnaU,  PiwnuUs  rather  loosely  placed  on  the  secondatty  rachis,  btU 
cormeeted  by  their  decurrent  lower  sides,  which  form  a  sort  of  margin 
to  the  rachis.  Midrib  of  each  pinnule  springing  from  its  upper 
margin  and  proceeding  obliquely  to  the  middle.  Nerves  very  fine 
and  once-forlced.     Terminal  leaflet  broad. 

This  Fern  so  closely  resembles  Pecopteris  Serlii  and  P.  hnchUica 
that  I  should  have  been  disposed  to  refer  it  to  one  or  other  of  these 
species  but  for  the  characters  above  stated,  which  appear  to  bo  con- 
stant, P,  Serlii  is  abundant  in  the  Lower  Carboniferous  of  Northern 
New  Brunswick,  and  P,  lonchitka  is  the  most  common  Fern  through- 
out the  whole  thickness  of  the  Joggins  Coal-measures ;  but  in  neither 
locality  does  the  form  found  at  St.  John  occur.  On  this  account  I 
think  it  probable  that  the  latter  is  really  distinct.  In  Murchison's 
*  Siluria/  2nd  edit.,  p.  321,  a  Fern  from  Colebrook  Dale  is  figured 
as  P.  lonchitica,  which,  so  far  as  I  can  judge  from  the  engraving, 
may  be  identical  with  the  present  species.     Locality,  St.  John. 

56.  Pecopteeis  (Alethoptbbis)  dtgens,  sp.  nov.    PI.  XV.  fig.  41  a,  b. 

Pinnules  m>ore  than  an  inch  wide,  and  three  inches  or  more  in  length, 
with  nervures  at  right  angles  to  the  midrib  and  forking  twice. 

Only  a  few  fragments  of  pinnules  of  this  species  have  been  found  in 
the  shales  near  St.  John.  They  are  usually  doubled  along  the  midrib, 
as  if  it  had  been  their  habit  to  be  folded  in  a  conduplicate  manner. 
Their  general  aspect  suggests  a  resemblance  to  the  Mesozoic  Taenio- 
pterids  rather  than  to  the  Pecopterids  of  the  Coal-formation. 

57.  Pecopteeis  (Alethoptbbis).    PI.  XVI.  fig.  49. 

Mr.  Hartt  has  recently  sent  to  me,  from  St.  John,  a  pinna  of  a 
Pecopteris  having  oblong,  obtuse  pinnules  attached  by  the  whole  base, 
with  a  slender  midrib,  and  slighfiy  rcpand  edges.  The  nervures  are 
not  preserved.  It  closely  resembles  A,  ohscura,  Lesquereux,  from  the 
Coal  of  Pennsylvania. 

58.  Tbichomanites  (?).    PI.  XVI.  fig.  50  a,  6. 

A  minute  fix)nd,  collected  at  St.  John  by  Mr.  Hartt,  may  possibly 
represent  a  plant  of  this  genus ;  but  it  may  be  merely  the  nervures 
of  a  leaf  whose  parenchyma  has  been  removed  by  decay. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWSON BSVOKIAK  PLANTS.  323 

59.  Rhageiopteris  finnata.    Qen.  et  sp.  nor.     PI.  XYI.  %.  60. 

Stipes  Tialf  an  inch  wide  or  less,  unevenly  striate^  giving  off  opposite 
branches,  which  are  ahrwptiy  broken  off  at  short  distances  from  the 
stipe, 

Unger  has  established  as  a  provisional  family,  under  the  name  of 
Bhachiapterides,  a  number  of  species,  referred  to  sereral  genera,  of 
stipes  of  ferns  showing  structure ;  and  I  now  propose  under  the 
above  name  to  include  such  Devonian  stipes  as  indicate  the  existence 
of  distinct  species  of  Ferns,  of  which  the  fronds  have  perished.  This 
has  the  advantage  of  provisionally  recognizing  the  existence  of  such 
species,  and  of  preventing  their  stipes  from  being  referred,  in  their 
flattened  state,  to  other  families  of  plants.  It  also  serves  to  remind 
us  of  the  fact  that,  while  in  some  localities  we  have  a  number  of  spe- 
cies of  Ferns  in  a  good  state  of  preservation,  in  others  an  equal  number 
of  species  are  represented  only  by  fragments  of  stipes.  The  latter 
state  of  things  is  especially  noteworthy  in  the  Middle  Devonian  of 
New  York,  from  the  lower  member  of  which,  the  Maroellus  Shale, 
the  present  species  is  derived. 

60.  Rhachioptbbib  ctclopteboides,  sp.  nov. 

Very  thick  stipes,  not  observed  to  bran^,  and  marked  unth  uneven 
longitudinal  striai. 

Base  of  the  Catskill  group,  New  York. 

61.  Bhachioptebis  punctata,  sp.  nov.     PL  XVI.  fig.  61. 

Stipes  marked  with  obscure  longitudinal  ridges,  between  which  are 
transverse  furrows  or  punctures;  greatest  diameter  an  inch. 

These  stipes  are  marked  in  the  manner  of  those  of  Cydopteris 
Bimeriana,  Goeppert,  of  the  Upper  Devonian ;  and  Fnger  figures  a 
similar  stem  from  the  Devonian  of  Thuringia.  The  present  speci- 
mens are  fr^m  the  Catskill  group  of  New  York.  Fragments  with 
similar  markings  occur  both  at  St.  John  and  Gasp^. 

62.  Bhachioptebis  stbiata,  sp.  nov. 

Stipes  regularly  and  distinctly  striated  longitudinally. 

Many  short  fragments  of  these  stipes  occur  on  the  surfaces  of  beds 
of  the  Chemung  group  at  Bichfield,  Ohio,  and  the  Hamilton  groop  at 
Akron,  Ohio.  They  are  not  distinguishable  fr*om  similar  fragments 
of  the  stipes  of  Cydopteris  Acadica,  and,  like  these,  might,  when 
flattened,  be  mistaken  for  leaves  with  parsdlel  veins. 

63.  Bhachioptebis  tenuistbiata,  sp.  nov.  PI.  XIV.  fig.  32  a,  b;  and 

PI.  XVI.  figs.  46,  46. 
Stipes  smooth,  findy  striated,  and  in  some  specimens  with  little  linear 
ridges  scattered  over  the  surfoMS,  and  perhaps  marking  the  position 
of  minute  hairs.  Largest  stems  an  inch  in  diameter,  branching 
pinnately  and  dichotomously,  and  terminating  in  recurved  divisions 
or  in  long  flattened  petioles. 

More  than  one  species  may  possibly  be  included  under  this  name ; 

VOL.  XVin. PABT  I.  2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


324  PR0CEEOIKO8  OF  THB  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [^^7  7, 

but  aU  the  specimens  are  apparently  stipes  of  species  of  Cyelopteris 
or  SpJienopteris.  They  occur  in  the  Genessee  Shale  and  Maz^ellus 
Shale,    liany  somewhat  similar  stipes  occur  at  Perry  and  at  Gasp^. 

Note, — Since  writing  the  abore  paper,  I  have  received  from  Mr. 
Hartt  two  additional  Ferns,  collected  bj  Mr.  Lann  and  Mr.  Payne, 
of  St.  John.  One  of  them  is  a  pinnule  of  a  Newropteris,  in  some 
points  resembling  N,  gigarUea.  It  is  about  an  inch  in  length, 
broadly  oval  in  form,  and  with  a  thick  and  persistent  midrib  and 
crowded  nervures,  forking  twice.  The  other  is  a  SphenopteriSf  with 
elongated  pinnatifid  pinnse,  much  in  the  style  of  8.  intermedia, 
Leequereux.  Neither  of  iliese  plants  seems  identical  with  any 
described  species;  but  more  perfect  specimens  are  required  for 
their  description. 

(Incertce  sedts,) 

64.  CABDiocAaPUH  coBHUTUM,  sp.  uov.     PL  XUE.  figs.  23,  24. 

Broadly  ovate,  emarginate  at  hose,  dividing  into  two  inflexed  pro- 
cesses  at  top,  A  mesial  line  proceeds  from  the  sinus  between  the 
eiups,  downward.  Nucleus  more  obtuse  than  the  envelope,  and 
acuminate  at  the  top.  Surface  of  the  flattened  envelope  striate,  that 
of  the  nucleus  more  or  less  rugose.     Length  about  seven  lines. 

Numerous  in  shale  near  St.  John.  The  specimens  are  all  perfectly 
flattened,  and  many  of  them  are  also  distorted,  being  elongated  or 
shortened  according  to  the  direction  in  which  they  lie  in  the  shale. 
The  nucleus  constitutes  a  strongly  shaded  spot  of  graphite.  The 
flattened  envelope  appears  as  a  less  distinct  wing  or  border. 

65.  Cabdiocaxpuh  obliqihtx,  sp.  nov.     PI.  XIII.  fig.  25. 

UnequaUy  cordate,  acuminate,  smooth,  with  a  strong  rib  passing  down 
the  middle  ;  length  about  three  lines. 

Found  with  the  preceding.  It  somewhat  resembles  some  of  the 
forms  of  C,  acutum,  L.  &  H. 

66.  Tbigonocabpum  bacemositm,  sp.  nov.    PL  XVI.  fig.  47  a,  b,  e. 

Ovate,  obtusely  acuminate,  in  some  specimens  triangular  at  apex.  In 
flattened  specimens  the  envelope  appears  as  a  wing.  Attached  m 
an  alternate  manner  to  a  thick,  flexuous,  furrowed  rachis. 

This  is  evidently  a  fruit  or  seed,  borne  in  a  racemose  manner  on 
a  stout  rachis.  In  some  specimens  the  seeds  are  dose  to  each 
other,  in  others  more  remote.  Attached  to  some  are  apparently 
traces  of  calyx-leaves  or  bracts.     Shales  of  St.  John. 

67.  AcANTHOFHTToir  spiKOSUM,  gcu.  ct  sp.  uov.  PL  XII.  fig.  6  a,  b. 

Cylindrical  branches,  ramifying  in  an  alternate  manner,  striated,  and 
with  scattered  tubercles,  on  which  are  borne  short  spines  or  prickles. 

These  specimens,  from  the  Hamilton  group  of  New  York,  resemble 
fragments  of  branches  of  some  spiny  or  prickly  exogenous  plant. 
The  stipes  of  some  Ferns,  as  Neuropteris  Uneata,  have  a  spinous 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BAWSOV — ^DETONIAK  PLANTS.  326 

appearance  when  depriyed  of  their  pinnules ;  hut  the  present  speci- 
mens are  ohviouslj  of  different  character.  In  Prof.  Hall's  collections 
from  the  Chemung  group  there  are  similar  stems,  with  tuhercles,  hut 
with  a  minutely  punctured  sur£ace.  These  may  possihly  indicate  a 
distinct  species. 

Among  Prof.  Hall's  specimens  are  several  which  probahly  helong 
to  AlgcB;  hut  I  regard  them  as  too  ohscure  in  their  affinities  to 
merit  detailed  description,  with  the  exception  of  the  following. 

68.  UPHAirrjENiA  CssinjNGBNsis,  Vanuxem.     PI.  XVII.  fig.  62. 

Vanuxem's  *  Report,  Geol.  New  York,'  p.  153,  fig.  60. 

FlaheUaU,  invested,  corneal  or  hollow,  cylindrical  frovids,  marked 
externally  with  cross  striae,  dividing  the  swrface  into  rectangular 
spaces  ;  and  in  the  cylindrical  forms  with  rows  of  tubercles. 

Yanuxem  has  figured  and  descrihed,  under  the  ahoye  name,  a 
flahellate  frond  which  he  represents  as  apparently  consisting  of  tape- 
like hodies  interwoven  like  hasket-work.  The  specimens  suhmitted 
to  me  have,  however,  rather  the  character  of  a  continuous  8ur£ace 
marked  out  into  spaces  hy  radiating  and  concentric  strise.  With 
these  fan-like  forms  are  associated  others  that  are  hluntly  conical, 
and  others  still  that  are  elongately  conical  or  cylindrical ;  and  some  of 
the  latter  are  covered  with  large  tubercles  arranged  in  vertical  and 
transverse  rows,  so  as  to  give  an  appearance  like  that  of  stems  of  the 
genus  Halonia,  One  of  tbese  curious  stem-like  objects  is  illustrated 
by  fig.  62  (from  a  photograph).  Some  of  the  specimens  are  much 
more  finely  marked  than  otiiers,  but  there  are  gradations  in  this ; 
and  there  are  indications  that  some  of  the  more  finely  marked  stems 
had  flahellate  or  conical  fronds  upon  them.  These  objects  are  very 
perplexing,  and  are  found  in  marine  beds,  but  mixed  with  remains 
of  land-plants.  On  the  whole  I  regard  them  as  AlgoR  with  funnel- 
shaped  £ronds  sometimes  prolonged  into  cylinders,  and,  when  adult, 
bearing  fructification  in  tubercles  on  the  sides  of  the  cylinders.  In 
general  form  these  plants  may  be  compared  with  Algce  of  the  fSemiily 
Dietyoteoi ;  but  there  is  no  indication  that  they  resembled  these  in 
details  of  structure.  Some  of  the  specimens  have  a  slight  carbonaceous 
coating.  The  cylindrical  forms  seem  to  have  been  re^irded  by  Conrad 
as  sheJis,  and  were  named  Hydroceras.  The  specimens  in  my  pos- 
sesaion  are  from  the  Chemung  group  in  New  York  and  Ohio.  They 
may  represent  several  species,  but,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  quite 
possible  that  they  may  be  different  states  and  portions  of  the  same 
plant. 


z2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


326  PKOCSEDIKGe  OF  THV  OBOLOOICAL  80CISIT.  [Maj  7, 

Geological  and  Geographical  Distribution  of  the  Devonian  Plants  of 
Eastern  America, 


Names  of  Spt 


1.  Syringoxylon  mi 

2.  Dadoijlon  Ouai 

3.  HalU 

4.  Aporoxylon    ... 

5.  PrototaxiteB  Loa 

6.  Sigillaria  Palpel 

7.  Vanuxemii 

8.  SimpUcitai 

9.  Syringodendron 

10.  Stigmaria  ezigui 

11.  ficoides  ... 

12.  Didjmophyllun] 
la  Calamites  Trana 

14.  caxm»foni] 

15.  inomatuB 

16.  AflterophylliteB  t 

17.  latifolia... 

18.  scutiffDra 

19.  loogifolia 

20.  parvula  ... 

21.  Annularia  acum 

22.  Spbenophyllum 

23.  Piimularia  diapi 

24.  Lepidodendron  < 

26.  Chemunge 

27.  Sagenaria  Velth( 

28.  Lepidostrobus  £ 
"29.  g^lobosuB... 

30.  Lyoopodites  Mai 

31.  Vanuxemii 

32.  Psilophytoii  prii 

33.  elegana  ... 

34.  — —  glMjnim... 

35.  Selaginites  form 

36.  Leptophkeum  rl 

37.  Cordaites  Eobbi 
38. angustifoli 

39.  Cordaites? 

40.  Megaphyton?... 

41.  Cydopteris  Hal) 


t  Thii  species  was  not  notioed  in  the  descriptions,  as  no  new  facts  relating  to 
it  had  been  obtained. 

t  1  have  marked  this  species  as  occurring  in  Pennsylvania,  being  of  opinion 
Uiat  it  is  the  same  with  Lejfndodendron  primatmm  of  Rogers. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


DAW80V — ^DXTOKlAir  PLAITOS. 


327 


Oeohgieal  and  Oeographical  Distrihuium  of  the  Devonian  Plants  of 
Eastern  America  (oontinued). 


Names  of  SpedM. 

ran. 

Lower 
Dero- 
niao. 

Middle 
Defonian. 

1 

Upp« 
Derooitti. 

J 

o 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

J 

42.  Oyolopteris  JaokBoni 

# 

43. obtuM    

ft 

44.  vaUda 

46.  Taria  

46.  Di^wT^ii     

» 

47.  — ^  inoerta  

» 

48.  Neuropteria  ierrulata    

60.  Sphenopteria  Hoeninghaosi ... 

... 

... 

ft 

6a  HaiSi    ; 

63.  * Hif^bnoclciAna  

ft 

64.  HymenoDhTllites  curtilobiu  . 

^ 
^ 

66.  obtuailobuB    

66.  Qendorffii     

... 

ft 
* 

67.  AlethopteiiB  decorrens 

68.  ingena    

... 

ft? 

61.  fihachiopteru  pinnata  

# 

.  # 

63.  punctata    

64.  striata    

.• 

ft? 

66.  Cardiooarpom  oomutum 

ft 
* 

68.  TrigonoQarpnm  mMnnoipwn  . . , 

69.  Acanthopbyto*i  Bpinoffnm 

1 

1 

III.  CONCLU8ION. 

In  the  course  of  the  preceding  pages,  I  have  endeavoured  to  notice 
points  of  general  geological  and  botanical  interest  as  they  occurred ; 
and  it  will  now  be  necessary  only  to  mention  a  few  leading  results, 
as  to  the  Deyonian  Flora,  which  may  be  deduced  from  the  observa- 
tions above  recorded. 

1 .  In  its  general  character  the  Devonian  Flora  resembles  that  of 
the  Carboniferous  Period,  in  the  prevalence  of  Gymnosperms  and 
Cryptogams ;  and,  with  few  exceptions,  the  generic  types  of  the  two 
periods  are  the  same.  Of  thirty-two  genera  to  which  the  species 
described  in  this  paper  belong,  only  six  can  be  regarded  as  peculiar 
to  the  Devonian  Period.   Some  genera  are,  however,  relatively  much 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


PBOdiDjvM  or  XHB  exoLoeicAL  80CIXTT.  [May  7, 

better  represented  intlie  Devaniaiitliaiii&the  Oarbonifeioiu  depositB, 
and  eeyml  Carboniferous  genera  are  wanting  in  the  Deronian. 

2.  Some  species  which  appear  early  in  the  Devonian  Period  con- 
tinue to  its  dose  without  entering  the  Carboniferous ;  and  ihe  great 
majority  of  the  species,  even  of  the  Upper  Deyonian,  do  not  reap- 
pear in  the  Carboniferous  Period ;  but  a  few  species  extend  firom  the 
Upper  Devonian  into  the  Lower  Carboniferous,  and  thus  establish  a 
real  passage  from  the  earlier  to  the  later  flora.  The  connexion  thus 
established  between  the  Upper  Devonian  and  the  Lower  Carboni- 
ferous is  much  less  intimate  than  that  which  subsistB  between  the 
latter  and  the  true  Coal-measures.  Another  way  of  stating  this  is, 
that  there  is  a  constant  gain  in  number  of  genera  and  species  from 
the  Lower  to  the  Upper  Devonian,  but  Uuit  at  the  close  of  the 
Devonian  many  species  and  some  genera  disappear.  In  the  Lower 
Carboniferous  the  flora  is  again  poor,  thou^  retaining  some  of  the 
Devonian  species ;  and  it  goes  on  increasing  up  to  the  period  of  the 
Middle  Coal-measures,  and  this  by  the  addition  of  species  quite  di- 
stinct from  those  of  the  Devonian  Period. 

3.  A  large  part  of  the  difference  between  the  Devonian  and  Car- 
boniferous Floras  is  probably  related  to  different  geographical  condi- 
tions. The  wide  swampy  flats  of  the  Coal  Period  do  not  seem  to 
have  existed  in  the  Devonian  era.  The  land  was  probably  less  ex- 
tensive and  more  of  an  upland  character.  On  the  other  hand,  more- 
over, it  is  to  be  observed  that,  when  in  the  Middle  Devonian  we  find 
beds  similar  to  the  underdays  of  the  Coal-measures,  they  are  filled, 
not  with  Stiffmaria,  but  with  rhizomes  of  P^lophyton ;  and  it  is  only 
in  the  Upper  Devonian  that  we  find  such  stations  occupied,  as  in  the 
Coal-measures,  by  SigiUaria  and  CalamUes. 

4.  Though  the  area  to  which  this  paper  relates  is  probably  equal 
to  any  other  in  the  world  in  the  richness  of  its  Devonian  Mora,  still 
it  is  apparent  that  the  conditions  were  less  favourable  to  the  pre- 
servation of  plants  than  those  of  the  Coal  Period.  The  £EU3ts  that 
so  large  a  proportion  of  the  plants  occur  in  marine  beds,  and  that 
so  many  stipes  of  Ferns  occur  in  deposits  that  have  afforded  no 
perfect  fronds,  show  that  our  knowle^  of  the  Devonian  Flora  is 
relatively  feu:  less  complete  than  our  knowledge  of  that  of  the  Coal- 
formation. 

6.  The  Devonian  Flora  was  not  of  lower  grade  than  that  of  the 
Coal  Period.  On  the  contrary,  in  the  little  that  we  know  of  it  we 
find  more  points  of  resemblance  to  the  Floras  of  the  Mesozoic  Period, 
and  of  modem  tropical  and  austral  islands,  than  in  that  of  the  true 
Coal-formation.  We  may  infer  from  this,  in  connexion  witk  the 
preceding  general  statement,  that  in  the  progress  of  discovery  very 
large  and  interesting  additions  will  be  made  to  our  knowledge  of 
this  flora,  and  that  we  may  possibly  also  learn  something  of  a  land 
fauna  contemporaneous  with  it. 

6.  The  fades  of  the  Devonian  Flora  in  America  is  very  similar  to 
that  of  the  same  period  in  Europe,  yet  the  number  of  identical 
species  does  not  seem  to  be  so  great  as  in  the  coal-fields  of  the  two 
continents.    This  may  be  connected  with  the  different  geographical 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


^ 

% 


Qii;iir.I(^iin.  i^tr^oLSocW.]  XVIII.Ti.AlJ 


M'      u         ft  u  n. 


1C 


DEVONIAN  PLANTS,  N.K.AMKRICA. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


/; 


Qiiart  Jourii.  Geii  .bn.Voi.XVIlL  ?im\. 


12 


13 


14 


77 


;<? 


16" 


TOfe^  ni^. 


DEVONIAN  PLANTS, N.F.. AMERICA. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


I 


Qu^n.  Joum  Geol.  Soc  VoLXWn.Pl  HV. 


.T.WDtifll'  T/V/ostiiii},. 

DEVONIAN  PLAInITS,  N,K.  AMERICA. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Quart,  JoumGed.  Soc.  VolXffll.Tl  XI\'. 


I 


J3EV0NIAN  PLANTS,  "N.P:.  AMERICA. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


(juRrt...^r^iini^^''>l^oc.Vol.XVni?lW. 


,36^ 


'.T!)  ifil^ 


4^h 


Wl'.Vst  ami.' 


Z)EVmim  PLANTS,  NE.AM}-,}UCA. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


( 


47 


^  ^i» 


•li 


^ 


y: 


4S 


My 


5(? 


-jy* 


';.]  51  h 


|-'^'^\ 


>^ 


i"  ?  V  ,7  .l£  V7  ori. 


DEV0NIA14    PLANTS 


Digitized  byCjOOQiC 


Quart  Joum.  Ged.  SocYdXVin  Pl.XVl. 


'\. 


^•\ 


s 


\ 


\ 


iLTH-EASTEm^   AMERICA. 


.:X 


W  West  mg) 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


62 


54-  ,, 


56 


S7 


SS 


53 


J.7rD  A:  O  de"W.  dd 


DEVON  lAl^     PLANTS 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ITH -EASTERN     . 

Digitized  by  VjOOQIC  


54 


S£ 


jrvTD&a.deV?.  d£a. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


[Opposite  page  329,  vol.  xviii.] 


On  the  Flora  of  the  Devonian  Peeiod  in  Noeth-eastern  Amebica. 
By  J.  W.  Dawson,  LL.D.,  F.G.S.,  Principal  of  M'Gill  University, 
Montreal. 

[Bead  December  17, 1862,  and  printed  in  this  yolume  by  permission  of  the 

Ck>unoil.] 

Appendix,  September  1862. — In  a  recent  visit  to  Perry,  the  au- 
thor (with  the  aid  of  Mr.  Brown,  of  that  place)  thoroughly  examined 
the  present  exposure  of  the  plant-bearing  bed.  Among  the  speci- 
mens obtained  were  the  following.  (1.)  Wood  of  a  conifer  of  the 
genus  Dadoxyhn.  (2.)  A  new  Stigmaria  of  the  type  of  S,  eangua. 
(3.)  Specimens  of  Lepidostrobus  Bichardsoni,  showing  it  to  have  been 
the  fructification  of  a  new  and  interesting  species  of  Lyeopodites, 
(4.)  Another  species  of  Lyeopodites  allied  to  L,  Erdmanni,  Germar. 
(5.)  A  new  species  probably  of  the  genus  Anarthrocanna,  Goeppert. 
(6.)  A  new  Cordaites.  (7.)  More  perfect  specimens  of  Cyclopteris 
Browniana,  showing  it  to  have  been  a  large  and  beautiful  flabellate 
leaf  or  frond,  possibly  identical  with  that  from  the  Upper  Devonian 
of  Pennsylvania,  figured  by  Prof.  Rogers,  'Pennsylvania  Report,' 
vol.  ii.  part  2.  pi.  22.  (8.)  A  Fern  allied  to  Cydopteris  Jacksoni, 
but  with  a  stem  similar  to  that  of  C.  Boemeriana,  Goeppert. 
(9.)  New  species  of  Sphenopteris,  Trichomanites,  and  Carpolites, 
(10.)  Specimens  of  L^tophloeum  rhomhicumf  showing  its  leaves  and 
fructification.  These,  with  some  interesting  specimens  recently  col- 
lected by  Mr.  R.  BeD,  of  the  Geological  Survey,  at  Gasp^,  Dr.  Daw- 
son hopes  to  describe  in  a  future  paper. 

Additional  Note,  October  23,  1862. — I  am  informed  by  Prof. 
Hall,  in  a  letter*  bearing  date  Oct.  13th,  1862,  that  recent  ob- 
servations made  by  Prof.  Orton,  Mr.  Way,  and  himself,  indicate  that 
the  beds  which  have  afibrded  the  plants  noticed  in  this  paper  as  from 
the  Catskill  group  of  New  York  really  belong  to  a  somewhat  lower 
horizon,  that  of  the  Chemung  group,  while  the  Catskill  group  pro- 
per, as  now  restricted  by  Prof.  Hall,  has  not  afforded  any  of  these 
fossils. 

This  restriction  renders  it  desirable  that  the  following  corrigenda 
should  be  made  in  my  paper : — 

Page  298,  line  2,  for  Catskill  Ghx>up  read  Chemung  and  Portage  Ghx>upa. 
„      ,,    line  7,  dele  Chemuns  Group. 

„    307,  line  2  &om  bottom,  Toot-note,  for  Catskill  read  Chemung. 
„    313,  line  2,/orCat6killrfa<;  Chemung. 
„    315,  line  14, /or  Catskill  Group  re^d  same  group. 

„    323,  line  22,  for  Base  of  the  Catskill  group  recul  From  the  Middle  Devo- 
nian of. 
„      „    line  29,  for  Catskill  read  Chemung. 

J.  W.  D. 


*  See  letter  from  Professor  Hall  to  Dr.  Dawson,  on  the  corrected  range  of  the 
Catskill  and  Chemung  groups  in  New  York,  in  the  Canad.  Nat  and  Geol.  toI.  rii. 
No.  5,  October  1862,  p.  377. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DAWSON — ^DSYONIAN  PLANTS.  329 

conditions  in  these  two  periods ;  but  the  facts  are  not  yet  sufficiently 
numerous  to  prove  this. 

7.  The  aboTe  general  conclusions  are  not  materially  different  from 
those  arrived  at  by  Goeppert,  Unger,  and  Bronn,  from  a  considera- 
tion of  the  Devonian  Flora  of  Europe. 

EXPLANATION  OP  PLATES  XH.— XVH. 
lUustraHve  of  the  Devonian  Flora  of  North-eastern  Amenca. 

Platb  XIL 

Fig.  1.  8jfrifigoxylonmirabiU;    longitudinal  section,  highly  magnified,    a, 
woody  fibres;  b,  medullary  rays;  c,  duote. 

2.  -^— ;  transrene  eeotion. 

3.  ;  portion  of  a  doot,  highly  magnified,  showing  the  pores. 

4.  ;  medullary  ray,  high^  magnmed. 

5. ;  transverse  section,  highly  magnified ;  letters  of  reference  aa  in 

fig.  1. 

6.  Acanihophyton  apinasum :  a,  smooth  species  or  variety ;  b,  punctated 

species  or  variety. 

7.  /8t^72armFant&r0mu:  a,  retaining  the  outside;  6,  decorticated ;  c,axis. 

8.  L^ophlcBum  rhombieum:  a,  notmral  size;  b,  an  areole  enlarged. 

9.  Oycl^teris  Brownii, 

10.  Lepidodendron  corrugatum :  a,  portion  of  a  small  stem ;  5,  part  of  a 

Plate  XIIL 

Fig.  11.  Dadoxylon  Halli;  longitudinal  section,  magnified. 

12.  SigUlaria  Palpebra :  a,  natural  size ;  6,  an  areole  magnified. 

13.  SHgmaria  exigita, 

14.  Byrmgodmdron  graeile :  a,  natural  size ;  6,  an  areole  magnified. 

15.  DidymoplwUum  reniforme :  a,  natural  size ;  b,  an  areole  magnified. 

16.  AOeropkmites  acicularis:  a,  natural  size;  6,  a  leaf  enlarged 

17.  A,  laitfolia :  a  and  c,  natural  size ;  6,  leaf  enlarged. 

18.  A.9ctaiffera;  ordinarr  aspect  of  the  stem.   19.  Apex  of  stem.  20.  Stem 

compressed  diagonally. 

21.  Annutaria  acuvUnata. 

22,  Pinnuiaria  diepalana, 
23&24.  Cardiocarpum  oormUum, 
25.  C.  acutum. 

Plate  XIV. 

Fig.  26,  27, 28.  Lq^idodendron  Qagpianum,  in  various  states. 
29  ft  30.  BsUophfton  ekgoMi  a,  fructification. 

31.  CordaUeaSobbii'.  a,  a  group  of  young  leaves;  5,  point  of  leaf;  c,  base 

of  leaf;  d,  yenation  magnified. 

32.  RhacMopteriB  temtistriata :  a,  natural  size ;  b^  a  portion  magnified. 


Plate  XV. 


Fig.  33.  CyelopUrii  obtuaa. 
34.  C.varia. 


35.  Neurofteris  Bemdata:  a,  natural  size;  6,  a  pinnule  enlarged. 

36.  N,  polymorpha :  a  to  ^,  various  forms  of  pinnules. 

37.  HymenopkjfUiUet  Oendorffiii  a,  natural  size;  6,  magnified. 

38.  SfphenopteriB  marginata:  a,  natural  size;  6,  magnified. 

39.  HyTmenophyUUeB  obiugUobus ;  natural  size. 

40.  Picopteru  decurrens:  a,  a  portion  of  a  frond;  d,  terminal  leafiet  (c, 

magnified). 

41.  P.  ifigens:  a,  natural  size:  5,  magnified. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


330  PBocxBDDies  oy  thb  esoLoeiCAL  tociETT.  [Hay  7, 

Fig.  42.  Ptilop^fton  e/SeyofM,  portion  of  sHpe. 
43.  Fragment  of  item  o\  A$UrophyUiteB, 

Platb  XVI. 

Fig.  44.  Oychpteri$  incerta :  a,  gtipe ;  b,  remains  of  fertile  pinnolet ;  e,  remains 
of  leaflets. 
45  &  46.  RhacMopteru  temtidriata, 

47.  Trwonoearpum  racermmtm:  a  and  b,  natural  sise ;  c,  frait^  magnified. 

48.  Bpienopteris  Hctrttii:  a,  terminal  pinna;  6,  portion  of  frond. 
4Q,  Meihopteris  obacura? 

50.  TVickomanitea  (?) :  a,  natural  sise ;  b,  portion  enlarged. 

51.  Sphenopteris  Hitchcockiana:  a,  natural  size;  b,  c,  pmnules  magnified. 

59.  VordaUtt  (?)  (from  a  photogn^h). 

60.  Bhackiopteru  pinnata  (from  a  pfaiotogn^h). 

61.  R.  punctata  (from  a  photograph). 

Platb  XVII. 

Fig.  52.  Cyelopteris  vaUda :  a,  natural  size ;  b,  pinnule  enlarged. 

53.  Ltptophlctutii  rhomJbicum:    a,  unmature  portion  dT  stem,  showing 

Stembergian  structure. 

54.  Terminal  pinna  of  Cyclopteris  HalUana,  55.  Lateral  pinna. 

56.  CaiiUHitea  inomatus ;  one-third  of  natural  size. 

57.  Lycopodites  Vanuaetnii, 

58.  Leptdodmdron  Gaapianum ;  portion  of  stem,  flattened,  coTered  with 

nu^,  and  retuning  remains  of  the  leayes. 

62.  Uphant^rUa  Chemungenm  (from  a  photograph). 


3.  On  Upper  Eocene  Fossilb /rom  the  Isle  op  Wioht. 

By  Prof.  F.  SAKDBEBeEB. 

[From  a  Letter  to  W.  J.  Hamilton,  Esq.,  F.B.S.,  For.  Sec.  G.  S.,  Ac.] 

As  you  wish  me  to  give  you  my  opinion  respecting  these  Tertiary 
beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight,  I  will  do  it  as  fiilly  as  I  can  at  present  *. 
I  consider  the  upper  formations  of  Hempstead  to  be  the  exact 
equivalent  of  those  at  Weinheim,  Jeurres,  and  Bergh  (BupSUen  in- 
fhieur,  Dumont).  I  had  already  arrived  at  this  opinion,  on  receiving 
from  Saemann,  in  Paris,  Voluta  Forhesi,  Edw.,  which  Mr.  Edwards 
himself  considers  as  identical  with  F.  Bathieri,  together  with  some 
other  fossils  which  have  hitherto  only  been  found  in  this  horizon. 
The  collection  now  sent  adds  Ceriihium  plicatum,  with  varieties, 
which  Mr.  Edwards  calls  C,  suhcostellatum,  Forb.,  and  C,  tnor- 
natum,  Morr. ;  also  C.  eUgans,  Desh.  (C.  variahiU,  in  the  collection, 
and  C.  Austenii  belong  to  the  same  species),  C.  Lamarekii,  Brongn. 
( = C.  Sedgunckiif  Morr.),  also  Oatrea  adlata,  S.  Wood  ( = 0.  cyathula, 
lam.fjuv,),  Ludna  Thierensif  H^.,  Corbida  suhpisum,  D'Orb.,  Pano- 
pcM  minor  J  Forb.  (=  P.  Heberti,  Bosq.,yut;.),  Ostrea  eaUifera,  Lam., 
O.lonffirostriSflam.yTeUina  Nf/8tiiyJ)eeh,  {TeUina,  sp.indeterm.  in  the 
collection),  Lithodomus  delicatulus,  Desh.  (Modiola,  sp.  indeterm.  in 
the  collection),  hitherto  only  known  from  Merigny,  Waldbockelheim, 

*  I  had  forwarded  to  Prof.  Sandberger  a  collection  of  Upper  Eocene  fossils 
from  the  Isle  of  Wight,  made  for  him  by  Mr.  F.  Edwards,  F.G.S.— W.  J.  H. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  tiJVBBBBGER — ^HSKPSTBAD  FOSSILS.  331 

and  Alzej, — so  that  I  now  can  no  longer  doubt  that  the  upper  beds  of 
Hempstead  accurately  correspond  with  our  *'  Marine  Band/' 

Much  more  difficidt  is  it  to  make  out  the  lower  beds ;  I  can  at 
present  only  point  out  one  horizon  which  corresponds  with  anything 
in  Alsace  or  Germany — the  freshwater  limestone  of  Bembridge  and 
Sconcessbeds  at  Buxweiler  (Alsace)  and  Abstadt  (Baden).  Here 
the  following  species  are  decidedly  identical : — Helix  Vectiensis,  £dw., 
H.  If  Urhani,  Edw.,  H.  oeclxua,  Edw.,  Flanorbis  rotundatus,  Sow., 
PI.  oligyratuSf  Edw.,  PI,  lens,  Brongn.,  and  PI.  eUgana,  Edw.  Un- 
fortunately I  have  not  the  means  of  ascertaining  whether  the  ana- 
logies can  be  carried  farther.  I  am  also  disposed  to  believe  that  the 
freshwater  limestones  of  Castelnandary  in  France  belong  to  the  same 
horizon,  from  whence  I  have  received  about  twenty  species  £rom 
Deshayes  and  Lartet.  At  the  same  time  I  cannot  venture  to  con- 
sider this  so  certain  as  the  comparisons  with  Abstadt,  and  particularly 
with  Buxweiler  (D^p.  Bas-BMn). 

The  fossils  from  Headen  Hill  and  Colwell  Bay  have  no  resemblance 
with  those  of  our  "  Marine  Sand,"  They  probably  belong  to  the  level 
of  Dumont's  Tongrien  InfSrieur  (Lethen  and  Westeregeln)  and  IVm- 
grien  SupSrieurssMarm  superiewr  au  gypse.  It  will  be  necessary 
for  me  to  compare  the  marine  forms  with  those  of  Westeregeln  and 
Bemburg,  from  whence  I  am  expecting  a  collection.  But  the  com- 
parison will  at  aU  events  be  difficult,  because  the  English  beds  are 
almost  entirely  brackish,  and  the  German  are  aU  purely  marine ;  it 
will  therefore  be  some  time  before  I  can  give  any  account  of  them. 
In  the  meantime  it  appears  to  me  of  great  importance  to  be  able  to 
point  out  an  exact  equivalent  of  the  beds  at  Alzey  and  Buxweiler  and 
Abstadt,  which,  with  the  exception  of  the  Bohnerz  in  South  Germany, 
are  the  only  representations  of  the  Lower  Oligocene. 


Mat  21,  1862. 

Edward  William  Cooke,  Esq.,  The  Ferns,  Hyde  Park  Gate  South ; 
Edmund  Jones,  Esq.,  10  Guildford  Street,  Bussell  Square;  and 
William  George  Lemon,  Esq,,  Blackheath,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 

1,  On  the  Metamorphic  Rocks  of  the  Banffshibb  Coast,  the  Scara- 
Bnrs,  and  a  Portion  of  East  Sutherlaih).  By  R.  Harknbss, 
Esq.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S.,  Professor  of  Geology  and  Mineralogy, 
Queen's  College,  Cork. 

Introduction. — I  am  not  aware  of  any  memoir  which  has  reference 
to  the  metamorphic  rocks  of  Ban£&hire,  save  that  of  Mr.  R.  J.  H. 
Cunningham,  published  in  the  '  Transactions  of  the  Highland  and 
Agricultural  Society  of  Scotland '  (vol.  xiii.).  In  this  memoir  there 
is  a  great  amount  of  information  concerning  the  lUhology  of  the 
rocks  whioh  compose  the  metamorphic  strata  of  this  portion  of 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


332  PBOGSBDiiras  op  tbz  aaoiOGiOAL  sogxett.         [^ay  ^^f 

Scotland,  but  comparatiTelj  little  can  be  gleaned  as  to  the  mode 
in  which  the  aeyeral  rocks  fbnning  these  metamoiphic  deposits  are 
associated  together. 

Along  the  Banfifshire  coast  the  sections  exposing  rocks  of  a  meta- 
morphic  nature  are,  on  the  whole,  veiy  satisfeustory ;  and  the  mode 
in  which  these  rocks  are  here  arranged  can,  in  most  instances,  be 
distinctly  made  out.  In  this  part  of  the  North  of  Scotland  there  is 
laid  down  on  geological  maps  an  area  represented  as  occupied  by 
strata  analogous  to  those  which  make  up  the  Lower  Silurian  of  the 
South  of  Scotland ;  and  in  this  area  it  has  been  stated  that  Orapio^ 
Utes  occur.  "With  reference  to  the  latter,  I  have  reason  to  believe 
that  what  have  been  assumed  to  be  GfraptolUes  are  simply  dendritic 
markings  of  oxide  of  manganese ;  and,  as  concerns  the  affinity  in 
the  mineral  nature  of  the  depositB  of  BanfEshire  and  the  South 
of  Scotland,  although  there  is  a  general  resemblance  between 
them,  still  tiie  fonner  have  a  decidedly  more  crystalline  character. 
This  Grystalline  character  of  the  rocks  of  BanfiGihire  is  by  no  means 
equally  uniform;  and  a  section  along  the  coast  of  tiiis  county 
shows  that  in  the  eastern  extremity  less  of  the  result  of  metamor- 
phic  action  is  visible  among  the  strata  than  in  the  western  side. 

On  traversing  the  coast  from  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  of  Gamrie, 
on  the  east,  to  &e  Old  Bed  Sandstone  of  Buckie,  on  the  west,  there 
is  seen,  among  the  strata,  especially  between  Gamrie  and  BanfP,  a 
gradual  increase  of  the  metamorphic  appearance  in  the  several  rocks 
which  occupy  this  interval ;  and,  west  from  Banff,  rocks  having  a 
gneissose  aspect  are  abundantly  developed  along  the  coast. 

§  1.  Section  from  Gamrie  to  Buckie,    (Fig.  1.) 

Commencing  on  the  west  side  of  Gamrie  Bay,  we  have  the  Old 
Bed  deposits,  which,  in  Mr.  Cunningham's  memoir,  are  represented 
as  abutting  against  the  highly  inclined  ''Greywacke"  rocks  which 
form  this  side  of  the  bay,  the  latter  being  intei^ected  by  green- 
stone. This  juncture  is,  however,  now  obscured  by  d^ris.  These 
older  rocks,  which  here  appear  in  the  condition  of  drab  shales, 
dip  to  the  S.£. ;  and  the  same  rocks  can  be  seen  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  bay,  with  the  same  S.£.  inclination,  at  Crovie  Head. 

On  passing  westwards  along  the  coast,  there  is  seen  coming  out 
from  beneath  the  drab  shales  a  grey  sandstone  series,  some  of  the 
beds  of  which  are  made  up  of  layers  of  pebbles  about  the  size  of  a 
pea ;  and,  in  some  instances,  these  pebbly  layers  are  very  distinct. 
This  greywacke-sandstone  series  has,  in  some  of  its  layers,  a  cherty 
composition ;  and  it  passes  downwards  into  quartz-rock,  as  seen  at 
Melross  Head.  In  this  portion  of  the  section,  from  the  drab  shales 
downwards  to  the  quartz-rock,  the  whole  of  the  strata  have  a  uni- 
form S.E.  dip.  At  a  short  distance  in  the  interior  from  Melross 
Head,  a  small  area  of  syenite  occurs,  as  laid  down  in  Mr.  Cunning- 
ham's map. 

At  Melross  Head  a  roll  occurs ;  and  on  the  western  side  the  newer 
strata  succeed  the  quartz-rocks,  and  dip  N.W.     These  continue  for 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


HAMOTfaW  "MBTAMOliPHIC  BOCKS. 


333 


some  distance,  and  again  the  higher 
drab  shales  occur  at  Melross,  where 
they  have  been  worked  for  roofing- 
purposes.  Between  this  point  and 
Macduff*,  many  contortions  and 
rolls  are  seen  in  the  rocks  exposed 
along  the  coast;  and  the  strata 
gradually  assume  a  more  altered 
character  as  they  approach  the 
latter  phice. 

The  section,  as  shown  in  the 
difSi  between  Gamrie  and  Macduff, 
exhibits  the  following  arrange- 
ment. First,  and  highest,  a  mass 
of  drab  shale;  second,  a  series 
made  up  of  greywacke-sandstones, 
with  cherty  beds  and  pebbly 
layers;  and  third,  and  lowest,  a 
small  exposure  of  quartz-rocks. 
West  from  Macduff  fine-grained 
gneiss  and  crystalline  greywacke- 
sandstone  overlie  quartz-rocks, 
which  form  an  axis  at  the  entrance 
into  Banff  Harbour. 

At  Banff,  opposite  the  Eailway- 
station,  are  seen  well-developed 
(and  here  dipping  N.W.)  quartz- 
rocks.  To  these,  on  the  west,  suc- 
ceed grey  gneiss,  with  interca- 
lated quartz-rockiB — the  latter,  at 
the  boundaries  of  each  stratum, 
often  showing  their  original  con- 
dition in  the  form  of  fine  pebbly 
layers  of  rounded  quartz.  Strata 
of  this  nature  prevail  for  a  short 
distance  to  the  west  of  Banff; 
but  they  soon  become  masked  by 
the  sandy  shore,  which  prevails 
until  the  Black  Pots  Tile-works 
are  reached.  Here  a  synclinal 
occurs ;  and  at  Whitehills  the  pre- 
vailing dip  is  S.E.,  although  the 
strata  are  much  contorted. 

The  8.E.  dips  obtain  to  near  a 
mass  of  fine-grained  syenite,  where 
N.W.  dips  again  occur.  West  of 
the  syenite,  rolls  are  again  abun-  ^ 

dant ;  but,  after  a  short  distance,  S.E.  dips  again  set  in,  and  con- 
tinue to  the  Bum  of  Boyne,  wh  ere  limestone  comes  out  from  beneath 
the  gneiss.    This  limestone,  w  hich  has  been  extensively  wrought  at 


*9uani{>.. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


334  PBOdBDiires  of  thb  esoLoeiCAL  societt.         [Hay  21, 

the  Bum  of  Boyne,  is  very  indistinct  in  its  stratification,  and  greatly 
jointed.  It  seems  to  have  a  very  persistent  character,  and  can  he 
traced,  on  its  strike,  for  a  long  way  into  the  interior  of  Banfbhire, 
and  always  exhihits  the  same  aspect  as  regards  the  indistinct  nature 
of  its  stratification.  In  the  interior  of  the  county,  it  is  worked 
ahout  three  miles  S.E.  of  Keith,  at  Black  Hillock,  where  its  imper- 
fect stratification  is  well  seen. 

The  limestone  of  the  Bum  of  Boyne  is  the  site  of  another  anti- 
clinal, which  is  pushed  over  to  the  N.W.;  and  consequently  the 
overlying  gneiss  seems  to  come  from  heneath  it.  Very  soon,  how- 
ever, N.W.  dips  occur ;  and  these  continue  in  the  gneiss,  which  is 
much  intersected  hy  granite-veins  to  Portsoy,  where,  at  the  Downie, 
a  mass  of  fine-grained  syenite  makes  its  appearance.  This  syenite, 
at  the  Downie  of  Portsoy,  seems  to  manifest  itself  in  a  synclinal  axis. 
Immediately  west  of  the  Downie,  the  celebrated  Portsoy  serpentine 
is  seen.  This  possesses  nothing  like  bedding  in  its  aspect ;  but  it 
reposes  upon  a  mass  of  black  schist,  thin-bedded,  and  dipping  S.E. 
at  70*^ — a  dip  the  reverse  of  that  of  the  strata  which  occur  E.  of 
Portsoy.  This  black  schist,  which  forms  the  highest  strata  seen 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Portsoy,  is  probably  the  equivalent  of  the 
drab  shales  before  alluded  to  as  forming  the  highest  strata  seen 
between  Macduff  and  Gamrie.  Westwu^ds  from  the  black  schist 
of  Portsoy,  S.E.  dips  continue  for  about  a  mile,  when  an  axis 
of  quartz-rock  presents  itself.  This  is  an  extension  northwards 
of  the  mass  of  quartz-rock  which  is  so  amply  developed  in  the  Hill 
of  Dum. 

A  short  distance  west  frx)m  this  quartz-rock  axis,  N.W.  dips 
occur ;  but  almost  immediately  S.E.  inclinations  again  obtain ;  and 
these  continue  to  Red  Harbour,  where  a  singular  isolated  mass  of  Old 
Bed  Sandstone  is  seen.  In  this  axis  of  quartz-rock  another  instance 
of  a  roll  pushed  over  to  the  N.W.  occurs. 

At  Sandend  or  Dunidich,  on  the  west  side  of  Bed  Harbour,  lime- 
stone again  makes  its  appearance.  Although  much  contorted,  it 
is  very  distinctly  bedded,  and  has  a  prevailing  S.E.  dip.  This  lime- 
stone, on  its  strike,  is  well  seen  in  the  interior,  and  is  also  worked 
at  several  localities.  At  Fordyce  it  possesses  the  same  character  as  to 
regularity  of  bedding,  dipping  here  S.E.,  at  46°.  S.S.W.  from  this 
it  is  exhibited  at  Keith  in  the  cutting  of  the  Dufftown  Eailway, 
and  extends  in  a  S.S.W.  direction  to  Dufftown.  At  the  railway 
cutting  at  Keith,  and  a  little  southward,  this  limestone  appears  to 
dip  under  quartz-rock,  and  to  lie  upon  gneiss,  the  result  of  a  com- 
plete reversal  of  the  strata. 

This  limestone  contrasts  strongly  in  the  perfection  of  its  bedding 
all  along  its  strike  with  that  of  the  Bum  of  Boyne  and  the  Black 
Hillock  already  referred  to. 

Although  these  two  areas  of  limestone  differ  so  much  in  their 
stratigraphical  aspect,  I  have  little  doubt  that  they  occupy  the  same 
horizon,  and  that  their  different  appearance  is  the  result  of  different 
degrees  of  mechanical  forces,  which  have  operated  in  modifying  these 
beds  of  limestone  at  the  period  when  the  great  fiexnres  and  con- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HAKKNB8S — KETAMOBPHIC  BOOU.  335 

tortions  produced  the  anticlmals  and  synclinals  of  this  portion  of 
Scotland*. 

Westwards  from  the  limestone  of  Sandend  a  succession  of  gneissic 
strata  occurs.  These  strata  are  perpendicular;  but  they  soon 
become  greatly  contorted,  and  present  both  N.W.  and  S.E.  dips. 
Among  tiiem  strata  of  quartz-rock  are  seen,  on  one  of  which  the  old 
Castle  of  Eindlater  is  situated.  These  contorted  rocks,  obtain  along 
this  portion  of  the  coast,  from  Sandend  to  Logie-head. 

From  Logie-head  to  the  Maiden  Pap  of  Port  Long,  gneiss,  with 
N.W.  dips,  exhibits  itself,  having  beneath  it  thin-bedded  quartz- 
rocks,  which  repose  upon  hard  grey  beds.  The  thin-bedded  asso- 
ciated quartz-rocks  are  well  seen  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Gullen. 

On  the  shore,  a  little  west  of  CuUen,  isolated  quartz-rock  is  seen ; 
and  also  masses  of  Old  Red  Conglomerate,  one  of  which  is  seen  on 
the  west  side  of  the  bay,  reposing  on  the  metamorphic  strata,  as 
represented  in  Mr.  Cunningham's  section.  On  this  side  of  the  bay, 
a  thin  series  of  gneiss  is  seen  resting  upon  quartz-rock,  and  having 
a  S.£.  inclination.  Along  the  difEs  westwards  to  Portnockie,  the 
quartz-rocks,  occasionally  overlain  by  Old  Red  Sandstone,  are  seen 
with  the  same  S.E.  dips.  Here  the  quartz-rocks  become  greatly 
developed ;  and  they  continue  along  the  coast  with  the  same  dips  to 
Findochtie,  where  Uie  strata  are  flatter,  but  have  still  the  S.E.  in- 
clinations. At  Port  Essie,  the  same  rocks,  having  the  same  inclina- 
tion, but  at  greater  angles,  present  themselves ;  and  these  make  up 
the  clifls  along  the  coast  to  Buckie,  where,  on  the  shore,  some  grey 
beds  occur  among  the  quartz-rocks.  West  of  Buckie,  Old  Red  Con- 
glomerates appear  on  the  shore ;  and  at  the  Gallochie  Bum,  between 
Buckie  and  Port  Gordon,  the  same  Old  Red  Conglomerates,  with 
red  sandstones,  are  seen  dipping  N.N.W.  at  a  low  angle ;  and  these 
form  a  portion  of  the  eastern  margin  of  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  area, 
which  is  so  extensively  developed  in  the  county  of  Elgin,  along  the 
shores  of  the  Moray  Eirth. 

The  quartz-rocks  which  are  so  extensively  developed  on  the  coast 
between  Cullen  and  Buckie  are  extensions  northwardly  of  the  mass 
which  is  so  well  seen  in  the  Bin  of  Cullen.  like  the  strata  pre- 
viously described,  they  appear  to  form  an  axis  in  this  area,  the 
centre  of  which  is  probably  at  Findochtie,  where  the  beds  are  more 
nearly  horizontal  than  elsewhere  along  this  coast.  Here  again  we 
have  another  instance  of  an  axis  being  pushed  over  towards  the 
north-west. 

The  arrangement  of  the  metamorphic  rocks,  as  exhibited  along 
the  BanfEbhire  coast,  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  here  the  deposits 
have,  in  their  sequence,  a  great  affinity  to  the  series  of  strata  which 
compose  the  altered  sedimentary  rocks  of  other  portions  of  the 
Highlands.  At  the  base  considerable  thicknesses  of  quartz-rocks 
sometimes  present  themselves ;  and  these,  where  they  do  occur,  are 
seen  in  the  condition  of  axes.  Upon  these  quartz-Tocks,  in  some 
instances,  limestones  are  found ;  but  the  persistence  of  the  lime- 

*  I  am  indebted  to  the  Ber.  Mr.  Qrigor,  of  Maodoff,  for  pointing  out  to  me 
the  limeitone  localitiet  near  Keith. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


PBocEEDnres  op  thb  geological  socnrnr.        [^^7  ^h 

stones  is  by  no  means  constant,  and  the  higher  portions  of  the 
metamoiphic  rocks  of  Banffshire  present  themselyes  in  the  conditum 
of  gneiss,  with  associated  quartzose  layers,  or,  when  only  in  a  par- 
tially altered  condition,  as  greywacke-sandstone,  with  pebble-beds, 
sncceeded  by  greywacke-shales. 

There  is  one  feature  with  reference  to  the  metamoiphic  rocks  of 
this  county  which,  although  not  confined  to  this  district,  but  pre- 
valent to  a  great  extent  in  the  whole  of  the  metamoiphic  rocks  of 
Scotland,  is  of  considerable  interest  This  is  the  great  predominance 
of  S.£.  dips.  On  referring  to  the  map  attached  to  Mr.  Gunning- 
ham's  memoir,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  strike  of  these  metamorphic 
rocks  is  eztr^ely  uniform,  and  that  S.£.  dips  almost  exdusively 
obtain  among  the  metamorphic  series. 

An  occurrence  of  this  kind  could  only  result  from  the  planes  of  the 
several  axes  being  depressed  towards  tiie  N.  W.,  and  by  this  circum- 
stance producing,  over  a  considerable  area  to  the  north-west  of  these 
axes,  an  inversion  of  the  strata,  and  so  packing  these  together  that 
in  many  cases  the  superior  deposits  seem  to  occupy  a  position  below 
the  lowest  member  of  the  series,  the  quartz-rocks. 

There  is  also  another  dreumstance  of  interest  in  connexion  with 
the  rocks  of  BanfBahire,  and  which,  like  that  just  referred  to,  is 
common  likewise  to  other  areas  in  the  North  of  Scotland.  Tliis 
is  the  slight  influence  which  the  plutonic  rocks  exereise  in  producing 
the  direction  of  the  axes,  or  in  modifying  the  inclination  of  the  strata. 

The  districts  in  this  country  which  exhibit  granitic  or  syenitic 
masses  have,  on  the  flanks  of  tiiese  plutonic  areas,  the  strata  striking 
right  into  them,  and  there  Ib  nothing  like  an  indication  of  a  peri- 
dinal  arrangement  of  altered  sedimentary  rocks  around  plutonic 
masses.  The  small  effect  resulting  from  the  influence  of  rocks  of 
this  nature  has  been  expatiated  upon  by  Mr.  Cunningham ;  and  he 
gives  many  instances  of  the  comparatively  small  part  which  they 
have  played  in  effecting  the  changes  of  position  in,  and  in  altering 
the  character  of,  the  sedimentary  rocks. 

§  2.  Seett<mfrofn  the  Sea  at  BerridaJe  aver  ike  Scarabins  to 
Strath  Naver,     (Fig.  2.) 

There  occurs,  near  the  southern  extremity  of  Caithness  and  on 
the  eastern  side  of  Sutherland,  a  very  extensively  developed  series  of 
quartz-rocks,  and  these  form  the  hills  which  are  known  under  the 
name  of  the  Scarabins.  Their  mineral  nature  is  alluded  to  by  Sir 
Boderick  Murchison  and  Professor  Sedgwick,  in  their  memoir  <'  On 
the  deposits  contained  between  the  Primary  Bocks  and  the  Oolitic 
Series  in  the  North  of  Scotland"*,  and  they  are  also  referred  to  by 
the  former  in  one  of  his  memoirs  on  the  Northern  Highlandst* 

Last  summer,  after  examining  the  metamorphic  rocks  of  Banff- 
shire, I  had  an  opportunity  of  traversing  the  Scarabins,  and  the 
portion  of  Sutherland  which  lies  between  them  and  Strath  Naver. 

*  Tnns.  GeoL  Soe.,  2nd  aer.  vol.  iii.  p.  125  et  aeq. 
t  Quart.  Joum.  Qeol.  Soo^  yol.  xr.  p.  384  et  Mq. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


HABEirESS — ^ICETAMOSPHIC  BOCKS. 


337 


On  this  occasion  I  endeayonred  to  make  out  the  relation  of  these 
quartz-rocks  to  the  deposits  which  are  so  fully  exhibited  in  Snther- 
land,  and  which  form  the  upper  or  flaggy  gneiss  of  Murchison*. 

Fig.  2. — Section  from  Berridale  to  Straih  Naver.    Length  30  miles. 


S.B. 


N.W. 


/.  Granite. 

0.  Old  Bed  Sandstone. 

d.  Flaggy  gneiBs. 


e.  Ghnuiite  and  gneiss. 

b.  Queiss  and  grey  anartz-rock. 

a.  White  quarts-rock. 


I  here  purpose  to  describe  the  rocks  which  occur  in  a  traverse 
from  the  coast  at  Berridale,  in  Caithness,  to  Strath  Naver,  in  Suther- 
land, the  route  being  from  the  S.E.  to  the  N.W. — a  course  almost 
directly  across  the  stnke  of  the  metamorphic  rocks,  not  only  of  this 
district,  but  also  of  those  of  the  whole  of  Sutherland,  with  some 
slight  local  exceptions.  Haying  likewise  examined  some  of  the 
stream-courses  to  the  south  of  the  Scarabin  range,  I  shall  allude  to 
them  as  illustratiye  of  the  sequence  of  the  strata  which  compose  the 
metamorphic  rocks  of  this  district. 

Commencing  on  the  coast,  we  have,  in  the  Langwell  Bum,  from  its 
entrance  into  the  sea  to  the  Tumel  rock,  brown  flags  of  the  Old 
Red  series,  dipping  N.N.E.,  and  passing  downward  into  the  inferior 
conglomerates.  A  mass  of  granite  then  occurs,  which  is  a  portion 
of  that  forming  the  Ord  of  Caithness  extended  northward,  and 
it  cuts-  off  the  Old  Bed  series  frx)m  the  metamorphic  rocks  on 
the  N.W.  at  this  locality.  This  granite  continues  for  a  short 
distance  to  Bean-na-aiglesh,  where  the  metamorphic  strata  exhibit 
themselves.  Here  the  beds  consist  of  grey  quartz-rocks  which  have 
a  S.S.E.  dip  at  45^ ;  and  quartz-rocks  of  a  similar  character,  and 
having  the  same  inclination,  are  seen  in  the  Langwell  Bum  at  Alt- 
di-ba.  The  same  features,  as  concerns  lithological  nature  and  dip, 
are  seen  in  the  Alt  Begg  to  Tolbegg ;  and  on  the  sides  of  Salvaich, 
one  of  the  Scarabins,  to  the  west  o£  Alt  Begg,  grey  quartz-rocks 
occur  with  the  same  inclination.      The  flne  isolated  Old  Eed 

*  On  this  occasion  I  was  provided  bv  Sir  Boderick  Murchison  with  his  obser- 
vations as  recorded  on  the  Duke  of  Sutherland's  map  of  this  county,  and  also  the 
notes  of  Sir  Boderick  which  had  reference  to  this  district ;  he  also  veir  kindly 
procured  for  me  a  note  from  the  Bight  Honourable  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of 
Uommons  to  his  people  at  Lanffwel^  and  by  this  means  1  was  enabled  to  avail 
myself  of  the  services  of  Doniud  Boss,  gamekeeper  to  His  Grace  the  Duke  of 
Portland,  who  accompanied  me,  not  only  over  the  Scarabins,  but  also  into  Strath 
Beg  to  Aohintoul. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


338  PBOCBSDDres  of  the  esoLoaicAL  sogibtt.        [Hay  21, 

mountains,  viz.  Smechian,  the  Maiden  Pap,  Moiren,  and  little 
Morven,  which  generally  lie  to  the  north  of  the  Scarabins,  are  made 
np  of  fragments  of  these  qoartz-rocks  in  the  lower  portion  of  their 
series. 

Small  Mount,  one  of  the  Scarabins,  which  is  to  the  west  of 
Morven,  is  made  up  of  white  quartz-rocks  dipping  towards  the 
south.  From  SmaU  Mount,  a  ridge  of  rocks  of  the  same  nature  runs 
N.E.  to  Cnoc-na-neranach,  also  consisting  of  quartz-rocks,  some 
of  which  are  micaceous ;  and  these  also  have  a  south  dip.  To  the 
south  of  Cnoc-na-neranach  lies  Sudhe-voir-veig  {ChiVTs  Chair),  a 
very  picturesque  hill,  difiPering  in  its  outline  from  the  Scarabins, 
and  nearly  allied  in  form  to  the  isolated  Old  Red  mountains  to  the 
north ;  and  this,  I  learn  from  Donald,  is  composed  of  rocks  similar 
to  those  of  Monren,  and  is  another  isolated  mass  of  Old  Red  among 
the  metamorphic  rocks  of  this  region.  South  from  Cnoc-na- 
neranach  the  country  is  covered  by  peat,  and  even  in  the  courses  of 
the  high  streams  which  flow  into  the  Suisgill  Bum  no  traces  of 
rock  can  be  seen  in  situ. 

The  head  also  of  the  Berridale  Water,  as  regards  exposures  of  rock, 
is  in  the  same  condition,  as  well  as  the  tributaries  to  the  Kinbrae 
Bum ;  but  the  lower  part  of  this  bum  trayerses  granite,  and  no 
frirther  traces  of  quartz-rocks  can  be  seen  to  the  westwards. 

In  the  district  which  lies  south  of  the  Scarabins,  and  which  is 
drained  by  streams  which  flow  into  the  Biver  Ullic,  or  Helmsdale, 
we  have  exposures  of  rocks  as  follows : — In  the  road  along  Strath 
UUic,  from  Helmsdale,  granite  is  prevalent  to  Kilphedric,  where  a 
quartzose  gneiss  appears.  In  the  Torshish  Bum  Urn  is  seen  dippiiijg 
N.W.  at  75*^.  Less  than  a  mile  west  of  this  stream  Alt  Brackie 
occurs,  in  which  grey  quartz-rocks  are  seen  inclining  S.E.  at  75^. 
Two  miles  further  to  the  west  we  have  Alt  Duible,  a  small  stream 
which  flows  over  contorted  grey  quartz-rocks,  with  prevailing  S.E. 
dips.  A  short  distance  westward  from  this  is  another  small  stream, 
not  named  on  the  map ;  and  in  this  the  grey  quartz-rocks  are  seen 
almost  horizontal. 

About  half  a  mile  to  the  west  is  Eildonnan,  in  the  stream  of  which 
the  rocks  are  well  displayed.  At  the  bridge  they  consist  of  thin- 
bedded  gneiss,  with  granite ;  and  here  the  dip  is  E.  at  45^.  Up 
the  stream,  above  the  bridge,  the  thin-bedded  gneiss  passes  into  grey 
quartz-rocks,  varying  in  the  angle  of  the  incHnation ;  and  ti^ese 
rocks,  in  their  strike,  seem  to  pass  to  the  west  of  Cnoc-na-neranach. 

Higher  up  Kildonnan  Bum  the  dips  have  a  disposition  to  become 
N.E. ;  and,  where  the  Alt-na-nuan  from  the  east  joins  the  Kildon- 
nan Bum,  this  direction  obtains  in  gneiss  which  is  very  rotten,  and 
which  is  associated  with  grey  quartz-rocks.  Following  Alt-na- 
nuan  eastwards,  quartz-rocks,  grey  in  colour  and  with  east  dips,  are 
seen;  but  the  higher  portion  of  this  stream  is  through  peat — a 
circumstance  whidb  is  common  to  most  of  the  upper  parts  of  the 
streams  in  this  portion  of  Sutherland.  Upwards,  the  course  of  Alt- 
na-nuan  leads  into  the  head  of  Alt-Brackie,  the  lower  portion  of 
which  has  been  already  alluded  to.      This  stream,  where  rocks  are 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  uASXKBaa — mbtakobp hic  bocks.  389 

exposed  in  its  coxuse,  seems  to  flow  altogether  over  quartz-rocks 
dipping  S.£.y  with  granite  in  them^  and  these  form  Den  Dnan. 
West  from  Kildonnan,  granite  becomes  more  abundant^  and  at 
Einbrae  it  forms  the  rock  of  the  country. 

The  district  north  of  the  Scarabins,  for  the  most  part,  consists  of 
members  of  the  Old  Bed  series.  In  the  Berridale  Biver  they  are 
seen  associated  with,  and  in  some  instances  made  up  of,  granite- 
fragments.  Mr.  Peach,  who  has  examined  in  considerable  detail 
the  rocks  traversed  by  this  riyer,  and  who  has  furnished  Sir 
Boderick  Murchison  with  notes  of  his  observations,  which  Sir 
Boderick  has  forwarded  to  me,  finds  in  the  course  of  this  stream 
localities  where  white  quartz-rocks,  evidently  an  extension  north- 
wards of  those  of  the  Scarabins,  **  dip  to  the  south  at  an  angle 
of  60  V 

In  the  bed  of  the  same  stream,  Mr.  Peach  remarks  that  above  the 
bridge  of  Dalsea  *'  gneiss  occurs,  which  soon  becomes  twisted  and 
contorted  in  all  directions,  and  penetrated  by  granite-veins.  Higher 
up  the  stream  it  is  less  contorted,  but  vertical,  the  granite  being 
very  coarse,  and  enclosing  large  masses  of  talc,  aedled  here  *  Sheep's 
silver,'  and  giving  the  name  of  '  Silver-rock '  to  this  part.  The 
gneiss  may  be  traced  to  above  the  bridge  of  Gorrachoich,  where  it  is 
very  fuU  of  mica,  and  breaks  into  flakes  like  micaceous  schist,  and 
it  dips  to  the  south  at  an  angle  of  60^.  On  it  rests  a  small  band  of 
hard  white  quartz,  like  that  of  the  Scarabins."  Mr.  Peach's  notes 
also  contain  an  account  of  the  Old  Bed  series,  as  this  is  seen  in  the 
Berridale  section. 

Westward  from  the  Scarabins  to  Achintoul,  the  country,  which  is 
principally  composed  of  granite,  is  for  the  most  part  moory,  and 
aflbrds  no  good  sections. 

In  traversing  the  country  in  a  N.W.  direction  from  Achintoul  to 
Strath  Naver,  the  nature  and  the  arrangement  of  the  rocks  which 
occur  in  this  portion  of  Sutherland  con  be  recognized.  In  the  river, 
immediately  west  from  Achintoul,  gneiss  is  seen  with  a  S.£.  inclina- 
tion ;  and  in  the  flat  moory  country  on  the  west  side  of  the  river, 
granite-bosses  appear  abundantly  at  intervals  at  the  surface.  In 
the  course  of  the  Alt-doura-damfP,  which  flows  from  the  N.W., 
granite  and  gneiss  occur,  the  latter  dipping  also  S.E. 

Following  up  the  course  of  this  stream  between  Ben-griam-more 
and  Ben-griam-beg  (two  mountains  of  Old  Bed  Conglomerate,  laid 
down  in  Sir  Boderick  Murchison's  map),  the  country  becomes  boggy, 
and  no  exposures  of  rock  are  seen.  At  Loch  Leune-a-chliaven,  on 
the  west  side,  granite  and  gneiss  again  occur,  the  latter  having  like- 
wise the  S.E.  dip ;  and,  like  aU  the  gneiss  of  Sutherland  which  is 
much  associated  with  granite,  it  is  of  a  very  crystalline  nature. 
Granite  and  gneiss  are  also  seen  at  Loch  Ganieu  of  a  like  character, 
the  gneiss  having  the  same  S.£.  inclination ;  and  N.W.  from  this,  at 
Coul-loch-more  and  Ck)ul-loch-beg,  the  same  rocks  appear*. 

*  About  a  mile  south  of  Conl-looh-beff,  beyond  a  mooir,  Bwampy  tract  of 
country,  occurs  Ben  Yaddu.  The  form  of  this  hi]l  differs  altogether  from  those 
which  are  made  up  of  granite  and  gneiss  in  Sutherland,  and  Ims  a  great  reseni- 

VOL.  XVIII. PART  I.  2  a 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


340  PBOGBlBDDrGS  OF  THE  QKOLOOICAX  80CIBTT.  [^Oy  21  y 

Along  the  watershed  to  the  N.  W.  of  Conl-loch-beg  the  granite  and 
gneisB  are  again  exhibited ;  and  at  Maill  Kean  Loch  Strathie  and  at 
Gra^en-dhu-na-riayaig  the  granite  and  gneias  are  also  apparent, 
though  the  former  is  not  so  predominant  as  towards  the  S.E.9  but  very 
well-developed  masses  of  gneiss  occur  with  S.E.  inclinations.  Gndssic 
rocks  are  also  seen  about  Loch  Feovaig,  a  small  lake  which  forms  the 
source  of  the  Bivagill  Bum,  which  flows  into  the  Biver  Nayer.  Along 
this  stream-course,  granite  becomes  rare,  and  the  gneiss  assumes  a 
flaggy  aspect,  is  much  flatter  in  its  inclination  than  tiie  gneiss  on  the 
high  ground  to  the  S.E.,  and  usually  dips  S.£.  at  about  20^.  The 
gneiss,  as  seen  in  the  Bivagill,  so  far  as  lithology  is  concerned,  pos- 
sesses all  the  features  which  mark  the  upper  or  flaggy  gneiss  over- 
lying the  quartz-rocks  and  limestones  of  West  Sutherland. 

The  rocks  on  the  east  side  of  Strath  Naver  consist  of  gneiss,  for 
the  most  part  of  a  flaggy  nature,  having  the  same  S.E.  dips  which 
obtain  so  abundantl}'  in  the  country  lying  south-eastwards  of  this 
Strath.  At  Betty  Kill  this  group  is  alluded  to  by  Sir  Boderick 
Murchison  as  bemg  perpendicular,  and  pierced  by  granite ;  and  of 
the  rocks  which  occur  between  the  Naver  and  Melvich,  and  from 
thence  eastwards  to  the  borders  of  Caithness,  Sir  Boderick  remarks 
that  they  ''must  be  classed  with  the  newer  gneissose  flagstones, 
though  they  are  penetrated  at  such  numerous  intervals  by  bosses  of 
granite,  that  it  would  require  much  time  and  good  detailed  maps  to 
ensure  their  correct  delineation"  *. 

With  reference  to  the  coast  section  between  the  Naver  and  the 
Old  Bed  Sandstones  of  the  western  margin  of  Caithness,  although 
the  gneiss  is  often  perpendicular,  it  still  abundantly  exhibits  S.E. 
dips.  Gneiss  having  this  inclination  is  well  seen  at  Farr  Bay,  and 
also  at  Swordly  Bay.  At  these  localities  it  is  accompanied  by 
granite,  and  these  rocks  continue  to  Armadale,  where  the  granite 
becomes  more  abundant ;  and  between  Strathie  and  Armadale  the 
latter  seems  to  occupy  almost  exclusively  the  whole  country,  the 
contour  of  which  is  comparatively  flat  and  moory,  features  which 
usually  mark  the  occurrence  of  granite  in  East  Sutlierland.  East- 
ward from  Strathie  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  area  alluded  to  by  Sir 
Boderick  Murchison  is  seent.  Beyond  this,  at  Sandside,  bosses  of 
granite  with  crystalline  gneiss  occupy  the  face  of  the  country  to 
Beay,  where  the  Caithness  Old  Bed  series  commences. 

The  section  of  this  coast,  so  flir  as  the  gneiss  and  granite  are  con- 
cerned, is  very  like  that  which  is  seen  in  the  traverse  between  Achin- 
toul  and  Strath  Naver  ,*  and  in  both  these  sections,  where  the  former 
is  not  vertical,  it  has  S.E.  dips.  The  coast-section  only  exhibits  an 
extension  north-eastwards  of  the  strike  of  the  rocks  seen  in  the 
interior,  and  justifles  the  conclusion  that,  with  the  exception  of  a 

blanoe  in  contour  to  the  two  Ben  QriamB.  In  conaequenoe  of  the  swampy  con- 
dition of  this  district  I  was  unable  to  reach  Ben  Yaddu  from  the  north ;  bat, 
judfiing  from  its  form,  I  am  induced  to  look  upon  it  as  similar  in  composition 
to  the  Ben  Qriams,  and  consequently  consider  it  as  made  up  of  Old  Red  Con- 
glomerate. 
*  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.,  toI.  xt.  p.  237.  t  Op.  cif.,  p.  403. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HASKFB88 — ^METAXOBPHIC  BOOKS.  341 

few  merely  looal  dips,  there  obtains  through  Sutherland  the  south- 
east inclination  of  strata  which  prevails  so  extensivelj  through  the 
metamorphio  rocks  of  the  North  of  Scotland. 

The  metamorphic  rocks  of  East  Sutherland  and  the  Scarabins  ex- 
hibiting a  dip  which,  on  the  whole,  may  be  regarded  as  having  a 
S.E.  direction,  the  arrangement  of  the  strata  which  compose  these 
rocks  is  a  question  which  now  presents  itself.     Under  ordinary  cir- 
cumstances a  section  from  Strath  Naver,  south-eastward  over  the 
Scarabins,  would  fiiinish  us  with  a  sequence  of  rocks  consisting  of 
lower  memben  composed  of  flaggy  gneiss,  having  in  the  higher 
portions  numerous  granite-masses  correspondmg  in  direction  with 
the  strike  of  the  altered  sedimentary  rocks,  and  with  these  the 
gneissic  rocks  assuming  a  more  crystalline  character.     Upon  these 
gneissic  rocks  would  repose  the  quartz-rocks  of  the  Scarabins,  suc- 
ceeded also  by  gneiss.    That  this  is  not  the  true  sequence  of  the 
deposits  may  be  inferred  from  the  arrangements  which  rocks  having 
a  like  mineral  nature  present  in  other  parts  of  the  North  of  Scotland, 
and  in  the  Highlands  generally.     We  have  also,  in  many  areas 
where  the  metamorphic  rocks  are  seen  in  Scotland,  a  sequence  and 
an  arrangement  which  accord  with  those  of  the  Scarabins  and  the 
East  Sutherland  rocks.    The  circumstances  under  which  the  rocks 
exhibit  themselves  in  the  section  along  the  BanflGshire  coast  have  an 
intimate  agreement  with  those  of  the  area  under  consideration,  and 
induce  the  conclusion  that,  so  far  from  the  flaggy  gneiss  forming  the 
lowest  member  of  the  series  between  Strath  Naver  and  the  eastern 
flanks  of  the  Scarabins,  it  occupies  a  position  superior  to  the  quartz- 
rocks.     In  this  area  we  have  another  instance  of  those  rolls  in  the 
strata  which  form  axes  of  the  inferior  quartz-rocks,  but  which,  in 
consequence  of  having  the  plane  of  the  axis  depressed  towards  the 
N.W.,  invert  the  superior  gneiss  on  the  N.W.  side  of  the  axis,  and 
by  so  doing  give  to  the  superior  gneissic  strata  a  position  which 
places  them  in  the  condition  of  apparently  dipping  underneath  strata 
upon  which  they  really  repose.    These  circumstances  being  taken 
into  consideration  enable  us  to  infer  that  the  metamorphio  rocks  of 
this  portion  of  Scotland  are  referable  to  the  series  which  is  so  well 
developed  in  the  western  portions  of  Sutherland,  and  that  here  we 
have  the  quartz-rocks  of  the  Scarabins  succeeded  by  the  **  upper  or 
flaggy  gneiss  "  of  Murchison  as  in  the  west  parts  of  this  country. 

The  mode  in  which  the  granites  are  associated  with  the  meta- 
morphic rocks  in  the  area  under  consideration  is  a  matter  of  consi- 
derable interest.  The  correspondence  of  the  strike  of  the  plutonic 
masses  with  that  of  the  metamorphic'^rocks  has  been  noticed  in 
connexion  with  these  several  rocks  in  BanfEshire.  In  Sutherland  it 
is  even  more  apparent,  and  supports  the  inference  that  here  plutonic 
masses  do  not  perform  the  office  of  axes.  Their  mode  of  occurrence 
rather  tends  to  the  conclusion  that  the  sedimentary  rocks  were 
elevated,  flexured,  and  contorted  previous  to  the  period  when  the 
granites  made  their  appearance  in  the  sedimentary  rocks,  and  that 
these  granites  have  conformed  in  their  course  to  the  strike  of  the 
previously  elevated  strata. 

2a2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


842  PBOOSEDiNes  of  the  eioLoeicAL  socibtt.        [May  21, 

There  are  here  abundant  features  which  would  support  the  con- 
clusion that  granite  is,  in  this  district,  rather  the  result  of  an  exces- 
siye  amount  of  metamorphio  action,  than  a  plutonio  rock,  as  regards 
its  origin. 

While  the  metamorphic  rocks  of  the  Highlands  and  of  the  North 
of  Scotland  have  a  prevalent  S.E.  inclination,  the  Lower  Silurians  of 
the  South  of  Scotl^d  have  equally  prevalent  N.W.  dips ;  and  they 
are  equally  devoid  of  plutonic  axes. 

Although  the  rocks  in  these  two  areas  of  Scotland  differ  widely  in 
their  lithology,  they  have  a  very  intimate  relation  in  the  striJce  of  the 
beds;  and  such  fossils  as  have  been  obtained  from  the  North  of 
Scotland  and  from  the  southern  range  indicate  a  great  affinity  in 
geological  age.  That  the  rocks  in  these  areas  are  part  and  parcel  of 
tiie  same  series  has  been  inferred  by  Sir  Roderick  Murduson ;  and 
that  they  have  been  elevated  at  the  same  period  may  be  concluded 
from  the  agreement  in  the  arrangement  of  their  respective  strikes. 


2.  On  the  Geoloot  of  the  Gold-fields  of  Nova  Scotdl.    By  the  Rev. 

D.  HoNETMAN,  Corr.  Mem.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  Montreal,  &c. 

(Commimioatod  by  the  Freeident) 

[Abndged.] 

The  observations  which  are  the  subject  of  this  memoir  were  made 
at  the  request  of  the  Provincial  Government  Commmission  for  the 
International  Exhibition.  While  engaged  in  their  service,  procuring 
a  representation  of  the  geology  and  mineral  resources  of  the  Province, 
I  was  specially  directed,  about  the  end  of  November  last,  to  give 
some  attention  to  the  illustration  of  the  geology  of  the  gold-fields. 
The  field  of  observation  being  very  extensive,  and  the  time  fit  for 
the  work  short,  I  deemed  it  most  expedient  to  select,  from  the  many, 
that  locality  which  might  appear  to  be  the  most  interesting  and  in- 
structive, and  to  examine  it  as  thoroughly  as  time  and  circimistances 
would  permit.  The  gold-fields  known  as  **Alli5n's''  and  "  Laidlaw's" 
appeared  best  to  meet  the  above  conditio^.  They  are  interesting 
beyond  a  doubt,  and  are  contiguous  to  excellent  sections  of  rocks  on 
two  lines  of  railway,  and  are  therefore  somewhat  favourably  situated 
for  the  purpose  of  observation.     (See  Map.) 

In  describing  these  gold-fields,  we  shall  begin  with  the  position 
that  is  lowest,  geologic^Jly  and  otherwise ;  this  ia  Allen's  field.  The 
rock  in  situ  is  dark-coloured  clay-slate ;  it  is  often  talcose.  This 
contains  abundance  of  crystals  of  mispickle.  It  is  pervaded  by  a 
number  of  vertical  veins  of  auriferous  quartz.  These  are  exposed 
on  the  sides  and  bottoms  of  pits  and  trenches.  It  is  only  from 
report  that  I  can  say  that  they  are  auriferous ;  I  could  not  get  any 
information  on  the  spot.  The  top  of  the  slate-rock  was  glacier- 
scratched  ;  and  in  some  cases  from  7  to  10  feet  of  drift  had  been 
penetrated  before  the  strata  had  been  reached.  Crossing  the  canal 
and  main  road,  and  climbing  a  hiU,  we  come,  in  a  few  himdred  yards 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


HONSTXAN— €K)LD,  NOVA  SCOTIA. 


343 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


344  PROCSEDINGS  OF  THE  aSOLOOICAL  80CIKTT.  [^7  ^h 

to  the  south-east,  to  **  Laidlaw's  field."  Here  some  were  dealing 
away  the  sapeificiGd  drift,  and  nnoovering  the  qnartzite  ('^whinstone" 
of  the  miners) ;  others  were  blasting  the  quartzite  that  covered  the 
quartz-vein  (or  the  '^  quartz-barrels "  of  the  miners);  others  were 
breaking  up  the  ''  quartz-barrels/'  removing  the  quartz,  and  storing 
it  up  for  the  crushing-machine.  The  rock  exposed  on  the  removal  of 
the  quartz  is  a  chloritic  slate.  On  this  the  quartz  Hes,  nearly  horizon- 
tal, slightly  inclined  to  the  west,  somewhat  like  a  stratum.  This  is 
composed  of  the  said  "  barrels,"  which  appear  from  above  to  be  lying 
alongside  of  each  other  and  unconnected;  but  the  captain  of  the 
''Victoria  Claim"  assured  me  that  they  were  connected  at  the  un- 
derside. The  shape  of  the  ridges  of  quartz  is  irregular,  being 
sometimes  angular,  sometimes  more  or  less  rounded.  At  the  time 
of  my  visit  the  appearance  in  the  **  Victoria  Claim  "  was  very  strik- 
ing ;  all  the  uncovered  "  barrels  "  had  been  removed  except  one  and 
small  fragments  of  others.  There  the  entire  one  lay,  in  length  150 
feet,  like  a  gently  tapering,  branchless  tree,  inclined  at  an  angle  of 
1  or  2  degrees,  with  the  butt-end  highest.  The  vein  inclines  towards 
Allen's  field.  Overlying  this  great  and  almost  horizontal  auriferous 
vein  of  quartz  is  the  ''  whinstone  "  of  the  miners,  a  hard  quartzite, 
as  I  have  already  stated,  or  altered  siliceous  stratum.  This  quartzite 
is  sometimes  very  thick,  naked,  and  rugged ;  and  at  other  times  it  is 
covered  with  dnfb,  presenting,  after  being  uncovered,  a  scratched 
surface ;  it  gradually  thins  until  it  disappears.  Wherever  this  cover- 
ing of  quartzite  is  preserved,  the  horizontal  vein,  as  far  as  I  could 
observe,  weis  entire.  Wherever  the  glacier  has  succeeded  in  removing 
the  quartzite,  the  vein  has  disappeeored. 

A  good  illustration  of  this  was  shown.  In  the  "  Victoria  Claim  " 
the  miners  were  engaged  in  removing  the  remains  of  a  ''barrel" 
which  had  proved  very  rich.  Hence  the  miners  in  the  adjoining 
claim,  which  belongs  to  a  Company  in  London,  were  induced  to  make 
immediate  search  for  a  continuation  of  the  "  barrel."  Although  only 
a  few  feet  intervened,  they  found  that  the  "  barrel "  had  disappeared, 
together  with  its  quartzite  covering;  drift  and  fragments  being  in 
its  place.  The  boulders,  however,  produced  by  the  destructive  glacial 
agent  had  led  to  the  discovery  of  the  vein  itself. 

In  order  to  show  the  relation  that  appears  to  exist  between  diese 
gold-fields  and  the  adjacent  rocks  exposed  in  the  Eailway -sections 
to  which  we  have  already  referred,  we  proceed  to  review  the  series 
in  descending  order.  We  have,  first,  the  top  or  quartzite-rock  of 
Laidlaw's,  then  the  great  auriferous  quartz-vein,  next  clay-slate  and 
chloritic-alate;  beneath,  going  in  a  north-westerly  direction,  the  dark- 
coloured  day-slate  and  talcose  slate,  with  veins  of  auriferous  quartz 
in  Allen's  gold-fidd.  Proceeding  in  a  straight  course  to  the  Railway- 
junction,  we  pass  over  drift  with  masses  and  boulders  of  quartzite, 
evidently  derived  from  the  underlying  rock.  Before  reaching  the 
Eailway-junction,  at  a  distance  of  li  or  2  miles,  we  descend  from 
devated  ground  into  a  hollow,  where  large  quartzite  masses  abound. 
At  the  junction  the  cuttings  in  flie  quartzite  appear.  Following  the 
Windsor  Line,  the  ground  on  either  side  of  the  Railway  is  very  un- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HOMETXAK SOU),  NOVA  SCOTIA.  345 

equaly  consisting  of  lakes,  swamps,  and  banks  of  diifb,  with  lai^ 
quartdte-bonld^.  At  about  12  miles  from  the  junction,  we  pass 
through  cuttings  in  quartzite,  with  HttLe  interruption,  until  we  reach 
Mount  Fniacke,  13^  miles  (railway  measurement)  from  the  junction. 
The  bottom  of  the  series  is  now  arrived  at.  I  would  here  observe 
that  from  this  station  onward  I  had  the  valuable  assistance  of  Mr. 
Marshall,  who  constructed  this  part  of  the  road. 

Having  reached  Mount  Uniacke,  we  come  to  the  intruding  gra- 
nite ;  passing  through  this  for  some  distance,  we  come  to  quartzite ; 
and,  with  tins  slight  interruption,  the  granite  extends  to  about  4 
miles  from  the  place  of  its  commencement. 

Passing  onward,  we  now  begin  geologically  to  ascend.  We  pass 
through  cuttings  in  quartzite  for  a  distance  of  about  2^  miles ;  and 
then  we  come  to  clay-slate,  resembling  that  of  Allen's  and  Laidlaw's 
gold-fields.  The  cuttings  through  this  extend  about  2^  miles.  We 
tiien  come  again  to  quartzite :  there  are  about  2^  miles  of  cuttings 
through  this  rock,  and  then  we  reach  the  Lower  Carboniferous  for- 
mation ;  of  this  we  have  half  a  mile  of  sandstone,  unconformable  to 
the  quartzite,  and  then  gypsum,  &c. 

Thus  much  for  the  arrangement  of  the  rocks  on  the  Windsor  Line. 
On  the  Halifax  and  Truro  Bailway  we  may  commence  our  obser- 
vations at  the  top  of  the  series,  and  proceed  in  descending  order : — 
Near  the  Elmsdale  Station,  about  30  miles  from  HalifSea,  we  have 
the  Lower  Carboniferous  gypsum ;  then  occurs  a  space  which  is 
obscure,  but  is  probably  occupied  by  Lower  Carboniferous  sandstone. 
There  is  rising  ground  in  the  distance  on  either  side,  on  one  of  which 
sides  is  the  Elmsdale  gold-field,  about  4  miles  distant  from  the 
Station.  Proceeding  along  the  line  toward  Halifax,  we  approach  the 
Grand  Lake,  which  is  22^  miles  from  the  Terminus.  Before  we 
reach  the  lake,  we  come  to  quartzite ;  then  cuttings  in  this  rock 
succeed  for  probably  2  or  3  miles ;  then  comes  clay-slate,  extending 
probably  about  the  same  distance ;  the  next  3  or  4  miles  are  obscure, 
and  then,  in  the  vicinity  of  and  at  the  junction,  as  was  seen  in  the 
preceding  course  of  ol^ervation,  quartzite  occurs;  and  from  this 
onward  to  the  Terminus  there  are  deep  cuttings,  with  masses  and 
boulders  of  quartzite.  At  the  Terminus,  slate  again  occurs ;  but  this 
evidentiy  belongs  to  another  series,  whose  granitic  axis  occurs  in  the 
direction  of  what  is  called  the  North-west  Arm. 

From  the  preceding  observations  I  would  infer: — ^that  Mount 
Uniacke  and  the  granitic  range  of  which  it  forms  a  part  is  the  geolo- 
gical centre  of  the  series  which  I  have  been  attempting  to  illustrate. 
This  and  the  other  granitic  bosses  occur  somewhat  irregularly  through- 
out the  formation  to  which  the  group  under  consideration  belongs, 
and,  as  far  as  I  have  observed  them,  are  inconsiderable  in  height. 

That  when  gold  occurs  on  the  one  side  of  a  granitic  mass  in  this 
formation,  it  may  reasonably  be  expected  to  occur  on  the  other  side 
of  the  anticlinal  axis. 

That  as  the  granite-bosses  are  irregularly  distributed  throughout 
the  formation  in  question,  a  Qorresponding  irregularity  may  be  ex* 
pected  to  exist  in  the  distribution  of  the  gold-fields.    This  irregu- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


346  PBOCElfiBINOS  OF  THE  GSOLOeiGAL  80CIBTT.  [May  21, 

larity  is  quite  obvious  on  a  comparison  of  the  following  authentic 
catalogue  (drawn  up  by  Mr.  H.  Poole)  with  a  geological  map  of 
Nova  Scotia. 


Ifiaao's  Harbour,  Guysboro'  County. 
Country  Harbour,      „  „ 

Wine  Harbour,  „  „ 

Sherbrooke,  „  „ 

Sheet  Harbour,  Halifia  Counly. 
Pope's  Harbour, 
Tangier,  Old, 

,  New, 

Elmsdale, 
Douglas  Bridge, 
Grand  Lake, 
AUen's, 
Laidlaw's, 
Laurence  Town, 
Cole  Harbour, 

In  Pictou  County,  N.£.  of  the  gold-bearing  districts  above  referred 
to,  Dr.  Dawson  and  the  author  have  described  fossiliferous  rocks 
containing  Upper  and  probably  Middle  Silurian  fossils  *.  There  are 
also  fossils  of  possibly  a  lower  group ;  and  as  these  strata  are  higher 
in  the  series  than  the  gold-bearing  rocks,  the  latter  may  probably  be 
referable  to  the  Lower  Silurian. 


HalifiEO,  Halifax  County. 

Gold  BiTer,  Lunenburg  County. 

Martin's  Biver  (at  the  mouth  and  5 

miles  up),  Lunenburgh  County. 
Ovens,  „ 

Ixaxg  Island, 

Petite  River,  „  „ 

La  Have  Biver,      „  „ 

Five  miles  above  Bridgewater,  Lunen- 

bui^h  County. 
Five  Aivers,  Liverpool  County. 
Foote's  Cove,  Yarmouth  County. 
Cranberrv  Head,    „  „ 

Salmon  Biyer,  Digby  County. 
Maxwell  Town,    „  „ 


3.  On  some  Fossil  Crustacea  from  ^  Coal-iceasures  and  Devo- 
nian Bocks  of  British  North  America.     By  J.  W.  Salter,  Esq., 
F.G.S.,  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Great  Britain. 
(Abstract) 
[The  Publication  of  this  Paper  is  unavoidably  deferred.] 

One  of  the  Devonian  fossils  is  apparently  allied  to  the  Stomapods, 
and  is  named  AmpMjpeltis paradoxus  by  Mr.  Salter;  it  was  ohtained 
by  Dr.  Dawson  near  St.  John's,  New  Brunswick,  where  it  occurred 
with  plant-remains ;  another  Crustacean  fossil  from  the  same  locality 
is  a  new  Eurypterus — E.  puUcaris.  Other  remains  of  Eurypteri  have 
been  sent  also  by  Dr.  Dawson,  from  the  Coal-measures  of  Port 
Hood,  Cape  Breton,  and  of  the  Joggins,  Nova  Scotia;  and  with 
these  a  new  Amphipod — Diphstylus,  having  some  characters  of 
alliance  with  Typhis  and  Brachyseelus, 


4.  On  some  Species  of  Eitrypterus  and  AUied  Forms. 

By  J.  W,  Salter,  Esq.,  F.G.S.,  &c. 

(Abstract) 

[The  Publication  of  this  Paper  is  unavoidably  deferred.] 

After  alluding  to  the  late  and  complete  researches  on  Ewrypterus 

by  Dr.  Wieskowslri  and  Professor  J.  Hall,  Mr.  Salter  explained 

*  Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist,  August  1860,  vol.  v. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  SALtSB— GB178TACXA.  347 

some  foimerly  Qbecure  points  in  its  stractore,  and  proceeded  to  de- 
scribe the  E,  ScouUri,  Hibbert,  from  the  Carboniferous  limestone 
of  Scotland,  and  the  Upper  Old  Bed  Sandstone  of  Kilkenny ;  the 
E.  (ArihropUura)  mammatm,  a  new  species  from  the  Upper  Coal- 
measures  near  Manchester  ;  and  E.  ?  {Arihropleura)ferox,  sp.  nov., 
from  the  Coal-meafiures  of  North  StafiPordshire. 


5.  On  Pbltogasis,  a  new  Gsinrs  of  Sixttsian  Crustacea. 
By  J.  W.  Saltbb,  Esq.,  F.G.S.,  &c. 

(Abstaraet.) 
[The  Publioation  of  UiIb  Paper  is  unavoidably  deferred.] 

Of  this  form  an  imperfect  indiyidual,  from  the  anthracite-shales 
(Uandeilo-flags)  of  Dumfriesshire,  was  formerly  described  by  the 
author  as  Dithyrocaris  ?  aptychoides.  Better  specimens  have  enabled 
him  to  distinguish  it  as  a  new  generic  form,  still  belonging  to  the 
Phyllopods,  not  far  removed  from  Hymenocaris  and  Dithyrocaris. 
A  fragment  of  another  larger  form,  from  the  same  locality,  is  de- 
scribed by  the  author  as  Pdtoearis  ?  ffarhnessi.  Mr.  Salter  also 
explained  his  yiews  of  the  relationship  of  the  palfieozoic  PhyUcpoda 
among  themselves  and  with  the  recent  forms,  and  illustrated  them  by 
a  diagram  in  which  they  were  arranged  in  chronological  succession. 


6,  On  a  Crustacean  Track  in  the  LLAin)EiL0  Flags  of  Chirburt, 
Shropshire.     By  J.  W.  Salter,  Esq.,  F.G.S.,  &c. 

(Abstract.) 
[The  Publication  of  this  Paper  is  unayoidably  deferred.] 

This  track  consists  of  numerous,  short,  narrow,  oblique,  chisel- 
shaped  imprints,  on  the  ripple-ridges  of  the  slab ;  and,  according  to 
the  author,  it  must  have  been  caused  by  a  large  undescribed  Crusta- 
cean with  a  bifid  or  two-pronged  tail.  To  a  like  agency,  but  to  a 
distinct  genus,  Mr.  Salter  refers  some  curious  markings  described  by 
M.  Br^isson  as  occurring  in  the  Lower  Silurian  sandstone  of  Noron 
in  the  Falaise  (Normandy). 


June  4,  1862. 

The  Bev.  David  Honeyman,  Antagonish,  Nova  Scotia,  and  Alex- 
ander Macdonald,  Esq.,  Aberdeen,  were  elected  Fellows. 

The  following  communications  were  read : — 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC  


348  PBOCSBOINOS  OF  THE  0EOLO€hICAL  SOCIETT.  [  June  4, 

1.  On  the  Disputed  AvFiimT  of  the  IfiMMALTAir  Qenxts  Plagianlax, 
Jroni  the  Pttebsck  Bbob.  Ihf  Huan  Falgokbb,  M.D.y  F.E.S., 
F.G.S.,  &c. 

One  of  the  moflt  accurate  observers  and  original  thinken  of  our 
time  has  discoursed  with  emphatic  eloquence  on  the  imperfection  of 
the  geological  record*.  Besides  what  is  yet  to  be  discovered,  so 
much  has  been  irrecoverably  lost  that  we  may  never  hope  to  write 
more  than  disconnected  pages  of  the  palaeo-biography  of  nature.  The 
truth  of  the  assertion  comes  home  to  the  conviction  of  all ;  but  so 
far  from  discouraging,  it  only  renders  us  the  more  eager  to  pursue 
what  we  may  attain.  £very  now  and  then,  in  palaeontology,  an 
unknown  form  is  discovered  of  so  unexpected  a  character,  that  our 
habitual  train  of  ideas  is  diverted  by  it  into  a  new  avenue  of  thought. 
It  may  confirm  a  position  which  has  before  been  merely  conjectural, 
or  but  faintly  shadowed  out ;  or  it  may  shake  the  foundations  of  some 
cherished,  but  unsound,  hypothesis.  It  is  hailed  with  more  especial 
satisfaction  if  it  contribute  to  fill  up  any  of  the  great  gaps  in  our 
existing  knowledge.  The  form  itself  is  often  presented  to  the  first 
observer  in  such  a  mutilated  or  imperfect  aspect,  that  at  the  best  he 
can  effect  little  beyond  an  approximative  idea  of  the  outline.  From 
the  same  cause,  or  from  a  balanced  conjunction  of  unusual  charac- 
ters, he  may  fail  in  his  first  attempt  at  the  interpretation  ;  but  he 
has  no  reason  to  be  ashamed  of  the  failure,  if  he  has  devoted  his 
powers  fairly  to  the  investigation;  for  a  great  part  of  the  solid 
progress  made  in  science  is  mainly  effSected  by  the  later  observer 
correcting  the  errors  of  those  who  have  preceded  him.  Reproach 
can  only  be  felt  when  we  allow  some  bias  unduly  to  influence  our 
interpretation — ^when  we  strain  facts  to  countenance  a  particular 
view.  If  the  observer  has  guarded  himself  against  this  weakness, 
and  with  care  used  the  proper  means  of  investigation,  whatever  op- 
position his  results  may  at  first  encounter,  generally  speaking,  he 
may  be  at  ease,  in  the  assurance,  that  further  research  and  future 
discovery  will  only  confirm  and  extend  them.  If  the  conclusions 
are  challenged,  science  is  invariably  benefited  by  the  controversy. 
Different  modes  of  analysis  and  different  trains  of  ideas  are  brought 
into  confiict ;  and  landmarks  are  established  for  the  wamilig  and 
guidance  of  foture  observers. 

Among  the  mammalian  forms  brought  to  light  through  Mr.  Beckles's 
important  researches  in  the  Purbeck  Beds,  there  was  one  which  struck 
me  with  especial  interest.  I  found  in  it  a  singular  combination  of 
characters : — the  dentition  modified  by  suppression  to  as  great  an  ex- 
tent as  in  any  existing  form;  strong  analogies,  in  some  respects, 
with  known  genera,  while  in  others  it  diverged  from  them  very 
widely.  Early  in  1867  I  communicated  to  the  Geological  Society 
an  account  of  the  genus  PlagiauUix,  which  appeared  in  the 
13th  volume  of  the  '  Quarterly  Journal'  (p.  261).  About  the  same 
time  an  abridged  description  of  the  form,  illustrated  by  figures, 
was  brought  out  in   the  Supplement  to   the  5th  edition  of  Sir 

*  Darwin,  *  On  the  Origin  of  Species/  p.  287. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALCONXB — PLAGIAULAX.  349 

Charles  Lyell's  <  Manual  of  Geology'  (1857,  p.  17).  On  both  occa- 
sions I  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  '<  PlagxautcLx  may  be  regarded 
in  the  natural  system  as  a  Marsupial  form  of  Bodent*,  constituting 
a  peculiar  type  of  the  family  to  which  Hypsiprymnus  belongs/' 
although  widely  distinct  from  that  genus. 

The  only  comment  impugning  this  determination  that  has  come 
under  my  notice,  appeared  in  the  Article  "  PalflBontology,"  by  Pro- 
fessor Owen,  in  the  8th  edition  of  the  '  Encyclopaedia  Britannicaf,' 
published  in  January  1859,  and  subsequently  reproduced  as  a  sepa- 
rate work  J.  The  two  accounts  differ  in  some  unimportant  particu- 
lars. I  here  cite  the  later  in  date,  as  presumably  conveying  the 
latest  views  of  the  author.     The  following  are  extracts : — 

''Two  specimens  exemplified  the  shape  and  proportions  of  the 
entire  jaw  of  this  species  [Plagiaulax  BeekUm],  The  foremost 
tooth  is  a  very  large  one,  shaped  like  a  canine,  but  implanted  by  a 
thick  root  in  the  fore  part  of  the  jaw,  like  the  large  lower  incisor  of 
a  Shrew  or  Wombat.  The  three  anterior  teeth  in  place  have  com- 
pressed trenchant  crowns,  and  rapidly  augment  in  size  from  the  first 
to  the  third.  They  are  followed  by  sockets  of  two  much  smaller 
teeth,  shown  in  other  specimens  to  have  subtuberculate  crowns  re- 
sembling those  of  MieroUstes.  The  lai^  front  tooth  of  Plagiaulcuc 
is  formed  to  pierce,  retain,  and  kill ;  the  succeeding  teeth,  like  the 
camassials  of  Camivora,  are,  like  the  blades  of  shears,  adapted  to  cut 
and  divide  soft  substances,  such  as  flesh.  As  in  Camivora,  also,  these 
sectorial  teeth  are  succeeded  by  a  few  small  tubercular  ones.  The  jaw 
conforms  to  this  character  of  the  dentition.  It  is  short  in  proportion 
to  its  depth,  and  consequentiy  robust,  sending  up  a  broad  and  high 
coronoid  process,  for  the  adequate  grasp  of  a  large  temporal  muscle ; 
and  the  condyle  is  placed  below  the  level  of  the  grin^g  teeth, — a 
character  unknown  in  any  herbivorous  or  mixed-feeding  Mammal ; 
it  is  pedunculate,  as  in  the  predaceous  Marsupialia,  whilst  the  lever  of 
the  coronoid  process  is  made  the  stronger  by  the  condyle  being  carried 
further  back  from  it  than  in  any  known  carnivorous  or  herbivorous 
animal.  The  angle  of  the  jaw  makes  no  projection  below  the  condyle, 
but  is  slightiy  bent  inward,  according  to  the  Marsupial  type." 

''  In  the  general  shape  and  proportions  of  the  large  premolars  and 
succeeding  molars,  Plagiaulax  most  resembles  Thylacoleo  (fig.  173, 
pm,  1  and  2),  a  much  laiger  extinct  predaceous  Marsupial  from  tertiary 
beds  in  Australia.  But  the  sectorial  teeth  in  PlagiaulcLx  are  more 
deeply  grooved ;  whence  its  name.  The  single  compressed  premolar 
of  tiie  Kangaroo-rat  is  also  grooved ;  but  it  is  differentiy  shaped,  and 
is  succeeded  by  four  square-crowned,  double-ridged  grinders,  adapted 

*  I  leave  the  words  ae  they  originally  stood  ;  bat  my  meaning  would  hare  been 
more  accurately  conveyed  by  the  ezpresaion  "  Biodent  type  of  Mumipial/' — ^rodent 
being  here  used  in  the  lan»  sense,  haTinc  reference  to  the  plan  of  dentition,  cha- 
racterized bj  two  collateral  incisors  in  the  lower  jaw,  as  typicaHy  shown  in  the 
placental  series  b^  the  Rodentia  and  Cheiromys;  and  in  1^  Afarsupialia  hj 
Fhasoolomys^  modified  in  the  Macropodida  and  the  Phalangistida  by  the  opposi- 
tion, in  the  upper  jaw,  of  several  incisors.  (See  Cuyier,  Oss.  Foss.,  4th  edit, 
tom.  ▼.  p.  8.) 

t  Vol  xvii.  p.  161.  {  Palaeontology,  2nd  edit.  p.  353. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


350  PBOCEBDINOS  OF  THE  OSOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [JunO  4, 

for  vegetable  food ;  and  the  position  of  the  condyle,  the  slendemess 
of  the  ooronoid,  and  other  charactera  of  the  lower  jaw  are  in  con- 
formity to  that  regimen.  In  ThylaeoUo  the  lower  canine  or  canine- 
shaped  incisor  projected  from  the  fore  part  of  the  jaw,  close  to  the 
symphysis,  and  the  corresponding  tooth  in  Plagiardax  more  closely 
resembles  it  in  shape  and  direction  than  it  does  the  procumbent  in- 
cisor of  Hypaiprymnus,  From  this  genus  Flagiauiax  differs  by  the 
obliquity  of  the  grooves  on  its  premolars ;  by  having  only  two  true 
molars  in  each  ramus  of  the  jaw,  instead  of  four ;  by  the  salient  angle 
which  the  surfaces  of  the  molar  and  premolar  teeth  form,  instead  of 
presenting  a  uniform  level  line ;  by  the  broader,  higher,  and  more 
vertical  coronoid ;  and  by  the  very  low  position  of  the  articular 
condyle. 

<^  The  physiological  deductions  from  the  above-described  charac- 
teristics of  the  lower  jaw  and  teeth  of  PlamaiUax  are,  that  it  was  a 
carnivorous  Marsupial.  It  probably  found  its  prey  in  the  contem- 
porary small  insectivorous  Mammals  and  Luards,  supposing  no  her- 
bivorous form,  like  StereognaihfiSf  to  have  co-existed  dunng  the  Upper 
Oolitic  period  '**. 

We  have  here  an  opinion,  professing  to  be  founded  on  the  high 
ground  of  a  connected  series  of  physiological  correlations,  that  P2a- 
giaulax  was  a  carnivorous  Marsupial ;  while  the  same  materials  led 
me  to  infer  that  it  was  phytophagous.  These  diametrically  opposed 
inferences  recall,  in  some  degree,  the  discussion,  famous  in  its  day, 
respecting  the  disputed  affinities  of  Amphiiherium.  The  question 
then  was,  whether  the  fossil  was  mammsd  or  reptile ;  and  the  foun- 
dations of  PalsBontology  were  supposed  to  be  concerned  in  the  issue. 
In  the  present  instance  the  area  of  the  field  of  difference  is  less,  but 
the  interests  involved  are  still  important.  Are  the  indications  of 
palaeontology,  more  especially  in  its  great  stronghold  in  the  Mam- 
malia— the  teeth  and  correlated  organs — so  unstable  or  so  obscure, 
that  of  two  palaeontologists,  the  same  dental  and  mandibular  mate- 
rials shall  lead  the  one  to  infer  that  the  fossil  form  was  a  vegetable 
feeder,  and  the  other  that  it  was  a  predaceous  carnivore  ?  &  does 
this  conflict  of  opinion  arise  from  different  methods  having  been  fol- 
lowed by  the  observers  in  dealing  with  the  evidence  ? 

As  the  Geological  Society  gave  to  my  original  communication  a 
place  in  its  Journal,  I  feel  bound,  in  the  interest  of  science,  either  to 
support  the  opinion  which  I  then  advanced,  or  frankly  to  admit  the 
correction,  if  I  am  found  to  be  in  error.  I  am  farther  impelled  by 
my  sense  of  self-respect,  as  an  observer,  to  consider  whether — ^apart 
from  the  conclusions — I  have  fallen  into  such  errors  of  observation 
and  description  as  would  necessarily  be  implied,  should  Professor 
Owen's  manner  of  viewing  the  objects  prove  correct ;  and  if  so,  to 
explain  the  fallacious  train  of  reasoning  which  led  me  astray ;  for  I 
cannot  plead  the  excuse  that  the  account  was  written  in  haste,  or 
without  due  consideration. 

If  the  data,  upon  which  the  author  of  <  Palaeontology'  professes 

*  Paleontology,  p.  353.    I  entertain  strong  doubts  about  the  soundness  of  the 
deduction  which  makes  8tereognathu$  to  hare  been  herbiyorous. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALCONSB — PLA6IAULAX.  351 

to  rest  his  physiological  deductions,  were  sound,  the  demonstration 
would  be  complete.  They  are  put  together  with  an  exemplary  show 
of  harmony,  and,  with  a  single  exception,  every  link  in  the  diiain  is 
supplied.  But  there  are,  in  the  case,  considerations  of  paramount 
import  in  an  argument  of  this  nature,  that  lead  me  to  question  their 
soundness,  and  to  dissent  £rom  the  conclusions. 

And  first,  as  regards  the  admitted  facts.  Professor  Owen  agrees 
that  the  Purbeck  remains  establish  two  species  of  Plagiaulax ;  and, 
as  he  has  adopted  two  of  the  wood-cuts  given  in  my  original  descrip- 
tion of  these  species,  it  is  presumed  that  the  correctness  of  the  figures 
is  not  questioned.  The  marsupial  nature  of  the  forms  is  not  dis- 
puted, nor  iB  there  any  difference  of  opinion  about  the  number  or 
designation  of  the  teeth. 

In  both  species  there  is  a  solitary  indsor  on  each  side  of  the  lower 
jaw,  in  the  fore  part  of  the  incisive  border,  closely  followed,  without 
the  interposition  of  a  canine,  by  a  series  either  of  three  or  of  four 
premolars.  The  rami  converge  to  a  narrow  point  in  front,  so  that 
the  tooth  occupies  the  entire  width  of  the  incisive  border  on  each  side ; 
and  fig.  13,  p.  280,  of  my  former  communication,  representing  the 
symphysial  portion  endwise,  shows  (what  is  confirmed  by  the  other 
figures)  that  the  two  indsors  were  approximated  and  collateral,  as 
in  the  rodent  type,  placental  or  marsupial.  In  P.  mimyry  fig.  15,  the 
tooth  is  procumbent.  In  the  other  and  larger  species,  P.  BeckUsii,  it 
is  more  robust,  with  a  thicker  root,  and  with  a  more  decided  curvature 
upwards,  suggesting,  at  the  first  sight,  some  resemblance  to  the  form 
of  a  canine.  In  both  species  the  point  is  bevelled* ;  and  I  foiled  to 
observe  in  either  any  mark  of  the  play  of  an  opposed  upper  tooth. 

What  was  the  function  of  these  incisors?  Professor  Owen's 
opinion  is  expressed  thus :  "  The  large  front  tooth  of  Plagiaulax  is 
formed  to  pierce,  retain,  and  kill."  This  conclusion  arrived  at,  the 
other  characters  are  naturally  regarded  in  unison  with  it,  untiL  the 
genus  is  finally  presented  to  us  as  a  predaceous  carnivore.  It  is 
therefore  necessary  to  examine  the  evidence  closely.  Now,  in 
solving  a  question  of  this  kind,  comparative  anatomy  supplies  for  our 
guidance  fundamental  principles,  which  govern  the  interpretation  of 
mere  form.  Let  us  revert  to  the  known  marsupial  genera,  and  see 
what  light  generalized  observation  upon  them  throws  upon  tiie  ques- 
tion. In  dl  the  Carnivorous  genera  and  species,  fossil  or  recent,  of 
which  the  dentition  has  been  accurately  determined,  there  are  three 
or  more  incisors,  followed  by  a  canine,  on  each  side  of  the  jaw,  above 
and  below ;  and  the  empirically  observed  result  is  consistent  with  a 
rational  interpretation  of  the  arrangement,  in  reference  to  their  food 
and  the  means  of  procuring  it.  On  the  other  hand,  in  all  the  ex- 
isting strictly  phytophagous  genera,  there  is  only  a  solitary  incisor 
(being  that  next  the  axis)  on  either  side  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  no 
canine ;  or  if,  as  among  tiie  Phalangers,  additional  teeth  are  deve- 
loped, the  outer  incisors  and  canine  are  alike  rudimentary.    The  pair 

*  Not  in  tbe  sense  of  being  denuded  of  enamel  by  wear ;  but  the  posterior  sur- 
£ek»  is  flattened  near  the  apex,  so  as  to  yield  a  slightly  bevelled  point  {op.  cit. 
p.  268). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


352  PBOCSEBiNes  of  the  GBOLoeiCM.  80CIETT.         [June  4, 

of  developed  inciflors  are  approximated  and  placed  coUateraUy,  as  in 
the  placental  Bodents ;  and  commonly  they  are  projected  forwards 
with  but  a  very  slight  upward  inclination.  They  are  unequally  op- 
posed in  the  upper  jaw  by  two  or  more  incisors  on  either  side.  Why 
there  should  be  this  plurality  of  incisors  above,  and  only  two  inva- 
riably occupying  the  same  position  below,  is  wholly  unknown  to  us ; 
but  tiie  constancy  of  the  structure  makes  it  certain  that  there  must 
be  a  sufficient  cause  for  it  in  nature ;  and  we  employ  the  generalisa- 
tion, empirically  arrived  at,  with  as  much  confidence  as  we  do  the 
law  of  necessary  correlation*.  In  many  critical  cases,  where  the 
evidence  is  limited  or  defective,  the  empirical  is  even  a  safer 
guide  than  the  rational  law,  since  it  is  freer  from  the  risk  of  errors 
of  interpretation.  Applied  to  the  instance  before  us,  it  is  manifest 
that  the  principle  on  which  the  incisors  in  Plagiaulaa:  are  framed,  in 
regard  of  number,  order  of  suppression,  collateral  position,  and  re- 
lation to  the  premolars,  corresponds  exactly  with  the  type  of  the 
Marsupial  Herbivores,  such  as  HahncUuruSy  Hyptiprymniu,  and  Phas- 
colarctus,  and  that  it  is  wholly  at  variance  wi&  the  Carnivorous  type. 

Let  us  now  test  the  opinion  in  its  professed  character  as  a  physio- 
logical deduction.  Throughout  the  ifammalia,  where  teeth  peribrm 
the  functions  of  canines,  '<  to  pierce,  retain,  and  kill,''  they  are  held 
well  apart  through  the  interposition  of  a  line  of  incisors, — ^the  end 
being  obvious :  ttie  points  of  penetration  are  doubled,  the  grasp  is 
strengthened  by  widening  the  base,  and  the  dilacerating  and  killing 
powers  are  multipKed.  To  arrange  them  collaterally  in  the  axis 
would  be  to  place  them  at  a  disadvantage  to  the  end  to  be  attained. 
But  when  a  gnawing  power  is  required,  ^e  middle  indsors  are  power- 
fully developed,  and  placed  collaterally  in  the  axis  of  the  jaws,  one 
on  each  side,  above  and  below,  as  typically  exemplified  in  the  pla- 
cental Rodents  and  Cheiromys.  Doubtless,  a  Bat  when  seized  can 
inflict  a  smart  wound  on  the  hand :  but  the  power  is  a  secondary  at- 
tribute, complementary  to  the  main  function.  Begarded  in  this 
aspect,  it  is  negatively  stamped  upon  the  incisors  of  Plagiatdax  by 
their  collateral  position,  that  they  are  not  constructed  upon  the  Car- 
nivorous plan  of  design,  nor  in  rational  correlation  thereto. 

It  is  obvious  that  this  position  of  the  teeth  in  Plagiaulax  was  not 
overlooked  by  the  author  of  *  Paleontology ;'  for,  on  the  first  oc- 
casion, he  describes  the  incisor  of  P.  Bedcluii  as  being ''  very  large, 
shaped  like  a  canine,  but  implanted  by  a  thick  root  in  the  fore-part 
of  die  jaw,  like  the  large  lower  incisor  of  a  Kangaroo  t  or  Wombat." 
But  the  shape  of  the  tooth  prevailed  in  deciding  him  to  pronounce  it 
carnivorous.  Now,  the  form  difi^ers  in  the  two  species :  and  I  ask 
any  Comparative  Anatomist  to  look  at  fig.  15  of  my  former  commu- 
nication (p.  281),  and  say  whether  the  tooth  there  represented  is 
formed  to  pierce,  retain,  and  kill — ^being  the  attributes  with  which 
Professor  Owen  invests  the  incisor  of  P.  BecJclem.  It  is  projected 
forwards  with  a  slight  upward  inclination,  somewhat  as  in  tiie  v^;e- 

'C  Curier, '  Disoouiw  Pi^liminaire,'  p.  51. 

t  Encjclop.  Brit,  8th  edit.  vol.  zvii.  p.  161.  "  Shrew  and  Wombat"  aresub- 
•tituted  in  the  <  Pabeontology/  p.  353. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALCONEB — PLAGIAULAX.  353 

table-feeding  Koala  (FTuucolarcttts  cinereus).  The  incisor  of  P. 
Becklesii*  is  undoubtedly  carved  more  decidedly  upward ;  and,  when 
viewed  sidewise,  it  is  not  very  unlike  a  canine.  But  the  same  may  be 
said  equally  of  the  lower  incisor  of  the  Lemurine  Aye- Aye  (p.  368, 
fig.  20,  a).  In  this  remarkable  form,  the  affinities  of  which  were  so 
keenly  disputed  by  the  great  French  anatomists,  Cuvier  and  Bbdn- 
ville,  the  solitary  incisors  are  collateral,  on  the  Rodent  type ;  com- 
pressed laterally,  and  very  deep  at  the  base,  they  sweep  upwards 
in  a  bold  curve,  being  scooped  vertically  behind,  to  terminate  in  a 
sharp  edge ;  so  that,  regarded  sidewise,  so  far  as  vertical  direction 
goes,  they  are  more  canine-like  than  in  either  species  oi  Plagiaulax, 
But  the  resemblance  goes  no  further.  In  the  former  the  incisor, 
which  is  only  partially  invested  with  enamel,  is  continued  backwards 
below  the  molars,  the  pulp-nucleus  being  persbtent,  and  the  chisel- 
shaped  edge  is  constantly  maintained  by  uset— ^^onditions  which  are 
wanting  in  the  latter.  Should  the  construction  of  the  skull  and 
other  parts  of  the  skeleton  of  P.  Becklesii  be  ever  discovered,  there  is 
little  doubt  but  that  modifications  will  be  detected  throughout,  in 
conformity  with  those  of  its  incisors,  as  in  the  felicitous  instance 
cited  by  Cuvier,  of  the  secret  relation  between  the  upper  canine- 
shaped  incisors  of  the  Camel  and  the  bones  of  the  tarsus :  this  ex- 
ceptional character  does  not  remove  the  Camel  from  among  the 
Kuminants,  nor  does  the  form  of  the  incisor  of  P.  Beckleni  appear  to 
me  to  be  of  sufficient  weight  to  counterbalance  the  clear  evidence  of 
a  phytophagous  and  rodent  plan  of  construclion. 

Professor  Owen  draws  an  argument,  in  confirmation  of  his  view, 
from  the  dentition  of  Thylaeoleo,  The  statement  is : — '*  In  Thyla- 
eoleo  the  lower  canine,  or  canine-shaped  incisor,  projected  from  the 
fore-part  of  the  jaw,  close  to  the  symphysis ;  and  the  corresponding 
tooth  in  PlafftatUaw  more  closely  resembles  it  in  shape  and  direction 
than  it  does  the  procumbent  incisor  of  Hypsiprymnus  "i.  But,  on 
referring  to  his  detailed  description  of  Thylaeoleo,  we  find  that  the 
body  of  the  tooth,  of  which  the  shape  and  direction  are  adduced  as 
terms  of  comparison,  together  with  the  fore  part  of  the  symphy- 
sis and  incisive  border,  is  wanting  §: — ''The  symphysis  (pi.  13. 
fig.  4,  8)  begins  behind,  at  a  verticfd  line  dropped  from  a  little  in 
advance  of  the  middle  of  the  sectorial,  p4;  it  is  of  a  wide  and  oval 
form.     To  judge  from  the  cast,  but  little  of  the  jaw  appears  to  have 

*  Loc.  cit.,  fig.  1.  p.  278. 

t  Blainidlle  asserts  that  the  incisors  of  the  Aye- Aye  are  inveeted  all  round 
with  a  shell  of  enamel,  and  that  the  posterior  facet  is  not  the  result  of  wear 
(M6moire  sur  TAye-Aye,  p.  23) ;  while  Dr.  Sandwith,  in  his  interesting  ac- 
count of  the  habits  of  this  animal,  affirms  that  the  facet  is  denuded,  aa  in  the 
Bodents  (ZooL  Proc,  Feb.  22, 1859,  p.  111).  In  a  finely  preserved  cranium,  for 
the  transmission  of  which  to  London  I  am  indebted  to  the  great  courtesy  of 
M.  £douard  Verreaux  of  Paris,  it  is  distinctly  seen  that  the  coat  of  enamel  is 
Umited  to  a  belt  which  sheathes  only  the  anterior  half  of  the  incisors. 

X  PalsBontology,  p.  353. 

I  "  Unfortunately,  this  moroean  is  much  mutilated,  the  incisor  being  broken 
at  its  entrance  into  the  alveolus ;  its  form  cannot  therefore  be  precisely  given ; 
but  it  is  evident  that  it  was  curved  upwards." — Stutchbuiy,  Report  on  the  Dis- 
covery of  Gold  in  Australia,  1855,  p.  53. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


354  PBOGBSDINGS  OF  THB  eEOLOeiCAL  60CIETT.  [June  4, 

been  broken  away  firom  the  foro-part  of  the  symphysis.  The  npper 
and  fore-part  shows  the  alyeolns  and  base  of  a  tooth  (pi.  11.  fig.  3,  c) 
which  has  projected  obliquely  upward  and  forward.  It  is  separated 
by  an  interspace  of  3  lines  from  the  sectorial,  and  would  seem  to  be 
the  sole  too&  in  advance  of  it.  If  the  ramus  be  really  produced  at 
the  upper  part  of  the  symphysis  further  than  is  indicated  by  the 
present  cast,  it  may  have  contained  one  or  more  incisors,  and  the 
broken  tooth  in  question  may  be  the  lower  canine.  If,  however,  this 
be  really  the  foremost  tooth  of  the  jaw,  it  would  appear  to  be  one  of 
a  pair  of  large  incisors,  according  to  the  Marsupial  type  exhibited  by 
the  MaeropodidcB  and  Phdlangistidce  "  *.  "  But  in  the  lower  jaw  the 
camassial  is  succeeded  by  two  very  small  tubercular  teeth,  as  in 
PlagiauUix ;  and  there  is  a  socket  dose  to  the  symphysis  of  the  lower 
jaw  of  Thylaeoleo,  which  indicates  that  the  canine  may  have  termi- 
nated the  dental  series  there,  and  afforded  an  additional  feature  of 
resemblance  to  the  Plagvaulax  "  f. 

In  all  this,  it  will  be  seen,  the  argument  is  within  the  domain  of 
conjecture ;  the  tooth  oscillates  between  canine  and  incisor ;  and  not 
merely  so,  but  the  principles  which  are  followed  as  guides  in  this 
walk  of  investigation  are  set  aside,  to  give  place  to  the  illusory  in- 
dications of  mutilated  external  form.  If  the  tooth  represented  by  a 
stump  or  socket  proves  to  be  a  canine,  the  comparison  will  not  hold ; 
but  if  it  be  solitary  with  the  position  of  an  incisor,  will  it  even  then 
bear  out  Professor  Owen's  hypothesis,  that  Thylacoleo,  which  he  in- 
fers to  have  been  one  of  <<  the  fellest  and  most  destructive  of  preda- 
tory beasts :{:,"  may  have  had  the  laniary  portion  of  its  teeth  in  the 
lower  jaw  constructed  on  the  type  of  the  most  meek  and  defenceleBs 
of  herbivorous  marsupials  ?  Bearing  in  mind  the  sense  in  which  the 
term  **  type"  is  accepted  among  naturalists,  I  must  avow,  that  I  have 
some  difficulty  in  realizing  the  conception.  But,  should  the  unusual 
conjunction  of  characters  assumed  above  be  hereafter  established, 
there  are  theoretical  considerations  which  would  prove  to  demonstra- 
tion that  the  t3rpes  of  construction  are  still  absolutely  distinct.  For 
in  the  supposed  case  the  outermost  incisor  would  be  the  one  deve- 
loped, the  inner  ones  being  suppressed ;  while,  conversely,  in  the 
Maeropodidof  it  is  the  innermost  incisor  which  is  developed,  the  outer 
ones  being  suppressed.  Morphologically,  therefore,  the  types  of  con- 
struction woidd  be  radically  different.  If  paheontological  investiga- 
tions were  conducted  in  this  manner,  there  would  be  no  limit  to 
conjecture;  the  landmarks  which  we  profess  to  follow  would  be 
disregarded,  and  disorder  would  face  us  everywhere.  But,  happily, 
science  furnishes  unerring  principles,  which  provide  the  corrective. 
I  need  hardly  add  that  the  argument  drawn  &om  Thylacoleo  has,  in 
my  view,  no  bearing  on  the  incisors  of  Plagiaulaa,  and  gives  no 
support  to  the  carnivorous  ioference. 

Next,  as  regards  the  premolars.  From  their  peculiar  characters, 
and  remarkable  development,  they  ftimish  the  most  striking  features 

*  Phil.  Trans.,  vol.  cxlix.  p.  318.  t  Palaeontology,  p.  432. 

t  Phil.  Trans.,  vol.  cxlix.  p.  319. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALCONER PLAOIArLAX.  355 

in  the  dentition  of  the  fossil  genus.  In  P.  Beckltsii  there  are  three, 
and  in  P.  minor,  four  of  these  teeth,  which  diminish  rapidly  in  size 
from  the  last  to  the  first  ♦.  I  here  take  the  last  as  the  most  deter- 
minate in  form,  and  in  its  nature  the  most  constant.  I  compared  it 
rigorously  with  the  corresponding  tooth  of  Hypsiprymnus  Gaimardi, 
and  I  a&m  now,  as  I  did  in  my  original  paper,  that  these  homo- 
logous teeth,  in  the  two  genera,  are  identiccd  in  every  essential  point 
of  form  and  construction.  In  proof,  I  refer  to  figures  5  and  6  of  the 
representations  above  cited,  the  former  showing  the  last  premolar  of 
PlagiaulaWf  the  latter  of  Hypsiprymnus.  The  resemblance  is  so 
manifest  and  direct,  that  I  never  contemplated  that  it  could  be  called 
in  question ;  but,  as  it  has  been  questioned,  it  is  necessary  to  descend 
to  particulars.  In  both,  the  crown  viewed  from  the  side  is  of  a 
quadrately  oblong  form,  the  length  exceeding  the  height ;  in  both,  it 
is  compressed  and  trenchant,  the  sides  sloping  uniformly  from  the 
base  to  a  thin  edge  like  a  wedge ;  in  both,  the  basal  part  of  the  tooth 
presents  a  smooth  surface,  above  which  the  crown  is  traversed  by  a 
series  of  close-set,  uniform,  and  exquisitely  defined  parallel  grooves, 
sharply  angular,  and  bounded  by  linear  ridges ;  in  both,  these  grooves 
occupy  both  sides  of  the  tooth ;  and  in  both,  the  channeled  sides 
meet  in  a  finely  serrated  edge.  Not  the  least  remarkable  point  in 
this  striking  list  of  agreements  is  the  curious  numerical  coincidence, 
— these  grooves  being  developed  seven  in  number,  alike  in  the  homo- 
logous premolars  of  PI,  Becklmi  and  of  Hypsiprymnus  Oaimardi. 

As  to  the  points  of  difference :  in  Plagiaulax  there  are  three  or 
four  of  these  teeth,  while  in  HypsiprymntLs  there  is  but  one ;  in  the 
former,  they  are  presented  with  the  maccimum  of  development,  in  the 
latter  with  the  minimum ;  in  the  former  the  grooves  are  di^onal,  in 
the  latter  vertical.  With  this  exception,  and  with  some  trivial  de- 
tails of  difference  in  the  proportion  of  the  length  of  crown  to  its 
height,  and  in  the  amoimt  of  the  basal  surface  free  frx)m  grooving, 
the  last  premolar  in  Hypsiprymnus  is  identical  in  its  characters  with 
that  of  Plagiaul<uc.  The  two  convey  to  my  mind  the  impression  of 
being  typically  alike. 

The  objects  strike  Professor  Owen  in  a  very  different  light.  His 
statement  is  that,  "  in  the  general  shape  and  proportions  of  the  large 
premolar  and  succeeding  molars,  Plagiaulax  most  resembles  Thyla^ 
coleo,  a  much  larger  predaceous  marsupial,  from  the  tertiary  beds  in 
Australia.  But  the  sectorial  teeth  in  Plagiaulax  are  more  deeply 
grooved ;  whence  its  name.  The  single  compressed  premolar  of  the 
Kangaroo-rat  is  also  grooved ;  but  it  is  ^fferentiy  shaped,"  &c. 
Now,  apart  from  the  inferences,  here  is  a  conflict  of  description, 
which  can  be  settled  by  an  appeal  to  the  original  specimens.  I  have 
described  the  large  premolar  as  essentially  alike  in  form,  in  the  Kan- 
garoo-rat and  in  Plagiaulax,  Professor  Owen  states  that  it  is  dif- 
ferentiy  shaped  in  the  two :  if  so,  I  invite  him  to  show  wherein  the 
difference  consists  (I  have  failed  to  detect,  and  he  as  yet  to  indicate 
it), — bearing  in  mind  that  here  it  is  not  a  question  of  slight  difference, 

»  See  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.,  vol.  xiii.  pp.  278-281,  figs,  l-lf), 
VOL.  XVin. PART  I.  2  b 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


356  PBOCEEBiKee  op  the  esoLoeiCAL  socibtt.  June  4, 

such  as  a  modification  in  the  outline  of  the  same  organ  in  two  nearly 
allied  forms,  but  a  difference  of  type — or  of  ordinal  importance. 

Next  as  regards  the  assertion  that  in  the  general  shape  the  large 
premolar  of  Phgiaulax  most  resembles  ThylacoUo,  For  convenience, 
I  separate  the  two  terms  of  the  comparison  in  the  sentence.  Pro- 
fessor Owen  has  figured  and  described  the  sectorial  teeth  of  this 
large  Marsupial,  in  his  late  memoir  on  the  **  Fossil  Mammalia  of 
Australia"*.  In  Thylacoleo  the  inferior  premolars  are  reduced 
to  a  single,  but  enormously  large  and  massive,  camassial,  with 
two  small  tubercular  teeth  behind  it.  This  camassial  (figs.  16-19) 
consists  of  a  long  blade,  high  in  front  and  lower  behind,  so  that,  if 
notched  in  the  middle,  tiie  ^visions  would  in  some  degree  resemble 
the  anterior  and  posterior  lobes  of  the  corresponding  tooth  in  the 
placental  Camivora  f ;  and  the  worn  summit  is  distinctiy  concave 
lengthwise :  conversely,  in  both  species  of  Plagtaukuc  the  cor- 
responding tooth  is  convex,  and  the  outline  of  the  whole  series  de- 
scribes a  convex  curve,  of  which  the  last  premolar  forms  the  most 
salient  part.  The  base  of  the  camassial  in  Thylacoleo  is  "  sligfatiy 
grooved  vertically"  on  the  inside  (fig.  16).  These  indentations  dis- 
appear about  half-way  up  towards  tiie  edge,  where  the  surface  be- 
comes xeticulately  mgose,  being  precisely  ttie  reverse  of  what  occurs 
in  the  last  premolar  of  Bypsipf'ymhus  and  Plagiaukut.  Besides  the 
difference  of  their  position  upon  th^  tooth,  the  grooves  of  the  car- 
nassial  of  Thylacoleo  present  the  appearance  of  furrows,  separating 
superficial  undulations  of  the  enamel.  A  transverse  section  of  the 
basal  part  of  the  crown  would  yield  a  faintiy  crenated  outline,  wholly 
different  from  the  salient  and  reentering  angles  of  the  dose-set 
parallel  grooves  of  Plagiaulax  and  Hypsvprymnus.  These  undulations 
are  exhibited  chiefly,  if  not  solely,  on  the  inner  side ;  their  presence 
on  the  outer  is  not  mentioned.  Further,  if  the  indentations  on  the 
premolar  of  Thylacoleo  are  to  count  for  anything  as  significant  of 
affinity,  it  shotdd  be  with  Hypnprymnus  rather  than  with  Plagi- 
atdaXf  since  the  furrows  are  vertical  in  the  two  former.  In  fact,  in 
the  outline  and  proportions  of  the  vertical  section,  the  premolar  of 
Thylacoleo  differs  less  from  Hypaiprymnue  than  it  does  fh)m  that  of 
Plagiatdax,  I  have  fiedled  to  rc^ilize  the  asserted  resemblance  be- 
tween Plagiaulax  and  Thylacoleo  in  the  form  of  the  last  premolars ; 
and  in  the  details  of  outline,  section,  curvature  of  edge,  crenulation, 
surface-markings,  '<&c.,  I  am  more  impressed  with  the  differences 
than  with  any  one  point  of  agreement. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  inference  as  to  the  function  of  these  teeth. 
It  is  expressed  thus : — "  The  large  front  tooth  is  formed  to  pierce, 
retain,  and  kill :  the  succeeding  teeth  are  like  the  blades  of  shears, 
adapted  to  cut  and  divide  soft  substances  like  flesh,"  &c.  Professor 
Owen  has  elsewhere  described  the  premolar  of  Hypsiprymnus  as 

*  Phil.  Tranf.,  toI.  cxlix.  p.  318.  pis.  11  and  13. 

t  **  The  first  molar  is  liuiate,  the  cusps  taming  inwards,  the  anterior  cusp 
rtsine  at  a  salient  angle,  the  edge  is  trenchant  outwards ;  the  second  molar  is  tri- 
angular with  a  large  anterior  cusp,  and  a  slight  ridge  passing  to  a  small  depressed 
posterior  cusp."— Stutchbury,  loc.  cif. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALCONER — PLAGIAULAX.  357 

trenohant  *,  and  I  have  shown  above  that  the  tooth  is  essentially 
alike  in  Plagiaulax,  If,  therefore,  the  function  is  to  be  deduced 
with  such  facile  certainty  from  the  mere  form,  the  premolar  of 
Hypnprymnua  ought  also  to  be  camivorous.  But  we  know  that  the 
genus  is  so  strictly  herbivorous  that  the  family  to  which  it  belongs 
has  been  regarded  as  representing  in  the  MarsupiaUa  the  Ruminants 
of  the  Placental  Mammals.  With  this  fact  before  us,  is  it  likely 
that  the  premolars  of  Plagiatdax  were  appHed  to  cut  and  divide 
flesh?  Does  the  serrated  edge  indicate  a  flesh-cutting  function? 
The  singular  agreement  between  the  two  genera  in  their  premolars, 
down  even  to  the  number  of  grooves,  however  trivial  and  unim- 
portant the  character  may  appear  to  be,  has,  I  confess,  weighed 
greatly  with  me  in  forming  my  opinion.  No  special  function  has, 
as  yet,  been  connected  with  the  peculiarly  grooved  tooth  of  the  living 
Eangaroo-rat.  The  agreement  is  therefore  purely  empirical ;  but  as 
the  character,  according  to  our  present  knowledge,  is  confined,  among 
many  hundred  genera  of  Mammalia,  to  certain  species  of  Hypsi- 
prymnus  and  to  Plagiavlax,  those  who  have  faith  in  the  constancy 
of  the  manifestations  of  nature  will  not  lightly  believe  that  it  was 
common  to  these  two  genera  alone  without  implying  affinity ;  and 
when  this  is  coupled  with  the  obviously  phytophagous  type  of  the 
incisors,  the  conviction  will  be  conflrmed.  I  need  hardly  add  that  I 
regard  the  camivorous  deduction  from  the  shape  to  be  arbitrary  and 
untenable. 

[William  Hunter,  a  century  ago,  by  a  parity  of  reasoning,  arrived 
at  die  conclusion  that  the  Mc^todon  of  North  America,  from  the 
trenchant  form  of  the  transverse  crown-ridges  of  its  molar  teeth,  was 
an  extinct,  colossal,  camivorous  animal,  in  short,  a  kind  of  predaceous 
flesh-eating  Elephantt.  The  error  in  his  case,  as  in  the  correspond- 
ing one  of  Leibnitz,  was  excusable,  comparative  anatomy  having  been 
then  in  its  infancy.  But  it  is  not  a  littie  startling  to  see  the  same 
sort  of  unsound  deduction  reproduced,  in  regard  of  one  of  the  most 
pigmy  of  Mammals,  half  a  century  after  Cuvier,  by  his  luminous 
demonstrations,  had  indicated  the  method  by  which  such  signal  mis- 
takes might  be  avoided  in  future. — Oct.  15tii.] 

Professor  Owen  perceives  another  indication  of  resemblance  be- 
tween Thylacoleo  and  Plagiaulax  in  the  proportions  of  the  large 
premolar  to  the  succeeding  molars.  In  both,  there  are  but  two 
molars,  and  in  so  far  the  agreement  is  dear ;  but  no  further.  In 
Plagiaulax  there  are  as  many  as  four  premolars ;  while  in  Thyla^ 
eoleo  the  enormous  development  of  the  solitary  premolar  or  camassial 
is  effected  at  the  expense  of  the  rest  of  the  premolars,  which  are 
suppressed,  and  of  the  tubercular  teeth,  which  are  dwarfed.  In  the 
former,  as  pointed  out  in  my  earlier  description,  "  the  premolars  are 
inordinately  developed,  whUe  the  trae  molars  are  dwarfed  and  mdi- 
mentary  in  proportion."  The  operation  of  the  well-known  law  of 
Anamorphosis  or  Balaneement  is  visible  in  both.  But  examples  of 
it  are  everywhere  seen  throughout  animated  nature,  in  the  same 

*  Odontography,  vol.  i.  p.  389. 

t  Phil  Trans.  1767,  vol.  Iviii.  p.  38. 

2b2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


358  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [  June  4, 

organ,  without  reference  to  affinity,  as,  for  instance,  among  the 
Mammalia,  in  the  canine  of  Machairodus  and  of  the  Musk-deer, 
Thylacoleo  and  PlagiauJax  may  be  regarded  as  being  as  wide 
apart  among  the  Marsupiab  as  the  two  former  are  among  Placental 
Mammals.  .  The  solitary  trenchant  premolar  in  some  of  the  species 
of  Hypsijprymnus  is  said  to  attain  a  very  large  development.  We 
have  the  authority  of  Professor  Owen  for  the  statement,  that  in  two 
Potooroos  of  New  Guinea  its  antero-posterior  extent  nearly  equals 
that  of  the  three  succeeding  molars  *.  If  the  teeth  of  Thylacoleo  and 
Plagiaulax  had  been  on  the  same  morphological  plan  of  construc- 
tion, the  agreement  in  the  number  of  molars  would  clearly  have 
carried  weight ;  but,  as  such  does  not  appear  to  be  the  case,  tiie  co- 
incidence ought  not  to  overrule  the  other  indications,  more  especially 
as  the  form  of  the  crowns  of  the  molars  in  the  two  genera  is  totally 
different.  In  Thylacoleo,  the  first  tubercular  tooth  has  the  crown 
compressed,  supporting  two  cusps  on  its  axis,  the  anterior  lobe  being 
more  or  less  conical,  with  a  smaller  lobe  behind  it,  both  on  the  usuid 
carnivorous  type  of  construction.  The  second  tubercular  is  only 
known  through  its  socket.  In  both  species  of  Plagiatdax,  the  two 
molars  present  oblong  crowns,  supporting  two  opposed  lines  of  mar- 
ginal eminences,  separated  by  a  depression.  In  my  original  descrip- 
tion, I  referred  to  the  fact  that  in  Dromuda  and  Acrobata  the  molars 
are  reduced  from  the  ordinary  number,  four,  to  three.  In  Plojgiaviax 
the  suppression  is  carried  still  further,  two  only  being  developed. 
The  agreement  in  this  respect  between  the  latter  and  Thylacoleo  does 
not  impress  me  with  the  idea  of  affinity,  although  admitting,  as  I  do, 
that  it  ought  to  be  duly  weighed. 

I  have  entered  in  such  detail  upon  the  dental  characters,  because, 
by  the  consent  of  all  observers,  they  are  of  paramount  weight  in  the 
solution  of  a  question  of  this  nature.  If  the  type  be  distinctly  indi- 
cated by  them  to  be  herbivorous  or  carnivorous,  the  other  charac- 
ters, however  modified  they  may  be,  will  ultimately  be  found  to  be 
in  relation  to  the  teeth.  The  autbor  of  *  Palaeontology,'  having 
formed  his  opinion  on  the  teeth,  then  examines  the  characters  of  the 
lower  jaw  and  finds  them  in  conformity.  He  adduces  the  shortness 
of  the  horizontal  ramus  in  proportion  to  its  depth  as  indicative  of 
robustness;  also  the  broad  and  high  coronoid  process,  and  the  peduncu- 
late condyle  placed  below  the  level  of  the  grinding  teeth  (above, 
p.  349).  They  are  all  regarded  as  proving  a  carnivorous  type.  They 
were  not  overlooked  in  my  former  communication : — "  The  charac- 
ters of  the  jaw  are  so  pecidiar,  and  in  some  respects  of  so  mixed  and 
complex  a  nature,  that  they  ought  to  be  weighed  with  caution,  in 
conjunction  with  the  teeth,  in  forming  any  opinion  of  the  affinities  of 
Plagiaulax.  The  low  position  of  the  condyle  is  so  pronounced,  and 
the  elevation  of  the  coronoid  above  it  so  considerable,  that,  regarded 
per  se,  supposing  no  teeth  had  been  discovered,  they  might  have  been 
considered  to  imply  with  some  degree  of  certainty  a  predaceous  ani- 
mal "t.   But  there  were  other  characters,  which,  taken  in  conjunction 

*  Odontography,  vol.  i.  p.  389. 

t  Quart.  Joum.  G^l.  Soc.,  vol.  xiii.  p.  273, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALC0N2B — ^PLAOIAULAX.  359 

with  the  jaw,  appeared  to  me  to  counterbalance  these  indications  : 
namely,  the  moderate  extent  and  low  elevation  of  the  coronoid  above 
the  grinding-plane  of  the  teeth ;  the  long  neck  and  horizontal  pro- 
jection of  tie  condyle  behind  the  coronoid ;  the  form  of  the  condyle 
itself;  and  the  absence  of  a  stout  angular  process  behind  it.  With 
one  exception,  I  shall  consider  these  mandibular  characters  briefly.    . 

And  first,  as  regards  the  shortness  of  the  horizontal  ramus  in  pro- 
portion to  its  depth.  I  refer  my  reader  to  fig.  20  of  the  accompany- 
ing illustrations,  representing  the  side  view  of  the  lower  jaw  of  die 
Aye- Aye.  A  glance  will  satisfy  him  that  the  horizontal  ramus  is 
much  deeper  in  proportion  to  Uie  length  in  this  form  than  it  is  in 
P.  Becklesiu  The  fact  is  so  obvious  that  I  do  not  think  it  necessary 
to  enter  upon  the  metrical  details.  Commonly  we  connect  the  idea 
of  robustness  in  the  lower  jaw  with  the  form  and  section  of  the 
mandible  presented  by  the  Hyaena  and  Tiger.  If  the  sections, 
figs.  2  and  3,  p.  278,  of  my  original  paper  are  referred  to,  it  will  be 
seen  that  they  are  totally  different.  The  jaw  of  Plagxaulcuc  in  this 
respect  also  closely  resembles  that  of  the  Aye- Aye  ♦. 

The  coronoid  process  comes  next  for  consideration.  For  the  de- 
tails of  my  description  of  it,  I  refer  my  readers  to  p.  268  of  my  former 
paper.  It  is  there  stated  that ''  in  general  form  the  coronoid  pro- 
cess in  Plagiaulax  resembles  more  that  of  the  predaceous  marsupials, 
and  of  the  Ursine  Dasyurtis  especially,  than  tiiat  of  the  herbivorous 
families.  It  differs  very  markedly  from  the  elevated  strap-shaped 
coronoid  of  Hypsiprymnus  and  the  other  herbivorous  marsupials.  It 
is  to  be  remarked,  however,  that  it  is  less  elevated,  and  its  surface  of 
loss  area,  than  in  the  predaceous  genera,  whether  marsupial  or  pla- 
cental." Here,  it  will  be  observed,  the  comparison  was  restricted  to 
marsupial  forms,  beyond  which  I  did  not  then  think  it  necessary  to 
carry  it.  K  extended  to  the  Aye- Aye  (fig.  20),  additional  light  is 
thrown  upon  the  character.  In  both,  the  anterior  edge  reclines  at 
an  angle  of  about  45° ;  in  both,  the  summit  is  not  much  elevated 
above  the  grinding-plane  of  the  teeth.  The  appearance  of  elevation, 
which  is  at  first  sight  suggested  by  the  coronoid  of  Plagiaulax,  arises 
from  the  great  depth  of  tiie  sigmoid  notch  and  the  low  position  of 
the  condyle.  If  %.  1  of  the  illustrations  of  my  former  paper  be  re- 
ferred to,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  process  itself  is  not  raised  much 
above  the  summit  of  the  premolars.  There  is  a  further  agreement 
between  the  Aye- Aye  and  Plagiaulax  in  the  amount  of  area  occupied 
by  the  surface  of  the  coronoid.  This  is  partly  disguised  in  the  lower 
jaw  of  the  former,  by  the  broad  neck  of  the  condyle,  and  the  shallow- 
ness of  the  lunate  notch  between  it  and  the  coronoid ;  if  the  notch 
were  deepened,  as  indicated  by  the  dotted  line,  the  resemblance 
would  be  complete.  I  do  not,  therefore,  admit  the  force  of  Professor 
Owen's  remarks,  as  significant  of  carnivore  affinities,  that  **  the  lower 

*  In  the  Koala  (Phascolarctus  cinereus)^  in  which  the  procumbent  inciflors,  as 
already  obeerved  (above,  p.  353),  are  projected  with  an  inclination  resembling 
that  of  Plagiaulax  minor,  the  horizontal  rami  of  the  lower  jaw  prMent  great 
depth  in  proportion  to  the  length,  with  a  compressed  section.  (Waterhouse, 
*  Mammalia,'  vol.  i.  p.  264.)  But  the  ascending  ramus,  in  that  genus,  is  on  a 
totallj  different  plan  of  construction. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


360  PRocEKDnres  of  thb  obological  socistt.  [June  4, 

jaw  is  short  in  proportion  to  its  depth,  sending  up  a  broad  and  hig^ 
ooronoid  process  for  the  adequate  grasp  of  a  large  temporal  muscle  " 
— seeing  that  all  these  characters  are  combined  in  an  existing  g^- 
form  LemuTy  which  is  not  a  camiyore.  The  descriptive  terms  applied 
to  the  coronoid  would  be  suitable  for  that  of  a  Tiger  or  Stoat,  but 
they  seem  hardly  applicable  to  the  process  of  PlagiauUix. 

The  author  of  ^Palaeontology'  lays  stress  on  the  low  position 
of  the  condyle,  and  its  long  horizontal  neck :  '<  The  condyle  is  placed 
below  the  level  of  the  grinding-teeth, — a  character  unknown  in  any 
herbivorous  or  mixed-feeding  Mammal ;  it  is  pedunculate,  as  in  the 
predaceous  Marmpialia ;  whilst  the  lever  of  the  coronoid  is  made 
the  stronger  by  the  condyle  being  carried  further  back  than  in  any 
known  carnivorous  animal."  But  it  is  not  a  litUe  remarkable  that 
he  is  silent  regarding  the  form  of  the  condyle  itself, — ^the  most 
important  of  all  the  mandibular  characters  after  the  teeth ;  for  the 
peduncle,  on  which  he  lays  w^ht,  is,  like  the  femg  of  a  tooth,  but 
the  stalk  upon  which  the  organ  pexforming  the  function  is  borne.  I 
think  it  necessary  therefore  to  call  attention  to  the  remarks  on  the 
subject  contained  in  my  former  paper.  In  the  true  Caniivorous  type, 
the  condyle  shows  more  or  lees  of  a  cylindrical  or  terete  sui&ee, 
having  invariably  a  transverse  direction,  by  which  it  is  locked  in  the 
glenoid  cavity  of  the  upper  jaw,  thus  constituting  a  pivot  like  that 
of  a  pair  of  scissors,  which  constrains  the  blades  to  a  vertical  motion. 
In  Ploffiaulax  all  these  conditions  are  reversed,  the  condyle  being 
convex,  with  its  long  diameter  disposed  subvertically ;  regarded 
endwise,  it  is  narrow  in  proportion  to  the  height,  and  tiie  outline  is 
ovate  or  pyiiform,  the  broad  end  being  uppermost.  This  is  a  form 
which  is  unknown  among  the  Camivora,  but  common  in  the  Pla- 
cental Eodents,  with  the  difference,  however,  that  in  the  latter,  the 
condyle  having  to  work  backwards  and  forwards  in  a  groove,  its 
articular  surface  is  disposed  longitudinally.  In  the  common  Norway 
Bat,  the  articular  surfsuse  of  the  condyle  is  partiy  vertical,  with  the 
pyriform  outline  of  Plagiaulcuc,  but  more  compressed ;  and  in  one  of 
the  American  Marmots  (No.  2259,  Mus.  B.  Coll.  of  Surgeons)  it  still 
more  closely  resembles  that  of  the  fossil  genus.  I  dte  these  instances, 
to  show  the  undercurrent  of  Bodent  analogy  which  pervades  the  jaw 
of  Plaaiatdax  throughout.  But  a  more  conclusive  and  irresistible 
case  of  correspondence  can  be  adduced  in  the  condyle  of  the  Aye- Aye. 
In  the  words  of  the  celebrated  French  anatomist  who  first  settled  tiie 
affinities  of  the  genus,  "  La  forme  g^n^rale  de  la  m&choire  inferieure 
de  1' Aye- Aye  denote  une  partie  forte,  large,  ou  mieux  haute  et  tr^ 
comprimee;  la  branche  horizontale  beaucoup  plus  longue  que  la 
verticale,  qui  est  presque  dans  la  m^me  direction.  Le  condyle  qui 
termine  cette  branche  verticale,  dans  les  autres  animaux,  est  droite 
ici,  et  presque  a  Pextr^mit^  posterieure  de  toute  la  michoire,"  &c.* 
The  condyle  of  the  Aye- Aye  has  the  same  ovate  form  as  that  of  Plagi- 
au2a.r,but  reversed,  the  narrow  end  being  uppermost  (fig.  20);  thearti- 
cular  surface  is  broader  and  somewhat  flatter  than  in  that  genus,  but 
the  direction  of  the  greater  axis  is  the  same,  that  is,  longitudinal  and 
*  De  BlainTille,  '  Oft^graphie :  mdmoire  but  1' Aye-Aye/  p.  19. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALCOJTBB — ^PLAGIAULAX.  361 

fiubveriioal  *•  The  glenoid  surface  of  the  upper  jaw  is  modified  in 
correspondence — being  broad  and  flat,  and  placed  on  an  inclined 
plane  that  would  intersect  the  tips  of  the  nasals  and  the  middle  of 
the  occipital  foramen.  Here,  then,  is  a  signal  failure  in  the  chain 
of  physiological  deductions  requisite  to  prove  that  Plagiaulax  was  a 
marsupial  carnivore. 

Next,  as  regards  the  depressed  position  of  the  condyle — ^below  the 
level  of  the  grinding-teeth.  The  author  of  <  Palaeontology'  states 
that  it  is  a  ^'  character  unknown  among  any  herbivorous  or  mixed- 
feeding  animal.''  I  again  refer  my  reader  to  the  figure  (fig.  20)  of 
the  lower  jaw  of  the  Aye- Aye.  Id.  it,  the  articular  surface  of  the 
condyle,  al^ough  directed  subvertically,  or  at  the  most  diagonally,  is 
wholly  below  the  grinding-plane  of  the  molars.  It  looks  stiU  more 
depressed  in  Plagiaulax  Beckluii ;  but  this  is,  in  part,  owing  to  the 
inflected  margin  of  the  angle  being  broken  off  in  the  fossil,  while  it 
is  entire  and  salient  in  the  recent  form,  thus  elevating  the  condyle 
above  the  lower  plane  of  the  ramus,  and  leading  to  an  appearance  of 
a  greater  amount  of  difference  than  exists  in  nature  f. 

For  my  reasoning  as  regards  the  signification  of  the  long  neck  or 
pedicle  of  the  condyle,  I  refer  the  reader  to  my  former  communication 
\op,  cit,  pp.  269  and  275).  It  is  there  stated  that  the  low  position  of 
the  condyle  "  is  counterbalanced  by  another  character,  of  which,  so 
far  as  I  am  aware,  there  is  no  example  among  any  of  the  predaceous 
genera,  either  placental  or  marsupial,  recent  or  fossil,  namely,  the 
long  neck  and  horizontal  projection  of  the  condyle  behind  the  ooronoid," 
&c. ;  and  further  on  I  added  that  the  '*  arrangement  is  equally  without 
a  parallel  among  the  herbivorous  or  omnivorous  tribes."  TboB  latter 
remark  was  premature.  I  was  then  acquainted  with  the  Aye- Aye 
only  through  the  figures  given  by  Blamville  i,  in  which  the  lower 
jaw  is  shown  in  opposition  with  the  sktdl,  thus  concealing  the  coro- 
noid,  and  its  relation  to  the  condyle.  But  if  the  accompanying  figure 
(fig.  20)  of  the  lower  jaw  detached  be  referred  to,  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  condyle  is  not  omy  below  the  level  of  the  grinding-plane,  but 
that  it  is  projected  a  long  waybehind  the  posterior  edge  of  the  coro- 
noid,  exactly  as  in  Plaffiatdaa:,  and  on  the  same  plan  of  construction, 
— ^the  sole  difference  being  that  the  sigmoid  notch  is  shallow  in  the 
Aye- Aye,  and  deeply  excavated  in  Plagiaulax.  If  the  notch  were 
deepened  in  the  former,  by  removing  the  plate  of  bone  behind  and 
below  the  posterior  edge  of  the  coronoid,  in  the  manner  indicated  by 
the  dotted  line  (/),  the  resemblance  would  be  complete.  In  order 
to  place  these  facts  of  agreement  beyond  question,  I  give  the  following 

*  "  La  iii4choii«  infgrieure,  oomme  celle  dee  autree  rongeun,  se  meut  ^Tidem- 
ment  au  moyen  d'un  condyle  longitudina],  de  mani^re  k  emp^er  tout  moure- 
ment  horizontal,  ri  oe  n'est  de  rarridre  k  Tayant  et  vice  vend,"  (Sandwith,  Zoo- 
logical ProoeedinKB,  1859»  p.  113.) 

t  In  some  of  the  families  of  the  BodenHa  the  condyle  is  barely  elevated  abore 
the  grinding-plane  of  the  molars.  See  Blainrille  '  Osttographie :  genus  Cavia,' 
pi.  2.  Figs.  Cavia  Cobaya  and  C,  Capybara ;  genus  Hystrix,  pi.  2,  and  Sciurta 
maximus,  pL  1,  while  in  others,  e.  g.  Castor,  both  condyle  and  coronoid  are  well 
raised  above  the  same  plane. 

}  Ost^graphie :  genus  Lemur,  pi.  5. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


362  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  BOCIBTT.  [JunC  4, 

measurements  of  the  relative  proportions  of  the  lower  jaw  in  the 
Aye- Aye  and  P.  Becklesii  ♦ : — 

Cheiromt/B  Plog. 

MadagoK.  Beckkm. 

inch.  inch. 

Length  of  jaw  from  condyle  to  incisire  border 2*3  2*0 

From  condyle  to  posterior  edge  of  ooronoid -6  '5 

Height  of  jaw  to  summit  of  coronoid   1*2  lO 

Height  of  ramus  in  front  of  first  true  molar •T  *6 

Height  of  ramus  behind  the  incisor  "65  45 

Height  from  condyle  to  a  line  dropped  vertically  behind 

last  molar 125  1-05 

Height  from  the  latter  point  to  posterior  edge  of  incisor 

atdiasteme    -8  '75 

From  these  proportions  it  will  be  seen  that  both  in  CTuiromys  and 
Plagiaulax  the  condyle  projects  behind  the  edge  of  the  coronoid  to 
the  excessive  extent  of  about  one-fourth  of  the  entire  length  of  the 
ramus.  Professor  Owen  meets  the  argument  in  my  paper,  by  the 
assertion  that  the  condyle  of  Flagiaulax  is  "  pedunculate  as  in  the 
predaceous  marsupials."  If  so,  I  invite  him  to  adduce  the  instance, 
bearing  in  mind  that  the  question  here  is  one  of  degree.  The  lower 
jaw  of  a  Tiger  now  before  me  measures  9-2  inches  from  the  condyle 
to  the  incisive  border,  while  the  projection  of  the  articular  surf^ 
behind  the  fall  of  the  coronoid  does  not  exceed  '7  of  an  inch,  or  one- 
thirteenth  of  the  length  of  the  jaw.  In  Dasyurus  and  Thylacinus  t 
the  condyle  projects  behind  the  coronoid,  but  nothing  approaching 
the  extent  seen  in  the  Aye- Aye  and  Plagiaulcuc, 

As  regards  the  functional  effect  of  the  condyle  being  carried  so  far 
back  belund  the  edge  of  the  coronoid,  it  is  a  plain  question  of  animal 
mechanics,  which  the  author  of  the  '  Falseontology '  thus  interprets : 
"  It  is  pedunculate,  as  in  the  predaceous  Marsupialia,  whilst  the 
lever  of  the  coronoid  process  is  made  stronger  by  the  condyle  being 
carried  further  back  than  in  any  known  carnivorous  or  herbivorous 
animal."  As  I  regard  it,  a  necessary  effect  would  be  to  restrict  the 
power  of  separating  the  jaws  in  front,  essential  to  a  predaceoua 
animal  having  laniary  teeth  constructed  to  pierce,  retain,  and  kill. 
And  we  have  the  (firect  proof  in  the  Aye-Aye,  that  the  same 
arrangement  there  is  not  applied  to  a  carnivorous  function  $. 

♦  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  fig.  1  of  my  previous  communication  (op.  cif, 
p.  278),  from  which  the  measurements  of  P.  Becklesii  are  taken,  is  magni- 
Hed  two  diameters;  the  dimensions  are  therefore  doubled.  But  this  does  not 
interfere  with  the  ratios  of  proportion.  Further,  in  the  Aye-Aye  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  coronoid  is  assimied  to  be  continued  down  vertically,  in  order  to 
get  corresponding  measurements.  The  dimensions  of  Cheiromys  are  of  the 
natural  size. 

T  In  the  Ursine  Dasmirus  (No.  1900,  Mus.  R.  Coll.  of  Sureeons)  the  length 
of  the  lower  jaw  is  4*2  inches,  and  the  projection  of  the  articu&r  surface  behind 
the  deepest  part  of  the  sigmoid  notch  '4  inch.,  or  about  one-tenth  of  the  entire 
length  of  the  jaw.  In  Thylacinus  (No.  1903  a  of  the  same  collection)  the  pro- 
jection of  the  condyle  is  about  one-eighth  the  length  of  the  jaw.  But  in  both 
these  forms  the  posterior  edge  of  the  apex  of  the  coronoid  overhanes  the  condyle ; 
while  both  in  PI.  Becklesii  and  the  Aye- Aye  the  articular  surface  of  the  condyle  is 
removed  about  one-fourth  of  the  length  of  the  jaw  behind  the  fall  of  the  coronoid. 

J  In  the  typical  Camiwra  the  fulcrum  is  a  fixed  point,  the  form  of  the  glenoid 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALCONEB — PLA6IAULAX.  363 

With  reference  to  the  angular  process,  I  have  nothing  to  add  to 
what  is  set  forth  in  my  former  communication.  This  process,  which 
is  a  very  constant  character  of  the  carnivorous  jaw,  is  wanting  as  a 
salient  apophysis  in  Plagiaulax,  although  well  developed  in  the  minute 
insectivorous  MyrmecoUus, 

I  have  one  remark  more  to  make  in  reference  to  the  form  of  Pta- 
giatdax.  Fig.  15  of  my  original  description  gives  a  representation 
of  what  remains  of  the  lower  jaw  of  P.  minora  magnified  to  a  scale 
of  four  diameters.  The  entire  length  of  the  specimen,  including  the 
six  molars  and  premolars,  together  with  the  procumhent  incisor 
(according  to  the  metrical  line  «),  does  not  exceed  '4  of  an  inch,  of 
which  the  six  cheek-teeth  united  make  only  about  two  and  a  half 
lines  (*25  inch).  I  ask  any  zoologist  or  comparative  anatomist  to 
look  at  it,  and  say  whether  the  dental  apparatus  of  this  extremely 
minute  creature  is  competent  to  perform  the  duties  required  of  a  pre- 
daceous  carnivore.  Magnitude  in  this  case  is  an  important  ingredient, 
as  it  necessarily  involves  measure  of  force.  Could  P.  minor  have 
preyed  on  small  Mammals  and  Lizards  ?  Is  it  not  more  probable  that 
this  pigmy  form  was  itself  an  object  of  prey  in  the  Purbeck  Fauna  ? 

In  the  preceding  observations  I  have  gone  seriatvm  into  the  ob- 
jections raised  against  the  view  which  I  advanced  of  the  affinities 
of  Plagiaulax,  In  the  work  referred  to,  every  detail  of  external 
form  was  regarded  in  a  light  different  from  that  in  which  it  was 
viewed  by  me ;  every  inference  was  controverted ;  and  the  conclusion 
drawn  from  the  whole  was  diametrically  the  converse  arrived  at  by 
me.  The  verdict  of  Comparative  Anatomists  will  decide  which  is 
right.  I  have  reconsidered  my  first  inferences,  and  tried  to  test  their 
validity  by  the  strongly  contrasted  and  extreme  view  put  forward  by 
Professor  Owen ;  and  the  result  has  been  to  confirm  the  opinion  that 
Pfagiaulax  did  not  belong  to  a  carnivorous  type  of  Marsupials.  Re- 
garded morphologically,  in  the  plan  of  its  dental  system, — ^rationally, 
through  its  condyle  and  correlated  characters, — and  empirically,  by 
comparison  with  Hypsiprymnus  and  Cheiromys,  it  has  led  me^  through 
every  aspect,  to  this  conclusion.  Enough  has  been  adduced  in  the  fore- 
going pages  to  show  that,  to  whatever  family  comparative  anatomy 
may  ultimately  consign  the  genus,  it  must  always  be  held  to  be  a 
singularly  modified  form.  I  have  directed  attention  to  the  numerous 
points  of  analogy  between  the  lower  jaw  of  Plagiaulax  and  that  of 
the  Aye-Aye,  itself  one  of  the  rarest  and  most  aberrant  of  existing 

cavity  preventiiie  protruBion  or  retraction  of  the  lower  jaw ;  and  the  muBcular 
power  being  apjuied  dose  to  the  condyle  leaves  the  free  part  of  the  lever  longer, 
or,  in  other  words,  admits  of  a  wider  separation  of  the  jaws  in  front,  for  the 
canines  and  cutting-teeth  to  act.  In  the  Aye- Aye  and  Rodents  (e.  g.  Coma  and 
Hystria)  the  fidcnim  is  moveable,  the  condyle  playing  on  a  flat  glenoid  surface ; 
the  point  of  insertion  of  the  muscular  power  is  more  advanced,  leaving  a  short 
portion  of  the  lever  free,  and  thus  restricting  the  aperture  of  the  jaws.  These 
conditions,  combined  with  the  oblique  direction  of  the  temporal  muscle,  implied 
by  the  reclining  coronoid,  conspire  to  produce  the  antero-poeterior  and  lateral 
motions  required  by  the  regimen  of  these  forms,  ^e  same  reasoning  applies 
to  Plagiaulax. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


364  psoGXXDDres  of  the  geolooical  societt.  [June  4, 

Mammalia,  They  agree  in  the  collateral  position  and  upward  direc- 
tion of  their  strong  incisors ;  in  the  depth  and  shortness  of  the  hori- 
zontal ramus ;  in  the  backward  continuation  of  the  ascending  ramus 
in  the  same  horizontal  line  with  the  body  of  the  jaw,  and  in  the  ter- 
minal position  of  the  condyle, — the  two  latter  characters  not  being 
found,  so  fjEU*  as  is  at  present  known,  in  any  other  MammaUa,  fossil 
or  recent  They  agree  fiirther  in  the  form  and  direction  of  the 
articular  surface,  in  the  redinate  coronoid,  and  in  the  backward 
projection  of  the  condyle  behind  it.  The  two  jaws  are  on  the  same 
plan  of  construction.  Starting  from  the  deep  narrow  incisors  of  the 
Aye- Aye,  carried  back  below  the  molars,  the  great  depth  of  its  jaw, 
and  the  other  associated  characters,  can  be  seen  to  be  in  necessaiy 
correlation.  In  Plagiavlax  they  are  all  presented  in  a  less  degree 
of  development.  The  resemblance  goes  no  farther.  I  doubt  if  in 
the  fossil  genus  the  lower  incisors  were  opposed  in  the  upper  jaw  by 
only  two  clnsel-shaped  teeth  as  in  the  Aye- Aye.  In  all  the  other 
dental  characters  they  are  widely  distinct.  In  PlagiatUax  the  force 
of  the  dental  system  is  manifested  in  the  great  development  of  the 
premolars,  of  which  there  are  none,  at  least  in  the  adult  state,  in 
Cheiromvs,  but  a  vacant  bar  instead.  In  the  latter  there  are  three 
molars,  in  the  former  only  two.  While,  therefore,  admitting  that 
the  common  construction  of  the  jaw  involves  some  trait  of  habit 
common  to  the  two  and  essential  to  their  existence,  it  does  not  im- 
press me  with  the  idea  of  affinity.  For  the  reasons  which  have  led 
me  to  regard  the  nearest  relationship  of  the  fossil  genus  as  being  in 
the  direction  of  Ht/psiprymnus,  1  refer  to  my  former  conununication 
passim,  and  to  the  preceding  pages.  Both  genera  appear  to  be  Mar- 
supial :  their  incisors  are  on  the  same  morphological  plan,  and  their 
premolars  are  in  the  main  identical,  except  in  point  of  number.  The 
Aye- Aye  is  a  nocturnal  animal,  which  uses  its  strong  incisors  as  a 
nipping-apparatus,  for  breaking  and  detaching  bark  and  wood  in 
pursuit  of  the  larvae  upon  whi(£,  in  part,  it  is  said  to  feed.  One  of 
the  live  specimens  procured  by  Sonnerat,  on  the  first  discovery  of  this 
form,  Hved  in  captivity  two  months  fed  on  boiled  rice  *.  The  species 
of  Hypsiprymnus  are  strictly  vegetable-feeders. 

I  shall  adduce  a  celebrated  case  to  show  how  little  we  should  be 
authorized  to  pronounce  with  conMence  on  the  nearest  affinities  of 
Plagiaulax  from  the  small  measure  of  evidence  we  now  possess.  The 
Aye- Aye  (Oheiromys  Madagascariensis)  was  discovered  by  Sonnerat 
before  1782.  The  elder  Geofiroy  and  Cuvier  placed  it  among  the 
Bodents.  In  1816,  Blainville  submitted  the  skuU  and  teeth,  together 
with  the  bones  of  the  fore-arm,  to  a  rigorous  examination,  and 
convincingly  pronounced  the  Aye- Aye  to  be  a  Lemurine  Quadrumane. 

*  "  n  a  T^oa  pr^  de  deoz  mois,  D'ayant  pour  toute  noumture  que  du  ris  ouit ; 
il  se  serrait,  pour  le  manger,  de  see  deux  doigta  oomme  les  Chinois,  de  baguettes.*' 
(Sonnerat,  quoted  in  Bimon,  Supplement,  tom.  Til.  p.  268.)  The  early  aooount 
of  the  French  trayeller  has  been  confirmed  by  the  later  and  excellent  obeerrations 
of  Dr.  Sandwith,  who  fed  his  captiye  Aye-Aye  upon  bananas  and  dates,  the  latter 
of  which  he  took  to  with  great  relish,  ffnawing  the  lanrse  of  inseoto  out  of  the 
branches  of  trees,  and  feedinjz  on  them  wnen  he  had  the  opportunity.  (Sandwith, 
Zoological  Proceedings,  1859,  p.  113.) 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  FALOOKSB — ^PLAGIAULAX.  365 

Notwithstanding  the  evidenoe  supplied  by  the  brain-case,  teeth,  and 
bones  of  the  fore- arm,  Cavier  pendsted  in  regarding  the  animal  to 
be  a  Eodent,  and  in  the  '  B^gne  Animal/  of  1829  *,  he  places  it 
between  the  Squirrels  and  Marmots.  If,  with  sach  a  fall  measore  of 
evidence  before  him,  the  position  of  Cheiromys  in  the  natural  system 
was  so  long  erroneously  contested  by  Cuvier,  how  little  warranted 
should  we  be  to  pronounce  dogmatically  upon  the  food  and  habits  of 
FUzgiaukuc  from  the  slender  evidence  of  the  lower  jaw  I  Supposing 
that  Cheiromys  were  only  known  to  us  through  its  mandible,  what 
would  now  be  its  inferred  position  among  the  Mammalia  ?  While, 
therefore,  regarding  Plagiaulax  to  have  been  of  a  phytophagous  type 
in  its  affi^ties,  we  shotdd  not  be  justified  in  affinning  that  it  may 
not  have  been  a  mixed-feeder ;  it  may  have  fed  on  buds  or  fruits, 
like  the  Phalangers ;  or  on  roots  like  ffypsiprymnus ;  or  on  a  mixed 
regimen  of  fruits  and  insects,  like  the  Aye-Aye. 

But  I  maintain  that  every  argument  which  has  been  adduced  by 
the  author  of  *  Palaeontology '  to  prove  that  PlagiauUix  was  car- 
nivorous has  been  met  in  the  preceding  pages.  The  methods  by 
which  the  opposite  conclusions  have  been  arrived  at  are  as  different 
as  the  results  themselves.  Professor  Owen,  in  so  far  as  his  method 
is  disclosed  to  us,  has  gone  direct  from  the  indications  of  form  to  the 
supposed  function ;  and  he  claims  for  the  inferences,  that  they  are 
physiological  deductions.  Comparative  anatomists  will  decide  how 
far  they  are  entitled  to  the  name.  Mere  external  form  must  be 
handled  with  caution  as  an  instrument  of  research ;  signal  mistakes 
in  Palaeontology  have  been  committed  through  too  confident  reliance 
upon  it.  On  the  other  hand,  the  method  which  I  have  attempted 
to  pursue  was,  first  to  ascertain  upon  what  morphological  plan  the 
teetii  of  Plagiaulax  were  constructed,  and,  having  determined  this, 
to  supply  the  rest  empirically  by  comparison  with  known  forms, 
using  at  the  same  time  rational  analysis  where  it  could  be  applied, 
«.  g.  to  the  condyle.  The  case  is  of  sufficient  interest  and  impoi^ance 
to  test  the  sufficiency  of  the  respective  modes  of  analysis. 

In  the  general  remarks  appended  to  my  former  communication,  I 
called  attention  to  the  contradictory  bearing  of  the  dental  system  of 
Plagiaulax  upon  the  assumption  that  the  earliest  Mammals  had  the 
full  complement  of  teeth.  To  that  fact  may  now  be  added  the  fur- 
ther evidence  of  specialization,  in  the  analogy  of  its  mandible  with 
that  of  the  Aye- Aye,  one  of  the  most  exceptional  of  Mammals.  If 
we  cast  a  glance  over  the  instructive  table  given  in  Lyell's  *  Supple- 
ment' (page  23),  and  reflect  on  the  interpretation  of  the  hiatus 
between  the  Upper  Oolitic  beds  and  the  '  Sables  de  Bracheux,'  how 
vast  the  intervsd  in  time  by  which  they  are  separated,  and  how 
modem  in  comparison  the  earliest  of  Tertiaiy  Mammals  I  If,  on 
the  other  hand,  Plagiaulaa:  be  regarded  through  the  medium  of  the 
view  advocated  with  such  power  by  Darwin,  through  what  a  number 
of  intermediate  forms  must  not  the  genus  have  passed  before  it  at- 
tained the  specialized  condition  in  which  the  fossils  come  before  us ! 
What  a  variety  of  Mammals  may  we  not  hope  to  disentomb  from 
*  Op.  cit.  p.  195. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


366  PBocsEDuroB  op  the  geological  society.  [June  4, 

Figs.  1-6. — ^;Plagiaiilax  Beckleeii  (figs.  1-5),   and  Hypsiprymnus 
Gaimardi  (fig.  6). 
Figs.  1  <fe  4  show  the  entire  Bighi  Ramus  of  the  Lower  Jaw  of  Plagi- 
aulax  Becklesii,  in  two  pieces,  on  reversed  slabs  of  the  same  piece  of 
matrix.    (Magnified  two  diameters.) 

2.  3. 


1. 


[Figs.  1  &  4  im>resent  the  same  right  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  seen  on  the 
opposite  surfaces  of  a  split  stone,  the  two  taken  together  affording  data  for  a 
complete  restoration  of  tne  jaw.] 

Fig.  1.  ab  ef.  Outer  side  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  right  ramus  of 
lower  jaw ;  magnified  two  diameters,  a  b,  outer  side,  b  o'  df  €f,  im- 
pression of  inner  side. 

a.  Incisor. 

b  c.  line  of  vertical  fracture  behind  the  premolars. 

d'.  Impression  in  tlie  matrix  of  the  condyle. 

e'.  Impression  of  top  of  coronoid  process. 

o\  Broken-off  inflected  fold  of  inner  margin  buried  in  the  matrix. 

m.  Place  of  the  two  molars. 

ptn.  Three  premolars,  the  third  or  last  divided  bj  a  crack. 
Fig.  2.  /.  Section  of  the  anterior  piece  of  the  jaw  at  the  fracture  bc\  x,  in- 
ner surface ;  y,  outer.    The  notch  at  the  top  is  formed  by  one  of  the 
sockets  of  the  double-faneed  true  molar. 
Fig.  3.  g.  Section  of  the  hinder  piece  near  bc\  x^  inner  surface ;  y,  outer 

surface. 
Fig.  4.  of  d.  Inner  side  of  the  posterior  portion  of  the  same  lower  jaw  on 
the  opposite  slab  of  stone ;   bde^  inner  side ;   ba'  h,  cast  and  im- 
pression of  outer  side. 

of.  Outline  of  the  incisor  restored. 

b  c.  line  of  vertical  fracture. 

d.  Condyle. 

e.  CJoronoid  process. 

h.  Impression  of  the  three  premolars  on  the  matrix. 

f .  Empty  sockets  of  the  two  true  molars. 
n.  Orifice  of  dentary  canal. 

o.  Indication  of  the  raised  and  inflected  fold  of  the  posterior  inner  margin. 
Fig.  5.  k.  Third  or  largest  premolar,  showing  the  seven  diagonal  grooves ; 

mafi[mfled  5^  diameters. 
Fig.  6.  ?.  CJorresponding  premolar  in  the  recent  Australian  Htmsiprymnus 

Gaimardi,  showing  the  seven  vertical  grooves ;  magnified  i\  diameters. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


FALCONEB PLAGIAITLAX. 


367 


Figs.  11, 12,  &  13. — Plagiaulax  Becklesii.  Fragment  consisting  of 
.the  anterior  portion  of  the  Right  Bamus  of  the  Loiver  Jaw.  Magnified 
2  diameters. 

Fig.  11.  Oater  surface. 

Fig.  12.  Inner  surface. 

Fig.  13.  Vertical  view,  seen  from  above. 


jutv 


11. 


ffm 


:i 


\    12. 


a.  Incisor. 

b.  Sympbysial  harmonia. 


pm.  PremoUrs. 

c.  Mentary  foramen. 


Fig.  16. — Plagiaulax  minor.     Outside  of  the  Right  Ramus  of  the 
Lower  Jaw ;  and  the  two  Molars.     Magnified. 


■^e 


[All  the  teeth  in  this  specimen  are  in  place  and  well  preserved.  The  hinder 
part  of  the  jaw-bone^  with  the  ascending  ramus  and  posterior  angle,  are' broken 
away.] 

a  b.  Bight  ramus  of  lower  jaw,  with  all  the  teeth ;  magnified  4  diameters. 
a.  Incisor  with  point  broken  o£    a',  impression  of  same,  showing  that  the 
inner  side  near  the  apex  was  hoUowed  out  in  a  longitudinal  direction. 
h.  Offset  of  ooronoid,  the  rest  of  which  is  wanting. 
m,  m.  The  two  true  molars. 
pm.  The  four  premolars. 

c.  The  first  molar ;  magnified  8  diameters.  Upper  figure,  the  crown.    Lower 

figure,  side-view. 

d.  Second  molar ;  the  crown  and  side-view. 

e.  The  length  of  the  jaw,  natural  size. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


368  PBOCBSDmeB  of  thb  esoLoeiCAL  societt.  [June  4, 

Figs.  16-19.— Artmor  htdf  of  a  Camastial  Tooth  (pm  4)  from 
the  left  tide  of  the  Lower  Jaw  of  Thylacoleo  Canaifex.  (Preserved 
in  the  Mosemn  of  the  Boyal  College  of  Suigeons.) 

16.  17. 

. '  X  19.  /* V 


18. 


V 


Fig.  16.  Inner  side,  a,  hinder  end,  showing  the  undulations  of  the  enamel- 
Burfiu»  on  the  hase  of  the  crown,  and  the  rugoselj  reticulate  surface 
beLow  the  summit  For  comparison  with  figs.  5  &  6  (page  966) ;  the 
same  teeth  in  Plofftaulax  and  ^ypt^nymnus. 

Fig.  17.  Outer  side,    a,  hinder  end. 

Fig.  18.  Top  aspect,  showing  the  undulations,    a,  hinder  end. 

Fig.  19.  Sedion,  showing  the  broken  edge  of  the  middle  of  the  crown. 

Fig.  20. — The  Bight  Ramus  of  the  Lower  Jaw  of  the  Aye-Aye 
(Cheiromys  Madagascariensis) ;  the  outer  aspect,     Nat.  size. 


Incisor 
Molar  teeth. 
Coronoid  process. 
.  Condyle,  naving  ito  articular 

sur&oe  below  the  grinding- 

plane  of  the  Molars. 


e.  Angle  of  Jaw. 

/.  Conjectural  dotted  line. 

y.  Ena-yiew  of  condyle. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HBEB — ^HEMPSTEAD  PLANTS.  369 

the  buried  Oolitic  fanna,  should  Mr.  Beckles  resnme  his  explorations, 
or  another  Beckles  take  his  place ! 

The  remote  antiquity  of  the  fossil  as  a  mammalian  genus  must 
alone  invest  the  discussion  of  its  affinities  with  an  interest  which 
will  prevent  the  question  firom  resting  in  its  present  disputed  state. 
Other  palffiontologists  will  examine  the  evidence,  and  give  their 
verdict.  Mr.  Beckles's  specimens  have  long  since  passed  out  of 
my  hands;  and  I  have  deferred  my  rejoinder  in  the  expec- 
tation that  they  might  ere  now  have  found  their  way  into  some 
public  collection,  where  I  could  have  again  submitted  them  to  ex- 
amination and  comparison ;  but,  as  that  has  not  yet  taken  place,  I  have 
thought  it  full  time  to  reply,  lest  my  silence  should  be  construed 
into  a  tacit  acquiescence  in  tiie  carnivorous  character  attributed  to 
Plagiavlax,  which  I  do  not  accept — ^nor  the  reasoning  on  which  it 
is  founded. 


2.  On  Certain  Eossn.  Plants  from  the  Hxhpstbad  Beds  of  the  Isle 
OF  Wight.  By  the  Rev.  0.  Heeb,  Ph.&M.D.  With  an  IirrBO- 
Dtrcnow,  by  W.  Penobllt,  Esq.,  F.G.8. 

(Communicated  by  W.  Pbngsllt,  Esq.,  F.G.S.) 

[Plate  iVill.] 

iNTBonucnoN. 

Geolooibts  are  perhaps  aware  that  not  long  since  a  systematic  and 
careful  exploration  was  made  of  the  deposit  of  lignite,  clay,  and 
sand  at  Bovey  Tracey  in  Devonshire,  in  the  hope  of  determining  its 
age;  that  a  large  number  of  fossil  plants,  of  various  kinds,  were 
found,  and  all  submitted  to  the  Bev.  Ih*.  0.  Heer,  Professor  of  Botany 
at  Zurich ;  and  that  two  papers,  embodying  the  results  of  the  inves- 
tigation, were  recentiy  presented  to  the  Boyal  Society. 

From  Professor  Heer's  determinations,  it  appears  that  forty-nine 
species  of  fossil  plants  occur  in  the  Bovey  beds,  of  which  twenty-nine 
are  new  to  science,  whilst  the  remaining  twenty  are  well-known 
Miocene  forms  of  Continental  Europe ;  that,  following  the  subdivi- 
sion of  the  Miocene  beds  adopted  by  some  geologists  on  the  Continent, 
sixteen  of  the  twenty  species  occur  in  the  Tongrian  or  lowest  stage, 
nineteen  in  the  Aquitanian,  twelve  in  the  Mayencian,  five  in  the 
Helvetian,  and  eight  in  the  Oeningian ;  that  those  common  to  the 
Aquitanian  and  any  other  stage  are  found,  in  almost  every  instance, 
in  a  greater  number  of  localities  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter,  and 
in  only  one  case  (that  of  Vaccinium  acheroniicum,  Ung.)  in  fewer ; 
and  that  the  only  one  of  the  twenty  species  (Cdastrus  pseudoilex^ 
Ett.)  not  found  in  the  Aquitanian  stage  occurs  in  the  Tongrian  be- 
low and  the  Mayencian  above,  but  only  in  a  single  locality  in  each, 
and  may  therefore  be  looked  for,  sooner  or  later,  in  the  Aquitanian 
also.  Accordingly  the  Bovey  deposit  is  considered  to  belong  to  this 
stage  of  the  Lower  Miocene. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


370  PH0CBEDIW08  OP  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIETT.  [June  4, 

This  dedflion  receives  confirmation  in  the  fiuit  that  the  new  species 
found  at  Bovey  are  closely  allied  to  well-known  Continental  forms 
on  this  horizon. 

The  most  remarkable  Bovey  plant  is  Sequoia  CouUsiofy  Heer,  a 
new  species  of  fossil  Conifer.  Since  its  discovery  at  Bovey,  Professor 
Heer  has  ascertained  that  it  occurs  also  at  Armissan,  near  Narbonne, 
in  France. 

The  work  at  Bovey  was  performed,  under  the  superintendence  of 
the  author,  by  Mr.  H.  Keeping,  of  Freshwater  in  the  Isle  of  Wight, 
well  known  as  an  efficient  and  reliable  fossil-collector.  It  b  probably 
unnecessary  to  add  that  he  takes  a  lively  interest  in  the  problems 
which  it  is  hoped  his  labours  may  help  to  solve,  and  readily  under- 
stands the  nature  of  the  evidence  required.  In  recognition  of  this,  I 
wrote  to  him  as  soon  as  the  chronology  of  the  Bovey  beds  was  settled, 
informing  him  that  they  were  Lower  Miocene,  and  probably  on  or 
very  near  the  horizon  of  the  Hempstead  series,  with  which  I  knew 
him  to  be  well  acquainted.  It  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  remark 
here,  that  I  had  come  to  this  last  conclusion  on  the  principle  that 
things  which  are  contemporary  with  the  same  are  contemporary 
with  one  another,  and  not  from  the  fact  that  Bovey  and  Hempstead 
possessed  any  fossils  in  common. 

In  acknowledging  my  letter,  Mr.  Keeping  stated  that  he  had 
recently  found  Bovey  fossils,  especially  Sequoia  Couttsice,  in  the 
Hempstead  beds.  I  immediately  wrote,  requesting  him  to  devote 
some  time,  as  soon  as  possible,  to  these  beds  on  my  account ;  to  send 
me  all  the  fossils  he  could  find ;  to  be  very  particular  respecting 
their  situations  in  the  deposit ;  and  directing  him  to  '*  take  his  de- 
parture "  from  the  Black  and  White  Bands  of  Professor  E.  Forbes*. 

In  a  few  weeks  he  sent  me  a  good  series  of  fossil  plants — seeds, 
cones,  leaves,  and  twigs;  amongst  them  certainly /Sequoia  Couttsim  and 
Folliculites  KaUehnordheimensis.  Being  fully  aware,  however,  that  my 
opinion  on  such  a  point  must  necessanly  be  valueless,  and  believing 
the  discovery,  if  ftdly  established,  to  be  one  of  considerable  interest, 
I  dispatched  by  tax  the  greater  number  of  the  specimens  to  Professor 
Heer,  requestmg  him  to  prepare  a  short  paper  on  the  fossils,  if  he 
thought  the  subject  of  sufficient  importance,  which  I  might  present 
to  this  Society. 

"Whilst  waiting  his  reply,  Mr.  Keeping  sent  me,  from  the  same 
beds,  two  fine  portions  of  xmdoubted  Pahn-leaves,  one  of  which  I 
had  no  doubt  was  Sahal  major,  Ung. ;  the  other,  not  so  perfect,  ap- 
peared to  be  also  a  decided  Sahal,  but  less  identifiable  specifically. 
These  were  also  forwarded  to  Professor  Heer,  from  whom  I  have 
just  received  the  accompanying  paper,  which  I  b^  to  present  to  the 
Society  in  his  name,  in  the  hope  that  some  geologist  may  be  induced 
to  take  up  the  subject  and  thoroughly  examine  it.  "  How  im- 
portant," says  Professor  Heer,  "  it  would  be  to  examine  this  (the 
Hempstead)  flora  as  carefully  as  possible,  and  likewise  that  of  the 
Bembridge  series,  and  the  pipe- clay  of  Alum  Bay,  where  I  collected 
last  autumn  a  number  of  beautifiil  leaves !  These  floras  would  give 
*  Tertiary  FluTio-marine  Formation  of  tlie  Isle  of  Wight,  pp.  43^  44. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BBEB--HB1CP8T1BAD  PLAKTS*  371 

US  important  condiisions  about  the  lelation  of  the  Miocene  to  the 
Eocene  flora,  and  clearly  show  us  the  changes  which  have  taken 
place  in  this  land ;  for  the  forests  particularly  give  the  physiognomy 
of  the  country."— W.  P. 

Fossil  PiAins  fbox  Hempsxeai),  Isle  of  Wioht, 

The  plants  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  PengeUy,  from  the  Hempstead  Series 
of  the  Isle  of  Wight,  are  of  great  interest,  because  the  geological 
position  of  the  deposit  was  exactly  determined  by  the  late  Prof. 
£.  Forbes,  and  it  is  very  important  to  know  in  what  degree  the  flora 
of  this  division  of  the  Tertiary  formation  is  referable  to  that  of  the 
pipe-day  of  Alum  Bay  and  that  of  the  lignite  of  Bovey  Tracey. 

The  number  of  species  is  indeed  very  small,  undoubtedly  too  smaU 
for  an  ezact.settlement  of  this  question.  However,  they  give  us  some 
important  points  of  comparison.  The  plants  sent  to  me  belong  to 
ten  species.  Four  of  these  (Sequoia  CouttsicB,  Andromeda  reticulata, 
NymphoM  Doris,  and  Carpolithea  Websteri)  have  also  been  found  at 
Bovey  Tracey ;  all  these,  except  the  Nymphceay  are  species  which 
appear  also  in  the  Lower  Miocene  of  tiie  Continent  Nelumbivm 
Buehii  is  known  from  Mount  Promina,  from  the  Paudeze,  and  Qiinz- 
burg,  localities  belonging  to  the  Lower  Miocene,  and  is  also  accon^ 
panied  by  Chara  Eseheri.  We  know,  therefore,  six  species  of  tne 
Lower  liOocene  (Tongrian  and  Aquitanian). 

Prof.  £.  Forbes  says  (in  his  '  Tertiary  Fluvio-marine  Formation 
of  the  Isle  of  Wight,'  p.  47),  when  speaking  of  Folliculites  ihalictroides 
Br.,  var.,  **  This  form  appears  to  be  the  same  as  that  found  in  the  Bem- 
bridge  and  Headon  series :"  he  certainly  means  the  F.  ihalictroides, 
var.  Websteri,  Br. ;  but  this,  on  account  of  its  obtusely  rounded  end, 
must  be  separated  as  a  species  from  F,  ihalictroides,  and  is  identical 
with  the  Folliculites  KalteniMrdhHmensis.  If  this  species,  indeed, 
appeared  in  the  Bembridgo  beds,  and  not  the  F.  Ihalictroides,  Br., 
Hempstead  would  have  one  species  in  common  with  the  Bembridge 
series.  Prof.  Forbra  mentions,  besides,  three  species  of  Chara ;  but 
at  present  we  cannot  lay  much  stress  upon  these,  as  I  shall  show  in 
my  notice  of  Chora,  because  we  must  submit  Ihem  to  a  new  and 
careful  examination. 

Hempstead  has  no  spedes  in  common  with  the  pipe-day  of  AIuiq 
Bay.  As  Ceut  as  the  defident  materials  enable  us  to  judge,  the  fossil 
flora  of  Hempstead  has  more  reference  to  that  of  Bovey  Tracey,  and 
thereby  to  the  Lower  Miocene  flora,  than  to  the  Eocene  flora  of  the 
Bembridge  series  and  Alum  Bay. 

A  fdither  observation  which  these  plants  suggest  concerns  the 
local  conditions  which  they  announse.  We  perceive  amongst  them 
a  Nelumbium  and  a  Water-lily  {Nymphoea) ;  also  two  species  of  Chara, 
which  likewise  lived  in  the  water ;  and  a  plant  nearly  related  to 
Cyperus,  which  undoubtedly  grew  on  the  bank,  where  an  Andromeda 
had  its  place  too.  The  sSeds  of  Nymphcea  Doris  are  veiy  numerous; 
and  firom  the  Ndumlnum  Buehii  we  have  not  only  portions  of  leaves, 
but  also  numerous  rhizomes  with  the  fibres;  we  may  therefore 
Idmost  with  certainty  ai&im  that  this  plant  really  lived  there* 

TOL.  XVm. — 2ABX  I.  2  c 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


872  PBOCEEBDres  ov  ths  0Solo6Icax  0OCIBTT.         [June  4, 

The  il^«Zum6tum  and  the  Water-lily  demand  the  piesenee  of  fireah 
water  and  exclude  any  idea  of  salt  water ;  therefore  one  can  easily 
explain  the  appearance  of  Paludina,  CyeUu,  Umo,  and  Plomorbis  at 
ihja  place.  Accordingly  we  admit  the  existence  of  a  firashwater  lake 
there,  the  Water-lilies  and  Lotos  spreading  their  leayes  oyer  its 
waters,  and  the  Sequoias,  the  Palms,  and  the  Andromedas  suziound- 
ing  its  hanks. 

The  lake  could  not  have  heen  &i  from  the  see^  nor  much  ahoveit, 
hecause  these  freshwater  formations  alternate  with  those  9f  hrackisb 
water, — a  circumstance  which  shows  that  the  sea  hroke  in  at  times, 
and  changed  the  fresh  water  into  hrackish,  and  finally  into  salt  water } 
BO  that  the  plants  confirm  the  conclusiona  formed  hy  Prof.  Forhee  from 
the  animaLs* 

The  exact  sections  in  Forhes's  memoir  give  us  yery  interesting 
indications  of  these  eyents;  and  perhaps  it  may  be  possible,  by  a 
careful  study  of  the  plants  these  beds  contain,  to  arriye  at  oondut 
sions  not  only  respecting  the  change  of  the  freshwater  and  brackish 
formations,  but  dso  as  to  the  seasons  in  which  they  took  place. 
The  <<  Black  Band''  forms  the  basal  stratum  of  the  Haacipstead 
series ;  and  the  next  suooeeding  stratum  shows  us  that  already,  in 
the  beginning  of  the  formation,  a  lake  of  fr^sh  water  existed  there} 
for  it  is  particularly  in  this  portion  of  the  deposit  that  rhizomes  and 
leayes  of  Ndumbium  are  found,  and  with  them  the  freshwater  ahelL?, 
An  influx  of  salt  water  seems  to  haye  taken  place  before  the  foima- 
tion  of  the  ^<  White  Band,"  aa  here  there  occur  some  braekish-water 
shellB.  During  the  formation  of  the  '^  middle  freshwater  marl"  of 
Forbes  (op.  cit,  p.  42),  the  freshwater  conditions  were  predominant, 
and  the  Water-lilies  appear  represented  by  a  quantity  of  seeds,  with 
JJnio  and  Pakidma.  ThQ  *'  upper  freshwater  and  estuary  marls  "of 
Forbes  are  nearly  always  a  £reehwater  formation;  and  we  only 
get  a  true  marine  stratum  in  the  **  upper  Gorbula-bed."  It  seems, 
therefore,  that  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  the  Hempstead 
Series  there  waa  a  lake  which  receiyed  fresh  water  from  a  riyer,  but 
that  from  time  to  time  it  was  supplied  with  salt  water,  which  at  last 
became  predominant,  by  which  the  freshwater  population  wiMi  sup* 
planted  by  an  exclusiydy  marine  one. 

To  these  general  remarks  I  add  the  foUowing  obseryatians  on  the 
species. 

1.  Sbqttoia  Cotjttblb,  Heer.    PI.  XVm,  figs.  1-7. 

Heer,  Fossil  Flora  of  Boyey  Tracey,  Phil,  Trans.,  pis.  8,  0, 10, 

Most  of  the  specimens  are  frx)m  a  bed  7  feet  aboye  the /^  Black 
Band  "  of  Forbes ;  but  one  specimen  was  found  about  2  feet  6  inches 
from  the  top  of  the  "  second  diyision  "  of  Forbes  (cp.  eU.  p.  41). 

This  spedes  wholly  agrees  with  that  of  Boye^  Traoey.  It  has 
thin  twigs  (figs.  2,  4)  which  are  coyered  with  imbricated  leayes. 
The  leayes  are  alternate,  acuminate,  and  mostly  haye  a  somewhat 
curyed  point;  they  are  either  pressed  against  the  twigs  (fig.  2),  or 
spread  in  the  upper  part  (fig.  4),  like  the  Boyey  plant.  The  cones 
are  also  of  equtd  me,  and  formed  by  peltate,  many^'Odged  scales 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  .    fiEER^-^HSHPSEBAD  PUklHS,  373 

(fig8. 1,  2  h,  3).  The  seeds  (figs.  5,  6,  7)  have  fiat  -wings  and  a 
curved  nudeus,  Uke  that  of  the  Bovey  fdant ;  and  in  this  they  differ 
from  the  seeds  of  Sequoia  eempervirene. 

Prof.  E.  Forbes  mentions  horn  Hempstead  (Tert.  Fonn,  Isle  of 
Wight,  p.  47)  Toadies  (or  Oh/ptostroUte$)  Parisiensis,  Brongn. 
(MuseUes  squamaHu,  Brongn.  Y^get.  Fobs.  pi.  10.  figs.  5,  7) ;  he  has 
certainly  tf^en  the  plant  in  question  fbr  it.  It  appears,  indeed,  to 
be  a  species  much  resembling  it,  Brongniart  says  of  his  MmeUeg 
squamatus,  **  foliis  rhomboideis  ohtusia;'^  whilst  our  species  has,  on 
t£e  contrary,  acuminate  leaves.  Our  species  appears,  however,  in 
France,  viz,  at  Armissan  near  Narbonne,  whence  I  have  received 
some  twigs, 

2.  Ctfvbitbs  Fosbebi,  sp,  nov,    Fl,  XYIII.  figs.  20, 21. 

The  fruits  are  2  millims.  long  and  1|  millim.  broad,  oval,  and  fiir- 
nlshed  with  a  fine  point.  They  occur  in  great  numbers  together  in 
the  upper  three  feet  of  the  "  third  division  "  of  Forbes. 

They  are  small  black  fruit,  which  are  broadest  in  the  middle,  and 
equally,  obtusely  rounded  at  both  ends,  but  provided  with  a  small 
point  at  the  top,  which  is  the  termination  of  the  style.  The  side  is 
flat,  without  an  edge ;  therefore  they  were  not  triangular.  Some- 
times there  are  two  lines  {fig.  21  g)  above  the  middle,  because  it 
sprang  up  there ;  the  edge  is  often  split  (fig.  21  e,f).  The  fruit 
agrees  in  size  and  form  with  that  of  Chmerus  MonH,  L.;  and  it 
probably  belongs  to  the  geous  Cype/ma.  The  fruits  of  Sdrpue  are 
always  tapered  at  the  base  and  thickest  above  the  middle;  those 
of  Carex  are  beaded,  whilst  those  of  Chfpema  are  shaped  l^e  the 
fruits  represented  of  the  natural  size  in  ^.  20,  and  magnified  in 
fig.  21.  They  belong  perhaps  to  Chfpente  reHoulatus  (Heer,  Flora  Ter- 
tiaria  HelvetiBe,  vol.  i.  p.  80 ;  vol.  iii.  p.  165),  whose  ears  resemble 
that  of  Cyperus  M<nUi,  L, ;  but  we  havQ  not  found  the  fruits  of  this 
species, 

3.  Sabal  majob,  Ung.,  sp.  (?) 

Only  a  portion  of  a  leaf  of  the  middle  of  the  fan ;  it  cannot  be 
detennined  with  certainty.  Qlie  rays  are  10-12  millims.  in  breadth, 
with  a  projecting  edge  in  the  middle ;  they  have  numerous  longitu- 
dinal veins,  and  between  every  two  there  are  four  finer  ones. 
Found  seven  feet  above  the  ^'  Black  Band." 

4.  Ahdbohkda  BEncuiATA,  Ett,    PL  XYUI.  figs.  12, 13. 

Ettingahausen,  Tertiare  Flora  von  Haring,  p,  65;  ffeer,  FossQ 
Flora  of  Bovey  Tracey,  Phil.  Trans.,  pi.  17.  iga.  10, 11. 

From  a  bed  seven  feet  above  the  '^  Black  Band." 

These  are  coriaceous  leaves,  provided  with  a  petiole,  and  gradu- 
ally tapering  towards  the  base.  They  are  distmguished  by  their 
reticulated  venation  (fig.  12  b).  like  the  leaves  of  this  species  from 
Bovey,  the  secondary  veins  project  very  little  from  the  fine  reticula- 
tion which  covers  the  surface  of  the  leaf.  It  is  very  like  Andromeda 
protogcea,  Ung.,  but  has  a  shorter  petiole  and  a  finer  reticulation, 

2o2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


374  PB0CEEDI5G9  OP  THB  Ql&OLOQldAL  flOClBlT.  [June  4, 

and  is  more  tapered  at  the  base ;  bat  it  is  stOl  doubtful  if  these  dif- 
ferences suffice  to  separate  them.  The  leaves  figured  by  Ettingshau- 
sen  in  his  *  Flora  von  Hiiring/  pi.  22,  figs.  1-8,  under  the  name  of 
Andromeda  protogcea,  belong,  I  think,  to  A.  reticulata. 

6.  Nymfkmjl  Dobm,  Heer.    PL  XVIII.  figs.  8-11. 

Heer,  Fossil  Flora  of  Bovey  Tracey,  Phil.  Trans.,  pi.  19.  figs.  32-37. 

The  seeds  appear  in  great  numbers  in  the  upper  three  feet  of  the 
*'  third  division "  of  Forbes.  These  are  probably  the  seeds  which 
he  mentions  as  Carpoliihes  ovulum,  var. 

They  are  brilliantly  black,  short  oval,  at  both  ends  obtusely 
rounded,  2^-4  miUims.  long,  and  2-3|  millims.  broad,  agreeing  in 
form  and.  sculpture  with  those  of  NympTuxa.  In  many  of  the  speci- 
mens the  fine  stripes  are  to  be  seen  with  the  aid  of  a  lens,  whilst  in 
others  they  are  rubbed  out ;  they  agree  so  well,  however,  in  all  other 
points'  with  the  rest  that  they  cannot  be  separated. 

It  is  undoubtedly  the  same  species  as  that  of  Bovey ;  it  differs 
from  NympTuza  Charpentieri  (Heer,  Flor.  Tert.  BEelvet.  pi.  155, 
fig.  20  b,  c,  d)  and  N,  Arethusix,  Br.  (Carpoliihes  ovtUum,  Br.)  by 
the  somewhat  broader  and  shorter  seeds.  The  Nymphcea  doUolum*, 
Ludwig,  is  the  N,  Charpentieri,  Heer. 

6.  NELUMBnm  Bucmi,  Ett.    PI.  XVIII.  fig.  19. 

EtHng$hau6en,  Flora  des  Monte  Promina,  p.  36,  pi.  11.  fig.  1 ; 
pi.  12. 

Heer,  Flora  Tertiaria  Helvet.  p.  31,  pi.  107.  figs.  2-5. 

Bhizomes  and  portions  of  leaves  abundant,  seven  feet  above  the 
**  Black  Band ; "  one  rhizome  in  the  upper  three  feet  of  the  "  third 
division." 

Several  large  portions  of  leaves  have  been  found,  but  no  entire 
leaves.  They  show  us  that  the  leaf  was  peltate,  like  that  of  Nelum^ 
bium.  Fig.  19.  PI.  XVIII.  represents  a  portion  of  a  young  leaf  where 
the  petiole  was  attached ;  its  venation  is  very  indistinct ;  one  sees, 
however,  that  one  of  the  principal  veins  was  stronger  than  the  others, 
which  distinguishes  Nelumbium  Buchii  from  other  species.  Other 
portions  belong  to  large,  full-grown  leaves,  with  well-preserved 
veins,  but  do  not  show  either  the  edge  or  the  middle.  The  prin- 
cipal veins  are  forked,  the  forks  forming  acute  [angles ;  they  are 
forked  again  a  little  higher  (PL  XVIII.  fig.  19  b,  where  a  small  por- 
tion of  a  leaf  is  represented).  Delicate  veins  unite  the  principal 
ones ;  and  the  areas  they  indude  are  filled  up  with  a  fine  reticula- 
tion. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  rhizomes  represented  in  PI.  XVIII. 
figs.  19  c,  d,  e  belong  to  Nelumbium,  The  rhizomes  of  this  genus 
partly  form  knots,  which  are  provided  with  a  bunch  of  long  fibres. 
They  show,  therefore,  quite  another  structure  than  the  rhizomes  of 
Nymphcea.  These  rhizomes  occur  in  the  same  bed  with  the  loaves 
of  Nelumbium  Buchii,  and  therefore  confirm  the  explanation  given 

*  I  reoeired  ibo  eeeda  from  M.  Taache  of  Salzhauaen, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HB£B — ^BEHPSIEAD  FLAinS.  87$ 

of  them.  The  rhizomes  are  from  10  to  14  millims.  thick,  and  at  the 
knots  23  to  24  millims. ;  they  represent  brilliant  brown  or  brownish 
black  bands.  The  large,  thickened  knots  are  provided  with  long  and 
thin  fibres,  which  bear  finer  fibrils.  The  fibres  have  fallen  away  in 
places,  and  scars  appear,  which  are  numerous  and  densely  crowded. 
Fig.  19  d  represents  the  lower  end  of  the  rhizome ;  fig,  19  c,  a  knot 
in  the  middle  of  it.  These  beantiAilly  preserved  rhizomes  enable 
us  to  explain  some  enigmatical  portions  which  were  formerly  sent  to 
me  from  Kochette  and  Giinzburg.  In  my  *  Flora  Tertiaria '  I  have 
represented  in  pi.  xxi.  ^g,  13  a  some  fibres  ranged  in  a  circle,  which 
at  all  events  belong  to  Nelumhium,  Bhizomes  have  been  found  at 
Giinzburg,  which  are  as  large  as  those  of  Hempstead.  I  took  them 
formerly  for  Cyperites  dtthius,  A.  Br.  At  Kochette  and  Gunzburg 
there  appear  with  the  roots,  at  the  same  place,  the  leaves  of  Nelum- 
hium Buchii,  which  confirms  their  belonging  to  the  same  species. 

The  Typha-like  leaves  mentioned  by  Prof.  E.  Forbes  (op.  cit,  p.  44) 
are  probably  the  rhizomes  of  our  plant. 

7.  Cabpouihes  WfBSTEBi,  Brougniart. 

Cafpoliihes  ihalietraides,  yar.>  A.  Brongn.,  M^moires  da  Hus^umi 

vol.  viii.  pi.  14.  fig.  6. 
FollicuLiUB  KaUennordheimmsis,  Zenker  et  Auct. 
Folliculites  minutulus,  J.  D.  Hooker,  Quart.  Joum.  GeoL  Soc., 

1855,  vol.  xi.  p.  567, 

Abundant  at  two  feet  below  the  "White  Band."  It  wholly 
agrees  with  the  specimens  from  Bovey^Ealtennordheim^  theWetterau, 
Bochette,  and  elsewhere. 

8.  Caspouthes  GLOBT7LT7S,  sp.  uov.    PI.  XVIII.  figs.  14, 15, 16. 

Globose  fruits  (or  seeds  ?),  4  to  5  millim.  in  diameter,  smooth 
somewhat  depressed  at  both  ends. 

In  the  upper  three  feet  of  the  "  third  division  "  of  Forbes. 

They  have  a  rather  thick,  coal-black  rind,  which  easily  peels  o 
from  ike  pyritized  nucleus  {^g.  16  b;  magnified,  ^g,  16  c).     Thus 
we  have  golden-yellow  grains,  surrounded  by  a  black  rind.     This 
gold-coloured  nucleus  has  at  one  end  a  small  round  aperture,  or 
circular  place  (^g,  14) ;  the  other  end  has  an  impression  (fig.  15). 

It  is  perhaps  the  friiit  of  a  Palm. 

Var.  b.  Natural  size,  figs.  17,  18  ;  magnified,  figs.  176,  18  b. 

Besides  these  globose,  smooth  fruits,  there  are  at  Hempstead,  at 
the  same  place,  short  oval  fruits  (or  seeds  ?),  which  are  densely  and 
finely  dotted.  They  are  6  millims.  long,  and  5  millims.  broad.  They 
haye  also  a  golden-yellow  nucleus  of  pyrites,  and  a  rather  thick 
black  rind.    These  fruits  belong  perhaps  to  another  plant. 

9.  Chaba  Eschsbt,  A.  Brongn. 

Heery  Flora  Tert.  Helvet.  vol.  i.  p.  25,  pi.  iv.  fig.  5. 

From  the  upper  three  feet  of  the  "  third  division "  of  Prof.  E. 
Forbes. 

I  cannot  distinguish  those  from  the  species  which  I  described  and 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


876  PBOcsEDnraB  oir  thv  esoioGioAii  iociETT.         [June  4, 

figured  in  my  *  Flora  Tert.  Helvet.'  Thej  are  very  small,  oval  fruits, 
with  9  to  10  whorlB ;  these  are  partly  flat,  partly  cQnoave,  where  the 
spirals  project  more  sharply.  The  coronula  is  formed  by  five  yery 
small  warts  or  points.  This  differs  totally  from  Chara  fMcUeaginulaf 
Brongn.,  by  its  oyal  (not  globose)  fruits,  and  by  the  greater  nnmber 
of  whorls. 

CfharaEfAmi  is  abundant  in  our  Lower  and  Upper  Miooene, 
from  the  Aqnitanian  to  the  Oeningian  stages. 

10.  CsABA  TUBSBCULATA,  Lydl,  vsr.  (?). 

It  appears  to  be  different  from  the  real  Ch.  tuberadatd,  Lydl 
(Manual  of  Elementary  Geology,  p.  210,  fig.  189 ;  and  Baiter,  in 
fWbes's  Tert  Form.  Isle  of  Wight,  pi.  7.  figs.  11, 12).  The  pieces  I 
received  (there  were  but  a  few,  and  not  well  pres^red)  are  somewhat 
smaller,  and  have  but  eight  or  nine  whorls ;  and  they  have  alao 
larger  and  fewer  tubercles  than  the  fruits  of  Oh.  tuberevdata.  They 
may  form  another  species,  as  these  differ^ioes  are  also  to  be  seen  in 
Salter's  figures  of  Gh.  tubereulata,  var.,  from  Hempstead  (op.  dL 
pi.  7.  fig.  13).  Original  specimens  of  Oh,  tuhercuiUUa  from  Bern- 
bridge  are  wanting.  I  am  unable  to  decide  this  question  with  cer- 
tainty. We  must  have  well-preserved  fruits  from  the  Hempstead 
and  Bembridge  series. 

Prof.  Forbes  mentions  Ohara  hMcUrs^^  Brongn.,  and  OK  ftM^ea-- 
ginulay  Brongn. ;  but  Salter  (op.  cit.,  p.  169)  seems  to  doubt  the 
appearance  of  these  spedes  at  Hempstead,  and  says  that  no  specimen 
from  this  locality  has  been  found  in  the  collection.  In  pi.  7.  figB.3-^, 
he  only  repeated  the  figures  of  Brongniart ;  therefore  we  are  not  yet 
quite  sure  whether  these  two  species  appeared  at  Hempstead.  Ac- 
coidingly  we  are  obliged  to  omit  these  species  of  Ohara  in  the  com- 
parison of  tlus  locality. 

PosTBCEiw. — ^I  have  just  received  several  spedmens  of  the  Palm 
of  Hempstead  from  Mr.  Pengelly.  They  undoubtedly  belong  to  Sabal 
major.  Two  of  the  specimens  have  still  the  end  of  the  petiole  and 
the  base  of  the  leaf.  The  rachis  is  44  millims.  broad  at  the  base, 
very  long,  and  gradually  tapering  (as  the  specimen  figured  in  my 
'  Flora  Tertiaria/  vol.  i.  pi.  36.  fig.  2).  The  rays  are  attached  <m 
both  sides ;  they  wholly  agree,  in  the  insertion,  form,  and  venation, 
with  Sahdl  major,  and  indeed  with  the  large  form  which  linger  had 
called  FlabeUaria  maxima  (Ghloris  Ptotogsea,  pi.  12).  This  species 
whoUy  differs  from  FlaheUaria  Lamanonia,  Brongn.,  and  therefore 
belongs  to  a  Palm  which  extended  over  the  whole  of  Europe  in  the 
Lower  Miocene  Period. — 0.  H« 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATE  XVIIL 
BlurtratiTe  of  Plant-ivmaias  firom  the  Hempsteftd  Beds  of  ths  Isle  of  Wight 
Fig.  1.  Bemaim  of  Sequoia  Ckmttaim.    FragmentB  of  oona. 


2.  .—  — .    raigmentB  of  twigs  and  of  oone. 

3.  Sequoia  OnUtaia,    FragmentB  of  cone  and  twig. 
4. .    Twig. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


877 

jnified. 
lagnifiecL 

the  rhizome 

LmsBPooL. 

.terary  and 
>iis  of  ice 
Since  that 
)a,  and  that 
Kras  at  first 
lars  Bhonld 

IS  between 
e«Pebble- 
O^E.  The 
^  stiiations 
r  variation, 
some  more 
face  of  the 
[uare  yards 
a  concdder- 
leyel  of  the 

the  brick- 
yards west 
3  have  been 
base  of  the 
a  the  same 
le  elevation 

brick-fields, 
me  distance 
onmunicate. 
the  striated 
ighout  at  an 
I  same  as  in 
«  the  sea  is 

th  numerous 
.    The  most 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


876 

figured  in 
with  9to  r 
spirals  pre 
small  wad 
Brongn.,  t 
of  whorla* 
Uhara  1 
from  the  J 

10.  Chaju 

It  app4 
(Manual  « 
Forbes's  1 
reoeived  C 
smaller,  en 
larger  an^ 
may  fona 
Salter's  fl 
pi.  7.  fig. 
bridge  ar^ 
tainty.  1 
andBemlK 

Prof.I^ 
ginuUiy  'Bl 
appearano 
from  this  1 
he  only  ra 
quite  suro 
cordingly* 
paiison  of 

FOSTSCS 

of  H^npst 
major.  T 
the  base  o 
very  long« 
*  Flora  TeJ 
both  sides 
with  j^o^d 
oalled.F7a 
wholly  di 
belongs  to 
Lower  Mi* 


BlastratiT 
Fig.  1. 

a 

4. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  MOBTOir— iCB-0Edo7BS.  877 

Vig.  6, 6, 7*  Sequoia  Ongtttim,    Seeds. 

8,  9, 10,  If.  Nymphaa  Doris.    Seeds,  natural  size  and  magnified. 

12  a,  6, 13.  Andromeda  retunUata.    Leaves. 

14, 15, 16  a,  b,  c.  CarpoUthea  globtUua,    Natural  sixe  and  magnified. 

19  a.  Ndimbium  Buchii,    Young  leaf. 

19  h.  —  — ,    Portion  of  a  large  leaf. 

19  e.  -..-...— .^    Bhizome,  with  knot  and  fibres. 

19<^  i_^_.    Lower  end  of  a  rhiiome 

190. .    Transyeree  view  of  the  fibres  at  a  knot  in  the  rhizome 

20,  21  ch^,  CfypmUa  Forbesi, 


3.  On  Glaghal  SuBPAGE-MABxnfos  on  the  Saitdstoitb  near  Liyisbpool. 
By  G.  H.  MoBTOBT,  Esq.,  P.G.S*. 

TowABDS  the  end  of  1859, 1  gave  an  account  to  the  Literary  and 
FhiloBophical  Society  of  liveipool  of  certain  indications  of  ice 
passing  oyer  and  grooving  the  rocks  in  Toxteth  Park.  Since  that 
time  I  have  fonnd  the  same  appearances  in  two  other  places,  and  that 
a  far  greater  interest  is  attached  to  the  discovery  than  was  at  first 
anticipated ;  it  seems  therefore  desirable  that  the  particulars  should 
be  made  known  through  the  Geological  Society. 

Toxteih  Park, — ^The  first  locality  which  was  noticed  is  between 
Park  Hill  Boad  and  the  Dingle.  It  is  near  a  quany  in  the  '*  Pebble- 
beds  "  of  the  "  Bunter  *'  formation,  where  the  strata  dip  10°  E.  The 
surface  of  the  rock  inclines  5^  N.E.  The  direction  of  the  striations 
is  N.W.  by  N.,  or  more  correctiy  N.  42°  W.,  allowing  for  variation. 
After  the  discovery,  I  employed  a  labourer  to  clear  away  some  more 
of  the  "  Boulder-day  "  whidi  originally  covered  the  surface  of  the 
rock  to  the  depth  of  about  9  feet,  until  at  least  20  square  yards 
were  visible ;  and  no  doubt  the  appearances  extend  over  a  consider- 
able extent.  The  elevation  is  about  120  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea. 

Boundary  Lane,  Kirhdale, — ^The  second  locality  is  in  the  brick- 
fields, about  60  ysirds  north  of  Boundary  Street,  and  150  yards  west 
of  Gore  Street,  where  10  square  yards  of  striated  surface  have  been 
exposed  for  several  years.  The  sandstone  belongs  to  the  base  of  the 
'^Keuper"  formation;  the  surface  inclines  about  5%  in  the  same 
direction  as  the  grooves  and  furrows,  N.  15°  W.  The  elevation 
above  the  sea  is  about  80  feet. 

New  Boady  KirJedale. — ^The  third  locality  is  also  in  the  brick-fields, 
about  600  yards  S.W.  of  Eirkdale  Gaol,  and  about  the  same  distance 
from  that  last  referred  to,  with  which  it  may  possibly  communicate. 
The  sandstone  belongs  to  the  base  of  the  *'  Eeuper ;"  and  the  striated 
surface  exposed  is  fiilly  500  square  yards,  inclining  throughout  at  an 
angle  of  7j|°,  in  the  direction  of  the  striae,  which  is  the  same  as  in 
the  contiguous  example,  N.  15°  W.  The  elevation  above  the  sea  is 
80  feet,  or  perhaps  a  little  less. 

At  each  of  these  places  the  sandstone  is  smooth,  but  with  numerous 
longitudinal  grooves  and  furrows  of  varying  distinctness.    The  most 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


378 


FB0CiXDIK68  OF  THX  OE0L06ICAL  60CIETT.  [June  18/ 


prominent  are  about  an  inch  wide^  and  extend  eeyeral  3^rd8  in  a 
perfectly  Btraight  line.  In  appearance  they  seem  to  have  been  caused 
by  the  passage  of  some  heavy  body  across  the  rock;  and  as  ice 
seems  the  only  agent  possible  to  produce  the  result,  tbe  grounding 
of  icebeigs  in  the  **  Glacial  Sea  "  is  probably  the  cause. 

Polished  striated  boulders  and  small  stones  are  common  in  the 
overlying  ^<  Soulder-day/'  and  shells  very  rare* 

Note. — Since  making  the  above  communication,  I  have  found  very 
distinct  ice-grooves  at  Oxton,  Cheshire,  half  a  mile  S.E.  from  Flay- 
brick  Hill.  The  direction  of  the  strmtions  is  N.  30°  W.,  and  the 
elevation  is  about  120  feet  above  high- water  level. — ^October  8, 1862, 
aH.M. 


JuHE  18, 1862. 

John  Gumming,  Esq.,  7  Montagu  Place,  Bussell  Square,  and 
William  Topley,  Esq.,  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Great  Britain^ 
Colchester  Villas,  Lewisham  Bead,  were  elected  Fellows. 

• 

The  following  communications  were  read: — 

1,  On  the  Mode  op  Fokicatiok  of  tome  of  the  Rffer- valleys  in  the 
South  of  Ikelaitd.    By  J.  Beete  JiTKEs^Esq.,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S,, 
Local  Director  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Ireland,  &c. 
[Flatks  XIX.  &  XX.] 
Cow 

Introduction. 

Fart  I.  PhYsioal  Structure  of  the  South 

of  IreLmd.    Former  Extension  of 

the  Upper  Paleozoic  Bocks. 
Fart  II.  The  Existinff  River-TaUejB  of 

the  South  of  Irebnd. 

1.  The  Riyer  Shannon. 

2.  TheKlTerBBarrow»Nore,andSuir. 

3.  ThoBlverBhickwater. 

4.  The  Birer  Lee. 

5.  The  BiTer  Bandon. 
Part  III.  Formation  of  the  Transverae 

Bavines. 
A.  The  BaTines  not  caused  by  Dis- 
turbance. 


B.  Belations  between  the  Actions  of 
Denudation  and  Disturbanoe  in 
the  Production  of  the  Form  of  the 
Surface  of  the  Ground. 

C.  Proposed  Explanation  of  the 
Formation  of  the  TraDSTerse  Val- 
leys. 

a,  Biver  Bandon. 

b,  Birer  Lee. 

c,  Birer  Blackwater. 

D.  Application  of  this  Explanation 
to  (he  Bavines  of  the  Shannon  and 
of  the  Bam>w,  Nore,  and  Suir. 

Postacript.   .   . 


Introduction, — ^The  determination  of  the  method  by  which  the  sur- 
face of  the  land  has  been  carved  out  of  the  subjacent  rock  into  its 
present  form  is  a  geological  problem  which  has  not  yet  been  solved, 
except  in  a  very  general  way.  The  most  important  contribution 
towards  this  solutioa  is  the  paper  by  our  President,  Professor  Ram- 
say, *'  On  the  Denudation  of  South  Wales  and  the  adjacent  Counties 
of  England,"  in  the  first  volume  of  the  *  Memoirs  of  the  Geological 
Survey,'  in  which  the  amount  of  denudation  is  proved  by  means  of 
the  accurate  sectionfi  constructed  by  the  Survey* 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JTOS — ^BIVBE-TAIXET8.  379 

When  Sir  Boderidc  MurchiBon  became  the  Director-General  of 
the  Survey,  and  ordered  that  descriptions^  or  **  Exphmations/'  to 
accompany  each  sheet  of  the  map,  should  bo  prepax^od,  he  pointed 
to  the  form  of  ground  as  one  of  the  things  to  be  described*  I  had 
often  preyionsly  thought  of  examining  this  question,  and  was  there- 
fore not  sorry  to  find  it  brought  directly  before  me  in  the  course  of 
my  official  duties  as  the  Local  Director  of  the  Irish  branch  of  the 
Survey,  one  of  which  duties  is,  of  course,  the  editing  of  these  '^  Ex- 
planations." The  following  notes  on  the  formation  of  some  of  the 
river- valleys  of  the  southern  part  of  Ireland  contain  some  condu* 
sions  at  which  I  have  arrived  in  the  course  of  the  last  few  years, 
while  engaged  in  that  duty;  and  they  are  here  offered  as  a  contribution 
towards  the  solution  of  this  problem. 


Part  I. — ^Physical  SiBrcruRB  op  the  South  op  Ibslaio)* 

Ireland  may  be  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  parts  by  a  line 
drawn  from  Dublin  Bay  to  Galway  Bay.  This  line  would  traverse  a 
broad  belt  of  low,  very  nearly  level  ground,  the  immediately  subja- 
cent ro«k  of  which  is  almost  entirely  Carboniferous  Limestone.  It 
would  run  from  the  basin  of  the  liffey  into  that  of  the  Barrow,  and 
then  crossing  that  of  the  Shannon  between  Lough  Bee,  the  surflace 
of  which  is  about  125  feet  above  the  sea,  and  Lough  Derg,  which  is 
about  17  feet  lower,  would  pass  into  that  of  Oalway  Bay,  which,  ex- 
cepting the  Corrib,  receives  only  a  few  marginal  streams. 

The  watershed  between  the  basin  of  the  Liffey  and  that  of  the 
Barrow  cannot  be  higher  in  some  parts  than  279  feet  above  the  sea, 
which  is  the  height  of  the  summit-level  of  the  Grand  Canal  near 
Robertstown,  about  six  miles  west  of  Salins.  One  of  the  trigonome- 
trical points  on  the  watershed,  south  of  Bobertstown,  is  only  290  feet 
above  the  sea. 

The  watershed  between  the  basin  of  the  Barrow  and  that  of  the 
Shannon  passes  over  ground,  near  Phillipstown,  which  is  in  some 
places  not  higher  than  261  feet,  the  level  of  the  Grand  Canal  there, 
one  of  the  trigonometrical  points  on  the  watershed  being  only  295 
feet. 

The  great  Bog  of  Allen,  which  is  an  ill-defined  assemblage  of 
large  bogs,  separated  from  each  other  chiefly  by  gravel-mounds  and 
esker-ridges,  lies  on  the  flat  country  about  the  watershed  between 
the  basins  of  the  Barrow  and  the  Sioyne  and  the  adjacent  parts  of 
those  of  the  Liffey  and  the  Shannon ;  so  that  there  is  a  broad  belt  of 
land  here,  in  the  centre  of  Ireland,  no  part  of  which,  except  perhaps 
an  occasional  gravel-mound,  exceeds  300  feet  above  the  sea. 

The  summit-level  of  the  Boyal  Canal,  which  runs  frx)m  Dublin  to 
the  Shannon  above  Lough  Bee,  derives  its  water  from  Lough  Owel, 
the  height  of  which  is  327  feet  above  the  sea. 

On  the  west  of  the  Shannon  basin,  the  watershed  between  it  and 
Galway  Bay  is  certainly  not  higher  in  some  places  than  300  feet 
above  the  sea ;  for  this  is  the  maximum  height  of  the  Great  Midkmd 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


380  FsocxxDnrM  of  tbb  SBOKoaiQiL  aogibit.       [June  18, 

and  Western  Bailway  about  Woodlawn^  which  is  the  highest  gioond 
it  crosses*. 

This  great  limestone  plain,  which  stretches,  thos  unbroken,  across 
the  centre  of  Ireland,  is  interrupted  towards  ^e  south  by  five  chains 
of  hills,  which  run  along  bearings  more  or  less  nearly  N.E.  and  S.W. 
When,  however,  we  get  as  far  south  as  Waterford,  Tipperary,  and 
Limerick,  we  meet  with  other  ranges  of  hills,  which  run  more  nearly 
due  E.  and  W. 

Of  the  first  five  ranges  of  hills,  two  are  made  of  Coal-measures, 
resting  conformably  on  the  Carboniferous  Limestone,  and  forming 
irregular  table-lands,  of  which  the  summits  rise  to  heights  of  about  a 
thousand  feet  aboye  the  sea,  and  are  generally  near  the  edges  of  the 
escarpments  which  look  down  in  every  direction  on  to  the  low  lime- 
stone ground  around  them. 

The  other  three  ranges  of  hills  are  made  of  Lower  (or  Cambro-) 
Silurian  roeks  (with  or  without  Old  Bed  Bandstone),  rising  up  from 
beneath  the  limestone,  and  attaining  often  to  much  greater  elevations 
than  the  Coal-measures  which  rest  upon  it.  The  Old  Bed  Sandstone, 
where  it  appears,  always  rests  quite  unconformably  on  the  denuded 
edges  of  the  Lower  Silurian  rocks,  and  passes  up  oonformably  into 
the  base  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone,  through  a  narrow  band  of 
black  shales. 

Of  these  three  ranges  of  hills,  the  most  eastern  is  the  Wicklow  and 
Wexford  t  range,  made  of  Lower  (or  Cambro-)  Silurian  slates  and 
traps,  with  a  great  mass  of  intrusive  granite,  and  only  coated  by  Old 
Bed  Sandstone  towards  its  southern  termination.  Its  loftiest  point 
is  Lugnaquilla  (3039  feet),  in  county  Wicklow, 

The  next  of  the  three  ranges  consists  of  the  hills  called  Slieve 
Bloom  (1733  feet),  the  Devil's  Bit  (1683  feet),  and  the  Keeper  (2278 
feet),  and  their  connecting  ridges.  They  are  all  composed  of  Lower 
Silurian  rocks,  with  an  unconformable  envelope  of  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stone round  their  base,  patches  of  the  same  rock  being  sometimea 
left  on  the  summits  of  the  hills. 

The  third  range  may  be  said  to  be  formed  of  the  Slieve  Aughta 
(1243  feet),  the  SUeve  Bemagh  (1746  feet),  and  the  Slieve  Arra 
(1617  feet),  which  are  of  predsely  similar  constitution  with  the  hills 
of  the  second  range.  Slieve  Arra,  indeed,  is  only  separated  from  the 
Keeper  group  by  a  narrow  limestone  valley,  not  so  wide,  in  f aot»  as 
the  one  which  intervenes  between  Slieve  Bemagh  and  Slieve  Aughta. 

Of  the  two  groups  of  high  lands  which  are  composed  of  Coal-mea- 
sures, the  one  lies  between  the  Wicklow  and  Wexford  hills  on  the 
east  and  those  of  the  SHeve  Bloom  and  Devil's  Bit  on  the  west,  being 
separated  from  them,  and  entirely  surrounded,  by  a  tract  of  low 
limestone  ground,  which  spreads  round  them  from  tile  great  plain  on 
the  north.  The  other  Coal-measure  high  land  is  that  which  stretches 

*  I  am  indebted  to  Sir  R  Ghiffith,  Bart,  for  a  confirmation  of  ^  oonmstneai 
of  tfaepoaltion  and  altikidea  of  these  and  some  of  the  following  watenheda. 

t  There  ia,  in  fsud,  no  commonly  reoeiyed  name  for  the  whole  of  this  range^-— 
a  peculiarity  which  often  makes  it  difficult  to  speak  succinctly  of  the  mountain- 
ranges  in  Ireland. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  nncBS — ^bitbb-tailbts.  881 

from  the  ootmty  Cork,  throtigli  Kerry  and  Idmerick,  into  Clare.  It 
is  cut  in  two  by  the  broad  estuary  of  the  Lower  Shannon.  Towards 
the  northern  part  of  Clare,  a  thin  coating  only  of  Coal-measures  is 
is  left  on  the  high  land,  which  is  there  formed  of  the  Carboniferous 
Limestone, — ^hills  of  limestone,  more  than  1000  feet  in  height,  form- 
ing the  Barony  of  Burren,  and  looking  down  upon  Galway  Bay. 

These  limestone  and  Coal-measure  hills  are  separated  from  the 
Blieve  Aughta  and  Slieve  Bemagh  by  a  low  limestone  tract,  spreading 
frt)m  Galway,  past  Gort  and  Enms,  to  the  Lower  Shannon,  the  water- 
shed of  which  is  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Gort,  and  is  in  some  places 
not  higher  than  150  feet  above  the  sea.  It  is  a  branch  of  this  low 
limestone  country  which  runs  out  to  Lough  Derg  by  Scarifif,  between 
the  Slieye  Aughta  and  Slieye  Bemagh  hHls. 

The  part  of  the  limestone  plain  lying  on  the  east  side  of  Lough 
Derg  forms  a  similar  country,  and  sends  a  branch  down  the  Kilma- 
stullagh  valley,  between  the  Slieve  Aira  and  the  Keeper  group,  to  the 
Shannon  at  O'Brien's  Bridge,  and  another  smaller  one  through  the 
Gap  of  Roscrea,  between  the  Devil's  Bit  range  and  the  Slieve  Bloom. 

This  latter  branch,  whidh  thus  connects  the  limestone  plains  on 
each  side  of  the  central  ridge  of  Slieve  Bloom,  is  traversed  by  the 
main  watershed  of  Ireland  at  a  level  not  higher  in  some  places  than 
360  feet  above  the  sea.  This  part  of  the  main  watersh^  runs  be- 
tween the  basin  of  the  Shannon  and  that  of  the  Nore. 

To  the  south  of  the  hills  just  described  the  limestone  country  again 
expands  into  a  plain,  in  parts  of  Limerick  and  Tipperary,  between  the 
extension  of  the  two  Coal-measure  high  lands,  embracing,  however, 
several  minor  east  and  west  ranges  of  lower  rocks.  The  watershed 
on  this  plain,  between  the  basin  of  the  Shannon  and  that  of  the  Suir 
Biver,  is  not  higher  in  some  parts,  near  the  Limerick  Junction  Bail- 
way-station,  than  330  feet  above  the  sea. 

The  most  important  of  the  east  and  west  iianges  that  rise  here- 
abouts is  that  of  the  Galty  Mountains  (3015  fset)  and  their  sub- 
ordinate groups.  These  are  surrounded  by  branches  of  the  limestone 
plain,  which  meet  about  Castletown  Eoche,  and  conduct  us  into  the 
valley  of  the  Blackwater.  The  watershed  between  the  basins  of  the 
Suir  and  Blackwater,  in  the  western  branch,  is  about  Castle  Harrison, 
near  Charleville,  at  a  height  of  about  374  feet ;  that  in  the  eastern 
branch  is  about  the  Caves  of  Mitchellstown,  and  is  about  400  feet 
above  the  sea. 

The  valley  of  the  Blackwater  Biver  again  enables  us  to  cross 
Ireland  wholly  on  the  Carboniferous  Limestone,  in  a  nearly  straight 
line  from  sea  to  sea,  starting  from  Dungarvan  Harbour,  and  ascendmg 
the  Blackwater,  past  Cappoquin,  lismore,  Fermoy,  Mallow,  and  Mill- 
street,  and  then  descending  into  the  basin  of  the  Flesk,  and  continuing 
out  by  Killamey  and  Killorglin  into  Castlemaine  Harbour  in  Dingle 
Bay.  Between  MiUstreet  and  Killamey,  however,  the  limestone  is 
entirely  concealed  for  some  miles  by  great  accumulations  of  drift,  pro- 
bably not  less  than  200  feet  in  thickness ;  and  the  watershed  between 
the  Blackwater  and  the  Flesk  basins  rises  in  consequence  to  a  height 
of  550  feet  «t  the  lowest  point.    This  is  the  greatest  height  for  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


?BOCEEDINGa  07  THB  6E0L0GIGA£  SOCIETT«  [JoHO  18| 

lowest  point  of  a  watershed  *  anywhere^  oyer  any  limeBtone  groimd, 
in  the  south  of  Ireland. 

Thns  far  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  is  continuous  from  the 
great  plain  between  Dublin  and  Galway,  spreading  round  the  hills  of 
Lower  Silurian  and  Old  Bed  Sandstone  rocks,  and  beneath  the  hills 
of  Coal-measures. 

On  the  south  side,  however,  of  this  limestone  yalley,  which 
stretches  from  Dingle  Bay  to  Dungarvan,  the  limestone  is  entirely 
cut  off,  and  we  meet  with  one  continuous  range  of  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stone running  from  the  headlands  of  Kerry,  [near  Yalentia,  out  to 
Helyidc  Head,  on  the  south  side  of  Dungarvan  Bay. 

All  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  to  be  found  south  of  this  long 
ridge  consists  of  detached  outliers,  forming  yalleys  and  low  grounds 
in  the  long  synclinal  hollows  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone.  These,  with 
their  interyening  anticlinal  ridges,  run  along  lines  bearing  at  first 
due  £.  and  W.,  but  gradually  curying  round  as  we  go  westwards,  so 
as  to  run  E.NJB.  and  W.S.W.  The  intervening  ridges  of  Old  Bed 
Sandstone  are  of  moderate  height  in  Waterf ord  and  the  eastern  part 
of  Cork, ranging frx)m  400  to  about  800  feet  above  the  sea;  while  no 
parts  of  the  limestone  valleys  rise  to  more  than  200  feet,  and  their 
general  level  is  less  than  100  feet  above  the  sea.  As  we  proceed 
westward,  however,  towards  Kerry,  the  ridges  rise  higher,  and  the 
limestone  valleys  become  narrower  and  shallower,  until  the  Old  Bed 
Sandstone  alone,  but  bent  into  similar  curves,  forms  the  well-known 
mountainous  district  west  and  south  of  Killamey,  between  Dingle 
and  Bantry  Bays. 

All  the  hills,  indeed,  to  the  south-west  of  a  line  drawn  from  Wex- 
ford Harbour,  past  Cashel  to  Limerick,  run  from  east  to  west ;  and 
most  of  them  rise  gently  from  the  east,  with  their  culminating  points 
towards  the  west.  Not  only  does  the  present  surface  of  the  ground 
rise  higher  towards  th^west,  but  the  beds  themselves  that  form  these 
ridges,  while  they  almost  always  dip  at  high  angles  either  to  the  north 
or  south,  nevertheless  rise  imperceptibly  towards  the  west,  so  that 
each  bed  gradually  crops  out  towards  the  west,  in  the  bottom  of  the 
synclinal  or  on  the  crest  of  the  anticlinal  folds,  those  folds  being  still 
apparent  westwards,  but  in  successively  lower  beds.  We  may  ex- 
press this  structure  by  saying  that  the  axes  of  the  curves  are  gently 
inclined,  so  as  to  sink  towards  the  east,  or  rise  towards  the  west 

All  the  large  open  valle]^  of  this  south-western  comer  of  Ireland, 
too,  run  £.  and  W.  along  the  strike  of  the  rocks,  having  been  ex- 
cavated along  the  uppermost  beds  as  they  dip  into  the  sync^al  folds. 
The  lateral,  or  nordi  and  south,  valleys  are  narrow  and  precipitous, 
and  either  shallow  and  at  high  levels,  or  else  deserve  the  name  of 
glens  or  ravines,  rather  than  that  of  valleys. 

As  far  south  as  the  latitude  of  Cork,  the  Carboniferous  Limestone 
is  separated  from  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  only  by  the  beds  of  black 

*  Borne  definite  term  is  wanted  to  eipress  the  lowest  point  of  a  watershed  be- 
tween two  acyaocnt  basins  of  drainage,  or  that  point  which  would  first  connect 
than  if  one  or  both  had  their  present  mouths  completely  blocked  up.  Perhaps 
the  phrase^  '*  lowest  connecting  gap,"  might  be  osea  to  express  this. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  TCrSB — ItZYSB-TAIXBTS.  383 

shale  before  mentioned.  These  may  be  called  the  Lower  limestone 
Shale ;  and  they  rarely  exceed  200  feet  in  thickness.  South  of  that 
latitude,  howeyery  beds  of  black  argillaceous  matter  and  of  grey 
quartzose  grit  come  in  beneath  the  Lower  Limestone  Shale,  forming 
the  Carboniferous  Slate  of  Sir  B.  Griffith,  with  the  Coomh<da  Grits  of 
the  Survey,  making  a  group  which  rapidly  thickens  towards  the 
south,  until  it  is  6000  or  6000  feet  thick.  This  group  there  takes 
the  place  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  in  the  synclinals,  the  yal- 
leys  generally  running  along  its  softer  upper  parts,  while  tiie  lower, 
or  Coomhola  Grit,  portion  of  it  forms  the  ridges,  either  alone  or  in 
conjunction  with  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone.    (See  Map,  PL  XIX.) 

A  few  instances  occur,  in  the  Carboniferous  Slate  country,  of  the 
highest^^und  rising  over  a  synclinal  curve.  Shehy  Mountiun  (1797 
feet),  north  of  Dunmanway,  is  the  most  conspicuous  of  these ;  but  a 
few  other  minor  cases  occur* 

Ftnnner  Mtensitm  of  the  Upper  Palcsazaie  Bocks, — ^It  has  been  stated 
that,  in  the^district  north  of  the  Blackwater  valley,  the  Carboniferoua 
Limestone  forms  one  continuous  sheet,  with  the  exception  of  those 
parts  where  the  Lower  Palaeozoic  rocks  or  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone 
appear  through  it.  As  the  beds  of  the  limestone  always  rise  on  all 
sides  towards  these  protruded  mounds,  and  are  cut  off  successively 
as  they  approach  them,  no  one  can,  I  think,  fail  to  recognize  in  these 
local  protrusions  the  character  of  accidental. holes  of  erosion  in  the 
once  continuous  sheet,  and  that  the  limestone  beds  formerly  stretched 
horizontally  across  the  areas  where  these  holes  occnr.  In  other 
words,  the  limestone  once  spread  continuously  in  horizontal  beds  over 
the  spaces  where  we  now  find  the  hills  of  Slieve  Bloom  and  the  rest. 

When,  moreover,  we  come  to  examine  the  isolated  Coal-measure 
districts  which  rest  on  the  limestone,  and  find  them  all  made  of  pre-* 
dsely  similar  beds,  with  similar  fossib,  and  find  also  that  wherever 
the  uppermost  bed  of  the  limestone  dips  beneath  the  present  surface 
of  the  ground,  or  wherever  a  hill  rises  to  sufficient  elevation  above  the 
Hmestone  plain  to  take  in  the  top  bed  of  the  limestone  beneath 
its  surface,  the  lowest  beds  of  the  Coal-measures  always  come  in 
over  that  bed,  with  these  invariable  characters,  we  are  similarly  led 
to  the  conviction  that  the  Coal-measures  were  formerly  continuous 
over  the  whole  of  the  limestone. 

Similar  reasoning  holds  good  for  the  former  persistence  of  the 
limestone  over  the  Strict  south  of  the  Blackwater  Valley,  inasmuch 
as  we  always  find  the  limestone  coming  in  wherever  the  uppermost 
bed  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  dips  beneath  the  present  surfiEice,  so 
as  to  allow  of  the  whole  of  the  black  shales  to  sink  beneath  it  also 
and  the  lowest  bed  of  the  limestone  to  appear  in  its  natural  po- 
sition. 

Where  the  Carboniferous  Slate  comes  in  with  so  great  a  thickness 
as  it  does  in  the  south-west  of  Ireland,  it  of  course  precludes  the 
appearance  of  the  limestone,  which  could  only  come  into  the  ground  in 
one  of  two  cases — either  if  that  ground  had  been  much  loftier  than 
it  is,  the  folds  of  the  rocks  remaining  the  same,  or  if,  the  outline  of 
the  ground  remaining  the  same,  the  dip  of  the  beds  had  been  more 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


884  PBOcEBDDrea  of  xhb  eBoioaicAi;  sogiett.        [June  18, 

steadily  perabtent  in  one  direction^  bo  as  to  bring  the  limestone 
down  beneath  its  surface.  There  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  the 
limestone  or  Coal-measures  would  not  haTe  appeared  if  either  of 
those  two  droumstanoes  had  occurred, 

I  haTOj  indeed,  as  the  result  of  ten  years'  examination  and 
reflection,  arrived  at  the  fall  belief  that,  wheroTer  in  the  South'of 
Ireland  we  now  find  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  the  Carboniferous  limestcoLe 
and  Coal-measures  once  existed  over  it^-and  not  only  so,  but  that 
the  upper  rocks  once  spread  fax  beyond  the  limits  of  the  lower.  I 
am,  in  fact,  unable  to  escape  the  conyiction  that  at  the  dose  of  the 
Carboniferous  Period  one  great  plain  of  Coal-measures  extended  hori-* 
KontaUy  oyer  all  Ireland,  with  the  exception  perhaps  of  the  loftier 
peaks  of  Connemara,  Donegal,  Down,  and  Wicklow,  even  if  any  parti 
of  those  mountains  remained  unooyeored  by  the  highest  Coal-measure 
beds. 

It  is  also  quite  dear  that,  from  the  base  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone 
to  tiie  highest  bed  of  the  Coal-measures,  all  the  Upper  Pakeoxoie 
rocks  were  originally  horizontal,  and  that  at  the  end  of  the  Coal^ 
measure  Period  they  were  all  under  water. 

It  can  be  shown  that  all  this  yast  series  of  beds  was  deposited  on 
the  slowly  subsiding  and  rather  irregular  surface  of  a  preyioualy 
existing  land,  made  of  the  Lower  Palaoozoic  rocks,  and  that  the  de- 
pression commenced  first  on  the  south  or  south-west,  and  continued 
there  for  a  long  time,  during  the  deposition  of  the  great  mass  of  the 
Old  Bed  Sandstone,  before  it  began  to  affect  the  centre  of  Irekud, 
where  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  is  comparatiydy  thin  or  does  not  exist 
at  all.  It  then  went  on  again  during  the  deposition  of  the  Coomhola 
Grits  and  the  chief  part  of  the  Carboniferous  Slate,  without  much 
affecting  any  part  noith  of  the  latitude  of  Cork.  It  was  not  until  after 
the  deposition  of  the  Carboniferous  Slate  that  the  depression  became 
more  general,  so  as  to  allow  of  the  regular  deposition  of  the  Lower 
Limestone  Shale  and  Carboniferous  Limestone, 

The  partial  nature  of  the  earlier  deposits,  of  course,  necessitates  a 
want  of  strict  parallelism  between  their  beds  and  those  which  spread 
oyer  and  beyond  them.  The  departure  from  strict  parallelism,  how- 
eyer,  would  be  too  slight  to  be  perceptible.  In  the  wedge-shaped 
mass  of  the  Carboniferous  Slate,  for  instance,  the  angle  induded 
between  the  planes  of  the  uppermost  and  lowermost  beds  would  be  less 
than  5^,  since  the  distance  between  two  planes  inclined  to  each  other 
at  5"^  will  in  the  course  of  18  miles  exceed  8000  feet.  (See  Expla* 
nation  to  sheet  194,  &o.,  of  the  Haps  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Ireland.) 

Part  n. — ^Thb  ExisiiKa  Rryttt-rALiAYS  oif  in»  Sotrtfi  op  InsLAim. 

Haying  thus  giyen  a  sketch  of  the  form  and  structure  of  the 
country  at  the  present  day,  and  stated  generally  what  they  must 
haye  been  towards  the  close  of  the  Carboniferous  Period,  I  now 
proceed  to  examine  the  rdation  between  some  of  the  chief  riyer- 
yaUeys  and  the  Qubjaoent  rocks» 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JT7XBS— BIYEB-yAII.VT8,  885 

1.  Thi  EivtT  Shannon, — ^The  Shannon,  soon  after  iBsoing  firom  ^e 
northern  hills  on  to  the  limestone  plain,  forma  the  expansion  called 
Lough  Bee,  &om  which  it  slowly  winds  over  another  part  of  the  same 
plain,  through  great  bogs,  until  it  forms  the  similar  expansion  called 
Lough  Derg.  Erom  the  south  end  of  Lough  Derg  it  runs  with  a 
rather  more  rapid  current  past  Eillaloe,  between  the  Slieye  Ana  and 
SlioTe  Bemagh  hills,  through  a  valley  excavated  out  of  the  Lower 
Silurian  and  Old  Bed  Sandstone  rooks.  Supposing  a  dam  of  150  or 
200  feet  in  height  to  be  thrown  across  the  narrowest  part  of  the 
valley  at  EiUaloe,  the  Shannon,  instead  of  overtopping  this  dam,  and 
thus  seddng  to  pour  down  past  EiUaloe,  would  inevitably  find  a 
passage  for  its  waters  round  the  outside  of  the  hills  over  the  low 
Hmestone  ground,  either  by  ScarifF  to  the  Fergus,  or  by  Nenagh 
and  the  KUmastullagh  vaUey  to  O'Brien's  Bridge, 

The  Shannon,  therefore,  has  certainly  not  excavated  the  valley  at 
Killaloe  since  the  limestone*ground  attained  to  its  present  low  level. 
Moreover,  if  these  three  modes  of  escape  were  all  blocked  up,  tha 
Shannon,  after  forming  a  great  lake  in  the  centre  of  Ireland,  including 
Lough  Dei^,  Lough  Bee,  and  the  adjacent  countiy,  together  with  a 
large  part  of  the  great  bog  of  Allen,  would  find  an  exit  for  its  waters 
down  the  valley  of  the  Barrow,  the  Boyne,  or  the  Liffey,  or  even  into 
Oalway  Bay,  rather  than  down  its  present  course.  It  is,  therefore, 
exceedingly  difficult  to  understand  how  the  ravine  at  EiUaloe  could 
have  be^  excavated  either  by  the  Shannon,  or  by  any  other  walier, 
supposing  it  not  to  exist  and  the  rest  of  the  ground  to  have  an  out- 
line at  aU  approximating  to  its  present  form  and  low  level. 

2.  The  Bivers  Barrow,  Nore^  and  Suir, — ^The  Barrow  issues  from  a 
glen  on  the  northern  flank  of  the  Slieve  Bloom  Hills  on  to  the  lime-* 
stone  plain,  where  it  is  separated  from  some  of  the  tributaries  of  the 
Shannon  by  elevations  just  sufficient  to  turn  it  to  the  eastward. 
Then,  after  winding  round  the  northern  termination  of  the  Coal^ 
measure  hills  of  Carlow,  it  flows  down,  between  them  and  the  Silu* 
rian  and  Granitic  hills  of  Wicklow,  over  low  limestone  ground  as  far 
as  Gores  Bridge.  Here,  however,  it  leaves  the  limestone  plain,  and 
traverses  the  Lower  Silurian  and  Granite  hilLs  in  a  deep  and  some- 
times a  wide  valley  until  it  flows  into  Waterford  Harbour.  Near  a 
little  place  caUed  St.  MuUins,  its  waters  become  afiected  by  the  tide, 
whilst  Granite  hills,  exceeding  1600  feet  in  height,  rise  on  each  side 
of  it;  and  both  above  and  below  this,  it  cuts  across  the  Granite  and 
the  aqueous  and  other  rocks  indifferently,  without  any  regard  eil^er 
to  their  **  he  '^  or  their  composition. 

The  Nore  and  the  Suir  both  flow  from  the  Devil's  Bit  range ; 
the  Suir  from  Borrisnoe  Mountain,  and  the  Nore  from  the  ground  two 
miles  north  of  it.  They  diverge,  however,  on  entering  the  limestone 
plain, — ^the  Suir  flowing  to  tibe  south  by  Oahir,  and  then,  after  a 
detour,  past  Clonmel  to  Waterford ;  while  the  Nore,  after  curving  to 
the  nor&,  traverses  the  limestone  plain  to  near  Abbeyleix,  and  ^en 
cuts  by  a  deep  vaUey  through  the  Coal-measure  hills  near  Ballyragget 
and  Freshford,  from  which  it  issues  out  on  to  the  low  limestone 
ground  of  Kilkenny.    Passing  over  this,  it  makes  for  the  high 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


dd6  rEOCBEBnros  of  ms  osologioal  sociBrr.         Jane  18^ 

SOurian  ground  beyond  Thomastown,  cuts  directly  across  the  strike 
of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  which  rises  from  beneath  the  limestone  at 
that  place,  and  then  winds,  in  a  deep  and  picturesque  rayine  with 
steep  ban^,  between  hills  of  slate  and  granite  from  600  to  800  feet 
high.  It  receives  the  influence  of  the  tide  at  Inistiogue,  in  the  heart 
of  these  hills,  and,  passing  through  them,  falls  into  the  Barrow  abore 
New  Ross,  and  flows  with  it  into  Waterford  Harbour.  The  Suir  *,  on 
the  other  hand,  flows  constantly  over  low  limestone  ground  to  the 
foot  of  the  Knockmealdon  Mountains,  which  deflect  it  into  the  lime* 
stone  yalley  of  Clonmel ;  so  that  it  only  cuts  across  the  rising  beds  of 
the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  into  the  contorted  Silurian  rocks  dose  to  the 
town  of  Waterford  itself,  where  those  rocks  seem  to  haye  formed 
originally  lower  ground  than  in  other  parts  of  their  range.  It  has, 
howeyer,  immediately  after  leaving  the  limestone,  steep  banks  of  250 
feet  on  each  side  of  it. 

In  the  case  of  each  of  these  rivers,  if  the  gorges  by  which  they 
enter  the  Lower  FalsBozoic  country  were  now  to  be  blocked  up  to  the 
level  of  the  adjacent  hills,  or  even  to  a  height  of  only  800  or  350 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  rivers,  their  pent-up  waters  would  not  flow 
over  the  dams  so  formed,  but  would  be  poured  into  the  Shannon, 
either  to  the  north  of  the  Slieve  Bloom,  or  out  to  Limerick  along 
the  line  of  the  railway ;  or,  if  those  passages  were  blocked  up,  they 
would  escape  down  the  basin  of  the  liffey  or  the  Boyne.  lliis  is 
proof  that  these  gorges  were  not  excavated  by  the  rivers  since  the 
limestone  ground  attained  its  present  low  level,  at  all  events. 

llie  origin  of  these  gorges,  as  of  that  of  the  Shannon  at  Eilla^ 
loe,  had  been  for  a  long  time  inexplicable  to  me.  I  think,  however, 
that  I  have  found  traces  of  an  explanation  in  the  district  that  I 
shall  now  proceed  to  describe. 

3.  The  River  Blaekwater, — ^I  have  already  mentioned  the  narrow 
limestone  valley  that  runs  across  Ireland,  from  Dungarvan  to  Dingle 
Bay,  which  is  for  the  greater  part  of  its  course  drained  by  tiie  Eiver 
Blackwatert.    (See  Map,  PL  XIX.) 

.  *  Spenflor,  in  his  poetical  desoription  of  the  British  riyersi  in  the  *  Faery  Queen/ 
after  speaking  of  theee  thiee  riyera  as  three  brothers, 

"  Which  that  great  gjant  Blomiua  begot 
Of  the  faire  nymph  Blieosa. . ." 
alltiding  probably  to  traditional  tales  now  forgotten,  thus  proceeds  to  describe 
them:--< 

**  The  first,  the  ffentle  Shore,  that,  making  way 
By  sweet  Clonmell,  adomes  rich  Waterford ; 
The  next  the  stubborn  Neure,  whose  waters  gray 
By  faire  Kilkenny  and  Bosse  ponte  boord ; 
The  third  the  goodly  Barow,  which  doth  hoord 
Great  heaps  of  siumons  in  his  deepe  bosome : 

All  which,  long  sundered,  doe  at  last  acoord 
To  ioyne  in  one  ere  to  the  sea  they  come ; 
So,  flowing  all  from  one,  all  one  at  last  become.*' 

Faeiy  Queene,  B.  iy.  cap.  zi.  stanza  xliii. 
The  "  ^reat  heaps  of  salmons"  haye,  I  fear,  become  almost  as  scarce  in  the 
Barrow  since  the  days  of  Elizabeth,  as  the  "  gyants*'  were  preyiously  to  that  period, 
t  It  will  be  recoUected  that  there  are  seyeral  other  Alaokwater  Biyers  in  Ire- 
land—one, for  instance,  which  falls  into  the  Boyne, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JUKES — MYKB-VALLETS.  887 

The  Old  Eed  EkUidstone  ridge  which  rises  immediately  to  the 
south  of  this  valley;  invariably  presents  to  it  a  steep  slope  with  an 
undulating,  but  generally  unbroken  summit-ridge.  The  bottom  of  the 
limestone  valley  rises  very  slowly  as  we  proceed  from  Bungarvan 
towards  the  interior  of  the  country,  until  we  arrive  at  its  summit- 
elevation  of  550  feet  on  the  borders  of  county  Kerry;  and  the 
average  height  of  the  summit  of  the  ridge  to  the  south  of  it  increaseB 
in  at  least  an  equal  ratio. 

The  mean  height  of  the  ridge  in  Waterford  is  about  400  or  500 
feet  above  the  sea,  with  summit-elevations  rising  to  780  feet,  while 
the  highest  parts  of  the  limestone  attain  at  one  point  only  to  so 
great  an  elevation  as  200  feet.  Between  Permoy  and  Mallow,  where 
the  summit-elevations  of  the  limestone  on  the  plain  of  Castletown 
Boche  rise  to  270  feet,  the  Old  Bed  Sandbtone  attains,  in  the  Nagle 
Mountains,  to  1340  feet  in  height.  Between  MiUstreet  and  £il- 
lamey,  where  the  watershed  of  the  Blackwater  and  Mesk  Biveis 
occurs  at  550  feet,  the  Old  Eed  Sandstone  is  an  unbroken  moun- 
tainous ridge,  with  summits,  such  as  Caherbamagh  and  the  Paps, 
between  2200  and  2300  feet  high.  Beyond  this,  where  the  level  of 
the  limestone  descends  again  to  the  Lower  Lake  of  Killamey,  the  Old 
Bed  Sandstone  forms  tiie  range  of  which  Mangerton,  the  Beeks, 
and  Carantuohill  (3414  feet,  and  the  loftiest  peak  in  Ireland)  are 
the  summits. 

The  crest  of  this  ridge,  between  Cappoquin  and  Mangerton,  is  in 
a  few  places  deeply  indented  by  transverse  valleys  or  gaps,  of  which 
the  level-floored  Pass  of  Olenflesk,  leading  from  Killamey  out  into 
the  Kenmare  valley,  is  one  of  the  most  remarkable  examples.  .The 
valley  through  which  the  Cork  Bailway  runs  from  Mallow  is  the  next 
greatest  depression ;  and  the  valley  south  of  Fermoy  is  the  third. 
In  Olenflesk  a  very  little  deeper  cutting  towards  Morley  Bridge 
would  divert  the  waters  of  the  Flesk  into  the  valley  of  the  Boughty 
Biver,  and  allow  of  the  drainage  of  some  of  the  ground  on  the  nortih 
of  the  ridge  flowing  right  through  it  down  to  Kenmare.  This  deeper 
cutting,  however,  has  not  taken  place ;  and  the  range  preserves  its 
character  of  a  watershed  between  the  rivers  on  the  north  and  those 
on  the  south  all  the  way  from  the  headlands  of  Kerry  to  those  south 
of  Dungarvan  Harbour,  with  the  very  remarkable  exception  of  the 
Dromana  gorge,  south  of  Cappoquin,  which  I  am  now  about  to 
mention. 

The  Biver  Blackwater  is  first  formed  by  brooks  draining  the  high 
Coal-measure  ground  near  King  Williamstown,  on  the  borders  of 
Kerry.  It  runs  due  south  to  the  foot  of  the  high  land  near  Caher-f 
bamagh,  which  deflects  it  at  right  angles,  to  the  east,  down  the 
narrow  limestone  valley  before  mentioned.  It  runs  eastward  down 
this,  past  Mallow,  Fermoy,  and  lismore,  for  a  distance  of  flfty-flve 
miles  to  Cappoquin.  Beyond  Cappoquin  the  valley  is  continued  out 
to  Dungarvan  Harbour  in  the  same  straight  Hue,  with  the  same  general 
low  level,  and  with  the  same  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridges  on  botii  sides 
of  it.  Instead  of  following  this  obvious  course,  however,  the  Biver 
31ackwater  turns  suddenly  at  Cappoquin  due  south,  crosses  the  lime-* 

VOL.  XVin. — ^PABT  !•  2  D 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


'886  f  BOCEBDUTfiHI  OY  IfiS  MOliOOIOAt  BOCISIT.  [Jl&ie  18, 

stone  yallej,  ftnd  ranB^  by  meaiifi  of  a  deep  and  pietoreeque  nyine, 
the  fddefl  of  which  rise  steeply  to  heights  of  300  or  400  feet,  right 
across  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridge,  which  is  there  a  ndle  and  a  half 
broad*  Haying  crossed  the  first  ridge,  it  comes  into  another  £• 
and  W.  limestone  ralley ,  that  of  the  Tallow  ontUer,  where  it  reoeivea 
a  laige  tributary  from  the  west^  called  the  Bride  Biver.  It  Grosses 
that  valley,  and  cats  through  another  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridge  b^  a 
ravine  like  that  of  Dromana,  but  larger,  the  ridge  being  3|  miles 
broad,  and  rising  in  one  pointy  called  Oamglass,  to  a  height  of 
650  feet,  not  far  firom  the  riven  (See  sections,  PL  XX.  figs«  1,  8 
&  4).  It  then  enters  the  smaller  limestone  valley  of  Clashmore,  and 
cuts  across  another  mnaller  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridge  into  a  fourth 
limestone  valley — ^that  immediately  above  Youghal,  and  issues  out  into 
Youghal  Bay  through  a  fourth  ridge  of  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  between 
clifb  100  feet  in  height,  and  through  ground  that  rises  to  more  than 
double  that  altitude. 

This  latter  ridge  is  the  termination  of  the  one  that  bounds  the 
northern  side  of  ihe  Cork  Yalley. 

The  section,  PL  XX.  fig.  1,  shows  tibe  farm  of  the  main  limestone 
Valley  just  above  Cappoquin,  before  the  river  tums  to  leave  it ;  and 
the  section,  fig.  2,  shows  its  form  4^  miles  below  Cappoquin,  at  the 
part  where  the  watershed  occurs  between  the  brooks  flowing  towards 
the  Dromana  ravine  and  those  flowing  towards  Dungarvan*  The 
latter  exhibits,  of  course,  the  greatest  obstruction  that  now  exists 
to  the  course  of  the  Blackwater  in  the  direotion  of  Dungarvan,  if  the 
ravine  at  Dromana  were  to  be  blocked  up. 

figs.  3  and  4  show  the  ravines  at  Dromana,  3  miles  S.  of  Cappo« 
quin,  and  at  Camglass,  4  miles  still  further  south,  along  the  course 
which  the  Blackwater  now  follows.  It  is  remarkable  bLbo  that  the 
tide  now  flows  up  these  ravines  as  far  as  Cappoquin,  E^ud  that  the 
distance  from  Cappoquin  by  the  valley  to  Dungarvan  is  only  ten 
miles,  while  through  the  ravines  to  Youghal  Harbour  it  is  15  milea. 

If  a  dam  only  80  or  00  feet  high  were  now  to  be  constructed  at 
the  ravine  of  Dromana,  the  Biver  Blackwater,  after  forming  a  lake 
on  the  flat  lands  about  Cappoquin  and  lismore,  Would  inevitably 
pour  its  waters  along  the  valley  into  Dungarvan  Bay,  and  excavate 
a  bed  for  itself  in  that  direction,  instead  of  flowing  over  and  eating 
away  the  dam  at  Dromana* 

This  then  is  proof  that  it  is  impossible  for  the  Biver  Blackwater  to 
have  formed  the  ravines  across  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ranges  since 
the  Umestone  acquired  its  present  low  levels  or  indeed  anj^hing 
at  all  approaching  that  leveL 

4.  The  Biver  Lee. — ^The  Biver  Lee  issued  from  Lough  Qougane^ 
barra,  which  has  a  height  of  520  feet  above  the  sea,  and  works  its 
way  through  valleys  and  hills  of  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  and  along  one 
little  outlying  limestone  valley,  until  it  breaks  forth  into  the  large 
longitudinal  limestone  valley  in  which  the  city  of  Cork  stands.  It 
there  receives  firom  the  west  a  large  tributary  called  the  Bride  Bivef 
(like  that  in  the  Tallow  Yalley),  which  has  come  in  a  straight  course 
from  GrookstowU;  at  the  western  end  of  this  long  limestone  valley, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


88d 

le  muted 
ey  beg^ 
tlxer  Tip» 

r     <3T08Be8 

KH^ansioii 

Ki.d8oath 
^L  termi- 
"^K'onghal 
"Uian  40 
Kx>tighoiit 

the  Old 
ie  exactly 

tiheeast 
onxetiinei 
rOO  feet, 
rhilethe 
Hnxestone 
Bi^lits  of 
feot. 

X>  that  of 
B^utheiii 
ikje  those 
^  These 
S  and  the 
lulled  the 
?ni  slope, 
i^tudinal 
OniCarri- 
p  is  more 
k^aequenoe 
?tly  of  the 

on  the  8. 
tnkesdue 
iheBaUy. 

imd  south 
Harbonr; 
rbonr,  and 

>f  the  two 
one  valley 

Similarly, 
rere  to  he 
>ceed  down 
aTines  that 

have  been 
r   ,B  they  had 


ii 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


88d 

fltone  V 
the  sidi 
across  t 
bfoad* 
and  W» 
alarge 
tliat  Val 
ravine  i 
broad,  i 
660  fee^ 
&4).  . 
cuts  aci 
limestol 
YoQgha 
cli£klO 
double  t 

This 
northert 

The  8 
Valley  ji 
the  secti 
part  wb 
the  Dro 
latter  ei 
to  the  c( 
ravine  a 

Kgs. 
quin,  an 
which  tt 
tide  noTi 
distance 
miles,  w 

If  ad 
the  ravir 
on  the  £ 
pour  its 
a  bed  f  oi 
away  the 

Thist 
have  fon 
the  Ume 
at  all  api 

4.  Th 
barra,  wl 
way  thrc 
little  out 
longitudi 
there  reo 
(like  thai 
from'' 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  jrina»-*BiTSB-TALLiiB.  889 

ten  miles  abore  the  point  -where  it  fells  into  the  Lee.  The  tmited 
waters  then  ran  due  east  down  to  the  dty  of  Cork,  where  they  begin 
to  be  affected  by  the  tide,  that  would  natoraUj  flow  further  up, 
but  is  prevented  by  mill-dams.  Just  bebw  Cork  the  riyer  crosses 
from  the  north  to  the  south  side  of  the  limestone  yalley,  through  a 
low  limestone  ridge  in  its  centre,  and  then  forms  a  wide  expansion 
of  braekiBh  water  which  goes  by  the  name  of  Lough  Mahon. 

The  limestone  vaUey  of  Cork  is  bounded  on  the  north  and  south 
by  ridges  of  Old  Bed  Sandstone  running  firom  W.  to  E.,  and  termi- 
nating in  the  latter  direction  on  the  coast  on  each  side  of  Youg^ 
Bay.  The  distance  from  Crookstown  to  Yoaghal  is  more  than  40 
miles,  and  the  strike  of  the  rocks  is  due  east  and  west  throughout 
that  distance.  The  form  of  the  limestone  valley,  and  of  the  Old 
Bed  Sandstone  ridges,  which  follow  the  strike  of  the  rocks,  is  exactly 
similar  the  whole  way,  but  all  gradually  lowering  towards  ^e  east 
Near  Crookstown  the  highest  points  of  the  limestone  are  sometimes 
over  200  feet,  while  the  Old  Bed  ridges  rise  to  600  or  700  feet. 
Near  Cork  the  limestone  reaches  occasionally  to  150  feet,  while  the 
Old  Bed  attains  to  400  and  500.  Near  Castle  Martyr  the  limestone 
has  only  one  eminence  of  so  much  as  118  feet,  and  the  heights  of 
the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridges  do  not  exceed  300  and  400  feet. 

The  height  of  the  southern  ridge  is  generally  inferior  to  tiiat  of 
the  northern  one ;  and  a  few  miles  to  the  S.£.  of  Cork  this  southern 
ridge  is  cut  across  by  two  ravines  with  precipitous  sides,  like  those 
described  on  the  Blackwater,  but  not  so  high  or  extensive.  These 
two  ravines  are  known  as  Passage  West  and  Passage  East ;  and  the 
part  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridge  between  them  is  odled  the 
Great  Island, — Cove  or  Queeustown  standing  on  its  southern  slope. 
To  the  south  of  that  ridge  we  again  find  ourselves  in  a  longitudinal 
limestone  valley  running  E.  and  W.  across  Cork  Harbour,  from  Carri- 
galine  by  Cloyne,  into  Ballycottin  Bay.  This,  however,  is  more 
broken  and  irr^ular  than  those  to  the  northward,  in  consequence 
partly  of  the  coming-in  of  the  Carboniferous  Slate,  and  partly  of  the 
more  rapid  folding  of  the  rocks.  It  is,  however,  bounded  on  the  S. 
by  another  antidmal  ridge  of  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  which  strikes  due 
east  from  the  interior  of  the  country,  and  terminates  at  the  BaUy- 
cottin  Islands.    (See  Map,  PL  XIX.) 

This  ridge  is  also  cut  across  in  the  middle  by  a  north  and  south 
ravine  with  precipitous  sides,  forming  the  entrance  to  Cork  Harbour ; 
and  it  is  through  this  that  the  sea  gains  access  to  that  harbour,  and 
from  that  through  the  two  Passages  into  Lough  Mahon. 
,  As  in  previous  cases,  if  we  were  to  fill  up  the  ravines  of  the  two 
Passages,  the  Lee  must  inevitably  flow  down  the  limestone  valley 
past  Middleton  and  Castle  Martyr  into  Toughal  Bay,  Similarly, 
if  the  ravine  that  forms  the  mouth  of  Cork  Harbour  were  to  be 
dosed,  whatever  water  ran  into  the  basin  must  then  proceed  down 
the  valley  to  Ballycottin  Bay ;  and  neither  of  the  three  ravines  that 
thus  cut  at  right  angles  into  the  limestone  valleys  oould  have  been 
formed  by  any  rivers  running  down  these  valleys  while  they  had 
anything  at  all  approaching  to  their  present  low  level. 

2d2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


390  PBOCEEDIXaS  OF  THB  OBOLOOICAL  SOCIBTT.  [JttnO  18j. 

5.  The  River  Bandm*, — ^The  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridge  which 
forms  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Cork  Valley  extends  right  across 
Ireland,  from  Knockadoon  Head^inside  Capel  Island^to  Sheep's  Head, 
between  Bantry  and  Dnnmanus  Bays.  It  has  a  valley  all  the  way 
along  its  southern  side,  part  of  which  we  have  already  described  as 
the  Carrigaline  and  Cork  Harbour  Yalley.  To  the  west  of  Garriga- 
line,  it  is  drained  by  a  brook  called  the  Owenboy  Rirer^  running  into 
Cork  Harbour,  but  between  Bandon  and  Dunmanway  by  the  Kiver 
Bandon.  There  is  a  watershed  in  ^e  yalley,  about  Upton,  between 
the  Bandon  basin  and  that  of  the  Owenboy,  the  **  lowest  connecting 
gap  "  of  which  is  about  140  feet  aboye  the  sea,  the  highest  point  in 
tiie  valley  hereabouts  being  one  of  180  feet. 

The  River  Bandon  issues  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Shehy  Moun- 
tain into  the  valley  near  Dunmanway  at  a  level  of  190  feet,  and  runs 
along  it  a  little  north  of  east  for  20  miles.  It  has  a  level  of  54  feet 
above  the  sea  at  the  town  of  Bandon,  but  then  cuts  deeply  into  the 
ridges  on  the  south,  and  becomes  tidal  at  Inishannon.  From  this 
point  the  river  winds  in  a  deep  and  often  precipitous  ravine,  with 
banks  rising  to  heights  of  200  feet  and  more,  across  a  succession  of 
ridges  that  reach  to  heights  of  more  than  400  feet,  until  it  works  its 
way  out  by  a  circuitous  and  surreptitious  course  into  the  south-west 
comer  of  Kinsale  Harbour.  Here  again  wo  see  that,  if  the  ravine 
at  Inishannon  were  closed  up  to  the  level  of  the  hills  on  each  side  of 
it,  which  are  there  from  280  to  300  feet  above  the  sea,  the  lake  that 
would  then  be  formed  would  not  be  drained  along  the  course  of  the 
present  river-valley ;  for,  long  before  the  water  could  flow  over  the 
dam  in  that  direction,  it  must  run  over  the  watershed  at  Upton, 
which  is  only  about  140  feet  high,  and  the  Biver  Bandon  would  then 
follow  the  course  of  the  Owenboy  out  to  Carrigaline  and  Cork 
Harbour. 

The  case  of  the  Bandon  Eiver  is,  however,  by  no  means  so  striking 
as  those  previously  described ;  and  to  the  west  of  Dunmanway  the 
longitudinal  valley  becomes  very  irregular  and  sometimes  ill-defined, 
being  broken  up  by  subordinate  ridges  and  transverse  valle3rs,  espe- 
cially that  of  the  Biver  Den,  until  we  approach  Dunmanus  Bay,  where 
it  again  assumes  its  normal  form  of  a  straight  longitudinal  E.  and  W. 
valley.  These  irregularities  are  probably  attributable  to  its  having 
the  Carboniferous  Slate  instead  of  the  more  homogeneous  Limestone 
for  its  subjacent  rock. 

Part  ni.  FoBMAnoK  of  the  Traksvsbse  Bavines. 

In  seeking  for  the  explanation  of  the  mode  of  formation  of  the 
valleys  of  the  three  rivers  now  described,  it  appears  that  the  first 
question  to  be  answered  is,  How  were  these  transverse  ravines 
formed  which  thus  tap  the  valleys  of  the  rivers  for  above  their  natural 
mouths  by  bringing  tidal  canals  into  them,  at  right  angles  to  their 

*  **  The  pleasant  Bandon,  crown*d  with  many  a  wood, 
The  spreading  Lee,  that,  like  an  island  lAjre, 
Encloseth  Corke  with  his  dirided  flood.'* 

Sfen  GBB,  Faery  Queene, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


3.862.].  JTTKBS — ^BIVBK-YALLBTS.  891 

cotUBe>  and  across  ridges  of  hQls  that  elsewliere  rise  unbroken  far 
above  the  level  of  the  valleys  ?  This  question  I  now  proceed  to  en* 
deavour  to  answer. 

A.  The  Bavines  not  earned  hy  Dtsturhance. — ^These  ravines  are  not 
fractures  caused  by  internal  £starbance.  Transverse  fractures  do 
occur  in  some  places  in  the  neighbourhood  of  some  of  the  ravines^ 
forming  N.  and  8.  faults,  and  they  may  possibly  have  had  some  in- 
direct influence  in  determining  the  position  of  the  ravines  in  their 
neighbourhood.  Faults^  however,  never  produce  open  gaping  fissures 
two  or  three  hundred  yards  in  width,  and  could  only  operate  towards 
the  production  of  such  ravines  by  inducing  the  erosive  agencies  to 
act  along  their  line  rather  than  elsewhere. 

The  ravines  were  not  caused  by  fissures  that  opened  at  tiie  surface 
without  producing  any  dislocation ;  for  such  fissures  must  end  gra* 
dually  below  and  extend  to  an  indefinite  depth.  There  is  no  ap- 
pearance of  fracture  in  the  rocks,  which  stnke  directly  across  the 
ravines  from  side  to  side,  and  appear  to  be  quite  unbroken  in  the  bed 
of  the  river.  The  ravines  are  evidently  mere  squarish  gaps,  worn 
down  or  eroded  across  the  edges  of  the  highly  inclined  bods  to  a  cer- 
tain depth,  and  there  terminating  abruptly,  their  depth  being  in 
reality  slight  compared  to  their  width  from  side  to  side  and  their 
length  from  end  to  end. 

^e  ravines,  moreover,  are  often  tortuous,  precisely  like  the  bed  of 
a  river  worn  by  its  own  action  into  the  rock  below. 

There  is  also  no  appearance  of  any  crack  or  fissure  in  the  low 
lands  between  one  ravine  and  another  along  the  course  of  the  same 
river ;  but  if  we  look  to  a  deep-seated  fracture  as  the  origin  of  these 
ravines,  that  frticture  should  be  apparent  all  along ;  for  the  undula- 
tions of  the  surfiace  must  be  so  slight,  compared  with  the  depth  of  its 
origin,  that  we  may  feel  sure  they  could  not  make  any  difference  in 
the  different  parts  of  its  course. 

B.  BelaiuyM  between  the  actions  of  Denudation  and  Disturbance  in 
iJie  jproduetion  of  the  Form  of  the  Surface  of  the  Ground. — I  think  we 
are  entitled  to  assume  the  truth  of  the  following  propositions  as 
regards  the  mutual  action  of  disturbance  and  denudation,  with  respect 
both  to  this  district  in  particular  and  the  surface  of  all  other  lands. 

1.  Denudation  is  of  two  kinds,  marine  and  atmospheric. 

2.  Marine  denudation  is  effective  only  about  the  sea-level  and 
along  the  margin  of  the  land.  It  acts  with  a  broad  horizontal  move- 
ment, tending  to  plane  down  the  land  to  its  own  level.  If  the  land 
be  long  stationary,  it  produces  long  vertical  cliffs  about  its  margin ; 
if  the  land  rise  slowly  and  equably,  it  forms  gentle  slopes  upon  it. 

3.  Marine  denudation  cannot  produce  ravines  or  narrow  winding 
valleys,  except  as  gaps  or  passes  upon  the  crests  of  ranges  of  hills 
when  ^'b  neighbouring  summits  were  islands  and  the  present  gaps 
or  passes  were  "  sounds  "  or  "  straits  "  between  them^  traversed  by 
strong  tides  and  currents,  and  a  narrow  arm  of  the  sea  was  thus 
made  to  assume  a  river-like  action. 

4.  Atmospheric  denudation  acts  vertically,  either  by  the  weather- 
ing and  disint^ation  of  rock  over  the  whole  surface  of  land,  or  by 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


892  7B0GKEDnras  ov  thb  ooLoaicuLL  80CIETT.       [June  18, 

ilie  Yertical  catting  and  grooving  of  ioe  in  graders,  and  of  ronning 
water  in  rills,  brooks,  and  riyers. 

All  glens,  ravines,  and  narrow  winding  valleyB,  tibien,  ezoept 
passes  on  the  erests  of  bill-ranges,  baye  been  fmned  either  by  the 
grooying  action  of  glaciers,  where  they  haye  existed,  or  by  the  erosiye 
action  of  riyers,  whether  great  or  snialL 

5.  The  present  surflEUse  of  the  ground*,  where  it  difiers  fmm  the 
ori^nal  sorfiioe  of  deposition  of  the  immediately  subjacent  rook,  is 
in  all  oases  the  direct  result  of  denudation,  either  atmospheric  ot 
marine,  the  internal  forces  of  disturbance  haying  only  an  indirect 
effSdct  upon  it,  and  haying  ceased  to  act  long  befim  the  present  snr- 
fstce  was  formed. 

It  is  perhi^  necessary  to  support  the  latter  proposition  by  a  few 
eonsiderationa  referring  to  our  present  district  In  die  South  of 
Ireland  the  internal  forces  of  disturbance  haye  thrown  the  rocks  into 
long  parallel  folds,  to  whidi  tiie  external  features  of  the  present 
sui^aoe  show  a  cMtain  degree  of  conformity.  There  neyer  is  an 
absolute  conformity,  howeyer,  between  them,  inasmuch  as  tiie  pre- 
sent surface  of  the  ground  neyer  exactly  coincides  witii  the  sur&ce  of 
a  bed  of  rock,  except  perhaps  for  a  few  feet  on  a  steep  bank,  but  is 
always  formed  across  the  edges  of  the  beds. 

The  limestone  of  the  valleys  lies  in  a  hollow  of  the  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stone ;  but  the  horixontal  sur&ces  of  the  valley-grounds  have  often 
highly  inclined  beds  of  limestone  below  them.  ^Die  Old  Red  Sand- 
stone of  the  hills  rises  into  long  ridges;  but  the  ground  nev^  rises 
so  steeply  as  die  beds  do,  since  in  ascending  die  steepest  hills  we  walk 
across  the  edges  of  successive  beds,  and  generally  find  die  lowest 
beds  at  the  siirf  ace  near  die  summits  of  the  hills. 

The  rocks  were  certainly  not  first  denuded,  so  that  their  present 
snr&oe-terminations  should  be  exposed  while  they  were  still  hori- 
zontal, and  then  rolled  into  their  present  inclined  positi<m.  Let  us 
look  at  section  fig.  5,  PL  XX.,  the  lowest  and  darkest-cdoured  part 
of  which  represents  the  form  and  structure  of  the  ground  from 
Toughal  Bay  to  the  Enodonealdown  Mountains,  and  suppose  the 
rocks  to  be  all  extended  into  a  horizontal  position.  In  such  a  case 
the  limestone  would  form  long  tabular  hills  and  ridges,  and  the  Old 
Bed  Sandstone  longitudinal  viJleys.  But,  as  the  present  hill-tops  are 
formed  of  tiie  ends  of  beds  diat  He  2000  or  3000  feet  deep  in  die  Old 
Bed  Siandstone,  they  must,  if  horisontal,  be  great  irregular  hollows  or 
rock-basins  of  that  depth,  excavated  by  some  inexplicable  prooess  out 
of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone ;  and  the  subsequent  movements  of  disturb- 
anoe  must  have  inverted  the  surface  of  these  basins  by  some  process 
still  more  inconceivable,  so  that  the  bottoms  of  the  banns  becune  the 
summits  of  the  hills. 

The  hypothesis  of  the  surface  being  first  denuded  and  then  dis- 
turbed thus  lands  us  in  utter  absurdity  and  confusion,  and  is  diere- 
fore  quite  inadnussible.  The  simple  and  natural  hypothesis  is  evi- 
dently that  which  supposes  that,  some  time  after  the  formation  (ji  ^be 

*  Yolcasiio  digtriote  and  those  now  sabject  to  earthquakes  are  here  esoeptod, 
«§  to  indiidB  thma  would  reqiiire  flome  Bhght  «liaage  in  the  ph^ 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  ^inEBS-^Bim-TAiLVTi.  899 

highest  beds  of  the  ooaL-meaeares,  the  rocks  of  the  district  beeame 
affected  by  movements  acting  from  below^  which  gradually  bent  them 
into  great  longitudinal  synclinal  and  anticlinal  folds,  and  that  the 
denuding  agencies  subsequently  acted  on  these  folded  rocks,  and 
eventually  produced  the  present  sur&ce  of  the  ground.  It  is  possible 
that,  as  one  result  of  the  disturbing  action,  some  of  the  upper  beds 
were  immediately  raised  into  dry  land,  and  began  to  suffer  from 
both  marine  and  atmospheric  denudation.  The  two  actions  of  denu- 
dation and  disturbance  may  therefore  have  been  in  simultaneous 
operation  throughout  an  unknown  period  of  time.  It  is^  however, 
diear  tiiiat  the  disturbing  forces  eventually  ceased  to  operate,  and  the 
folding  of  the  rocks  became  as  complete  as  we  now  find  it.  The 
denu^ng  agencies,  however,  are  still  in  operation,  and  have  never 
ceased  to  operate  upon  every  portion  of  the  country  as  long  as  it  has 
been  at  or  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  denudation  will  of  course  act  upon  the  rocks  unequally,  in 
accordance  with  the  inequaHties  in  their  chemical  composition  or 
physical  structure,  and  will  of  course  produce  a  form  of  ground  in 
accordance  with  these  inequaHties.  The  surface  of  the  country,  then, 
while  it  originates  from  denudation  alone,  wiU  yet  be  modified  by  the 
previous  action  of  disturbance  which  has  placed  differently  consti- 
tuted rocks  in  different  positions  and  at  d^erent  levels,  where  the 
denudation  found  them  when  it  succeeded  in  wearing  down  to  them. 
In  this  district,  then,  at  all  events,  the  internal  disturbing  forces 
have  had  only  an  indirect  effect,  while  the  external  denuding  action 
has  been  the  direct  agent  in  the  production  of  the  form  of  ground. 

There  is,  however,  nothing  exceptional  in  the  circumstances  of  this 
district,  and  the  very  same  arguments  might  be  applied,  timUUis 
muta/ndis,  to  all  other  countries. 

C.  Proposed  Explomoition  of  ihe  Formation  of  the  Transvene 
Bavines. — ^It  would  appear  from  the  foregoing  omsiderations,  that 
the  only  possible  way  in  which  the  transverse  ravines  on  the  present 
courses  of  the  Rivers  Bandon,  Lee,  and  Bkckwater  could  have  been 
formed  is  by  the  erosive  action  of  running  water  over  dry  land^ — in 
other  words,  by  river-action. 

But  we  have  already  seen  that  no  rivers  could  now  commence  to 
erode  these  ravines,  supposing  them  not  to  exist  and  the  adjacent 
ground  to  retain  anything  approaching  to  its  present  form  and  rela- 
tive levels.  We  are,  therefore,  driven  to  the  conclusion  that  the  com- 
mencement of  the  erosion  of  these  ravines  took  place  upon  a  surface 
that  had  a  different  form  and  level  from  those  which  the  present 
surface  has. 

I  had  been  for  many  years  at  fault  for  an  explanation  of  the 
origin  of  these  ravines,  when,  during  tiie  last  winter,  I  was  led  to 
perceive  a  connexion  between  them  and  some  of  the  lateral  brooks 
which  come  towards  them  from  the  higher  slopes  on  the  north ;  and 
I  will  now  describe  this  connexion  for  each  of  the  three  rivers. 

a.  Biver  Bandon, — ^A  littie  below  the  point  where  the  Biver 
Bandon  commences  to  turn  from  its  wider  E.  and  W.  valley  and  to 
•  cut  by  a  ravine  into  the  ridges  on  the  south  side  of  that  valley,  it  is 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


894  PBOGEEBIKOS  017  XH8  eBOLOGlOAL  60CIETT.  [Jnne  18, 

joined  bj  a  large  brook,  called  the  Biinnyy  which  c6me8  into  it  frani 
the  nor&ward.  This  brook  spiings  from  the  siimmit  of  the  Old  Bed 
Sandstone  ridge  which  strikes  across  Ireland  from  Bheep's  Head  to 
Knochadoon  Head  (see  Map).  It  cnis  deeply  into  the  south  side  of  that 
ridge,  and,  soon  after  it  issues  from  it  on  to  the  valley,  it  receives  some 
large  brooks  frvm  the  west^  and  then  runs  through  another  ridge,  by  a 
deep  glen,  to  its  jimction  with  the  Bandon  River.  The  river-valley 
below  this  junction  is  in  fact  merely  a  continuation  of  the  valley  of 
the  Brinny,  with  the  same  features  which  it  has  above  the  junction  ; 
and  the  Brinny  receives  the  Bandon  from  the  west  out  of  the  main 
longitudinal  valley  as  a  tributary,  nearly  in  the  same  way  that  other 
brooks  come  into  it  as  tributaries  from  the  west,  out  of  the  smaller 
longitudinal  valleys,  while  none  but  the  most  insigniB^cant  streams 
fall  into  it  from  the  east.  (See  Explanation  of  Sheets  194,  200,  and 
201  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Ireland.) 

We  are  therefore  led  to  look  upon  the  valley  of  the  Brinny  as  the 
primary  valley,  that  was  first  formed,  or  at  least  first  commenced,  by 
the  running  of  a  stream  from  the  dominant  ridge  on  the  north,  south- 
wards towards  the  sea,  and  that  tbat  valley  intercepted  all  the 
drainage  of  the  country  that  ultimately  ran  towards  it  frt>m  the 
west. 

It  will  bo  recollected  that  it  was  stated  at  p.  382,  that  the  anti- 
clinal and  synclinal  folds  of  the  jocks  strike  E.  and  W.,  but  that  their 
axes  genendly  rise  towards  the  W.,  so  that  the  bottoms  of  the  lime- 
stone troughs  were  pinched  out,  and :  the  lower  rocks  (the  Old  Bed 
Sandstone)  formed  the  higher  ground  in  that  direction.  While,  then, 
the  beds  dip  almost  invariably  either  N.  or  S.  at  high  angles,  the 
wholo  mass  of  the  contorted  rocks  has  had,  as  it  were,  a  gentle  tilt 
downwards  towards  the  east,  or  upwards  to  the  west,  sufficient  ap- 
parently to  turn  the  drainage  of  the  surfiEtce  generally  in  that  direc- 
tion as  soon  as  any  longitudinal  valleys  began  to  be  formed  on  the 
surface.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  all  the  larger  lateral  or  N.  and  S. 
valleys  receive  their  principal  tributaries  from  the  west,  while  that 
of  the  country  to  the  east  of  them  is  carried  still  further  eastwards. 

The  Brinny  Brook,  then,  first  commencing  to  run  over  a  sur&ce 
considerably  above  any  part  of  the  present  surface,  formed  a  lateral 
N.  and  S.  channel  before  any  of  the  longitudinal  E.  and  W.  valleys 
and  ridges  became  prominent,  and  thus  marked  out  the  winding 
southerly  course  it  has  ever  since  followed.  As  the  longitudincd 
valleys  were  gradually  formed  by  atmospheric  denudation,  the  run- 
ning waters  of  this  brook  always  cut  down  across  the  intervening 
ridges  faster  than  the  general  denuding  agency  lowered  the  longi- 
tudinal valleys ;  so  that  it  was  continually  receiving  more  and  more 
of  the  western  drainage,  and  turning  the  water  down  its  own  trans- 
verse ravine. 

None  of  the  other  lateral  brooks  springing  from  this  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stone ridge  for  a  considerable  distance  to  the  westward  had  equal 
power  with  the  Brinny,  until  we  reach  the  Biver  Hen,  which,  in  like 
manner,  cut  through  the  ridges  to  the  south,  and  formed  a  basin  of 
drain^e  of  its  own  distinct  from  that  of  the  Brinny  and  the  Bandon* 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  TrnOfi— -BIYEB-TALLEYB.  395 

It  is  obyious  that  this  proposed  explanation  inTolves  the  supposi-- 
tian  that,  after  the  production  of  the  land-sur£GU»  oyer  which  the 
Brinny  first  commenced  to  run,  all  the  subsequent  denudation  of  the 
country  and  the  excavation  of  all  the  valleys  have  been  the  result  of 
atmospheric  agencies  alone. 

b.  MtverLee. — About  3  miles  to  the  east  of  Cork  there  issues  from 
the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  ridge  that  lies  to  the  north  of  that  valley  a 
large  brook,  formed  by  the  junction  of  several  minor  streams  on  the 
higher  parts  of  the  ridge.  (See  Map,  PI.  XIX.)  It  cuts  deeply  down 
into  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  forming  picturesque  glens^  the  lowest 
and  deepest  of  which  is  called  Glanmire. 

Nearly  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Glanmire  Yalley,  but  a  little  to 
the  E.  of  it,  is  the  cut  across  the  limestone  ridge  which  separates 
Blackrock  from  the  Little  Island,  and  loads  into  Lough  Mahon. 
Turning  still  further  to  the  S.E.  down  the  central  channel  of  Lough 
Mahon,  which  alone  has  deep  water  in  it  at  low  tide,  we  are  led  to 
the  ravine,  called  Passage  West,  that  cuts  across  the  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stone ridge  to  the  S.  of  the  Cork  Valley ;  and,  passing  through  that, 
and  turning  again  to  the  east,  we  are  brought  into  Cork  Harbour* 

About  8  miles  to  the  east  of  the  Glanmire  Yalley,  we  arrive  at 
another  precisely  similar  deep  glen  issuing  out  of  the  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stone ridge  at  Ballyedmond,  and  bringing  the  Owenacurra  and  other 
brooks  £rom  the  high  land  on  the  north  on  to  the  limestone  valley 
about  Middleton.  This  brook  crosses  the  limestone  valley  at  Middle- 
ton,  and  runs  into  the  eastern  end  of  Lough  Mahon ;  and  turning  a 
littlo  to  the  west,  we  are  led  by  its  channel  to  the  ravine  of  Passage 
East,  through  which  we  also  arrive  at  the  basin  of  Cork  Harbour. 

The  deep-water  channeb  from  the  West  and  East  Passages  unite  in 
Cork  Harbour,  to  the  east  of  Queenstown,  and  lead  out  thence  due  S. 
to  the  ravine  which  forms  the  entrance  to  the  harbour  and  conducts 
us  into  the  open  sea. 

When  once  pointed  out,  the  relation  between  these  lateral  brooks 
flowing  from  the  dominant  ridge  on  the  north,  and  the  north  and 
south  cuts  through  the  lesser  ridges  on  the  south,  becomes  so  obvious 
that  I  think  the  belief  must  be  at  once  impressed  on  the  mind  that 
the  latter  are  only  the  continuation  of  the  former. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  Brinny,  I  believe  that  on  some  former  surface 
considerably  above  the  present  one,  a  river,  made  up,  like  all  other 
rivers,  of  a  union  of  lesser  streams,  ran  down  the  slope  from  N.  to  S. 
over  Glanmire,  and  that,  as  it  wore  down  its  channel,  it  intercepted  the 
western  drainage  of  the  Lee  which  was  poured  into  it  down  the  ever- 
enlarging  longitudinal  vaUey.  The  united  waters  were  always  turned 
down  the  transverse  ravines,  because,  at  whatever  rate  the  ground 
in  the  longitudinal  valleys  sank,  the  erosion  of  these  rivers  was 
able  to  keep  the  bottom  of  the  ravines  sufficiently  below  it ;  while 
other  brooks,  being  unable  to  effect  this,  were  ultimately  drawn 
down  into  tiie  longitudinal  valleys,  and  their  water  earned  out 
to  the  ravines.  As  before,  this  must  have  been  an  atmospheric 
action  upon  dry  land.  That  the  land  happens  now  to  stand  at  such 
alevd  that  the  sea  flows  into  the  part  occupied  by  Cork  Harbour^no 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


PBOCEEDDfia  01  ZSB  eBOXiOaOAl  flOODSIT.         [ToAo  18, 

geologist  will  coiudder  as  moro  ihan  a  temporary  a&d  aocideatal 
ooenrrenoe  wliich  maj  produoe,  or  may  hare  prodocedy  its  own 
modifying  efGocts,  acoorduig  to  ito  power  and  duration, 

c.  Eivar  Blaekwater. — If  we  bok  northward  from  tho  ravine  of 
Dromana  towards  Cappoquin^  where  the  Blaekwater  toms  at  right 
angles  towards  the  south,  we  find  two  very  large  brooks  issuing  into 
the  valley  from  the  fiur  loftier  Old  Bed  Sandstone  lidge  on  the  norths 
which  is  in  fact  one  of  thq  flanks  of  the  Ejiockmealdown  Mountains* 
One  of  these  brooks  is  that  which  oomes  out  opposite  lissiore,  3|- 
miles  to  the  north-westward  of  Dromana ;  and  the  other  is  the  Glen- 
shelane  Biver,  which  oomes  out  about  three  miles  north  by  east  of 
Dromazuu  These  brooks  may  have  very  readily  united  their  waters 
somewhere  about  the  northern  end  of  the  Dromana  ravine. 

There  is  also  a  third  lateral  valley  which  descends  the  Old  Bed 
Sandstone  ridge  still  further  to  the  eastward^and  now  brings  the  Biver 
Finisk  to  the  Dromana  ravine ;  but  I  believe  that  this  formerly 
crossed  the  Dromana  ridge  Airther  to  the  east,  where  there  is  a  de- 
pression in  the  ridge  opposite  its  g^en.  It  was  gradually  deflected 
into  the  Blaekwater,  in  consequence  of  its  not  being  able  to  wear 
down  its  channel  over  the  ridge  fast  enough  to  keep  it  below  the 
bottom  of  the  gradually  sinking  limestone  valley. 

The  ravines  of  Dromana  and  Camglass,  and  the  others  between 
Oappoquin  and  Youghal,  I  believe  to  be  the  remnants  of  the  channel 
of  a  river  that  ran  southwards  over  the  old  lofder  surface  of  the 
ground  from  the  dominant  ridge  of  the  Enockmealdowns  on  the 
north.  As  in  the  previously  cited  instances,  I  suppose  this  river  to 
have  deeply  trenched  all  the  rooks  in  its  course ;  uid,  as  the  whole 
country  suffered  from  atmospheric  degradation^  and  became  lowered 
in  consequence,  it  still  kept  eating  deeper  into  the  land,  so  that  its 
channel  was  always  below  the  level  even  of  the  limestone  vaUeys, 
and  always  kept  open  the  passage  across  the  ridges  on  the  souths  so 
as  to  torn  all  the  drainage  it  received  into  that  passage. 

The  section  in  fig.  5,  Fl.  XX.,  will  serve  to  illustrate  the  eipla- 
nation  I  propose  with  regard  to  the  BladEwater.  In  this  the  lower, 
darkly  coloured  part  represents  the  present  ground,  with  the  rocks 
lying  in  their  present  position  beneath  the  surfaise, — the  hei^^lits,  fiir 
the  sake  of  distinctness,  being  drawn  to  a  scale  of  four  times  the 
Iraigths.  The  fainter  tints  above  suggest  the  former  esctensbn  of  the 
rocks  removed  by  denudation.  Of  these  I  suppose  the  uppermost, 
lightest-cobured  parts  to  have  been  probably  removed  by  nurine 
denudation,  which  produced  a  surface  approximately  represented  by 
the  line  AAA.  The  part  below  that,  which  is  coloured  with  tints  oi 
intermediate  strength,  will  give  us  the  approximate  form  of  the 
ground  over  which  I  suppose  the  lateral  brooks  to  have  run  down  to 
tiie  sea,  before  the  commencement  of  the  formation  of  the  longi- 
tudinal vaUeys.  I  believe  that  the  line  AAA  marks  out  the  Umit 
of  the  marine  denudation,  and  that  all  the  intermediate  part  between 
that  line  and  the  present  surface  of  the  ground  has  been  re- 
moved by  atmospheric  degradation  alone.  So  long  as  the  district 
lemained  dry  land,.the  features  first  impressed  upon  it  by  the  atao«. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


,]  Jims— Bim-YAixBTf.  897 

gpheric  rofluenoes  woold  be  deepened  and  intensifled  by  Omr  Tertioal 
action,  which  may  be  likened  to  the  artificial  proeeflAes  of  carving  or 
graving  deeper  and  deeper  lines  or  features  onoe  traced  oat.  Had 
the  denudation  been  that  of  the  sea,  it  would  have  tended  to  cut 
down  and  plane  off  all  these  features  to  one  uniform  level,  so  far  as 
its  influence  extended ;  the  termination  of  that  influence  being  marked 
by  abrupt  vertical  diffe,  like  those  which  now  form  so  mudx  of  the 
present  coast-line. 

The  rain  and  the  weather  have  disintegrated  and  lowered  to  some 
eidient  even  the  highest  of  the  ridges  left  by  the  original  marine  de- 
nudation, and  have  impressed  upon  them  the  character  of  their  own 
action,  instead  of  that  of  the  sea;  but  they  have  had  still  greater 
effect  on  the  slopes,  and  the  greatest  of  all  on  the  channels  of  the 
streams  that  first  commenced  to  drain  the  land.  This  influence  has 
always  been  proportionate  to  the  power  exerdsed,  and  the  nature  of 
the  material  on  which  it  worked.  When  exercised  on  the  quartsoBe 
ridges  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  its  greatest  effect  was  confined 
within  narrow  limits,  where  the  water  ran  rapidly,  and  thus  produced 
glens  or  ravines.  When  the  influence  acted  on  the  softer  and  more 
easily  disint^rated  argillaceous  beds  of  the  Carboniferous  Slate,  and 
still  more  when  brought  to  bear  on  the  soluble  beds  of  the  Carbonic 
ferous  limestone,  it  produced  broader  effects,  and  formed  the  larger 
lon^tudinal  valleys. 

The  fact  that  the  limestone  ground  is  now  everywhere  so  much 
lower  than  the  grojnd  formed  of  other  rocks  is  evidently  due  to  the 
solubility  of  that  rock.  The  siliceous  rocks  have  suffered  chiefly  from. 
mechanical  disintegration  and  attrition  alone ;  the  calcareous  rocks, 
equally  exposed  to  that  action,  have  also  been  destroyed  by  the  che* 
mic&l  action  of  the  carbonic  add  of  the  atmosphere,  and  much  of 
tlieir  mass  has  been  carried  away  in  solution. 

Hie  limestone  ci  the  plains  and  valleys  has.  In  fact,  sunk  in  its  bed 
past  the  other  rodn,  like  the  ice  of  a  glader  under  a  summer  sun. 
This  image  was  brought  to  my  mind  (quite  independently  of  this 
explanation)  when  one  day,  during  the  summer  ci  1861, 1  was  tra- 
versing the  limestone  hiUs  of  Burr«i,  in  county  Clare,  with  my 
eoILeagae,  Mr.  F.  J.  Foot.  The  bare  floors  <^  limestone  in  l^at  district 
consist  often  of  loose  blocks,  eadi  block  being  deeply  furrowed  at  its 
edge  by  channels  formed  by  the  rain-water  running  over  its  sui^u^. 
Many  of  them  look  as  if  they  had  been  artificially  carved  all  round 
into  deep  indented  mouldings,  in  order  to  produce  an  ornamental 
pattwn.  In  other  places,  ^e  whole  of  the  blocks  that  once  formed  a 
bed  two  or  three  fbet  in  tibickness  have  been  so  wasted  away  that  a 
kyer  of  mere  cakes,  an  inch  or  two  thick,  is  all  tiiat  is  now  left  to 
repTesent  them.  All  the  joints  that  divide  the  rocks  into  blodEs^ 
instead  of  being  mere  planes  of  division,  with  their  walls  still  closely 
toiching,  are  near  1h.e  surface  made  into  open  fissures,  several  inches, 
even  a  toot  or  more,  in  width,  and  frequently  5  or  6  feet  in  depth. 

Not  only  there,  but  in  all  the  limestone  country,  the  same  fioots 
may  be  observed,  wherever  the  rocks  are  sufficiently  wdl  e^osed. 
On  first  baring  thero<^  foe  a  limestone-quarry,  its  suzfifice  mayoltea 


Digitized  by 


Google       — 


PB0CEBDIK68  07  THE  GEOLOGICAL  80CIXTT.  [June  18, 

be  Been  to  be  fdnowed  by  the  rain  into  gullies  and  channek  a  foot 
or  more  in  depth,  full  of  fine  soil.  All  large  limestone  diBtriets,  both  in 
Ireland  and  elsewhere,  are,  as  everybody  knows,  always  full  of  caverns, 
and  all  the  lesser  rivers  continually  sink  at  one  spot  and  reappear 
at  another  after  subterranean  courses  through  such  caverns,  of  some- 
times several  miles  in  length.  In  the  countiy  between  Ennis  and 
Oalway,  it  is  often  difficiUt  to  decide  upon  the  connexion  which 
the  detached  streams  of  running  water,  tiiat  just  show  themselves 
here  and  there  in  partial  valleys  at  the  surCace,  may  have  one  with 
another. 

Still,  making  every  allowance  for  the  efficiency  of  the  action  of  the 
weather  to  lower  the  surface  of  a  limestone  coimtry,  and  extending 
it  in  a  lesser  ratio  to  ground  where  its  mechanical  action  operates 
alone,  I  am  fully  aware  that  it  will  have  rather  a  startling  effect  on 
some  persons'  minds,  to  be  called  on  to  believe  that  mere  rain  and 
other  atmospheric  influences  can  have  washed  away  a  thickness  of 
some  hundreds  of  feet  of  rock  from  off  the  surface  of  a  whole  country. 
It  is  evident  that,  if  the  explanation,  for  the  formation  of  the  ravines 
of  the  Blackwatcr,  Lee,  and  Bandon  be  a  true  one,  it  must  be  ex- 
tended over  the  South  of  Ireland  generally,  and  applied  to  those  of 
the  Shannon,  the  Barrow,  and  the  other  rivers.  Neither  will  it  stop 
there ;  for  if  true  for  this  country,  it  will  be  true  for  all  other  lands. 

I  can  only  say  that  the  truth  of  the  explanation  has  so  forced 
itself  on  my  own  mind  that  it  will,  I  think,  remain  a  conviction 
until  I  hear  from  some  one  a  better  explanation  of  the  facts  than 
that  which  I  have  here  laid  in  outline  before  you. 

The  time  required  for  such  an  action  to  have  accumulated  such  an 
amount  of  effect  is,  of  course,  vast  beyond  all  human  effort  at  con- 
ception. The  South  of  Ireland,  however,  seems  to  have  been  ex- 
posed as  dry  land  to  the  atmospheric  influences  ever  since  the  dose 
of  tiie  Falaaozoic  Epoch,  with  the  single  exception  of  the  depression 
which  it  suffered  beneath  the  sea  during  the  Pleistocene  or  Glacial 
Period. 

However  long  the  duration  of  that  Glacial  Period  may  have  been, 
it  is  clear  that  it  was  comparatively  short,  and  the  effect  of  marine 
denudation  during  that  time  comparatively  trifling  in  modifying  the 
form  of  ground  previously  elaborated. 

The  time  that  has  elapsed  since  the  Gladal  Period  seems  also  to 
have  been  comparatively  short,  inasmuch  as  we  have  still  upon  the 
surface  of  many  of  the  rocks  the  marks  of  ice-action  not  yet  obli- 
terated by  the  weather.  Whether,  however,  we  are  to  take  as  the 
units  of  comparison  between  these  times  and  those  which  preceded 
them  thousands,  hundreds  of  thousands,  or  millions  of  years,  or  any 
other  conceivable  quantity,  I  do  not  now  pretend  to  discuss. 

D.  Application  of  this  Explanation  to  die  Ravines  of  the  Shannon 
and  the  Barrow,  Nore,  and  Suir, — ^I  will  now  assume  the  approximate 
truth  of  the  following  history: — ^After  the  subaqueous  formation 
of  the  great  sheets  of  the  Upper  Pakeozoic  rocks  over  the  whole  of 
Ireland,  the  subterranean  forces  began  to  act  upon  them,  bending 
them  into  the  curves  in  which  we  now  find  them« 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  JTT08— ETVEE-VAIiETS.  399 

Soon  after  the  commencement  of  this  action  of  disturbance,  the 
Goal-measnre  beds  that  were  over  those  points  or  lines  which  were 
most  bent  upwards  rose  in  consequence  above  the  sea,  and  su£Fered 
denudation  by  its  waves.  This  action  went  on  until  the  whole 
country,  and  probably  a  much  wider  district  than  Ireland  or  even 
than  ihe  British  Islands,  was  raised  into  dry  land,  and  its  npper 
portions  partially  destroyed  during  the  process. 

AU  this  took  place,  and  probably  a  considerable  amount  of  atmo- 
spheric denudation  sJso,  before  that  subsequent  partial  depression 
of  the  British  area  whidi  brought  it  down  again  beneath  the  sea,  in 
which  the  Permian  and  New  Bed  Sandstone  beds  were  deposited. 

No  part  of  Ireland,  except  the  north-east  quarter,  suffered  from 
this  depression,  sufficientiy,  at  all  events,  to  be  brought  beneath  the 
sea,  eitiier  in  tiie  Triassic  or  any  other  period  except  the  Glacial  or 
Pleistocene. 

The  surface  left  by  the  original  marine  denudation  was  considerably 
above  the  present  one,  and  the  upper  part  of  the  limestone  especially 
was  far  more  extensive  then  than  it  is  now.  The  Coal-measures, 
which  now  form  high  lands,  were  then  valleys  in  the  hollows  of 
higher  limestone  ground,  the  beds  of  which,  of  course,  always  dip 
towards  the  Coal-measures ;  and  the  general  level  of  this  limestone 
country  was  above  the  level  of  the  old  depressions  in  the  Silurian 
rocks  over  Killaloe,  over  Graiguenemanagh  and  St.  MulHns,  over 
Inistioge,  and  over  Waterford. 

The  Shannon,  the  Barrow,  the  Nore,  and  the  Suir,  when  the 
original  rivers  first  began  to  run  over  tliis  high  surface,  sought  of 
course  the  lowest  levels  that  then  existed  for  their  courses,  and  those 
lowest  levels  were  nearly  above  the  lines  of  their  present  channels. 
The  Nore  ran  across  the  Coal-measure  valley,  which  was  tiien  in  the 
gronnd  over  Abbeyleix  and  Kilkenny.  The  ridge  over  the  Knock* 
mealdowns  was  high  enough  to  deflect  the  Suir ;  and  the  gaps  at 
either  end  of  the  Galty  group  did  not  then  exist,  but  were  occupied 
by  high  limestone  ground.  High  limestone  ground  also  separated 
the  basins  of  the  llffey,  the  Barrow,  the  Boyne,  and  the  Shannon ; 
and  the  high  limestone  ground  of  the  Burren  of  Clare  was  then  con- 
tinuous over  the  adjacent  parts  of  Galway,  rising  still  higher  over  the 
Slieve  Aughta  and  over  the  Granite  on  the  north  side  of  Galway  Bay. 

The  rivers  trenched  this  higher  surface  nearly  above  tiieir  present 
courses,  running  then  with  a  more  rapid  and  powerful  stream  than 
they  do  now ;  and  as  the  whole  country  slowly  wasted  and  sank 
under  the  wearing  influence  of  the  weather,  their  streams  were  strong 
enough  always  to  cut  their  channels  downwards,  through  whatever 
rocks  became  exposed,  faster  than  the  general  degrading  influences 
could  lower  the  genersd  surface  of  the  country,  although  those  general 
influences  lowered  the  limestone  country  to  a  greater  extent  than 
they  were  able  to  lower  the  country  composed  of  other  rocks  which 
the  river-channels  traversed. 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  limestone-shale  ground  immediately  at 
the  foot  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  and  Lower  Silurian  ridges  is  often 
lower  than  the  limestone  ground  beyond.    I  attribute  this  to  the 


Digitized  by 


Google 


40d  psooBEDurot  09  THi  GSOLoaiOAX  80CIXT7.       [Joiie  18, 

action  of  the  rain  rmmixigdownllie  alopes  of  the  hiBa,  and  diaaolvuig 
the  limestone  immediately  at  the  foot,  at  a  greater  rate  than  ivhere 
that  limestone  was  merely  acted  upon  by  the  rain  falling  directly 
from  the  heayens. 

Thus  have  been  produced  the  present  low  limestone  plains  of  tfaa 
centre  of  Ireland  and  the  longitaduial  limestone  yalleys  of  the  sontii ; 
and  simnltaneoufily  with  their  production  the  ravines  hare  been  cat 
through  the  ridges  of  other  rocks  by  which  the  drainage  of  these 
plains  and  valleys  has  always  escaped  to  the  sea. 

FosTSCBiFT. — ^The  ravine  of  the  Avon  at  Bristol^  those  of  the  Wye, 
and  others  in  South  Wales,  as  also  numerous  deep  erosions  in  the 
Palflsosoio  rocks  of  the  north  of  England,  many  of  which  were  com- 
plete before  the  Triassic  Period,  as  shown  by  the  hoiisontal  beds  of 
New  Bed  Sandstone  that  lie  in  them,  naturaJly  occur  to  the  mind 
in  connexion  with  this  subject. 

Atmospheric  denudation,  however,  has  produced  marked  eflbots^ 
not  solely  upon  Paleozoic  rocks,  but,  as  I  believe,  upon  all  forma* 
tions,  in  proportion  to  their  age,  their  composition,  and  their  duration 
as  diy  bmd. 

Hy  acquaintance  with  the  Weald  of  Kent  is  too  superficial  to 
allow  me  to  express  an  opinion;  but  perhaps  I  may  venture  to  ask  the 
question  whether  the  Chalk,  when  once  bared  by  marine  denudation, 
which  perhaps  removed  it  entirely  from  the  centre  of  the  district,  has 
not  been  largely  dissolved  by  atmospheric  action,  and  whether  the 
lateral  river-valleys  that  now  escape  throagh  ravines  traversing  the 
ruined  walls  of  Chalk  that  surround  the  Weald  may  not  be  the  ex- 
pression of  the  former  river-valleys  that  began  to  run  down  the 
slopes  of  the  Chalk  from  the  then  dominant  ridge  that  first  appeared 
as  dry  land  during  or  after  the  Eocene  Period?  If  this  question  be 
answered  in  the  affirmative,  as  I  suspect  it  may,  I  think  it  reasonable 
to  suppose  that  the  mode  of  action  in  the  production  of  river-vaUeys, 
which  I  have  here  endeavoured  to  establish,  will  ultimately  be  found 
applicable  to  all  rivor-valleys  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  Atmospheric 
denudation  or  degradation  will  then  have  to  be  taken  into  account  as 
one  of  the  most  important  geological  agencies  in  the  production  of  the 
"form  of  ground"  on  alltiie  dry  lands  of  the  g^be. 

I  may  also  be  allowed  to  ask  whether  it  will  not  turn  out  to  be  a 
general  law  in  all  mountain-ranges  in  the  world,  that  the  lateral 
valleys  are  the  first  formed,  running  directiy  from  the  crests  of  the 
ranges  down  the  steep  slopes  of  the  mountains,  while  the  longitu- 
dinal valleys  are  of  subsequent  origin,  gradually  produced  by  atzno- 
spheric  action  on  the  softer  and  more  easily  eroded  beds  that  strike 
along  the  chains. 

I  may  venture  perhaps  to  instance  the  Upper  Bhone  as  an  iUtis- 
tration.  From  the  central  mountain-mass  traversed  by  the  Furca 
Pass,  the  Bhone  runs  in  a  nearly  straight  line  E.B.E.  for  about  67 
miles,  to  Martigny,  in  a  deep  valley  between  the  mountains  of  the 
Oberland  and  tiiose  of  the  main  Alpine  watershed,  of  which  Mont 
Blanc  and  Monte  Bosa  are  the  most  conspicuous  eminences.    At 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Martigny  the  Ehone  Valley  tmddenly  turxui  at  right  angles  to  its 
fonner  course^  andnms  N.N.E.  for  88  miles  into  the  Lake  of  Oeneva, 

Above  Martigny  the  valley  runs  along  the  strike  of  the  rocks,  and 
seems  to  have  been  chiefly  excavated  in  some  comparatively  soft 
black  slates  lying  between  the  hard  crystalline  rocks  of  the  Oberland 
on  the  north  and  those  of  the  Main  Che^n  on  the  south.  But  these 
comparatively  soft  slates  appear  to  continue  in  the  same  straight 
line  to  the  E.6.E.  from  Martigny  through  the  hiUs  crossed  by  the 
Col  de  Balme,  and  down  the  Yalley  of  Ghamouny,  and  into  the  hills 
at  the  farther  end  of  that  valley«  Why,  then,  was  not  the  valley  of 
the  Bhone  continued  along  this  straight  line  into  the  Yalley  of  Qia«- 
mouny,  instead  of  turning  at  right  angles  at  Martigny,  and  running 
for  nearly  40  miles  across  the  stnke  of  all  the  hard  rockis  on  the  north 
of  it  ?  Because,  as  I  believe,  a  lateral  valley  formed  by  the  Dranse 
and  Durance  and  their  tributaries,  running  directly  from  the  main 
watershed  down  the  original  northern  slope  of  the  chain,  was  com* 
menoed  before  the  excavation  of  the  longitudinal  vaUey  of  the  Upper 
Bhone  was  b^gun ;  and  the  waters  of  those  rapid  rivers  had  always 
sufficient  power  to  cut  that  lateral  valley  deep  enough  to  deflect  the 
waters  that  ultimately  eame  into  it  from  the  west  and  carry  them 
them  along  it. 

Suppose  all  the  valleys  and  hollows  of  the  Alps  to  be  filled  upi 
so  that  the  present  peaks  shall  be  merely  the  summits  of  gently 
swelling  hills  rising  but  little  above  the  slightly  undulating,  smooth, 
general  surface  of  ^e  mountain-chain.  Tins  smooth  swellmg  surface 
will  be  the  limit  of  marine  denudation.  The  first  rains  that  £a]l  upon 
it  will  run  directly  off  from  the  main  watershed  to  the  right  and 
left  down  the  easiest  and  steepest  slopes  they  can  find,  and  com- 
mence to  form  a  number  of  lateral  brooks  along  the  bottoms  of 
these  slopes,  those  rivulets  running  a(»x>ss  the  stnke  of  the  rocks. 
As  these  lateral  rivers  deepen  their  channels,  the  waters  running 
into  them  on  either  side  will  also  deepen  and  enlarge  theirs ;  and 
thus  will  be  commenced  a  number  of  valleys  running  along  the 
strike  of  the  rocks  parallel  to  the  length  of  the  chain,  and  therefore 
called  longitudinal  valleys.  When  one  of  these  coincides  with  a 
band  of  soft  rock,  or  rock  more  easily  eroded  by  water  than  those  on 
each  side  of  it,  it  may  readily  happen  that  tibie  longitudinal  VaU^ 
may  ultimately  become  much  larger  than  the  lateral  one  by  whica 
its  contents  are  carried  off.  It  cannot,  however,  become  deeper^ 
because  it  is  the  drain  originally  caused  by  the  excavation  of  the 
lateral  valley  which  is  the  only  motive  power  for  excavating  the 
longitudinal  one.  When  once  a  lateral  valley  has  succeeded  in 
cutting  a  sufficiently  deep  channel,  the  waters  of  the  longitudinal 
vaUeys  that  are  afterwards  poured  into  it  cannot  cross  it,  or  overmount 
the  walls  opposite  to  their  own  mouths,because  they  are  inevitably  de^ 
fleeted  down  the  lateral  valley,  and  help  to  excavate  it  deeper  and 
deeper  below  their  junction  with  it.  Hence  the  longitudinal  valley 
and  the  part  of  the  lateral  one  below  their  junction  may  be  equally 
wide  and  deep,  and  appear  to  be  the  result  of  one  action,  whilst  the 
lateral  valley  above  the  junction  may  be  a  narrow  and  broken  raviois 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


402  psocBEBCrGs  07  THE  esoiooicAL  sodBTT*       [June  18y 

with  a  much  smaller  and  apparently  insignificant  brook,  althongh  in 
reality  the  prime  mover,  the  ^^fons  et  arigo  "  of  the  whole  ezcayation. 

This  longitudinal  soft  band,  moreover,  as  it  is  worn  down  by  the 
weather  *  more  rapidly  than  the  rocks  on  each  side  of  it,  may,  as  soon 
as  an  outlet  is  established  for  the  carrying  off  its  disintegrated  par- 
ticles, be  readily  conceived  to  extend  across  some  of  the  minor  lateral 
brooks,  and  thus  deflect  their  waters  towards  the  principal  one. 

This  is  the  explanation,  as  I  believe,  of  the  relations  between  the 
Bhone  and  the  Durance  and  Dranse  at  Martigny,  and  of  those  of  the 
Upper  Bhine  and  the  rivers  that  come  into  it  at  Chur,  where  the 
Bhine  turns  at  right  angles  towards  the  Lake  of  Constance,  and  of 
all  the  other  vaUeys  and  rivers  of  the  Alps,  and  of  all  other  moun- 
tain-chains, as  the  inspection  of  any  good  map  of  any  one  of  them 
will  be  sufficient  to  prove. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  suppose  that  the  whole  mountain-chain  was 
dry  land  before  the  process  commenced :  it  may  have  gone  on,  with 
inflnite  slowness,  as  the  mountains  gradually  rose  above  the  sea ;  it 
may  have  been  interrupted  by  the  depression  of  the  mountains,  and 
renewed  on  their  re-elevation.  It  is,  however,  essentially  a  subaerial 
action,  and  one  that  only  commenced  after  the  termination  of  the 
marine  denudation  which  gave  to  the  mountains  their  general  form 
and  outline  as  that  form  would  be  if  aU  their  valleys  and  hollows 
were  Med  up  and  their  summits  connected  by  gentiy  sloping  plains. 

The  principal  part  of  that  marine  denudation  must  have  been 
effected  long  before  the  commencement  of  the  formation  of  the  river- 
valleys  ;  but  it  would  be  a  very  difficult  task  to  undertake  to  explain 
the  mode  of  action  of  the  marine  denudation,  and  the  precise  rela- 
tions either  in  time  or  effect  between  the  marine  and  the  atmo- 
spheric denudation. 

I  can  only  hope  to  have  established  this  general  conclusion,  that, 
while  the  removal  of  the  vast  masses  of  rock  under  which  our  present 
mountain-chains  were  formerly  buried  may  be  most  reasonably  re- 
ferred to  the  action  of  the  sea  ("  /xeya  trdiyos  'Qxeavoio  "),  we  must 
look  chiefly  to  the  ^^  weather"  as  the  producer  oi  the  glens,  ravines, 
and  valleys  by  which  our  mountains  and  plains  are  traversed. 

Note. — ^In  the  section  fig.  5.  Fl.  XX.,  the  line  AAA  is  bent ;  but  in 
the  original  section  drawn  on  the  true  scale  it  forms  one  straight  line 
from  the  summit  of  the  Xnockmealdowns  to  the  sea,  just  touching 
the  top  of  all  the  intervening  hills,  and  giving  the  idea  of  a  sloping 
plain,  below  which  the  valleys  have  been  excavated.  Professor 
Bamsay,  at  the  Meeting  of  the  British  Association  at  Oxford  in  1847, 
exhibited  a  precisely  similar  section  across  a  part  of  Cardiganshire, 
and  read  a  paper  on  it,  attributing  the  origin  of  the  valleys  to  exca- 
vation below  an  old  plain,  although  he  looked  to  the  sea  as  the  ex- 
cavator, while  I  now  believe  it  to  have  been  the  atmospheric  waters, 
(See  Beport  of  the  British  Association,  vol.  xvi.  Sect.  p.  66). 

*  TTndor  the  term  "weather"  I  would  include  glaci&l  action  and  every  other 
afcmospherio  agency.  The  Bhone  valley  haa  ohyiouily  been  completed  by  glacier- 
action. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HA.nOHlOV— OEAKITBS  OF  ntBLAKl).  40d 

After  thiBpapeir  had  been  sent  in  to  the  Society^  I  learned^  from  the 
*  Proceedings  of  the  Eoyal  Society/  that  Mr.  Frestwich  attributed 
the  deepening  of  the  valleys  of  the  Somme  and  Seine  and  other  rivers 
of  France  and  England,  below  the  level  of  the  hig^  freshwater 
gravels,  to  the  same  snbaerial  action  that  I  had  appealed  to  for  the 
formation  of  the  valleys  of  the  South  of  Ireland.—^.  B.  J.,  Oct.  2nd, 
1862. 


2«  ExrsaiMEirrjLL  Ksseasches  on  the  Graitites  o/Iaelaki).  Part  III. 
On  the  G&ANiTss  of  Dokeoal*.  By  the  Rev.  Sajotel  HAuoHToiTy 
M.A,,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  and  Professor  of 
Geology  in  the  University  of  Dublin. 

OOHTKITa. 


fiition  of  the 
Granita  of  ]3on^L 
II.  Fhj^BicalStruotuze  of  the  Gra- 
nite. 
IIL  Its  Gteolo^ical  EelatioiiB. 
lY.  Its  Chemieftl  Compoeitioii. 


V.  Minenb  of  the  Granite. 

A.  Gonstitiieiit  Minerals. 

B.  Aooidental  Minerals. 
TI.  Calculation  of  the  peroentase 

of  the  Oonstitoent  Minerals 
in  the  Granite  of  Donegal 


I.  Geographical  Poeition  of  the  Oranite  of  Donegal. — ^The  granite 
axis  of  Donegal  extends  for  sixty  miles  fiom  Malin  Head  to  the 
neighbourhood  of  Ardara,  in  a  direction  43°  south  of  west  (true), 
well  marked  by  the  two  great,  though  not  continuous,  valleys  of 
Glenveagh  and  Gweebarra,  whidi  occupy  a  nearly  central  position  in 
the  granite  band,  nine  miles  wide,  that  traverses  the  County  from 
N.E.  to  S.W.,  from  Glen  to  Doocharry  Bridge,  opposite  whicfr  latter 
place  the  Gweebarra  valley  ceases  to  be  central,  as  the  granite 
expands  out  to  a  breadth  of  eighteen  miles,  of  which  three  nules  lie 
to  the  south-east,  and  fifteen  miles  to  the  north-west  in  the  direc- 
tion of  Dunglow.  At  the  south-western  extremity  of  the  granite 
axis,  it  is  separated  frt>m  the  granite  of  Ardara  by  the  intervention 
of  metamorphic  slates ;  and  at  its  north-eastern  extremity,  it  is 
separated  by  quartz-rock  and  the  sea  from  the  granite  of  Dunaff  Head 
and  Malin  Head,  with  which  it  is  evidently  continuous. 

To  the  south-east  of  the  granite  axis,  there  is  an  isolated  patch  of 
granite,  divided  into  two  portions  by  the  Bamesmore,  or  Great  Gap, 
through  which  the  road  from  Donegal  to  Stranorlar  and  Strabane 
passes.  The  bearing  of  this  important  pass  is42°  15'  south  of  west; 
and  the  granite-mass  which  it  divides  has  its  greatest  diameter  in 
a  direction  40°  south  of  east,  and  its  least  diameter  in  a  direction 
coinciding  with  that  of  the  Bamesmore  Gap. 

Still  further  to  the  S.E.,  at  Beleek  and  Castlecaldwell,  in  the  Co. 
Fermanagh,  on  the  borders  of  the  Co.  Donegal,  the  metamorphic 
slate  becomes  gneissose,  and  is  traversed  by  numerous  veins  of  the 
granite,  which  evidently  lies  beneath  it. 

II.  Phyneal  Structure  of  the  Oranite  of  Donegal, — ^The  granite  of 
Donegal  possesses  a  stratified  structure,  in  beds  which  are  nearly 

*  For  Parts  I.  and  IL,  see  Quart  Joum.  QeoL  Soo.  Lond.  yol.  ziL  p.  171 ; 
and  ToL  xix.  p.  300. 

VOL.  XVm. — PABT  I.  2  b 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


404 


PBOGKBDINGB  OF  THB  GEOLOGICAL  80CIXTT.  [Jlllie  18, 


verticaly  and  the  direction  of  which  coincides,  in  a  general  way,  with 
the  geographical  aids  formed  by  the  two  great  yalleyB  of  Gweebana 
and  Glenveagh  just  described.  In  addition  to  tibis  stratified  or 
cleaved  structure,  it  is  traversed  by  many  joints,  which  run  nearly 
at  right  angles  to  the  directions  of  the  planes  of  the  deavage-struc- 
tnre.  The  following  Tables,  which  are  constructed  prindimlly  from 
data  collected  in  the  Gweebarra  district,  show  the  directions  both  of 
the  cleavage-  and  the  joint-planes. 

Table  I. — Azimuth  of  Cleavage^  and  Jinnt-planes  in  ihe  Oranite  of 
Donegal.     {Magnetic  hearings.) 


Locality. 


deavage-plAne 


Joint-planet. 


1.  Between  Glentiefl  and  1 

Gweebarra  Biyer. . .  j 

2.  GweebarraYall^  South 

3.  Gweebarra  Valley,      1 

Doooharry  Brid^  j 

4.  Hhewlrina-roan!  Veins  I 

of  Beryl  and  Qoarti  / 

f,  Sheskina-roan 

5.  Meen  Bannad 

6.  AnagarryHill 

7.  Lough  Anore 

8.  BetweenDunglowand 

Poocharry  Bridge 

9.  Between    Doooharry 

Bridge   and    Fin- 
town 

10.  Glenlehen   

11.  Fintown  Gap :  Gneiss 


l(f  South  of  West 


r3(rs.ofw. 

1         yertical... 
1&*  S.  of  W. 
80PN. ... 


Dip! 
Dip  I 


E.W.    Vertical 


{ 


WN.ofW.   Pine! 
plane J 

l(rS.ofW 


l(f  West  of  North. 

KTW.ofN. 

10*W.  ofN.  DipSO^E. 

l(f  RofN. 

irEofN.  Dip 80* B. 

N.S. 
15°E.ofN. 

rE.ofN.    VerticaL 
IQPW.ofN.        „ 

S'W.ofN. 
lO^W.ofN. 
45°RofN.  (Secondary.) 

lO^W.ofN.    Vertical 

5«W.ofN. 
IS^'W.ofN. 


From  the  preceding  Table,  it  appears  that  of  the  15  joint-planes 
observed,  9  lay  to  the  west  of  nor&,  1  was  due  north  and  southi,  and 
5  lay  to  the  east  of  north :  they  may  be  thus  arranged : — 

Tabls  n. — Joint-planes  in  the  Oranite  of  Western  Donegal. 


West  of  North  (B). 

East  of  North  (B). 

Secondary  (AO- 

lO* 

10* 

46°B.ofN. 

10 

10 

10 

16 

10 

7 

5 

0 

10 

10 

5 

... 

16 

9^'28'W.ofN. 

8<»24'B.ofN. 

45«E.ofN. 

Mean  ^S'' 

4'W.ofN. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


HAUOHTOV— «RANITE8  OF  IRBLAKD. 


405 


The  joint-planes  east  of  north  are  confined  to  the  district  around 
8heskina-roany  Meen  Bannad^  and  Anagany,  whidi  is  Hmited  in 
extent,  as  compared  with  the  entire  district  examined. 

The  following  Table  shows  the  arrangement  of  the  observed 
cleayi^-planesy  according  as  they  were  found  to  lie  south  or  north 
of  west. 

Table  III. — CU<wage^  or  Stratificaiion-planes  in  the  Oramte  of 

Donegal* 


South  of  WeBt(B'). 

NoraiofW«t(B'). 

Seoondaiy  (C). 

10° 
15 
10 
0 

W 

ao^'s  ofw. 

8°46'S.ofW. 

lO^N.ofW. 

30*>S.ofW. 

Mean  ^&'Q.o£W. 

Neglecting  the  secondary  planes  of  structure,  which  have  not  been 
as  yet  sufficiently  observed  to  found  any  statement  upon,  it  would 
appear,  that  in  ^e  granite  of  Donegal  there  is  one  system  of  Con- 
jugate* planes,  having  the  following  direction : — 


OfiavageB'. 

JointBR 

Angle. 

6«0'aofW. 

304'W.ofN. 

88°4'N.toE. 

The  magnetic  variation  in  the  part  of  Donegal  examined  was 
26°  40'  W.  Applying  this  correction  to  the  preceding  results,  we 
find  in  true  bearings — 

B'.  Cleavage-planes 31°  40'  S.  of  W.  or  N.  of  E. 

B.  Joint-planes    29°  44'  W.  of  N.  or  E.  of  S. 

In  the  Co.  Waterford  I  succeeded  in  establishing  the  existence 
of  four  conjugate  systems,  the  most  prominent  of  which  is  found  in 
Donegal  only  as  a  secondary  system — ^viz.  33°  31'  N.  of  E.  (mag.). 

The  conjugate  system  in  Waterford,  which  b  second  in  import- 
ance, rests  upon  130  observations,  and  is  nearly  coincident  with  the 
most  prominent  system  of  Donegal,  viz. — 

B'=7°  46'  N.  of  E.  (mag.)  =32°  26'  N.  of  E.  (true). 
B  =6°  57'  W.  of  N.  (mag.)-31°  37'  W.  of  N.  (true). 

In  making  the  reduction  from  magnetical  to  true  bearings,  the 
variation  in  the  south  of  Waterford  is  assumed  to  be  24°  40'  W. 
It  will  be  observed  that  the  geographical  axis  of  the  Donegal 

*  For  the  definition  of  thiB  term,  and  an  aooount  of  the  oonjucate  syvtems  at 
deavage-  and  joint-planes  in  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  of  the  Co.  Waterford,  see 
the  Author's  paper  published  in  the  Phil.  Trans,  vol.  czlviii.  p.  338,  1868. 

2b2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


406  PBOGKEDDres  of  thb  asoLoeiCAL  sooixtt.        [June  18, 

granitOi  indicated  by  its  great  oentral  yalley,  differs  by  11°  20'  fix>m 
the  principal  sjBtem  of  deaTage-planes  derdoped  in  this  granite, 
which  lie  3P  40'  8.  of  W.,  while  the  geographical  axis  lies  4^ 
8.  ofW. 

in.  Oeological  Belatiom  of  the  OranUe  of  Donegal. — ^The  granite  of 
Donegal  appears  to  be  interstratified  with  the  quartz-rock,  mica-alate, 
and  limestone  with  which  it  is  associated;  but  it  is  probablysubsequent 
to  them  in  age,  and  in  its  central  portions  is  perhaps  of  igneous 
origia,  originally  denying  its  cleavage-planes  and  gneissose  character 
from  ike  pressure  exercised  upon  it  by  the  stratified  rock,  which  has 
been  Hfted,  to  the  north  and  south,  to  a  nearly  vertical  position. 

On  the  boundary  of  its  outcrop,  both  north  and  south,  it  is  inti- 
mately interstratified  with  the  aqueous  rocks.  For  example,  at 
Glenlehen,  between  Fintown  and  Doocharry  Bridge,  near  its  southern 
boundary,  but  still  weU  within  the  granite-border,  I  made  the  fol- 
lowing note,  in  company  with  Mr.  Eobert  H.  Scott  and  Mr.  Athel- 
stane  Blake : — 

"August  6,  1861. — Glenlehen,  summit-level.  Observed  vertical 
beds  of  quartzose  mica-slate  and  of  gneiss  lying  in  granite,  with 
which  they  are  interstratified,  also  beds  of  sphene-rook,  and  one  bed 
(3  ft.  thick)  which  seemed  to  be  an  altered  quartzose  limestone,  con- 
taining garnet  and  chalcedony.  The  sphene-rock  is  composed  of  quartz 
and  orthoclase,  with  crystals  of  sphene,  running  in  veins  and 
scattered.  [At  Anagarry  Hill,  where  this  rock  is  abundant,  it  con- 
sists of  a  white  paste  of  felspar  (orthoclase),  with  crystals  of  horn- 
blende and  large  crystals  of  sphene :  it  is  said  always  to  lie  next  to  the 
altered  limestone.]  " 

The  joints  of  the  granite  bear N.    6°  W. 

Its  gneissose  structure  bears    E.  10°  N.,  vertical. 

The  stratified  rocks  bear E.  10°  N.,        „ 

Still  nearer  to  the  southern  boundary  of  the  granite,  a  thin  bed  of 
limestone  has  been  traced,  lying  nearly  vertically  for  several  miles. 
At  the  northern  edge  of  the  granite,  it  passes  by  equally  insensible 
gradations  into  stratified  rocks. 

At  Lackagh  Bridge  and  Ballygihen,  in  company  with  Mr.  James 
Wood  and  Captain  Montgomery,  I  made  the  following  notes : — 

"  August  19,  1856. — North  of  Lackagh  Bridge,  observed  fine 
alternations  of  micaceous  quartz^rook  (flaggy),  hornblende-slate,  and 
gneiss,  with  pockets  of  black  mica  and  nests  of  large  felspar-  and 
quartz-crystals.  The  pink  felspathio  granite  appears  at  the  other 
side  of  the  river  (south),  and  ^^^uates  into  a  grey  variety  of  fel- 
spathio gneiss,  with  black  mica." 

"  August  22, 1866. — In  Dunlewy  quarry  the  crystalline  limestone, 
forming  a  coarse  statuary-marble,  associated  with  thin  bands  of 
quartz-rock,  is  greatly  contorted,  and  rests  on  contorted  homblendic 
micaceous  slate,  penetrated  by  thin  vertical  dykes  of  felspathic 
granite,  containing  garnets.  Prom  this  quarry,  by  the  Poison  Glen 
to  Ballygihen,  the  transition  from  gneiss  to  granite  is  finely  exhi- 
bited ;  the  granite  ultimately  retaining  planes  or  joints  parallel  to 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HAuenToxr-— osAinTES  of  irslavd.  407 

the  deposition-planes  of  the  gneiss,  and  haying  its  crystalline  facets 
of  black  or  green  mica  set  in  the  same  direction.  The  gneiss  exhi- 
bits good  examples  of  the  development  of  particular  minerals,  fel- 
spar, mica,  &c.,  in  nests  or  pockets.  The  yeins  in  the  granite,  up  to 
the  summit  of  the  pass,  consist  of  quartz,  orthodase  (white),  and 
black  mica:  beyond  the  summit,  on  the  slope  of  the  mountains 
towards  Glenveagh,  the  veins  consist  of  quartz,  orthodase  (white), 
and  white  mica.  At  the  opposite  side  of  tiie  valley  (south  of  Lough 
Yeagh),  the  veins  are  pink  orthodase  and  quartz ;  and  the  granite 
itseK  either  grey  or  pink  (with  nests  of  black  mica  devdoped  in  the 
grey  granite),  passing,  towards  Kilmacrenan,  into  gneiBS,  in  the  same 
manner  as  at  Lackagh  Bridge  on  the  north." 

In  many  places  ti^e  metunorphic  slates  are  penetrated  by  coarse 
veins  of  granite,  as  at  Fintown  Gap,  Lough  Moume  near  Bamesmore 
Gap,  ^e  BladL  Gap  near  Fettigo,  and  at  Gastlecaldwell  in  the  Co. 
Fermanagh ;  and  in  some  of  these  localities,  the  granitic  material 
even  seems  as  if  formed  in  the  bosom  of  the  rock,  without  any  con- 
nexion with  a  vein  or  dyke  of  granite.  Thus  at  Lough  Moume  I 
made  the  following  note,  in  company  with  the  Bev.  William  Stede : — 

*'  September  8, 1856. — ^In  a  quarry  east  of  Bamesmore  Gap,  ob- 
served isolated  nodules  (1^  ft.  in  diameter)  of  white  milky  quartz, 
with  large  crystals  of  red  felspar  and  micaceous  oxide  of  iron ;  also 
vdns  of  the  same  composition,  which  cut  across  the  strata  of  the 
rock,  which  is  a  fine-grained,  hard  mica-slate,  tending  to  a  gneissose 
character  from  the  devdopment  of  felspar-crystals :  the  plates  of 
mica  in  the  rock  are  small,  black,  and  well  defined." 

At  Gastlecaldwell,  the  granite-veins  which  penetrate  the  gneiss 
are  of  two  totally  distinct  kinds : — 

A.  Yeins  composed  of  quartz,  pink  orthodase,  white  mica,  black 
mica,  and  schorl ;  all  the  crystals  being  large. 

B.  Yeins  composed  of  quartz,  pink  orthodase,  yellowish-green 
waxy  finely  striated  oligodase,  black  mica,  sulphuret  of  molyb- 
denum, and  copper-pyrites ;  crystals  moderately  large. 

At  Fintown  Gap  and  at  Black  Gap,  the  veins  of  granite  are  of  the 
first  kind  (A). 

The  stratified  rocks  resting  upon  the  granite  appear  to  be  divisible 
into  four  groups,  which,  in  an  ascending  order,  are  as  follows : — 

1.  Quartz-rock,  associated  with  limestone  containing  garnets  in 
dodecahedral  crystals,  and  idocrase,  and  accompanied  by  sphene- 
rook. — ^Mamore  quartza=:7600ft. 

2.  Slate-rock,  formed  chiefly  of  homblende-  or  anthophyllite- 
slate,  associated  with  beds  of  lunestone,  potstone,  and  steatite,  with 
contemporaneous  stratified  syenite. — ^Buncrana  slate =5400  ft. 

3.  Flaggy  quartz-rock  of  Culdafr=3000  ft. 

4.  Micaceous  slates  and  gneiss,  with  numerous  beds  of  blue  and 
white  crystalline  impure  limestone. — ^Thickness  unknown. 

Total  probable  thickne8««  16,000  ft.  to  20,000  ft. 

lY.  Chemical  Compontion  of  the  Granite  of  Donegal. — Hie  fol- 
lowing Table  contains  the  analyses  I  have  made  of  the  granitic 
axis  of  Donegal  from  N.E.  to  S.W. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


408  PBOcsBDores  of  thb  6BC»/>eiCAJL  soobtt.        [June  18, 

Tablb  IY . — Chemieal  Can^^oiition  of  Donegal  Granites. 


Vo. 


I 


^ 


I. 

II. 

HL 

IV. 

V. 
VL 

vn. 
vm. 

EL 
X. 

XL 

xn. 

XIIL 

XIV. 

XV. 


7(H)0 
65-80 
68-96 
58-44 
69-36 
68-00 
FoiionGUm  68*20 


Artimiilin     ... 

Unismenai^ 

Glen    

Glm    

OlenTMgh 
Glenveagh 


Poiion  Glen 
Doochairry  Bridge 

Bametmoie    

Arranmore 

Tory  Island    

Ardiara    

Dunlewy 

Anagarry    


7064 
72-24 
73-60 
68-80 
69-20 
55-20 
75-24 
73-04 


16-36  2-80 
12-80,6-64 
17-40  ^-62 
20O0|6-44 
16-00 ,3-03 
16-80  3-68 
15-96 '3-69 
15-64  2-64 
14-92 1-63 
13-80  i2K)0 
16-40  2-60 
16-40  2-09 
19-28  6-08 
13-36  0^ 
15-201  ... 


0H)6 
0-18 

2^ 
0-30 
0^ 
1-00 

0^ 

0^ 
1-00 
0-46 


112 

2-92 

2-80 

4-72 

2-29 

4-05 

2-92 

2-47 

1-68 

0^9 

1-75 

l-08|0-85 
3-66 
0-14 
0K>7 


0-71 
1-78 
0-41 
1-57 
0-54 
0^5 

o^rs 

0-15 
0-36 
0-50 
0-85 


5-08 
2-25 
1-60 


4^13 
416 
3-03 
•3-81 
4-17 
'432 
3-75 
3-81 
3-51 
4-29 
3-78 
4-20 
4-63 
4-86 
2-88 


4-66 
4-40 
5-25 
2-82 
4-47 
2-04 
414 
4-63 
5-10 
5-22 
5-31 
5-22 
3-17 
3-27 
7-32 


1-20 


0-32 


0-96 


99^6 

99-88 
100-37 

99-85 
100-16 
100-49 
100-44 

99-88 

100-20 
100-14 


0-64 


99-16 

99-72 

100-11 


I.  ArdnuUin,  near  MaUn  Head. — Goane-gratned  granite,  oompoaed  of 
Qaarts ;  yery  oonapiooous  (}  in.  cnitals). 
Bed  orlJioclaae  febpar  (^  in.  cryataLi). 
Green  mica ;  in  small  nests,  resembling  chlorite. 

II.  Unimnenaffht  near  JhinaffHtad, — ^Medium-grained  granite^  containing — 

(a).  Quartz ;  not  Teiy  visible. 

(6).  Pink  felspar;  probably  orthoclase  {^  in.  crystalsV 

\e\  Qrej  felspar ;  probably  oligoclase  (i  in.  cryBtaLB;. 

(<2).  Black  mica ;  ^  in.  crystals ;  occasionally  passing  into  a  dark 

blackish-greai  mica,  in  small  nests,  and  resembling  a  mixture  of 

chlorite  and  hornblende. 


ni.  (r/en.— Coarse-grained  gneiasose  granite,  containing— 

(a).  Quartz ;  scarcely  risible,  broken,  transparent,  grey. 

(6).  Bed  felspar ;  probably  orthoclase,  forming  la^  crystals  (partly 

made  up  of  pink  translucent  felspar,  with  bright  reflexion),  dull 

waxy  lustre,  opaque. 
(c).  Whitish  translucent  ^Ispar ;  probably  oligoclase,  and  quite  distinct 

from  (by 
{d).  Green  mica ;  abundant  in  streaks,  alternating,  as  in  gneiss,  with 

crystalline  sheets  of  red  and  pink  felspcr. 

IV.  Glen, — Gneissose  coarse-grained  granite,  apparently  in  beds  in  the  granite 

No.  m.,  and  containing — 
(a).  Whitish  felspar ;  anorthio,  semiopaaue,  and  sometimes  in  mades, 

probably  oligoclase  (crystals  i  m.  by  i  in.^. 
{b).  Jet-black  mica ;  in  great  abundance,  probably  equal  to  the  fels^, 

which  occurs  in  rounded  masses  imbedded  m  the  black  mica, 

which  itself  occurs  in  streaks  as  in  gneiss. 

V.  GlenveagK — ^Beautiful,  coarse-grained,  porphyritie  granite: — 

{a).  Felspar;  conspicuous,  pink  (crystus  iin.  to  (in.),  orthoclase. 
(b).  Quarts ;  inconspicuous,  grey,  transparent,  wiUi  rounded  angles, 
(r).  Mica ;  jet-black,  abundant  in  minute  mins ;  the  black  mica  and 
pink  felspar  giye  character  to  the  rodL 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HAUeHTON GRANITES  OY  ISBLAKD.  409 

YI.  Glenveagk. — ^Fine-grainfld  gneisKMe  granite : — 
(a\  Quartz ;  soaroelj  Tisible,  grey. 

{b).  Febpar ;  white,  sugary,  tiuoetB  rare,  and  when  thej  do  oooor,  semi- 
transparent — ^probably  olieodase. 
(o).  Mioa;  perfectly  olack,  high  lustre. 

VII.  FifiBtm  Glm, — ^Medium-grained  |ramte:— 

(d\.  Quartz ;  grey,  not  promment. 

(b).  Felspar ;  pink,  in  large  crystals  (i  in.  by  f  in.),  semitraasparent, 

predominant;  orthoclase. 
(c).  Mioa ;  jet-black,  iHight  lustre. 

VIII.  F&imm  Glen, — Coarse-grained  granite. 

{a\.  Quartz ;  conspicuous,  grey. 

\h).  Felspar;  pinjL,  in  large  crystals  (^in.  by  ^in.),  transparent, 

bnght  calospar  lustre,  set  in  a  paste  of  quartz  and  pinkish  felspar. 

(c).  Mica ;  an  occasional  speck  of  green  mica,  probably  not  \  per  cent. 

IX.  Doocharry  Bridge, — ^Medium-grained  granite,  tending  to  become  porphy- 

ritic. 
(a).  Quartz. 

{h),  Fe!spar ;  orthodase,  pink,  in  ^In.  crystals. 
\c).  Felspar ;  oligodase,  greyt  in  |  in.  crystals. 
{d).  Mica ;  black,  in  smaU  grains  or  specks,  and  in  small  quantity. 

X.  Bametanore  Gap, — Coarse-grained,  reddish  granite,  of  plafy  structure,  one- 

inch  slabs. 

(a).  Quartz ;  Tery  prominent,  grey,  occupying  a  surfSue  on^  inferior 
to  the  red  felspar. 

{by.  Felspar ;  pale  red,  uniform  in  texture,  with  some  well-deyeloped 
cleavages,  not  Tery  brilliant. 

(o).  Mica ;  green,  verr  compact,  with  few  leayes,  passing  into  chlorite- 
earth :  this  chloritio  earth  cotcts  liie  joint-surfaces  (^  in.  to 
•f^  in.),  and  is  yisible  in  all  such  partingB.  It  is  Tery  difficult 
to  distinguish  the  green  mica  from  homUende. 

XI.  Arranmore  hland, — Porph^ptic  sranite ;  felspar  predominating. 

(a).  Quartz ;  easilT  Tisible,  abundant,  grey. 

(6).  Felspar;  redoish,  in  distinct  cryBtfQs(i  in.  to  ^  in.),  deaTage-planes 
distinct,  with  bright  lustre,  semitransparent. 

(c).  Mica ;  bbck ;  when  seen  on  the  edge,  it  resembles  hornblende,  of 
which,  howerer,  there  is  not  a  particle  in  the  rock:  facets  of 
mica  difficult  to  see,  but  haTine  a  Tery  brilliant  reflexion ;  sub- 
ordinate to  both  the  quartz  and  felspar. 

XII.  Toryldand, — Coarse  granite,  almost  entirely  composed  of  quartz  and  fel- 

spar, platy  structure,  one-inch  slabs, 
(a).  Quartz ;  conspicuous,  crystals  (^  in.),  grey. 
(b\  Felspar ;  uniform  red,  with  deayage-plaaes  of  dull  lustre,  orthoclase. 
(c).  Mica;  greemsh,  sometimes  white^  in  occasional  Tery  small  plates. 

XIII.  Ardara, — Coarse-grained  j^eissose  granite : — 
'  ^    Quarts ;  small  grains. 


Felspar;  pink  orthoclase  1  .    i„^«^ 
Fdspar ;  grey  oligodase  j"'  ^^P^ 


(d),  Mica;  black,  in  large  quantity,  giving  a  gneissoee  appearance  to 
the  rock. 
Sphene  occurs  disseminated  in  small  crystals. 

XIY.  Dunlewy. — Consists  of  quarts  and  felspar,  intimately  blended  together, 
and  Tery  similar  in  colour,  whitish  grey.  In  this  paste  tare  numerous 
crystals  of  felspar  (ortiiodase),  with  definite  (^  in.),  lustrous,  smooth 
faces.  Also  occasional  stains  of  greenish  mica,  looking  like  chlorite, 
and  small  crystals  of  garnet.  Tnis  granite  occurs  immediately  be- 
side the  limestone  marble  of  Dunlewy  qiiany. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


410  PB0GBBDIir66  01  THS  OBOL06IOAL  80CIBTT.  [June  I89 

XY.  Anayarry. — ^A  felspatbio  paste,  with  Utfge  orTiteb  of  orthodaoe  and  fimg- 
moDts  of  (quarts :  contains  alao  a^iitals  of  si^iene,  locally  abondant 
(and  oocasicmal  hornblende  (?)  in  ^  in.  cr^ntalt).  It  is  found  beside 
the  limestone,  whenever  the  latter  comes  in  contact  with  the  granite, 
as  at  Anagany,  Glenlehen,  and  Bamesb^. 

The  portion  analysed  was  carefully  freed  from  hornblende  and 
sphene.  From  the  preceding  Table,  it  is  evident  that  the  granites 
of  Denial  differ  from  each  otiher  much  more  in  chemical  composition 
than  the  granites  of  Leinster  already  described  by  me*.  Iliis  dif- 
ference was  to  be  expected  from  the  more  decidedly  eruptiye  charac- 
ter of  the  Leinster  granites,  which  nowhere  simulate  the  stratified 
character  so  remarkable  in  those  of  Donegal. 

The  granites  Nos.  lY.  and  XIII.,  for  example,  are  rather  to  be 
considered  as  gneiss  than  granite ;  and  their  ^Eceptional  composi- 
tion may  be  accounted  for  by  this  circomstanoe ;  but,  as  I  have 
already  obsenred,  it  is  almost  impossible  to  tell  where  Hhe  gneiss  ends 
and  the  granite  begins. 

y .  Minerals  of  the  Oranite  of  Donegal. 

The  minerals  of  the  granite  of  Donegal  may  be  divided  into 
Constituent  and  Accidental  Minerals. 
The  Constituent  Minerals  (A)  are-— 

1.  Quartz. 

2.  Orthodase. 

3.  Oligodase. 

4.  Black  Mica. 

0.  White  Mica  (sometimes). 
6.  Hornblende  (sometimes). 

Of  these,  the  first  four  are  always  present,  and  easily  distinguish- 
able from  each  other ;  the  fifth  mineral,  white  mica,  is  found  locally 
abundant,  particularly  in  veins,  associated  with  special  accidenttd 
minerals;  and  the  sixth  mineral,  hornblende,  is  found  intimately 
mixed  with  black  mica  [as  in  lepidomelane,  SoUmann'\  in  the  more 
basic  varieties  of  the  granite. 

The  Accidental  Minerals  (B)  are — 

1.  Sphene.  4.  Oamet. 

2.  Schorl.  6.  Molybdenite. 

3.  Beryl.  6.  Copper-pyrites. 

A.  CongtUitent  Minerals, 

1.  Quartz. — ^The  quartz  entering  into  the  composition  of  the 
granite  is  of  the  usual  grey  variety ;  when  found  in  veins,  it  some- 
times forms  fine  black  crystals,  as  at  Bamesmore  Gbip,  and  some- 
times smaller  crystals  of  a  rose-colour,  as  at  Bamesmore  and  Shes- 
kina-roan. 

2,  Orthodase. — ^The  orthoclase  of  the  Donegal  granite  is  generally 
red»  but  sometimes  white:  the  following  analyses  show  its  com- 
position : — 

*  Quart  Joum.  Qeol.  Soc.  Lond.  Aug.  1856*  toL  xii.  p.  177. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HAUeHTON-— G&AiriTBS  OF  IBXLAin). 

Table  Y. — Orthoclme  of  the  Donegal  Granite. 


411 


1. 

2. 

3. 

Mean. 

SiUoa    

63-20 
1972 
0-28 
259 
0-09 
0-06 
16-30 

62-80 
16-64 
0-96 
4-96 
0-11 
0-46 
14-91 

63-60 
19-32 
0-80 
072 
0-14 
1-84 
13-55 

63-20 
18-64 
0-68 
2-75 
0-11 
078 
14-92 

Alumiiui .    ,..    

Iron  (pfffozidfl) 

Xiimc 

Magnesia 

SocGt 

Potash 

Total 

102-24 

101-03 

99-97 

101-08 

445 


9 


11 


No.  1.  Glenveagh, — ^White,  opaque,  milky,  forming  cmtals  in  the  granite. 

No.  2.  Near  Lough  Moumey  abaie  Bamegmare  6^ap.— Found  in  gnat  bundiee, 
isolatedfin  the  middle  of  aTer^dose-srained  mioa-schist^  or  gneiss  of  yety 
fine  grain.  The  felspar  is  bnght-rec^  and  associated  with  milky  quartz, 
containing  specular  micaceous  iron-oxide.  The  diameters  of  some  of 
the  hunc^  are  5  ft.  Thej  are  probably  the  terminations  of  Teins  2  ft. 
wide,  ending  in  earbonas  m  the  ffneiss,  and  hsYO  all  the  appeanmoe  of 
harine  been  filled  by  aqueous  adaon  at  a  hi^  temperature. 

No.  3.  CatileealdwdL — ^Found  associated  with  white  mica)  quartas,  black  mica, 
and  occasionally  schorl  and  iron-pyrites,  in  Teins  penetrating  the  fine- 
grained gneiss  of  the  district.  The  felspur  of  these  veins  is  worked  for 
the  manufacture  of  china,  and  bums  white,  although  pink  and  red  in 
theyein. 

Taking  the  atoms  of  the  mean  composition  of  the  oithodase,  I 
find— 

SiUca 1373     ....     36 

Almnina 358 

Iron  (peroxide)  . .     8 

lime 98 ' 

Magnesia    5 

Soda    26 

Potash    317^ 

The  protoxide  bases  are  here  somewhat  too  large  for  orthoclase ; 
and  it  is  probable  that  this  is  caused  by  the  lime  of  No.  2,  which  is 
unusually  laige  in  amount.  There  can  be  no  doubt,  however,  on 
ciystallograpMo  grounds,  that  the  felspar  is  true  orthoclase. 

For  the  purpose  of  comparison,  I  here  give  the  mean  of  seven 
analyses  of  different  orthoclases  of  the  Leinster  granite,  and  their 
atomic  composition : — 

Leinster  Orthoclase  (mean  of  seven  analyses). 

Fer-centage.  Atoms. 

Silica 64-69  . 

Alumina 18-31  . 

lime  .    0-26  . 

Magnesia    ....  0*68 

Soda    2-76  . 

Potash    12-23  . 

Loss  by  ignition  0*68 

99-29 
The  chief  difference  between  the  orthoclase  of  Donegal  and  that 




1435     .. 

..     36 

352     .. 

..       9 

9] 

29 
89 

387     .. 

..     10 

. ..       260 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


412 


PROOEEDmOS  OF  THS  61B0L0GICAL  SOCIBTr.  [JuilO  18, 


of  Leinster  consists  in  tiie  &ct,  that  lime  seems  in  the  Donegal 
mineral  to  take  the  place  of  tiie  soda  in  tiie  Leinster  felspar,  and  that 
it  IB  somewat  more  basic. 

3.  Oligoclase. — ^The  oHgodase  of  Donegal  is  of  a  honey-waxy- 
greenish  grey,  and  is  easily  distinguished  from  the  orthodase  which 
accompanies  it  by  its  colour  and  by  tiie  fine  striated  lines  that  mark 
certain  of  its  surfaces  of  crystallization,  and  prove  it  to  be  an  an* 
orthic  felspar.    The  following  analyses  give  its  composition : — 

Tabus  YI. — Donegal  Oligodase. 


Silica 

Alwn^inn.    

Iron  (peroxide).. 
Lime 


Potaah   

Iron  (protoxide)  

Manganese  (protoxide) 


Totalf 99-68    98-32.  98-96 


No.l.  No.  2.  Mean. 


60-66 
24-40 
0-40 
6-96 
0-04 
6-46 
1-76 


69-28 
22-96 
1-94 
4-66 
0-21 
6-48 
2-38 
0-10 
a32 


69-92 
23-68 
1-17 
6-30 
013 
6-47 
207 
0O6 
0-16 


'I 


Atoma. 


1303 


4661 

189  < 

6 

209 

44 

^  6 


464 


No.  1.  Qarvary  Wood^  near  CasilecaldwfU,  Co.  FemumagK — ^Pearl-grej,  trans- 
lucent ;  in  Teins  in  gneise ;  associated  with  black  mica,  some  orthodase 
(pink\  oopper-inrrites,  and  molybdenite. 

No.  2.  FriSciu  loeaUty  uninown. — ^The  specimen  from  which  it  was  taken  beiongi 
to  that  Tanety  of  granitic  syenite  into  which  the  eranito  of  Donegal 
sometimes' passes,  as  at  the  Black  Qap,  Petdgo,  and  at  Kilraine,  near 
Ardara. 

The  formula  to  which  the  preceding  analyses  lead  is  the  well- 
known  formula  of  oligoclase — 

EO,SiO,+Al,0„2SiO,. 

For  the  purpose  of  comparing  the  oligoclase  of  the  granite  of  Donegal 
with  that  of  Sweden,  I  made  a  careM  analysis  of  the  oligoclase  of 
Ytterby  in  Sweden,  which  was  kindly  placed  at  my  disposal  by  Mr. 
J.  B.  Jukes,  Local-Director  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  Irelana. 

The  following  is  the  mean  of  two  closely  agreeing  analyses : — 

Oligodase*  from  YUerhy,  Sweden, 


SUica    

Per-oenta«». 
. . .      63-66     

Atomt. 
1416 

Alomma  . . . 

. . .     23-46     

461 

lime    

...       3-63     

. ..       1261 

Magnesia. . . 
Soda    

. . .       0-06     

. . .       7-91     

2 
...       266 

.     417 

Potash 

. . .       1-59     

34J 

100-19 

*  Throoghout  the  entire  mass  of  the  lam  crystals  of  oligoclase  examined,  minute 
■pecks  of  quarts  were  occasionally  Tisible ;  a  circumstance  which  seems  to  me 
irreconoileab!e  with  the  supposition  of  the  formation  of  this  oligoclase  by  fiision, 
in  the  dry  way. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


HAU6HI0K- 


SBAiriTES  OF  IRBLAin). 


413 


4.  Black  Mica. — Black  mica  forms  in  Don^al^  as  in  the  Monme 
Mountains,  a  constant  and  important  constituent  of  the  granite ;  it 
is  always  present,  and  becomes  green  when  decomposition  sets  in. 

The  following  analyses  show  its  chemical  composition : — 

Table  Yll.— Black  Mica  of  Donegal. 


No.l. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

f^iliCA     -,    .- 

3616 
19-40 
26-31 
0-68 
4-29 
0-48 
9-00 
0-62 
0-40 
240 

36-20 
15-95 
2719 
0-50 
5-00 
0-16 
8-65 
0-64 
1-60 
3-90 

44-40 
21-52 
1072 
270 
614 
0-74 
618 
3-96 
1-28 
1-20 

31-60 
19^ 
23-36 
0-45 
7-03 
074 
3-90 
404 
1-20 
8-68 

Alnninft  . , ,  -  t  , . ,  - 1 ,  -  - .  - 1  r  t 

Iron  ^oenndde^ 

l4im<>. ....,,,-,..  T  T 

Magnesia     

Soda     

Potaah     

Iron  rDiotoxide)     

Manmieae  (protoxide)  

LosB  DT  ignition      

Totals  

99-64 

99-69 

98-84 

100-67 

No.  1.  GUnveagh, — Ooonrs  in  coarse  gneiaB,  containing  also  orthodase  and  oli- 

goolase. 
No.  2.  Baliygihen. — Occurs  in  granite,  in  |-indh  plates,  ^  inch  in  thickness. 
No.  3.  Garvary  Wood. — ^Associated  with  ougodase,  orthoclase,  and  molybdenite, 

in  Terns  in  gneiss. 
No.  4.  CaaiiecaldioeU. — ^Associated  with  orthodase  and  schorl  in  Teins  in  gneiss. 

This  mica  is  green,  and  is  obviously  the  black  mica  much  decomposed. 

Of  these  micas.  No.  4  is  evidently  decomposing,  and  not  to  be 
considered  in  forming  an  opinion  on  tiie  ayerage  compoation  of  the 
black  mica  of  Don^;al.  But  the  differences  between  No.  3  and 
Nos.  1  and  2  are  too  nmnerous  to  permit  us  to  take  the  average  of 
all.  To  enable  ns  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  the  probable  composition 
of  this  remarkable  mineral,  I  here  add  four  analyses,  of  which  three 
were  made  by  myself : — 

Table  YIII. — Black  Mica  from  oiher  localities. 


No.l. 

No.  2, 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

Silica    

35-56 
17-08 
23-70 
3-55 
1-95 
0-61 
3-07 
0-36 
9-45 
4-30 

35-60 
20-80 
21-40 

7-74 

4-46 
010 
9-00 
1-25 

3970 
12-25 
23-55 
0-96 
1<K) 
4-48 
7-25 
0-47 
730 
1-00 

37-40 
11-60 
27-66 
12-43 

}    0-26 

9-20 
0-60 

Iron  (protoxida) 

Manganese  (protoxide)  

JJim^ 

Mngnft^<^  ,  ..       , 

Soda 

Potash 

Loss  by  ignition 

Tiytfils  .. 

99*61 

100-81 

97^ 

99-15 

No.  1.  BaUyelUn,  co.  Cotr/ow.— (Haughton)  Qosrt  Joum.  QeoL  SoctoI.  xiip.  1 75. 
No.  2.  Ozn^on.— (Haughton)  Phil.  Mag.,  April  1859,  p.  259. 
No.  3.  Joneud,  Sweden, — (Haughton)  unpublished. 
No.  4.  Petertherg,  Wer7nlttnd.--{^\%mBjm), 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


414 


psocBJiDDres  oi  thb  esoLoeiCAL  socibtt.        [June  IS, 


Bammebberg  (*  Handbuch  der  Mineralchemie/ 1860,  p.  668)  gives, 
in  his  list  of  magnesia-micas^  three  only  that  can  be  compared  with 
tiie  eight  analyses  jnst  recorded — yiz.  Nos.  23, 24,  and  25,  althong^ 
he  does  not  hesitate  to  include  in  his  list  micas  whose  compositian 
with  respect  to  magnesia  ranges  firom  3  to  30  per  c^nt.  Physically, 
it  is  evident  that  the  eight  micas,  whose  composition  is  given  in  the 
preceding  Tables,  are  identical,  notwithstanding  the  variation  in  their 
chemical  composition. 

5.  Wliite  Mica, — This  mineral,  although  not  a  constituent  mineral 
of  the  granite  of  Denial,  occurs  frequently  in  veins,  and  is  always 
associated  with  orthoclase,  sometimes  with  schorl  and  beiyl.  It  is 
biaxial,  and  resembles  the  margarodite  of  Leinster  already  described 
in  Fart  I.  of  these  Besearches. 

The  following  analyses  show  its  composition : — 

Table  IX. — White  Mica  of  Donegal. 


No.1. 

No.  2. 

Mean. 

Silica    

44-80 
2976 
8-80 
0-46 
071 
0-32 
12-44 

45-24 
36-64 
2-24 
0-51 
0-71 
0-54 
10-44 
070 
0-24 
4-00 

45-02 

1   38-22 

^     048 

071 

0-43 

11-44 

1     071 

3-00 

AluvniDi^  ........................ 

Iron  (peroxide)   

Lime 

HTngtw^V 

So£      

Potuffh 

Manganeie  (protoxide)  

liOM  oy  iffnitioii 

0-48 
2O0 

Totali  

9976     I     100-26 

lOOOl 

No.  1.  CaUUcaldweU. — ^Found  in  veina  of  quartz  and  pink  orthodaM,  con- 
taining schorl  and  deoompodnff  plates  of  black  mica.  Biaxial  (72°  200. 
The  aooompuijing  woodcat  (fif.  1)  shows  the  position  of  the  plane  of 
optical  axes.    Angle  of  plate  ~  125°. 

No.  2.  Near  BaUyaihm,  in  Dootsh  Mountain, — ^In  veins  in  the  granite,  not 
assooiatea  with  black  mica ;  in  plates  I  inch  wide,  4  inch  thick.  Bi- 
axial (62°  10' to  d5°  10').    Angfoofplate«120°. 


Fig.  \.—WhiU  M{4M  from 
CastlecaldweU,  Donegal. 


Fig.  2.—  WhiU  Mica  from  Breezy 
Mountain^  near  BeUeJc. 


In  a  specimen  of  speckled  white  mica  from  Breezy  Mountain,  near 
Beleeky  I  found  the  optical  axes  to  form  an  angle  of  63®  6' ;  and 
also  observed  their  piane  to  coincide  with  the  (Sorter  diagonal  of 
the  primary  rhomb,  whose  angles  were  120°  and  60°.  This  is  shown 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HAUeHTOH— eBAinTBS  01  mBLAHD.  415 

in  the  aooompanyiikg  figure  (fig.  2),  in  which  also  the  internal  lines 
of  structure  of  the  crystal  are  shown ;  from  which  it  seems  passible 
that  the  optical  plane  may  really  bisect  the  acute  angles  of  some  of 
the  component  ciystals,  which  would,  in  this  case,  have  been  rotated 
through  90^.  In  the  specimens  from  Dooish,  the  plane  of  the  optical 
axes  is  perpendicular  to  the  side  of  the  hexagonal  plate  of  tiie  mica, 
and  therefore  joins  the  acute  angles  of  the  primary  rhomb. 

This  optical  peculiarity  of  the  Breezy  margarodite  distinguishes 
it  from  the  margarodite  of  the  Leinster  granite,  in  which  the  plane 
of  the  optical  axes  coinddes  with  the  long  diagonal  of  the  primary 
rhomb,  joining  its  acute  angles. 

From  the  preceding  analyses  tiie  following  atomic  quotients  may 
be  calculated : — 


No.l. 

No.  2. 

Mean. 

Silica    

0^5 
0682 

.0-345 
0-222 

1-005 
0-644 

0-311 
0-444 

1-000 
0-664 

0-328 
0-333 

3 
2 

1 
1 

AluminA 

•Iron  (peroxide)   

Lime,  r . ,,,.,.-,.  ^ , , . . , , 

MflPTKMtift T 

Soda 

Potash 

Iron  (protoxide) 

Manganese  (protoxide)  

Water  

This  result  gives  very  accurately  the  well-known  formula  of  mar- 
garodite— 

RO,  Si0,+2(A1,0.,  SiO.)+[HO]? 

The  mean  of  four  analyses  of  margarodite,  from  four  distinct 
localities  of  the  Leinster  granite,  gave  ] 


36-62 


Leinster  Margarodite. 

SiHca 44-68 

Alumina    1  , 

Iron  (peroxide) J  ' 

lime 0-78 

Magnesia  0*76 

Soda 0-95 

Potash   10-67 

Iron  (protoxide)    0*07 

Loss  by  ignition    6*34 

99-77 
The  two  minerals  are  plainly  identical,  and  form  a  well-marked 
feature  of  the  granite  of  Leinster  and  of  the  granite-veins  of 
Don^aL    Margarodite  is  sometimSB,  as  at  Sheskina-roan  and  Booish, 
found  in  the  granite  itself. 

6.  Hornblende. — ^The  granite  of  Donegal  varies  mnch  in  texturs 
and  appearance,  as  might  be  expected  from  its  gneissose  character. 
It  occasionally  passes  into  a  granitic  syenite,  composed  of  hornblende, 
oligoolase,  and  a  little  quarts  and  sphene.    The  composition  of  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


416  PBOGKXDnras  oi  thb  esoioaiCAL  socnnr.        [June  18, 

felspar  of  this  rock  has  been  already  given ;  that  of  its  hornblende 
is  as  follows : — 

Hornblende  of  Donegal  SyeniHc  Oraniie. 

Per-oentage.  Atoms. 

SiKca 47-26     , ,         1050 

Alumina    6*65     108 

r  protoxides  1 
Iron  (peroxide) 19*11  <  of  iron  and  V  551  ^ 

I  manganese  J  I 

lime 11-76      420  L^j..y 

Magnesia  11-26      563  p°^' 

Soda 0-08      31 

Potash    1-04      22j 

Iron  (protoxide)    0-94 

Manganese  (protoxide)      1*70 

99*69 

The  rock,  of  which  this  hornblende  is  a  oonstitaent,  has  the  follow- 
ing composition : — 

SyenUie  OranUe  of  Donegal. 

Silica 68*04 

Alumina    16-08 

Iron  (peroxide) 8-27 

lime 6-52 

Magnesia  2*94 

Soda 4*65 

Potash 2-21 

Iron  (protoxide)    0*45 

Manganese  (protoxide) 1-12 

100*28 

B.  Accidental  MineraU. 

1.  Sphene. — ^This  mineral  is  very  like  the  dove-brown  sphene  of 
Norway :  it  is  found  in  the  granite,  when  the  latter  becomes  basic, 
contaimng  much  black  mica  and  oligodase ;  but  it  is  principally 
found  in  a  rock  formed  of  a  paste  of  quartz  and  felspar,  that  often  lies 
between  the  granite  and  limestone  of  the  metamoiphic  rocks  of 
Donegal.  This  is  especially  observable  at  Anagarry  and  Bamesbeg, 
where  this  rock  is  so  abiindant  as  to  become  entitled  to  the  name  of 
sphene-rock ;  and  it  cannot  be  distinguished  from  similar  rocks  from 
Norway. 

2.  Schorl, — This  mineral  accompanies  orthodase  in  veins,  and  is 
often  curved  and  cracked,  showing  the  wider  opemngs  of  the  fissures 
next  the  convex  side,  and  Med  with  quarts,  as  if  the  curvature  of 
the  schorl,  and  the  filling  of  its  fissures  with  quartz,  were  the  result 
of  an  action  that  took  place  after  the  deposition  of  the  mineral. 

3.  Beryl. — ^The  only  known  locality  for  beryl  in  Donegal  is  She- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HAVGHTOir — QBAiriTES  OF  IBBLAKD.  417 

skiiia-roan,  near  Dnnglow.  It  is  green,  with  occamonally  a  shade 
of  blue,  and  occors  both  in  reefs  of  quartz  trayersing  tibe  granite 
along  its  leading  joints,  and  also  in  the  granite  itself,  which,  in  this 
case,  becomes  very  quartzose,  and  its  black  mica  disappears,  giving 
place  to  fine  rhombs  of  margarodite. 

The  beiyl  of  Donegal  has  never,  so  &r  as  I  know,  been  analysed — 
a  drcomstance  which  may  give  some  additional  value  to  the  follow- 
ing analyffls: — 

Berylf  fr(>m  Sheahina-roan,  Co.  Dcnegal.    Sp.  gr.sB2'686. 

Per-oentage.  Oxygen. 

Silica 65-52     34-02     ....     4 

Alumina 17-22        8-05   \       g.^^  ^ 


3-05   1 
[)-45   J 


Iron  (peroxide)  , .  1*53        0*- 

lime 0-43 

Magnesia    0*13 

Glucina 13-74     8-69     ....     1 

Water 0-90 


99-47 
This  analysis  gives  very  accurately  the  well-known  formula  of 
b«7l—  Be,0„  2SiO,+Al,0„  2Si03. 

Mallet's  analysis  of  the  beryl  of  Killiney,  in  the  Leinster  granite, 
is  as  follows : — 

Beryl  of  Leinster  Oranite. 

SiHca 66-13 

Alumina     17-87 

Iron  (peroxide) 1-62 

Glucina 13-09 


98-71 


This  mineral  bears  the  closest  resemblance  to  the  beryl  of  Sheskina- 
roan  in  its  chemical  composition. 

4.  Garnet — ^This  mineral,  in  bright  ruby-coloured  crystals,  is 
found  in  the  granite  of  Glenties,  Anagarry,  and  other  localities. 
Form  dodecahedral. 

5.  Molybdenite  and  Copper-pyrites. — ^These  minerals  are  found 
in  veins  of  granite,  at  Garvary  Wood,  near  Castlecaldwell,  associated 
with  oligoclase  and  black  mica. 

VI.  Mineralogieal  Con^podtion  of  the  Granite  of  Donegal, — ^The 
granite  of  Denial,  as  I  have  shown,  is  composed  of  four  minerals, 
quartz,  orthodase,  oligoclase,  and  black  mica,  with  perhaps  an  un- 
known paste  besides.  It  is  now  necessary  to  determine  numerically 
its  mineral  composition,  and  to  investigate  the  constitution  of  its 
paste.  In  order  to  do  so,  we  must  first  fix  the  composition  of  each 
constituent. 

1.  Quartz, — ^This  is  assumed  to  be  pure  silica. 

2.  (Mhoelaee,  OUgoelase,  Black  Mica, — I  take  the  average  com- 
position of  the  orthodase  and  oligoclase  already  given ;  and  for  that 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


418 


PB00iiDDr«8  OP  THE  eiOLooiCAi  socifiTT.        [June  18, 


of  the  black  mica,  I  aattime  the  mean  of  Nob.  1  and  2  of  Table  VI!., 
which  were  proomred  from  the  granite  of  Glenreagh  and  Balljgihen, 
and  resemble  each  other  closely* 

Tablb  'K.^^Mean  CompoHtum  of  the  OonstUueni  Minerah  of  the 
Oranite  of  Donegal* 


QoartE. 

OrthookM. 

Ollgodase. 

Black  Ifioa. 

Silica    

lOOOO 

63-20 

18-64 
0-68 

59-92 
23-68 
1-17 
0O5 
0-16 
6-30 
013 
6-47 
2-07 

36-18 
17-68 
2676 
0-63 
0-96 
0*64 
4-66 
0-32 
8-83 
8-16 

AlUminA     .  .  .  r  .  .  .  .  .  r  .  ,  .  .  r  r  ,  -  t  . . . , , 

Iron  ^Ddroxide^   

Iron  ^DKitoxidd^          

Profamde  of  MimgiuifUft 

Xiime r . , ,  . , 

276 

Oil 

078 

14-92 

MumiMiA-      

sXT:: ;;:;::;:.;;:;: 

Potfuih 

Water  

Totals  

lOOOO 

101-06 

98-96 

99-68 

From  the  preceding  Table  we  may  readily  calculate  the  follow- 
ing, which  gives  the  proportion  of  oxygen  belonging  to  the 
silica,  peroxides,  and  protoxides  of  each  constituent  mineral,  and 
which  is  necessary  for  the  determination  of  tiie  per-centage  of  the 
constituent  minerals. 

Table  XI. — Oxygen-proportions  of  the  Constituent  Minerals  of  the 
Oranite  of  Donegal. 


Quarts.     Orthoolase.   Oligodase.  Black  Mica. 


Silica    

Peroxides.. 
Protoxides 


61-92 


32-81 
8-91 
3-66 


3111 

11-41 

3-61 


1878 

16-28 

394 


Totals 


61-92 


46-27 


46-13 


3900 


Let  us  take  as  an  example  of  the  mineralogical  calculation  the 
granite  of  Doocharry  Bridge,  No.  IX.,  which  is  nearly  in  the  centre 
of  the  granite  axis,  and  represents  weU  the  average  granite  of 
Donegal.    Its  analysis  and  oxygen-proportions  are  as  follows : — 


Oranite  of  Doocharry  Bridge, 
Fer-centage. 

SiHca    72-24     .... 

Alumina   14-92 1 

Iron  (peroxide)     1-63  j 

Iron  (protoxide) 0-231 

Manganese  (protoxide) . .       0*32 

lime 1-68  I 

Magnesia 0-36  f"" 

Soda 3-51 

Potash 5-lOj 

99-99 


Oxygen. 
37-61 

7-46 


2-60 


47-47 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HAuenioN — obakitjss  of  ibslaio).  419 

If,  now,  Q.,  Or,y  (H.,  and  M.  denote  the  per-oentages  of  quartz,  ortho- 
clase,  oligoclase,  and  mica  in  this  granite,  we  have  ^e  following 
equations  from  the  preceding  oxygen-ratios : — 

376100=6192  0.+3281  Or.+3111  OZ.  +  1878  M, (1) 

74600=  891  Or. +  1141  OZ.  +  1628  if. (2) 

26000=  365  Or.+  361  01+  394  M. (3) 

To  which  we  may  add  the  following : — 

lOO^Q.+  Or.  +  Ol+M.    (4) 

<he  reason  of  which  is  evident. 

From  these  four  equations,  the  four  unknown  per-centages  are  to 
be  determined. 

Eliminating  M.  firom  (2)  and  (3),  we  find 

1130800=22689  Or.+13817  01 (a.) 

Also,  eliminating  Q.  from  (1)  and  (4),  we  obtain 

144100=1911  Or.-h2081  0Z.+3314if.     (6.) 

Again,  eliminating  M,  between  (6)  and  (3),  we  obtain  the  following 
equation  in  Or.  and  Oh : — 

2607600=42357  Or. +37660  01 (c.) 

Solving  equations  (a)  and  (c)  for  Or,  and  01.^  we  obtain 

OZ.=41-88. 
Introducing  these  values  of  Or,  and  01,  into  equation  (2),  we  find 

if=316. 
And,  finally,  firom  (4)  we  obtain 

C=30-63. 

The  mineralogical  composition,  therefore,  of  the  granite  of  Doo- 
charry  Bridge  is — 

Doocharry  Bridge  OraniU. 

Quartz    30-63 

Orthodase 24-33 

Oligoclase 41-88 

Black  mica     3-16 


100-00 


The  preceding  calculation  leaves  little  to  be  desired  in  point  of 
accuracy,  although  it  is  open  to  the  objection  that  it  is  somewhat 
laborious.  I  beUeve  it  to  be  superior  in  accuracy  to  the  method  of 
measurement  used  by  Delesse.      This  distinguished  geologist  has 

VOL.  XVin. PART  I.  2  p 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


420 


PBOcssDnros  of  the  esoLoeicAL  bociett.        [June  18, 


obtained  the  following  proportions  for  three  granites,  one  from 
Egypt,  and  the  other  two  from  the  Vosges : — 


Granite. 

Quarts. 

Orthoclaee. 

Oligodase.  Blac^  Mica. 

Bed  Oranite  of  Egypt   

44 

43 

9 

4 

Voflfires.  Tholy 

52 

45 

2 

1 

Yoflgee 

60 

28 

7 

5 

The  per-oentage  of  quartz  in  these  granites  appears  very  great,  and 
to  vary  much  in  quantity.    The  granite  of  Leinster  contains — 


Leinster  Granite, 

Quartz    

Mixed  felspar  (tersilicated) 

White  mica    

Black  mica 


27-66 

62-94 

14-18 

6-27 

100-05 


S,  Ona  Stalk-eted  Gbustacean  from  the  Carbokifebous  Stbata  near 
Paisley.     By  Thomas  H.  Huxlet,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  Sec.  G.8.,  <fec. 

IiT  a  paper  published  in  the  Geological  Society's  *  Journal  *  (vol.  xiii. 
p.  363,  1857),  I  described  several  specimens  of  a  Stalk-eyed  Crus- 
tacean, from  rocks  of  Carboniferous  age,  to  which  I  applied  the 
generic  name  of  PygocepTialus,  referring  the  genus  to  either  the 
Decapodous  or  Stomapodous  group  of  the  Class. 

My  friend  and  colleague,  Mr.  Geikie,  F.G.S.,  has  been  so  good  as 
to  draw  my  attention  to  what  I  believe  to  be  another  specimen  of 
the  same  Crustacean,  obtained  by  the  Bev.  Mr.  Eraser,  M.A.,  from 
one  of  the  coal  and  ironstone  mines  in  the  Strath  of  the  Clyde,  about 
two  miles  from  Paisley,  in  dark  shale*,  and,  by  the  obliging  permission 
of  its  owner,  has  placed  it  in  my  hands  for  examination  and  descrip- 
tion. I  say,  I  believe  the  new  fossil  to  be  another  specimen  of 
PygocepTialus,  because,  in  consequence  of  the  different  position  in 
which  the  present  specimen  is  imbedded  in  the  matrix,  a  strict 
comparison  with  the  others  is  almost  impossible;  and  my  deter- 
mination is  based  rather  on  general  analogy  of  the  forms  tiian  on 
a  complete  identification. 

While  the  other  specimens  presented  a  view  of  the  ventral  sur- 
face, this  shows  the  lateral  aspect  of  the  animal,  exhibiting  a  side- 
view  of  the  carapace,  of  the  ttioracic  and  some  of  the  cephalic  ap- 
pendages, and  of  the  large  and  curved  abdomen.  The  carapace,  the 
lateral  surface  of  which  is  convex  from  above  downwards,  is  narrow 

*  "  This  dark  shale,"  says  Mr.  Fraser,  in  a  letter  to  me,  "  is  about  19  fathoms 
below  the  surface.  The  ironstone-clav-band  lies  about  7  fathoms  above  it ;  and 
36  fathoms  beneath  it,  occurs  what  is  Known  here  as  the  Hurlet  or  Nitshill  Coal." 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HUXLEY — 8TALK-ETBD  CBU8TAGEAK.  421 

and  apparently  truncated  in  front,  but  deep  behind,  its  poetero-in- 
ferior  angle  being  somewhat  produced,  but  rounded  off.  It  measures 
0*Q5  in.  in  extreme  length,  0*3  in.  in  extreme  depth.    The  dorsal 

Sketch  of  Pygocephalus  (?)  from  the  Coal-shale  near  Paisley. 


walls  of  the  abdominal  somites,  of  which  only  the  anterior  three  or 
four  are  clearly  distinguishable  from  one  another,  are  large  in  propor- 
tion to  the  carapace,  having  a  depth  of  0*3  in.,  and  an  antero-posterior 
length  of  0*13  in.  The  fr^e  inferior  edges  are  not  clearly  defined, 
but  their  margins  seem  to  have  had  much  the  same  curvature  as 
those  of  Astactis  or  Homarus,  The  first  obvious  abdominal  segment 
is  separated  from  the  carapace  by  an  interval,  in  which  I  think  I 
can  trace  the  remains  of  the  small,  true,  first  abdominal  segment, 
not  much  more  than  half  the  size  of  the  others.  If  this  be  the 
case,  then  the  dorsal  parts  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  somites  are  broken 
away ;  and  all  that  remains  of  the  telson  and  the  appendages  of  the 
sixth  somits  is  a  broad  flat  plate,  which  lies  in  firont  ci  the  third 
and  fourth  abdominal  somites. 

I  explained  in  my  previous  paper  the  difficulties  which  I  met 
with  in  endeavouring  to  understand  this  part  of  the  body  of 
Pygocephalus ;  and  I  am  sorry  to  say  that  the  new  specimen  casts 
but  little  light  upon  the  subject.  The  appendages  are  fairly  dis- 
played. At  the  anterior  part  of  the  carapace  I  believe  I  can  dis- 
cern the  eye-stalk,  which  is  about  0*1  in.  long,  broader  at  its  free 
than  at  its  attached  end,  and  exhibits  a  depression,  which  is  broad  in 
front,  but  narrows  behind  to  a  point  on  the  outer  side  of  its  distal 
half.  This  depression  appears  to  result  from  the  more  yielding 
character  of  the  integument,  that  investing  the  rest  of  the  eye-stalk 
being  dense  and  shining ;  and  the  surface  of  this  softer  integument 
is  distinctly  facetted.  The  character  of  the  appendage,  in  short, 
closely  agrees  with  that  of  the  dried  eye-stalk  of  a  Podophthal- 
mous  Crustacean.  Behind  and  below  the  eye-stalk  the  remains 
of  the  antennule  are  traceable ;  and  this  is  succeeded  by  the  antenna, 
its  great  basal  scale  being  veiy  largely  developed.  Behind  these 
follow  about  seven  slender,  filiform,  jointed  limbs,  diminishing  in 
length  from  before  backwards ;  indistinct  traces  of  a  second  division, 
or  exopodite,  are  discernible  in  these  limbs. 

Notwithstanding  the  imperfect  condition  of  this  new  specimen, 
and  the  very  little  that  it  enables  me  to  add  to  what  was  already 
known  of  Pygocephalus,  it  is  so  desirable  to  call  the  attention  of 

2f2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


422  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.  [June  18, 

collectors  to  the  various  aspects  under  which  the  higher  Orusteu^ea 
make  their  appearance  in  the  oldest  rocks  at  present  kno¥m  to  con- 
tain them,  that  I  venture  to  communicate  the  present  notice  to  the 
Geological  Society. 


4,  On  the  Pbeholab  Teeth  of  Dipbotodon,  and  on  a  New  Specie  of 
that  GENT7S.    By  Thomas  H.  Huxlet,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  Sec.  G.  S.,  &c. 

[Plate  XXI.] 

A  SHOBT  time  since,  I  was  requested  hy  Dr.  Cotton,  F.G.S.,  to 
examine  a  series  of  Australian  fossils  in  his  collection,  which  were 
procured  hy  Mr.  Isaacs  ^m  Gowrie,  in  the  district  of  the  Darling 
Downs  in  Queensland,  the  same  locality  from  which  other  specimens 
in  the  Hiinterian  and  British  Museums  were  ohtained.  These  fossils 
consisted  of  numerous  teeth  and  fragments  of  jaws  of  Macropus 
Atlas  and  M,  Titan ;  part  of  the  upper  jaw  of  a  new  species  of 
Kangaroo,  as  large  as  these,  hut  allied  to  Lagorchestes  and  ffypn- 
prymnus ;  with  three  lumhar  vertebrae,  a  sacrum,  portions  of  two 
innominate  bones,  three  ossa  calcis,  and  a  right  metatarsal  of  the 
great  toe,  belonging  to  these  Marsupials.  The  metatarsal  is  remark- 
able for  its  short  and  stout  proportions.  But  the  most  interesting 
among  these  remains  were  fragments  of  Dlprotodon,  comprising 
sundiy  molar  teeth,  a  small  portion  of  the  right  ramus  of  a  lower 
jaw,  and  parts  of  the  right  and  left  upper  jaws  of  two  distinct 
individuals.  Of  these  upper  jaws,  the  former,  which  I  shall  call  No.  I 
(PL  XXI.  fig.  1),  contained  the  premolar  in  place  and  the  socket  of 
the  succeeding  molar,  with  one  fang  in  place.  Portunately,  among 
the  detached  teeth,  I  found  the  crown  and  principal  fang  of  this  molar, 
and  the  premolar  of  the  other  side  of  the  same  skull.  The  other  or 
left  upper  jaw.  No.  2  (fig.  4),  has  a  very  diflferent  colour  and  texture, 
from  the  nature  of  the  ferruginous  matrix  in  which  it  has  been  im- 
bedded. It  retains  a  part  of  the  palatine  plate,  and  holds  three  teeth — 
the  premolar  and  first  and  second  molars.  What  (from  its  aspect  and 
mineral  condition)  I  do  not  doubt  to  be  the  fourth,  or  hindcrmost, 
molar  of  the  same  series  was  found  loose  among  the  other  teeth. 

The  genus  Diprotodon  was  founded  by  Professor  Owen*  upon 
part  of  a  lower  jaw,  collected  by  Sir  Thomas  Mitchell,  from  a  cave 
in  the  Wellington  Valley.  In  1846  further  details  were  given  by 
the  same  authort,  who  described  two  fragments  of  lower  jaws,  and 
all  the  lower  series  of  teeth  but  the  premolar.  Of  this  tooth  all 
that  is  said  is,  *^  its  socket  shows  that  it  was  implanted,  like  the  other 
molars,  by  two  fangs  "  (Z.  c.  p.  214).  A  dorsal  vertebra  and  a  cal- 
caneum,  from  the  same  deposits,  are  provisionally  ascribed  to  the  same 
genus. 

*  Mitchell*s  *  Three  ExpeditionB  into  the  Interior  of  Eastern  Australia,* 
vol.  ii.  p.  368,  pL  9.  fig.  1.    1838. 

t  Rq)ort  of  the  Meeting  of  the  British  Association  for  1844,  p.  223  ;  •  Re- 
port on  the  Extinct  Mammals  of  Australia,  &c./  by  Prof.  Owen,  F.K.S. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  HUXLEl DIPROTODON.  423 

In  the  <<  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Organic  Eemains  of  Mammalia 
and  Aves  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  "  (1856), 
Professor  Owen  has  given  a  fuller  description,  accompanied  hy  figures, 
of  the  previously  known  remains  of  Diprotodon  australis,  and  has 
added  an  account  of  some  fragments  of  rihs,  scapulae,  and  limh-hones. 
No  portions  of  the  upper  jaw,  or  of  its  teeth,  are  described  in  these 
successive  communications;  but  in  the  paper  "On  some  outline 
drawings  and  photographs  of  the  skull  of  the  Zygomaturus  trilobus  " 
(Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  1859,  p.  168),  it  is  stated  of  "  Zygoma- 
turus,'* — "  By  the  dentition  of  the  upper  jaw  this  fossil  agrees  in  that 
essential  character  with  the  genxis  Diprotodon  "  (p.  173) ;  and  further, 
at  p.  175,  "  The  bony  palate  appears  to  have  been  entire  or  without 
any  unusually  large  palatal  vacuity,  in  this  respect  resembling  the 
same  part  in  Macropus  major  and  Diprotodon ; "  and  again  at  p.  175, 
— "  In  the  cranium  of  Diprotodon  in  the  Sydney  Museum,  of  which 
photographs  have  been  transmitted  to  me  by  Mr.  George  Bennett,  the 
number  of  molar  teeth  is  reduced  to  eight,  four  on  each  side ;  but  it 
is  by  the  loss  of  the  first  small  molar  ;  and  from  the  appearance  of 
that  molar  in  Zygomaturus,  1  conjecture  that  it  would  abo  be  shed 
in  an  older  individual.  But  there  are  specimens  in  both  the  British 
Museum  and  the  Hunterian  Museum  which  demonstrate  that  the 
Diprotodon  has  five  molar  teeth  developed  on  each  side  of  both  upper 
and  lower  jaws,  as  stated  in  my  '  Report  on  the  extinct  Mammals 
of  Australia.' " 

I  may  remark,  incidentally,  that  I  am  unable  to  find  any  reference 
to  the  upper  jaw  in  the  '  Report '  here  cited.  In  the  passage  which 
immediately  precedes  that  just  quoted.  Professor  Owen  says, — "  I 
have  to  state  that  the  British  Museum  has  now  received  ample 
evidence  that  the  generic  distinction  which  Mr.  MacLeay  believes  to 
exist  between  that  fossil  {Zygomaturus)  and  Diprotodon  is  not 
present." 

My  valued  friend  Mr.  MacLeay,  however,  by  no  means  made  the 
mistake  here  attributed  to  him,  of  establishing  a  new  genus  un- 
necessarily. "  Zygomaturus  "  is,  without  doubt,  genericaUy  distinct 
from  Diprotodon :  indeed,  Mr.  MacLeay's  conclusion  is  implicitly 
admitted  by  Professor  Owen  in  the  paper  which  follows  that  cited 
above,  and  which  is  chiefly  devoted  to  an  attempt  to  prove  the 
identity  of  Zygomaturus  (MacLeay)  with  Nototherium  (Owen) ;  for 
the  latter  genus  is  regarded  by  Professor  Owen  as  perfectly  distinct 
from  Diprotodon, 

In  the  plate  (Plate  IX.)  which  accompanied  that  communication, 
the  left  penultimate  upper  molar  of  Diprotodon  is  figured  (fig.  6)  ; 
and  the  transverse  direction  of  the  principal  ridges,  as  contrasted 
with  their  oblique  direction  in  Nototherium.  is  noted. 

I  have  now,  I  believe,  adverted  to  all  that  has  been  written 
regarding  the  dentition  of  Diprotodon ;  and  it  will  be  observed  that 
much  remains  to  be  learned  respecting  the  premolar  teeth  and  the 
dentition  of  the  upper  jaw  generally.  I  shall  proceed,  therefore,  to 
describe,  at  some  leng^,  the  fossils  noted  above  as  Nos.  1  and  2. 

No.  1  (PL  XXI.  figs.  1, 2, 3).  This  consists  of  so  much  of  the  right 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


424  PROcEBDnres  of  the  geological  societt.        [June  18, 

maxilla  of  a  Diprotodon  as  would  lie  between  an  anterior  boundary- 
line,  drawn  through  the  anterior  end  of  the  infraorbital  canal  and 
the  alveolar  margin,  half  an  inch  in  front  of  the  premolar,  and  a 
posterior  boundary-line,  drawn  at  right  angles  to  the  alveolar  margin, 
between  the  fangs  of  the  first  molar  tooth.  The  superior  limit  of  the 
fragment  is  the  commencement  of  the  lacrymal  or  antorbital  promi- 
nence. The  distance  between  the  alveolar  margin  and  the  li^r  is 
3  inches.  The  outer  surface  of  the  maxilla  is  strongly  inclined 
inwards  below  the  suborbital  foramen,  flattened  or  slighdy  convex 
frx>m  the  alveoli  of  the  premolar  and  molar  to  the  level  of  that  fora- 
men, and  slopes  backwards  and  inwards,  so  as  to  be  markedly  con- 
cave, above  that  point.  Although  not  more  than  an  inch  and  a  half 
of  the  infraorbital  canal  is  preserved,  its  anterior  end  is  frilly  half 
an  inch  below  its  posterior  extremity,  so  stron^y  is  it  inclined 
downwards  and  forwards. 

In  all  these  characters  the  fossil  agrees  with  Diprotodouj  and 
differs  frx>m  Zygomaturus* ;  in  which  lattef  animal  the  surface  of 
the  maxilla  slopes  directly  outwards  and  backwards  frx>m  the  infra- 
orbital foramen  to  form  the  prominent  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 
In  ZygomaturuB  the  zygomatic  jNTOcess  of  the  maxilla  is  given  off  at 
a  point  where  the  suif ace  of  that  bone  is  qnite  smooth  in  the  fossil 
before  us. 

Of  No.  2  (PI.  XXI.  figs.  4,  5,  6),  a  left  maxilla,  less  of  the  upper 
and  anterior,  and  more  of  the  posterior  and  inner  part,  remain.  The 
floor  of  the  infraorbital  foramen  remains,  and  exhibits  the  same  rapid 
slope  as  that  of  the  other  specimen.  A  strong  horizontal  palatine 
process  is  given  off  from  the  inner  side  of  this  fragment  of  the  left 
maxilla.  Its  greatest  breadth  is  one  inch  and  three-eighths;  and  its 
inner  boundary,  rough  and  broken,  presents  no  indication  of  a  suture, 
so  that  the  pdate  had  more  than  double  this  width  at  this  point. 
Opposite  the  interval  between  the  first  and  second  molars  a  small 
canal  opens  forwards,  upon  the  under  and  anterior  surface  of  the  palate 
opposite  the  premolar.  The  palatine  plate  is  three-eighths  of  an  inch 
thick,  and  presents  a  flat  external  division,  separated  by  a  ridge  from 
an  inner  part  which  slopes  somewhat  upwards;  but  behind  the 
opening  of  the  canal  just  mentioned,  the  under  or  oral  surface  rises 
both  inwards  and  backwards ;  and,  the  upper  or  nasal  surface  falling 
in  the  same  proportion,  the  palatine  plate  ends  posteriorly  and  inter- 
nally, opposite  the  interval  between  the  second  and  third  molars,  in  a 
thin  edge,  which,  in  this  specimen,  is  nowhere  completely  entire.  In 
a  specimen  of  the  right  maxilla  of  Diprotodon,  containing  all  the  teeth 
save  the  premolar,  in  the  collection  of  the  British  Museum  (marked 
32858),  to  which  I  shall  have  occasion  to  make  frequent  reference,  the 
palatine  plate  is  seen  to  end  in  a  free,  thin,  rounded  edge,  and  to  become 

*  I  employ^  Mr.  MaoLeay's  generic  name  ZygomatmruM  for  the  fosail  skull 
which  he  originally  described,  l^cause,  until  a  lower  jaw  has  been  disooTered  in 
connexion  with  such  a  skull,  and  that  lower  jaw  turns  out  to  be  generically  identi- 
cal with  the  mandible  upon  which  Professor  Owen  founded  Ws  genus  Noto- 
theriumy  the  identity  of  Nototherimm  and  Zggomatmnu  cannot  be  considered  to 
be  proved. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  *      HUXLBT — DIPROTODON.  425 

narrower  from  the  level  of  the  commencement  of  the  third  molar ;  so 
that)  no  doubt,  a  great  palatine  vacuity  existed  at  this  spot.  This 
is  the  more  remarkable,  as,  judging  from  a  cast  in  the  same  col-^ 
lection,  the  palate  of  Notoiherium  was  entire,  and  extended,  as  in  the 
Kangaroos,  behind  the  last  molar  tooth. 

The  molar  teeth  have  the  general  characters  of  those  of  the  lower 
jaw  of  Diprotodon  already  described  by  Professor  Owen.  Each 
exhibits  two  principal  transverse  ridges,  with  a  posterior,  almost 
obsolete,  and  an  anterior,  much  more  prominent  and  thick,  but  still 
low,  basal  ridge.  The  principal  ridges  are  directed  transversely  to  the 
axis  of  the  palate  and  the  alveolar  margin,  or  have,  at  most,  but  a  very 
slight  inclination  backwards  and  inwards.  They  are  slightly  concave 
backwards ;  and  they  wear  down  at  first  into  two  oval  or  elongate- 
reniform  facets,  separated  by  a  deep  valley,  whose  outer  ends  are, 
as  usual,  higher  than  the  inner.  Ilie  tootii  becomes  abraded  faster 
in  front  than  behind, — ^the  anterior  basal  ridge  contributing  a  single 
or  double  strip-like  facet,  which  becomes  connected  in  the  middle 
with  the  worn  face  of  the  anterior  of  the  two  principal  ridges.  The 
latter  also  eventually  unite  in  the  middle  of  tike  tootii;  90  liiat,  in 
much- worn  teeth,  the  broad,  four-sided  field  of  dentine  is  surrounded 
only  by  a  narrow  band  of  enamel,  the  lateral  portions  of  which  present 
two  sharply  re-entering  angles.  There  ia  no  cingulum  continued  upon 
either  the  outer  or  the  inner  ndes  of  the  base  of  these  teeth.  The  sur- 
face of  the  enamel  has  that  sort  of  ^*  reticulo-punctate  or  worm- 
eaten  "  look  which  is  mentioned  by  Professor  Owen  as  characteristic 
of  the  teeth  in  this  genus. 

The  first  molar  is  rather  smaller  than  the  second :  the  third  is 
wanting :  the  fourth  is  considerably  longer  than  the  second,  as  the 
measurements  given  below  will  show,  and  has  not  the  square  out- 
line of  the  first  and  second ;  but  it  diminishes  posteriorly  by  the 
incurvation  of  its  outer  contour.  Hence  the  posterior  transverse 
ridge  of  the  fourth  molar  is  much  smaller  than  the  anterior.  The 
tooth  is  not  at  all  worn,  and  seems  to  have  been  but  just  cut.  The 
principal  crests  are  excavated  from  side  to  side  posteriorly,  and  are 
correspondingly  convex  anteriorly.  Superiorly  they  rise  to  a  minutely 
ridged  and  forwardly  curved  edge,  which  is  slightiy  concave  up- 
WBTds,  The  anterior  basal  ridge  is  sharply  defined,  but  is  not  so 
thick  as  in  the  second  molar. 

Each  molar  tooth  has  a  single  posterior  fang  and  two  anterior  fangs. 

The  premolar  tooth  (not  more  than  half  the  size  of  the  molar 
which  succeeds  it,  and  very  much  less  worn)  differs  somewhat  in  its 
characters  in  the  two  fossils.  I  will  first  describe  it  as  it  appears 
in  No.  1,  where  the  premolar  teeth  of  both  sides  are  preserved. 
The  tooth  is  implanted  by  two  fangs,  an  anterior,  smaller,  and  a 
posterior,  larger ;  and  its  crown  has  somewhat  the  form  of  a  tetra- 
hedron with  a  truncated  apex.  The  posterior  side  is  fiat,  and  slopes 
obliquely  forwards  to  the  roof-like  summit  of  the  tooth.  The  outer 
convex  surface  (fig.  1)  is  divided  into  three  minor  vertical  convex- 
ities by  two  shallow  grooves,  which  cease  about  halfway  towards  the 
base  of  the  crown.    The  inner  surface  (fig.  3),  less  extensive  than  the 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


y  26  FB0CSEDIKCH9  OF  THB  OEOLOeiCAL  SOCIETT.  [June  18, 

outer,  is  convex  and  triangulary  being  narrower  towards  the  summit 
of  the  crown.  It  passes  gradually  into  the  anterior  side,  which  is  ako 
triangular,  but  still  narrower.  From  the  vertical  depressions  on  the 
outer  surface  two  grooves  extend  inwards  on  to  the  crown,  which  is 
thus  divided  by  two  transverse  valleys  separated  by  elevations.  Of 
these,  the  two  posterior,  broad  and  ridge-like,  j(Mn  interiially  to  form 
the  inner  surface  of  the  tooth ;  while  the  anterior,  which  has  more  the 
form  of  a  cone  than  that  of  a  crest,  is  not  more  than  half  as  broad  as 
the  others,  and  terminates,  internally,  in  a  smoothly  roimded  convex 
pillar,  which  remains  distinct  to  the  base  of  the  crown.  From  its 
anterior  surface  a  ridge  springs,  which,  gradually  decreasing  in 
height,  skirts  its  base  and  ^en  ascends,  upon  the  inner  part  of  the 
middle  ridge,  to  form  the  anterior  boundary  of  the  inner  face  of  the 
tooth.  The  posterior  basal  ridge  is  well  marked  and  concave  up* 
wards;  its  inner  and  outer  ends,  as  it  were,  ascending  upon  the 
postero-extemal  and  postero-intemal  angles  of  the  tooth.  The 
anterior,  or  mammillary,  elevation  is  not  at  all  worn  in  either 
tooth.  The  middle  and  posterior  ridges  are  slightly  worn,  so  as  to 
give  rise  to  two  elongated  facets,  each  not  more  than  one-sixth  of  an 
inch  wide,  and  passing  into  one  another  internally,  being  separated 
only  by  the  posterior  groove,  which  dilates  somewhat  suddenly  at  its 
inner  end  (fig.  2), 

The  pr^nolar  of  No.  2  is  constructed  upon  precisely  the  same 
general  plan  as  that  of  No.  1,  but  differs  in  several  details.  Thus, 
it  is  slightly  smaller,  and  the  antero-intemal  ridge  which  skirts  the 
base  of  the  mammilla  has  a  somewhat  different  form.  But  the 
most  marked  difference  is  offered  by  the  outer  surface  of  the  tooth 
(fig.  4),  which  presents  not  merely  three  smoothly  convex  surfaces,  as 
in  the  other  specimen,  but  exhibits  three  well-defined  vertical  ridges, 
connected  by  prominent,  curved,  basal  elevations.  The  premolar  of 
this  specimen  is  altogether  somewhat  smaller  than  that  of  the  other. 

That  both  these  specimens  are  specifically  distinct  from  the  only 
species  of  Diprotodon  known  at  present,  viz.  D.  australisy  appears 
likely,  at  first  sight,  from  a  comparison  of  the  dimensions  of  the 
corresponding  teeth. 

In  the  maxilla  of  Diprotodon  australis  (British  Museum,  No. 
32848),  to  which  I  have  already  referred,  the  socket  of  the  premolar 
and  the  first  and  second  molars  occupy  a  space  of  4|  inches  in  the 
alveolar  margin  of  the  maxiUa :  in  No.  2  the  same  teeth  occupy 
only  about  3^  inches.  The  measurements  of  the  individual  teetii, 
given  in  eighths  of  an  inch  in  the  following  table,  present  a  nearly 
similar  ratio. 

No.  2.  No.  1.  2>.  auHrali9  (B.M.). 

Breadth.    Length.  Breadth.  Length.  Breadth.  Length. 

Premolar 6^7*  7  8  5  8* 

First  molar 9i  10  12  10  18  12 

Second  molar  lli  12  16  15 

Fourthmolar  13  16  17  20 

*  These  are  measurements  of  the  alyeolus  and  its  contained  fang.  The  crown 
of  the  tooth  was  doubtless  much  larger  in  each  dimension. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


D,i.ize¥y^SdfeDIPRO' 


Quart.  JoumGeol.  Soc  Vol.XyilL  KJJl. 


[^ON.  OUEENSLATJI).  Digitized  by  GoOgtc^ 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  POWRIX  -OLD  RED  BAHDOTONE.  427 

From  these  measurementB  it  would  appear  that  No.  2  was  about 
one-fourth  smaller  than  Diprotodon  australia,  and  that  No.  1  took 
a  place  between  No.  2  and  &e  latter,  but  nearer  No.  2.  The  ques- 
tion of  the  systematic  value  of  the  differences  between  No.  1  and 
No.  2,  on  the  one  hand,  and  between  both  of  these  and  Dipro- 
todon australis,  now  arises. 

In  No.  2,  the  outer  surface  of  the  premolar  is  ridged,  and  the 
crown  of  the  first  molar  is  not  so  broad  as  it  is  long. 

In  No.  1,  the  outer  surface  of  the  premolar  presents  simple  con- 
vexities, without  ridges,  and  the  first  molar  is  distinctly  broader 
than  long. 

In  Diprotodxm  australis  the  form  of  the  premolar  is  not  known ; 
the  first  molar  is  somewhat  broader  than  it  is  long. 

I  entertain  no  doubt  that  Nos.  1  and  2  are  specifically  distinct ; 
and  I  propose  for  No.  2  the  name  Diprotodon  minor.  Whether 
No.  1  is  specifically  distinct  from  Diprotodon  atutralis,  or  whether 
its  difference  in  size  is  merely  sexual,  I  cannot  pretend  to  say,  in 
the  absence  of  any  premolar  teeth  of  undoubted  D.  auatralis. 

From  the  very  slight  extent  to  which  the  premolar  is  worn  while 
the  first  molar  is  so  much  abraded,  I  suspect  that  the  former  tooth 
must  have  persisted  for  a  long  while,  instead  of  being  pushed  out  at 
an  early  period  as  in  many  Macropodtdas,  In  form  and  pattern  the 
premolar  does  not  depart  more  widely  than  the  molars  themselves 
from  the  type  found  in  some  Kangaroos,  such  as  Halmaturus ;  and 
the  cast  of  Zygomaturm  in  the  British  Museum  shows  that  the  upper 
premolar  in  &at  animal  had  an  essentially  similar  structure,  though 
it  seems  to  have  been  somewhat  larger  in  proportion  to  the  molars. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  PLATE  XXL 

Fig.  1.  Part  of  the  right  upper  maxilla  of  Diprotodon  (austrtUu});  viewed 
laterally. 

2.  The  under  or  oral  face  of  the  same  fragment. 

3.  A  premolar  tooth,  apparently  from  we  opposite  maxilla  of  the  same 

animal ;  viewed  from  the  inner  side. 

4.  Part  of  the  left  upper  maxilla  of  Diprotodon  minor ;  viewed  laterary. 

5.  The  under  or  oral  face  of  the  same  specimen. 

6.  Fourth  molar,  probably  of  the  same  specimen  of  Diprotodon  minor. 


5.  On  the  Old  Ked  Sandstones  of  Fipeshire. 
By  James  Powbib,  Esq.,  F.G.8. 

Introduction, — In  a  paper  which  I  communicated  to  the  Geolo- 
gical Society  last  year*,  I  stated  my  belief  in  the  conformability  of 
all  the  Old  Bed  Sandstones  as  exhibited  in  Forfemshire.  In  that 
paper  as  originally  framed,  I  had  even  questioned  the  correctness  of 
Sir  C.  Lyell's  section  of  the  Forfarshire  rocks  ('  Manual  of  Geology '), 
in  so  far  as  this  shows  an  overlying  unconformable  conglomerate  at 
*  Quart.  Joum.  GeoL  Soc.  toI.  xrii.  p.  534. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


428  PROcEEDDreB  of  thb  esoLoeicAL  societt.        [June  18, 

the  White  Nees,  near  Arbroath.  Somewhat  more  carefiil  investiga- 
tion convinced  me  that  in  this  at  least  I  was  mistaken ;  and  this 
fortunately  in  time  to  have  the  copy  of  my  paper  so  far  altered 
before  it  appeared  in  the  Society's  Joumsd  for  November  1861. 
From  subsequent  investigation,  I  have  seen  no  cause  for  supposing 
that  in  any  other  locality  in  Forfarshire  has  this  want  of  conformity 
been  exhibited ;  and  in  order  to  be  able  to  fix  the  horizon  of  the  over- 
lying and  unconformable  conglomerate  at  White  Ness,  I  have  been 
induced  to  extend  my  investigations  into  such  parts  of  Fifeshire  and 
Perthshire  as  I  thought  might  throw  light  on  this  subject.  I  was 
the  more  induced  to  this,  as  it  was  shown  in  Mr.  G^ikLe's  paper*, 
of  January  1860,  that  a  break  existed  in  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  of 
the  South  of  Scotland ;  and  hence  I  suspected  that,  in  all  probability, 
the  unconformable  conglomerate  at  White  Ness  might  belong  to  the 
upper  members  of  the  Old  Bed.  In  no  instance  have  I  yet  found  a 
section  sufficiently  continuous,  and  showing  the  upper  and  lower 
portions  of  our  Old  Red  in  connexion,  to  afford  decisive  proof  that 
in  this  supposition  I  was  correct.  There  are  still  several  localities 
which  I  have  not  as  yet  visited,  where  a  distinct  section  showing  the 
succession  of  these  beds  may  be  looked  for ;  but  these  are  all  situated 
in  the  neighbouring  county  of  Perth,  and  I  hope  to  be  able  more 
fully  to  describe  the  Old  Bed  Sandstones  of  that  county  in  a  future 
paper ;  my  present  purpose  being  to  confine  myself  to  a  short  notice 
of  these  formations  as  seen  in  ^eshire,  appending  a  notice  of  the 
organic  remains  found  in  them. 

The  Strata. — ^The  Old  Eed  Sandstones  of  Fifeshire  are  cut  into 
two  very  distinct  portions  by  the  trap-rocks  of  the  continuation  of 
the  Ochill  Range,  which,  stretching  in  a  direction  from  nearly  south- 
west to  north-east,  skirt  the  Fifeshire  banks  of  the  Tay,  and  may 
even  be  traced  into  Forfarshire,  where  they  appear  to  have  occasioned 
the  great  anticline  of  that  county.  The  sandstones  found  along  the 
south-east  flanks  of  this  range  seem  to  me  to  belong  entirely 
to  the  upper  members  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone ;  they  form  a  band, 
of  very  conmderable  breadth,  extending  all  through  Fifeshire,  sepa- 
rating the  Coal-formation  of  the  south  from  the  trap-rocks  of  the 
OchiUs,  and  may  be  described  as  consisting  of  three  divisions :  Jirst^ 
a  light-yellow,  rather  solid-bedded  sandstone,  immediately  underlying 
the  Cod.-fonnations ;  second,  a  deep-red  solid  sandstone  underlying 
the  first-mentioned ;  and  third,  a  pebbly  conglomerate.     See  Map. 

The  upper  yellow  sandstones  may  be  weU  studied  in  Dura  Den, 
where  they  are  exposed  in  considerable  mass.  This  Den  is  interesting 
not  only  for  its  picturesque  beauty,  but  also  on  account  of  the  well- 
known  fossil  fishes  found  in  its  sandstones.  These  sandstones  are 
of  a  medium  grain,  soft  and  easily  wrought  when  first  lifted,  but 
hardening  much  on  exposure  to  weather ;  they  rise  in  unequal  and 
rough  flags,  and  are  in  very  considerable  quantity,  extendmg  to  a 
depth  of  several  hundred  feet.  Occasional  scales  and  other  remains 
of  Fishes  are  found  all  through ;  in  only  one  layer,  however,  have 
entire  fishes  yet  been  found ;  but,  when  this  is  reached,  they  are 
*  Quart  Joum.  Qeol.  Soo.  vol.  xvi.  p.  312. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


POWRIE — OLD  RED  SANDeXONE. 


429 


2  3  3      2 

I-  N 

lllili 


"8 

la 
I- 


\i 


I 


I 


•  •  - 

•  • 

•  • 

•  •• 

A.  A. 

iili 

'•^ "  ^n^^f^Sii 


^  <i 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


430  pRocKBDiyes  of  the  oEOLoeicAL  SOCIETY.         [June  18, 

found  in  marrellouB  profusion — so  much  so,  that  on  one  flag  of  some 
three  feet  in  length  and  two  feet  in  breadth  I  have  counted  as  many 
as  thirty  entire  fishes,  and  these,  being  of  a  deep-bright  black,  afford 
a  most  striking  contrast  to  the  clear  light-yellow  ground  on  which 
they  are  laid  down.  The  rocks  here  dip  in  a  direction  a  litUe  south 
of  south-east,  at  an  angle  of  about  8®  or  10® :  although  but  small 
space  is  interposed  between  them  and  the  overlying  Coal-measures, 
they  are  not  found  exposed  in  absolute  contact ;  but,  by  taking  the 
common  dip  and  inclination  of  these  formations,  and  their  general 
relations,  it  is  quite  evident  that  the  Carboniferous  formations  overiie 
the  Dura  Den  sandstones  conformably.  In  the  quarries  of  whitish 
Carboniferous  sandstone  at  Kemback  Hill,  and  also  in  the  overlying 
limestone  of  Lediddo,  the  dip  is  found  to  correspond  very  closely  with 
that  of  the  Dura  Den  sandstones.  To  the  north,  at  the  opening  of 
the  Den,  the  second  member  of  this  series  is  found  in  a  quarry  now 
long  unwrought — a  deep-red  sandstone,  solid-bedded,  a  good  deal 
fractured,  and  pretty  full  of  ffohptyrMus-acQlea.  The  junction  of 
these  red  beds  with  the  overlying  yellow  sandstones  is  not  seen,  the 
rock,  where  this  should  take  place,  being  deeply  buried  under  the 
alluvium  of  the  Eden.  The  dip  here  is  also  a  little  south  of  south- 
east, at  an  angle  of  about  12®,  corresponding  so  nearly  with  that  of 
the  yellow  sandstones  as  to  preclude  any  idea  of  want  of  conformity. 
Still  northward,  at  the  turnpike-road,  ihe  third  member,  the  conglo- 
merate, is  found ;  but,  as  it  is  here  but  little  exposed,  I  could  not 
positively  ascertain  its  inclination:  about  three  miles  to  the  west,  how- 
ever, a  similar  conglomerate  is  exposed  in  the  Lady  Bum,  at  Cupar, 
and  here  the  dip  is  clearly  towards  the  south-east,  at  an  angle  of  about 
16®.  We  have  thus,  although  with  no  continuous  section,  the  rocks 
exposed  at  small  distances,  and  consisting,  as  already  stated,  from 
below,  first,  of  a  reddish  pebbly  conglomerate,  second,  a  red  sandstone 
with  Holoptychiti8'B(isle&,  and  third,  the  yellow  sandstones  of  Dura 
Den,  with  their  included  fish-bed ;  and  tiiese  again  are  overlaid  by 
the  Carboniferous  whitish  sandstone  of  Kemback  Hill,  fiill  of  Lqndo- 
dendra,  Sphenopteris,  <fec.,  all  dipping  a  little  south  of  south-east,  and 
at  nearly  equal  angles  of  inclination. 

Again,  some  twelve  miles  to  the  south-west,  we  find,  at  the  village 
of  Falkland,  the  yellow  sandstones  similar  to  those  of  Dura  Den, 
dipping  towards  the  south-east  at  angles  of  from  12®  to  14®.  To  the 
south,  in  the  Lomonds,  the  Mountain-Umestone  is  largely  developed, 
having  a  similar  dip  and  inclination.  At  Strathmiglo,  lying  to  the 
north-west  of  Falkland,  the  red  sandstones  are  largely  wrought,  and 
are  full  of  Holoptychius-BcaleB,  and  here  also  dip  toward  the  south- 
east with  an  inclination  of  from  13®  to  15®.  Indeed,  the  junction  of 
the  red  and  yellow  sandstones  was  exposed  in  a  drain  quite  near  to  the 
public  road  when,  in  company  with  Mr.  Page,  I  visited  this  locality 
last  summer.  The  conglomerate  is  found  not  far  from  Auchter- 
muchty ;  its  inclination  here,  however,  I  am  not  at  present  able  to 
give  correctly.  Thus,  a  similar  series  to  that  at  Dura  Den  is  found 
here  also,  and  seemingly  conformable. 

Besides  these,  in  many  localities  all  the  way  from  where  the  con- 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  POWRIE — OLD  RED  8AKD8T0NE.  431 

glomerate  is  first  found  at  the  village  of  Ferry  Fort  on  Craig  (now 
Tay  Fort),  on  to  Kinross,  where  the  red  sandstones  are  displayed  (a 
distance  of  over  thirty  miles),  similar  formations  are  found,  such  as 
the  yellow  sandstones  of  Cupar  Muir,  the  red  and  yellow  sandstones 
in  the  Edinburgh  Eailway-cuttings,  &c,,  and  in  every  instance,  unless 
when  evidently  distorted  by  the  trap-rocks  so  common  all  over  Fife, 
having  similar  dips  and  lying  at  similar  angles.  It  thus  seems  very 
evident  that  the  upper  members  of  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  series  are, 
in  Fifeshire,  found  conformably  reposing  the  one  upon  the  other, 
and  are  also  conformably  overlaid  by  the  Coal-formations. 

The  connexion  of  these  Upper  Old  Bed  Sandstone  rocks  with  the 
Lower,  the  equivalents  of  the  Forfarshire  flagstones,  is  much  more 
obscure.  Not  only  is  no  continuous  section  of  these  exhibited  in  Fife, 
but,  as  is  the  case  to  the  south  of  the  trap-rocks  of  the  OchiUs,  in 
that  county,  it  is  only  the  upper  members  of  the  series  that  are  foimd. 
In  like  manner  it  seems  to  me,  that  the  detached  patches  of  sand- 
stones found  along  the  north  flanks  of  these  hills,  and  in  the  Fife 
banks  of  the  Tay,  belong  altogether  to  the  lower  division,  although 
it  must  be  confessed  that  only  one  locality  (Fark-hiU)  affords  un- 
deniable evidence  of  the  age  of  any  of  these  patches. 

In  Dr.  Anderson's  '  Monograph  of  Dura  Den,'  it  is  stated  that 
"  they  (the  upper  rocks)  ai'e  always  unconformable  to  the  grey  sand- 
stones, when  seen  in  conjunction,  as  in  Rossie  Den,  Balruddery, 
Fark-hill,  and  Wormit  Bay."  I  much  regret  that  I  cannot  conflim 
the  Doctor's  observations,  as,  had  they  been  correct,  they  would  have 
set  the  matter  at  rest.  Bossie  Den  and  Balruddery  are  both  in  Ferth- 
shire.  I  may,  however,  remark  that  nowhere  in  Balruddery  Den 
are  the  Upper  Old  Bed  Sandstones  found.  Bossie  Den  I  have  never 
carefully  examined.  Park-hiU  is  the  only  locality  in  Fifeshire 
where  I  have  yet  found  positive  proof  of  the  existence  of  the  lower 
beds.  That  they  are  there  developed  is  clearly  shown  by  the  remains 
oiPterygotus,  and  that  very  characteristic  although  obscure  organism, 
the  Parka  dedpiens,  so  named  from  this  locality.  The  dip  here  is  a 
little  to  the  east  of  south,  and  at  an  angle  of  about  12^.  A  concre- 
tionary limestone  having  a  similar  dip  and  inclination,  and  agreeing 
in  character  with  the  concretionary  limestones  of  Forfarshire,  is  also 
here  found.  I  believe  that  in  this  same  locality,  but  to  the  north-east,  a 
red-sandstone  quarry  formerly  existed,  in  which  Hohptychius-BcsleB 
are  said  to  have  been  found ;  it  is  now  quite  obliterated,  its  site  being 
converted  into  arable  land.  I  could  never  ascertain  the  inclination 
of  these  sandstones ;  they  must,  however,  have  formed  a  continuation 
of  the  red  Holoptychian  sandstones  of  the  Carse  of  Gowrie,  as,  were 
they  in  connexion  with  the  Fark-hill  flagstones,  they  must  have 
underlain  them,  being  considerably  to  the  north-east  of  the  Fark- 
hill  quarry,  while  the  beds  there  dip  towards  the  south  and  east. 
Along  the  Fifeshire  banks  of  the  Tay,  the  character  of  the  rocks  is 
for  the  most  part  plutonic ;  several  patches  of  sandstones,  however, 
are  found,  but,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  in  only  one  place  (Wormit  Bay) 
in  suflicient  quantity  to  aflbrd  satisfactory  evidence  of  ijieir  character 
and  dip.     In  Wormit  Bay  they  are  of  a  greyish-brown  colour,  rather 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


432  puocBEDnros  of  the  esoLoeiCAL  socibtt.        [June  18, 

micaceons,  and  somewhat  indurated:  the  lithological  character  so 
closely  resembles  that  of  some  portions  of  the  Forfarshire  sandstones, 
and  so  little  that  of  the  upper  red  sandstones  of  Fife,  that,  although 
unaUe  to  detect  any  organic  remains,  I  have  no  hesitation  in  regarding 
them  as  a  portion  of  the  lower  formations,  i,e,  the  Forfarshire  series  : 
their  dip  is  towards  the  south  and  a  little  east,  at  an  angle  of  about 
25^,  which  more  nearly  coincides  with  that  of  the  Park-lull  flagstones 
than  with  that  of  the  upper  portions  of  the  series ;  but  in  no  place  in 
this  Bay  are  the  upper  and  lower  beds  found  in  cmiiaet  A  conglo- 
merate,haying  an  indurated  matrix,  is  found  near  BalmerinoHarbour; 
but  it  shows  no  features  sufficiently  marked  to  indicate  its  alliance  to 
either  the  great  low^  oonglomerate  of  Forfar  or  the  upper  of  the  Lady 
Bum  at  Cupar.  Some  indurated  shales  are  also  thrown  up  here 
amongst  the  trap  and  this  conglomerate ;  and,  a  little  to  the  west, 
patches  of  conglomerate  and  red  sandstone  are  found  in  the  Birk- 
hill  plantations,  but  nowhere  affording  satisfactoiy  evidence  of 
position. 

In  the  great  oonglomerate  so  largely  developed  in  ForfSemshire,  the 
pebbles,  although  consisting  of  many  varieties  of  porphyry,  quarts, 
jasper,  and  such  like,  are  all  much  water-worn  and  wdl  rounded, 
while  the  matrix,  sometimes  soft  and  Mable,  sometimes  indurated, 
and  sometimes  trappean,  is  almost  always  highly  siliceous  or  argil- 
laceous, seldom  or  never  calcareous.  In  the  overlying  unconformable 
conglomerate  at  White  Ness,  composed  mostly  of  disintegrated  por- 
tions of  the  lower  rocks,  the  general  character  of  the  pebbles  is  similar 
to  that  of  those  in  the  older  formation.  With  these,  however,  are 
included  subangular  fragments  of  the  older  red  sandstones  and  con- 
glomerates, while  some  portions  of  the  matrix  are  highly  calcareous ; 
indeed,  occasionally  the  cementing  material  is  altogeti^er  composed  of 
calcspar.  In  its  lithological  character  and  structure,  the  Fife  con- 
glomerate, as  exposed  in  the  Lady  Bum  and  elsewhere,  much  more 
nearly  resembles  the  latter  than  the  former ;  there  subangular  frag- 
ments of  red  sandstones  are  mixed  up  with  the  pebbles,  and  in  some 
strata  they  are  imbedded  in  a  matrix  almost  entirely  composed  of 
coarse  calcareous  matter. 

No  direct  evidence  is  thus  afforded  in  the  Old  Bed  Sandstones  of 
Fifeshire  as  to  the  relative  position  of  the  upper  and  lower  members 
of  these  formations.  No  doubt  can  exist  as  to  the  sequence  and 
conformability  of  the  upper  series  and  the  overlying  Coal-fom:^on ; 
but  they  are  so  completely  cut  off  from  the  lower  formations,  that, 
although  the  direction  and  angle  of  their  dip  seem  slightly  different 
from  tiiat  of  the  lower  series,  yet  these  latter  occur  in  patches  so 
isolated  and  so  much  broken  up  by  the  trap-rocks,  that  little  reliance 
can  be  placed  upon  their  observed  inclination  and  relative  position. 
The  unconformability  of  the  White  Ness  conglomerate  to  the  under- 
lying sandstones  and  conglomerates  of  Forfarshire  cannot  for  a 
moment  be  doubted ;  and  the  many  characters  in  common  between 
it  and  that  in  the  Lady  Bum  at  Cupar  are  so  marked,  that  I  have 
little  hesitation  in  stating  my  conviction  that  they  both  belong  to  the 
same  formation, — ^that  hence  the  Whiteness  conglomerate  forms  part 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  IMJWRIB OLD  RED  SANDSTONE.  433 

of  the  Upper  Old  Bed  Sandstone,  and  that  thus  the  same  break  and 
want  of  conformity  exists  in  the  Old  Eed  Sandstones  of  FoifSarshire 
and  Fifeshire  whidi  has  been  so  well  shown  by  Mr.  Geikie  to  take 
place  in  those  of  the  South  of  Scotland.  Yet  it  must  be  confessed 
that  the  lithological  character  of  our  rocks  changes  so  frequently  that 
this  can  oply  be  looked  upon  as  presumptiye  evidence,  and  by  no  means 
as  sure  proof.  In  order  that  this  notice  of  these  sandstones  may  be 
more  readily  understood,  I  herewith  give  a  sketch-map  of  that  part 
of  Fifeshire  referred  to  in  this  paper,  in  which  I  have  laid  down  the 
approximate  boundaries  of  these  upper  and  lower  formations.  These 
boundaries, however,can  only  be  looked  upon  as  mere  approximations, 
as  the  junctions  in,  I  may  say,  eveiy  case  are  deeply  buried  under 
the  alluvium  of  the  valley  of  ti^e  Eden ;  and  this,  as  well  as  most  of 
the  other  streams  running  along  the  strike  of  the  rocks,  affords  no 
section  of  them. 

The  Fossils. — Begarding  the  Palaeontology  of  the  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stones of  Fifeshire,  in  the  lower  series  the  only  fossiliferous  beds  I 
have  yet  observed  are  those  of  Park-hill,  and  here  the  Parka  deci- 
piens  was  first  noticed,  and  so  named,  by  the  late  Br.  Fleming ;  and 
during  a  visit  I  paid  to  that  locality  last  summer.  Dr.  Anderson,  who 
kindly  accompanied  me,  and  pointed  out  the  various  localities  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Newburgh,  picked  up  a  piece  of  shale  having  a  small 
portion  of  a  plate  of  Pterygotus  Anglicus  beautifially  impressed  upon 
its  surface.  Besides  these,  I  am  not  aware  of  any  organisms  belong- 
ing to  these  lower  formations  having  been  as  yet  found  in  the  county 
of  Fife.  As  to  the  upper  series,  no  fossils  have  been  found  in  the  con- 
glomerate ;  and,  in  the  red  sandstones,  only  scales  and  other  portions 
of  Holoptychius  have  yet  been  discovered.  These  organisms  extend 
upwards  into  the  overlying  yellow  sandstones.  The  only  locality 
which  has  as  yet  proved  richly  fossiliferous  is  Dura  Den,  so  justly 
celebrated  for  its  various  genera  of  fossil  fishes  ;  these  have  ah'eady 
been  so  frequently  and,  especially  of  late,  so  ably  described  by  Pro- 
fessor Huxley  in  the  Tenth  Decade  of  Plates  published  in  the 
Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey,  that  it  would  not  only  be  pre- 
sumptuous but  superfluous  in  me  to  give  any  lengthened  description 
of  them ;  but  having  had,  since  the  diggings  for  ^e  British  Associa- 
tion were  commenced  in  1860,  opportunities  of  examining  several 
hundreds  of  those  fishes  (I  may  especially  refer  to  a  collection  lately 
made*  for,  and  now  in  the  Museum  of,  the  Philosophical  and  Literary 
Society  of  St.  Andrews),  I  intend  to  notice  some  points  which  seem 
to  me  either  to  differ  from  previous  descriptions  of,  or  to  add  to  our 
information  regarding,  these  divisions  of  tiiie  Old  Bed  Sandstone. 

HoLOPTTCHTCS. — Such  vcry  considerable  alterations  wiU  yet  require 
to  be  made  in  the  classification  of  the  fishes  hitherto  described  as 
belonging  to  this  genus,  that  I  intend  this  to  form  the  subject  of  a 
future  communication;  in  the  meantime  I  would  merely  remark 
that  only  two  species  of  ffoloph/ehius,  H,  Andersoni  and  H,  Nobi- 
lissimuSy  and  of  the  latter  only  detached  scales  and  other  fragments, 
are,  in  my  opinion,  found  in  die  sandstones  of  Dura  Den. 
*  By  permission  of  Bin.  Dalgleiah,  on  whose  estate  this  deposit  is  situated. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


434  PBOcsEDDre«  of  thb  eiOLoeiCAL  socixtt.        [June  18, 

GLTPTOunnTs. — ^The  spedmens  of  this  genus  that  I  have  examined 
diffisr  in  no  respect  from  the  description  given  by  Professor  Huzlej. 
Some  small  specimens  seem  to  indicate  the  possibility  of  the  exist- 
ence of  more  than  one  species ;  but  of  this  the  proofs  are  as  yet  in- 
distinct. 

Phaitebopleubov. — ^The  genus  Phaneropleunm  is  very  rpadily  re- 
cognized by  the  ribs  being  so  distinctly  exhibited  in  fldl  specimens 
that  I  have  yet  seen.  This  seems  to  have  been  occasioned  both  from 
the  ribs  being  ossified,  and  also  frx>m  the  scales  being  yery  slenderly 
attached  to  tiie  integument,  and  hence  being  seldom  found  on  the 
body  at  all,  and  thus  the  neural  and  haemal  spines,  being  only 
covered  by  a  very  thin  skin,  are  distinctly  seen,  wldle  in  fishes 
covered  with  firmly  attached  and  strong,  thick  scales,  such  as  ffol<h' 
ptyehiuB  and  the  li^e,  even  had  these  been  ossified  as  in  PhaneropUu^ 
ron,  they  would  have  been  completely  hidden  fi^m  view.  One  or 
two  scales  only  in  any  of  the  specimens  have  been  found  occupying 
their  proper  position,  many  others  being  scattered  over  the  suifcioe  of 
the  slab.  These  scales  had  been  very  thin,  compared  with  those  of 
Holoptychius  or  OlyptoUpis,  ornamented  on  half  the  scale  with  rather 
well-marked,  radiating,  curved  ridges,  the  other  half  having  delicate 
radiating  striae.  This  sculpturing  seems,  as  in  many  other  of  theee 
fishes,  to  vary  in  different  parts  of  the  body.  They  were  of  a  circular 
or,  rather,  elliptical  form,  and  in  a  fish  about  fifteen  inches  in  length 
were  about  haJf  an  inch  in  diameter.  None  of  the  specimens  that 
I  have  yet  examined  show  the  under  part  of  the  head ;  and,  in  all, 
the  cranial  bones  are  very  indistLnctly  preserved.  The  opercular  bone 
seems  to  have  been  large  and  particularly  strong,  as  it  is  well  pre- 
served in  most  specimens,  even  in  those  where  every  other  portion  of 
the  head  is  quite  obliterated.  What  appears  to  have  been  a  coracoid 
is  indistinctly  preserved  in  some.  The  anal,  caudal,  and  dorsal  fins 
seem  to  have  been  united,  the  dorsal  having  been  certainly  extended 
along  the  posterior  half  of  the  body.  On  one  or  two  specimens  there 
are  indications  showing  the  probability  that  this  fin  was  continued 
along  the  half  of  the  remaining  portion  of  the  body,  if  not  all  the 
way  to  the  occiput,  as  described  in  the  *  Decade.'  This  fin  increases 
in  height  posteriorly,  but,  instead  of  being  truncated,  appears  to  have 
been  rounded  off  posteriorly,  the  body  of  the  fish  gradually  lessening 
in  circumference,  and  extending  all  through.  The  caudal  fin  appears 
to  me  to  have  been  almost  diphycercal  in  character,  the  upper  and 
lower  lobes  being  nearly  equal  in  size.  The  ventral  fin  is  better 
preserved  in  the  specimen  figured  in  the  *  Decade'  than  in  any  other 
that  I  have  yet  seen ;  it  is,  however,  distinctly  marked  in  one  or 
two.  The  pectoral  fin  also  is  preserved,  although  less  distinctly 
shown.  These  fins  were  very  similar  in  character :  the  pectoral  was 
rather  larger  than  the  ventral ;  both  were  acutely  lobed,  and  had,  as 
stated  in  the  '  Decade,'  the  edges  fringed  with  delicate  fin-rajs.  In 
all  other  respects,  in  so  far  as  my  observation  goes,  they  coincide 
with  the  description  given  in  the  'Decade.'  Nor  are  there  the 
slightest  grounds  for  the  supposition  that  more  than  one  species  of 
this  genus  exists  in  the  Dura  Den  sandstones. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  POWBIS OLD  RED  SANDSTOKE.  435 

Ftebichthts. — Several  specimens  of  this  genus  haye  been  disin- 
terred of  late,  one  of  which,  in  the  St.  Andrews  Museum,  exhibits 
a  rather  complete  view  of  the  form  and  arrangement  of  Uie  dorsal 
plates ;  while  another  has  the  ventral  plates  so  distinct,  that,  although 
imperfect  on  one  side,  their  form  and  arrangement  can  be  very  satis- 
factorily ascertained.  Sir  Philip  Egerton's  most  interesting  paper 
in  vol.  iv.  of  the  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  has  so  fully  exhausted 
this  genus>  that  I  have  little,  if  anything,  to  add  to  it.  All  the  spe- 
cimens wlu'ch  I  have  yet  seen  of  this  fish  from  Dura  Den  folly  cor- 
roborate the  correctness  of  the  views  advanced  in  that  paper ;  the 
principal  peculiarity  of  the  Dura  Den  species  (Pt.  hydraphilus)  being 
the  great  length  and  the  slender  form  of  its  pectoral  appendages, 
these  much  exceeding  in  this  respect  any  of  the  older-known  species, 
although  in  turn  outdone  by  the  lately  discovered  Ft.  macroeephalus 
of  the  yellow  sandstones  of  Farlow*.  In  Pt.  hydropkilus  these  ap- 
pendages are  about  equal  in  length  to  the  body.  No  other  species 
of  this  fish  is  found  in  Dura  Den. 

Plattokathus  and  Difloptebus. — No  vestige  of  these  genera  has 
yet  occurred  to  me  in  the  many  fish-bearing  slabs  from  Dura  Den  I 
have  examined.  Judging  from  the  drawings  given  in  Dr.  Anderson's 
^  Monograph,'  I  have  little  doubt  that  what  is  there  figured  as  Pla- 
tygnaihus  was  a  fully  developed  tail  of  Hohptychius  or  Qlyptolepis ; 
and  what  is  given  as  Diplopterus  was  merely  an  imperfect  and  dis- 
torted head  of  GlyptolcemuB. 

Gltftofomus. — I  have  only  seen  one  very  imperfect  specimen  of 
this  genus,  and  thus  can  add  nothing  towards  completing  its  resto- 
ration. 

Gltptolefis.— Perhaps  the  most  interesting  result  of  the  late  ex- 
plorations in  Dura  Den  has  been  the  discovery  of  the  remains  of  a 
fish  seemingly  belonging  to  this  genus,  as  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Page. 
The  creature  in  this  specimen  appears  to  have  been  so  doubled  up 
and  twisted,  that  the  head  and  shoulders  lie  very  nearly  at  right 
angles  to  the  body.  Its  length  appears  to  have  been  not  much  under 
2  feet,  with  a  depth,  at  its  greatest  diameter,  of  about  4  inches ;  but, 
from  the  twisted  condition  of  the  body,  these  can  only  be  tolerably 
near  approximations.  The  body  was  of  about  equal  tiiickness  from 
the  pectoral  region  to  nearly  that  of  the  anal  and  posterior  dorsal 
fins,  and  from  thence  it  gradually  tapered  off  to  the  caudal  extremity. 
The  posterior  dorsal  and  anal  fins  are  opposite,  and  placed  at  less 
than  their  length  from  the  tail-fin.  In  this  specimen,  these  and  the 
caudal  fin  are  weU  preserved.  The  caudal  fin  has  much  of  the  di- 
phycercal  character,  the  under  lobe  only  slightly  exceeding  the  upper 
in  size.  The  posterior  dorsal  fin  seems  to  have  been  obtusely  lobate. 
The  exact  position  of  the  anterior  dorsal  is  not  weU  shown,  from  the 
twisted  condition  of  the  fish ;  sufficient,  however,  is  preserved  to  show 
that  it  was  placed  far  back  on  the  body,  less  than  its  own  length  in 
advance  of  &e  posterior.  The  remains  of  what  might  have  been  a 
ventral,  or  more  probably  a  pectoral  fin,  are  also  distinctly  marked. 
None  of  these  are  sufficiently  entire  to  show  the  lobation,  if,  as  seems 
*  Quart.  Joum.  QeoL  Soo.  toI.  xviiL  p.  103. 

VOL.  XVIII. PART  I.  2  o 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


436  PBOOSBDIKQB  OP  THB  OEOLOOICAL  80CIBTT.  [June  18, 

highly  probable,  they  poeseesed  lobee.  The  fins  are  rayed,  and 
the  rays  appear  to  have  subdivided  as  they  approached  their  extre- 
mities :  they  are  very  large.  The  head  is  rather  small  in  proportion 
to  the  size  of  the  fish,  short  and  depressed.  The  cranial  bones  appear 
to  have  been  sculptured,  but  are  very  imperfectly  preserved;  two 
large  parietfils,  placed  in  close  juxtaposition,  but  distinct,  are  the  only 
tolerably  entiro  portions  of  the  skull.  There  are  also  the  remains 
of  what  look  like  three  occipital  plates,  and  also  of  what  I  suppose 
to  have  been  a  supratempond  bone,  of  considerable  size.  The  under 
side  of  the  head  is  not  shown.  The  scales  are  cycloid  in  form,  and 
in  this  specimen  nearly  half  an  inch  in  diameter ;  they  were  thick 
and  strong,  although  less  so  than  those  of  Hohptyckius.  The  general 
character  of  the  markings  on  the  scales  shows  very  minute,  granular, 
radiating  strise, — the  granular  markings  being  so  arranged  as  to  have 
the  appearance  of  concentric  circles.  This  marking,  however,  appears 
to  have  been  occasioned  by  the  internal  structure  of  the  scales.  In  a 
few  the  external  sculptunng  is  partially  preserved ;  these  seem  to 
have  all  the  characteristic  scidpturing  of  the  scales  of  Olyptolepisy 
their  surfisuse  being  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  portions,  the  one 
covered  with  small  tubercles  in  lines  radiating  towards,  but  not 
reaching,  the  centre,  the  other  having  distinctly  marked  ridges,  be- 
coming rather  Mnter  towards  the  edge  of  the  scale.  Extending 
beyond,  and  in  the  same  line  as  that  in  which  the  posterior  portion 
of  the  body  of  this  fish  lies,  are  a  great  number  of  sc^es,  of  the  same 
character  as  those  covering  its  body,  as  if,  when  first  laid  down,  the 
creature  had  been  extended  at  full  length,  but  before  being  finally 
entombed  it  had  been  folded  over,  leaving  a  large  number  of  de- 
tached scales  on  the  sand  where  it  first  lay,  and  these  had  been 
afterwards  covered  up  and  preserved. 

On  the  same  slab  the  impression  of  another  fish,  about  9  inches 
in  length,  is  also  preserved.  This,  although  very  imperfect,  seems, 
from  ^e  character  of  its  scales,  &c.,  to  have  belonged  to  the  same 
genus ;  while,  on  carefully  examining  other  slabs,  many  scales,  some- 
times singly,  sometimes  in  masses,  and  having  the  same  characteristic 
markings  well  preserved,  are  by  no  means  uncommon. 

The  general  features  of  this  fossil  seem  to  ally  it  so  closely  to 
GlyptoUpiSf  that  I  have  little  doubt  that  it  will  be  found  to  be- 
long to  that  genus ;  but  in  several  features  it  diverges  considerably 
from  any  of  the  species  I  have  yet  seen:  the  scales,  although 
similarly  ornamented,  have  the  sculpturing  larger  and  more  promi- 
nent, the  fins  are  more  fully  developed,  and  while  the  caudal  fin  in 
the  others  is  described  as  heterocercal,  in  this  the  upper  and  lower 
lobes  are  very  nearly  equal. 

Condumn, — ^The  Dura  Den  sandstones  have  thus,  up  to  the  pre- 
sent time,  yielded  six  woU-marked  genera,  viz.  HolaptyehiuSy  Oly- 
ptolcemus,  Phaneropleuron,  PterichthySy  OJyptopomus,  and  Qhfptolepts. 
Each  of  these  genera  seems  there  to  be  represented  only  by  one  species, 
with  the  exception  of  Hohptychius,  and  even  in  this  genus  the  ex- 
istence of  more  than  one  species  is  doubtful.     Nowhere  else,  all 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BnnrsT — cokL-UEABVBSB,  atbshibb.  437 

through  the  upper  red  and  yellow  sandstonesy  has  anything  beyond 
mere  fragments  of  bones  and  scales  of  fishes  as  yet  been  fonnd^  tiiese 
generally  belonging  to  Holoptychius  nobiUssimus,  Whether  these 
upper  ydlow  sandstones  shall  hereafter  be  classed  as  Upper  Old  Bed^ 
the  lower  beds  of  the  Coal-measures,  or  as  passage-beds,  it  appears 
to  me  that,  although  they  are  conformably  overlain  by,  and  very 
much  resemble  in  lithological  character,  the  white  Carboniferous 
sandstones,  yet  a  very  great  change  of  conditions  must  have  occurred 
between  their  times  of  deposit.  The  character  of  the  organic  re- 
mains in  these  is  so  marked,  and  so  different  in  the  two,  that  even 
want  of  conformity  could  scarcely  more  exactly  define  the  boundary 
between  them.  Although,  all  through  the  upper  red  and  yellow 
sandstones,  scales  and  o&er  fragmentary  remains  of  fishes  are  abun- 
dant, yet  in  no  instance  have  I  ever  been  able  to  detect  any  organism 
showing  decidedly  vegetable  structure ;  and  in  the  overlying  Car- 
boniferous sandstones,  while  vegetable  remains  are  in  great  abun- 
dance (very  perfect  specimens  of  SphenopteriSy  Lepidodendran,  and 
other  Coal-pLEUits  being  found  in  almost  every  layer),  no  fragments 
of  any  Fish,  so  far  as  I  know,  have  yet  been  found.  Another  almost 
anomalous  peculiarity  may  be  noticed,  namely,  that  while  Coprolites 
are  common  in  these  Carboniferous  sandstones,  I  have  never  yet  de- 
tected any  in  the  fish-beds  of  Dura  Den.  I  may  add,  that  where- 
ever  Eishes  are  found  in  the  Forfarshire  fiagstones,  there  Coprolites 
are  in  abundance. 


6.  On  8ome  Upper  Coal-mbasubes,  eotUaining  a  bed  of  LncBsroinB,  cU 
CATanrB  in  Atbshibe.    By  E.  W.  Biwkbt,  Esq.,  F.B.S.,  F.G.S* 

Some  years  since  the  writer  described,  in  a  short  communication  read 
before  the  Society  and  printed  in  the  Quarterly  Journal*,  the  breccia 
at  Ballochmoyle  and  the  red  and  pmrple  strata  found  near  Catrine 
in  Ayrshire.  As  to  the  latter,  he  expressed  no  opinion  whether  or 
not  they  were  Permian  or  Carboniferous,  evidence  being  then  wanted 
to  decide  that  question ;  but  his  impression  was  that  they  were  Car- 
boniferous strata  much  higher  in  the  series  than  any  whLch  had  yet 
been  described  in  Scotland.  A  visit  to  the  locality  a  few  days  since 
enabled  him  to  establish  beyond  doubt  that  the  strata  at  Balloch- 
moyle Braes,  Catrine,  and  Som  represent  a  coal-field  as  high  as  any 
in  the  English  series, — ^in  fact,  one  similar  to  those  at  Ardwick,  near 
Manchester;  Uffington  andLeebotwood,  near  Shrewsbury;  Buxterby, 
near  Nuneaton ;  and  Lane-End,  Potteries.  Mr.  Ralph  Moore,  in  his 
valuable  sections  of  the  Scottish  coal-fields,  gives  the  Ayrshire  strata 
as  follows : — 

fathoms. 

Upper  Coal-eeried 313 

Luneetoiie  Beries   52 

Lower  Coal-aerieB 200t 

*  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  xii.  p.  138. 

t  "  Papers  on  the  Blackband  Lronstone  of  the  Edinburgh  and  East  Lothian 
Coal-fielcC  and  the  advantages  to  be  derived  from  their  deyelopment,  read  before 

2g2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


438  PBOCKBDiKas  or  thb  obolooical  societt.        [Jane  18, 

In  the  remarks  accompanying  the  *  First  Sketch  of  a  New  Geolo- 
gical Map  of  Scotland/  published  in  1861>  Sir  B.  I.  Mnrcfaison  and 
Mr.  Geikie  say,  at  p.  13, — 

**  Another  chief  feature  of  the  present  map,  as  distinguished  from 
all  other  maps  of  the  country,  consists  in  the  subdiyision  of  the  Car- 
boniferous formation. 

<^  This  group  of  Bocks  consists  in  Scotland  of  the  following  mem- 
bers:— 

Scotch  Series.  English  Equivalents. 

Upper  or  Flat  Coals Coal-measores. 

Moor-rock,  or  Boslyn  Sandstones . . .  Millstone-grit  and  Upper  limestone-shales. 

^Z^^^^ne  }  C.rWe„.u.Lb„«U>n. 

Lower  Carboniferous  Lower  Limestone-shales. 

''  The  Upper  Coals  represent,  wholly  or  in  part,  the  true  English 
Coal-measures,  which  lie  above  the  MOlstone-giit.  They  occur,  in 
Scotland,  in  four  basins, — one  in  Mid-Lothian,  a  second  in  Fife,  the 
third  and  largest  along  the  Clyde,  south-east  of  Glasgow,  while  the 
fourth  occupies  a  small  area  in  Ayrshire.  The  position  of  the  Mill- 
stone-grit has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily  traced,  and  is  therefore 
not  shown  on  the  present  map.  The  Lower  Coals  are  understratified 
in  their  higher  and  lower  portions  with  seams  of  marine  limestone, 
the  fossils  of  which  identify  the  series  as  the  equivalent,  partly  ter- 
restrial, partly  marine,  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone  of  England." 

The  above  authors  are  quoted  to  show  what  information  has  lately- 
been  published  on  the  divisions  of  the  Scottish  coal-fields ;  but,  so 
far  as  my  knowledge  extends,  no  evidence,  either  in  England  or 
Scotland,  has  come  before  me  which  decidedly  establishes  the  terres- 
trial character  of  a  single  fossil,  either  vegetable  or  animaL  With 
Mr.  Moore,  also,  I  consider  that  the  Upper  Coals  occupy  a  somewhat 
larger  area  in  Ayrshire  than  the  authors  of  the  map  have  afforded 
them.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  Mr.  Moore  appears  to  have  taken  in 
all  the  Permian  sandstones,  as  belonging  to  this  division ;  so  that 
the  correct  area  will  probably  lie  between  the  two  views.  It  is 
quite  clear  that  both  the  divisions  of  the  authors  are  convenient  and 
natural,  and  wiU  greatly  assist  in  investigating  the  country. 

After  an  examination  of  the  English  and  Scotch  coal-fields,  my 
opinion  is  that  the  Muir-stone  Bock  occupies  nearly  the  position  of 
the  Millstone-grit;  but  the  lower  portion  of  the  Middle  Coal- 
measures  of  Lcmcashire  and  Yorkshire  is  represented  by  the  Ayr- 
shire beds  at  Common,  worked  by  Mr.  Lancaster,  of  the  Portland 
Iron  Company.  Beds  of  Anihraama,  so  far  as  my  experience  goes, 
are  not  of  great  value,  when  taken  alone,  in  identifying  particular 
strata  in  the  Coal-measures ;  but  if  one  fossil  has  more  value  than 
another,  it  is  the  large  Anihracosia  (A.  rohusta)  found  about  65 
yards  above   the  "  Arley  Mine "  of  Wigan.      Now  in  the  black- 

the  Bojal  Scottish  Society  of  Arts,  bj  Ralph  Moore,  Mining  £n|ineer,  Olasgow, 
with  coloured  plans  and  sections  of  the  coal-fields  in  the  Counties  of  Ayr,  Ren- 
frew, Dumharton,  Stirling,  Linlithgow,  Bdinburgh,  and  East  Lothian.*'  Glasgow, 
1861,  p.  9. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.] 


BIKKET OOAL-llBASXTKBS,  ATB8HIBS. 


439 


band  ironstone  at  Common  this  fossil  occurs ;  and,  from  its  occur- 
rence there,  coupled  with  other  circumstances,  my  belief  is  that  the 
Common  strata  represent  the  lower  portion  of  the  middle  division  of 
the  Lancashire  Coal-measures.  At  Bom  the  upper  portion  of  the 
middle  division  is  met  with ;  whilst  the  Catrine  and  Ballochmoyle 
strata  represent  the  higher  part  of  the  middle  and  the  upper  series 
of  Lancashire. 

The  section  (fig.  1)  which  it  h 

is  my  intention  to  describe  is  B 

seen  in  the  Valley  of  the  Ayr,    S*  | 

and  extends  over  three  miles.  ^  '^  'i 

It  commences  with  the  Glas-  !g       .  J 

gow  and  South-western  Bail-  ^  J 

way  Viaduct  over  the  Ayr  at    fe  2 

Ballochmoyle,  and  continues    Q  Q 

through  Ballochmoyle  Braes,    ^  ^  ^ 

Catrine,  and  Som  to  the  Coal-  "^ 
ford  at  the  latter  place. 

Since  my  observations  made 
on  the  Permian  sandstone  and 
breccia  six  years  since*,  little 
information  has  been  pub- 
lished, with  the  exception  of  ^  g 
a  paper  by  Professor  Hark-  ^  g 
ness,  E.R.S.,  on  the  Permian 
rocks  of  Scotlandf,  who,  at 
p.  262  of  his  paper,  states : — 
<<In  going  up  the  stream 
[the  Ayr],  from  the  higher  to 
the  lower  beds  of  breccia,  we 
come  upon  a  trap-dyke,  which  rS^ 
cuts  off  the  beds,  and  from 
which  the  fragments  entering 
into  the  composition  of  the 
breccias  have  been  obtained ; 
and  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
dyke  we  have  Carboniferous 
grits  similar  to  those  which 
surround  the  sandstones  of  .J 
the  Thomhill  area.''  8 

After  a  second  examination  ^ 
of  the  dip  of  these  strata,  it  '. 
appeared,  by  an  observation  "^ 
near  the  small  iron  gate  by  '^ 
the  river-side  opposite  the  old 
quarry,  to  be  at  an  angle  of 


it 


> 


piP^ 


*  "OntiieFerinianOharaotorof  Mmeof  tlieBedSandatoiiMand  Bnoeiaaof 
the  South  of  Scotland,"  toI.  xii.  of  the  Society's  Journal,  p.  138. 

t "  On  the  Sandetones  and  Bracdas  of  South  Scotland,  of  an  aim  mibeequent 
to  the  Carboniferooi  Fdriod,"  vol.  xiL  of  the  Socie^s  Journal,  p.  254. 


Digitized  byCjOOQiC 


440  PBOGEEOINGS  OF  THB  eBOLOOICAL  80GIETT.  [June  18, 

15^  to  the  west.  At  this  place  the  plane  of  the  rock  appeared  to  be 
a  tnie  one ;  but  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  there  is  a  great  deal 
of  fiedse  bedding  in  the  strata,  so  that  my  old  observation^  which  made 
the  angle  of  dip  only  8^,  is  not  to  be  altogether  discarded.  The  sand- 
stone was  observed  running  into  the  underlying  breoda  in  tongue- 
shaped  masses.  The  last-named  deposit  was  also  carefully  examined 
for  other  stones  than  trappean  rocks,  but  none  were  met  with.  There 
was  perhaps  one  exception,  in  which  pieces  of  rounded  quartz,  of  a 
white  colour,  were  seen.  This  specimen  was  not,  however,  observed 
in  situ,  but  occurred  in  tiie  river-course,  and  might  have  come  from 
a  distance.  The  fragments  of  the  trap  in  the  breccia  were,  for  the 
most  part,  angular ;  but  some,  few  of  them  had  lost  their  edges.  A 
considerable  time  was  spent  in  attempting  to  find  the  breccia  in 
absolute  contact  with  the  trap-rock  on  the  east  side  of  the  former, 
in  order  to  determine  whether  or  not  the  former  passed  into  the 
latter  and  was  interstratified  with  it,  or  if  the  trap  was  intrusive. 
The  appearance  of  the  amygdaloidal  rock  in  contact  with  the  hardened 
wall  of  red  sandstone,  on  Uie  Catrine  side  (fig.  2),  would  nearly  lead 
to  the  belief  that  the  trap  was  intrusive,  as  some  portions  of  the  red 
sandstone  are  mingled  with  it ;  but  still  such  hardened  sides  are  not 
diwaimilftr  to  what  are  sometimes  seen  on  the  sides  of  a  great  fault. 

The  range  of  the  trap  here  was  N.W.  and 
TC      o      Qfi.  4  1.     ^  ®'^-  5  ®^^  ^*  ^^  ^^^  present  any  apparent  dip ; 

7i:  ^To    7^,  ^•'   ^^t  on  the  BaUochmoyle  side,  near  Howford 
theUedSandstone  3^^^  ^^^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^  ^^^^  ^^  ^^^^^  ^p 

tnt^2Vap-ro<^;  ^^gj^j;     At  this  place  also  beds  are  seen  in 

U>o/nng  Westwara.  ^^^  ^^^  ^j^^  appearance  of  crumbling  ashes. 

ji|  At  the  point  of  contact  between  the  trap  and 

||i|  the  red  sandstone,  on  the  eastern  side  at  Catrine- 

i|i|  Holm,  the  latter  rock  contains  small  portions  of 

jjlj  the  blue  and  green  carbonates  and  the  sxdphuret 

jljl  of  copper,  as  well  as  metallic  copper.    My  spe- 

"  cimens  were  small,  and  obtained  at  the  surfisice, 

but  it  is  probable  that  better  specimens  might 

a,  a.  Trap-rock.  \^  discovered  in  cutting  down  by  the  side  of 

b,  b,  Rea  Sandstone.  i.i.     j.  -kt  i_:  •        j. 

'  the  trap.     Native  copper  is  not  very  common 

in  Scotland,  this  being,  in  fact,  the  first  instance  of  its  occurrence  in 
Permian  or  Carboniferous  strata  there  which  has  come  to  my  know- 
ledge. 

The  high  bank  above  Catrine-Holm,  known  by  the  name  of 
BaUochmoyle  Braes,  dips  due  west  at  an  angle  of  15%  which  exactly 
agrees  with  the  dip  of  the  Permian  strata  on  the  western  side  of 
the  trap  before  mentioned,  and  would  appear  to  sanction  the  con- 
clusion that  the  latter  was  stratified  and  not  intrusive.  However, 
although  the  trap  is  placed  in  the  section  as  interstratified  and  not 
intrusive,  my  opinion  on  the  matter  is  not  very  decided  either  one 
way  or  the  other,  until  further  and  more  decisive  evidence  can  be 
obtained. 

The  following  is  a  rough  section  of  the  strata  in  the  cliff  at 
BaUochmoyle  Braes : — 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1802.]  BINNBY OOAL-MEA8I7KB8,  ATBBHIBB.  441 

feet.   in. 

Drift  /  Brownish  clay  9 

'  \  Angular  grayel,  with  scarcely  any  sand  in  it*  3 

(Purple  sandy  cdays 12 
Purple  and  variegated  sandstones  and  clays 36 
Limestone 0  8to  10 
Purple  grits  and  days 30 

On  my  first  visit  to  Gatrine^  owing  to  my  not  having  had  access 
to  the  grounds  at  Ballochmoyle,  ^e  limestone  was  not  noticed. 
This  bed  is  very  interesting,  as  it  contains  specimens  of  Spirorbis 
carhonarius  and  a  Cypris  (?),  probably  C  inflata.  Its  fracture  is 
conchoidaly  it  has  a  porcelain-hke  appearance,  and  it  resembles  the 
upper  limestone  found  in  the  higher  Coal-measures  at  Ardwick,  near 
Manchester,  so  completely  that  no  person  could  distinguish  the  one 
from  the  other.  like  that  bed,  it  presents  a  mottled  appearance, 
and  lies  imbedded  in  vari^ated  shales  and  days,  and,  in  dl  proba- 
bility, will  prove  as  valuable  a  hydraulic  lime. 

On  looking  westward  at  the  cHff,  as  it  faces  you,  the  dip  of  the 
strata  being  into  the  hill,  a  singular  mass  of  rotten  whinstone  in 
compressed  spheroidal  masses  appears.  At  its  base  it  was  about 
20  yards  broad,  and  appeared  to  taper  towards  its  top. 

The  accompanying  woodcut  will  show  how  it  occurs. 
Fig.  3. — Section  at  BaUochmoyle  Braes, 

8.  N. 

a  a 

b  f» 


f 
a,  a.  Drift ;  12  feet.    6,  b.  Bed  and  variegated  grits  and  shales ;  12  feet. 
c,  c.  Bed  shales  and  grits ;  36  feet    d,  d.  Limestone;  10 feet    e, e.  Bed  shale 
and  grit ;  30  feet  seen.    /.  Trap-rock. 

The  sides  of  the  strata  on  the  south  side  of  the  whin  looked  a 
little  hardened,  and  presented  the  appearance  of  having  been  heated 
for  h  short  distance;  but  those  on  the  north  side  could  not  be 
observed,  owing  to  a  mass  of  fallen  soil  and  rock.  The  whin  did  not 
appear  to  have  disturbed  the  overlying  strata,  or  to  have  displaced 
them  at  its  sides. 

Ked  and  purple-coloured  Coal-measures,  consisting  of  beds  of 
gritstone  and  shale,  are  seen  in  the  bed  and  on  the  banks  of  the 
River  Ayr  all  the  way  to  Catrine  Bridge,  their  dip  being  to  the  west 
at  angles  varying  from  16°  to  18°.  About  80  yards  above  the 
bridge,  in  some  bright-red  clays,  fossil  plants,  of  the  genera  PecopteriSy 
Neuropteris,  and  Lycopodites,  and  a  small  bivalve  shell,  were  met  with, 
but  in  such  a  bad  state  of  preservation  that  their  specific  characters 

*  This  bed  of  gravel  is  very  interesting,  and  deserves  a  separate  notice.  From 
its  position  it  was  difficult  to  oiamine  carefully ;  but  it  is  evidently  the  lower 
bed  of  a  deposit  of  valley  gravel,  and  shows  that  the  waters  of  Uio  Biver  Ayr 
once  flowed  at  a  much  higher  level  than  at  present 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


442  PB0CEEDnrcN9  of  the  esoLoeioAL  societt.        [Jane  18, 

are  difficult  to  make  out.  The  plants  reminded  me  of  the  flora  at 
Ardwick ;  but  better  specimens  are  required  than  the  flooded  state 
of  the  river  allowed  me  to  coUect  before  they  can  be  identified  with 
those  fossils. 

A  little  above  the  bleach-works  bridge  at  Catrine  is  seen  a  bed  of 
red  clays  containing  spheroidal  bodies^  having  concentric  laminfls  of 
a  greenish-blue  colour,  and  containing  a  black  speck  in  the  centre. 
For  the  whole  distance  between  the  old  bridge  and  the  bleach-works 
bridge,  the  Coal-measures,  especially  the  fire-clays,  have  a  bright- 
red  appearance,  and  look  as  if  they  had  been  burnt.  There  appears 
to  be  something  like  Stigmaria-rootlets  in  them,  but  not  very  di- 
stinct. 

Beyond  the  red  days  is  a  small  bed  of  red  gritstone,  having  fossils 
bearing  a  resemblance  to  bifurcating  stems,  of  about  an  inch  in 
diameter,  on  its  surface.  Next  comes  a  coarse-grained  sandstone  of 
a  purple  colour,  which  b  fractured  by  a  fault  running  from  north-  • 
west  to  south-east,  the  extent  of  whidi  cannot  be  seen.  Proceeding 
up  the  river,  the  strata  soon  again  recover  their  original  dip  to  the 
west,  and  are  seen  in  its  bed  up  to  Nimmo's  Braes,  where  they  dis- 
appear and  are  covered  up  with  soil.  Opposite  to  the  Burial- 
ground  at  Som  Castle  a  coarse-grained  sandstone,  of  a  red  colour, 
makes  its  appearance.  It  is  of  considerable  thickness,  and  dips  to 
the  west  at  an  angle  of  15^.  It  looks  more  like  a  MiUstone-grit 
than  an  Upper  Coal  sandstone,  and  contains  white  quartz-pebbles 
of  the  size  of  a  common  bean.  This  rock  reminded  me  much  of  a 
pebbly  bed  of  gritstone  found  in  the  upper  part  of  the  North 
8ta£fbrdshire  Coal-field,  near  Burslenu  The  strata,  consisting  of  fine- 
grained and  laminated  gritstones,  continue  past  Som  Suspension- 
Bridge,  where  they  dip  to  the  west  at  an  angle  of  18°,  to  the  Cleugh 
Bridge.  Coal-measures  now  and  then  make  their  appearance  in 
the  bed  of  the  river  through  Som  up  to  the  Coal-ford,  near  which 
the  strata  appear  much  dislocated.  Near  this  place  a  small  seam 
of  coal,  probably  one  of  the  upper  beds  of  the  Common  series,  had 
been  formerly  wrought. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  ascertain  the  exact  position  of  this 
seam  with  relation  to  the  blackband-ironstone  at  Common  worked 
by  the  Portland  Company ;  for,  if  that  could  be  done,  all  the  Car- 
boniferous strata  from  the  Coal-ford  at  Som  to  the  trap  at  Catrine- 
Holm  could  be  added  to  the  Upper  Coal-measures  of  Ayrshire,  as 
given  by  Mr.  Balph  Moore  in  lus  valuable  section.  In  a  corre- 
spondence which  I  have  had  with  that  gentleman,  he  states  that  the 
seam  of  coal  occupying  the  position  of  the  Lanarkshire  main  coal 
should  be  about  130  fj&thoms  above  the  blackband-ironstone  worked 
by  Mr.  Lancaster,  of  the  Portland  Ironworks,  at  Common,  near 
Auchinleck ;  and  he  places  the  Common  blackband  in  the  positions 
of  the  slatyband-ironstone  and  the  celebrated  Boghead  cannel-coal. 
Mr.  Lancaster,  in  a  letter  to  me,  states  that  he  does  not  know  mu<^ 
about  the  Coal-ford  seam ;  but  he  thinks  it  has  been  worked  for  one 
of  the  thin  coals  lying  above  the  Common  measures.  This  is  very 
likely  to  be  the  case,  as  the  limestone-series  of  coals  is  seen  on  their 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  ^iscKusa — ^bsptiliak  pootpkikts.  443 

outcrop  in  the  Biver  Ayr  above  Glenlogan  House.  From  the  old 
limestone  quarry  there  to  Som,  the  distance  on  the  rise  and  dip  of 
the  strata  is  2040  yards,  a  space  large  enough  for  the  outcrop  of  the 
whole  of  the  Common  coals ;  therefore,  if  we  assume  the  Coal-ford 
seam  to  be  identical  in  position  with  the  uppermost  Ayrshire  coal 
in  Mr.  Moore's  section,  we  have  12,940  feet  as  the  distance  between 
the  Som  Coal-ford  and  the  trap  at  Catrine-Holm,  near  where  the 
bed  of  limestone  is  found.  This,  on  being  divided  by  4,  assuming 
the  inclination  to  be  one  in  four,  which  is  about  a  fair  average, 
would  give  3235  feet,  or  539  fathoms,  of  strata.  Probably  the  angle, 
of  dip  may,  on  the  whole,  scarcely  average  so  much  as  one  in  four, 
and  faults  may  intervene  so  as  to  lessen  the  thickness ;  but,  making 
ample  allowance  for  these  causes,  there  appears  to  be  a  thickness  of 
between  250  and  300  fathoms  of  Carboniferous  strata  in  this 
distance  which  has  to  be  added  to  the  top  of  Mr.  Moore's  section, — 
a  goodly  addition  of  Coal-measures  to  the  Scotch  Coal-field,  although 
up  to  this  time  no  seams  of  coal  have  been  met  with  in  it. 


7,  On  the  Gbolooical  Stbuctttbe  of  the  Soitthebn  Gbampiaiys. 
By  Professor  James  Nicol,  F.R.S.E.,  F.G.S. 
(Abstract.) 
[The  publication  of  this  Paper  is  deferred.] 
The  author  stated  that  in  1844,  and  in  subsequent  years,  he  in- 
dicated that  the  Silurian  strata  of  the  South  of  Scotland  are  repre- 
sented in  the  North  by  the  metamorphosed  or  so-called  primaiy 
strata ;  and  he  proceeded  to  point  out  that  the  object  of  the  present 
communication  is  to  examine  the  relation  which  the  three  great 
formations.  Clay-slate,  Mica-slate,  and  Gneiss,  bear  one  to  the  other 
as  regular  constituents  of  the  crust  of  the  earth,  and  especially  in  cer- 
tain parts  of  the  Scottish  EQghlands,  as  illustrated  by  sections  observed 
by  himself.     These  he  correlated  with  what  is  seen  in  other  parts  of 
the  Highlands. 

He  also  stated  that,  both  in  former  papers  and  in  his  published 
map,  he  has  always  regarded  the  gneiiss  of  the  west  coast  and  certain 
mica-  or  chlorite-slates  of  the  interior  as  identical  only  so  far  as  both 
belong  to  the  great  series  of  metamorphic  formations  inferior  to  the 
red  sandstone  and  quartzite,  but  still  as  distinct  formations  with 
peculiar  features,  and,  it  may  be,  of  widely  different  age. 


8.  On  same  Natural  Casts  of  Rbptiuait  FooTPRiirrs  in  the  Wealdkn 
Beds  of  the  Isle  op  Wioht  and  of  Swanaoe.  By  S.  H.  Beckles, 
Esq.,  F.R.S.,  F.G.S. 

SnrcE  my  last  conmiunication  to  the  Society,  in  1854,  on  the  subject 
of  Wealden  Footprints  (Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soc.  vol.  x.  p.  456,  &c.). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


444 


PB0GBBDIK08  OT  THB  eSOLOQIOAL  80GIETT.  [June  18, 


I  have  met  with  several  other 
specimeiiB,  some  of  them  of 
very  considerable  size,  in  the 
WcMdden  beds  near  Compton 
Bay,  Isle  of  Wight.  Of  these 
I  have  secured  seven  speci- 
mens. They  are  laige  trifid 
casts,  each  having  theposterior 
portion  more  or  less  elongated, 
like  the  specimen  indicated  by 
the  diagram,  fig.  1,  p.  396, 
Quart.  Joum.  QeoL  Soc.  vol. 
viii.  Oneofthem(fig.2)Ihad 
raised  from  its  natural  posi- 
tion, as  a  mass  attached  to  a 
thin  bed  of  hard  sand-rock,  in 
reddish  clay,  on  the  shore  at 
low  water,  between  Brook 
Point  and  the  Chine  to  the 
west  of  it  (see  section,  fig.  1). 
The  other  specimens  were 
found  loose  on  the  clay  of  the 
shore  at  low  water,  and  were 
more  or  less  worn  by  wave- 
action. 

These  all  have  the  usual 
three  divergent,  toe-like  pro- 
jections, vaiying  in  propor- 
tional size  in  the  several  speci- 
mens, and  radiating  from  a 
palmar  mass ;  but,  in  addition, 
the  hinder  portion  forms  a 
long  tapering  projection.  In 
the  latest  (figs.2  <fe  3),  the 
whole  length  of  the  block  is 
3  feet  4  inches,  but  3  feet  7| 
inches  if  measured  along  the 
curvature  of  the  base;  the 
breadth  acrosa  the  toes  is  27 
inches;  across  the  **  heel,"  just 
behind  the  central  mass,  14 
inches.  The  thickness,  where 
the  imprint  of  the  toe  (A)  is 
represented  by  the  natural  cast, 
b  12  inches ;  where  the  pal- 
mar protuberance  (C)  has  sunk 
into  the  pressed  day,  15 
inches ;  and  where  the  hinder 
part  of  the  foot,  or  the  meta- 
podial  portion,  has  impressed 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  BSCKLB8 — RBPTILIAK  FOOTPBINTS.  445 

the  mud,  the  cast  diminishes  gradually  in  width  and  in  thickness 
(B),  as  if  this  portion  of  the  extremity  of  the  animal  had  been  ob- 
lique to  the  footy  at  an  angle  of  about  25^.  It  would  thus  appear 
that  the  foot  of  a  large  and  heavy  animal,  walking  on  muddy  ground, 
sank  so  deep  as  to  bring  the  metapodium  into  contact  with  the 
ground ;  and  the  inclination  of  this  part  of  the  foot  indicates  an 
enormous  Beptilian  animal,  walking  with  its  legs  bent  and  body  near 
the  ground. 

Figs.  2  &  S.—T?ie  Natural  Cast  of  a  Footprint  from  the  Wedldm 
Beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight,     (About  one-twelfth  of  the  natural  size.) 

Fig.  2.  Lower  surface. 


Fig.  3.  Profile, 


C 
The  central  prominence  (C)  in  the  trifid  casts  has  nearly  always  a 
somewhat  lateral  position  towards  the  largest  of  the  outside  toes,  and 
it  occupies  about  two-thirds  or  three-fourths  of  the  entire  breadth 
of  the  *'  palm."  The  foot  of  Iguanodon  appears  to  explain  this. 
It  has  the  distal  extremity  of  the  inner  metatarsal,  or  tiiat  which 
supports  the  shortest  toe,  posterior  to  the  extremities  of  the  middle 
and  outer  metatarsals,  so  that  in  this  case  (and  possibly  in  other 
Dinosaurs)  the  integument  and  flesh  would  here  produce  a  pad  cor- 
responding to  what  I  may  term  the  heel  of  the  palm.     I  believe 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


446  FROCEEDiiros  OF  THE  oEOLOoicAL  80CISTT.        [June  I89 

that  my  largest  specimen  from  the  Isle  of  Wight  exMhits  traces  of 
the  impression  of  the  skin  in  this  region  of  the  foot. 

The  metapodial  bones  of  the  animal  making  the  tracks  here  indi- 
cated must  (if  the  posterior  impression  was  due  solely  to  those 
bones,  and  not  partly  also  to  the  end  of  the  tibia)  have  been  about 
the  size  of  the  largest  metatarsal  (?)  that  I  have  seen  from  the 
Wealden  beds  (Isle  of  Wight).  This  was  nearly  twice  the  size 
of  the  corresponding  element  of  the  foot  of  the  half-grown  Igua- 
nodon  figured  by  Owen;  and,  judging  from  the  vertebrae  with 
which  the  bone  referred  to  was  associated,  I  am  inclined  to  be- 
lieve it  to  have  belonged  to  a  CeiiosauruSf  or  possibly  to  PoedlO' 
pleuron.  Further,  I  possess  phalangeal  bones,  recogoized  as  be- 
longing to  Iguanodoriy  that  indicate  an  individual  large  enough 
to  have  produced  such  footprints  as  those  under  notice.  With 
regard  to  the  three-toed  character  of  the  imprints,  it  is  certain  that 
ol£er  Binosaurians  besides  the  Iguanodon  had  the  same  modification 
of  structure* ;  and  we  must  not  refer  these  pachydactylous  trifids 
to  that  animal  exclusively.  Further,  if  these  rough  natural  casts 
of  footprints  indicate  with  any  exactitude  the  phalangeal  propor- 
tions of  the  feet,  we  might  seek  to  allocate  the  variously  proportioned 
foot-bones  of  the  different  Dinosaurs  to  the  differently  shaped  casts ; 
but  this  would  be  too  hazardous  a  procedure,  since  the  real  shape 
of  the  foot  could  have  been  rarely  preserved  aright  by  the  clammy 
mud  from  which  the  great  brutes  dragged  their  flopping  feet  On 
the  firmer  ground  alone,  such  as  the  sandstone  on  which  Mr.  Ross 
has  lately  found  the  imprints  at  Hastings  t,  could  the  exact  outUne 
of  the  foot  be  well  preserved. 

Other  natural  casts  of  footprints  I  have  found  in  the  Wealden 
beds  of  Swanage  Bay,  at  about  200  yards  frt)m  the  western  end  of 
the  Wealden  diff  there.  They  occur  in  two  bands  of  sand-rock, 
usually  about  1  foot  thick,  separated  by  about  20  feet  of  day,  and 
coming  down  to  the  sea-shore  with  the  other  beds.  These  casts  are 
of  the  usual  thick-toed  trifidal  shape,  and  of  the  usual  size — about 
15  inches  long. 

One  specimen  of  footprint  (not  a  cast),  remarkable  for  its  small 
size  (fig.  4),  being  only  about  3  inches  long  and  3  inches  broad,  but 
distinctly  trifid  like  most  of  the  others  known,  I  met  with  on  the 
shore  of  the  Isle  of  Wight,  about  halfway  between  Brook  and 
Brixton  (see  section,  fig.  1).  It  was  one  of  several,  about  15  inches 
apart,  on  a  sandstone  band,  at  very  low  water. 

In  the  abstracts  of  my  former  papers,  an  ornithic  relationship  was 
arrived  at  as  the  general  condusion  as  to  my  views  respecting  the 
uniserial  trifid  footprints  found  in  the  Wealden,  and  my  descrip- 
tions and  remarks  certainly  gave  it  foundation ;  but  in  my  manu- 
script, still  in  the  possession  of  the  Society,  I  also  intimated  that 
these  bodies  were  probably  connected  with  the  Reptilian  phalanges 
with  which  they  are  assodated  in  the  clay  and  sandstones  of  the 

*  For  iofltanoe,  see  the  metapodium  of  HyktotauruM,  figured  and  described  by 
Prof.  Owen,  Pal.  See.  Monograph,  1857,  p.  18,  pi.  11. 
t  See  the  August  Number  of  the  Society's  Journal  (No.  71,  p.  248). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  THORNTON — ZANZIBAB.  447 

Wealdy  and  I  wished  to  accept  the  trifids  as  representatives  of  the 
as  yet  unknown  feet  of  the  Dinosaurs.  I  find  tiiat  Prof.  Owen  has 
referred  to  this  view  of  the  subject,  both  in  his  paper  in  the  Society's 
Journal,  vol.  xiv.  p.  175,  and  in  his  '  Palsaontology/  2nd  edit, 
p.  293. 

Fig.  4. — JSketeh  of  a  Footprint  from  the  Wealden  Beds  of  the  Isle  of 


,  Wight,    (Two-thirds  of  the  natural  size.) 


9.  On  the  Geology  o/Zanzibab.     By  Kichabd  Thobnton,  Esq. 
[From  a  Letter*  to  Sir  B.  I.  Murchiaon,  F.E.S.,  F.a.S^  Ac.] 

i  OuB  route  lay  from  Mombas  to  the  S.W.,  over  the  Shimba,  thence 

N.W.  to  the  Kadiaro,  then  S.W.  to  the  Pare,  then  north  to  the  Lake 
i  Yv^y  thence  through  Dafeta  to  Eilema,  where  we  made  one  attempt 

I  to  ascend  the  Kilimandjaro,  but  had  to  turn  back  at  an  elevation  of 

i  about  8000  feet.   We  ^en  went  round  by  the  foot  of  the  mountain  to 

1  Madjami,  thence  we  returned  by  Dafeta,  Lake  Yipe,  Pare,  and  the 

I  north  foot  of  Usambara,  to  Wanga  on  the  coast,  which  we  reached 

on  the  101st  day  from  Mombas. 

We  did  not  succeed  in  reaching  the  top  of  the  Kilimandjaro ;  but  I 
have  its  altitude  from  six  di£Eerent  stations,  connected  by  tolerable 
triangles  at  distances  varying  frt)m  15  to  50  miles.  From  these  I 
believe  the  height  of  the  Kilimandjaro  to  be  about  20,000  feet. 

Its  shape  varies  much  as  seen  from  different  points  of  view ;  but, 

from  all  places  we  have  seen  it,  its  base  rises  very  gradually  from  a 

great  plain :  the  outline  of  the  top,  as  seen  from  Madjami,  is  a  great 

dome  (but  this  face  is  nearly  flat);   as  seen  from  the  east  it  is 

*  Dated  Zanzibar,  Noyember  16,  1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


448  PBOCEEDIKOS  OF  THE  GBOLOOIOAL  90CIETT.  [Jime  18, 

conical)  with  the  apex  cut  off,  fonning  a  little  plain  sloping  some- 
what to  the  north.  The  southern  slope  of  this  cone  is  much  steeper 
than  the  northern.  Several  miles  to  the  N.E.  of  the  top,  a  great 
conical  peak  rises  to  about  17,000  feet ;  and  about  fifty  mHes  to  the 
west  of  Kilimandjaro,  a  great  conical  mountain,  named  Mem,  rises 
from  the  great  plain  of  the  Massai  to  an  elevation  of  perhaps 
18,000  feet. 

As  seen  from  the  east,  the  snow  forms  only  a  thick  cap  to  the 
Kilimandjaro,  with  a  broad  tongue  creeping  down  the  soutii  slope ; 
and,  when  the  sun  is  high,  several  long  streaks  of  snow  are  seen 
lying  in  small  ravines  descending  from  the  cap.  As  seen  from 
Madjami,  the  snow  partially  covers  the  S.  W.  face  of  the  dome  (about 
one-fourth  the  height  of  the  mountain),  but  several  large  bare 
patches  of  rock  show  out  above  the  snow :  the  snow  here  seems  to 
lie  at  its  steepest  possible  angle ;  so  that  fresh  snow,  falling  on  this 
side,  must  at  once  slip  down  to  the  foot  of  the  face  of  the  dome. 
On  one  evening,  at  Madjami,  we  saw  three  such  slips  of  snow  in 
about  an  hour's  time.  On  the  eastern  peak  a  few  patches  of  snow 
are  seen  when  the  sun  is  high. 

All  parts  of  the  mountain  we  saw  are  composed  of  lava  of  sab- 
aerial  origin.  From  not  reaching  the  top,  and  having  seen  only  the 
S.E.,  S.,  and  S.W.  parts  of  the  mountain,  I  cannot  speak  with  cer- 
tainty of  its  structure ;  but  I  think  that  the  Kilimandjaro  is  the 
north-eastern  part  of  an  old  subaerial  volcano,  the  south-western 
and  larger  part  having  sunk  down  several  thousand  feet,  and  been 
partially  broken  up  by  faults.  The  great  fault  separating  these  two 
parts  lies  about  N.W.  and  S.E.,  and  forms  a  very  steep,  long,  flat, 
south-western  face  to  the  mountain;  and  a  high,  very  rugged 
mountain-mass  lying  a  few  miles  to  the  north  of  Madjami  may  be 
the  relics  of  the  top  of  the  original  mountain. 

The  commonest  rocks  to  the  south  and  south-west  of  the  moun- 
tain are  a  vesicular  porphyry,  with  crystals  of  glassy  felspar,  and  a 
fine,  hard,  stony,  slate-coloured  lava,  slightly  vesicular,  and  some- 
times containing  small  black  crystals.  In  the  south-east  of  the 
mountain  there  is  much  of  a  similar  stony  lava,  only  generally 
more  vesicular,  and  containing  more  of  the  small  black  crystals. 
Near  the  foot  of  the  mountain  is  much  highly  vesicular  brown  lava ; 
and  at  the  outer  edge  of  the  south-east  slope  several  unidinal  ridges 
of  metamorphosed  sandstone  project  through  the  lavas,  which  here 
appear  to  have  their  original  slope;  the  strike  of  these  ridges  is 
about  N.  and  8.,  and  the  dip  E.  at  about  20^. 

The  geological  structure  of  the  rest  of  the  country  through  which 
we  passed  seemed  to  be  very  simple.  The  strike  of  the  whole  is 
about  N.  and  8.,  and  the  dip  easterly  at  various  angles.  Our  route 
lay  through  a  great  plain  (comparatively  a  plain,  but  in  reality  it 
rises  and  falls  a  little),  which  s^tches  tar  into  the  interior.  It  is 
bounded  on  the  south  by  the  northern  ends  of  the  ranges  of  Usam- 
bara,  Pare,  Ugono,  Anusha,  &c.,  and  to  the  north  by  the  southern 
ends  of  the  Endara  and  Bura,  &c.,  and  contains  the  mountains  of 
Eadiaro,  Salimandjaro,  M^ru,  <&c.     Between  the  Kilimandjaro  and 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  THORNTOir — ZANZIBAR.  449 

Ugono  this  plain  is  narrowed  to  a  neck ;  but  it  again  spreads  out  to 
the  west  as  the  Great  Plain  of  the  Massai. 

Commencing  at  the  coast,  we  have  first  a  band,  from  3  to  5  miles 
wide,  of  coral-limestones  and  sandstone,  <&;c.,  which  is,  I  think, 
of  an  early  tertiary  age.  This  formation  is,  in  common  with  the 
greater  part  of  the  country  through  which  we  passed,  covered  with 
red  earth,  in  which  I  have  not  seen  any  fossils.  Then  comes  rather 
higher  ground,  composed  chiefly  of  yellow  clay-shale;  then  the 
coast-range,  which  varies  from  600  to  1300  feet  high,  consisting  of 
flagstones  and  sandstones.  In  the  former  are  many  traces  of  fossils, 
and  thin  layers  of  carbonaceous  matter ;  in  these  at  Babbai  1  found 
a  few  recognizable  indications  of  a  kind  of  Calamite  (?),  similar  to 
those  found  in  the  coal-formation  of  the  Zambesi.  (The  salt-water 
creeks  of  Mombas  run  with  deep  water  at  high  tide  into  the  foot 
of  this  coast-range.) 

The  general  dip  of  this  sandstone-formation  is  slightly  seawards ; 
but  at  Eabbai  it  is  thrown  by  faults  in  various  directions.  The 
Shimba  is  about  the  highest  pu*t  of  this  range,  and  presents  a  fine 
escarpment,  about  800  feet  high,  towards  ttie  interior.  On  the  £EU$e 
of  this  escarpment  1  found  many  blocks  of  silicified  wood ;  but  ap- 
parently the  wood  had  been  much  decayed  before  being  silidfi^. 
From  hence,  until  halfway  to  the  Eadiaro,  we  passed  over  low  ridges 
of  flagstones  and  shales,  perfectly  similar  to  those  of  the  Zambesi 
coal-formation.  The  dip  was  to  &ie  east  at  about  5^  These  end  in 
a  low  escarpment,  about  200  feet  high,  at  the  foot  of  which  the 
great  plain  commences  (but  is  not  very  level).  As  feur  as  Kadiaro, 
where  rock  is  seen  on  the  suifiEU^,  it  is  generally  white  sandstone,  fre- 
quently containing  deep  circular  cavities,  in  which  we  often  found 
water.  Beyond  Kadiaro,  metamorphism  commences,  ending  to  the 
south-west  in  many  detached  unidinal  ranges  and  hOls  of  the  meta- 
morphosed sandstone-formation,  fronting  and  dipping  from  the  north- 
east ends  of  the  Pare  and  Ugono  ranges. 

The  high  ranges  bounding  this  plain  to  the  north  and  south  all 
appear  to  be  uniclinal,  dipping  to  the  east.  The  Pare  range  is,  I 
thmk,  of  old  crystalline  metamorphic  rock,  dipping  to  the  east  at  a 
high  angle.  The  Usambara  range  has,  I  think,  a  base  of  the  same 
rock,  capped  by  thick  beds  of  the  metamorphosed  sandstone,  dipping 
slightly  to  the  east ;  and  the  Bura  range,  judging  from  its  outline 
as  seen  from  a  distance,  may  have  a  similar  structure.  The  eastern 
part  of  the  Ugono  range  is  of  stratified  rock ;  but  the  western  is,  I 
think,  composed  of  syenite.  The  Anusha  range  appears  to  be  of 
stratified  rock,  dipping  to  the  east  at  a  high  angle.  The  Kadiaro  is 
a  high,  narrow,  precipitous  mountain,  compost  of  old  crystalline 
metamorphic  rock,  in  thick  beds,  dipping  to  the  east  at  about  5^. 

We  have  not  reached  the  axis  of  structure  of  Eastern  Africa ;  but 
very  far  to  the  south-west  from  Eil^ma  are  seen,  on  a  dear  day, 
three  very  high  rugged  mountains  (as  high  as  the  Meru  Mountain) 
with  conical  tops,  which,  if  not  volcanic  (and  I  think  their  sides  are 
too  steep,  and  shapes  too  irregular,  for  ordinary  volcanos),  may  be 
composed  of  the  axial  granite. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


450  PBOCEEDINGS  OF  THB  GKOLOeiCAL  80CIETT.  [June  18, 

10.  On  a  SiccnoN  cU  Juncttok-Road,  Lbtth. 
Bj  William  CABUxnrHSBS,  Esq.,  F.L.S. 

(Communicfttod  by  S.  P.  Woodward,  Esq.,  F.G.a) 
The  investigation  of  changes  in  the  earth's  surface  which  have  been 
e£fected  since  its  occupation  by  man,  or  within  the  historic  period, 
deservedly  receives  a  large  amount  of  attention  in  the  present  day. 
Any  facts  which  will  enable  us  to  form  an  estimate  of  the  time  in 
which  geological  changes  are  produced  are  of  the  utmost  value  to 
science.  Hence  the  importance  of  Mr.  Leonard  Homer's  investiga- 
tions in  the  Delta  of  the  Nile,  Mr.  Geikie's  observations  on  the  coast 
of  the  Forth,  and  similar  recent  contributions,  if  based  on  certain 
and  incontrovertible  data,  can  scarcely  be  over-estimated.  But 
while  the  multiplication  of  such  observations  is  desirable,  the  elimi- 
nation of  erroneous  data  forming  the  bases  of  important  deductions 
is  no  less  so.  And  if  the  pottery  raised  from  such  a  depth  in  the 
Nile  sediment  as  to  convince  Mr.  Homer  that  it  was  deposited  there 
14,000  years  ago  be  Roman  pottery,  or  if  the  Boman  pottery  of  Mr. 
Geikie's  Forth  section  be/>f  modem  manufacture,  it  is  of  as  much,  if 
not  of  more  value  to  science,  that  such  received  errors  be  corrected, 
than  that  new  tmths  be  added. 

In  August  last  year  1  read  Mr.  Geikie's  paper,  '*  On  a  Bise  of  the 
Coast  of  the  Frith  of  Forth*."  Being  in  Edinburgh  at  the  time, 
I  visited  the  section  which  formed  the  basis  of  his  hypothesis.  With 
his  sketch  in  my  hand,  I  had  no  difficulty  in  recognizing  the  various 
beds  he  describes  in  his  paper.  But  the  story  that  the  section  pre- 
sented to  me  was  very  different  from  Mr.  Geilae's  reading  of  it.  The 
republication  of  his  views  during  the  past  year,  in  popular  Journals 
as  well  as  before  this  Society  t,  has  induced  me  to  submit  to  you  the 
grounds  upon  which  I  differ  from  him.  I  shall  use  Mr.  Geikie's 
section,  copied  in  fig.  1,  and  alongside  of  it  a  copy  of  the  section 

Fig.  1. — Section  at  Junction -Road ,  Lcith,     After  Geikie. 

^;,^.A^i.•..  .*J  ,^**''^;1^V*^^:::^-— rc^  7.  Sand  uid  slungle  With  theUs. 
'7-  '  "  ^ '  '1,  ^^-fSsj-'-^'^'.  '  6.  Brown  land,  pewiiig  dowa- 
'i    r.-LJT.^ '-  -^.-:    .  •  .  • ./  •--  >  •-  •-.-         wards  into 


<f   i.''0    ,•  **J<i:u  :•'—'-'"-''--•■"'._ --         5.  Dark  alitor  iaady  day,  wil 

^\'^,*y    \^  ^'^' ^^ ^*' t-'C^^-'---  --        -*       -^ Oytt<»r-Bhell8,  bonea.  po*- 

•       J  ^i  o   T' y^   "'"" •- —       '"  "    _  __         tety,  fcc :  6  feet 


Gravel  and  aand :  ISindMS. 
J,  White  Hud.  fSdae-bedded :  6  fe«C 


k.  Made  earth. 


from  my  note-book,  made  on  the  spot,   together  with  a  section 
(fig.  2)  of  the  same  beds  made  carefully  by  a  friend  somewhat  later, 

*  Edinb.  New  Phil.  Joum.,  New  Sepie»,  vol.  xir.  p.  107. 

t  See  the  Memoir  printed  in  the  August  number  of  this  Journal,  p.  218.  &c. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  CABBT7THEB8 — BBCTIOK  KEAB  LETTH.  451 

when  the  operations  of  the  workmen  had  exposed  a  greater  extent  of 
the  beds. 

Fig.  2. — Section  at  Junction- Road,  Leiih. 


.  Venr  recent  orenhot  ettiih  and  sand. 

5  b.  ColtiTated  soil  with  oinden,  oo«l,  Bhella,  &c. 

6  a.  CUt  paanng  upwards  into  coltiTftted  ■oil. 

4.  CUy  bed. 

5.  Oravel  and  sand. 

2.  Drift  tand,  fidae-bedded ;  oontaininff  a  medicTal  jar. 
1.  Gravel  (resting  on  the  Bonlder-olay). 

The  basement-bed  (No.  1)  is  a  very  coarse  gravel,  evidently  washed 
out  of  the  Boulder-clay,  on  which  I  observed  it  rested.  Bed  No.  2 
is  a  considerable  thickness  of  fine,  light-coloured,  blown  sand.  It 
strikingly  exhibits  the  false  stratification  characteristic  of  materials 
arranged  by  wind.  The  whole  of  the  flat  on  which  Leith  is  built 
is  covered  with  this  sand.  It  comes  out  on  the  surface  in  the  Links, 
where  it  is  prevented  from  being  blown  about  by  a  thin  covering  of 
turf.  Dr.  Paterson,  of  Leith,  obtained,  some  months  ago,  from  this 
sand  a  perfect  jar,  determined  by  Mr.  Birch,  of  the  British  Museum, 
to  be  of  medieval  manufacture.  It  was  found,  12  feet  deep,  in  un- 
disturbed position  in  the  bed,  when  digging  the  foundations  of  a 
house.  Dr.  Paterson  read  a  paper  on  this  interesting  discovery  to 
the  Society  of  Scottish  Antiquaries  last  winter.  The  place  at  which 
it  was  found  is  at  a  little  distance  from  Mr.  Geikie's  section ;  but 
the  continuity  of  the  bed  between  the  two  places  has  been  deter- 
mined during  drainage-operations  which  have  been  lately  carried  on 
in  the  district.  This  medieval  jar,  then,  which  is  believed  by  Dr. 
Paterson  to  have  been  deposited  in  its  place  when  the  layer  of  sand 
was  finally  arranged,  occurs  in  a  bed  much  older  than  that  contain- 
ing the  supposed  Eoman  pottery,  and  which,  according  to  Mr.  Geikie, 
was  deposited  when  the  Romans  were  in  Britain. 

Beds  3  and  4  are,  as  described,  strata  of  gravel  and  clay.  Bed  5 
is  that  in  which  the  pottery  was  found.  It  is  described  by  Mr. 
Geikie  as  "  a  dark  silt,  or  sandy  clay,  weU  stratified,  having  thin 
lenticular  interlaminations  of  sand,  with  occasional  oyster- valves,  a 
few  stones,  and  fragments  of  bones  and  pottery."  It  was  formed  as 
a  littoral  deposit  like  **  the  dark  sandy  mud  which  covers  such  ex- 
tensive flats  between  tide-marks  at  Leith."  "  Whatever,"  he  adds, 
"  may  be  the  contents  of  this  bed  of  silt,  they  are  undoubtedly  of 
contemporaneous  deposition."  Among  the  contents  were  fragments 
of  pottery  of  two  kinds,  glazed  and  unglazed,  and  which  Mr.  M'Cul- 
loch,  the  Curator  of  the  Scottish  Antiquarian  Museum,  **  stated  he 

VOL.  XVm. PAKT  I.  2  H 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


452  PBOCBEDnres  or  tee  esoLooiOAL  800istt.  [June  18^ 

would  have  no  hesitation  in  pronouncing  to  be  Boman^  if  found  near 
a  Boman  station."  Mr.  Geikie  accordingly  concludes  that  **  the 
existence  of  Homan  pottery  in  the  silt  shows  us  that  the  deposition 
of  these  upraised  beds  was  going  on  during  the  Boman  occupation 
of  Britain,  and  therefore  that  this  rise  (of  25  feet)  has  taken  place 
since  the  time  of  the  Bomans." 

The  whole  value  of  the  section,  as  giving  a  key  to  the  age  of  the 
deposit  and  a  period  within  which  an  important  change  in  the  rela- 
tive level  of  land  and  water  in  the  valley  of  the  Forth  took  place, 
depends  on  this  bed  No.  5.  I  therefore  carefully  examined  it,  and 
satisfied  myself  that  this  was  not  an  unaltered  sDt  deposit,  but  that 
it  hod  been  a  cidtivated  surface,  and  that  its  contents  had  been 
placed  in  it  by  the  husbandman  in  the  process  of  cultivation.  I 
could  discover  no  evidence  of  internal  lamination ;  indeed,  having 
carefidly  examined  it  with  this  in  view,  I  am  satisfied  that  it  does 
not  exist.  Moreover,  the  contents  of  the  bed,  viz.  pottery,  oyster- 
shells,  and  bones,  small  fragments  of  coal  and  coal-cinders,  are  scat- 
tered irregularly  through  the  bed  without  the  sUghteet  approach  to 
laminar  arrangement.  The  occurrence  of  immense  quantities  of 
coal-cinders  in  the  bed  made  me  first  doubt  the  antiquity  Mr.  Geikie 
gave  to  it ;  for,  if  the  Bomans,  when  in  Britain,  used  mineral  fueU 
it  certainly  was  not  in  the  quantity  needed  to  supply  such  a  stinre  of 
cinders  as  this  supposed  bed  of  littoral  silt  contains.  The  dnders 
also  gave  me  the  key  to,  as  I  believe,  the  true  nature  of  the  stratum. 
The  section  is  at  the  foot  of  Bowling  Green  House  garden,  and  this 
bed  evidently  at  no  far  distant  date  formed  part  of  the  cultivated 
surface  of  the  garden,  its  contents  being  obtained  from  the  manure 
that  was  year  i^r  year  dug  into  it.  The  base  of  the  bed  is  day  of 
a  Ughtish  colour ;  this  gradually  darkens  upwards  as  it  has  been  in- 
fluenced by  tilling  and  by  the  organic  matter  thus  introduced,  until 
it  becomes  a  rich  dark  soil  within  two  feet  of  its  surface.  The  two 
upper  beds  in  Mr.  Geikie's  section  are  recent  deposits  of  materials 
obtained  from  digging  the  foundations  of  houses,  as  is  evidenced  by 
their  character,  as  well  as  by  the  large  board  exhibited  at  the  road- 
side, permitting  "  Bubbish  to  be  laid  down  here  free."  The  dif- 
ferent localities  of  the  houses  supplied  the  difieirent  kinds  of  over^ 
shot, — some  carUoads  of  sand  having  been  de{K>sited  here,  of  earth 
there,  or  of  gravel  and  sand  in  another  place ;  but  none  covering 
more  than  a  few  yards. 

I  have  recentiy  obtained  a  considerable  number  of  objeots  care- 
fully collected  from  bed  No.  5.  Among  them  are  a  numb^  of  speci- 
mens of  both  the  kinds  of  pottery  obtained  by  Mr.  Gekie.  These  I 
submitted  to  Mr.  Birch,  of  the  British  Museum,  who,  after  a  minute 
examination  of  every  specimen,  declared  that  they  were  certainly 
fiot  Boman,  but  might  be  the  work  of  any  pmod  since  the  14th 
century.  I  subsequenUy  submitted  them  to  Mr.  Franks,  also  of  the 
Museum,  and,  without  being  aware  of  Mr.  Birch's  opinion,  he  con- 
firmed it,  asserting  that  no  portion  of  them  was  older  than  medieval, 
and  that  all  of  them  might  be  comparatively  recent.  In  addition  to 
this  testimony  it  will  be  remarked  that  the  edges  of  the  fragments 
are  invariably  sharp,  never  rubbed  as  if  they  had  been  acted  upon 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


1862.]  DBinSON — ^DXATH  07  FISHES.  453 

by  moying  water.  This  is  also  stzikmgly  characteristic  of  the  frag- 
ments of  bones,  which  all  apparently  belong  to  an  animal  that  still 
supplies  a  large  proportion  of  the  animal  food  of  the  country.  But, 
besides  these,  I  have  obtained  from  the  same  bed  more  unequiyocal 
testimony  to  the  recent  period  at  which  it  receiyed  its  contents,  by 
the  discovery  in  it  of  fragments  of  tobacco-pipes.  I  neither  showed 
these  fragments  nor  mentioned  their  occurrence  to  Messrs.  Birch  and 
Franks,  so  that  their  judgment  was  not  in  the  least  influenced  by 
them.  If  additional  evidence  were  needed  to  show  the  true  nature 
of  bed  No.  5,  these  portions  of  tobacco-pipes  surely  finally  settie  the 
matter.  Mr.  Qeikie  asserts  that,  "  whatever  may  be  the  contents  of 
this  bed  of  silt,  they  are  undoubtedly  of  contemporaneous  deposi- 
tion ;  in  other  words,"  he  adds,  to  make  it  more  plain, ''  all  the 
materials  imbedded  in  the  stratum  were  laid  down  at  the  same  time 
with  the  stratum  itself."  That  is,  according  to  his  theory  of  the 
nature  of  the  bed,  either  these  tobacco-pipes  on  the  Society's  table 
were  the  work  of  the  Bomans,  or  the  valley  of  the  Forth  has  been  raised 
25  feet  since  the  latter  part  of  the  16th  century,  when  it  is  generally 
believed  Sir  W.  Kaleigh  introduced  tobacco  into  this  country. 

It  cannot  be  doubted,  it  seems  to  me,  that  Mr.  Geikie*s  important 
inferences  were  based  on  a  too  hasty  examination  of  the  section, 
and  were  adopted  the  more  readily  because  perhaps  they  fell  in  with 
opinions  already  held. 


11.  On  the  Death  of  Fishes  during  the  Monsoon  off  the  Coast  of 
India.    By  Sib  W.  Dbnison,  Grovemor  of  Madras. 

[In  a  letter  to  Sir  B.  L  Miirdiiflon,  F.B.S.,  F.G.S.,  &c.,  dated  Potucamund, 
November  Ist^  1861.] 

On  steaming  between  Mangalore  and  Cananore,  on  the  west  coast 
of  the  Peninsula,  I  was  sensible  of  a  very  ofSBnsive  smell,  which  at 
last  I  found  to  proceed  from  the  sea  itself.  When  I  landed  at  Ca- 
nanore, I  found  that  the  sea-breeze  brought  in  a  similar  smell — a 
littie  modified  in  intensity,  of  course ;  and,  on  inquiry,  I  found  that 
for  some  time  after  the  S.W.  monsoon  the  sea  was  always  very 
offensive, — that  thousands  of  fiah  were  thrown  up  on  the  shore  dead. 
The  cause  of  this  was  attributed  to  the  mass  of  fresh  water  poured 
into  the  sea  during  the  monsoon.  In  three  months,  120  inches  of 
rain,  on  an  average,  fall  upon  an  area  of,  say,  60  miles  in  width, 
for  the  whole  leng&  of  the  coast-line,  from  each  running  mile  of  this 
coast ;  therefore  there  will  be  about  800,000,000  of  gallons  poured 
into  tiie  sea  daily;  but,  as  most  of  this  will  come  out  of  the  rivers, 
of  course,  at  certain  points,  the  quantity  wiU  be  multiplied  twofold. 
The  natural  consequence  will  be  the  destruction  of  aU  animal  and 
vegetable  life,  which,  being  adapted  for  salt  water,  must  die  after  a 
time  in  fresh  water.  There  will,  therefore,  be  layers  of  Shells 
covered  by  strata  of  sand  and  mud.  Sea- weeds  in  various  stages  of 
decomposition,  and  Fish,  small  and  great,  deposited  at  the  bottom  of 
these  seas.  I  saw  thousands  of  dead  fish  floating,  and  there  were, 
no  doubt,  thousands  lying  dead  at  the  bottom. 

2h2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


454 


DONATIONS 


TO  THE 


LIBRARY  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

From  April  Ut  to  June  dOih,  1862. 


I.  TRANSACTIONS  AND  JOURNALS. 
Prefenied  by  the  retpeetwe  Societies  and  Editan, 

Abbeville,  M^moiies  de  la  Sec.  Imp.  d'^mulatioxi  d',  1857-60.  1861 . 

Boucher  de  FeriheB.— De  rhomme  ant^diluvien  et  de  see  (BUYToSy  471. 
Cocbet. — ^Hacbettes  dilxLviennes  du  Bassin  de  la  Somme,  607. 


American  Jomnal  of  Science  and  Arts.    Second  Series.    Vol. : 
Noe.  98,  99.     Marcb  and  May  1862.     From  Prof.  B.  StUimaH, 
For,  Mem.  0J3. 

A«  A«  Uumpbrer;^  and  H.  L.  Abbot's  'Rej^ort  on  the  Physics  and 
Hydraulics  of  the  Mississippi  Riyer/  noticed^  181. 

F.  A.  G^nth.^— Contributions  to  Mineralogy,  190, 

L.  Lesquereux.— Plants  of  the  Cosl-formations  of  North  Amarica, 
20a 

C.  C.  Parry. — Physiofiraphy  of  the  Rocky  Mountains^  281. 
.  Profiles  of  the  I>e^  Sess,  267. 

T.  S.  Hunt— ^Lower  Silurian  Glauconite^  277. 
O.  C.  Marsh.— Saurian  Vertebr»  from  the  Coal  of  Nova  Scotia,  27a 
J.  W.  Dawson. — ^Pre-carboniferous  Flora  of  New  Brunswick,  Si78. 
J.  Marcou. — ^Taconic  and  Lower  Silurian  Rocks  of  Vermont  and 

Canada,  281. 
R  P.  Gr4:.— Meteorites,  291. 
P.  A«  Kesselmeyer. — ^Meteor-stones,  292. 
A«  Morlot — ^Archeeolofi^  and  Geology^  297. 

F.  S.  Hobnes's  *  Post-puocene  Fossils  of  South  Carolina,'  noticed,  298. 
B.  F.  Shumard's  '  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  Texas,'  noticed,  dOO. 
F.  V.  Hayden. — ^Period  of  Elevation  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  near 

the  sources  of  the  Missouri,  806. 
W.  F.  Logan, — ^The  Quebec  Group  and  the  Upper  Copper-beaiing 

Rocks  of  Lake  Superior,  820. 
H.  A.  Newton.— Meteors  in  1860,  844. 

D.  M.  Balch.— Orthite  frpm  Swampacot,  Mass.,  848. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


BoiTATioirs.  455 

American  Journal  of  Science  and  Arts.    Vol.  zzziii.  (eotUmued), 

C.  F.  Chandler. — ^A  new  metal  in  the  natiye  Platinum  of  Rogue 

River,  Orego^  851. 
A«  Winchell. — Some  fossiliferous  rocka  in  Michigan,  and  new  Cepha- 

lonod8,d52. 
R  imllings. — Determination  of  the  age  of  the  Red  Sand-rock  Series 

of  Vermont,  870,  421. 
M.  C.  White. — ^Microscopic  organisms  in  the  FalBdosoic  Rocks  of 

New  York,  885. 
J.  C.  Ives's  '  Report  on  the  Colorado  River  of  the  West,'  noticed.  887. 
E.  fiStchcock  and  others'  'Report  on  the  Geology  of  Yermonv  &c, 

noticed,  416. 
R  BiUings.— Date  ofpuhlication  of  OhoUOa,  421. 
C.  A.  White  and  R.  P.  Whitfield— Some  FalBdozoic  Rocks  of  the 

Mississippi  Valley,  42^. 
H.  B.  Geinitz's  <Dyas,'  noticed,  425. 

Artesian  Wells  at  Passy,  488;  Tunnel  at  Mt  Cenis,  488;  Miscel- 
laneous, 449. 

Assurance  Magazine.    Vol.  z.  Part  3.    No.  47.    April  1862. 

Athenseum  Journal.    Nob.  1797-1809. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

L.  Jenyns's  <  Memoir  of  the  Rev.  J.  S.  Henslow,'  noticed,  765. 

Australian  Mail.    Vol.  iv.  No.  38.    June  12, 1862. 

Bath  Royal  Literary  and  Scientific  Institute.    37th  Annual  Report, 
for  the  year  1861.     1862. 

Berlin.   Monatsberichte  der  Konig.-Preu8B.  Akad.  d.  Wissenschaft.  zu 
Berlin.    Aus  dem  Jahre  1861.     1862. 

Beyrich. — ^Ueber  die  Versteinerungen  der  Vilser  Ealksteins,  708. 

.  Die  Lias-  und  Jurabildungen  in  der  G^nd  von  Fiissen,  719.^ 

Ehrenberg. — Mikroscopische  Eraleben  im  It^zikamschen  Golf  bei 

Florida,  222 ;  in  Davisstrasse  bei  Island,  275:  in  Vorder-Indien, 

Ceylon,  Nicobaren-Inseln,  Java,  Singapore,  Lucon,  China,  Port 

Jackson,  und  Neu-Seeland,  886;  im  Sua-Ocean,  1085. 
.  XJeber  die  massenhafk  jetzt  lebenden  oceanischen  und  die 

fossUen  altesten  Pteropoden^  484. 
Ewidd. — ^Die  Grenzgebilde  zwischen  die  Trias-  und  Juraformation  in 

der  Provinz  Sachsen,  1010. 
Rammelsberg. — ^Zusammensetzung  des  Stauroliths,  868. 
.  Isomorphie  der  Sulfate  von  Eadmium,  Didym,  und  Yttrium, 

89L 

.  Ueber  einige  nordameriksnische  Meteoriten,  895. 

Rose,  G. — ^Vorkommen  von  kzystallisirtem  Quarz  im  Meteoreisen  von 

Xiquiptdco  in  Mexico,  406. 

.   Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen  geologischen  Gesellschaft.  Vol.  xi. 

Heft  3.     1859. 

Proceedings,  840-846;  Letters,  847-858. 

W.  Keferstein. — Die  KoraUen   der   norddeutschen   Tertiargebilde 

(2  plates),  854. 
Webeky. — Ueber  Uranophan,  884. 
C.  Lyell. — Ueber  fossile  Menschenreste,  894. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


466  D0KATI0V8. 

Berlin.    Zeitschiift  der  Beutschen  geologiBohen  Oesellsohaft.    Vol.  xi. 
Heft  3  (continued). 

Wedding. — ^Die  Ma^eteisensteine  yon  Schmiedeberg  (2  maps),  d99. 
C.  Rammelsberg.— Ueber  den  Trachyt  vom  Drachenfels  im  Sieben- 

gebirge,  434 

.  Ueber  den  Bianchetto  der  Solfatara  von  Pozzuoli,  446. 

Ch.  Heuflser  und  G.  Claraz. — ^Ueber  die  wahre  Lagerstatte  d^  Dia- 

manten  und  anderer  Edelsteine  in  der  Provinz  Minas  G^eraea  in 

Brasilien.  448. 
G.  Rose. — ^Bemerkiin^en  zur  yorstehenden  Abhandlung,  467. 
Karsten. — ^Ueber  einige  Versteinerungen  der  Ereideiormation  aus 

Neu-Granad%  473. 

.     .     Vol.  xii.  Heft  2.     1860. 

Proceedings,  169-184;  Letters,  186-188. 

E.  von  Seebach. — ^Ueber  den  wahrscbeinlichen  Ursprung  dee  eopfe- 
nannten  tellurischen  gediegenen  Eisens  von  Gross-Kamedorf  in 
Thiiringen  (plate),  180. 

R.  Btein. — Geognostieche  Beechrdbung  der  Umgegend  yon  Brilon 
(map),  208. 

C.  Rammelsberg. — ^Ueber  die  Zusammensetzung  des  Hauyns  und  der 
Lava  (Hauynophyr)  von  Melfi  am  Vulture,  273. 

A.  Delesse. — Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Pseudomorpboeen,  277. 
Jeitteles. — ^Versuch  einerCfeschichte  der  Erdbeben  in  den  Karpathen- 

u.  Sudeten-Landem  bis  zu  Ende  des  achtzehnten  Jahriiund«rt8, 

287. 
Ferd.  Romer. — ^Ueber  die  Auffindung  von  Posidonomya  Beeheri  im 

Grauwackengebiige  der  Sudeten,  ^0, 
H.  Trautschold. — Ueber  der  Moskauer  Jura,  853. 
Zerrenner. — ^Reclamation  gegen  Herm  Giebel,  357. 

.    .     Vol.  adii.  Hefte  2,  3.     1861. 

,  187-146,  847-^360;  Letters,  147,  148,  858-860. 
eognostische  Untersuchung  der  Umgegend  von  Ibben- 
biiren,  149  Tmap). 

F.  von  RichUiofen. — Ueber  den  geognostischen  Bau  der  Umge- 
bungen  von  Nangasaki,  243. 

F.  Senrt — Die  Wanderungen  und  Wandelungen  des  koblensauien 
Kalkes,  263. 

H.  Trautschold. — Der  Moskauer  Jura,  verglichen  mit  dem  Weeteuro- 

paischen,  361. 
P.  y.  Tschikatschefil — ^Ueber  den  neuesten  Ausbruch  des  Vesuvs, 

453. 

G.  G.  Winkler. — Der  Oberkeuper^  nach  Studien  in  den  bayriscben 
Alpen,  459  (5  plates). 

Berwickshire  Naturalists'  Club.     Proceedings.    Vol.  iv.  No.  6. 

D.  Milne-Holme.— Anniversary  AddiesSy  1861,  p.  219. 

Bordeaux,  Actes  de  la  Sod^t^  Linn^enne  de.    3^  S^rie.    Vol.  iii. 
Livr.  1-6.     1860-62. 

V.  Raulin. — Description  physique  de  Tile  de  Crftte,  1,  70,  321. 
A.  Leymerie. — Sur  un  a^rolithe,  tomb^  prfts  Montr6jean  (Haute- 
Garonne),  le  D^.  1859,  51. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONATIONS.  -^7 

Bordeaux,  Actes  de  la  Society  linn^nne  de.     1860-62  (continued). 

E.  Jacquot. — Sur  la  terre  v^g^tale  des  montagnes  de  la  Clape,  prds 

de  Narbonne,  818. 
A.  Leymerie. — Notice  gptologique  sur  Am^lie-les-BainSy  445, 

Brussels.    Annnaire  de  PAoad^mie  Boyale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres 
et  des  Beaux- Arts  de  Belgique.     1862. 

.    Bulletms  de  I'Acad.  Boy.  des  Sciences,  &o.,  de  Belgique. 

30»~  Ann^e,  2™^  S^r.     Vol.  xi.     1861. 

G.  Dewalqae. — Sur  la  constitution  du  syst^me  eifSlien  dans  le 
bassin  anthrazifdre  du  Condros,  64. 

Du  Bus. — Sur  les  d^couvertes  ffdtes  dans  les  trayaux  de  teirassement 
k  Anyers,  611. 

H.  Nyst—Sur  quelques  recherches  paltontologiques  fiutes  aux  en- 
virons d'Anvers,  638. 


Vol.  xii.     1861. 


P.  J.  Van  Beneden. — Sur  un  mammiftre  nouveau  du  crag  d'An- 

yers,  22. 
H.  Nyst. — Sur  un  nouveau  gite  de  fossiles  se  rapportant  aux  espdces 

&luniennes  du  midi  de  TEurope,  d^couvert  k  Edeghem,   prte 

d'Anveis,  29  (plate). 
.    Dix  especes  nouyelles  de  coquiUes  fossiles  du  crag  noir 

d'Edeghem,  prds  d'Anveis,  188. 
.    Sur  une  nouvelle  espdce  du  genre  Beeten,  trouv^  dans  le  crag 

noir  d'Anversy  ainsi  que  sur  un  gisement  k  ^chinodennes,  biyozoaires 

et  foraminifdres,  lOo  (plate). 

E.  Dupont — Sur  les  gites  de  fossiles  du  calcaire  des  bandes  carboni- 
f&res  de  florennes  et  de  Dinant,  298. 

.    Memoires  oouronn^  et  autres  m^moires  public  par  I'Acad. 

Eoy.  des  So.  &c.  de  Belgique.    Ck)Ilectlon  in  8yo.    Vol.  xi.    1861. 

.     .     Vol.  xii.     1862. 

A.  Perrey. — Sur  les  tremblements  de  terre  en  1858,  avec  supplements 
pour  les  ann^  ant^rieures. 

.    Memoires  couronnds  et    memoires   des  savants  etrangers 

public  par  I'Aoad.  Eoy.  des  So.  &c.  de  Belgique.    Vol.  xxx. 
1858-61. 

.    Memoires  de  I'Acad^mie  Eoyale  des  Sciences,  des  Lettres  et 

des  Beauxt-Arts  de  Belgique.    Vol.  xxxiii.     1861. 

F.  Cbapuis. — ^Nouvelles  recherches  sur  les  fossiles  des  terrains  secon- 
daires  de  la  province  de  Luxembourg  (20  plates). 

Caen.    Bulletin  de  la  Soci^t^  Linn^enne  de  Normandie.    Vol.  vi. 
Ann^  1860-61.     1862. 

£.  E.-Deslongchamps. — Sur  la  prince  du  genre  Fhorua  dans  le 
d^vonien  supdrieur  du  Boulonnais,  144  (plate). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


458  DONATIONS. 

Caen  et  Paris.    M^moires  de  la  Soci^te  Lumeeime  de  Nonnandie. 
VoLxii.     Ann^  1860-61.     1862. 

E.  Deslongchamps. — Sur  de  nombreux  oesementa  de  mammi^res 
foesiles  de  la  p^riode  g^logique  dite  diluviezme  trouv^  aux 
environs  de  Caen  (12  plates). 

DeFenr.— Sur  T^tage  Bajocien  des  environs  de  M&con  (Sa6ne  et 
Loire). 

Calcutta.     Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.    New  Series. 
No.  109.     1861,  No.  4. 

— .     .    No.  110.     1862,  No.  1. 


Canadian  Journal.    New  Series.    No.  37.    January  1862. 

E.  J.  Chapman. — ^Position  of  Ldevrite  in  the  Mineral  Series,  42. 
E.  Billings's  ^  New  Species  of  Lower  Silurian  Fossils,'  noticed,  71. 
A.  Winchell's  ^  First  Keport  of  the  G^logical  Survey  of  Michigan,' 

noticed,  73. 
A.  Gesner. — ^Elevations  and  Depressions  of  the  Earth  in  North 

America,  81. 


No.  38.    March  1862. 


R  J.  Chapman. — ^Minerals  and  Geology  of  Canada,  108. 

.    Some  points  connected  with  the  recent  Eruption  of  Vesuvius, 

125. 
J.  W.  Dawson. — Land-animals   in  the   Coal-measures  of   Nova 

Scotia,  144 
Produce  of  British  Mines  for  the  year:  1860,  147. 
Newly  formed  Volcanic  Island  in  the  Caspian  Sea,  147. 
F.  V.  Hayden. — ^Primordial  Sandstone  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  149. 
MineraLogical  Notices,  161. 

Canadian  Naturalist  and  Geologist,  and  Proceedings  of  the  Nat.-Hist. 
Soc.  of  Montreal.     Vol.  vii.  Nos.  1,  2.     Feb.  and  April  1862. 

T.  Macfarlane. — ^Primitive  formations  in  Canada  and  Norway,  and 

their  mineral  wealth,  1. 
T.  S.  Hunt.— The  '*  Taconic  System  "  of  Emmons,  78. 
Chromic  Iron-ore  and  Asbestus,  80. 
J.  W.  Dawson. — ^Flora  of  the  White  Mountains,  in  its  geographical 

and  geological  relations,  81. 
.    An  JErect  SigiUaria  and  a  Carpolite'from  the  Joggins,  Nova 

Scotia,  106.  : 

T.  Macfarlane. — ^Primitive  Formations  in  Canada  and  Norway,  and 

their  mineral  wealth.  118. 

E.  Billings.— Date  of  the  publication  of  jO&o/^2^,  157. 

Chemical  Society.     Journal.     Nos.  59-^2.     Vol.  xv.  Parts  3-6. 
March-June  1862. 

R  Adie. — Ground-ice,  88. 

A.  H.  Church.— Silica  rorbicular),  107. 

F.  Field. — ^Double  Sulpnides  of  Copper  and  Iron,  125. 

Colliery  Guardian.     Vol.  iii.     Nos.  66-78. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &e. 

J.  J.  Atkinson. — Gases  in  Coal-mines,  and  Ventilation,  265. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOHATIONB.  459 

Colliery  Guardian.    Yol.  iii.  (eontmuid). 

H.  T.  Hind.— Mineral  Ore  of  Canada,  287. 

W.  W.  Smyth.— Lectures  on  Mining,  287,  805,  825,  846,  864,  888, 

428,485. 
M.  Fiyar. — ^Faults  and  Distorbances  in  Coal-mines,  826. 
Wt  Barkus.— Working  of  Pillars  in  Coal-mines,  82a 
£.  F.  Boyd,  —  Gibsone,  and  N*  Wood. — ^The  Coal-formation  along 

the  Border,  403. 
M.  W.  T.  Scott — Lecture  on  Mine-surveying,  443. 
J.  Tennanl — Lecture  on  Coals.  445. 

.    Lecture  on  Clays  and  Coprolites,  485. 

Cossham.— Bristol  Coal-field,  485. 

T.  J.  Taylor.— ArchjBology  of  the  Coal-trade,  488, 608. 

M.  Dunn. — Accidents  in  Coal-mines,  604. 

Critic.    Vol.  xxiv.    Nob.  61^-625. 

Notices  of  Meetiiu;8  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

G.  P.  Scrope's  '  Volcanos,*  noticed,  411. 

R.  Owen's  *  Palssontology,'  noticed^  567. 

J.  B.  Jukes's  '  Student's  Manual  of  Geology,'  noticed,  559. 

Darmstadt.    Notizblatt  das  Yereins  fiir  Erdkimde,  u.  s.  w.,  und  des 
Mittelrheimschen  geologischen  Yereins.     1862.    Noe.  1,  2. 

Uebersicht  der  Production  des  Bergwerks-,  Hiitten-  und  Salinen- 

Betriebs  im  Grossherzo^hum  Hessen.  2. 
A.  Grooss. — ^Aus  der  Section  Usingen-Fauerbach,  7. 
R  Ludwig.— Braunkohlenablagerungen  im  Tertiarbecken  von  Teplitz 

in  Bohmen,  20. 

F.  Scharfi; — ^Die  Gerolle  des  unteren  Mainland,  24. 

Edinburgh  Boyal  Society.    Transactions.    Yol.  v.    1806. 

J.  Hall. — Experiments  on  Limestone  and  Laya  (part  1),  48. 
R.  Kennedy. — ^Analysis  of  some  Whinstones  and  Lavas,  76. 
.    Analysis  of  a  Zeolite  (part  2).  298. 

G.  Mackenzie. — ^The  combustion  of  the  Diamond  (part  8),  11. 
W.' Richardson. — ^Basalts  of  Antrim,  15. 

J.  Playfair. — Life  of  Dr.  James  Hutton,  89. 
A.  Feiguson. — ^Life  of  Dr.  Joseph  Black,  lOL 

English  Churchman.    Yol.  xx.    No.  1005.    April  3, 1862. 
Anon. — ^Record  of  Creation,  845. 

Frankfart-a.-M.     Abhandlungen,  herauagegeben  yon  der  Sencken- 
bergischen  Natorforschenden  GeaeUsch^.   Yol.  iv.  Part  1.    1862. 
Fr.  Hessenberg. — ^Mineralogische  Notizen,  I  (2  plates). 

Geologist.    Yol.  v.  Nos.  61-53.    March-May  1862. 

C.  C.  Blake.— Fossil  Monkeys,  81  (2  platesj). 

J.  Taylor. — Geology  of  CasUeton,  Derbyshure,  86. 

W.  BoWaBTL — ^Meteoric  Iron  from  Copiano,  Chile,  89. 

Proceedings  of  Geological  Societies,  91,  142,  188. 

Foreign  Intelligence,  95, 145^  191. 

Reviews,  104,  151,  200. 

Notes  and  Queries,  108,  149,  193. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


460  BOITATTONS. 

Geologist.     Vol.  v.  (continued), 

AnoDL — Spontaneous  Generation,  121. 

G.  G.  Blake.— The  Genus  CamoOienum^  124. 

S.  Lucas. — Section  of  Lias  near  Stow-on-the-Wold,  127. 

T.  R.  Jones. — ^Tnuls,  Tracks,  and  Surface-markings,  128  (plate). 

Anon. — Gheese-grotto  of  Bertrich-Baden  in  the  Eifel,  18©  (plate). 

8.  J.  Mackie. — Ventriculites  and  Sponges,  161  (2  pktos). 

J.  Elliott— Heathery  Bum  Gavee,  167. 

T.  Qrindley.— Geology  of  the  Isle  of  Man,  17L 

Gorresponaence^  141. 

Geologists' AsBooiation.   Proceedings.  YoLi,  for  1861-62.  No8.7y8. 
1862. 

N.  T.  Wetherell.— ()percula  of  Ammonites  in  Flint,  117. 

.    Gviform  bodies  in  the  London  Glay,  Ghalk^  and  Gieensand, 

110. 
G.  E.  Roberts.— Plant-bed  in  the  Severn  Valley,  120. 
J.  Gurry. — Geology  and  Drift  of  the  North  End  of  the  Penine  Chain, 

132. 
J.  Pickering. — Opercula  of  Gasteropoda,  124. 
J^^e22a  J^^dbnom,  127. 


W.  Gray.— Geology  of  the  isle  of  Portland^  12a 

H.  Seeley. — Some  anomalous  Echinodeims  irovi  the  Upper  Gieensand 

of  Gambridge,  147. 
W.  Curtis.— Fossils  of  the  Gault  of  Holt  Forest,  152. 
C.  Tomlinson. — ^Efflorescence  succeeding  the  action  of  heat  on  certain 

Sandstones  of  Yorkshire,  168. 
M.  Norman.— Deposit  of  Recent  Shells  and  Bones  at  Monk's  Bay,  lale 

of  Wight,  160. 
R.  L  L.  Guppy. — ^Worm-burrowings  in  days  at  Bendigo,  Australia, 

S.  H%hley.— Oeological  Hammers,  162. 

.  Taranaki  Iron-sand^  166. 

J.  Morris. — Coal ;  its  geological  and  geographical  nosition,  170. 

C.  B.  Rose. — ^Re-deposited  Crag  near  Yarmouth,  Norfolk,  192. 

R  P.  WiUdns.— On  the  Hempstead  Strata,  Isle  of  Wight,  104. 

A.  Bott— Exchange  of  Fossils,  196. 

J.  Tennant — ^DiBooyeries  of  Gk)ld  in  Nova  Scotia,  196. 

W.  T.  Rickaid.— Preparation  of  Peat  for  Fuel  and  Gas-makings  197. 

J.  Tennant — ^Lime  and  Limestones,  204. 

T.  Wiltshire. — Ancient  Flint  Implements  of  Yorkshire,  216. 

C.  B.  Rose.— Cretaceous  Strata  of  Norfolk.  227. 

C.  Tomlinson.— Plasticity  and  Odour  of  Clay,  287. 

Halle  tind  Berlin.  Abhandlungen  des  naturwissenschaftlichen 
Yereines  fiir  Sachsen  und  Thiiringen  in  HaUe.  Herausgegeben 
von  C.  Giebel  und  W.  Heintz.    Yd.  L  Part  2.     I860. 

C.  GiebeL— Die  silnrische  Fauna  des  Unterhanes,  268  (7  plates). 

.    .     Vol.ii.     1861. 

O.  Heer. — Beitrage  zur  sachsisch-thuringischen  Braunkohlenflora, 

408  (9  nlates). 
C.  G.  Anora. — Beitrag  sur  Tertiarflora  Siebenbiirgens,  429  (plate). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONAtioirs.  461 

Heidelberg,  Yeriiandlongen  dee  naturhist-med.  Yereins  zu.    No.  68. 
R.  Blum.— ^Ueber  einige  kunsdiche  und  naturliche  Pseudomoiphosezi; 
188 

.    Ueber  den  Epidot,  196. 

R.  Bunsen. — Ueber  Vulkane,  192. 

India,  Annnal  Report  of  the  Geological  Survey  of.     1861. 

,  Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of.  Vol.  iii.  Part  L    1861, 

W.  T.  Blanfoid.— The  Raniffanj  Coal-field,  Bengal,  1. 

T.  Oldham. — RelationBand  Age  of  the  Rock-ajBtems  of  Centndlndia 

and  Bengal,  197. 
Mineral  Statistics :  Coal. 

Institution  of  Civil  Engineers.    Abstracts.    Nos.  14,  15.    1861-62. 

.     ,     Nob.  17,  18.     1861-62. 

J.  Faton. — ^Reclamation  of  Land  from  the  Sea  in  Slesvig   and 

Holstein,  L 
J.  Oldham. — Reclaiming  Land  from  Seas  and  Estuaries  (the  Hum- 

ber),  7. 
J.  H.  Muller. — ^Reclaiming  Land  from  Seas  and  Estuaries,  10. 

.     Minutes  of  Proceedings.    VoLxix.    Session  1869-60.   1860. 

C.  E.  Amos. — ^WaterwoikB  in  Trafihlgar  Square,  2L 
R  B.  Grantham.— Drainage  and  OutfiOls,  53. 

Intellectual  Observer.    Nos.S-^.  April-June  1862.   From  H.  Slack, 
Esq.,  F.G.S. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies. 

J.  W.  MKJaulejr.— Aluminium,  176. 

H.  J.  Slack. — Life-changes  on  the  Globe,  826. 

T.  Rowney. — Spectrum-analysis,  862. 

G.  E.  Rol>erts.--Geological  value  of  recent  occurrences,  870. 

Miscellaneous,  899. 

Jena.     Nova  Acta  Acad.  Cses.  Leop.-CaroL  Germanicas  Natnrsd  Cu- 
riosorum.     Vol.  xxix.     1862. 

£.  R  Schmid. — Die  Fischzahne  der  Trias  bei  Jena  (4  plates). 

.     Leopoldma.    Amtliches  Oigan  der  kais.  Leop.-Car.  deutsch. 

Akad.  der  Natniforscher.    Zweites  Heft.     1860-61. 

.    .     Drittes  Heft.     Nob.  1^.     1861-62, 


Linnean  Society.    Journal  of  Proceedings.    Vol.  vi.    Nob.  22,  23. 
March  and  May  1862. 

.    Transactions.     ToL  zziii.  Part  2.     1861. 

literary  Gazette.    New  Series.    VoL  viii.     Nos.  197-200.     1862. 
Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  to. 

Liverpool  Gallery  of  Inventions  and  Science.     First  Annual  Report. 
1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


462  DOKATIOKS. 

]iveipool.    Transactiaiis  of  the  Historic  Society  of  Lancashire  and 
Cheshire.    New  Series.     Vol.  i.     Session  1860-61. 
J.  T.  TowBon.— The  Gold-fields  of  Australia,  17  (plate). 

London,  Edinburgh,  and  Dublin  Philosophical  Magazine.  4th  Series. 
VoL  xxii.    Supplement.    From  Dr.  W.  FrandSy  F.  QJS. 
G.  Eixchhoff  and  R  Bunsen. — Spectrum-analjms,  ^8  (plate). 

.    — ^.    VoL  xxiii.    Nos.  164-167  (Supplement).     April- 
June  1862. 

S.  V.Wood— Land-tractsof  the  Secondary  and  Tertiary  Periods,  269. 
N.  Whitley  and  J.  Wyatt — ^Further  discoTeries  of  Flint  LnplementSy 

W.  B.'  Dawkina— HyaBna-den  near  Wells,  832. 

L.  Palmieri  and  P.  Tchihatcheffi — Recent  Eruption  of  Vesuyius,  332. 

E.  HulL— Distribution  of  the  Carboniferous  Strata,  333. 

E.  J.  Chapman. — Position  of  Lieyrite  in  the  Mineral  Series,  348. 
R  Stewart — ^Flint  Implements  in  the  Drift,  394. 

W.  lister. — ^Drift  with  Shells  near  Wolyerhampton,  413. 

J.  Smith. — Split  Botdder  in  Little  Cumbra,  412. 

T.  F.  Jamieson. — ^Ice-worn  Rocks  of  Scothmd,  412. 

A.  C.  Ramsay.— Glacial  Origin  of  Lakes,  413. 

J.  H.  and  G.  Gladstone. — CoUyrite,  and  a  native  Carbonate  of  Alu- 
mina and  Lime,  461. 

R.  Harkness.— -Permian  Beds  of  the  Valley  of  the  Eden,  492. 

A.  Geikia— Date  of  the  last  Elevation  of  Scotland,  493. 

W.  Baker.— Metallurgy  of  Lead.  634. 

J.  W.  Kirkbv.— Chitons  in  the  Mountain-limestone  of  Yorkshire,  568. 

ROwen. — ^Fossil  Reptilia  from  the  Coal-measures  of  Nova  Scotia,568. 

W.  B.  Clarke. — ^Mesozoic  and  Permian  Faunie  in  Eastern  Australia, 
568. 

A.  Tylor. — ^Footprint  of  lauanodon  from  Hastings,  669. 

J.  Lament — Connexion  between  Earthquakes  and  Magnetic  Dis- 
turbances, 669. 

IL  Rose. — ^Minerals  containing  Niobium,  661. 

London  Review.    Vol.  iv.    Nos.  92,  104.    April  5— June  28, 1862. 
Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

Longman's  Notes  on  Books.    Vol.  ii.    No.  29.    May  31, 1862. 
G.  P.  Scrope's  '  Volcanos,'  noticed,  226. 

Madrid,  Memorias  de  la  Real  Academia  de  Ciencias  de.     VoL  iii. 
2*  Serie.    Ciencias  fisicas.    Vol.  i.  Part  2.    1859. 

, .    Vol.  iv.  3»  Serie.  Cienc.  Nat.  Vol.  ii.   Part  3.   1859. 

J.  Vilanova  y  Piera. — ^Memoria  geogndstico-agricola  sobre  la  pro- 
vincia  de  Castellon,  676. 

, .    Vol,  V.  3»  Serie.    Cienc.  Nat.  Vol.  iii.  Part  1.    1861. 

F.  de  Luzlm.    Viaje  cientifico  6  Asturias,  106. 

.     Real  Academia  de  Ciendas,  Programa  para  la  Adjudicadon 

de  Premies  en  los  anos  de  1859-62. 

.     Resumen  do  las  Actas  de  la  Real  Academia  de  Ciencias  dc 


Madrid,  1855-6.     1857. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


BOWATIOKS.  463 

'  Madrid.     Resnmen  de  las  Actas  de  la  Beal  Academia  de  Ciendas 

de  Madrid,  1866-7.    1868. 

I  .    ,1867-8.     1869. 

I  .    ,1868-9.     1860. 

^  MancheBter  Geological  Society.    Transactions.    Supplement  to  No.  7 

f  (List  of  Fellows). 

,  .    ,    Nob.  11-14.    Session  1861-62. 

J.  J.  AtkinsoiL — ^The  Gases  met  with  in  Coal-mines ;  and  General 
.  Principles  of  Ventilation,  218. 

.    Friction  of  Air  in  Mines,  260. 

.  ,    Instruments  used  in  connection  with  the  Ventilation  of 

Mines,  277. 
,  J.  Taylor.— Geology  of  the  Railway  between  Hyde  and  Marple, 

296 
f  J.  Bndbuxy.— The  North  Staffordshire  Coal-field,  304. 

*  E.  W.  Binney.— Excursion  to  Todmorden,  826. 

i  Mechanics'  Magazine.    New  Series,    Vol.  vii.    Nos.  171-183. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 
J.  A.  Phillips.— Gold-mining,  826,  848,  376,  392. 
W.  W.  Smytii.— Lecture  on  Coal,  895. 

*  J.  Pitter.— The  Sand  Epoch,  418. 

i  Mendicity  Sodety.    44th  Eeport.    1862. 

Munich.    Sitzungsberichte  der  koniglich-bayerischen  Akademie  der 
if  Wissenschaften  m  Miinchen.    VoL  ii.  Hefte  2,  3.     1861. 

'  A.  Wagner. — ^Ueber  ein  neues,  angeblich  mit  Vogelfedem  yersehenes 

Kepfil,  146. 
R  yon  Schlagintweit. — ^Ueber  die  Hohenyerhaltnisse  Indiens  und 
Hochasiens,  261. 

Nenchatal,  Bulletin  de  la  Sod^te  des  Sciences  Natorelles  de.   Vol.  v. 
Part  3.    1861. 

R  Desor. — ^Antiquitds  lacustres  et  ori^^e  de  la  race  celtiqne,  394. 

New  Granada.    Contribndones  de  Colombia  a  las  Ciendas  i  a  las 
'  Artes,  pnblicadas  con  la  oooperacion  de  la  Sodedad  de  Naturalistas 

Neogranadinos,  por  E.   Uricoechea.        Ano  primero.        1860. 
,  Pages  123-194. 

Palermo.    Atti  della  Sodet^  di  Acclimazione  e  di  Agricoltura  in 
i  Sidlia.    Vol.  i.  No.  8.    1861. 

'  .    •    Vol.  ii.  No.  1.    1862. 

;  Paris.    Academe  des  Sdences.  Comptes  Eendus.  1861.  Prem.Sem. 

Phipson. — Qr^de  d'antimoine  naturd  proyenant  de  Borneo,  752. 
Simonnar. — ^Kouyelle  sonde  exploratnce  destine  k  fiiire  connaitre 

le  sol  sous-marin,  658. 
H.  Debray. — ^Production  des  phosphates  et  des  ars^niates  cristallis^s, 

44. 
Phipson. — ^Borate  sodico-calcique  du  P^rou  (tinkalzite),  406. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


464  DOITAIIOXS. 

Paris.    Aoad^mie  des  Sdenoee.    Gomptes   Bandns.     1861.  PxeiD. 
Sem.  (corUinued). 

Saly^tat — ^Borate  sodico-calcique  da  P^rou,  536. 

Fremy. — ^Recheiches  chimiques  sor  lee  diffSronts  oombiiatibleBmiii^ 

raux,  114. 
Mareel  de  Sexrefi. — Sur  la  density  et  la  diiret^  conBid^i^es  comne 

caractdres  dee  corps  sim^es  m^talloides  et  mtftailliqaeB,  S49,  708l 
Grimaud. — Puits  for^  i  Yenise,  et  mesoze   de    leur  utility  poni 

cette  viUe,  724^  858,  932. 
Degoufls^  et  Laurent. — ^Puits  forte  de  Venise  et  leur  readflmeBt 

actuel,  811;  975. 
£lie  de  Beaumont. — ^Puits  forte  de  Venise,  859. 
Damour. — Prteence  du  platine  et  de  retain  m^tfdlique  dana  lea  te^ 

rains  aurif^res  de  la  Gniyaney  688. 
Pe3rtier. — ^Dunes  de  la  Gironde  et  dee  Landes,  854. 
Jackson. — Qisement  de  combustibles  fossiles  nourellement  dteoaTCit 

k  Chiriqui  (Nouvelle  Grenade),  69. 
Marcel  de  Serree. — Sur  un  mojen  de  reconnaifare  lea  anciens  iiTageB 

dee  mere  des  ^pojues  g^log^iques,  71. 
Daubrte. — ^Infiltration  capillaire  au  travels  des  matieres  poreoses 

malgr^  une  forte  contrepresaion  de  vapour :  applications  poasibles 

aux  ph^nom&nes  gitolo^ques,  123. 
Lejmerie. — Carte  glologique  du  d^partement  de  1' Yottne,  153. 

.    Terrain  tertiaire  ]^t-pyrdnten  du  ^gorre,  257. 

Domeyko. — ^Nouvelle  s^e  de  min^rauz  du  Chili,  260. 

.    Ossements  fossiles  de  paehydennes  du  bassiQ  de  TaguAtago^ 

260. 
Courbon. — ^Rteultats  relatifs  k  la  g^ologie  obtenus  dans  le  cours 

d'une  exploration  de  la  Mer  Rouge.  Rapport  par  M.  O.  Ste.-02fifre 

Deville,  426. 
Bertrand  de  Lorn. — ^Faita  g^ologiquea  et  min^ralogiques  nouveaux 

dteouverts  dane  lee  cinq  gvands  d^partements  volcajoiques  de  h 

France,  458. 
Raulin. — R^volutione  de  la  siir&ce  du  globe  qui  ont  fa9onn^  le 

relief  de  Tile  de  Ci^te,  690. 
Rividre. — ^Amaa   d*eau  souterraine  suppos^e    proveoir  d*une  mer 

ant^eure  k  notre  ^poque  g^ologique,  /90. 
Delesse. — ^Carte  g^^ologique  du  sol  de  Paris,  790. 

.    Gypse  parisien,  912. 

Phipson.— -Oligiste  de    r^poque  d^onienne,  et  sur  une  matidre 

organique  ^u*il  conlient,  976. 
Foumet. — ^Micaschistes  nacrte  des  montagnee  occidentalee  du  bassin 

du  Rh6ne,  1112. 
Piesis. — Constitution   de  la  partie  des  Cordilldres  comprisea  entie 

les  sources  des  rivi&res  de  Copiapo  et  de  Choapa,  1147. 
Lagout. — ^Inondations,  le  desstenement  et  les  irrigations,  440. 
DeM at — Inondations,  522. 
Marcel  de  Serres. — Grande  inondation  qui  a  eu  lieu  dans  la  vallte 

de  rmiault,  805, 1256. 
H.  Ste.-Claire  DeviUe  et  Troost — Reproduction  des  sulfures  m&- 

talliques  de  la  nature,  920. 
Ditscbeiner. — Sur  Temploi  de  Tisomorpbisme  en  min^ralogie,  460. 
Des  Cloizeaux. — ^Nouveau  proc4d^  pour  mesurer  Tindice  moyen  et 

r^cartement  des  axes  optiques  dans  certaines  substances,  784. 
H.  Ste.-Claire  Deville. — Mode  de  formation  du  zircon  et  de  la  topaze, 

780. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKATioira.  465 

FariB.    Acaddmie  dee  Scienoee.    Comptes  Rendus.    1861.    Prem. 
Sem.  (continued). 
H.  Ste. -Claire  Deville. — Nouveau  mode  de  reproduction  da  fer  olig^te 

et  de  quelques  oxydes  m^talliques  de  la  nature,  1264. 
.    Production  artificielle  de  la  WiU^mite  et  de  quelquee  silicates 

m^talliquesy  920. 
Debraj.— Production  de  quelques  oxydes  cristallis^  (p^riclase,  alu- 

mine^  &c,),  085. 
Eulilmann. — Production  artificielle  des  oxides  de  mangan^  et  de 

fer  cristallis^s.  et  cas  nouveaux  d'^pig^nie  et  de  pseudomorphisme, 

1283. 
Des  Cloizeaux. — ^Formes  cristallines  de  quelques-uns  das  pioduits 

obtenus  par  M.  Euhlmann,  1328, 1325. 
Pisani. — ^Analyse  de  la  GloMocoUte,  Sbepaid,  310. 
.    Analyse  de  I'uranite  d'Autun  et  de  la  chalkolite  de  Cor- 

nouaiUeSy  817. 

.    G6drite  de  GMre :  presence  du  spinelle  dans  ce  mindral,  1145. 

Friedel. — Dimorphisme  du  sulfure  de  zinc,  963. 

Mdne. — ^Nouyelle  esptee  de  cuiTre  gris^  dite  F&wmetiUj  311, 1326. 

Delesse. — ^Fossiles,  et  les  changements  produits  par  le  temps  dans 

leur  composition,  728. 
Gbudry. — ^R^sultats  des  fouilles  entreprises  en  Ghr^e  sous  les  auspices 

de  r  Academic,  238,  297,  722,  79L 
Valenciennes. — ^Esp^cee  de  mammiftres  d^termin^s  par  les  ossements 

fossiles  recueillis  &  Pikermi  (Attique),  1295. 
Gervais. — Existence  en  France  du  genre  ^teint  des  Th^codonto- 

saures,  347. 
Alpb.  Milne-Edwards. — ^Thalassiniens  fossiles,  847. 

.    Portuniens  fossiles,  698. 

Raulin. — ^Tableau  des  corns  oivanis^s  fossiles  de  la  Crdte,  et  descrip- 
tion d'une  nouvelle  espece  cte  Pholadomye,  976. 
Thor^. — ^Plantes  fossiles  trouy^es  ayec  aautres  d^ris  organiques 

dans  les  fialuns  des  environs  de  Dax,  512. 
Bronffniart. — ^Plantes  fossiles  recueillies  en  Grto  par  M.  Ghiudiy, 

E.  Robert — ^Matidres  trayaill^es  par  les  anciens  habitants  de  la  Gaule, 

63. 
Boucher  de  Perthes. — Silex  taillte  trouy^s  dans  le  diluvium  du  d^ 

partement  de  la  Somme,  300. 
Carvallo. — Objets  faconn^s  de  main  dliomme  trouv^s  dans  les  d^hus 

du  chemin  de  fer  de  Chateauroux  ^  Idmoffes,  1256. 
Deherain. — Presence  du  phosphate   de  diaux  dans  les  calcaires 

qu*emploie  Fagriculture,  738. 
Perrey. — ^Fr^uence  des  tremblements  de  terre  relativement  k  TAge 

de  la  lune  pendant  la  seconde  moiti^  du  xviii*  si^le,  146,  242. 

.    Propositions  sur  les  tremblements  de  terre,  704. 

Gentili. — ^Afilussement  successif  de  la  montagne  volcanique  de  la 

Soufri^re,  k  la  Guadeloupe,  151. 
Prost — ^Trepidations  du  sol  observe  h  Nice  pendant  la  deuxi^me 

moitie  de  l*ann^  1860,  252. 
Babinet — ^D^sastre  de  Lubonne  de  1531,  369. 
De  Gastelnau. — ^Tremblement  de  terre  observe  k  Singapore,  880. 
Pissis.^Propagation  du  tremblement  de  terre  qui,  le  20  Mars  1861,  a 

detrmt  la  ville  de  Mendoza,  1147. 
Domeyxo. — ^Tremblement  de  tone  du  20  Mars  au  Chili  et  de  Tautre 

c/btA  des  Andes,  1148. 
Lambotte. — ^Influence  du  manganftse  dans  la  v^^tation,  703. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


466^  BOKATIOVS. 

Paris.    Acad^mie  des  Sciences.    Comptes  Rendtts.   1861.   Prem. 
Sem.  (continued), 

.    .    .     1861.    Deux.  Semestre.    Nos.  13-27. 

.    . 1862.    Prem.  Semestre.    No.  2  (Jan.  13) ; 

Noe.  6-7  (F^vr.  10— F^vr.  24). 

•    Annales  des  Mines.    5*  S^r«    Vol.  xx.    6*  livr.  de  1861. 

Gnmer  et  LaD. — £tat  pr^ent  de  la  m^talloiig^e  du  fer  en  Angleteire, 

616. 
Delease  et  LaugeL— Revue  de  G^logie  pour  Tann^  I860,  629. 

.    .    6*  S^r.    Vol.  i.    1"  Uyt.  de  1862. 


Gruner  et  Lan. — £tat  present  de  la  m^talluigie  du  fer  en  Angletene, 
89. 

.    Soci^  G^logique  de  France.  Bulletin.  Deux.  Ser.  Vol.  xix. 

FeuiU.  7-20, 1862. 

A.-F.  Nogu^ — Sur  lea  environs  d'Am^lie-les-Bains   (Pyr6n6eB- 

Orientales)  (fin),  97. 
J.  Marcou.--Sur  les  roches  Jurassiques  hois  d*Europe,  98. 
Edm.  Hubert. — Du  terrain  jurassique  de  la  Provence,  100. 
J.  Foumet,  Delease,  et  Saemann. — Sur  la  formation  par  la  voie 

humide  et  k  froid  de  divers  min^raux,  et  notamment  aes  silicates 

hvdrat^  et  anhydies,  124, 136, 138. 
P.  de  TchihatcheS— Sur  T^ruption  du  V^suve  du  8  D^cembre  1861, 

141. 
A.-F.  Nogu^s, — Sur  Armissan  (Aude),  142. 

.    Sur  la  g^ologie  et  la  min^ralogie  des  Albert  146. 
A.  LaugeL— Sur  Fdge  des  silex  et  des  ^^  dits  laddres,  163. 
Saemann  et  Triger. — Sur  les  uinomta  btplicata  et  veapertilio,  Brocchi, 

160  (plate). 
Saemann  et  Aug.  DoU^. — Sur  les  ^dunodennes  fossiles  du  coral- 
rag  de  Trouvule  (Calvados),  168  (plate). 
£bray. — Sur  les  demiers  affleurements  de  F^tage  urgonien  dans  le 

sua  du  bassin  parisien,  184. 
Marcel  de  Serres  et  Gazalis  de  Fondouce. — Des  formations  volcaniques 

du  d^partement  de  lll^rault  dans  les  environs  d'Agde  et  de  Mont- 

pellier,  186. 
J.  Guillemin. — ^R^sultats  des  sondag^  entrepris  pour  trouver  le  pro- 

longement  de  la  formation  carbomf^re  du  Donetz  (Russie),  20^. 
G.  de  Helmersen. — Examen  du  produit  des  sondages  ci-dessus,  204. 
J.  Deanoyers. — Sur  les  argiles  k  silex  de  la  craie,  sur  les  sables  du 

Perche  et  d'autres  d^ts  tertiaires  qui  leur  sent  subordonn^  205. 
D^Omalius  d^Halloj. — Sur  les  divisions  g^o^phiques  de  la  i^on 

comprise  entre  le  Rhin  et  les  Pyr^n^es,  216  Q>lste). 
L.  Pareto. — Coupes  k  travers  TApennin,  des  boidis  de  la  M^iterran^e 

k  la  vall^  du  J?6,  depuis  Livoume  jusqu'a  Nice,  239  (3  plates). 

Parthenon.    Vol.  i.    Nos.  1-9.    May  3— June  28, 1862. 

Notices  of  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

G.  P.  Scrope's  *  Volcanos,'  notic^,  6. 

T.  H.  Huxley's  '  Geolo^cal  Address,'  noticed,  81. 

L.  Jenyns's  *  Memoir  ot  the  Rev.  J.  S.  Henslow,*  noticed,  134. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONATioirs.  467 

I         Parthenon.    Vol.  i.    Nob.  1-9.    Mhy  3— June  28, 1862. 

R  Owen.— Lectures  on  Birds,  148, 179, 211. 
Ii  An  Ancient  People,  174,  206. 

Geological  Text-books,  275. 

Philadelphia.    Academy  of  Nataral  Sciences.  JonmaL  New  Series. 
Vol.  V.  Part  1.    1862. 

.    .    Proceedings.    1861,  pp.  145-666  and  Index. 

I.  Lea. — New  Species  of  Cretaceous  MoUuscs,  148. 
>  F.  B.  Meek.— New  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  Vancouver  and  Suda 

Islands,  314. 
W.  M.  Gabb.— New  Cretaceous  Fossils  from  New  Jersey,  Alabama^ 
and  Mississippi,  818. 
"'  S.  S.  Lyon.— New  Palaeozoic  Fossils  from  Kentucky  and  Indiana, 

409,ft>Ute). 
F.  B.  Meek  and  F.  V.  Hayden.— New  Lower  Silurian,  Jurassic,  Ore- 
i  taceous,  and  Tertiaiy  Fossils  from  Nebraska,  415. 

Photographic  Society.    Journal.    Nos.  120-122. 

J         Quarterly  Journal  of  Microscopical  Science.    New  Series.    No.  6. 
\  AprH  1862. 

}  B.K.Greville.— -4«ferofomj>r«  of  theBarbadoes  Deposit,  41  (2plat68). 

Boyal  Asiatic  Society  of  Great  Britain.   JoumaL  VoL  xiz.  Part  3. 
^  1862. 

C.  Bruce.— The  Vedic  conception  of  the  Earth,  82L 

1  Eoyal  Astronomical  Society.    Memoirs.    Vol.  zzz.,  for  1860-61. 

)  1862. 

I  Monthly  Notices.    VoL  xxi.,  for  1860-61.    1862. 

'  Royal  Geographical  Society.    Proceedings.    Vol.  vi.  No.  2. 

I  R.  Thornton. — ^Kilimanjaro,  Eastern  Africa,  47. 

I  R.  A.  0.  DalyelL — ^Earthquake  at  Erzerum,  on  June  Ist,  1869,  62. 

J.  Thompson.— Gold-fields  of  Tuapeka,  New  Zealand,  7L 


Royal  Horticultural  Society.    Proceedings.    Vol.  ii.  Nos.  3-6. 

Royal  Society.    Philosophical  Transactions.    VoLcL  Fart  2.    1861. 

J.  Prestwich. — The  occurrence  of-  Flint  ImplementB  in  beds  of  a  late 
geological  period  in  Fiance  and  England,  277  (5  plates). 

W.  B.  Oaipenter.— Foraminifera  (JMyttomeUoj  CtUcarinOf  TinoporuSf 
Carpenteria),  635  (6  plates). 

.    .    Vol.  cli.  Parts  1  and  2.    1861-62. 

— -.    Proceedings.    Vol.  xi.    No.  48. 

R.  Owen.— Dicynodont  Reptilia  from  South  Africa,  683. 

TOL,  XTin, — ^PABI  I.  2  I 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


488 


DONATIONS. 


Royal  Society.     Proceedings.    Yol.  xii.    No.  49. 

J.  Prestwich.— Drift  Deposits  with  Extinct  Mammalia  and  Flint 
Implements,  38. 

Sienna.   Decimo  Congresso  degli  Scienziati  Italiani.   Notizia.    1862. 

Society  of  Arts.    Journal.    Noe.  489-501.     1862. 

Notices  of  the  Meetings  of  Scientific  Societies,  &c. 

J.  A.  Phillips. — Gold-mining,  and  the  Gold-discoyeries  made  since 

1861,  4ia 
Iron,  463,  476. 
Induration  of  Stone,  470. 
Consular  Information  [San  Sebastian,  Spain  J,  482. 

Teign  Naturalists'  Field-club.  Report  of  Proceedings  for  1861. 
1862. 

Vienna.  Denkschriften  der  kaiserlichen  Akademio  der  Wissen- 
schaften.     Math.-naturw.  Classe.     Vol.  xx.     1862. 

.    Jahrbiicher  der  k.-k.  Central- Anstalt  fiir  ifeteorologie  und 

Erdmagnetismus,  von  Karl  Kreil.    Vol.  viii.    Jahrgang    1856. 
1861. 

— .  Jahrbuch  der  kaiserl.-konigl.  geologischer  Reichsanstalt. 
Vol.  xii.  No.  1.    Januar-December  1861.     1862. 

M.  V.  Lipoid. — ^Ueber  Herm  J.  Barrande's  "  Colonien  "  in  der  Silor- 

formation  Bohmens,  1  (2  plates). 
K.  von  Hauer. — ^Arbciten  m  dem  chemischen  Laboratorium  der  k.>k. 

gool.  Reichsanstalt,  67. 
Verhandlimgen  der  k-k.  geol.  Reichsanstalt  1861, 1-119. 

— — .  Register  zu  den  Banden  31.  bis  42.  der  Sitzungsberichte,  &c., 
der  k.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.     IV.     1862. 

— — .  Sitzungsberichte  der  k.  Akad.  d.  Wissenschaften.  Math.* 
nat.  Classe.  Vol.  xliii.  Heft  4.  Jahrg.  1861.  April.  Zwdte 
Abtheilung. 

Von  Zepharovich. — ^Ueber  die  EiYstallformen  des  zwei&ch  amei- 
sensauren  Kupferoxydes  und  aes  ameisensauren  Kupferoxyd- 
Strontian,  646  (2  plates). 

A.  Pleischl. — ^Ueber  verschiedene  Legirung[en  des  Zinns  mit  Blei,  556. 

W.  Haidinger. — ^Zwei  Meteoreisenmassen  m  Australien  aufrofunden, 
683. 

.    .    .    Vol.  xliv.    Heft  1.    Jahrg.  1861.    Juni. 

Erste  Abtheilung. 

K.  F.  Peters.— Geolo^he  und  mineralogische  Studien  aus  dem 
siidostlichen  Uugarn,  81  (2  plates). 

.    .    . Heft  2.    Jahrg.  1861.    Juli.    Erst© 

Abih. 

F.  X.  M.  Zippe, — Ueber  den  rhombischen  Vanadit,  197. 
A.  Bou^. — Ueber  einen  merkwurdigen  Blitzschlag,  203. 
.    Ueber  EisbUdung,  203. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


BONATIOirS. 


^9 


Yienna.    Sitznngsberichte  der  k.  Akad.  d.  Wissenschoften.  Math.- 
nat.  Classo.    Vol.  xliv.    Heft  2  (continued), 

F.  RoUe. — ^Ueber  eine  neue  MoUusken-Artea  aus  Tertiar-Ablage- 
rungen,  205  (2  plates). 

.    . Vol.  xliv.    Heft  3.    Jahrg.  1861.    October. 

Erste  und  zweito  Abtheil.    1861. 

A.  R  Reufis.— Palaontolog^Bche  Beitrage,  301  (8  plates). 

— ^-.  Entwurf  einer  systematischen  Zusammenstellung  der  Fora- 
miniferen^  355. 

F.  von  Hauer. — ^Ueber  die  Ammoniten  aus  dem  sogenannten  Medolo 
der  Berge  Domaro  und  Guglielmo  im  Val  Trompia,  ProYinz  Bre- 
scia, 403  (plate). 

W.  Haidinger. — vet  Meteorit  von  Dhurmsalay  285. 

K.  W.  Zenger. — ^Mikroskopische  Messungen  der  Kiystallgestalten 
einiger  Metalle,  297. 

W.  Haidinger. — Der  Meteorsteinfall  zu  Montpreis,  373. 

.    Die  zwei  Cranboume  Meteor-Eisenblbcke  in  Victoria,  378. 

.    .    .   Vol.  xliv.  Heft  4.   Jahrg.  1861.  November, 

Erste  und  zweite  Abth.    1862. 

F.  Karrer. — ^Ueber  das  Auftreten  der  Foraminiferen  in  dem  marinen 

Tejrel  des  Wiener  Beckons,  427  (2  plates). 
A.  Schrauf. — ^Monographie  des  Columbit,  445  (7  plates). 
W.  Haidinger. — Die  ersten  Proben  des  Meteoreisena  von  Cranboume 

in  Australien,  465. 

-;— .    -»-T-.    .   Vol. xliv.    Hefts.    December  1861.    Ersle 

^md  zweite  Abth.     1862. 

E.  F.  Peters. — Die  Miocan-Localitat  Ilidas  bei  Fiinfkirchen  in 
Ungam,  581  (map  and  plate). 

A.  Bou6. — Uebertertiare  Dolomit-Breccien,  iiber  Hohlen  im  Leitha- 
Conglomerate  Voslau^s  und  iiber  Seen  und  Teiche  in  geologischer 
Beziehung,  618. 

F.  von  Hauer. — ^Ueber  die  Petrefecten  der  Kreideformation  dea 
Bakonyer  Waldes,  631  (3  plates). 

W.  Haicfinger. — Das  Meteor  von  Quenygouk  in  Pegu,  637. 

G.  Tschemmk. — Ueber  einige  ZinnverbmdungeU;  7^3. 

Warwickshire  Naturalists'  and  Archaeologists'  Field-club.     Pro- 
ceedings for  1861.    1862. 

P.  B.  Brodie. — Qeology  of  South  Northamptonshire;  4. 


II.  PtlRIODICALS  PURCHASED  FOR  THE  LIBRARY. 

Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History.      3rd  Series.  Vol.  ix. 
Nos.  52-54.    April-June  1862. 
A.  Wagner. — ^The  Oriphosaurm,  261. 

J.  W.  Kirkby.— New  Permian  Fishes  and  Plants  of  Durham,  267. 
R.  Owen. — ^New  Dicynodont  Reptilia  from  South  Africa^  332. 
H.  von  Mejrer. — ^The  Archaopteryx  lUhographica  from  the  Litho  • 

graphic  Stone  of  Solenhofen,  366. 
KB.  Tyler's  '  Anahuac,'  noticed,  407. 
R.  Owen. — ^Mesozoic  forms  of  Life  in,Australia|  486. 

2i2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


470  D0HAXI0K8. 

Edinbtirg)i  New  Philosophical  Journal.     New  Series.     VoL  xv. 
No.  2.    April  1862, 

H.  F.  Baxter.*-Organic  Force  and  Crystalline  Force,  104. 

F.  W.  L.  Thomas.— Growth  of  Peat  around  the  Pagan  Monuments 

of  the  Outer  Hebrides,  235. 
W.  King. — Certain  Permian  Shells  said  to  occur  in  Carbonifeioaa 

Bocks.  26L 

^    Origin  of  Spedes^  253. 

L.  Lesquereuz.»Tertiar7  FossQ  Fruits  of  Brandon.  Vermont,  U.  S., 

lMtitut,r.    l"*  Section.    Nos.  1471-1474, 1479-1481. 
.    2*  Section.    Nos.  314-516. 

Iieonhaid  nnd  Bronn's  Nenes  Jahrbuch  fiir  Mineralogie  tz.8.w. 
Jahrgang  1862.    Erstes  Heft. 

W«  Beiss. — ^Ueber  die  tertiaien  Schichten  yon  Santa  Maria,  den 
BudUchsten  der  Azoren^  und  ihre  organischen  Einschliisse,  1. 

H.  G.  Bronn. — Beschreibung  dieser  letzten  und  Abbildung  der 
neuen  Aiten,  23  (plate). 

A.  W.  Stiehler. — Stand  unserer  jetzigen  Eenntnisse  yon  der  Mono- 
kotyledonen  der  Vorwelt,  49. 

A.  OppeL — ^Ueber  das  Alter  der  Hierlats-Schichten,  59. 

Letters ',  Notices  of  Books,  Minerals,  Geology,  and  I'ossils. 

— .    .    Zweites  Heft. 

Th.  Kjerulf. — ^Zusammenstellung  der  bisherigen  Ergebnisse  der  geo- 

logischen  Untersuchung  Norwegens,  129  ^lap). 
A.  ^hlonbach. — ^Die  Grenze  zwiscnen  Keuper  und  Uas  im  hannorer- 

schen   und   braunschweigischen    auitretenden    Sandsteins,   146 

(r^te). 
A.  iHchler. — Geologische  Notixen  aus  TyroL  178. 
Letters;  Notices  oiMinerals,  Geology,  and  Fossils. 

Paleeontographica,  von  H.  von  Meyer.  Vol.  x.  Part  2.    April  1862. 

H.  yon  Meyer. — PterodatiyUts  nUcrotiyx  aus  dem  Uthogn^hischen 

Schiefer  von  Solenhofen,  47  (plate). 
— s    AretuBopteryx  Utkogrc^tca  aus  dem  lithographischen  Schiefbr 

yon  Solenhofen,  53  Tplate). 
,    JPlacodits  Andnam  aus  dem  Muschelkalke  der  Gegend  von 

Braimschweig,  57  (plate). 
C.  von  Heyden.  —  Gfliederthiere  aus  der  Braunkohle  des  Nieder- 

rhein's.  der  Wetterau  und  der  Rohn.  62  (plate). 
H.  von  Meyer. — Ichihyosaurm  Strombecki  aus  dem  fiisenstein  der 

unteren  Kreide  bei  Gross-Dohren,  83  (plate) 
— .     Ckimara  (Ganodua)  avUa  aus  dem  lithographischen  Schiefer 

von  Eichstatt,  87  (plate). 
H.  A.  Ha^. — ^Ueli^r  die  Neuroptem  aus  dem  lithographischen 

Schiefer  m  Bayem,  96  (2  plates). 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOHAnOKB.  471 

m.  GEOLOGICAL  AND  MISCELLANEOUS  BOOKS. 

Names  of  Donors  in  Italics. 

Abstracts  of  the  Meteorological  Observations  taken  at  the  Stations  of 
the  Eoyal  Engineers  in  the  years  1853-1859.  1862.  From  the 
Ordnance  Survey. 

Annales  Hydrographiques.  V%  2"'  et  4"*  Tiimeetree  de  1861. 
186L 

.    1"  Trimestre  de  1862.     1862.    From  the  DSp6t  de  la 

Marine, 

Barrande,  J.  Defense  des  Colonies.  11.  Incompatibility  entre  le 
syst^me  des  Plis  et  la  r^alit^  des  faits  matdriels.     1862. 

Beardmore,  N.    Manual  of  Hydrology.     1862. 

Billings,  E.    New  Species  of  Lower  Silurian  Fossils.    1862. 

Birikhorsty  J.-T,  B.  van  den.  Monographic  des  Gast^ropodes  et 
Cephalopodes  des  Couches  Cretac^  sup^rieures  du  Idmbourg. 
Classe  des  C^halopodee.    1862. 

Blahe,  E.  H.    On  the  Primary  Rocks  of  Donegal.     1861. 

Catalogue.  Catalogue  des  Produits  des  Colonies  Frangaises  envoy^ 
k  Texposition  universeUe  de  Londres  de  1862.  1862.  From  the 
Commissioners. 

•    Catalogue  des  Produits  Minc^raux  du  Portugal.    Exposition 

UniverseUe  de  Londres^  1862.    1862.    From  the  Commissioners. 

.    Catalogue  of  the  Natural  and  Industrial  Products  of  New 

South  Wales.  International  Exhibition,  1862.  From  the  New 
South  Wales  Commissioners* 

.  Catalogue  of  the  Nova-Scotian  Department  at  the  Inter- 
national Exhibition,  1862.     1862.    From  the  Commissioners. 

.    Catalogue  of  the  Victorian  Exhibition  1861,  with  prefatory 

essays  indicating  the  progress,  resources,  and  physical  character- 
istics of  the  colony.  By  W.  H.  Archer,  Esq. ;  Eerd.  MueUer, 
Esq.  M.D.;  R.  Brough  Smyth,  Esq.  F.G.S. ;  Prof.  Neumayer; 
F.  M*Coy,  Esq. ;  A.  R.  C.  Selwyn,  Esq.,  and  W.  Birkmyre,  Esq. ; 
and  the  Jurors'  Awards.     1861.     From  the  Commissioners. 

.     Cenno  suUe  Ricchezze  Minerali  dell'isola  di  Sardcgna  ad 

intelligenza  della  coUezione  dei  mirorali  utili  che  si  linvengono  nei 
suoi  terreni.    Per  E.  Marchese.     1862.    From  the  Commissioners. 

.      Descriptive  Catalogue  of  a  Collection  of  the  Economic 

Minerals  of  Canada,  and  of  its  Crystalline  Rocks,  sent  to  the 
London  International  Exhibition  for  1862.  By  Sir  W.  E.  Logan, 
F.R.S.    1862.    From  the  Commissioners. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


472  DONATIONS. 

Catalogue.  Descriptive  Catalogue  of  tho]^Collection  of  Products  and 
Manufactures  contributed  by  the  colony  of  Western  Australia  to 
the  International  Exhibition  of  1862.  1862.  From  the  Com- 
missioners, 

.     Esposizione  Intemazionale  del  1862.     Bcgno  d'ltalia.     I. 

Mineralogia  e  Geologia.  (Prodotti  litoideij.  1862.  From  Prof. 
Dr.  Cocchi. 

.    Esposizione  Intemazionale  del  1862.     Begno  d'ltalia.     I. 

Mineralogia  e  Metallurgia  (Miniere  e  Saline).  1861.  From 
Prof.  Dr.  Cocehi. 

.     Esposizione  Intemazionale  del  1862.  Eegno  d'ltalia.  Cata- 

logo  descrittivo  pubblicato  per  cura  del  R.  Comitate  Italiano. 
I.  Mineralogia  e  Metallurgia  (Miniere  e  Saline).  1862.  IVom 
the  Commissioners. 

.    Exposition  TJniverselle  de  1862  K  Londres.    Section  Fran- 

gaise.  Catalogue  Officiel  publid  par  ordre  de  la  Commission  Im* 
periale.     1862.     From  the  Commissioners. 

.    Exposition  TJniverselle  de  1862  k  Londres.    Section  Fran- 

gaise  Alg^rie.  Catalogue  Special  accompagnd  de  notices  histo- 
riques  et  statistiques  sur  les  produits  agricoles  et  industriels  do 
TAlgdrie.     1862.     From  the  Commissioners. 

.     London  Exhibition,  1862.     Special  Catalogue  of  the  Zdl- 

verein  Department.     1862.     From  the  Commissioners. 

.     Official  Catalogue  of  the  Mining  and  Metallurgical  Products. 

Class  I.y  in  the  Zollverein  Department  of  the  International  Exhi- 
bition, 1862.  Compiled  by  Dr.  H.  Wedding.  1862.  From  ike 
Commissioners. 

.    The  Imperial  and  Royal  Geological  Institute  of  the  Austrian 

Empire.  Catalogue  of  the  Maps  and  Specimens  exhibited  at  tho 
London  International  Exhibition,  1862.  1862.  From  the  Com^ 
missioners. 

Clarice,  W.  B.  ReceDt  Geological  Observations  in  Australasia.  2nd 
edition.     1861. 

Contents  of '  The  Correspondence  of  Scientific  Men  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century,'  printed  at  tiie  University  Press,  Oxford,  in  two  volumes 
octavo,  1841,  under  the  superintendence  of  the  late  Professor 
Eigaud,  from  the  originals  in  the  collection  of  the  Right  Honour- 
able the  Earl  of  Macclesfield.  Compiled  by  Prof.  A.  de  Morgan. 
1862.     From  the  Publishers. 

Cooper,  B.    Australian  Coal.     1862. 

■  On  the  Use  of  Australian  Coal  for  Steam-pnrposes.    In  a 

letter  to  His  Grace  the  Duke  of  Newcastle.     1862.     . 

Description  Hydrographiquc  de  la  Cote  Orientale  de  la  Cor^  et  du 
Golfe  d'Osaka.  Traduit  par  A.  de  hi  Phmche.  1861.  From  the 
BSp6t  de  la  Marine. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKATIOKS.  473 

Deshayes,  O,  P.    Description  des  Animaux  sans  Vert^bres  deconverts 
dans  le  Bassin  de  Paris.    27"  et  28*  livraisons  (in  one).     1862. 

De3or,E.y  et  A.  Gressly.    Etudes  g^logiques  sur  le  Jura  Neuchato- 
lois.     1859. 

Dupin-de-Saint-Andrd.     Bensoignements  Nautiques  sur  les  Cotes 
de  Patagonio.     1862.     From  the  Depot  de  la  Marine. 

Eichwald,  E.  v.     Der  Griinsand  in  der  Umgegend  von  Moskwa. 
1862. 

Ei'dmann,  A.    Larobok  i  Mineralogien.     1860. 

Evans,  J.    Flint  Implements  in  the  Drift;  being  an  account  of 
further  discoveries  on  the  Continent  and  in  England.     1862. 

Gaussin  et  B.  de  la  Grye.     Annuaire  des  Marees  des  Cotes  de  France 
pour  Tan  1862.     1861.     From  the  DSp6t  de  la  Marine. 

Ooppert,  H.  E.     Ueber  das  Vorkommen  von  lias-Pflanzen  im 
Kaukasus  und  der  Alborus-Kette.     1861. 

.    Ueber  die  Tertiarflora  der  Polargcgenden.    1861. 

Gras,  A.  le.    Avis  aux  Navigateurs.    Cotes  des  lies  Britanniques. 
1861.    3«att«  Trimestre. 

.    .    1862.    1«^  Trimestre.  From  the  DSpot  de  la  Marine. 

Cotes    Orientales  de  PAm&ique  Anglaise  et  des 


Etats-Unis.    1862.    From  the  Dip6t  de  la  Marine. 

.    .    Cotes  Orientales  de  TAm^rique  du  Sud.     1861. 

From  the  Depot  de  la  Marine. 

.    .    Mers  des  Indes  et  de  Chine,  de  PAustralie,  Terre  de 

Van-Diemen,  et  Nouvelle-Zelande.    1862.    From  the  Dipot  de  la 
Marine. 

.    .    Mers  du  Nord,  Mer  Baltique,  et  Mer  Blanche. 

1861.     FVoin  the  Dipot  de  la  Marine. 

.    .    Mer  Mediterranee,  Mer  Noire,  et  Mer  d'Azof.   1862. 

From  the  DSp6t  de  la  Marine. 

' .     Routier  de  TAustralie  (cote  est).     Detroit  de  Torres  et  Mer 

de  Corail.     Vol.  ii.     1861.     From  the  Dipot  de  la  Marine. 

Gumbel,  C.  W.  Geognostischo  Beschreibung  des  bayerischen  Alpen- 
gebirges  und  seines  Vorlandes.  Text  and  Atlas.  1861.  From  the 
Bavarian  Oovemment. 

ITauerf  F.  v.  Ueber  die  Ammoniten  aus  dem  sogenannten  Medolo 
der  Bergo  Domaro  und  Guglielmo  im  Val  Trompia,  Provinz 
Brescia.    1861. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


474  sonahonb* 

Hay  dm,  R  F.  Some  Bemarks  in  regard  to  the  Period  of  Elevation 
of  those  ranges  of  the  Eocky  MonntauiB  near  the  sources  of  the 
Missouri  Biver  and  its  tributaries.     1862. 

Heer,  0,  Beitrage  zur  nahem  Kenntniss  der  sachfiisch-thuringis- 
chen  Braunkohlenflora.  Nebst  einem  Anhange  iiber  einige  sie- 
benbiirgischen  Tertiarpflanzen  yon  C.  J.  Andrae.     1861. 

Homes,  M.  Die  fossilen  MoUusken  des  Tertiarbeckens  von 
Wien.  II.  Band.  Nr.  3.  4.  Bivalven.  Venus,  Dosinia,  GhraU^ 
loupia,  Cytherea,  Circe,  Pisidium,  Isocardia,  Pecchiolia,  Cyjpri- 
cardia,  Cardium,  Chama, 

Horsburgh,  J.  Instructions  Nautiques.  1^  Partie.  Traduction  par 
3IM.  le  Predour,  Darondeau,  et  BeOle.  1861.  From  the  DSp6i 
de  la  Marine, 

Jenyns,  L.  Memoir  of  the  Bev.  John  Stevens  Henslow,  M.A., 
F.L.8.,  F.G.S.,  F.C.P.8.,  late  Bector  of  Hitcham  and  Professor  of 
Botany  in  the  University  of  Cambridge.     1862. 

Jukes,  J.  B.  The  Student's  Manual  of  Geology.  Second  Edition. 
1862. 

Keene,  W.  Coal  and  Collieries  of  New  South  Wales.  1862.  From 
Sir  Daniel  Cooper. 

Keller,  F.-A.-E.  Des  Ouragans,  Tornados,  Typhons,  et  Tempetes. 
Typhous  de  1848;  Typhon  de  1849.  1861.  From  the  Depot  de 
la  Marine. 

Krejciho,  J.    Horopisn^  Obrazy  okoU  Prazskeho.     1857. 

Lea,  /.    Check  list  of  the  ShellB  of  North  America :  Umonidcs. 

Description  of  a  new  Genus  {Strephobasis)  of  the  family 


MelanidcB,  and  three  new  Spedes.     1862. 

.— .    Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Neritina  from  Coosa  Biver, 
Alabama.     1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  eleven  new  Species  of  the  genus  Unio  from 

the  United  States.     1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  five  new  Species  of   Uniones  from  Nortii 

America.     1862. 

Descriptions  of  fifteen  new  Species  of  Uruguayan  Unionidce. 


1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  forty-nine  new  Species  of  the  genus  Melania. 

1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  four  new  Species  of  Melanias  of  the  United 

States.     1862. 

•    Descriptions  of  four  new  Species  of  Unionidce  from  Brazil 

and  Buenos  Ayres.     1862, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DOKATIOKS.  475 

iMy  I,    DesGiiptioiis  of  fourteen  new  Species  of  ScM^oHoma,  &o,, 
and  reclamation  of  the  name.     1862. 

•    Descriptions  of  new  Fossil  Mollnsca  from  the  Cretaceous 

Formation  at  Haddonfield^  New  Jersey,    1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  new  Species  of  ScMaostoma^  Anmlosa,  and 

LUhasia.    1862. 

•    Descriptions  of  seven  new  Species  of  the  genns  lo.    1862. 

-«— •  Descriptions  of  seyen  new  Species  of  Umonidce  from  the 
United  States.    1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  six  new  Species  of  Unianidce  from  Alabama. 

1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Exotic  Umontdo!.  1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Uniones  from  Mexico. 

1862. 

->— .  Descriptions  of  twelve  new  Species  of  Uniones  from  Alabama. 
1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  twenty-five  new  Species  of  UhwnidcB  from 

Georgia,  Alabama^  Mississippi,  Tennessee,  and  Florida.     1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  two  new  Species  of  Anodonta  from  Arctic 

America.    1862. 

.    Descriptions  of  two  new  ^des  of  Uniones  from  Cfeorgia* 

1862. 

.  Observations  on  the  genns  Unio,   ToL  viiL    Part  2.    1862. 

.  Eemarks  on  an  Echiniis  perforating  Granite.    1862. 

.  Eemarks  on  Physcs  in  a  Cistern.    1862. 

.  Bemarks  on  the  Colour  of  the  Unionidas,    1862. 

——- •  Bemarks  on  the  form  of  Palpi  of  Anodontcs  from  Urogoay. 
1862.  V 

.    Eemarks  on  the  Number  of  Untonidcs,    1862. 

Logan,  W.  E.    Eeport  on  the  Geology  of  Canada.    1862. 

Lommelf  J.    Yeneichniss  von  Yersteinerungen.    1861. 

Lyons.  La  Commission  hydrom^trique  de  Lyon.  18  *"•  Annfc. 
Eesum^  des  observations  recueillies  en  1861  dans  le  bassin  de  la 
Sadne.    1862.    I^om  the  Commission. 

Magnetical  and  Meteorological  Observations  made  at  the  Govern- 
ment Observatoiy^  Bombay,  in  the  year  1859.  1860.  Rom  iks 
Secretary  of  State  for  India, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


476  D0KATI0K8. 

Mareau,  J.  Observations  on  the  terms  "  Pen^n,"  *^  Permian,"  and 
"  Djas."     1862. 

Marsh,  0.  C,  Discovery  of  New  Enaliosaorian  Bemains  in  the 
Coal  Formation  of  Nova  Scotia.     1862. 

.    The  Gold  of  Nova  Scotia.     1861. 

Mas,  B.  de.  Instructions  Nautiques  sur  les  Cotes  d'Islande.  1862. 
From  the  DSp6t  de  la  Marine, 

Morris,  J.,  and  O.  E.  Boherts.  On  the  Carboniferoos  Limestone  of 
Oreton  and  Parlow,  Clee  Hills,  Shropshire :  with  a  description 
of  a  new  Pterichthys,  by  Sir  P.  de  M.  G.  Egerton,  Bart^  &c. 
1862. 

New  South  Wales.  The  Colony  of  New  South  Wales,  its  agricul- 
tural, pastoral,  and  mining  capabilities.  Compiled  by  the  Com- 
missioners of  the  Colonial  Government.  1862.  From  the  Com- 
missioners, 

Oppel,  A.    Ueber  die  Brachiopoden  des  untem  lias.     1861. 

Pagel,  L.  Recherches  Chronomdtriques.  V«  Cahier :  Memoire  sur  la 
marohe  des  pendules  et  des  chronom^tres.  1861.  From  the  D^ot 
de  la  Marine, 

Phillips,  J,  A,  Gold-mining,  and  the  Gold-discoveries  made  since 
1851.    1862. 

Pictet,  F,  J,  Mat^riaux  pour  la  Paloontdogie  Suisse,  ou  recueil  de 
monographies  sur  les  fossilos  du  Jura  et  des  Alpes.  Troisieme 
Serie.  Livraisons  1-3.  Descriptions  des  Beptiles  et  Poissons 
fossiles  de  TEtage  Virgulien  du  Jura  Neuchatelois,  par  MM.  F.  J. 
Pictet  et  A.  Jaccard.    1860. 

Porni,  G,    Storia  geologica  del  Tevere.     1860. 

— .     Sul  Sistema  degli  Appennini.     1861. 

Prestwich,  J,  Theoretical  Considerations  on  the  Conditions  under 
which  the  Drift-deposits  containing  the  remains  of  extinct  Mam- 
malia and  Flint  Implements  were  acciunulated,  and  on  their  Geo- 
logical Age.    (Abstract.)    1862. 

Quetdet,  A.    Observations  des  Ph^om^nes  P^riodiques.    1862. 

Batdin,  V,  Notice  sur  les  travaux  sdentifiques  de  M.  Cordier. 
1862. 

Beeve,  L,    Elements  of  Conchology.    Part  14.     1861. 

Routier  de  la  Bale  de  Fundy  et  de  la  Nouvelle-Ecosse.  1861.  From 
the  D^ot  de  la  Marine, 

Sandberger,  F,  Die  Conchylien  des  Mainzer  Tertiarbeckens.  Sie- 
bente  lieferung.     1862. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DONATIONS.  477 

Scrape,  Q.  P.  Volcanos.  The  character  of  their  phenomena^  their 
share  in  the  structure  and  composition  of  the  surface  of  the  globe^ 
and  their  relation  to  its  internal  forces.     1862. 

Sedgwick,  J.  Le  Vnd  Principe  de  la  Loi  des  Ouragans.  Traduit 
par  H.  de  TAulnoit.     1861.    From  the  DipH  de  la  Marine. 

Smith,  J.  L.  Re-examination  of  American  Minerals.  Part  V.  The 
Minerals  of  the  Wheatley  Mine  in  Pennsylvania.  1855.  From 
C.  M,  Wheatley,  Esq. 

Smtthe,  F.    The  Geology  of  Churchdown  ffilL     1862. 

Spratt,  T.  Instructions  sur  I'lle  de  Cr^te  ou  Candie.  Traduction 
par  A.  le  Gras.     1861.    From  the  DSpSt  de  la  Marine. 

Stoppani,  A.  Delia  prioritii  e  preminenza  degli  Italiani  negli  studii 
geologici.    Prelezione  al  corso  di  geologia.     1862. 

Suess,  E.  Der  Boden  der  Stadt  Wien  nach  seiner  Bildungsweise, 
Beschaffenheit  und  seinen  Beziehungen  zum  hiirgerlichen  Leben. 
1862. 

Symonds,  W,  8.  On  the  Geology  of  the  Railway  from  "Worcester 
to  Hereford.     1862. 

Tryon,  O.  W.  Publications  of  Isaac  Lea  on  Recent  Conchology. 
1861. 

Wheatley,  C.  M.  On  the  Mesozoic  Red  Sandstone  of  the  Atlantic 
Slope ;  and  Notice  of  a  Discovery  of  a  Bono-bed  therein,  at 
Phoenixville,  Pennsylvania.     1861. 

White,  M.  C.  Discovery  of  Microscopic  Organisms  in  the  Siliceous 
Nodules  of  the  Palaeozoic  Rocks  of  New  York.     1862. 

Whiting,  G.  The  Products  and  Resources  of  Tasmania  as  illus- 
trated in  the  International  Exhibition.  1862.  From  the  Com^ 
missioners. 

Wyatt,  J.  Flint  Implements  in  the  Drift.  Notice  of  Discoveries 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Bedford.     1862. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


THE 


QUARTERLY  JOURNAL 


GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


BOtTBD  BT 


THE  ASSISTANT-8ECRETAEY  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETT. 


VOLUME  THE  EIGHTEENTH.' 


1862. 


PART  II.     MISCELLANEOUS. 


Digitized  byCjOOQiC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


CONTENTS  OF  PART  11. 


AlphabeHcalfy  arranged — the  Names  of  the  Authore  in  ct^tai  letters. 


Alborus  (Elbrufi^  Range;  H.  R.  Goeppbbt  on  Liasdc  Plants  from  the  17 

Ammonites  of  Val  Trompia,  I^.  yon  Haubb  on  the     6 

Azote  in  the  Crust  of  the  Globe,  A.  Delebsb  on  8 

Bohemia,  Jokely  on  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of   1 

,  Lepold  on  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Central 2 

Bbanbt,  J.  F.    On  the  Discovery  of  the  Skeleton  of  a  Mastodon 

near  Kikolajew  (Nicolaieff),  in  southern  Russia    13 

Bryozoa,  Stoligzka  on  some  Fossil > 7 

Bdnsbn,  R.    On  the  Formation  of  Granite 11 

Caspian  Se&  Newly  formed  Volcanic  Island  in  the    1 

Caucasus,  BL  R.  Gobppbbt  on  Liassic  Plants  from  the   17 

Cretaceous  Deposits  of  South-west  Hungary,  Fa.  yon  Haubb  on  the  6 

Crust  of  the  Globe,  A.  Dblbssb  on  Azote  and  Organic  Matters  in  the  8 

Dachstein  Biyalve,  Fb.  yon  Haubb  on  the 7 

Dblbssb,  A.    On  the  Azote  and  Organic  Matters  in  the  Crust  of 

the  Globe 8 

EiCHWALD,  E.  J}\    The  Fossils  of  Russia 8 

Elbrus  Range,  H.  R.  Gobppbbt  on  Liassic  Plants  from  the   17 


Formation  of  Granite,  R.  Bunsbn  on  the   11 

Fossil  Bryozoa,  Stoliczka  on 7 

Fossils  or  Russia,  E.  d'Eichwald  on  the    3 


Geology  and  Surface-features  of  Transylvania,  Stachb  on  the   ... .  6 
Gobppbbt,  H.  R.    On  the  Occurrence  of  Liassic  Plants  in  the  Cau- 
casus^ and  in  the  Alborus  (Elbrus)  Range  (Persia) ;  and  on  the 

Distribution  of  the  Liassic  Flora '. . . .  17 

Granite,  R.  Bunsbn  on  the  Formation  of    11 

Haubb,  Fb.  yon.    On  the  Ammonites  of  Val  Trompia 6 

.    C^  the  Cretaceous  Deposits  of  South-west  Hungary 6 

.    On  the  Dachstein  Bivalve 7 

Hungary,  Fb.  yon  Haubb  on  the  Cietaceous  Deposits  of  South-west  6 

Island  in  the  Caspian  Sea,  Newly  formed  Volcanic    1 

JojCBLY.    On  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Bohemia 1 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


IV 

Liasdc  Flon.  H.  R.  Goeppbbt  on  the  DistributioD  of  the 1^ 

Plants  nrom  the  Caucaaus,  &c.,  H.  R.  Gobppebt  on   17 

LiPOLD.    On  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Central  Bohemia   2 

Mastodon  near  Nikolajew,  J.  F.  Brandt  on  a    IS 

Neogpene-tertiary  Strata  of  Western  Sclavonia,  D.  Stxtr  on  the  ....  21 

Nikolajew  (Nicolaieffj^  J.  F.  Brandt  on  a  Mastodon  from 13 

Old  Red  Sandstone  of  Bohemia.  Jokely  on  the    1 

Central  Bohemia,  Lipold  on  the 2 

Organic  Matters  in  the  Crust  of  the  Globe,  Delbssb  on   8 

Persia,  H.  R.  Goefpert  on  Liassic  Plants  from    17 

Russia,  K  d'Eichwald  on  the  Fossils  of   8 

,  J.  F.  Brandt  on  a  Mastodon  frx>m  Nikolajew  (Nicolaieft),  ia 

Southern 18 

Sdavonia,  D.  Stur  on  the  Neogene-tertiary  Strata  of  Western      . .  21 

St  ACHE.    On  the  Geol^^  and  Surface-features  of  Transylvania    . .  5 

Stoliczka.    On  some  Fossil  Biyozoa 7 

Stub,  D.    On  the  Neoffene-tertiarv  Strata  of  Western  Sclavonia  .  .  21 
SuESS,  K    The  Ground  beneath  Vienna ;  its  Origin,  its  Nature,  and 

its  Relation  to  the  Public  Health 28 

Surface-features  of  Transylvania,  Stache  on  the 5 

Tertiary  (Neogene)  Strata  of  Western  Sclavonia,  D.  Stur  on  the  .  .  21 

Val  Trompifu  Fr.  yon  Hauer  on  the  Ammonites  of 6 

Vienna^  K  Suess  on  the  Ground  beneath 28 

Volcamc  Island  in  the  Caspian  Sea 1 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


TRANSLATIONS  AND  NOTICES 


GEOLOGICAL  MEMOIRS. 


Newly  formed  Volcanic  Island  in  the  Caspian  Ska. 

[Extract  from  a  Report  published  in  the  *  Bussian  Naval  Beview,'  translated 
by  Lieut  LiiTiu,  and  communicated  by  Sir  B.  I.  Mitbchison,  YJP.G.S.] 

On  the  8th  of  August  last,  the  steamer  *  Turky/  in  going  to  Aster- 
abady  stopped  (in  the  middle  of  the  Caspian)  at  a  distance  of  several 
fathoms  from  a  newly  formed  island.  We  went  to  it  in  a  boat  and 
landed.  The  length  of  it  is  23  fathoms,  the  breadth  12  fathoms,  the 
height  above  the  water  6  feet ;  the  average  depth  of  the  sea  at  the 
distance  of  5  to  6  fathoms  off  the  island  is  tdso  6  feet.  The  ground  is 
80  loose  yet,  that  the  swell  of  the  sea  sweeps  it  away.  It  is  very  dif- 
ficult to  walk  on  the  island,  as  the  feet  sink  into  the  ground.  The 
action  of  fire  is  to  be  observed  all  over  the  island.  One  may  con- 
clude that  a  short  time  ago  it  was  yet  in  a  liquid  state ;  for  the  strong 
smell  of  petroleum  indicates  plainly  a  volcanic  origin,  and  petroleum 
is  to  be  seen  on  the  stones  mixed  up  with  the  earth,  the  whole  having 
cooled  and  being  now  comparatively  hard.  In  passing  on  the  lee 
side  of  the  island  we  also  perceived  the  smell  of  petroleum. 

It  appears  that  this  newly  formed  islet  lies  upon  a  continuation  of 
the  volcanic  emanations  which  trend  from  the  mud-eruptions  near 
Kertch  to  the  fires  of  Bakou,  and  in  a  line  towards  Asterabad. 


On  the  Old  Bed  SANDeroNX  of  Bohemia.     By  M.  Jokelt. 
[Proceed.  Imp.  Qeol.  Inatit.  Vienna,  Febroaiy  26  and  March  12,  1861.] 
Thbee  subdivisions  may  be  distinguished  in  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone 
deposited  along  the  southern  or  Bohemian  margin  of  the  Sudetian 
Mountains*.    They  are,  in  ascending  order, — A.  Conglomerates,  with 
a  few  intercalated  layers  of  shale  and  sandstones,  passing  upwards 
into  a  deposit  of  shale  180  feet  in  thickness.     This  upper  portion 
includes  beds  of  bituminous  shale,  filled  with  remains  of  Eishes  and 
Plants,  together  with  local  occurrences  of  black  coal,  aigillaceous 
ironstone  and  sphserosiderite,  and  (in  a  few  cases)  of  traces  of  copper- 
ores.     The  vegetable-remains,  as  determined  by  Prof.  Unger,  stand 
*  See  also  Quart.  Joum.  Geol.  Soo.  vol.  xri.  Part  ii  MisceU.  p.  38. 
VOL.  XVni PABT  II  B 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Z  OEOLOQICAL  MEMOIBS. 

nearer  to  those  from  the  Carboniferous  beds  of  Waldenburg  (Saxony) 
and  of  Badnitz  (Bohemia)  than  to  those  hitherto  known  to  occur  in 
the  Old  Bed  Sandstone. — B.  Arkose-sandstones  and  a  series  of  tMnly 
stratified  ribboned  sandstones,  with  micaceous  shales  and  beds  of 
marly  limestone.  This  subdivision,  the  most  extended,  and  orer- 
lying  unconformably  the  strata  of  subdivision  A,  is  but  poor  in 
organic  remains,  with  the  exception  of  silicified  stems  of  Arauea- 
rites  in  the  arkose-sandstones.  A  stem  of  Araucarites  SchroUianus, 
Goepp.,  24  feet  in  length  and  34  feet  in  diameter,  has  been  obtained 
for  the  Museum  of  the  Impericl  Geological  Institute  of  Vienna.  A 
remarkable  occurrence  in  these  strata,  stated  by  Prof.  Goeppert  of 
Breslau,  is  that  of  Araucarites  cupreus,  a  species  also  known  from 
the  Permian  strata  of  Bussia. — C.  Brownish  and  brick-red  arenaceous 
shales,  with  subordinate  layers  of  sandstone,  marls,  and  bituminous 
slates  (holding  from  25  to  45  per  cent,  of  bitumen),  with  associated 
iron-ores,  sphserosiderites,  and  insignificant  veinlets  and  lenticular 
aggregations  of  anthracitic  black  coal.  These  slates,  constantly 
lying  unconformably  over  the  sandstones  of  subdivision  B,  are  only 
met  with  in  isolated  patches,  partly  intercalated  with  the  lower  sub- 
divisions. Vegetable-remains  are  very  scarce  in  them ;  their  chief 
characteristics  are  abundance  of  fossil  Fishes  and  the  occurrence  of 
copper-ores,  malachite,  the  blue  and  green  carbonates  of  copper, 
sulphurates,  silicate  and  black  oxide  of  copper,  and  allophane,  with 
I  to  30  per  cent,  of  copper,  and  ^^  to  ^  per  cent,  of  silver.  These 
ores  are  irregularly  spread  through  the  whole  of  the  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stone ;  so  that  mining  enterprises  here  have  been  generally  attended 
with  a  very  slight  success.  Probably  the  copper  and  the  substances 
united  to  it  in  its  ores  have  been  infiltrated  into  the  rock  by  mineral 
waters,  connected  with  numerous  operations  of  melaphyre.  Five 
protrusions  of  this  igneous  rock  may  be  traced  within  the  Old  Red 
Sandstone  territory  in  question,  three  belonging  to  subdivision  C, 
and  two  to  A  and  B.  The  older  melaphyres  are  characterized  by 
the  presence  of  amygdaloids,  jasper,  <&c.,  and  in  some  localities  are 
cut  through  by  me!aph3nic  protrusions  of  more  recent  date.  Por- 
phyries between  the  subdivisions  B  and  C,  and  efiusions  and  pro- 
trusions of  basalt  are  but  of  local  and  rather  scarce  occurrence. 

[Count  M.] 


On  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone  of  Central  Bohsmla. 
By  M.  LiPOLD. 

[Proceed.  Trap.  Geol.  Instit  Vienna,  March  12, 1861.] 
In  the  circle  of  Prague  (Central  Bohemia)  the  Old  Bed  Sandstone 
fills  up  the  small  bay  of  Bohmisch-Brod,  about  half  an  Austrian 
mile  in  breadth,  between  groups  of  granitic  and  gneissic  rocks,  and 
seems  to  represent  (as  far  as  its  very  narrow  extent  allows  us  to 
judge)  the  subdivisions  B  and  C  of  the  Sudetian  Old  Bed  Sandstone 
(see  above).  Melaphyres  and  eruptive  rocks  in  general  are  want- 
ing. Copper-ores,  in  the  lower  arkose-sandstones  and  marly  slates 
(bituminous  slates  with  seams  of  black  coal  and  remains  of  Fishes 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


KICHWALD RUSSIAN  PALJB027TOLOGT.  O 

and  Plants — among  them  fragments  of  Araucarites),  have  been 
found  in  several  localities.  All  the  strata  have  an  eastward  dip, 
very  steep  along  the  limit  of  the  granite,  then  flattening  as  they 
advance  to  the  centre  of  the  basin,  where  they  become  partly 
horizontal.  [Count  M.] 


The  FossiM  of  Russia.     By  M.  E.  dTicHWALD. 

[Lethaoa  Bossies,  ou  Paltontologie  de  la  BuBsie,  d^crite  et  flgurte  par  Edouard 
d*Eichwald,  Conseiller  d*Etat  actuel  et  Gheyalier,  etc.  etc  Premier  volume, 
pp.  1657,  S"" ;  ayec  un  Atlaa  de  59  PlancheB  lithographic  4to  et  fol.  1855-61. 
iToisi^e  volume,  8°,  pp.  534 ;  aveo  un  Atlas  de  14  Planches  Lithographic 
4toetfol.  1852-05J. 

The  first  volume  of  this  work  is  devoted  to  the  fossils  of  the  palseozoic 
rocks  (rancienne  p^riode),  and  is  divided  into  two  parts.  Part  I. 
(IV.  Livraison,  1865)  contains,  1st,  an  introductory  description  of 
the  several  groups  of  strata,  and  their  geographical  distribution  as 
regards  Russia,  and  2ndly,  a  systematic  account  of  all  the  known 
paJaBozoic  plants  of  Russia,  comprising  161  species  in  71  genera :  128 
of  these  species  are  illustrated  in  the  Atlas.  The  plants  are  arranged 
in  the  families : — 1.  Confervaceee  (1  species).  2.  Phyceae  (8  species). 
3.  Florideae  (8  species).  4.  Neuropterideae  (13  species).  5.  Sphe- 
nopteride^  (8  species).  6.  Pecopteridese  (10  species).  7.  Gleiche- 
niacese  (2  species).  8.  Protopteridese  (8  species).  9.  Marattiaceaa 
(1  species).  10.  Selagineea  (3  species).  11.  Lepidodendreae  (28 
species).  12.  Diplostegiaceae  (1  species).  13.  Calamiteee  (17 species). 
14.  Equisetacese  (4  species).  15.  Annulariese  (8  species).  16.  Si- 
gillariese  (14  species).  17.  Cycadeacece  (9  species).  18.  Cupres- 
sinese  (2  species).  19.  Abietineee  (9  species).  20.  Noeggerathiese 
(9  species).  The  Terrain  de  la  grauwackS  (1st),  comprises  the 
Cambrian  and  Silurian  strata ;  2ndly,  the  Terrain  earhonifire  ou 
houiller,  comprises  the  Devonian  and  the  Carboniferous ;  and  the  3rd 
is  the  Terrain  cuivreux  or  the  Permian.  According  to  M.  d'Eichwald 
the  Grauwacke  formation  has  for  its  lower  members. — 1.  Soft  blue  clay 
(with  LaminariteSf  &c.),  along  the  Gulf  of  Finland.  2.  Quartzose  sand 
(with  Oholus,  &c.)  of  Poodolowo,  &c.  3.  Argillaceous  schists  (with 
FenesteUa)  of  Esthonia,  &c.  4.  Green  sand  (with  Conodonts,  &c.)  of 
St.  Petersburg  and  Baltischport.  5.  Sphseronite-limestone  of  Sla- 
wanka,  &c.,  associated  with,  6.  Bituminous  schist.  7.  Hemicos- 
mite-limestone  of  Wassalem  and  PadLs.  8.  Cydocrinite-limestone 
of  Munalas  near  Wassalem,  Esthonia.  9.  Dolomite  (Spirifer  Lynx, 
&c.)  of  Kima,  Baltic  Provinces  ;  and  10.  Dolomite  (unfossiliferous)  of 
Linden  near  HapsaL  The  upper  members  are : — 11.  Pentamerus- 
limestone  of  Wenden,  Esthonia,  &c.  12.  Dolomitic  sandstone  (un- 
fossiliferous) of  Noistfer,  Esthonia,  &c.  13.  Compact  Dolomite  (with- 
out fossils)  of  Kuigang  (Oesel).  14.  Compact  encrimite-limestone 
of  Oesel.  15.  Compact  Eurypterus-limestone  of  Esthonia.  The 
Old  Red  Sandstone,  the  Carboniferous  Limestone,  and  the  Coal- 
measures  compose  M.  d'Eichwald's  Terrain  carbonifire ;  the  charac- 
teristic fossils  are  mentioned  at  pp.  20-28.  The  Cupriferous  Forma- 
tion of  M.  d'Eichwald,  or  Permian  of  Murchison,  is  divisible  into  an 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


4  OKOLOeiCAL  1CEX0IB8. 

upper  and  lower  portion.  The  latter  is  chiefly  arenaceous,  not 
always  cupriferous,  but  locally  saliferous  and  gypsiferous,  and  <^ 
rich  with  fossil  plants,  especially  in  the  (Government  of  Orenboi^, 
where  also  the  well-known  Eeptilian  remains  occ}ii—BhopakdoK 
(2  spp.),  Deuterosaurus,  and  Zygosawrus.  The  upper  portion  oootaim 
odcareous  beds  always  cupriferous  (k>.  28-31). 

The  6th  livraison  (1859),  pp.  271-748,  commences  the  Orjfcto- 
Moohgie,  or  description  of  the  animals  of  the  Phiodc  anamu. 
Pages  271-323  contain  some  general  remarks  on  the  palffioxoie&nitt, 
and  special  introductions  to  the  fossQ  animals  of  the  tiiree  great  divi- 
sions of  the  palseozoic  age.  Pages  325-748,  the  6th  Livr.  (1859), 
pp.  749-1004,  the  7th  livr.  (1860),  pp.  1005-1532,  and  pp.  153^- 
1635  of  Livr.  viii.  (1861)  are  occupied  by  systenuitic  desoriptions  of 
the  Amorphozoay  Bhizopoday  Bryozoa,  Corallia^  Orinoidea,  CyMtAj 
Eehinidea,  Asteriadea,  Ophiuridia,  Annelida,  Braekiopoda,  Actphak, 
Pteropoda,  Protopoda,  Ueteropoda,  Gasteropoda,  Cephalopoda,  (ktn- 
eopoda,  Pcedlopoda,  Copepoda,  Xiphosura,  Isopoda,  TrUobita,  Pitca 
{Placodermata,  Cephalaspidea,  Ctenodipterina,  Saurodipterina,  Dm- 
drodonta,  Olyptolepida,  Holoptychida,  CheiroUpida,  Saurwlina,  U- 
pidoidina,  Pycnodonta,  Squalidina,  Baiidina),  and  BeptiUa. 

The  8th  Livraison  contains  moreover  a  general  Index  to  the  volam^ 
a  list  of  Errata,  Title-pages,  Table  of  Ck>ntents,  and  a  Pre&ce,  in 
which  the  author  states  that  most  of  his  palsBontological  researches, 
of  which  the  results  are  given  in  the  *  Lethsea  Eossica/  were  made 
before  the  great  geolc^cal  explorations  undertaken  at  the  cost  of 
the  Imperial  Government  by  A.  von  Humboldt,  G.  Rose,  and  Ehren- 
berg,  in  1829,  and  by  Murchison,  de  Vemeuil,  and  von  Eeyseriing, 
assisted  by  A.  von  Meyendorff,  Blasius,  and  Eokscharoff,  in  1840 
and  1841 ;  and  he  especially  refers  the  reader  to  the  literature  of 
the  subject. 

Volume  III.,  forming  a  livraison  dated  1853(1855  on  the  cover), 
treats  of  ^e  Russian  fossils  of  the  DemUre  PSriode  ou  la  PMode  lum- 
velle,  comprising  the  Tertiary  and  Diluvian  strata,  a  general  notice  of 
which,  and  of  their  fauna  and  flora,  is  given  in  &e  Introduction 
(pp.  vn-xix).  E^ferring  to  the  fossil  Bison,  the  author  gives  a  short 
account  of  the  still  existing  Bisons  of  Lithuania  (pp.  xvi-xix).  A 
rhwnU  follows  the  descriptions  of  each  great  group  of  the  fossil 
animals ;  and  a  synoptical  table  (pp.  413-422)  of  the  fossil  Jnver- 
tebrata  indicates  their  geographical  distribution.  The  fossil  plants 
of  the  Tertiary  and  Diluvian  periods  are  treated  of  in  pp.  423-442 ; 
they  belong  to  the  AJnetinea  (8  species),  Gupressinece  (3  species), 
Salicineas  (1  species),  Betulacece  (1  species),  Juglandeoe  (2  species), 
and  Cuptdiferas  (4  species). 

A  geneitd  rhvmU  of  the  Tertiary,  Diluvian,  and  Alluvian  deposits 
of  the  Russian  Empire  follows  at  pp.  443-518 ;  and  among  other 
interesting  subjects,  the  author  treats  of  the  Amber  and  its  fauna 
and  flora  (pp.  464-472),  of  the  Glacial  and  Erratic  phenomena  (pp. 
472-487),  and  of  the  Black  Soil  or  Tschemozem  (pp.  488-^9.) 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


TRANSLATIONS  AND  NOTICES 


OF 


GEOLOGICAL  MEMOIRS. 


On  the  Gboloot  and  Surpace-feititrbs  of  TfiiKSTLTAiOA. 
By  Dr.  Stache. 

[Proceed.  Imp.  Oeol.  Instit  Vienna^  March  12, 1861.] 

FouB  great  geological  groups  of  strata^  each  with  characteristic  oro^ 
graphical  and  physiognomical  features^  may  be  distinguished  within 
the  province,  striking  even  the  superficial  observer.  The  central 
portion,  once  the  bottom  of  a  marine  basin,  now  filled  up  with  the 
marly  and  arenaceous  deposits  of  the  late  Tertiary  period,  and  in  many 
places  impregnated  witii  salt,  presents  fertile  valleys  and  slopes, 
together  with  barren  ranges  of  hills  and  high  precipices,  intersected 
in  every  direction  by  considerable  rivers  and  a  number  of  rivulets. 
Around  this  central  basin  runs  a  zone  of  Eocene  hiUs  (marly  and 
calcareous  strata  with  abundance  of  limestone  and  gypsum),  con- 
spicuous by  their  sharper  outlines  and  by  their  groves  of  oaks  and 
beeches.  This  zone  is,  as  it  were,  the  precursor  of  the  tiiird  zone, 
marking  the  natural  and  political  frontiers  of  the  province  by  a  wall 
of  crystalline  rocks  with  extensive,  and  partly  as  yet  untouched, 
forests  of  pine  and  beech.  The  fourth  or  trachytic  group,  important 
on  account  of  its  metalliferous  deposits,  occurs  in  the  eastern  part  of 
the  province,  in  the  shape  of  hilly  massifs,  and  in  dispersed  and 
isolated  patches  in  the  western  portion. 

The  crystalline  massif  on  the  western  frontier,  between  Transyl- 
vania and  Hungary,  has  the  general  form  of  a  square,  protruding 
far  into  the  interior.  The  main  range,  running  S.  to  N.,  between  the 
water-courses  of  Szamos  and  Aranryos  on  one,  and  i^e  Koras  on 
the  other  side,  has  an  average  altitude  of  4500  feet.  Three  lateral 
ranges,  of  from  3000  to  5000  feet  elevation,  are  detached  from  the 
main  range,  advancing  eastward  into  the  Eocene  territory.  The 
vaUejTs  and  gullies  in  them,  steep  and  deep  (1000  to  1500  feet  in 
the  Bakato  Valley),  more  resemble  crevices  than  valleys. 
If  k  The  basis  of  the  main  S.-N.  range  is  crystalline  rocks,  overlain 
with  the  red  slates,  grey  and  reddish  quartz-sandstones,  and  white 
or  spotted  quartz-breccia  ("  Verrucano")  of  the  Lower  Trias.  The 
tops  and  longitudinal  crests  consist  of  well-stratified  blackish  or 
grey  limestones  of  the  Upper  Trias,  assuming  on  the  surface  a  re- 
semblance to  the  Istrian  *'  Karst  Limestone"  wherever  they  are  not 

VOL.  XVin. PART  n.  c 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


6  GEOLO0ICAL  MEICOIBS. 

covered  with  pine-forests.  The  surface  of  the  sandstone  is  charac- 
terized hy  extensive  slightlv  convex  meadows,  with  short  grass  and 
nniform  vegetation.  The  limit  between  the  Triassio  limestones  and 
these  sandstones  supplies  the  sources  of  most  of  the  waters  running 
through  this  wilderness.  Forests  on  the  sandstones  and  conglome- 
rates are  subject  to  devastation  by  storms,  easily  uprooting  the  trees, 
which  get  only  an  insecure  hold  in  such  soils. 

Mica-schist  and  gneiss  prevail  in  the  three  lateral  ranges ;  this 
last  in  the  centre  is  overlain  by  a  broader  west  and  narrower  east 
zone  of  mica-schist.  A  gigantic  vein  of  granulite,  remarkably  analo- 
gous to  that  of  the  Iser-Gebirg  (Bohemia),  runs  through  the  central 
gneissic  mass  in  a  N.  and  S.  direction.  The  Hmit  between  the  crys- 
talline and  Eocene  rocks  is  marked  by  a  zone  of  argillaceous  and 
amphiboHc  slates,  including  brown-iron-ores,  containing  50  to  55  per 
cent,  of  iron.  Large  and  numerous  granite-veins  and  extensive 
masses  of  very  pure  quartz  (perhaps  fit  for  glass-manufacturing  in 
this  country  so  very  abimdant  in  wood)  occur  also  in  this  limitary 
zone.  [Ck>i7iiT  M.j 


On  ike  Ammonitbs  of  Yal  Tboxpia.    By  Fb.  voh  Hauxb. 
[Proceed.  Imp.  Acad.  Vienna,  October  31, 1861.] 

Thxsb  Ammonites  are  found  in  the  limestones  of  Monte  Domaro  and 
Guglialmo,  known  under  the  local  denomination  of  "  Medolo."  This 
limestone  is  of  a  grey  or  yellowish  colour,  strongly  impregnated  with 
corneous  silex,  and  is  not  very  thick-bedded.  The  Ammanites  occair- 
ring  in  it  are  changed  into  iron-pyrites  or  hydroxidated  iron.  Among 
a  collection  of  these  fossils,  formed  by  M.  SpineUi's  persevering 
exertions,  seven  species  may  be  distinguished,  of  which  four  are  as 
yet  undescribed.  The  remaining  three  species  are  known  to  occur 
m  the  Middle  and  Lower  lias.  The  "  Medolo  "  may  be  considered 
as  a  geological  parallel  to  the  red  ammonite-limestone  of  Western 
Lombardy ;  and  both  of  these  liassic  deposits  are  perfectly  distinct 
from  the  Jurassic  strata,  and  from  the  Lower  Cretaceous  deposits 
known  under  the  provincial  denomination  of  '*  Majolica.'' 

[Coxjirr  M.] 

On  Hu  CRETACEOtrS  DbPOSITS  of  SotlTH-WBST  HtmOART. 
[Proceed.  Imp.  Acad.  Vienna,  NoTcmber  14, 1861.] 
Ik  the  Bakony  Forest,  these  deposits,  first  noticed  by  MM.  Kovdts 
and  Roemer,  and  explored  in  the  summer  of  1861  by  MM.  Stache 
and  Paul  over  a  rather  considerable  area,  may  petrographically  and 
palieontologically  be  brought  und^r  six  distinct  subdivisions,  some 
of  them  stnkingly  different  in  character  from  the  Alpine  and  Car- 
pathian Cretaceous  strata.  The  nineteen  species  of  Cephalop»ods 
occurring  in  them  belong  to  the  genera  BdemniteSy  TurriliteSf  ffarrdUs, 
Scqphiies,  and  Ammonites ;  among  these  four  are  undescribed.  The 
reet^  for  the  most  part  not  yet  found  in  the  Austrian  Empire,  are 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


HATT^nt — ^DAOHBTBIir  BITl£yE.  f 

cHardctenstio  fdrms  of  the  Upper  G^tilt.  .All  these  forma  ocour  ez^ 
clusiyely  within  the  Bubdivicdoiis  1  and  2,  distingaished  by  the  local 
denominations  of  the  <<Nana  beds''  and  the  '^PemEoskut  beds"; 
no  Cephalopods  haying  as  yet  been  found  in  the  subdiyisions  3  to  6« 

[COUHT  M.] 


On  ihe  Dachstein  BiyALyB.  By  Fr.  yojr  HAtnm.* 
[Prooeed.  Imp.  Acad.  Vienna,  December  6, 1861.] 
One  of  the  most  striking  features  of  Alpine  geology  is  the  enbrr 
mous  deyelopment  of  limestones  and  dolomites,  forming,  in  the  north 
and  south,  secondary  zones  and  groups  of  mountains,  in  more  than 
one  instance  riyalling  in  height  those  of  the  Central  Alpine  range. 
Btratigraphical  and  palseontological  inyestigation  of  the  marly  and 
arenaceous  strata  (the  Farttnach-,  St.  Cassian-,  Eaibl-,  and  Eoessen- 
strata)  haye  led  to  a  subdiyision  of  these  limestone  and  dolomite 
masses  into  Hallstatt-  and  Esino-strata,  Great  Dolomite,  Dachstein- 
limestone,  <fec. 

Wherever  the  marly  or  arenaceous  intercalations  are  wanting, 
the  determination  of  the  relative  age  of  these  massifs,  generally  but 
scantily  provided  with  determinable  organic  remains,  becomes  a 
difficult  task.  The  large  bivalves  alone,  termed  "  Dachstein-bivalves  " 
on  account  of  their  frequent  occurrence  on  the  elevated  plateau  of 
this  mountain-group,  are  generally  spread  through  the  massife  in 
question.  These  bivalves,  which  have  had  successively  many  dif- 
ferent systematic  names,  are  still  in  want  of  a  more  accurate  specific 
determination,  and  of  a  satisfactory  statement  of  their  geological 
and  geographical  distribution.  This  is  a  task  the  more  difficult  as 
complete  specimens,  fit  for  the  preparation  of  the  hinge  and  other 
characteristic  parts,  are  not  easily  obtained  out  of  the  solid  rock. 

Five  distinct  species  of  the  genus  Megalodus  have  hitherto  been 
more  or  less  confounded  under  the  current  denomination  of  "  Dach- 
stoin-bivalvo."  Among  them  Megalodus  triqueter  (the  most  fre- 
quent) and  M,  gryphoides  are  peculiar  to  the  Dachstein-limestone 
and  the  Koessen-strata ;  M,  complanatus  is  characteristic  of  the 
Great  Dolomite ;  M.  lameUoma  of  the  Eaibl-strata ;  and  Af.  Colum- 
hella  of  the  Hallstatt-beds.  [Comrr  M.] 


On  8<me  Fossn.  Bktozoa.    By  Dr.  Stoliczka. 

[Proceed.  Imp.  Acad.  Vienna,  December  12, 1861.] 

The  Oligocene  fauna  of  Latdorf  (in  the  Duchy  of  Anhalt-Bemburg) 
numbers  a  total  of  158  species :  among  these  are  47  species  of  Bryo*- 
zoa,  in  18  genera.  Two  of  these  genera  (OrbituUpora  and  8ii^^ 
porind)  are  new ;  above  half  (24)  of  the  species  are  undescribed. 

The  distribution  of  Bryozoa  in  the  Tertiary  deposit  of  the  Vienna 
basin  ofiers  the  following  fEicts:    (1)  with  increasing  depths  the 

*  In  a  Beport  on  a  Memoir  by  M.  H.  GiimbeL 

c2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


8  OSOLOOIOiL  HS1C0IB8. 

Bryotoa  are  found  to  ilicrease,  the  Faramimfera  to  diminiflh,  in 
specific  diversity;  (2)  Bryozoa  are  scarce  in  deposits  of  plastic  day 
C'TiBgel ")  and  unmixed  sand ;  (3)  a  fauna  rich  in  Bryozoa  may- 
be regarded  as  proving  that  the  deposits  containing  it  were  fSormed 
in  a  moderately  deep  sea.  [CSounr  ILj 


On  (he  AzoTX  and  Oboanic  Matisbs  in  the  Crust  of  the  Globb. 
By  A.  DsLESSEy  For.  Mem.  G.  S. 

[Beoherehes  de  TAiote  et  des  Matidres  Organiqaes  dans  Tfiooroe  Tenestre. 
Anzmles  deii  Mines,  5">«  s^r.  toI.  xviii  4*  liyr.  et  5«  liyr.  de  1860^  pp.  151-323; 
and  published  separately,  1861.] 

This  memoir  is  especially  devoted  to  the  consideration  of  the 
amount  of  azote  contained  in  various  minerals  and  rocks,  existing  in 
them  in  such  a  state  as  to  be  given  off  as  ammonia,  either  when  th^ 
are  heated  alone  or  with  a  mixture  of  caustic  soda  and  lime.  In 
very  many  cases  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  this  azote  having  been 
derived  from  organic  bodies;  but,  when  the  author  makes  use  of  the 
term  oi^nic  matter,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that,  strictly  speakm^, 
he  refers  to  compounds  containing  carbon  and  nitrogen,  such  as 
chemists  usually  term  organic,  without  thus  being  necessarily  derived 
from  animals  or  plants. 

The  memoir  commences  with  an  introduction  in  which  are  pointed 
out  the  precautions  necessary  to  avoid  errors,  and  how  it  is  needful 
to  experiment  on  materials  which  cannot  have  been  contaminated  by 
foreign  bodies,  or  acted  on  by  the  atmosphere.  Though,  when  rocks 
contain  a  very  small  amount  of  azote,  they  may  be  influenced  by  the 
organic  matter  introduced  by  the  infiltration  of  water  frt)m  the  sur- 
face, yet  it  is  shown  that  in  many  cases,  instead  of  there  being  any 
increase  due  to  this  agency,  the  action  of  the  atmosphere  does  in 
reality  diminish  the  amount  of  azote  naturally  .existing  in  the  rock 
at  a  greater  depth.  After  describing  the  nature  of  the  products 
ev(dved  by  the  distillation  of  minerals  and  rocks,  the  author  points 
out  that  their  alkaline  character  is  no  safe  criterion  of  the 
amount  of  ammonia  given  off,  since  it  may  be  entirely  masked 
by  acids  also  evolved  during  the  operation.  Keoourse  was  therefore 
had  to  the  process  usually  employed  in  determining  the  nitrogen  in 
organic  bodies,  viz.  heating  Uie  finely  powdered  substance  with  a 
mixture  of  caustic  soda  and  lime,  in  a  glass  tube,  receiving  the 
products  in  a  known  quantity  of  sulphuric  acid,  and  determining  the 
amount  of  ammonia  by  ascertaining  the  quantity  of  a  standard  solu-^ 
tion  of  saccharate  of  lime  required  to  neutralize  the  excess  of  sul- 
phuric acid.  Sufficient  matenal  was  used  to  enable  the  author  to 
approximately  determine  the  amount  of  azote  to  the  voq^ooq^  P^^ 
of  the  substance  analysed,  as  shown  in  a  series  of  tables,  m  which  the 
quantity  is  expressed  in  ^ousandths  or  decimals  of  thousandths,  as 
is  also  the  case  in  those  quoted  in  the  following  summary. 

He  next  considers  the  amount  of  azote  in  various  animal  products 
in  a  recent  and  fossil  state,  and  shows  that,  though  local  circumstances 
have  so  much  influence  that  one  cannot  with  perfect  certainty  judge 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


of  the  age  of  any  bone  from  the  ainonnt  of  azote  it  oont^ins/yet  on 
the  whole  it  diminishes  with  the  age.  A  similar  oondnsion  also 
holds  good  in  the  case  of  fossil  shells,  which,  however,  often  contain  no 
more  than  some  crystallized  caldte.  At  p.  217  (p.  67),  he  points  out 
that  the  large  amount  of  azote  found  in  some  bones  of  Hyenas  from 
caverns  and  breccias  indicates  that  they  lived  in  France  and  England 
at  an  epoch  when  those  countries  were  inhabited  by  man ;  and  at 
p.  231  (p.  80)  he  applies  the  same  remark  to  the  Bhinoceros  and 
Beindeer. 

The  amount  of  azote  in  various  recent  and  fossil  vegetables,  and  the 
general  diminution  as  we  pass  from  recent  to  earlier  geological  periods, 
are  next  passed  under  review.  Its  occurrence  in  graphite  is  an  import- 
ant fEUst  in  support  of  the  opinion  of  that  mineral  having  been  de- 
rived from  vegetable  substances.  In  passing. to  the  mineral  kingdom^ 
the  author  remarks,  at  p.  232  (p.  82),  <<  that  it  may  appear  extraordi- 
nary  to  look  for  organic  matters  in  minerals,  whidi  are  usually  ciys-» 
taUine  bodies ;  but  it  is  nevertheless  easy  to  prove  that  they  very 
often  contain  them,  and  that  even  azote  occurs  in  determinable 
amount."  As  illustrations  he  gives  the  quantity  in  various  sulphur* 
rets,  fluor-spar,  rock-salt,  various  ores  of  iron,  quartz,  chalce&ny, 
opal,  and  such  silicates  as  pyronene,  garnet,  mica,  felspar,  &c.,  as 
well  as  in  zeolites,  gypsum,  and  carbonates  of  Ume.  One  of  the 
most  striking  examples  is  that  of  the  quartz  of  granite,  which  con^ 
tains  as  much  as  0*20  (thousandths)  of  its  weight  of  azote,  which  is 
far  more  than  the  amount  met  with  in  chalk-flints,  though  not  so 
much  as  in  some  opals. 

8ince  the  occurrence  of  azote  in  various  rock->masses  is,  perhaps, 
the  most  interesting  result  of  the  author's  researches,  it  will  be 
well  to  give  a  more  detailed  account  of  the  part  of  the  memoir  de- 
voted to  that  branch  of  the  inquiry.  He  says  that,  since  erupted 
rocks  are  generally  crystalline,  the  examination  of  their  organic 
matters  should  necessuilygive  results  very  similar  to  those  obtained 
in  the  case  of  mineialB.  The  experiments  were  made  as  much  as 
possible  with  rocks  whose  locality  and  composition  were  well  known, 
and  they  were  in  a  great  measure  collected  by  the  author  himself. 
Rocks  having  orthodase-felspar  as  base,  such  as  granite  and  porphyry, 
all  contain  organic  matters,  as  is  easily  proved  either  by  distillation 
or  by  determining  the  amount  of  azote.  It  was  indeed  easy  to 
foresee  this,  since,  as  mentioned  above,  they  had  been  found  in  quartz, 
felspar,  and  mica.  The  presence  of  this  organic  matter  is  an  im- 
portant fact,  and  serves  to  conflrm  the  ideas  which  the  author  had 
already  put  forth  on  the  origin  of  these  rocks  *.  Whilst  the  amount 
of  azote  in  the  granite  of  Yologne  is  0*15,  in  the  quartz-porphyry  of 
Perseigne  it  is  0*17,  and  in  the  minette  of  Wakenback  it  is  0*18 
(thousandths).  The  proportion  of  water  is  ako  successively  greater 
in  these  three  rocks ;  and  one  might  think  that,  introduced  by  infil- 
tration, the  proportion  of  azote  had  been  thereby  augmented.  The 
author,  however,  shows  that  in  a  decomposed  quartz-porphyry  from 

*  "  Becherehes  sur  I'Origine  des  Boches,*'  BiilL  de  la  Soc.  Gtel.  de  la  Fhmoe, 
2'86r.zT.p.718L 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


AO  .      OnOfiOeiOAL  KBM0IB8. 

fit.  Franohy  the  amount  is  0*12,  and  in  two  decomposed  granites 
only  0-04  and  0*03 ;  thus  showing  that  where  granite  is  decomposed 
into  sand  and  day,  instead  of  the  amount  of  asote  being  increased^ 
it  ia  Tery  considerahly  diminished.  Also  ^diere  granite  passes  into 
tradiyte,  as  at  Sandy  Braes,  near  Antrim,  the  amount  is  reduced  to 
AJnere  trace.  Dionte,  malaphyr,  euphotide,  serpentine,  and  espe- 
fiiajly  yariolitOi  also  contain  a  well-marked  quantity  of  oiganic  mat- 
lieiB.:  Trachyte  and  phonolite  contain  only  a  snuBill  quantity;  but 
pitchstone  and  obsidian  sometimes  a  considerable  amount,  as  in  the 
dease  of  the  beautiful  black  obsidian  from  Iceland,  which  contains  as 
^nuch  as  0*15,  imparting  to  it  its  black  colour.  This  is  expelled  by 
the  application  of  heat,  and  we  can  thus  explain  why  it  then  becomes 
white  or  grey,  and  passes  into  pumice.  Therefore,  although  pitdi-^ 
ptone  and  obsidian  are  looked  upon  as  volcanic  glasses,  tbey  have 
been  produced  not  only  in  the  presence  of  water,  but  also  of  organic 
matter,  and  thus  not  by  mere  igneous  action.  Aiote  is  also  found 
in  anhydrous  lavas,  but  in  each  very  small  quantities  that  it  may 
have  been  introduced  since  the  formation  of  the  rook,  by  atmospheric 
agencies.  In  hydrous  basalts  and  traps  the  quantity  is  much  more 
considerable,  and  sometimes  amounts  to  as  much  as  0-30.  However, 
it  is  an  important  fact  in  connexion  with  the  existence  of  organio 
matter  in  igneous  rocks,  that  meteoric  stones  occasionally  contain  a 
very  considerable  amount  of  carbonaceous  matter,  and  even  somo 
aEote ;  and,  with  reference  to  this,  the  author  says  that  it  is  easy  to 
oonceive  that  organic  matters  may  be  formed  directly  and  completely 
by  the  combination  of  their  elements.  The  remarkable  experiments 
of  Berthdot  (*Chimie  Organique  fond^  sur  la  Sjnthese,'  1860) 
prove  indeed  that,  for  a  large  number  of  them,  this  synthesis  is  pos- 
sible in  the  laboratory.  Accordingly,  the  oiganic  matters  in  meteoric 
stones  do  not  warrant  the  conclusions  of  those  who  have  argued  tiiat 
they  come  from  regions  inhabited  by  living  beings.  We  must,  how- 
ever, at  the  same  time  bear  in  mind  that,  as  shown  by  the  author, 
subterranean  water  contains  oiganic  matter,  and  it  may  thus  have 
been  introduced  into  minerals  and  rocks  formed  in  its  presence  or  by 
its  action. 

The  various  stratified  rocks  are  those  considered  in  detail,  and  the 
author  shows  that  they  usually  contain  a  well-marked  amount  of 
asote ;  and  this  is  especially  the  case  with  those  of  an  argillaceous 
nature,  which  appears  to  have  a  great  affinity  for  organic  matter, 
and  to  retain  it  with  great  persistence.  Of  course,  in  the  case  of  most 
stratified  rocks,  one  may  very  safely  conclude  that  the  minute  ani- 
mals and  plants,  or  fragments  of  larger  organisms,  mixed  up  with, 
the  mud  at  the  time  of  deposition  have  furnished  the  organic  com- 
pounds which  have  been  shut  up  and  retained  to  the  present  period ; 
and  in  order  to  illustrate  this,  the  author,  in  a  special  division  of  his 
memoir,  treats  on  the  amount  of  azote  in  recent  stratified  deposits, 
including  alluvia,  soils,  and  water.  As  an  important  fact  in  con- 
nexion with  the  subject,  he  shows  that,  although  there  may  havet 
been  an  immense  excess  of  organic  matters  present,  yet  only  a  com- 
paratively small  amount  is  permanently  retained ;  tlmt  derived  from: 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


•  BTTUBSK-— OBAKITl* '  11 

animab  being  decomposed  by  atmospheric  agencies  far  more  rapidly 
than  that  derived  from  vegetables.  The  quantity  of  azote  in  such 
rocks  as  clay^slate  and  chiastolite-slate  is  very  striking,  and  in  some 
cases  amounts  to  as  much  as  0*29 ;  yet  such  metamorphio  crystal- 
line rocks  as  ialc-,  chlorite-,  or  mica-schist  and  gneiss  contain  mere 
traces,  and  thus  it  should  appear  that  the  organic  matters  have  been 
partially  or  completely  destroyed  where  metamorphic  action  has 
been  very  energetic. 

On  the  whole,  the  author  has  done  good  service  for  geology  in  de- 
termining the  quantity  of  azote  in  a  large  number  of  minerals  and 
rocks,  as  well  as  of  other  substances  interesting  in  connexion  with 
them ;  and  although  the  amount  may  appear  small,  yet  it  is  quite 
clear  that  its  presence  or  absence  must  henceforth  be  borne  in  mind 
in  speculating  on  the  origin  of  rock»  or  on  the  changes  that  have 
since  occurred  in  their  chemical  and  physical  constitution. 

[H.C.  8.] 


On  the  FoBMATioK  of  Graiotb.    By  R.  Buhssn,  of  Heidelbei^y 
For.M.G.8.,  &c.,  &c. 

rUeber  die  Bildung  des  Granites.  Zeitschrift  der  deutsohen  coologiflchen  Ge- 
sellBchait,  1861,  vol.  xiiL  pp.  61-04;  and  Noues  Jahrbuoh  fur  Minmlogie  Ao.; 
1861,  pp.  866-858.] 

A  8TBANGB  crror  has  for  a  considerable  time  played  a  great  part  in 
the  goolo^cal  hypotheses  of  the  formation  of  granite,  flie  correction 
of  which  will  be  to  a  certain  extent  a  satisfaction  to  those  geologists 
who  think  that  the  inferences  derived  from  careful  and  well-grounded 
observations  are  threatened  by  the  conclusions  of  experimental  che- 
mists. Quartz  solidifies  from  fusion  at  a  higher  temperature  than 
orthoclase,  and  orthoclase  at  a  higher  than  mica.  K  then,  assort 
the  opponents  of  the  plu tonic  origin  of  that  rock,  granite  originated 
from  a  mixture  of  those  three  minerals  in  a  state  of  igneous  frision, 
on  cooling  the  quartz  would  solidify  first,  then  the  felspar,  and  last 
of  all  the  mica.  However,  since  the  petrographical  structure  of 
granite  usually  indicates  a  different  order  of  solidification,  they 
maintain,  frirther,  that  it  was  not  of  igneous  origin.  It  is  indeed 
difficult  to  understand  how  for  so  many  years  geologists  should  have 
considered  such  an  erroneous  conclusion  of  any  value,  and  it  is  still 
more  difficult  to  comprehend  how  even  now-a-days  it  is  still  repro- 
duced in  support  of  geological  hypotheses.  No  one  appears  to  have 
taken  into  consideration*,  that  the  temperature  at  which  a  substance 
solidifies  when  fused  alone  is  never  that  at  which  it  solidifies  when 
deposited  from  solution  in  another  substance.    The  temperature  at 

*  This  remark  is  not  strictly  applicable  in  the  case  of  English  oeologists,  linoe 
Sir  James  Hall  and  Mr.  Chregory  Watt  (Phil.  Trans.  18(H»  p.  294)haTe  long  ago 
used  the  very  same  kind  of  arguments  as  those  of  Professor  Bunsen ;  and  more 
recently  Mr.  Sorby  (Befwrt  of  British  Association,  1858,  Trans.  Sect  p.  107) 
likewise  showed  by  experiment  that,  when  deposited  from  solution,  crystals  of  a 
Terr  fusible  substanoe  may  act  as  nuclei  for  those  which  are  £ur  less  fudblo,-^ 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


12  OXOLOeiCAL  XBX0IB8. 

which  a  chemically  pure  compound  solidifies  depends  simply  on  Its 
own  particular  nature,  and  on  the  pressure ;  whereas  the  temperature 
at  which  a  suhstance  dissolved  in  some  other  hody  hecomes  solid 
depends  not  only  on  its  own  nature,  but  also,  and  principally,  on  its 
rektion  to  that  solyent.    Certainly  no  chemist  would  think  of  sup- 
posmg  that  a  solution  would  cease  to  be  a  solution  when  raised  to  a 
heat  of  200^300°,  400°,  or  even  to  one  at  which  it  b^ins  to  be  self- 
luminous — ^that  is  to  say,  is  in  what  is  called  a  state  of  igneous 
fusion  (feuerflussig).    For  example,  whilst  we  consider  a  mixtore 
of  ice  and  crystallized  chloride  of  c^cium,  which  has  become  liquid,  to 
be  a  solution,  it  would  not  be  accurate  to  affirm  that  a  liquid  mixtoiB 
of  quartz  and  felspar  is  not,  merely  because  it  does  not  become  liquid 
until  the  temperature  is  ihat  of  a  red  heat.    Neither  can  there  b« 
any  more  doubt  that  what  is  true  for  solutions  at  a  low  temperature 
would  hold  good  at  a  higher.    If ,  as  an  illustration^  we  consider  the 
case  of  a  solution  of  ice  and  crystallized  chloride  of  calcium  in  relation 
to  what  takes  place  on  becoming  solid,  we  find  that,  when  a  certain 
relative  amount  of  the  salt  is  present,  the  liquid  beg^  to  solidify  at 
a  heat  of  — 10°  C,  and  then  at  a  somewhat  lower ;  and  until  the  last 
drop  has  become  solid,  crystals  of  more  or  less  pure  ice  are  deposited, 
amongst  which  crystals  of  chloride  of  calcium  are  imbedded.     By 
successively  increasing  the  relative  amount  of  the  salt,  the  tempe- 
rature at  which  the  solution  becomes  solid  may  be  reduced  to  —20^, 
— 30O,  —40°,  —50®,  &c.,  and  the  result  is  the  same  as  before.    The 
temperature  at  which  the  water  and  chloride  of  calcium  become  solid 
varies  therefore  according  to  the  proportions  in  which  they  are 
mixed.    It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  temperature  at  which  the  water 
solidifies  can  be  reduced  to  more  than  59°  below  the  ordinary  fireezing- 
point,  and  that  of  the  chloride  of  calcium,  which  when  alone  in  a 
hydrated  condition  fuses  at  -f-26°,  can  be  reduced  to  nearly  100® 
below  that.    Sulphate  of  potash,  saltpetre,  &o.f  may  solidify  from 
their  solutions  at  temperatures  which  are  from  600°  to  800°  below 
their  point  of  fusion.    Moreover,  every  one  knows  that  on  the  cooling 
of  solutions,  first  the  water  and  then  the  salt,  or  first  the  salt  and 
then  the  water,  crystallize,  according  to  the  degree  of  their  concen- 
tration.   Not  however  to  multiply  examples,  if  in  a  solution  of 
chloride  of  calcium  containing  water  of  which  the  point  of  fusion  is 
0°C.,  and  chloride  of  calcium  fusing  at  +26°,  the  less  fusible  does 
not  first  become  solid,  it  is  no  less  inadmiseible  to  suppose  that 
quartz  and  felspar  would  crystallize  from  the  state  of  so-called  igneous 
Vision  at  their  own  respective  melting-points.    On  the  contrary,  the 
results  obtained  with  all  sorts  of  solutions  are  in  perfect  accordance 
with  the  observed  facts,  that  in  graphic  granite,  containing  a  large 
proportion  of  felspar,  the  quartz  has  crystallized  before  the  felspar, 
whereas  in  other  varieties  of  granite  these  two  minerals  crystallized 
simultaneously,  or  the  quartz  after  the  felspar,    li  then,  as  Eose  has 
shown  in  his  very  recent  most  interesting  and  important  memoir  *» 
quartz  does  in  no  case  pass  into  the  amorphous  modification  of 
silica  having  the  specific  gravity  2'2  far  from  its  point  of  fusion,  and 
•  PoggendorifB  Annalen,  1859,  criii.  1;  PhiL  Mag.  1860,  zix.  32, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


BRANDT— XA8I0D0H  DT  SOFTR  BUSSLl.  13 

if  this  mineral  ootlld  crystallize  from  the  melted  granitic  mass  at 
temperatures  varjdng  considerably,  yet  always  below  its  own  point 
of  ^ion,  we  may  conclude  with  very  considerable  confidence  that 
the  silica  deposited  imder  these  conditions  would  not  have  the  specific 
gravity  2-2,  but  2%  and  possess  all  the  properties  of  quartz. 

[H.  C.  S.] 

On  ike  DisoovsBT  of  the  Skeleton  of  a  Mastodon  near  Nikolajew 
(Nicolaieff),  in  Soitthebn  Russia.    By  J.  F.  BBAin>T, 

[VorlAiifiger  Berioht  ftber  bedeutende  Beste  eines  unweit  NikoUy'ew  entdeokten 
Skeletes  eines  Mastodon ;  Bulletin  de  VAcad,  Impir,  des  Sciences  de  St,  Piters^ 
bourfff  voL  ii.  No.  3.  pp.  193-195 :  Enter  Bericlit  der  sudmssischen  zoolojnsch- 
paLaontologiscben  Expedition ;  Bullet,  vol.  ii.  No.  7.  pp.  501-507 ;  and  Einige 
Worte  iiber  die  nahere  Seschaffenheit  der  im  vorstehenden  Beridite  erwahnten 
Skelettheile  des  Mastodon  nnd  die  in  ihrer  Nabe  gefundenen  braonkohlartigen 
Holzreete,  ilrid,  pp.  507-511.] 

Eablt  in  1860  the  Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences  at  St.  Petersbuig 
received  a  notice,  with  drawings  and  photograph,  of  the  remains  of  a 
large  Elephantine  animal  found  in  the  South  of  Eussia,  twelve  worst 
from  Nikolajew,  to  which  attention  was  first  called  by  the  army-sur- 
geon, M.  Wasisilijew.  '  From  an  examination  of  the  photograph,  and 
from  information  (from  Admiral  Butakow)  as  to  the  shape  of  the 
lower  jaw,  M.  Brandt  suggested  that  the  remains  may  have  belonged 
to  Mastodon  angustidens.  "  The  portions  of  the  skeletons  of  Masto- 
dons hitherto  found,  so  far  as  I  know,*'  says  M.  Brandt,  <'in  the 
'Middle  and  Upper  Tertiaries  of  the  various  coimtries  of  Europe,  such 
as  Germany,  and  here  and  there  in  Russia,  have  been  only  isolated 
parts,  principally  molars,  and  more  rarely  fragments  of  the  lower  jaw. 
The  Museum  of  the  Academy  possesses  the  half  of  a  lower  jaw,  fur- 
nished with  two  molars,  dug  up  in  the  Chersonese  Government,  near 
the  town  of  Ananjew.  Nordmann  and  Eichwald  have  described  some 
molars  of  Mastodim  likewise  found  in  Southern  Eussia."  M.  Brandt 
recommended  the  acquisition  of  the  Nioolajcw  specimen  for  the 
Academy. 

In  June  1860  M.  Brandt  sent  from  Nicolajew  to  the  Academy  a 
report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  expedition  to  that  place,  intrusted 
by  the  Academy  to  his  management.  After  giving  an  account  of 
the  collections  inspected  at  Moscow,  Charkow,  and  elsewhere,  he 
describes  the  arrival  of  himself  and  scientific  companions  at  Nicolajew 
on  the  31st  May,  and  the  welcome  they  received  from  Admiral  von 
Glasenap,  and  the  cordial  cooperation  of  that  gentleman  and  others 
in  the  examination  of  the  bones  and  in  the  search  for  other  remains. 

The  skeleton  of  the  Mastodon  had  been  found  in  a  ravine  (formed 
by  spring-floods)  about  a  werst  distant  from  the  village  of  Waskress- 
ensk  (or  Gorochowo),  and  disappearing  on  the  Ingul,  at  the  place 
where  this  river  (an  affluent  of  the  Bug)  makes  a  bend.  The 
ravine  bears  at  first,  from  its  head,  from  8.  to  N.,  then  it  takes  a 
N.W.  direction.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  ravine  the  rocky  strata  are 
denuded,  and  subsequently  they  disappear  with  the  change  of  direc- 
tion, and  alluvial  soil  only  is  seen  at  tiie  entrance  of  the  gully. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


14  esoLoeiOAL  msmoibs. 

As  early  as  1854,  after  &  very  rainy  season,  seyerfed  latge  bones 
had  been  fonnd  hete ;  subsequently  the  nearly  perfect  skeleton  of 
the  Mastodon  was  found  near  the  upper  part  of  the  ravine,  at  a 
depth  of  3  "  sajen  "  and  2  <<  arschin ;"  the  arrangement  of  the  Btrata 
being,  in  descending  order,  as  follows : — 

1.  Black  humus ;  9  inches  (English). 

2.  A  thin  calcareous  layer,  compact,  made  up  of  shell-fragmentBy 

6  inches  thick,  passing  into — 

3.  A  soft  groy  and  white  limestone,  of  oolitic  structure,  with  easts 
of  shells ;  6  inches  thick. 

4.  8oft  yellowish-grey  sand,  here  and  there  brownish  red,  with 
oxide  of  iron,  harder  beneath,  withoilt  fossils ;  8  inches. 

5.  Harder  sandstone,  alternating  with  beds  coloured  with  ozid^ 
of  iron,  and  trayersed  by  layers  of  clay  of  various  thicknesses,  passdng 
downwards  into  sandy  day  with  siliceous  concretions,  but  no  foesiLi ; 

7  feet  (English). 

In  this  bed  was  found  the  Mastodon ;  and  not  far  o^  in  the  same 
stratum,  was  found  a  layer  of  a  kind  c^  brown  coal,  an  mah  thick. 
Under  this  layer  a  stratum  of  limestone  was  observed  only  a  few  feet 
thick ;  it  contained  a  Cardium.  Of  all  these  beds  the  bottom  clay  and 
limestone  are  the  only  two  which  are  constant.  The  bones  c^  the 
Mastodon  skeleton  that  have  been  saved  consist  chiefly  of  the  toaka 
and  molars  of  the  upper  and  lower  jaws,  the  lower  jaw,  an  almost 
perfect  shoulder-blade,  nearly  all  the  ribs,  a  great  nimiber  of  cervical 
and  dorsal  vertebra,  and  the  tolerably  perfect  bones  of  a  fore  foot. 

The  bones  were  in  a  very  fragile  condition,  and  their  extrication 
from  the  firm,  moist,  loamy  earth  required  great  caution.  Careful 
drawings  were  made  of  the  relative  positions  of  the  bones  on  the 
spot ;  and  the  frtigments  were  carefully  niunbered,  so  that  it  is  hoped 
they  will  serve  to  construct,  in  the  Muscimi  at  St.  Petersburg,  a 
tolerable  skeleton,  that  in  its  completeness  will  be  one  among  the 
best  of  the  preserved  specimens  of  the  ancient  Mastodons.  The 
bones  have  already  reached  St.  Petersburg,  and  have  been  placed  in 
their  proper  collocation  by  the  Conservator  Eadde. 

In  November  1860  a  supplemental  notice,  illustrated  by  drawings, 
of  these  remains,' was  read  before  the  Academy  by  M.  Brandt.  ^Hie 
drawings  are  represented  by  a  large  lithographic  plate  in  the  <  Bul- 
letin,' and  are  described  at  pp.  507-509.  All  the  bones  appear  more 
or  less  displaced,  some  only  slightly ;  the  skuU  was  crushed,  and  its 
bones  nearly  all  destroyed  by  fiie  action  of  the  weather.  The  back 
upper  molars  lav  apart  frt)m  each  other.  The  almost  straight  tusks, 
6  feet  8  inches  long,  and  thickest  at  the  base,  were  but  sli^tly  dis- 
placed, although  their  alveoli  had  been  destroyed,  and  they  themselves 
broken  into  many  pieces.  The  tusks  of  the  well-preserved  lower  jaw 
were  in  their  natural  position,  in  sockets  in  a  short  characteristic 
symphysial  process.  Tflie  imperfect  cervical  vertebrsB  were  partly 
displaced,  and,  like  the  most  of  the  anterior  dorsal  vertebrae,  were 
more  or  less  broken  or  decayed.  Only  a  few  of  the  middle  and 
posterior  dorsal  vertebrae  were  tolerably  preserved ;  indeed,  but  a 
small  proportion  of  them  was  found  in  their  natural  position.    The 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


BKAKDT— >MA8T0I>0H  IK  8017TH:  BT78SIA.  tSi 

number  of  the  ribs  remaining  nearly  perfect  indicated,  as  a  general 
rule,  that  all  those  which  lay  obliquely  were,  for  the  most  part,  in  a 
tolerably  good  state  of  preservation.  The  majority  of  these  appeared 
more  or  less  dislocated,  with  the  exception  of  theposterior  ribs  of  the 
left  side,  which  were  only  slightly  displaced.  I^e  greater  part  of 
the  left  shoulder-blade  was  preserved.  The  right  humerus,  greatly 
displaced  from  its  natural  position,  and  lying  close  upon  the  vertebr^ 
colimm,  is  more  entire  thmi  the  left,  which  is,  in  connexion  with  the 
bones  of  the  fore  arm,  crushed  outwards.  The  figures,  however, 
represent  only  a  part,  idthough  certainly  the  chief  portion,  of  the 
original  depot  of  the  bones  of  the  Woskressensk  skeleton, — to  wit, 
those  which  M.  Brandt  and  his  colleagues  had  been  able  to  observe 
in  their  natural  position.  Before  their  arrival,  several  detached 
bones  or  fragments  were  found,  lying  scattered  dose  to  the  excava- 
tion of  the  principal  remains,  and  belonging  chiefly  to  the  extremi- 
ties ;  these  fragments  were  separately  preserved,  and  presented  to 
the  Commission  on  their  arrival.  Moreover,  the  lower  end  of  the 
right  scapula  had  been  sent  to  Odessa,  to  the  Governor-General 
Count  Strogonow,  from  whom  they  subsequently  received  it. 

The  bones  in  question  are  evidently  a  part  of  me  imperfect  remains 
of  the  bones  of  the  extremities,  whidi,  as  stated  in  the  preceding  re- 
port, had  been  discovered  a  few  years  ago.  They  lay  in  a  supe^cial 
stratum  of  earth ;  so  that  the  figured  part  of  the  remains,  such  as  the 
lower  portion  of  the  head  and  the  greater  part  of  the  trunk,  parti-^ 
cularly  the  anterior  and  middle  portions,  lay  at  a  lower  level,  and 
were  covered  by  a  somewhat  deeper  layer  of  soil.  From  this  dispo- 
sition of  the  remains,  it  is  intelligible  how  the  displacements  of  th« 
bones  and  the  destruction  of  the  skull  took  place. 

The  dose  study  of  the  remains  places  it  beyond  doubt  that  they 
belong  to  an  Elephantine  form ;  and  farther,  from  the  mammillated 
crowns  of  the  molars  as  well  as  the  lower  jaw,  that  they  are  of  a 
Mastodon,  From  the  drawings  which  were  in  the  first  instance  sent 
here,  says  M.  Brandt,  I  was  disposed  to  ascribe  them  to  Mastodon  an- 
gvstidens,  Cuv.,  e.jp.  Mast,  angustidens,  Owen  (Brit.  Foss.  Mamm. 
p.  271),  Blainville  (Osteogr.  Gravigrades)  =  ilfcMtocfon  arvemenstSf 
Croizet  et  Jobert  (Ossem.  Foss.  d.  Puy  d.  'Dome)= Mastodon  longi- 
rostris,  Kaup  (Ossem.  Foss.  d.  Darmstadt,  p.  65)= Mastodon  Cuvieri^ 
Pomel  (Bullet.  g(k)log.  1848,  p.  257).  A  closer  but  in  nowise  satis- 
factory study  of  the  involved  and  tangled  sjmonymy  of  the  Masto- 
dons led  me,  however,  to  abandon  the  earlier  opinion  formed  from 
the  drawings,  in  consequence  of  the  different  form  of  the  crowns  of 
the  molars,  as  also  the  exceedingly  short,  straight  symphysial  pro- 
cess of  the  lower  jaw.  Mastodon  angttstidens,  Cuv.  (magna,  e,p.)f 
Owen  (bs Mastodon  hngirostris,  Kaup),  possesses  a  very  prolonged 
and  deflected  S3rmphysial  process,  half  as  long  as  the  entire  length  of 
the  lower  jaw,  with  moderately  stout  tusks,  while  the  crowns  of  the 
molars  are  characterized  by  the  circumstance  of  constantly  present- 
ing in  the  unworn  state  a  small  and  accessory  outlying  tuberde 
interposed  between  each  pair  of  the  strongly  compressed  principal 
tubercles  on  their  broader  surfaces. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


16  GEOLOGICAL  MfiMOIBS, 

In  contrast  to  the  characters  just  indicated  of  Mastodon  cmgusd' 
dens,  which  would  be  considered  identical  with  Jf.  hngirostrUj  it 
may  be  said  tibat  in  the  Nikolajew  remains  the  symphysial  process, 
together  with  the  straight  tusks,  does  not  attain  ^  tiie  l^igth  of  tiie 
lower  jaw.  The  broad  surfSaces  of  the  crown-tuberdea  of  the  molan 
are  but  slightly  folded,  and  have  no  accessory  tubercles  between 
them.    The  upper  and  elongated  tusks  are  quite  straight. 

"With  reference  to  their  form  resembling  that  of  the  Ti^ir,  the 
molars  of  our  skeleton  agree  best  with  those  of  the  Mastodon  Tc^- 
roides,  Cuv.,  figured  by  De  Blainville  (Osteogr.  Gravigrades,  pL  17). 
The  Nikolajew  skeleton  may  therefore  be  referred,  on  the  best 
grounds,  at  any  rate  provisionally,  to  Mastodon  Tapiroidss.  Hw 
remains  in  question  thus  determined,  since  they  cannot  well  be  re- 
ferred to  Mastodon  longirostris,  would  appear  to  possess  a  podtife 
scientific  value,  and  calculated  to  establidi  on  more  definite  grounds 
a  species  hitherto  accepted  only  from  the  characteristic  form  of  tbe 
molars.  At  the  same  time  they  demonstrate  that,  at  least  in  Europe 
and  Bussia,  another  species  of  the  genus  Mastodon  existed,  besides 
Mastodon  longirostris. 

The  significant  fact  referred  to  in  the  preceding  report  is  worthy 
of  attention — that  a  few  steps  from  the  site  of  the  Mastodon  remains, 
and  in  one  and  the  same  deposit,  there  was  found  a  layer,  about  an 
inch  thick,  of  a  rusty,  incompact  wood,  approaching  the  condition  of 
lignite.  The  origin  of  it  can  only  be  explained  thus,  tliat  the  piBce 
where  the  remains  were  found  bore  forests  during  the  period  of  exist- 
ence of  the  Mastodon,  whilst  at  the  present  time  its  surface  presents 
bare  tracts  of  steppes  or  prairie-land.  From  what  we  know  of  the 
habits  of  the  existent  Elephants,  it  may  also  be  reasonably  inferred 
that  the  wood  in  question  constitutes  a  part  of  the  remains  of  arbo- 
real forms,  the  young  twigs  and  leaves  of  which  furnished  at  least  s 
part  of  the  food  of  the  Mastodons.  "We  may  lay  the  greater  stress  on 
this  view,  as  the  remains  of  our  Mastodon,  which  were  tolerably  con- 
nected with  each  other,  or  at  any  rate  not  very  for  separatcMl,  be- 
longed to  an  individual  that  died  at  no  very  great  distance  from  the 
place  where  they  were  found.  [H.  F.  <fe  T.  B.  J.] 

Note. — ^The  Nicolaieff  Mastodon,  as  above  indicated  by  Professor 
Brandt,  appears  to  belong  to  if.  Tapiroides ;  but,  as  De  Blainville, 
to  whose  figures  the  author  refers,  confounded  two  distinct  species 
under  this  name,  viz.  M,  Borsoni  and  M.  Tapiroides,  the  former  a 
Pliocene  form,  and  the  latter  from  the  Middle  Miocene  deposits  of 
France  and  Switzerland,  it  is  important  to  add,  that  the  Nicolaieff 
skeleton  belongs,  so  far  as  a  determination  can  be  rested  on  the 
figures,  to  the  M.  Tapiroides  proper  of  the  French  Palaeontologists, 
being  the  M,  Turicensis  of  Schinz,  from  the  lignite  beds  of  Kapfiiach. 
See  Schinz,  Schweitz.  Denkschr.  vol.  vii.  p.  58,  pi.  1.  fig.  1 ;  ^ 
Blainville,  Ost^ographie,  Gen.  Eleph.  pi.  17,  sup.  5  &  6^,  infer.  1  &  6»; 
Lartet,  Bulletin  Soc.  Gdol.  de  France,  vol.  xvi.  p.  48G,  pi.  15.  ^g-  3. 
— H.F. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


TRANSLATIONS  AND  NOTICES 


OF 


GEOLOGICAL  MEMOIRS. 


On  the  OccxTBBENCE  of  LiAssic  FLiNTS  in  the  CAUCAsrs^  and  in  the 
ALBOBrs  (Elbbvs)  Eai7ge  (Persia)  ;  and  on  the  Distribtttion  of  the 
Llassic  Flora  ♦.  By  Prof.  Dr.  H.H.Goeppert,  ror.M.G.S.,&c.,&c. 

[Ueber  das  Yorkommen,  &o., '  Bulletin  de  TAcad.  Imp.  dee  Sdenoes  de  St 
P6ter8bouig,'  vol.  iii.  No.  4  (1861),  pp.  292-299.] 

Fossil  planlB  from  the  Lias  (two  species  of  Zamiies)  were  first  figured 
by  De  la  Beche  (Trans.  Geol.  Soc.  2nd  ser.  vol.  i.  pi.  7.  figs.  2  &  3). 
Count  Miinster  discovered  a  larger  number  on  the  Theta  near  Bay- 
reuth,  which,  preserved  in  the  Miinster  Collection,  were  described 
and  figured  by  Count  Stembei^  and  myself.  Prof.  C.  W.  F.  Braun, 
of  Bayreuth,  extended  these  discoveries,  and  has  supplied  the  most 
numerous  and  important  contributions  made  since  that  time  for 
establishing  an  independent  flora  for  the  Lias-formation.  This  flora 
may  be  said  to  be  characterized  by  the  prevalence  of  Cycadece  (pro- 
bably more  than  half  of  the  120  to  130  species  constituting  this 
flora  belong  to  the  Cycads)  and  of  Ferns  with  reticulate  venation, 
approaching  more  closely  to  the  Ferns  of  the  Keuper  than  to  those  of 
the  Middle  Jura.  In  1843  I  recognized  the  liassic  flora  of  Gaming 
in  Upper  Austria,  afterwards  pubUshed  by  Ettingshausen,  as  well  as 
that  of  Halberstadt  and  QuecUinburg,  on  which  Gennar  famished  a 
memoir.  Berger  has  described  Liassic  plants  &om  the  neighbourhood 
of  Coburg ;  Brongniart  and  Hisinger,  those  of  Hor  in  Sconia ;  >  Kurr, 
those  of  Wurtemberg ;  Andrae,  those  of  Stoierdorf  in  the  Banat ;  and 
Buckman,  those  of  Strensham  in  Worcestershire.  The  plants  of  the 
Coal  of  Bichmond,  Virginia,  suggest,  according  to  Jackson  and  Mar- 
cou,  the  lias-formation. 

»  See  alBO  Abhandl.  SchledBch.  Gesellflch.  f.  Vaterl.  Cultur,  1861,  p.  189; 
Jahresbericht  dear  Schles.  Gee.  1861,  p.  33;  and  Sitzungsbericht.  k.  bayer.  Ak. 
WiB8.  Miinchen,  1861,  p.  210. 

VOL.  XVni. — ^PABT  IL  D 


Digitized  by 


Google 


J 


18  esoLoeioAir  jismoibs. 

As  early  as  1847  I  had  recognized  the  lias-formation  in  the 
Caucasus  (by  means  of  fossil  plants),  but  I  have  delayed  to  publish 
anything  on  the  subject  until  now  that  Abich's  latest  work  reminds 
me  of  it,  and  gives  me  occasion  to  communicate  the  following  remarks. 

In  1845  I  reoeiyed  from  Herr  H.  Abich,  the  weU-known  explorer 
of  the  geology  of  the  Caucasus,  yarious  fossils,  in  appearance  corre- 
sponding to  tiie  plants  of  the  Coal-formation,  without,  as  he  expUdtly 
remarks  in  bis  lateet  work*,  making  me  acquainted  with  their 
geological  place.  They  came  from  Tquirbul,  in  the  eirde  Okriba, 
north  of  Kutals  in  Imerethia.  The  district  of  Okriba  possesses, 
according  to  AHch,  the  interesting  conformation  of  a  wide  and  flat 
caldron-shaped  valley,  20  worsts  in  diameter,  which,  on  the  southern 
border  of  Ihe  lofty  range  of  the  limestone-zone  of  the  Caucasus, 
totally  breaking  the  continuity  of  the  Chalk-formation,  that  stretdies 
to  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  is  enclosed  by  it  all  round ;  only  the 
narrow  valley-defk  of  the  Eion  gives  exit  to  the  waters  of  Okriba 
to  the  Imerethian  plain. 

The  interior  of  this  area  is,  according  to  Abich,  occupied  by  a 
very  thick  and  varied  formation  of  clastic  rocks,  espeoally  argillaceo- 
arenaceous  laminated  marl  and  clayey  sandstones,  which  contain 
no  organic  remains  fit  for  determining  the  geological  age,  except- 
ing some  not  very  abundant  carbonized  plant-remains.  To  these 
shales  succeed  only  a  coal-formation,  composed  of  a  ooal-saod- 
stone,  coarse  conglomerate,  and  coal-beds;  the  coal,  according  U> 
Abich's  section  of  the  Urgebi  Hills,  on  the  Tserdilitsqual,  near 
Tquirbul,  having  a  thickness  of  47  English  feet,  and  being,  for  the 
most  part,  fit  for  economical  purposes. 

I  could  not  refer  the  fossils  collected  from  these  strata  to  the  trae 
Coal^formation.  Neither  Calamites  nor  SiffiUaria,  Stigmaria  nor 
Ly€(modiaeeaf,  nor  other  such  characteristic  plants  oould  be  recoj^- 
nized;  only  Cycadaoeous  remains  (fronds  of  Pterophyllum)  appeared 
in  the  composition  of  these  coab,  bed  after  bed ;  and  this  was  the 
more  interesting  to  me,  as  I  had  formerly  proved  that  ike  old  coal- 
beds  are  composed  each  of  particular  kinds  of  plants ;  and  in  this 
ease  also  I  saw  an  example  of  similar  conditions  in  a  younger  for- 
mation. 

Among  the  plants,  the  best-preserved  remains  belong  to  a  very 
fine  PUrophylhim,  of  the  fronds  of  which  the  coal  app^u*ed  to  be 
mainly  composed :  it  stands  in  systematic  order  between  Pt.  PresU-- 
anum  (ZanUa  peeHnata,  Br.)  and  Ft,  taannum  (both  from  the  Oolitio 
formatum  of  Btimeefield) ;  I  must  regard  it,  however,  as  new,  and  I 
propose  to  call  it,  not  Pt.  Caueasieum,  as  Abich  wished,  but  Ft.  Abieh" 
ianum* 

Pt,  fronde  piimats,  pinnolifl  integris  subpatentibuB,  lato-lineariboB  ban  leqaaliboSt 
approximatii  apioe  oblique  roSandatiis,  18-20-neryiis,  rhaohi  latitodine  pinna- 
Urum. 
[With  this  evidence,  Prof.  Goeppert  considered  the  coal-beds  in 

*  V«rgleicheiide  ^logisohe  Qrundziige  der  Kaukasisohen,  Armoiiscfaen  und 
Nordperaiflohen  Oebirge,  alBProdomas  einerCbologie  der  Kaukasiflcfaen  Lander. 
St  Petoreb.,  1858,  p.  104,  &c. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


€K>EFnBf^£IA8fX0  PLAST8.  19 

question;  and  the  loweit  diyiaion  of  the  Oauoasian  ihales,  to  belong 
to  tho  lowest  diviiion  of  the  ^* Brown  Jnra"  of  the  GemianB>  or  the 
Lower  Ozfordian  stage;  espeoielly  also  as  Abioh  had  zeferred  the 
Imerethian  ooal-formation  to  the  same  geologieal  horixon  as  that  of 
another  ooal^formatton,  oooorring  on  &e  north  side  of  the  same 
mountain^distrioty  in  Hingrelia,  near  Oondaa,  between  the  Terek 
and  Kuban  on  the  Elbroui,  ¥^dh  he  had  described  as  of  Lower 
Jurassio  age.] 

A  seeond  communioation  of  fossil  plants  fit>m  Herr  Abich  in  July 
1848,  in  better  preservation  and  greater  variety  than  those  before 
mentioned,  comprised  many  species  known  as  oharaoteristio  on  ac- 
count of  Uieir  wide  distribution;  so  that  I  was  enabled  to  speak 
more  positively  about  them ;  and  I  was  obliged  to  refer  the  plants 
under  notice,  not  to  the  Middle  or  Brown  Jura,  but  only  to  the  Black 
Jura  or  lias.  There  were  species  also  which  I  have  since  examined, 
and  now  proceed  to  notice ;— « 

1.  Tcmiopteris  vittaUt,  Brongn.,  also  occurring  in  the  Lias  near 
Fantasie,  and  on  the  Theta  near  Bayreuth,  and  Yeitlahm  near 
Culmbadi  in  Bavaria,  Halberstadt,  Wienerbruck,  Ghuning,  Hinterholi 
in  Upper  Austria,  Steierdorf  in  the  Banat  (according  to  Andrae),  in 
the  LuiB  at  Hor  in  Sconia,  in  the  Lower  Oolite  at  Scarborough,  and 
also  at  Whitby,  which  locality  is  reckoned  by  Bronn  (Loth.  Qeogn. 
vol.  iL  1851)  sometimes  for  Lias,  sometimes  for  IJppmr  lias. 

2.  A  TanUapteria,  which  I  had  observed  among  the  fossils  from 
Gaming,  communicated  to  me  in  1843  by  Haidinger,  and  at  that 
time  recognized  by  me  as  liassic,  and,  on  account  of  the  strong 
middle  nerve  and  stalk,  determined  to  be  either  an  old  frond  of  the 
former  or  a  new  species,  which  I  provisionally  named  T.  erassipei^ 
In  the  meantime  it  has  been  describidd  and  figured  by  C.  von  £ttu^« 
hausen  *  as  2^.  eufpJmioideif  so  that  this  latter  name  must  have  pre- 
ference, 

3.  Alethapteria  WhUbienM,  Qocpp,  Widely  distributed ;  found  in 
the  lias  in  aU  places  mentioned  under  No.  1,  and  at  Lyme  Eegis  as 
weU  as  at  Whitby  and  Scarborough  in  England ;  and  at  Bichmond 
in  Virginia,  according  to  Maroou. 

4.  EquiaeUUs.  Identical  with  the  species  which  C.  von  Ettings- 
hausen  has  since  name^  E.  Qamingensis,  from  the  lias  of  Gaming, 
Upper  Austria. 

5.  NUstonia  ehngaia,  Brongn.  Fragments  of  a  leaf.  N,  tUmgaJta 
occurs  in  the  lias  at  Hor,  Sconia,  and  in  the  lias  near  Bayreulh. 

Lastly,  also,  the  coal  from  this  locality  is  very  similar  in  eztnnal 
appearance  to  the  Liassic  coal  of  Gkmiing  and  Bayreuth,  and  is 
distinguished  from  that  of  the  Coal-measures  in  its  planes  of 
bedding  being  usually  without  the  mineral  charcoal  generally  present 
in  the  latter,  and  there  belonging  partly  to  Conifers  (ulraucaruF), 
partly  to  Calamites  or  even  StigmaricB.  Hence  it  appears  that  this 
Caucasian  formation  is  of  Jurassic  age,  and  should  rather  be  referred 
to  the  Black  Jura  or  lias  than  to  the  Brown  or  Middle  Jura,  although 

*  Beitrage  top  Flora  der  Vopwelt  Vienna,  1861,  p.  31,pl.  11.  flm,  1, 2,  pL  12, 
fig.  1 ;  Katurwiss.  AbhandL  Haidinger,  toL  iv.  part  1.  p.  95. 

Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


20  OSOLOOICAL  MEUOIBS. 

Tcmicpteris  vittata  and  Aleihopteris  WhMienM  occur  freely  in  the 
lowest  bed  of  the  Brown  Jura  (Lower  Osfordian)  near  Scarborough, 
— a  &ct  which  should  not  be  lost  sight  of. 

Another  opportunity  for  prosecuting  a  research  in  this  direction 
was  afforded  me  by  a  very  interesting  communication  of  a  number 
of  spedmens  from  Dr.  Gobel^  who  accompanied,  as  Geblogisty  the 
Imperial  Russian  Expedition  to  Chorassan  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  N.  von  Khanikoff.  These  fossils  he  collected  south  of  the  Caspian 
Sea  in  the  province  of  Astrabad  (E.  Persia) ,  east  of  the  village  Tasch, 
in  the  Alborus  Hills.  They  were  found  in  a  coal-shale  2  feet  thick, 
cropping  out  amongst  alternating  beds  of  day,  coaly  day,  coal,  and 
sandstone. 

Dr.  Gobel  had  hoped  that  they  would  indicate  true  coal,  althou^ 
as  yet,  after  ten  years'  researches,  M.  Abich  had  found  none  in  the 
neighbouring  Caucasus.  The  fossils,  however,  do  not  substantiate 
this  hope,  but  certainly  supply  an  analogy  to  tiie  Jurassic  coal-beds 
discovered  by  Abich  in  Imerethia  and  Daghestan. 

The  chief  plant-remains  of  the  darkish-grey  shales  before-men* 
tioned,  and  containing  somewhat  fruit-like,  roundish,  and  loogiah 
ar^llaceous  nodules,  of  inorganic  origin,  belong  to  a  PterophyUum 
very  dosely  allied  to  that  from  Imeretliia,  referred  to  by  me  as 
PterophyUum  Ahichianum,  and  indeed  can  scarcely  be  regarded  as  a 
distinct  species ;  on  this  point,  however,  I  have  not  quite  satisfied 
myself.  This  plant  is  so  plentiful  that  it  occurs  in  every  fragment 
of  tiie  whole  collection,  and  is  here  and  there  associated  with  fronds 
of  NiUsonia  Sternbergii,  Goepp.,  which  occurs*  also  in  the  lias  near 
Bayreuth.  Alethopteris  Whitbiensis  and  Tamiopteris  vittata  are  as 
plentiful  as  the  true  lias  plants;  and  as  a  true  characteristic  plant 
occurs  the  Camptopteris  Nil^omi,  not  yet  known  in  the  Caucasus, 
but  found  at  Hor  in  Sconia,  near  Halberstadt,  near  Coburg,  at 
Yeitlahm  near  Culm,  at  Fantaaie  near  Bayreuth  in  Bavaria,  and  of 
late  found  by  Andrae  in  the  Lias  near  Steierdorf  in  the  Banat. 
Some  fronds  of  Zamites  distans  (found  at  all  the  other  localitieB 
except  Hor)  also  come  from  the  Alborus.  Dr.  Gobel's  collection 
conttdns  also  a  Fern  in  fructification,  as  well  as  an  Atplenites  and  an 
Equisetites,  both  of  which  are  probably  now  and  worthy  of  being 
figured. 

From  the  above  it  appears  that  there  is  as  yet  no  evidence  of  the 
existence  of  the  old  Coal-measures  in  the  Caucasus  or  the  Alborus ; 
the  coal-beds  hitherto  found  in  those  regions  belonging  to  the  Jura 
formation,  and,  according  to  the  plants,  to  the  Lower  Has. 

[T.  R.  J.] 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


TRANSLATIONS  AND  NOTICES 

OP 

GEOLOGICAL  MEMOIES. 


I  On  the  NxooBKX-TBBTiABT  Strata  0/ WxsTEiur  Sclatovxa. 

i  By  DiONranra  Stub. 

^  [Die  Neogea-tertiaven  Ablagenmgen  von  West-SlaTOiiiens.    Yon  Dionys  Star. 

i  Jahrboch  d.  ]L-k.  geoL  Beiohauifltalt,  1861-62,  toL  ii  pp.  286  tt  deq.] 

'  Older  rocks  of  the  Pozegan  Mountains, — ^Besides  some  crystalline 

rocks  described  by  the  author  in  a  former  paper,  these  include  day- 
slate  (probably  of  Carboniferous  age),  and  an  oTerlying  felspar- 

t^  porphyiy  and  tuff  which  contain  melaphyr  in  veins  and  in  bedded 

t  masses ;  and  also  a  formation,  composed  chiefly  of  a  coarse  conglome- 

i  rate,  which  forms  the  greater  part  of  this  range  of  mountains. 

I  IVom  Maksimov-hn^t,  in  the  Tissovacer  YaUey,  upon  the  southern 

slope  of  the  Pozegan  Mountains,  and  where  the  author  first  examined 

I  these  strata,  proceeding  towards  the  west,  it  can  be  seen  that  through- 

out the  whole  of  this  district  there  prevails  a  conglomerate,  composed 

I  of  pebbles  of  various  kinds,  and  only  held  together  by  a  very  feeble 

argillaceous  cement.     Under  this  stratum,  besides  those  already 

i  mentioned,  there  exist  the  following  formations,  in  ascending  order : — 

I  1st,  A  very  fine-grained,  laminated,  shelly  limestone. 

I  2nd,  A  red  limestone,  resembling  the  Triassic  limestone  of 

Markovac,  E.  of  Daruvar. 

1  drd,  A  conglomerate  formed  of  pebbles  of  a  dark-grey  clay- 

slate. 
4th,  and  uppermost,  a  conglomerate  composed  of  pebbles  of  a 

I  fine-grained  sandstone  resembling  the  Yienna  Sandstone,  or 

the  Lias  Sandstone  of  the  Alps  or  the  Fiinfkirchen  Mountains. 
The  appearance  of  this  stratum  was  quite  new  to  the  author,  and, 
from  the  absence  of  fossils,  the  determination  of  its  age  was  some- 
what difficult.  He  found  the  Leithakalk  overlying  it  E.  of  Badndol, 
and  the  **  white  marl "  N.  of  that  place.  South  of  Pozeg  he  saw  the 
Pozeg  conglomerate,  the  felspar-porphyry  and  tuff,  and  the  under- 
lying slate.  Above  the  Pozeg  conglomerate,  between  Maticevic  and 
Pavlovce,  N.  of  Neu-Kapela,  tiiere  occur,  first,  Leithakalk,  composed 
chiefly  of  Nullipore  concretions,  then  beds  of  limestone  with  masses 
of  Cerithium  rabiginosum,  Eichw.y  and  C.  pictum,  Bast.,  upon  which 
follows  the  "  white  marl." 

The  age  of  this  conglomerate  is  therefore  somewhere  between  that 
of  the  Leithakalk,  on  the  one  hand,  and  that  of  the  felsit-tuff  on  the 
other.  The  hope  yet  remained  that  fossil  plants  might  be  found  in 
the  coal-bed  contained  in  it.  The  proprietor,  Herr  J.  D.  Popovic, 
reports  that  this  bed  dips  S.E.  Its  thickness  is  about  two  fathoms*; 
but  a  thinning-out  was  observed  at  the  spot  where  the  bed  was 
won  by  a  new  shaft,  at  the  depth  of  17  fathoms,  the  older  ones,  as 
weU  as  the  levels,  being  inaccessible,  so  that  it  appeared  there  to  be 
*  The  meaflorementB  are  in  Auetrian  fathoms,  feet,  &e. 
VOL.  xvni. — pakt  n.  s 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


22  GROLOeiCAL  ICSMOIRS. 

only  about  7  feet  thick.  It  is  said  to  have  regained,  in  some  mea- 
Rare,  its  original  thickness  afterwards.  The  coal  is  a  very  good  brown- 
ooal  (Jahrb.  d.  k.-k.  geol.  Eeichsanstalt,  1861-62,  Verb.  p.  117). 
The  beds  there  are  horizontal,  and  then  dip  slightly  to  the  N.W. 
No  trace  of  fossils  was  found  either  in  the  ooal,  coal-shale,  or  the  sand 
and  conglomerate.  One  very  important  fact  was  gained,  however, 
namely,  that  this  conglomerate  strikingly  resembles  tiiat  of  Orlowe  in 
the  Waagthal,  in  which  Exogyra  cduwJba  occurs  abundantly.  A 
bivalve  was  subsequently  met  with,  during  a  further  examination  of 
the  district,  in  a  few  specimens  of  a  brownish-yellow  marl  in  the 
upper  part  of  the  conglomerate,  in  a  forest  road  near  LazL  As,  how- 
ever, they  were  only  in  the  state  of  casts,  and  very  much  crashed, 
they  might  as  easily  have  been  taken  for  a  Drmssena  as  for  an  Exo- 
gwra,  [As  all  further  endeavours  to  determine  the  age  of  this  forma- 
tion were  firuitless,  the  author  refers  it  for  the  present  to  the  period 
of  the  Chalk,  but  does  not  consider  this  determination  definite.] 

G^eneral  description  of  the  Neogene  StrcUa. — ^The  older  formations 
hitherto  treated  of,  namely,  the  crystalline  rocks,  the  Triassic  beds^ 
the  slate  of  the  Yuciak-Thal  near  Pozeg,  with  the  overlying  felspar- 
porphyry  and  tuff,  and  the  Pozeg  conglomerate,  form  the  Orljava  and 
Pozegan  Banges.  Bound  about  them  lie  the  Neogene-tertiary  strata, 
spreading  out  as  far  as  the  Diluvial  plain  of  the  Drave  and  Save. 

Although  the  author  had  littie  previous  knowledge  of  the  Neogene- 
beds  in  Croatia  and  Sdavonia,  yet  he  had  seen  the  Belvedere-Schotter 
conformfibly  displayed  near  Agram,  imder  which  appeared  the 
"  Congerien-Tegel,"  with  Congeria  and  Carditim,  and,  as  the  lowest 
bed,  the  Leithakalk,  conformable  to  the  older  rocks.  Between  these 
two,  and  corresponding  to  the  similar  formation  in  the  Vienna  Basin, 
he  had  completely  recognized  the  identical  succession  of  white  and 
grey  marls,  sandstone,  and  shale,  with  the  Cystosdrites  Partsehiif 
Stemb.,  as  equivalent  to  the  beds  near  Badoboj.  The  situation  of  tiie 
beds  of  Badoboj  and  Podsused  between  the  above-mentioned  Con- 
gerien-Tegel  and  Leithakalk  determined  their  correspondence  with 
the  Cerithium-beds  of  the  Vienna  Basin,  and  corroborated  his  opinion 
of  the  railway  section  near  Podsused.  At  that  place  a  block  of 
Leithakalk  is  so  placed  between  the  marl-beds  that  the  lines  of 
stratification  of  the  former  are  vertical,  while  the  latter  are  horizontal. 

Still  further  east,  in  West  Sclavonia,  he  found  that,  whenever  the 
succession  of  the  strata  was  clearly  shown,  they  could  be  referred  to 
one  or  the  other  of  the  three  horizons  in  tiie  Vienna  Basin ;  and  he 
considered,  though  with  some  doubt,  those  beds  as  belonging  to  the 
Leithakalk  that  had  a  similar  appearance. 

The  Cerithium-beds  in  the  Vienna  Basin  contain  a  brackish-water 
fauna,  in  the  Hungarian  basin  a  marine,  whilst  in  Croatia  and  Scla- 
vonia they  constitute  for  the  most  part  a  freshwater  series.  Still  in 
Sclavonia,  at  the  commencement  of  this  period,  Cerithitim  piehan^ 
Bast.,  and  C  rubiginaium,  Eioh.,  existed;  but  in  the  overlying 
**  Mergel "  and  <*  Kalk-mergel "  scarcely  any  fossils  are  found,  except 
an  extremely  abundant,  though  undescribed,  species  <^  i%inor6tt. 

JHstrkti  of  Benkovae  and  Eogolje, — North  of  Okucane  and  west  of 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


trCR ^TBRTIAEIES  OF  SCLAYONIA.  23 

Neu-Gradi8ka,  there  was  observed,  in  the  first  place,  marine  and  over- 
lying  white  marl.  Towards  the  Diluvial  plain  of  the  Save,  in  the  Slobos- 
tina-Thal,  white  calc-marl  and  grey  marl  were  observed  near  Caje. 
Under  these  the  Leithakalk  appears  near  Benkovac,  and  beneath  it 
the  clay  [Tegel]  crops  out  at  the  northern  end  of  the  district.  It 
contains  VagineUa  depreesa,  Daud.,  veiy  abundantly,  together  with 
the  following  Foraminifera,  as  determined  by  Herr  F,  Kaxrer : — 

Gkndulina  laeTigata,  0.    r.  B.  N.  Botalina  Boueana,  0.  ?  (badly  pre- 
PentaUna  inomSta,  0.    r.  B.  served^. 

^ elegant,  0,    c.  B.  N.  Globkenna  triloba,  22».    o.  B.  N. 

pauperata,  0.    vr.  B.  bulloides,  0.    vo.  B.  N, 

Vaginulina  Badenensis,  0.    o.  B.  Tnincatulina  lobatula,  0.    vr.  N. 

Marginulina,  sp.  ?  Bulimia  pupoides,  O.    r.  N. 

Crittellaria  oaasiB,  0.    r.  B.  pynila,  0.    tt.  N.  B. 

— — ,  sp.  ?  TextuWia  liayeriana,  0.    vr.  N.  B. 

Bobulina  Aufltriaca,  0.    o.  B.  N.  artioulata,  0.    vr.  B. 

-^—  coltrata,  O.    o.  B.  N.  Sphieroidina  Austriaca,  0.    vr.  N.  B. 

,  ID.?  Biloculina  lunula,  0.    t.  B. 

Nonioxuna  bulloides,  0.    vr.  N. 

[N.=Nu8edorf.  B.=sBaden.  o.=oominon.  vc^very  oommon.  r.ssrare. 
vr.=i  veiy  rare.] 

They  show  that  this  clay  [Tegel]  is  equivalent  to  tibat  of  Baden  in 
the  Yiennft  Basin.  There  are  no  traces  of  Gasteropods,  Bivdves,  or 
Bryozoa.     Cypridoi  are  rare. 

Near  Bogolje,  the  lowest  member  of  the  Neogene  strata  is  a  grey 
marly  sand,  containing  no  traces  of  MoUusea,  but  the  following 
Bryozoa  (determined  by  Herr  Stoliczka)  and  Foraminifera  (deter- 
mined by  HejT  F.  Karrer) : — 

Bryozoa, 
Crigia  Edwardfli,  Bn.  Scnipooellaria  elliptioa,  En, 
Filisparsa  biloba.  Ibis.                              Salioomia  marginata,  Goldf,  {8.  crassa, 
Idmonea  foraminota,  Bm,  Busk). 
tenuiBuloa»  Bsb,                                Esohara  polyitoxDella,  Ba$, 

Foraminifera. 

TaffinuliDa  Badenensis,  0.    vr.  B.  Globigerina  triloba,  0.    r.  N.  B. 

Po^rttomella  FichtelUana,  0.    vr.  N.  Uvigerina  pvgnuea,  0.    vr.  N.  B. 

crispa,  O.    r.  N.  B.  Globulina  gibba,  0.    vr.  N.  B. 

Nonionina  granoea,  0.    vr.N.  tuberculata,  0.  (?)    vr.B. 

Botalina  Boueana,  0,    r.  N.  B.  Textularia  Mayeriana,  0.    r.  N.  B. 

Partadiiana,  0.    vr.N. B.  abbreviata,  0.    r.B. 

Akneriana,  0.    vr.  N.  deperdita,  0.    vr.  N. 

Soldanii,  0.    vr.  N.  laevigata,  0.    vr.  N. 

(Hobigerina  bulloides,  0.    r.  N.  B. 

The  conclusion  to  which  Herr  Earrer  arrives  is,  that  these  beds 
are  higher  than  those  of  Benkovac,  somewhat  lower  than  those 
of  Nussdorf,  and  probably  equivalent  to  those  of  Ehrenhausen, 
Porzteich,  and  Gnnzing,  in  the  Vienna  Basin.  This  formation  con- 
tinues in  a  N.W.  direction  towards  Gomi  Caglic,  as  far  as  a  ridge 
near  the  river,  when  a  white  sandy  marl  and  calc-marl,  containing 
Amphistegina  Haueri,  Grb.,  and  A.  mammUlata,  Grb.,  may  be  seen 
alternating  with  Leithakalk  faH  of  small  Nullipores.  At  the  top  of 
the  ridge  the  white  calc-marl  sets  in,  and  forms  the  surface-rock  of 
this  and  all  ths  higher  hilly  ground. 

e2 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


24  0BOLOeiCAL  MEMOI&S. 

The  lower  beds  of  the  marine  strata  extend  to  the  Sloboetiiia 
Biver ;  they  are  succeeded  by  Leithakalk,  and  then  by  the  white 
calc-marl.  Wings  of  Insects  and  remains  of  Plants  are  found  in  beds 
of  shale,  which,  with  beds  of  sandstone,  are  intercalated  in  the  grey 
marl  that  forms  the  foot  of  the  Baic-Thal,  and  which  is  covered  by 
the  white  calc-marl  that  forms  the  sides  of  the  valley. 

Western  dope  of  the  Orljava-OeUrge,  near  PaJcra, — ^Both  of  the 
Neogene  formations  may  be  seen  in  this  district.  The  Leithakalk 
crops  out  from  under  the  marl  behind  Pakra  Church ;  it  is  very  porous 
and  light,  and  contains  hollow  casts  of  Cerithium  rubt^nosum  and  C 
plicatum,  and  in  some  places  a  conglomerate  formed  of  Nullipores  and 
fragments  of  Peeten  latissimus,  Brocc.,  and  other  bivalves.  In  the 
ravine  of  Brussovac  the  lowest  bed  lies  upon  the  crystalline  rocks, 
and  is  a  greyish-white  marl,  equivalent  to  the  marly  sandstones  of 
Rogolje,  which  is  overlaid  by  the  Leithakalk,  and  is  similar  to  tibat 
of  Pakra.  The  last-named  bed  contains  lai^ge  fragments  of  Peden 
IcUissimus,  Brocc,  OrypJuxa  Cochlear^  Poli,  and  other  bivalves,  also 
ClAfpeaster  grandiflorue,  Bronn.  Above  the  Ldthakalk  there  occurs 
between  Brussovac  and  Pakra  a  yellowish  calc-marl  (Cerithium-hori- 
zon),  containing  Cardium  pUcatum^  Eichw.,  CcUUtrUes  Brongniartiy 
£ndl.,  as  well  as  Planorhis,  sp.  East  of  Daruvar  the  marl  and  calc- 
marl  first  make  their  appearance,  and  then  the  Leithakalk. 

In  the  Biver  Dobrakuca,  near  Vrbovac,  N.E.  of  Daruvar,  there 
occur  marl  and  calc-marl  (Cerithium-honzon) ;  and  in  the  latter, 
just  as  at  Baic,  seams  of  shale  and  sandstone  are  interstratified,  also 
a  coal-shale.  In  the  latter,  remains  of  Plants  and  freshwater  Mol- 
luscs, also  bones  of  Fish,  are  somewhat  abundant ;  and  north  of  Ban- 
jani  narrow  seams  of  brown-coal  are  reached  by  shafts. 

Northern  slope  of  the  Orljava-Oebirge,  near  Vudn. — ^While  cross- 
ing two  ridges  near  Yucin,  the  author  observed  that  the  Congeria- 
beds  are  continued  beneath  the  first  ridge,  which  is  itself  composed 
of  white  calc-marl  (Cerithium-horizon),  Near  the  Bupnica-Thal,  a 
little  south  of  Yucin,  the  Leithakalk  was  seen ;  it  is  here  chiefly 
composed  of  small,  loosely  connected  Nullipores,  Amphistegina  Haueri, 
Orb.,  and  the  following  Bryozoa : — Homera  htppolyta,  Defr.,  Myrio- 
zoum  geminiporwn,  Beuss,  and  Cellepora  glolmlaris,  Bronn,  together 
with  crumbling  shells  of  Ostrea  digitalina,  Eichw.,  and  other  species. 
The  beds  dip  towards  the  north  45^  to  60^.  The  trachyte  crops  out 
from  under  the  Leithakalk,  and  reposes,  further  soutliward,  upon 
granitic  rocks,  which  in  some  places  are  traversed  by  more  or  less 
thick  veins  of  trachyte.  No  trace  of  trachyte- tuff  is  found  anywhere 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Yucin. 

Near  Drenovacz,  beyond  Yucin,  the  Leithakalk  is  seen  covered  im- 
mediately by  Congeria-sand,  no  trace  of  the  younger  calc-marl  being 
observed,  nor  of  the  marl  further  from  the  mountains.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  white  marl  appears  near  Orahovica,  east  of  the  last  locality ; 
8ind  in  only  one  place  did  the  author  see  the  Leithakalk  cropping  out 
from  under  it,  and  that  was  on  the  road  from  Duzluk  to  Sume^je. 

Eastern  end  of  the  Orljava-GeHrge,  near  Oradae. — This  district 
lies  north  of  Oredistje,  on  the  road  between  Bektes  and  Nasic.    The 


Digitized  by  CjOOQ  IC 


8TX7B — ^TRBTIABIBS  OF  8CLAT0NIA.  25 

crystalline  rooks  are  here  surrounded  by  Gongeria-beds ;  but  the 
Leithakalk  is  seen  beneath  them  in  a  deep  yalley  on  the  northern  or 
Nasic  side,  and  also  occasionally  on  the  south  side,  east  of  Gredistje. 
In  the  road  upon  the  Bektes  side,  near  Gredistje,  there  crops  out  a 
loosely  coherent  Nullipore-limestone,  extremely  like  that  of  Yucin, 
containing  Peeten  latissimus,  Brocc,  and  Ostrea  digitaUna,  also  Am^ 
phisteginallaueri,  Orb.,  A.  mammiUata,  Orb.,  and  Beterostegtna  costata, 
Orb.,  and  the  following  Bryozoa,  determined  by  Dr.  StoHczka: — 

Homera  hippol^ta,  J)efr,  Salicomia  marginata,  Gol4f»  (S,  eraua, 

Idmonea  forammoea,  Rettsa.  Busk). 

tenaiaolca,  Reusa,  Betepora  oellaloBa,  Lam, 

Giebeli,  StoL  Cellepora  globularis,  Bronn. 

Myriozoum  truncatum,  Lam.  Esdiara  bipunctata,  Betus, 

monilifera,  Milne-Edw. 

This  formation  disappears  in  a  southerly  direction,  and  therefore 
immediately  under  the  highly  inclined  Congeria-beds. 

A  series  of  beds  of  particular  interest  was  found  in  an  almost 
isolated  position,  surrounded  by  crystalline  rocks,  partly  upon  the 
heights  of  Gradac,  and  westward  from  them,  and  partly  in  a  small 
basin  lying  northward  from  Gredistje.  The  prevailing  rocks  on  the 
south-western  border  of  the  basin  were  clay  and  sandstone,  the 
former  containing  many  badly  preserved  remains  of  Fish.  Three 
seams  of  very  good  brown-coal  were  also  found  in  it*,  dipping  very 
fast  towards  the  south.  They  are  separated  only  by  very  thin  bedjs 
containing  Planorbis,  sp.,  and  together  they  attain  a  thickness  of 
from  one  and  a  half  to  two  fathoms.  Eastwards  they  are  soon  cut 
off  by  the  crystalline  rocks,  and  westwards  they  very  shortly  dis- 
appear under  the  Congeria-beds.  Interstratified  with  the  coal,  and 
filHng  up  the  rest  of  the  basin,  are  tuff  and  conglomerate,  containing 
pebbles  of  trachyte  and,  more  rarely,  of  basalt. 

Further  westward,  near  Kutjevo,  the  coal-bearing  clay,  shale,  and 
sandstone,  closely  corresponding  with  the  Radaboj  beds,  tower  up  to 
a  considerable  hill  from  out  of  the  Congeria-beds,  and  the  author 
was  informed  of  an  outcrop  of  coal  there.  Unfortunately  only  one 
specimen  of  Melania  Etcheriy  Brongn.,  that  is  so  abundant  in  the 
Cerithium-beds  (Gkiunersdorf)  of  the  Vienna  Basin,  has  been  observed 
here. 

SoufJum  dcpe  of  the  Orljava^Qdnrge,  near  Vdika. — ^The  Older 
Neogene  strata  crop  out  in  this  district  from  under  the  Congeria- 
beds^  the  only  beds  seen  being  the  Leithakalk  and  those  beneath  it ; 
the  younger  marl  and  the  beds  of  Kutjevo  not  being  observed.  Near 
Yelika  the  marine  Neogene  strata,  corresponding  with  the  "  Tegel" 
of  Baden  or  the  beds  of  Eogolje  and  Benkovac  (see  above),  were  ob- 
served. The  lowest  bed  is  a  coarse  sand,  here  and  there  of  a  brick- 
red  colour ;  upon  it  lies  a  white,  light,  friable  marl,  like  that  in  the 
ravine  of  Brussovac ;  then  comes  the  Leithakalk. 

The  bed  of  the  sea  of  the  Older  Neogene  epoch  must  therefore 
have  been  veiy  undulating,  and  here  and  there  the  Trias  shale  must 

*  Jahrbnoh  der  k-k.  geoL  Beichsanstalt,  1861  and  1662,  Terhand.  p.  17. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


26  OEOLOOICAL  MSM0IB8. 

have  towered  up  out  of  the  white  marl  (Baden)  in  the  fonn  of  idandii, 
which  must  have  heen  covered  immediately  by  the  Leithakalk.  Hie 
bed  of  white  "  Mergel"  and  "  Kalk-mergel"  extends  from  Orljava  to 
near  Podversko,  and  from  thence  to  the  PoseganBange.  Finally,  from 
Podversko  towards  Kogolje,  whence  the  author  started,  only  the 
youngest  member  of  the  Neogene-tertiary  formation  is  seen.  Near 
Ober  lipovac,  and  between  Maticevic  and  Pavlovce,  the  Leithakalk 
consists  of  a  bed  of  white  calcareous  sand  containing  nodules  of  NulH- 
pores  as  large  as  one's  fist,  and  larger,  and  of  an  overlying  bed  of 
porous  limestone  three  to  four  feet  thick,  consisting  of  eheUs  of  the 
following  species,  cemented  together: — Cerithium  pietum,  Bast., 
O.  rubiginomm,  Eichw.,  Mactra  Podoliea,  Eichw.,  ErvQia  PodoUeOy 
Eichw.,  and  Cardium  Vindohonense,  Partsoh. 

Norih-eoBtem  slope  of  the  Pozegan  Mange,  between  Pletemica  and 
Pozeg, — ^In  this  district  only  a  few  patches  of  the  Older  Neogene 
strata  remain.  The  most  important  locality  is  a  recess  of  the  high- 
road near  Pozeg,  dose  to  a  small  chapel,  where  the  following  Bryozooj 
determined  by  Dr.  Stoliczka,  were  found : — 

CnBia  Edwardii,  ReuM.  Idmonea  foraminofla,  Reuti, 

Pofftolopora  anomala,  Re%us,  pertass,  Reun, 

pulchella,  Reun,  tenuisuloa,  Reun, 

Filispana  Hloba,  ReuM,  PaTotalngeni  dimidiate,  ReuM. 

Horneni  hippol^  Defr,  DefirandA  deformit,  Reuu, 

Domopora  prohfera,  Reun.  Lepraria  monoceras,  Reuu. 

itdlata,  Goldf.  stenoatoma,  Reuts. 

Ceriopora  anomalopora,  Goldf.  Cellepora  ^lobularia,  Bronn. 

Mjriosoam  ffeminiporam,  Reutt,  Biflustra  bipunotata,  ReutB, 

SorupooeUana  ellijptioa,  Reun.  Eaohara  polyttomella,  ReuM^ 

Salioornaria  marginata,  Gol4f^  (crasaa, maorooheila,  Reum, 

Busk),  Beuflfli,  Stol, 

Betopora  oellulosa.  Lam,  oeryioomis,  Lam. 

B^beaohi,  Reuss.  tmdulata,  Reuu. 

Membranipora  angulata,  Reuu.  monilifera,  MUmt'Eiw. 

The  following  Fbramimfera  from  this  locality  were  determined  by 
Herr  r.  Karrer: — 

Botulina  oultrata,  0.    r.  B.  N.  Amphistegina  Haneri,  0.    c.  N. 

Polyttomella  crispa,  0.    tc.  N.  B.  Heterostogina  oristataf  0.    N. 

Botalina  Boueana,  0.    c.  N.  B.  TeKtolaria*  sp.  n.  omilar  to  T.  Imngaia^ 

-^~  Butemplei,  0.    o.  N.  O.,  but  much  larger. 

Besides  these,  there  are  also  found  in  this  formation  Argiope  deeol- 
lata,  Eichw.,  and  A.pusiUa,  Eichw.,  Balanus,  Terehratfda,spmeB  of 
Echinida,  and  daws  of  Crabs.  The  '<  Kalkmergel ''  is  found  lying 
against  the  side  of  the  mountain  between  Dendsaga  and  Yidovci ;  and 
south  of  Pozeg,  near  Sevce,  isolated  thick  beds  of  Older  Neogene 
strata  are  found  upon  the  tops  of  the  hills,  covering  superficially  the 
older  rocks. 

The  Brooder  Oebirge. — ^This  mountain  is  formed  entirely  of  Older 
Neogene  strata.  The  Leithakalk  appears  only  on  the  sou^em  slope 
near  Grabarje,  the  white  "Kalkmergel"  (Cerithium-horizon)  con- 
stituting the  whole  of  its  upper  portion,  as  also  the  district  of  Paka 
and  Russevo,  and  from  thence  westward  to  the  Pletemica,  and  south- 
ward to  the  line  of  the  Odvorze-Zdence. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


STUR — tBHTIABIEfl  OF  8CLAV0NIA.  27 

The  Congeiia-bedB  form  the  remaining  greater  portion  of  the 
Tertiary  hilly  land.  They  present  exactly  the  same  sections  as  those 
BO  well  known  in  the  Vienna  Basin ;  bnt  the  contained  fossils  are 
somewhat  different,  as  will  be  seen  hereafter, — a  peculiarity  which 
-was  first  noticed  by  Herr  Ludwig  v.  Farkas-Vnkotinovic*. 

The  Belvedere  beds  are  also  developed  in  the  same  degree  as  in 
the  Vienna  Basin  —  the  Belvedere  Schotter  being  of  very  local 
occurrence ;  whilst,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Belvedere  sand  covers 
the  whole  district  of  the  Congeria-beds  with  a  thickness  of  from  4 
to  10  fathoms,  and  appears  as  a  sandy  Loess-like  loam. 

The  next  older  stratum,  the  '<  Freshwater  Limestone "  of  the 
Vienna  Basin,  is  represented  just  as  at  Moosbrunn.  It  may  be  seen 
close  to  St,  Leonard's  Church,  near  Neu-Gradiska.  First  there  crops 
out  from  beneath  the  Loess-like  sand  a  sandy  greenish  *'  Tegel," 
containing  Valvata  pisdnaUs,  Lam.,  very  abundantly ;  then  follows 
a  stratum  of  whitish  freshwater  limestone,  in  beds  3  to  4  inches 
thick,  and  containing  small  specimens  of  Congeria,  species  of  HeUx^ 
PUmorbis,  and  MelancpsiSf  in  casts  both  solid  and  hoUow.  Beneath 
these  occur  beds  of  soft,  almost  marly  freshwater  limestone  alter- 
nating with  yellowloamy  sand  and  dark  blue  shaly  "Tegel,"  and  con- 
taining fossils  belonging  to  the  following  species,  as  determined  by 
Herrv.  Frauenfeld: —  Valvata  pudnalis,  ikm,,  MelampM  Esperi,  Fer., 
Paludina  eoneinna,  Sow.,  P,  tentaculaia,  L.,  P.  SacRerianay  Paortsch, 
Neritina  trangversaUs,  Mhlf.,  and  a  ribbed  species  of  Anodonta. 

Underneath  this  last  bed  is  the  '*  Tegel,"  containing  a  bed  of 
Lignite :  the  thickness  of  the  former  under  the  Lignite  is  unknown, 
but  it  must  be  very  considerable.  The  stratification,  as  seen  along 
the  banks  of  the  streams,  is  very  much  disturbed. 

A  freshwater  limestonef  occurs  at  the  spring  in  the  forest  in  the 
Dnnoosta-Thal,  north-west  from  Eutina.  It  contains  Paludina 
SadUriana,  Partsch,  and  P.  condnna.  Sow. 

In  the  drainage-area  of  the  Drave,  the  Congeria-beds  crop  out. 
In  a  narrow  pass  near  Borova  a  bed  of  sand  may  be  seen  dipping 
sHghtly  towards  the  south,  and  upon  the  tops  of  the  hills  there  is 
one,  from  two  to  three  feet  thick,  containing  sandstone  concre- 
tions ;  the  grains  of  sand  being  cemented  together  by  carbonate  of 
lime,  derived,  probably,  from  the  shells  of  Cardivm,  several  of  which 
are  contained  in  each  concretion  of  less  than  one  foot  in  diameter. 
The  most  abundant  species  is  CarcUum  ffaueri,  Homes ;  it  is  asso- 
ciated with  C.  ffv/ngaricum,  Homes,  and  another  Cardivm  (unde- 
tenninable),  occurring  only  in  casts  ;  also  small  specimens  of  Con- 
geria and  Pahtdina  tentaeulata,  Lam.,  are  found. 

The  Loess  of  the  older  Diluvium  was  only  observed  at  some  points 
along  the  course  of  the  Save,  on  the  boundary  of  the  plain  towards 
the  Tertiary  hilly  land. 

The  surface-rock  of  the  plain  of  the  Save  and  Drave  belongs  to 
the  terrace  Diluvium.  [H.  M.  J.] 

*  Das  MoelaTiner  GeMrge,  Jahrbach  d.  k.-k.  geol.  Belchsanstalt,  1862,  Heft  2, 
Seite95. 

t  See  L.  T.  Farkas-Vukotinoric,  op.  cit.  p.  95. 


Digitized  by 


Google      — 


28  eEOLOOICAL  1ISM0IB8. 

The  GBOirKD  hmeaih  Y ienha  ;  it$  Origin,  its  Nature,  and  iti  Relation 
to  the  Public  Health.  By  £.  Binsss.  With  21  Woodcuts  aad 
a  Chromolithograph  Map.    Pp.  326.    8vo.     1862,  Yienna. 

[Der  Boden  der  Stadt  Wien,  nadi  seiner  Bildungsweife,  BeBohaffianheit  and 
Bemer.Beiidiungen  lum  bibgerlichen  Leben.  Sne  geologiidie  Stodie  too 
EduAid  Soeas,  £c.] 

The  first  part  of  this  work  notices  the  most  important  publications 
on  the  geology  of  Yienna,  such  as  those  by  Stiitz,  Jacquin,  Partsch, 
Czjzek,  Eopetzky,  Stur,  and  others,  including  also  the  works  pub- 
li^ed  by  the  "  Friends  of  Natural  Science,"  the  **  Geological  Insti- 
tute," &c.  It  further  treats  of  the  position  of  Yienna,  and  its  rela- 
tion to  the  Alps  and  Carpathians,-— of  the  form  of  the  ground  within 
those  lines, — and  of  the  distribution  of  the  water-channels  on  the 
surface.  The  changes  of  direction  that  the  streams  have  undergone 
in  historic  times  are  likewise  here  noticed. 

The  second  division  shows  the  distribution  of  the  several  strata. 
Tertiary,  Diluvial,  and  Alluvial,  and  contains  remarks  on  their  fossils 
and  mode  of  formation. 

Of  the  Tertiary  formations,  the  marine  group,  the  brackish-water 
group,  the  Inzersdorf  clay,  and  the  Belvedere  beds  are  specially  no- 
ticed. The  Loess  and  the  erratic  gravels  constitute  the  **  BiluviaL" 

In  this  part  also  are  noticed  the  most  important  changes  which 
have  been  brought  about  in  the  upper  strata  by  the  agency  of  man, 
producing  "  made  ground." 

Lastly,  the  nature  and  formation  of  the  building-materials  in 
Yienna  are  treated  of, — ^namely,  sand,  limestone,  tile-clay,  Yienna 
sandstone,  the  building-stones  from  the  marine  tertiaries  (which 
are  the  best),  and  those  from  the  brackish  tertiaries. 

The  third  part  contains  a  sketch  of  the  geolc^cal  topography  of 
the  city,  describing  the  distribution  of  the  several  beds  in  Yienna  : 
first,  more  especially,  those  of  the  alluvial  plain  of  the  Danube ;  then 
those  of  the  inner  town ;  lastly,  those  of  the  higher-lying  suburbs, 
rom  Nussdorf  to  Erdberg. 

The  fourth  part  is  devoted  to  the  discussion  of  all  those  phenomena 
which  have  immediate  reference  to  the  health  and  the  vital  statistics 
of  the  city,  especially  the  practical  bearings  of  an  accurate  knowledge 
of  the  distribution  and  nature  of  the  subterranean  water ;  and  here 
the  author  describes  the  water-bearing  strata,  the  springs  of  the 
Circle  of  the  Danube,  the  waters  of  the  High  district,  and  the  springs 
in  the  day ;  and  he  concludes  with  remarks  on  the  cholera  of  1855,  <fec. 

The  map  of  Yienna  and  its  suburbs  is  contoured  with  lines  giving 
the  height  above  the  sea  of  the  surface  of  the  ground  in  Yienna 
fathoms  (two  fathoms  apart),  and  of  the  height,  above  the  sea-level, 
of  the  surface  of  the  tile-day  or  Tegel  (four  fathoms  apart).  The 
relative  **  hardness  "  of  the  water  in  the  wells  in  the  Eossau  and  the 
Leopoldstadt  is  also  shown  by  contour-lines.  The  colours  of  the 
map  indicate  the  following  formations: — 1.  Made  ground  and  ruins ; 
2.  Alluvium ;  3.  Loess ;  4.  Diluvial  gravel ;  5.  Belvedere  beds ;  6. 
Tegd  with  Congeria.  The  Brackish  Tertiary  formation  (Cerithium- 
sand)  is  also  indicated ;  and  the  places  of  the  old  diggings  in  the 
Belvedere  gravel  and  in  the  Tegel  are  marked  out.        [T.  R.  J.] 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


ALPHABETICAL    INDEX 


TO  THB 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 


[The  foesilB  referred  to  axe  detoribed,  and  those  of  which  the  luuneB  are  printed 
in  italioe  axe  also  figoied.] 


AoanthophyUm  apinamtm,  824. 
AUthopterit  dedrrmu,  822. 


from  St.  John,  K.B.,  822. 

Aller,  section  at,  14. 

Alpine  blocks,  transport  o^  186. 

Alpine  sladers,  distribution  o(  187. 

Alpine  ukee,  origin  o^  188 }  summaiy 
with  regard  to,  199. 

Alum  Bay,  BracUesham  beds  at,  84 ; 
fossils  from,  84;  list  of  beds  at^  84 ; 
section  at,  89. 

America,  Carboniferous  rooks  of,  142 ; 
Crustacea  from  British  North,  846 ; 
Flora  of  the  Devonian  period  in 
North-eastern,  296 ;  fflacial  origin  of 
certain  lakes  in  North,  185 }  petro- 
leum-springs in  North,  8. 

Analysis  of  green  colouring  matter  in 
the  Bracklesham  beds,  86, 

Andromeda  reticulata,  378. 

Anglesea,  Carboni£9rous  rocks  of,  140. 

Annandide,  section  .at,  217. 

Anniyersarj  Address,  zxTii-liy.  See 
alto  Murchison,  Sir  B.  I. ;  Sxnyth, 
W.W.,Esq.;  andHuzlej,ProlT.H. 

Annual  Beport,  i. 

Ammlaria  acuminata^  812. 

Aporozjrlon,  806. 

Araucarites  Ouangondianum,  806. 

Arteroph^UUee  aeicularii^  810. 

laHfolia,  311. 

UmgifoUa,  811. 

parvula,  811. 

eovtigera,  311. 

Aihffrie  Royeeii,  27- 

mbHlita,  28. 

Auloetegee  DalhoutU,  33. 

Australia,  Mesozoic  and  Permian 
Fauns  in  Eastern,  244. 


Award  of  the  WoUaston  Donation- 
fund,  xziz ;  Medal,  xxvii. 

Aye-aye,  teeth  of  the,  859. 

Ayr,  section  in  the  yalley  of  the,  439. 

Ayrshire,  coal-measures  o(  437. 

Baggy  Point,  flint  airow-heads  from, 
114. 

Balloohmoyle  Braes,  section  at,  441. 

Bandon,  yalley  of  the,  390,  393. 

Banffshire  coast,  metamorphio  rocks 
of  the,  331s  section  of  the,  833. 

Barrow,  Nore,  and  Suir,  yalleys  of  the, 
885,398. 

Barton  Cliff,  section  o^  87. 

Basement-bed  of  the  Ixmdcm  Clay,  269. 

Beckles,  S,  H.,  Esq.,  on  some  natural 
casts  of  reptilian  footorints  in  the 
Wealden  beds  of  the  ble  of  Wight 
and  of  Swanage,  443. 

Bedford,  flint  implements  in  thegrayel 
near,  113. 

Bedwin  district,  geology  of  the,  260. 

Belgium,  section  in,  132. 

Berridale,  section  at,  837. 

Binney,  E.  W.,  Esq.,  on  some  fossil 
planto,  showing  structure,  from  the 
lower  coal-measures  of  Lancashire, 
106 ;  on  some  upper  coal-measures 
containing  a  bed  of  limestone  at 
Catrine  in  Ayrshire,  437. 

Black  Forest,  glacial  origin  of  certain 
lakes  in  the,  185. 

Blackwater,  yalley  of  the,  886. 

Blocks,  transport  of  Alpine,  185. 

Bolton,  J.,  Esq.,  on  a  deposit  with  in- 
sects, leayes,  &c.,  near  IHyerBton,  274. 

Bone-caye  at  Wookey  Hole,  near 
Wells,  Mr.  Dawkina  on  a,  115. 

Bone-cayes  of  Lunel-Viel,  Prot  M.  de 
Serres  on  the,  1. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


DTDBX  TO  THB  PBOGIEDIFO0* 


BonM  from  Wodktj  Hole,  natr  WellB, 
122. 

Boulder  in  LitUe  Omnbra,  Mr.  J.  Smith 
on  a  splits  162. 

Borej  deposit,  finrmation  of  the,  18 ; 
Mr.  J.  H.  Key  on  the, 9;  materials 
of  the,  16 ;  strata  of  the,  10. 

Bore^  Pottery,  section  at  the,  11. 

Brachiopoda  from  India,  26. 

BraoUesham  Bay,  73 ;  list  of  beds  at, 
74. 

Braoklesham  beds,  analysis  of  green 
colouring  matter  in,  86. 

Bracklesham  beds  at  Alum  Bay,  84; 
Bracklesham  Bay,  73 ;  Bramshaw, 
80;  Brook,  82;  Bury  Cross,  76; 
Corfe,  83 ;  Fort  Gomer,  77 ;  ^h 
Cliff;  86;  Hunting  Bridge,  79; 
Mizen  Books,  76;  Netl^,  79; 
Poole,  83;  Bowner  Fort,  77; 
Shepherd's  Gutter,  80;  Stubbington, 
77 ;  White  Cliff  Bay,  67 ;  correla- 
tion of  the  fossiliferous  localities  of 
the,  92  ;  list  of  fossils  of  the,  70 ; 
nearSelsea,76;  ofthelsleofWiffht 
Basin,  the  Ber.  O.  Fisher  on  ttie, 
66 ;  New  Forest,  79 ;  pebble-beds 
of  the,  90 ;  western  range  of  the, 
83. 

Bramshaw,  Braoklesham  beds  at,  80. 

Bridge  of  Allan,  Old  Bed  Sandstone  of 
the^  264 ;  section  at  the,  266. 

Britain,  Carboniferous  rocks  o^  127 ; 
glacial  origin  of  certain  lakes  in,  186. 

British  Isles,  lines  of  deepest  water 
around  the,  37 ;  ma^  of  the,  41. 

British  North  Amenca,  Crustacea 
from,  846. 

Brook,  Bracklesham  beds  at,  82. 

Burr  Cross,  Braoklesham  beds  at,  76. 

Bushbury,  drift  with  shells  near,  160. 

Calamites  cannafoimis,  810. 

momaiu^f  310. 

Transitionis,309. 

Callander,  section  at,  266. 

Camarophoria  PtHrdom,  30. 

Canada,  Devonian  plants  from,  298. 

Canoes  in  the  alluvium  of  the  Clyde, 
221. 

Carboniferous  Brachiopodafrom  India, 
Mr.  Dayidson  on,  26. 

Carboniferous  Limestone,  fossil  fishes 
of  the,  99 ;  of  Oreton  and  Farlow, 
Prof.  Morris  and  Bir.  Boberts  on 
the,  94 ;  section  of  the,  97. 

Carboniferous  rocks,  Bir.  Hull  on  the 
iso-diametrio  lines  of  the,  127. 

Carboniferous  rocks  of  America,  142  ; 
Anelesea,  140;  Cumberland,  141; 
Derbyshire,  140;  Flintshve,  140; 


Qloucestershire,  148;  Lanoaahire, 
140;  Leicestershire,  139;  Notts, 
140;  Scotland,141;  Somersetshire, 
142;  South  Wales,  142;  Stafford- 
shire, 139;  Warwickshire  139  { 
Yorkshire,  140. 

Carboniferous  strata  near  Paisley^ 
crustacean  from  the,  421. 

CwxUoearpmm  cormUum^  Z2A, 

Carpoliikef  globulMM^  376. 

WehHeri^  376. 

Carruthers,  W.,  Esq.,  on  a  secticm  in 

Junction-road,  Leith,  460. 
Catrine,  Ayrshire,  coal-measures  at, 

437. 
Cave  at  Wookejr  Hole,  near  Wells,  115. 
Cayes  of  Lunel-Yiel,  1. 
Chalk,  sur&ce-deposits  on  the,  266. 
Chara  Escheri,  376. 

tubercnlata,  376. 

Chamwood  Forest,  section  in,  187. 
Cheiromys    Madaganairientii^    868; 

teeth  o^  369. 
Chemical  compositk>n  of  the  granites 

of  Donegal,  408. 
ChirbuiT,  crustacean  track  from,  347. 
C%i«ofi  from  near  Settle,236;  CkUomf^ 

236. 

' BwTOwianm*^  234. 

eoloratmi^  236. 

Chitons  from  the  Mountain-limestone^ 

Bir.  Kirkbyon,  233. 
Clarke,  Ber.  W.  B.,  on  the  occurrence 

of  Mesosoic  and  Permian  FaunA  in 

Eastern  Australia,  244. 
dearage-  and  joint-planes  in  the  gra- 
nite of  Donegal,  404. 
Clee  Hills,  Carboniferous  Tiimestone  of 
.  the,94. 

Clyde,  alluTium  of  the,  221. 
Coal-field,  Labyrinthodonts  from  the 

Edmburgh,  291. 
Coal-measures  of  Ayrshire,  ICr.  Binnej 

on  the,  437. 
Coal-measures  of  British  North  Ame- 

rica,  Crustacea  from  the,  346. 
Coal-measures    of    Lancashire^    Mr. 

Binney  on  some  fossil  plants  from 

the,  106. 
Coal-measures  of  Nora  Scotia,  Dr.  J. 

W.  Dawson  on  reptiles  from  the,  6 ; 

Prof.  Owen  on  Beptilia  fromtlie,288. 
Coast  of  India,  deatn  of  fishes  off  the^ 

463. 
Compton  Bay  to  Atherfield,  sectioii 

from,  444. 
Constance,  lake  of,  198. 
Cordaites  angustifoUa,  318. 
RohbU,  316. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


htdix  to  thb  fbogsbbihcmi. 


Cbnlos^  (P)  from  Britiflh  Korih  Ame- 

rica»8ia 
Corfe,  BraoUeahftm  bedB  at,  88. 
Cork  and  Waterford,  geological  map 

of;  889. 
Coancil,  Beport  of  the,  L 
Courtney  Bay,  seotion  at,  800. 
Crinan,  ioe-aotion  at,  165. 
Crustacea,  a  new  genua  of  Silurian»847. 
Cruataoea  from  the  Ooal-measureB  and 

Devonian  looka  of  British  North 

America,  Mr.  Baiter  on,  846. 
Crustacean  from   the  Oarhoni&roaa 

strata  near  Paisley,  Prol  Huxley  on 

a,  420. 
Crustacean   track   in  the   Tilandeilo 

flaes,  Mr.  Salter  on  a,  847. 
Cumberland,  OarboniliBrous  rooks  o^ 

141 ;  geology  of  West,  214. 
Cnmberknd  Rain,  Fennian  strata  in, 

205;  section  at,  215. 
Cumbra,  Mr.  J.  Sxnith  on  a  split  boul- 
der in,  162. 
Cydopieris  Broumii,  820. 

HalUami,  8ia 

ineerta^  820. 

JaekMOm^  819. 

obiuta,  819. 

vaUdOf  819. 

varia,  819. 

CyperUe$  I^hen^  878. 
Dadoxylon  Ouangondianum,  806. 

^aat»,806. 

Dafidson,  T.,  Bsq.,  on  some  Ckrboni- 

ferous    Brachiopoda    collected    in 

India  by  A.Fleminff,  M.D.,  and  W. 

Purdon,  Esq.,  F.a.S.,  25. 
Dawkins,  W.  B.,  Esq.,  on  a  hrwi*- 

den  at  Wookey  Hole,  near  Wells, 

115. 
Dawson,  Dr.  J.  W.,  notice  of  the 

disooyeiy  of  additional  remains  of 

land-animals  in  the  coal-measures  of 

the  South  Jomns,  Kora  Scotia,  5  ; 

on  the  flora  ot  the  Devonian  period 

in   Nortii-eastem    America,   296; 

Beptiha  discovered  by,  288. 
Death  of  fishes  during  the  monsoon, 

Sir  W.  Denison  on  the,  453. 
Decoy,  near  Bovey,  section  at  the^  18. 
DmMrerpetm^  AiHilUammt  242. 
Denison,  Sir  W.,  on  the  death  of  fishes 

during  the  monsoon  off  the  coast  of 

India,  458. 
Depth  of  water  around  the  British 

Isles,  87. 
Derbyshire,  Ckrboni£srous  rooks  of, 

140. 
Devonian  flora,  296 ;  character  of  the, 

82a 


Devonian  period  in  Korth-eastem 
America,  flora  of  the^ 296}  Buinaof 
the,  6, 28a 

Devonian  plants  from  Osnada,  299; 
Maine,  sS98 ;  New  Brunswick,  299 ; 
New  York,  297. 

Devonian  rocks  (^  British  North  Ame- 
rica, Crustacea  firom  the,  846. 

Devonshire,  flint  anrow-heads  from 
Baggy  Point,  114. 

Diagram-section  of  a  fiirmation,  185. 

Didumoph^lhm  renfforme^  809. 

Diplopterus,  485. 

Viproiodon  mutrdUi  (?),  428. 

mtiior,  428. 

Diprotodon,  FroU  Huxley  on,  422. 

Donations  to  the  Library,  xii,  48, 147, 
278,454;  Museum,  ix. 

Donasal,  granites  of;  408. 

Drift-beds  of  Scotland,  165;  Wolver- 
hampton, 159. 

Drift-period,  climate  of  the,  180 ;  &nna 
ofthe,  113, 160,180. 

Drift  with  recent  shells,  the  Bev.  W. 
Lister  on,  159. 

Dumfriesshire,  geology  of  South-east* 
em,  214 ;  Permian  strata  in,  205. 

Eden,  Prot  Harkness  on  Permian 
strata  in  the  Yale  ofthe,  205. 

Edinbttiffh  coal-field,  Labyiinthodonts 
from  tiia,  291. 

Egerton,  Sir  P.  de  M.  (}.,  Bart,  on  a 
new  species  of  Pteriehikjfs  (P.  ma- 
oroeephdhu)  from  the  yellow  sand- 
stone of  Farlow,  Shropshire,  108. 

Elevation  of  Central  Scotland,  Mr. 
Qeikie  on  the,  218. 

Eocene  beds,  westerly  thinning  of  the 
Lower,  Mr.  Whitaker  on  the,  25a 

Eocene  fossils  from  the  Isle  of  Wight, 
Prol  Sandberger  on,  830. 

Erosion  of  rocks  in  Scotland,  cause  of 
the,  167. 

Eruption  of  Vesuvius,  Prof.  Palmieri 
on  tiie,  186;  M.  Tchihatcheff  on 
the,  126. 

Etna,  volcanic  cones  of^  20. 

Euryptenis,  Mr.  Salter  on,  846. 

Everest,  Bev.  B.,  on  the  lines  of 
deepest  water  around  the  British 
Isles,  87. 

Eslconer,  Dr.  H.,  on  the  disputed  affi- 
nity of  the  mammalian  senus  Plagi- 
anlax,  from  the  Purbeck  beds,  848. 

Farlow,  Shropshire,  Garboniferous 
Limestone  o^  94 ;  section  at,  97 ; 
Sir  P.  Efferton  on  a  new  species  of 
Pterieka^M  from,  108. 

liieshire^  geological  sketch-mAp  of, 
429;  Old  Bed  Sandstones  o(  427. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


HTDEX  to  the  PS0CE£DIKe6* 


Fisher,  Ber.  O.,  on  the  BraoUeBham 
beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight  Badn,  65. 

Fishes,  death  of,  468. 

Fleming,  Dr.,  Braohiopoda  ooUeeted  in 
India  by,  25. 

Flint  arrow-heads  (?)  firom  North 
DeFon,  Mr.  Whitley  on,  114. 

Flint  implements  at  Wookey  Hole, 
1 17 ;  in  the  gravel  near  Bedford,  113. 

Flintshire,  Carboniferous  rocks  of,  140. 

Flora  of  the  Deronian  period  in  North- 
eastern America,  Dr.  Dawson  on  the, 
296. 

Footprints  from  the  Wealden,  247, 
443. 

Formation,  diagram-section  of  a,  185. 

Fort  GK>mer,  Braoklesham  beds  at,  77. 

Forth,  alluTium  of  the,  225. 

Fossil  fishes  of  the  Carboni^aroos 
Limestone,  99. 

Fossil  plants  from  the  Isle  of  Wight, 
869  i  lower  coal-measures  of  Lim- 
cashire,  Mr.  Binney  on,  106. 

Fossils  from  Alum  Bay,  84;  Hieh 
Cliff;  88;  Hunting  Bridge,  79 ;  the 
Bedford  grayel,  118 ;  the  Isle  of 
Wieht,  380;  Wookey  Hole,  near 
W^,  122 ;  Mesozoic  and  Permian, 
in  B.  Australia,  244 ;  of  the  Braok- 
lesham beds,  list  of  the,  70;  Old 
Bed  Sandstone,  258;  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stones of  Fifeelure,  483;  Permian,  at 
Hilton  Beck,  Cumberland,  215. 

Gamrie  to  Cullen,  section  from,  888. 

Gkikie,  A.,  Esq.,  on  the  date  of  the  last 
eleration  of  Central  Scotland,  218. 

Gemmellaro,  Signer  G-.  G-.,  on  the  toI- 
oanio  cones  of  Patemd  and  Motta 
(Sta.  Anastasia),  Etna,  20« 

G^eva,  lake  of,  198. 

Gboloffical  map  of  Cork  and  Water- 
forc^889;  of  part  of  Fifeshire,  429. 

Qeologioal  structure  of  the  Southern 
Gnunpians,  Prof.  Niool  on  the,  443. 

GbologT  of  the  gold-fields  of  Nova 
Scotia,  842 ;  Zanzibar,  Mr.  Thorn- 
ton on  the,  447. 

Gesner,  Dr.  A.,  on  the  petroleum- 
springs  in  North  America,  8. 

GHlmerton  ironstone,  Labyrinthodont 
from  the,  291. 

Glacial  origin  of  certain  lakes,  Prof. 
Bamsay  on  the,  185. 

Glacial  stri«  in  Scotland,  direction  o^ 
167. 183. 

Glacial  sur&oe-marldngs  near  liyer- 
pool,  Mr.  Morton  on,  877« 

Glacial  theoir  of  lakes,  208. 

Gladation  ot  Scotland,  Mr.  Jamieson 
on  the,  164. 


GHaders  and  tarns,  oonnezion  o^  188. 

Glaciers,  distribution  of  A^'ne,  187. 

Glen  Boy,  terraces  of,  171 ;  Spean, 
171. 

Gloucestershire,  Carbonifisroos  rofAB 
0^142. 

Glyptolsmus,  484. 

Glyptolepis,  485. 

Glyptopomus,  485. 

Godwin-Austai,  B.  A.  C,  Esq.,  rn>lT 
on  receiTing  the  Wollaston  Medal, 
zxriiL 

Gold-fields  of  Nora  Scotia,  the  Ber.  D. 
Honeyman  on.  the,  842. 

Gbanites  of  Donegal,  chemical  compo- 
sition of  the,  408;  deayage-  and 
joint-pknes  of  the,  404 ;  geological 
rdations  of  the,  406;  minerals  of 
the,  410;  the  Ber.  S.  Hanghton  on 
the,  408. 

Gbavel,  fiint  implements  in  the,  118. 

Gbeat  Oolite,  distribution  of  the  strata 
of  the,  184. 

Ghneat  Ormside,  section  at,  206. 

Greywethers,  ajze  of  the,  271. 

HarKness,  IVot.  B.,  on  the  metamor* 
phic  rocks  of  the  Banffidiire  ooaat, 
the  Scarabins,  and  a  portion  of  East 
Sutherland,  831 ;  on  the  position  of 
the  Pteraspis-beds,  and  on  the  so' 
quenoe  of  the  strata  of  the  Old  Bed 
Sandstone  series  of  South  Perth- 
shire, 253 ;  on  the  sandstones  and 
their  associated  deposits  in  the  Yale 
of  the  Eden,  the  Cumberland  Plain, 
and  the  South-east  of  Dumfriesshire, 
205. 

Hartside,  section  at,  210« 

Hastings,  footprint  of  Iguanodon  at» 
247. 

Haughton,  Ber.  S.,  experimental  re^ 
searches  on  the  granites  of  Donegal, 
403. 

Headl^  Heath,  sands  o^  278. 

Heer,  Prof.  O.,  on  certain  fossil  plants 
fi^m  the  Hempstead  beds  of  the  Isle 
of  Wight,  with  an  introduction  bj 
W.  Pen«elly,  Esq.,  369. 

Hempstead  beids,  nMsil  plants  from 
the,  869. 

Herault,  bone-cayes  in,  1. 

Hiffh  C^  Bracklesham  beds  at,  86; 
fossils  fi^m,  88 ;  list  of  beds  at,  88; 
section  of,  87, 89. 

Hislop,  Bey.  S.,  supplemental  note  on 
the  plant-bearing  sandstones  of 
Central  India,  86, 113* 

Holoptychius,  483. 

Honeyman,  Bey.  D.,  on  the  geology  of 
the  gold-fields  of  Noya  Scotia,  342. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


I2n>EX  TO  THE  BB0CEEDIVG8. 


Homer,  L.,  Esql  (PreBident),  letter  to 
Sir  B.  I.  Mordhison,  zzizr 

Hull,  E.,  Esq.,  on  iso-diametric  lines, 
as  means  of  representing  tiie  distri- 

.  bntion  of  sedimentary  clay  and 
sandj  strata,  as  distingaishea  from 
calcfureous  strata^  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  Oarboniferous  rocks  of 
Britain,  127. 

Human  remains  in  the  alluyinm  of  the 

-  Clyde,  221 ;  Forth,  225. 
Hunting  Bridge,  Bracklesham  beds  at, 

79. 
Huxley,  Profl  T.  H.  (Secretary),  anni- 
yenuury  address,  Feb.  21,  1862  :— 
results  of  palaeontology,  xl;  con- 
temporaneity of  strata,  zli ;  works 

-  on  palteontology,  zlii;  Bronn*B 
'  TJntersuohungen,'  zlii ;  Pictet's 
*  Traits  de  Pd^ntologie,*  xlii; 
geological  terms,  zliii;  geological 
record,  zliii ;  contemporaneous  for- 
mations, zliy ;  De  la  Beohe's  *Be- 
searohes  in  Theoretical  6(eology,* 
xly ;  yiews  of  Prot  Forbes  on  oon- 
tem]^raneity,  zIt  ;  percentage  of 
species  common  to  contemporaneous 
formations,  zly;  synchronism  of 
strata,  zlyij  succession  of  life,  zlyi; 
positive  and  negatiye  evidence,  zlvii ; 

'  extinct  orders,  zlyiii;  persistent 
^pes,  xliz ;  changes  of  life  in  the 
Protozoa,  1;  in  the  Ooelenterata, 
li ;  in  the  MoUusca,  li  $  in  the  Annu- 

-  losa,  11 ;  in  the  Yertebrata,  11 ;  pro- 
.  gres8iyemodifioation,lii;  ossification 

of  the  skeleton,  liii ;  conclusion,  liy. 

Huxley,  Prof.  T.  H.,  on  a  stalk-eyed 
Orustacean  from  the  Oarboniferous 
strata  near  Paisley,  420;  on  new 
Labyrinthodonts  from  tiie  Edin- 
burgh coal-field,  291 ;  on  the  pre- 
molar teeth  of  jOiprotodim,  and  on  a 
new  species  of  that  genus,  422. 

Hy»na-aen  at  Wookey  Hole,  Mr.  Daw- 
Idns  on  a,  116 ;  section  of  the,  115. 

JE^lerpeton  Dawtonif  241. 

SMlononmu  aoiedeniaUu^  289. 

iMem,  238,  242. 

Wymamii,  240. 

IfymenophgfllUe9  curiilobu9t  821. 


obiunlobu*^  322. 

JE^rpnpryimnM  Gaimardi,  866. 

Hypsiprymnus,  teeth  of,  3&8. 

Ice-action  at  SiiApdale,  177 ;  in  Soot- 
land,  164. 

Iguanodon-footorint  at  Hastings,  Mr. 
1>7lor  on,  247. 

India,  death  of  fishes  off  the  coast  of, 


453;   plant-bearing  sandstone*  of 
Central,  86. 

Insects  in  a  deposit  near  Ulyei^tony 
274. 

Inyemess-shire,  map  of  part  of^  170. 

Ireland,  riyer-yalleys  in  the  south  of, 
87a 

Isle  of  Wight  Basin,  Bracklesham  beds 
of  the,  661. 

Isle  of  Wight,  reptilian  footprints  from 
the,  443;  Prof.  O.  Heer  on  fossil 
plants  from  the,  369 ;  Upper  Eocene 
fossiU  of  the,  830. 

Iso-diametric  lines,  Mr.  Hull  on,  127. 

Italian  lakes,  198. 

Jamieson,  T.  F.,  Esq.,  on  the  ice>wom 
rocks  of  Scotland,  164. 

Jeffivys,  J.  Gt.,  Esq.,  list  of  shdls 
found  in  the  gravel  near  Bedford, 
113 ;  on  some  fossil  shells  from  the 
drift  near  Bushbury,  160. 

Joggins,  Beptilia  from  the  coal-mea- 
sures of  the  South,  5,  238. 

Jones,  T.  B.,  Esq.,  note  on  Nummu* 
lina  planulata,  Lam.,  sp.,  yar.  Prest* 
wichiana,  Jones,  93. 

Jukes,  J.  B.,  Esq.,  on  the  mode  of 
formation  of  some  of  the  riyer- 
valleys  in  the  south  of  Ireland, 
378. 

Junction-road,  Leith,  section  at,  460, 
451. 

Key,  J.  H.,  Esq.,  on  the  Boyey  de- 
posit, 9. 

Eirkby,  J.  W.,  Esq.,  on  some  remains 
of  Chiton  fiK)m  the  mountain-lime- 
stone of  Yorkshire,  233. 

Eirkby  Stephen,  section  near,  206. 

Kirkdale,  glacial  markings  at,  377. 

Enapdale,  ice-action  at,  177. 

Labyrinthodonts  from  the  Edinburgh 
coal-field,  Pro£  Huzley  on,  291. 

Lake  of  Constance,  198;  Geneva,  193 ; 

'  Lucerne,  196;  Neuchitel,  195;  Thun, 
196 ;  Zuf ,  196 ;  Zurich,  197. 

Lakes,  glacial  theory  of,  203. 

Lakes  in  Switzerland,  &c.,  Prof.  Bam- 
say  on  the  glacial  orijiin  of,  186. 

Lakes,  Italian,  198;  of  the  northern 
heimsphere,  201. 

Lancashire,CBrboniferousrookso^  140; 
fossil  plants  from  the  coal-measures 
of,  106.  . 

Leaves  in  a  deposit  near  Ulyerston, 
274. 

Lee,  valley  of  the,  388,  896. 

Leicestershire,  Carboniferous  rocks  of, 
189. 

Leith,  section  at,  460,  461. 
,Lepidodendron  Chemungense,  318. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


IHDEX  TO  THE  PBOCKSDIKefl. 


Lepidodendrom  eoftrngahm^  818. 

Chupiamtm^ZVi, 

liepidostsrobiis  globotiu,  814. 

Bichardioni,  814. 

LepiophloBwm  rhomhiewm,  816. 

Library  Committoe,  report  of  the,  r. 

Limeetone  m  the  ooal-meastires  of 
ATrahu«,  Mr.  Binnej  on,  487. 

Lmdale  Cote  Mixiee,  eeotioni  at,  275, 
276. 

IdBt  of  Deronian  plants  firom  Kew 
Brunawick,  804;  fossil  fishes  of 
the  Garboniferons  limestone^  99; 
fossils  of  the  Bracklesham  beds  of 
Bracklesham  Bay,  74 ;  Alum  Bay, 
84 ;  High  Cliff,  88;  Hunting Bridse, 
79;  White  Cliff  Bar,  70;  shells 
from  the  grayel  near  Bedfonl,  118 ; 
specimens  from  the  coal-fbnnation 
of  Nora  Sootia,  7. 

Lister,  the  Ber.  W.,  on  the  drift  oon* 
tffitiing  recent  shells  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Wolrerhampton,  1^. 

Little  Biyer,  section  at,  800. 

Lireing,  Prof.,  analysis  of  ffreen  colour- 
ing matter  in  the  Braduesham  beds, 
86. 

Liverpool,  glacial  surface-markings 
near,  877. 

Llandolo  flags,  crustacean  track  in 
the,  847. 

Loch  Treig,  171. 

London  Basin,  Mr.  Whitaker  on  the, 
269;  section  across  the,  260 ;  west- 
em  end  of  the,  268. 

London  Gay,  270;  basement-bed  of 
the,  269. 

Loxomma  AUmatmif  291. 

Lucerne,  lake  of,  196. 

Lunel-Yiel,  bone-cayes  of,  1. 

Lycopodites  Matthewi,  814. 

VanmxemUf  814. 

Maine,  Deyonian  flora  o(  298. 

Manilla,  yolcanic  phenomenon  witness- 
ed in,  8. 

Map  of  a  part  of  Koya  Scotia,  848 ; 
lake  of  Qeneya,  194 ;  part  of  Fife- 
shira,429. 

Marcel  de  Serres,  Prof.,  on  the  bone- 
caves  of  Lunel-Yiel,  Herault,  1. 

Megaphjton  (?)  from  Pen7,Maine,818. 

Mesosoic  and  Permian  fimne  in  E. 
Australia,  the  Bey.  W.  B.  OariLCon, 
244. 

Metamorphic  rocks  of  the  Ban£Bihire 
coast,  Ac,  Prof.  Harkness  on  the, 
881. 

Minerals  of  the  granite  of  Donegal, 
410. 

Mispec  Biyer,  section  at,  800. 


Mizen  Bocks,  BrM^leabam  beds  of 

the,  76. 
Monsoon,  death  of  fishes  during  theu 

468. 
Morris,  Prot  J.,  and  G.  B.  Boberta, 

Esq.,on  the  Carbomferous  Limestone 

of  Oreton  and  Fariow,  Oee  HiUa, 

Shropshire;  with  a  description  d 

a  new  PUriekthgfs,  by  Sir  P.  de  M. 

G.  Egerton,  BarL,  94. 
Morton,  G.  H.,  Esq.,  on  g^adal  sur- 

fiu)e-markmgB  on  the  sandstone  new 

Liverpool,  ^7. 
Motta,  volcanic  cone  of^  28. 
Mountain-limestone  of  Yorkshire,  Ofai- 

tons  from  the,  288. 
Murchison,  Sir  B.  I.  (Yice-Preaident), 

address  on  presenting  theWollaaloo* 

medal  to  Mr.  Gbdwin- Austen,  xzvii ; 

and  to  Professor  Huxley  on  handing 

to  him  the  residue  of  tfabe  WoQastOQ* 

ftmd  for  Prot  Heer,  zxix ;  obituary 

notice  of  Dr.  Fitton,  tit. 
Museum  Committee,  report  of  the,  iiL 
Nelmmhmm  Bmckii^  874. 
^etley,  Bracklesham  beds  at,  79. 
Netley  Heath,  sands  at,  278. 
NeuohAtel,  lake  of;  196. 
Nemropteris  poljfmorpka^  820. 

terraUUa,  820. 

New  Brunswick,Devonian  plants  from, 

299;  section  at  Courtney  Bay,  800; 

section  from  Little  Biver  to  Mispeo 

Biver,  800. 
New  Cross,  near  Bovey,  section  near.lS. 
New  Forest,  Bracklesham  beds  of  the^ 

79. 
New  York,  Devonian  flora  o^  297. 
Nicol,   Prof.    J.,  on   the   geological 

structure  of  the  Southern  Gram- 
pians, 448. 
Nith,  section  across  the  valley  of  the» 

217. 
Nore,  valley  of  the,  886,  898. 
North  America,  petroleum-springs  in,8. 
Northern  hemisphere,  lakea  of  the, 

201. 
Nottinghamshire,  Carboniferous  rooka 

of,  140. 
Nova  Scotia,  gold-fields  o^  842. 

,  map  of,  848. 

,  Beptilia  from  the  ooal-measuraa 

0^6,288. 
Nummulina   planulata,   var.  Plnest- 

wichiana,  98. 
NvmpJUBa  Dority  874. 
Old  Bed  Sandstone,  sequence  of;  in  S. 

Perthshire,  268. 
Old  Bed  Sandstones  of  Fifeshire,  Mr. 

Powrie  on  the^  427. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


INDEX  TO  THE  PBOCSSDIKeS. 


Oolite^  diBtribation  of  the  strata  of 

the  Greats  134. 
Oreton  and  Farlow,  Frof.  Morib  and 
Mr.  Boberts  on  the  Oarbonifinroua 
Limestone  of,  94. 

OrtkU  retupinaiay  81. 

Outliers,  tertiary,  260. 

Owen,  Frof.  B.,  description  of  sped- 
mens  of  fossil  Beptiba  disoorered  in 
the  coal-measores  of  the  South  Jog- 
mns,  KoTa  Sootia,  by  Dr.  J.  W. 
Dawson,  F.O.S.,  &o.,  238. 

Oxfordshire,  section  in,  131. 

Paisley,  crustacean  from  the  Oarboni- 
ferous  strata  near,  420. 

PalcBoxoio  rooks  of  the  South  of  Ire- 
land, 388. 

Pahnieri,  Signer  L.,  on  some  volcanic 
phenomena  lately  observed  at  Torre 
del  Qreoo  and  Besina,  126. 

Patemd,  volcanic  cone  of,  20. 

Pebble-beds  of  the  Braoiklesham  series, 
90. 

P0cop^«m,Bp.fromStJohn,N3.,822. 

decwrrentj  322.  • 

inffensy  322. 

Peltocaris,  Mr.  Salter  on,  347. 

Pengelly,  W.,  Esq.,  on  certain  fossil 
plants  from  the  Hempstead  beds  of 
the  Isle  of  Wight  (Introduction), 
369. 

Penrith,  geology  of  the  country  near, 
211 ;  section  at,  210. 

Permian  fossils  in  Cumberland,  215 ; 
E.  Australia,  the  Bev.  W.  B.  Clarke 
on,  244. 

Permian  strata  in  the  Yale  of  the 
Eden,  &c,  Prof.  Harkness  on,  205. 

Perthshira,01d  Bed  Sandstone  of;  253. 

Petrdeum-springs  in  North  America, 
Dr.  A.  Gesner  on,  3. 

Phaneropl^uron,  434. 

FhoUdogiuter  pitciformisy  294. 

FiimiUaria  dupaknUy  312. 

JPUgiaulax  BecklesU,  866,  367. 

minor,  367. 

Plagiamlax,  Dr.  Falconer  on  the  affi- 
nitiee  of,  348. 

Plant-bearing  sandstones  of  Central 
India,  Bev.  S.  Hislop  on  the,  86. 

FUmts  from  the  coal-measures  of  Lan- 
cashire, 106. 

Flatygnathus,  435. 

Folygonal  areas  of  the  lines  of  deepest 
water  around  the  British  Isles,  37. 

Poole,  Bracklesham  beds  at,  83. 

Fowrie^  J.,  Esq.,  on  the  Old  Bed  Sand- 
stones of  Fifeshire,  427. 

Frestwich,  J.,  Esq.,  section  of  White 
Cliff  Bay,  69. 


Ph)ductus  Cora,  81. 
eostatuay  31. 

—  Flemingii,  81. 

HymboldtUy  32. 

longitpimu,  81. 

Fwrdowiy  81. 

semireticulatus,  31. 

Btriaiu8y  31. 

FaHophffUm  elegam^  815. 
glabrum,  815. 

—  princepe,  815. 
Pteraspis-beds,  Prof.  Harkness  on  the 

position  of  the,  253. 

Pterichthys  from  Dura  Den,  435. 

'- macroeephctUu^  103. 

Punjab,  Brachiopoda  from  the,  25. 

Purbeck  beds,  Floffiaulax  frcon  the^ 
348. 

Purdon,  W.,  Esq.,  Brachiopoda  col- 
lected in  liidia  by,  25. 

Ihfgoeephalus(?),4Ql. 

Bamsay,  Frof.  A.  C,  on  the  glacial 
origin  of  certain  lakes  in  Switzer- 
land, the  Black  Forest,  Great  Bri- 
tain, Sweden,  North  Ajnerica,  and 
elsewhere,  185. 

Bavines,  formation  of  transverse,  390. 

Beport,  Annual,  i ;  of  the  Council,  i  $ 
library  and  Museum  Committee,  iii 

Beptilia  from  the  coal-measures  of 
Nova  Scotia,  5, 238. 

Beptilian  footprints  in  theWealden 
beds  of  the  Isle  of  Wight  and  Swan- 
a^  Mr.  Beokles  on,  443. 

Besma,  volcanic  phenomena  at,  126. 

BeUia  radialis,  28. 

Bhachiopteris  cydopteroidee,  323. 

pmnata,  823. 

pttnctaiay  Z2I^ 

striata,  323. 

tenuistriata,  328. 

Bhynchonella  pleurodon,  29. 

Biver-valleys  of  the  South  of  Ireland, 
Mr.  Jukes  on  the,  378. 

Boberts,  G.  E.,  Esq.,  and  Frof.  J. 
Morris,  on  the  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone of  Oreton  and  Farlow,  Clee 
Hills,  Shropshire,  94. 

Bomanfell,  section  at,  207. 

Boman  wall,  near  the  Clyde,  230. 

Bowner  Fort,  Bracklesham  beds  at,  77. 

Sabal  major,  873. 

St.  Bee's  Head,  Permian  strata  at,  216. 

Salter,  J.  W.,  Esq.,  on  a  crustacean 
imik  in  the  Llandeilo  flags  of  Chir- 
bury,  Shropshire,  347;  on  Pelto- 
caris, a  new  genus  of  Silurian  Crus* 
taoea,347;  on  some  fossil  Crustacea 
from  the  Coal-measures  and  Devo- 
nian rocks  of  British  North  America, 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


nrOBX  TO  THE  PROCESBINOS. 


846;  onsomespeoiaBofBiiiTptanu 
and  allied  fonna,  846. 

Sandberger,  Frot  F^  on  Upper  Eoone 
foarila  from  the  lale  of  Wight,  880. 

Sta.  Anastasia,  Toloanio  oone  of,  28. 

ScanbinB,  metamorphic  rooks  of  the, 
881 ;  section  of  the,  887. 

Scotland,  Oarboniferous  rocks  o(  141  { 
denudation  of^  188;  gladation  o^ 
164 ;  last  elevation  of  Central,  218  j 
Permian  strata  in,  216 ;  sketch-map 
0^188;  split  boulders  in  the  West- 
ern Isles  o^  162. 

Section  across  Glen  Spean,  174 ;  the 
Cumberland  Plain  to  Dumfriesshire, 
215;  London  Basin,  260;  Permian 
strata  of  Annandale,  217 ;  at  Aller, 
nearBoyey,14;  BallochmoyleBraee, 
441;  Courtney  Bay,  New  Bruns- 
wicl^  800 ;  Farlow,  Shropshire,  97 ; 
Junction-road,  Leith,  450^  451 ; 
TfinHft.!^  Cote  Mines,  near  Ulyer- 
ston,  275,  276 ;  the  Borey  Pottery, 
11 ;  Decoy,  near  Borey,  18 ;  (dia- 
mm)  of  a  formation,  185 ;  urom 
Benridale  to  Strath  Kayer,  887; 
Bridge  of  Allan  to  Callander,  256; 
Compton  Bay  to  Aiherfield,  444; 
Great  Ormside  to  Bomanfoll,  207 ; 
Little  Biyer  to  Mispeo  Biyer,  New 
Brunswick,  800;  the  west  of  Pen- 
rith to  Hartside,  210;  in  Belgium 
and  Westphalia,  182;  Chamwood 
Forest,  137;  the  Valley  of  the  Ayr, 
489;  near  Kirkby  Stephen,  206; 
New  Cross,  near  Boyey,  18 ;  of  drift 
near  Bushbury,  161;  High  Cliff 
and  Barton  Cliff,  87 ;  Lake  of  Oe- 
neya,  194;  the  Banfbhire  coast,883 ; 
the  hyena-den  atWookey  Hole,115 ; 
Permian  strata  of  the  yalley  of  the 
Nith,  217 ;  Wealden  along  the  coast 
of  Sussex,  250;  White  Cliff  Bay, 
69. 

Sections,  comparatiye,  in  Oxfordshire 
and  Yorksmre,  181 ;  of  Alum  Bay 
and  High  Cliff,  89. 

Sediments,  reUtions  of,  128. 

Sdaginites  formosus,  816. 

Selsea,  Bracklesham  beds  near,  76. 

Seqwna  CoutUuB,  872. 

Serres,  Prof.  Marcel  de,  note  on  the 
bone-cayee  of  Lunel-Viel,  Heraalt,l. 

Shannon,  yalley  of  the,  885,  898. 

Shells  in  the  grayel  near  Bedford,  Mr. 
Jeffreys  on,  113 ;  near  Wolyerhamp- 
ton,  Mr.  Jeffreys  on,  159. 

Shells  in  drift,  118, 159, 180. 

Shepherd's  Gutter,  Bracklesham  beds 
at,  80. 


Shropshire,  Osfbomfisroiu  limestone 
of,  94 ;  cruataoean  track  frtxn  Oiir- 
buiy,  847. 

JSiffiUaria  palpebr€i,  807. 

simplicitas,  80i8. 

—  VatMueemU^  807. 

Silurian  Crustacea,  Mr.  Salter  on,  S47. 

Sketches  of  flint  implsmenta  fromi 
Wookey  Hole,  lia 

Sketch-map  of  Noya  Scotia,  343. 

Sketch  of  footprint  of  the  Iguanodon, 
248;  natural  easts  of  footprintai, 
445,  447 ;  red  sandstone  in  trap- 
itx^  Ayrshire,  440 ;  the  split  boul- 
der on  little  Cumbra,  163. 

Smith,  James,  Esq.,  on  a  split  bomlder 
in  Little  Cumbra,  Western  Xaleeiy 
162. 

Smyth,  W.  W.,  Esq.,  Natieeg  of  die- 
ceased  Fellows  '.--Sir  Arthur  de  Gb- 
pell  Broke,  Bart.,  xxxy ;  the  Ber.  J. 
B.  Piggot  Dennia,  xxxy;  Oeoecal 
Sir  C.  W.  Pasley,  xxxy ;   the  Bey. 

.  J.S.  Henslow,  xxxy ;  J.J.  ForreBter, 
Esq.,  xxxyii;  W.  Hutton,  JSsq., 
xxxyii;  J.  MacAdam,  Esq.,  xxxrii ; 
Prol  E.  Hodgkinson,  xxxriii;  T. 
W.  Atkinson,  Esq.,  xxxix ;  Sir 
Charles  FeUows,  xxxix ;  M.  Ii.  A. 
Neoker  de  Saussure,  xxxix. 

Somersetshire,  Carboniferous  rocka  o( 
142. 

Southern  Ghrampians,  geological  struc- 
ture of  the,  448. 

South  Joggina,  reptiles  from  the,  6. 

South  Wales,  Carboniferous  rooks  o^ 
142. 

Sphenophyllam  antiquum,  812. 

l^heftopterU  HaHtU,  821. 

HUcheockiama,  321. 

■   Hoeninghausi,  820. 

marffinata,  321. 

^nrifera  Uneata,  29. 

MootiikhaiUeiuis,  28. 

etriata^  28.. 

JSpiriferimi  odopUcaia^  29. 

Springs,  petroleum-,  in  North  America, 
3. 

Staffordshire,  Carboniferous  rocks  of, 
189. 

Siiffmaria  exigua,  308. 

fiooides,  308. 

Strath  Nayer,  section  at,  387. 

StreptorhynohuB  crenistria,  30. 

—. —  crenistria,  yar.  rohusius,  30. 

peciin^ormis,  30. 

Strophalosia  Morrisiana,  32. 

Stubbincrton,  Bracklesham  beds  at,  77 ; 
list  of  beds  at,  77. 

Suir,  yalley  of  the,  385, 398. 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


IKDSX  TO  THE  PBOOEEDIVOft. 


SurAice-depotito  on  Uie  Chalk,  265. 
SurfiKW-markiiigt  an  tho  Bandstone 

near  LiTerpool,  877. 
SuBseoi,  ■eotion  of  the  Wealden  along 

the  ooMt  ot^  260. 
Sutherlandy  metamorphio  rocks  o^  881. 
S  wanage,  reptOian  fi)otpiintBfrom,448. 
Sweden,  glMJal  origin  of  certain  lakes 

in,  185. 
Switierland,  glacial  origin  of  certain 

lakes  in,  185. 

I^ifringaxylon  miraiUet  805. 

Table  of  the  distribution  of  Ckrboni- 

ftrons  fish,d9i  DeTonianplanta,826. 
Tables  of  oleayage-  and  joint-planes  in 

the  granite  ofDon^gal,  404. 
Tarns  and  dadera,  connexion  o^  188. 
Tdiihatoh4  M.  P.  de,  on  the  recent 

empcion  of  YesuTins  in  December 

1861, 126. 
Teeth  of  DipraMUm,  422. 
7^r0braimla  bipUetUa,  26. 

JfisMlaymMW,  27. 

tmbvememlmVf  27. 

TertiaiT  ouftlien,  260. 

Thanel  and,  266. 

Theoiy  (^aaan  of  kksa,  208. 

Thomton,  K,  JBs^  on  the  gedkigj  of 

Zanxibar,  447. 
Thnn,  lake  of;  196. 
ThjflaooUo  eamifex^  868. 

,  teeth  of;  858. 

Torre  del  Gh!eco,  Toloanio  phenomena 

at,  126. 
Torrent-action  at  Orinan,  165. 
Toxteth  Park,  c^bMsial  markings  at,  877. 
Transport  of  Alpine  blocks,  185. 
JViokomtmitmif)^  from  St  John,  N.B., 

822. 
Tnff<moem'pmm  rat§mo§wm^  824. 
Tylor,  A.,  Ssq.,  on  the  footprint  of  an 

Iguano^,  latelj  found  at  Hastings, 

247. 
TTlTerston,  Mr.  Bolton  on  a  deposit 

near,  274 ;  sections  near,  275, 276. 
Upha»i€Bma  C^enumffmuiiy  825. 
Yallenrs  in  the  South  of  Ireland,  878. 
Yeitoh,  J.  Q-.,  Esq.,  on  a  rdcanic  phe> 

nomenon  witnessed  in  Manilla,  8. 


Yesurius,  recent  eruption  of,  126. 

Yiew  of  Loch  Treifc  171. 

Yoloanio  cones  of  Etna,  Signer  Qem- 

mellaro  on,  20. 
Yolcanio   phenomena   at  Tone   del 

Greco,  126;  in  Manilla,  Mr.  J.  Q-. 

Yeitoh  on,  8. 
Wa]knSee,197. 
Warwickshire^  Ckrboniferous  rocks  o( 

189. 
Water  around  the  British  Isles,  lines 

of  deepest,  87. 
Wateifbrd,  geolodcal  mttp  o£,  889. 
Wealden,  footpnnts  from  the,  247, 

448;  section  of  the,  250, 444. 
Wells,  hyma-danatWookeyHole^  115. 
Western  end  of  the  London  Basin, 

Mr.  W.  Whitaker  on  the,  25a 
Westphdia,  section  in,  182. 
Whales  in  the  alluTium  of  the  Forth, 

skeletons  at,  225. 
Whitaker,  W.,  Esq.,  on  the  western 

end  of  the  London  Basin,  on  the 

westerlj  thinning  of  the    Lower 

Eocene  beds  in  Uiat  basin,  and  on 

the  greTwethers  of  Wiltshire,  258. 
White  Ghff  Baj,  BraoUesham  beds  at, 

67;  section  o(  69. 
WhiUej,  N.,  Esq.,  on  some  iSint  arrow* 

heads  (?)  from  near  Baggy  Point, 

North  Deron,  114. 
Wiltshire,  greywethers  o(  258. 
WoUaston  Donation-fiuid,  award  of 

the,  xzix ;  Medal,  xxviL 
WdTerhampton,    dbrift   with    recent 

shells  near,  159. 
Wookey  Hole,  bones  from,  122 ;  flint 

implements  from,  117 ;  hymia-den 

at,  115. 
Woolwich  and  Beading  beds,  267. 
Wyatt,  J.,  Esq.,  on  some  further  dis- 

ooyeries  of  flint  implements  in  the 

grarel  near  Bedford,  118. 
Yorkshire,  Garboniferous    rocks    of, 

140 ;  remains  of  Chiton  from  the 

Mountain-limestone  of,  288 ;  section 

in,  181. 
Zanzibar,  geology  o^  447. 
Zug,  lake  o^  196. 
Zurich,  lake  o^  197. 


THS  SKD. 


Priated  by  Tujior  and  Fraiioit»-  Red  Lion  Court,  Fleet  8tre|t. 


Digitized  by  CjOJDQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized 


\ 


..tr 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC 


Digitized  by  CjOOQIC